Professional Documents
Culture Documents
23.nammthya 000014
Uploaded by
Huseyin Burak AvciOriginal Title
Copyright
Available Formats
Share this document
Did you find this document useful?
Is this content inappropriate?
Report this DocumentCopyright:
Available Formats
23.nammthya 000014
Uploaded by
Huseyin Burak AvciCopyright:
Available Formats
__________
HIGHLIGHTS
REVISION NO. 06 Nov 01/06
Pages which have been revised are outlined below, together with the Highlights of the
Revision
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHAPTER 23
__________
L.E.P. 1-30 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING
NEW,REVISED, AND/OR DELETED PAGES
T. OF C. REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION
1- 4,
13- 49
23-11-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
9, 12- REPRINTED 251-251,
30, 88, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 053-100, 251-251, 303-399,
93, 95,
A015-A016,
A022
23-11-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
601- 606, REPRINTED 002-002, 007-049, 051-199,
609, 613, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
618 901-901,
23-12-00 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
16, 62 ADDED SPECIFIC DATA
23-24-34 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
407- 409
23-32-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
3, 10- MOD.36166K1073 INCORPORATED 051-199, 303-399,
11, 14- COMMUNICATIONS - INSTALL PES AUDIO
15, 20- (PANASONIC) INCL.PRAM FOR THY02 VERSION
21, 23 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 051-199, 303-399,
23-32-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
201, 203, MOD.36166K1073 INCORPORATED 051-199, 303-399,
205, 208- COMMUNICATIONS - INSTALL PES AUDIO
209, 211- (PANASONIC) INCL.PRAM FOR THY02 VERSION
215 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-199, 201-249,
252-299, 301-399,
23-32-00 MOD.36166K1073 INCORPORATED 051-199, 303-399,
23-HIGHLIGHTS Page 1 of 7
REVISION NO. 06 Nov 01/06
THY
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
507, 524, COMMUNICATIONS - INSTALL PES AUDIO
527- 528 (PANASONIC) INCL.PRAM FOR THY02 VERSION
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-199, 201-249,
252-299, 301-399,
23-32-34 MOD.24364K3722 INCORPORATED 001-049, 051-199, 201-249,
402, 406 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - PAX COMPARTMENT - 252-299, 301-399,
INSTALL PASSENGER CABIN CONFIGURATION
FOR SR2 VERSION
MOD.20196K0107 REMOVED 001-049, 051-199, 201-249,
COMMUNICATIONS - PES - INSTALL 252-299, 301-399,
MINIMUM SYSTEM PROVISIONS -
CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 001-006, 009-049,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-006, 009-049,
23-32-36 MOD.20011P0003 INCORPORATED 054-199, 303-399,
401- 404 ELECTRICS- GENERATION- DISTRIBUTION-
V.U.S AND AVIONICS- DEFINE SYSTEMS OF
THE BASIC AIRCRAFT-
MOD.20180K0102 INCORPORATED 054-199, 303-399,
COMMUNICATIONS - CIDS - REDESIGN POWER
SUPPLY -
MOD.22009K2109 INCORPORATED 054-199, 303-399,
COMMUNICATIONS - ADAPT SYSTEMS
TO A321 DEFINITION
MOD.23814K3357 INCORPORATED 054-199, 303-399,
COMMUNICATION-CIDS-ADAPT PUBLIC ADDRESS
POWER SUPPLY FOR A321, A320 AND A319
MOD.24771K3901 INCORPORATED 054-199, 303-399,
COMMUNICATIONS-CIDS-INTRODUCE
MODIFIED DIRECTOR POWER SUPPLY
PRINCIPLE
MOD.28655P6042 INCORPORATED 054-199, 303-399,
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC COMMON INSTALLATION
- STANDARDIZE CIRCUIT BREAKERS FUNCTIONAL
DESIGNATION PLACARDS
MOD.33100K8400 INCORPORATED 054-199, 303-399,
COMMUNICATIONS-CIDS-INTRODUCE ENHANCED
CIDS (A318 VERSION) AND RELATED SYSTEMS
ON SINGLE AISLE FAMILY
MOD.33819K9062 INCORPORATED 054-199, 303-399,
COMMUNICATION - CIDS - ADAPT PUBLIC
ADDRESS POWER SUPPLY FOR A319 AND A320
WITH CIDS A318 TYPE
MOD.35233K9933 INCORPORATED 054-199, 303-399,
COMMUNICATIONS-CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION
DATA SYSTEM(CIDS)-INSTALL OBRM SOFTWARE
P/N Z064H000031A
23-HIGHLIGHTS Page 2 of 7
REVISION NO. 06 Nov 01/06
THY
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NEW TOPIC/NEW CONFIGURATION 054-199, 303-399,
23-33-00 01 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
1, 4, MOD.36166K1073 INCORPORATED 007-007, 054-199, 252-299,
8- 9, COMMUNICATIONS - INSTALL PES AUDIO 303-399,
12- 93 (PANASONIC) INCL.PRAM FOR THY02 VERSION
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 007-007, 054-199, 252-299,
303-399,
23-33-00 02 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
61-A014
23-33-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
201, 205- MOD.36166K1073 INCORPORATED 007-007, 054-199, 253-299,
210 COMMUNICATIONS - INSTALL PES AUDIO 303-399,
(PANASONIC) INCL.PRAM FOR THY02 VERSION
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 007-007, 054-199, 253-299,
303-399,
23-33-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
301, 355- MOD.36166K1073 INCORPORATED 054-199, 303-399,
363 COMMUNICATIONS - INSTALL PES AUDIO
(PANASONIC) INCL.PRAM FOR THY02 VERSION
CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 054-199, 303-399,
IN AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE CONFIGURATION:
POSITION OF SWITCH 6 OF THE DIP DSW5 CHANGED
FROM OFF TO ON.
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 054-199, 303-399,
23-33-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
510-A503 MOD.36166K1073 INCORPORATED 007-007, 054-199, 252-299,
COMMUNICATIONS - INSTALL PES AUDIO 303-399,
(PANASONIC) INCL.PRAM FOR THY02 VERSION
LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED 007-007, 054-199, 251-299,
303-399,
CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 007-007, 054-199, 252-299,
303-399,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 007-007, 054-199, 252-299,
303-399,
23-33-12 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
401- 404,
406, 410-
424
23-33-31 MOD.33100K8400 INCORPORATED 054-199, 303-399,
404- 406 COMMUNICATIONS-CIDS-INTRODUCE ENHANCED
CIDS (A318 VERSION) AND RELATED SYSTEMS
23-HIGHLIGHTS Page 3 of 7
REVISION NO. 06 Nov 01/06
THY
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ON SINGLE AISLE FAMILY
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-053, 201-249,
251-299, 301-302,
23-33-52 MOD.31891P7455 INCORPORATED 001-049, 051-199, 201-249,
402- 404, ELECTRICAL POWER-GENERAL-CHANGE IFE 251-299, 301-399,
406- 407 POWER SUPPLY BUSBARS INTO SHEDDABLE
BUSBARS 220XP AND 212PP
CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 007-007, 101-199, 252-252,
303-399,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 007-007, 101-199, 252-252,
303-399,
23-36-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
201- 205 MOD.36167K1073 INCORPORATED 007-049, 054-199, 252-299,
COMMUNICATIONS - INSTALL PES VIDEO 303-399,
(PANASONIC) INCL.PFIS FOR THY02 VERSION
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 007-049, 054-199, 252-299,
303-399,
23-36-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
301- 302 MOD.36167K1073 INCORPORATED 001-049, 054-199, 201-249,
COMMUNICATIONS - INSTALL PES VIDEO 252-299, 301-399,
(PANASONIC) INCL.PFIS FOR THY02 VERSION
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 054-199, 201-249,
252-299, 301-399,
23-36-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
501- 504, MOD.22009K2109 INCORPORATED 007-049, 054-199, 303-399,
507-A501 COMMUNICATIONS - ADAPT SYSTEMS
TO A321 DEFINITION
MOD.28989K6562 INCORPORATED 054-199, 303-399,
COMS-PAX ENTERTAINMENT(VIDEO)-MODIFY
VIDEO POWER DISTRIB FOR INTRODUCTION
OF VCC MASTER SWITCH FOR A321
MOD.36167K1073 INCORPORATED 001-049, 054-199, 201-249,
COMMUNICATIONS - INSTALL PES VIDEO 252-299, 301-399,
(PANASONIC) INCL.PFIS FOR THY02 VERSION
LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED 007-007,
CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 001-049, 054-199, 201-249,
301-399,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 054-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399,
23-36-44 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 303-399,
416 DRAWING REVISED.
23-44-41 01 MOD.20011P0003 INCORPORATED 051-199, 301-399,
23-HIGHLIGHTS Page 4 of 7
REVISION NO. 06 Nov 01/06
THY
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
401- 413 ELECTRICS- GENERATION- DISTRIBUTION-
V.U.S AND AVIONICS- DEFINE SYSTEMS OF
THE BASIC AIRCRAFT-
MOD.20180K0102 INCORPORATED 051-199, 301-399,
COMMUNICATIONS - CIDS - REDESIGN POWER
SUPPLY -
MOD.22009K2109 INCORPORATED 051-199, 301-399,
COMMUNICATIONS - ADAPT SYSTEMS
TO A321 DEFINITION
MOD.23814K3357 INCORPORATED 051-199, 301-399,
COMMUNICATION-CIDS-ADAPT PUBLIC ADDRESS
POWER SUPPLY FOR A321, A320 AND A319
MOD.24771K3901 INCORPORATED 051-199, 301-399,
COMMUNICATIONS-CIDS-INTRODUCE
MODIFIED DIRECTOR POWER SUPPLY
PRINCIPLE
MOD.33100K8400 INCORPORATED 051-199, 301-399,
COMMUNICATIONS-CIDS-INTRODUCE ENHANCED
CIDS (A318 VERSION) AND RELATED SYSTEMS
ON SINGLE AISLE FAMILY
LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED 051-199, 301-399,
23-44-41 02 MOD.23814K3357 INCORPORATED 001-049, 201-249, 251-299,
402- 425 COMMUNICATION-CIDS-ADAPT PUBLIC ADDRESS 901-901,
POWER SUPPLY FOR A321, A320 AND A319
CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 001-006, 008-049, 201-249,
251-299, 901-901,
23-51-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
529- 534 MOD.31296P6319 INCORPORATED 053-199, 251-251, 303-399,
COMMUNICATIONS - AUDIO MANAGEMENT -
INSTALL TEAM DIGITAL AMU P/N 4031-SA-01
MOD.31219P7013 REMOVED 001-049, 051-199, 201-249,
COMMUNICATIONS-AUDIO INTEGRATING-ADAPT 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
PLACARDS AND WIRING FOR DIGITAL AMU
INSTALLATION
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-73-00 01 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
4, 10, MOD.23730K0001 INCORPORATED 054-199, 303-399,
14- 17, NO DEFINITION
30- 74, MOD.36075K1064 INCORPORATED 054-199, 303-399,
78-B044 COMMUNICATIONS - CIDS - DEFINE CABIN
INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS)
FOR I3L03 VERSION
MOD.36175K1072 INCORPORATED 054-199,
COMMUNICATIONS - INSTALL PES AUDIO
23-HIGHLIGHTS Page 5 of 7
REVISION NO. 06 Nov 01/06
THY
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(PANASONIC) INCL.PRAM FOR I3L03 VERSION
FOR OPERATOR ATLAS JET
MOD.36176K1072 INCORPORATED 054-199,
COMMUNICATIONS - INSTALL PES VIDEO
(PANASONIC) INCL.PFIS FOR I3L03 VERSION
OPERATOR ATLAS JET
LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED 303-399,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 054-199, 303-399,
23-73-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 054-199, 303-399, 901-901,
406, 411,
416, 421,
426, 431,
436
23-73-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
533- 534, MOD.36075K1064 INCORPORATED 007-049, 051-199, 901-901,
554, 557- COMMUNICATIONS - CIDS - DEFINE CABIN
G596 INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS)
FOR I3L03 VERSION
CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 001-007, 009-049, 054-199,
TEXT REVISED 901-901,
WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-199, 303-399,
901-901,
23-73-22 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
401- 404, MOD.23730K0001 INCORPORATED 054-199, 303-399, 901-901,
406, 408- NO DEFINITION
426 MOD.36075K1064 INCORPORATED 101-199, 901-901,
COMMUNICATIONS - CIDS - DEFINE CABIN
INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS)
FOR I3L03 VERSION
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 007-049, 051-053, 101-199,
251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
23-73-38 MOD.24118K3563 REMOVED 001-049, 051-053, 901-901,
403, 406, LIGHTS - GENERAL - ADAPT LIGHTING
410- 413, SYSTEMS TO A319 DEFINITION
416 MOD.24364K3722 REMOVED 001-049, 051-053, 901-901,
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - PAX COMPARTMENT -
INSTALL PASSENGER CABIN CONFIGURATION
FOR SR2 VERSION
CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 001-049, 051-053,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 007-049, 051-053,
23-73-46 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
405- 406
23-HIGHLIGHTS Page 6 of 7
REVISION NO. 06 Nov 01/06
THY
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-73-47 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
404- 408, MOD.36075K1064 INCORPORATED 054-199,
413- 418, COMMUNICATIONS - CIDS - DEFINE CABIN
421- 424, INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS)
434- 436 FOR I3L03 VERSION
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 054-199,
23-73-49 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
401- 402, MOD.24118K3563 REMOVED 001-049, 051-053, 901-901,
407- 414 LIGHTS - GENERAL - ADAPT LIGHTING
SYSTEMS TO A319 DEFINITION
MOD.24364K3722 REMOVED 001-049, 051-053, 901-901,
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - PAX COMPARTMENT -
INSTALL PASSENGER CABIN CONFIGURATION
FOR SR2 VERSION
CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 001-049, 051-053,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 007-049, 051-053,
23-73-63 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
401- 402, MOD.36075K1064 INCORPORATED 054-199,
405, 408- COMMUNICATIONS - CIDS - DEFINE CABIN
411, 415- INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS)
416, 419- FOR I3L03 VERSION
420, 425, CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 301-302,
427- 429 TEXT REVISED
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 054-199, 303-399,
23-HIGHLIGHTS Page 7 of 7
REVISION NO. 06 Nov 01/06
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
_______________________
N, R or D indicates pages which are New, Revised or Deleted respectively
Remove and insert the affected pages and complete the Record of Revisions and
the Record of Temporary Revisions as necessary
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
RECORD T. of C. R 38 Nov01/06 23-11-00 R 26 Nov01/06
OF TEMP. T. of C. R 39 Nov01/06 23-11-00 R 27 Nov01/06
REVISION T. of C. R 40 Nov01/06 23-11-00 R 28 Nov01/06
T. of C. R 41 Nov01/06 23-11-00 R 29 Nov01/06
L.E.P. R 1-30 Nov01/06 T. of C. R 42 Nov01/06 23-11-00 R 30 Nov01/06
T. of C. R 1 Nov01/06 T. of C. R 43 Nov01/06 23-11-00 31 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 2 Nov01/06 T. of C. R 44 Nov01/06 23-11-00 32 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 3 Nov01/06 T. of C. R 45 Nov01/06 23-11-00 33 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 4 Nov01/06 T. of C. R 46 Nov01/06 23-11-00 34 Aug01/06
T. of C. 5 Aug01/06 T. of C. R 47 Nov01/06 23-11-00 35 Aug01/06
T. of C. 6 Aug01/06 T. of C. R 48 Nov01/06 23-11-00 36 Aug01/06
T. of C. 7 Aug01/06 T. of C. N 49 Nov01/06 23-11-00 37 Aug01/06
T. of C. 8 Aug01/06 23-11-00 38 Aug01/06
T. of C. 9 Aug01/06 23-00-00 1 Aug01/06 23-11-00 39 Aug01/06
T. of C. 10 Aug01/06 23-00-00 2 Aug01/06 23-11-00 40 Aug01/06
T. of C. 11 Aug01/06 23-00-00 3 Aug01/06 23-11-00 41 Aug01/06
T. of C. 12 Aug01/06 23-11-00 42 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 13 Nov01/06 23-11-00 1 Aug01/06 23-11-00 43 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 14 Nov01/06 23-11-00 2 Aug01/06 23-11-00 44 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 15 Nov01/06 23-11-00 3 Aug01/06 23-11-00 45 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 16 Nov01/06 23-11-00 4 Feb01/06 23-11-00 46 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 17 Nov01/06 23-11-00 5 Feb01/06 23-11-00 47 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 18 Nov01/06 23-11-00 6 Aug01/06 23-11-00 48 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 19 Nov01/06 23-11-00 7 Feb01/06 23-11-00 49 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 20 Nov01/06 23-11-00 8 Nov01/05 23-11-00 50 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 21 Nov01/06 23-11-00 R 9 Nov01/06 23-11-00 51 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 22 Nov01/06 23-11-00 10 Aug01/06 23-11-00 52 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 23 Nov01/06 23-11-00 11 Nov01/05 23-11-00 53 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 24 Nov01/06 23-11-00 R 12 Nov01/06 23-11-00 54 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 25 Nov01/06 23-11-00 R 13 Nov01/06 23-11-00 55 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 26 Nov01/06 23-11-00 R 14 Nov01/06 23-11-00 56 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 27 Nov01/06 23-11-00 R 15 Nov01/06 23-11-00 57 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 28 Nov01/06 23-11-00 R 16 Nov01/06 23-11-00 58 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 29 Nov01/06 23-11-00 R 17 Nov01/06 23-11-00 59 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 30 Nov01/06 23-11-00 R 18 Nov01/06 23-11-00 60 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 31 Nov01/06 23-11-00 R 19 Nov01/06 23-11-00 61 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 32 Nov01/06 23-11-00 R 20 Nov01/06 23-11-00 62 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 33 Nov01/06 23-11-00 R 21 Nov01/06 23-11-00 63 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 34 Nov01/06 23-11-00 R 22 Nov01/06 23-11-00 64 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 35 Nov01/06 23-11-00 R 23 Nov01/06 23-11-00 65 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 36 Nov01/06 23-11-00 R 24 Nov01/06 23-11-00 66 Aug01/06
T. of C. R 37 Nov01/06 23-11-00 R 25 Nov01/06 23-11-00 67 Aug01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 1
Nov 01/06
THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
23-11-00 68 Aug01/06 23-11-00 A 19 Aug01/06 23-11-11 401 Aug01/06
23-11-00 69 Aug01/06 23-11-00 A 20 Aug01/06 23-11-11 402 Aug01/06
23-11-00 70 Aug01/06 23-11-00 A 21 Aug01/06 23-11-11 403 Aug01/06
23-11-00 71 Aug01/06 23-11-00 R A 22 Nov01/06 23-11-11 404 Nov01/05
23-11-00 72 Aug01/06 23-11-00 201 Feb01/06 23-11-11 405 Aug01/06
23-11-00 73 Aug01/06 23-11-00 202 May01/06 23-11-11 406 Aug01/06
23-11-00 74 Aug01/06 23-11-00 203 May01/06 23-11-11 407 Aug01/06
23-11-00 75 Aug01/06 23-11-00 501 Aug01/06 23-11-11 408 Aug01/06
23-11-00 76 Aug01/06 23-11-00 502 Aug01/06 23-11-11 409 Aug01/06
23-11-00 77 Aug01/06 23-11-00 503 Aug01/06 23-11-11 410 Aug01/06
23-11-00 78 Aug01/06 23-11-00 504 Aug01/06 23-11-11 411 Aug01/06
23-11-00 79 Aug01/06 23-11-00 505 Aug01/06 23-11-33 401 Aug01/06
23-11-00 80 Aug01/06 23-11-00 506 Feb01/06 23-11-33 402 Aug01/06
23-11-00 81 Aug01/06 23-11-00 507 Feb01/06 23-11-33 403 Aug01/06
23-11-00 82 Aug01/06 23-11-00 508 Feb01/06 23-11-33 404 Aug01/06
23-11-00 83 Aug01/06 23-11-00 509 Feb01/06 23-11-33 405 Nov01/05
23-11-00 84 Aug01/06 23-11-00 510 Aug01/06 23-11-33 406 Aug01/06
23-11-00 85 Aug01/06 23-11-00 511 Nov01/05 23-11-33 407 Aug01/06
23-11-00 86 Aug01/06 23-11-00 512 Nov01/05 23-11-33 408 Aug01/06
23-11-00 87 Aug01/06 23-11-00 513 Nov01/05 23-11-33 409 Aug01/06
23-11-00 R 88 Nov01/06 23-11-00 514 Nov01/05 23-11-33 410 Aug01/06
23-11-00 89 Aug01/06 23-11-00 515 Nov01/05 23-11-33 411 Aug01/06
23-11-00 90 Aug01/06 23-11-00 516 Nov01/05 23-11-36 401 Aug01/06
23-11-00 91 Aug01/06 23-11-00 517 Nov01/05 23-11-36 402 Aug01/06
23-11-00 92 Aug01/06 23-11-00 518 Aug01/06 23-11-36 403 Aug01/06
23-11-00 R 93 Nov01/06 23-11-00 519 Aug01/06 23-11-36 404 Aug01/06
23-11-00 94 Aug01/06 23-11-00 520 Aug01/06 23-11-36 405 Aug01/06
23-11-00 R 95 Nov01/06 23-11-00 521 Aug01/06 23-11-36 406 Feb01/06
23-11-00 96 Aug01/06 23-11-00 R 601 Nov01/06 23-11-36 407 Aug01/06
23-11-00 97 Aug01/06 23-11-00 R 602 Nov01/06 23-11-36 408 Aug01/06
23-11-00 98 Aug01/06 23-11-00 R 603 Nov01/06 23-11-36 409 Aug01/06
23-11-00 99 Aug01/06 23-11-00 R 604 Nov01/06 23-11-36 410 Aug01/06
23-11-00 A 0 Aug01/06 23-11-00 R 605 Nov01/06 23-11-36 411 Aug01/06
23-11-00 A 1 Aug01/06 23-11-00 R 606 Nov01/06 23-11-36 412 Aug01/06
23-11-00 A 2 Aug01/06 23-11-00 607 Aug01/06 23-11-36 413 Aug01/06
23-11-00 A 3 Aug01/06 23-11-00 608 Aug01/06 23-11-36 414 Aug01/06
23-11-00 A 4 Aug01/06 23-11-00 R 609 Nov01/06 23-11-36 415 Aug01/06
23-11-00 A 5 Aug01/06 23-11-00 610 Aug01/06 23-11-36 416 Aug01/06
23-11-00 A 6 Aug01/06 23-11-00 611 Aug01/06 23-11-36 417 Aug01/06
23-11-00 A 7 Aug01/06 23-11-00 612 Aug01/06
23-11-00 A 8 Aug01/06 23-11-00 R 613 Nov01/06 23-12-00 1 Aug01/06
23-11-00 A 9 Aug01/06 23-11-00 614 Aug01/06 23-12-00 2 Aug01/06
23-11-00 A 10 Aug01/06 23-11-00 615 Aug01/06 23-12-00 3 Aug01/06
23-11-00 A 11 Aug01/06 23-11-00 616 Aug01/06 23-12-00 4 May01/06
23-11-00 A 12 Aug01/06 23-11-00 617 Aug01/06 23-12-00 5 Aug01/06
23-11-00 A 13 Aug01/06 23-11-00 R 618 Nov01/06 23-12-00 6 Aug01/06
23-11-00 A 14 Aug01/06 23-11-00 619 Aug01/06 23-12-00 7 Aug01/06
23-11-00 R A 15 Nov01/06 23-11-00 620 Aug01/06 23-12-00 8 Aug01/06
23-11-00 R A 16 Nov01/06 23-11-00 621 Aug01/06 23-12-00 9 Feb01/06
23-11-00 A 17 Aug01/06 23-11-00 622 Aug01/06 23-12-00 10 Aug01/06
23-11-00 A 18 Aug01/06 23-11-00 623 Aug01/06 23-12-00 11 May01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 2
Nov 01/06
THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
23-12-00 12 May01/06 23-12-00 63 Aug01/06 23-13-00 8 Aug01/06
23-12-00 13 Aug01/06 23-12-00 64 Aug01/06 23-13-00 9 Aug01/06
23-12-00 14 May01/06 23-12-00 65 Aug01/06 23-13-00 10 Aug01/06
23-12-00 15 Aug01/06 23-12-00 501 May01/05 23-13-00 11 Aug01/06
23-12-00 R 16 Nov01/06 23-12-00 502 Aug01/06 23-13-00 12 Aug01/06
23-12-00 17 Aug01/06 23-12-00 503 Aug01/06 23-13-00 13 Aug01/06
23-12-00 18 May01/06 23-12-00 504 Aug01/06 23-13-00 14 Aug01/06
23-12-00 19 Aug01/06 23-12-00 505 May01/06 23-13-00 15 Aug01/06
23-12-00 20 May01/06 23-12-00 506 Aug01/06 23-13-00 16 Aug01/06
23-12-00 21 May01/06 23-12-00 507 May01/06 23-13-00 17 Aug01/06
23-12-00 22 May01/06 23-12-00 508 Aug01/06 23-13-00 18 Aug01/06
23-12-00 23 May01/06 23-12-00 509 Aug01/06 23-13-00 19 Aug01/06
23-12-00 24 Aug01/06 23-12-00 510 Aug01/06 23-13-00 20 Aug01/06
23-12-00 25 Aug01/06 23-12-00 511 Aug01/06 23-13-00 21 Aug01/06
23-12-00 26 May01/06 23-12-11 401 May01/05 23-13-00 22 Aug01/06
23-12-00 27 Aug01/06 23-12-11 402 May01/05 23-13-00 23 Aug01/06
23-12-00 28 May01/06 23-12-11 403 May01/05 23-13-00 24 Aug01/06
23-12-00 29 Aug01/06 23-12-11 404 May01/05 23-13-00 25 Aug01/06
23-12-00 30 May01/06 23-12-11 405 May01/05 23-13-00 26 Aug01/06
23-12-00 31 Aug01/06 23-12-11 406 Aug01/05 23-13-00 27 Aug01/06
23-12-00 32 May01/06 23-12-11 407 Aug01/06 23-13-00 28 Aug01/06
23-12-00 33 Aug01/06 23-12-11 408 May01/05 23-13-00 29 Aug01/06
23-12-00 34 May01/06 23-12-11 409 May01/05 23-13-00 30 Aug01/06
23-12-00 35 Aug01/06 23-12-11 410 May01/05 23-13-00 31 Aug01/06
23-12-00 36 Aug01/06 23-12-11 411 Nov01/05 23-13-00 32 Aug01/06
23-12-00 37 May01/06 23-12-11 412 Aug01/06 23-13-00 33 Aug01/06
23-12-00 38 May01/06 23-12-11 413 Aug01/06 23-13-00 34 Aug01/06
23-12-00 39 May01/06 23-12-11 414 Feb01/06 23-13-00 35 Aug01/06
23-12-00 40 Aug01/06 23-12-11 415 Aug01/06 23-13-00 36 Aug01/06
23-12-00 41 Aug01/06 23-12-11 416 Nov01/05 23-13-00 37 Aug01/06
23-12-00 42 May01/06 23-12-11 417 Aug01/06 23-13-00 38 Aug01/06
23-12-00 43 Aug01/06 23-12-11 418 Aug01/06 23-13-00 39 Aug01/06
23-12-00 44 Aug01/06 23-12-11 419 Nov01/05 23-13-00 40 Aug01/06
23-12-00 45 Aug01/06 23-12-11 420 Nov01/05 23-13-00 41 Aug01/06
23-12-00 46 Aug01/06 23-12-33 401 Aug01/06 23-13-00 42 Aug01/06
23-12-00 47 Aug01/06 23-12-33 402 Aug01/06 23-13-00 43 Aug01/06
23-12-00 48 Aug01/06 23-12-33 403 Aug01/06 23-13-00 44 Aug01/06
23-12-00 49 Aug01/06 23-12-33 404 Feb01/06 23-13-00 45 Aug01/06
23-12-00 50 Aug01/06 23-12-33 405 Nov01/05 23-13-00 46 Aug01/06
23-12-00 51 Aug01/06 23-12-33 406 Aug01/06 23-13-00 47 Aug01/06
23-12-00 52 Aug01/06 23-12-33 407 Aug01/06 23-13-00 48 Aug01/06
23-12-00 53 Aug01/06 23-12-33 408 Aug01/06 23-13-00 49 Aug01/06
23-12-00 54 Aug01/06 23-12-33 409 May01/06 23-13-00 50 Aug01/06
23-12-00 55 Aug01/06 23-13-00 51 Aug01/06
23-12-00 56 Aug01/06 23-13-00 1 Aug01/06 23-13-00 52 Aug01/06
23-12-00 57 Aug01/06 23-13-00 2 Aug01/06 23-13-00 53 Aug01/06
23-12-00 58 Aug01/06 23-13-00 3 Feb01/06 23-13-00 54 Aug01/06
23-12-00 59 Aug01/06 23-13-00 4 Feb01/06 23-13-00 55 Aug01/06
23-12-00 60 Aug01/06 23-13-00 5 Feb01/06 23-13-00 56 Aug01/06
23-12-00 61 Aug01/06 23-13-00 6 Aug01/06 23-13-00 57 Aug01/06
23-12-00 R 62 Nov01/06 23-13-00 7 Aug01/06 23-13-00 58 Aug01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 3
Nov 01/06
THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
23-13-00 59 Aug01/06 23-24-00 18 Aug01/06 23-26-00 1 Feb01/06
23-13-00 60 Aug01/06 23-24-00 19 Aug01/06 23-26-00 2 Feb01/06
23-13-00 61 Aug01/06 23-24-00 20 Aug01/06 23-26-00 3 Feb01/06
23-13-00 62 Aug01/06 23-24-00 21 Aug01/06 23-26-00 4 Feb01/06
23-13-00 63 Aug01/06 23-24-00 22 Aug01/06 23-26-00 5 Feb01/06
23-13-00 64 Aug01/06 23-24-00 23 Aug01/06 23-26-00 6 Feb01/06
23-13-00 501 Nov01/05 23-24-00 24 Aug01/06 23-26-00 7 Feb01/06
23-13-00 502 Aug01/06 23-24-00 25 Aug01/06 23-26-00 8 Feb01/06
23-13-00 503 Aug01/06 23-24-00 26 Aug01/06 23-26-00 9 Feb01/06
23-13-00 504 Aug01/06 23-24-00 27 Aug01/06 23-26-00 10 Feb01/06
23-13-00 505 Aug01/06 23-24-00 28 Aug01/06 23-26-00 11 Feb01/06
23-13-00 506 Feb01/06 23-24-00 29 Aug01/06 23-26-00 12 Feb01/06
23-13-00 507 Feb01/06 23-24-00 30 Aug01/06 23-26-00 13 Feb01/06
23-13-00 508 Nov01/05 23-24-00 201 Feb01/06 23-26-00 14 Feb01/06
23-13-00 509 Nov01/05 23-24-00 202 Feb01/06 23-26-00 15 Feb01/06
23-13-00 510 Nov01/05 23-24-00 203 Feb01/06 23-26-00 16 Feb01/06
23-13-00 511 Nov01/05 23-24-00 204 Feb01/06 23-26-00 17 Feb01/06
23-13-00 512 Nov01/05 23-24-00 01 301 Feb01/06 23-26-00 18 Feb01/06
23-13-00 513 Feb01/06 23-24-00 01 302 Aug01/06 23-26-00 19 Feb01/06
23-13-00 514 Feb01/06 23-24-00 01 303 Feb01/06 23-26-00 20 Feb01/06
23-13-00 515 Feb01/06 23-24-00 01 304 Feb01/06 23-26-00 21 Feb01/06
23-13-00 516 Aug01/06 23-24-00 01 305 Feb01/06 23-26-00 22 Feb01/06
23-13-00 517 Aug01/06 23-24-00 02 301 Nov01/05 23-26-00 23 Feb01/06
23-13-13 401 Aug01/06 23-24-00 02 302 Nov01/05 23-26-00 24 Feb01/06
23-13-13 402 Aug01/06 23-24-00 02 303 Nov01/05 23-26-00 25 Feb01/06
23-13-13 403 Aug01/06 23-24-00 02 304 Nov01/05 23-26-00 26 Feb01/06
23-13-13 404 Feb01/06 23-24-00 02 305 Nov01/05 23-26-00 27 Feb01/06
23-13-13 405 Feb01/06 23-24-00 02 306 Nov01/05 23-26-00 28 Feb01/06
23-13-13 406 Aug01/06 23-24-00 501 Feb01/06 23-26-00 29 Feb01/06
23-13-13 407 Aug01/06 23-24-00 502 Feb01/06 23-26-00 30 Feb01/06
23-13-13 408 Aug01/06 23-24-00 503 Feb01/06 23-26-00 31 Feb01/06
23-13-13 409 Aug01/06 23-24-00 504 Feb01/06 23-26-00 32 Feb01/06
23-13-13 410 May01/06 23-24-00 505 Feb01/06 23-26-00 33 Feb01/06
23-24-00 506 Feb01/06 23-26-00 34 Feb01/06
23-24-00 1 Feb01/06 23-24-00 507 Feb01/06 23-26-00 35 Feb01/06
23-24-00 2 Feb01/06 23-24-00 508 Feb01/06 23-26-00 36 Feb01/06
23-24-00 3 Feb01/06 23-24-00 509 Feb01/06 23-26-00 37 Feb01/06
23-24-00 4 Feb01/06 23-24-00 510 Feb01/06 23-26-00 38 Feb01/06
23-24-00 5 Feb01/06 23-24-00 511 Feb01/06 23-26-00 39 Feb01/06
23-24-00 6 Feb01/06 23-24-00 512 Feb01/06 23-26-00 40 Feb01/06
23-24-00 7 Feb01/06 23-24-00 513 Feb01/06 23-26-00 41 Feb01/06
23-24-00 8 Feb01/06 23-24-00 514 Feb01/06 23-26-00 42 Feb01/06
23-24-00 9 Feb01/06 23-24-34 401 Feb01/06 23-26-00 43 Feb01/06
23-24-00 10 Feb01/06 23-24-34 402 Feb01/06 23-26-00 44 Feb01/06
23-24-00 11 Feb01/06 23-24-34 403 Feb01/06 23-26-00 45 Feb01/06
23-24-00 12 Feb01/06 23-24-34 404 Feb01/06 23-26-00 46 Feb01/06
23-24-00 13 Aug01/06 23-24-34 405 Feb01/06 23-26-00 47 Feb01/06
23-24-00 14 Aug01/06 23-24-34 406 Feb01/06 23-26-00 48 Feb01/06
23-24-00 15 Aug01/06 23-24-34 D 407 23-26-00 49 Feb01/06
23-24-00 16 Aug01/06 23-24-34 D 408 23-26-00 50 Feb01/06
23-24-00 17 Aug01/06 23-24-34 D 409 23-26-00 51 Feb01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 4
Nov 01/06
THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
23-26-00 52 Feb01/06 23-28-00 31 Nov01/05 23-28-00 502 Nov01/05
23-26-00 53 Feb01/06 23-28-00 32 Nov01/05 23-28-00 503 Nov01/05
23-26-00 54 Feb01/06 23-28-00 33 Nov01/05 23-28-00 504 Nov01/05
23-26-00 55 Feb01/06 23-28-00 34 Nov01/05 23-28-00 505 Nov01/05
23-26-00 56 Feb01/06 23-28-00 35 Nov01/05 23-28-13 401 Feb01/06
23-26-00 57 Feb01/06 23-28-00 36 Nov01/05 23-28-13 402 Feb01/06
23-26-00 58 Feb01/06 23-28-00 37 Nov01/05 23-28-13 403 Nov01/05
23-26-00 59 Feb01/06 23-28-00 38 Nov01/05 23-28-13 404 Nov01/05
23-26-00 60 Feb01/06 23-28-00 39 Nov01/05 23-28-13 405 Nov01/05
23-26-00 61 Feb01/06 23-28-00 40 Nov01/05 23-28-13 406 Nov01/05
23-26-00 62 Feb01/06 23-28-00 41 Nov01/05 23-28-13 407 Nov01/05
23-26-00 63 Feb01/06 23-28-00 42 Nov01/05 23-28-13 408 Feb01/06
23-26-00 64 Feb01/06 23-28-00 43 Nov01/05 23-28-13 409 Nov01/05
23-26-00 65 Feb01/06 23-28-00 44 Nov01/05 23-28-13 410 Nov01/05
23-26-00 66 Feb01/06 23-28-00 45 Nov01/05 23-28-13 411 Nov01/05
23-26-00 67 Feb01/06 23-28-00 46 Nov01/05 23-28-13 412 Nov01/05
23-26-00 68 Feb01/06 23-28-00 47 Nov01/05 23-28-13 413 Nov01/05
23-26-00 69 Feb01/06 23-28-00 48 Nov01/05 23-28-13 414 Nov01/05
23-26-00 70 Feb01/06 23-28-00 49 Nov01/05 23-28-13 415 Nov01/05
23-26-00 71 Feb01/06 23-28-00 50 Nov01/05 23-28-13 416 Feb01/06
23-28-00 51 Nov01/05 23-28-13 417 Feb01/06
23-28-00 1 Nov01/05 23-28-00 52 Nov01/05 23-28-13 418 Feb01/06
23-28-00 2 Nov01/05 23-28-00 53 Nov01/05 23-28-13 419 Feb01/06
23-28-00 3 Nov01/05 23-28-00 54 Nov01/05 23-28-13 420 Feb01/06
23-28-00 4 Nov01/05 23-28-00 55 Nov01/05 23-28-13 421 Feb01/06
23-28-00 5 Nov01/05 23-28-00 56 Nov01/05 23-28-34 401 Nov01/05
23-28-00 6 Nov01/05 23-28-00 57 Nov01/05 23-28-34 402 Nov01/05
23-28-00 7 Nov01/05 23-28-00 58 Nov01/05 23-28-34 403 Nov01/05
23-28-00 8 Nov01/05 23-28-00 59 Nov01/05 23-28-34 404 Nov01/05
23-28-00 9 Nov01/05 23-28-00 60 Nov01/05 23-28-34 405 Nov01/05
23-28-00 10 Nov01/05 23-28-00 61 Nov01/05 23-28-34 406 Nov01/05
23-28-00 11 Nov01/05 23-28-00 62 Nov01/05 23-28-34 407 Nov01/05
23-28-00 12 Nov01/05 23-28-00 63 Nov01/05 23-28-34 408 Nov01/05
23-28-00 13 Nov01/05 23-28-00 64 Nov01/05 23-28-45 401 Feb01/06
23-28-00 14 Nov01/05 23-28-00 65 Nov01/05 23-28-45 402 Feb01/06
23-28-00 15 Nov01/05 23-28-00 66 Nov01/05 23-28-45 403 Feb01/06
23-28-00 16 Nov01/05 23-28-00 67 Nov01/05 23-28-45 404 Feb01/06
23-28-00 17 Nov01/05 23-28-00 68 Nov01/05 23-28-45 405 Feb01/06
23-28-00 18 Nov01/05 23-28-00 69 Nov01/05 23-28-45 406 Feb01/06
23-28-00 19 Nov01/05 23-28-00 70 Nov01/05 23-28-45 407 Feb01/06
23-28-00 20 Nov01/05 23-28-00 71 Nov01/05 23-28-45 408 Feb01/06
23-28-00 21 Nov01/05 23-28-00 72 Nov01/05
23-28-00 22 Nov01/05 23-28-00 201 Nov01/05 23-30-00 1 May01/05
23-28-00 23 Nov01/05 23-28-00 202 May01/06 23-30-00 501 Aug01/06
23-28-00 24 Nov01/05 23-28-00 301 Nov01/05
23-28-00 25 Nov01/05 23-28-00 302 Nov01/05 23-31-00 1 Feb01/06
23-28-00 26 Nov01/05 23-28-00 303 Nov01/05 23-31-00 501 Aug01/06
23-28-00 27 Nov01/05 23-28-00 304 Nov01/05
23-28-00 28 Nov01/05 23-28-00 305 May01/06 23-32-00 1 Aug01/06
23-28-00 29 Nov01/05 23-28-00 306 Nov01/05 23-32-00 2 Aug01/06
23-28-00 30 Nov01/05 23-28-00 501 Nov01/05 23-32-00 R 3 Nov01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 5
Nov 01/06
THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
23-32-00 4 Feb01/06 23-32-00 511 Feb01/06 23-33-00 01 R 20 Nov01/06
23-32-00 5 Feb01/06 23-32-00 512 Feb01/06 23-33-00 01 R 21 Nov01/06
23-32-00 6 Feb01/06 23-32-00 513 Feb01/06 23-33-00 01 R 22 Nov01/06
23-32-00 7 Feb01/06 23-32-00 514 Aug01/06 23-33-00 01 R 23 Nov01/06
23-32-00 8 Feb01/06 23-32-00 515 Aug01/06 23-33-00 01 R 24 Nov01/06
23-32-00 9 Feb01/06 23-32-00 516 Aug01/06 23-33-00 01 R 25 Nov01/06
23-32-00 R 10 Nov01/06 23-32-00 517 Aug01/06 23-33-00 01 R 26 Nov01/06
23-32-00 R 11 Nov01/06 23-32-00 518 Aug01/06 23-33-00 01 R 27 Nov01/06
23-32-00 12 Feb01/06 23-32-00 519 Aug01/06 23-33-00 01 R 28 Nov01/06
23-32-00 13 Feb01/06 23-32-00 520 Aug01/06 23-33-00 01 R 29 Nov01/06
23-32-00 R 14 Nov01/06 23-32-00 521 Aug01/06 23-33-00 01 R 30 Nov01/06
23-32-00 R 15 Nov01/06 23-32-00 522 Aug01/06 23-33-00 01 R 31 Nov01/06
23-32-00 16 Aug01/06 23-32-00 523 Aug01/06 23-33-00 01 R 32 Nov01/06
23-32-00 17 Aug01/06 23-32-00 R 524 Nov01/06 23-33-00 01 R 33 Nov01/06
23-32-00 18 Feb01/06 23-32-00 525 Aug01/06 23-33-00 01 R 34 Nov01/06
23-32-00 19 Aug01/06 23-32-00 526 Feb01/06 23-33-00 01 R 35 Nov01/06
23-32-00 R 20 Nov01/06 23-32-00 R 527 Nov01/06 23-33-00 01 R 36 Nov01/06
23-32-00 R 21 Nov01/06 23-32-00 R 528 Nov01/06 23-33-00 01 R 37 Nov01/06
23-32-00 22 Feb01/06 23-32-00 529 Aug01/06 23-33-00 01 R 38 Nov01/06
23-32-00 R 23 Nov01/06 23-32-34 401 Aug01/06 23-33-00 01 R 39 Nov01/06
23-32-00 24 Aug01/06 23-32-34 R 402 Nov01/06 23-33-00 01 R 40 Nov01/06
23-32-00 25 Aug01/06 23-32-34 403 May01/06 23-33-00 01 R 41 Nov01/06
23-32-00 26 Aug01/06 23-32-34 404 Aug01/06 23-33-00 01 R 42 Nov01/06
23-32-00 27 Aug01/06 23-32-34 405 Aug01/06 23-33-00 01 R 43 Nov01/06
23-32-00 28 Aug01/06 23-32-34 R 406 Nov01/06 23-33-00 01 R 44 Nov01/06
23-32-00 R 201 Nov01/06 23-32-34 407 Aug01/06 23-33-00 01 R 45 Nov01/06
23-32-00 202 Aug01/06 23-32-34 408 Aug01/06 23-33-00 01 R 46 Nov01/06
23-32-00 R 203 Nov01/06 23-32-36 N 401 Nov01/06 23-33-00 01 R 47 Nov01/06
23-32-00 204 Feb01/06 23-32-36 N 402 Nov01/06 23-33-00 01 R 48 Nov01/06
23-32-00 R 205 Nov01/06 23-32-36 N 403 Nov01/06 23-33-00 01 R 49 Nov01/06
23-32-00 206 Feb01/06 23-32-36 N 404 Nov01/06 23-33-00 01 R 50 Nov01/06
23-32-00 207 Feb01/06 23-33-00 01 R 51 Nov01/06
23-32-00 R 208 Nov01/06 23-33-00 01 R 1 Nov01/06 23-33-00 01 R 52 Nov01/06
23-32-00 R 209 Nov01/06 23-33-00 01 2 Feb01/06 23-33-00 01 R 53 Nov01/06
23-32-00 210 Aug01/06 23-33-00 01 3 Feb01/06 23-33-00 01 R 54 Nov01/06
23-32-00 R 211 Nov01/06 23-33-00 01 R 4 Nov01/06 23-33-00 01 R 55 Nov01/06
23-32-00 R 212 Nov01/06 23-33-00 01 5 May01/06 23-33-00 01 R 56 Nov01/06
23-32-00 R 213 Nov01/06 23-33-00 01 6 May01/06 23-33-00 01 R 57 Nov01/06
23-32-00 R 214 Nov01/06 23-33-00 01 7 May01/06 23-33-00 01 R 58 Nov01/06
23-32-00 R 215 Nov01/06 23-33-00 01 R 8 Nov01/06 23-33-00 01 R 59 Nov01/06
23-32-00 D 216 23-33-00 01 R 9 Nov01/06 23-33-00 01 R 60 Nov01/06
23-32-00 501 Aug01/06 23-33-00 01 10 May01/06 23-33-00 01 R 61 Nov01/06
23-32-00 502 Aug01/06 23-33-00 01 11 May01/06 23-33-00 01 R 62 Nov01/06
23-32-00 503 Aug01/06 23-33-00 01 R 12 Nov01/06 23-33-00 01 R 63 Nov01/06
23-32-00 504 Aug01/06 23-33-00 01 R 13 Nov01/06 23-33-00 01 R 64 Nov01/06
23-32-00 505 Aug01/06 23-33-00 01 R 14 Nov01/06 23-33-00 01 R 65 Nov01/06
23-32-00 506 Aug01/06 23-33-00 01 R 15 Nov01/06 23-33-00 01 R 66 Nov01/06
23-32-00 R 507 Nov01/06 23-33-00 01 R 16 Nov01/06 23-33-00 01 R 67 Nov01/06
23-32-00 508 Aug01/06 23-33-00 01 R 17 Nov01/06 23-33-00 01 R 68 Nov01/06
23-32-00 509 Feb01/06 23-33-00 01 R 18 Nov01/06 23-33-00 01 R 69 Nov01/06
23-32-00 510 Feb01/06 23-33-00 01 R 19 Nov01/06 23-33-00 01 N 70 Nov01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 6
Nov 01/06
THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
23-33-00 01 N 71 Nov01/06 23-33-00 02 29 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 R 80 Nov01/06
23-33-00 01 N 72 Nov01/06 23-33-00 02 30 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 R 81 Nov01/06
23-33-00 01 N 73 Nov01/06 23-33-00 02 31 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 R 82 Nov01/06
23-33-00 01 N 74 Nov01/06 23-33-00 02 32 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 R 83 Nov01/06
23-33-00 01 N 75 Nov01/06 23-33-00 02 33 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 R 84 Nov01/06
23-33-00 01 N 76 Nov01/06 23-33-00 02 34 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 R 85 Nov01/06
23-33-00 01 N 77 Nov01/06 23-33-00 02 35 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 R 86 Nov01/06
23-33-00 01 N 78 Nov01/06 23-33-00 02 36 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 R 87 Nov01/06
23-33-00 01 N 79 Nov01/06 23-33-00 02 37 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 R 88 Nov01/06
23-33-00 01 N 80 Nov01/06 23-33-00 02 38 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 R 89 Nov01/06
23-33-00 01 N 81 Nov01/06 23-33-00 02 39 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 R 90 Nov01/06
23-33-00 01 N 82 Nov01/06 23-33-00 02 40 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 N 91 Nov01/06
23-33-00 01 N 83 Nov01/06 23-33-00 02 41 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 N 92 Nov01/06
23-33-00 01 N 84 Nov01/06 23-33-00 02 42 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 N 93 Nov01/06
23-33-00 01 N 85 Nov01/06 23-33-00 02 43 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 N 94 Nov01/06
23-33-00 01 N 86 Nov01/06 23-33-00 02 44 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 N 95 Nov01/06
23-33-00 01 N 87 Nov01/06 23-33-00 02 45 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 N 96 Nov01/06
23-33-00 01 N 88 Nov01/06 23-33-00 02 46 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 N 97 Nov01/06
23-33-00 01 N 89 Nov01/06 23-33-00 02 47 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 N 98 Nov01/06
23-33-00 01 N 90 Nov01/06 23-33-00 02 48 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 N 99 Nov01/06
23-33-00 01 N 91 Nov01/06 23-33-00 02 49 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 N A 0 Nov01/06
23-33-00 01 N 92 Nov01/06 23-33-00 02 50 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 N A 1 Nov01/06
23-33-00 01 N 93 Nov01/06 23-33-00 02 51 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 N A 2 Nov01/06
23-33-00 02 1 Feb01/06 23-33-00 02 52 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 N A 3 Nov01/06
23-33-00 02 2 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 53 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 N A 4 Nov01/06
23-33-00 02 3 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 54 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 N A 5 Nov01/06
23-33-00 02 4 Feb01/06 23-33-00 02 55 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 N A 6 Nov01/06
23-33-00 02 5 Feb01/06 23-33-00 02 56 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 N A 7 Nov01/06
23-33-00 02 6 Feb01/06 23-33-00 02 57 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 N A 8 Nov01/06
23-33-00 02 7 Feb01/06 23-33-00 02 58 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 N A 9 Nov01/06
23-33-00 02 8 Feb01/06 23-33-00 02 59 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 N A 10 Nov01/06
23-33-00 02 9 Nov01/05 23-33-00 02 60 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 N A 11 Nov01/06
23-33-00 02 10 Feb01/06 23-33-00 02 R 61 Nov01/06 23-33-00 02 N A 12 Nov01/06
23-33-00 02 11 Feb01/06 23-33-00 02 R 62 Nov01/06 23-33-00 02 N A 13 Nov01/06
23-33-00 02 12 Feb01/06 23-33-00 02 R 63 Nov01/06 23-33-00 02 N A 14 Nov01/06
23-33-00 02 13 Feb01/06 23-33-00 02 R 64 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 201 Nov01/06
23-33-00 02 14 Feb01/06 23-33-00 02 R 65 Nov01/06 23-33-00 202 Feb01/06
23-33-00 02 15 Feb01/06 23-33-00 02 R 66 Nov01/06 23-33-00 203 Feb01/06
23-33-00 02 16 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 R 67 Nov01/06 23-33-00 204 Feb01/06
23-33-00 02 17 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 R 68 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 205 Nov01/06
23-33-00 02 18 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 R 69 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 206 Nov01/06
23-33-00 02 19 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 R 70 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 207 Nov01/06
23-33-00 02 20 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 R 71 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 208 Nov01/06
23-33-00 02 21 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 R 72 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 209 Nov01/06
23-33-00 02 22 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 R 73 Nov01/06 23-33-00 N 210 Nov01/06
23-33-00 02 23 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 R 74 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 301 Nov01/06
23-33-00 02 24 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 R 75 Nov01/06 23-33-00 302 Aug01/06
23-33-00 02 25 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 R 76 Nov01/06 23-33-00 303 Aug01/06
23-33-00 02 26 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 R 77 Nov01/06 23-33-00 304 Aug01/06
23-33-00 02 27 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 R 78 Nov01/06 23-33-00 305 Aug01/06
23-33-00 02 28 Aug01/06 23-33-00 02 R 79 Nov01/06 23-33-00 306 Aug01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 7
Nov 01/06
THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
23-33-00 307 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 358 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 546 Nov01/06
23-33-00 308 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 359 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 547 Nov01/06
23-33-00 309 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 360 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 548 Nov01/06
23-33-00 310 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 361 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 549 Nov01/06
23-33-00 311 Aug01/06 23-33-00 N 362 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 550 Nov01/06
23-33-00 312 Aug01/06 23-33-00 N 363 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 551 Nov01/06
23-33-00 313 Aug01/06 23-33-00 501 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 552 Nov01/06
23-33-00 314 Aug01/06 23-33-00 502 Feb01/06 23-33-00 R 553 Nov01/06
23-33-00 315 Aug01/06 23-33-00 503 Feb01/06 23-33-00 R 554 Nov01/06
23-33-00 316 Aug01/06 23-33-00 504 Feb01/06 23-33-00 R 555 Nov01/06
23-33-00 317 Aug01/06 23-33-00 505 May01/06 23-33-00 R 556 Nov01/06
23-33-00 318 Aug01/06 23-33-00 506 May01/06 23-33-00 R 557 Nov01/06
23-33-00 319 Aug01/06 23-33-00 507 May01/06 23-33-00 R 558 Nov01/06
23-33-00 320 Aug01/06 23-33-00 508 Feb01/06 23-33-00 R 559 Nov01/06
23-33-00 321 Aug01/06 23-33-00 509 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 560 Nov01/06
23-33-00 322 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 510 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 561 Nov01/06
23-33-00 323 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 511 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 562 Nov01/06
23-33-00 324 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 512 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 563 Nov01/06
23-33-00 325 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 513 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 564 Nov01/06
23-33-00 326 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 514 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 565 Nov01/06
23-33-00 327 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 515 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 566 Nov01/06
23-33-00 328 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 516 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 567 Nov01/06
23-33-00 329 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 517 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 568 Nov01/06
23-33-00 330 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 518 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 569 Nov01/06
23-33-00 331 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 519 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 570 Nov01/06
23-33-00 332 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 520 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 571 Nov01/06
23-33-00 333 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 521 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 572 Nov01/06
23-33-00 334 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 522 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 573 Nov01/06
23-33-00 335 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 523 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 574 Nov01/06
23-33-00 336 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 524 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 575 Nov01/06
23-33-00 337 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 525 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 576 Nov01/06
23-33-00 338 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 526 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 577 Nov01/06
23-33-00 339 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 527 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 578 Nov01/06
23-33-00 340 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 528 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 579 Nov01/06
23-33-00 341 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 529 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 580 Nov01/06
23-33-00 342 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 530 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 581 Nov01/06
23-33-00 343 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 531 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 582 Nov01/06
23-33-00 344 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 532 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 583 Nov01/06
23-33-00 345 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 533 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 584 Nov01/06
23-33-00 346 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 534 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 585 Nov01/06
23-33-00 347 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 535 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 586 Nov01/06
23-33-00 348 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 536 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 587 Nov01/06
23-33-00 349 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 537 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 588 Nov01/06
23-33-00 350 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 538 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 589 Nov01/06
23-33-00 351 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 539 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 590 Nov01/06
23-33-00 352 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 540 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 591 Nov01/06
23-33-00 353 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 541 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 592 Nov01/06
23-33-00 354 Aug01/06 23-33-00 R 542 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 593 Nov01/06
23-33-00 R 355 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 543 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 594 Nov01/06
23-33-00 R 356 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 544 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 595 Nov01/06
23-33-00 R 357 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 545 Nov01/06 23-33-00 R 596 Nov01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 8
Nov 01/06
THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
23-33-00 R 597 Nov01/06 23-33-37 406 Aug01/06 23-33-47 413 Aug01/06
23-33-00 R 598 Nov01/06 23-33-37 407 Aug01/06 23-33-47 414 Aug01/06
23-33-00 N 599 Nov01/06 23-33-38 401 Feb01/06 23-33-47 415 Aug01/06
23-33-00 N A500 Nov01/06 23-33-38 402 Feb01/06 23-33-47 416 Aug01/06
23-33-00 N A501 Nov01/06 23-33-38 403 Feb01/06 23-33-47 417 Aug01/06
23-33-00 N A502 Nov01/06 23-33-38 404 Feb01/06 23-33-47 418 Aug01/06
23-33-00 N A503 Nov01/06 23-33-38 405 Feb01/06 23-33-47 419 Aug01/06
23-33-12 R 401 Nov01/06 23-33-38 406 Feb01/06 23-33-47 420 Aug01/06
23-33-12 R 402 Nov01/06 23-33-38 407 Feb01/06 23-33-47 421 Aug01/06
23-33-12 R 403 Nov01/06 23-33-38 408 Feb01/06 23-33-47 422 Aug01/06
23-33-12 R 404 Nov01/06 23-33-38 409 Feb01/06 23-33-47 423 Aug01/06
23-33-12 405 Aug01/06 23-33-38 410 Feb01/06 23-33-47 424 Aug01/06
23-33-12 R 406 Nov01/06 23-33-39 401 Aug01/06 23-33-47 425 Aug01/06
23-33-12 407 Aug01/06 23-33-39 402 Aug01/06 23-33-47 426 Aug01/06
23-33-12 408 Aug01/06 23-33-39 403 May01/05 23-33-47 427 Aug01/06
23-33-12 409 Aug01/06 23-33-39 404 May01/05 23-33-47 428 Aug01/06
23-33-12 R 410 Nov01/06 23-33-39 405 Aug01/06 23-33-47 429 Aug01/06
23-33-12 R 411 Nov01/06 23-33-39 406 Aug01/06 23-33-47 430 Aug01/06
23-33-12 R 412 Nov01/06 23-33-39 407 Aug01/06 23-33-47 431 Aug01/06
23-33-12 R 413 Nov01/06 23-33-46 401 Aug01/06 23-33-47 432 Aug01/06
23-33-12 R 414 Nov01/06 23-33-46 402 Aug01/06 23-33-47 433 Aug01/06
23-33-12 R 415 Nov01/06 23-33-46 403 Feb01/06 23-33-47 434 Aug01/06
23-33-12 R 416 Nov01/06 23-33-46 404 Aug01/06 23-33-47 435 Aug01/06
23-33-12 R 417 Nov01/06 23-33-46 405 Feb01/06 23-33-47 436 Aug01/06
23-33-12 R 418 Nov01/06 23-33-46 406 Aug01/06 23-33-47 437 Aug01/06
23-33-12 R 419 Nov01/06 23-33-46 407 Aug01/06 23-33-47 438 Aug01/06
23-33-12 R 420 Nov01/06 23-33-46 408 Aug01/06 23-33-47 439 Aug01/06
23-33-12 R 421 Nov01/06 23-33-46 409 Aug01/06 23-33-47 440 Aug01/06
23-33-12 R 422 Nov01/06 23-33-46 410 Aug01/06 23-33-47 441 Aug01/06
23-33-12 R 423 Nov01/06 23-33-46 411 Aug01/06 23-33-47 442 Aug01/06
23-33-12 R 424 Nov01/06 23-33-46 412 Aug01/06 23-33-47 443 Aug01/06
23-33-12 D 425 23-33-46 413 Aug01/06 23-33-52 401 Aug01/06
23-33-31 401 Aug01/06 23-33-46 414 Aug01/06 23-33-52 R 402 Nov01/06
23-33-31 402 Aug01/06 23-33-46 415 Feb01/06 23-33-52 R 403 Nov01/06
23-33-31 403 Aug01/06 23-33-46 416 Feb01/06 23-33-52 R 404 Nov01/06
23-33-31 R 404 Nov01/06 23-33-46 417 Aug01/06 23-33-52 405 Aug01/06
23-33-31 R 405 Nov01/06 23-33-46 418 Aug01/06 23-33-52 R 406 Nov01/06
23-33-31 R 406 Nov01/06 23-33-46 419 Aug01/06 23-33-52 R 407 Nov01/06
23-33-31 407 Aug01/06 23-33-46 420 Aug01/06
23-33-36 401 Aug01/06 23-33-47 401 Aug01/06 23-34-00 1 Aug01/06
23-33-36 402 Aug01/06 23-33-47 402 Aug01/06 23-34-00 2 Feb01/06
23-33-36 403 May01/05 23-33-47 403 Aug01/06 23-34-00 3 Nov01/05
23-33-36 404 May01/05 23-33-47 404 Nov01/05 23-34-00 4 Aug01/06
23-33-36 405 Aug01/06 23-33-47 405 Nov01/05 23-34-00 5 May01/06
23-33-36 406 Aug01/06 23-33-47 406 May01/06 23-34-00 6 Aug01/06
23-33-36 407 Aug01/06 23-33-47 407 May01/06 23-34-00 7 Aug01/06
23-33-37 401 Aug01/06 23-33-47 408 Aug01/06 23-34-00 8 Aug01/06
23-33-37 402 Aug01/06 23-33-47 409 Aug01/06 23-34-00 9 Aug01/06
23-33-37 403 May01/05 23-33-47 410 Aug01/06 23-34-00 10 Aug01/06
23-33-37 404 May01/05 23-33-47 411 Aug01/06 23-34-00 11 Aug01/06
23-33-37 405 Aug01/06 23-33-47 412 Aug01/06 23-34-00 12 Aug01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 9
Nov 01/06
THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
23-34-00 13 Aug01/06 23-34-00 318 Aug01/06 23-34-35 408 Feb01/06
23-34-00 14 Aug01/06 23-34-00 319 Aug01/06 23-34-35 409 Feb01/06
23-34-00 15 Aug01/06 23-34-00 320 Aug01/06
23-34-00 16 Aug01/06 23-34-00 321 Aug01/06 23-36-00 1 Aug01/06
23-34-00 17 Aug01/06 23-34-00 322 Aug01/06 23-36-00 2 Nov01/05
23-34-00 18 Aug01/06 23-34-00 323 Aug01/06 23-36-00 3 Nov01/05
23-34-00 19 Aug01/06 23-34-00 324 Aug01/06 23-36-00 4 Nov01/05
23-34-00 20 Aug01/06 23-34-00 325 Aug01/06 23-36-00 5 Nov01/05
23-34-00 21 Aug01/06 23-34-00 501 Aug01/06 23-36-00 6 Aug01/06
23-34-00 22 Aug01/06 23-34-00 502 Aug01/06 23-36-00 7 May01/06
23-34-00 23 Aug01/06 23-34-00 503 Aug01/06 23-36-00 8 May01/06
23-34-00 24 Aug01/06 23-34-00 504 Aug01/06 23-36-00 9 May01/06
23-34-00 25 Aug01/06 23-34-00 505 Aug01/06 23-36-00 10 May01/06
23-34-00 26 Aug01/06 23-34-00 506 Aug01/06 23-36-00 11 May01/06
23-34-00 27 Aug01/06 23-34-00 507 Aug01/06 23-36-00 12 May01/06
23-34-00 28 Aug01/06 23-34-00 508 Aug01/06 23-36-00 13 May01/06
23-34-00 29 Aug01/06 23-34-00 509 Aug01/06 23-36-00 14 May01/06
23-34-00 30 Aug01/06 23-34-00 510 Aug01/06 23-36-00 15 May01/06
23-34-00 31 Aug01/06 23-34-00 511 Aug01/06 23-36-00 16 May01/06
23-34-00 32 Aug01/06 23-34-00 512 Aug01/06 23-36-00 17 Aug01/06
23-34-00 33 Aug01/06 23-34-00 513 Aug01/06 23-36-00 18 Aug01/06
23-34-00 34 Aug01/06 23-34-00 514 Aug01/06 23-36-00 19 Aug01/06
23-34-00 35 Aug01/06 23-34-00 515 Aug01/06 23-36-00 20 Aug01/06
23-34-00 36 Aug01/06 23-34-00 516 Aug01/06 23-36-00 21 Aug01/06
23-34-00 37 Aug01/06 23-34-00 517 Aug01/06 23-36-00 22 Aug01/06
23-34-00 38 Aug01/06 23-34-00 518 Aug01/06 23-36-00 23 Aug01/06
23-34-00 39 Aug01/06 23-34-00 519 Aug01/06 23-36-00 24 Aug01/06
23-34-00 40 Aug01/06 23-34-00 520 Aug01/06 23-36-00 25 Aug01/06
23-34-00 41 Aug01/06 23-34-00 521 Aug01/06 23-36-00 26 Aug01/06
23-34-00 42 Aug01/06 23-34-00 522 Aug01/06 23-36-00 27 Aug01/06
23-34-00 43 Aug01/06 23-34-00 523 Aug01/06 23-36-00 28 Aug01/06
23-34-00 44 Aug01/06 23-34-00 524 Aug01/06 23-36-00 29 Aug01/06
23-34-00 45 Aug01/06 23-34-00 525 Aug01/06 23-36-00 30 Aug01/06
23-34-00 46 Aug01/06 23-34-00 526 Aug01/06 23-36-00 31 Aug01/06
23-34-00 301 Aug01/06 23-34-00 527 Aug01/06 23-36-00 32 Aug01/06
23-34-00 302 Aug01/06 23-34-00 528 Aug01/06 23-36-00 33 Aug01/06
23-34-00 303 May01/06 23-34-00 529 Aug01/06 23-36-00 34 Aug01/06
23-34-00 304 Aug01/06 23-34-34 401 Aug01/06 23-36-00 35 Aug01/06
23-34-00 305 Aug01/06 23-34-34 402 Aug01/06 23-36-00 36 Aug01/06
23-34-00 306 Aug01/06 23-34-34 403 May01/05 23-36-00 37 Aug01/06
23-34-00 307 Aug01/06 23-34-34 404 May01/05 23-36-00 38 Aug01/06
23-34-00 308 Aug01/06 23-34-34 405 Aug01/06 23-36-00 39 Aug01/06
23-34-00 309 Aug01/06 23-34-34 406 Aug01/06 23-36-00 40 Aug01/06
23-34-00 310 Aug01/06 23-34-34 407 Aug01/06 23-36-00 41 Aug01/06
23-34-00 311 Aug01/06 23-34-35 401 Feb01/06 23-36-00 42 Aug01/06
23-34-00 312 Aug01/06 23-34-35 402 Feb01/06 23-36-00 43 Aug01/06
23-34-00 313 Aug01/06 23-34-35 403 Feb01/06 23-36-00 44 Aug01/06
23-34-00 314 Aug01/06 23-34-35 404 Feb01/06 23-36-00 45 Aug01/06
23-34-00 315 Aug01/06 23-34-35 405 Nov01/05 23-36-00 46 Aug01/06
23-34-00 316 Aug01/06 23-34-35 406 Feb01/06 23-36-00 47 Aug01/06
23-34-00 317 Aug01/06 23-34-35 407 Feb01/06 23-36-00 48 Aug01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 10
Nov 01/06
THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
23-36-00 49 Aug01/06 23-36-00 A 0 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 524 Nov01/06
23-36-00 50 Aug01/06 23-36-00 A 1 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 525 Nov01/06
23-36-00 51 Aug01/06 23-36-00 A 2 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 526 Nov01/06
23-36-00 52 Aug01/06 23-36-00 A 3 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 527 Nov01/06
23-36-00 53 Aug01/06 23-36-00 A 4 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 528 Nov01/06
23-36-00 54 Aug01/06 23-36-00 A 5 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 529 Nov01/06
23-36-00 55 Aug01/06 23-36-00 A 6 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 530 Nov01/06
23-36-00 56 Aug01/06 23-36-00 A 7 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 531 Nov01/06
23-36-00 57 Aug01/06 23-36-00 A 8 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 532 Nov01/06
23-36-00 58 Aug01/06 23-36-00 A 9 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 533 Nov01/06
23-36-00 59 Aug01/06 23-36-00 A 10 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 534 Nov01/06
23-36-00 60 Aug01/06 23-36-00 A 11 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 535 Nov01/06
23-36-00 61 Aug01/06 23-36-00 A 12 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 536 Nov01/06
23-36-00 62 Aug01/06 23-36-00 A 13 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 537 Nov01/06
23-36-00 63 Aug01/06 23-36-00 A 14 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 538 Nov01/06
23-36-00 64 Aug01/06 23-36-00 A 15 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 539 Nov01/06
23-36-00 65 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 201 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 540 Nov01/06
23-36-00 66 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 202 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 541 Nov01/06
23-36-00 67 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 203 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 542 Nov01/06
23-36-00 68 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 204 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 543 Nov01/06
23-36-00 69 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 205 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 544 Nov01/06
23-36-00 70 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 301 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 545 Nov01/06
23-36-00 71 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 302 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 546 Nov01/06
23-36-00 72 Aug01/06 23-36-00 303 Feb01/06 23-36-00 R 547 Nov01/06
23-36-00 73 Aug01/06 23-36-00 304 Feb01/06 23-36-00 R 548 Nov01/06
23-36-00 74 Aug01/06 23-36-00 305 Feb01/06 23-36-00 R 549 Nov01/06
23-36-00 75 Aug01/06 23-36-00 306 Feb01/06 23-36-00 R 550 Nov01/06
23-36-00 76 Aug01/06 23-36-00 307 Feb01/06 23-36-00 R 551 Nov01/06
23-36-00 77 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 501 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 552 Nov01/06
23-36-00 78 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 502 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 553 Nov01/06
23-36-00 79 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 503 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 554 Nov01/06
23-36-00 80 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 504 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 555 Nov01/06
23-36-00 81 Aug01/06 23-36-00 505 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 556 Nov01/06
23-36-00 82 Aug01/06 23-36-00 506 May01/06 23-36-00 R 557 Nov01/06
23-36-00 83 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 507 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 558 Nov01/06
23-36-00 84 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 508 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 559 Nov01/06
23-36-00 85 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 509 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 560 Nov01/06
23-36-00 86 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 510 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 561 Nov01/06
23-36-00 87 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 511 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 562 Nov01/06
23-36-00 88 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 512 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 563 Nov01/06
23-36-00 89 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 513 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 564 Nov01/06
23-36-00 90 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 514 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 565 Nov01/06
23-36-00 91 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 515 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 566 Nov01/06
23-36-00 92 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 516 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 567 Nov01/06
23-36-00 93 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 517 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 568 Nov01/06
23-36-00 94 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 518 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 569 Nov01/06
23-36-00 95 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 519 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 570 Nov01/06
23-36-00 96 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 520 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 571 Nov01/06
23-36-00 97 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 521 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 572 Nov01/06
23-36-00 98 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 522 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 573 Nov01/06
23-36-00 99 Aug01/06 23-36-00 R 523 Nov01/06 23-36-00 R 574 Nov01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 11
Nov 01/06
THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
23-36-00 R 575 Nov01/06 23-36-22 425 Aug01/06 23-36-22 476 Aug01/06
23-36-00 R 576 Nov01/06 23-36-22 426 Aug01/06 23-36-22 477 Aug01/06
23-36-00 R 577 Nov01/06 23-36-22 427 Aug01/06 23-36-22 478 Aug01/06
23-36-00 R 578 Nov01/06 23-36-22 428 Aug01/06 23-36-22 479 Aug01/06
23-36-00 R 579 Nov01/06 23-36-22 429 Aug01/06 23-36-22 480 Aug01/06
23-36-00 R 580 Nov01/06 23-36-22 430 Aug01/06 23-36-22 481 Aug01/06
23-36-00 R 581 Nov01/06 23-36-22 431 Aug01/06 23-36-22 482 Aug01/06
23-36-00 R 582 Nov01/06 23-36-22 432 Aug01/06 23-36-22 483 Aug01/06
23-36-00 R 583 Nov01/06 23-36-22 433 Aug01/06 23-36-22 484 Aug01/06
23-36-00 R 584 Nov01/06 23-36-22 434 Aug01/06 23-36-22 485 Aug01/06
23-36-00 R 585 Nov01/06 23-36-22 435 Aug01/06 23-36-22 486 Aug01/06
23-36-00 R 586 Nov01/06 23-36-22 436 Aug01/06 23-36-22 487 Aug01/06
23-36-00 R 587 Nov01/06 23-36-22 437 Aug01/06 23-36-22 488 Aug01/06
23-36-00 R 588 Nov01/06 23-36-22 438 Aug01/06 23-36-22 489 Aug01/06
23-36-00 R 589 Nov01/06 23-36-22 439 Aug01/06 23-36-23 401 Aug01/06
23-36-00 R 590 Nov01/06 23-36-22 440 Aug01/06 23-36-23 402 Aug01/06
23-36-00 R 591 Nov01/06 23-36-22 441 Aug01/06 23-36-23 403 Aug01/06
23-36-00 R 592 Nov01/06 23-36-22 442 Aug01/06 23-36-23 404 Aug01/06
23-36-00 R 593 Nov01/06 23-36-22 443 Aug01/06 23-36-23 405 Aug01/06
23-36-00 R 594 Nov01/06 23-36-22 444 Aug01/06 23-36-23 406 Aug01/06
23-36-00 R 595 Nov01/06 23-36-22 445 Aug01/06 23-36-23 407 Aug01/06
23-36-00 R 596 Nov01/06 23-36-22 446 Aug01/06 23-36-23 408 Aug01/06
23-36-00 R 597 Nov01/06 23-36-22 447 Aug01/06 23-36-23 409 Aug01/06
23-36-00 N 598 Nov01/06 23-36-22 448 Aug01/06 23-36-34 401 Aug01/06
23-36-00 N 599 Nov01/06 23-36-22 449 Aug01/06 23-36-34 402 Aug01/06
23-36-00 N A500 Nov01/06 23-36-22 450 Aug01/06 23-36-34 403 Aug01/06
23-36-00 N A501 Nov01/06 23-36-22 451 Aug01/06 23-36-34 404 Aug01/06
23-36-22 401 Aug01/06 23-36-22 452 Aug01/06 23-36-34 405 Aug01/06
23-36-22 402 Aug01/06 23-36-22 453 Aug01/06 23-36-34 406 Aug01/06
23-36-22 403 Aug01/06 23-36-22 454 Aug01/06 23-36-34 407 Aug01/06
23-36-22 404 Feb01/06 23-36-22 455 Aug01/06 23-36-34 408 Nov01/05
23-36-22 405 Nov01/05 23-36-22 456 Aug01/06 23-36-34 409 Aug01/06
23-36-22 406 Aug01/06 23-36-22 457 Aug01/06 23-36-34 410 Feb01/06
23-36-22 407 Aug01/06 23-36-22 458 Aug01/06 23-36-34 411 Aug01/06
23-36-22 408 Aug01/06 23-36-22 459 Aug01/06 23-36-34 412 Aug01/06
23-36-22 409 Aug01/06 23-36-22 460 Aug01/06 23-36-34 413 Aug01/06
23-36-22 410 Feb01/06 23-36-22 461 Aug01/06 23-36-34 414 Aug01/06
23-36-22 411 Feb01/06 23-36-22 462 Aug01/06 23-36-34 415 Aug01/06
23-36-22 412 Feb01/06 23-36-22 463 Aug01/06 23-36-34 416 Aug01/06
23-36-22 413 Feb01/06 23-36-22 464 Aug01/06 23-36-34 417 Aug01/06
23-36-22 414 Aug01/06 23-36-22 465 Aug01/06 23-36-34 418 Aug01/06
23-36-22 415 Feb01/06 23-36-22 466 Aug01/06 23-36-34 419 Aug01/06
23-36-22 416 Feb01/06 23-36-22 467 Aug01/06 23-36-34 420 Aug01/06
23-36-22 417 Aug01/06 23-36-22 468 Aug01/06 23-36-34 421 Aug01/06
23-36-22 418 Aug01/06 23-36-22 469 Aug01/06 23-36-34 422 Aug01/06
23-36-22 419 Aug01/06 23-36-22 470 Aug01/06 23-36-34 423 Aug01/06
23-36-22 420 Aug01/06 23-36-22 471 Aug01/06 23-36-34 424 Aug01/06
23-36-22 421 Aug01/06 23-36-22 472 Aug01/06 23-36-34 425 Aug01/06
23-36-22 422 Aug01/06 23-36-22 473 Aug01/06 23-36-34 426 Aug01/06
23-36-22 423 Aug01/06 23-36-22 474 Aug01/06 23-36-34 427 Aug01/06
23-36-22 424 Aug01/06 23-36-22 475 Aug01/06 23-36-34 428 Aug01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 12
Nov 01/06
THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
23-36-34 429 Aug01/06 23-36-44 429 Aug01/06 23-42-00 4 Feb01/06
23-36-34 430 Aug01/06 23-36-44 430 Aug01/06 23-42-00 501 May01/05
23-36-34 431 Aug01/06 23-36-44 431 Aug01/06 23-42-00 502 Nov01/05
23-36-34 432 Aug01/06 23-36-44 432 Aug01/06 23-42-00 503 May01/05
23-36-41 401 Feb01/06 23-36-44 433 Aug01/06 23-42-21 401 May01/05
23-36-41 402 Feb01/06 23-36-44 434 Aug01/06 23-42-21 402 May01/05
23-36-41 403 Feb01/06 23-36-44 435 Aug01/06 23-42-21 403 May01/05
23-36-41 404 Feb01/06 23-36-44 436 Aug01/06 23-42-21 404 May01/05
23-36-41 405 Feb01/06 23-36-44 437 Aug01/06 23-42-21 405 Aug01/06
23-36-41 406 Feb01/06 23-36-44 438 Aug01/06 23-42-21 406 Aug01/06
23-36-41 407 Feb01/06 23-36-44 439 Aug01/06
23-36-41 408 Feb01/06 23-36-44 440 Aug01/06 23-43-00 1 May01/05
23-36-41 409 Feb01/06 23-36-44 441 Aug01/06 23-43-00 501 Aug01/06
23-36-41 410 Feb01/06 23-36-45 401 Feb01/06 23-43-00 502 Aug01/06
23-36-41 411 Feb01/06 23-36-45 402 Feb01/06 23-43-00 503 Aug01/06
23-36-41 412 Feb01/06 23-36-45 403 Feb01/06 23-43-00 504 Aug01/06
23-36-41 413 Feb01/06 23-36-45 404 Feb01/06 23-43-00 505 Aug01/06
23-36-41 414 Feb01/06 23-36-45 405 Feb01/06
23-36-41 415 Feb01/06 23-36-45 406 Feb01/06 23-44-00 1 Feb01/06
23-36-41 416 Feb01/06 23-36-45 407 Feb01/06 23-44-00 2 Feb01/06
23-36-41 417 Feb01/06 23-36-52 401 Aug01/06 23-44-00 3 Feb01/06
23-36-41 418 Feb01/06 23-36-52 402 Aug01/06 23-44-00 4 Aug01/06
23-36-41 419 Feb01/06 23-36-52 403 Feb01/06 23-44-00 5 Aug01/06
23-36-44 401 Aug01/06 23-36-52 404 Nov01/05 23-44-00 6 Aug01/06
23-36-44 402 Aug01/06 23-36-52 405 Nov01/05 23-44-00 7 Aug01/06
23-36-44 403 Aug01/06 23-36-52 406 Aug01/06 23-44-00 8 Feb01/06
23-36-44 404 Aug01/06 23-36-52 407 Feb01/06 23-44-00 9 Nov01/05
23-36-44 405 Aug01/06 23-36-52 408 Feb01/06 23-44-00 10 Aug01/06
23-36-44 406 Aug01/06 23-36-52 409 Feb01/06 23-44-00 11 Aug01/06
23-36-44 407 Aug01/06 23-36-52 410 Aug01/06 23-44-00 12 Nov01/05
23-36-44 408 Aug01/06 23-36-52 411 Aug01/06 23-44-00 201 May01/05
23-36-44 409 Aug01/06 23-36-52 412 Aug01/06 23-44-00 202 Nov01/05
23-36-44 410 Aug01/06 23-36-52 413 Aug01/06 23-44-00 203 May01/05
23-36-44 411 Aug01/06 23-36-52 414 Aug01/06 23-44-00 501 May01/05
23-36-44 412 Aug01/06 23-36-52 415 Aug01/06 23-44-00 502 Aug01/06
23-36-44 413 Aug01/06 23-36-52 416 Aug01/06 23-44-00 503 May01/06
23-36-44 414 Aug01/06 23-36-52 417 Aug01/06 23-44-00 504 May01/06
23-36-44 415 Aug01/06 23-36-52 418 Aug01/06 23-44-00 505 May01/06
23-36-44 R 416 Nov01/06 23-36-52 419 Aug01/06 23-44-00 506 May01/06
23-36-44 417 Aug01/06 23-36-52 420 Aug01/06 23-44-00 507 Nov01/05
23-36-44 418 Aug01/06 23-36-52 421 Aug01/06 23-44-41 01 R 401 Nov01/06
23-36-44 419 Aug01/06 23-36-52 422 Aug01/06 23-44-41 01 R 402 Nov01/06
23-36-44 420 Aug01/06 23-36-52 423 Aug01/06 23-44-41 01 R 403 Nov01/06
23-36-44 421 Aug01/06 23-36-52 424 Aug01/06 23-44-41 01 R 404 Nov01/06
23-36-44 422 Aug01/06 23-36-52 425 Aug01/06 23-44-41 01 R 405 Nov01/06
23-36-44 423 Aug01/06 23-36-52 426 Aug01/06 23-44-41 01 N 406 Nov01/06
23-36-44 424 Aug01/06 23-36-52 427 Aug01/06 23-44-41 01 N 407 Nov01/06
23-36-44 425 Aug01/06 23-44-41 01 N 408 Nov01/06
23-36-44 426 Aug01/06 23-42-00 1 May01/05 23-44-41 01 N 409 Nov01/06
23-36-44 427 Aug01/06 23-42-00 2 Feb01/06 23-44-41 01 N 410 Nov01/06
23-36-44 428 Aug01/06 23-42-00 3 Feb01/06 23-44-41 01 N 411 Nov01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 13
Nov 01/06
THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
23-44-41 01 N 412 Nov01/06 23-51-00 01 9 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 60 Feb01/06
23-44-41 01 N 413 Nov01/06 23-51-00 01 10 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 61 Nov01/05
23-44-41 02 401 Feb01/06 23-51-00 01 11 Feb01/06 23-51-00 01 62 Aug01/06
23-44-41 02 R 402 Nov01/06 23-51-00 01 12 Feb01/06 23-51-00 01 63 Aug01/06
23-44-41 02 R 403 Nov01/06 23-51-00 01 13 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 64 Feb01/06
23-44-41 02 R 404 Nov01/06 23-51-00 01 14 Feb01/06 23-51-00 01 65 Aug01/06
23-44-41 02 R 405 Nov01/06 23-51-00 01 15 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 66 Aug01/06
23-44-41 02 R 406 Nov01/06 23-51-00 01 16 Feb01/06 23-51-00 01 67 Feb01/06
23-44-41 02 R 407 Nov01/06 23-51-00 01 17 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 68 Aug01/06
23-44-41 02 R 408 Nov01/06 23-51-00 01 18 Feb01/06 23-51-00 01 69 Feb01/06
23-44-41 02 R 409 Nov01/06 23-51-00 01 19 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 70 Aug01/06
23-44-41 02 R 410 Nov01/06 23-51-00 01 20 Feb01/06 23-51-00 01 71 Aug01/06
23-44-41 02 R 411 Nov01/06 23-51-00 01 21 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 72 Aug01/06
23-44-41 02 R 412 Nov01/06 23-51-00 01 22 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 73 Aug01/06
23-44-41 02 R 413 Nov01/06 23-51-00 01 23 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 74 Feb01/06
23-44-41 02 R 414 Nov01/06 23-51-00 01 24 Nov01/05 23-51-00 01 75 Aug01/06
23-44-41 02 R 415 Nov01/06 23-51-00 01 25 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 76 Aug01/06
23-44-41 02 R 416 Nov01/06 23-51-00 01 26 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 77 Feb01/06
23-44-41 02 R 417 Nov01/06 23-51-00 01 27 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 78 Aug01/06
23-44-41 02 R 418 Nov01/06 23-51-00 01 28 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 79 Feb01/06
23-44-41 02 R 419 Nov01/06 23-51-00 01 29 Feb01/06 23-51-00 01 80 Feb01/06
23-44-41 02 R 420 Nov01/06 23-51-00 01 30 Nov01/05 23-51-00 01 81 Feb01/06
23-44-41 02 R 421 Nov01/06 23-51-00 01 31 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 82 Feb01/06
23-44-41 02 N 422 Nov01/06 23-51-00 01 32 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 83 Aug01/06
23-44-41 02 N 423 Nov01/06 23-51-00 01 33 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 84 Aug01/06
23-44-41 02 N 424 Nov01/06 23-51-00 01 34 Feb01/06 23-51-00 01 85 Aug01/06
23-44-41 02 N 425 Nov01/06 23-51-00 01 35 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 86 Feb01/06
23-44-42 401 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 36 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 87 Feb01/06
23-44-42 402 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 37 Feb01/06 23-51-00 01 88 Aug01/06
23-44-42 403 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 38 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 89 Feb01/06
23-44-42 404 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 39 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 90 Aug01/06
23-44-42 405 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 40 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 91 Aug01/06
23-44-42 406 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 41 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 92 Feb01/06
23-44-42 407 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 42 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 93 Feb01/06
23-44-42 408 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 43 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 94 Aug01/06
23-44-42 409 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 44 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 95 Aug01/06
23-44-42 410 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 45 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 96 Aug01/06
23-44-42 411 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 46 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 97 Feb01/06
23-44-42 412 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 47 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 98 Aug01/06
23-44-42 413 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 48 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 99 Aug01/06
23-44-42 414 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 49 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 A 0 Aug01/06
23-44-42 415 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 50 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 A 1 Feb01/06
23-51-00 01 51 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 A 2 Nov01/05
23-51-00 01 1 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 52 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 A 3 Aug01/06
23-51-00 01 2 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 53 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 A 4 Aug01/06
23-51-00 01 3 Feb01/06 23-51-00 01 54 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 A 5 Aug01/06
23-51-00 01 4 Feb01/06 23-51-00 01 55 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 A 6 Feb01/06
23-51-00 01 5 Nov01/05 23-51-00 01 56 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 A 7 Aug01/06
23-51-00 01 6 Nov01/05 23-51-00 01 57 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 A 8 Feb01/06
23-51-00 01 7 Nov01/05 23-51-00 01 58 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 A 9 Nov01/05
23-51-00 01 8 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 59 Aug01/06 23-51-00 01 A 10 Aug01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 14
Nov 01/06
THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
23-51-00 01 A 11 Aug01/06 23-51-00 02 28 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 79 Nov01/05
23-51-00 01 A 12 Feb01/06 23-51-00 02 29 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 80 Nov01/05
23-51-00 01 A 13 Aug01/06 23-51-00 02 30 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 81 Nov01/05
23-51-00 01 A 14 Aug01/06 23-51-00 02 31 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 82 Nov01/05
23-51-00 01 A 15 Feb01/06 23-51-00 02 32 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 83 Nov01/05
23-51-00 01 A 16 Aug01/06 23-51-00 02 33 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 84 Nov01/05
23-51-00 01 A 17 Aug01/06 23-51-00 02 34 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 85 Nov01/05
23-51-00 01 A 18 Feb01/06 23-51-00 02 35 Nov01/05 23-51-00 401 May01/05
23-51-00 01 A 19 Aug01/06 23-51-00 02 36 Nov01/05 23-51-00 402 Aug01/05
23-51-00 01 A 20 Aug01/06 23-51-00 02 37 Nov01/05 23-51-00 403 May01/05
23-51-00 01 A 21 Feb01/06 23-51-00 02 38 Nov01/05 23-51-00 404 May01/06
23-51-00 01 A 22 Aug01/06 23-51-00 02 39 Nov01/05 23-51-00 405 Aug01/05
23-51-00 01 A 23 Feb01/06 23-51-00 02 40 Nov01/05 23-51-00 406 May01/05
23-51-00 01 A 24 Aug01/06 23-51-00 02 41 Nov01/05 23-51-00 407 Aug01/05
23-51-00 01 A 25 Feb01/06 23-51-00 02 42 Nov01/05 23-51-00 408 Aug01/05
23-51-00 01 A 26 Aug01/06 23-51-00 02 43 Nov01/05 23-51-00 501 May01/05
23-51-00 01 A 27 Feb01/06 23-51-00 02 44 Nov01/05 23-51-00 502 May01/05
23-51-00 01 A 28 Aug01/06 23-51-00 02 45 Nov01/05 23-51-00 503 Nov01/05
23-51-00 01 A 29 Aug01/06 23-51-00 02 46 Nov01/05 23-51-00 504 Nov01/05
23-51-00 01 A 30 Aug01/06 23-51-00 02 47 Nov01/05 23-51-00 505 May01/05
23-51-00 01 A 31 Aug01/06 23-51-00 02 48 Nov01/05 23-51-00 506 May01/05
23-51-00 01 A 32 Feb01/06 23-51-00 02 49 Nov01/05 23-51-00 507 May01/05
23-51-00 01 A 33 Aug01/06 23-51-00 02 50 Nov01/05 23-51-00 508 May01/05
23-51-00 01 A 34 Aug01/06 23-51-00 02 51 Nov01/05 23-51-00 509 May01/05
23-51-00 02 1 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 52 Nov01/05 23-51-00 510 Aug01/06
23-51-00 02 2 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 53 Nov01/05 23-51-00 511 Aug01/06
23-51-00 02 3 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 54 Nov01/05 23-51-00 512 Aug01/06
23-51-00 02 4 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 55 Nov01/05 23-51-00 513 Feb01/06
23-51-00 02 5 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 56 Nov01/05 23-51-00 514 Feb01/06
23-51-00 02 6 Feb01/06 23-51-00 02 57 Nov01/05 23-51-00 515 Feb01/06
23-51-00 02 7 Feb01/06 23-51-00 02 58 Nov01/05 23-51-00 516 Feb01/06
23-51-00 02 8 Feb01/06 23-51-00 02 59 Nov01/05 23-51-00 517 Feb01/06
23-51-00 02 9 Feb01/06 23-51-00 02 60 Nov01/05 23-51-00 518 Feb01/06
23-51-00 02 10 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 61 Nov01/05 23-51-00 519 Feb01/06
23-51-00 02 11 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 62 Nov01/05 23-51-00 520 Feb01/06
23-51-00 02 12 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 63 Nov01/05 23-51-00 521 Feb01/06
23-51-00 02 13 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 64 Nov01/05 23-51-00 522 Feb01/06
23-51-00 02 14 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 65 Nov01/05 23-51-00 523 Feb01/06
23-51-00 02 15 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 66 Nov01/05 23-51-00 524 Feb01/06
23-51-00 02 16 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 67 Nov01/05 23-51-00 525 Aug01/06
23-51-00 02 17 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 68 Nov01/05 23-51-00 526 Feb01/06
23-51-00 02 18 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 69 Nov01/05 23-51-00 527 Feb01/06
23-51-00 02 19 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 70 Nov01/05 23-51-00 528 Feb01/06
23-51-00 02 20 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 71 Nov01/05 23-51-00 R 529 Nov01/06
23-51-00 02 21 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 72 Nov01/05 23-51-00 R 530 Nov01/06
23-51-00 02 22 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 73 Nov01/05 23-51-00 R 531 Nov01/06
23-51-00 02 23 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 74 Nov01/05 23-51-00 R 532 Nov01/06
23-51-00 02 24 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 75 Nov01/05 23-51-00 R 533 Nov01/06
23-51-00 02 25 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 76 Nov01/05 23-51-00 R 534 Nov01/06
23-51-00 02 26 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 77 Nov01/05 23-51-00 535 Aug01/06
23-51-00 02 27 Nov01/05 23-51-00 02 78 Nov01/05 23-51-00 536 Feb01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 15
Nov 01/06
THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
23-51-00 537 Feb01/06 23-61-41 405 Aug01/06 23-61-42 443 Aug01/06
23-51-00 538 Feb01/06 23-61-41 406 Aug01/06 23-61-42 444 Aug01/06
23-51-00 539 Feb01/06 23-61-41 407 Aug01/06 23-61-42 445 Aug01/06
23-51-00 540 Feb01/06 23-61-41 408 Aug01/06 23-61-42 446 Aug01/06
23-51-00 541 Feb01/06 23-61-41 409 Aug01/06
23-51-00 542 Feb01/06 23-61-41 410 Aug01/06 23-71-00 1 Aug01/06
23-51-00 543 Feb01/06 23-61-41 411 Aug01/06 23-71-00 2 Feb01/06
23-51-00 544 Feb01/06 23-61-41 412 Aug01/06 23-71-00 3 Nov01/05
23-51-12 401 Aug01/06 23-61-41 413 Aug01/06 23-71-00 4 Nov01/05
23-51-12 402 Feb01/06 23-61-42 401 Nov01/05 23-71-00 5 Aug01/06
23-51-12 403 Aug01/06 23-61-42 402 Aug01/06 23-71-00 6 Nov01/05
23-51-12 404 Aug01/06 23-61-42 403 Aug01/06 23-71-00 7 Nov01/05
23-51-12 405 Nov01/05 23-61-42 404 May01/05 23-71-00 8 Nov01/05
23-51-12 406 Aug01/06 23-61-42 405 May01/05 23-71-00 9 Feb01/06
23-51-12 407 Feb01/06 23-61-42 406 Aug01/06 23-71-00 10 Aug01/06
23-51-12 408 Aug01/06 23-61-42 407 Aug01/06 23-71-00 11 Aug01/06
23-51-12 409 Aug01/06 23-61-42 408 Aug01/06 23-71-00 12 Aug01/06
23-51-12 410 May01/06 23-61-42 409 Aug01/06 23-71-00 13 Feb01/06
23-51-13 401 May01/05 23-61-42 410 Aug01/06 23-71-00 14 Aug01/06
23-51-13 402 May01/05 23-61-42 411 Aug01/06 23-71-00 15 Feb01/06
23-51-13 403 May01/05 23-61-42 412 Aug01/06 23-71-00 16 Aug01/06
23-51-13 404 May01/05 23-61-42 413 Aug01/06 23-71-00 17 Aug01/06
23-51-13 405 May01/05 23-61-42 414 Aug01/06 23-71-00 18 Feb01/06
23-51-17 401 May01/05 23-61-42 415 Aug01/06 23-71-00 19 Aug01/06
23-51-17 402 May01/05 23-61-42 416 Aug01/06 23-71-00 20 Aug01/06
23-51-34 401 Nov01/05 23-61-42 417 Aug01/06 23-71-00 21 Aug01/06
23-51-34 402 Nov01/05 23-61-42 418 Aug01/06 23-71-00 22 Aug01/06
23-51-34 403 May01/05 23-61-42 419 Aug01/06 23-71-00 23 Feb01/06
23-51-34 404 May01/05 23-61-42 420 Aug01/06 23-71-00 24 Aug01/06
23-51-34 405 Nov01/05 23-61-42 421 Aug01/06 23-71-00 25 Aug01/06
23-51-34 406 May01/06 23-61-42 422 Aug01/06 23-71-00 26 Nov01/05
23-61-42 423 Aug01/06 23-71-00 27 Aug01/06
23-60-00 1 Aug01/06 23-61-42 424 Aug01/06 23-71-00 501 May01/05
23-60-00 2 Aug01/06 23-61-42 425 Aug01/06 23-71-00 502 Aug01/06
23-60-00 3 Aug01/06 23-61-42 426 Aug01/06 23-71-00 503 Aug01/06
23-60-00 4 Aug01/06 23-61-42 427 Aug01/06 23-71-00 504 Aug01/06
23-60-00 5 Aug01/06 23-61-42 428 Aug01/06 23-71-00 505 Aug01/06
23-60-00 6 Aug01/06 23-61-42 429 Aug01/06 23-71-00 506 Aug01/06
23-61-42 430 Aug01/06 23-71-00 507 Aug01/06
23-61-00 1 May01/05 23-61-42 431 Aug01/06 23-71-00 508 Aug01/06
23-61-00 601 Aug01/06 23-61-42 432 Aug01/06 23-71-00 509 Aug01/06
23-61-00 602 Aug01/06 23-61-42 433 Aug01/06 23-71-00 510 Aug01/06
23-61-00 603 Aug01/06 23-61-42 434 Aug01/06 23-71-00 511 Nov01/05
23-61-00 604 Aug01/06 23-61-42 435 Aug01/06 23-71-00 512 Nov01/05
23-61-00 605 Aug01/06 23-61-42 436 Aug01/06 23-71-00 513 May01/06
23-61-00 606 Aug01/06 23-61-42 437 Aug01/06 23-71-00 514 Aug01/06
23-61-00 607 Aug01/06 23-61-42 438 Aug01/06 23-71-00 515 Aug01/06
23-61-41 401 Aug01/06 23-61-42 439 Aug01/06 23-71-00 516 Aug01/06
23-61-41 402 Aug01/06 23-61-42 440 Aug01/06 23-71-00 517 Aug01/06
23-61-41 403 Aug01/06 23-61-42 441 Aug01/06 23-71-00 518 Aug01/06
23-61-41 404 Aug01/06 23-61-42 442 Aug01/06 23-71-00 519 Aug01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 16
Nov 01/06
THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
23-71-00 520 Aug01/06 23-72-22 404 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 36 Nov01/06
23-71-00 521 Aug01/06 23-72-22 405 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 37 Nov01/06
23-71-00 522 Aug01/06 23-72-22 406 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 38 Nov01/06
23-71-13 401 May01/05 23-72-22 407 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 39 Nov01/06
23-71-13 402 May01/05 23-72-51 401 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 40 Nov01/06
23-71-13 403 May01/05 23-72-51 402 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 41 Nov01/06
23-71-13 404 May01/05 23-72-51 403 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 42 Nov01/06
23-71-13 405 May01/06 23-72-51 404 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 43 Nov01/06
23-71-13 406 May01/06 23-72-51 405 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 44 Nov01/06
23-71-14 401 May01/05 23-72-51 406 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 45 Nov01/06
23-71-14 402 May01/05 23-72-51 407 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 46 Nov01/06
23-71-14 403 May01/05 23-72-51 408 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 47 Nov01/06
23-71-14 404 May01/05 23-72-51 409 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 48 Nov01/06
23-71-14 405 May01/06 23-72-51 410 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 49 Nov01/06
23-71-35 401 Aug01/06 23-72-51 411 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 50 Nov01/06
23-71-35 402 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 51 Nov01/06
23-71-35 403 Feb01/06 23-73-00 01 1 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 52 Nov01/06
23-71-35 404 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 2 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 53 Nov01/06
23-71-35 405 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 3 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 54 Nov01/06
23-71-35 406 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 4 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R 55 Nov01/06
23-71-35 407 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 5 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 56 Nov01/06
23-71-35 408 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 6 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 57 Nov01/06
23-71-35 409 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 7 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 58 Nov01/06
23-71-35 410 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 8 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 59 Nov01/06
23-71-35 411 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 9 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 60 Nov01/06
23-71-35 412 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 10 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R 61 Nov01/06
23-71-35 413 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 11 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 62 Nov01/06
23-71-35 414 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 12 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 63 Nov01/06
23-71-35 415 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 13 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 64 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R 14 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R 65 Nov01/06
23-72-00 1 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 15 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R 66 Nov01/06
23-72-00 2 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 16 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R 67 Nov01/06
23-72-00 3 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 17 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R 68 Nov01/06
23-72-00 4 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 18 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 69 Nov01/06
23-72-00 5 Feb01/06 23-73-00 01 19 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 70 Nov01/06
23-72-00 6 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 20 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 71 Nov01/06
23-72-00 7 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 21 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 72 Nov01/06
23-72-00 501 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 22 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 73 Nov01/06
23-72-00 502 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 23 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 74 Nov01/06
23-72-00 503 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 24 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 75 Aug01/06
23-72-00 504 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 25 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 76 Aug01/06
23-72-00 505 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 26 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 77 Aug01/06
23-72-00 506 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 27 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 78 Nov01/06
23-72-00 507 Feb01/06 23-73-00 01 28 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 79 Nov01/06
23-72-00 508 Feb01/06 23-73-00 01 29 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 80 Nov01/06
23-72-00 509 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 30 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R 81 Nov01/06
23-72-00 510 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 31 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R 82 Nov01/06
23-72-00 511 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 32 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R 83 Nov01/06
23-72-22 401 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 33 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R 84 Nov01/06
23-72-22 402 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 34 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R 85 Nov01/06
23-72-22 403 Aug01/06 23-73-00 01 R 35 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R 86 Nov01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 17
Nov 01/06
THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
23-73-00 01 R 87 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 38 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 89 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R 88 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 39 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 90 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R 89 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 40 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 91 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R 90 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 41 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 92 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R 91 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 42 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 93 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R 92 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 43 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 94 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R 93 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 44 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 95 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R 94 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 45 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 96 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R 95 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 46 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 97 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R 96 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 47 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 98 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R 97 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 48 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 99 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R 98 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 49 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R B 0 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R 99 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 50 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R B 1 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 0 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 51 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R B 2 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 1 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 52 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R B 3 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 2 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 53 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R B 4 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 3 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 54 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R B 5 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 4 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 55 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R B 6 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 5 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 56 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R B 7 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 6 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 57 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R B 8 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 7 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 58 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R B 9 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 8 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 59 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R B 10 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 9 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 60 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R B 11 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 10 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 61 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R B 12 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 11 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 62 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R B 13 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 12 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 63 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R B 14 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 13 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 64 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R B 15 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 14 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 65 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R B 16 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 15 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 66 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R B 17 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 16 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 67 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R B 18 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 17 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 68 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R B 19 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 18 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 69 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R B 20 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 19 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 70 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R B 21 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 20 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 71 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R B 22 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 21 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 72 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R B 23 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 22 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 73 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 N B 24 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 23 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 74 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 N B 25 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 24 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 75 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 N B 26 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 25 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 76 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 N B 27 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 26 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 77 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 N B 28 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 27 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 78 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 N B 29 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 28 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 79 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 N B 30 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 29 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 80 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 N B 31 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 30 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 81 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 N B 32 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 31 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 82 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 N B 33 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 32 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 83 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 N B 34 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 33 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 84 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 N B 35 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 34 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 85 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 N B 36 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 35 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 86 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 N B 37 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 36 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 87 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 N B 38 Nov01/06
23-73-00 01 R A 37 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 R A 88 Nov01/06 23-73-00 01 N B 39 Nov01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 18
Nov 01/06
THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
23-73-00 01 N B 40 Nov01/06 23-73-00 02 47 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 98 Feb01/06
23-73-00 01 N B 41 Nov01/06 23-73-00 02 48 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 99 Feb01/06
23-73-00 01 N B 42 Nov01/06 23-73-00 02 49 Aug01/06 23-73-00 02 A 0 Aug01/06
23-73-00 01 N B 43 Nov01/06 23-73-00 02 50 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 A 1 Aug01/06
23-73-00 01 N B 44 Nov01/06 23-73-00 02 51 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 A 2 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 1 Aug01/06 23-73-00 02 52 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 A 3 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 2 Aug01/06 23-73-00 02 53 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 A 4 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 3 Aug01/06 23-73-00 02 54 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 A 5 Aug01/06
23-73-00 02 4 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 55 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 A 6 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 5 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 56 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 A 7 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 6 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 57 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 A 8 Aug01/06
23-73-00 02 7 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 58 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 A 9 Aug01/06
23-73-00 02 8 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 59 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 A 10 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 9 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 60 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 A 11 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 10 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 61 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 A 12 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 11 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 62 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 A 13 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 12 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 63 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 A 14 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 13 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 64 Aug01/06 23-73-00 02 A 15 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 14 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 65 Aug01/06 23-73-00 02 A 16 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 15 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 66 Aug01/06 23-73-00 02 A 17 Nov01/05
23-73-00 02 16 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 67 Aug01/06 23-73-00 02 A 18 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 17 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 68 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 A 19 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 18 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 69 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 A 20 Nov01/05
23-73-00 02 19 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 70 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 A 21 Nov01/05
23-73-00 02 20 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 71 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 A 22 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 21 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 72 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 A 23 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 22 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 73 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 A 24 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 23 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 74 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 A 25 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 24 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 75 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 A 26 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 25 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 76 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 A 27 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 26 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 77 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 A 28 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 27 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 78 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 A 29 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 28 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 79 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 A 30 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 29 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 80 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 A 31 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 30 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 81 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 A 32 Aug01/06
23-73-00 02 31 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 82 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 A 33 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 32 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 83 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 A 34 Nov01/05
23-73-00 02 33 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 84 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 A 35 Aug01/06
23-73-00 02 34 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 85 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 A 36 Nov01/05
23-73-00 02 35 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 86 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 A 37 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 36 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 87 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 A 38 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 37 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 88 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 A 39 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 38 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 89 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 A 40 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 39 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 90 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 A 41 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 40 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 91 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 A 42 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 41 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 92 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 A 43 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 42 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 93 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 A 44 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 43 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 94 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 A 45 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 44 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 95 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 A 46 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 45 Aug01/06 23-73-00 02 96 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 A 47 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 46 Aug01/06 23-73-00 02 97 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 A 48 Nov01/05
23-L.E.P. Page 19
Nov 01/06
THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
23-73-00 02 A 49 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 0 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 51 Nov01/05
23-73-00 02 A 50 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 1 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 52 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 51 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 B 2 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 53 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 52 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 3 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 54 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 53 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 4 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 55 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 54 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 5 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 56 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 55 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 6 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 57 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 56 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 7 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 58 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 57 Aug01/06 23-73-00 02 B 8 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 59 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 58 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 9 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 60 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 59 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 10 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 61 Nov01/05
23-73-00 02 A 60 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 11 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 62 Nov01/05
23-73-00 02 A 61 Aug01/06 23-73-00 02 B 12 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 63 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 62 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 13 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 64 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 63 Aug01/06 23-73-00 02 B 14 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 65 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 64 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 15 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 66 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 65 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 16 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 67 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 66 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 17 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 68 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 67 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 18 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 69 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 68 Aug01/06 23-73-00 02 B 19 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 70 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 69 Aug01/06 23-73-00 02 B 20 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 71 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 70 Aug01/06 23-73-00 02 B 21 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 72 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 71 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 22 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 73 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 72 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 23 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 74 Nov01/05
23-73-00 02 A 73 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 24 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 75 Nov01/05
23-73-00 02 A 74 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 25 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 76 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 75 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 26 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 B 77 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 76 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 27 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 78 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 77 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 28 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 79 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 78 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 29 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 80 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 79 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 30 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 81 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 80 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 B 31 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 B 82 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 81 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 32 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 83 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 82 Aug01/06 23-73-00 02 B 33 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 84 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 83 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 34 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 85 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 84 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 35 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 86 Nov01/05
23-73-00 02 A 85 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 36 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 B 87 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 86 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 B 37 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 B 88 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 87 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 38 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 B 89 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 88 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 39 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 B 90 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 89 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 40 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 91 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 90 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 41 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 92 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 91 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 42 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 93 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 92 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 43 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 94 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 93 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 44 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 95 Aug01/06
23-73-00 02 A 94 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 45 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 96 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 95 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 46 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 B 97 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 96 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 47 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 98 Aug01/06
23-73-00 02 A 97 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 B 48 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 B 99 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 98 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 49 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 C 0 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 A 99 Feb01/06 23-73-00 02 B 50 Nov01/05 23-73-00 02 C 1 Aug01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 20
Nov 01/06
THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
23-73-00 02 C 2 Feb01/06 23-73-00 223 Aug01/06 23-73-00 274 Aug01/06
23-73-00 02 C 3 Feb01/06 23-73-00 224 Aug01/06 23-73-00 275 Aug01/06
23-73-00 02 C 4 Feb01/06 23-73-00 225 Aug01/06 23-73-00 276 Aug01/06
23-73-00 02 C 5 Feb01/06 23-73-00 226 Aug01/06 23-73-00 277 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 C 6 Feb01/06 23-73-00 227 Aug01/06 23-73-00 278 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 C 7 Feb01/06 23-73-00 228 Aug01/06 23-73-00 279 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 C 8 Feb01/06 23-73-00 229 Aug01/06 23-73-00 280 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 C 9 Feb01/06 23-73-00 230 Aug01/06 23-73-00 281 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 C 10 Feb01/06 23-73-00 231 Aug01/06 23-73-00 282 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 C 11 Feb01/06 23-73-00 232 Aug01/06 23-73-00 283 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 C 12 Feb01/06 23-73-00 233 Feb01/06 23-73-00 284 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 C 13 Nov01/05 23-73-00 234 Feb01/06 23-73-00 285 Aug01/06
23-73-00 02 C 14 Nov01/05 23-73-00 235 Feb01/06 23-73-00 286 Aug01/06
23-73-00 02 C 15 Feb01/06 23-73-00 236 Feb01/06 23-73-00 287 Aug01/06
23-73-00 02 C 16 Feb01/06 23-73-00 237 Feb01/06 23-73-00 288 Aug01/06
23-73-00 02 C 17 Feb01/06 23-73-00 238 Feb01/06 23-73-00 289 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 C 18 Feb01/06 23-73-00 239 Feb01/06 23-73-00 290 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 C 19 Feb01/06 23-73-00 240 Feb01/06 23-73-00 291 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 C 20 Feb01/06 23-73-00 241 Aug01/06 23-73-00 292 Aug01/06
23-73-00 02 C 21 Feb01/06 23-73-00 242 Aug01/06 23-73-00 293 Feb01/06
23-73-00 02 C 22 Feb01/06 23-73-00 243 Aug01/06 23-73-00 294 Aug01/06
23-73-00 02 C 23 Nov01/05 23-73-00 244 Aug01/06 23-73-00 295 Aug01/06
23-73-00 02 C 24 Feb01/06 23-73-00 245 Aug01/06 23-73-00 296 Aug01/06
23-73-00 02 C 25 Feb01/06 23-73-00 246 Feb01/06 23-73-00 297 Aug01/06
23-73-00 02 C 26 Feb01/06 23-73-00 247 Aug01/06 23-73-00 298 Aug01/06
23-73-00 02 C 27 Feb01/06 23-73-00 248 Aug01/06 23-73-00 299 Aug01/06
23-73-00 02 C 28 Feb01/06 23-73-00 249 Aug01/06 23-73-00 A200 Aug01/06
23-73-00 02 C 29 Feb01/06 23-73-00 250 Aug01/06 23-73-00 A201 Aug01/06
23-73-00 02 C 30 Feb01/06 23-73-00 251 Aug01/06 23-73-00 A202 Aug01/06
23-73-00 201 May01/05 23-73-00 252 Aug01/06 23-73-00 A203 Aug01/06
23-73-00 202 Feb01/06 23-73-00 253 Aug01/06 23-73-00 A204 Aug01/06
23-73-00 203 Aug01/06 23-73-00 254 Aug01/06 23-73-00 A205 Aug01/06
23-73-00 204 Aug01/06 23-73-00 255 Aug01/06 23-73-00 A206 Aug01/06
23-73-00 205 Aug01/06 23-73-00 256 Aug01/06 23-73-00 A207 Aug01/06
23-73-00 206 Aug01/06 23-73-00 257 Feb01/06 23-73-00 A208 Aug01/06
23-73-00 207 Aug01/06 23-73-00 258 Feb01/06 23-73-00 A209 Aug01/06
23-73-00 208 Feb01/06 23-73-00 259 Feb01/06 23-73-00 401 Aug01/06
23-73-00 209 Nov01/05 23-73-00 260 Feb01/06 23-73-00 402 Aug01/06
23-73-00 210 Feb01/06 23-73-00 261 Aug01/06 23-73-00 403 Aug01/06
23-73-00 211 Aug01/06 23-73-00 262 Aug01/06 23-73-00 404 Aug01/06
23-73-00 212 Aug01/06 23-73-00 263 Aug01/06 23-73-00 405 Aug01/06
23-73-00 213 Aug01/06 23-73-00 264 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 406 Nov01/06
23-73-00 214 Aug01/06 23-73-00 265 Feb01/06 23-73-00 407 Aug01/06
23-73-00 215 Aug01/06 23-73-00 266 Feb01/06 23-73-00 408 Aug01/06
23-73-00 216 Feb01/06 23-73-00 267 Feb01/06 23-73-00 409 May01/06
23-73-00 217 Aug01/06 23-73-00 268 Feb01/06 23-73-00 410 Aug01/06
23-73-00 218 Aug01/06 23-73-00 269 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 411 Nov01/06
23-73-00 219 Aug01/06 23-73-00 270 Aug01/06 23-73-00 412 Aug01/06
23-73-00 220 Aug01/06 23-73-00 271 Aug01/06 23-73-00 413 May01/06
23-73-00 221 Aug01/06 23-73-00 272 Aug01/06 23-73-00 414 Aug01/06
23-73-00 222 Aug01/06 23-73-00 273 Aug01/06 23-73-00 415 Aug01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 21
Nov 01/06
THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
23-73-00 R 416 Nov01/06 23-73-00 529 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 580 Nov01/06
23-73-00 417 Aug01/06 23-73-00 530 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 581 Nov01/06
23-73-00 418 Aug01/06 23-73-00 531 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 582 Nov01/06
23-73-00 419 Aug01/06 23-73-00 532 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 583 Nov01/06
23-73-00 420 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 533 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R 584 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R 421 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R 534 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R 585 Nov01/06
23-73-00 422 Aug01/06 23-73-00 535 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 586 Nov01/06
23-73-00 423 Aug01/06 23-73-00 536 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 587 Nov01/06
23-73-00 424 May01/06 23-73-00 537 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 588 Nov01/06
23-73-00 425 Aug01/06 23-73-00 538 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 589 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R 426 Nov01/06 23-73-00 539 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 590 Nov01/06
23-73-00 427 Aug01/06 23-73-00 540 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 591 Nov01/06
23-73-00 428 May01/06 23-73-00 541 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 592 Nov01/06
23-73-00 429 May01/06 23-73-00 542 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 593 Nov01/06
23-73-00 430 Aug01/06 23-73-00 543 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 594 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R 431 Nov01/06 23-73-00 544 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 595 Nov01/06
23-73-00 432 Aug01/06 23-73-00 545 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 596 Nov01/06
23-73-00 433 May01/06 23-73-00 546 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 597 Nov01/06
23-73-00 434 May01/06 23-73-00 547 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 598 Nov01/06
23-73-00 435 Aug01/06 23-73-00 548 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 599 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R 436 Nov01/06 23-73-00 549 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R A500 Nov01/06
23-73-00 437 Aug01/06 23-73-00 550 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R A501 Nov01/06
23-73-00 438 May01/06 23-73-00 551 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R A502 Nov01/06
23-73-00 501 Aug01/06 23-73-00 552 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R A503 Nov01/06
23-73-00 502 Aug01/06 23-73-00 553 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R A504 Nov01/06
23-73-00 503 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 554 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A505 Nov01/06
23-73-00 504 May01/06 23-73-00 555 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R A506 Nov01/06
23-73-00 505 Feb01/06 23-73-00 556 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R A507 Nov01/06
23-73-00 506 Feb01/06 23-73-00 R 557 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A508 Nov01/06
23-73-00 507 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 558 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A509 Nov01/06
23-73-00 508 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 559 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A510 Nov01/06
23-73-00 509 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 560 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A511 Nov01/06
23-73-00 510 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 561 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A512 Nov01/06
23-73-00 511 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 562 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A513 Nov01/06
23-73-00 512 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 563 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A514 Nov01/06
23-73-00 513 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 564 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A515 Nov01/06
23-73-00 514 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 565 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A516 Nov01/06
23-73-00 515 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 566 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A517 Nov01/06
23-73-00 516 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 567 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A518 Nov01/06
23-73-00 517 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 568 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A519 Nov01/06
23-73-00 518 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 569 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A520 Nov01/06
23-73-00 519 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 570 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A521 Nov01/06
23-73-00 520 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 571 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A522 Nov01/06
23-73-00 521 Feb01/06 23-73-00 R 572 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A523 Nov01/06
23-73-00 522 Feb01/06 23-73-00 R 573 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A524 Nov01/06
23-73-00 523 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 574 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A525 Nov01/06
23-73-00 524 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 575 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A526 Nov01/06
23-73-00 525 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 576 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A527 Nov01/06
23-73-00 526 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 577 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A528 Nov01/06
23-73-00 527 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 578 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A529 Nov01/06
23-73-00 528 Aug01/06 23-73-00 R 579 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A530 Nov01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 22
Nov 01/06
THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
23-73-00 R A531 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A582 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B533 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A532 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A583 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B534 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A533 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A584 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B535 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A534 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A585 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B536 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A535 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A586 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B537 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A536 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A587 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B538 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A537 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A588 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B539 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A538 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A589 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B540 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A539 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A590 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B541 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A540 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A591 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B542 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A541 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A592 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B543 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A542 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A593 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B544 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A543 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A594 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B545 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A544 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A595 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B546 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A545 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A596 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B547 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A546 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A597 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B548 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A547 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A598 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B549 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A548 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R A599 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B550 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A549 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B500 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B551 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A550 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B501 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B552 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A551 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B502 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B553 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A552 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B503 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B554 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A553 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B504 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B555 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A554 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B505 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B556 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A555 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B506 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B557 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A556 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B507 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B558 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A557 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B508 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B559 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A558 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B509 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B560 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A559 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B510 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B561 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A560 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B511 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B562 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A561 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B512 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B563 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A562 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B513 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B564 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A563 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B514 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B565 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A564 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B515 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B566 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A565 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B516 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B567 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A566 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B517 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B568 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A567 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B518 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B569 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A568 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B519 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B570 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A569 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B520 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B571 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A570 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B521 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B572 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A571 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B522 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B573 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A572 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B523 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B574 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A573 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B524 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B575 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A574 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B525 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B576 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A575 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B526 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B577 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A576 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B527 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B578 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A577 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B528 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B579 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A578 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B529 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B580 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A579 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B530 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B581 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A580 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B531 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B582 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R A581 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B532 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R B583 Nov01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 23
Nov 01/06
THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
23-73-00 R B584 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C535 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C586 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R B585 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C536 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C587 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R B586 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C537 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C588 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R B587 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C538 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C589 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R B588 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C539 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C590 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R B589 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C540 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C591 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R B590 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C541 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C592 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R B591 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C542 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C593 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R B592 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C543 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C594 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R B593 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C544 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C595 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R B594 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C545 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C596 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R B595 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C546 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C597 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R B596 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C547 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C598 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R B597 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C548 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C599 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R B598 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C549 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D500 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R B599 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C550 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D501 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C500 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C551 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D502 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C501 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C552 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D503 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C502 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C553 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D504 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C503 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C554 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D505 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C504 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C555 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D506 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C505 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C556 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D507 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C506 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C557 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D508 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C507 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C558 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D509 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C508 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C559 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D510 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C509 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C560 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D511 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C510 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C561 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D512 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C511 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C562 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D513 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C512 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C563 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D514 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C513 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C564 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D515 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C514 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C565 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D516 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C515 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C566 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D517 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C516 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C567 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D518 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C517 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C568 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D519 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C518 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C569 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D520 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C519 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C570 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D521 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C520 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C571 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D522 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C521 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C572 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D523 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C522 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C573 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D524 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C523 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C574 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D525 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C524 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C575 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D526 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C525 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C576 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D527 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C526 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C577 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D528 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C527 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C578 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D529 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C528 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C579 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D530 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C529 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C580 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D531 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C530 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C581 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D532 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C531 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C582 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D533 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C532 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C583 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D534 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C533 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C584 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D535 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R C534 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R C585 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D536 Nov01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 24
Nov 01/06
THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
23-73-00 R D537 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D588 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E539 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D538 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D589 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E540 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D539 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D590 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E541 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D540 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D591 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E542 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D541 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D592 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E543 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D542 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D593 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E544 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D543 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D594 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E545 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D544 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D595 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E546 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D545 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D596 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E547 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D546 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D597 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E548 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D547 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D598 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E549 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D548 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R D599 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E550 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D549 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E500 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E551 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D550 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E501 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E552 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D551 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E502 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E553 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D552 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E503 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E554 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D553 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E504 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E555 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D554 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E505 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E556 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D555 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E506 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E557 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D556 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E507 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E558 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D557 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E508 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E559 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D558 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E509 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E560 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D559 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E510 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E561 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D560 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E511 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E562 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D561 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E512 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E563 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D562 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E513 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E564 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D563 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E514 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E565 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D564 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E515 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E566 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D565 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E516 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E567 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D566 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E517 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E568 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D567 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E518 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E569 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D568 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E519 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E570 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D569 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E520 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E571 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D570 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E521 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E572 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D571 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E522 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E573 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D572 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E523 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E574 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D573 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E524 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E575 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D574 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E525 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E576 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D575 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E526 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E577 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D576 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E527 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E578 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D577 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E528 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E579 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D578 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E529 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E580 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D579 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E530 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E581 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D580 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E531 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E582 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D581 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E532 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E583 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D582 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E533 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E584 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D583 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E534 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E585 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D584 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E535 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E586 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D585 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E536 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E587 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D586 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E537 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E588 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R D587 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E538 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R E589 Nov01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 25
Nov 01/06
THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
23-73-00 R E590 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F541 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F592 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R E591 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F542 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F593 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R E592 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F543 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F594 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R E593 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F544 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F595 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R E594 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F545 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F596 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R E595 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F546 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F597 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R E596 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F547 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F598 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R E597 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F548 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F599 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R E598 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F549 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G500 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R E599 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F550 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G501 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F500 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F551 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G502 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F501 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F552 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G503 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F502 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F553 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G504 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F503 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F554 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G505 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F504 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F555 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G506 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F505 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F556 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G507 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F506 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F557 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G508 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F507 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F558 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G509 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F508 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F559 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G510 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F509 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F560 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G511 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F510 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F561 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G512 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F511 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F562 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G513 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F512 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F563 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G514 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F513 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F564 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G515 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F514 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F565 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G516 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F515 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F566 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G517 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F516 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F567 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G518 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F517 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F568 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G519 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F518 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F569 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G520 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F519 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F570 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G521 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F520 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F571 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G522 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F521 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F572 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G523 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F522 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F573 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G524 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F523 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F574 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G525 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F524 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F575 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G526 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F525 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F576 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G527 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F526 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F577 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G528 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F527 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F578 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G529 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F528 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F579 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G530 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F529 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F580 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G531 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F530 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F581 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G532 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F531 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F582 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G533 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F532 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F583 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G534 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F533 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F584 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G535 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F534 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F585 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G536 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F535 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F586 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G537 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F536 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F587 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G538 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F537 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F588 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G539 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F538 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F589 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R G540 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F539 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F590 Nov01/06 23-73-00 N G541 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R F540 Nov01/06 23-73-00 R F591 Nov01/06 23-73-00 N G542 Nov01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 26
Nov 01/06
THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
23-73-00 N G543 Nov01/06 23-73-00 N G594 Nov01/06 23-73-12 02 423 Feb01/06
23-73-00 N G544 Nov01/06 23-73-00 N G595 Nov01/06 23-73-12 02 424 Feb01/06
23-73-00 N G545 Nov01/06 23-73-00 N G596 Nov01/06 23-73-12 02 425 Feb01/06
23-73-00 N G546 Nov01/06 23-73-11 401 Aug01/06 23-73-12 02 426 Feb01/06
23-73-00 N G547 Nov01/06 23-73-11 402 Aug01/06 23-73-12 02 427 Feb01/06
23-73-00 N G548 Nov01/06 23-73-11 403 Aug01/06 23-73-12 02 428 Feb01/06
23-73-00 N G549 Nov01/06 23-73-11 404 Aug01/06 23-73-12 02 429 Feb01/06
23-73-00 N G550 Nov01/06 23-73-11 405 Aug01/06 23-73-12 02 430 Feb01/06
23-73-00 N G551 Nov01/06 23-73-11 406 Aug01/06 23-73-12 02 431 Feb01/06
23-73-00 N G552 Nov01/06 23-73-11 407 Feb01/06 23-73-12 02 432 Feb01/06
23-73-00 N G553 Nov01/06 23-73-11 408 Feb01/06 23-73-12 02 433 Feb01/06
23-73-00 N G554 Nov01/06 23-73-11 409 Feb01/06 23-73-12 02 434 Feb01/06
23-73-00 N G555 Nov01/06 23-73-11 410 Feb01/06 23-73-13 401 Aug01/06
23-73-00 N G556 Nov01/06 23-73-11 411 Aug01/06 23-73-13 402 Aug01/06
23-73-00 N G557 Nov01/06 23-73-11 412 Aug01/06 23-73-13 403 Aug01/06
23-73-00 N G558 Nov01/06 23-73-11 413 Aug01/06 23-73-13 404 Nov01/05
23-73-00 N G559 Nov01/06 23-73-11 414 Aug01/06 23-73-13 405 Aug01/06
23-73-00 N G560 Nov01/06 23-73-11 415 Aug01/06 23-73-13 406 Aug01/06
23-73-00 N G561 Nov01/06 23-73-11 416 Aug01/06 23-73-13 407 Aug01/06
23-73-00 N G562 Nov01/06 23-73-11 417 Aug01/06 23-73-13 408 Aug01/06
23-73-00 N G563 Nov01/06 23-73-12 01 401 Aug01/06 23-73-13 409 Aug01/06
23-73-00 N G564 Nov01/06 23-73-12 01 402 Aug01/06 23-73-14 401 Aug01/06
23-73-00 N G565 Nov01/06 23-73-12 01 403 Aug01/06 23-73-14 402 Aug01/06
23-73-00 N G566 Nov01/06 23-73-12 01 404 Aug01/06 23-73-14 403 Aug01/06
23-73-00 N G567 Nov01/06 23-73-12 01 405 Aug01/06 23-73-14 404 Aug01/06
23-73-00 N G568 Nov01/06 23-73-12 01 406 Aug01/06 23-73-14 405 Aug01/06
23-73-00 N G569 Nov01/06 23-73-12 01 407 Aug01/06 23-73-14 406 Feb01/06
23-73-00 N G570 Nov01/06 23-73-12 01 408 Aug01/06 23-73-14 407 Aug01/06
23-73-00 N G571 Nov01/06 23-73-12 01 409 Aug01/06 23-73-14 408 Aug01/06
23-73-00 N G572 Nov01/06 23-73-12 02 401 Feb01/06 23-73-14 409 Aug01/06
23-73-00 N G573 Nov01/06 23-73-12 02 402 Feb01/06 23-73-14 410 Aug01/06
23-73-00 N G574 Nov01/06 23-73-12 02 403 Feb01/06 23-73-14 411 Aug01/06
23-73-00 N G575 Nov01/06 23-73-12 02 404 Feb01/06 23-73-14 412 Aug01/06
23-73-00 N G576 Nov01/06 23-73-12 02 405 Feb01/06 23-73-14 413 Aug01/06
23-73-00 N G577 Nov01/06 23-73-12 02 406 Feb01/06 23-73-14 414 Aug01/06
23-73-00 N G578 Nov01/06 23-73-12 02 407 Feb01/06 23-73-14 415 Feb01/06
23-73-00 N G579 Nov01/06 23-73-12 02 408 Feb01/06 23-73-14 416 Feb01/06
23-73-00 N G580 Nov01/06 23-73-12 02 409 Feb01/06 23-73-14 417 Feb01/06
23-73-00 N G581 Nov01/06 23-73-12 02 410 Feb01/06 23-73-14 418 Feb01/06
23-73-00 N G582 Nov01/06 23-73-12 02 411 Feb01/06 23-73-14 419 Feb01/06
23-73-00 N G583 Nov01/06 23-73-12 02 412 Feb01/06 23-73-14 420 Feb01/06
23-73-00 N G584 Nov01/06 23-73-12 02 413 Feb01/06 23-73-14 421 Feb01/06
23-73-00 N G585 Nov01/06 23-73-12 02 414 Feb01/06 23-73-18 401 Aug01/06
23-73-00 N G586 Nov01/06 23-73-12 02 415 Feb01/06 23-73-18 402 Aug01/06
23-73-00 N G587 Nov01/06 23-73-12 02 416 Feb01/06 23-73-18 403 Feb01/06
23-73-00 N G588 Nov01/06 23-73-12 02 417 Feb01/06 23-73-18 404 Aug01/06
23-73-00 N G589 Nov01/06 23-73-12 02 418 Feb01/06 23-73-18 405 Aug01/06
23-73-00 N G590 Nov01/06 23-73-12 02 419 Feb01/06 23-73-18 406 Aug01/06
23-73-00 N G591 Nov01/06 23-73-12 02 420 Feb01/06 23-73-18 407 Aug01/06
23-73-00 N G592 Nov01/06 23-73-12 02 421 Feb01/06 23-73-19 01 401 Aug01/06
23-73-00 N G593 Nov01/06 23-73-12 02 422 Feb01/06 23-73-19 01 402 Aug01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 27
Nov 01/06
THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
23-73-19 01 403 Aug01/06 23-73-34 406 Aug01/06 23-73-42 407 Aug01/06
23-73-19 01 404 Aug01/06 23-73-34 407 Aug01/06 23-73-42 408 Aug01/06
23-73-19 02 401 Feb01/06 23-73-34 408 Aug01/06 23-73-42 409 Aug01/06
23-73-19 02 402 Feb01/06 23-73-34 409 Aug01/06 23-73-42 410 Aug01/06
23-73-19 02 403 Feb01/06 23-73-34 410 Aug01/06 23-73-42 411 Aug01/06
23-73-19 02 404 Feb01/06 23-73-34 411 Aug01/06 23-73-42 412 Aug01/06
23-73-19 02 405 Feb01/06 23-73-34 412 Aug01/06 23-73-42 413 Aug01/06
23-73-19 02 406 Feb01/06 23-73-34 413 Aug01/06 23-73-42 414 Aug01/06
23-73-21 401 Aug01/06 23-73-34 414 Aug01/06 23-73-42 415 Aug01/06
23-73-21 402 Aug01/06 23-73-38 401 Aug01/06 23-73-42 416 Aug01/06
23-73-21 403 Aug01/06 23-73-38 402 Aug01/06 23-73-42 417 Aug01/06
23-73-21 404 Aug01/06 23-73-38 R 403 Nov01/06 23-73-42 418 Aug01/06
23-73-22 R 401 Nov01/06 23-73-38 404 Nov01/05 23-73-42 419 Aug01/06
23-73-22 R 402 Nov01/06 23-73-38 405 Feb01/06 23-73-42 420 Aug01/06
23-73-22 R 403 Nov01/06 23-73-38 R 406 Nov01/06 23-73-42 421 Aug01/06
23-73-22 R 404 Nov01/06 23-73-38 407 Aug01/06 23-73-42 422 Aug01/06
23-73-22 405 Aug01/06 23-73-38 408 Aug01/06 23-73-43 401 Aug01/06
23-73-22 R 406 Nov01/06 23-73-38 409 Feb01/06 23-73-43 402 Aug01/06
23-73-22 407 Aug01/06 23-73-38 R 410 Nov01/06 23-73-43 403 Aug01/06
23-73-22 R 408 Nov01/06 23-73-38 R 411 Nov01/06 23-73-43 404 Aug01/06
23-73-22 R 409 Nov01/06 23-73-38 R 412 Nov01/06 23-73-43 405 Aug01/06
23-73-22 R 410 Nov01/06 23-73-38 R 413 Nov01/06 23-73-43 406 Aug01/06
23-73-22 R 411 Nov01/06 23-73-38 414 Nov01/05 23-73-43 407 Aug01/06
23-73-22 R 412 Nov01/06 23-73-38 415 Feb01/06 23-73-43 408 Aug01/06
23-73-22 R 413 Nov01/06 23-73-38 R 416 Nov01/06 23-73-43 409 Aug01/06
23-73-22 R 414 Nov01/06 23-73-41 401 Aug01/06 23-73-43 410 Aug01/06
23-73-22 R 415 Nov01/06 23-73-41 402 Aug01/06 23-73-43 411 Aug01/06
23-73-22 R 416 Nov01/06 23-73-41 403 Aug01/06 23-73-43 412 Aug01/06
23-73-22 R 417 Nov01/06 23-73-41 404 Aug01/06 23-73-43 413 Aug01/06
23-73-22 R 418 Nov01/06 23-73-41 405 Aug01/06 23-73-44 401 Aug01/06
23-73-22 R 419 Nov01/06 23-73-41 406 Aug01/06 23-73-44 402 Aug01/06
23-73-22 R 420 Nov01/06 23-73-41 407 Aug01/06 23-73-44 403 Aug01/06
23-73-22 R 421 Nov01/06 23-73-41 408 Aug01/06 23-73-44 404 Aug01/06
23-73-22 R 422 Nov01/06 23-73-41 409 Aug01/06 23-73-44 405 Feb01/06
23-73-22 N 423 Nov01/06 23-73-41 410 Aug01/06 23-73-44 406 Aug01/06
23-73-22 N 424 Nov01/06 23-73-41 411 Aug01/06 23-73-44 407 Aug01/06
23-73-22 N 425 Nov01/06 23-73-41 412 Aug01/06 23-73-44 408 Aug01/06
23-73-22 N 426 Nov01/06 23-73-41 413 Aug01/06 23-73-44 409 Aug01/06
23-73-23 401 Aug01/06 23-73-41 414 Aug01/06 23-73-44 410 Aug01/06
23-73-23 402 Aug01/06 23-73-41 415 Aug01/06 23-73-44 411 Aug01/06
23-73-23 403 Aug01/06 23-73-41 416 Aug01/06 23-73-44 412 Aug01/06
23-73-23 404 Aug01/06 23-73-41 417 Aug01/06 23-73-44 413 Aug01/06
23-73-23 405 Aug01/06 23-73-41 418 Aug01/06 23-73-44 414 Aug01/06
23-73-23 406 Aug01/06 23-73-41 419 Aug01/06 23-73-45 401 Aug01/06
23-73-23 407 Aug01/06 23-73-41 420 Aug01/06 23-73-45 402 Aug01/06
23-73-23 408 Aug01/06 23-73-42 401 Aug01/06 23-73-45 403 Aug01/06
23-73-34 401 May01/05 23-73-42 402 Aug01/06 23-73-46 401 Feb01/06
23-73-34 402 Aug01/06 23-73-42 403 Aug01/06 23-73-46 402 Aug01/06
23-73-34 403 Aug01/06 23-73-42 404 Aug01/06 23-73-46 403 Aug01/06
23-73-34 404 Aug01/06 23-73-42 405 Aug01/06 23-73-46 404 Aug01/06
23-73-34 405 Nov01/05 23-73-42 406 Aug01/06 23-73-46 R 405 Nov01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 28
Nov 01/06
THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
23-73-46 R 406 Nov01/06 23-73-47 R 408 Nov01/06 23-73-49 403 Aug01/06
23-73-46 407 Aug01/06 23-73-47 409 Aug01/06 23-73-49 404 Aug01/06
23-73-46 408 Aug01/06 23-73-47 410 Aug01/06 23-73-49 405 Feb01/06
23-73-46 409 Aug01/06 23-73-47 411 Aug01/06 23-73-49 406 Aug01/06
23-73-46 410 Aug01/06 23-73-47 412 Aug01/06 23-73-49 R 407 Nov01/06
23-73-46 411 Aug01/06 23-73-47 R 413 Nov01/06 23-73-49 R 408 Nov01/06
23-73-46 412 Aug01/06 23-73-47 R 414 Nov01/06 23-73-49 R 409 Nov01/06
23-73-46 413 Aug01/06 23-73-47 R 415 Nov01/06 23-73-49 R 410 Nov01/06
23-73-46 414 Aug01/06 23-73-47 R 416 Nov01/06 23-73-49 R 411 Nov01/06
23-73-46 415 Aug01/06 23-73-47 R 417 Nov01/06 23-73-49 R 412 Nov01/06
23-73-46 416 Aug01/06 23-73-47 R 418 Nov01/06 23-73-49 R 413 Nov01/06
23-73-46 417 Aug01/06 23-73-47 419 Aug01/06 23-73-49 R 414 Nov01/06
23-73-46 418 Aug01/06 23-73-47 420 Aug01/06 23-73-51 401 Aug01/06
23-73-46 419 Aug01/06 23-73-47 R 421 Nov01/06 23-73-51 402 Aug01/06
23-73-46 420 Aug01/06 23-73-47 R 422 Nov01/06 23-73-51 403 Aug01/06
23-73-46 421 Aug01/06 23-73-47 R 423 Nov01/06 23-73-51 404 Aug01/06
23-73-46 422 Aug01/06 23-73-47 R 424 Nov01/06 23-73-51 405 Aug01/06
23-73-46 423 Aug01/06 23-73-47 425 Aug01/06 23-73-51 406 Feb01/06
23-73-46 424 Aug01/06 23-73-47 426 Aug01/06 23-73-51 407 Aug01/06
23-73-46 425 Aug01/06 23-73-47 427 Aug01/06 23-73-51 408 Aug01/06
23-73-46 426 Aug01/06 23-73-47 428 Aug01/06 23-73-51 409 Nov01/05
23-73-46 427 Aug01/06 23-73-47 429 Aug01/06 23-73-51 410 Aug01/06
23-73-46 428 Aug01/06 23-73-47 430 Aug01/06 23-73-51 411 Feb01/06
23-73-46 429 Aug01/06 23-73-47 431 Aug01/06 23-73-51 412 Feb01/06
23-73-46 430 Aug01/06 23-73-47 432 Aug01/06 23-73-51 413 Aug01/06
23-73-46 431 Aug01/06 23-73-47 433 Aug01/06 23-73-51 414 Aug01/06
23-73-46 432 Aug01/06 23-73-47 R 434 Nov01/06 23-73-51 415 Aug01/06
23-73-46 433 Aug01/06 23-73-47 R 435 Nov01/06 23-73-51 416 Aug01/06
23-73-46 434 Aug01/06 23-73-47 R 436 Nov01/06 23-73-51 417 Aug01/06
23-73-46 435 Aug01/06 23-73-48 401 Aug01/06 23-73-51 418 Aug01/06
23-73-46 436 Aug01/06 23-73-48 402 Feb01/06 23-73-51 419 Feb01/06
23-73-46 437 Aug01/06 23-73-48 403 Feb01/06 23-73-51 420 Aug01/06
23-73-46 438 Aug01/06 23-73-48 404 Feb01/06 23-73-51 421 Aug01/06
23-73-46 439 Aug01/06 23-73-48 405 Feb01/06 23-73-51 422 Aug01/06
23-73-46 440 Aug01/06 23-73-48 406 Nov01/05 23-73-51 423 Aug01/06
23-73-46 441 Aug01/06 23-73-48 407 Nov01/05 23-73-51 424 Aug01/06
23-73-46 442 Aug01/06 23-73-48 408 Feb01/06 23-73-51 425 Aug01/06
23-73-46 443 Aug01/06 23-73-48 409 Feb01/06 23-73-51 426 Aug01/06
23-73-46 444 Aug01/06 23-73-48 410 Feb01/06 23-73-62 401 Aug01/06
23-73-46 445 Aug01/06 23-73-48 411 Feb01/06 23-73-62 402 Feb01/06
23-73-46 446 Aug01/06 23-73-48 412 Nov01/05 23-73-62 403 Feb01/06
23-73-46 447 Aug01/06 23-73-48 413 Nov01/05 23-73-62 404 Feb01/06
23-73-46 448 Aug01/06 23-73-48 414 Aug01/06 23-73-62 405 Feb01/06
23-73-46 449 Aug01/06 23-73-48 415 Aug01/06 23-73-62 406 Feb01/06
23-73-47 401 Aug01/06 23-73-48 416 Feb01/06 23-73-62 407 Feb01/06
23-73-47 402 Aug01/06 23-73-48 417 Feb01/06 23-73-62 408 Aug01/06
23-73-47 403 Aug01/06 23-73-48 418 Feb01/06 23-73-62 409 Aug01/06
23-73-47 R 404 Nov01/06 23-73-48 419 Feb01/06 23-73-62 410 Feb01/06
23-73-47 R 405 Nov01/06 23-73-48 420 Feb01/06 23-73-62 411 Nov01/05
23-73-47 R 406 Nov01/06 23-73-49 R 401 Nov01/06 23-73-62 412 Feb01/06
23-73-47 R 407 Nov01/06 23-73-49 R 402 Nov01/06 23-73-62 413 Aug01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 29
Nov 01/06
THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
23-73-62 414 Feb01/06 23-73-64 413 Aug01/06
23-73-62 415 Feb01/06 23-73-64 414 Aug01/06
23-73-62 416 Feb01/06 23-73-64 415 Aug01/06
23-73-62 417 Feb01/06 23-73-64 416 Aug01/06
23-73-62 418 Feb01/06 23-73-64 417 Aug01/06
23-73-62 419 Aug01/06 23-73-64 418 Aug01/06
23-73-62 420 Aug01/06 23-73-64 419 Aug01/06
23-73-62 421 Feb01/06 23-73-64 420 Aug01/06
23-73-62 422 Feb01/06
23-73-62 423 Feb01/06
23-73-63 R 401 Nov01/06
23-73-63 R 402 Nov01/06
23-73-63 403 Aug01/06
23-73-63 404 Aug01/06
23-73-63 R 405 Nov01/06
23-73-63 406 Feb01/06
23-73-63 407 Feb01/06
23-73-63 R 408 Nov01/06
23-73-63 R 409 Nov01/06
23-73-63 R 410 Nov01/06
23-73-63 R 411 Nov01/06
23-73-63 412 Aug01/06
23-73-63 413 Aug01/06
23-73-63 414 Aug01/06
23-73-63 R 415 Nov01/06
23-73-63 R 416 Nov01/06
23-73-63 417 Aug01/06
23-73-63 418 Aug01/06
23-73-63 R 419 Nov01/06
23-73-63 R 420 Nov01/06
23-73-63 421 Aug01/06
23-73-63 422 Aug01/06
23-73-63 423 Aug01/06
23-73-63 424 Aug01/06
23-73-63 R 425 Nov01/06
23-73-63 426 Aug01/06
23-73-63 R 427 Nov01/06
23-73-63 R 428 Nov01/06
23-73-63 R 429 Nov01/06
23-73-64 401 Aug01/06
23-73-64 402 Aug01/06
23-73-64 403 Aug01/06
23-73-64 404 Feb01/06
23-73-64 405 Aug01/06
23-73-64 406 Aug01/06
23-73-64 407 Aug01/06
23-73-64 408 Aug01/06
23-73-64 409 Aug01/06
23-73-64 410 Aug01/06
23-73-64 411 Aug01/06
23-73-64 412 Aug01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 30
Nov 01/06
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
COMMUNICATIONS - GENERAL
________________________ 23-00-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Speech Communication 1 ALL
Data Transmission (optional 1 ALL
system)
Passenger Address and 2 ALL
Entertainment
Interphone 2 ALL
Audio Integrating 3 ALL
Static Discharging (Ref. 23-60) 3 ALL
Audio-Video Monitoring and 3 ALL
Intercommunication
HF SYSTEM 23-11-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 002-002, 007-049
051-199, 202-249
251-299, 301-399
901-901,
General 1 002-002, 007-049
051-199, 202-249
251-299, 301-399
901-901,
Component Location 1 002-002, 007-049
051-199, 202-249
251-299, 301-399
901-901,
System Description 9 002-002, 007-049
051-199, 202-249
251-299, 301-399
901-901,
Interface with the RMPs 13 002-002, 007-049
051-052, 101-199
202-249, 252-299
301-302, 901-901
Interface with the AMU 13 002-002, 007-049
051-052, 101-199
202-249, 252-299
301-302, 901-901
Interface with the CFDIU 13 002-002, 007-049
051-052, 101-199
202-249, 252-299
301-302, 901-901
Interface with the LGCIU 13 002-002, 007-049
051-052, 101-199
23-CONTENTS Page 1
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
202-249, 252-299
301-302, 901-901
Interface with the SDACs 13 002-002, 007-049
051-052, 101-199
202-249, 252-299
301-302, 901-901
Interface with the RMPs 15 053-100, 251-251
303-399,
Interface with the AMU 15 053-100, 251-251
303-399,
Interface with the CFDIU 15 053-100, 251-251
303-399,
Interface with the LGCIU 15 053-100, 251-251
303-399,
Interface with the SDACs 15 053-100, 251-251
303-399,
Interface with the ADIRU 15 053-100, 251-251
303-399,
Interface with the ATSU 15 053-100, 251-251
303-399,
Interface with the GND HF DATA 15 053-100, 251-251
Link 303-399,
Interface with the ICAO address 15 053-100, 251-251
303-399,
Interface with the MDDU or PDL 16 053-100, 251-251
303-399,
Power Supply 16 002-002, 007-049
051-199, 202-249
251-299, 301-399
901-901,
Interface 16 002-002, 007-049
051-199, 202-249
251-299, 301-399
901-901,
Output Interface 19 002-002, 202-249
Digital Outputs 21 053-100, 251-251
303-399,
Output Interface 22 252-299,
Output Interface 24 007-049, 051-052
101-199, 301-302
901-901,
Output Discretes 26 251-251,
Output Analog Signals 26 053-100, 251-251
303-399,
Component Description 27 002-002, 007-049
051-199, 202-249
23-CONTENTS Page 2
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
251-299, 301-399
901-901,
HF Transceiver 27 002-002, 007-049
051-052, 101-199
202-249, 301-302
901-901,
HF Transceiver 31 053-100, 303-399
HF Transceiver 31 251-299,
HF Antenna Coupler 54 002-002, 202-249
HF Antenna Coupler 54 053-100, 303-399
HF Antenna Coupler 57 251-251,
HF Antenna Coupler 57 252-299,
HF Antenna Coupler 59 007-049, 051-052
101-199, 301-302
901-901,
Operation 69 002-002, 007-049
051-199, 202-249
251-299, 301-399
901-901,
Receive Function 69 002-002, 007-049
051-052, 101-199
202-249, 301-302
901-901,
Transmit Function 69 002-002, 007-049
051-052, 101-199
202-249, 301-302
901-901,
Receive Function 70 053-100, 251-251
303-399,
Transmit Function 70 053-100, 251-251
303-399,
Receive Function 71 252-299,
Transmit Function 71 252-299,
Indication of Transmission Out 71 002-002, 007-049
of Frequency Range 051-052, 101-199
202-249, 252-299
301-302, 901-901
HF Data Link ground network 72 053-100, 251-251
303-399,
Test 73 002-002, 007-049
051-199, 202-249
251-299, 301-399
901-901,
Built-In Test Equipment (BITE) 73 002-002, 202-249
General Operation 73 002-002, 202-249
CFDS Interface 74 053-100, 303-399
23-CONTENTS Page 3
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
CFDS Interface 79 251-251,
Built-In Test Equipment (BITE) 83 252-299,
General Operation 83 252-299,
Built-In Test Equipment (BITE) 84 007-049, 051-052
101-199, 301-302
901-901,
General Operation 84 007-049, 051-052
101-199, 301-302
901-901,
Functional Description 85 002-002, 007-049
051-052, 101-199
202-249, 252-299
301-302, 901-901
Interactive menu description 95 053-100, 251-251
303-399,
BITE Implementation A 22 251-251,
HF SYSTEM 23-11-00
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 053-100, 251-251
303-399,
Procedure after a Change of 201 053-100, 251-251
Aircraft Registration Number 303-399,
HF SYSTEM 23-11-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 002-002, 007-049
051-199, 202-249
251-299, 301-399
901-901,
Operational Test of the HF System 501 002-002, 007-049
051-199, 202-249
251-299, 301-399
901-901,
Operational Test of the Two HF 511 008-008, 901-901
Systems at the Same Time
Bite Test of the HF System 518 002-002, 007-049
051-199, 202-249
251-299, 301-399
901-901,
HF SYSTEM 23-11-00
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 002-002, 007-049
051-199, 202-249
251-299, 301-399
23-CONTENTS Page 4
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
901-901,
Check of the Electrical Bonding of 601 002-002, 007-049
the HF System 051-199, 202-249
251-299, 301-399
901-901,
ANTENNA - HF 23-11-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 002-002, 007-049
051-199, 202-249
251-299, 301-399
901-901,
Removal of the HF Antenna (5RE) 401 002-002, 007-049
051-199, 202-249
251-299, 301-399
901-901,
Installation of the HF Antenna 406 002-002, 007-049
(5RE) 051-199, 202-249
251-299, 301-399
901-901,
TRANSCEIVER - HF 23-11-33
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 002-002, 007-049
051-199, 202-249
251-299, 301-399
901-901,
Removal of the HF Transceiver 401 002-002, 007-049
(3RE1, 3RE2) 051-199, 202-249
251-299, 301-399
901-901,
Installation of the HF Transceiver 407 002-002, 007-049
(3RE1, 3RE2) 051-199, 202-249
251-299, 301-399
901-901,
COUPLER - HF 23-11-36
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 002-002, 007-049
051-199, 202-249
251-299, 301-399
901-901,
Removal of the HF Antenna Coupler 401 002-002, 007-049
051-199, 202-249
251-299, 301-399
901-901,
Installation of the HF Antenna 412 002-002, 007-049
Coupler 051-199, 202-249
251-299, 301-399
901-901,
VHF SYSTEM 23-12-00
23-CONTENTS Page 5
Aug 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Mode A: 2 054-100, 303-399
Mode 2: 2 054-100, 303-399
Component Location 3 ALL
System Description 13 ALL
Interface with the RMPs 16 008-049, 051-052
054-100, 251-251
303-399,
Interface with the AMU 16 008-049, 051-052
054-100, 251-251
303-399,
Interface with the CFDIU 16 008-049, 051-052
054-100, 251-251
303-399,
Interface with the LGCIU 16 008-049, 051-052
054-100, 251-251
303-399,
Interface with the SDACs 16 008-049, 051-052
054-100, 251-251
303-399,
Interface with the ATSU 17 008-049, 051-052
054-100, 251-251
303-399,
Power Supply 17 ALL
VHF1 System 17 ALL
VHF2 System 21 ALL
VHF3 System 21 ALL
Interface 21 ALL
Output Interface 21 001-006, 008-008
201-249, 901-901
Output Interface 23 007-007, 301-302
Output Interface 24 007-007, 053-053
101-199, 252-299
901-901,
Output Interface 26 008-049, 051-052
054-100, 251-251
303-399,
Component Description 27 ALL
VHF Transceiver 27 ALL
VHF Antenna 48 ALL
Operation 48 ALL
Receive Function 48 001-008, 053-053
101-199, 201-249
252-299, 301-302
901-901,
23-CONTENTS Page 6
Aug 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Transmit Function 50 001-008, 053-053
101-199, 201-249
252-299, 301-302
901-901,
Receive Function 50 008-049, 051-052
054-100, 251-251
303-399,
Transmit Function 50 008-049, 051-052
054-100, 251-251
303-399,
VHF voice/data mode selection 51 008-049, 051-052
054-100, 251-251
303-399,
VDL ground network 51 054-100, 303-399
Test 51 ALL
Built-in-Test Equipment (BITE) 51 007-007, 301-302
General Operation 52 007-007, 301-302
Built-in-Test Equipment (BITE) 54 001-049, 051-199
201-249, 251-299
303-399, 901-901
General Operation 54 001-049, 051-199
201-249, 251-299
303-399, 901-901
Functional Description 55 ALL
VHF SYSTEM 23-12-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the VHF System 501 ALL
BITE Test of the VHF System 508 ALL
ANTENNA - VHF 23-12-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the VHF Antennas (4RC1) 401 ALL
and (4RC2)
Installation of the VHF Antennas 405 ALL
(4RC1) and (4RC2)
Removal of the VHF Antenna (4RC3) 411 ALL
Installation of the VHF Antenna 416 ALL
(4RC3)
TRANSCEIVER - VHF 23-12-33
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the VHF Transceiver 401 ALL
(1RC1, 1RC2, 1RC3)
Installation of the VHF 406 ALL
Transceiver (1RC1, 1RC2, 1RC3)
23-CONTENTS Page 7
Aug 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
RADIO MANAGEMENT 23-13-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 2 ALL
System Description 7 ALL
Electrical Power Supply 7 ALL
Component Description 12 ALL
COM/NAV Radio Management Panel 12 ALL
(RMP)
Operation 29 ALL
Normal Mode 29 ALL
Radio-Navigation Back-Up Mode 33 ALL
Interface 40 ALL
Connection with the Centralized 40 ALL
Fault Display System (CFDS)
Output Interface 44 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 252-299
301-302, 901-901
Output Interface 46 054-199, 251-251
303-399,
Test 48 ALL
Built-In Test Equipment (BITE) 48 ALL
General Operation 49 ALL
Functional Description 50 ALL
RADIO MANAGEMENT 23-13-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the Radio 501 ALL
Management
Operational Test of the Radio 506 ALL
Navigation Selection in Standby
Mode Using RMP1 and 2.
BITE Test of the Radio Management 512 ALL
RADIO MANAGEMENT PANEL (RMP) 23-13-13
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Radio Management 401 ALL
Panel (RMP) (1RG1, 1RG2, 1RG3)
Installation of the Radio 406 ALL
Management Panel (RMP) (1RG1,
1RG2, 1RG3)
AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION ADDRESSING AND 23-24-00
REPORTING SYSTEM (ACARS)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 001-008, 201-249
General 1 001-008, 201-249
23-CONTENTS Page 8
Aug 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Transmission mode 1 001-008, 201-249
Reception mode 1 001-008, 201-249
Component Location 1 001-008, 201-249
System Description 4 001-008, 201-249
Power Supply 4 001-008, 201-249
Interface 4 001-008, 201-249
ACARS MU Peripheral Computers 4 001-008, 201-249
Interface
ACARS MU/MCDUs interface 7 001-008, 201-249
ACARS MU/printer interface (If 8 001-008, 201-249
installed)
ACARS MU/VHF 3 interface 8 001-008, 201-249
Interface with the ground 8 001-008, 201-249
network
Operation 9 001-008, 201-249
Connection with the DMU 9 001-008, 201-249
Connection with the CFDIU 9 001-008, 201-249
Connection with the FMGCs 10 001-008, 201-249
Connection with the FWCs and 10 001-008, 201-249
SDACs
Connection with the VHF3 11 001-008, 201-249
Transceiver
Connection with the RMPs 13 001-008, 201-249
Connection with the MCDUs 17 001-008, 201-249
Connection with the Printer 17 001-008, 201-249
Data Exchange between Aircraft 18 001-008, 201-249
and Ground Network
Test 21 001-008, 201-249
AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION ADDRESSING AND 23-24-00
REPORTING SYSTEM (ACARS)
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 001-008, 201-249
Check of the Airline ID and 201 001-008, 201-249
Aircraft Registration Number on
the ACARS MU after a Change of the
Aircraft Registration Number
AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION ADDRESSING AND 23-24-00
REPORTING SYSTEM (ACARS)
SERVICING 1 301 001-006, 201-249
Uploading procedure with the 301 001-006, 201-249
portable data loader (SFIM) to
load the Software Standard and the
standard application database on
23-CONTENTS Page 9
Aug 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
the ACARS MU front face.
SERVICING 2 301 007-008,
Uploading procedure to load the 301 007-008,
software standard and the standard
application database of the ACARS
MU through the MDDU.
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 001-008, 201-249
Operational Test of the ACARS 501 001-008, 201-249
BITE test of the ACARS 508 001-008, 201-249
Link Test of the ACARS 511 001-008, 201-249
MANAGEMENT UNIT (MU) - ACARS 23-24-34
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-008, 201-249
Removal of the ACARS Management 401 001-008, 201-249
Unit (MU) (1RB)
Installation of the ACARS 404 001-008, 201-249
Management Unit (MU) (1RB)
OPERATIONAL USE (ACARS) 23-26-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 001-008, 201-249
General 1 001-008, 201-249
System Description 1 001-008, 201-249
Operation/Control and Indicating 1 001-008, 201-249
Preflight Initialization 1 001-008, 201-249
Delay Report 7 001-008, 201-249
ATIS Request 9 001-008, 201-249
Weather Request 9 001-008, 201-249
Voice Contact Request 12 001-008, 201-249
ACARS VHF CONTROL Page 12 001-008, 201-249
TELEX with Address Selection 15 001-008, 201-249
Data Entry Screen
Received Messages Page 15 001-008, 201-249
Miscellaneous Menu 18 001-008, 201-249
SATELLITE COMMUNICATION 23-28-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 008-049, 901-901
General 1 008-049, 901-901
Component Location 1 008-049, 901-901
System Description 6 008-049, 901-901
SATCOM System 6 008-049, 901-901
Intermediate Gain Antenna 6 008-049, 901-901
Power Supply 6 008-049, 901-901
Interface 6 008-049, 901-901
ATSU-SDU Interface 12 008-049, 901-901
ADIRU-SDU Interface 12 008-049, 901-901
Cabin Communications System-SDU 13 008-049, 901-901
Interface
23-CONTENTS Page 10
Aug 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Data Loader-SDU Interface 13 008-049, 901-901
LGCIU-SDU Interface 13 008-049, 901-901
CFDS-SDU Interface 13 008-049, 901-901
MCDU-SDU Interface 14 901-901,
MCDU-SDU Interface 14 008-049,
Component Description 39 008-049, 901-901
Satellite Data Unit (SDU) 39 008-049, 901-901
Antenna 41 008-049, 901-901
Operation/Control and Indicating 47 008-049, 901-901
System Applications 47 008-049, 901-901
General Operation 49 008-049, 901-901
SATCOM Cockpit Voice Function 54 008-049,
BITE Test 60 008-049, 901-901
Menu mode 62 008-049, 901-901
SATELLITE COMMUNICATION 23-28-00
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 008-049, 901-901
Procedure after a Change of 201 008-049, 901-901
Aircraft Registration Number
SERVICING 301 008-049, 901-901
Uploading of the USER ORT part of 301 008-049, 901-901
the SATCOM software with the
Multipurpose Disk Drive Unit
(MDDU)
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 008-049, 901-901
BITE Test of the Satellite 501 008-049, 901-901
Communication System
ANTENNA ASSEMBLY - SATCOM 23-28-13
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 008-049, 901-901
Removal of the Top Antenna 116RV1 401 008-049, 901-901
Installation of the Top Antenna 408 008-049, 901-901
116RV1
Removal of the Mounting Base of 416 009-049,
the Top Antenna
Installation of the Mounting Base 419 009-049,
of the Top Antenna
SDU (SATELLITE DATA UNIT) - SATCOM 23-28-34
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 008-049, 901-901
Removal of the Satellite Data Unit 401 008-049, 901-901
(SDU) 105RV1
Installation of the Satellite Data 405 008-049, 901-901
Unit (SDU) 105RV1
ATTENUATOR - SATCOM 23-28-45
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 008-049, 901-901
Removal of the Attenuator (112RV1) 401 008-049, 901-901
23-CONTENTS Page 11
Aug 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the Attenuator 405 008-049, 901-901
(112RV1)
___________________________________
PASSENGER ADDRESS AND ENTERTAINMENT 23-30-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
____________________________________
PASSENGER ADDRESS AND ENTERTAINMENT 23-30-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 901-901,
Operational test of the 501 901-901,
battery-bus powered PA
PASSENGER ADDRESS SYSTEM (SEE ALSO 23-31-00
23-73-00)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 252-299
301-302,
General 1 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 252-299
301-302,
PASSENGER ADDRESS SYSTEM (SEE ALSO 23-31-00
23-73-00)
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 001-049, 051-053
101-199, 201-249
252-299, 301-302
901-901,
Operational Test of the Passenger 501 001-049, 051-053
Address System 101-199, 201-249
252-299, 301-302
901-901,
ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER 23-32-00
SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 001-049, 051-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399,
General 1 001-049, 051-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399,
Component Location 2 001-049, 051-199
201-249, 252-299
301-399,
System Description 3 001-049, 051-199
23-CONTENTS Page 12
Aug 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
201-249, 252-299
301-399,
Prerecorded Announcement and 3 001-049, 201-249
Boarding Music Reproducer 252-299,
Prerecorded Announcement and 14 051-053,
Boarding Music Reproducer
Prerecorded Announcement and 14 054-199, 303-399
Boarding Music Reproducer
Prerecorded Announcement and 14 301-302,
Boarding Music Reproducer
Power Supply 16 001-049, 051-199
201-249, 252-299
301-399,
Component Description 17 001-049, 051-199
201-249, 252-299
301-399,
PRAM 17 001-049, 201-249
252-299,
PRAM 20 051-199, 303-399
PRAM 22 301-302,
Defined System Characteristics 22 001-049, 201-249
252-299,
Defined System Characteristics 23 051-199, 303-399
Defined System Characteristics 24 301-302,
System Operation 24 001-049, 051-199
201-249, 252-299
301-399,
Control Keys 24 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 252-299
301-302,
Control Keys 25 054-199, 303-399
Boarding Music Control Keys 27 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 252-299
301-302,
Boarding Music Control Keys 28 054-199, 303-399
ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER 23-32-00
SYSTEM
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 001-049, 051-199
201-249, 252-299
301-399,
Replacement of the Sound Recording 201 001-049, 051-199
Medium of the Prerecorded 201-249, 252-299
Announcement and Boarding Music 301-399,
(PRAM) Reproducer
23-CONTENTS Page 13
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Initialization of the Prerecorded 211 001-049, 201-249
Anouncement and Boarding Music 252-299, 301-302
(PRAM) Reproducer
ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER 23-32-00
SYSTEM
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 001-049, 051-199
201-249, 252-299
301-399, 901-901
Test of the Prerecorded 501 001-049, 051-199
Announcement Operation of the 201-249, 252-299
Prerecorded Announcement and 301-399,
Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer
Test of the Boarding Music 519 001-049, 051-199
Operation of the Prerecorded 201-249, 252-299
Announcement and Boarding Music 301-399, 901-901
(PRAM) Reproducer
TAPE REPRODUCER - ANNOUNCEMENT/ MUSIC 23-32-34
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 051-199
201-249, 252-299
301-399,
Removal of the Announcement/Music 401 001-049, 051-199
Tape Reproducer (10RX) 201-249, 252-299
301-399,
Installation of the 405 001-049, 051-199
Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer 201-249, 252-299
(10RX) 301-399,
FLASHCARD - INTEGRATED PRAM 23-32-36
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 054-199, 303-399
Removal of the Integrated PRAM 401 054-199, 303-399
Flashcard (117RH)
Installation of the Integrated 403 054-199, 303-399
PRAM Flashcard (117RH)
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT (MUSIC) 23-33-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 1 007-007, 054-199
252-299, 303-399
General 1 007-007, 054-199
252-299, 303-399
Component Location 1 007-007, 054-199
252-299, 303-399
System Description 9 007-007, 054-199
252-299, 303-399
BITE System 16 007-007, 253-299
PES Power Test 16 007-007, 253-299
23-CONTENTS Page 14
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Audio 16 007-007, 253-299
Audio Output 16 007-007, 253-299
Channels 24 007-007, 253-299
BITE System 24 054-100,
PES Power Test 24 054-100,
Audio 24 054-100,
Audio Output 25 054-100,
Channels 25 054-100,
Boarding Music 25 054-100,
Passenger Address Audio 25 054-100,
Cabin Intercommunication Data 25 054-100,
System (CIDS) Interface (Ref.
Fig. 002, 005)
ARINC 429 Output Data Port 25 054-100,
ARINC 429 Input Data Port 25 054-100,
IFE Data Lines 25 054-100,
BITE System 35 101-199,
PES Power Test 35 101-199,
Audio 35 101-199,
Audio Output 35 101-199,
Channels 35 101-199,
Boarding Music 35 101-199,
Passenger Address Audio 36 101-199,
Cabin Intercommunication Data 36 101-199,
System (CIDS) Interface (Ref.
Fig. 002, 005)
ARINC 429 Output Data Port 36 101-199,
ARINC 429 Input Data Port 36 101-199,
IFE Data Lines 36 101-199,
BITE System 36 252-252,
PES Power Test 37 252-252,
Audio 37 252-252,
Audio Output 37 252-252,
Channels 37 252-252,
BITE 38 303-399,
PES Power Test 38 303-399,
Audio 38 303-399,
Audio Output 38 303-399,
Channels 38 303-399,
Boarding Music 38 303-399,
Passenger Address Audio 39 303-399,
Cabin-Intercommunication Data 39 303-399,
System (CIDS) Interface
ARINC 429 Output Data Port 39 303-399,
ARINC 429 Input Data Port 39 303-399,
IFE Data Lines 39 303-399,
23-CONTENTS Page 15
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Power Supply 39 007-007, 054-199
252-299, 303-399
Interface 45 007-007, 054-199
252-299, 303-399
Electrical Interface 45 007-007, 054-100
252-299, 303-399
Cabin Intercommunication Data 45 007-007, 054-100
System Interface 252-299, 303-399
Electrical Components Interface 45 007-007, 054-100
252-299, 303-399
System Interfaces 47 101-199,
Component Description 47 007-007, 054-199
252-299, 303-399
Audio Reproducer 47 007-007,
Main Multiplexer 47 007-007,
Wall Disconnect Box 50 007-007,
Seat Electronic Box 50 007-007,
Digital Passenger Control Unit 50 007-007,
Main Multiplexer 61 054-100,
CD Audio Reproducer 71 054-100,
Wall Disconnect Box 71 054-100,
Seat Electronic Box 72 054-100,
Passenger Control Unit 73 054-100,
Main Multiplexer 73 101-199,
CD Audio Reproducer 75 101-199,
Wall Disconnect Box 75 101-199,
Seat Electronic Box 77 101-199,
Passenger Control Unit 78 101-199,
Audio Reproducer 78 252-252,
Main Multiplexer 78 252-252,
Wall Disconnect Box 80 252-252,
Seat Electronic Box 80 252-252,
Passenger Control Unit 80 252-252,
Audio Reproducer 81 253-299,
Main Multiplexer 81 253-299,
Wall Disconnect Box 83 253-299,
Seat Electronic Box 83 253-299,
Digital Passenger Control Unit 83 253-299,
Main Multiplexer 84 303-399,
CD Audio Reproducer 86 303-399,
Wall Disconnect Box 86 303-399,
Seat Electronic Box 87 303-399,
Passenger Control Unit 87 303-399,
System Operation 88 007-007, 054-199
252-299, 303-399
Control Keys 88 007-007,
23-CONTENTS Page 16
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Energization 89 054-199,
Operation of the PCU control 89 054-199,
keys
Control Keys 90 252-299,
Energization 90 303-399,
Operation of the PCU control 91 303-399,
keys
The boarding music section (BGM 91 007-007, 252-299
Channel) has:
Boarding Music 92 054-199, 303-399
System Characteristics 92 007-007, 054-100
252-299,
System Characteristics 93 101-199, 303-399
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 2 1 251-251,
List of Abbreviations 1 251-251,
General 3 251-251,
Component Location 3 251-251,
System Description 16 251-251,
Overhead Video 16 251-251,
In-Seat Audio 16 251-251,
IFE System Control 16 251-251,
Maintenance Functions 16 251-251,
Power Supply 19 251-251,
Interface 19 251-251,
General 19 251-251,
AVC 311MK and DSU 312MK 24 251-251,
Interfaces
Component Description 29 251-251,
Audio/Video Controller 29 251-251,
Digital Server Unit 37 251-251,
Cabin Management Terminal 43 251-251,
Area Distribution Box 45 251-251,
Wall Disconnect Box 45 251-251,
Seat Electronic Box 48 251-251,
Passenger Control Unit 50 251-251,
Tapping Unit 52 251-251,
Hatrack Mounted Display-Units 54 251-251,
System Operation 59 251-251,
General 59 251-251,
Entertainment Operation 61 251-251,
Maintenance Operation 85 251-251,
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT (MUSIC) 23-33-00
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 007-007, 054-199
252-299, 303-399
23-CONTENTS Page 17
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Replacement of the Audio Cassettes 201 252-252,
of the Passenger Entertainment
System (PES)
Replacement of the Compact Disks 205 007-007, 054-199
for the Passenger Entertainment 253-299, 303-399
System (PES)
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT (MUSIC) 23-33-00
SERVICING 301 054-199, 251-251
303-399,
Software Download (Phase 1) to the 301 251-251,
Digital Server Unit (DSU)
Software Download (Phase 2) to the 316 251-251,
Digital Server Unit (DSU)
Software Download (Phase 2) to the 322 251-251,
Audio/Video Controller (AVC)
Software Download (Phase 2) to the 328 251-251,
Area Distribution Boxes (ADBs)
IP Sequencing and Software 334 251-251,
Download (Phase 2) to the Seat
Electronic Boxes (SEBs)
Loading of the Content of the 343 251-251,
integrated In-Flight Entertainment
(IFE) System
Software Download (Phase 2) to the 349 251-251,
Cabin Management Terminal (CMT)
Configuration of the Main 355 054-199, 303-399
Multiplexer with a Laptop
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT (MUSIC) 23-33-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 007-007, 054-199
251-299, 303-399
BITE-Test of the Passenger 501 007-007, 252-299
Entertainment System (Music) with
the Programming and Test Panel
(PTP)
BITE-Test of the Passenger 509 007-007, 054-199
Entertainment System (Music) with 252-299, 303-399
the Multipurpose Control and
Display Unit (MCDU)
BITE-Test of the Passenger 521 054-199, 303-399
Entertainment System (Music) with
the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
Operational Test of the Passenger 529 007-007, 054-199
23-CONTENTS Page 18
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
Entertainment System (Music) 252-299, 303-399
Operational Test of the integrated 568 251-251,
In-Flight Entertainment (IFE)
System
Adjustment of the DIP - Switch A500 007-007, 054-199
Positions of the Main Multiplexer 252-299, 303-399
(8MK)
PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT (PCU) 23-33-12
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 007-007, 054-199
251-299, 303-399
Removal of the Passenger Control 401 007-007, 054-199
Unit (PCU) 251-299, 303-399
Installation of the Passenger 413 007-007, 054-199
Control Unit (PCU) 251-299, 303-399
MULTIPLEXER - PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT 23-33-31
SYSTEM, MAIN
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 051-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399,
Removal of the Passenger 401 001-049, 051-199
Entertainment System Main 201-249, 251-299
Multiplexer (8MK) 301-399,
Installation of the Passenger 404 001-049, 051-199
Entertainment System Main 201-249, 251-299
Multiplexer (8MK) 301-399,
IFE CENTER 23-33-36
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the IFE CENTER (310MK) 401 ALL
Installation of the IFE CENTER 404 ALL
(310MK)
CONTROLLER - IFE 23-33-37
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the CONTROLLER - IFE 401 ALL
(311MK)
Installation of the CONTROLLER - 404 ALL
IFE (311MK)
AREA DISTRIBUTION BOX 23-33-38
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 251-251,
Removal of the Area Distribution 401 251-251,
Box (ADB)
Installation of the Area 406 251-251,
Distribution Box (ADB)
SERVER - IFE 23-33-39
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the SERVER - IFE 401 ALL
(312MK)
23-CONTENTS Page 19
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the SERVER - IFE 404 ALL
(312MK)
SEAT ELECTRONIC BOX (SEB) 23-33-46
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 007-007, 054-199
251-299, 303-399
Removal of the Seat Electronic Box 401 007-007, 054-199
(SEB) 251-299, 303-399
Installation of the Seat 410 007-007, 054-199
Electronic Box (SEB) 251-299, 303-399
WALL DISCONNECT BOX (WDB) 23-33-47
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 007-007, 054-199
251-299, 303-399
Removal of the Wall Disconnect Box 401 007-007, 054-199
(WDB) 251-299, 303-399
Installation of the Wall 425 007-007, 054-199
Disconnect Box (WDB) 251-299, 303-399
REPRODUCER - PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT 23-33-52
SYSTEM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 051-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399,
Removal of the PES Reproducer 401 001-049, 051-199
(10MK) 201-249, 251-299
301-399,
Installation of the PES Reproducer 405 001-049, 051-199
(10MK) 201-249, 251-299
301-399,
PASSENGER INFORMATION SYSTEM 23-34-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 001-006, 008-049
054-199, 201-249
303-399,
General 1 001-006, 008-049
054-199, 201-249
303-399,
Component Location 1 001-006, 008-049
054-199, 201-249
303-399,
System Description 8 001-006, 008-049
054-199, 201-249
303-399,
System Integration 8 001-006, 008-008
201-249,
Inputs from other Systems 8 001-006, 008-008
201-249,
System Output 9 001-006, 008-008
23-CONTENTS Page 20
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
201-249,
System Integration 9 009-049,
Inputs from other Systems 12 009-049,
System Output 13 009-049,
System Integration 13 054-100, 303-399
Inputs from other Systems 14 054-100, 303-399
System Output 15 054-100, 303-399
System Integration 15 101-199,
Inputs from other Systems 15 101-199,
System Output 16 101-199,
Power Supply 17 001-006, 008-049
054-199, 201-249
303-399,
Interface 22 001-006, 008-049
054-199, 201-249
303-399,
The system Digital Interface 22 009-049,
Unit (DIU) 190MH is connected
directly to the Remote Control
Unit (RCU) 191MH and the System
Control Unit (SCU)
The DIU is connected by ARINC 22 009-049,
429 buses to:
All connections for data and 22 009-049,
power supply in the A/C are made
through standard interface
connectors on the rear panels of
the DIU, RCU and SCU.
The System Control Unit (SCU) 23 054-199, 303-399
11MH is the interface unit to
the PES (video) for the PVIS
output signals and control data.
All connections for power and 23 054-199, 303-399
data supply in the A/C are made
through standard interface
connectors on the rear of the
DIU and SCU.
Component Description 23 001-006, 008-049
054-199, 201-249
303-399,
The Remote Control Unit 23 001-006, 008-049
201-249,
The System Control Unit 25 054-199, 303-399
The Digital Interface Unit 25 001-006, 008-008
201-249,
The Digital Interface Unit 27 009-049,
23-CONTENTS Page 21
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
The Digital Interface Unit 29 054-100, 303-399
The Digital Interface Unit 31 101-199,
Operation/Control and Indication 31 001-006, 008-049
054-199, 201-249
303-399,
System Start-up 38 001-006, 008-008
201-249,
System Operation 38 001-006, 008-008
201-249,
System Start-up 39 009-049,
System Operation 39 009-049,
System Start-up 41 054-100, 303-399
System Operation 41 054-100, 303-399
System Start-up 45 101-199,
Airshow Operation 45 101-199,
PASSENGER INFORMATION SYSTEM 23-34-00
SERVICING 301 009-049, 054-199
303-399,
Procedure to Update the DIU 301 009-049, 054-199
Database Software 303-399,
PASSENGER INFORMATION SYSTEM 23-34-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 001-006, 008-049
054-199, 201-249
303-399,
Operational Test of the Passenger 501 001-006, 008-049
Visual Information-System 054-199, 201-249
303-399,
DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT (DIU) 23-34-34
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Digital Interface 401 ALL
Unit (DIU) (190MH)
Installation of the Digital 404 ALL
Interface Unit (DIU) (190MH)
CONTROL UNIT - REMOTE 23-34-35
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-006, 008-049
201-249,
Removal of the Remote Control Unit 401 001-006, 008-049
191MH 201-249,
Installation of the Remote Control 406 001-006, 008-049
Unit 191MH 201-249,
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT (VIDEO) 23-36-00
23-CONTENTS Page 22
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 001-049, 054-199
201-249, 251-299
301-302,
General 1 001-049, 054-199
201-249, 251-299
301-302,
Component Location 1 001-049, 054-199
201-249, 252-299
301-302,
System Description 31 001-049, 054-199
201-249, 252-299
301-302,
General 31 001-006,
General 33 007-007,
General 33 008-049,
General 36 054-100,
General 38 101-199,
General 38 201-249,
General 41 252-252,
General 43 253-299,
General 43 301-302,
Manual-Override Mode Function 46 001-006, 201-249
252-299, 301-302
Individual Monitor-Control 46 001-006, 201-249
Function 252-299, 301-302
System Test 46 001-006, 201-249
252-299, 301-302
Functions 46 007-049, 101-199
System Test 47 007-049, 101-199
Functions 47 054-100,
System Test 47 054-100,
Power Supply 47 001-049, 054-199
201-249, 252-299
301-302,
Component Description 62 001-049, 054-199
201-249, 252-299
301-302,
System Control Unit (SCU) 62 001-006, 201-249
252-299, 301-302
System Control Unit (SCU) 67 007-007,
System Control Unit (SCU) 70 008-049, 054-199
Video Tape Reproducer (VTR) 72 001-006, 201-249
252-299, 301-302
Video Tape Reproducer (VTR) 74 007-007,
Video Tape Reproducer (VTR) 76 008-049, 054-199
Hatrack Mounted Display Unit 79 001-006,
23-CONTENTS Page 23
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
(HMDU)
Hatrack Mounted Display Unit 81 007-007,
(HMDU)
Hatrack Mounted Display Unit 81 008-049,
(HMDU)
Hatrack Mounted Display Unit 83 101-199,
(HMDU)
Hatrack Mounted Display Unit 83 201-249,
(HMDU)
Hatrack Mounted Display Unit 84 252-252,
(HMDU)
Hatrack Mounted Display Unit 85 253-299,
(HMDU)
Hatrack Mounted Display Unit 86 301-302,
(HMDU)
Tapping Unit 88 001-006,
Tapping Unit 88 007-049, 054-100
Tapping Unit 91 101-199,
Tapping Unit 91 201-249, 252-299
301-302,
Junction Box 92 001-006, 201-249
Junction Box 92 252-299,
Operation 94 001-049, 101-199
201-249, 252-299
301-302,
Energization 94 001-006, 201-249
Video-Program Preview Function 94 001-006, 201-249
Normal System Operation 94 001-006, 201-249
Rapid Decompression 96 001-006, 201-249
Energization 96 007-007,
Video Program Preview Function 98 007-007,
Normal System Operation 99 007-007,
Special System Operation 99 007-007,
Decompressurization A 0 007-007,
Energization A 0 008-008,
Video Program Preview Function A 2 008-008,
Normal System Operation A 2 008-008,
Special System Operation A 3 008-008,
Decompressurization A 3 008-008,
Energization A 4 009-049,
Video Program Preview Function A 4 009-049,
Normal System Operation A 5 009-049,
Special System Operation A 5 009-049,
Decompressurization A 6 009-049,
Energization A 6 101-199,
Video Program Preview Function A 6 101-199,
23-CONTENTS Page 24
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Normal System Operation A 8 101-199,
Special System Operation A 9 101-199,
Decompressurization A 10 101-199,
Energization A 10 252-252,
Video-Program Preview Function A 10 252-252,
Normal System Operation A 12 252-252,
Rapid Decompression A 12 252-252,
Energization A 13 253-299,
Video-Program Preview Function A 13 253-299,
Normal System Operation A 13 253-299,
Rapid Decompression A 14 253-299,
Energization A 14 301-302,
Video-Program Preview Function A 15 301-302,
Normal System Operation A 15 301-302,
Rapid Decompression A 15 301-302,
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT (VIDEO) 23-36-00
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 007-049, 054-199
252-299, 303-399
Cleaning of the Video Tape 201 007-049, 054-199
Reproducer 252-299, 303-399
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT (VIDEO) 23-36-00
SERVICING 301 001-049, 054-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399,
Cleaning of the Monitor and 301 001-049, 054-199
Display Screens in the Cabin 201-249, 252-299
301-399,
Software Download (Phase 2) to the 303 251-251,
Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
installed in the Video Control
Center (VCC)
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT (VIDEO) 23-36-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 001-049, 054-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399,
Operational Test of the Passenger 501 001-049, 054-199
Entertainment (Video) 201-249, 251-299
301-399,
Operational Test of the Passenger 576 001-006, 201-249
Entertainment System (Video) after
23-CONTENTS Page 25
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
the Replacement of Video Equipment
BITE Test of the Passenger 584 007-049, 054-199
Entertainment (Video) 303-399,
Operational Check of IFES Power 598 054-199, 303-399
Shutdown Function by using VCC
Master Switch
MONITOR 23-36-22
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 054-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399,
Removal of the LH Hatrack Mounted 401 001-049, 054-199
Display-Units (HMDU) 201-249, 251-299
301-399,
Installation of the LH Hatrack 426 001-049, 054-199
Mounted Display-Units (HMDU) 201-249, 251-299
301-399,
Removal of the RH Hatrack Mounted 444 001-049, 054-199
Display-Units (HMDU) 201-249, 251-299
301-399,
Installation of the RH Hatrack 456 001-049, 054-199
Mounted Display-Units (HMDU) 201-249, 251-299
301-399,
Removal of the Movable Display 474 054-100, 303-399
Units (MDU) 104MH
Installation of the Movable 480 054-100, 303-399
Display Units (MDU) 104MH
Removal of the Wall Mounted 484 054-100, 303-399
Display-Unit
Installation of the Wall Mounted 487 054-100, 303-399
Display-Unit
POWER SUPPLY UNIT - VIDEO 23-36-23
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 054-100, 303-399
Removal of the Power Supply Unit 401 054-100, 303-399
(PSU)-Video
Installation of the Power Supply 406 054-100, 303-399
Unit (PSU)-Video
CONTROL UNIT - VIDEO 23-36-34
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 054-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399,
Removal of the System Control Unit 401 001-049, 054-199
(SCU) 201-249, 252-299
301-399,
Installation of the System Control 414 001-049, 054-199
Unit (SCU) 201-249, 252-299
301-399,
23-CONTENTS Page 26
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Removal of the Cabin Management 427 251-251,
Terminal (CMT)
Installation of the Cabin 430 251-251,
Management Terminal (CMT)
JUNCTION BOX 23-36-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-006, 201-249
252-299,
Removal of the Junction Box 401 001-006, 201-249
252-299,
Installation of the Junction Box 413 001-006, 201-249
252-299,
TAPPING UNIT 23-36-44
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 054-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399,
Removal of the Tapping Unit (TU) 401 001-049, 054-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399,
Installation of the Tapping Unit 419 001-049, 054-199
(TU) 201-249, 251-299
301-399,
SEAT ELECTRONIC BOX (SEB) 23-36-45
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 251-251,
Removal of the Seat Electronic Box 401 251-251,
(SEB) installed in the Video
Control Center (VCC)
Installation of the Seat 405 251-251,
Electronic Box (SEB) installed in
the Video Control Center (VCC)
VIDEO REPRODUCER UNIT 23-36-52
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 054-199
201-249, 252-299
301-399,
Removal of the Video Tape 401 001-049, 054-199
Reproducer (VTR) 201-249, 252-299
301-399,
Installation of the Video Tape 415 001-049, 054-199
Reproducer (VTR) 201-249, 252-299
301-399,
COCKPIT TO GROUND CREW CALL SYSTEM 23-42-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
Power Supply 1 ALL
23-CONTENTS Page 27
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Operation 3 ALL
Ground Mechanic-to-Crew Member 3 ALL
Call
Crew Member-to-Ground Mechanic 3 ALL
Call
COCKPIT TO GROUND CREW CALL SYSTEM 23-42-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the Mechanic 501 ALL
Call
HORN - MECHANIC CALL 23-42-21
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Mechanic Call Horn 401 ALL
(15WC)
Installation of the Mechanic Call 404 ALL
Horn (15WC)
FLIGHT CREW INTERPHONE 23-43-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
FLIGHT CREW INTERPHONE 23-43-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the Cabin and 501 ALL
Flight Crew Interphone System.
CABIN AND SERVICE INTERPHONE 23-44-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Description 4 ALL
Operation/Control and Indication 5 ALL
Operation from the Cockpit 12 ALL
Operation from the Cabin 12 ALL
Attendant Stations
Operation from a Service 12 ALL
Interphone Jack with a connected
Boomset
CABIN AND SERVICE INTERPHONE 23-44-00
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Operation of the Service 201 ALL
Interphone System
23-CONTENTS Page 28
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
CABIN AND SERVICE INTERPHONE 23-44-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the Service 501 ALL
Interphone
JACK - MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE (POWER 23-44-41
PLANT)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 1 401 051-199, 301-399
Removal of the Jack - Maintenance 401 051-199, 301-399
Interphone (4000RJ1, 4000RJ2)
Installation of the Jack - 407 051-199, 301-399
Maintenance Interphone (4000RJ1,
4000RJ2)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 2 401 001-049, 201-249
251-299, 901-901
Removal of the Maintenance 401 001-049, 201-249
Interphone Jack (4000RJ1, 4000RJ2) 251-299, 901-901
Removal of the Ground Jack from 408 001-049, 201-249
the Air Intake Cowl (4000VC) 251-299, 901-901
Installation of the Maintenance 411 001-049, 201-249
Interphone Jack (4000RJ1, 4000RJ2) 251-299, 901-901
Installation of the Ground Jack on 420 001-049, 201-249
the Air Intake Cowl (4000VC) 251-299, 901-901
ISOLATION UNIT - SERVICE INTERPHONE 23-44-42
JACKS
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 054-199, 303-399
Removal of the Isolation Units 401 054-199, 303-399
Installation of the Isolation 410 054-199, 303-399
Units
AUDIO MANAGEMENT (INTEGRATING/ FLIGHT 23-51-00
INTERPHONE/SELCAL/CALL)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 1 001-007, 051-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 901-901
General 1 001-007, 051-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 901-901
The audio management system 1 001-007, 051-199
provides the means for using: 201-249, 251-299
301-399, 901-901
System Description 1 001-007, 051-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 901-901
Component Location 13 001-007, 051-199
23-CONTENTS Page 29
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 901-901
Audio Management System 26 001-006, 051-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 901-901
Audio Management System 26 007-007,
Power Supply 28 001-007, 051-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 901-901
Busbar 101PP 28 001-006, 051-052
201-249, 252-299
301-302, 901-901
Busbar 101PP 32 007-007,
Busbar 101PP 32 053-199, 251-251
303-399,
Busbar 401PP 32 001-007, 051-052
201-249, 252-299
301-302, 901-901
Busbar 401PP 32 053-199, 251-251
303-399,
Component Description 33 001-007, 051-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 901-901
Audio Control Panel 33 001-007, 051-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 901-901
SELCAL Code Panel 53 001-007, 051-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 901-901
Audio Management Unit 57 001-007, 051-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 901-901
Operation 59 001-007, 051-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 901-901
Transmission Function 63 001-007, 051-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 901-901
Reception Function 70 001-007, 051-052
201-249, 252-299
301-302, 901-901
Reception Function 70 053-199, 251-251
303-399,
Emergency Function 80 001-007, 051-052
201-249, 252-299
301-302, 901-901
23-CONTENTS Page 30
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Emergency Function 84 053-199, 251-251
303-399,
FAA/CAA Recording Function 86 001-007, 051-052
201-249, 252-299
301-302, 901-901
FAA/CAA Recording Function 90 053-199, 251-251
303-399,
Flight Interphone Function 91 001-007, 051-052
201-249, 252-299
301-302, 901-901
Flight Interphone Function 94 053-199, 251-251
303-399,
SELCAL Function - Mechanic Call 98 001-007, 051-199
- Cabin Attendant Call 201-249, 251-299
301-399, 901-901
Pin-Program A 11 001-007, 051-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 901-901
Electrical Power Supply A 14 001-007, 051-052
201-249, 252-299
301-302, 901-901
Additional cockpit occupant A 14 053-199, 251-251
function (optional) 303-399,
BITE Test A 16 001-007, 051-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 901-901
Purpose A 16 001-007, 051-052
201-249, 252-299
301-302, 901-901
General Operation A 16 001-007, 051-052
201-249, 252-299
301-302, 901-901
Purpose A 17 053-199, 251-251
303-399,
Functional description A 17 001-007, 051-052
201-249, 252-299
301-302, 901-901
BITE Description A 17 053-199, 251-251
303-399,
Function A 17 053-199, 251-251
303-399,
Operation A 28 053-199, 251-251
303-399,
Power-up Tests Initialization A 34 001-007, 051-199
and Cockpit Repercussions 201-249, 251-299
301-399, 901-901
23-CONTENTS Page 31
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ _
C ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 2 1 008-049,
General 1 008-049,
Functions 1 008-049,
System Description 1 008-049,
Component Location 2 008-049,
Audio Management System 10 008-049,
Power Supply 11 008-049,
Busbar 101PP 11 008-049,
Busbar 401PP 11 008-049,
Interface 14 008-049,
ACP/AMU Interface 14 008-049,
AMU/ CFDIU Interface 25 008-049,
Output Discretes 27 008-049,
Output Analog Signals 27 008-049,
Component Description 28 008-049,
Audio Control Panel 28 008-049,
SELCAL Code Panel 35 008-049,
Audio Management Unit 35 008-049,
Operation 39 008-049,
Audio Control Panel (ACP) 39 008-049,
SELCAL Code Panel 42 008-049,
Audio Management Unit (AMU) 45 008-049,
BITE Test 77 008-049,
BITE Description 77 008-049,
Function 77 008-049,
Operation 79 008-049,
AUDIO MANAGEMENT (INTEGRATING/ FLIGHT 23-51-00
INTERPHONE/SELCAL/CALL)
DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
Deactivation of the Radio PTT 401 ALL
Switch (11RN, 12RN)
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 23-51-08 401 ALL
Reactivation of the Radio PTT 407 ALL
Switch (11RN, 12RN)
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 23-51-08 407 ALL
AUDIO MANAGEMENT (INTEGRATING/ FLIGHT 23-51-00
INTERPHONE/SELCAL/CALL)
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the Audio 501 ALL
Management
Operational Test of the SELCAL 509 ALL
System
23-CONTENTS Page 32
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Operational Test of the CAPT and 527 ALL
F/O ACPs Switching to the 3rd
OCCUPANT ACP
Operational Test of the Oxygen 536 ALL
Mask Microphone
BITE Test of the Audio System 539 ALL
BITE Test of the SELCAL-CALL Part 542 001-006, 201-249
of the AMU
CONTROL PANEL - AUDIO (ACP) 23-51-12
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Audio Control Panel 401 ALL
(ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2, 2RN3, 2RN4,
2RN5)
Installation of the Audio Control 406 ALL
Panel (ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2, 2RN3,
2RN4, 2RN5)
CODE PANEL - SELCAL 23-51-13
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the SELCAL Code Panel 401 ALL
(3RN)
Installation of the SELCAL Code 404 ALL
Panel (3RN)
SWITCH - RADIO PTT 23-51-17
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Radio PTT Switch 401 ALL
(11RN, 12RN)
Installation of the Radio PTT 402 ALL
Switch (11RN, 12RN)
MANAGEMENT UNIT - AUDIO (AMU) 23-51-34
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Audio Management 401 ALL
Unit (AMU) (1RN)
Installation of the Audio 404 ALL
Management Unit (AMU) (1RN)
__________________
STATIC DISCHARGING 23-60-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 4 ALL
Power Supply 5 ALL
Interface 5 ALL
Operation/Control and Indicating 5 ALL
STATIC DISCHARGER 23-61-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
23-CONTENTS Page 33
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
General 1 ALL
STATIC DISCHARGER 23-61-00
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
- Check Resistance of Tip to 601 ALL
Retainer - Check Bonding of
Retainer to Structure
DISCHARGER - STATIC 23-61-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Static Discharger 401 ALL
Installation of the Static 408 ALL
Discharger
RETAINER - STATIC DISCHARGER 23-61-42
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Static Discharger 401 ALL
Retainer
Installation of the Static 419 ALL
Discharger Retainer
COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER 23-71-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 2 ALL
System Description 2 ALL
The cockpit voice recorder 2 001-006, 201-249
system consists of: 901-901,
The cockpit voice recorder 5 007-049, 051-199
system consists of: 251-299, 301-399
Power Supply 7 ALL
Automatic Power Supply 7 ALL
Manual Power Supply 9 001-006, 201-249
901-901,
Manual Power Supply 10 007-049, 051-199
251-299, 301-399
Interface 10 ALL
Component Location 10 ALL
CVR Microphone Amplifier 18RK 10 ALL
CVR Microphone 16RK 10 ALL
Solid State Cockpit Voice 12 ALL
Recorder (CVR) 1RK
Operation 21 ALL
Recording 21 ALL
Recording Channels 22 007-049, 051-199
251-299, 301-399
Erasure 24 001-006, 201-249
23-CONTENTS Page 34
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
901-901,
Erasure 26 007-049, 051-199
251-299, 301-399
Test 26 ALL
COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER 23-71-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the CVR and 501 ALL
the CVR Channel Recording
Operational Test of the CVR 506 ALL
Recording Logic Including Time
Delay Relay
Operational Test of the Underwater 513 ALL
Locating Beacon (ULB)
Functional Test of the bulk-erase 518 ALL
function and bulk-erase
inhibition-logic of the CVR
MICROPHONE - CVR 23-71-13
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the CVR Microphone 401 ALL
(16RK)
Installation of the CVR Microphone 404 ALL
(16RK)
AMPLIFIER - CVR MICROPHONE 23-71-14
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the CVR Microphone 401 ALL
Amplifier (18RK)
Installation of the CVR Microphone 404 ALL
Amplifier (18RK)
RECORDER - COCKPIT VOICE (CVR) 23-71-35
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Cockpit Voice 401 ALL
Recorder (CVR) 1RK
Installation of the Cockpit Voice 406 ALL
Recorder (CVR) 1RK
Scheduled Replacement of the 409 ALL
Underwater Locating Beacon (ULB)
and Battery
ANTI HIJACK CAMERA MONITORING 23-72-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 054-199, 251-251
301-399,
General 1 054-199, 251-251
301-399,
Component Location 1 054-199, 251-251
23-CONTENTS Page 35
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
301-399,
System Description 1 054-199, 251-251
301-399,
The Cockpit Door Surveillance 1 054-199, 303-399
System has the following
components:
The Cockpit Door Surveillance 5 251-251, 301-302
System has the following
components:
Power Supply 6 054-199, 251-251
301-399,
Interface 6 054-199, 251-251
301-399,
Component Description 6 054-199, 251-251
301-399,
Cameras 6 054-199, 251-251
301-399,
LCD 6 054-199, 251-251
301-399,
Operation/Control and Indicating 6 054-199, 251-251
301-399,
ANTI HIJACK CAMERA MONITORING 23-72-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 054-199, 251-251
301-399,
Operational Test of the 501 054-199, 251-251
Anti-Hijack 301-399,
Camera-Monitoring-System
BITE Test of the Anti-Hijack 510 054-199, 251-251
Camera-Monitoring-System 301-399,
MONITOR - COCKPIT DOOR SURVEILLANCE 23-72-22
SYSTEM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 054-199, 251-251
301-399,
Removal of the Cockpit-Door 401 054-199, 251-251
Surveillance-System Monitor (10RA) 301-399,
Installation of the Cockpit-Door 405 054-199, 251-251
Surveillance-System Monitor (10RA) 301-399,
CAMERA - ANTI HIJACK SYSTEM 23-72-51
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 054-199, 251-251
301-399,
Removal of the Anti-Hijack-System 401 054-199, 251-251
Cameras 301-399,
Installation of the 404 054-199, 251-251
Anti-Hijack-System Cameras 301-399,
23-CONTENTS Page 36
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Adjustment of the Cameras 408 054-199, 251-251
301-399,
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM 23-73-00
(CIDS)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 1 054-199, 303-399
General 1 054-199, 303-399
Component Location 1 054-199, 303-399
System Description 29 054-199, 303-399
System Philosophy 29 054-199, 303-399
System Architecture 31 054-199,
System Architecture 31 303-399,
System Functions 53 054-199, 303-399
Power Supply 57 054-199, 303-399
Normal Mode 57 054-199, 303-399
Emergency Mode 65 054-199, 303-399
Power Consumption 68 054-199, 303-399
Power Interruption 68 054-199, 303-399
Interface 68 054-199, 303-399
CIDS system interfaces 68 054-199, 303-399
(external)
Component Description 72 054-199, 303-399
General 72 054-199, 303-399
Director 73 054-199, 303-399
Decoder/Encoder Unit (DEU) type 75 054-199, 303-399
A
Passenger Interface and Supply 77 054-199, 303-399
Adapter (PISA)
Stand-Alone Passenger Interface 77 054-199, 303-399
and Supply Adapter (StA PISA)
Decoder/Encoder Unit (DEU) type 78 054-199, 303-399
B
Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) 79 054-199, 303-399
On-Board Replaceable Module 80 054-199, 303-399
(OBRM)
Cabin Assignment Module (CAM) 80 054-199, 303-399
Additional Attendant Panel (AAP) 81 054-199, 303-399
Switch panel (2064VU) 84 303-399,
Attendant Indication Panel (AIP) 84 054-199, 303-399
Area Call Panel (ACP) 86 054-199, 303-399
Cabin handsets 87 054-199, 303-399
Cockpit handset 89 054-199, 303-399
Operation/Control and Indicating 92 054-199, 303-399
CIDS energization 92 054-199, 303-399
Handling of Flight Attendant 95 054-199, 303-399
Panel (FAP)
23-CONTENTS Page 37
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
System Functions A 7 054-199, 303-399
Programming A 95 054-199, 303-399
Test Bite B 3 054-199, 303-399
General B 3 054-199, 303-399
Normal Mode B 4 054-199, 303-399
Interactive Mode B 4 054-199, 303-399
Fault annunciations in the B 5 054-199, 303-399
cockpit and in the cabin
SYSTEM REPORT/TEST B 26 054-199, 303-399
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 2 1 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
General 1 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Component Location 3 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
System Description 45 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Principle 45 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
General 47 001-049, 051-053
General 47 201-249, 251-299
301-302,
General 48 901-901,
Power Supply 50 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Normal Mode 60 001-049, 051-053
Emergency Mode 60 001-049, 051-053
Normal Mode 64 201-249, 251-299
301-302,
Emergency Mode 64 201-249, 251-299
301-302,
Normal Mode 65 901-901,
Emergency Mode 65 901-901,
Interface 66 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
CIDS Equipment Connections 66 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Component Description 67 001-049, 051-053
23-CONTENTS Page 38
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
CIDS Director 67 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Decoder Encoder Units (DEU) A 6 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Forward Attendant Panel A 32 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Aft Attendant Panel A 60 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Switch panel (2064VU) A 68 201-249, 251-299
301-302,
Programming and Test Panel A 70 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Attendant Indication Panel A 75 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Area Call Panel A 78 001-006,
Area Call Panel A 80 007-049, 901-901
Area Call Panel A 80 051-053,
Area Call Panel A 82 201-249,
Area Call Panel A 82 251-251,
Area Call Panel A 83 252-299, 301-302
Interphone Handsets A 84 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
PA Loudspeaker A 91 001-008, 201-249
301-302,
PA Loudspeaker A 92 009-049, 251-299
PA Loudspeaker A 92 051-053, 901-901
Operation/Control and Indicating A 92 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
CIDS Energization A 92 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Passenger Address System A 93 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Cabin and Flight Crew Interphone B 5 001-049, 051-053
System 201-249, 251-299
23-CONTENTS Page 39
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
301-302, 901-901
Passenger Lighted Signs B 13 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Passenger Call System B 23 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Test Bite B 30 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Programming and Test Modes B 30 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
System Status Mode B 34 001-006, 201-249
252-299, 301-302
901-901,
System Status Mode B 35 007-049, 051-053
System Status Mode B 35 251-251,
System Test Mode B 80 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Programming Mode B 95 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Failure Detection and C 6 001-049, 051-053
Transmission 201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
CIDS Power-Up Test C 22 001-006, 201-249
251-299, 301-302
901-901,
CIDS Director switchover C 28 001-006, 201-249
251-299, 301-302
901-901,
CIDS Power-Up Test C 29 007-049, 051-053
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM 23-73-00
(CIDS)
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Energize the Cabin 201 ALL
Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
De-energize the Cabin 209 ALL
Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
Cabin Layout Selection 217 ALL
23-CONTENTS Page 40
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Cabin Zones Programming 229 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 901-901
Programming of a NON SMOKER A/C 241 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302,
Cabin Zones Programming 248 054-199, 303-399
Passenger Address (PA) Level 275 001-049, 051-053
Adjustment via PTP 201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Passenger Address (PA) Level 284 ALL
Interrogation via CFDS
Loudspeaker Volume Adjustments 294 054-199, 303-399
OBRM - Download Procedure A202 054-199, 303-399
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM 23-73-00
(CIDS)
DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
Deactivation of the CIDS Director 401 ALL
(101RH, 102RH)
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 23-73-01 401 ALL
Reactivation of the CIDS Director 407 ALL
(101RH, 102RH)
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 23-73-01 407 ALL
Deactivation of the Forward 409 001-049, 051-053
Attendant Panel (120RH) 201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 23-73-04 409 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Reactivation of the Forward 412 001-049, 051-053
Attendant Panel (120RH) 201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 23-73-04 412 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Deactivation of the Flight 414 054-199, 303-399
Attendant Panel (120RH)
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 23-73-08 414 054-199, 303-399
Reactivation of the Flight 417 054-199, 303-399
Attendant Panel (120RH)
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 23-73-08 417 054-199, 303-399
Deactivation of the Flight 419 054-199, 303-399
Attendant Panel (120RH) - Slide
Bottle Pressure Indication,
23-CONTENTS Page 41
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Emergency Exits
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 419 054-199, 303-399
23-73-08-6)b)
Reactivation of the Flight 422 054-199, 303-399
Attendant Panel (120RH) - Slide
Bottle Pressure Indication,
Emergency Exits
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 422 054-199, 303-399
23-73-08-6)b)
Deactivation of the Programming 424 001-049, 051-053
and Test Panel (110RH) 201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 23-73-07 424 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Reactivation of the Programming 427 001-049, 051-053
and Test Panel (110RH) 201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 23-73-07 427 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Deactivation of the Programming 429 001-049, 051-053
and Test Panel (110RH) - Slide 201-249, 251-299
Bottle Pressure Indication, 301-302, 901-901
Emergency Exits
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 429 001-049, 051-053
23-73-07-2)b) 201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Reactivation of the Programming 432 001-049, 051-053
and Test Panel (110RH) - Slide 201-249, 251-299
Bottle Pressure Indication, 301-302, 901-901
Emergency Exits
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 432 001-049, 051-053
23-73-07-2)b) 201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Deactivation of the Programming 434 001-049, 051-053
and Test Panel (110RH) - Emergency 201-249, 251-299
System Test, Cabin Emergency 301-302, 901-901
Lighting System
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 434 001-049, 051-053
23-73-07-1) 201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Reactivation of the Programming 437 001-049, 051-053
and Test Panel (110RH) - Emergency 201-249, 251-299
System Test, Cabin Emergency 301-302, 901-901
Lighting System
23-CONTENTS Page 42
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 437 001-049, 051-053
23-73-07-1) 201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM 23-73-00
(CIDS)
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
BITE-test of the Cabin 501 001-049, 051-053
Intercommunication Data System 201-249, 251-299
(CIDS) through the PTP 301-302, 901-901
BITE-test of the Cabin 517 001-049, 051-053
Intercommunication Data System 201-249, 251-299
(CIDS) through the CFDS 301-302, 901-901
Interface and Power-Up test of the 533 054-199, 303-399
Cabin Intercommunication Data
System (CIDS) through the CFDS
Operational test of the DEU, the 539 001-049, 051-053
secondary power supply and the 201-249, 251-299
DEU-A cut-off 301-302, 901-901
Operational test of the DEU, the 553 054-199, 303-399
essential power supply and the
DEU-A cut-off
Operational test of the 573 007-007, 051-100
power-transfer function
Operational test of the Cabin and 578 001-049, 051-199
Flight Crew Interphone System 901-901,
Operational test of the Cabin and B530 201-249, 251-299
Flight Crew Interphone System 301-399,
Operational test of the Passenger C566 001-049, 051-199
Address (PA) System 901-901,
Operational test of the Passenger D551 201-249, 251-299
Address (PA) System 301-399,
Operational test of the E516 901-901,
battery-bus powered PA
Operational test of the E522 054-100, 303-399
battery-bus powered PA
Operational test of the Passenger E533 001-049, 051-199
Call System 901-901,
Operational test of the Passenger E586 201-249, 251-299
Call System 301-399,
Operational test of the Cabin F531 ALL
Signs
Operational test of the Emergency F582 001-049, 051-199
Evacuation (EVAC) Signaling System 901-901,
Operational test of the Emergency G505 201-249, 251-299
23-CONTENTS Page 43
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
Evacuation (EVAC) Signaling System 301-302,
Operational test of the Emergency G512 054-199, 303-399
Evacuation (EVAC) Signaling System
Operational test of the CABIN G525 007-007, 054-100
READY function with engine running 251-251,
Operational test of the CABIN G533 007-007, 054-100
READY function with SDAC output 251-251,
DATA BITS displayed on the MCDU
Operational test of the Passenger G542 001-049, 201-249
Call lamps through the MCDU 252-299, 301-302
901-901,
Operational test of the Cabin G548 001-006, 201-249
Signs through the MCDU
Operational test of the Cabin LED G553 054-199, 303-399
Lamps through the MCDU
Operational test of the Cabin G559 054-199, 303-399
Signs through the MCDU
Operational test of the G564 054-199, 303-399
Loudspeaker through the MCDU
Operational test of the G569 054-100, 303-399
Cabin/Cockpit Incident Alert
System
Verification of Speech G575 ALL
Intelligibility of the Passenger
Address (PA) System according to
CAA Spec. 15
CALL PANEL - AREA 23-73-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Area Call Panel 401 ALL
(340RH)
Installation of the Area Call 411 ALL
Panel (340RH)
ATTENDANT PANEL - FORWARD 23-73-12
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 1 401 054-199, 303-399
Removal of the Flight Attendant 401 054-199, 303-399
Panel (FAP) 120RH
Installation of the Flight 406 054-199, 303-399
Attendant Panel (FAP) 120RH
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 2 401 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Removal of the Forward Attendant 401 001-049, 051-053
Panel (120RH) 201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Installation of the Forward 405 001-049, 051-053
Attendant Panel (120RH) 201-249, 251-299
23-CONTENTS Page 44
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
301-302, 901-901
Removal of the Light Module 408 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Installation of the Light Module 412 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Removal of the Audio Module 415 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Installation of the Audio Module 419 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Removal of the Miscellaneous 422 001-049, 051-053
Module 201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Installation of the Miscellaneous 426 001-049, 051-053
Module 201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Replacement of the Switchguard 429 001-049, 051-053
from the Forward Attendant Panel 201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
ADDITIONAL ATTENDANT PANEL (AAP) 23-73-13
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Aft Attendant Panel 401 ALL
(126RH)
Installation of the Aft Attendant 406 ALL
Panel (126RH)
LIGHT - CALL, LAVATORY 23-73-14
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Lavatory Call Light 401 ALL
Installation of the Lavatory Call 408 ALL
Light
Removal of the Seat Row 414 001-049, 201-249
Call/Numbering Light 252-299, 301-302
901-901,
Installation of the Seat Row 418 001-049, 201-249
Call/Numbering Light 252-299, 301-302
901-901,
PROGRAMMING AND TEST PANEL 23-73-18
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Removal of the Programming and 401 001-049, 051-053
Test Panel (110RH) 201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
23-CONTENTS Page 45
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Installation of the Programming 405 001-049, 051-053
and Test Panel (110RH) 201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
MODULE - CABIN ASSIGNMENT 23-73-19
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 1 401 054-199, 303-399
Replacement of the Cabin 401 054-199, 303-399
Assignment Module (115RH)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 2 401 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Removal of the Cabin Assignment 401 001-049, 051-053
Module (115RH) 201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Installation of the Cabin 404 001-049, 051-053
Assignment Module (115RH) 201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
OBRM (ONBOARD REPLACEABLE MODULE) 23-73-21
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 054-199, 303-399
Replacement of the On-Board 401 054-199, 303-399
Replaceable Module (116RH)
INDICATING PANEL - ATTENDANT 23-73-22
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Attendant 401 ALL
Indication Panel (320RH)
Installation of the Attendant 417 ALL
Indication Panel (320RH)
SWITCH PANEL 23-73-23
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 054-100, 303-399
Removal of the Switch Panel 401 054-100, 303-399
Installation of the Switch Panel 405 054-100, 303-399
DIRECTOR - CIDS 23-73-34
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the CIDS Director 401 ALL
(101RH, 102RH)
Installation of the CIDS Director 406 ALL
(101RH, 102RH)
POWER UNIT - PASSENGER READING LIGHT 23-73-38
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Removal of the Power Unit for the 401 001-049, 051-053
Passenger Reading Light 201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Installation of the Power Unit for 406 001-049, 051-053
the Passenger Reading Light 201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
23-CONTENTS Page 46
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Replacement of the Power Unit 411 001-049, 051-053
Fuses for the Passenger Reading 201-249, 251-299
Light 301-302, 901-901
PISA (PASSENGER INTERFACE AND SUPPLY 23-73-41
ADAPTER)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 054-199, 303-399
Removal of the Passenger Interface 401 054-199, 303-399
and Supply Adapter (602RH)
Installation of the Passenger 411 054-199, 303-399
Interface and Supply Adapter
(602RH)
CONNECTION BOX - DEU 23-73-42
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 054-199, 303-399
Removal of the Connection Box 401 054-199, 303-399
(208RH, 308RH)
Installation of the Connection Box 412 054-199, 303-399
(208RH, 308RH)
TERMINATION BOX - DEU 23-73-43
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 054-199, 303-399
Removal of the Termination Box 401 054-199, 303-399
(209RH, 309RH)
Installation of the Termination 408 054-199, 303-399
Box (209RH, 309RH)
CRADLE - HANDSET 23-73-44
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Handset/Cradle 401 ALL
(330RH, 332RH)
Installation of the Handset/Cradle 408 ALL
(330RH, 332RH)
PASSENGER SERVICE UNIT (PSU) 23-73-45
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 054-199, 303-399
Removal of the Passenger Service 401 054-199, 303-399
Unit
Installation of the Passenger 402 054-199, 303-399
Service Unit
DECODER/ENCODER UNIT A 23-73-46
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Decoder/Encoder 401 ALL
Unit A (200RH)
Installation of the 425 ALL
Decoder/Encoder Unit A (200RH)
DECODER/ENCODER UNIT B 23-73-47
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Decoder/Encoder 401 ALL
Unit B (300RH)
Installation of the 417 ALL
23-CONTENTS Page 47
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Decoder/Encoder Unit B (300RH)
MOUNT - DEU A / DEU B 23-73-48
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 901-901
Removal of the DEU A/DEU B - Mount 401 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 901-901
Installation of the DEU A/DEU B - 414 001-049, 051-053
Mount 201-249, 251-299
301-399, 901-901
BOARD - PRINTED CIRCUIT 23-73-49
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Removal of the Printed Circuit 401 001-049, 051-053
Board 201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Installation of the Printed 407 001-049, 051-053
Circuit Board 201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
LOUDSPEAKER 23-73-51
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Loudspeaker 401 ALL
Installation of the Loudspeaker 415 ALL
SIGN - RETURN TO SEAT 23-73-62
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Return to Seat sign 401 001-049, 051-053
201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Removal of the Return to Seat sign 407 ALL
(LED)
Installation of the Return to Seat 413 001-049, 051-053
sign 201-249, 251-299
301-302, 901-901
Installation of the Return to Seat 418 ALL
sign (LED)
SIGN - NO SMOKING/FASTEN SEAT BELT 23-73-63
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the No Smoking/Fasten 401 ALL
Seat Belt sign from the Passenger
Service Information Unit and the
C/B panels 2000VU and 2001VU
Installation of the No 415 ALL
Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt sign in
the Passenger Service Information
23-CONTENTS Page 48
Nov 01/06
R
THY
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Unit and the C/B panels 2000VU and
2001VU
Removal of the No Smoking/Fasten 425 301-302,
Seat Belt sign from the cabin
Installation of the No 428 301-302,
Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt sign in
the cabin
LIGHT - READING 23-73-64
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Reading Light 401 ALL
Installation of the Reading Light 407 ALL
Operational test of the Reading 412 ALL
Light
23-CONTENTS Page 49
Nov 01/06
THY
COMMUNICATIONS - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The communication system is used for speech communications and optionally
for data communications.
The communication system is used for communication between the crew members
and betwenn the crew members and the ground personnel.
It is also used to communicate with the passengers, other aircraft and the
ground stations (speech and data).
2. Description
___________
A. Speech Communication
(1) High Frequency (HF) system (Ref. 23-11) (optional system)
This system has two transceivers and their related equipment for
long-range voice communications.
(2) Very High Frequency (VHF) system (Ref. 23-12)
This system has two or three transceivers and their related equipment
for short-range voice communications.
R The VHF3 system (if installed) is also used to transmit data
R (Aircraft Communication Addressing and Reporting System (ACARS) or
Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU)).
(3) Radio Management Panels (RMP) (Ref. 23-13)
The RMPs enable a centralized frequency control of the VHF and HF
radio communication equipment.
R The RMPs also enable the frequency control of the radio navigation
R equipment (VHF Omnidirectional Range (VOR), Distance Measuring
R Equipment (DME), Instrument Landing System (ILS), Automatic Direction
Finder (ADF)) in case of failure of the Flight Management and
Guidance System (FMGC).
(4) Voice privacy system (Ref. 23-14)
The voice privacy system provides a means for coding HF
communications between the aircraft and DT.HU.Department in order to
protect confidential communications.
B. Data Transmission (optional system)
(1) ACARS (Ref. 23-24) (optional system)
The ACARS management unit allows the management of the data entered
by the crews and transmitted to the ground (SDAC, AIDS, CFDS, FMGEC).
R It also allows the reception, printing and display of ground messages
R on the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU).
EFF :
ALL 23-00-00
Page 1
Aug 01/06
THY
These data are transmitted through the VHF3 system (or through the
Satellite Communication (SATCOM) system if installed).
(2) SATCOM (Ref. 23-28) (optional system)
The function of the SATCOM system is the reception in the L-Band and
processing of signals through aeronautical services satellites. This
system is used for all aeronautical satellite communications (cockpit
voice, passenger telephone and data services) with the ground.
C. Passenger Address and Entertainment
This system comprises: (Ref. 23-30)
R - Prerecorded Announcements and Music (PRAM) system (Ref. 23-32)
- Passenger Entertainment System (Music)/Passenger Services System (PES
(Music)/PSS) (Ref. 23-33)
- Passenger Visual Information System (PVIS) (Ref. 23-34)
- Passenger Air-to-ground Telephone System (PATS) (Ref. 23-35)
- Passenger Entertainment System (Video) (PES (Video)) (Ref. 23-36)
- Passenger facility (AM/FM radio) (Ref. 23-37)
The Passenger Address System (Ref. 23-31) is part of the Cabin
Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73).
D. Interphone
The Interphone system comprises:
(1) Cockpit-to-ground crew call system (Ref. ATA 23-42)
Moreover, when the aircraft is battery supplied, the system comprises
an aural warning function for the following status:
- Auxiliaire Power Unit (APU) fire
- ADIRS supplied by batteries
R - Equipment ventilation faulty
R - Emergency Location Transmitter (ELT) operation (if installed).
(2) Flight crew interphone (Ref. 23-43)
The cockpit-to-ground crew call system is used to:
- Call a ground mechanic from the cockpit
- Call a crew member from the ground.
The flight crew interphone system is part of the CIDS.
(3) Cabin and service interphone (Ref. 23-44)
The cabin and service interphone system is used for the telephone
communications on the ground between the flight crew and the ground
service personnel.
EFF :
ALL 23-00-00
Page 2
Aug 01/06
THY
E. Audio Integrating
The Audio Integrating System (AIS):
The AIS integrates and manages all audio signals (audio outputs,
R microphone inputs, sidetone and push-to-talk) supplied by and sent to the
R radio communication and radio navigation systems.
R This system also provides the SELCAL function and call and flight
R interphone functions.
F. Static Discharging (Ref. 23-60)
Static dischargers are installed on the aircraft to protect the
R communication systems from interference caused by static electricity.
G. Audio-Video Monitoring and Intercommunication
This system comprises:
(1) Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) (Ref. 23-71)
R The CVR automatically records the crew conversations and audio
R communications to help investigation after an aircraft accident or
R incident.
(2) CIDS (Ref. 23-73)
The CIDS is a microprocessor-based system.
It is used to do the functional control, operation, testing and
monitoring of the cabin systems.
These system functions are provided by the CIDS:
- Passenger address
- Passenger call
- Passenger lighted signs
- General cabin illumination control
- Cabin and flight crew interphone
- Emergency evacuation signalling
- Lavatory smoke warning
- Escape slide reservoir pressure monitoring
- Service interphone (partially integrated into the CIDS)
- Extended emergency lighting test.
(3) Cabin Management System (CMS) (Ref. 23-74) (optional system)
The CMS provides a direct contact for the cabin crew with the ground.
The cabin crew uses the CMS to transmit and receive real-time data
(e.g. passenger information and reservations, maintenance reports,
R security catering and beverages), through the ACARS.
EFF :
ALL 23-00-00
Page 3
Aug 01/06
THY
HF SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________
1. General
_______
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 202-249, 252-299, 301-302,
R 901-901,
R The High Frequency (HF) system is used for all long-distance voice
R communications between:
R - Different aircraft (in flight or on the ground)
R - The aircraft and one or several ground stations.
**ON A/C 053-100, 251-251, 303-399,
The High Frequency (HF) system is used for all long-distance voice and data
R communications between:
R - Different aircraft (in flight or on the ground)
R - The aircraft and one or several ground stations.
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
The HF system operates within the frequency range defined by ARINC 719 (i.e.
2.8 to 23.999 MHz, with 1 KHz spacing between channels).
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R The aircraft is provided with a single HF system (HF1).
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
R The aircraft is provided with a double HF system (HF1 and HF2).
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
2. __________________
Component Location
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 1
Aug 01/06
THY
HF System - Component Location
Figure 001
R
EFF :
002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 23-11-00
Page 2
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 001A)
**ON A/C 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 001B)
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 002)
R **ON A/C 002-002, 051-053, 101-199, 202-249,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3RE1 XCVR-HF, 1 81VU 127 824 23-11-33
4RE1 COUPLER-HF, 1 261 23-11-36
5RE ANTENNA-HF 322 23-11-11
3CA1 MCDU-1 11VU 211 831 22-82-12
3CA2 MCDU-2 11VU 211 831 22-82-12
1RG1 RMP-COM/NAV FREQ SEL, 1 11VU 211 831 23-13-13
1RG2 RMP-COM/NAV FREQ SEL, 2 11VU 211 831 23-13-13
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 3
Aug 01/06
THY
HF System - Component Location
Figure 001A
R
EFF :
008-008, 901-901, 23-11-00
Page 4
Feb 01/06
THY
HF System - Component Location
Figure 001B
R
EFF :
202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 23-11-00
Page 5
Feb 01/06
THY
HF System - Component Location
Figure 002
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 6
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-007, 009-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3RE1 XCVR-HF, 1 81VU 127 824 23-11-33
4RE1 COUPLER-HF, 1 261 23-11-36
5RE ANTENNA-HF 322 23-11-11
3CA1 MCDU-1 11VU 211 831 22-82-12
3CA2 MCDU-2 11VU 211 831 22-82-12
1RG1 RMP-COM/NAV FREQ SEL, 1 11VU 211 831 23-13-13
1RG2 RMP-COM/NAV FREQ SEL, 2 11VU 211 831 23-13-13
1RG3 RMP-COM FREQ SEL, 3 20VU 211 831 23-13-13
R
EFF :
301-399,
007-007, 009-049, 054-100, 251-299, 23-11-00
Page 7
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
R | | | | DOOR | REF.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3RE1 XCVR-HF, 1 81VU 127 824 23-11-33
R 3RE2 XCVR-HF, 2 82VU 128 824 23-11-33
R 4RE1 COUPLER-HF, 1 261 23-11-36
R 4RE2 COUPLER-HF, 2 262 23-11-36
R 5RE ANTENNA-HF 322 23-11-11
R 3CA1 MCDU-1 11VU 211 831 22-82-12
R 3CA2 MCDU-2 11VU 211 831 22-82-12
R 1RG1 RMP-COM/NAV FREQ SEL, 1 11VU 211 831 23-13-13
R 1RG2 RMP-COM/NAV FREQ SEL, 2 11VU 211 831 23-13-13
R 1RG3 RMP-COM FREQ SEL, 3 20VU 211 831 23-13-13
R
EFF :
008-008, 901-901, 23-11-00
Page 8
Nov 01/05
THY
**ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
3. __________________
System Description
**ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-052, 101-199, 202-249, 252-299,
301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 003)
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 003A)
R **ON A/C 053-100, 251-251, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 003B)
R
**ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
The HF system has:
- An HF transceiver
- An HF coupler
- An HF antenna.
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
The HF system has:
- Two HF transceivers
- Two HF couplers
- An HF antenna.
The two transceivers send and receive HF signals to/from the same HF antenna
through their related coupler.
**ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 202-249, 252-299, 301-302,
901-901,
Each HF system has an interface with the following systems and components:
- Radio Management Panels (RMP)
- Audio Management Unit (AMU)
- Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU)
- Landing Gear Control Interface Unit (LGCIU)
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 9
Nov 01/06
THY
HF System - Block Diagram
Figure 003
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-052,
101-199, 202-249, 252-299, 301-302,
23-11-00
Page 10
Aug 01/06
THY
R HF System - Block Diagram
R Figure 003A
R
EFF :
008-008, 901-901, 23-11-00
Page 11
Nov 01/05
THY
HF System - Block Diagram
R Figure 003B
R
EFF :
053-100, 251-251, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page 12
Nov 01/06
THY
- System Data Acquisition Concentrator (SDAC)
A. Interface with the RMPs
The RMPs are centralized systems used for selection of the
frequency/channel and display of the HF system. They are also used to
switch between the voice/data modes (Ref. 23-13).
B. Interface with the AMU
The AMU is used for the connection to the audio integrating and SELective
CALLing (SELCAL) systems by means of the Audio Control Panels (ACP) (Ref.
23-51).
C. Interface with the CFDIU
The CFDIU is the centralized maintenance system (Ref. 31-32).
D. Interface with the LGCIU
In case of CFDIU failure, the LGCIU gives the aircraft status (in flight
or on the ground) to the HF BITE (Ref. 32-31)
E. Interface with the SDACs
The SDACs receive the transmission information from the HF system
throuigh the KEY EVENT output of the HF transceiver and record the
transmit mode.
When the SDACs detect that the HF system has been transmitting
(Push-To-Talk (PTT) switch on) for last more 1 minute, the HF-X EMITTING
indication is displayed on the ECAM display (EWD) (Ref. ATA 31-54).
**ON A/C 053-100, 251-251, 303-399,
Each HF system has an interface with the following systems and
components:
- Radio Management Panels (RMP)
- Audio Management Unit (AMU)
- Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU)
- Landing Gear Control Interface Unit (LGCIU)
- System Data Acquisition Concentrator (SDAC)
- Air Data/Inertial Reference Units (ADIRU)
- Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU)
- Ground HF DATA LINK (GND HF DATA LINK)
- International Civil Aircraft Organization (ICAO) address
- Multipurpose Disk Drive Unit (MDDU) or Portable Data Loader (PDL)
**ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 004)
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 13
Nov 01/06
THY
HF System - KEY EVENT Information
Figure 004
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-11-00
Page 14
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 053-100, 251-251, 303-399,
A. Interface with the RMPs
The RMPs are centralized systems used for selection of the
frequency/channel and display of the HF system. They are also used to
switch between the voice/data modes (Ref. 23-13).
B. Interface with the AMU
The AMU is used for the connection to the audio integrating and SELective
CALLing (SELCAL) systems by means of the Audio Control Panels (ACP) (Ref.
23-51).
C. Interface with the CFDIU
The CFDIU is the centralized maintenance system (Ref. 31-32).
D. Interface with the LGCIU
In case of CFDIU failure, the LGCIU gives the aircraft status (in flight
or on the ground) to the HF BITE (Ref. 32-31). When the LGCIU informs the
HFDR of the ground aircraft status, the HF data link emission is
inhibited.
E. Interface with the SDACs
The SDACs receive the transmission information from the HF system through
the KEY EVENT output of the HF transceiver and record the transmit mode.
When the SDACs detect that the HF system has been transmitting
(Push-To-Talk (PTT) switch on) for last more 1 minute, the HF-X EMITTING
indication is displayed on the ECAM display (EWD) (Ref. ATA 31-54).
F. Interface with the ADIRU
The ADIRU which provides the HFDR with the following information:
- time
- latitude
- longitude.
G. Interface with the ATSU
The ATSU which is in charge of routing data towards the HF system for
Data communications.
H. Interface with the GND HF DATA Link
- The GND HF DATA LINK pushbutton switch which is used to override the
data transmission inhibition of the HF1 transceiver on the ground.
J. Interface with the ICAO address
The ICAO address which is used to uniquely identify the aircraft by the
ground station during data link message exchanges.
EFF :
053-100, 251-251, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page 15
Nov 01/06
R
THY
K. Interface with the MDDU or PDL
The MDDU or PDL is used to load the HFDR software.
**ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
4. ____________
Power Supply
**ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 005)
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 005A)
**ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
The HF1 system is supplied with three-phase 115VAC:
- From the 115VAC ESS BUS/SHEDDABLE (sub-busbar 801XP)
- Through circuit breaker 1RE1 located on the overhead panel 49VU.
The HF1 transceiver (3RE1) provides the supplied to the HF1 antenna coupler
(4RE1) with 28VDC and monophase 115VAC.
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
The HF1 system is supplied with three-phase 115VAC:
- From the 115VAC ESS BUS/SHEDDABLE (sub-busbar 801XP)
- Through circuit breaker 1RE1 located on the overhead panel 49VU.
The HF2 system is supplied with three-phase 115VAC:
- From the 115VAC BUS 2 (sub-busbar 202XP)
- Through circuit breaker 1RE2 located on the overhead panel 121VU.
The HF1 transceiver (3RE1) supplies to the HF1 antenna coupler (4RE1) with
28VDC and monophase 115VAC.
The HF2 transceiver (3RE2) supplies to the HF2 antenna coupler (4RE2) with
28VDC and monophase 115VAC.
**ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
5. Interface
_________
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 16
Nov 01/06
THY
HF System - Power Supply
Figure 005
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199,
202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
23-11-00
Page 17
Nov 01/06
THY
HF System - Power Supply
Figure 005A
R
EFF :
008-008, 901-901, 23-11-00
Page 18
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 002-002, 202-249,
A. Output Interface
(1) Digital Outputs
The connections with the CFDIU is a type 1 system. This type of
system has an ARINC 429 input from the CFDIU and an ARINC 429 output.
This system is thus capable of a two-way communication with the CFDIU
(Ref.31-32).
The radio-communication equipment receives the frequency data through
words from RMPs. These words have a structure and a refresh rate
defined in ARINC 429 characteristics specification.
On the output bus, each HF transceiver transmits the labels 356, 377.
This table contains all the output parameters in the digital form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
The followind table gives:
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI: (SDAC,FWC,DMC...) output label for which the
parameter is available
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
- WORD RANGE/OPER RANGE/RESOLUTION ACCURACY: measurement range.
Maximum value transmitted. When the digital value changes, the
change step is equal to the accuracy
- UNIT: unit in which the digital value is transmitted
- SIG BIT: indicates whether a sign bit is available
- BITS: number of bits used by the parameter in the label
- XMSN/INTV: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is given
in milliseconds
- CODE :
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.
R
EFF :
002-002, 202-249, 23-11-00
Page 19
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 356 |BITE | | | | | | | | |
| |STATUS | | | | | 100| BNR| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 377 |EQUIP | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | |1000| BCD| | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The equipment code of the HF transceiver is 019.
(2) Output Discretes
These Output discretes are the same for each HF circuit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME ELECTRICAL LEVEL TO SIGNAL STATUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
KEY EVENT GND/O.C. SDAC GND=EMISSION
PPT GND/O.C. HF COUPLER
& AMU GND=EMISSION
RECHANNEL PULSE 5V/O.C. HF COUPLER
TUNE POWER 28V/O.C. HF COUPLER
RELAY INTERLOCK 28V/O.C. HF CUOPLER
INTERLOCK EXITATION 28V/O.C. HF COUPLER
(3) Output Analog Signals
These Output Analog Signals are the same for each HF circuit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME ELECTRICAL LEVEL TO SIGNAL STATUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AUDIO SIDETONE OUTPUT MODULATION AMU
SELCAL OUTPUT MODULATION AMU
R
EFF :
002-002, 202-249, 23-11-00
Page 20
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 053-100, 251-251, 303-399,
A. Digital Outputs
The HF transceivers transmit labels 354, 356 and 357 to the CFDIU through
a type-1 ARINC 429 bus. This connection is capable of two-way
communication with the CFDIU (Ref. 31-32).
The equipement code of the HF transceiver is 019.
An ARINC 429 High-Speed (HS) output bus between the HF1 transceiver
(HFDR1) and the ATSU is used to transmit user data and control data.
Only the HF1 transceiver transmits the label 270.
Another output bus between the HF1 transceiver (HFDR1) and the MDDU is
used to load data.
The table below contains the characteristics of all these parameters:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |
| 172 |SAL MODE | | | | |1000| BCD| |
| | | | | | | | | |
| 270 |STATUS | | | | |1000|BOOL| |
| |MODE | | | | | |WORD| |
| | | | | | | | | |
| 354 |LRU IDENT | | | | |250 |ISO5| |
| | | | | | | | | |
| 356 |BITE | | | | | | | |
| |STATUS | | | | |250 |ISO5| |
| | | | | | | | | |
| 377 |EQUIP | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | |1000| BCD| |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
053-100, 251-251, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page 21
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 252-299,
A. Output Interface
(1) Digital Outputs
The connections with the CFDIU is a type 1 system. This type of
system has an ARINC 429 input from the CFDIU and an ARINC 429 output.
This system is thus capable of a two-way communication with the CFDIU
(Ref.31-32).
The radio-communication equipment receives the frequency data through
words from RMPs. These words have a structure and a refresh rate
defined in ARINC 429 characteristics specification.
On the output bus, each HF transceiver transmits labels 354, 356,
377.
This table contains all the output parameters in the digital form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
The following table gives:
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI: (SDAC,FWC,DMC...) output label for which the
parameter is available
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
- WORD RANGE/OPER RANGE/RESOLUTION ACCURACY: measurement range.
Maximum value transmitted. When the digital value changes, the
change step is equal to the accuracy
- UNIT: unit in which the digital value is transmitted
- SIG BIT: indicates whether a sign bit is available
- BITS: number of bits used by the parameter in the label
- XMSN/INTV: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is given
in milliseconds
- CODE :
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.
R
EFF :
252-299, 23-11-00
Page 22
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 354 |LRU IDENT | | | | | 50 | ISO| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 356 |BITE | | | | | | | | |
| |STATUS | | | | | 50 | ISO| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 377 |EQUIP | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | |1000| BCD| | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The equipment code of the HF transceiver is 019.
(2) Output Discretes
These output discretes are the same for each HF circuit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME ELECTRICAL LEVEL TO SIGNAL STATUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
KEY EVENT GND/O.C. SDAC GND=EMISSION
PPT GND/O.C. HF COUPLER
& AMU GND=EMISSION
RECHANNEL PULSE (1) 5V/O.C. HF COUPLER
TUNE POWER (1) 28V/O.C. HF COUPLEUR
RELAY INTERLOCK (1) 28V/O.C. HF COUPLEUR
INTERLOCK EXITATION (1) 28V/O.C. HF COUPLEUR
NOTE : (1) These discretes are not used in normal operation when the
____
coupler is controlled via RF-cable.
(3) Output Analog Signals
These Output Analog Signals are the same for each HF circuit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME ELECTRICAL LEVEL TO SIGNAL STATUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AUDIO SIDETONE OUTPUT MODULATION AMU
SELCAL OUTPUT MODULATION AMU
R
EFF :
252-299, 23-11-00
Page 23
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 301-302, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
A. Output Interface
(1) Digital Outputs
The connections with the CFDIU is a type 1 system. This type of
system has an ARINC 429 input from the CFDIU and an ARINC 429 output.
This system is thus capable of a two-way communication with the CFDIU
(Ref.31-32).
The radio-communication equipment receives the frequency data through
words from RMPs. These words have a structure and a refresh rate
defined in ARINC 429 characteristics specification.
On the output bus, each HF transceiver transmits the labels 354, 356,
377.
This table contains all the output parameters in the digital form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
The followind table gives:
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI: (SDAC,FWC,DMC...) output label for which the
parameter is available
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
- WORD RANGE/OPER RANGE/RESOLUTION ACCURACY: measurement range.
Maximum value transmitted. When the digital value changes, the
change step is equal to the accuracy
- UNIT: unit in which the digital value is transmitted
- SIG BIT: indicates whether a sign bit is available
- BITS: number of bits used by the parameter in the label
- XMSN/INTV: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is given
in milliseconds
- CODE :
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.
R
EFF :
901-901,
007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 301-302, 23-11-00
Page 24
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 354 |LRU IDENT | | | | | 50 | ISO| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 356 |BITE | | | | | | | | |
| |STATUS | | | | | 50 | ISO| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 377 |EQUIP | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | |1000| BCD| | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The equipment code of the HF transceiver is 019.
(2) Output Discretes
These Output discretes are the same for each HF circuit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME ELECTRICAL LEVEL TO SIGNAL STATUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
KEY EVENT GND/O.C. SDAC GND=EMISSION
PPT GND/O.C. HF COUPLER
& AMU GND=EMISSION
RECHANNEL PULSE 5V/O.C. HF COUPLER GND=RECHANNEL
TUNE POWER 28V/O.C. HF GND=COUPLER
TRANCEIVER TUNING
RELAY INTERLOCK 28V/O.C. HF 28V=KEY
TRANCEIVER ENABLED
(3) Output Analog Signals
These Output Analog Signals are the same for each HF circuit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME ELECTRICAL LEVEL TO SIGNAL STATUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AUDIO SIDETONE OUTPUT MODULATION AMU
SELCAL OUTPUT MODULATION AMU
R
EFF :
901-901,
007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 301-302, 23-11-00
Page 25
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 251-251,
B. Output Discretes
The HF circuits have the same output discretes, i.e:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME ELECTRICAL LEVEL TO SIGNAL STATUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
KEY EVENT GND/OC SDAC GND=EMISSION
RECHANNEL PULSE 5V/GND HF COUPLER GND=RECHANNEL
TUNE POWER 28V/GND HF GND= COUPLER
TRANSCEIVER TUNING
RELAY INTERLOCK 28V/OC HF 28V= KEY
TRANSCEIVER ENABLED
**ON A/C 053-100, 251-251, 303-399,
C. Output Analog Signals
The HF circuits have the same output analog signals, i.e:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME ELECTRICAL LEVEL TO SIGNAL STATUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AUDIO SIDETONE OUTPUT MODULATION AMU
SELCAL OUTPUT MODULATION AMU
ANTENNA OUTPUT MODULATION CPLR
R
EFF :
053-100, 251-251, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page 26
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
6. _____________________
Component Description
**ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 202-249, 301-302, 901-901,
A. HF Transceiver
(1) Description
The HF transceiver conforms to ARINC 600 specifications. The case
size is 6cu.m.
(a) HF transceiver face
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The transceiver features:
- two jacks (PHONE and MIC)
- a SQL/LAMP TEST pushbutton switch
- three red warning lights : LRU FAIL, KEY INTERLOCK, CONTROL
INPUT FAIL
- a transportation handle
- an identification plate.
(b) HF transceiver back
The back comprises three connectors to enable connection with:
- the automatic test circuits (Top Plug (TP))
- the antenna circuit and peripheral circuits (Middle Plug (MP))
- the power supply circuits (Bottom Plug (BP)).
(2) Characteristics
The HF transceiver complies with the standards defined in ARINC 719.
The transmission and reception of coded messages between the various
control units (CFDIU, RMP) comply with ARINC 429.
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 27
Nov 01/06
THY
HF Transceiver Face
Figure 006
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199,
202-249, 301-302, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 28
Nov 01/06
THY
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
23-11-00
Page 29
Nov 01/06
THY
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
23-11-00
Page 30
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 053-100, 303-399,
A. HF Transceiver
(1) Description
The HF transceiver conforms to ARINC 600 specifications. The case
size is 6cu.m.
(a) HF transceiver face
(Ref. Fig. 006A)
The transceiver features:
- Two jacks (PHONE and MIC)
- A TEST pushbutton switch
- A red/grenn warning light: LRU STATUS
- Two red warning lights : KEY INTERLOCK, CONTROL FAIL
- A transportation handle
- An identification plate.
(b) HF transceiver back
The back comprises three connectors to enable connection with:
- the automatic test circuits (Top Plug (TP))
- the antenna circuit and peripheral circuits (Middle Plug (MP))
- the power supply circuits (Bottom Plug (BP)).
(2) Characteristics
The HF transceiver complies with the standards defined in ARINC 719.
The transmission and reception of coded messages between the various
control units (CFDIU, RMP) comply with ARINC 429.
**ON A/C 251-299,
A. HF Transceiver
(1) Description
The HF transceiver conforms to ARINC 600 specifications. The case
size is 6MCU.
(a) HF transceiver face
(Ref. Fig. 006B)
R The face features:
R - A TEST pushbutton switch to manually trigger tests
R - LRU FAIL red indicator light:
R This light comes on when the continuous or manually triggered
R tests detect a malfunction in the transceiver and not in the
R inputs (discrete or ARINC 429 bus)
R
EFF :
053-100, 251-299, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page 31
Aug 01/06
THY
HF Transceiver Face
Figure 006A
R
EFF :
053-100, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page 32
Aug 01/06
THY
HF Transceiver Face
Figure 006B
R
EFF :
251-299, 23-11-00
Page 33
Aug 01/06
THY
R - COUPLER FAIL red indicator light:
R This light comes on when the HF transceiver detects a
R malfunction of the antenna coupler or Radio Frequency (RF) coax
R fault
R - EXTERNAL INPUT FAIL red indicator light:
R This light comes on when the HF transceiver detects a missing
R external input to the transceiver
R - A handle
R - An identification plate.
(b) HF transceiver back
R The back comprises two connectors including 3 plugs for:
R - connection with the automatic test circuits (Top Plug TP)
R - connection with the antenna circuit and peripheral circuits
R (Middle Plug MP)
R - connection with the power supply circuits (Bottom Plug BP).
The index PIN CODE 10 is used.
(2) Characteristics
The HF transceiver complies with the standards defined in ARINC 719
and 753.
The transmission and reception of coded messages between the various
control units (CFDIU, RMP) comply with ARINC 429.
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 202-249, 301-302, 901-901,
(3) Operation
**ON A/C 002-002, 202-249,
(Ref. Fig. 007)
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 301-302, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 007B)
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 202-249, 301-302, 901-901,
The transceiver consists of five functional units: frequency control
circuit, power supply, receiver-exciter, transmitter, synthesizer.
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199,
202-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 34
Aug 01/06
THY
Transceiver - Simplified Block Diagram
Figure 007
R
EFF :
002-002, 202-249, 23-11-00
Page 35
Aug 01/06
THY
Transceiver - Simplified Block Diagram
Figure 007A
R
EFF :
252-299, 23-11-00
Page 36
Aug 01/06
THY
Transceiver - Simplified Block Diagram
Figure 007B
R
EFF :
901-901,
007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 301-302, 23-11-00
Page 37
Aug 01/06
THY
(a) Frequency control provides:
- BCD (Binary coded decimal) frequency information to frequency
synthesizer
- frequency band information to the low-pass filter
- mode of operation to receiver-exciter
- rechannel detection signal to the antenna coupler.
A microcomputer decodes the ARINC 429 serial words.
The microcomputer controls the timing and distribution of the
decoded digits to the frequency synthesizer.
Frequency synthesizer generates 500 KHz, 69.3 MHz (USB) upper
side band, 70.3 MHz (LSB) lower side band and 71.8 to 99.7999 MHz
signals that are derived from 9.9 MHz frequency standard.
The receiver receives, amplifies and detects incoming AM and/or
USB/LSB signals from 2.0 to 29.9999 MHz.
The receiver enables reception of the audio data and SELCAL
modes.
The exciter section produces either USB/LSB or AM 2.0 to 29.9999
MHz signals.
The transmitter consists of a solid-state power amplifier with a
7-band low-pass filter.
The power amplifier amplifies the radio frequency input of 100 mW
nominal peak envelope power (pep) to a 400 W pep/125 W average
level.
A band-switched lows-pass filter filters the output of the power
amplifier.
**ON A/C 252-299,
(3) Operation
(Ref. Fig. 007A)
The unit is of modular design and consists of a receiver/exciter A1,
a power amplifier A3, a power supply A4, an EMC filter A7, a
motherboard A6, a controller voice A8, an interface 1 A9, a LED Board
A5 and an ON/ OFF module A15.
The 400 W HF transceiver XK 516 D1 is controlled via two ARINC 429
serial ports which are connected on the aircraft to the radio
management panel. the 400 W HF transceiver XK 516 D1 is configured
for control via ARINC words both with label 037 (old HF), and words
with label 205, 206, 207 (new HF).
The 400 W HF transceiver XK 516 D1 can be connected by means of two
further ARINC 429 ports (receive and transmit) to an on-board central
fault display system according to ARINC 604 or central maintenance
system . The transceiver automatically detects to which kind of
aircraft maintenance system it is connected.
The antenna coupler FK 516 (part of the 400 W HF radio XK 516 D) is
connected to the 400 W HF transceiver XK 516 D1 only by a coaxial
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199,
202-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 38
Aug 01/06
THY
cable. This coaxial cable carries the RF signal, the coupler power
supply (+28 V), control data for the coupler and acknowledgements and
BITE data from the coupler. The data transfer between the 400 W HF
transceiver XK 516 D1 and the antenna coupler FK 516 takes the form
of serial data telegrams via the inner conductor of the coaxial
cable.
In conjunction with antenna couplers of other manufacturers , the 400
W HF transceiver XK 516 D1 provides the necessary control signals in
this connection, such as rechannel pulse, tune power and interlock
excitation. the 400 W HF transceiver XK 516 D1 automatically
recognizes which coupler is connected (antenna coupler FK 516 or
other coupler).
(a) Not Applicable
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 202-249, 301-302, 901-901,
(b) Power supply
(Ref. Fig. 008)
The transceiver is supplied with three-phase 115VAC, 400 Hz
power.
One of the phases supplies the antenna coupler through the
transceiver.
The power supply generates filtered + 51VDC, together with four
voltages. These are provided from filtered 28VDC for the other
circuits and are + 20 V, + 10 V, + 5 V, - 12 V.
**ON A/C 002-002, 202-249,
(c) Receiver
(Ref. Fig. 009)
In receive mode, the antenna of the HF transceiver receives a
signal of a frequency comprised between 2 and 29.9999 MHz.
This signal is modulated in AM, USB or LSB mode.
The signal from the antenna coupler is transmitted through the
antenna relay to a bandpass filter. The filter covers the
frequency range from 2 to 30 MHz.
The filter output passes through a transformer to an attenuator.
The AGC (Automatic Gain Control) circuit and RF sensibility
circuit control the attenuator.
The signal is then amplified in a wideband amplifier and fed to a
first mixer.
This mixer receives a signal from the antenna (2 to 29.9999 MHz)
and a signal between 71.8 and 99.7999 MHz from the synthesizer.
A 69.8 MHz frequency signal is then obtained from the mixer.
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199,
202-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 39
Aug 01/06
THY
Transceiver Power Supply - Block Diagram
Figure 008
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199,
202-249, 301-302, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 40
Aug 01/06
THY
HF Transceiver - Receive Mode - Block Diagram
Figure 009
R
EFF :
002-002, 202-249, 23-11-00
Page 41
Aug 01/06
THY
This signal is filtered, amplified and fed to a second amplifier.
This second mixer also receives a 69.3 MHz signal in USB and AM
operation or 70.3 MHz in LSB operation. At the mixer output, a
second intermediate frequency of 500 KHz is obtained.
This 500 KHz signal is processed in two different ways depending
on the mode of operation, SSB or AM.
1
_ SSB mode
Whatever the signal received, USB or LSB, the 500 KHz signal
obtained from the transformation of the previous frequencies
is always a LSB signal.
This signal is filtered, amplified and then applied to a mixer
detector.
The mixer detector receives the LSB signal of 500 KHz and the
square wave signal of 500 KHz from the synthesizer. The output
is the detected audio signal.
This signal is amplified and fed to the AGC and AF input
circuit which receives signal from the AM and SSB channels.
The AF input circuit supplies the audio output and the DATA
output through a final amplifier controlled by a squelch
circuit.
2
_ AM mode
The 500 KHz signal from the second mixer is filtered and
amplified.
This amplified signal is transmitted to the AGC circuit and to
the AF circuits.
At audio output, the signal is fed to the AF input circuit
described above.
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 301-302, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
(c) Receiver
(Ref. Fig. 009A)
In receive mode, the antenna of the HF transceiver receives a
signal of a frequency comprised between 2 and 29.9999 MHz.
This signal is modulated in AM, USB or LSB mode.
The signal from the antenna coupler is transmitted through the
antenna relay to a bandpass filter. The filter covers the
frequency range from 2 to 30 MHz.
The filter output passes through a transformer to an attenuator.
The AGC (Automatic Gain Control) circuit and RF sensitivity
circuit control the attenuator.
The signal is then amplified in a wideband mixer and fed to a
first mixer.
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199,
202-249, 301-302, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 42
Aug 01/06
THY
HF Transceiver - Receive Mode - Block Diagram
Figure 009A
R
EFF :
901-901,
007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 301-302, 23-11-00
Page 43
Aug 01/06
THY
This mixer receives a signal from the antenna (2 to 29.9999 MHz)
and a signal between 71.8 and 99.7999 MHz from the synthesizer.
A 69.8 MHz frequency signal is then obtained from the mixer.
This signal is filtered, amplified and fed to a second amplifier.
This second mixer also receives a 69.3 MHz signal in USB and AM
operation or 70.3 MHz in LSB operation. At the mixer output, a
second intermediate frequency of 500 KHz is obtained.
This 500 KHz signal is processed in two different ways depending
on the mode of operation, SSB or AM.
1
_ SSB mode
Whatever the signal received, USB or LSB, the 500 KHz signal
obtained from the transformation of the previous frequencies
is always a LSB signal.
This signal is filtered, amplified and then applied to a mixer
detector.
The mixer detector receives the LSB signal of 500 KHz and the
square wave signal of 500 KHz from the synthesizer. The output
is the detected audio signal.
This signal is amplified and fed to the AGC and AF input
circuit which receives signal from the AM and SSB channels.
The AF input circuit supplies the audio output and the DATA
output through a final amplifier controlled by a squelch
circuit.
2
_ AM mode
The 500 KHz signal from the second mixer is filtered and
amplified.
This amplified signal is transmitted to the AGC circuit and to
the AF circuits.
At audio output, the signal is fed to the AF input circuit
described above.
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 202-249, 301-302, 901-901,
(d) Transmitter
**ON A/C 002-002, 202-249,
(Ref. Fig. 010)
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199,
202-249, 301-302, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 44
Aug 01/06
THY
HF Transceiver - Transmit Mode - Block Diagram
Figure 010
R
EFF :
002-002, 202-249, 23-11-00
Page 45
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 301-302, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 010A)
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 202-249, 301-302, 901-901,
The modulation signal (audio, data) is supplied to a compressor/
amplifier.
The audio signal is modulated into a modulator balanced by an
injection signal of 500 KHz from a frequency synthesizer.
The 500 KHz carrier is cancelled and the two sidebands only
remain at modulator output. A first amplifier amplifies the
signal. Then the signal is applied to a Lower Side Band (LSB)
mechanical filter.
The filter removes the Upper Side Band (USB).
The signal is then amplified in a second 500 KHz amplifier before
it is applied to a first mixer.
When transmitted in AM mode, the second 500 KHz amplifier
receives a 500 KHz carrier signal from the synthesizer.
The 500 KHz signal, with or without a carrier, is then mixed in a
mixer with a signal of 69.3 MHz in USB mode and a signal of 70.3
MHz in LSB mode.
These signals from the frequency synthesizer produce a signal of
69.8 MHz frequency by beating with the 500 KHz signal of the
lower band.
The 69.8 MHz frequency signal is fed to a second mixer through a
crystal filter.
Within the second mixer, the 69.8 MHz signal is mixed with a
frequency signal between 71.8 MHz and 99.7999 MHz from the
synthesizer.
The resulting signal is between 2 and 29.9999 MHz.
This output signal is amplified, then filtered.
An attenuator, controlled by an automatic load control (ALC)
system, maintains constant the signal output level.
This signal is then applied to a four-stage power amplifier which
raises the power to 400 W, peak-to-peak. The power amplifier
stage has protective circuits which provide instantaneous
reduction of the output power in the event of component overload
or overheating.
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199,
202-249, 301-302, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 46
Aug 01/06
THY
HF Transceiver - Transmit Mode - Block Diagram
Figure 010A
R
EFF :
901-901,
007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 301-302, 23-11-00
Page 47
Aug 01/06
THY
The signal is routed through seven filters which can be switched
in by a motor, according to the useful frequency. These filters
cover the frequency band from 2 to 29.999 MHz and remove the
harmonics of the useful frequency. The signal is then transmitted
to the antenna coupler and antenna through an antenna relay and
internal directional wattmeter.
Transmitted and reflected power measured by the wattmeter
generates a voltage.
The voltage is used for modulation control, automatic load
control (ALC) attenuator and power amplifier protection.
(e) Synthesizer
**ON A/C 002-002, 202-249,
(Ref. Fig. 011)
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 301-302, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 011A)
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 202-249, 301-302, 901-901,
The frequency synthesizer provides three frequency signals:
- a variable frequency sine wave between 71.8 and 99.7999 MHz
- a fixed frequency square wave of 500 KHz
- a USB 69.3 MHz sine wave or a LSB 70.3 MHz sine wave signal.
The signals are generated from a 9.9 MHz frequency standard.
1
_ 500 KHz signal
A 9.9 MHz crystal oscillator generates the 500 KHz signal. The
signal is then divided. A monitoring circuit compares the
signal from the crystal oscillator with the frequency standard
in order to obtain a great stability.
The 500 KHz signal is used in the balanced modulator and in
the mixer detector used in SSB reception.
2
_ 69.3 MHz (USB) and 70.3 MHz (LSB) signals
A 69.3 or 70.3 MHz voltage-controlled oscillator (VCO)
delivers two signals.
The signal is divided then compared with a 100 KHz signal
delivered by the frequency standard (9.9 MHz).
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199,
202-249, 301-302, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 48
Aug 01/06
THY
HF Transceiver - Frequency Synthesizer - Block Diagram
Figure 011
R
EFF :
002-002, 202-249, 23-11-00
Page 49
Aug 01/06
THY
HF Transceiver - Frequency Synthesizer Block Diagram
Figure 011A
R
EFF :
901-901,
007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 301-302, 23-11-00
Page 50
Aug 01/06
THY
These frequencies are used in a mixer to produce an
intermediate frequency of 69.8 MHz in transmission or a 500
KHz signal in reception.
3
_ 71.8 to 99.7999 MHz signal
Two phase-locked loops produce this signal which is used as a
local oscillator. With this system, the local oscillator loop
output is mixed with the output signal of the other loop
oscillator in order to ensure frequency accuracy.
These two loops utilize reference signals of 9.9 KHz and 10
KHz from the frequency standard.
(f) ARINC 429 message decoder selection
(Ref. Fig. 012)
The RMP controls the various operations which are transmitted to
the transceiver by a numeric message in compliance with ARINC
429.
This message can be received by the port A or the port B of the
transceiver. The RMP performs the selection by a discrete.
The message can be made up of one word of 32 Bits or two words of
32 bits for the 100 Hz channel spacings or CW mode.
A microprocessor performs the decoding of the frequency and mode
(AM or USB).
The microprocessor checks the message from the RMP and controls
the system operation.
In case of failure, it controls the illumination of the lights
located on the face and/or acts on the transmitter.
(g) Test
Correct operation of the transceiver can be checked by means of
the various lights on its face.
1
_ LRU FAIL red light (LED)
LRU FAIL red light comes on in the event of a transceiver
warning such as:
- output power drop
- microprocessor failure
- synthesizer failure.
2
_ KEY INTERLOCK red light (LED)
KEY INTERLOCK red light comes on when a failure is detected in
antenna circuit, such as:
- coupler failure
- excessive tuning time
- excessive antenna reactance.
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199,
202-249, 301-302, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 51
Aug 01/06
THY
HF Transceiver - Serial Frequency Control
Figure 012
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199,
202-249, 301-302, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 52
Aug 01/06
THY
3
_ CONTROL INPUT FAIL red light (LED)
CONTROL INPUT FAIL red light comes on when there are serial
message faults such as:
- abscence of label
- insufficient refresh rate
- message not valid.
4
_ SQL/LAMP TEST pushbutton switch
When pressing the SQL/LAMP TEST pushbutton switch, all the
lights come on, the squelch is disabled and causes background
noise to be heard in the headset.
**ON A/C 252-299,
(g) Test
Correct operation of the transceiver and the associated couple
can be checked by means of the BITE (See Para. 8).
A summary of the result is displayed on the three LEDs on front
of the transceiver.
1
_ LRU FAIL red light (LED)
Failure within transceiver.
2
_ COUPLER FAIL red light (LED)
COUPLER FAIL red light comes on when a failure is detected in
antenna circuit, such as:
- coupler failure
- excessive tuning time
- excessive antenna reactance
- lock of system due to PTT activation of neighbour system in
dual system installation.
3
_ CONTROL INPUT FAIL red light (LED)
CONTROL INPUT FAIL red light comes on when there are serial
message faults on the frequency control inputs such as:
- absence of label
- insufficient refresh rate
- message not valid.
4
_ TEST pushbutton switch
When pressing the TEST pushbutton switch, all the lights come
on and the Built- in Test is started. Result of the test is
displayed on the LEDs and available in the BITE system (Ref.
Para. 8).
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199,
202-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 53
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 002-002, 202-249,
B. HF Antenna Coupler
(1) Description
The antenna coupler enables matching of the aircraft HF shunt-type
antenna with the output circuit (50 ohms) of the HF transceiver.
The coupler is a pressurized sealed box.
(a) The face features:
(Ref. Fig. 013)
- a connector J1 for connection with the transmitter
- a coaxial connector J2 to connect the coaxial cable from the
transmitter
- a connector J3 for test equipment connection
- a pressurizing valve
- a fault warning light
- a handle
- an identification plate.
(b) The back carries:
- a connector providing connection between the coupler and the
antenna.
**ON A/C 053-100, 303-399,
B. HF Antenna Coupler
(1) Description
The antenna coupler enables matching of the aircraft HF shunt-type
antenna with the output circuit (50 ohms) of the HF transceiver.
The coupler is a pressurized sealed box.
(a) The face features:
(Ref. Fig. 013A)
- a connector J1 for connection with the transmitter
- a coaxial connector J2 to connect the coaxial cable from the
transmitter
- a pressurizing valve
- a handle
- an identification plate.
(b) The back carries:
- a connector providing connection between the coupler and the
antenna.
R
EFF :
002-002, 053-100, 202-249, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page 54
Aug 01/06
THY
HF Antenna Coupler
Figure 013
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199,
202-249, 301-302, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 55
Aug 01/06
THY
HF Antenna Coupler
Figure 013A
R
EFF :
053-100, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page 56
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 251-251,
B. HF Antenna Coupler
(1) Description
The antenna coupler enables matching of the aircraft HF shunt-type
antenna with the output circuit (50 ohms) of the HF transceiver.
The coupler is a pressurized sealed box.
(a) The face features:
(Ref. Fig. 013B)
- an antenna connector,
- a coaxial N-type male connector for RF, control and DC inputs
R from the transceiver,
- a control cable connector (26-contacts) for interlock functions
R with another FK 516 antenna coupler, test functions and 115 V
R power supply and control functions from the tranceiver.
(b) Not Applicable
**ON A/C 252-299,
B. HF Antenna Coupler
(Ref. Fig. 013B)
(1) Description
Antenna Coupler FK 516 transforms the antenna impedance automatically
into the 50 ohms output impedance of 400 W HF Transceiver XK 516 D1.
Throughout the specified frequency range, the unit is able to tune
grounded rod antennas as well as grounded wire antennas to a VSWR of
typical not more than 1.3:1.
Antenna Coupler FK 516 can be used in a single or dual system. In
this system one antenna is operating with two transceivers. While one
Antenna Coupler FK 516 is tuning or in the transmit mode, the other
Antenna Coupler FK 516 is interlocked.
Antenna Coupler FK 516 is a hermetically sealed unit pressurized with
50 kPa (overpressure: 150 kPa absolute). The unit is provided with
three connectors for external connections:
- Antenna connector
- Coaxial N-type male connector for RF, control and DC inputs from
400 W HF Transceiver XK 516 D1.
- Chassis connector (26-contacts) for interlock functions with
another Antenna Coupler FK 516, test functions and 115-V Power
Supply.
R
EFF :
251-299, 23-11-00
Page 57
Aug 01/06
THY
HF Antenna Coupler
Figure 013B
R
EFF :
251-299, 23-11-00
Page 58
Aug 01/06
THY
The unit is of modular design and consists of RF Unit A1 with Test
Board A11, Modem A2, Directional Coupler A5, Tuning Control A3,
Relay Board A4, Isolation Amplifier A6 and Power Board A7.
Only one RF cable is required for the electrical connection of 400
W HF Transceiver XK 516 D1 and antenna coupler FK 516. This cable
is used for the transfer of the RF transmitter and receiver
signals, the antenna coupler FK 516 supply voltage and the antenna
coupler FK 516 control information.
Also possible is an additional ARINC 719 wiring. But in conjunction
with the R&S 400 W HF Transceiver XK 516 D1 only the 115 V supply
voltage is used.
No controls or indicators are located on Antenna Coupler FK 516.
All settings and status messages are transferred via the RF cable
in the form of serial telegrams from 400 W HF Transceiver XK 516
D1, or via test interface X42 in the case of test operation. At
both interfaces the transfer takes the form of ASCII telegrams
which can be generated or displayed and evaluated by means of a
suitable terminal or PC with terminal program for both interfaces.
Antenna Coupler FK 516 provides up to 1500 presettable intelligent
RF channels (learn mode). If a known frequency is called up,
Antenna Coupler FK 516 locks in to the frequency within 20 ms. A
new frequency is locked and learned within 1 s (typical value : < 7
s maximum).
(a) Not Applicable
(b) Not Applicable
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 301-302, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
B. HF Antenna Coupler
(1) Description
The antenna coupler enables matching of the aircraft HF shunt-type
antenna with the output circuit (50 ohms) of the HF transceiver.
The coupler is a pressurized sealed box.
(a) The face features:
(Ref. Fig. 013)
- a connector J1 for connection with the transmitter
- a coaxial connector J2 to connect the coaxial cable from the
transmitter
- a connector J3 for test equipment connection
- a pressurizing valve
- a handle
R
EFF : 007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 59
Aug 01/06
THY
- an identification plate.
(b) The back carries:
- a connector providing connection between the coupler and the
antenna.
**ON A/C 252-299,
(2) Operation
(Ref. Fig. 014)
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 301-399, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
(2) Operation
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 202-249, 301-302, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 014A)
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 301-302, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 015)
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 202-249, 301-302, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 016, 017, 018)
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 202-249, 301-302, 901-901,
The coupler is tuned in six sequences: start, reception/standby, tune
A, tune B, tune C and operational position.
A sequence counter controls the six sequences.
The counter starts the next sequence only when all the conditions
related to the previous one are satisfied. If a failure is detected
during the tuning phase, tuning is stopped.
The tuning phase is initiated at HF system energization or when a new
frequency is selected. The tune control line is then grounded.
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
252-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 60
Aug 01/06
THY
HF Antenna Coupler Operation - Block Diagram
Figure 014
R
EFF :
252-299, 23-11-00
Page 61
Aug 01/06
THY
HF Antenna Coupler Operation - Block Diagram
Figure 014A
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199,
202-249, 301-302, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 62
Aug 01/06
THY
HF Antenna Coupler - Flow Diagram (Sheet 1/3)
Figure 015
R
EFF :
901-901,
007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 301-302, 23-11-00
Page 63
Aug 01/06
THY
HF Antenna Coupler - Flow Diagram (Sheet 1/3)
Figure 016
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199,
202-249, 301-302, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 64
Aug 01/06
THY
HF Antenna Coupler - Flow Diagram (Sheet 2/3)
Figure 017
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199,
202-249, 301-302, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 65
Aug 01/06
THY
HF Antenna Coupler - Flow Diagram (Sheet 3/3)
Figure 018
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199,
202-249, 301-302, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 66
Aug 01/06
THY
Servomotors controlled by servo-amplifiers place the tuning elements
in start position.
(a) Start sequence
In this sequence capacitors C2, C3 and inductor L2 are positioned
so that they present minimum impedance to signals.
In addition, switch S4 disconnects inductor L2 from the circuit.
When all these conditions are satisfied, a pulse is applied to
the sequence counter. The system is forced to the
reception/standby phase.
(b) Reception/standby sequence
In this position, the coupler is in reception condition and ready
for a tuning cycle.
PTT control grounding causes interlocking of couplers (case of
dual system). A pulse is applied to the sequence counter and the
system is forced to the next tuning sequence: tune A.
(c) Tune A sequence
The purpose of tune A is to adjust the antenna circuits so that
HF signal current and voltage are in phase.
To this end, after detection, a discriminator delivers an error
signal proportional to the phase difference during 50 ms. The
polarity of this signal determines the elements required to
achieve tuning.
Two cases may arise:
1
_ Positive error signal
The antenna circuit impedance is inductive and is below the
parallel resonance. The error signal is brought to zero by
acting on capacitor C3.
2
_ Negative or null error voltage
Two cases may arise:
- the antenna circuit impedance is above the parallel
resonance (high band):
The error signal is brought to a positive value through
variation of inductance L2 and brought to a null value by
capacitor C3.
- the antenna circuit impedance is below the parallel
resonance (low band):
The error signal is brought to a positive value through
variation of capacitor C2 and then to a null value by
capacitor C3.
When the phase error signal is brought to a null value, the
sequence counter controls change to the next sequence: tune B.
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199,
202-249, 301-302, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 67
Aug 01/06
THY
(d) Tune B sequence
The purpose of tune B is to match the antenna load with the
transmitter output circuits.
To this end, a load discriminator compares the HF current and
voltage.
This comparison gives an error voltage proportional to the
difference between the HF circuit impedance and an impedance of
50 ohms.
Two cases may arise:
1
_ Load lower than 50 ohms (negative). It is not necessary to
modify the tuning circuits: the sequence counter circuit
controls change to the next sequence, i.e. tune C.
2
_ Load equal or greater than 50 ohms (positive)
Two cases may arise:
- inductor L2 is used in the tune A sequence. This inductance
is re-used to decrease the reflected power below a preset
level
- inductor L2 is not re-used to achieve tune A sequence.
It is brought to its maximum inductance. As this tuning
modifies phase tuning, capacitor C3 must be re-adjusted.
When the phase error voltage is null:
. if the load error voltage is negative the next sequence
starts,
. otherwise inductor L2 is adjusted to decrease reflected
power to a preset level.
When reflected power is decreased, the sequence counter
starts the next sequence i.e. tune C.
(e) Tune C sequence
The purpose of the tune C is to complete previous adjustments and
obtain a VSWR (voltage standing-wave ratio) lower than 1.3.
In this sequence, capacitor C3 is adjusted to maintain
voltage-current phase shift to zero. Capacitor C2 and/or inductor
L2 are tuned to bring reflected power below a preset level.
If inductor L2 has not been used in tune A and B:
- capacitor C2 is adjusted until the reflected power value
decreases below a preset level corresponding to a VSWR lower
than 1.3
If inductor L2 has been used in tune A or B:
- inductor L2 is adjusted again so that VSWR goes below a preset
level.
If adjustment is impossible and if inductor L2 is at maximum
inductance:
- capacitor C2 is tuned again until VSWR is lower than 1.3.
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199,
202-249, 301-302, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 68
Aug 01/06
THY
When a VSWR lower than 1.3 is obtained, the sequence counter
controls start of the next sequence i.e. operational position.
(f) Operational position
In this sequence, the tuning control line is disconnected from
ground.
The antenna coupler can operate.
If a new frequency is selected:
- the antenna coupler goes back to the start sequence and the
tuning cycle starts again.
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 301-399, 901-901,
(3) Fault indications
Fault information of the coupler can be transmitted by discretes to
the HF transceiver.
In this case, the HF transceiver will take these items of information
into account and will transmit them to the CFDIU.
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
7. Operation
_________
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 202-249, 301-302, 901-901,
A. Receive Function
The HF audio integrating signals transmitted by the stations are
picked-up by the antenna and transmitted to the antenna coupler.
The coupler adapts the impedance between the antenna and HF transceiver.
The signal from the HF coupler is transmitted to the HF transceiver by a
coaxial cable.
The HF transceiver, tuned on the selected frequency by one of the RMP,
demodulates HF signals into AF signals.
The AF signals are transmitted via the AMU, to the audio equipment or
SELCAL system.
B. Transmit Function
The AF signals from the microphones are transmitted to the HF transceiver
through the AMU.
The HF transceiver tuned on the frequency selected by one of the RMP,
transforms the AF signals into HF modulated signals.
The HF signals are fed to the antenna by the coaxial cable and antenna
coupler.
They are then transmitted to the various stations.
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 69
Aug 01/06
THY
A connection between the HF transceiver and the SDAC enables to record
the use of the HF system in transmit mode.
The connection is obtained through the PTT switch.
**ON A/C 053-100, 251-251, 303-399,
A. Receive Function
The HF audio integrating signals transmitted by the stations are
R picked-up by the antenna and transmitted to the antenna coupler. The
R coupler adapts the impedance between the antenna and the HF transceiver.
R The signal from the HF coupler is transmitted to the HF transceiver by a
R coaxial cable.
R
In voice mode, the HF transceiver, tuned to the selected frequency by one
RMP, demodulates HF signals into AF signals.
The AF signals are transmitted via the AMU, to the audio equipment or
SELCAL system.
R
In data mode, the HF1 transceiver, tuned to the auto-selected frequency,
demodulates the HF1 received signals into digital information, which is
transmitted to the ATSU (through ARINC 429 HS bus).
B. Transmit Function
Before transmissions, the HF transceiver has to be tuned to the new
frequency selected by one RMP. This tuning consists in activating the PTT
switch, a 1000 Hz signal is heard during several seconds. The new antenna
R coupler is now able to reduce the tuning duration thanks to a learning
R mode which memorizes several last tuned frequencies.
R
In voice mode, the AF signals from the microphones are transmitted to the
HF transceiver through the AMU.
The HF transceiver tuned to the frequency selected by one RMP, transforms
R the AF signals into HF modulated signals. The HF signals are fed to the
R antenna by the coaxial cable and antenna coupler. They are then
R transmitted to the various stations.
A connection between the HF transceiver and the SDAC enables to record
R the use of the HF system in transmit mode. The connection is obtained
R through the KEY EVENT output information of the HF transceiver.
R
In data mode, the digital information is transmitted from the ATSU to the
HF1 transceiver (tuned to the frequency auto-selected and transmitted to
the transceiver through ARINC 429 HS bus) which modulates it.
The HF signals are fed to the antenna by a coaxial cable. They are then
transmitted to the various stations.
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-251, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 70
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 252-299,
A. Receive Function
The HF audio modulated signals transmitted by the stations are picked-up
by the antenna and transmitted to the antenna coupler.
The coupler adapts the impedance between the antenna and the HF
transceiver.
The signal from the HF coupler is transmitted to the HF transceiver by a
coaxial cable.
The HF transceiver, tuned on the selected frequency by one of the RMP,
demodulates HF signals into AF signals.
The AF signals are transmitted via the AMU, to the audio equipment or
SELCAL system.
B. Transmit Function
The AF signals from the microphones are transmitted to the HF transceiver
through the AMU.
The HF transceiver tuned on the frequency selected by one of the RMP,
transforms the AF signals into HF modulated signals.
The HF signals are fed to the antenna by the coaxial cable and antenna
coupler.
They are then transmitted to the various stations.
A connection between the HF transceiver and the SDAC enables to record
the use of the HF system in transmit mode.
The connection is obtained through the KEY EVENT output information of
the HF transceiver.
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 202-249, 252-299, 301-302,
R 901-901,
C. Indication of Transmission Out of Frequency Range
The HF system is designed to operate within the frequency range from 2.8
to 23.999 MHz.
However, the RMP enables frequency display in the 2 to 29.999 MHz range.
If the out-of-range values of the HF transceiver are displayed on the
RMP, the operating anomaly is indicated as follows:
- at first activation of the PTT switch: a 1000 Hz audio signal is
triggered
- interruption of the signal after 15 s approximately
- triggering of the signal at each attempt to transmit.
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199,
202-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 71
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 053-100, 251-251, 303-399,
C. HF Data Link ground network
One service provider (ARINC) proposes the HFDL ground network with a
worldwide coverage including polar areas. Its ground stations cover a
radius if approximately 3,000 miles and may cover more than one service
region. The continuous communications are offered thanks to overlapping
coverage with a total of about 13 ground stations fielded worldwide and
with several frequencies for each of them.
R
EFF :
053-100, 251-251, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page 72
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
8. Test
____
**ON A/C 002-002, 202-249,
A. Built-In Test Equipment (BITE)
The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft.
The BITE detects and determines a failure related to the HF system.
The BITE of the HF transceiver is connected to the Centralized Fault
Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) (Ref. ATA 31-32).
The BITE:
- transmits permanently HF system status and its identification message
to the CFDIU
- memorizes the failures occurred during the last 63 flight segments
- monitors data input from the various peripherals (RMP and CFDIU)
- transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and self-tests
- can communicate with the CFDIU by the menus.
B. General Operation
The BITE may operate in two modes:
- the normal mode
- the menu mode.
(1) The normal mode
During the normal mode the BITE monitors cyclically the status of the
HF system. It transmits its information to the CFDIU during the
flight concerned.
In case of fault detection the BITE stores the information in the
fault memories.
These items of information are transmitted to the CFDIU every 100 ms
by an ARINC 429 message with label 356.
(2) The menu mode
The menu mode can only be activated on the ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the HF
transceiver BITE.
This is by means of the MCDU.
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The HF transceiver menu mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
- LRU IDENTIFICATION
- CURRENT STATUS.
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 73
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 053-100, 303-399,
A. CFDS Interface
(Ref. Fig. 019)
(1) System description - Architecture
The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft.
The BITE detects and determines a failure related to the HF system.
The BITE of the HF transceiver is connected to the CFDIU (Ref. ATA
31-32).
The units tested are the transceiver and the coupler.
The BITE:
- transmits permanently HF system status and its identification
message to the CFDIU.
- memorizes the failures occurred during the last 63 flight segments,
- monitors data input from the various peripherals (RMP, CFDIU and
ATSU),
- transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and
self-tests,
- can communicate with the CFDIU by the menus.
The BITE may operate in two modes:
- the normal mode,
- the interactive mode.
(a) Normal mode
R In normal mode the BITE monitors cyclically the status of the HF
R system. It transmits its information to the CFDIU during the
flight concerned.
R In case of fault detection, the BITE stores the information in
R the fault memories.
These items of information are transmitted to the CFDIU every 250
ms maximum by an ARINC 429 message with label 356.
(b) Interactive mode
The interactive mode can only be activated on the ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the HF
transceiver BITE.
This is by means of the MCDU.
The HF transceiver interactive mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
- LRU IDENTIFICATION
- TEST
- CLASS 3 FAULTS
- GROUND REPORT
- TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
EFF :
053-100, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page 74
Aug 01/06
THY
HF System - BITE Monitoring
Figure 019
R
EFF :
053-100, 251-251, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page 75
Aug 01/06
THY
- GROUND SCANNING
(2) Reporting function description
- The tables below give the list of internal/external failures.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | COCKPIT EFFECT | |CONSEQUENCE| MAINTENANCE |
| INTERNAL |----------------|DETECTION|ON THE |-------------------------|
| FAILURES | LOCAL |ECAM|LVL| |SYSTEM |CLASS|MESSAGE |RECOMMEN- |
| | | | | | | |LABEL356|DED ACTION|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| HF XCVR | | | |Permanent|Loss of the| 1 |23-11-33| Replace |
| FAULT | | | |Moni- |considered | | HFx | HF |
|-Voltage / | | | |toring + | HF System | | (3REx) | XCVR |
|Supply | | | |Moni- | | |(x=1or2)| |
|Voltage out | | | |toring | | | | |
|of range | | | |during | | | | |
|-Power sup- | | | |xmsn | | | | |
|ply too high| | | | | | | | |
|-Loss of syn| | | | | | | | |
|thesizer lock | | | | | | | |
|-RF transmit| | | | | | | | |
|too low | | | | | | | | |
|-Amplifier | | | | | | | | |
|too low or | | | | | | | | |
|too high | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| HF XCVR | | | |Permanent|Loss of the| 1 |23-11-33| Check: |
| FAULT | | | |Moni- |considered | | HFx |- HF XCVR |
|-Freq ctl | | | |toring + | HF System | | (3REx)/|- HF |
|microproce- | | | |Moni- | | | COAX | coaxial |
|ssor failure| | | |toring | | |(x=1or2)| cable |
|-Loss of | | | |during | | | | |
R |synthesizer | | | |xmsn | | | | |
R |lock | | | | | | | | |
|-RF transmit| | | | | | | | |
|too low | | | | | | | | |
|(<30W) in | | | | | | | | |
|AM Mode | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|COUPLER | | | |Permanent|Loss of the| 1 |23-11-33|Check: |
|FAULT | | | |Moni- |considered | |HFx CPLR|-HF XCVR |
|-Failure to | | | |toring + |HF System | |(4REx)/ |-HF CPLR |
|tune within | | | |Moni- | | |FEEDER |-HFcoaxial|
|15s with RF | | | |toring | | |(6REx)/ | cable |
|applied | | | |during | | |ANTENNA |-HF feeder|
|-Failure of | | | |xmsn | | |(5RE) |-HF ant |
EFF :
053-100, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page 76
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | COCKPIT EFFECT | |CONSEQUENCE| MAINTENANCE |
| INTERNAL |----------------|DETECTION|ON THE |-------------------------|
| FAILURES | LOCAL |ECAM|LVL| |SYSTEM |CLASS|MESSAGE |RECOMMEN- |
| | | | | | | |LABEL356|DED ACTION|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|tuning | | | | | | |(x=1or2)| |
|elements | | | | | | | | |
|to home | | | | | | | | |
|within 15s | | | | | | | | |
|-Occurrence | | | | | | | | |
|of an Arc | | | | | | | | |
|-Pressure | | | | | | | | |
|fault | | | | | | | | |
|-Failure to | | | | | | | | |
|tune due to | | | | | | | | |
|insufficient| | | | | | | | |
|RF power | | | | | | | | |
|from XCVR | | | | | | | | |
|(link with | | | | | | | | |
|an HF XCVR | | | | | | | | |
|fault) | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|COUPLER | | | |Permanent|Loss of the| 1 |23-11-33|Check: |
|-Failure to | | | |Moni- |considered | |CPLR |-HF CPLR |
|tune within | | | |toring + |HF system | |(4REx) | |
|15s with RF | | | |Moni- | | |(x=1or2)| |
|applied | | | |toring | | | | |
| | | | |during | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|ICAO ADRESS | | | |Power up |Missing or | 1 |23-11-00|Check: |
| | | | | |invalid | |ICAO |-ICAO |
| | | | | |ICAO adress| |ADRESS/ |adress |
| | | | | |input | |HFx | |
| | | | | |detected | |(3REx) | |
| | | | | |during | |(x=1or2)| |
| | | | | |power up | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
053-100, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page 77
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | COCKPIT EFFECT | |CONSEQUENCE| MAINTENANCE |
| EXTERNAL |----------------|DETECTION|ON THE |-------------------------|
| FAILURES | LOCAL |ECAM|LVL| |SYSTEM |CLASS|MESSAGE |RECOMMEN- |
| | | | | | | |LABEL356|DED ACTION|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FAULT | | | |Permanent| HF XCVR | 1 |23-81-13|Check: |
| DETECTED | | | |Moni- |remains | |RMP1/2/3|-RMP Sys |
| ON THE | | | |toring |tuned on | |(1RG1/2/|-Tuning |
|DGTL SERIAL | | | | |the last | |3)/HFx |buses and |
|TUNING BUS | | | | |valid Freq | | (3REx) |associated|
|-Label 037 | | | | | | | |connectors|
|missing for | | | | | | |(x=1or2)| |
|more than | | | | | | | | |
|10 s | | | | | | | | |
|-SSM of | | | | | | | | |
|label 037 | | | | | | | | |
|NCD | | | | | | | | |
|-Correct SDI| | | | | | | | |
|never | | | | | | | | |
|received | | | | | | | | |
|-Incorrect | | | | | | | | |
| parity | | | | | | | | |
|-Frequency | | | | | | | | |
|out of range| | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|CFDIU FAULT | | | |Permanent|No exchange| 3 |31-32-34|Check: |
|-Label 227 | | | |Moni- |with CFDIU | | CFDIU |-CFDIU |
|missing for | | | |toring |for HF | |(1TW)/ |-Buses and|
|more than | | | | |BITE Info | | /HFx |associated|
|10s | | | | |No access | | (3REx) |connectors|
| | | | | |to the MENU| | | |
| | | | | |MODE of the| |(x=1or2)| |
| | | | | | HF XCVR | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|LGCIU FAULT | | | |Permanent|Loss of | 3 |32-31-71| |
| | | | |Moni- |LGCIU/HF | | | |
| | | | |toring |connection | | | |
| | | | |when | | |LGCIUx | |
| | | | |inconsis | | |(5Gax)/ | |
| | | | |tency bet| | |HFx | |
| | | | |ween air/| | |(3REx) | |
| | | | |ground | | |(x=1or2)| |
| | | | |infor | | | | |
| | | | |mation | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|ATSU FAULT | | | |Permanent|Loss of | 3 |46-21-34| |
R
EFF :
053-100, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page 78
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | COCKPIT EFFECT | |CONSEQUENCE| MAINTENANCE |
| EXTERNAL |----------------|DETECTION|ON THE |-------------------------|
| FAILURES | LOCAL |ECAM|LVL| |SYSTEM |CLASS|MESSAGE |RECOMMEN- |
| | | | | | | |LABEL356|DED ACTION|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|- Label 270 | | | |Moni- |ATSU/HF | |ATSU1 | |
|missing for | | | |toring |connection | |(1TX1)/ | |
|more than | | | | | | |HFx | |
|10s | | | | | | |(3REx) | |
| | | | | | | |(x=1or2)| |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Not Applicable
**ON A/C 251-251,
A. CFDS Interface
(Ref. Fig. 019)
(1) System description - Architecture
The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft.
The BITE detects and determines a failure related to the HF system.
The BITE of the HF transceiver is connected to the CFDIU (Ref. ATA
31-32).
The units tested are the transceiver and the coupler.
The BITE:
R - Transmits permanently HF system status and its identification
R message to the CFDIU
R - Memorizes the failures occurred during the last 63 flight segments
R - Monitors data input from the various peripherals (RMP, CFDIU and
R ATSU)
R - Transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and
R self-tests
R - Can communicate with the CFDIU by the menus.
The BITE may operate in two modes:
R - The normal mode
R - The interactive mode.
(a) Normal mode
R In normal mode the BITE monitors cyclically the status of the HF
R system. It transmits its information to the CFDIU during the
flight concerned.
R In case of fault detection, the BITE stores the information in
R the fault memories.
R
EFF :
053-100, 251-251, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page 79
Aug 01/06
THY
These items of information are transmitted to the CFDIU every 250
ms maximum by an ARINC 429 message with label 356.
(b) Interactive mode
The interactive mode can only be activated on the ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the HF
transceiver BITE.
This is by means of the MCDU.
The HF transceiver interactive mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
- LRU IDENTIFICATION
- TEST
- CLASS 3 FAULTS
- TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
(2) Reporting function description
- The tables below give the list of internal/external failures.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | COCKPIT EFFECT | |CONSEQUENCE| MAINTENANCE |
| INTERNAL |----------------|DETECTION|ON THE |-------------------------|
| FAILURES | LOCAL |ECAM|LVL| |SYSTEM |CLASS|MESSAGE |RECOMMEN- |
| | | | | | | |LABEL356|DED ACTION|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| HF XCVR | | | |Permanent|Loss of the| 1 |23-11-33| Replace |
| FAULT | | | |Moni- |considered | | HFx | HF |
|-Voltage / | | | |toring + | HF System | | (3REx) | XCVR |
|Supply | | | |Moni- | | |(x=1or2)| |
|Voltage out | | | |toring | | | | |
|of range | | | |during | | | | |
|-Power sup- | | | |xmsn | | | | |
|ply too high| | | | | | | | |
|-Loss of syn| | | | | | | | |
|thesizer lock | | | | | | | |
|-RF transmit| | | | | | | | |
|too low | | | | | | | | |
|-Amplifier | | | | | | | | |
|too low or | | | | | | | | |
|too high | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| HF XCVR | | | |Permanent|Loss of the| 1 |23-11-33| Check: |
| FAULT | | | |Moni- |considered | | HFx |- HF XCVR |
|-Freq ctl | | | |toring + | HF System | | (3REx)/|- HF |
|microproce- | | | |Moni- | | | COAX | coaxial |
|ssor failure| | | |toring | | |(x=1or2)| cable |
|-Loss of | | | |during | | | | |
EFF :
251-251, 23-11-00
Page 80
Aug 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | COCKPIT EFFECT | |CONSEQUENCE| MAINTENANCE |
| INTERNAL |----------------|DETECTION|ON THE |-------------------------|
| FAILURES | LOCAL |ECAM|LVL| |SYSTEM |CLASS|MESSAGE |RECOMMEN- |
| | | | | | | |LABEL356|DED ACTION|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |synthesizer | | | |xmsn | | | | |
R |lock | | | | | | | | |
|-RF transmit| | | | | | | | |
|too low | | | | | | | | |
|(<30W) in | | | | | | | | |
|AM Mode | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|COUPLER | | | |Permanent|Loss of the| 1 |23-11-33|Check: |
|FAULT | | | |Moni- |considered | | HFx |-HF XCVR |
R |-Failure to | | | |toring + |HF System | |CPLR |-HF CPLR |
R |tune within | | | |Moni- | | |(4REx)/ |-HFcoaxial|
R |15s with RF | | | |toring | | |FEEDER | cable |
R |applied | | | |during | | |(6REx)/ |-HF feeder|
R |-Failure of | | | |xmsn | | |ANTENNA |-HF ant |
R |tuning | | | | | | |(5RE) | |
|elements | | | | | | | | |
|to home | | | | | | |(x=1or2)| |
|within 15s | | | | | | | | |
|-Occurrence | | | | | | | | |
|of an Arc | | | | | | | | |
|-Pressure | | | | | | | | |
|fault | | | | | | | | |
|-Failure to | | | | | | | | |
|tune due to | | | | | | | | |
|insufficient| | | | | | | | |
|RF power | | | | | | | | |
|from XCVR | | | | | | | | |
|(link with | | | | | | | | |
|an HF XCVR | | | | | | | | |
|fault) | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-11-00
Page 81
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | COCKPIT EFFECT | |CONSEQUENCE| MAINTENANCE |
| EXTERNAL |----------------|DETECTION|ON THE |-------------------------|
| FAILURES | LOCAL |ECAM|LVL| |SYSTEM |CLASS|MESSAGE |RECOMMEN- |
| | | | | | | |LABEL356|DED ACTION|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | FAULT | | | |Permanent| HF XCVR | 1 |23-13-13|Check: |
| DETECTED | | | |Moni- |remains | |RMP1/2/3|-RMP Sys |
| ON THE | | | |toring |tuned on | |(1RG1/2/|-Tuning |
|DGTL SERIAL | | | | |the last | |3)/HFx |buses and |
|TUNING BUS | | | | |valid Freq | | (3REx) |associated|
|-Label 037 | | | | | | | |connectors|
|missing for | | | | | | |(x=1or2)| |
|more than | | | | | | | | |
|10 s | | | | | | | | |
|-SSM of | | | | | | | | |
|label 037 | | | | | | | | |
|NCD | | | | | | | | |
|-Correct SDI| | | | | | | | |
|never | | | | | | | | |
|received | | | | | | | | |
|-Incorrect | | | | | | | | |
| parity | | | | | | | | |
|-Frequency | | | | | | | | |
|out of range| | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|CFDIU FAULT | | | |Permanent|No exchange| 3 |31-32-34|Check: |
|-Label 227 | | | |Moni- |with CFDIU | | CFDIU |-CFDIU |
|missing for | | | |toring |for HF | |(1TW)/ |-Buses and|
|more than 6s| | | | |BITE Info | | /HFx |associated|
| | | | | |No access | | (3REx) |connectors|
| | | | | |to the MENU| | | |
| | | | | |MODE of the| |(x=1or2)| |
| | | | | | HF XCVR | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|LGCIU FAULT | | | |Permanent|Loss of | 3 |32-31-71| |
| | | | |Moni- |LGCIU/HF | | | |
| | | | |toring |connection | | | |
| | | | |when | | |LGCIUx | |
| | | | |inconsis | | |(5Gax)/ | |
| | | | |tency bet| | |HFx | |
| | | | |ween air/| | |(3REx) | |
| | | | |ground | | |(x=1or2)| |
| | | | |infor | | | | |
| | | | |mation | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|ATSU FAULT | | | |Missing |Loss of | 3 |46-21-34| |
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-11-00
Page 82
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | COCKPIT EFFECT | |CONSEQUENCE| MAINTENANCE |
| EXTERNAL |----------------|DETECTION|ON THE |-------------------------|
| FAILURES | LOCAL |ECAM|LVL| |SYSTEM |CLASS|MESSAGE |RECOMMEN- |
| | | | | | | |LABEL356|DED ACTION|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|- Label 270 | | | |for more |ATSU/HF | |ATSU | |
| | | | |than 10s |connection | |(1TX1)/ | |
| | | | | | | |HFx | |
| | | | | | | |(3REx) | |
| | | | | | | |(x=1or2)| |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Not Applicable
**ON A/C 252-299,
A. Built-In Test Equipment (BITE)
The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft.
The BITE detects and determines a failure related to the HF system.
The BITE of the HF transceiver is connected to the Centralized Fault
Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) (Ref. ATA 31-32).
The BITE:
- transmits permanently HF system status and its identification message
to the CFDIU
- memorizes the failures occurred during the last 63 flight segments
- monitors data input from the various peripherals (RMP and CFDIU)
- transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and self-tests
- can communicate with the CFDIU by the menus.
B. General Operation
The BITE may operate in two modes:
- the normal mode
- the menu mode.
(1) The normal mode
During the normal mode, the BITE monitors cyclically the status of
the HF system. It transmits its information to the CFDIU during the
flight concerned.
In case of fault detection, the BITE stores the information in the
fault memories.
These items of information are transmitted to the CFDIU every 100 ms
by an ARINC 429 message with label 356.
R
EFF :
251-299, 23-11-00
Page 83
Aug 01/06
THY
(2) The menu mode
The menu mode can only be activated on the ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the HF
transceiver BITE.
This is by means of the MCDU.
The HF transceiver menu mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
- LRU IDENT
- TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
- TEST
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 301-302, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
A. Built-In Test Equipment (BITE)
The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft.
The BITE detects and determines a failure related to the HF system.
The BITE of the HF transceiver is connected to the Centralized Fault
Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) (Ref. ATA 31-32).
The BITE:
- transmits permanently HF system status and its identification message
to the CFDIU
- memorizes the failures occurred during the last 63 flight segments
- monitors data input from the various peripherals (RMP and CFDIU)
- transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and self-tests
- can communicate with the CFDIU by the menus.
B. General Operation
The BITE may operate in two modes:
- the normal mode
- the menu mode.
(1) The normal mode
During the normal mode the BITE monitors cyclically the status of the
HF system. It transmits its information to the CFDIU during the
flight concerned.
In case of fault detection the BITE stores the information in the
fault memories.
These items of information are transmitted to the CFDIU every 100 ms
by an ARINC 429 message with label 356.
R
EFF : 007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 84
Aug 01/06
THY
(2) The menu mode
The menu mode can only be activated on the ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the HF
transceiver BITE.
This is by means of the MCDU.
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The HF transceiver menu mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
- LRU IDENT
- TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
- CLASS 3 FAULTS
- TEST
- GROUND REPORT
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 202-249, 252-299, 301-302,
R 901-901,
C. Functional Description
**ON A/C 002-002, 202-249,
(Ref. Fig. 020)
R
**ON A/C 252-299,
(Ref. Fig. 020C)
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 301-302, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 020D)
**ON A/C 002-002, 202-249,
(Ref. Fig. 021)
R
**ON A/C 252-299,
(Ref. Fig. 021C)
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-052, 101-199,
202-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 85
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - LAST LEG REPORT
Figure 020
R
EFF :
002-002, 202-249, 23-11-00
Page 86
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - LAST LEG REPORT
Figure 020A
R
EFF :
053-100, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page 87
Aug 01/06
THY
R BITE - LAST LEG REPORT
Figure 020B
EFF :
251-251, 23-11-00
Page 88
Nov 01/06
THY
BITE - LAST LEG REPORT
Figure 020C
R
EFF :
252-299, 23-11-00
Page 89
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - LAST LEG REPORT
Figure 020D
R
EFF :
901-901,
007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 301-302, 23-11-00
Page 90
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
Figure 021
R
EFF :
002-002, 202-249, 23-11-00
Page 91
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
Figure 021A
R
EFF :
053-100, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page 92
Aug 01/06
THY
R BITE - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
Figure 021B
EFF :
251-251, 23-11-00
Page 93
Nov 01/06
THY
BITE - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
Figure 021C
R
EFF :
252-299, 23-11-00
Page 94
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 301-302, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 021D)
**ON A/C 002-002, 202-249,
(Ref. Fig. 022)
**ON A/C 252-299,
(Ref. Fig. 022C)
**ON A/C 007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 301-302, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 022D, 023B, 024B)
**ON A/C 002-002, 202-249,
(Ref. Fig. 025)
**ON A/C 252-299,
(Ref. Fig. 025C)
**ON A/C 007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 301-302, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 025D, 026A)
**ON A/C 053-100, 251-251, 303-399,
C. Interactive menu description
**ON A/C 053-100, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 020A)
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 95
Nov 01/06
THY
BITE - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
Figure 021D
R
EFF :
901-901,
007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 301-302, 23-11-00
Page 96
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - LRU IDENTIFICATION
Figure 022
R
EFF :
002-002, 202-249, 23-11-00
Page 97
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - LRU IDENTIFICATION
Figure 022A
R
EFF :
053-100, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page 98
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - LRU IDENTIFICATION
Figure 022B
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-11-00
Page 99
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - LRU IDENTIFICATION
Figure 022C
R
EFF :
252-299, 23-11-00
Page A0
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - LRU IDENTIFICATION
Figure 022D
R
EFF :
901-901,
007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 301-302, 23-11-00
Page A1
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
Figure 023
R
EFF :
053-100, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page A2
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
Figure 023A
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-11-00
Page A3
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
Figure 023B
R
EFF :
901-901,
007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 301-302, 23-11-00
Page A4
Aug 01/06
THY
HF System - CLASS 3 FAULTS
Figure 024
R
EFF :
053-100, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page A5
Aug 01/06
THY
HF system - CLASS 3 FAULTS
Figure 024A
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-11-00
Page A6
Aug 01/06
THY
HF system - CLASS 3 FAULTS
Figure 024B
R
EFF :
901-901,
007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 301-302, 23-11-00
Page A7
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - CURRENT STATUS
Figure 025
R
EFF :
002-002, 202-249, 23-11-00
Page A8
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - TEST
Figure 025A
R
EFF :
053-100, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page A9
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - TEST
Figure 025B
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-11-00
Page A10
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - TEST
Figure 025C
R
EFF :
252-299, 23-11-00
Page A11
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - TEST
Figure 025D
R
EFF :
901-901,
007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 301-302, 23-11-00
Page A12
Aug 01/06
THY
R BITE - GROUND REPORT
Figure 026
EFF :
053-100, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page A13
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - GROUND REPORT
Figure 026A
R
EFF :
901-901,
007-049, 051-052, 101-199, 301-302, 23-11-00
Page A14
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 020B)
**ON A/C 053-100, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 021A)
**ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 021B)
**ON A/C 053-100, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 022A)
**ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 022B)
**ON A/C 053-100, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 023)
**ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 023A)
**ON A/C 053-100, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 024)
**ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 024A)
EFF :
053-100, 251-251, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page A15
Nov 01/06
R
THY
**ON A/C 053-100, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 025A)
**ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 025B)
**ON A/C 053-100, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 026, 027)
**ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 027A)
**ON A/C 053-100, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 028)
**ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 028A)
**ON A/C 053-100, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 029)
**ON A/C 053-100, 251-251, 303-399,
To utilize the BITE system it is necessary to get through one of the
three MCDUs (2CA1, 2CA2 and 2CA3 (if installed)) (Ref. ATA 31-32).
The MCDUs are installed in the cockpit, on the center pedestal.
All the information displayed on the MCDUs during the BITE TEST
configuration can be printed by the printer (Ref. ATA 31-35).
EFF :
053-100, 251-251, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page A16
Nov 01/06
R
THY
Interactive Menu Tree
Figure 027
EFF :
053-100, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page A17
Aug 01/06
R
THY
Interactive Menu Tree
Figure 027A
EFF :
251-251, 23-11-00
Page A18
Aug 01/06
R
THY
HF System - SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
Figure 028
R
EFF :
053-100, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page A19
Aug 01/06
THY
HF System - SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
Figure 028A
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-11-00
Page A20
Aug 01/06
THY
R HF System - GROUND SCANNING
Figure 029
EFF :
053-100, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page A21
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 252-299, 301-399, 901-901,
To utilize the BITE system, it is necessary to get through one of the two
MDCUs (Multipurpose Control Display Unit) (3CA1 and 3CA2) (Ref.ATA
31-32).
The MCDUs are installed in the cockpit, on the center pedestal.
**ON A/C 251-251,
D. BITE Implementation
(1) Test processing
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| TEST | TESTED INTERNAL COMPONENTS | DURATION | ACTIVATION |
| DESIGNATION | | | CONDITIONS |
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|Power-Up Test | control data bus |approx.5s |Power cutoff >5s |
| | CFDIU data bus | | |
| | antenna coupler faults | | |
| | synthesizer lock | | |
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|MCDU System Test| control data bus | |Relevant MCDU Menu|
| | CFDIU data bus | |and line key sel |
| | antenna coupler faults | | |
| | synthesizer lock | | |
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|Face Test | control data bus | |P/BSW |
| | CFDIU data bus | |on XCVR |
| | antenna coupler faults | | |
| | synthesizer lock | | |
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page A22
Nov 01/06
R
THY
R HF SYSTEM - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________
TASK 23-11-00-860-001
Procedure after a Change of Aircraft Registration Number
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AWM 23-11-07
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-11-00-865-059
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 053-100, 303-399,
49VU COM HF1 1RE1 HA14
R **ON A/C 251-251,
49VU COM/HF1 1RE1 HA14
R
EFF :
053-100, 251-251, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page 201
Feb 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 053-100, 251-251, 303-399,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-11-00-860-063
A. Procedure to change the ICAO address
(1) Take the ICAO address and convert it into binary format
(a) Find the plug to be pin-programmed (Ref. AWM 23-11-07)
(b) Connect the pin-programming according to the binary format of the
ICAO address.
Any pin to be coded 1 on the plug, must be connected to the
common pin <B of the same plug.
NOTE : Pin A of the plug is MSB
____
NOTE : For example, ICAO address 76CD46 (hexadecimal)/35546506
____
(octal) must be converted into 0111 0110 1100 1101 0100
0110 (binary).
Thus, pins B, C, D, F, G, J, K, N, P, S, U, Y, and Z of
the plug must be connected to pin <B (Ref. AWM 23-11-07).
(c) Make sure that the binary coding sum is odd. If it is not odd,
connect the pin <C to the common pin <B.
EFF :
053-100, 251-251, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page 202
May 01/06
R
THY
Subtask 23-11-00-865-060
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 053-100, 303-399,
R 49VU COM HF1 1RE1 HA14
R **ON A/C 251-251,
R 49VU COM/HF1 1RE1 HA14
EFF :
053-100, 251-251, 303-399, 23-11-00
Page 203
May 01/06
THY
HF SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
___________________________
TASK 23-11-00-710-001
Operational Test of the HF System
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : DO NOT EMIT WITH THE HF SYSTEM WHILE THE AIRCRAFT IS BEING
_______
FUELED.INJURY TO PERSONAL OR FIRE MAY RESULT.
NOTE : During this test, the aircraft must be in an open area.
____
NOTE : The transmission and reception test of the HF system is the same for all
____
the crew stations. You must do the test at each crew station.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the reception and transmission from each station operate
correctly.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific boomset
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 501
Aug 01/06
THY
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-11-00-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) On the face of the transceiver, make sure that no lights are on.
(3) Connect a boomset to the jack panel at all the crew stations.
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-11-00-860-050-A
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) On the face of the transceivers, make sure that no lights are on.
(3) Connect a boomset to the jack panel at all the crew stations.
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 502
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 901-901,
Subtask 23-11-00-865-050
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/RMP/1 2RG1 G10
49VU COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH 9RN G08
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O 5RN G07
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT 4RN G06
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 301-399, 901-901,
49VU COM HF1 1RE1 HA14
**ON A/C 251-299,
49VU COM/HF1 1RE1 HA14
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/SELCAL 8RN M04
121VU COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT 6RN M02
**ON A/C 007-007,
121VU COM NAV/ACP/AVNCS/COMPT 7RN M03
**ON A/C 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/HF2 1RE2 L13
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199,
202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 503
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
4. Procedure
_________
WARNING : OBEY THE RADIO REGULATIONS AND MAKE SURE THAT THE FREQUENCY IS
_______
AVAILABLE BEFORE YOU TRANSMIT.
CAUTION : IF THE TRANSCEIVER FAN DOES NOT OPERATE STOP THE TRANSMISSION
_______
IMMEDIATELY.
R **ON A/C 002-002, 051-053, 101-199, 202-249,
Subtask 23-11-00-710-050-A
A. Operational Test of the HF System
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP1:
- Set the ON/OFF selector switch - The RMP shows the last frequencies
to ON. and the last function used.
- Push the HF1 pushbutton switch. - The green LED on this pushbutton
switch comes on.
- In the STBY/CRS display window,
with the dual selector knob,
set the frequency of a station
that transmits.
- Start this frequency. To do - The frequency set comes into view in
this, push the transfer the active display window.
pushbutton switch (double
arrow) between the two display
windows.
2. On the ACP of the station under
maintenance:
- Push the HF1 transmission - The green bars on the HF1
pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch come
on.
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 504
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push and release the HF1 - The reception pushbutton switch moves
reception pushbutton switch. fully out and comes on.
- Set the INT/RAD switch to RAD - During the tuning (which continues
and release it (You can do this for approximately 5 seconds), the
operation on the PTT switch of reception stops and you can hear a
the sidestick controller at the signal of 1000 Hz in the boomset.
CAPT. or F/O station).
- After the tuning, make sure that the
reception in the boomset is correct.
- Smoothly turn the HF1 reception - The reception you can hear must
pushbutton switch clockwise. change smoothly without interference.
- Set the INT/RAD switch to RAD - Make sure that the fan of the
and hold it in this position transceiver operates correctly.
(You can do this operation on
the PTT switch of the sidestick
controller at the CAPT. or F/O
station).
- Hold the INT/RAD switch in the - You must hear your voice in the
RAD position and speak in the boomset.
boomset microphone (At the
CAPT. or F/O station, you can
hold the PTT switch on the
sidestick controller).
- Make sure that the transmission is
correct.
- Release the INT/RAD switch (or - The INT/RAD switch comes back to the
the PTT switch on the sidestick center position.
controller at the CAPT. or F/O
station).
R
EFF :
002-002, 051-053, 101-199, 202-249, 23-11-00
Page 505
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-007, 009-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-11-00-710-050
A. Operational Test of the HF System
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP1:
- Set the ON/OFF selector switch - The RMP shows the last frequencies
to ON. and the last function used.
- Push the HF1 pushbutton switch. - The green LED on this pushbutton
switch comes on.
- The SEL indicator light (white LED)
comes on.
- In the STBY/CRS display window,
with the dual selector knob,
set the frequency of a station
that transmits.
- Start this frequency. To do - The frequency set comes into view in
this, push the transfer the ACTIVE display window.
pushbutton switch (double
arrow) between the two display
windows.
2. On the ACP of the station under
maintenance:
- Push the HF1 transmission - The green bars on the HF1
pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch come
on.
- Push and release the HF1 - The reception pushbutton switch moves
reception pushbutton switch. fully out and comes on.
- Set the INT/RAD switch to RAD - During the tuning (which continues
and release it (You can do this for approximately 5 seconds), the
operation on the PTT switch of reception stops and you can hear a
the sidestick controller at the signal of 1000 Hz in the boomset.
CAPT. or F/O station).
R
EFF :
301-399,
007-007, 009-049, 054-100, 251-299, 23-11-00
Page 506
Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- After the tuning, make sure that the
reception in the boomset is correct.
- Smoothly turn the HF1 reception - The reception you can hear must
pushbutton switch clockwise. change smoothly without interference.
- Set the INT/RAD switch to RAD - Make sure that the fan of the
and hold it in this position transceiver operates correctly.
(You can do this operation on
the PTT switch of the sidestick
controller at the CAPT. or F/O
station).
- Hold the INT/RAD switch in the - You must hear your voice in the
RAD position and speak in the boomset.
boomset microphone (At the
CAPT. or F/O station, you can
hold the PTT switch on the
sidestick controller).
- Make sure that the transmission is
correct.
- Release the INT/RAD switch (or - The INT/RAD switch comes back to the
the PTT switch on the sidestick center position.
controller at the CAPT. or F/O
station).
R
EFF :
301-399,
007-007, 009-049, 054-100, 251-299, 23-11-00
Page 507
Feb 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-11-00-710-050-B
A. Operational Test of the HF System
NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the other system(s), use the
____
indications between the parentheses.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP1:
- Set the ON/OFF selector switch - The RMP shows the last frequencies
to ON. and the last function used.
- Push the HF1 (HF2) pushbutton - The green LED on this pushbutton
switch. switch comes on.
- The SEL indicator light (white LED)
comes on.
- In the STBY/CRS display window,
with the dual selector knob,
set the frequency of a station
that transmits.
- Start this frequency. To do - The frequency set comes into view in
this, push the transfer the ACTIVE display window.
pushbutton switch (double
arrow) between the two display
windows.
2. On the ACP of the station under
maintenance:
- Push the HF1 (HF2) transmission - The green bars on the HF1 (HF2)
pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch come
on.
- Push and release the HF1 (HF2) - The reception pushbutton switch moves
reception pushbutton switch. fully out and comes on.
EFF :
008-008, 901-901, 23-11-00
Page 508
Feb 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Set the INT/RAD switch to RAD - During the tuning (which continues
and release it (You can do this for approximately 5 seconds), the
operation on the PTT switch of reception stops and you can hear a
the sidestick controller at the signal of 1000 Hz in the boomset.
Capt. or F/O station).
- After the tuning, make sure that the
reception in the boomset is correct.
- Smoothly turn the HF1 (HF2) - The reception you can hear must
reception pushbutton switch change smoothly without interference.
clockwise.
- Set the INT/RAD switch to RAD - Make sure that the fan of the
and hold it in this position transceiver operates correctly.
(You can do this operation on
the PTT switch of the sidestick
controller at the CAPT. or F/O
station).
- Hold the INT/RAD switch in the - You must hear your voice in the
RAD position and speak in the boomset.
boomset microphone (At the
CAPT. or F/O station, you can
hold the PTT switch on the
sidestick controller).
- Make sure that the transmission is
correct.
- Release the INT/RAD switch (or - The INT/RAD switch comes back to the
the PTT switch on the sidestick center position.
controller at the CAPT. or F/O
station).
EFF :
008-008, 901-901, 23-11-00
Page 509
Feb 01/06
R
THY
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-11-00-860-051
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the ACP, push the HF1 transmission pushbutton switch and the HF1
reception pushbutton switch.
(2) On the RMP1, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.
(3) Disconnect the boomset at all the crew stations.
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002)
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-11-00-860-051-A
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the ACP, push the HF1 (HF2) transmission pushbutton switch and the
HF1 (HF2) reception pushbutton switch.
(2) On the RMP1, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.
(3) Disconnect the boomset at all the crew stations.
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002)
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 510
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
R TASK 23-11-00-710-002
R Operational Test of the Two HF Systems at the Same Time
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
R YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
R WARNING : DO NOT EMIT WITH THE HF SYSTEM WHILE THE AIRCRAFT IS BEING
_______
R FUELED.INJURY TO PERSONAL OR FIRE MAY RESULT.
R NOTE : During this test, the aircraft must be in an open area.
____
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R To do a check of the operation at the same time of the two HF systems.
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R A. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
R External Power
R 24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
R from the External Power
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 23-11-00-860-052
R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
R 002).
R (2) On the front face of the HF transceivers:
R - Make sure that all the warning lights are off.
R (3) On the Captain and First Officer jack panels:
R - Connect two boomsets.
EFF :
008-008, 901-901, 23-11-00
Page 511
Nov 01/05
THY
R Subtask 23-11-00-865-052
R B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU COM/RMP/1 2RG1 G10
R 49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O 5RN G07
R 49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT 4RN G06
R 49VU COM HF1 1RE1 HA14
R 121VU COM NAV/HF2 1RE2 L13
R 121VU COM NAV/RMP/2 2RG2 L02
R 121VU COM NAV/SELCAL 8RN M04
R 4. Procedure
_________
R WARNING : OBEY THE RADIO REGULATIONS AND MAKE SURE THAT THE FREQUENCY IS
_______
R AVAILABLE BEFORE YOU TRANSMIT.
R Subtask 23-11-00-710-052
R A. Operational Test of the Two HF Systems at the Same Time(Reception)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the RMP1: On the RMP1:
R - Set the ON/OFF selector switch - The RMP shows the last frequencies
R to ON. and the last function used.
R - Push the HF1 pushbutton switch. - The green LED on this pushbutton
R switch comes on.
R - The SEL indicator light (white LED)
R comes on.
R
R - In the STBY/CRS display window,
R with the dual selector knob,
R set the frequency of a station
R that transmits.
R
R - Start this frequency. To do - The frequency set comes into view in
R this, push the transfert the left window.
EFF :
008-008, 901-901, 23-11-00
Page 512
Nov 01/05
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R pushbutton switch (double
R arrow) between the two display
R windows.
R 2. On the RMP2: On the RMP2:
R - Do the same procedure as for - You must get the same results as in
R the RMP1, but set the HF2 step 1.
R system and a different
R frequency.
R 3. On the Captains ACP: On the Captains ACP:
R - Push the HF1 transmission - The green bars on the HF1
R pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch come
R on.
R - Push and release the HF1 - The reception pushbutton switch moves
R reception pushbutton switch and fully out and comes on.
R turn it to the middle position.
R 4. On the Captains side stick
R controller:
R - Push and then release the radio During the tuning (which continues for
R PTT switch. approximately 5 seconds), the reception
R stops and you can hear a 1000Hz signal
R in the Captains boomset.
R
R 5. On the First Officers ACP: On the First Officers ACP:
R - Push the HF2 transmission - The green bars on the HF2
R pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch come
R on.
R - Push and release the HF2 - The reception pushbutton switch moves
R reception pushbutton switch and fully out and comes on.
R turn it to the middle position.
R 6. On the First Officers side stick
R controller:
EFF :
008-008, 901-901, 23-11-00
Page 513
Nov 01/05
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Push and then release the radio During the tuning (which continues for
R PTT switch. approximately 5 seconds), the reception
R stops and you can hear a 1000Hz signal
R in the First Officers boomset.
R
R 7. On the panels 301VU and 500VU:
R - Turn the LOUDSPEAKER Make sure that you hear the applicable
R potentiometers clockwise. reception:
R * HF1 system reception in the Captains
R loudspeaker.
R * HF2 system reception in the First
R Officers loudspeaker.
R Subtask 23-11-00-710-053
R B. Operational Test of the Two HF Systems at the Same Time(Transmission)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the RMP1: On the RMP1:
R - Set the ON/OFF selector switch - The RMP shows the last frequencies
R to ON. and the last function used.
R - Push the HF1 pushbutton switch. - The green LED on this pushbutton
R switch comes on.
R - The SEL indicator light (white LED)
R comes on.
R
R - In the STBY/CRS display window,
R with the dual selector knob,
R set the frequency of a station
R that transmits.
R
R - Start this frequency. To do - The frequency set comes into view in
R this, push the transfer the ACTIVE display window.
R pushbutton switch (double
EFF :
008-008, 901-901, 23-11-00
Page 514
Nov 01/05
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R arrow) between the two display
R windows.
R 2. On the RMP2: On the RMP2:
R - Do the same procedure as for - You must get the same results as in
R the RMP1, but set the HF2 step 1.
R system and a different
R frequency.
R 3. On the Captains ACP: On the Captains ACP:
R - Push the HF1 transmission - The green bars on the HF1
R pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch come
R on.
R - Push and release the HF1 and - The reception pushbutton switches
R HF2 reception pushbutton move fully out and come on.
R switches and turn them to the
R middle position.
R 4. On the First Officers ACP:
R - Push the HF2 transmission - The green bars on the HF2
R pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch come
R on.
R - Push and release the HF1 and - The reception pushbutton switches
R HF2 reception pushbutton move fully out and come on.
R switches and turn them to the
R middle position.
R 5. On the panels 301VU and 500VU:
R - Turn the LOUDSPEAKER
R potentiometers clockwise.
R
R 6. On the Captains side stick
R controller:
R - Push and then release the radio During the tuning (which continues for
R PTT switch. approximately 5 seconds), the reception
EFF :
008-008, 901-901, 23-11-00
Page 515
Nov 01/05
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R stops and you can hear a 1000Hz signal
R in the boomset.
R
R 7. On the Captains and First
R Officers side stick controllers:
R - Push and hold the radio PTT Make sure that there is no reception on
R switches at the same time. the Captain and First Officer
R loudspeakers.
R
R 8. On the Captains side stick
R controller:
R - Release the radio PTT switch During the tuning (which continues for
R while you hold the First approximately 5 seconds), the reception
R Officer radio PTT switch stops and you can hear a 1000Hz signal
R pushed. in the First Officer boomset.
R
R 9. At the First Officers station:
R - Transmit in HF2. Make sure that the HF2 transmission
R operates.
R
R 10. On the Captains side stick
R controller:
R - Push the radio PTT switch Make sure that there is no reception on
R while you hold the First the Captains and First Officers
R Officers radio PTT switch loudspeakers.
R pushed.
R 11. On the Captains and First
R Officers side stick
R controllers:
R - Release the radio PTT
R switches.
EFF :
008-008, 901-901, 23-11-00
Page 516
Nov 01/05
THY
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 23-11-00-860-053
R A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
R (1) On the Captains and First Officers ACPs:
R - Push the HF1 and HF2 transmission pushbutton switches.
R - Push the HF1 and HF2 reception pushbutton switches.
R (2) On the RMP 1 and RMP 2:
R - Set the ON/OFF selector switches to OFF.
R (3) On the Captains and First Officers jack panels:
R - Disconnect the boomsets.
R (4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
R 002).
EFF :
008-008, 901-901, 23-11-00
Page 517
Nov 01/05
THY
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
TASK 23-11-00-740-001
Bite Test of the HF System
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the HF system operates correctly.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-003 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/COM
Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-11-00-860-054
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Make sure that the annunciator lights on the front panel of the
transceiver do not come on.
(3) On one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM menu page(Ref. TASK 31-
32-00-860-003).
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 518
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-11-00-860-054-A
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Make sure that the annunciator lights on the front panel of the
transceivers do not come on.
(3) On one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM menu page(Ref. TASK 31-
32-00-860-003).
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 901-901,
Subtask 23-11-00-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 301-399, 901-901,
49VU COM HF1 1RE1 HA14
**ON A/C 251-299,
49VU COM/HF1 1RE1 HA14
**ON A/C 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/HF2 1RE2 L13
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 519
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 002-002, 202-249,
Subtask 23-11-00-740-050-A
A. BITE Test of the HF System
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU, on the COM menu On the MCDU
page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - the HF-1 page comes into view.
the HF1 indication.
2. On the HF-1 page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - The CURRENT STATUS page comes into
the CURRENT STATUS indication. view and shows the NO FAULT DETECTED
indication.
3. On the MCDU keyboard :
- Push the MCDU MENU mode key. - The MCDU MENU page comes into view.
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 520
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-11-00-740-050
A. BITE Test of the HF System
NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the other system(s), use the
____
indications between the parentheses.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU, on the COM menu On the MCDU:
page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - The HF-1(2) page comes into view.
the HF1(HF2) indication.
2. On the HF-1(2) page :
- Push the line key adjacent to - The HF-1(2) TEST page comes into view
the TEST indication. and shows the TEST OK indication.
3. On the MCDU keyboard :
- Push the MCDU MENU mode key. - The MCDU MENU page comes into view.
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
R Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
R Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-11-00-862-051
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 521
Aug 01/06
THY
HF SYSTEM - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________
TASK 23-11-00-200-001
Check of the Electrical Bonding of the HF System
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS
_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To measure the electrical bonding resistance.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific Milliohmmeter
No specific access platform 6.3 m (20 ft. 8 in.)
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 601
Nov 01/06
R
THY
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 09-018 USA AMS 3267/3
CORROSION INHIBITING LOW ADHESION SEALANT
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R
R C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-720-005 Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Different
Components (But not the Fluid Systems and the
Components Installed on Composite materials)
23-11-00-710-001 Operational Test of the HF System
23-11-00-740-001 Bite Test of the HF System
23-11-36-000-001 Removal of the HF Antenna Coupler
23-11-36-400-001 Installation of the HF Antenna Coupler
53-45-11-000-001 Removal of the Dorsal Fin 321AL
53-45-11-400-001 Installation of the Dorsal Fin 321AL
55-32-11-000-001 Removal of the Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge
55-32-11-400-001 Installation of the Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge
**ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
23-11-00-991-002 Fig. 601
23-11-00-991-004 Fig. 602
23-11-00-991-003 Fig. 603
23-11-00-991-006 Fig. 604
23-11-00-991-001 Fig. 605
23-11-00-991-007 Fig. 606
23-11-00-991-008 Fig. 607
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 602
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
23-11-00-991-005 Fig. 608
**ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-11-00-941-050
A. Put the access platform at Zone 322.
Subtask 23-11-00-010-050
B. Remove the access panels 321AL and 322AL (Ref. TASK 53-45-11-000-001)
(Ref. TASK 55-32-11-000-001).
Subtask 23-11-00-865-061
C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 301-399, 901-901,
49VU COM HF1 1RE1 HA14
**ON A/C 251-299,
49VU COM/HF1 1RE1 HA14
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 603
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/HF2 1RE2 L13
**ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-11-00-869-052
D. Tool
To do this procedure, use a multirange Milliohmmeter, with the related
leads and prods, as follows:
(1) Range and output test current:
- 200 milliohms with an output test current of 10 amperes (for a max.
resistance value of not more than 200 milliohms).
(2) Accuracy:
- plus or minus 10% of the measured value.
Subtask 23-11-00-020-051
E. Remove the HF antenna coupler (Ref. TASK 23-11-36-000-001).
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 604
Nov 01/06
R
THY
**ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-11-00-820-050
A. Check of the Electrical Bonding of the HF System
(1) On the coupler rack:
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 23-11-00-991-002)
(a) Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the rack cutout
(not painted) and the bonding lead (1):
1
_ If the value is less than 2 milliohms:
- Go to step (2).
2
_ If the value is more than 2 milliohms:
- Remove the six screws (2) and the washers.
- Remove the coupler rack.
- Remove the four screws (3) and the washers.
- Repair the bonding of the screws (2) and (3) of the coupler
rack (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005).
- Put back the coupler rack with the screws (2), (3) and
washers.
- Do again the step (1).
(2) On the antenna/feeder assembly:
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 23-11-00-991-004)
(a) Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the rack cutout
contour (not painted) and the center contact.
1
_ If the value is less than 10 milliohms:
- Go to the para. B.
2
_ If the value is more than 10 milliohms:
- Go to step (3).
(3) On the antenna:
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 23-11-00-991-003)
(a) Disconnect the feedline (1) from the antenna (4).
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 605
Nov 01/06
R
THY
HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Coupler Rack
Figure 601/TASK 23-11-00-991-002
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 606
Nov 01/06
THY
HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Antenna/Feeder Assembly
Figure 602/TASK 23-11-00-991-004
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 607
Aug 01/06
THY
HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Antenna
Figure 603/TASK 23-11-00-991-003
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 608
Aug 01/06
THY
(b) Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the
antenna/feedline screw (5) and the bonding lead (2).
1
_ If the value is less than 5 milliohms:
- Go to step (4).
2
_ If the value is more than 5 milliohms:
- Repair the bonding of the twelve screws (3) on the upper and
R lower parts of the antenna (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005)
R and/or change the feedline (1).
- Do again the step (3).
(c) Connect the feedline (1) to the antenna (4).
(4) Do the operational test of the HF system (Ref. TASK 23-11-00-710-
001).
(a) If the time necessary for the tuning is more than 8 seconds:
- Go to step (5).
(b) If the time necessary for the tuning is less than 8 seconds:
- Go to the para. B.
(5) On the fuselage/circular plate:
(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 23-11-00-991-006)
(a) Remove the screws (1) from the circular plate (2).
(b) Disconnect and isolate the circular plate (2) from the fuselage.
(c) Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the disc of the
rack and the bonding lead (3).
(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 23-11-00-991-001)
1
_ If the value is less than 1 milliohm:
- Go to step (6).
2
_ If the value is more than 1 milliohm:
(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 23-11-00-991-007)
- Remove the aft galley unit (Ref. 25-33-41 PB 401)
- Remove the six screws (6) and the washers
- Remove the coupler rack
- Repair the bonding of the five screws (4) of the disc (5)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005) of the coupler rack
- Install the coupler rack
- Do again the step (5).
EFF : 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199,
202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
23-11-00
Page 609
Nov 01/06
THY
HF System - Electrical bonding of the Fuselage/Circular Plate
Figure 604/TASK 23-11-00-991-006
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 610
Aug 01/06
THY
HF System - Electrical Bonding on the Feeder Connector Support
Figure 605/TASK 23-11-00-991-001
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 611
Aug 01/06
THY
HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Coupler Rack
Figure 606/TASK 23-11-00-991-007
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 612
Aug 01/06
THY
(d) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE SEALANT GO INTO THE HOLE OF THE SCREWS.
_______
(e) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) on the fuselage.
(f) Clean the hole of the four screws (1) with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(g) Install the circular plate (2) on the fuselage with the screws
(1).
(6) On the fuselage/circular plate:
(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 23-11-00-991-008)
(a) Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the circulate
plate (2) and the bonding lead:
1
_ If the value is less than 1 milliohm:
- Go to step (7).
2
_ If the value is more than 1 millohm:
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE SEALANT GO INTO THE HOLE OF THE
_______
SCREWS.
- Remove the four screws (1) from the circular plate (2)
- Repair the bonding of the four screws (1) (Ref. TASK 20-28-
00-720-005)
- Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
- Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) on the fuselage between
the fusealge and the circular plate
- Clean the hole of the four screws (1) with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026)
- Install the circular plate (2) on the fuselage with the
srews (1)
- Do again the step (6).
(7) On the antenna/feeder assembly:
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 23-11-00-991-004)
(a) Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the rack cutout
contour (not painted) and the center contact.
1
_ If the value is less than 10 milliohms:
- Go to the para. B.
2
_ If the value more than 10 milliohms:
- Go back to step (1).
EFF : 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199,
202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
23-11-00
Page 613
Nov 01/06
R
THY
HF System - Electrical bonding of the Fuselage/Circular Plate
Figure 607/TASK 23-11-00-991-008
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 614
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-11-00-820-050-A
A. Check of the Electrical Bonding of the HF System
(1) On the coupler rack:
**ON A/C 008-008,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 23-11-00-991-002)
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
(a) Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the rack cutout
(not painted) and the bonding lead (1):
1
_ If the value is less than 2 milliohms:
- Go to step (2).
2
_ If the value is more than 2 milliohms:
- Remove the six screws (2) and the washers.
- Remove the coupler rack.
- Remove the four screws (3) and the washers.
- Repair the bonding of the screws (2) and (3) of the coupler
rack (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005).
- Put back the coupler rack with the screws (2), (3) and
washers.
- Do again the step (1).
EFF :
008-008, 901-901, 23-11-00
Page 615
Aug 01/06
THY
(2) On the feedline:
(Ref. Fig. 608/TASK 23-11-00-991-005)
(a) Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the two center
contacts (HF1 and HF2).
1
_ If the value is less than 7 milliohms:
- Go to step (3).
2
_ If the value more than 7 milliohms:
- Go to step (4).
(3) On the antenna/feeder assembly:
**ON A/C 008-008,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 23-11-00-991-004)
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
(a) Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the rack cutout
contour (not painted) and the center contact.
1
_ If the value is less than 10 milliohms:
- Go to the para. B.
2
_ If the value is more than 10 milliohms:
- Go to step (4).
(4) On the antenna:
**ON A/C 008-008,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 23-11-00-991-003)
EFF :
008-008, 901-901, 23-11-00
Page 616
Aug 01/06
THY
HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Feedline
Figure 608/TASK 23-11-00-991-005
EFF :
008-008, 901-901, 23-11-00
Page 617
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
(a) Disconnect the feedline (1) from the antenna (4).
(b) Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the
antenna/feedline screw (5) and the bonding lead (2).
1
_ If the value is less than 5 milliohms:
- Go to step (5).
2
_ If the value is more than 5 milliohms:
- Repair the bonding of the twelve screws (3) on the upper and
R lower parts of the antenna (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005)
R and/or change the feedline (1).
- Do again the step (4).
(c) Connect the feedline (1) to the antenna (4).
(5) Do the operational test of the HF system (Ref. TASK 23-11-00-710-
001).
(a) If the time necessary for the tuning is more than 8 seconds:
- Go to step (6).
(b) If the time necessary for the tuning is less than 8 seconds:
- Go to the para. B.
(6) On the fuselage/circular plate:
**ON A/C 008-008,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 23-11-00-991-006)
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
(a) Remove the screws (1) from the circular plate (2).
EFF :
008-008, 901-901, 23-11-00
Page 618
Nov 01/06
THY
(b) Disconnect and isolate the circular plate (2) from the fuselage.
(c) Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the disc of the
rack and the bonding lead (3).
**ON A/C 008-008,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 23-11-00-991-001)
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
1
_ If the value is less than 1 milliohm:
- Go to step (7).
2
_ If the value is more than 1 milliohm:
**ON A/C 008-008,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 23-11-00-991-007)
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
- Remove the aft galley unit (Ref. 25-33-41 PB 401)
- Remove the six screws (6) and the washers
- Remove the coupler rack
- Repair the bonding of the five screws (4) of the disc (5)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005) of the coupler rack.
- Install the coupler rack
- Do again the step (6).
(d) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE SEALANT GO INTO THE HOLE OF THE SCREWS.
_______
EFF :
008-008, 901-901, 23-11-00
Page 619
Aug 01/06
THY
(e) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) on the fuselage.
(f) Clean the hole of the four screws (1) with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(g) Install the circular plate (2) on the fuselage with the screws
(1).
(7) On the fuselage/circular plate:
**ON A/C 008-008,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 23-11-00-991-008)
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
(a) Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the circular
plate (2) and the bonding lead:
1
_ If the value is less than 1 milliohm:
- Go to step (8).
2
_ If the value is more than 1 millohm:
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE SEALANT GO INTO THE HOLE OF THE
_______
SCREWS.
- Remove the four screws (1) from the circular plate (2)
- Repair the bonding of the four screws (1) (Ref. TASK 20-28-
00-720-005)
- Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026)
- Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) on the fuselage between
the fuselage and the circular plate
- Clean the hole of the four screws (1) with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026)
- Install the circular plate (2) on the fuselage with the
screws (1)
- Do again the step (7).
EFF :
008-008, 901-901, 23-11-00
Page 620
Aug 01/06
THY
(8) On the feedline:
(Ref. Fig. 608/TASK 23-11-00-991-005)
(a) Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the two center
contacts (HF1 and HF2).
1
_ If the value is less than 7 milliohms:
- Go to the step (9).
2
_ If the value more than 7 milliohms:
- Replace the feedline (1),
- Go to step (8).
(9) On the antenna/feeder assembly:
**ON A/C 008-008,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 23-11-00-991-004)
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
(a) Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the rack cutout
contour (not painted) and the center contact.
1
_ If the value is less than 10 milliohms:
- Go to the para. B.
2
_ If the value more than 10 milliohms:
- Go back to step (1).
**ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-11-00-420-051
B. Install the HF antenna coupler (Ref. TASK 23-11-36-400-001).
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 621
Aug 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-11-00-865-063
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 301-399, 901-901,
49VU COM HF1 1RE1 HA14
**ON A/C 251-299,
49VU COM/HF1 1RE1 HA14
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/HF2 1RE2 L13
**ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-11-00-740-054
D. Do the BITE test of the HF system (Ref. TASK 23-11-00-740-001).
Subtask 23-11-00-710-060
E. Do the operational test of the HF system (Ref. TASK 23-11-00-710-001).
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 622
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-11-00-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Install the access panels 321AL and 322AL (Ref. TASK 53-45-11-400-
001) (Ref. TASK 55-32-11-400-001).
Subtask 23-11-00-942-050
B. Remove the access platform(s).
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-00
Page 623
Aug 01/06
THY
ANTENNA - HF (5RE) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________
TASK 23-11-11-000-001
Removal of the HF Antenna (5RE)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 6.3 m (20 ft. 8 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
53-45-11-000-001 Removal of the Dorsal Fin 321AL
55-32-11-000-001 Removal of the Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
23-11-11-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
23-11-11-991-001-A Fig. 401A
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-11
Page 401
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-11-11-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 301-399, 901-901,
49VU COM HF1 1RE1 HA14
**ON A/C 251-299,
49VU COM/HF1 1RE1 HA14
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Subtask 23-11-11-941-050
B. Put the access platform at Zone 322
Subtask 23-11-11-010-050
C. Remove the access panels 321AL and 322AL (Ref. TASK 53-45-11-000-001)
(Ref. TASK 55-32-11-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-11-11-991-001)
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-11-11-991-001-A)
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-11
Page 402
Aug 01/06
THY
HF Antenna.
Figure 401/TASK 23-11-11-991-001
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199,
202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
23-11-11
Page 403
Aug 01/06
THY
R HF Antenna.
R Figure 401A/TASK 23-11-11-991-001-A
R
EFF :
008-008, 901-901, 23-11-11
Page 404
Nov 01/05
THY
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-11-11-020-051
A. Removal of the HF Antenna
(1) Remove, the cap nut (3) from the feedline (2).
(2) Disconnect the feedline (2) from the antenna (1).
(3) Remove the screws (4) and the washers (5).
(4) Remove the antenna (1) from the antenna supports (6).
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
Subtask 23-11-11-020-051-A
A. Removal of the HF Antenna
(1) Remove, the cap nuts (3) from the feedlines (2) and (7).
(2) Disconnect the feedlines (2) and (7) from the antenna (1).
(3) Remove the screws (4) and the washers (5).
(4) Remove the antenna (1) from the antenna supports (6).
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-11
Page 405
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
TASK 23-11-11-400-001
Installation of the HF Antenna (5RE)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 6.3 m (20 ft. 8 in.)
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-003 F ASNB70720
COATING (OBSOLETE USE 16-021) (Ref. 20-31-00)
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-11
Page 406
Aug 01/06
THY
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-11-00-710-001 Operational Test of the HF System
53-45-11-000-001 Removal of the Dorsal Fin 321AL
53-45-11-400-001 Installation of the Dorsal Fin 321AL
55-32-11-400-001 Installation of the Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
23-11-11-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
23-11-11-991-001-A Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-11-11-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at Zone 322.
(2) Make sure that the access panels 321AL and 322AL are removed
(Ref. TASK 53-45-11-000-001).
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-11
Page 407
Aug 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-11-11-865-051
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 301-399, 901-901,
49VU COM HF1 1RE1 HA14
**ON A/C 251-299,
49VU COM/HF1 1RE1 HA14
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-11-11-991-001)
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-11-11-991-001-A)
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-11
Page 408
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Subtask 23-11-11-910-051
A. Preparation for Installation
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL
_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and a lint-free cloth.
NOTE : The antenna mounting screws give electrical bonding between
____
the antenna and the fuselage structure.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to all the screws.
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-11-11-420-050
B. Installation of the HF Antenna
(1) Put the antenna (1) on the antenna supports (6) and install with the
screws (4) and the washers (5).
(2) Connect the feedline (2) to the antenna (1) with the cap nut (3).
(3) Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003) to all the screw
heads.
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-11
Page 409
Aug 01/06
THY
(4) Examine the antenna assembly for the condition of the
moisture-removing oil layer, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027).
Apply a new layer if necessary.
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
Subtask 23-11-11-420-050-A
B. Installation of the HF Antenna
(1) Put the antenna (1) on the antenna supports (6) and install with the
screws (4) and the washers (5).
(2) Connect the feedlines (2) and (7) to the antenna (1) with the cap
nuts (3).
(3) Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003) to all the screw
heads.
(4) Examine the antenna assembly for the condition of the
moisture-removing oil layer, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027).
Apply a new layer if necessary.
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Subtask 23-11-11-865-052
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1RE1
Subtask 23-11-11-710-050
D. Do the operational test of the HF system (Ref. TASK 23-11-00-710-001).
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-11
Page 410
Aug 01/06
THY
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-11-11-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Install the access panels 321AL and 322AL (Ref. TASK 53-45-11-400-
001) (Ref. TASK 55-32-11-400-001).
Subtask 23-11-11-942-050
B. Remove the access platform(s).
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-11
Page 411
Aug 01/06
THY
TRANSCEIVER - HF (3RE1,3RE2) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________
TASK 23-11-33-000-001
Removal of the HF Transceiver (3RE1, 3RE2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
R Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
23-11-33-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
23-11-33-991-001-A Fig. 401A
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-33
Page 401
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-11-33-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3RE1
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 301-399,
49VU COM HF1 1RE1 HA14
**ON A/C 251-299,
49VU COM/HF1 1RE1 HA14
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-11-33-865-060
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3RE1
49VU COM HF1 1RE1 HA14
FOR 3RE2
121VU COM NAV/HF2 1RE2 L13
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-33
Page 402
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
R Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
R Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-11-33-010-050
C. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 824 in zone
128.
(2) Open the access door 824.
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
R Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-11-33-991-001)
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-11-33-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
R Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
R Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-11-33-020-050
A. Removal of the HF Transceiver
(1) Loosen the nuts (3).
(2) Lower the nuts (3).
(3) Pull the HF transceiver (5) on its rack (2), to disconnect the
electrical connectors (1).
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-33
Page 403
Aug 01/06
THY
HF Transceiver
Figure 401/TASK 23-11-33-991-001
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399,
23-11-33
Page 404
Aug 01/06
THY
R HF Transceiver
R Figure 401A/TASK 23-11-33-991-001-A
R
EFF :
008-008, 901-901, 23-11-33
Page 405
Nov 01/05
THY
(4) Remove the HF transceiver (5).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (1).
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-33
Page 406
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
TASK 23-11-33-400-001
Installation of the HF Transceiver (3RE1, 3RE2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-11-00-710-001 Operational Test of the HF System
23-11-00-740-001 Bite Test of the HF System
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
R Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
R Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-11-33-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
824 in zone 128.
(2) Make sure that the access door 824 is open.
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-33
Page 407
Aug 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-11-33-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3RE1
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 301-399, 901-901,
49VU COM HF1 1RE1 HA14
**ON A/C 251-299,
49VU COM/HF1 1RE1 HA14
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
R Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
R Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
FOR 3RE2
R **ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/HF2 1RE2 L13
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-33
Page 408
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
R Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
R Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-11-33-420-050
A. Installation of the HF Transceiver
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are clean and in the
correct condition.
(5) Install the HF transceiver (5) in its rack (2).
(6) Push the HF transceiver (5) on its rack (2) to connect the
electricals connectors (1).
(7) Engage the nuts (3) on the lugs (4) and tighten.
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-33
Page 409
Aug 01/06
THY
R
Subtask 23-11-33-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3RE1
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 301-399, 901-901,
49VU COM HF1 1RE1 HA14
**ON A/C 251-299,
49VU COM/HF1 1RE1 HA14
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
R Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
FOR 3RE2
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/HF2 1RE2 L13
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
R Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
R Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-11-33-740-050
C. Do the BITE test of the HF system (Ref. TASK 23-11-00-740-001)
NOTE : As an alternative procedure, you can do this operational test
____
without the CFDS (Ref. TASK 23-11-00-710-001).
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-33
Page 410
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
R Post SB 00-1047 For A/C 008-008,
R Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-11-33-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-33
Page 411
Aug 01/06
THY
COUPLER - HF (4RE1,4RE2) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________
TASK 23-11-36-000-001
Removal of the HF Antenna Coupler
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
25-23-42-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
**ON A/C 002-002, 053-100, 202-249, 301-399,
23-11-36-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
R 23-11-36-991-001-A Fig. 401A
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-36
Page 401
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 009-049,
R 23-11-36-991-001-C Fig. 401B
R **ON A/C 251-299,
R 23-11-36-991-001-D Fig. 401C
R **ON A/C 007-007, 009-049, 051-052, 101-199,
R Post SB 23-1200 For A/C 009-049,
R 23-11-36-991-001-B Fig. 401D
FOR FIN 4RE1
25-23-42-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
FOR FIN 4RE2
25-23-42-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-11-36-860-051
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-36
Page 402
Aug 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-11-36-865-053
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 301-399, 901-901,
49VU COM HF1 1RE1 HA14
**ON A/C 251-299,
49VU COM/HF1 1RE1 HA14
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/HF2 1RE2 L13
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Subtask 23-11-36-860-052
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the lights on the face of the transceiver are not on.
(2) On the related Radio Management Panel (RMP), put the ON/OFF selector
switch to ON. Make sure that the RMP shows the last frequency and
function used.
(3) Push the related HF1 (HF2) pushbutton switch and monitor that the
integrated green LED comes on. Additionally the white SEL indicator
light comes on.
(4) With the dual selector knob set a station frequency in the STBY/CRS
window.
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-36
Page 403
Aug 01/06
THY
(5) Push the transfer pushbutton switch (left-right arrow) between the
two display windows to start the set frequency. This sets the antenna
coupler to its home position.
NOTE : You must not transmit on this set frequency. If you activate
____
the transceiver to transmit, the home position of the
coupler is discarded.
NOTE : The HF antenna coupler must not be removed before it is set to
____
its home position.
NOTE : If you activated the transmitter by mistake, do the procedure
____
described above again.
(6) On the related RMP, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.
Subtask 23-11-36-865-050
D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 301-399, 901-901,
49VU COM HF1 1RE1 HA14
**ON A/C 251-299,
49VU COM/HF1 1RE1 HA14
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/HF2 1RE2 L13
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-36
Page 404
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-11-36-010-050
E. Get Access
(1) Remove the ceiling panel 261CC in the Aft cabin utility area
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
Subtask 23-11-36-010-050-A
E. Get Access
FOR 4RE1
(1) Remove the ceiling panel 261CC in the Aft cabin utility area
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).
FOR 4RE2
(2) Remove the ceiling panel 262CC in the Aft cabin utility area
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 002-002, 053-100, 202-249, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-11-36-991-001)
R **ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
R (Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-11-36-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 009-049,
R (Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-11-36-991-001-C)
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-36
Page 405
Aug 01/06
THY
HF Antenna Coupler
Figure 401/TASK 23-11-36-991-001
R
EFF :
002-002, 053-100, 202-249, 301-399, 23-11-36
Page 406
Feb 01/06
THY
HF Antenna Couplers
R Figure 401A/TASK 23-11-36-991-001-A
R
EFF :
008-008, 901-901, 23-11-36
Page 407
Aug 01/06
THY
HF Antenna Couplers
R Figure 401B/TASK 23-11-36-991-001-C
R
EFF :
009-049, 23-11-36
Page 408
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 251-299,
R (Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-11-36-991-001-D)
R **ON A/C 007-007, 009-049, 051-052, 101-199,
R Post SB 23-1200 For A/C 009-049,
R (Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-11-36-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Subtask 23-11-36-020-050
A. Removal of the HF Antenna Coupler
(1) Disconnect the electrical connectors (2) from the antenna coupler
(1).
(2) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(3) Loosen the knurled nuts (3) and lower the fasteners.
(4) Carefully remove the antenna coupler (1) from the rack (4).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (5) and
(6).
CAUTION : CAREFULLY PUT THE COUPLER DOWN ON ITS BOTTOM PLATE ONLY. IF
_______
YOU PUT THE COUPLER DOWN ON ITS END, YOU CAN CAUSE INTERNAL
DAMAGE.
(6) If the aircraft is operated, when an antenna coupler is removed, make
sure that:
FOR 4RE1
the electrical connectors (2) are connected to the related dummy
plugs, which are installed near to frame C68.
FOR 4RE2
the alternative SHIELD ASSY - EMI P/N A9239825400000 is installed and
the electrical connectors (2) are connected to it.
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-36
Page 409
Aug 01/06
THY
HF Antenna Coupler
R Figure 401C/TASK 23-11-36-991-001-D
R
EFF :
251-299, 23-11-36
Page 410
Aug 01/06
THY
HF Antenna Coupler
R Figure 401D/TASK 23-11-36-991-001-B
R
EFF :
007-007, 009-049, 051-052, 101-199, 23-11-36
Page 411
Aug 01/06
THY
TASK 23-11-36-400-001
Installation of the HF Antenna Coupler
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-11-00-710-001 Operational Test of the HF System
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
25-23-42-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
25-23-42-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
**ON A/C 002-002, 053-100, 202-249, 301-399,
23-11-36-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
R 23-11-36-991-001-A Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 009-049,
R 23-11-36-991-001-C Fig. 401B
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-36
Page 412
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 251-299,
R 23-11-36-991-001-D Fig. 401C
R **ON A/C 007-007, 009-049, 051-052, 101-199,
R Post SB 23-1200 For A/C 009-049,
R 23-11-36-991-001-B Fig. 401D
FOR FIN 4RE1
25-23-42-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
25-23-42-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
FOR FIN 4RE2
25-23-42-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
25-23-42-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-11-36-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the ceiling panel 261CC is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-
42-000-002).
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
Subtask 23-11-36-860-050-A
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
FOR 4RE1
(1) Make sure that the ceiling panel 261CC is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-
42-000-002)
FOR 4RE2
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-36
Page 413
Aug 01/06
THY
(2) Make sure that the ceiling panel 262CC is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-
42-000-002).
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Subtask 23-11-36-865-051
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 301-399, 901-901,
49VU COM HF1 1RE1 HA14
**ON A/C 251-299,
49VU COM/HF1 1RE1 HA14
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/HF2 1RE2 L13
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 002-002, 053-100, 202-249, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-11-36-991-001)
R **ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
R (Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-11-36-991-001-A)
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-36
Page 414
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 009-049,
R (Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-11-36-991-001-C)
R **ON A/C 251-299,
R (Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-11-36-991-001-D)
R **ON A/C 007-007, 009-049, 051-052, 101-199,
R Post SB 23-1200 For A/C 009-049,
R (Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-11-36-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Subtask 23-11-36-420-050
A. Installation of the HF Antenna Coupler
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (5) and (6).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Carefully install the HF antenna coupler (1) into the rack (4).
(6) Lift the fasteners and tighten the knurled nuts (3), until the
antenna coupler (1) is correctly attached.
(7) Remove the blanking caps from the connectors (2).
(8) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(9) Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the antenna coupler (1)
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-36
Page 415
Aug 01/06
THY
(10) If the aircraft is operated, when an antenna coupler is removed, make
sure that:
FOR 4RE1
the electrical connectors (2) are disconnected from the related dummy
plugs, which are installed near to frame C68.
FOR 4RE2
the alternative SHIELD ASSY - EMI P/N A9239825400000 is removed and
the electrical connectors (2) are disconnected from it.
Subtask 23-11-36-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1RE1, 1RE2.
Subtask 23-11-36-710-050
C. Do the operational test of the HF system (Ref. TASK 23-11-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-11-36-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Install the ceiling panel 261CC in the Aft cabin utility area
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002).
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
Subtask 23-11-36-410-051-A
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
FOR 4RE1
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-36
Page 416
Aug 01/06
THY
(2) Install the ceiling panel 261CC in the Aft cabin utility area
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002).
FOR 4RE2
(3) Install the ceiling panel 262CC in the Aft cabin utility area
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002).
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Subtask 23-11-36-862-051
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-11-36
Page 417
Aug 01/06
THY
VHF SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________
1. General
_______
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302, 901-901,
The Very High-Frequency (VHF) system is used for all short-range voice
communications between:
- different aircraft in flight
- aircraft (in flight or on the ground) and ground stations.
The VHF system operates within the frequency range defined by ARINC 716
(i.e. 118 to 136.975 MHz with 25 KHz spacing between channels).
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 23-1119 For A/C 001-006,201-249,301-302,901-901,
The Very High-Frequency (VHF) system is used for all short-range voice
communications between:
- different aircraft in flight
- aircraft (in flight or on the ground) and ground stations.
The VHF system operates within the frequency range defined by ARINC 716
(i.e. 118 to 136.975 MHz with 25 KHz spacing between channels).
The VHF system operates within the frequency range defined by ARINC 716
(i.e. 118 to 136.975 MHz with 8.33 KHz spacing between channels).
R **ON A/C 001-008, 053-053, 101-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
The aircraft is equipped with two identical VHF systems which are fully
independent: VHF1, VHF2 and VHF3.
The VHF3 system (if installed) is also used to transmit data link messages
(ACARS or ATSU).
**ON A/C 008-049, 051-052, 054-100, 251-251, 303-399,
Post SB 23-1159 For A/C 008-008,
The aircraft is equipped with three identical VHF systems which are fully
independent: VHF1, VHF2 and VHF3.
The VHF3 system is also used to transmit data link messages (ATSU).
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 1
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
The VHF system has data link functions which are defined by ARINC 750-3:
- Mode A
- Mode 2.
A. Mode A:
Many aircraft using data link communication have a VHF Data Link (VDL)
mode A function. This function allows a 2400 bit/s rate throughput
through an Amplitude-Minimum Shift Keying (AM-MSK) modulation.
Once the dialogue between the VHF Data Radio (VDR) transceiver and the
ATSU is established (exchange protocol Williamsburg V1 initialized), the
two systems can exchange data in mode A.
B. Mode 2:
The VDL mode 2 function is used to reduce the channel saturation. With
this function, the rate throughput is increased ten times through a
D8-PSK modulation (31.5 kbit/s).
NOTE : The VDL mode 2 data link function includes these two ACARS
____
subnetworks: AOA and ATN. The AOA subnetwork is used now and the
Air Traffic Network (ATN) subtnetwork will be used in the future.
Once the dialogue between the VDR transceiver and the ATSU is established
(exchange protocol Williamsburg V3 initialized), the two systems can
exchange data in mode 2.
**ON A/C 008-049, 051-052, 251-251,
Post SB 23-1159 For A/C 008-008,
The Data function (mode A) of the VHF system is defined by ARINC 750-3.
VDL mode A function is present on an important number of aircraft using
datalink communications. This function allows a 2400 bit/s throughput
thanks to a MSK modulation.
Once the dialogue between the VDR and the ATSU established (exchange
protocol Williamsburg V3 initialized), the data exchanges between these
two systems become possible in mode A.
EFF :
303-399,
008-049, 051-052, 054-100, 251-251, 23-12-00
Page 2
Aug 01/06
R
THY
**ON A/C ALL
2. __________________
Component Location
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-100,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 001A)
R **ON A/C 201-249, 251-299, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 001B)
R **ON A/C 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 001C)
R **ON A/C 001-008, 053-053, 101-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 002)
**ON A/C 008-049, 051-052, 054-100, 251-251, 303-399,
Post SB 23-1159 For A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 002A)
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 3
Aug 01/06
THY
VHF System - Component Location - A320 A/C
Figure 001
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-100, 23-12-00
Page 4
May 01/06
THY
VHF System - Component Location
R Figure 001A
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 23-12-00
Page 5
Aug 01/06
THY
VHF System - Component Location
R Figure 001B
R
EFF :
201-249, 251-299, 303-399, 23-12-00
Page 6
Aug 01/06
THY
VHF System - Component Location
R Figure 001C
R
EFF :
301-302, 23-12-00
Page 7
Aug 01/06
THY
VHF System - Component Location
Figure 002
R
EFF : 001-008, 053-053, 101-199, 201-249,
252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
23-12-00
Page 8
Aug 01/06
THY
VHF System - Component Location
Figure 002A
R
EFF :
303-399,
008-049, 051-052, 054-100, 251-251, 23-12-00
Page 9
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-006, 051-053, 101-199, 201-249,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1RC1 XCVR-VHF, 1 81VU 127 824 23-12-33
1RC2 XCVR-VHF, 2 82VU 128 824 23-12-33
1RC3 XCVR-VHF, 3 81VU 127 824 23-12-33
4RC1 ANTENNA-VHF, 1 224 23-12-11
4RC2 ANTENNA-VHF, 2 154 23-12-11
4RC3 ANTENNA-VHF, 3 254 23-12-11
3CA1 MCDU-1 11VU 211 831 22-82-12
3CA2 MCDU-2 11VU 211 831 22-82-12
1RG1 RMP-COM/NAV FREQ SEL, 1 11VU 211 831 23-13-13
1RG2 RMP-COM/NAV FREQ SEL, 2 11VU 211 831 23-13-13
R
EFF :
001-006, 051-053, 101-199, 201-249, 23-12-00
Page 10
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1RC1 XCVR-VHF, 1 81VU 127 824 23-12-33
1RC2 XCVR-VHF, 2 82VU 128 824 23-12-33
1RC3 XCVR-VHF, 3 81VU 127 824 23-12-33
4RC1 ANTENNA-VHF, 1 224 23-12-11
4RC2 ANTENNA-VHF, 2 154 23-12-11
4RC3 ANTENNA-VHF, 3 254 23-12-11
3CA1 MCDU-1 11VU 211 831 22-82-12
3CA2 MCDU-2 11VU 211 831 22-82-12
1RG1 RMP-COM/NAV FREQ SEL, 1 11VU 211 831 23-13-13
1RG2 RMP-COM/NAV FREQ SEL, 2 11VU 211 831 23-13-13
1RG3 RMP-COM FREQ SEL, 3 20VU 211 831 23-13-13
R
EFF :
901-901,
007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 303-399, 23-12-00
Page 11
May 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 301-302,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1RC1 XCVR-VHF, 1 81VU 127 824 23-12-33
1RC2 XCVR-VHF, 2 82VU 128 824 23-12-33
4RC1 ANTENNA-VHF, 1 224 23-12-11
4RC2 ANTENNA-VHF, 2 154 23-12-11
3CA1 MCDU-1 11VU 211 831 22-82-12
3CA2 MCDU-2 11VU 211 831 22-82-12
1RG1 RMP-COM/NAV FREQ SEL, 1 11VU 211 831 23-13-13
1RG2 RMP-COM/NAV FREQ SEL, 2 11VU 211 831 23-13-13
1RG3 RMP-COM FREQ SEL, 3 20VU 211 831 23-13-13
R
EFF :
301-302, 23-12-00
Page 12
May 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________________
System Description
**ON A/C 001-008, 201-249, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 003)
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
Post SB 46-1006 For A/C 007-008,
(Ref. Fig. 003A)
R **ON A/C 001-008, 053-053, 101-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
Each VHF system is composed of:
- A transceiver
- A blade antenna.
The VHF system is associated with:
- The Radio Management Panels (RMP).
These are centralized systems which enable the frequency display of the
VHF system (Ref. 23-13).
- The Audio Management Unit (AMU) for connections to the audio integrating
and SELCAL systems (Ref. 23-51)
- The Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) (by the MCDU) which
is a centralized maintenance system (Ref. 31-32)
- The Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU) which indicates the
aircraft status (flight or ground) (Ref. 32-31)
- The System Data Acquisition Concentrator (SDAC) which collects
transmission data from the VHF system (Ref. 31-54).
A. Not Applicable
B. Not Applicable
C. Not Applicable
D. Not Applicable
E. Not Applicable
F. Not Applicable
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 13
Aug 01/06
THY
VHF System - Block Diagram
Figure 003
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 301-302, 901-901, 23-12-00
Page 14
May 01/06
THY
VHF System - Block Diagram
Figure 003A
R
EFF :
901-901,
007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-12-00
Page 15
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 008-049, 051-052, 054-100, 251-251, 303-399,
Post SB 23-1159 For A/C 008-008,
Each VHF system is composed of:
- A transceiver
- A antenna.
Each VHF system has an interface with the following systems and
components:
- Radio Management Panels (RMP)
- Audio Management Unit (AMU)
- Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU)
- Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)
- System Data Acquisition Concentrators (SDAC)
- Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU).
A. Interface with the RMPs
The RMPs are centralized systems used for the selection of the
frequency/channel and the display of the VHF system. They are also used
to switch between the voice/data modes (Ref. 23-13).
B. Interface with the AMU
The AMU is used for the connection to the audio integrating and SELective
CALling (SELCAL) systems by means of the audio Control Panels (ACP) (Ref.
23-51).
C. Interface with the CFDIU
The CFDIU is a centralized maintenance system (Ref. 31-32). Through its
interface with the CFDIU, the VHF3 transceiver sends fault reports to the
ground.
D. Interface with the LGCIU
In case of CFDIU failure, the LGCIU gives the aircraft status (in flight
or on the ground) to the VHF BITE (Ref. 32-31).
E. Interface with the SDACs
The SDACs receive the transmission information from the VHF system
through the KEY EVENT output of the VHF transceiver and record the
transmit mode.
When the SDACs detect that the VHF system has been transmitting
(Push-To-Talk (PTT) switch on) for thirty seconds, a bip-bip aural
warning starts and sounds every second for five seconds. After these
thirty-five seconds, the transmission is automatically cut off.
Twenty-five seconds later, if the PTT switch is still on, the VHF-X
EMITTING message is displayed on the ECAM Display Units (DU).
EFF :
303-399,
008-049, 051-052, 054-100, 251-251, 23-12-00
Page 16
Nov 01/06
R
THY
To start a new transmission, the PTT switch must be released, then pushed
again.
Data communications are stopped when the RMP or the MCDU switches from
data mode to voice mode.
(Ref. Fig. 004)
F. Interface with the ATSU
The ATSU sends data to the VHF system for data communications. In voice
mode and when VHF3 is selected by the MCDU, the ATSU provides the VHF3
system with voice frequencies for aircraft-to-airline communications
(valid only if the ATSU is available).
**ON A/C 001-008, 201-249,
The VHF3 system is also associated with the Aircraft Communication
Addressing and Reporting System (ACARS).
This system transmits the data from the SDAC, FWC, AIDS, and CFDS to the
ground.
**ON A/C ALL
4. ____________
Power Supply
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 005)
**ON A/C 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 005A)
**ON A/C ALL
A. VHF1 System
The VHF1 system is supplied with 28VDC:
- From the 28VDC ESS BUS 4PP (sub-busbar 401PP)
- Through circuit breaker 2RC1 located on the overhead panel 49VU, in the
cockpit.
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 17
Aug 01/06
THY
R VHF System - Key Event Data
Figure 004
R
EFF :
303-399,
008-049, 051-052, 054-100, 251-251, 23-12-00
Page 18
May 01/06
THY
VHF Systems - Power Supply
Figure 005
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
303-399, 901-901,
23-12-00
Page 19
Aug 01/06
THY
VHF Systems - Power Supply
Figure 005A
R
EFF :
301-302, 23-12-00
Page 20
May 01/06
THY
R In case of emergency the VHF1 system operates through the DC emergency
R generation.
B. VHF2 System
The VHF2 system is supplied with 28VDC:
- From the 28VDC BUS 2 2PP (sub-busbar 204PP)
- Through circuit breaker 2RC2 located on the rear panel 121VU, in the
cockpit.
C. VHF3 System
The VHF3 system is supplied with 28VDC:
- From the 28VDC BUS1 1PP (sub-busbar 101PP)
- Through circuit breaker 2RC3 located on the rear panel 121VU in the
cockpit.
5. Interface
_________
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-008, 201-249, 901-901,
A. Output Interface
(1) Digital Outputs The connections with the CFDIU is a type-1 system.
This type of system has an ARINC 429 input from the CFDIU and an
ARINC 429 output. This system is thus capable of two-way
communication with the CFDIU (Ref.31-32).
The radio-communication equipment receives the frequency data through
words from the RMPs. These words have a structure and a refresh rate
defined in ARINC 429 characteristics specification.
On the output bus, each VHF transceiver transmits the labels 356,
377.
This table contains all the output parameters in the digital form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
R
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 21
May 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 356 |BITE | | | | | | | | |
| |STATUS | | | | | 100| BNR| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 377 |EQUIP | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | |1000| BCD| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The equipment code of the VHF tranceiver is 016.
(2) Output Discretes
These Output discretes are the same for each VHF circuit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME ELECTRICAL LEVEL TO SIGNAL STATUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
KEY EVENT GND/O.C. SDAC GND=EMISSION
(3) Output Analog Signals
These Output Analog Signals are the same for each VHF circuit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME ELECTRICAL LEVEL TO SIGNAL STATUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AUDIO SIDETONE OUTPUT MODULATION AMU
SELCAL OUTPUT MODULATION AMU
R
EFF :
001-006, 008-008, 201-249, 901-901, 23-12-00
Page 22
May 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-007, 301-302,
A. Output Interface
(1) Digital Outputs The connections with the CFDIU is a type-1 system.
This type of system has an ARINC 429 input from the CFDIU and an
ARINC 429 output. This system is thus capable of two-way
communication with the CFDIU (Ref.31-32).
The radio-communication equipment receives the frequency data through
words from the RMPs. These words have a structure and a refresh rate
defined in ARINC 429 characteristics specification.
On the output bus, each VHF transceiver transmits the labels 356,
377, 350, 354.
This table contains all the output parameters in the digital form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 356 |BITE | | | | | | | | |
| |STATUS | | | | | 100| BNR| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 377 |EQUIP | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | |1000| BCD| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 350 |FAULT | | | | | | | | |
| |SUMMARY | | | | |1000| DIS| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 354 |LRU | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | | 250| ISO| | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The equipment code of the VHF tranceiver is 016.
R
EFF :
007-007, 301-302, 23-12-00
Page 23
May 01/06
THY
(2) Output Discretes
These Output discretes are the same for each VHF circuit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME ELECTRICAL LEVEL TO SIGNAL STATUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
KEY EVENT GND/O.C. SDAC GND=EMISSION
(3) Output Analog Signals
These Output Analog Signals are the same for each VHF circuit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME ELECTRICAL LEVEL TO SIGNAL STATUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AUDIO SIDETONE OUTPUT MODULATION AMU
SELCAL OUTPUT MODULATION AMU
R **ON A/C 007-007, 053-053, 101-199, 252-299, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1129 For A/C 007-007,901-901,
A. Output Interface
(1) Digital Outputs
The connections with the CFDIU is a type-1 system. This type of
system has anARINC 429 input from the CFDIU and an ARINC 429 output.
This system is thus capable of two-way communication with the CFDIU
(Ref.31-32).
The radio-communication equipment receives the frequency data through
words from the RMPs. These words have a structure and a refresh rate
defined in ARINC 429 characteristics specification.
On the output bus, each VHF transceiver transmits the labels 354,
356, 377.
This table contains all the output parameters in the digital form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
R
EFF : 007-007, 053-053, 101-199, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-12-00
Page 24
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 354 |LRU | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | | 250|ISO5| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 377 |EQUIP | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | |1000| BCD| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 356 |FAULT | | | | | | | | |
| |MESSAGE | | | | | 250|ISO5| | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The equipment code of the VHF tranceiver is 016.
(2) Output Discretes
These Output discretes are the same for each VHF circuit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME ELECTRICAL LEVEL TO SIGNAL STATUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
KEY EVENT GND/O.C. SDAC GND=EMISSION
(3) Output Analog Signals
These Output Analog Signals are the same for each VHF circuit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME ELECTRICAL LEVEL TO SIGNAL STATUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AUDIO SIDETONE OUTPUT MODULATION AMU
SELCAL OUTPUT MODULATION AMU
R
EFF :
901-901,
007-007, 053-053, 101-199, 252-299, 23-12-00
Page 25
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 008-049, 051-052, 054-100, 251-251, 303-399,
Post SB 23-1159 For A/C 008-008,
A. Output Interface
(1) Digital Outputs
The connections with the CFDIU is a type-1 system. This type of
system has an ARINC 429 input from the CFDIU and an ARINC 429 output.
This system is thus capable of two-way communication with the CFDIU
(Ref.31-32).
The radio-communication equipment receives the frequency data through
words from the RMPs. These words have a structure and a refresh rate
defined in ARINC 429 characteristics specification.
On the output bus, each VHF transceiver transmits the labels 354,
356, 377, and only VHF3 transceiver (if installed) transmits labels
270 and 172.
This table contains all the output parameters in the digital form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 354 |LRU | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | | 250|ISO5| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 377 |EQUIP | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | |1000| BCD| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 356 |FAULT | | | | | | | | |
| |MESSAGE | | | | | 250|ISO5| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 270 |STATUS | | | | |1000|BOO-| | |
| | | | | | | |LEAN| | |
| | | | | | | |WORD| | |
| 172 |SAL MODE | | | | |1000| BNR| | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The equipment code of the VHF tranceiver is 016.
R
EFF :
303-399,
008-049, 051-052, 054-100, 251-251, 23-12-00
Page 26
May 01/06
THY
An ARINC 429 HS bus between VHF3 (VDR3) (if installed) and ATSU is
used to transmit users data and control data.
(2) Output Discretes
These Output discretes are the same for each VHF circuit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME ELECTRICAL LEVEL TO SIGNAL STATUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
KEY EVENT GND/O.C. SDAC GND=EMISSION
(3) Output Analog Signals
These Output Analog Signals are the same for each VHF circuit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME ELECTRICAL LEVEL TO SIGNAL STATUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AUDIO SIDETONE OUTPUT MODULATION AMU
SELCAL OUTPUT MODULATION AMU
**ON A/C ALL
6. _____________________
Component Description
A. VHF Transceiver
(1) Description
The VHF transceiver conforms to ARINC 600 specifications.
The case size is 3MCU.
(a) VHF transceiver
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-008, 201-249, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 006)
R **ON A/C 007-007, 053-199, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 006A)
**ON A/C 252-299,
(Ref. Fig. 006B)
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 27
Aug 01/06
THY
R VHF Transceiver
Figure 006
R
EFF :
001-006, 008-008, 201-249, 901-901, 23-12-00
Page 28
May 01/06
THY
VHF Transceiver
Figure 006A
R
EFF :
007-007, 053-199, 301-399, 23-12-00
Page 29
Aug 01/06
THY
R VHF Transceiver
Figure 006B
R
EFF :
252-299, 23-12-00
Page 30
May 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 008-049, 051-052, 251-251,
Post SB 23-1159 For A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 006C)
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-008, 201-249, 901-901,
1
_ VHF transceiver face
The face features :
(Ref. Fig. 006)
- two jacks (PHONE and MIC)
- two pushbutton switches
- an LCD
- a PMCDIA memory card entry slot
- an RS-232 connector
- an identification plate.
R **ON A/C 007-007, 053-199, 301-399,
1
_ VHF transceiver face
The face features :
(Ref. Fig. 006A)
- Two jacks (PHONE and MIC)
- A TEST pushbutton switch
- A red/green warning light: LRU STATUS
- A red indicator light: CONTROL FAIL
- A red warning light: ANTENNA FAIL
- A handle
- An identification plate.
**ON A/C 252-299,
1
_ VHF transceiver face
The face features :
(Ref. Fig. 006B)
- Two jacks (PHONE and MIC)
- A TEST pushbutton switch to manually trigger tests
- A FAIL LRU red indicator light:
This light comes on when the continuous or/and manually
triggered tests detect a malfunction in the transceiver and
not in the inputs (discrete or ARINC 429 bus)
- A FAIL IN red indicator light:
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 31
Aug 01/06
THY
R VHF Transceiver
Figure 006C
R
EFF :
008-049, 051-052, 251-251, 23-12-00
Page 32
May 01/06
THY
This light comes on when the VHF transceiver detects a
malfunction in the inputs (DFS ARINC 429 bus)
- A PASS green indicator light:
This light comes on when the continuous or/and manually
triggered tests do not detect any malfunctions
- A VSWR red indicator light:
This light comes on when the transceiver measures a Voltage
Standing Wave Ratio (VSWR) larger than 2:1
- A TX green indicator light:
This light comes on when the transceiver is transmitting
- A RX green indicator light:
This light comes on when the transceiver is receiving
- A handle
**ON A/C 008-049, 051-052, 251-251,
Post SB 23-1159 For A/C 008-008,
1
_ VHF transceiver face
The face features :
(Ref. Fig. 006C)
- two jacks (PHONE and MIC)
- a self-test pushbutton
- a LCD screen to display messages in simple language in one
of four modes (normal operation, BITE display, maintenance,
S/W loading).
- two pushbutton switches.
- a handle
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-008, 054-100, 201-249, 303-399, 901-901,
2
_ VHF transceiver back
The back comprises three connectors to enable connection with:
- The automatic test circuits (Top Plug TP)
- The peripheral systems (Middle Plug MP)
- The antenna and the power supply circuits (Bottom Plug BP).
R **ON A/C 007-007, 009-049, 051-053, 101-199, 251-299, 301-302,
2
_ VHF transceiver back
The back comprises three connectors to enable connection with:
- vendor specific test-equipment (Top Plug TP)
- The peripheral systems (Middle Plug MP)
- The antenna and the power supply circuits (Bottom Plug BP).
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 33
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302, 901-901,
(2) Characteristics
The VHF transceiver complies with the standards defined in ARINC 716.
The transmission and reception of coded messages between the various
control units (CFDIU, RMP) comply with ARINC 429.
The transceiver operates within the frequency range between 118.000
and 136.975 MHz with 25 KHz spacing between channels (it has a
possibility of 760 channels).
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 23-1119 For A/C 001-006,201-249,301-302,901-901,
(2) Characteristics
The VHF transceiver complies with the standards defined in ARINC 716.
The transmission and reception of coded messages between the various
control units (CFDIU, RMP) comply with ARINC 429.
The transceiver operates within the frequency range between 118.000
and 136.975 MHz with 8,33 KHz spacing between channels (it has a
possibility of 2278 channels).
**ON A/C ALL
(3) Operation
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-008, 201-249, 901-901,
(a) General operation
The transceiver consists of five sections:
- Transmit/Receive (T-R) switch and filter
- Receiver
- Receiver/synthesizer
- Transmitter synthesizer - I/Q modulator - I/Q modulator filter
- Transmitter.
In Receive mode:
The VDR (VHF Data Radio) RF module amplifies and converts RF
signal received by the antenna into intermediate frequency (I-F)
and analog signals to make it processed by the digital-signal
processor (DSP) of the main processor module.
In Transmit mode:
The RF module modulates the analog signals provided by the DSP
section onto RF signals for transmission through the antenna.
R
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 34
May 01/06
THY
The main processor module sends selection voltage to the
transmitter and control signal to the receiver synthesizer to
control the transmit/receive switch and filter.
The received signal in the transmit/receive switch and filter is
checked by the main processor preselector tune coming through the
receiver.
Channel spacing selection and DSP automatic gain control (AGC)
from the main processor module control IF and audio outputs
produced in the receiver.
The synthesizer data from the main processor controls the
receiver synthesizer and the transmitter synthesizer.
The receiver synthesizer data from the main processor provides
the first local oscillator (L.O) frequency output to the
transmit/receive switch and filter.
After the VDR detects that the microphone is in the transmit
position for a duration longer than 30 seconds, 1KHz interrupted
tone (1/2 second on, 1/2 second off) is emitted for five seconds
via the audio/sidetone output. After a total of 35 seconds, the
VDR turns off the transmitter and the 1KHz interrupted sidetone.
To reactivate the transmitter, the microphone PUSH-TO-TALK button
must be released and then rekeyed.
(b) Not Applicable
R **ON A/C 007-007, 053-053, 101-199, 301-302,
The VHF transceiver ensures its primary functions through :
- the receiver
- the transmitter
- the synthesizer
The antenna switch and final filter assembly:
- route the input signal from the antenna to the receiver in the
receive mode
- connect the transmitter RF output to the antenna in the
transmit mode.
(a) Receive Mode
The signal is applied through a transmit/receive switch to a
hight-pass filter on the RF assembly that rejects signals in the
the FM broadcast band. RF is then applied through an attenuator
which reduces high level signals to prevent cross-modulation
effects and spurious responses. The signal is then filtered by
two varactors-tuned filters and an RF amplifier which provides
80dB rejection to image frequencies. Tuning voltage is provided
by d/a converters on the system processor.
R
EFF : 001-008, 053-053, 101-199, 201-249,
301-302, 901-901,
23-12-00
Page 35
Aug 01/06
THY
A passive mixer converts the 118 - 138Mhz signals with a +20-dBm
synthesiser frequency from the signal processor to a 20.125Mhz if
frequency. Anolog AGC is provided for IF and RF amplifiers by
op-amp integrator circuits.
The AM baseband input from the RF assembly is low-pass filtered
by an analog filter, applied to a 12-bit A/D converter, and
sampled at 84kHz. The signal is amplitude compressed so that
modulation levels over a 6dB range provided the same output
level. The signal is digitally filtered to provide a -3dB
response of 300 to 2500 hZ. The signal also has the capability of
being muted at least 80 dB. A squelch decision logic function
that monitors the inputs from the AGC and noise squelch is used
to remove muting from the receive audio when the signal strengh
is above a certain level. These are dc levels that vary in
proportion to signal strengh.
(b) Transmit mode
The input from the microphone inputs is low-pass filtered by an
analog filter, applied to a 12-bit A/D converter, and sampled at
84 kHz. The signal is amplitude compressed so that modulation
levels over a 20 dB range provide the same output level. The
compressor treshold level is sofware selectable via commands from
the system processor. The signal is digitally filtered to provide
a -3dB response of 300 to 2500Hz. The sidetone audio output
signal is amplified to a nominal 10 mW level and routed to the
rear connector.
A +20-dBM signal is applied from the signal processor to a QAM
modulator. Proper phase shift for the I and Q modulators is
adjustable by a voltage from the system processor providing
optimun phase shift at all VHF band frequencies. The baseband I
and Q channels from the signal processor are applied to the
balanced modulators and summed to provide the QAM function.
The modulator signal is amplified to the +20-dB level and sampled
by the phase correcting loop. The main path of the signal is
applied to a phase correcting element and an amplitude adjusting
element. The signal is then amplified by a four linear power
amplifier to +51-dBm peak level. A pre-tuned low-pass filter
reduces the harmonic level to better than -60 dB. A 20 dB dual
directional coupler provides samples of incident and reflected
power for linear diode detectors. A T/R switch outputs the
transmitter to the main antenna. Baseband feedback is used for
both phase and amplitude components of modulation signal.
R
EFF :
007-007, 053-053, 101-199, 301-302, 23-12-00
Page 36
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
(a) General operation
The VHF transceiver ensures its primary functions through :
- the receiver
- the transmitter
- the synthesizer
- the FM Immunity filter is a high-pass with a stop band
attenuation at 108 MHz greater than 10 dB. This filter prevents
interference from high-power FM broadcast stations.
The antenna switch and final filter assembly :
- route the input signal from the antenna to the receiver in the
receive mode
- connect the transmitter RF output to the antenna in the
transmit mode.
(b) Selftest
The purpose of this test is to test the front panel LEDs and to
test the functioning of the radio. The color of the LEDs in the
fourth phase indicate the result of the selftest. The duration of
the LED illumination is for reference only.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PHASE | LRU STATUS | CONTROL FAIL | ANTENNA FAIL | DURATION |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 | RED | RED | RED | 1-3 sec |
| 2 | GREEN | RED | RED | 1-3 sec |
| 3 | OFF | OFF | OFF | 1-3 sec |
| 4 | GREEN | OFF | OFF | 20-40 sec |
**ON A/C 252-299,
The VHF transceiver ensures its primary functions through:
- The receiver
- The power amplifier
- The synthesizer
- The microprocessor.
The FM Immunity Filter:
- Is a high-pass filter with a stop band attenuation at 108 MHz
greater than 10 dB.
- This filter prevents interference from high-power FM broadcast
stations.
The antenna switch:
- Routes the input signal from the antenna to the receiver via
the FM immunity filter in the receive mode
R
EFF :
054-100, 252-299, 303-399, 23-12-00
Page 37
May 01/06
THY
- Connects the power amplifier RF output to the antenna in the
transmit mode.
The transceiver has two serial inputs: a port A serial input and
a port B serial input. It can therefore be controlled through
either input depending on the status of a discrete delivered by
the frequency control system.
The data corresponding to the frequency selected on the RMP is
sent to the transceiver in the form of a 32-bit serial word
through an ARINC 429 bus. This serial word contains the label,
the source/destination identifier, the frequency data, the status
and the parity bit. Each serial word is applied to an ARINC 429
receiver made up of differential amplifiers. These amplifiers
convert the ARINC data into TTL logic signals for analysis by the
microprocessor. After acquisition of these signals, the
microprocessor supplies tuning data to the synthesizer in BCD
form. The synthesizer processes these data and then generates a
frequency to tune the receiver and the power amplifier to the
RMP-selected frequency.
(a) Receive mode
The signal is applied to one of two low-pass filters. Selection
of the low band or high band filter is made depending on the
received frequency (118 to 127.975 Mhz or 128 to 136.975Mhz).
These filters prevent the undesired frequencies from being fed
back to the antenna. After filtering, the signal is applied to a
first mixer where it is mixed with the signal from the frequency
synthesizer. This first IF output is then filtered by a crystal
filter and amplified (40 dB of gain depending on AGC).
The signal is then applied to a second mixer. This mixer receives
the modulated 20.025Mhz signal and a 9.325 Mhz frequency signal
produced by a crystal oscillator.
The output provides a second IF signal of 10.7Mhz.
This second IF signal is filtered and amplified twice before
detection. Both IF amplifiers provide a gain of 70 dB.
The complete amplification channel provides a total gain of
110dB.
The modulated signal is then applied to a detection circuit and
to a buffer amplifier. This detection circuit also controls the
AGC circuit which controls the IF amplifier gain. The buffer
amplifier output demodulated signal is applied to the data
circuit and audio circuit.
(b) Transmit mode
The signal from the microphone or data circuit is applied to a
low-pass filter and compressor. The compressor maintains a
constant modulation percentage (90%) regardless of the audio
input level.
R
EFF :
252-299, 23-12-00
Page 38
May 01/06
THY
The compressor output is fed to one input of the feedback
amplifier. The other input is fed by the forward power output of
the directional coupler. Both inputs are compared in the feedback
amplifier to provide a linearized output. The output of the
feedback amplifier is applied to one input of a variable
attenuator which receives the Radio Frequency (RF) from the
synthesizer on the other input.
The RF signal is modulated in amplitude after it has been fed
into the variable attenuator by the regulated audio signal.
This signal is then amplified, filtered and sent to the antenna
via a solid-state TR switch.
**ON A/C 008-049, 051-052, 251-251,
Post SB 23-1159 For A/C 008-008,
(a) General operation
The VHF transceiver ensures its primary functions through:
- RF module
- Main processor module
- Power supply module
- HIRF/Rear interconnect
- Front panel display assembly
- Memory card interface module.
(b) Not Applicable
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-008, 201-249, 901-901,
(c) Power supply
(Ref. Fig. 007)
The 27.5VDC input is filtered for direct use in the transmitter.
A 15 V regulator and a 8 V regulator provide the operating
voltage for other sub-assemblies.
The output is fully protected against all overload and short
circuit conditions.
R
EFF : 001-006, 008-049, 051-052, 201-249,
251-299, 901-901,
23-12-00
Page 39
May 01/06
THY
VHF Transceiver - Power Supply - Block Diagram
Figure 007
R
EFF :
001-006, 008-008, 201-249, 901-901, 23-12-00
Page 40
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-007, 053-053, 101-199, 301-302,
(c) Power supply
The power supply provides four voltages to the tranceiver +12
Vdc, -12 Vdc, +35 Vdc, and 5Vdc. The power supply will be shut
down by over/undervoltage circuits when the input voltage is not
within limits. The power supply monitor a power supply over/under
voltage output to the system processor. Energy-storage circuits
provide operation during input power interrups of 200 msec or
less.
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-008, 201-249, 901-901,
(d) Receiver
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 008)
The receiver utilizes the superheterodyne technique. The RF input
from the antenna switch passes to both the programmable
attenuator and attenuator control circuits. Under normal-signal
level operation, the input passes to the preselector without
attenuation. In high-signal level environments or in presence of
large undesirable signals, the programmable attenuator maintains
an optimum desired-to-undesired signal ratio. The attenuator is a
constant-impedance (50 ohm) variable-attenuation device. This
ensures the selectivity of the preselector is not reduced as
attenuation is provided.
The programmed attenuator reduces interference due to undesirable
effects of cross modulation.
The three-pole varactor-tuned preselector is tuned to the desired
channel frequency by the microcomputer.
The mixer driver amplifies low level RF from the synthesizer and
provides mixer LO injection.
The mixer output passes through a 21.4 MHz crystal filter. The
output of this filter is amplified in the IF amplifier to a
suitable signal level.
The AGC circuit maintains the audio output level of the detector
at a constant level for RF input variations of 2 micron V to 0.2
V.
After amplification by the audio preamplifier:
- The squelch gate which receives its inputs from the
phase-locked squelch circuit, controls the voice audio output
of the receiver.
R
EFF : 001-008, 053-053, 101-199, 201-249,
301-302, 901-901,
23-12-00
Page 41
Aug 01/06
THY
VHF Transceiver (Receiver Part) - Block Diagram
Figure 008
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-12-00
Page 42
May 01/06
THY
To avoid missed-communications and random squelch openings in
multiple carrier situations:
- The squelch circuit will open the squelch gate only for a valid
carrier-input with a signal-to-noise ratio suitable for
intelligibility. For DATA communications, a secondary audio
output is available, independent of squelch controls.
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-008, 201-249, 901-901,
(e) Transmitter
R
The transmitter receives the input RF excitation from the
frequency synthesizer.
This signal is within the 118-136.975 MHz frequency range and is
amplified in the Class A buffer and predriver amplifiers. The
signal is further amplified to a nominal 25-watt level by the
Class AB driver and final amplifiers. Modulation from the audio
processing is applied at the predriver whenever the PTT or data
key is enabled and the corresponding VOICE or DATA mode is
selected. The VSWR detector maintains the output RF at a constant
level across the frequency band, independent of antenna load
variations.
R **ON A/C 007-007, 053-053, 101-199, 301-302,
(f) Frequency Synthesizer
A dual loop digital synthesizer is used. The first loop operates
at 50 kHz spacing. This output is divided by a fixed divide by
128 digital divider to produce a variable reference in the 3.6 to
5 mHz band. The output loop VCO operates directly at the required
VHF frequency, 118 to 158 mHz. This VCO output is divided by a
fixed divide by 32 digital divider to the variable reference
frequency range of 3.6 to 5 mHz. This signal is then compared in
a phase detector with the variable frequency from the reference
loop. Aany phase or frequency error is corrected by the negative
feedback of the loop.
Two VCOs are used: one to operate at the output range of 118 to
158 mHz and one to operate at the reference range of 472 to 632
mHz. A tuning voltage of approximately 5 to 10 Vdc is used to
cover the tuning range of each VCO. A common emitter RF amplifier
amplifies the output loop VCO to the +20-dBm level where it is
routed via a pin diode switch to either the transmitter or
receiver RF assembly.
A separate BITE is used during self-test and alignment modes to
monitor the transmit signal with the receiver. The BITE
R
EFF : 001-008, 053-053, 101-199, 201-249,
301-302, 901-901,
23-12-00
Page 43
Aug 01/06
THY
synthesizer is a single loop indirect phase-locked loop (PLL)
providing mixer injection in 25 kHz frequency steps. A single
phase-locked loop (PLL) combining dual modulus prescaler and
programmable divider provides the PLL function. The BITE
synthesizer is powered off when not in use to eliminate any
possibility of spurious outputs feeding through to the output of
the main synthesizer. When in the self-test or alignment mode, a
command from the system processor connects the self-test
synthesizer to the receiver mixer while the main synthesizer
remains connected to the transmitter.
R **ON A/C 001-008, 053-053, 101-199, 201-249, 301-302, 901-901,
(g) Audio processing
R (Ref. Fig. 009)
The microphone input-circuit provides excitation and couples
voice modulation to the compressor circuits. The compressor
circuits level the range of input signal amplitudes to maintain a
high level of modulation without overmodulating. The compressed
signal is amplified and applied to the modulator located on the
transmitter assembly. Data inputs are similarly processed and
applied to the modulator.
In addition to transmitted audio or data control, final receiver
audio amplification and filtering are performed on this circuit
board. Service adjustments are provided for data and voice audio
output levels in accordance with ARINC requirements.
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-008, 201-249, 901-901,
(h) Data interface
R (Ref. Fig. 010)
The data interface board receives the 32 bit, BCD coded serial
word from the RMP. This serial word is input to the port selector
which selects either port A (onside port) or port B (offside
port) as specified by the select discrete of the RMP. The
selected bipolar signal is converted and passed to the 429 LSI.
The 429 LSI performs the function of receiving all 32 bits and
latching the tuning word in a buffer. It then interrupts the
processor where the received tuning word is checked for proper
label, SDI, word status and channel frequency data. If the word
is determined to be acceptable, it is used to tune the
transceiver.
R
EFF : 001-008, 053-053, 101-199, 201-249,
301-302, 901-901,
23-12-00
Page 44
Aug 01/06
THY
VHF Transceiver - Block Diagram of the Audio Processing
R Figure 009
R
EFF : 001-008, 053-053, 101-199, 201-249,
301-302, 901-901,
23-12-00
Page 45
Aug 01/06
THY
VHF Transceiver - Data Interface - Block Diagram
R Figure 010
R
EFF :
001-006, 008-008, 201-249, 901-901, 23-12-00
Page 46
Aug 01/06
THY
The 429 LSI is also used to receive centralized fault display
system (CFDS) commands and maintenance data via a bit 429 input
port. The maintenance data is received continuously in normal
mode from the centralized fault display interface unit (CFDIU)
and it provides information about the aircraft environment which
is recorded in the fault memory when a fault is detected by the
transceiver. In menu mode, commands from the CFDS are received on
this port and the transceiver outputs 429 words to display a menu
on the multipurpose control and display unit (MCDU). In the
normal mode, the transceiver sends fault message information to
the CFDIU when a fault is continuously detected for two seconds,
and the fault along with the aircraft environment information is
stored in nonvolatile memory. In addition to frequency and 429
BITE port management, the fault analysis is performed by the
microcomputer. The microcomputer interrogates various functions
on the other modules within the transceiver. The sampled analog
and digital information is processed to determine fault
priorities. In BITE DISPLAY mode, in the event of a detected
failure, additional help screens are provided on the LCD of the
front panel of the VDR to locate the detected failure to a
module.
(4) Test Various tests are continuously performed both on hardware and
software elements, including voltage level timing, algorithms and
discrete signals. the tranceiver status is displayed on the VDR and
on the CFDIU. The functional test can be started from the tranceiver
front panel with the two pushbutton switches.
R **ON A/C 007-007, 053-053, 101-199, 301-302,
(4) Selftest
- The purpose of this test is to test the front panel LEDs and to
test the functioning of the radio. The color of the LEDs in the
fourth phase indicate the result of the selftest. The duration of
the LED illumination is for reference only.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PHASE | LRU STATUS | CONTROL FAIL | ANTENNA FAIL | DURATION |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 | RED | RED | RED | 1-3 sec |
| 2 | GREEN | RED | RED | 1-3 sec |
| 3 | OFF | OFF | OFF | 1-3 sec |
| 4 | GREEN | OFF | OFF | 20-40 sec |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF : 001-008, 053-053, 101-199, 201-249,
301-302, 901-901,
23-12-00
Page 47
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-008, 201-249, 901-901,
(5) Software loading mode The sofware program is loaded into a
non-volatile memory from a program card when this card is inserted
into tranceiver front panel. The front panel pushbutton switches and
LCD display are used to control this operation.
**ON A/C ALL
B. VHF Antenna
(1) Description
R (Ref. Fig. 011)
The VHF antenna is a white blade antenna. It weighs 1.2 kg.
This antenna is composed of:
- An aluminum base plate
- A laminated radome
- A duralinox leading edge
- A C-type coaxial connector surrounded by a seal.
The antenna is connected to the transceiver by means of a coaxial
cable. It is screwed on to the fuselage. The attachment screws ensure
the electrical bonding.
(2) Operation
The VHF antenna, the height of which corresponds to a quarter of the
wavelength, provides a quasi-omnidirectional radiation.
This antenna allows the transmission and reception of VHF signals
over the 116 to 156 MHz frequency range. Its impedance is 50 ohms and
its standing-wave ratio is lower than 2 over the 118 to 137 MHz VHF
frequency range.
7. Operation
_________
R **ON A/C 001-008, 053-053, 101-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
A. Receive Function
The antenna picks up the VHF radio-communication signals from the
stations. These signals are transmitted to the transceiver by a coaxial
cable.
The transceiver, tuned on the frequency selected on one RMP (Ref. 23-13)
demodulates the VHF received signals into AF signals.
The AF signals are transmitted via the AMU to the audio equipment or
SELCAL system.
R
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 48
Aug 01/06
THY
VHF Antenna
R Figure 011
R
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 49
Aug 01/06
THY
B. Transmit Function
The AF signals from the microphones are transmitted to the VHF
transceiver through the AMU.
The VHF transceiver tuned on the frequency selected on one RMP transforms
the AF signals into VHF modulated signals.
The VHF signals are fed to the antenna by a coaxial cable. They are then
transmitted to the various stations.
A connection between the VHF transceiver and the SDAC enables to record
the use of the VHF system in transmit mode. The connection is obtained
through the PTT switch.
C. Not Applicable
**ON A/C 008-049, 051-052, 054-100, 251-251, 303-399,
Post SB 23-1159 For A/C 008-008,
A. Receive Function
The antenna picks up the VHF radio-communication signals from the
stations. These signals are transmitted to the transceiver by a coaxial
cable.
In voice mode, the transceiver, tuned on the frequency selected on one
RMP (Ref. 23-13) demodulates the VHF received signals into Audio
Frequency (AF) signals.
The AF signals are transmitted to the audio equipment or SELCAL system
through the AMU.
In data mode, the transceiver tuned on the frequency selected on one MCDU
and transmitted to the transceiver through an ARINC 429 HS bus,
demodulates the VHF3 received signals into digital information. This
information is transmitted to the ATSU through an ARINC 429 HS bus.
B. Transmit Function
In voice mode, the AF signals from the microphones are transmitted to the
VHF transceiver through the AMU.
The VHF transceiver tuned on the frequency selected on one RMP, modulates
the AF signals into VHF signals. These VHF signals are sent to the
antenna by a coaxial cable. They are then transmitted to the various
stations.
The VHF system sends the transmission information to the SDACs through
the KEY EVENT output of the VHF transceiver and the SDACs record the
transmit mode.
In data mode, the digital information is transmitted from the ATSU to the
VHF3 (tuned on the frequency selected on one MCDU and transmitted to the
transceiver through an ARINC 429 HS bus) which modulates it.
The VHF signals are sent to the antenna by a coaxial cable. They are then
transmitted to the various stations.
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 50
Aug 01/06
R
THY
C. VHF voice/data mode selection
The system has direct control over the VHF3 switching between voice and
data modes.
A voice/data switching can be requested by:
- Any RMP
- The Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU) through the Air
Traffic and Information Management System (ATIMS) (Ref. 46-21).
**ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
D. VDL ground network
The VDL mode A and mode 2 functions provide a short-range Air/Ground VHF
digitalcommunication link (operated mainly by ARINC or SITA and by other
secondary ground service providers) for the transmission of digital data.
The VDL mode 2 function is available on aircraft in parallel with VDL
mode A function. Switching between the two modes (mode A, mode 2) is
automatic without any action from the navigation crew (depending on the
capacity of the selected provider and the ATSU configuration).
NOTE : Both functions (mode A, mode 2) cannot be used simultaneously.
____
**ON A/C ALL
8. Test
____
**ON A/C 007-007, 301-302,
A. Built-in-Test Equipment (BITE)
The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft.
The BITE detects and determines a failure related to the VHF system.
The BITE of the VHF transceiver is connected to the Centralized Fault
Display Interface Unit (CFDIU). Refer to ATA 31-32.
The BITE:
- Transmits permanently VHF system status and an identification message
to the CFDIU
- Memorizes the failures occured during the last 63 flight legs
- Monitors data input from the various peripherals (RMP, CFDIU and ATSU
for VHF3 only)
- Transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and self-tests
- Can communicate with the CFDIU by the menus.
R
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 51
Aug 01/06
THY
B. General Operation
The BITE has two operation modes:
- The normal mode
- The menu mode.
(1) Normal mode
During the normal mode, the BITE monitors cyclically the momentaneous
status of the VHF system. It transmits these information signals to
the CFDIU during the flight concerned.
In case of fault detection, the BITE stores the information signals
in the fault memories.
These information signals are transmitted to the CFDIU every 250 ms
by an ARINC 429 message with label 356.
(2) Menu mode
The menu mode can only be activated on the ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the VHF
transceiver BITE. This is by means of the MCDU of the maintenance
system.
The VHF transceiver menu mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
- LRU IDENTIFICATION
- GND SCANNING
- TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
- CLASS 3 FAULTS
- TEST
- GROUND REPORT
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1129 For A/C 007-007,
R **ON A/C 008-049, 051-052, 054-100, 251-299, 303-399,
R Post SB 23-1159 For A/C 008-008,
R (Ref. Fig. 012)
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 52
Aug 01/06
THY
VHF System - BITE Monitoring
R Figure 012
R
EFF :
303-399,
008-049, 051-052, 054-100, 251-299, 23-12-00
Page 53
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1129 For A/C 007-007,
A. Built-in-Test Equipment (BITE)
The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft.
The BITE detects and determines a failure related to the VHF system.
The BITE of the VHF transceiver is connected to the Centralized Fault
Display Interface Unit (CFDIU). Refer to ATA 31-32.
The BITE:
- Transmits permanently the VHF system status and an identification
message to the CFDIU
- Memorizes the failures occured during the last 63 flight legs
- Monitors data input from the various peripherals (RMP, CFDIU and ATSU)
- Transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and the result
of the self-tests
- Can communicate with the CFDIU through menus.
B. General Operation
The BITE has two operation modes:
- The normal mode
- The menu mode.
(1) Normal mode
In normal mode, the BITE monitors cyclically the momentaneous status
of the VHF system. It transmits these information signals to the
CFDIU during the flight.
In case of fault detection, the BITE stores the information signals
in the fault memories.
These information signals are transmitted to the CFDIU every 250 ms
(max) through an ARINC 429 message with label 356.
(2) Menu mode
The menu mode can only be activated on the ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the VHF
transceiver BITE, through the MCDU (maintenance menu).
In menu mode, the VHF menu gives access to these pages:
- LAST LEG REPORT
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
- LRU IDENTIFICATION
- GND SCANNING
- TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
- CLASS 3 FAULTS
- TEST
- GROUND REPORT
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
303-399, 901-901,
23-12-00
Page 54
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
C. Functional Description
(1) LAST LEG REPORT
R (Ref. Fig. 013)
This report contains the Class 1 and 2 internal and external faults
recorded during the last flight.
(2) PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
R (Ref. Fig. 014)
The messages shown on this report are identical to those given in the
paragraph above but they are related to the faults that occurred
during the last 63 flights.
(3) LRU IDENTIFICATION
R (Ref. Fig. 015)
R **ON A/C 901-901,
R Post SB 23-1129 For A/C 901-901,
R (Ref. Fig. 015A)
R
**ON A/C ALL
This report displays the Part Number (P/N) and the Serial Number
(S/N).
(4) GROUND SCANNING
R (Ref. Fig. 016)
This function is used to monitor and detect anomalies on the ground.
(5) TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
R (Ref. Fig. 017)
This function is used to analyze the snapshot of the recorded fault
to detect any software bug. Two types of data are displayed on the
MCDU:
- Correlation parameters, which are the date and the UTC.
- Snapshot data.
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 55
Aug 01/06
THY
VHF system - LAST LEG REPORT
R Figure 013
R
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 56
Aug 01/06
THY
VHF system - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
R Figure 014
R
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 57
Aug 01/06
THY
VHF system - LRU IDENT
R Figure 015
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 58
Aug 01/06
THY
VHF system - LRU IDENT
R Figure 015A
R
EFF :
901-901, 23-12-00
Page 59
Aug 01/06
THY
VHF system - GND SCANNING
R Figure 016
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 60
Aug 01/06
THY
VHF system - TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
R Figure 017
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 61
Aug 01/06
THY
(6) CLASS 3 FAULTS
(Ref. Fig. 018)
This report contains the Class 3 internal and external faults
recorded during the last flight.
(7) TEST
(Ref. Fig. 019)
A VHF built-in functional test can be initiated by pushing, on the
MCDU, the line key adjacent to the TEST indication on the VHF
maintenance sub-menu. The test sequence is shown on the figure.
(8) GROUND REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 020)
This function is used to display Class 1, 2 or 3 internal faults when
they are detected on the ground. These faults differ from these
faults displayed in the LAST LEG REPORT and CLASS 3 FAULTS. The
figure shows examples of internal faults recorded on the ground by
the VHF system.
R (9) SPECIFIC DATA
R This report displays the total flight time.
The BITE system is used through one of the two MCDUs 3CA1 and 3CA2
(Ref. ATA 22-82-00).
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 62
Nov 01/06
THY
VHF system - CLASS 3 FAULTS
R Figure 018
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 63
Aug 01/06
THY
VHF system - TEST
R Figure 019
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 64
Aug 01/06
THY
VHF system - GROUND REPORT
R Figure 020
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 65
Aug 01/06
THY
VHF SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________
TASK 23-12-00-710-001
Operational Test of the VHF System
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
NOTE : During this test, the aircraft must be in an open area.
____
NOTE : The transmission and reception test of the VHF system is the same for
____
all the crew stations. You must do the test at each station.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the reception and transmission from each station operate
correctly.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific boomset
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 501
May 01/05
THY
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-00-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Connect a boomset to the jack panel at all the crew stations.
Subtask 23-12-00-865-050
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/RMP/1 2RG1 G10
49VU COM/VHF/1 2RC1 G09
49VU COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH 9RN G08
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O 5RN G07
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT 4RN G06
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/VHF/3 2RC3 L05
**ON A/C ALL
121VU COM NAV/VHF/2 2RC2 L04
121VU COM NAV/SELCAL 8RN M04
121VU COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT 6RN M02
**ON A/C 007-007,
121VU COM NAV/ACP/AVNCS/COMPT 7RN M03
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 502
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
WARNING : OBEY THE RADIO REGULATIONS AND MAKE SURE THAT THE FREQUENCY IS
_______
AVAILABLE BEFORE YOU TRANSMIT.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
Subtask 23-12-00-710-050
A. Operational Test of the VHF System
NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the other system(s), use the
____
indications between the parentheses.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP1: On the RMP1:
- Set the ON/OFF selector switch - The RMP shows the last frequencies
to ON. and the last function used.
- Push the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) - The green LED on this pushbutton
pushbutton switch. switch comes on.
- The SEL indicator light (white LED)
comes on only for the VHF2 system.
- In the STBY/CRS display window,
with the dual selector knob,
set the frequency of a station
that transmits.
- Start this frequency. To do - The frequency set comes into view in
this, push the transfer the ACTIVE display window.
pushbutton switch (double
arrow) between the two display
windows.
2. On the ACP of the station under On the ACP:
maintenance:
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 503
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) - The green bars on the VHF1 (VHF2,
transmission pushbutton switch. VHF3) transmission pushbutton switch
come on.
- Push and release the VHF1 - The reception pushbutton switch comes
(VHF2, VHF3) reception fully out and comes on.
pushbutton switch.
- Make sure that the reception in the
boomset is correct.
- Smoothly turn the VHF1 (VHF2, - The reception you can hear must
VHF3) reception pushbutton change smoothly without interference.
switch clockwise.
- Set the INT/RAD switch to RAD
and hold it in this position
(You can do this operation on
the PTT switch of the sidestick
controller at the CAPT. or F/O
station).
- Speak in the boomset - Make sure that the transmission is
microphone. correct.
- Release the INT/RAD switch (or - The INT/RAD switch comes back to the
the PTT switch on the sidestick center position.
controller at the CAPT. or F/O
station).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
303-399, 901-901,
23-12-00
Page 504
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 301-302,
Subtask 23-12-00-710-050-B
A. Operational Test of the VHF System
NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the other system(s), use the
____
indications between the parentheses.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP1: On the RMP1:
- Set the ON/OFF selector switch - The RMP shows the last frequencies
to ON. and the last function used.
- Push the VHF1 (VHF2) pushbutton - The green LED on this pushbutton
switch. switch comes on.
- The SEL indicator light (white LED)
comes on only for the VHF2 system.
- In the STBY/CRS display window,
with the dual selector knob,
set the frequency of a station
that transmits.
- Start this frequency. To do - The frequency set comes into view in
this, push the transfer the ACTIVE display window.
pushbutton switch (double
arrow) between the two display
windows.
2. On the ACP of the station under On the ACP:
maintenance:
- Push the VHF1 (VHF2) - The green bars on the VHF1 (VHF2)
transmission pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch come
on.
- Push and release the VHF1 - The reception pushbutton switch comes
(VHF2) reception pushbutton fully out and comes on.
switch.
R
EFF :
301-302, 23-12-00
Page 505
May 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Make sure that the reception in the
boomset is correct.
- Smoothly turn the VHF1 (VHF2) - The reception you can hear must
reception pushbutton switch change smoothly without interference.
clockwise.
- Set the INT/RAD switch to RAD
and hold it in this position
(You can do this operation on
the PTT switch of the sidestick
controller at the CAPT. or F/O
station).
- Speak in the boomset - Make sure that the transmission is
microphone. correct.
- Release the INT/RAD switch - The INT/RAD switch comes back to the
(or the PTT switch on the center position.
sidestick controller at the
CAPT. or F/O station).
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
Subtask 23-12-00-860-051
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the ACP, push the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) transmission pushbutton switch
and the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) reception pushbutton switch.
(2) On the RMP1, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.
(3) Disconnect the boomset at all the crew stations.
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 506
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 301-302,
Subtask 23-12-00-860-051-A
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the ACP, push the VHF1 (VHF2) transmission pushbutton switch and
the VHF1 (VHF2) reception pushbutton switch.
(2) On the RMP1, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.
(3) Disconnect the boomset at all the crew stations.
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
EFF :
301-302, 23-12-00
Page 507
May 01/06
R
THY
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 23-12-00-740-001
BITE Test of the VHF System
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the VHF system operates correctly.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-003 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/COM
Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-00-860-052
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) On the RMPs, set the ON/OFF switch to ON.
(3) On one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM menu page (Ref. TASK 31-
32-00-860-003).
R
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 508
Aug 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-12-00-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/RMP/1 2RG1 G10
49VU COM/VHF/1 2RC1 G09
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/VHF/3 2RC3 L05
**ON A/C ALL
121VU COM NAV/VHF/2 2RC2 L04
121VU COM NAV/RMP/2 2RG2 L02
**ON A/C 007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/RMP/3 2RG3 L03
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 509
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
Subtask 23-12-00-740-050
A. BITE Test of the VHF System
NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the other system(s), use the
____
indications between the parentheses.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU, on the COM menu
page:
R - Push the line key adjacent to - The VHF-1 (2, 3) page comes into
R the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) view.
indication.
2. On the VHF-1 (2, 3) page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - After some seconds the TEST OK
the TEST indication. indication comes into view.
3. On the MCDU:
- On the MCDU, push the line key
adjacent to the RETURN
indication until the CFDS menu
page comes into view.
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 510
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 301-302,
Subtask 23-12-00-740-050-A
A. BITE Test of the VHF System
NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the other system(s), use the
____
indications between the parentheses.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU, on the COM menu
page:
R - Push the line key adjacent to - The VHF-1 (2) page comes into view.
the VHF1 (VHF2) indication.
2. On the VHF-1 (2) page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - After some seconds the NO FAULT
the TEST indication. DETECTED indication comes into view.
3. On the MCDU:
- On the MCDU, push the line key
adjacent to the RETURN
indication until the CFDS menu
page comes into view.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-12-00-862-051
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the RMPs, set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
EFF :
ALL 23-12-00
Page 511
Aug 01/06
THY
ANTENNA - VHF (4RC1,4RC2,4RC3) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________
TASK 23-12-11-000-001
Removal of the VHF Antennas (4RC1) and (4RC2)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
FOR FIN 4RC1
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT)
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-074
MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-12-11-991-001 Fig. 401
EFF :
ALL 23-12-11
Page 401
May 01/05
THY
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-11-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 4RC1
49VU COM/VHF/1 2RC1 G09
FOR 4RC2
121VU COM NAV/VHF/2 2RC2 L04
Subtask 23-12-11-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Get access to the VHF Antennas:
FOR 4RC1
put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) in position at Zone 220.
FOR 4RC2
find the VHF antenna 4RC2 at Zone 154.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-12-11-991-001)
Subtask 23-12-11-020-050
A. Removal of the VHF Antenna 4RC1
(1) Remove the sealant from the heads of the screws (2) with a SCRAPER -
NON METALLIC.
(2) Remove the sealant from the antenna base (1) and the fuselage
structure with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(3) Remove the screws (2) from the antenna (1).
(4) Lift the antenna (1) until you can see the coaxial cable connector
(3)
(5) Disconnect the coaxial cable connector (3) from the antenna connector
(4).
EFF :
ALL 23-12-11
Page 402
May 01/05
THY
VHF Antennas
Figure 401/TASK 23-12-11-991-001
EFF :
ALL 23-12-11
Page 403
May 01/05
THY
(6) Safety the coaxial cable (5). Put masking tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074) around the coaxial cable (5) and
attach it to the fuselage.
(7) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(8) Remove and discard the O-ring (6) from the antenna (1).
Subtask 23-12-11-020-054
B. Removal of the VHF Antenna 4RC2
(1) Remove the sealant from the heads of the screws (2) and (7) with a
SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(2) Remove the sealant from the antenna base (8) and the fuselage
structure with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(3) Remove the screws (2) and (7) from the antenna (8).
(4) Lift the antenna (8) until you can see the coaxial cable connector
(3)
(5) Disconnect the coaxial cable connector (3) from the antenna connector
(4).
(6) Safety the coaxial cable (5). Put masking tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074) around the coaxial cable (5) and
attach it to the fuselage.
(7) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(8) Remove and discard the O-ring (6) from the antenna (8).
EFF :
ALL 23-12-11
Page 404
May 01/05
THY
TASK 23-12-11-400-001
Installation of the VHF Antennas (4RC1) and (4RC2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT)
No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-013A C Z-24.223
RELEASE AGENT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-074
MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-019 USA AMS 3267/3
LOW ADHESION CORROSION INHIBITING SEALANT
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-03 USA AMS 1526
RAIN REPELLENTREMOVER (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-021 F ASNB70720
FLEXIBLE POLYURETHANE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
EFF :
ALL 23-12-11
Page 405
May 01/05
THY
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 O-ring 23-12-11 01 -010
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-912-005 Electrical Bonding of Antennas With Conductive Bolts.
23-12-00-710-001 Operational Test of the VHF System
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-11-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) is in position at Zone
220.
Subtask 23-12-11-865-051
R B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 4RC1
R 49VU COM/VHF/1 2RC1 G09
R FOR 4RC2
R 121VU COM NAV/VHF/2 2RC2 L04
EFF :
ALL 23-12-11
Page 406
Aug 01/05
THY
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-12-11-910-052
A. Preparation for Installation
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL
_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
(1) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Remove the sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC and clean the
fuselage structure with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-03).
R (3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with the
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and the lint-free cloth
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(4) Apply the masking tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-074) to the edge of the antenna (1) or (8), the screw holes (2) or
(7), and the hole for the antenna connector (4).
(5) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013A) to the bottom of
the antenna (1) or (8).
(6) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the area of the fuselage
that interfaces with the antenna (1) or (8).
EFF :
ALL 23-12-11
Page 407
Aug 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-12-11-420-051
B. Installation of the VHF Antennas 4RC1
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL
_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
(1) Remove the blanking caps from the coaxial cable connector (3) and the
antenna connector (4).
(2) Remove the masking tape from:
- The coaxial cable (5)
- The screw holes (2)
- The hole for the antenna connecter (4).
(3) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(4) Put the new O-ring (6) in its correct position, on the base of the
antenna (1).
(5) Connect the coaxial cable connector (3) to the antenna connector (4).
(6) Install the antenna (1) with the screws (2) at the fuselage
structure.
(7) Tighten the screws (2) diagonally.
NOTE : The antenna mounting screws (2) give the electrical bonding
____
between the antenna (1) and the fuselage structure.
(8) Make sure that the bonding resistance between the antenna (1) and the
fuselage structure in not more than 5 milliohms (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
912-005).
(9) Remove the unwanted sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
EFF :
ALL 23-12-11
Page 408
May 01/05
THY
(10) Clean the area with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
(11) Remove the masking tape from the base of the antenna (1).
(12) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to all the screw heads (2).
(13) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the antenna base (1).
(14) Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-021) to all of the sealed
screw heads (2), and the antenna base seal.
Subtask 23-12-11-420-054
C. Installation of the VHF Antenna 4RC2
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL
_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
(1) Remove the blanking caps from the coaxial cable connector (3) and the
antenna connector (4).
(2) Remove the masking tape from:
- The coaxial cable (5)
- The screw holes (2) and (7)
- The hole for the antenna connecter (4).
(3) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(4) Put the new O-ring (6) in its correct position, on the base of the
antenna (8).
(5) Connect the coaxial cable connector (3) to the antenna connector (4).
EFF :
ALL 23-12-11
Page 409
May 01/05
THY
(6) Install the antenna (8) with the screws (2) and (7) at the fuselage
structure.
(7) Tighten the screws (2) and (7) diagonally.
NOTE : The antenna mounting screws (2) and (7) give the electrical
____
bonding between the antenna (8) and the fuselage structure.
(8) Make sure that the bonding resistance between the antenna (8) and the
fuselage structure in not more than 5 milliohms (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
912-005).
(9) Remove the unwanted sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(10) Clean the area with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(11) Remove the masking tape from the base of the antenna (8).
(12) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to all the screw heads (2)
and (7).
(13) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the antenna base.
(14) Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-021) to all of the sealed
screw heads (2) and (7), and the antenna base seal.
Subtask 23-12-11-865-052
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2RC1, 2RC2.
Subtask 23-12-11-710-050
E. Do the operational test of the VHF system (Ref. TASK 23-12-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-12-11-942-050
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
(2) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 23-12-11
Page 410
May 01/05
THY
TASK 23-12-11-000-002
Removal of the VHF Antenna (4RC3)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT)
No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-074
MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
EFF :
ALL 23-12-11
Page 411
Nov 01/05
R
THY
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-100, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
23-12-11-991-003 Fig. 402
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-901,
23-12-11-991-003-A Fig. 402A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-11-865-053
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/VHF/3 2RC3 L05
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-12-11-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) in position at Zone 254.
EFF :
ALL 23-12-11
Page 412
Aug 01/06
THY
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-100, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-12-11-991-003)
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 23-12-11-991-003-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-12-11-020-052
A. Removal of the VHF Antenna
(1) Remove the sealant from the heads of the screws (2) with a SCRAPER -
NON METALLIC.
(2) Remove the sealant from the antenna base (1) and the fuselage
structure with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(3) Remove the screws (2) from the antenna (1).
(4) Lift the antenna (1) until you can see the coaxial cable connector
(3).
(5) Disconnect the coaxial cable connector (3) from the antenna connector
(4).
(6) Safety the coaxial cable (5). Put masking tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074) around the coaxial cable (5) and
attach it to the fuselage.
(7) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(8) Remove and discard the O-ring (6) from the antenna (1).
EFF :
ALL 23-12-11
Page 413
Aug 01/06
THY
VHF Antenna.
Figure 402/TASK 23-12-11-991-003
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-100, 201-249, 251-299, 23-12-11
Page 414
Feb 01/06
THY
VHF Antenna
Figure 402A/TASK 23-12-11-991-003-A
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 23-12-11
Page 415
Aug 01/06
THY
TASK 23-12-11-400-002
Installation of the VHF Antenna (4RC3)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT)
No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-013 D TV-53-3507/73
RELEASE AGENT (OBSOLETE USE 05-013A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-074
MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-019 USA AMS 3267/3
LOW ADHESION CORROSION INHIBITING SEALANT
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-03 USA AMS 1526
RAIN REPELLENTREMOVER (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-021 F ASNB70720
FLEXIBLE POLYURETHANE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
EFF :
ALL 23-12-11
Page 416
Nov 01/05
R
THY
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 O-ring (IPC) 23-12-11 01 -010
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-912-005 Electrical Bonding of Antennas With Conductive Bolts.
23-12-00-710-001 Operational Test of the VHF System
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-11-860-051
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) is in position at Zone
254.
Subtask 23-12-11-865-054
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/VHF/3 2RC3 L05
EFF :
ALL 23-12-11
Page 417
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-12-11-910-053
A. Preparation for Installation
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL
_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
(1) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Remove the sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC and clean the
fuselage structure with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-03).
R (3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with the
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and the lint-free cloth
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(4) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074) at the
edge of the antenna (1), the screw holes (2) and the antenna
connector (4).
(5) Apply the release agent SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) to
the bottom of the antenna (1).
(6) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) on to the area of the
fuselage that interfaces with the antenna (1).
EFF :
ALL 23-12-11
Page 418
Aug 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-12-11-420-052
B. Installation of the VHF Antenna
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL
_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
(1) Remove the blanking caps from the coaxial cable connector (3) and
from the antenna connector (4).
(2) Remove the masking tape from:
- The coaxial cable (5)
- The screw holes (2)
- The hole for the antenna connector (4).
(3) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(4) Put the new O-ring (6) in its correct position, on the base of the
antenna (1).
(5) Connect the coaxial cable connector (3) to the VHF antenna connector
(4).
(6) Install the antenna (1) with the screws (2) at the fuselage
structure.
(7) Tighten the screws (2) diagonally.
NOTE : The antenna mounting screws (2) give the electrical bonding
____
between the antenna (1) and the fuselage structure.
(8) Make sure that the bonding resistance between the antenna (1) and the
fuselage structure is not more than 5 milliohms (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
912-005).
EFF :
ALL 23-12-11
Page 419
Nov 01/05
THY
(9) Remove the unwanted sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(10) Clean the area with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(11) Remove the masking tape from the base of the antenna (1).
(12) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to all the screw heads (2).
(13) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the antenna base (1).
(14) Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-021) to all of the sealed
screw heads (2), and the antenna base seal.
Subtask 23-12-11-865-055
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2RC3.
Subtask 23-12-11-710-051
D. Do the operational test of the VHF system (Ref. TASK 23-12-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-12-11-942-051
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 23-12-11
Page 420
Nov 01/05
THY
TRANSCEIVER - VHF (1RC1,1RC2,1RC3) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________
TASK 23-12-33-000-001
Removal of the VHF Transceiver (1RC1, 1RC2, 1RC3)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
23-12-33-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 301-302,
23-12-33-991-001-A Fig. 401A
EFF :
ALL 23-12-33
Page 401
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-33-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1RC1
49VU COM/VHF/1 2RC1 G09
FOR 1RC2
121VU COM NAV/VHF/2 2RC2 L04
FOR 1RC3
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/VHF/3 2RC3 L05
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-12-33-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 824 in zone
128.
(2) Open the access door 824.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-12-33-991-001)
**ON A/C 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-12-33-991-001-A)
EFF :
ALL 23-12-33
Page 402
Aug 01/06
THY
VHF Transceiver
Figure 401/TASK 23-12-33-991-001
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
303-399, 901-901,
23-12-33
Page 403
Aug 01/06
THY
VHF Transceiver
Figure 401A/TASK 23-12-33-991-001-A
R
EFF :
301-302, 23-12-33
Page 404
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-12-33-020-050
A. Removal of the VHF Transceiver
(1) Loosen the nuts (3).
(2) Lower the nuts (3).
(3) Pull the VHF transceiver (5) on its rack (2), to disconnect the
electrical connectors (1).
(4) Remove the VHF transceiver (5).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (1).
EFF :
ALL 23-12-33
Page 405
Nov 01/05
THY
TASK 23-12-33-400-001
Installation of the VHF Transceiver (1RC1, 1RC2, 1RC3)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-12-00-710-001 Operational Test of the VHF System
23-12-00-740-001 BITE Test of the VHF System
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
23-12-33-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 301-302,
23-12-33-991-001-A Fig. 401A
EFF :
ALL 23-12-33
Page 406
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-33-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
824 in zone 128.
(2) Make sure that the access door 824 is open.
Subtask 23-12-33-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1RC1
49VU COM/VHF/1 2RC1 G09
FOR 1RC2
121VU COM NAV/VHF/2 2RC2 L04
FOR 1RC3
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/VHF/3 2RC3 L05
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-12-33-991-001)
**ON A/C 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-12-33-991-001-A)
EFF :
ALL 23-12-33
Page 407
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-12-33-420-050
A. Installation of the VHF Transceiver
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are clean and in the
correct condition.
(5) Install the VHF transceiver (5) on its rack (2).
(6) Push the VHF transceiver (5) on its rack (2) to connect the
electrical connectors(1).
(7) Engage the nuts (3) on the lugs (4) and tighten.
Subtask 23-12-33-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1RC1
49VU COM/VHF/1 2RC1 G09
FOR 1RC2
121VU COM NAV/VHF/2 2RC2 L04
FOR 1RC3
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/VHF/3 2RC3 L05
EFF :
ALL 23-12-33
Page 408
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-12-33-740-050
C. Do the BITE test of the VHF system (Ref. TASK 23-12-00-740-001)
NOTE : As an alternative procedure, you can do this operational test
____
without the CFDS (Ref. TASK 23-12-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-12-33-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 23-12-33
Page 409
May 01/06
R
THY
RADIO MANAGEMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________
1. General
_______
**ON A/C 001-001, 003-006, 008-008, 201-201,
The radio management panels (RMP) centralize radio communication (VHF)
frequency control.
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 901-901,
The radio management panels (RMP) centralize radio communication (VHF, HF)
frequency control.
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302, 901-901,
They can also serve as backups of the flight management and guidance
computers (FMGC) for radio navigation frequencies control (VOR/DME, ILS,
MLS/GLS (if activated), ADF(if installed)).
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 303-399,
They can also serve as backups of the flight management and guidance
computers (FMGC) for radio navigation frequencies control (VOR/DME, LS,
ADF(if installed)).
R **ON A/C 001-006, 051-053, 101-199, 201-249,
The aircraft is equipped with two RMPs which are identical and
interchangeable.
Full provision for a third RMP is installed on the aircraft.
**ON A/C 007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
The aircraft is equipped with three RMPs which are identical and
interchangeable.
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 1
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
2. __________________
Component Location
**ON A/C 001-006, 051-053, 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
**ON A/C 007-049, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 001A)
**ON A/C 054-100, 251-251, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 001B)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 001C)
**ON A/C ALL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1RG1 RMP-COM/NAV FREQ SEL, 1 11VU 211 831 23-13-13
1RG2 RMP-COM/NAV FREQ SEL, 2 11VU 211 831 23-13-13
**ON A/C 007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
1RG3 RMP-COM FREQ SEL, 3 20VU 211 831 23-13-13
**ON A/C ALL
3CA1 MCDU-1 11VU 211 831 22-82-12
3CA2 MCDU-2 11VU 211 831 22-82-12
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 2
Aug 01/06
THY
Radio Management - Component Location
Figure 001
R
EFF :
001-006, 051-053, 201-249, 23-13-00
Page 3
Feb 01/06
THY
Radio Management - Component Location
Figure 001A
R
EFF :
007-049, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901, 23-13-00
Page 4
Feb 01/06
THY
Radio Management - Component Location
Figure 001B
R
EFF :
054-100, 251-251, 303-399, 23-13-00
Page 5
Feb 01/06
THY
R Radio Management - Component Location
R Figure 001C
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-13-00
Page 6
Aug 01/06
THY
3. System
__________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
**ON A/C 001-001, 003-006, 008-008, 201-201,
The radio management system is connected to:
- The VHF radio-communication equipment (Ref. 23-12)
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 901-901,
The radio management system is connected to:
- The VHF and HF radio-communication equipment (Ref. 23-12 and 23-11)
**ON A/C ALL
- The VOR, DME, ADF (if installed) and ILS radio-navigation equipment (Ref.
34-55, 34-51, 34-53 and 34-36)
- The Flight Management and Guidance Computers (FMGC) (Ref. 22-83)
- The Centralized Fault-Display Interface-Unit (CFDIU) (Ref. 31-32)
- The Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU) (Ref. 32-31).
4. _______________________
Electrical Power Supply
R **ON A/C 001-006, 051-053, 101-199, 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 004)
**ON A/C 007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 004A)
**ON A/C ALL
The RMP1 is supplied with 28VDC from the 28VDC ESS bus 4PP (sub-busbar
401PP) through 3A circuit breaker 2RG1 on the overhead panel 49VU (in the
cockpit).
The RMP1 is supplied by the emergency system.
The RMP2 is supplied with 28VDC from the 28VDC bus 2PP (sub-busbar 204PP)
through 3A circuit breaker 2RG2 on the rear circuit breaker panel 121VU (in
the cockpit).
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 7
Aug 01/06
THY
Radio Management - Communication Architecture
Figure 002
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 8
Aug 01/06
R
THY
Radio Management - Navigation Architecture
Figure 003
R
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 9
Aug 01/06
THY
Radio Management - System Power Supply
Figure 004
R
EFF :
001-006, 051-053, 101-199, 201-249, 23-13-00
Page 10
Aug 01/06
THY
Radio Management - System Power Supply
Figure 004A
R
EFF :
901-901,
007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 23-13-00
Page 11
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
The RMP3 is supplied with 28VDC from the 28VDC bus 1PP (sub-busbar 103PP)
through 3A circuit breaker 2RG3 on the rear circuit breaker panel 121VU (in
the cockpit).
**ON A/C ALL
5. _____________________
Component Description
A. COM/NAV Radio Management Panel (RMP)
(1) Description
The radio management panel (RMP) is a rectangular case.
(a) Front face
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 005)
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 005A)
**ON A/C ALL
Front face:
- Two display windows. These windows have liquid crystal displays
(LCD) with a high contrast:
. ACTIVE frequency display for frequencies output by the RMP.
. STBY/CRS (standby/course) display for preset frequencies (and
courses for the VOR and the ILS).
- A pushbutton switch which permits the transfer of frequencies
from one display to the other.
- Five pushbutton switches with selection feedback for the
selection of the VHF and HF systems.
R
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 12
Aug 01/06
THY
RMP - Front Face
Figure 005
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 301-302, 901-901, 23-13-00
Page 13
Aug 01/06
THY
RMP - Front Face
Figure 005A
R
EFF :
007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-13-00
Page 14
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
- A SEL indicator light (white LED) to indicate the interactions
between the different RMPs.
- A dual selector knob for the selection of frequency and course.
- Two pushbutton switches with selection feedback for the
selection of specific modes :
R **ON A/C 054-199, 251-251, 303-399,
- A SEL indicator light (white LED) to indicate the interactions
between the different RMPs.
- A dual turbo tuning selector knob for the selection of
frequency and course proportionally to its rotation speed.
- Two pushbutton switches with selection feedback for the
selection of specific modes :
**ON A/C 001-001, 003-006, 008-008, 201-201,
.AM pushbutton switch for the HF system (this pushbutton switch
is not used on all RMPs)
.BFO pushbutton switch for the ADF system (this pushbutton switch
is not used on the RMP2) (if installed)
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 901-901,
.AM pushbutton switch for the HF system
.BFO pushbutton switch for the ADF system (this pushbutton switch
is not used on the RMP2) (if installed)
**ON A/C ALL
- A pushbutton switch with NAV selection feedback. A Plexiglas
guard protects this pushbutton switch. This pushbutton switch
lets the selection of the radio-navigation back up mode.
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 15
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
- Four pushbutton switches with selection feedback for the
selection of the radio navigation systems (VOR, ILS, ADF (if
installed) and a provision)
The pushbutton switch corresponding to the ADF2 system is not
used on the RMP2.
R **ON A/C 054-199, 251-251, 303-399,
- Four ushbutton switches with selection feedback for the
selection of the radio navigation systems (VOR, LS, ADF (if
installed) and a provision)
The pushbutton switch corresponding to the ADF2 system is not
used on the RMP2.
**ON A/C ALL
- A latching ON/OFF switch to set the RMP to ON and to OFF.
(b) Back
The back is equipped with a round 55-pin connector.
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302, 901-901,
(2) Characteristics
(a) Frequency ranges
- VHF: 118 to 136.975 MHz
Channel width: 25 KHz
The KHz figure is not given.
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 23-1119 For A/C 001-006,201-249,301-302,901-901,
(2) Characteristics
(Ref. Fig. 006)
(a) Frequency ranges
- VHF: 118 to 136.975 MHz
Channel width: 8,33 KHz or 25 KHz according to the pin prog
The KHz figure is not given with 25 KHz spacing.
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 16
Aug 01/06
THY
RMP - Channelling/Frequency pairing (118.000 to 136.975 MHz) with 8.33 KHz
actived
Figure 006
EFF :
ALL
23-13-00 Page 17
Aug 01/06
R
THY
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 901-901,
- HF: narrow band 2.8 to 23.999 MHz or wide band 2 to 29.999 MHz,
according to the pin prog.
Channel width: 1 KHz or 100Hz according to the pin prog.
NOTE : For narrow band, the frequencies between 2 and 2.799 are
____
selectable for operating facilities but the HF transceiver
could not be tuned on these frequencies.
**ON A/C ALL
- ADF: 190 to 1750.5 KHz
Channel width: 0.5 KHz
- VOR : 108 to 117.95 MHz
Channel width : 50 KHz
Between 108 and 112 MHz, the VOR frequencies are the ones in
which the figure corresponding to the tenths of MHz is even
(e.f. 108.00, 108.05, 108.20... 111.85).
All the frequencies from 112 MHz included, which end in 50 KHz
are VOR frequencies.
Only the frequencies assigned to the VOR system can be
displayed when VOR is selected.
Course : 0 to 359⁰.
- ILS : 108 to 111.95 MHz
Channel width : 50 KHz.
The ILS frequencies are the one in which the figure
corresponding to the tenths of MHz is odd (e.f. 108.10, 108.15,
108.30... 111.95).
Only the frequencies assigned to the ILS can be displayed when
ILS is selected.
Course : 0 to 359⁰.
(b) Electrical power supply
Power: 27.5VDC
Placard: 5VAC
Selection feedback: 5VAC
(c) Data transmission and reception
The RMP transmits and receives data in compliance with low speed
ARINC 429 standards (between 12.5 and 14 kbits/s).
The radio-communication and the radio-navigation equipment
receives the frequency and course data through words having a
structure and a refresh rate defined in the ARINC characteristics
related to these systems.
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 18
Aug 01/06
THY
(d) Light and display test
This test is initiated when you set the three-position INT LT/ANN
LT switch on the overhead panel 25VU in the cockpit to TEST (Ref.
33-10).
During the test:
- The displays show 8s on the RMP.
- All the selection feed back lights come on.
During the test, the RMP does not take into account selection
made on its front face. It transmits the data corresponding to
its configuration at the test initiation.
(e) Micro power interruption and power supply cut-off
Any micro power interruption less than 200 ms has no influence on
the RMP. In the event of power supply cut-off, the RMP memorizes
the context. Consequently, the last configuration selected can be
restored when the power supply becomes available again.
(3) Operation
(a) Normal mode
1
_ Frequency selection
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 007)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 251-251, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 007A)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1119 For A/C 001-006,201-249,301-302,901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 007B)
**ON A/C 001-001, 003-006, 201-201, 251-299,
The RMPs control the frequencies of the VHF transceiver.
R
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 19
Aug 01/06
THY
RMP - Operation in Normal Mode
Figure 007
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 301-302, 901-901, 23-13-00
Page 20
Aug 01/06
THY
RMP - Operation in Normal Mode
Figure 007A
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-13-00
Page 21
Aug 01/06
THY
RMP - Operation in Normal Mode
Figure 007B
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-13-00
Page 22
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 301-399, 901-901,
The RMPs control the frequencies of the HF and VHF
transceivers.
**ON A/C ALL
- Selection of the transceiver is accompanied by a selection
feedback and the frequencies which have been previously
selected and preset appear in the ACTIVE and STBY/CRS
display windows respectively.
- Only the preset frequency can be modified by means of the
dual selector knob.
- When the preset frequency corresponds to the desired value,
you press the transfer pushbutton to render it active. The
displayed values are then changed over and the RMP modifies
its output data accordingly.
2
_ SEL indicator light
It is possible to control the operating frequency of any
transceiver through one RMP. Nevertheless each RMP is more
particularly allocated to one or several systems:
R **ON A/C 001-006, 051-053, 101-199, 201-249,
If 2 RMPs are installed:
- The RMP1 is associated with the VHF1 and HF1(*) transceivers
- The RMP2 is associated with the VHF2, VHF3(*) and HF2(*)
transceiver.
(* = if installed)
**ON A/C 007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
If 3 RMPs are installed:
- The RMP1 is associated with the VHF1 transceiver
- The RMP2 is associated with the VHF2 transceiver
- The RMP3 is associated with the VHF3(*), HF1(*) and HF2(*)
transceivers.
(* = if installed)
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 23
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
Each time the system operates in a different configuration
(cross selection), the SEL indicator lights on the two RMPs
concerned come on (e.g. when the VHF2 transceiver is selected
on the RMP1, the SEL indicator lights on the RMP1 and the RMP2
come on).
**ON A/C 007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
In certain configurations, the SEL indicator lights on the
three RMPs are on (e.g. selection of the VHF2 transceiver on
the RMP1 and selection of the VHF1 transceiver on the RMP3).
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 901-901,
3
_ AM mode selection
The AM pushbutton switch with selection feedback enables the
selection of the AM mode (amplitude modulation) for the HF
transceivers.
This pushbutton is inoperative unless an HF transceiver has
been previously selected on the same RMP.
The selection is memorized when another system is selected.
The other RMPs take into account this selection through their
dialogue buses.
If AM mode is not selected , the default mode is USB.
R **ON A/C 001-006, 051-053, 101-199, 201-249,
4
_ ON/OFF latching off switch
The power supply of each RMP can be switched off by means of
the ON/OFF switch (OFF position).
**ON A/C 007-007, 009-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
4
_ ON/OFF latching switch
The power supply of each RMP can be switched off by means of
the ON/OFF latching switch (OFF position). When the RMP1 or
the RMP2 is off, it becomes transparent for the RMP3. The
de-activated RMP then directly connects (by means of internal
relays) the RMP3 communication buses to the VHF and HF
transceivers.
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 24
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 008-049,
4
_ ON/OFF latching switch
The power supply of each RMP can be switched off by means of
the ON/OFF switch (OFF position). When the RMP1 or the RMP2 is
off, it becomes transparent for the RMP3. The de-activated RMP
then directly connects (by means of internal relays) the RMP3
communication buses to the VHF transceivers.
**ON A/C ALL
(b) Radio-Navigation Back-Up Mode
1
_ Radio-navigation back-up mode selection
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 008)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 251-251, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 008A)
**ON A/C ALL
It is possible to select this mode when you press the NAV
pushbutton switch (protected by a grid-type guard to avoid
unwanted selections).
The selection is accompanied by a selection feedback.
This selection has no effect on the display (the same radio
communication transceiver remains selected) but the values on
the RMP radio-navigation output bus are modified. These values
are no longer the values delivered by the FMGC but those
memorized by the RMP (i.e. values previously selected in
radio-navigation back-up mode).
It is not possible to select radio-navigation equipment unless
the radio-navigation back-up mode has been previously
selected.
R
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 25
Aug 01/06
THY
RMP - Frequency and Course Selection for VOR and ILS
Figure 008
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-13-00
Page 26
Aug 01/06
THY
RMP - Frequency and Course Selection for VOR and ILS
Figure 008A
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-13-00
Page 27
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
The selection of this mode is possible only on the RMP1 and
the RMP2.
**ON A/C ALL
2
_ Frequency and course selection for radio navigation equipment
The selection of a radio navigation system is accompanied by a
selection feedback.
The frequency previously selected in radio-navigation back-up
mode for this system is displayed.
For the ADF, there is only a selection of frequency. This
selection is the same as for the VHF and HF transceivers (if
installed) (Ref. para. 5. (3) (a) 1_ Frequency selection).
If ADF 1 is not installed, a hard pin-prog on the RMP will
inform this one about NO ADF configuration.
This programming must be done on all RMPs. Then the ADF keys
shall not be usable on the RMP 1.
In addition a label 040 will be generated by the RMP to inform
accordingly the CFDIU and other peripherals.
For the VOR and the ILS, there is a selection of frequency and
course as described in figure
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 008)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 251-251, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 008A)
**ON A/C ALL
There is no selection for the DME : the DME receives the VOR
and ILS frequencies from the RMP with the corresponding label.
The DME then operates with the DME frequencies associated with
the VOR and ILS frequencies.
3
_ BFO mode selection
A BFO pushbutton switch with selection feedback enables the
selection of the BFO mode (Beat Frequency Oscillator) for the
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 28
Aug 01/06
THY
ADF system. This pushbutton switch is inoperative unless the
ADF has been previously selected.
This selection is memorized when another system is selected.
4
_ Frequency selection for radio communication transceivers
In radio-navigation back-up mode, the radio-communication
systems can be selected as in normal mode.
Transition from a radio-navigation system to a
radio-communication system does not require de-activation of
the back-up mode.
When a radio navigation system is selected, the SEL indicator
light continues to indicate the configurations described in
paragraph 5. (3) (a) 2_ SEL indicator light.
6. _________
Operation
The RMPs have two modes of operation:
- The normal mode
- The radio-navigation back-up mode.
A. Normal Mode
R **ON A/C 001-006, 051-053, 101-199, 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 009)
**ON A/C 007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 009A)
**ON A/C 001-001, 003-006, 201-201, 251-299,
In normal mode, the RMPs control the frequencies of the VHF transceivers.
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 301-399, 901-901,
In normal mode, the RMPs control the frequencies of the VHF and HF
transceivers.
R
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 29
Aug 01/06
THY
Radio Communication - Normal Configuration
Figure 009
R
EFF :
001-006, 051-053, 101-199, 201-249, 23-13-00
Page 30
Aug 01/06
THY
Radio Communication - Normal Configuration
Figure 009A
R
EFF :
901-901,
007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 23-13-00
Page 31
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
The operating frequencies of all the transceivers can be displayed and
modified on one RMP.
The RMPs exchange the various frequencies selected for the transceivers
through dialogue buses.
R **ON A/C 001-006, 051-053, 101-199, 201-249,
Any new selection made on one RMP is taken into account by the other.
**ON A/C 007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Any new selection made on one RMP is taken into account by the others
two.
**ON A/C ALL
Each RMP has two output buses connected to the radio communication
equipment:
**ON A/C 001-008, 201-249,
- The RMP1(2) COM BUS 1 delivers the VHF1 and HF1 (if fitted)
frequencies.
- The RMP2 COM BUS 1 delivers the VHF3 frequencies.
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1076 For A/C 007-008,
- The RMP1(2) COM BUS 1 delivers the VHF1, VHF3 (if fitted) and HF1 (if
fitted) frequencies.
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 32
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
- The RMP2(1) COM BUS 2 delivers the VHF2 and HF2 (if fitted)
frequencies.
Each transceiver receives the appropriate output bus from the RMP1 and
RMP2.
The transceiver only takes into account one of the two signals (depending
on the status of a discrete received from the RMP1 or 2).
R **ON A/C 001-006, 051-053, 101-199, 201-249,
In the event of failure of one RMP, the reconfiguration is possible to
control the radio communication equipment.
(Ref. Fig. 010)
**ON A/C 007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
In addition, the RMP1 or the RMP2 (set to OFF) can be made transparent
for the RMP3 (its output buses are linked to the RMP1 and RMP2 only).
In the event of failures of one or two RMPs, the reconfigurations are
possible to control the radio communication equipment.
(Ref. Fig. 010A)
**ON A/C ALL
B. Radio-Navigation Back-Up Mode
This mode is selected in the event of failure of both FMGCs, on the RMP1
and the RMP2 only.
In addition to normal mode functions it also enables the frequency
control of the radio navigation equipment :
- On Captain side (VOR1, DME1, ILS1, ADF1(*)) for the RMP1
- On First Officer side (VOR2, DME2, ILS2, ADF2(*)) for the RMP2.
(*) if installed
(Ref. Fig. 011)
The RMP1 and the RMP2 transmit on a dedicated output bus the frequencies
to the radio navigation equipment. In addition, the RMP1 (RMP2) receives
the FMGC1 (FMGC2) management bus.
In normal mode, these input and output are directly interconnected by
means of internal relays. The RMP is thus transparent to the onside FMGC.
In radio-navigation back-up mode, the output bus transmits frequencies
generated by the RMP.
R
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 33
Aug 01/06
THY
Radio Communication - Reconfiguration
Figure 010
R
EFF :
001-006, 051-053, 101-199, 201-249, 23-13-00
Page 34
Aug 01/06
THY
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
23-13-00
Page 35
Aug 01/06
THY
Radio Communication - Reconfiguration
Figure 010A (SHEET 1)
EFF :
901-901,
007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 23-13-00
Page 36
Aug 01/06
R
THY
Radio Communication - Reconfiguration
Figure 010A (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
901-901,
007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 23-13-00
Page 37
Aug 01/06
THY
Radio Communication - Reconfiguration
Figure 010A (SHEET 3)
R
EFF :
901-901,
007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 23-13-00
Page 38
Aug 01/06
THY
Radio Navigation - Normal Configuration
Figure 011
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 39
Aug 01/06
R
THY
Each radio-navigation system receives the output bus from the onside RMP
and the management bus from the offside FMGC. Only one input is taken
into account according to the status of a discrete received from the RMP.
This enables reconfigurations in case of failure of one or two FMGCs.
(Ref. Fig. 012)
The RMP1 and the RMP2 exchange, through the dialogue buses, the frequency
and the course for the ILS: the selected values are identical for the
ILS1 and the ILS2 at selection of the back-up mode on the RMP1 and the
RMP2.
The ILS course and frequency are the only radio-navigation data exchanged
through the dialogue buses.
7. Interface
_________
A. Connection with the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
The RMP1 is linked to the CFDS by means of two buses:
- The RMP1 receives a bus from the CFDIU which transmits general
parameters (UTC, date, flight phase etc.) and interrogations (selection
of the menu mode, etc.).
R **ON A/C 001-006, 051-053, 101-199, 201-249,
- The RMP1 then transmits these data to the RMP2 through its output
dialogue bus.
**ON A/C 007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
- The RMP1 then transmits these data to the RMP2 and the RMP3 through its
output dialogue bus.
**ON A/C ALL
- The RMP1 output bus sent to the VHF1 (and VHF3 and HF1 if installed) is
also connected to the CFDIU.
In addition to VHF1 (and VHF3 and HF1 if installed) frequencies, the
RMP1 transmits system maintenance data through this bus.
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 40
Aug 01/06
THY
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
23-13-00
Page 41
Aug 01/06
THY
Radio Navigation - Reconfiguration
Figure 012 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 42
Aug 01/06
THY
Radio Navigation - Reconfiguration
Figure 012 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 43
Aug 01/06
R
THY
R **ON A/C 001-006, 051-053, 101-199, 201-249,
When the CFDIU interrogates the RMP2, this RMP transmits the data (menu
pages, data pages, etc.) to the RMP1 through its dialogue output bus.
The RMP1 then transmits these data to the CFDIU.
Each RMP receives a discrete giving the landing gear configuration.
The RMP1 receives this discrete from the LGCIU1 (Landing Gear Control and
Interface Unit) and the RMP2 from the LGCIU2.
Each RMP uses this discrete for confirmation of the flight phase
information coming from the CFDIU.
**ON A/C 007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
When the CFDIU interrogates the RMP2 or the RMP3, the interrogated RMP
transmits the data (menu pages, data pages, etc.) to the RMP1 through its
dialogue output bus.
The RMP1 then transmits these data to the CFDIU.
Each RMP receives a discrete giving the landing gear configuration.
The RMP1 receives this discrete from the LGCIU1 (Landing Gear Control and
Interface Unit) and the RMP2 and 3 from the LGCIU2.
Each RMP uses this discrete for confirmation of the flight phase
information coming from the CFDIU.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
B. Output Interface
(1) Digital Outputs
The radio-communication and radio-navigation equipment receives the
frequency and course data through words. These words have a structure
and a refresh rate defined in ARINC 429 Characteristics.
On the COM bus 1, each RMP transmits the labels 030, 037, 356 and
377.
On the COM bus 2, each RMP transmits the labels 030, 037 and 377.
On the NAV bus, each RMP transmits the labels 034, 035, 024, 100,
033, 017, 105, 032 and 377.
This table contains all the output parameters in the digital form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
The following table gives:
- SYS LABEL SDI: (SDAC,FWC,DMC...) output label for which the
parameter is available
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
R
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 44
Aug 01/06
THY
- RANGE ACCURACY: measurement range. Maximum value transmitted. When
the digital value changes, the change step is equal to the accuracy
- UNIT: unit in which the digital value is transmitted
- SIG BIT: indicates whether a sign bit is available
- DATA BITS: number of bits used by the parameter in the label
- UPD/MSEC: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is given
in milliseconds
- CODE:
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 030 | VHF |118-136.975 |MHz | | 18 | 180| BCD| | |
| | FREQ | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 037 | HF |2.8-24 |MHz | | 18 | 180| BCD| | |
| | FREQ | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 035 | DME |108.00 | | | | | | | |
| | FREQ |135.95 |MHz | | 15 | 180| BCD| | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 032 | ADF |190-1750 |KHz | | 15 | 180| BCD| | |
| | FREQ | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 034 | VOR |108.00 | | | | | | | |
| | FREQ |117.95 |MHz | | 15 | 180| BCD| | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 024 | VOR CRS |0-359 |Deg | 3 | 15 | 180| BCD| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 100 | VOR CRS |0-359 |Deg | 12 | 11 | 180| BNR| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-13-00
Page 45
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 033 | ILS |108.00 | | | | | | | |
| | FREQ |111.95 |MHz | | 15 | 180| BCD| | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 017 | ILS CRS |0-359.9 |Deg | 4 | 15 | 180| BCD| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 105 | ILS CRS |0-359.9 |Deg | 11 | 11 | 180| BNR| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 356 |BITE | | | | | | | | |
| |STATUS | | | | | 100| BNR| | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 377 |EQUIP | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | |1000| BCD| | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 054-199, 251-251, 303-399,
B. Output Interface
(1) Digital Outputs
The radio-communication and radio-navigation equipment receives the
frequency and course data through words. These words have a structure
and a refresh rate defined in ARINC 429 Characteristics.
On the COM bus 1, each RMP transmits the labels 030, 037, 040, 047,
356, 377.
On the COM bus 2, each RMP transmits the labels 030, 037, 040, 047,
377.
On the NAV bus, each RMP transmits the labels 034, 035, 024, 100,
033, 017, 105, 032 and 377.
The table below contains the characteristics of all these parameters:
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 46
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| LABEL | Parameter/Def. | Word range | Unit | Rate | Code | Source Orig | Bit|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 030 |VHF FREQ 25KHz | 118-136.975| MHz | 190ms| BCD | BUS COM 1/2 | |
| 047 |VHF FREQ 8.33KHz| 118-136.975| MHz | 190ms| BCD | BUS COM 1/2 | |
| 037 | HF FREQ | 2.8 - 24 | MHz | 190ms| BCD | BUS COM 1/2 | |
| 035 | DME FREQ | 108-135.95 | MHz | 150ms| BCD | BUS NAV 1/2 | |
| 032 | ADF FREQ | 190 - 1750 | KHz | 150ms| BCD | BUS NAV 1/2 | |
| 040 | 0 ADF option| | | 190ms| | BUS COM 1 | 11 |
| 034 | VOR FREQ | 108-117.95 | MHz | 150ms| BCD | BUS NAV 1/2 | |
| 024 | VOR CRS | 0 - 359 | deg | 150ms| BCD | BUS NAV 1/2 | |
| 100 | VOR CRS | 0 - 359 | deg | 150ms| BNR | BUS NAV 1/2 | |
| 033 | ILS FREQ | 108-111.95 | MHz | 150ms| BCD | BUS NAV 1/2 | |
| 017 | ILS FREQ | 0 - 359.9 | deg | 150ms| BCD | BUS NAV 1/2 | |
| 105 | ILS CRS | 0 - 359.9 | deg | 150ms| BNR | BUS NAV 1/2 | |
| 356 | BITE STATUS | | | 190ms| ISO | BUS COM 1 | |
| 377 | EQUIP IDENT | | | 190ms| BCD | BUS COM 1/2 | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-006, 051-053, 101-199, 201-249,
(2) Output Discretes
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME ELECTRICAL LEVEL TO SIGNAL STATUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COM PORT SELECT GND/O.C. RADIO COM GND = PORT B
EQUIPMENT SELECT
NAV PORT SELECT GND/O.C. RADIO NAV GND = PORT B
EQUIPMENT SELECT
NAV CONTROL GND/O.C. FMGC GND = RMP FAIL
R
EFF :
303-399,
001-006, 051-199, 201-249, 251-251, 23-13-00
Page 47
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
(2) Output Discretes
(a) From RMP1 & RMP2:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME ELECTRICAL LEVEL TO SIGNAL STATUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COM PORT SELECT GND/O.C. RADIO COM GND = PORT B
EQUIPMENT SELECT
NAV PORT SELECT GND/O.C. RADIO NAV GND = PORT B
EQUIPMENT SELECT
NAV CONTROL GND/O.C. FMGC GND = RMP FAIL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) From RMP3:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME ELECTRICAL LEVEL TO SIGNAL STATUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COM PORT SELECT GND/O.C. RMP1 & RMP2 GND = PORT B
SELECT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
8. Test
____
A. Built-In Test Equipment (BITE)
The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft. It detects and
identifies a failure related to the RMP.
The BITE of the RMP is connected to the Centralized Fault Display
Interface Unit (CFDIU) (Ref. 31-32).
The BITE:
- Transmits permanently RMP status and its identification message to the
CFDIU.
- Memorizes the failures which occurred during the last 63 flight
segments.
- Monitors data inputs from the various peripherals (VHF, HF and CFDIU).
- Transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and
self-tests.
- Can communicate with the CFDIU through the menus.
R
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 48
Aug 01/06
THY
B. General Operation
The BITE can operate in two modes:
- The normal mode
- The menu mode.
(1) Normal mode
In normal mode the BITE monitors cyclically the momentaneous status
of the RMP. It transmits these information signals to the CFDIU
during the concerned flight.
In case of fault detection, the BITE stores the information signals
in the fault memories.
These information signals are transmitted to the CFDIU every 100 ms
by an ARINC 429 message with label 356, and label 377 with equipment
id:36.
(2) Menu mode
The menu mode can only be activated on the ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the RMP BITE by
means of the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU).
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302, 901-901,
The RMP menu mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
- LRU IDENTIFICATION
- TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
- TEST.
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 303-399,
The RMP menu mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
- LRU IDENTIFICATION
- GROUND SCANNING
- TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
- CLASS 3 FAULT
- GROUND REPORT
- TEST.
R
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 49
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
C. Functional Description
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 013)
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 013A)
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 014)
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 014A)
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 015)
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 015A, 016)
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 017)
**ON A/C 007-049, 051-053, 252-299,
(Ref. Fig. 017A)
R
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 50
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - LAST LEG REPORT
Figure 013
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 301-302, 901-901, 23-13-00
Page 51
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - LAST LEG REPORT
Figure 013A
R
EFF :
007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-13-00
Page 52
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
Figure 014
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 301-302, 901-901, 23-13-00
Page 53
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
Figure 014A
R
EFF :
007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-13-00
Page 54
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - LRU IDENTIFICATION
Figure 015
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 301-302, 901-901, 23-13-00
Page 55
Aug 01/06
R
THY
BITE - LRU IDENTIFICATION
Figure 015A
R
EFF :
007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-13-00
Page 56
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - GROUND SCANNING
Figure 016
R
EFF :
007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-13-00
Page 57
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - TEST
Figure 017
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 301-302, 901-901, 23-13-00
Page 58
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - TEST
Figure 017A
R
EFF :
007-049, 051-053, 252-299, 23-13-00
Page 59
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199, 251-251, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 017B)
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 018, 019, 020)
**ON A/C ALL
To gain access to the BITE, it is necessary to use one MCDU (Ref. 31-32).
The MCDUs 3CA1 and 3CA2 are installed in the cockpit, on the center
pedestal.
R
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 60
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - TEST
Figure 017B
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-13-00
Page 61
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
Figure 018
EFF :
007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-13-00
Page 62
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - CLASS 3 FAULTS
Figure 019
EFF :
007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-13-00
Page 63
Aug 01/06
THY
BITE - GROUND REPORT
Figure 020
EFF :
007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-13-00
Page 64
Aug 01/06
THY
RADIO MANAGEMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
__________________________________
TASK 23-13-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Radio Management
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
NOTE : You can do this test in the hangar.
____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To do a check of the dialog between the Radio Managemnt Panels (RMP).
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-13-00-861-050
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 501
Nov 01/05
R
THY
Subtask 23-13-00-865-050
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/RMP/1 2RG1 G10
49VU COM/VHF/1 2RC1 G09
121VU COM NAV/RMP/2 2RG2 L02
**ON A/C 007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/RMP/3 2RG3 L03
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-006, 051-053, 101-199, 201-249,
Subtask 23-13-00-710-050
A. Operational Test of the Radio Management
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP1:
- Set the ON/OFF selector switch - The RMP shows the last frequencies
to ON. and the last function used.
- Push the VHF1 pushbutton - The green LED on this pushbutton
switch. switch comes on.
- In the STBY/CRS display window,
with the dual selector knob,
set the frequency of a station
that transmits.
- Start this frequency. To do - In the ACTIVE display window, the
this, push the transfer frequency set comes into view.
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 502
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
pushbutton switch (double
arrow) between the two windows.
2. On the RMP2:
- Set the ON/OFF selector switch - The RMP shows the last frequencies
to ON. and the last function used.
- Push the VHF1 pushbutton - The ACTIVE display window shows the
switch. same frequencies as the RMP1.
- The green LED on this pushbutton
switch comes on.
On the RMP1 and the RMP2:
- The SEL indicator light (white LED)
is on.
- In the STBY/CRS display window,
set a new frequency with the
dual selector knob.
- Start this frequency. To do - In the ACTIVE display window, the
this, push the transfer frequency set comes into view.
pushbutton switch (double
arrow) between the two windows.
R
EFF :
001-006, 051-053, 101-199, 201-249, 23-13-00
Page 503
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Subtask 23-13-00-710-050-A
A. Operational Test of the Radio Management
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP1: The RMP1 shows the last frequencies and
R - Set the ON/OFF switch to ON. the last function used.
2. On the RMP1: On the RMP1:
R - Push the VHF1 pushbutton - The green LED on the VHF1 pushbutton
R switch. switch comes on (it does not come on
R if the last function used was the
VHF1 function).
3. On the RMP1:
R - In the right window, with the
R dual selector knob, set the
R frequency of a station that
transmits.
4. On the RMP1: On the RMP1:
R - Start the frequency set. To do - In the left window, the frequency set
R this, push the pushbutton comes into view.
R switch (double arrow) between
the two windows.
R 5. On the RMP2 and the RMP3: The RMP2 and 3 show the last
R - Set the ON/OFF switch to ON. frequencies and the last functions
used.
6. On the RMP2 and the RMP3: On the RMP2 and the RMP3:
R - Push the VHF1 pushbutton - The left window shows the same
R switch. frequency as the RMP1
R - The green LED on the VHF1 pushbutton
R switch comes on.
On the RMP1, the RMP2 and the RMP3:
R - The SEL indicator light (white LED)
R is on.
7. On the RMP2:
EFF :
901-901,
007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 23-13-00
Page 504
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - In the right window, set a new
R frequency with the dual
R selector knob.
8. On the RMP2: On the RMP2:
R - Start the frequency set. To do - In the left window, the frequency set
R this, push the pushbutton comes into view.
R switch (double arrow) between On the RMP1 and the RMP3:
R the two windows. - The left window shows the same
R frequency as on the RMP2.
9. On the RMP3:
R - In the right window, set a new
R frequency with the dual
R selector knob.
10. On the RMP3: On the RMP3:
R - Start the frequency set. To do - In the left window, the frequency set
R this, push the pushbutton comes into view.
R switch (double arrow) between On the RMP1 and the RMP2:
R the two windows. - The left window shows the same
R frequency as on the RMP3.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-13-00-860-050
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the RMPs, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 505
Aug 01/06
THY
TASK 23-13-00-710-002
Operational Test of the Radio Navigation Selection in Standby Mode Using RMP1
and 2.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 231300-01
Do a check of the RMP1 and RMP2 operation in standby mode for the radio
navigation.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 600 ohms Headset
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-13-00-860-051
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
R (2) Connect a 600 ohms Headset to the HEADSET connector of the Captain
R station.
R
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 506
Feb 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-13-00-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
49VU NAV/ILS/1 1RT1 G12
**ON A/C ALL
49VU NAV/VOR/1 2RS1 G13
49VU COM/RMP/1 2RG1 G10
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT 4RN G06
49VU NAV/ADF/1 1RP1 H14
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
121VU COM NAV/ILS/2 1RT2 K09
**ON A/C ALL
121VU COM NAV/VOR/2 2RS2 K08
121VU COM NAV/RMP/2 2RG2 L02
R **ON A/C 008-049, 054-100, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/ADF/2 1RP2 K02
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 507
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-13-00-710-051
A. Operational Test of the Radio Navigation Selection in Standby Mode with
the RMP1 and 2
NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the other system(s), use the
____
indications between the parentheses.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP1 and RMP2:
- Set the ON/OFF selector switch - The RMP shows the last frequencies
to ON. and the last function used.
- Push the NAV pushbutton switch. - The green LED on this pushbutton
switch comes on.
- Push the ILS pushbutton switch. - The green LED on this pushbutton
switch comes on.
NOTE : For the RMPs that have the
____
LS label (and not the ILS
label), push the LS
pushbutton switch.
- The set ILS frequency comes into view
on the RMP1 and RMP2 two display
windows.
2. On the RMP1 (RMP2):
- In the STBY/CRS window set an
ILS frequency of 109.5 Mhz with
the dual selector knob.
- Start this frequency. To do On the RMP1 and RMP2:
this, push the transfer - In the ACTIVE display window, the set
pushbutton switch (double frequency comes into view.
arrow) between the two display
windows.
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 508
Nov 01/05
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the RMP1 (RMP2):
- In the STBY/CRS display window, the
set course comes into view.
- Set a course of C090 with the - In the STBY/CRS display window, the
dual selector knob. course C090 comes into view.
- Start this course. To do this, - In the STBY/CRS display window, the
push the transfer pushbutton frequency 109.5MHz comes into view.
switch (double arrow) between
the two windows.
3. On the RMP2 (RMP1):
- Push the NAV pushbutton switch. - The green LED on this pushbutton
switch goes off.
- Set the ON/OFF selector switch - The two display windows go off.
to OFF.
4. On the RMP1 (RMP2):
- Push the VOR pushbutton switch. - On the ILS pushbutton switch, the
green LED goes off.
NOTE : For the RMPs that have the LS
____
label (and not the ILS label),
push the LS pushbutton switch.
- On the VOR pushbutton switch, the
green LED comes on.
- The set VOR frequency comes into view
in the two display windows.
- In the STBY/CRS display window,
set a VOR frequency of 117.5
MHz with the dual selector
knob.
- Start this frequency. To do - In the ACTIVE display window, the
this, push the transfer frequency 117.5 MHz comes into view.
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 509
Nov 01/05
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
pushbutton switch (double
arrow) between the two windows.
- In the STBY/CRS display window, the
set course comes into view.
- Set a course of CO75 with the - In the STBY/CRS display window, the
dual selector knob. course CO75 comes into view.
- Start this course. To do this, - In the STBY/CRS display window, the
push the transfer pushbutton frequency 117.5 MHz comes into view.
switch (double arrow) between
the two windows.
5. On the RMP1:
- Push the ADF pushbutton switch. - On the VOR pushbutton switch, the
green LED goes off.
- On the ADF pushbutton switch, the
green LED comes on.
- The set ADF frequencies come into
view in the two display windows.
6. On the CAPT ACP :
- Push and release the ADF1 - The ADF1 reception pushbutton switch
reception pushbutton switch. comes fully out and comes on.
NOTE : This step is applicable
____
for the systems with 1 or
2 ADFs (if installed).
7. On the RMP1 :
- Set a local NDB frequency - In the STBY/CRS display window, the
(non-radiophonic) with the dual set frequency comes into view.
selector knob.
- Start this frequency. To do - The two frequencies change.
this, push the transfert
pushbutton switch (double
arrow) between the two windows.
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 510
Nov 01/05
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If the frequency is tuned to an A1
station:
- You cannot hear the identification
signal in the headset.
If the frequency is tuned to an A2
station:
- You can hear the identification
signal in the headset.
- Push the BFO pushbutton switch. If the frequency is tuned to an A1
station:
- You can hear the identification
signal in the headset.
If the frequency is tuned to an A2
station:
- You cannot hear the identification
signal in the headset.
- Push the NAV pushbutton switch. - The green LED on this pushbutton
switch goes off.
- The RMP shows the set frequencies and
function in the communication mode.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-13-00-860-052
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the ACP, push the ADF1 (ADF2) reception pushbutton switch
(2) On the RMPs, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.
(3) Disconnect the headset from the HEADSET connector of the Captain
station.
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 511
Nov 01/05
R
THY
TASK 23-13-00-740-001
BITE Test of the Radio Management
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the RMPs operate correctly.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-003 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/COM
Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-13-00-860-053
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) On the RMPs, set the ON/OFF selector switch to ON.
(3) On one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM menu page(Ref. TASK 31-
32-00-860-003).
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 512
Nov 01/05
R
THY
Subtask 23-13-00-865-052
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/RMP/1 2RG1 G10
121VU COM NAV/RMP/2 2RG2 L02
R **ON A/C 007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/RMP/3 2RG3 L03
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-006, 051-053, 201-249,
Subtask 23-13-00-740-050-B
A. BITE Test of the Radio Management
NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the other system(s), use the
____
indications between the parentheses.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU, on the SYSTEM On the MCDU:
REPORT/TEST/COM menu page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - the RMP 1(2) page comes into view.
the RMP1 (RMP2) indication.
2. On the RMP 1(2) page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - the TEST OK indication comes into
the TEST indication. view.
3. On the MCDU :
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 513
Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- On the MCDU, push the line key
adjacent to the RETURN
indication until the CFDS menu
page comes into view.
R **ON A/C 007-049, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
Subtask 23-13-00-740-050-C
A. Bite Test of the Radio Management
NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the other system(s), use the
____
indications between the parentheses.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU, on the COM menu On the MCDU:
page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - the RMP 1(2,3) page comes into view.
the RMP1(RMP2-RMP3) indication.
2. On the RMP 1(2,3) page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - the TEST OK indication comes into
the TEST indication. view.
3. On the MCDU :
- On the MCDU, push the line key
adjacent to the RETURN
indication until the CFDS menu
page comes into view.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-13-00
Page 514
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-100, 251-251, 303-399,
Subtask 23-13-00-740-050-A
A. Bite Test of the Radio Management
NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the other system(s), use the
____
indications between the parentheses.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU, on the COM menu On the MCDU:
page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - the RMP 1(2,3) page comes into view.
the RMP1(RMP2-RMP3) indication.
2. On the RMP 1(2,3) page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - the initial conditions and the normal
the TEST indication. test sequence come into view the WAIT
FOR 40 SECONDS indication comes into
view the TEST OK indication comes
into view.
3. On the RMP 1 page:
- the SWITCH ON RMP3 indication
is shown.
4. On the MCDU, push the line key
adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes
into view.
R
EFF :
054-100, 251-251, 303-399, 23-13-00
Page 515
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R Subtask 23-13-00-740-050-D
R A. Bite Test of the Radio Management
R NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the other system(s), use the
____
R indications between the parentheses.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the MCDU, on the COM menu On the MCDU:
R page:
R - Push the line key adjacent to - the RMP 1(2) page comes into view.
R the RMP1(RMP2) indication.
R 2. On the RMP 1(2) page:
R - Push the line key adjacent to - the initial conditions and the normal
R the TEST indication. test sequence come into view the WAIT
R FOR 40 SECONDS indication comes into
R view the TEST OK indication comes
R into view.
R 3. On the MCDU, push the line key
R adjacent to the RETURN indication
R until the CFDS menu page comes
R into view.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-13-00-862-052
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the MCDU, set the BRT knob to OFF.
(2) On the RMPs, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 516
Aug 01/06
THY
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
EFF :
ALL 23-13-00
Page 517
Aug 01/06
THY
RADIO MANAGEMENT PANEL (RMP) (1RG1,1RG2,1RG3) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-13-13-000-001
Removal of the Radio Management Panel (RMP) (1RG1, 1RG2, 1RG3)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-006, 051-053, 101-199, 201-249,
23-13-13-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-13-13-991-001-A Fig. 401A
EFF :
ALL 23-13-13
Page 401
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Subtask 23-13-13-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1RG1
49VU COM/RMP/1 2RG1 G10
FOR 1RG2
121VU COM NAV/RMP/2 2RG2 L02
FOR 1RG3
121VU COM NAV/RMP/3 2RG3 L03
R **ON A/C 001-006, 051-053, 101-199, 201-249,
Subtask 23-13-13-865-053
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1RG1
49VU COM/RMP/1 2RG1 G10
FOR 1RG2
121VU COM NAV/RMP/2 2RG2 L02
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-006, 051-053, 101-199, 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-13-13-991-001)
EFF :
ALL 23-13-13
Page 402
Aug 01/06
THY
Radio Management Panels (RMP) 1,2 and 3
Figure 401/TASK 23-13-13-991-001
R
EFF :
001-006, 051-053, 101-199, 201-249, 23-13-13
Page 403
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-13-13-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-13-13-020-050
A. Removal of the RMP
(1) Loosen the quarter-turn fasteners (1).
(2) Pull the RMP (2) from its housing.
(3) Disconnect the plug (4) from the receptacle (3).
(4) Remove the RMP (2).
(5) Put blanking caps on the plug (4) and on the receptacle (3).
EFF :
ALL 23-13-13
Page 404
Feb 01/06
THY
Radio Management Panels (RMP) 1,2 and 3
Figure 401A/TASK 23-13-13-991-001-A
R
EFF :
901-901,
007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 23-13-13
Page 405
Feb 01/06
THY
TASK 23-13-13-400-001
Installation of the Radio Management Panel (RMP) (1RG1, 1RG2, 1RG3)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-13-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Radio Management
23-13-00-740-001 BITE Test of the Radio Management
R **ON A/C 001-006, 051-053, 101-199, 201-249,
23-13-13-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-13-13-991-001-A Fig. 401A
EFF :
ALL 23-13-13
Page 406
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Subtask 23-13-13-865-051
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1RG1
49VU COM/RMP/1 2RG1 G10
FOR 1RG2
121VU COM NAV/RMP/2 2RG2 L02
FOR 1RG3
121VU COM NAV/RMP/3 2RG3 L03
R **ON A/C 001-006, 051-053, 101-199, 201-249,
Subtask 23-13-13-865-054
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1RG1
49VU COM/RMP/1 2RG1 G10
FOR 1RG2
121VU COM NAV/RMP/2 2RG2 L02
EFF :
ALL 23-13-13
Page 407
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-006, 051-053, 101-199, 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-13-13-991-001)
**ON A/C 007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-13-13-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-13-13-420-050
A. Installation of the RMP
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the plug (4) and the receptacle (3).
(4) Make sure that the plug (4) and the receptacle (3) are clean and in
the correct condition.
(5) Connect the plug (4) to the receptacle (3).
(6) Install the RMP (2) in its housing.
(7) Tighten the quarter-turn fasteners (1).
EFF :
ALL 23-13-13
Page 408
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Subtask 23-13-13-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1RG1
49VU COM/RMP/1 2RG1 G10
FOR 1RG2
121VU COM NAV/RMP/2 2RG2 L02
FOR 1RG3
121VU COM NAV/RMP/3 2RG3 L03
R **ON A/C 001-006, 051-053, 101-199, 201-249,
Subtask 23-13-13-865-055
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1RG1
49VU COM/RMP/1 2RG1 G10
FOR 1RG2
121VU COM NAV/RMP/2 2RG2 L02
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-13-13-740-050
D. Do the BITE test of the Radio Management (Ref. TASK 23-13-00-740-001)
NOTE : As an alternative procedure, you can do this operational test
____
without the CFDS (Ref. TASK 23-13-00-710-001).
EFF :
ALL 23-13-13
Page 409
Aug 01/06
THY
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-13-13-860-050
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 23-13-13
Page 410
May 01/06
THY
______________________________________________________________
AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION ADDRESSING AND REPORTING SYSTEM (ACARS)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________
1. General
_______
The Aircraft Communications Addressing and Reporting System Management Unit
(ACARS MU) is an equipment which permits exchanges of data between the
aircraft and the airline.
The radio transmission/reception of messages is performed by the VHF 3
transceiver which is controlled (in frequency and in transmission
activation) by the ACARS MU.
The main functions of the ACARS are:
A. Transmission mode
(1) Management of data delivered by the:
- System Data Acquisition Concentrator (SDAC)
- Flight Warning Computer (FWC)
- Data Management Unit (DMU)
- Centralized fault display interface unit (CFDIU)
- Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC).
(2) Transmission to the airline of the OOOI time (Out,Off,On,In).
(3) Updating of the MU clock.
(4) Transmission of free text to the ground.
B. Reception mode
(1) Management of the reception, printing and display of the ground
messages.
(2) Reception of the meteo data
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1RB MU-ACARS 82VU 128 824 23-24-34
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 1
Feb 01/06
THY
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
23-24-00
Page 2
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS - Component Location in the Avionics Compartment
Figure 001
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 3
Feb 01/06
THY
3. __________________
System Description
The ACARS system includes:
- an ACARS Management Unit (MU)
4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The ACARS MU is supplied with 115VAC from the 115VAC BUS1 1XP (sub-busbar
103XP) through the circuit breaker 2RB located in the cockpit on the panel
121VU.
5. _________
Interface
(Ref. Fig. 003)
A. ACARS MU Peripheral Computers Interface
The peripheral computers are:
- the Flight Management Guidance Computers 1 and 2 (FMGC) (Ref. 22-86)
- the Data Management Unit (DMU) (Ref. 31-36)
- the System Data Acquisition Concentrators 1 and 2 (SDAC) (Ref. 31-54)
- the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) (Ref. 31-32)
- the Flight Warning Computers 1 and 2 (FWC) (ref. 31-52).
The exchanges of data between the MU and the peripheral computers use
ARINC 429 buses.
These exchanges are made in two different ways:
- data transfer at low speed
- broadcast of parameters at high or low speed.
The MU uses the data transparent protocol (defined in the ARINC 429
specification) when it communicates with the onboard avionics systems.
The file data transfer uses the System Address Label to identify the
receiving system as all the peripheral computers are connected to the two
general output buses of the MU.
(1) MU/FMGCs interface
(a) Data transmission
The FMGC 1 and 2 exchange data with the MU in ARINC 429 at low
speed.
The MU transmits data to the FMGC 1 on its general output bus 1
and to FMGC 2 on its general output bus 2.
The ACARS system enables to initialize and update the flight plan
by uplinks from airline to FMGCs. With downlinks, FMGCs through
ACARS inform the airline of the configuration of the aircraft
(preflight, inflight, postflight reports); a set of broadcast
data is transmitted from FMGCs to ACARS.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 4
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS - General Power Supply
Figure 002
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 5
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS - Block Diagram
Figure 003
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 6
Feb 01/06
THY
(2) MU/DMU interface
The MU transmits data to and receives data from the DMU in file.
For example, the following messages are transmitted:
- engine cruise report
- cruise performance report
- engine take-off report
- engine report on request
- engine gas path advisory report
- engine mechanical advisory report
- engine divergence report
- engine start report
- engine run up report
- APU MES/IDLE report
- APU shut down report
- loader report
- ECS report
- free programmable report No. 1
- free programmable report No. 2
- free programmable report No. 3
- RAT report .
The above listed reports can be either reports stored in the DMU
buffer after automatic generation, or reports generated on request
(manual request or MU request).
(3) MU/FWCs and SDACs interfaces
The MU receives parameters broadcast by the SDAC 1 and 2 and the FWC
1 and 2 at high speed, and broadcasts a status parameter to the FWCs
at low speed.
(4) MU/CFDIU interface
The MU receives data from the CFDIU in file and receives parameters
broadcast by the CFDIU at low speed. The MU transmits requests to the
CFDIU.
B. ACARS MU/MCDUs interface
The MU is interfaced with three MCDUs. When the MU dialogs with more than
one MCDU, it cannot dialog with another MCDU.
All the displays are organized and managed with the MU. The MCDU sends a
code to the MU only when a key line is pushed.
The MCDU 1 and 3 are connected to the MU general output bus 1 and the
MCDU 2 is connected to the MU general output bus 2.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 7
Feb 01/06
THY
C. ACARS MU/printer interface (If installed)
The MU transmits data to the multi-input cockpit printer.
The printer is not dedicated only to the ACARS. The MU can buffer data
printing when the printer is busy with another system.
D. ACARS MU/VHF 3 interface
The MU receives uplinks and transmits downlinks through the VHF 3
transceiver.
The VHF 3 transceiver is not dedicated only to ACARS, it is also used as
a back-up of the VHF 1 or VHF 2.
Each of the three RMPs is connected to the remote voice/data select
discrete-input of the MU. This discrete can apply on this input a
voice/data mode transfer command.
The MU is connected to the key event discrete-output from the VHF 3 which
indicates that the push-to-talk input of the VHF 3 is activated.
The MU can use this information to automatically resume control of the
transceiver after a voice conversation through VHF 3 (the MU can resume
control of the VHF 3 after a time interval of 2 minutes has elapsed since
the last VHF 3 push-to-talk activation).
E. Interface with the ground network
The airline can exchange data with its aircraft through a ground network
which is managed by four world service providers:
These providers are:
- ARINC, in the USA
- CANADIAN, in Canada
- JAPANESE, in Japan
- SITA, in the other regions.
In this ground network, each service provider is responsible for its own
network.
The networks are interconnected, therefore the data is transferred over
any network.
The aircraft can be in liaison with the network through the VHF.
On the network, it is possible to communicate through two types of
transmission:
(1) CATEGORY A
The aircraft can transmit or receive data to or from all the VHF
transceivers which are in the line of sight of the aircraft.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 8
Feb 01/06
THY
(2) CATEGORY B
The aircraft can transmit or receive data to or from one VHF
transceiver only. It selects the VHF transceiver with which it wants
to communicate after reception of a squitter.
On the ground, each service provider works on a special frequency:
- 131,55 MHz for the ARINC network
- 131,475 MHz for the CANADIAN network
- 131,450 MHz for the JAPANESE network
- 131,725 MHz for the SITA network.
In order to communicate, the ACARS MU tunes the frequency through a
frequency management algorithm.
6. Operation
_________
A. Connection with the DMU
(1) Each report generated by the DMU can be programmed individually for
transmission to the ACARS MU either automatically or manually.
(2) The ACARS MU can also require generation and transmission of any
report by the DMU.
(3) The ACARS MU can send information to the DMU when each report has
been duly transmitted to the ground.
(4) All these functions are described with their operational use related
to the DMU in the ATA 31-36.
B. Connection with the CFDIU
(1) All the fault messages and all the warnings recorded by the CFDIU can
be transmitted automatically to the ACARS MU as soon as the CFDIU
receives them from a system or a Flight Warning Computer.
(2) The CFDIU can transmit the post-flight report automatically to the
ACARS MU at the end of the flight. This report can also be
transmitted to the ACARS MU manually.
(3) Any page displayed by the CFDIU on one MCDU, which is a resultant of
the dialogue in menu mode between the CFDIU and a system, can be
transmitted manually to the ACARS MU.
(4) Each function is rendered operational or not depending on the message
transmitted by the ACARS MU to the CFDIU. These functions are
described with their operational use related to the CFDIU in the ATA
31-32.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 9
Feb 01/06
THY
(5) The ACARS MU (and all the systems linked to the CFDIU) is provided by
the CFDIU with the following:
- Aircraft identification (tail number)
- Flight number
- Identifications of departure and destination airports
- Date
- Time
- Flight phase
- Installed optional systems.
C. Connection with the FMGCs
(1) The ACARS MU is linked to the FMGC1 and 2.
(2) The FMGCs transmit the following messages to the ACARS MU either
automatically or manually:
- Request for flight plan initialization
- Request for wind messages
- Pre-flight report
- In-flight report
- Post-flight report.
(3) The ACARS MU transmits the following messages to the FMGCs either
automatically or manually:
- Flight plan initialization
- Wind message
- Advisory message related to a request not transmitted to the
ground
- Request for a pre-flight report
- Request for a post-flight report.
(4) Each function is rendered operational or not depending on the message
transmitted by the ACARS MU to the FMGCs.
(5) The ACARS MU receives parameters from the FMGCs.
D. Connection with the FWCs and SDACs
(1) The ACARS MU provides the FWC1 and 2 with data indicating four ACARS
configurations. The FWC1 and 2 enable display of the corresponding
indications on the memo zone of the upper ECAM display unit.
These indications are:
- ACARS MSG: indicates reception of a ground message
- ACARS STBY: indicates loss of communication with the ground
- VHF3 : VOICE: indicates that the VHF3 transceiver is not controlled
by the ACARS
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 10
Feb 01/06
THY
- ACARS CALL: indicates reception of a voice communication demand
with the ground.
The display unit only shows one indication even if several
configurations are present at the same time.
When the FWCs are no longer provided with this data by the ACARS MU,
or do not receive it in normal conditions (incorrect refresh or
validity), the ACARS MU appears on the faulty system list (ECAM
STATUS page) and the amber ACARS FAULT warning appears on the upper
ECAM display unit.
(2) The ACARS MU receives the FWC1 main bus and can use any information
present on this bus (available parameters are listed in the FWC
interfaces ATA 31-52).
(3) The ACARS MU receives the SDAC1 main bus and can use any information
present on this bus (available parameters are listed in the SDAC
interfaces ATA 31-54).
E. Connection with the VHF3 Transceiver
(1) The VHF3 has two audio type interfaces:
(a) An audio input, an audio output and a transmission control
discrete (push-to-talk) linked to the audio management unit (AMU)
(Ref. ATA 23-51).
This interface is used for voice communications.
(b) An audio input, an audio output and a transmission control
discrete (data keyline) linked to the ACARS MU. This interface is
used for transmission and reception of the ACARS data.
(2) The VHF3 can operate in two modes:
(a) Radio mode: in this case, it activates its audio type interface
with the AMU and de-activates its audio interface with the ACARS
MU.
(b) DATA mode: in this case, the process is reversed.
(3) The ACARS MU controls the VHF3 operating mode through the voice/data
select discrete:
(a) When this discrete is a ground signal, the VHF3 operates in DATA
mode.
(b) When this discrete is in open circuit, the VHF3 operates in radio
mode.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 11
Feb 01/06
THY
(4) The VHF3 has two frequency control interfaces:
(a) A digital input linked to the ACARS MU (input A)
(b) A digital input linked to the RMPs (input B).
(5) The ACARS MU applies a command signal to the VHF3 to take into
account its frequency inputs through the port select discrete.
(a) When this discrete is a ground signal, the VHF3 takes into
account input A and operates on the frequency transmitted by the
ACARS MU.
(b) When this discrete is in open circuit, the VHF3 takes into
account input B and operates on the frequency transmitted by the
RMPs.
(6) Three cases may arise:
(a) The VHF3 operates in DATA mode. In this case the VHF3 frequency
is controlled through the ACARS MU. The voice/data select and the
port select discretes are grounded by the ACARS MU.
(b) The VHF3 operates in radio mode and its frequency is controlled
through the RMPs. The voice/data select and the port select
discretes are in open circuit.
(c) The VHF3 operates in radio mode and its frequency is controlled
through the ACARS MU. The voice/data select discrete is in open
circuit and the port select discrete is grounded.
In this case, the frequency transmitted by the ACARS MU is a
frequency entered by the crew (on one MCDU) or a frequency
received in a ground message.
NOTE : When the ACARS MU is not supplied or if it is faulty, the
____
voice/data select and port select discretes are in open
circuit: the VHF3 operates in radio mode and its frequency
is controlled by the RMPs.
(7) The ACARS MU can switch the VHF3:
(a) From DATA to radio mode
1
_ Upon crew command: through the RMPs (Ref. para.
Operation-Connection with the RMPs) or one MCDU.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 12
Feb 01/06
THY
2
_ Automatically: further to the reception of a demand from the
ground (this corresponds to the ACARS CALL configuration
described in para. Operation-Connection with the FWCs).
(b) From radio to DATA mode
1
_ Upon crew command: through the RMPs (Ref. para.
Operation-Connection with the RMPs) or one MCDU.
2
_ Automatically: the ACARS MU receives the push-to-talk discrete
sent by the Audio Management Unit to the VHF3 and therefore
detects the transmissions performed in radio mode. The ACARS
MU can require automatic reversion to the DATA mode when it no
longer detects transmissions in radio mode.
R
F. Connection with the RMPs
(Ref. Fig. 004, 005)
(1) Each RMP receives the port select discrete (Ref. para. Operation-
Connection with the VHF3 Transceiver).
(a) If the ACARS MU controls the VHF3 frequency, the following
appears when the VHF3 mode is selected on one RMP:
- ACARS in the ACTIVE display window
- A frequency in the STBY/CRS display.
This frequency can be modified by means of the selector knob
located under the STBY/CRS display window. It can be different
on each RMP.
(b) If the RMPs control the VHF3 frequency, the following appears
when the VHF3 mode is selected on one RMP:
- A frequency (the same for all the RMPs) in the ACTIVE display
window
- ACARS in the STBY/CRS display.
NOTE : The ACARS indication in the ACTIVE display window of the
____
RMPs indicates that the VHF3 frequency is controlled
through the ACARS MU. It does not mean that the VHF3
operates in DATA mode (the VHF3 can operate in radio mode
with a frequency controlled through the ACARS MU). If the
ACARS indication appears in the STBY/CRS display window,
the VHF3 shall operate in radio mode on the frequency
shown in the ACTIVE display window of the RMPs.
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 13
Aug 01/06
THY
ACARS - Modification of Voice Communication
Frequency Through the RMPs (Sheet 1/2)
Figure 004
R EFF :
001-008, 201-249,
23-24-00 Page 14
Aug 01/06
THY
ACARS - Modification of Voice Communication
Frequency Through the RMPs (Sheet 2/2)
Figure 005
R EFF :
001-008, 201-249,
23-24-00 Page 15
Aug 01/06
THY
(2) Depending on the pin-programming of the ACARS MU (TP 11C grounded or
in open circuit), the VHF3 frequency is controlled through the RMPs
(in radio mode), the ACARS MU (in DATA mode ) or through the ACARS MU
only (in radio or DATA mode).
(a) Control of VHF3 frequency through RMPs and ACARS MU
1
_ When it is necessary to switch over VHF3 frequency control
from the ACARS MU to the RMPs (or vice versa), the RMPs send
the remote voice/data select discrete with a momentary change
in state from open circuit to ground.
The command is initiated when, the VHF3 display mode being
selected on one RMP, the transfer pushbutton switch (between
the two display windows) is pushed.
2
_ When the command is initiated with VHF3 frequency controlled
through the ACARS MU (the ACARS indication appears in the
ACTIVE display window):
- The RMP display in VHF3 mode remains unchanged until the
control is given to the RMPs by the ACARS MU by changing the
state of the port select discrete to open circuit.
- When the control is given to the RMPs by the ACARS MU, the
RMPs (which receive the port select discrete), modify their
display in VHF3 mode as follows:
* The ACARS indication appears in the STBY/CRS display
window of all the RMPs.
* The frequency which was in the STBY/CRS display window of
the RMP which has generated the command, appears in the
ACTIVE display of all the RMPs.
NOTE : Three seconds can elapse between command and display
____
modification.
3
_ When the remote voice/data select command is initiated with
VHF3 frequency controlled through the RMPs (the ACARS
indication appears in the STBY display):
- The display of the RMP which has generated the command is
modified immediately, as follows, until control is taken
over by the ACARS MU:
* Dashes appear in the ACTIVE display
* The frequency which was in the ACTIVE display appears in
the STBY/CRS display window
- The display of the other RMPs in VHF3 mode remains unchanged
until control is taken over by the ACARS MU.
- When the ACARS MU takes the control again (by changing the
state of the port select discrete to ground), the display of
the RMPs in VHF3 mode is modified as follows :
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 16
Aug 01/06
THY
* For the RMP which has generated the command the dashes in
the ACTIVE display window are replaced by the ACARS
indication.
* For the other RMPs, the ACARS indication appears in the
ACTIVE display window. The frequency which was in the ACTIVE
display window appears in the STBY/CRS display window.
NOTE : Time elapsed between command initiation and the taking
____
of control by the ACARS MU is very short.
(b) Control of VHF3 frequency through ACARS MU only (in radio or DATA
mode)
The pilots can modify the frequency or the operating mode (radio
or DATA mode) through the MCDU.
R
G. Connection with the MCDUs
(1) The ACARS MU is interfaced with two or three MCDUs
(2) The MCDUs enable:
(a) The display of data generated by the ACARS MU from data
transmitted by the ground or by peripheral computers (DMU, CFDIU,
FWC1, SDAC1).
(b) The selection of the various functions of the ACARS MU.
(c) The entry of data or text by the crew.
(3) Dialogue between one MCDU and the ACARS MU is initiated when ACARS is
selected on the MCDU menu.
This dialogue is performed according to the protocol specific to the
exchanges of data with the MCDUs, the same protocol being used for
the dialogues between the MCDUs and the following: FMGCs, CFDIU and
DMU (Ref. ATA 22-82).
H. Connection with the Printer
(1) The ACARS MU is linked to the printer. This enables to print:
- The data generated by the ACARS MU from data transmitted by the
ground and by peripheral computers,
- The data entered by the crew through the MCDUs.
(2) The data are transmitted to the printer by the ACARS MU according to
a specific protocol which is also used by the other computers
operating in conjunction with the printer (Ref. ATA 31-35).
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 17
Aug 01/06
THY
J. Data Exchange between Aircraft and Ground Network
(1) Data coding
The data exchanged between the ACARS MU and the VHF3 transceiver are
coded by 1200 and 2400 Hz tones
(Ref. Fig. 006)
A zero-bit is coded:
- By a positive half period of 1200 Hz when it is the first of a
string of zero-bits (even if the string only comprises this single
bit).
- By a 2400 Hz period starting by the negative half period when this
is not the case.
A one-bit is coded:
- by a negative half period of 1200 Hz when it is the first of a
string of one-bits (even if the string only comprises this single
bit).
- by a 2400 Hz period starting by the positive half period when this
is not the case.
The signal transmitted by the ACARS MU to the VHF3 modulates the VHF
radio signal sent to the ground. Conversely, the signal transmitted
by the VHF3 to the ACARS MU is obtained after demodulation of the
radio signal from the ground.
The result of this coding is that the transmission rate is 2400 bits
per second from aircraft to ground and vice versa.
The transmitted data are characters from the ISO alphabet No.5 except
the block check sequence field at the end of transmission.
(Ref. Fig. 007)
(2) Message format
The format of the messages exchanged between the ground and the
aircraft is as follows (in the transmission order):
Pre-key (16 characters)
Bit synchro (2 characters)
Character synchro (2 characters)
Start of heading (1 character)
Mode (1 character)
Address (7 characters)
Technical acknowledgement (1 character)
Label (2 characters)
Uplink block identifier (1 character)
Start of text (1 character)
Text (220 characters max.)
Suffix (1 character)
Block check sequence (BCS) (16 bits)
BCS suffix (1 character)
- Pre-key: all the bits are at 1. This phase enables adjustment of
VHF transmission and reception levels.
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 18
Aug 01/06
R
THY
ACARS - Data Coding
Figure 006
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 19
Aug 01/06
THY
ACARS - ISO Alphabet No.5
Figure 007
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 20
Aug 01/06
THY
- Bit synchro: enables to cross check the bits value.
- Character synchro: enables to establish synchronization on the
characters.
- Start of heading: indicates the start of data transmission.
- Mode: enables selection of a ground station or a specific group of
ground stations for communication with the aircraft.
- Address: contains the identification of the aircraft which
transmits or receives the message.
- Technical acknowledgement: acknowledgement (either positive or
negative) related to the last message received.
- Label: identifies a specific type of message.
- Uplink block identifier: only appears in the messages transmitted
by the ground. Enables the aircraft to detect duplicated ground
messages (aircraft-to- ground messages may have a downlink block
identifier to enable detection of duplicated aircraft messages on
the ground).
- Start of text: indicates the start of useful data transmission.
- Text: useful data. Only one part of the ISO 5 characters can be
transmitted in this field
(Ref. Fig. 008)
- Suffix: indicates the end of useful data transmission.
- Block check sequence: result of a computation made before
transmission on the previous bits set. At reception, the same
computation is made and the two results are compared. If they are
identical, the transmission is correct.
- BCS suffix: indicates the end of transmission.
(3) Exchange protocol between the aircraft and the ground
This protocol is described in the ARINC 597 Specification (to which
the ARINC 724B refers for the description of this protocol).
7. ____
Test
(Ref. Fig. 009, 010, 011, 012, 013, 014, 015)
The state of the ACARS is determined by monitoring the exchanges of
information that it can have with the associated processing card.
If the exchange protocol is correct, the data transmitted is in the correct
format and the ACARS does not declare that it is wrong further to its own
internal test, then the ACARS is said to be operational.
If not, it is declared to be faulty. The state of the ACARS is determined by
monitoring the exchanges of information that each of the processing cards
can have with its corresponding ACARS and by analysing the results of the
internal tests of each of the processing cards.
There are two operation modes:
- normal mode: during the normal mode, the BITE monitors cyclically the
status of the ACARS cards and transmits these data to the CFDIU during the
concerned flight. In case of fault detection the BITE stores the
information in the fault memory.
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 21
Aug 01/06
R
THY
ACARS - Characters Transmittable in the Useful Data Field
Figure 008
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 22
Aug 01/06
R
THY
ACARS System - Last Leg Report
Figure 009
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 23
Aug 01/06
R
THY
ACARS System - Previous Legs Report
Figure 010
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 24
Aug 01/06
R
THY
ACARS System - LRU Identification
Figure 011
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 25
Aug 01/06
R
THY
ACARS System - Trouble Shooting Data
Figure 012
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 26
Aug 01/06
R
THY
ACARS System - Class 3 Faults
Figure 013
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 27
Aug 01/06
R
THY
ACARS System - Test
Figure 014
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 28
Aug 01/06
R
THY
ACARS System - Ground Report
Figure 015
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 29
Aug 01/06
R
THY
- menu mode: the menu mode can only be activated on the ground and the
command is given by the CFDIU via the MCDU. This ground data is supplied
by the CFDIU, otherwise it can be given by a Flight-Ground discrete
provided by the ACARS.
The menu mode enables communications between the CFDIU and the ACARS BITE
through the MCDU.
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 30
Aug 01/06
R
THY
______________________________________________________________
AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION ADDRESSING AND REPORTING SYSTEM (ACARS)
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_____________________
TASK 23-24-00-860-001
Check of the Airline ID and Aircraft Registration Number on the ACARS MU after
a Change of the Aircraft Registration Number
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-33-00-710-010 Procedure to Use the Aircraft Coding Plug 197VC-A
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-24-00-860-076
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 23-24-00-865-067
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/MCDU/1 11CA1 B01
121VU COM NAV/ACARS/MU 2RB L06
121VU AUTO FLT/MCDU/2 11CA2 N20
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 201
Feb 01/06
THY
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-24-00-860-077
A. Procedure to change the airline identification (ID) for the Honeywell
ACARS.
To change the airline ID on the Honeywell ACARS MU:
- Get a new database from Honeywell, or
- Make the changes directly in the database if you have the
reconfiguration tool.
Subtask 23-24-00-860-079
B. Procedure to do a check of the airline ID and the aircraft registration
number for the COLLINS ACARS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
- Push the line key adjacent to - The ACARS MENU page comes into view.
the ACARS indication.
2. Push the line key adjacent to the - The MAINT MENU page comes into view.
MAINT MENU indication.
3. Push the line key adjacent to the - The SYSTEM STATUS page comes into
SYS STATUS indication. view.
4. Make sure that the airline
two-letter code (below ID) and
the aircraft registration number
(below REG NO) are correct.
5. If the airline ID is incorrect,
then get the change procedure
from Collins.
6. If the aircraft registration
number is incorrect, use the
procedure to change the aircraft
registration number on the FDIU
(Ref. TASK 31-33-00-710-010).
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 202
Feb 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-24-00-860-080
C. Procedure to do a check of the airline ID and the aircraft registration
number for the TELEDYNE ACARS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
- Push the line key adjacent to - The ACARS MAIN MENU page comes into
the ACARS indication. view.
2. Push the line key adjacent to the - The MISCELLANEOUS MENU page comes
MISCELLANEOUS indication. into view.
3. Push the line key adjacent to the - The MAINTENANCE MENU page comes into
MAINTENANCE indication. view.
4. Push the line key adjacent to the - The PROG ID/SENSOR STATUS page comes
PROG ID/SENSOR STATUS indication. into view.
5. Make sure that the A/L & REG
indication agrees with the
airline two-letter code (A/L
indication) and the aircraft
registration number (REG
indication).
6. If the A/L indication does not
agree with the airline two-letter
code:
- Tell Teledyne to supply you
with the procedure to change it
(if applicable for your ACARS
PN).
7. If the aircraft registration
number is incorrect, use the
procedure to change the aircraft
registration number on the FDIU
(Ref. TASK 31-33-00-710-010).
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 203
Feb 01/06
THY
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-24-00-860-078
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the MCDU MENU page comes into view.
(2) Fully decrease the brightness of the MCDU screen (display off).
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 204
Feb 01/06
THY
AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION ADDRESSING AND REPORTING SYSTEM (ACARS) - SERVICING
__________________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-24-00-610-001
Uploading procedure with the portable data loader (SFIM) to load the Software
Standard and the standard application database on the ACARS MU front face.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 704-2619-001
YV68A110 1 PORTABLE DATA LOADER
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-003 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/COM
Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-24-00-861-054
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 301
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-24-00-480-051
R B. On the PORTABLE DATA LOADER (YV68A110) or equivalent, make sure that the
R ON/OFF switch is at OFF.
(1) Remove the blanking cap from the DATA LOADER connector.
(2) Connect the portable data-loader 704-2619-001 cable to the DATA
LOADER connector on the ACARS MU front face .
Subtask 23-24-00-865-058
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/MCDU/1 11CA1 B01
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU FWS/FWC1/SPLY 3WW F01
121VU CFDS/CFDIU/SPLY 2TW J18
121VU DATA/LOADER/SPLY 3TD J16
121VU COM NAV/ACARS/MU 2RB L06
121VU AUTO FLT/MCDU/2 11CA2 N20
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU EIS/FWC2/SPLY 2WW Q07
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-24-00-970-053
A. Loading of the Software Standard Application (disk 5RB) and the Standard
Application Data Base (AP)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU: The MCDU is on.
- adjust the brightness of the
MCDU screen.
2. On the portable data loader: On the portable data loader:
- set the ON/OFF switch to ON. - the < <MDDU READY> > indication is
shown.
3. On the portable data loader: On the MCDU:
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 302
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- put the software standard - the ACARS indication goes out of
application disk (5RB) into the view.
disk drive, the label in the On the portable data loader:
forward direction. - the READY indication is shown
- then the WAIT RESPONSE indication is
shown
- then the TRANSF IN PROG indication is
shown.
NOTE : If more than one disk is
____
necessary to upload a same type
of data, the EJECT DISK and
INSERT NEXT DISK indications are
shown one after the other.
They tell the operator that he
must put a new disk into the
portable data loader.
- when all the data are put into the
computer, the TRANSF COMPLETE
indication is shown.
4. On the portable data loader: On the portable data loader:
- eject the disk from the disk - the < <MDDU READY> > indication is
drive. shown.
5. On the portable data loader: On the portable data loader:
- put the standard application - the READY indication is shown
data base (AP) disk into the - then the WAIT RESPONSE indication is
disk drive, the label in the shown
forward direction. - then the TRANSF IN PROG indication is
shown.
NOTE : If more than one disk is
____
necessary to upload a same type
of data, the EJECT DISK and
INSERT NEXT DISK indications are
shown one after the other. They
tell the operator that he must
put a new disk into the portable
data loader.
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 303
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- when all the data are put into the
computer, the TRANSF COMPLETE
indication is shown.
6. On the portable data loader: On the portable data loader:
- eject the disk from the disk - the < <MDDU READY> > indication is
drive. shown.
On the MCDU:
- the ACARS indication comes into view
- the buzzer operates.
7. If the buzzer still operates, on The buzzer stops.
the glareshield panel:
- push the MASTER CAUT light.
Subtask 23-24-00-280-053
B. Check on the MCDU of the Reference of the Data Loaded into the ACARS MU
(1) Do the procedure to get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM: RADIO
page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003).
(2) Check of the identification of the loaded disk(s)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Push the line key adjacent to the The ACARS menu page comes into view.
ACARS indication.
2. Push the line key adjacent to the The LRU IDENTIFICATION page comes into
LRU IDENT indication. view:
- make sure that the CORE SW P/N and
the APP SW P/N references shown are
the same as the CORE SW P/N and the
APP SW P/N references read on the
standard application disk (5RB).
3. Push the MCDU MENU key. The MCDU MENU page comes into view.
4. Push the line key adjacent to the The ACARS PREFLT MENU 1/4 page comes
ACARS indication. into view.
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 304
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Push the line key adjacent to the The ACARS MISC page comes into view.
MISC indication.
6. Push the line key adjacent to the The ACARS MAINTENANCE page comes into
MAINT indication. view.
7. Push the line key adjacent to the The ACARS PART NUMBERS page comes into
PART NUMBERS indication. view.
- make sure that the DB P/N reference
shown is the same as the DB reference
read on the standard application data
base (AP) disk.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-24-00-860-063
A. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration
(1) On the keyboard of the MCDU, push the MCDU MENU key to get the MCDU
MENU page.
(2) Fully decrease the brightness of the MCDU screen (display off).
Subtask 23-24-00-080-053
B. On the PORTABLE DATA LOADER, set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.
(1) Disconnect the portable data-loader cable from the DATA LOADER
connector.
(2) Install the blanking cap to the DATA LOADER connector.
Subtask 23-24-00-862-054
C. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 305
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION ADDRESSING AND REPORTING SYSTEM (ACARS) - SERVICING
__________________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-24-00-610-003
Uploading procedure to load the software standard and the standard application
database of the ACARS MU through the MDDU.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-003 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/COM
Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-24-00-861-052
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 23-24-00-860-059
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is in the ground configuration.
EFF :
007-008, 23-24-00
Page 301
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Subtask 23-24-00-865-056
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/MCDU/1 11CA1 B01
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU FWS/FWC1/SPLY 3WW F01
121VU CFDS/CFDIU/SPLY 2TW J18
121VU DATA/LOADER/SPLY 3TD J16
121VU DLS&/DLRB/SPLY 5TD J15
121VU COM NAV/ACARS/MU 2RB L06
121VU AUTO FLT/MCDU/2 11CA2 N20
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU EIS/FWC2/SPLY 2WW Q07
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-24-00-970-051
A. Loading Procedure of the Software Standard Application (disk 5RB) and the
Standard Application Data Base (AP)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU: The MCDU is on.
- adjust the brightness of the
MCDU screen.
2. On the overhead panel, on the On the display of the Data Loading
Data Loading Selector: Selector:
- set the ON/OFF switch to ON. - DB/N:
PUSH NEXT/PREV
indication is shown
On the multipurpose disk drive unit:
- the < < MDDU READY > > indication is
shown.
3. On the overhead panel, on the On the display of the Data Loading
Data Loading Selector: Selector:
EFF :
007-008, 23-24-00
Page 302
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the PREV or NEXT key until - ACARS
you get the indication of the NOT SELECTED
ACARS indication is shown
4. Put the software standard On the multipurpose disk drive unit:
application (5RB) disk into the - the READY indication is shown
disk drive of the data loader, - then, the WAIT RESPONSE indication is
the label in the forward shown
direction
5. On the overhead panel, on the On the display of the Data Loading
Data Loading Selector: Selector:
- push the SEL CTL key - ACARS
SELECTED
indication is shown
On the multipurpose disk drive unit:
- the TRANS IN PROG indication is shown
- when all the data are put into the
computer, the TRANSF COMPLETE
indication is shown
6. On the overhead panel, on the On the display of the Data Loading
Data Loading Selector: Selector:
- push the SEL CTL key - ACARS
NOT SELECTED
indication is shown
7. Eject the disk from the disk On the multipurpose disk drive unit:
drive of the data loader - the < < MDDU READY > > indication is
shown
8. On the overhead panel, on the On the display of the Data Loading
Data Loading Selector: Selector:
- push the PREV or NEXT key until - ACARS
you get the indication of the NOT SELECTED
ACARS indication is shown
9. Put the standard application data On the multipurpose disk drive unit:
base (AP) disk into the disk - the READY indication is shown
drive of the data loader, the - then, the WAIT RESPONSE indication is
label in the forward direction shown
EFF :
007-008, 23-24-00
Page 303
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. On the overhead panel, on the On the display of the Data Loading
Data Loading Selector: Selector:
- push the SEL CTL key - ACARS
SELECTED
indication is shown
On the multipurpose disk drive unit:
- the TRANS IN PROG indication is shown
- when all the data are put into the
computer, the TRANSF COMPLETE
indication is shown
11. On the overhead panel, on the On the display of the Data Loading
Data Loading Selector: Selector:
- push the SEL CTL key - ACARS
NOT SELECTED
indication is shown
12. Eject the disk from the disk On the multipurpose disk drive unit:
drive of the data loader - the < < MDDU READY > > indication is
shown
Subtask 23-24-00-280-051
B. Check on the MCDU of the Reference of the Data Loaded into the ACARS MU
(1) Do the procedure to get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM: RADIO
page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003).
(2) Check of the identification of the loaded disk(s)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Push the line key adjacent to the The ACARS menu page comes into view.
ACARS indication.
2. Push the line key adjacent to the The LRU IDENTIFICATION page comes into
LRU IDENT indication. view:
- make sure that the CORE SW P/N and
the APP SW P/N references shown are
the same as the CORE SW P/N and the
EFF :
007-008, 23-24-00
Page 304
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
APP SW P/N references read on the
standard application disk (5RB).
3. Push the MCDU MENU key. The MCDU MENU page comes into view.
4. Push the line key adjacent to the The ACARS PREFLT MENU 1/4 page comes
ACARS indication. into view.
5. Push the line key adjacent to the The ACARS MISC page comes into view.
MISC indication.
6. Push the line key adjacent to the The ACARS MAINTENANCE page comes into
MAINT indication. view.
7. Push the line key adjacent to the The ACARS PART NUMBERS page comes into
PART NUMBERS indication. view.
- make sure that the DB P/N reference
shown is the same as the DB reference
read on the standard application data
base (AP) disk.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-24-00-860-060
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes into view.
(2) Fully decrease the brightness of the MCDU screen (display off).
(3) Put the disk in the storage box.
Subtask 23-24-00-080-051
B. Deactivation of the Data Loading System
(1) On the Data Loading Selector, set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.
(2) Make sure that MDDU door is closed
EFF :
007-008, 23-24-00
Page 305
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Subtask 23-24-00-862-052
C. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
EFF :
007-008, 23-24-00
Page 306
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
______________________________________________________________
AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION ADDRESSING AND REPORTING SYSTEM (ACARS)
_______________
ADJUSTMENT/TEST
TASK 23-24-00-710-001
Operational Test of the ACARS
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the ACARS MU operates correctly.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-24-00-861-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the Aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002)
(2) Do the EIS Start Procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 501
Feb 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-24-00-865-050
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/MCDU/1 11CA1 B01
49VU COM/RMP/1 2RG1 G10
121VU COM NAV/ACARS/MU 2RB L06
121VU COM NAV/VHF/3 2RC3 L05
121VU COM NAV/RMP/2 2RG2 L02
121VU AUTO FLT/MCDU/2 11CA2 N20
**ON A/C 007-008,
121VU COM NAV/RMP/3 2RG3 L03
R **ON A/C 001-008, 201-249,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-24-00-710-050
A. Operational Test of the ACARS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP 1, RMP 2 (and RMP 3 if Each RMP shows the last frequencies and
installed): the last function used.
- set the ON/OFF selector switch
to ON.
2. On the RMPs:
- push the VHF 3 pushbutton
switch.
Two configurations are possible:
First configuration: On the RMPs:
- the ACARS MU controls the VHF 3 - the ACARS indication shows in the
frequency. ACTIVE display window and a frequency
shows in the STBY display window.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 502
Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Second case: On each the RMPs:
- the RMPs control the VHF 3 - the same frequency shows in the
frequency. ACTIVE display window and the ACARS
indication shows in the STBY display
window.
3. In the first configuration, go to
the step (5):
In the second configuration, go
to the step (4):
4. On the RMP 1: On the RMPs:
- push the transfer pushbutton after not many seconds, the frequency
switch (double arrow) between (which was in the STBY display window
the two windows. of the RMP 1) shows in the ACTIVE
display window and the ACARS indication
shows in the STBY display window.
5. On the ACP 2: On the ACP 2:
- push and release the VHF 3 - the VHF 3 reception pushbutton switch
reception pushbutton switch. moves in then out to level above that
of the unselected pushbutton
switches.
6. On the ACP 2:
- turn the VHF 3 reception
pushbutton swtich to the middle
position.
7. On the F/O LOUD SPEAKER control
panel:
- turn the LOUD SPEAKER
potentiometer to the middle
position.
8. On the RMP 1: On the RMP 1:
- push the VHF 1 pushbutton - the green LED on the VHF 1 pushbutton
switch. switch comes on.
9. On the RMP 1:
- in the right window, with the
dual selector knob, set the
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 503
Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
frequency of the ground
station.
10. On the RMP 1: On the RMP 1:
- start this frequency. To do - the set frequency comes into view in
this, push the pushbutton the left window.
switch (double arrow) between
the two windows.
11. On the ACP 1: On the ACP 1:
- push and release the VHF 1 - the VHF 1 reception pushbutton switch
reception pushbutton switch. moves in then out to a level above
that of the unselected pushbutton
switches.
12. On the ACP 1:
- turn the VHF 1 reception
pushbutton switch to the
middle position.
13. On the CAPT LOUD SPEAKER control
panel:
- turn the LOUD SPEAKER
potentiometer to the middle
position.
14. On the ACP 1: On the ACP 1:
- push the VHF 1 transmission - the green lines on the VHF 1
pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch come
on.
15. On the RMP 2: On the RMP 2:
- push the transfer pushbutton - the ACARS indication shows in the
switch (double arrow) between ACTIVE display window and the
the two windows. frequency (which was in the ACTIVE
display window) shows in the STBY
display window.
Now the ACARS MU controls the VHF 3
frequency.
16. On the MCDU 2 keyboard: On the MCDU 2:
- push the MCDU MENU mode key. - the MCDU MENU page comes into view.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 504
Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17. On the MCDU 2: On the MCDU 2:
- push the line key adjacent to - the MAINTENANCE MENU page comes into
the CFDS indication. view.
18. On the MCDU 2: On the MCDU 2:
- push the line key adjacent to - the asterisk adjacent to the SEND
the SEND indication related to indication goes out of view.
the Post FLIGHT REPORT (PFR).
After not many seconds:
- on the MCDU 2, the asterisk adjacent
to the SEND indication comes again
into view.
19. On the MCDU 2: On the MCDU 2:
- push the line key adjacent to - the asterisk adjacent to the PRINT
the PRINT indication for the indication goes out of view. It comes
PFR. again into view when you get the
printing.
20. On the CAPT side stick
controller:
- push the PTT switch and tell
the ground station to give the
A/C identification.
NOTE : The ground station finds
____
this data on the POST
FLIGHT REPORT it
received.
21. On the CAPT side stick On the CAPT loud speaker:
controller: - the ground station gives the A/C
- release the PTT switch. identifaction which must be the same
as the one your printing.
22. On the CAPT side stick On the MCDU 2 scratchpad:
controller: - the VOICE GO AHEAD message comes
- push the PTT switch and tell into view.
the ground station to send a
VOICE GO AHEAD message.
23. On the ECAM control panel: At the bottom of the Engine/Warning
- Push the CLR key until the Display (EWD):
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 505
Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MEMO page comes into view on - the ACARS CALL message comes into
the lower ECAM DU (engine view.
paramaters).
24. On the MCDU 2 keyboard: On the MCDU 2:
- push the MCDU mode key. - the MCDU MENU page comes into view.
25. On the MCDU 2: On the MCDU 2:
- push the line key adjacent to - the ACARS MENU page comes into view.
the ACARS indication.
26. On the MCDU 2: On the MCDU 2:
- push the line key adjacent to - the page that includes all the
the indication related to the received messages comes into view.
message received.
27. On the MCDU 2:
- read the last message received
and compare it with the ground
message.
28. On the MCDU 2 keyboard: On the MCDU 2:
- push the MCDU MENU mode key. - the MCDU MENU page comes into view.
29. On the ECAM control panel:
- push the CLR key until the
MEMO section comes into view
on the lower ECAM DU.
30. On the RMP 2: After not many seconds, on the RMP 2
- push the transfer pushbutton (and RMP 3 if installed):
switch (double arrow) between - the ACARS indication shows in the
the two windows. STBY display windows and the
frequency (which was in the STBY
display window of the RMP 2) shows in
the ACTIVE display window.
At the bottom of the Engine/Warning
Display (in the MEMO section):
- the VOICE message comes into view.
NOTE : If no ground station is available, you must do a reset of the ACARS
____
MU (pushbutton switch on the front face of the ACARS MU). This will
prevent the queueing-up of the downlinks not sent.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 506
Feb 01/06
THY
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-24-00-860-050
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the RMP 1, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.
(2) Do the EIS Stop Procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 507
Feb 01/06
THY
TASK 23-24-00-740-004
BITE test of the ACARS
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-003 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/COM
Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-24-00-860-096
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the procedure to get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/COM page. (Ref. TASK
31-32-00-860-003)
(3) On the RMP 2, set the ON/OFF switch to ON.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 508
Feb 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-24-00-865-075
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/MCDU/1 11CA1 B01
49VU SDAC/1/SPLY 3WV F04
49VU FWS/FWC1/SPLY 3WW F01
121VU CFDS/CFDIU/SPLY 2TW J18
121VU AIDS/DMU 4TV K15
121VU COM NAV/ACARS/MU 2RB L06
121VU COM NAV/VHF/3 2RC3 L05
121VU COM NAV/RMP/2 2RG2 L02
121VU AUTO FLT/MCDU/2 11CA2 N20
121VU EIS/FWC2/SPLY 2WW Q07
Subtask 23-24-00-010-058
C. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 811.
(2) Open the access door 811.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-24-00-710-068
A. BITE Test of the ACARS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP 2: First configuration:
- push the VHF 3 pushbutton - on the RMP 2, the ACARS indication
switch. comes into view in the ACTIVE display
window
- on the RMP 2, a frequency comes into
view in the STBY display window.
Second configuration:
- on the RMP 2, a frequency comes into
view in the ACTIVE display window
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 509
Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- on the RMP 2, the ACARS indication
comes into view in the STBY display
window.
2. In the first configuration, go to
step (4).
In the second cofiguration, go to
step (3).
3. On the RMP2: On the RMP 2:
- push the transfer pushbutton - dashes show in the ACTIVE display
switch (double arrow) between window and the frequency (before in
the two windows. the ACTIVE display window) shows in
the STBY display window
- then, the ACARS indication shows in
the ACTIVE display window.
4. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to - the ACARS page comes into view.
the ACARS indication.
5. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST IN PROGRESS XXS message
the TEST indication. comes into view
- the TEST OK message comes into view.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-24-00-860-097
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the MCDU MENU page comes into view.
(2) Fully decrease the brightness of the MCDU screen (display off).
(3) On the RMP 1 and RMP 2, set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 510
Feb 01/06
THY
TASK 23-24-00-710-005
Link Test of the ACARS
NOTE : Make sure that there is no ACARS STBY indication on the ECAM.
____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-24-00-860-090
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) On the RMP 2, set the ON/OFF switch to ON.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 511
Feb 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-24-00-865-072
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/MCDU/1 11CA1 B01
49VU SDAC/1/SPLY 3WV F04
49VU FWS/FWC1/SPLY 3WW F01
121VU CFDS/CFDIU/SPLY 2TW J18
121VU AIDS/DMU 4TV K15
121VU COM NAV/ACARS/MU 2RB L06
121VU COM NAV/VHF/3 2RC3 L05
121VU COM NAV/RMP/2 2RG2 L02
121VU AUTO FLT/MCDU/2 11CA2 N20
121VU EIS/FWC2/SPLY 2WW Q07
Subtask 23-24-00-010-055
C. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 824.
(2) Open the access door 824.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-24-00-710-067
A. Link Test of the ACARS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP2: First configuration:
- push the VHF3 pushbutton - on the RMP2, the ACARS indication
switch. comes into view in the ACTIVE display
- on the RMP2, a frequency comes into
view in the STBY display.
Second configuration :
- on the RMP2, a frequency comes into
view in the ACTIVE display
- on the RMP2, the ACARS indication
comes into view in the STBY display.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 512
Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. In the first configuration, go to
step (3) to continue the test.
In the second configuration, push On the RMP2:
the transfer pushbutton switch - dashes come into view in the ACTIVE
(double arrow) between the two display and the frequency (which was
windows on the RMP2. in the ACTIVE display) comes into
view in the STBY display
- then, the ACARS indication comes into
view in the ACTIVE display.
3. On one MCDU: The MCDU starts to operate.
- adjust the brightness of the
MCDU screen.
4. On the MCDU keyboard : The MCDU MENU page comes into view.
- push the MCDU MENU mode key
5. On the MCDU: The ACARS PREFL MENU 1/2 page comes
- push the line key adjacent to into view.
the ACARS indication.
6. On the MCDU: The ACARS MISC page comes into view.
- push the line key adjacent to
the MISC indication.
7. On the MCDU: The ACARS MAINTENANCE page comes into
- push the line key adjacent to view.
the MAINT indication.
8. On the MCDU: The ACARS TEST 1/2 page comes into
- push the line key adjacent to view.
the TEST indication.
9. On the MCDU: The TEST indication comes into view
- push the line key adjacent to (and not INITIATE indication).
the VHF LINK indication.
At the end of the test, the PASS
indication comes into view.
10. On the MCDU, push the line key
adjacent to the RETURN
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 513
Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
indication until the MCDU MENU
page comes into view.
11. On the RMP2, push the transfer After not many seconds:
pushbutton switch (double arrow) - the frequency (which was in the STBY
between the two windows. display) comes into view in the
ACTIVE display and the ACARS
indication comes into view in the
STBY display.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-24-00-860-091
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Fully decrease the brightness of the MCDU screen (display off).
(2) On the RMP 1 and RMP 2, set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 23-24-00-410-052
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(2) Remove the access platform(s).
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-00
Page 514
Feb 01/06
THY
MANAGEMENT UNIT (MU) - ACARS (1RB) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________
TASK 23-24-34-000-001
Removal of the ACARS Management Unit (MU) (1RB)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-24-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-24-34-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/ACARS/MU 2RB L06
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-34
Page 401
Feb 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-24-34-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position in the access door 824 in zone
128.
(2) Open the access door 824.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-24-34-991-001)
Subtask 23-24-34-020-050
A. Removal of the ACARS MU
(1) Loosen the nuts (3).
(2) Lower the nuts (3).
(3) Pull the ACARS MU (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the electrical
connectors (1).
(4) Remove the ACARS MU (5).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (1).
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-34
Page 402
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS Management Unit (MU)
Figure 401/TASK 23-24-34-991-001
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-34
Page 403
Feb 01/06
THY
TASK 23-24-34-400-001
Installation of the ACARS Management Unit (MU) (1RB)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-24-00-610-001 Uploading procedure with the portable data loader
(SFIM) to load the Software Standard and the standard
application database on the ACARS MU front face.
23-24-00-610-003 Uploading procedure to load the software standard and
the standard application database of the ACARS MU
through the MDDU.
23-24-00-740-004 BITE test of the ACARS
23-24-00-860-001 Check of the Airline ID and Aircraft Registration
Number on the ACARS MU after a Change of the Aircraft
Registration Number
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
23-24-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-24-34-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
824 in zone 128.
(2) Make sure that the access door 824 is open.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-34
Page 404
Feb 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-24-34-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/ACARS/MU 2RB L06
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-24-34-991-001)
Subtask 23-24-34-420-050
A. Installation of the ACARS MU
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are clean and in the
correct condition.
(5) Install the ACARS MU (5) on its rack (2).
(6) Push the ACARS MU (5) on its rack (2) to connect the electrical
connectors (1).
(7) Engage the nuts (3) on the lugs (4) and tighten.
Subtask 23-24-34-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2RB
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
Subtask 23-24-34-610-050
C. Do the uploading procedure of ACARS MU using the Portable Data Loader
(PDL) (Ref. TASK 23-24-00-610-001)
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-34
Page 405
Feb 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-008,
Subtask 23-24-34-610-050-A
C. Do the uploading procedure of ACARS MU using the Portable Data Loader
(PDL) (Ref. TASK 23-24-00-610-003)
R **ON A/C 001-008, 201-249,
Subtask 23-24-34-710-055
D. Do the check of the Airline ID and Aircraft Registration Number on the
ACARS MU (Ref. TASK 23-24-00-860-001).
Subtask 23-24-34-740-050
E. Do the BITE test of the ACARS (Ref. TASK 23-24-00-740-004).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-24-34-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-24-34
Page 406
Feb 01/06
THY
OPERATIONAL USE (ACARS) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU) is used as an interface
between the operator and the Aircraft Communication Addressing and Reporting
System (ACARS). It provides the means necessary to enter the text into the
ACARS for data storage, data review and transmission-System Status and
ground-to-air voice signaling functions are also presented on the MCDU. The
ACARS Management Unit (MU) is interfaced with three MCDUs.
2. System
__________________
Description
The MCDU is used for various systems:
- the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
- the Aircraft Communication Addressing and Reporting System (ACARS)
- the Aircraft Integrated Data System Data Management Unit (AIDS DMU)
- the Flight Management function (FM).
3. Operation/Control
________________________________
and Indicating
This paragraph describes the interaction of the MU with the MCDU. The
formats pictured here depict the exact layout of each page. Along each side
of the display are six line select keys. The arrows off to the sides of each
display format by the line select keys indicate the section number that
defines the display to be called up or the action to be taken for that key.
When the MCDU is initially powered up, it establishes contact with each LRU
connected to it.
When the ACARS MU is given control of an MCDU, the MU displays the ACARS
MENU page. The ACARS MENU page is the root page through which all other
ACARS pages may be accessed.
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002, 003, 004)
Each page of the ACARS Main Menu can display different data bases. These
pages are created upon energization of aircraft electrical network and are
recreated when the flight phase changes from preflight to inflight, from
inflight to postflight, and from postflight to preflight. When the flight
phase changes or the aircraft electrical network is energized, then the MU
updates the text and functions displayed on the ACARS Main Menu.
A. Preflight Initialization
(Ref. Fig. 005)
On the ACARS PREFLT MENU page, by pushing the line key adjacent to the
PREFLIGHT indication, you get the ACARS PREFLIGHT INIT page.
(Ref. Fig. 005)
On this page, preflight initialization information is given in these
fields:
(1) FMC FLT NO: It displays the FMC flight number. The default value is
white dashes.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 1
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS PREFLT MENU Page 1/2
Figure 001
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 2
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS PREFLT MENU Page 2/2
Figure 002
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 3
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS INFLT MENU Page
Figure 003
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 4
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS POSTFLT MENU Page
Figure 004
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 5
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS PREFLIGHT INIT Page
Figure 005
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 6
Feb 01/06
THY
(2) ACARS FLT NO: It displays the ARINC flight number. The default value
is white dashes, however, the MU will try to initialize this
parameter from the FMC flight-number broadcast-data.
The line key 2L and the alphanumeric keyboard can be used to
overwrite the MU generated value. Up to 4 alphanumeric characters can
be entered. If less than 4 characters are entered, then the MU will
right-justify the data and fill with zero characters.
(3) ORIGIN: It displays the origin. The default value is white dashes.
(4) DESTINATION: It displays the destination. The default value is white
dashes.
(5) CAPTAIN: It displays the Captains name or identifier which can be
entered by the crew. The default value is cyan brackets.
(6) UTC: It displays the Universal Time Coordinated. The default value is
white dashes.
(7) DATE: It displays the date. The default value is white dashes.
(8) ALT DEST: It displays the alternate destination. The default value is
white dashes.
(9) FIRST OFF: It displays the First Officers name or identifier which
can be entered by the crew. The default value is cyan brackets.
B. Delay Report
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The ACARS DELAY REPORT page is accessed by pushing the line key adjacent
to the DELAY indication on the ACARS PREFLT MENU page.
(1) DELAY CODE: This parameter is displayed adjacent to line key 1L. The
default value is cyan brackets. The crew can enter the two-character
delay code by using the line key 1L and the alphanumeric keyboard.
(2) MINUTES: This parameter is diplayed adjacent to line key 2L. The
default value is cyan brackets. The crew can enter up to 4 digits by
using the line key 2L and the alphanumeric keyboard.
(3) UTC: This parameter is displayed adjacent to line key 1R. The default
value is white dashes.
(4) ETA: This parameter is displayed adjacent to line key 2R. The default
value is amber boxes.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 7
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS DELAY REPORT Page
Figure 006
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 8
Feb 01/06
THY
(5) DEST: The destination is displayed adjacent to line key 3R. The
default value is white dashes.
(6) SEND: The line key 6R will attempt to downlink the delay report via
the downlink media defined by the data base.
C. ATIS Request
(Ref. Fig. 007)
The ACARS ATIS REQUEST page is accessed by pushing the line key adjacent
to the ATIS REQUEST indication on the ACARS PREFLT MENU page.
(1) ARRIVAL/DEPART: This parameter is displayed adjacent to line key 1L.
The default value is an amber box. The crew will enter a single
character by using line key 1L and the alphanumeric keyboard.
(2) ORIGIN: This parameter is diplayed adjacent to line key 2L. The
default value is white dashes.
(3) DESTINATION: This parameter is displayed adjacent to line key 3L. The
default value is white dashes.
(4) ALT DEST: Alternate destination is displayed adjacent to line key 4L.
The default value is white dashes.
(5) AIRPORTS: Airport codes are displayed adjacent to line keys 1R
through 5R. The default values are cyan brackets. The crew can enter
the three or four-character airport codes using respective right line
keys and the keyboard.
(6) SEND: The line key 6R will attempt to downlink the ATIS request via
the downlink media defined by the data base.
D. Weather Request
(Ref. Fig. 008)
The ACARS WEATHER REQUEST page is accessed by pushing the line key
adjacent to the WEATHER REQUEST indication on the ACARS PREFLT MENU page.
(1) ORIGIN: This parameter is displayed adjacent to the line key 1 L. The
default value is white dashes.
(2) DESTINATION: This parameter is displayed adjacent to the line key 2L.
The default value is white dashes.
(3) ALT DEST: Alternate destination is displayed adjacent to the line key
3L. The default value is white dashes.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 9
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS ATIS REQUEST Page
Figure 007
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 10
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS WEATHER REQUEST Page
Figure 008
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 11
Feb 01/06
THY
(4) AIRPORTS : Airport codes are displayed adjacent to the line keys 1R
through 5R. The default values are cyan brackets. The crew can enter
the 3 or 4 character airport codes using respective right line keys
and the keyboard.
(5) SEND: The line key 6R will attempt to downlink the weather request
via the downlink media defined by the data base.
E. Voice Contact Request
(Ref. Fig. 009)
The ACARS VOICE CONT REQUEST page is accessed by pushing the line key
adjacent to the VOICE CONTACT indication on the ACARS PREFLT MENU page.
(1) ON VHF: Voice Contact Request is displayed adjacent to the line key
1L. The default value is cyan brackets. The crew can enter the
six-digit frequency prior to initiating a downlink.
(2) ON HF: HF frequency is displayed adjacent to the line key 2L. The
default value is cyan brackets. The crew can enter the four or
five-digit frequency prior to initiating a downlink.
(3) SEND: This key will attempt to downlink the voice report via the
downlink media defined by the data base.
F. ACARS VHF CONTROL Page
(Ref. Fig. 010)
The ACARS VHF CONTROL page is displayed by pushing the line key adjacent
to the VHF 3 CONTROL indication on the ACARS PREFLT MENU page. This page
enables the user to select voice or data mode on the VHF link. The voice
frequency can be selected from manual/entry or database table.
The current VHF mode of operation is displayed on line 2. Data field
AAAAA contains either the VOICE or DATA indication.
(1) Database voice frequency menu.
Line keys 1L and 1R-4R are used to select from the voice frequencies
defined in the database table. The prompt text displayed adjacent to
line keys 1L-4L and 1R-4R is obtained from the voice frequency
database table and is displayed using large cyan font. The prompt
text field is 11 characters in length. Line keys 2L-4L and 2R-4R also
have title fields on the line above the line key. The title field
text is derived from the voice frequency database table and is
displayed in small cyan font.
Actuation of one of the database defined line keys attempts to enter
voice mode.
If the frequency contained in the voice frequency database table is
invalid, then the star, title and prompt are blanked and actuation of
the key is ignored.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 12
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS VOICE CONT REPORT Page
Figure 009
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 13
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS VHF CONTROL Page
Figure 010
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 14
Feb 01/06
THY
If the database does not contain an entry for a particular line key,
then the asterisk for that line key is blanked and actuation of that
key has not effect.
(2) Manual voice frequency.
Line key 5L can be used to manually enter a frequency or to select a
previously entered frequency. The default value is amber boxes.
Entered data is displayed using large cyan font.
If an incorrect frequency is entered, the scratchpad displays the
INVALID ENTRY indication.
(3) Uplink voice frequency.
Line key 5R is used to tune the radio to a frequency received.
The default value is white dashes.
If an invalid frequency is received, then it is ignored.
(4) Select data mode.
Actuation of line key 6R causes the MU to attempt to enter data mode.
If the VHF link is already in data mode, then actuation of this key
is ignored.
(5) VHF voice frequency validation.
In order for a VHF voice frequency to be considered valid, its value
must be comprised between 118000 and 136975 and be a multiple of 25.
G. TELEX with Address Selection Data Entry Screen
(Ref. Fig. 011)
The ACARS TELEX ADDRESS is selected by pushing line key 5L from the ACARS
PREFLT MENU page. The hardcoded data entry screen creates a multi-page
screen that provides address selection. The telex downlinks can contain
either a 4 or 7 character ground address.
H. Received Messages Page
(Ref. Fig. 012)
The ACARS REC MSGS page is accessed by pushing line key 6R from the ACARS
PREFLT MENU page.
This page is used to view REPORT uplink titles, and to select REPORT
uplinks. Each REPORT uplink has its Title, or Default Title, displayed on
the Prompt Lines of line keys 1L through 5L.
Each REPORT uplink is queued for display on the ACARS REC MSGS page in
the order in which it was received. A REPORT will be identified by its
associated title. The most recent REPORT Title appears at the top of the
ACARS REC MSGS page. Up to five REPORT uplinks may be displayed on a
single page of this screen. A maximum of ten pages are allowed for a
total display capability of fifty REPORT uplinks.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 15
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS TELEX Page
Figure 011
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 16
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS REC MSGS Page
Figure 012
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 17
Feb 01/06
THY
The Message Display pages (ACARS MSG DISPLAY prompt) are selected by
pushing the line key on the ACARS REC MSGS page associated with a
specific Report uplink.
If the maximum of fifty REPORT uplinks are received and queued, the MU
deletes reports according to the following priorities until enough room
is available:
- reports that have been previously selected and are not Flush Override
reports, oldest first
- reports that have not yet been selected and are not Flush Override
reports, oldest first
- Flush Override reports, oldest first.
Each REPORT Title is initially displayed in large font upon reception.
After the crew selects a report or after the report is automatically
printed, then the associated Title changes to small font. The
transition to small font does not occur until the pilot returns to the
REC MSGS page. Upon subsequent returns to the ACARS MSG DISPLAY page,
the Title is displayed in small font.
A report may be deleted from the ACARS MSG DISPLAY page by initiating
the following sequence:
- push the CLR function key, the string CLR appears in the scratchpad
- push the line key adjacent to the RETURN TO REC MSGS indication.
The results are the same as if the report was deleted from the ACARS
REC MSGS page.
For all the Message Display prompts (i.e. ACCEPT, REJECT, PRINT) if the
star is absent then line key presses for that prompt will be ignored.
J. Miscellaneous Menu
(Ref. Fig. 013)
(1) ACARS data frequency page
(Ref. Fig. 014)
The ACARS DATA FREQ page is accessed by pushing the line key 1L from
the ACARS MISC page.
This page presents a menu of the regions of the world that can be
selected by the crew. Each region is associated with a VHF data
frequency.
The associated data frequency is displayed on the second line of this
page.
The first character of this string indicates the following modes:
- A for Automatic Frequency Management mode
- M for Manual mode (frequency selected by the Pilot)
- R for Remote mode (frequency selected by the Airport)
- S for Automatic search mode (scanning)
- D for Automatic search mode for data.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 18
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS MISC Page
Figure 013
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 19
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS DATA FREQ Page
Figure 014
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 20
Feb 01/06
THY
The left arrow or right arrow points to the current service
provider region determined by the aircraft position data.
Action on line key 6L returns the user to the ACARS PREFLT MENU
page.
(a) Automatic frequency management mode
When line key 6R is pushed, the MU sets the automatic frequency
management mode and blanks the star adjacent to line key 6R. The
data frequency displayed on the second line of this page reflect
the frequency determined by the MU automatic frequency management
mode.
(b) Manual mode
The manual frequency management mode is entered by selecting a
line key with a frequency defined. The star adjacent to the name
of the frequency in use is blanked in order to indicate the last
selection mode. While in Manual mode, if the selected frequency
is different from the frequency determined by the aircraft
position data, the MU displays the AUTO/MAN FREQ MISMATCH
indication in the MCDU scratchpad. The left arrow and right arrow
are displayed next to the line key selected by the automatic
frequency management. While in manual mode, the arrow is not
displayed if the MU does not receive aircraft position.
(2) ACARS OOOI STATUS pages
(Ref. Fig. 015)
The ACARS OOOI STATUS 1/3 page is accessed by pushing the line key 3L
from the ACARS MISC page. There are three ACARS OOOI STATUS pages.
On page 1/3, OOOI states which have not yet encountered time values
are represented with white dashes. When the aircraft transitions to
one of these states, the time is inserted as hhmm. The current state
is indicated with an arrow in column 12 pointing to the appropriate
state name.
NOTE : Only one arrow is displayed at any one time, all arrows are
____
depicted in the figure below to indicate their position.
Absence of the arrow indicates the current state is INIT.
FLT NO: This field displays the flight number.
RETURN: This field displays time when the aircraft returns just after
an OUT event.
OUT, OFF, ON, IN: These fields display the OUT, OFF, ON, IN times.
DEPT/DEST: This field displays the departure and destination
stations.
UTC: This field displays the universal coordinated time.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 21
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS OOOI STATUS Page
Figure 015
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 22
Feb 01/06
THY
BLOCK: This field displays the aircraft time from the OUT event to
the IN event. The block time is computed by subtracting the OUT time
from the IN time. Whenever a new OUT or IN time is posted, this value
is updated.
FLIGHT: This field displays the time that aircraft has been airborne
during one flight. The flight time is computed by subtracting the OFF
time from the ON time. Whenever a new OFF or ON time is posted this
value is updated.
Pages 2/3 and 3/3 display the values of the inputs used to determine
the OOOI state and the time of the last change in value. Page 3/3
displays the individual door discretes. The door status on page 2/3
represents the output of the door logic.
Door status is displayed in data field AAAAAA. When one of the
doors is open, then the OPEN indication is displayed, and when all
the doors are closed then the CLOSED indication is displayed.
Slide status is displayed in data field BBBBBB. When the slide is
armed, then ARMED is displayed, and when the slide is not armed, then
UNARMD is displayed.
Parking brake status is displayed in data field CCC. When the
parking brake is set, then the SET indication is displayed, and when
the parking brake is released, then the REL indication is displayed.
Aircraft movement status is displayed in data field EEEEE. When the
aircraft movement is detected, then the MOVE indication is displayed,
and when no aircraft movement is detected, then the STABLE indication
is displayed.
The flight phase is displayed in data field F.
The current OOOI state is displayed in data field GGGGGG, OUT, OFF,
ON, IN, RET IN, INIT, and HOLD.
Each entry has a corresponding time tag.
Actuation of line key 6R (PRINT prompt) on any page will attempt to
print only that page of the ACARS OOOI STATUS screen on the cockpit
printer.
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO ACARS MENU prompt) returns the
user to the ACARS PREFLT MENU page.
(3) VHF statistics page
(Ref. Fig. 016)
The ACARS VHF STATISTICS page is accessed by pushing the line key 2R
from the ACARS MISC page.
This page displays statistics concerning transmissions and receptions
of the VHF used by the ACARS.
When line key 6R is pushed (PRINT prompt), then the MU attempts to
print the ACARS VHF STATISTICS page on the cockpit printer.
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO ACARS MENU prompt) returns the
user to the ACARS Main menu.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 23
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS VHF STATISTICS Page
Figure 016
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 24
Feb 01/06
THY
(4) Satellite statistics page
(Ref. Fig. 017)
The ACARS SAT STATISTICS page is accessed by pushing the line key 3R
from the ACARS MISC page.
This page displays statistics concerning transmissions and receptions
of the SATCOM used by the ACARS.
When line key 6R is pushed (PRINT prompt), then the MU attempts to
print the ACARS SAT STATISTICS page on the cockpit printer.
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO ACARS MENU prompt) returns the
user to the ACARS Main menu.
(5) Parameter display page
(Ref. Fig. 018)
The ACARS PARAMETER DISPLAY page is accessed by pushing the line key
5R from the ACARS MISC page.
This page allows the user to display the value of any parameter in
the parameter table. The user selects the parameter by entering a
three-digit number, representing the parameter index, into the
scratchpad and pushing line key 1L. If the index entered by the user
is non-numeric (greater than three digits in length) or exists
outside the range of valid table indexes (000-255), the entry is
discarded and the INVALID ENTRY indication is displayed in the
scratchpad. If the index is valid, the contents of the parameter is
displayed on the page.
Actuation of line key 6R (PRINT prompt) attempts to print the ACARS
PARAMETER DISPLAY page on the cockpit printer.
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO ACARS MENU prompt) returns the
user to the ACARS Main menu.
(6) Maintenance page
(Ref. Fig. 019)
The ACARS MAINTENANCE page is accessed by pushing the line key 6R
from the ACARS MISC page.
The user can get access to other maintenance pages through the
following MCDU line keys:
- 1L: PART NUMBERS prompt on ACARS PART NUMBER page
- 2L: STATUS prompt on ACARS STATUS page
- 3L: TEST prompt on ACARS TEST page
- 4L: COMM prompt on ACARS COMM Status page
- 1R: hidden prompt on ACARS INIT page
- 6R: hidden prompt on ACARS DEBUG page
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO ACARS MENU prompt) returns the
user to the ACARS MENU page.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 25
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS SAT STATISTICS Page
Figure 017
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 26
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS PARAMETER DISPLAY Page
Figure 018
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 27
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS MAINTENANCE Page
Figure 019
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 28
Feb 01/06
THY
(a) Part number page
(Ref. Fig. 020)
The ACARS PART NUMBER page can be accessed via the ACARS
MAINTENANCE page.
The ACARS PART NUMBER page displays the following data:
- MU P/N: ACARS MU hardware part number
- MU S/N: MU serial number
- CORE SW P/N REV: Core software part number
- APP SW P/N REV: Application software part number
- DB P/N: Data base part number.
Actuation of line key 6R (PRINT prompt) attempts to print the
ACARS PART NUMBER page on the cockpit printer.
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO MAINT MENU prompt) returns
the user to the ACARS MAINTENANCE page.
(b) ACARS status page
(Ref. Fig. 021)
The ACARS STATUS page is accessed via the ACARS MAINTENANCE page.
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO MAINT MENU prompt) returns
the user to the ACARS MAINTENANCE page.
1
_ Error log page
(Ref. Fig. 022)
The ACARS ERROR LOG page is accessed via the ACARS STATUS
page. The ACARS ERROR LOG page allows access to submenus which
provide detailed information about faults detected by the MU.
Actuation of line key 1L (CLASS 1 AND 2 FAULTS prompt)
displays the CLASS 1 AND 2 FAULTS page, on the MCDU. Access to
this page is prevented if no faults exist for that category.
(Ref. Fig. 023)
Actuation of line key 2L (CLASS 3 FAULTS prompt) displays the
CLASS 3 FAULTS page on the MCDU.
Access to this page is prevented if no faults exist for that
category.
(Ref. Fig. 024)
Actuation of line key 3L (GROUND FAULTS prompt) displays the
GROUND FAULTS page on the MCDU. Access to this page is
prevented if no faults exist for that category.
(Ref. Fig. 025)
The data fields adjacent to each prompt indicate the number of
fault entries residing in memory for that category.
Actuation of line key 6R (PRINT prompt) attempts to print the
ACARS ERROR LOG screen on the cockpit printer.
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO STATUS MENU prompt)
returns the user to the ACARS STATUS page.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 29
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS PART NUMBER Page
Figure 020
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 30
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS STATUS Page
Figure 021
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 31
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS ERROR LOG Page
Figure 022
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 32
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS CLASS 1 AND 2 FAULTS Page
Figure 023
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 33
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS CLASS 3 FAULTS Page
Figure 024
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 34
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS GROUND FAULTS Page
Figure 025
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 35
Feb 01/06
THY
Anomalies given by the CLASS 1 and 2 FAULTS page and those
given by the CLASS 3 FAULTS page are detected and recorded by
the software while the aircraft is in flight.
Anomalies given by the GROUND FAULTS page are detected and
recorded by the software while the aircraft is on the ground.
The operation of all FAULTS pages is the same.
The most recent error is displayed as the first page.
Actuation of the next page function key and down-arrow
function key allows the user to advance to less recent entry
pages.
Data field AAA indicates the relative leg number on which
the fault occurred.
Data field BBBBB indicates the date on which the fault was
detected.
Data field CCCC indicates the UTC at which the fault was
detected.
Data field DDDDDD indicates the ATA number of the faulty
LRU.
Data field E indicates the class of the fault.
Data field FF...F indicates the fault message text.
Data field GG...G indicates the troubleshooting message
text.
Data field HHHH:HHHH: indicates the segment/offset registers
of the software which detected the fault.
Data field I indicates which LRU detected the fault A for
AMP, M for MOP, S for SAP, and * for non-fatal error.
Data field K indicates the number of times that the fault
was detected.
Data field M contains the aircraft registration number.
Actuation of line key 6R (PRINT prompt) attempts to print the
screen on the cockpit printer.
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO ERROR MENU prompt) returns
the user to the ACARS ERROR LOG menu.
2
_ Received 429 broadcast data page
(Ref. Fig. 026)
The ACARS RCV 429 DATA page is accessed via the ACARS STATUS
page.
This page allows the user to inspect specific broadcast values
received from other LRUs.
The following information is displayed:
A/C REG number, UTC, DATE.
Data displayed is actual broadcast value.
For example, if UTC data is 124500, then that will be
displayed until a different value is received.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 36
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS RCV 429 DATA Page
Figure 026
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 37
Feb 01/06
THY
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO STATUS MENU prompt)
returns the user to ACARS STATUS page.
Actuation of line key 6R (PRINT prompt) attempts to print the
ACARS RCV 429 DATA page on the cockpit printer.
Actuation of line key 4R (SELECT prompt) causes the MU to
display the ACARS SEL 429 RCV page. The purpose of this page
is to allow the user to view the last value received for a 429
broadcast word specified by either the core or the
application.
Line key 1L is used to select the LRU. LRUs that are
installed, from which 429 Broadcast data is processed, are
selectable.
Each time line key 1L is pushed, the MU selects the next LRU
on the list. The LRUs are listed in order of the input channel
they utilize.
Line key 2L is used to enter the 429 label. Any value within
the 1-377 octal range may be entered. If less than 3
characters are entered, then the entered data is
right-justified and zero-filled.
Line key 3L is used to select the value for SDI. Every time
that line key 3L is pushed, the next value from the list is
selected. The order of values in list is:
XX (dont care)
00
01
10
11.
The default value is dont care (XX).
The data of the selected word is displayed on line 10 of the
MCDU display.
3
_ Transmit 429 data page
(Ref. Fig. 027)
The ACARS TX 429 DATA page is accessed via the ACARS STATUS
page.
The purpose of this page is to display the status of the 429
words broadcast by the MU. The bits of labels 030, 172, 270
and 377 are displayed on this page.
Line key 2L is used to select the 429 word to be displayed.
The initial value is label 172.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 38
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS TX 429 DATA Page
Figure 027
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 39
Feb 01/06
THY
Every time that line key 2L is pushed, the label changes to
the next value in the sequence (030, 172, 270, 377). When
label 377 is displayed and line key 2L is pushed, then label
030 is displayed. Bits 32 to 9 inclusive of the selected label
are displayed on line 9, adjacent to line keys 4L and 4R.
4
_ LRU status page
(Ref. Fig. 028)
The ACARS LRU STATUS page is accessed via the ACARS STATUS
page. The ACARS LRU STATUS page displays the state of the
activity logic for each LRU. The name of each LRU is displayed
in columns 1-10 and its status in columns 12-24. The ACTIVE
indication is displayed for each active LRU and the INACTIVE
indication is displayed for each inactive LRU.
If an LRU is not installed, according to either the aircraft
configuration broadcast words, the Application, database, or
the default LRU configuration specification, then the
corresponding field shows the NOT INSTALLED indication. If an
LRU is installed but no 429 broadcast words are processed, the
NO 429 DATA indication is displayed. If an LRU name is not
supplied, then neither the name or status will be displayed.
Actuation of LSK 6R (PRINT prompt) attempts to print the ACARS
LRU STATUS page on the cockpit printer.
Actuation of LSK 6L (RETURN TO STATUS MENU prompt) returns the
user to the ACARS STATUS menu.
5
_ Discrete status page
(Ref. Fig. 029, 030)
The ACARS DISCRETE pages are accessed via the ACARS STATUS
page. The status of the ACARS discrete inputs and outputs are
displayed and updated at 1 second intervals.
The character 1 represents an open circuit and the character
0 represents ground on the MCDU page generated by the MU.
(c) Test page
(Ref. Fig. 031)
The ACARS TEST page is selected via the ACARS MAINTENANCE page.
The first page of the ACARS TEST page enables the user to
exercise basic features of the ACARS system. The ACARS TEST 2/2
page enables the user to perform a SOLO word loop back test on
LRUs. Test functions are activated by pushing the following MCDU
keys:
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 40
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS LRU STATUS Page
Figure 028
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 41
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS DISCRETE Page 1/5 to 3/5
Figure 029
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 42
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS DISCRETE Page 4/5 to 5/5
Figure 030
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 43
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS TEST Page
Figure 031
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 44
Feb 01/06
THY
Page 1
Line key 1L (VHF LINK prompt) - VHF Link Test
Line key 2L (PRINTER prompt) - Printer Interface Test
Line key 3L (COMM AUDIT prompt) - Display Audit screens
Line key 1R (SAT LINK prompt) - Satellite Link Test
Line key 2R (SDU prompt) - SDU Interface Test
Line key 3R (MCDU TEST prompt) - MCDU Screen Test
Line key 5R (RAM TEST prompt) - MU RAM Test
Page 2
Line key 1L (LRU1 designation) - LRU1 Interface Test
Line key 2L (LRU2 designation) - LRU2 Interface Test
Line key 3L (LRU3 designation) - LRU3 Interface Test
Line key 2R (LRU4 designation) - LRU4 Interface Test
Line key 3R (LRU5 designation) - LRU5 Interface Test
The LRU names displayed on the second page are dependent upon
which LRUs are installed.
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO MAINT MENU prompt) returns
the user to the ACARS MAINTENANCE page.
1
_ VHF link test
The LINK TEST function attempts to downlink a label Q0 message
to the ground network. If there is another downlink message
queued, then its success will be used for purposes of this
test and the Q0 will not be sent. Success of the test is
determined by whether or not the downlink is acknowledged by
the service provider.
The data field displayed alongside the line key indicates the
status/results of the test, initially displaying the INITIATE
indication.
When the function is first selected, the status changes to
TEST to indicate that the test is active. The asterisk (*)
alongside the line key also changes to a blank. Attempts to
initiate the test while the asterisk is missing are ignored.
If the downlink is acknowledged by the ground station before
the last message attempt, the status changes to PASS and the
asterisk is shown again. After the last downlink attempt, the
status changes to FAIL and the asterisk is shown again.
Five seconds after completing the test, the status changes to
INITIATE.
2
_ Printer test
The PRINTER TEST function allows to print all characters on
the cockpit printer.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 45
Feb 01/06
THY
The data field displayed alongside the line key indicates the
status/results of the test, initially displaying INITIATE
indication.
When the function is first selected, the status changes to
TEST to indicate that the test is active. The asterisk (*)
alongside the line key also changes to a blank. Attempts to
initiate the test while the asterisk is missing are ignored.
If the message containing the test pattern is determined to be
undeliverable, the status changes to FAIL and the asterisk is
shown again. If the data transfer is successful, the status
changes to PASS and the asterisk disappears.
Five seconds after completing the test, the status changes to
INITIATE.
3
_ MCDU test
(Ref. Fig. 032)
The MCDU TEST function causes the MU to display the
ACARS-MCDU-SCRN-TEST page.
From this page, the user may select line key 6L (RETURN TO
TEST MENU prompt) to return to the ACARS TEST menu, or select
line key 6R (PRINT prompt) to print the page.
4
_ Satellite link test
The SAT LINK test function is disabled because the SDU is not
installed, so the MU displays the NO SDU indication and the
asterisk is blanked.
5
_ SDU test
The SDU test function is disabled because the SDU is not
installed, so the MU displays the NO SDU indication and the
asterisk is blanked.
6
_ SDU test
The SDU TEST function performs a simple loop back analysis to
evaluate the status of the SDU.
The data field alongside the prompt line key initially
displays INITIATE. When the function is selected, the field
changes to TEST, and the asterisk alongside the line key
changes to a blank.
Attempts to initiate the test while a file transfer is in
progress results in the display of the BUSY indication while a
file transfer is in progress, then a return to INITIATE.
If the TEST is correct, then the MU changes the status field
to PASS and displays the prompt asterisk. Any other results
cause the MU to display the FAIL indication.
Five seconds after completing the test, the status changes to
INITIATE.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 46
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS-MCDU-SCRN-TEST Page
Figure 032
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 47
Feb 01/06
THY
If the LRU activity logic indicates that the SDU is inactive,
then the MU:
- blanks the asterisk
- displays INACTIVE or INITIATE
- ignores key actuations.
When the LRU activity logic indicates that the SDU is active,
the MU displays:
- the asterisk
- the INITIATE indication.
7
_ Common audit
(Ref. Fig. 033)
The VHF and satellite communication AUDIT function is
monitored via the ACARS COMM AUDIT page. This page is accessed
via the ACARS TEST 1/2 page.
Line key 1L (VHF AUDIT prompt) toggles VHF audit on and off.
Line key 2L (UPLINKS prompt) enables/disables printing of
uplinks addressed to this aircraft.
Line key 3L (DOWNLINKS prompt) enables/disables printing of
downlinks from this aircraft.
Line key 2R (LABEL FILTER prompt) enables/disables filtering
of uplinks and downlinks.
Line key 3R (LABEL prompt) enters label to be used for label
filter.
Access to each audit function can be separately disabled by
the application.
8
_ Common audit
The VHF and satellite communication AUDIT function is
monitored via the ACARS COMM AUDIT page. This page is accessed
via the ACARS TEST 1/2 page.
Line key 1L (VHF AUDIT prompt) toggles VHF audit on and off.
Line key 2L (UPLINKS prompt) enables/disables printing of
uplinks addressed to this aircraft.
Line key 3L (DOWNLINKS prompt) enables/disables printing of
downlinks from this aircraft.
Line key 1R (SAT AUDIT prompt) toggles satellite channel audit
on and off.
Line key 2R (LABEL FILTER prompt) enables/disables filtering
of uplinks and downlinks.
Line key 3R (LABEL prompt) enters label to be used for label
filter.
Access to each audit function can be separately disabled by
the application.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 48
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS COMM AUDIT Page
Figure 033
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 49
Feb 01/06
THY
9
_ RAM test
The RAM test performs a simple write/read test over portions
of RAM. All data stored in RAM are saved. If no errors are
detected, then the status field displays the PASS indication
for 5 seconds. If errors are detected, then the status field
displays the FAIL indication for 5 seconds. While the test is
performed, the status field displays the TEST indication.
10
__ LRU X test
The LRU X TEST function, on page 2/2 of the ACARS TEST page,
performs a simple loop back analysis to evaluate the status of
the displayed LRU.
The data field alongside the prompt line key displays
initially the INITIATE indication. Actuation of the function
changes the field to TEST, and the asterisk alongside the line
key changes to a blank. Attempts to initiate the test while a
file transfer is in progress results in displaying the BUSY
indication while a file transfer is in progress, then a return
to INITIATE.
If the TEST is correct, then the MU changes the status field
to PASS and displays the prompt asterisk. Any other result
causes the MU to display the FAIL indication.
Five seconds after completing the test, the status changes to
INITIATE.
If a LRU specified for file transfer is not installed, then
the MU:
- blanks the star (*)
- displays NO LRU instead of INITIATE
- ignore actions on keys.
If the LRU is the slave FMC, then the MU:
- blanks the star (*)
- displays the NO TEST instead of the INITIATE indication.
- ignore actions on keys.
If the LRU activity logic indicates that the displayed LRU is
inactive, then the MU:
- blanks the star (*)
- displays the INACTIVE indication instead of the INITIATE
indication.
- ignore actions on keys.
When the LRU activity logic indicates that the displayed LRU
is active, then the MU displays:
- the star (*)
- the INITIATE indication.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 50
Feb 01/06
THY
(d) Communication status page
(Ref. Fig. 034)
The ACARS COMM STATUS page is selected by pushing line key 4L on
the ACARS MAINTENANCE menu.
The VHF link can be enabled for use and disabled by pushing line
key 1L when allowed by the database. The ACARS MU indicates that
the link status can be changed by displaying the prompt title
SELECT. When SELECT is not displayed, then the link status cannot
be changed. The default value is enabled for use and is indicated
by displaying <OP>. Pushing line key 1L causes the VHF link to be
disabled, when allowed by the database, and this is indicated by
displaying <INOP>. Pushing line key again causes the VHF link to
be enabled.
The satellite link can be enabled for use and disabled by pushing
line key 1R when allowed by the database. The ACARS MU indicates
that the link status can be changed by displaying the prompt
title SELECT. When SELECT is not displayed, then the link status
cannot be changed. The default value is enabled for use and is
indicated by displaying <OP>. Pushing line key 1R causes the
satellite link to be disabled, when allowed by the database and
this is indicated by displaying <INOP>. Pushing line key 1R again
causes the satellite link to be enabled.
The ACARS MU ignores uplinks on an air/ground channel that is set
to INOP.
Data field AAAAAA contains COMM when the VHF communications link
is available and NOCOMM when the link is not available. When the
VHF link is not selected (see line key 1L), then the status is
NOCOMM.
Data field BBBBB contains DATA when the VHF link is in data mode
and VOICE when the VHF link is in voice mode.
Data field CC displays the number of unsent downlinks in the VHF
queue.
Data field FFFFFF contains COMM when the SAT communications link
is available and NOCOMM when the link is not available. When the
SAT link is not selected (see line key 1L), then the status is
NOCOMM.
Data field GGGGG contains DATA when the SAT link is in data mode
and VOICE when the SAT link is in voice mode.
Data field DD displays the number of unsent messages in the
router queue.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 51
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS COMM STATUS Page
Figure 034
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 52
Feb 01/06
THY
Data field EE displays the number of unsent messages in the SAT
queue.
(e) ACARS INIT page
(Ref. Fig. 035)
The ACARS INIT page is selected via the ACARS MAINTENANCE menu.
The ACARS INIT page enables the user to examine and change the
values of some variables. The following line keys have been
defined:
Line key 1L (AIRLINE ID prompt) selects and/or enters airline
identifier source.
Line key 2L (CFDIU PROG prompt) sets CFDIU program bits of label
270 word.
Line key 3L (UTC prompt) selects and/or enters UTC source.
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO MAINT MENU prompt) returns
the user to the ACARS MAINTENANCE menu.
1
_ Airline identifier page
(Ref. Fig. 036)
The ACARS AIRLINE ID INIT page is selected from the ACARS INIT
menu.
The ACARS AIRLINE ID INIT page enables the user to select the
source for the two-character airline identifier using the line
keys on the left side of the screen. The ACARS AIRLINE ID INIT
page enables the user to select the source for the
three-character airline identifier using the line keys on the
right side of the screen. The values of the selected
two-character airline identifier and the three-character
airline identifier are passed to the application. The default
value used when all other values are invalid is SS.
Line key 1L displays the value of the airline identifier
extracted from the FMGC. The initial value is small white
dashes. When a valid value is received, then it is displayed
(small, green) and can be selected, via line key 4L, as the
source for the value of airline identifier in all ACARS MU
generated messages.
Line key 2L is used to enter a value for the airline
identifier. The initial value is amber boxes. When a valid
value is received, then it is displayed (small, green) and can
be selected, via line key 4L, as the source for the value of
airline identifier in all ACARS MU generated messages.
Line key 3L is used to display the value of the airline
identifier extracted from the database.
Line key 4L is used to select which source of airline
identifier (FMGC manual or database) should be used. Pushing
line key 4L causes the MU to toggle to the next value and
indicate it with an arrow adjacent to the selected value.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 53
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS INIT Page
Figure 035
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 54
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS AIRLINE ID INIT Page
Figure 036
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 55
Feb 01/06
THY
Line key 1R displays the value of the three-character airline
identifier extracted from the FMGC. The initial value is small
white dashes. Valid values are A to Z for all three
characters. When a valid value is received, then it is
displayed (small, green) and can be selected, via line key 4R,
as the source for the value of three-character airline
identifier.
Line key 2R is used to enter a value for the three-character
airline identifier. The initial value is amber boxes. Valid
values are A to Z for all three-characters. When a valid value
is received, then it is displayed and can be selected, via
line key 4R, as the source for the value of three-character
airline identifier.
Line key 3R is used to display the value of the
three-character airline identifier extracted from the
database.
Line key 4R is used to select which source of three-character
airline identifier (FMGC manual or database) should be used.
Pushing line key 4R causes the MU to toggle to the next value
and indicate it with an arrow adjacent to the selected value.
2
_ CFDIU Program page
(Ref. Fig. 037)
The ACARS CFDIU PROG page is selected via the ACARS INIT page.
This page enables the user to examine and change the setting
of the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU)
program flag in the label 270 broadcast word transmitted by
the MU. The setting can be changed by pushing the line keys,
this does not change the database. When you energize the
aircraft, then the setting is initialized to the value in the
database.
Line key 1L displays the current default value (YES or NO) for
the CFDIU BIT Data Report Downlink.
Line key 2L displays the current default value (YES or NO) for
the CFDIU Post Flight Report Downlink.
Line key 3L displays the current default value (YES or NO) for
the CFDIU Real Time Failure Report Downlink.
Line key 4L displays the current default value (YES or NO) for
the CFDIU Real Time Warning Report Downlink.
If YES is displayed, then the generation of the report is
enabled. If NO is displayed, then the generation of the report
is disabled. Pushing one of these line keys toggles the value.
3
_ UTC Initialization page
(Ref. Fig. 038)
The ACARS UTC/DATE INIT page is selected via the ACARS INIT
menu.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 56
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS CFDIU PROG Page
Figure 037
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 57
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS UTC/DATE INIT Page
Figure 038
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 58
Feb 01/06
THY
This page enables the user to examine the UTC value and select
the source of the initialization data.
Line key 1L displays the ACARS UTC.
Line key 2L displays the UTC value from the aircraft clock.
line ley 3L displays the crew-entered value for the UTC.
Line key 4L is pushed to generate an UTC request.
Line key 5L selects which source the MU should use to
initialize its clock.
Line key 5L toggles between A/C, ENTER, and UPLINK. The
selected source is identified by a left arrow.
Line key 1R displays the ACARS DATE.
Line key 2R displays the DATE value from the aircraft clock.
Line key 3R displays the crew-entered value for the DATE.
Line key 4R is pushed to generate a date request.
Line key 5R selects which source the MU should use to
initialize its date.
Line key 5R toggles between A/C, UPLINK, and ENTER. The
selected source is identified by a right arrow.
(f) ACARS DEBUG page
(Ref. Fig. 039)
The ACARS DEBUG page is selected via the ACARS MAINTENANCE page.
It provides a mechanism to view the status of internal processing
and the ability to perform a reset of the MU.
1
_ ACARS VHF DEBUG page
(Ref. Fig. 040)
Line key 6L is used to display the ACARS DEBUG menu.
Line key 6R is used to print screen page. Data displayed
XX...XX indicates the VHF state machine status.
Data displayed AA indicates number of downlinks queued for
transmission.
2
_ ACARS VHF CAT B page
(Ref. Fig. 041)
Line key 6L is used to display the ACARS DEBUG menu.
Line key 6R is used to print screen page.
Data displayed HH:MM:SS indicates time. The time displayed in
the upper right-hand corner is the current time. Data XX
represents station ID letter.
Data displayed X0 indicate selected station.
Data displayed X1-X7 indicate active stations in the table
stored by the first time from most recent (X1) to Xn.
3
_ ACARS MEMORY DUMP page
(Ref. Fig. 042)
Data displayed SSSS represent the segment.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 59
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS DEBUG Page
Figure 039
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 60
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS VHF DEBUG Page 1/2
Figure 040
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 61
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS VHF CAT B Page 2/2
Figure 041
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 62
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS MEMORY DUMP Page
Figure 042
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 63
Feb 01/06
THY
Data displayed AAAA represent the offset from the segment.
Data displayed HO-H7 represent binary data read from memory
displayed in Hex ASCII or ASCII.
Line key actions:
1L - Enter address and data from sratchpad: Entered data is in
the form: segment(.offset)(/data)...
All information is entered in hexadecimal form. If no offset
is entered, then the segment data is considered as a real
address which will be converted to segment and offset for
display purposes.
2L - Increase memory address by 1.
2R - Decrease memory address by 1.
3L - Increase memory address by 16.
3R - Decrease memory address by 16.
4L - Increase memory address by 64.
4R - Decrease memory address by 64.
5L - Toggle prompt displayed FREEZE and LIVE. When
FREEZE is selected, the memory displayed will not be
updated. When LIVE is selected, the memory data displayed
will be updated periodically.
5R - Toggle prompt displayed between ASCII and HEX. When
ASCII is selected, the memory dump will be displayed in
Hexadecimal ASCII.
6L - Return to Debug Menu.
6R - Print Screen page.
4
_ ACARS PRINTER DEBUG page
(Ref. Fig. 043)
Line key actions:
1L - Clear Debug Area.
6L - Display ACARS DEBUG Menu.
6R - Print Screen page.
The Printer state machine debug codes are displayed on this
page.
5
_ ACARS MCDU DEBUG page
(Ref. Fig. 044)
Line key actions:
1L - Clear Williamsburg Debug Area.
1R - Set Link Layer Type to BOP.
2R - Set Link Layer Type to COP.
3L - Clear Ground to LRU Debug Area.
5L - Clear LRU to Ground Debug Area.
6L - Display ACARS DEBUG Menu.
6R - Print Screen page.
The MCDU state machine debug codes are displayed on this page.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 64
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS PRINTER DEBUG Page
Figure 043
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 65
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS MCDU DEBUG Page
Figure 044
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 66
Feb 01/06
THY
6
_ ACARS SDU DEBUG page
(Ref. Fig. 045, 046)
Line key actions:
1L - Clear Williamsburg Debug Area.
6L - Display ACARS DEBUG Menu.
6R - Print screen page.
7
_ ACARS File Transfer LRU debug pages
(Ref. Fig. 047)
The following screen format is used for each of the file
transfer LRUs to display debug information.
Line key actions:
1L - Clear Link Layer Debug Area.
1R - Set Link Layer Type to BOP.
2R - Set Link Layer Type to COP.
3L - Clear Ground to LRU Debug Area.
5L - Clear LRU to Ground Debug Area.
6L - Display ACARS Debug Menu.
6R - Print screen page.
Data displayed A indicate the name of LRU.
Data displayed B indicate the file transfer protocol
(CHARACTER or WILLIAMSBURG).
Data displayed X indicate a Master/Slaves status. M
indicates Master FMGC, S indicates slave FMGC.
Data displayed Y indicate the LRU state machine status.
Data displayed Z indicate the message processing uplink state
machine status.
Data displayed W indicate the message processing downlink
state machine status.
8
_ ACARS BUILD VERSIONS page
(Ref. Fig. 048)
Actuation of line key 6L returns the user to the ACARS DEBUG
menu page.
Actuation of line key 6R is used to print screen page.
Data displayed AA...AA indicate the database build version
number.
Data displayed BB...BB indicate the application software build
version number.
Data displayed CC...CC indicate the AMP core software build
version number.
Data displayed DD...DD indicate the MOP core software build
version number.
Data displayed EE...EE indicate the SAP core software build
version number.
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 67
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS SDU DEBUG Page 1/2
Figure 045
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 68
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS SDU DEBUG Page 2/2
Figure 046
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 69
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS File Transfer LRU Debug Page
Figure 047
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 70
Feb 01/06
THY
ACARS BUILD VERSIONS Page
Figure 048
R
EFF :
001-008, 201-249, 23-26-00
Page 71
Feb 01/06
THY
SATELLITE COMMUNICATION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
The function of the SATCOM system is the reception and processing of signals
via satellites providing aeronautical services in the L-Band (1525-1660.5
MHz).
The Aero-I SATCOM system (conformed to ARINC 761) uses an intermediate gain
terminal, exploiting the higher power of the Inmarsat 3 satellite. Aero-I
allows the aircraft flying within spot beam coverage to transmit and receive
multichannel voice, fax and circuit mode data services. Packet mode data
services and emergency calls are available world-wide in the global beam.
2. __________________
Component Location
**ON A/C 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 003)
**ON A/C 008-049,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 003A)
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
105RV1 SDU 80VU 120 811 23-28-00
116RV1 ANTENNA 200 23-28-00
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 1
Nov 01/05
THY
General SATCOM System Architecture
Figure 001
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 2
Nov 01/05
THY
Satellite Coverage
Figure 002
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 3
Nov 01/05
THY
SATCOM - Component Location
Figure 003
EFF :
901-901, 23-28-00
Page 4
Nov 01/05
THY
SATCOM - Component Location
Figure 003A
EFF :
008-049, 23-28-00
Page 5
Nov 01/05
THY
3. System
__________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 004, 005)
A. SATCOM System
The Satellite Data Unit (SDU) is the interface to all other aircraft
systems, including the ACARS system. It contains all data processing
functions, as well as the modems, channel tuning synthesizers, Hight
Stability Reference Oscillator, to/from IF to/from L-band conversion and
Hight Power Amplifier (HPA). The SDU also contains a voice CODEC, modem,
and synthesizer pair for each the voice channels installed.
B. Intermediate Gain Antenna
The intermediate Gain Antenna (IGA) consists of a 6dBi gain (nominal)
electronically steered directional antenna plus an internal LNA/Diplexer.
4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The SDU is supplied with 115VAC from the main 115VAC Bus 2 bar (via the
sub-busbar 101XP-C).
The SDU is supplied through this circuit breaker:
- 102RV
5. Interface
_________
The architecture of the SATCOM interface is shown in figure
**ON A/C 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 007)
**ON A/C 008-049,
Post SB 23-1138 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 007A)
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
The SDU is linked to:
- the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) (Ref. 31-32)
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 6
Nov 01/05
THY
SATCOM - General Architecture
Figure 004
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 7
Nov 01/05
THY
SATCOM - Internal Architecture
Figure 005
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 8
Nov 01/05
THY
SATCOM - Power Supply
Figure 006
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 9
Nov 01/05
THY
SATCOM - Interface
Figure 007
EFF :
901-901, 23-28-00
Page 10
Nov 01/05
THY
SATCOM - Interface
Figure 007A
EFF :
008-049, 23-28-00
Page 11
Nov 01/05
THY
- the Landing Gear Control and Interface Units 1 and 2 (LGCIU) (Ref. 32-31)
- the data loader (Ref. 31-38)
- the Air Data/Inertial Reference Units (ADIRU) (Ref. 34-12)
- the Cabin Telecommunications Unit (Ref. 23-35-00)
- the Multipurpose Control and Display Units 1, 2 and 3 (MCDU) (Ref. 22-82)
- the Flight Warning Computers 1 and 2 (FWC) (Ref. 31-50)
- the Audio Management Unit (AMU) (Ref. 23-50)
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 46-1006 For A/C 008-008,
- the Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU) (Ref. 46-21)
A. ATSU-SDU Interface
An ARINC 429 data bus provides communications between the SDU and the
ATSU. There are two basic types of communications conducted over these
circuits.
The first type is the transfer of messages exchanged with the terrestrial
ends of the system.
The second type is the system and maintenance data request and response
messages used for command and control. Messages are identifiable when
transferred through the use of the GFI field in the file transfer
protocol.
The SDU and the ATSU monitor each others status by exchanging label 270
status words once per second.
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
B. ADIRU-SDU Interface
For antenna control steering and computed doppler correction, the
following ARINC 429 octal labels are transmitted from the ADIRU to the
SDU:
310 Present position - Latitude
311 Present position - Longitude
312 Ground speed
314 True heading
324 Pitch angle
325 Roll angle
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 12
Nov 01/05
THY
361 Inertial altitude
C. Cabin Communications System-SDU Interface
A digital CEPT E1 interface is used between the SDU and the cabin system.
The Cabin Communications System (CCS), in conjunction with the Satellite
provides cabin services such as telephone, facsimile, and other
communication interfaces.
The Cabin Communications Unit (CCU) performs onboard Private Automatic
Branch Exchange (PABX) telephony functions that enable the
cabin/passenger telecommunications equipment to make the best use of
resources provided by the SATCOM.
D. Data Loader-SDU Interface
An ARINC 429 bus is used to download the data of the Owner Requirement
Table (ORT) into the SDU.
E. LGCIU-SDU Interface
The LGCIUs transmit air/ground information discrete outputs to the SDU.
F. CFDS-SDU Interface
This avionics package includes the AIRBUS BITE function.
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 13
Nov 01/05
THY
**ON A/C 901-901,
G. MCDU-SDU Interface
(1) SATCOM MAIN MENU page
(Ref. Fig. 008)
The SATCOM MAIN MENU page contains only the SATCOM STATUS prompt. It
provides access to lower level pages
**ON A/C 008-049,
Post SB 23-1138 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
G. MCDU-SDU Interface
(1) SATCOM MAIN MENU page
(Ref. Fig. 008A)
The SATCOM MAIN MENU page is used to display call status information
and to provide access to lower level pages. If Voice 1 or Voice 2 is
not available then the corresponding prompts are blanked. If neither
Voice 1 nor Voice 2 is available then this page contains only the
SATCOM STATUS prompt.
(a) For air-to-ground calls
The phone number mnemonic is displayed adjacent to line key 2L or
4L. It is displayed in large font when a call is established
(ANSWERED state), and in small font when the audio line is not
currently in use or the call is not established (not in the
ANSWERED state). The mnemonic of the selected phone number is
displayed unless it is a manual dial, in which case the manual
dialed number is displayed.
(b) For ground-to-air calls
GRND-AIR CALL is displayed for the phone number mnemonic in large
font when the state indicates the call has been established (GND
INIT CALL state), otherwise the phone number mnemonic is
displayed in small font (call has not been established). The
priority of the call is displayed instead of the call status
information. The text to be displayed matches the name of the
DIRECTORY category that is associated with this call priority.
This text is selectable via the ORT.
(c) The MANUAL DIAL> prompt provides access to the SATCOM MANUAL DIAL
page. This prompt is always available.
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 14
Nov 01/05
THY
SATCOM MAIN MENU Page
Figure 008
EFF :
901-901, 23-28-00
Page 15
Nov 01/05
THY
SATCOM MAIN MENU Page
Figure 008A
EFF :
008-049, 23-28-00
Page 16
Nov 01/05
THY
(d) The <STATUS prompt provides access to the STATUS page, which
contains <BITE, LOG> and CONFIGuration information.
(e) The DIRECTORY> prompt provides access to the SATCOM DIRECTORY
page.
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
(2) STATUS page
**ON A/C 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 009)
**ON A/C 008-049,
Post SB 23-1138 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 009A)
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
(a) Present SATCOM System BITE status is displayed adjacent to line
key 1L. This line displays:
<BITE OK (using PAGE SELECT color type) if all SATCOM LRUs pass
BITE and are active on the bus and all installed channel modules
are functional; or
<BITE OK* (using PAGE SELECT color type) if all SATCOM LRUs pass
BITE and are active, but not all installed channel modules are
functional; or
<BITE FAIL (using the FAULT ANNUNCIATION color type) if one or
more LRUs reports a fault or inactivity on the bus.
Only LRUs which are indicated as being installed by the rear
connector pins of the SDU are monitored. Selection of line key 1L
displays the SATCOM BITE STATUS 1/3 page.
(b) Selection of line key 1R displays the SATCOM LOG page.
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 17
Nov 01/05
THY
SATCOM - Status
Figure 009
EFF :
901-901, 23-28-00
Page 18
Nov 01/05
THY
SATCOM - Status
Figure 009A
EFF :
008-049, 23-28-00
Page 19
Nov 01/05
THY
(c) Selection of line key 2L displays the SATCOM CONFIG page.
(d) Selection of line key 3R determines whether new air-to-ground
calls are accepted from the CTU. Calls already in progress are
not affected. Selecting line key 3R alternates display between
ENABLED* or DISABLED*. The default at power-up is ENABLED*. This
prompt (and the title cabin calls) is not displayed if strapping
indicates no CTU is installed or if the ORT option CEPT ENABLE*
is set to disabled.
(e) Selection of line key 6L when the letters XXXX are in the
scratchpad results in display of the SATCOM TEST page.
(3) SATCOM BITE STATUS pages
The three SATCOM BITE STATUS pages provide indication of fault status
of SATCOM LRUs. Fault Status is determined according to the criteria
for the Fault Summary words to the CFDS.
(a) SATCOM BITE STATUS 1/3 page
(Ref. Fig. 010)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| SATCOM LRUs | LRU report line key | STATUS REPORTED AS: |
| | (adjacent to and below) | |
|---------------|-------------------------|---------------------------|
| System Buses | 1R | OK or INACTIVE |
|---------------|-------------------------|---------------------------|
| SRT (SDU) | 1L | OK or FAULT |
|---------------|-------------------------|---------------------------|
| IGA LNA | 3R | OK, FAULT or NONE |
|---------------|-------------------------|---------------------------|
| Top/Port BSU | 4L | OK, FAULT, TEST, INACTIVE |
| (left) | | NO DATA OR NONE |
|---------------|-------------------------|---------------------------|
| Top/Port LNA | 4R | OK, FAULT or NONE |
| (left) | | |
|---------------|-------------------------|---------------------------|
| Top/Left HGA | 5R | OK, FAULT or NONE |
|---------------|-------------------------|---------------------------|
| IGA | 5L | OK, FAULT, INACTIVE, NONE |
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Selection of the next page function displays the SATCOM BITE
STATUS 2/3 page.
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 20
Nov 01/05
THY
SATCOM BITE STATUS 1/3 Page
Figure 010
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 21
Nov 01/05
THY
1
_ SATCOM SYS BUS pages
(Ref. Fig. 011)
The two SATCOM SYS BUS pages provide indication of the bus
activity status of LRUs peripheral to the SATCOM system. Bus
activities are indicated as OK, INACTIVE, or NONE. OK vs.
INACTIVE is determined according to the criteria used for the
Fault Summary words to the CFDS.
NONE is shown when the rear connector strapping options
indicate a unit is not installed.
a
_ SATCOM SYS BUS 1/2 page
IRS bus status is declared as OK, NO DATA, INACTIVE or
NONE.
- OK is indicated if all required IRS data are present on
the bus with SSM at NORMAL.
- INACTIVE is indicated according to the requirements for
bus activity words to the CFDS.
- NO DATA is indicated if the bus is considered active but
not all required data are present with SSM at NORMAL.
CMU 1 and CMU 2 bus status is displayed as NONE, OK,
INACTIVE or LOOP FAIL.
- OK vs. INACTIVE is determined according to the criteria
used for the summary words to the CFDS.
- LOOP FAIL is displayed only when all of the following
conditions are true.
- This SDU is installed in a dual SATCOM configuration (per
rear strapping).
- The CMU to SDU bus status is OK.
SDUXTALK displays OK or INACTIVE based on bus activity, if
the SDU is part of dual SATCOM system. If not installed in
a dual system, NONE is displayed.
Selection of next page function key on the MCDU displays
the SATCOM SYS BUS 2/2 page.
Selection of 6L returns display to the SATCOM BITE STATUS
1/3 page.
b
_ SATCOM SYS BUS 2/2 page
AC ID indicates NO DATA if no aircraft identifier has been
received.
FMC 1 and FMC 2 always display NONE as this interface is
not yet supported.
The CPDF activity shown between 2L and 3L indicates OK only
if the information labels sent by the SDU are received by
the CPDF.
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 22
Nov 01/05
THY
SATCOM SYS BUS Pages
Figure 011
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 23
Nov 01/05
THY
(b) SATCOM BITE STATUS 2/3 page
(Ref. Fig. 012)
Status of the Starboard (STBD) LNA is displayed adjacent to and
below line key 1R. Status is reported as either OK, FAULT or
NONE.
Status of the Starboard BSU is displayed adjacent to and below
line key 1L. Status is reported as OK, FAULT, TEST, INACTIVE, NO
DATA or NONE.
Status of the Starboard HGA is displayed adjacent to and below
line key 2R. Status is reported as either OK, FAULT or NONE.
Status is reported via the STBD BSU.
The status of the Rear Connector configuration parity is
displayed adjacent to and below line key 3L. If parity of pins is
odd then OK is reported, otherwise FAULT is displayed.
Status of the High Power Relay is displayed adjacent to and below
line key 3R. Status is reported as either OK, FAULT or NONE.
Status of ICAO address is displayed adjacent to and below line
key 4L. Status is displayed as INVALID or OK.
Channel Module status is indicated adjacent to and below line key
4R. Selection of line key 4R displays the SATCOM H/W CONFIG page.
The line below line key 4R displays the number of functional
channel modules and the total number of installed modules.
The currently selected antenna subsystem is displayed adjacent to
and below line key 5R. Possible selections displayed are: IGA,
STBD HGA, T/P HGA and NONE. NONE is displayed if AES cannot be
made operational with either antenna. This could be the result of
a detected failure, or of configuration straps that are wired to
indicate an illogical combination of available antennas and
supported services.
Selection of line key 6L returns display to the SATCOM TITLE
page.
Selection of the up arrow key on the MCDU displays the SATCOM
BITE STATUS 1/3 page.
(c) SATCOM BITE STATUS 3/3 page
(Ref. Fig. 013)
Status of the data loaded ORT is reported adjacent to and beneath
line key 1L. Valid status messages include:
- Default : No ORT loaded. Default values are used.
- OK : ORT is valid.
- Invalid : ORT must be reloaded.
Status of the SECURE ORT is reported adjacent to and below line
key 2L. Valid status messages include NONE, OK and VALID.
Selection of line key 6L returns display to the SATCOM MAIN MENU
page.
Selection of the up arrow key on the MCDU displays the SATCOM
BITE STATUS 2/3 page.
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 24
Nov 01/05
THY
SATCOM BITE STATUS 2/3 Page
Figure 012
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 25
Nov 01/05
THY
SATCOM BITE STATUS 3/3 Page
Figure 013
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 26
Nov 01/05
THY
(4) SATCOM CONFIG page
(Ref. Fig. 014)
This page provides system configuration information for the SDU.
(a) Equipment type is displayed adjacent to and above line key 1L.
(b) Selection of line key 1L results in the SECURE ORT page being
displayed. Note that this prompt is only available when a SECURE
ORT that has at least one secured parameter has been dataloaded
into the unit.
(c) Selection of line key 1R results in the SATCOM H/W CONFIG page
being displayed.
(d) Part Numbers for SDU software are displayed adjacent to and below
line key 2L.
(e) Part Numbers for SDU Owner Requirement Table are displayed
adjacent to and below line key 3L. If the Protection Level
applied to any of the four data-loadable Owner Requirement Table
records is set to Protected/Modifiable and data in any
Protected/Modifiable table has been modified, the word MOD is
displayed adjacent to the 12-digit Part Number. The second Part
Number is a 15 alphanumeric digit free text field. Both Part
Number fields are user-definable and may be defined when
generating the dataloadable ORT disk.
(f) Aircraft ID is displayed adjacent to line key 4L. A PIN
indication following the aircraft ID indicates it is decoded from
the configuration pins. A XTALK indication shows the data is
extracted from the crosstalk bus.
A BUS indication shows the data is extracted from the 429 ACID
bus. If the ACID bus is selected as the source and data has not
been received, then dashes are displayed.
(g) The Protected Level Code and the entry boxes are only available
during In-Flight mode and only when the SDU is not Logged On.
(5) SATCOM LOG page
(Ref. Fig. 015)
The SATCOM LOG page provides display of AES log-on and control of
log-on.
Owner preference and owner requirement tables are accessed via the
SATCOM- MAINT menu display. This page may be entered from the MAIN
MENU page or from any other page when the active advisory LOG-ON >
is displayed.
This page provides selection and control of the log-on process.
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 27
Nov 01/05
THY
SATCOM CONFIG Page
Figure 014
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 28
Nov 01/05
THY
SATCOM LOG Page
Figure 015
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 29
Nov 01/05
THY
Sat ID and GES ID and the Log-On select can be entered when in user
commanded (manual) log-on mode and in the WAIT USER INPUT state. The
log-on status is displayed adjacent to line key 1L. The following
status messages are displayed, under the conditions described.
WARMING:
This status is shown under any of the following conditions:
- the SDU is initializing data following a power cycle,
- or the HSR status of the RFU is in the warm-up state,
- or the BSU is reporting self-test.
AES ID NOT READY This status is shown if the AES is awaiting a valid
Aircraft ID.
WAIT USER INPUT This status is shown while the AES is awaiting input from
the user and is shown in conjunction with the WAITING
inactive advisory. The WAIT USER INPUT state is entered
under any of the following conditions:
- if at power-up the log-on policy in the owner preference
table is USER COMMANDED or
- if a user commanded log-on has failed for any reason or
- if the AES receives a log-on reject due to a permanent
unavailability or
- if the user has selected LOG OFF* or ABORT*.
When in this state, the Satellite ID and, GES ID options
are user enterable. AUTO LOG-ON* is displayed adjacent
to line key 5R. MANUAL* is displayed adjacent to line key
6R. The user may manually select a Satellite/GES for a
manual log-on or may select AUTO LOG-ON* (5R) which causes
the AES to select a GES according to preferences entered in
the GES preference table.
SELECTING SAT This status is shown while the AES selects a Satellite.
TUNING TO SAT This status is shown while the AES tunes to and scans
reception from the selected satellite.
SELECTING GES This status is shown while the AES selects a GES.
TUNING TO GES This status is shown after the selected satellite has
been proven acceptable and while the AES tunes to the
selected GES.
SPOT BEAM SEARCH This status is shown while the SDU is determining the
optimal spot beam for use during log-on.
SPOT BEAM NOT AVAIL This status is shown if the GES does not support spot
beam operation either because it is not transmitting
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 30
Nov 01/05
THY
a spot beam map or the GES capabilities broadcast SU
indicates that the GES does not support spot beam voice
operation.
GES NOT AVAIL This status is shown if the AES is in User-Commanded
mode and the user selected GES is not referenced in
the GES Data Table.
SAT NOT AVAIL This status is shown if the AES is in User-Commanded
mode and the user selected Satellite cannot be
received.
UPDATING TABLE This status is shown while the AES is updating system
tables.
REQUESTING LOG-ON This status is shown after the AES has selected a GES
and sent a log-on request. The AES is waiting for a
Log-on Confirm (plus any optional P/R/T-channel Control
SUs) from the GES.
WAITING ACK This status is shown after the AES has received the
Log-on Confirm (plus any optional P/R/T-channel Control
SUs), and has sent a Log-on Acknowledge to the GES. The
AES is waiting for a Log-on Acknowledge from the GES.
LOGGED ON This status is shown after the AES has successfully
logged onto a GES. While in the LOGGED ON state, the
LOG -OFF* action is available.
LOGGING OFF This status is shown after the AES has begun the
log-off process and before going to the WAIT USER
INPUT state.
REJECT-TEMPORARY These statuses are shown to indicate the cause of a
REJECT-PERMANENT rejected log-on attempt. If the attempt was to a
REJECT-INV PARAM manually selected GES, the AES goes to the WAIT USER
INPUT state and continually displays the cause. If
the attempt was to an automatically selected GES, and
the type of reject is permanent, the log-on process
continues with the next selected GES and the Failed GES
will not be attempted again for 1 hour. If the reject
type was temporary or invalid Parameters, the GES may
be tried again on ensuing log-on attempts.
LOG-ON FAILED This status is shown if log-on to a user selected
Satellite/GES has failed and there is no cause code
available for display. (e.g. failure is due to signal
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 31
Nov 01/05
THY
loss).
INVALID CLASS This status is shown if current conditions do not
allow any log-on class to be utilized.
(a) Available user actions for the log-on process are displayed
adjacent to line key 6R
ABORT* This action is displayed adjacent to line key 6R during
the search portions of log-on. This action is displayed
using the ACTION color type. Selection of line key 6R while
ABORT* is displayed results in the AES aborting the search.
The AES goes to the WAIT USER INPUT state.
LOG-OFF* This action is possible from the REQUESTING LOG-ON
WAITING ACK OR LOGGED ON state and is displayed
adjacent to line key 6R. This action is displayed using the
ACTION color type. Selection of line key 6R while LOG-OFF*
is displayed causes the AES to go to the WAIT
USER INPUT state. If the AES is in the LOGGED ON
state at time of selection, the AES performs a
log-off to the GES.
MANUAL* This action is displayed while the SDU is in the WAIT
USER INPUT state. Selection of line key 6R in this state
initiates a manual log-on using the displayed SAT ID,
GES ID and antenna selection control.
(b) Log-on mode is displayed adjacent to line key 5R except when the
log-on status is WAIT USER INPUT. Mode is displayed as either
AUTO or USER COMMANDED. Log-on mode is initialized per the owner
preference table. When Log-on mode is AUTO, the AES selects the
most preferred Satellite/GES per the GES preference table.
When the Log-on status is WAIT USER INPUT, AUTO LOG-ON* is
displayed using the MANDATORY ACTION color type adjacent to line
key 5R. See description of WAIT USER INPUT state above.
(c) Satellite ID as currently locked onto or being scanned by the
SDU, are displayed adjacent to line key 3R. The satellite ID is
displayed as the name of the region as listed below. While in the
WAIT USER INPUT state a : prompt is displayed and selecting line
key 3R cycles through the available satellite regions. This also
causes the GES displayed next to line key 4R to be set to the
first GES available in that satellite region. Selecting line key
6R (MANUAL*) initiates a manual log-on to the specified Satellite
and GES. When in any other state, these numbers are displayed
without the : prompt and are not available for user entry.
00 - Atlantic West
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 32
Nov 01/05
THY
01 - Atlantic East
02 - Pacific
03 - Indian
(d) GES ID as currently locked onto or being scanned by the SDU, are
displayed adjacent to line key 4R. The GES ID is displayed using
the textual labels listed below, or represented in octal, range
00-376 is not listed in the table. While the AES is in the TUNING
TO SAT portion of the log-on process, the GES ID is displayed as
dashes. While in the WAIT USER INPUT state a : prompt is
displayed and selecting line key 4R cycles through the available
GES IDs within the selected satellite region. Selecting line key
6R (START MANUAL) initiates a manual log-on to the specified
Satellite and GES. When in any other state, these numbers are
displayed without the : prompt and are not available for user
entry.
Atlantic West:
001 - Goonhilly
002 - Southbury
003 - Laurentides
004 - Eik
005 - Aussaguel
Atlantic East:
101 - Goonhilly
103 - Aussaguel
104 - Eik
105 - Fucino
Pacific:
201 - Sentosa
202 - Santa Paula
203 - Yamaguchi
205 - Perth
206 - Niles Canyon
207 - Brunei
210 - Kumsan
Indian:
301 - Eik
302 - Nunthaburi
303 - Aussaguel
305 - Perth
306 - Yamaguchi
307 - Brunei
310 - Sentosa
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 33
Nov 01/05
THY
312 - Fucino
(e) Channel number locked onto, or being scanned by the SDU is
displayed adjacent to line key 1R. The channel number is a
decimal representation, range 8000-19600. This item is not
displayed while in the WAIT USER INPUT state. If no valid
information is being received, the data field is zero.
(f) Doppler correction in HZ is displayed adjacent to line key 3L.
This item is not displayed while in the WAIT USER INPUT state.
(g) Signal Quality is displayed adjacent to and below line key 2L.
The display range is 00.0 to 99.9, with typical values being in
the range of 10.0 to 60.0. If no P-channel is being received,
this field displays 00.0. This item is not displayed while in the
WAIT USER INPUT state.
(h) The Beam ID number is a decimal representation, range 0 - 63 as
displayed adjacent to line key 2L. This item is not displayed
while in the WAIT USER INPUT state.
(i) The number of signal units in error within a 3 minute sliding
window of approximately 60k received bits and the number of raw
bit errors is displayed adjacent to line key 5L. The raw bit
error number is the same as that presented in the BIT Error Rate
429 word. This (these) item(s) is (are) not displayed while in
the WAIT USER INPUT state.
NOTE : The active advisory LOG-ON> appears adjacent to line key
____
6R when the log-on status is WAIT USER INPUT and the MCDU
is displaying another page. Selection of line key 6R in
those cases displays the SATCOM LOG ON MENU.
(j) Selection of line key 6L returns the MCDU to display the page
shown previous to entering the Log-on page.
(6) SATCOM CABIN DISABLE page
(Ref. Fig. 016)
This page is displayed upon selection of the Cabin Calls ENABLED
prompt in order to disable cabin calls. Selecting CONFIRM* results in
any calls being terminated. New telephone calls are not accepted.
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 34
Nov 01/05
THY
SATCOM CABIN DISABLE Page
Figure 016
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 35
Nov 01/05
THY
**ON A/C 008-049,
Post SB 23-1138 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
(7) SATCOM MANUAL DIAL page
(Ref. Fig. 017)
The SATCOM MANUAL DIAL page provides the capability for a phone
number to be entered from the scratchpad and then selected for use on
one of the cockpit audio line.
(a) The phone number is entered (up to 20 characters including any
combination of numbers and non alpha (A-Z) characters) in the
scratchpad.
The ORT option scratchpad number entry controls whether or not
phone numbers geater than 6 digits can be manually dialed.
(b) Selection of line key 2L when a phone number is in the scratchpad
displays the phone number between the brackets on the 2L line
(row 5) (only the first 16 characters of the phone number are
displayed).
(c) The currently selected cockpit audio channel is displayed next to
line key 4L.
To override the default value, enter the non-default (leading
blank characters (spaces) are removed) in the scratchpad and then
press line key 4L. To return to the default value, press the CLR
function key when the scratchpad is empty and then press line key
4L. If the currently selected cockpit audio channel matches the
default value then it is displayed in small font. Otherwise, it
is displayed in large font.
(d) The Priority is set to NON-SAFETY at power up and on each
landing. The Priority is changed by up/down arrow key (keyboard)
selection.
(8) SATCOM DIRECTORY page
(Ref. Fig. 018)
(a) This SATCOM DIRECTORY page is displayed when line key 6R is
selected from the MAIN MENU.
(b) This page provides access to four phone number lists where some
phone numbers have been memorized, according to their priority.
EFF :
008-049, 23-28-00
Page 36
Nov 01/05
THY
SATCOM MANUAL DIAL Page
Figure 017
EFF :
008-049, 23-28-00
Page 37
Nov 01/05
THY
SATCOM DIRECTORY Page
Figure 018
EFF :
008-049, 23-28-00
Page 38
Nov 01/05
THY
- EMERGENCY : priority 1 calls reserved for emergency
and distress phone number.
- SAFETY : priority 2 calls reserved for regulatory
and flight safety phone numbers.
- NON-SAFETY: priority 3 calls reserved for non
flight safety phone numbers.
- PUBLIC : priority 4 calls reserved for public
phone numbers.
(c) The names shown are default names. These may be changed via the
ORT or via the DIRECTORY INDEX MODIFY page in maintenance mode.
The text selected for the category names is also used to display
the call priority information on the MANUAL DIAL page and on the
SATCOM MAIN MENU page (for GRND-AIR CALLS).
(d) Selection of line keys 1L, 2L, 3L, 4L, causes the display to go
to the first Category Numbers page (section 8.8.5) that contains
phone numbers associated with the desired call priority.
(e) Selection of <RETURN returns the display to the SATCOM MAIN MENU
page.
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
6. _____________________
Component Description
A. Satellite Data Unit (SDU)
(1) Description
The SDU conforms to ARINC 600 Specification. Its case size is 8MCU.
(a) SDU face
(Ref. Fig. 019)
There is a TEST pushbutton and six LED annunciators on the front
face of the SDU:
- a red SDU FAULT
- a red ANT FAULT
- an amber CHANNEL MODULE
- a green CTU AVAILABLE
- a green LOG ON STATUS
- a green SELF TEST PASS
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 39
Nov 01/05
THY
Satellite Data Unit
Figure 019
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 40
Nov 01/05
THY
(b) SDU back
(Ref. Fig. 020, 021, 022, 023)
The back comprises a size-two connector including three plugs to
enable:
- connection with peripheral circuits (Top Plug-TP and Middle
Plug-MP)
- connection with power supply circuits and antenna (Bottom
Plug-BP).
Index pin code 06 is used.
(2) Characteristics
The SDU complies with the standards defined in ARINC 761.
Weight : 12.8 Kg (28.1 lbs).
Size : 8 MCU
Power requirement : 115VAC, 400 Hz or 28VDC
Power dissipation : 350 Watts maximum
Operating temperatures : -40 deg.C (-40.00 deg.F) to +70 deg.C
(+158.00 deg.F)
Operating altitudes : to 55,000 ft. (16763.69 m)
(3) General operation
The SDU is the heart of the SATCOM system. It interfaces with other
onboard avionics such as the aircraft navigation system (ADIRU1,
ADIRU2) which provides attitude and position information for antenna
pointing purposes and ACARS for data link. It performs most of the
data-handling, protocol, modulation/coding and demodulation/decoding
functions of the Aircraft Earth Station (AES). It uses a wired
aircraft SATCOM address.
B. Antenna
(1) Description
(Ref. Fig. 024)
The intermediate gain antenna is top-mounted with an adapter plate on
fuselage of aircraft.
(a) Antenna connection
The antenna is equipped with three connectors from the SDU.
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 41
Nov 01/05
THY
SDU - Back
Figure 020
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 42
Nov 01/05
THY
SDU - Pin Assignment - Top Plug
Figure 021
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 43
Nov 01/05
THY
SDU - Pin Assignment - Middle Plug
Figure 022
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 44
Nov 01/05
THY
SDU - Pin Assignment - Bottom Plug
Figure 023
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 45
Nov 01/05
THY
Intermediate Gain Antenna - Top
Figure 024
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 46
Nov 01/05
THY
(2) Characteristics
Weight : 10.9 Kg (24.00 lbs).
Operating altitude: up to 50,000 ft. (15239.72 m)
Temperature range: -55 deg.C (-67.00 deg.F) to 70 deg.C (158.00
deg.F).
Receive band: 1530 - 1559 MHz
Transmit band: 1626.5 - 1660.5 MHz
Antenna gain: 6 dBic.
(3) General operation
The intermediate gain antenna is an electronically steerable phased
array. Simultaneous transmission and reception of satellite signals
(full duplex operation) provides two bands of operation: receive (Rx)
band, and transmit (Tx) band.
Beam steering of the antenna is performed via serial transmission of
phase shifter data and RF signals from the SDU and reception.
The intermediate gain antenna provides +6 dBic nominal gain with near
hemispherical coverage.
7. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 46-1006 For A/C 008-008,
A. System Applications
(1) Data communication services
Cockpit data through SATCOM is an extension of the ATSU
functionality. Communications using SATCOM rather than VHF3 are
automatically selected when VHF3 is not available.
Previously formatted data for SATCOM is transmitted to the ATSU in a
series of short bursts or packets.
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 47
Nov 01/05
THY
**ON A/C 901-901,
(2) Voice communication services
Five channels are dedicated to the cabin (phone or fax).
The airborne telephone cabin system provides civil airline passengers
with a direct dial call facility via the international public
switched telephone network. The system provides voice services in
digital form through the use of voice coding devices called codecs.
The codec transmission rate currently used is 9.6 kilobits per
second.
As the cockpit has priority over the cabin services, among the five
channels two can be switched from the cabin to the cockpit for flight
crew cockpit voice use.
The cockpit voice interface is controlled by the Audio Control Panels
(ACP) for the call number selection and by the Flight Warning
Computer (FWC) for the display of the associated SATCOM
memo/cautions.
**ON A/C 008-049,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
(2) Voice communication services
Two channels are dedicated to the cabin (phone or fax).
The airborne telephone cabin system provides civil airline passengers
with a direct dial call facility via the international public
switched telephone network. The system provides voice services in
digital form through the use of voice coding devices called codecs.
The codec transmission rate currently used is 9.6 kilobits per
second.
As the cockpit has priority over the cabin services, the two channels
can be switched from the cabin to the cockpit for flight crew cockpit
voice use.
The cockpit voice interface is controlled by the Audio Control Panels
(ACP) for the call number selection and by the Flight Warning
Computer (FWC) for the display of the associated SATCOM
memo/cautions.
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 48
Nov 01/05
THY
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
B. General Operation
(1) RF channel configuration
A set of four RF transmission channels is needed to accommodate the
full range of voice and data services. Any given channel can pass
information in one direction only. Therefore, for simultaneous
two-way communications (Full-Duplex operation), a pair of channels is
assigned. A basic description of the four basic channel types is
given below:
- P-Channel (Packet-mode channel):
A time-division multiplexed channel is used for ground-to-air
signalling, control and data communications. There are two types of
P-Channel: Psmc (system management and control) and Pd (data).
A Psmc-Channel is continuously broadcast by each GES to inform
users of system status and configuration. It also carries the time
and frequency information needed by AESs wishing to log on to the
system. Because of its importance for system integrity, the
Psmc-Channel has the most robust transmission link design of all
the channels.
Pd-Channels are used for signalling and to carry ground-to-air data
messages. The system has been designed to support a number of
Pd-Channels in anticipation of continuous traffic growth.
Both types of channels, Psmc and Pd, may be combined on a single
physical P-Channel.
- R-Channel (Random access channel):
The R-Channel is used for air-to-ground signalling and data
communications. As in the case of the P-Channel, there are two
types of R-Channel: Rsmc and Rd.
The Rsmc-Channel is used for system signalling functions such as
log-on and call requests. The Rd-Channel is used for short duration
data transmissions. Again, the system has been designed to support
a number of Rd-Channels.
- C-Channel (Circuit-mode channel):
The C-Channel is used to provide full-duplex voice or data
communications. Because any given channel can pass traffic in only
one direction, C-Channels are assigned in pairs, one for the uplink
(ground-to-air) and one for the downlink (air-to-ground). The
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 49
Nov 01/05
THY
C-Channel is capable of passing digitized voice at 9.6 kilobits per
second (or less) or data at 10.5 kilobits per second (or less).
C-Channels also contain a sub-band data channel which is
time-multiplexed with the voice. This sub-band channel operates at
approximately 200 bits per second and carries system control and
signalling information as well as user data.
- T-Channel (Time division multiple-access channel):
The T-Channel is the air-to-ground data communication channel used
for the transmission of longer messages (unlike the R-Channel which
is used for short messages). The GES selects a T-Channel and,
working on the first come, first served basis, reserves time slots
on it as soon as an AES makes a call attempt. The AES then
transmits in its reserved time slots.
(2) System operation
(a) Log-on procedure
Log-on is initiated by the SDU after selection of the log on
command on the MCDU SATCOM Menu (Ref. para. MCDU-SDU interface).
The unit is programmed with two data tables. One called the owner
requirement table (ORT), contains information on all GESs in
each satellite region and the order of preference in which they
are to be selected. The second table, called the system table,
contains system management and control information including all
GES Psmc and Rsmc Channel frequencies, GES identifications and
satellite positions. Each system table also has a version number
assigned to it.
The SDU is also programmed with a technical address which is the
telephone number of the AES.
When Log-on begins, the SDU receives position and orientation
information from the aircraft inertial navigation system and
carries out an initial search:
- it tunes to each Psmc Channel according to the preference
specified in the ORT,
- the BSU translates azimuth and elevation commands received from
the SDU in ARINC 429 digital format into signals needed to
select antenna elements.
The combined signals result in the steerable beam pointing in
the direction maximizing the signal,
- it checks the quality of the signal by means of the received
strength and/or bit error rate,
- it rates the frequency if it is the best quality signal of the
frequencies so far checked.
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 50
Nov 01/05
THY
At the end of this procedure, the AES returns to the Psmc
frequency giving the best quality signal.
The Psmc-Channel carries an electronic bulletin board which also
contains system table information. The AES compares the version
number of its system table with that of the one being received
from the logged on GES. According to the content of the updated
system table, the AES may re-select the satellite at this point.
Then, after selection of a Pd frequency, the AES selects a GES
according to frequency specified in the ORT or at random from the
system table and whether the GES is operating a Pd-Channel in the
spot beam where the AES is located. The GES identifies the AES by
its technical address and registers the AES as operational in
that region. At this point the AES is considered to be logged
onto the system.
NOTE : Each GES monitors P-Channel transmissions of every other
____
GES in the same satellite region. Thus, when an AES logs
onto a GES, the other GESs in that region also note its
presence. This feature assists in the completion of
connections for ground-initiated calls to aircraft
operating in that satellite region. It also allows an AES
to place a call through a GES other than the one to which
it is logged on.
(b) Call initiation
1
_ Air-to-ground calls
When a call is initiated by an airbone subscriber, the AES
sends signals to the GES, using the Rd-Channel. When the GES
receives the call request, it assigns a pair of C-Channels,
for a voice call, or reserves time on a T-Channel, for
long-duration data transmissions. The call can then go
through.
The assigned channels are reserved for as long as the call is
in progress. The sequence used to initiate the call is
automatic and transparent to both the originator and the
receiver of the call.
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 51
Nov 01/05
THY
2
_ Ground-to-air calls
The installed cabin system does not allow to establish
ground-to-air calls. Moreover calls initiated from the ground
are currently not allowed for safety reasons.
(c) Log-on renewal
If degradation or loss of the P-Channel is detected by the AES
after log-on, the AES attempts to re-establish communication with
its logged on GES.
The AES uses the assigned Pd/Rd frequencies to renew log-on, but
if this fails, the AES tunes to the Psmc and Rsmc frequencies of
the logged on GES and tries to log-on again. If the Psmc
frequency is satisfactorily received within 10 seconds, then
log-on to the same GES is renewed.
If the Psmc frequency is not received within 10 seconds, then the
SDU tunes to the Psmc frequency of the next preferred GES. The
AES initiates a handover log- on procedure with this GES if its
Psmc frequency is successfully received within 10 seconds. If the
Psmc frequency of the next preferred GES is not received within
10 seconds, the AES deems itself logged off but does not transmit
a log-off request. Then the AES reverts to a satellite search
procedure. During log on renewal in the same satellite region,
the flight information is not transmitted with the log-on
request.
(d) Handover
1
_ Automatic handover
Automatic handover is initiated upon detection of Pd-Channel
link degradation, which is defined as the error rate rising
above 10 to the power of -4 over an averaging period of three
minutes, or more than 10 short term interruptions in any
three-minute period. Automatic handover is also initiated upon
detection of loss of Pd-Channel, which is defined as clock
synchronization for more than 10 seconds, and the resulting
log-on renewal procedure is unsuccessful.
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 52
Nov 01/05
THY
2
_ GES-GES handover
A GES to GES handover is carried out by logging on to a new
GES in the same satellite region. The AES carries out a log on
procedure to the new GES.
3
_ Spot beam-spot beam handover
After a log-on prompt, loss of P-Channel quality or a log-on
renewal request, if the AES attempts to renew its log on and
fails to log-on its previous GES or to the preferred
alternative GES, the AES returns to the latter stages of the
initial search procedure. The AES then scans the spot beam
primary Pd frequencies on its current satellite to identify an
alternate spot beam.
4
_ Satellite-Satellite handover
If during log-on renewal, the AES is unable to log onto its
previous GES or to another GES in the same satellite region,
then the AES enters search mode. Having selected a new
suitable quality Psmc-Channel (on another satellite in this
case) and update the system table for the new region (if
necessary), the AES carries out a log-on procedure with the
new GES.
5
_ Log-off
The AES should log off prior to terminating its operation.
This log-off may be initiated either directly or as a result
of some turn-down procedure associated with the end of an
in-service period for the AES. The AES aborts any calls in
progress, and transmits a request for log-off to the logged on
GES.
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 53
Nov 01/05
THY
**ON A/C 008-049,
Post SB 23-1138 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
C. SATCOM Cockpit Voice Function
(1) Placing an air-to-ground call
(Ref. Fig. 025)
(a) Cockpit calls by manual dialing
This manual dialing function can be inhibited if requested in the
ORT of the SDU.
The basic sequence is as follow:
1
_ Select SATCOM menu from the MCDU: line key 5L.
2
_ Select MANUAL DIAL on the SATCOM MAIN MENU page: line key 5R.
3
_ To change the default priority, push the slew up (or slew
down) key on the MCDU keyboard.
4
_ To change the default channel, enter the wanted number in the
scratchpad, and push line key 4L.
5
_ Type the phone number in the scratchpad (international prefix:
00, followed by country code, area code, phone number) and
push line key 2L.
6
_ Select line key 6R to pre-select the number.
Then the SATCOM MANUAL DIAL page returns to the SATCOM MAIN
MENU page. The phone number just entered appears on 2L data
line if channel 1, or on 4L data line if channel 2.
NOTE : Once a number is entered, it cannot be cleared but may
____
be replaced by entering a new number.
7
_ Initiate the call by selecting the associated SATCOM channel
SAT1 (SAT2) transmission pushbutton switch on the Audio
Control Panel.
8
_ On this pushbutton switch, green lines flash during the call
establishment. When the call is established, these green lines
become steady.
On the SATCOM MAIN MENU page, CONNECTED indication replaces
DIALING indication in front of SAT1 (SAT2).
EFF :
008-049, 23-28-00
Page 54
Nov 01/05
THY
Call Initiation on ACP
Figure 025
EFF :
008-049, 23-28-00
Page 55
Nov 01/05
THY
(b) Cockpit call with pre-selected numbers (numbers from the system
Directories)
The basic sequence is as follows:
1
_ Select SATCOM MENU from the MCDU: line key 5L.
2
_ Select DIRECTORY> on the SATCOM MAIN MENU page: line key 6R.
3
_ On the DIRECTORY page, pick the category subdirectory where
the phone number has been stored according to its priority by
pushing line key 1L, 2L, 3L, or 4L.
4
_ On the CATEGORY NUMBER page, select the phone number by
pushing the line key adjacent to the desired called party (ex:
SAFETY).
Related phone number is automatically selected and page
returns to the SATCOM MAIN MENU page where the mnemonic of the
number selected is displayed in small font with the mention
READY TO CONNECT.
NOTE : It is possible to change the default value of the
____
channel number, for instance, on MCDU1, to override the
default value (1), enter 2 in the scratchpad and then
push line key 1R.
2 appears in blue and large font on 1R line.
To return to the default value (1), push CLEAR on the
MCDU keyboard (CLEAR is displayed in the scratchpad)
and then push line key 1R.
5
_ Initiate the call by selecting the associated SATCOM channel
SAT1 (SAT2) transmission pushbutton switch on the ACP.
6
_ On this pushbutton switch, green lines flash during call
establishment. When the call is established, the green lines
become steady.
7
_ On the SATCOM MAIN MENU page, the phone number selected
appears in large front with the mention CONNECTED.
(c) Adding a phone number to the directory
1
_ Select SATCOM menu from the MCDU.
2
_ Select DIRECTORY> on the SATCOM MAIN MENU page: line key 6R
3
_ Select the category list where you want to store the number
EFF :
008-049, 23-28-00
Page 56
Nov 01/05
THY
4
_ Go to the phone list, on the last page of the category, where
brackets are displayed prompting entry for a new phone number,
including mnemonic.
5
_ Enter the phone number in the scratchpad.
6
_ Push the line key in front of the brackets.
7
_ Enter the number mnemonic and push the line key in front of
the brackets.
NOTE : The pilot may enter the number or the mnemonic first .
____
NOTE : A manually-entered number is treated as unprotected and
____
therefore modifiable and/or deletable through normal
scratchpad usage.
(2) Ground-to-air call set-up
(Ref. Fig. 026)
Incoming calls to the flight crew are announced by the SELCAL chime
(except if flight phase inhibition) and on the ACP, by flashing of
the CALL legend on SAT1 (SAT2) pushbutton switch.
NOTE : Pushing RESET pushbutton switch on ACP can stop chime and
____
switch-off CALL legend.
If the priority of the call is higher than 4, SATCOM ALERT is
simultaneously displayed on the ECAM.
In addition, on the SATCOM MAIN MENU, GROUND TO AIR CALL is displayed
under the channel concerned (SAT1 or SAT2), with the associated
priority.
To answer the call, select the SATCOM channel on the SAT1 (SAT2) on
the ACP:
The green line on SAT1 (SAT2) reception pushbutton switch comes on
(steady).
(3) HOLD function
(Ref. Fig. 027)
When a SATCOM call is established (after air-to-ground call or
ground-to-air call setup) on SAT1 (SAT2) the selection of another
radio communication (HF or VHF) causes the AMU to switch audio
transmission from the SDU to another radio (HF or VHF).
On the ACP, the green lines on SAT1 (SAT2) transmission pushbutton
switch flash and the green lines of the selected radio (HF or VHF)
pushbutton switch come on.
To return to the SATCOM call, reselect the SATCOM channel or deselect
the same radio (HF or VHF) on the ACP.
EFF :
008-049, 23-28-00
Page 57
Nov 01/05
THY
Ground-to-Air Call
Figure 026
EFF :
008-049, 23-28-00
Page 58
Nov 01/05
THY
Hold Function
Figure 027
EFF :
008-049, 23-28-00
Page 59
Nov 01/05
THY
Then the green lines of the selected radio (HF or VHF) transmission
pushbutton switch go off and the green lines of SAT1 (SAT2)
transmission pushbutton switch become steady.
The AMU enables audio transmission to SDU.
(4) Call termination
(Ref. Fig. 028)
(a) Air-to-ground call termination:
Two cases are possible:
- SATCOM call is established (not on HOLD)
- SATCOM call is established (on HOLD)
1
_ SATCOM call is established (not on HOLD)
Reselect the SATCOM channel on the ACP to stop the SATCOM
call:
SATCOM mic light goes off
AMU disables audio transmission to SDU after 3 seconds.
The call is terminated.
2
_ SATCOM call is established (on HOLD)
Two reselections of the SATCOM channel on the ACP are
necessary to stop the SATCOM call.
- The first reselection brings back to case where SATCOM call
is established, not on hold.
- The second selection of the SATCOM channel on the ACP
terminates the call.
(b) Ground-to-air call termination
SATCOM call is established (on HOLD or not on HOLD)
The call termination is initiated from the ground, the SATCOM ACP
mic light (green bars) goes off.
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
8. BITE
_________
Test
The CFDS (Centralized Fault Display System) permits the SATCOM system faults
to be displayed on the MCDU and to be printed on the printer.
The SATCOM system communicates with the CFDIU through two ARINC 429 buses.
The CFDIU has two operating modes:
- normal mode : during the normal mode, the BITE cyclically monitors the
status of the SATCOM cards and transmits this data to the CFDIU during the
flight. In case of fault detection the BITE stores the information in the
fault memory.
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 60
Nov 01/05
THY
Call Termination
Figure 028
EFF :
008-049, 23-28-00
Page 61
Nov 01/05
THY
- the menu mode, enables communication between the CFDIU and the SATCOM BITE
through the MCDU. The BITE test can only be activated on ground.
A. Menu mode
(1) SYSTEM REPORT/TEST function
This function enables access to all the electronic systems and to the
SATCOM system.
When the line key adjacent to the SATCOM indication is pushed on the
MCDU, the CFDIU establishes the dialog and provides access to one of
the following items:
- LAST LEG REPORT
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
- LRU IDENTIFICATION
- GROUND SCANNING
- TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
- CLASS 3 FAULTS
- TEST
- GROUND REPORT.
(a) LAST LEG REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 029)
This report contains the internal computer faults recorded during
the last flight.
If no faults have occurred during the last leg, No Fault
detected is displayed.
(b) PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 030)
The PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT contains class 1 and class 2 Faults that
occurred during the last 63 flights.
(c) LRU IDENTIFICATION
(Ref. Fig. 031)
The LRU IDENTIFICATION displays the HARDWARE (P/N) and the
SOFTWARE (SW/N) Part Number.
(d) GROUND SCANNING
(Ref. Fig. 032)
This function permits the display of 1, 2 and 3 internal and
external faults as they appear as long as this function is
activated.
(e) TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
(Ref. Fig. 033)
This function permits the display in hexadecimal form of class 1,
2 and 3 external and internal faults.
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 62
Nov 01/05
THY
SATCOM - LAST LEG REPORT
Figure 029
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 63
Nov 01/05
THY
SATCOM - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
Figure 030
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 64
Nov 01/05
THY
SATCOM - LRU IDENTIFICATION
Figure 031
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 65
Nov 01/05
THY
SATCOM - GROUND SCANNING
Figure 032
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 66
Nov 01/05
THY
SATCOM - TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
Figure 033
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 67
Nov 01/05
THY
(f) CLASS 3 FAULTS
(Ref. Fig. 034)
This function permits the display of all the class 3 internal and
external faults.
(g) TEST
(Ref. Fig. 035, 036)
The TEST page permits the detection and the isolation of faulty
equipment.
(h) GROUND REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 037)
This function permits the display of all the class 1, 2 and 3
internal faults.
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 68
Nov 01/05
THY
SATCOM - CLASS 3 FAULTS
Figure 034
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 69
Nov 01/05
THY
SATCOM - TEST 1/2
Figure 035
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 70
Nov 01/05
THY
SATCOM - TEST 2/2
Figure 036
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 71
Nov 01/05
THY
SATCOM - GROUND REPORT
Figure 037
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 72
Nov 01/05
THY
SATELLITE COMMUNICATION - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________________
TASK 23-28-00-860-001
Procedure after a Change of Aircraft Registration Number
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AWM 23-28-11
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-28-00-865-069
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
121VU SATCOM 102RV1 K01
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 201
Nov 01/05
THY
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-28-00-860-072
A. Procedure to change the ICAO address
(1) Take the ICAO address and convert it into binary format
(a) Find the plug to be pin-programmed (Ref. AWM 23-28-11)
(b) Connect the pin-programming according to the binary format of the
ICAO address.
Any pin to be coded 0 on the plug, must be connected to the
common pin 25 of the same plug.
NOTE : Pin 1 of the plug is MSB
____
NOTE : For example, ICAO address
____ 76CD46 (hexadecimal)/35546506
(octal) must be converted into 0111 0110 1100 1101 0100
0110 (binary).
Thus, pins A, E, H, L, M, R, T, V, W, X, and <A of the
plug must be connected to pin 25 (Ref. AWM 23-28-11).
Subtask 23-28-00-865-070
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
R Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
R 121VU SATCOM 102RV1 K01
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 202
May 01/06
THY
SATELLITE COMMUNICATION - SERVICING
___________________________________
TASK 23-28-00-600-002
Uploading of the USER ORT part of the SATCOM software with the Multipurpose
Disk Drive Unit (MDDU)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Upload the USER ORT part of the SATCOM software with the MDDU.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
R External Power
R 24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
R from the External Power
R 34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
R Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
R Subtask 23-28-00-861-053
R A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R Subtask 23-28-00-860-075
R B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Do the IR alignment procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
R Subtask 23-28-00-860-070
R C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Make sure that the aircraft is in the ground configuration.
R
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 301
Nov 01/05
THY
R Subtask 23-28-00-865-068
R D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU AUTO FLT/MCDU/1 11CA1 B01
R 49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
R 49VU FWS/FWC1/SPLY 3WW F01
R 121VU CFDS/CFDIU/SPLY 2TW J18
R 121VU DATA/LOADER/SPLY 3TD J16
R 121VU DLS&/DLRB/SPLY 5TD J15
R **ON A/C 008-049,
R 121VU AUTO FLT/MCDU/2 11CA2 N20
R 121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
R **ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
R 121VU EIS/FWC2/SPLY 2WW Q07
R **ON A/C 901-901,
R 121VU AUTO FLT/MCDU/2 11CA2 N19
R 121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q24
R **ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
R Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
R 121VU SATCOM 102RV1 K01
R
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 302
Nov 01/05
THY
R **ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
R Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
R Subtask 23-28-00-970-053
R A. Uploading of the USER-ORT part of the SATCOM Software
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the MCDU:
R - adjust the brightness of the
R MCDU screen.
R 2. Make sure that the SATCOM system On the MCDU, on the SATCOM menu page:
R is in the logged-off condition. - the LOGGED-OFF or NOT AVAILABLE
R indication is shown.
R 3. On the overhead panel, on the On the display of the DLS:
R Data Loading Selector (DLS): - DB/N:
R - set the ON/OFF switch to ON PUSH NEXT/PREV
R indication is shown
R On the MDDU:
R - the < < MDDU READY > > indication is
R shown.
R 4. On the overhead panel, on the On the display of the DLS:
R DLS: - SATCOM
R - push the PREV or NEXT key until NOT SELECTED
R you get the SATCOM indication indication is shown
R 5. On the overhead panel, on the On the display of the DLS:
R DLS: - SATCOM
R - push the SEL CTL key. SELECTED
R indication is shown
R 6. Get the SATCOM disks from the
R storage box.
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 303
Nov 01/05
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 7. On the MDDU: On the MDDU:
R - push the USER-ORT disk into the - the ready indication is shown,
R disk drive, with the label in - then, the WAIT RESPONSE indication is
R the forward direction. shown,
R - then, the TRANSF IN PROG indication
R is shown.
R NOTE : If more than one disk is
____
R necessary to do the uploading of
R a same type of data, the EJECT
R DISK and INSERT NEXT DISK
R indications are shown one after
R the other. They tell the
R operator that he must put a new
R disk into the MDDU
R - When the uploading is
R completed, the TRANSF COMPLETE
R indication is shown
R 8. On the MDDU: On the MDDU:
R - remove the disk from the disk - the < < MDDU READY > > indication is
R drive. shown.
R Subtask 23-28-00-865-071
R B. Open and close circuit breaker 102RV1 to do a reset of the SATCOM system.
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 304
Nov 01/05
THY
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-28-00-280-052-A
R C. Do a Check of the Identification of the Uploaded SATCOM Software
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU (Main Menu): On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to - the SATCOM MAIN MENU page comes into
the SAT indication. view.
- push the line key adjacent to - the SATCOM STATUS page comes into
the SATCOM STATUS indication. view.
- push the line key adjacent to - the SATCOM CONFIG page comes into
the CONFIG indication. view.
- on the SATCOM CONFIG page:
make sure that the DB/N reference(s)
shown is (are) the same as the DB/N
reference(s) on the disk(s).
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Subtask 23-28-00-860-071
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes into view.
(2) Fully decrease the brightness of the MCDU screen (display off).
(3) Put the disk in the storage box.
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 305
May 01/06
THY
R Subtask 23-28-00-080-055
R B. Deactivation of the Data Loading System
R (1) On the Data Loading Selector, set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.
R (2) Make sure that MDDU door is closed
R Subtask 23-28-00-862-053
R C. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
R 002).
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 306
Nov 01/05
THY
SATELLITE COMMUNICATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_________________________________________
TASK 23-28-00-740-001
BITE Test of the Satellite Communication System
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL PERSONS ARE AWAY FROM THE SATCOM ANTENNAS (MORE
_______
THAN 3 METERS) WHEN YOU DO THIS TEST. THE SATCOM ANTENNAS USE HIGH
POWER WHEN THEY TRANSMIT AND CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-003 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/COM
Page
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-28-00-860-061
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 501
Nov 01/05
THY
Subtask 23-28-00-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
121VU SATCOM 102RV1 K01
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-28-00-860-062
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
Do the procedure to get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/COM pages (Ref. TASK 31-
32-00-860-003).
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 502
Nov 01/05
THY
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 901-901,
Subtask 23-28-00-740-050-A
A. BITE Test of the SATCOM System
NOTE : The actions and the results of this procedure occur on the MCDU
____
used.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
- set the SATCOM MAIN MENU. - the SATCOM MAIN MENU comes into view.
2. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to - the SATCOM STATUS page comes into
the SATCOM STATUS indication. view.
- the BITE OK indication is shown.
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 503
Nov 01/05
THY
**ON A/C 008-049,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
Post SB 31-1150 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-28-00-740-050
A. BITE Test of the SATCOM System
NOTE : The actions and the results of this procedure occur on the MCDU
____
used.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU, On the MCDU,
- Push the NEXT PAGE function key - The second SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/COM
page comes into view.
- Push the line key adjacent to - The SATCOM menu page comes into view.
the SDU indication
- Push the line key adjacent to - The SATCOM/TEST page comes into view.
TEST indication
- Push the line key adjacent to - The SATCOM/INSTALLATION TEST page
START TEST indication comes into view.
- Push the line key adjacent to - The TEST IN PROGRESS indication comes
CONFIRM indication into view.
- After some seconds, the TEST OK
indication comes into view.
EFF :
008-049, 23-28-00
Page 504
Nov 01/05
THY
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-28-00-860-063
A. Put the Aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the SATCOM MENU page comes into view.
(2) Fully decrease the brightness of the MCDU screen (display off).
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-00
Page 505
Nov 01/05
THY
R ANTENNA ASSEMBLY - SATCOM - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 23-28-13-000-001
R Removal of the Top Antenna 116RV1
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific masking tape
No specific nonmetallic scraper
No specific access platform 6.0 m (19 ft. 8 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 008-008,
23-28-13-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 901-901,
23-28-13-991-001-B Fig. 401A
**ON A/C 008-049,
Post SB 23-1177 For A/C 008-008,
23-28-13-991-001-A Fig. 401B
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-13
Page 401
Feb 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-28-13-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
121VU SATCOM 102RV1 K01
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Subtask 23-28-13-941-050
R B. Get Access
R (1) Put the access platform in position at Zone 230.
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
Subtask 23-28-13-020-050
A. Removal of the Antenna
**ON A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-28-13-991-001)
**ON A/C 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-28-13-991-001-B)
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-13
Page 402
Feb 01/06
THY
Antenna
Figure 401/TASK 23-28-13-991-001
EFF :
008-008, 23-28-13
Page 403
Nov 01/05
THY
Antenna
Figure 401A/TASK 23-28-13-991-001-B
EFF :
901-901, 23-28-13
Page 404
Nov 01/05
THY
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE ANTENNA. THE ANTENNA
_______
WEIGHS APPROXIMATELY 12 KG (26 LBS). IF YOU DO NOT HOLD IT
CORRECTLY, IT CAN FALL AND CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR
DAMAGE.
(1) Remove the sealant from the screw heads with a nonmetallic scraper.
(2) Remove the screws (1) from the antenna (2).
(3) Lift the antenna (2) until you can see the electrical connector (4)
and the coaxial connectors (3).
WARNING : CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
_______
LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(4) Remove and discard the lockwire from the coaxial connectors (3).
(5) Disconnect the electrical connector (4) from the antenna and the
coaxial connectors (3).
(6) Apply masking tape around the electrical connector (4) and the
coaxial connectors (3) and attach them to the fuselage.
(7) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(8) Remove the antenna (2).
**ON A/C 008-049,
Post SB 23-1177 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-28-13-020-050-A
A. Removal of the Antenna
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-28-13-991-001-A)
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE ANTENNA. THE ANTENNA
_______
WEIGHS APPROXIMATELY 12 KG (26 LBS). IF YOU DO NOT HOLD IT
CORRECTLY, IT CAN FALL AND CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR
DAMAGE.
(1) Remove the sealant from the screw heads with a nonmetallic scraper.
(2) Remove the screws (1) from the antenna (2).
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-13
Page 405
Nov 01/05
THY
Antenna
Figure 401B/TASK 23-28-13-991-001-A
EFF :
008-049, 23-28-13
Page 406
Nov 01/05
THY
(3) Lift the antenna (2) until you can see the electrical connector (3)
and the coaxial connectors (6).
WARNING : CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
_______
LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(4) Remove and discard the lockwire from the coaxial connectors (6).
(5) Disconnect the electrical connector (3) from the antenna and the
coaxial connectors (6).
(6) Remove the teflon gasket (if installed).
(7) Apply masking tape around the electrical connectors (3) and attach
them to the fuselage.
(8) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(9) Remove the antenna (2).
EFF :
008-049, 23-28-13
Page 407
Nov 01/05
THY
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
TASK 23-28-13-400-001
R Installation of the Top Antenna 116RV1
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS
_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.
_______
IF YOU DO:
- RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific masking tape
No specific nonmetallic scraper
No specific access platform 6 m (19 ft. 8 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-13
Page 408
Feb 01/06
THY
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-013 D TV-53-3507/73
RELEASE AGENT (OBSOLETE USE 05-013A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-019 USA AMS 3267/3
LOW ADHESION CORROSION INHIBITING SEALANT
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-009 USA AMS 5687
LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.5MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-912-004 Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive
Bolts and Screws and Bonding Straps in the Fuselage
and in the Wings (this does not include the tanks)-
23-28-00-740-001 BITE Test of the Satellite Communication System
51-76-11-300-001 Repair of the Sealing
**ON A/C 008-008,
23-28-13-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 901-901,
23-28-13-991-001-B Fig. 401A
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-13
Page 409
Nov 01/05
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 008-049,
Post SB 23-1177 For A/C 008-008,
23-28-13-991-001-A Fig. 401B
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-28-13-865-051
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
121VU SATCOM 102RV1 K01
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Subtask 23-28-13-860-050
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at Zone 230.
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-13
Page 410
Nov 01/05
THY
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-28-13-910-050
A. Preparation for Installation
**ON A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-28-13-991-001)
**ON A/C 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-28-13-991-001-B)
**ON A/C 008-049,
Post SB 23-1177 For A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-28-13-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
(1) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Remove the used sealant with a nonmetallic scraper and clean the
fuselage structure with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).
(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Apply masking tape to the screw holes and the antenna connectors.
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-13
Page 411
Nov 01/05
THY
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
Subtask 23-28-13-420-050
B. Installation of the Antenna
**ON A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-28-13-991-001)
**ON A/C 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-28-13-991-001-B)
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
(1) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) to the bottom of the
antenna (2).
(2) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) on the area of the fuselage that
makes an interface with the antenna (2) (Ref. TASK 51-76-11-300-001).
CAUTION : WHEN YOU APPLY THE SEALANT ON THE AREA OF THE FUSELAGE, DO
_______
NOT PUT IT ON THE VENT HOLES AT THE REAR OF THE ANTENNA.
(3) Remove the masking tape from the screws holes and the electrical
connector (4).
(4) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(5) Connect the electrical connector (4) and the coaxial connectors (3)
to the antenna (2).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(6) Safety the electrical connector (4) and the coaxial connectors (3)
with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-009).
(7) Install the antenna (2).
EFF :
008-008, 901-901, 23-28-13
Page 412
Nov 01/05
THY
(8) Install the screws (1) with a torque to 0.35 m.daN (30.97 lbf.in) and
tighten in a diagonal sequence.
(9) Remove the unwanted sealant with a nonmetallic scraper.
(10) Make sure that the bonding contact resistance between the antenna (2)
and the fuselage structure is not higher than 5.0 milliohms
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(11) Make a sealing bead with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the
antenna (2) (Ref. TASK 51-76-11-300-001).
CAUTION : WHEN YOU MAKE THE SEALING BEAD AROUND THE ANTENNA, DO NOT
_______
PUT SEALANT ON THE VENT HOLES AT THE REAR OF THE ANTENNA.
(12) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to all the screw heads.
**ON A/C 008-049,
Post SB 23-1177 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-28-13-420-050-A
B. Installation of the Antenna
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-28-13-991-001-A)
(1) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) to the bottom of the
antenna (2).
(2) Remove the masking tape from the screws holes and the electrical
connectors (3).
(3) Make sure that the mounting base is installed (interface between the
fuselage and the antenna).
(4) Put the teflon gasket in position on the mounting base and align the
gasket with the screw holes.
(5) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(6) Connect the electrical connector (3) and the coaxial connectors (6)
to the antenna (2).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-13
Page 413
Nov 01/05
THY
(7) Safety the electrical connector (3) and the coaxial connectors (6)
with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-009).
(8) Install the antenna on the teflon gasket (2).
(9) Install the screws (1) with a torque to 0.35 m.daN (30.97 lbf.in) and
tighten in a diagonal sequence.
(10) Make sure that the bonding contact resistance between the antenna (2)
and the fuselage structure is not higher than 5.0 milliohms
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(11) Make a sealing bead with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the
antenna (2) (Ref. TASK 51-76-11-300-001).
CAUTION : WHEN YOU MAKE THE SEALING BEAD AROUND THE ANTENNA, DO NOT
_______
PUT SEALANT ON THE VENT HOLES AT THE REAR OF THE ANTENNA.
(12) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to all the screw heads.
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Subtask 23-28-13-865-052
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
102RV1
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-28-13-740-050
D. Do the BITE test of the Satellite Communication System (Ref. TASK 23-28-
00-740-001).
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-13
Page 414
Nov 01/05
THY
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-28-13-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-13
Page 415
Nov 01/05
THY
R **ON A/C 009-049,
R TASK 23-28-13-000-003
R Removal of the Mounting Base of the Top Antenna
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific nonmetallic scraper
R No specific access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)
R No specific access platform 6.0 m (19 ft. 8 in.)
R B. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 23-28-13-000-001 Removal of the Top Antenna 116RV1
R 25-23-41-000-001 Removal of the Ceiling Panels
R 23-28-13-991-003 Fig. 402
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 23-28-13-010-050
R A. Get Access
R (1) Put the access platform 6.0m (19ft. 8in.) in position at Zone 230.
R (2) Put the access platform 3.5m (11ft. 6in.) in position at access door
R 841 in zone 222.
R (3) Open access door 841.
EFF :
009-049, 23-28-13
Page 416
Feb 01/06
THY
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 23-28-13-020-054
R A. Removal of the Mounting Base
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-28-13-991-003)
R (1) Remove the top antenna (116RV1) (Ref. TASK 23-28-13-000-001).
R (2) In the FWD cabin, remove ceiling panels 231EC, 231FC, 231CG between
R FR29 and FR35 (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001).
R (3) Remove the sealant from the screws (1) with a nonmetallic scraper.
R (4) Remove the screws (1) from the mounting base (2).
R (5) Remove the mounting base (2).
EFF :
009-049, 23-28-13
Page 417
Feb 01/06
THY
R Antenna Mounting Base
R Figure 402/TASK 23-28-13-991-003
EFF :
009-049, 23-28-13
Page 418
Feb 01/06
THY
R TASK 23-28-13-400-003
R Installation of the Mounting Base of the Top Antenna
R WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS
_______
R ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
R OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
R PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
R DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
R GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.
_______
R IF YOU DO:
R - RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
R - WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)
R No specific access platform 6.0 m (19 ft. 8 in.)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
EFF :
009-049, 23-28-13
Page 419
Feb 01/06
THY
R B. Consumable Materials
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 09-002C USA AMS-S-8802
R FUEL TANK SEALANTPOLYSULFIDE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 09-016B USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II
R CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
R SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R C. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 23-28-13-400-001 Installation of the Top Antenna 116RV1
R 25-23-41-400-001 Installation of the Ceiling Panels
R 23-28-13-991-003 Fig. 402
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 23-28-13-010-051
R A. Get Access
R (1) Make sure that the access platform 6.0m (19ft. 8in.) is in position
R at Zone 230.
R (2) Put the access platform 3.5m (11ft. 6in.) in position at access door
R 841 in zone 222.
R (3) Open access door 841.
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 23-28-13-420-052
R A. Installation of the Mounting Base
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-28-13-991-003)
R (1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
EFF :
009-049, 23-28-13
Page 420
Feb 01/06
THY
R (2) Install the mounting base (2) with the screws (1).
R (3) Torque the screws (1) to between 0.37 and 0.42 m.daN (32.74 and 37.16
R lbf.in).
R (4) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016B) on the screws (1).
R (5) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-002C) around the mounting base (2).
R (6) Install ceiling panels 231EC, 231FC, 231CG between FR29 and FR35
R (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001).
R (7) Install the top antenna (116RV1) (Ref. TASK 23-28-13-400-001).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 23-28-13-410-051
R A. Close Access
R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R (2) Close the access door 841.
R (3) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
009-049, 23-28-13
Page 421
Feb 01/06
THY
SDU (SATELLITE DATA UNIT) - SATCOM - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________
TASK 23-28-34-000-001
Removal of the Satellite Data Unit (SDU) 105RV1
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
23-28-34-991-001 Fig. 401
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-34
Page 401
Nov 01/05
THY
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-28-34-861-050
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 23-28-34-010-050
B. Get access to the Avionics Compartment
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 824.
(2) Open the access door 824.
Subtask 23-28-34-865-056
C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
121VU SATCOM 102RV1 K01
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-34
Page 402
Nov 01/05
THY
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-28-34-991-001)
Subtask 23-28-34-020-050
A. Removal of the Satellite Data Unit (SDU)
(1) Loosen the nuts (4).
(2) Lower the nuts (4).
(3) Pull the SDU (1) on its rack (3) to disconnect the electrical
connector (2).
(4) Remove the SDU (1) from its rack (3).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-34
Page 403
Nov 01/05
THY
Satellite Data Unit
Figure 401/TASK 23-28-34-991-001
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-34
Page 404
Nov 01/05
THY
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
TASK 23-28-34-400-001
Installation of the Satellite Data Unit (SDU) 105RV1
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-28-00-600-002 Uploading of the USER ORT part of the SATCOM software
with the Multipurpose Disk Drive Unit (MDDU)
23-28-00-740-001 BITE Test of the Satellite Communication System
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
23-28-34-991-001 Fig. 401
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-34
Page 405
Nov 01/05
THY
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-28-34-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
824.
(3) Make sure that the access door 824 is open.
Subtask 23-28-34-865-051
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
121VU SATCOM 102RV1 K01
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-28-34-991-001)
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-34
Page 406
Nov 01/05
THY
Subtask 23-28-34-420-050
A. Installation of the Satellite Data Unit (SDU)
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Install the SDU (1) on its rack (3).
(6) Push the SDU (1) on its rack (3) to connect the electrical connectors
(2).
(7) Engage the nuts (4) on the lugs (5) and tighten.
Subtask 23-28-34-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
102RV1
Subtask 23-28-34-610-050
C. Do the uploading procedure of the SDU (Ref. TASK 23-28-00-600-002).
Subtask 23-28-34-740-050
D. Do the BITE test of the SATCOM System (Ref. TASK 23-28-00-740-001).
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-34
Page 407
Nov 01/05
THY
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-28-34-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door 824.
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-34
Page 408
Nov 01/05
THY
ATTENUATOR - SATCOM - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________
TASK 23-28-45-000-001
Removal of the Attenuator (112RV1)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
No specific access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
23-28-45-991-001 Fig. 401
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-45
Page 401
Feb 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-28-45-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform 3.5m (11ft. 6in.) in position at the access
door 841 in zone 222.
(2) Open the access door 841.
Subtask 23-28-45-865-050
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
121VU SATCOM 102RV1 K01
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-28-45-010-051
C. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform 1.6m (5ft. 3in.) in position at the access
door 825 in zone 132.
(2) Open the access door 825.
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-45
Page 402
Feb 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-28-45-020-050
A. Removal of the Attenuator
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-28-45-991-001)
(1) Remove the sidewall panel 131CW.
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(2) Remove and discard the lockwire from the cables (4).
(3) Remove the screw (1), the nut (5) and the washers (6).
(4) Remove the clamp (2).
(5) Disconnect the attenuator (3) from the cable (4).
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-45
Page 403
Feb 01/06
THY
Attenuator (112RV1)
Figure 401/TASK 23-28-45-991-001
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-45
Page 404
Feb 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
TASK 23-28-45-400-001
Installation of the Attenuator (112RV1)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
No specific access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 19-009 USA AMS 5687
LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.5MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-45
Page 405
Feb 01/06
THY
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-28-00-740-001 BITE Test of the Satellite Communication System
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
23-28-45-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-28-45-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform 3.5m (11ft. 6in.) and the access
platform 1.6m (5ft. 3in.) are in position at the access doors 841 and
825.
(2) Make sure that the access doors 841 and 825 are open.
(3) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-45
Page 406
Feb 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-28-45-865-051
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
121VU SATCOM 102RV1 K01
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-28-45-420-050
A. Installation of the Attenuator
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-28-45-991-001)
(1) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(3) Connect the attenuator (3) to the disconnected ends of the cable (4).
(4) Install the clamp (2) with the screw (1), the washers (6) and the nut
(5).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(5) Safety the cable (4) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-009).
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-45
Page 407
Feb 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-28-45-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
102RV1
Subtask 23-28-45-740-050
C. Do the BITE test of the Satellite Communication System (Ref. TASK 23-28-
00-740-001).
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 008-049, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1143 For A/C 008-008,901-901,
Post SB 23-1144 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-28-45-862-050
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
Subtask 23-28-45-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access doors 841 and 825.
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-28-45
Page 408
Feb 01/06
THY
PASSENGER ADDRESS AND ENTERTAINMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The function of the Passenger Address and Entertainment Systems is to give
announcements and entertainment programs to the passengers.
The Passenger Address System (23-31-00) is fully integrated into the Cabin
Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00).
The Passenger Entertainment System options are as follows:
- the Prerecorded Announcement and Music System Rx (23-32-00),
- the Passenger Entertainment System Music MK (23-33-00),
- the Pax-Facilities Air to Ground Telephone RD (23-35-00),
- the Passenger Entertainment System Video MH (23-36-00),
- the Pax-facilities AM/FM Radio System MH (23-37-00),
- the Passenger Service System MN (23-38-00).
EFF :
ALL 23-30-00
Page 1
May 01/05
THY
PASSENGER ADDRESS AND ENTERTAINMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_____________________________________________________
TASK 23-30-00-710-001
R Operational test of the battery-bus powered PA
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 233000-01
R To make sure that the Passenger Address (PA) system operates on the battery
R bus.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 23-73-00-710-006 Operational test of the battery-bus powered PA
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-30-00-010-050
A. There is no special job set-up for this task.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-30-00-710-051
R A. Do the operational test of the battery-bus powered Passenger Address
R (PA).
R
R (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-710-006)
R
EFF :
901-901, 23-30-00
Page 501
Aug 01/06
THY
PASSENGER ADDRESS SYSTEM (SEE ALSO 23-73-00) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The passenger address system, circuit RM is described in the Cabin
Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00).
R
EFF :
301-302,
001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 23-31-00
Page 1
Feb 01/06
THY
PASSENGER ADDRESS SYSTEM (SEE ALSO 23-73-00) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
______________________________________________________________
TASK 23-31-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Passenger Address System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 23-73-00-740-003 BITE-test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
R (CIDS) through the PTP
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
Subtask 23-31-00-860-050
A. There is no special job set-up for this task.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 101-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-31-00-710-050
A. Do the BITE test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (Ref. TASK
23-73-00-740-003).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 101-199, 201-249,
252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
23-31-00
Page 501
Aug 01/06
THY
ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
**ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
The function of the Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM)
Reproducer 10RX is to play prerecorded messages. It also plays boarding
music programs on a cassette tape to the passengers through the aircraft
passenger address system. The PRAM is controlled by the audio module, which
is a part of the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH. It is installed in the cabin at the
forward attendant station. The PRAM and the audio module are connected with
two ARINC 429 data buses. They go through the Cabin Intercommunication Data
System (CIDS) director (Ref. 23-73-00) to receive and transmit control data.
**ON A/C 051-053,
The function of the Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) is to
play prerecorded announcement and music programs. The announcement and music
programs are transmitted to the passengers, through the passenger address
system, which is a part of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS).
The PRAM is controlled from the FWD Attendant Panel 120RH. The panel 120RH
is installed in the cabin, at the forward attendant station. The PRAM is
connected with ARINC 429 data buses to the CIDS director, to transmit and
receive control data.
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
The function of the Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM)
Reproducer 10RX is to play prerecorded announcement and music programs. The
announcement and music programs are transmitted to the passengers through
the aircraft passenger address system. The aircraft passenger address system
is a part of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) director. The
PRAM reproducer 10RX is controlled by the AUDIO page of the Flight Attendant
Panel (FAP) 120RH. The FAP 120RH is installed in the cabin at the forward
attendant station. The PRAM reproducer 10RX and the FAP 120RH are connected
with ARINC 429 data buses. They are connected through the CIDS director
(Ref. 23-73-00) to receive and transmit control data.
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-32-00
Page 1
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 251-251,
The Pre-Recorded Announcement and boarding Music (PRAM) is a function of the
integrated In-Flight Entertainment (IFE) system.
The description and operation of the integrated IFE system is given in the
Passenger Entertainment (Music) - Description and Operation (Ref. 23-33-00).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
2. __________________
Component Location
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-008, 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
**ON A/C 007-007, 009-049, 252-299,
(Ref. Fig. 001A)
**ON A/C 051-053,
(Ref. Fig. 001B)
**ON A/C 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 001D)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10RX PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT/BOARDING 88VU 128 23-32-34
MUSIC REPRODUCER
120RH ATTENDANT PANEL - FORWARD 221 831 23-73-00
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-32-00
Page 2
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
R
(Ref. Fig. 001C)
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10RX PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT/BOARDING 88VU 128 824 23-32-34
MUSIC REPRODUCER
R 120RH FLIGHT ATTENDANT PANL 221 834 23-73-00
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
3. __________________
System Description
**ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 252-299,
A. Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music Reproducer
(1) The Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer is
installed in the avionics compartment in a 4 MCU (ARINC 600) box.
It has a total of four cassette decks. Two are for the prerecorded
announcement reproduction and the other two are for the boarding
music reproduction.
Up to 256 prerecorded announcements are stored on two tapes in the
prerecorded announcement reproducer (each minimum 30 s). The PRAM has
the capability to produce an emergency announcement in the event of a
rapid cabin decompression . An emergency announcement is stored in a
Solid State Stored Voice (SSSV). A ground signal from a rapid
decompression, triggers the emergency announcement.
All functions are remotely controlled from the audio module in the
Fwd Attnd panel (120RH) (except the output level of normal and
emergency announcements). They are adjustable at the front of the
reproducer.
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 3
Nov 01/06
THY
Component Location
Figure 001 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-006, 008-008, 201-249, 23-32-00
Page 4
Feb 01/06
THY
Component Location
Figure 001 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-006, 008-008, 201-249, 23-32-00
Page 5
Feb 01/06
THY
Component Location
Figure 001A (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
007-007, 009-049, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 6
Feb 01/06
THY
Component Location
Figure 001A (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
007-007, 009-049, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 7
Feb 01/06
THY
Component Location
Figure 001B (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
051-053, 23-32-00
Page 8
Feb 01/06
THY
Component Location
Figure 001B (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
051-053, 23-32-00
Page 9
Feb 01/06
THY
Component Location
Figure 001C (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-32-00
Page 10
Nov 01/06
THY
Component Location
Figure 001C (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-32-00
Page 11
Nov 01/06
THY
Component Location
Figure 001D (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
301-302, 23-32-00
Page 12
Feb 01/06
THY
Component Location
Figure 001D (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
301-302, 23-32-00
Page 13
Feb 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 051-053,
A. Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music Reproducer
(1) The Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer
10RX is installed in the avionics compartment in a 4 MCU (ARINC 600)
box. The pre-recorded announcements and the boarding-music are stored
in flash memory cards.
The PRAM has the capability to produce an emergency announcement in
the event of rapid cabin decompression. The emergency announcement is
stored in the PRAM. A ground signal from a rapid decompression sensor
triggers the emergency announcement.
All functions are remotely controlled from the audio module in the
FWD attendant panel 120RH.
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
A. Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music Reproducer
(1) The Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer
10RX is installed in the avionics compartment in a 4 MCU (ARINC 600)
box. The pre-recorded announcements and the boarding-music are stored
in flash memory cards.
The PRAM has the capability to produce an emergency announcement in
the event of rapid cabin decompression. The emergency announcement is
stored in the PRAM. A ground signal from a rapid decompression sensor
triggers the emergency announcement.
All functions are remotely controlled from the audio module in the
FAP 120RH.
**ON A/C 301-302,
A. Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music Reproducer
(1) The Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer
10RX is installed in the avionics compartment in a 4 MCU (ARINC 600)
box.
It has one tape deck for boarding music reproduction. Prerecorded
announcements are stored in EPROM memory chips. The memory chips have
a capacity to store up to 18 minutes and 8 seconds prerecorded
announcements.
The PRAM has the capability to produce an emergency announcement in
the event of rapid cabin decompression. The emergency announcement is
R
EFF :
051-199, 301-399, 23-32-00
Page 14
Nov 01/06
THY
stored in an EPROM memory chip. A ground signal from a rapid
decompression sensor triggers the emergency announcement.
All functions are remotely controlled from the audio module in the
Fwd Attnd panel 120RH.
**ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 252-299,
(2) The boarding music reproducer 10RX has two identical tape decks with
four channels. Two cassette tapes are used alternately. When one is
playing the other rewinds to give continuous play.
R **ON A/C 051-199, 303-399,
(2) The boarding music reproducer 10RX has three memory cards which are
used to store the message and music data. One memory card is used for
message data the other two are used for the music data.
**ON A/C 301-302,
(2) The tape deck for boarding music reproduction has four channels. This
allows a maximum playtime of 120 minutes per C-60 cassette.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
(3) The audio module in the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH controls the
prerecorded announcements and the Boarding Music (BGM). The
reproducer and Fwd Attnd panel have two ARINC 429 data bus lines
(transmit and receive bus) controlled through the CIDS (Ref.
23-73-00).
(4) The prerecorded announcement section of the audio module has four 3
digit LED displays, a READY light (if lit, reproducer is ready to
play back the next announcement) and a numeric keyboard with
pushbutton switches as follows:
- START NEXT
- START ALL
- STOP
- CLEAR
- ENTER
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 15
Nov 01/06
THY
(5) The boarding music section (BGM channel) has:
One LED display (a row of LEDs indicate volume control), and
pushbutton switches as follows:
- an ON/OFF pushbutton switch,
- a SEL pushbutton switch (channel select),
- a ( - ) pushbutton switch (volume decrease),
- a ( + ) pushbutton switch (volume increase).
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(3) The AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH controls the prerecorded
announcements and the Boarding Music (BGM). The PRAM reproducer 10RX
and the FAP 120RH have two ARINC 429 data bus lines (transmit and
receive bus) controlled through the CIDS (Ref. 23-73-00).
(4) The prerecorded announcement section on the touchscreen of the AUDIO
page has 3 display areas, a numeric keyboard and the function keys as
follows:
- Up
- Clear Memo
- Clear All
- Down
- Stop
- Play Next
- Play All
- Clear
- Enter.
(5) The BGM section on the touchscreen of the AUDIO page has 2 display
areas and function keys as follows:
- ON/OFF
- Up (+) VOL.
- Down (-) VOL.
- UP (+) CHAN.
- Down (-) CHAN.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
4. ____________
Power Supply
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 16
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 002)
115 V AC is supplied to the PRAM from the normal busbar 210XPA through the
circuit breaker 2RX.
R **ON A/C 051-199, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 002A)
115 V AC is supplied to the PRAM from the sheddable busbar 220XP-A through
the circuit breaker 2RX.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
5. _____________________
Component Description
**ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 252-299,
A. PRAM
The pram reproducer contains total four cassette tape decks, two for the
prerecorded announcement reproducing and another two for the boarding
music reproducing. Additionally a Solid State Voice Storage circuit for
emergency announce is installed.
(1) Announcement
Two identical tape decks are installed for the pre-recorded
announcements, each loaded with identically prerecorded tape
cassettes. The tape cassettes are pre-recorded with a special
four-track arrangement in one direction only. Up to 256 announcements
are stored on one tape cassette. When one tape deck is in play mode,
the other winds to give continuous play.
The PRAM transmits an emergency announcement automatically if a rapid
cabin decompression occurs. The emergency announcement is stored in a
Solid State Stored Voice (SSSV). An electrical ground signal caused
by a rapid cabin decompression starts the emergency announcement. The
ouput-level of the normal and emergency announcements can be adjusted
at the front of the reproducer.
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 17
Aug 01/06
THY
Power Supply - Schematic
Figure 002
R
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-32-00
Page 18
Feb 01/06
THY
Power Supply - Schematic
Figure 002A
R
EFF :
051-199, 303-399, 23-32-00
Page 19
Aug 01/06
THY
(2) Boarding-Music
Two identical tape decks (A and B) are installed for the BGM, each
loaded with a tape cassette. The tape cassettes are pre-recorded with
a special four-track arrangement in one direction only. Each tape
cassette has four BGM programs in mono mode or two in stereo mode. In
stereo mode, track 1 and 3, and track 2 and 4 are paired (track 1 and
2 are the left stereo channels and track 3 and 4 are the right stereo
channels). Tape A contains the first half of the program and tape B
the second half. When one tape deck is in play mode, the other winds
to give continuous play.
(3) Not Applicable
R **ON A/C 051-199, 303-399,
A. PRAM
(Ref. Fig. 003)
(1) The messages and music are stored in the PRAM in form of compressed
digital data. Three flash memory cards are used to store the message
and music data. One flash memory card is for the message data and two
for the music data.
You can change the Announcement (ANN) and Boarding Music (BGM), when
you insert the flash memory card, with the new software, behind the
access door at the front of the PRAM. The download of the new
software starts automatically when the PRAM is energized.
The LCD display at the front of the PRAM shows the active ANN and
MUSIC channel.
(2) The PRAM has the function to give an emergency announcement
automatically in the event of rapid cabin decompression. A ground
signal from a rapid cabin decompression sensor starts the emergency
announcement.
(3) The Pram has four channels for stored music data in analog audio
mode. The PRAM uses these four channels as distributors for audio to
the individual passenger thru the passenger entertainment system.
R
EFF :
303-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 20
Nov 01/06
THY
Reproducer
Figure 003
R
EFF :
051-199, 303-399, 23-32-00
Page 21
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 301-302,
A. PRAM
(1) Announcement
EPROM memory chips are installed to give announce playback with
direct access. The memory chips are reprogrammable.
The PRAM has the function to give an emergency announcement
automatically in the event of rapid cabin decompression. The
emergency announcement is stored in an EPROM memory chip. A ground
signal from a rapid cabin decompression sensor starts the emergency
announcement.
(2) Boarding-Music
The tape deck for boarding music reproduction has four channels. This
permit a maximum playtime of 120 minutes per C-60 cassette.
(3) Not Applicable
R **ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 252-299,
B. Defined System Characteristics
(1) The frequency response, from 50 to 13000 Hz +/- 3 dB.
(2) The signal-to-noise ratio, 45 dB minimum in reference to 0 dBm output
level.
(3) The harmonic distortion, 1.0 % maximum at 0.48 V output.
(4) The Wow of Flutter (WRMS), 0.1 % maximum.
(5) The output level, announce 0.48 V + 3 dB, -0 dB into 600 Ohm balanced
load. Boarding music 0.775 V +/- 3 dB into 600 Ohm balanced load.
(6) The output level controls, (two screwdriver adjustable volume
controls on the front panel of the main unit) for emergency and
normal announcement control output level from -20 dB to + 6dB
minimum.
(7) The number of messages, a total of 256 in a C-60 type cassette which
has a play time of 120 minutes.
R
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-32-00
Page 22
Feb 01/06
THY
(8) The access time which is of 3 s maximum for access to announcement in
the stand-by condition. A 1 s maximum for access to the emergency
announcment through the rapid decompression switch. A 1 s maximum for
access to SSSV programs.
(9) The emergency announcement repeat which you can set for 1 to 8 times
through an internal preset switch.
(10) A power consumption of 30 W maximum with 115 V AC - 400 Hz.
(11) An interface connector ARINC 600 size 1.
R **ON A/C 051-199, 303-399,
B. Defined System Characteristics
(1) The frequency range is from 50Hz to 6kHz for the announcement and
50Hz to 13,5kHz for the boarding music.
(2) The signal-to-noise rate is more than 60 dB.
(3) The harmonic distortion is less than 3.0 % for messages and less than
1.0% for music.
(4) The output-levels are 0.775V/600-Ohm.
(5) The memory capacity is 85M Bytes for ANN and 80M Bytes for BGM.
(6) The reproduction time is 5 h and 48 min. for ANN and 43 min./channel
for BGM.
(7) The message access time is less than 1 second.
(8) The number of messages are 500 max.
(9) The BGM has 4 channels.
(10) The direct access keys are 5 messages max. including decompression.
(11) The emergency repeat has 16 cycles max.
(12) The access time is less than 1 seconds.
(13) A power dissipation of 13W maximum with 115VAC / 400 Hz.
(14) The unit connector is ARINC 600 Size 1.
R
EFF :
303-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 23
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 301-302,
B. Defined System Characteristics
(1) The frequency response, from 50 to 10,000 Hz +/- 3 dBm for boarding
music outputand 50 to 4,000 Hz +/- 3 dBm for solid state announcement
output.
(2) The signal-to-noise ratio, 60 dBm minimum.
(3) The harmonic distortion, less than 1 % maximum (1 kHz/0 dBm).
(4) The wow and flutter, less than 0.15 % weighted (WRMS) per IEEE
standard 193-1971.
(5) The output level, announcement and boarding music 0 dBm (1mW into 600
Ohm load) per ARINC 539A, adjustable from 0 dBm to -21 dBm. Emergency
announcement output level +6 dBm nominal.
(6) The access time is less than 1 second for access to announcements and
emergency announcement.
(7) The power consumption of less than 75 W average with 115 V AC - 400
Hz.
(8) An interface connector ARINC 600 size 1.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
6. ________________
System Operation
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
The Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) system is controlled
during normal operation from the audio module in the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH.
The system initialization is made automatically when the reproducer receives
115 V AC. During the initialization the LED display on the audio module is
not shown. The least significant digit LED of the announcer display will
show 0 when the initialization is complete. The operation procedures to
program and release the announcements are as follows:
A. Control Keys
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 24
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
To operate the PRAM through the AUDIO page you must push the AUDIO
pushbutton. After you set this function, two different pages can come
into view:
WAIT UNTIL INITIALIZATION HAS BEEN COMPLETED.
- PRAM is in initialization routine wait max. 5 min.
NO PRERECORDED AUDIO AVAILABLE CHECK PRAM.
- operation not possible (e.g. PRAM is not supplied with power, data bus
interrupted).
After the initialization the following text strings can be shown:
AUTO in the ON ANNOUNCE display, if an automatic announcement was caused.
FOUND in the MEMO 1 display, if the announcement was found by the PRAM.
MISSING in the MEMO 1 and or MEMO 2 display, if the announcement was not
found by the PRAM.
ERROR in all MEMO displays, if the selection of the announcement is out
of the selection range.
The operation procedures to program and release the announcements are as
follows:
A. Control Keys
**ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 252-299,
(1) ENTER
When the ENTER pushbutton is pushed, the cursor moves into the MEMO 1
position.
The required message is keyed-in on the keyboard and appears on the
MEMO 1 display. When the ENTER pushbutton is pushed, the keyed-in
data is accepted.
The READY light comes on when the PRAM has found the corresponding
announcement.
The required messages for the MEMO 2 and MEMO 3 displays are keyed-in
the same as for the MEMO 1 display.
The messages keyed-in into the MEMO 1, MEMO 2, and MEMO 3 display are
alternately played from tape deck A and tape deck B.
(2) Not Applicable
(3) Not Applicable
R
EFF :
303-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 25
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 051-053, 301-302,
(1) ENTER
When the ENTER pushbutton is pushed, the cursor moves into the MEMO 1
position.
The required message is keyed-in on the keyboard and appears on the
MEMO 1 display. When the ENTER pushbutton is pushed, the keyed-in
data is accepted.
The READY light comes on when the PRAM has found the corresponding
announcement.
The required messages for the MEMO 2 and MEMO 3 displays are keyed-in
the same as for the MEMO 1 display.
(2) Not Applicable
(3) Not Applicable
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(1) Numerics
Announcement numbers can be set by using the numeric keyboard. The
number is shown in the SELECT display.
(2) Clear
To erase the number from the SELECT display, push the Clear key.
(3) Enter
The system will accept the selection by pushing the Enter key or
after a time out automatically. The recorded number will be shown in
the SELECT display and in the MEMO display with up to five messages.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
(4) CLEAR
When the cursor has moved into the related position (MEMO 1, MEMO 2
or MEMO 3) and the CLEAR pushbutton switch is pushed, the display
clears.
(5) Not Applicable
(6) Not Applicable
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 26
Aug 01/06
THY
(7) START NEXT
When the START NEXT pushbutton switch is pushed the message shown on
the MEMO 1 display moves up to the ON ANNOUNCE display. The MEMO 2
display message then moves up to the MEMO 1 display. The message
shown on the MEMO 3 display moves up to the MEMO 2 display.
(8) START ALL
All messages keyed on MEMO 1, MEMO 2 and MEMO 3 will be announced
continuously until the last announcement has finished (number 0). In
this continuous mode, it can add another message for announcement
after the messages that you have keyed-in.
(9) STOP
When the STOP pushbutton switch is pushed, the message announcement
stops immediately.
B. Boarding Music Control Keys
(1) ON/OFF
When the ON/OFF pushbutton switch is pushed, the light in the
pushbutton switch comes ON. The channel 1 is automatically displayed
on the BGM channel display. When the ON/OFF pushbutton is pushed
again, the light goes OFF.
(2) SEL
When the SEL pushbutton switch is pushed, the system selects one of
the available channels.
These are displayed in a numerical ascending code (four channels in
the mono mode, two in the stereo mode).
(3) VOLUME
The LEDs on the volume display show the volume level (2 dB steps).
(4) ( - )
When the (-) pushbutton switch is pushed the volume level decreases.
(5) ( + )
When the (+) pushbutton switch is pushed the volume level increases.
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(4) Up / Down
To change the selection of the announcement push the Up or Down key.
The last selection of the announcement is highlighted by color change
of the related MEMO display from the annuncement.
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 27
Aug 01/06
THY
(5) Clear Memo
To erase the last selection of the announcement push the Clear Memo
key.
(6) Clear All
To erase all announcements push the Clear All key.
(7) Play Next
To start the announcement push the Play Next key. The ON ANNOUNCE
display shows the started announcement.
(8) Play All
When the Play All key is pushed, all messages shown on the MEMO
display will be announced continuously until the last announcement
has finished.
(9) Stop
To stop the announcement immediately push the Stop key.
B. Boarding Music Control Keys
(1) ON/OFF
When the ON/OFF key is pushed, the key is highlighted by color
change. The channel 1 is automatically displayed on the BGM 1 CHAN
display. When the ON/OFF key is pushed again, the key returns to its
initial condition.
(2) CHAN (+)/(-)
To change the selection of the channel to one of the available
channels, push the CHAN (+) or CHAN (-) key.
These are shown in a numerical ascending code on the BGM 1 CHAN
display (four channels in the mono mode, two in the stereo mode).
(3) VOL (+)/(-)
When the VOL (-) key is pushed the volume level decreases.
When the VOL (+) key is pushed the volume level increases.
The volume level is shown on the VOL display.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-32-00
Page 28
Aug 01/06
THY
ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER SYSTEM - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-32-00-860-001
Replacement of the Sound Recording Medium of the Prerecorded Announcement and
Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-32-00-700-001 Test of the Prerecorded Announcement Operation of the
Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM)
Reproducer
23-32-00-710-002 Test of the Boarding Music Operation of the
Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM)
Reproducer
23-32-00-860-002 Initialization of the Prerecorded Anouncement and
Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
**ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 252-299,
23-32-00-991-001 Fig. 201
R **ON A/C 051-199, 303-399,
23-32-00-991-001-B Fig. 201A
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 201
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 301-302,
23-32-00-991-001-A Fig. 201B
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-32-00-865-052-A
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/PRAM 2RX 07 F
**ON A/C 007-008,
Subtask 23-32-00-865-052-B
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PRAM 2RX 01 D
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 202
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 009-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-32-00-865-052
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PRAM 2RX 01 E
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-32-00-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at zone 128.
(2) Open the access door 824.
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 252-299,
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 23-32-00-991-001)
R **ON A/C 051-199, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 201A/TASK 23-32-00-991-001-B)
**ON A/C 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 201B/TASK 23-32-00-991-001-A)
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 203
Nov 01/06
THY
Replacement of the Audio Cassettes
Figure 201/TASK 23-32-00-991-001
R
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 204
Feb 01/06
THY
Loading of a new Announcement/Boarding Music
Figure 201A/TASK 23-32-00-991-001-B
R
EFF :
051-199, 303-399, 23-32-00
Page 205
Nov 01/06
THY
Replacement of the Audio Cassettes
Figure 201B/TASK 23-32-00-991-001-A
R
EFF :
301-302, 23-32-00
Page 206
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 252-299,
Subtask 23-32-00-869-052
A. Replacement of the Audio Cassettes
(1) Remove the PRAM reproducer.
(a) Loosen the nuts (3) at the front of the rack (2).
(b) Lower the nuts (3) from the lugs (7).
(c) Pull the PRAM reproducer (8) on its rack (2) to disconnect the
electrical connectors (1).
(d) Remove the PRAM reproducer (8).
(2) Disengage the latches (5) and open the doors (4) on the two sides of
the reproducer (8).
(3) Remove the audio cassettes (9) from the cassette drives.
(4) Install the new audio cassettes (9) in the cassette drives.
NOTE : Make sure that the identification label on each audio cassette
____
agrees with the identification label on the doors next to each
cassette drive (6).
Make sure that you can see the identification label on the
cassettes after installation.
(5) Close the doors (4) on the two sides of the PRAM reproducer (8) and
let the latches (5) engage.
(6) Install the PRAM reproducer
(a) Install the PRAM reproducer (8) on its rack (2).
(b) Engage the nuts (3) on the lugs (7) and tighten them.
R
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 207
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 051-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-32-00-869-052-B
A. Loading of the new Announcement/Boarding Music files
(1) Open, safety and tag this (these) circuit breaker (s): 2RX
(2) Release the quick-release fastener (4) and open the access door (3)
on the front panel of the PRAM (1).
(3) Insert the new flash memory card (2) into the slot on the front panel
of the PRAM (1).Make sure that you insert the card correctly.
(4) Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these)
circuit breaker(s):
2RX
(5) On the front panel of the PRAM (1) push the SELECT pushbutton switch.
(a) The PRAM initializes for about 1 minute.
(b) The display on the front panel of the PRAM (1) shows the ID
number of the flash memory card (2) (for example 001, 012, 034).
(6) On the front panel of the PRAM (1) push the SELECT pushbutton switch.
(a) The display shows SCH and the PRAM (1) deletes the old files, if
instructed from the flash memory card (2).
(b) The PRAM (1) then automatically downloads the new files from the
flash memory card (2).
(c) The display on the front panel of the PRAM (1) shows in this
sequence:
- 001 to 512
- E-P
- D-1 to D-4
- 12A, 12B, 34A and 34B
- PRO.
NOTE : The display on the front panel of the PRAM (1) shows the
____
actual download file until the download has finished (for
example 12A for boarding music).
The time for the download can be ten minutes.
R
EFF :
051-199, 303-399, 23-32-00
Page 208
Nov 01/06
THY
(7) When the display on the front panel of the PRAM (1) shows END, remove
the flash memory card (2) from the PRAM (1).
(8) Close the access door (3) on the front panel of the PRAM (1) and lock
the quick-release fastener (4).
(9) Open and close the C/B 2RX to reset and initialise the system.
**ON A/C 301-302,
Subtask 23-32-00-869-052-A
A. Replacement of the Audio Cassettes
(1) Release the quick-release fastener (4) and open the door (3) on the
front of the PRAM reproducer (1).
(2) Remove the audio cassette (2) from the cassette drive.
(3) Install the new audio cassette (2) in the cassette drive.
NOTE : Make sure that you can see the identification label on the
____
cassette after installation.
(4) Close the door (3) on the front of the PRAM reproducer (1) and lock
the quick- release fastener (4).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
Subtask 23-32-00-865-053
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2RX
Subtask 23-32-00-860-050
C. Do the initialization procedure (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-002)
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 209
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-32-00-710-056
D. Do the test of the prerecorded announcement/boarding music operation of
the PRAM reproducer (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-700-001) and (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-
710-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-32-00-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 210
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
TASK 23-32-00-860-002
Initialization of the Prerecorded Anouncement and Boarding Music (PRAM)
Reproducer
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
- To Set the Audio Cassette(s) to the Starting Position
- To Inform the PRAM Reproducer about the Contents of the Audio Cassette(s)
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-32-00-700-001 Test of the Prerecorded Announcement Operation of the
Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM)
Reproducer
23-32-00-860-001 Replacement of the Sound Recording Medium of the
Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM)
Reproducer
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-00-861-051
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-32-00
Page 211
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-32-00-865-054-A
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM-PRAM 2RX 07 F
**ON A/C 007-008,
Subtask 23-32-00-865-054-B
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PRAM 2RX 01 D
R **ON A/C 009-049, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
Subtask 23-32-00-865-054
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PRAM 2RX 01 E
R **ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
Subtask 23-32-00-010-051
C. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at zone 128.
(2) Open the access door 824.
R
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-32-00
Page 212
Nov 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-32-00-820-050
D. Preparation for Initialization
(1) Make sure that in the avionics compartment the audio cassette(s)
is(are) installed correctly in the PRAM reproducer (10RX). (Ref. TASK
23-32-00-860-001)
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 252-299,
Subtask 23-32-00-860-053-A
A. Initialization of the PRAM Reproducer
(1) Open the C/B CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM (2RX) on the C/B panel
2000VU.
(2) Close the C/B CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM (2RX) on C/B panel
2000VU to reset the PRAM reproducer 10RX.
(3) Make sure that in the avionics compartment on the PRAM reproducer
10RX the upper rotary selector MUSIC CH SELECT is in the REMOTE
position.
(4) Make sure that all displays on the audio module of the Forward
Attendant Panel (FAP) 120RH show 0.
(5) Make sure that the cursor on the audio module of the FAP 120RH is in
the MEMO 1 position.
(6) In the avionics compartment on the PRAM reproducer 10RX, turn the
lower rotary selector TEST to the TAPE INITIAL position.
(7) Wait for a minimum of 6 seconds.
(8) Make sure that the ON ANNOUNCE display on the audio module of the FAP
shows 0 and the BGM display shows 1.
(9) In the avionics compartment on the PRAM reproducer 10RX, turn the
lower rotary selector TEST to the NORMAL position.
(10) Make sure that on the audio module of the FAP the ON ANNOUNCE display
shows I-I to indicate that the initialization is in progress.
R
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-32-00
Page 213
Nov 01/06
THY
(11) Wait for up to 6 minutes.
(12) Make sure that after the initialization is completed:
- the cursor on the audio module of the FAP 120RH is in the MEMO 1
position
- the I-I indication on the ON ANNOUNCE display goes off and a
number is shown in its place.
**ON A/C 301-302,
Subtask 23-32-00-860-053-B
A. Initialization of the PRAM Reproducer
(1) Open the C/B PRAM (2RX) on the C/B panel 2000VU.
(2) Close the C/B PRAM (2RX) on C/B panel 2000VU to reset the PRAM
reproducer 10RX.
(3) Make sure that on the audio module of the FAP the ON ANNOUNCE display
on the audio module of the FAP shows INI to indicate that the
initialization is in progress.
(4) Wait for up to 6 minutes.
(5) Make sure that after the initialization is completed:
- the cursor on the audio module of the FAP 120RH is in the MEMO 1
position
- the I-I indication on the ON ANNOUNCE display goes off and a
number is shown in its place.
R
R **ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
Subtask 23-32-00-720-051
B. Do the test of the prerecorded announcement operation of the PRAM
reproducer (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-700-001).
R
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-32-00
Page 214
Nov 01/06
THY
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-32-00-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door 824.
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
Subtask 23-32-00-862-051
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
R
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-32-00
Page 215
Nov 01/06
THY
ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_____________________________________________________________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
TASK 23-32-00-700-001
Test of the Prerecorded Announcement Operation of the Prerecorded Announcement
and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
NOTE : The AMM tash is applicable only if the PRAM unit installed and function
____
selected thru CAM programming.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-32-00-860-002 Initialization of the Prerecorded Anouncement and
Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-32-00
Page 501
Aug 01/06
THY
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-00-861-050
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-32-00-865-051-B
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM/PRAM 2RX 07 F
**ON A/C 007-008,
Subtask 23-32-00-865-051-C
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PRAM 1RX 01 D
**ON A/C 009-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
Subtask 23-32-00-865-051-A
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PRAM 1RX 01 E
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 502
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-32-00-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PRAM 2RX 01 E
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-32-00-865-056
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 054-199,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
49VU AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN1 11WQ C06
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 2 155RH G05
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 1 154RH G04
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/ACTUATION 7WR HA08
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/CTL AND WARN 1WR HA02
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 503
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 007-007, 051-053,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH G02
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
49VU COM/CIDS/FWD ATTND PNL/ESS 171RH H01
**ON A/C 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
49VU COM DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-049,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R AFT 168RH M14
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L AFT 167RH M13
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID 166RH M12
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID 165RH M11
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 054-199,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD 164RH M10
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M09
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M08
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-049,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/PROG &/TST PNL 161RH M07
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 054-199,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M06
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M05
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 504
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-008,
121VU COM /CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL 170RH Q14
**ON A/C 007-007, 201-249, 301-302,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL 170RH M14
**ON A/C 007-007, 051-053,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R AFT 168RH M13
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L AFT 167RH M12
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID 166RH M11
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID 165RH M10
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD 164RH M09
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M08
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M07
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/PROG AND TST PNL 161RH M06
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH M05
**ON A/C 009-049,
121VU COM /CIDS/FLT ATTND/PNL 170RH Q14
**ON A/C 051-053, 252-299, 303-399,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL 170RH Q14
R
**ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
121VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1/BAT 147RH P13
121VU COM/CIDS/BAT/CTL 148RH P12
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R AFT 168RH M12
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 505
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L AFT 167RH M11
121VU COM/FAP1/NORM 170RH Q14
**ON A/C 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID 166RH M13
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID 165RH M12
**ON A/C 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD 164RH M11
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M10
**ON A/C 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M09
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/PROG &/TST PNL 161RH M08
**ON A/C 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M07
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M06
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
122VU AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN2 12WQ T18
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 506
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-32-00-865-059
D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/ACTUATION 6WR HA07
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/ACTUATION 5WR HA06
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/ACTUATION 4WR HA05
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/CTL AND WARN 3WR HA04
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/CTL AND WARN 2WR HA03
R **ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
Subtask 23-32-00-860-051
E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK
23-73-00-861-001).
(2) Do the initialization procedure of the Prerecorded Announcement and
Boarding Music (PRAM) reproducer 10RX (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-002).
(3) In the cabin, on each emergency oxygen container, pull the door stops
and turn them 90 degrees to the test position.
R **ON A/C 051-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-32-00-860-051-A
E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK
23-73-00-861-001).
(2) In the cabin, on each emergency oxygen container, pull the door stops
and turn them 90 degrees to the test position.
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 507
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-32-00-710-050-A
A. Test of the Prerecorded Announcement Operation
NOTE : The subsequent procedure is a general test. The prerecorded
____
announcements are normally established by the operator in
accordance with the PRAM-Vendor. Therefore the prerecorded
announcement numbers may be different.
NOTE : You can check the announcement only if they are recorded.
____
(1) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the circuit breaker panel On the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP)
2000VU: 120RH, prerecorded announcement
- close the circuit breaker CAB section:
COM SYSTEM PRAM (2RX). - all displays show 0.
- the cursor is in the MEMO 1 position.
2. On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded
announcement section: announcement section:
- set the announcement 1 to MEMO - the MEMO 1 display shows 1.
1 and push the ENTER pushbutton - the cursor moves to the MEMO 2
switch. position.
- after some seconds the READY light
comes on.
3. On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded
announcement section: announcement section:
- set the announcement 2 to MEMO - the MEMO 2 display shows 2.
2 and push the ENTER pushbutton - the cursor moves to the MEMO 3
switch. position.
4. On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded
announcement section: announcement section:
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 508
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- set the announcement 3 to MEMO - the MEMO 3 display shows 3.
3 and push the ENTER pushbutton - the cursor moves to the MEMO 1
switch. position.
5. On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded
announcement section: announcement section:
- push the START NEXT pushbutton - the number shown on the MEMO 1
switch. display moves to the ON ANNOUNCE
display.
- the number shown on the MEMO 2
display moves to the MEMO 1 display.
- the number shown on the MEMO 3
display moves to the MEMO 2 display.
- the MEMO 3 display shows 0.
In the cabin and the lavatories:
- you can hear the announcement 1 from
the loudspeakers.
NOTE : After an announcement has finished the ON ANNOUNCE display shows 0.
____
6. On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded In the cabin and the lavatories:
announcement section: - you can hear the announcements 2 and
- push the START ALL pushbutton 3 from the loudspeakers in sequence.
switch.
On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded
announcement section:
- the READY light goes off.
7. On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded
announcement section: announcement section:
- set the announcement 1 to MEMO - the MEMO 1 display shows 1.
1 and push the ENTER pushbutton - after some seconds the READY light
switch. comes on.
8. On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded
announcement section: announcement section:
- push the START NEXT pushbutton - the number shown on the MEMO 1
switch and before the display moves to the ON ANNOUNCE
announcement has finished push display.
the STOP pushbutton switch.
In the cabin and the lavatories:
EFF :
001-006, 23-32-00
Page 509
Feb 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- you can hear the announcement 1 from
the loudspeakers until you push the
STOP pushbutton switch.
On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded
announcement section:
- the ON ANNOUNCE display shows 0.
9. On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded
announcement section: announcement section:
- set the announcement 350 to - the MEMO 1 display shows 350.
MEMO 1.
10. On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded
announcement section: announcement section:
- push the ENTER pushbutton - the MEMO 1 display shows E and
switch. after some seconds the display
changes to 0.
11. On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded
announcement section: announcement section:
- set the announcement 1 to MEMO - the shown announcement on the MEMO 1
1 and push the CLEAR display changes from 1 to 0.
pushbutton.
12. On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded
announcement section: announcement section:
- set the announcement 2 to MEMO - the MEMO 1 display shows 2.
1 and push the ENTER - after some seconds the READY light
pushbutton switch. comes on.
13. On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded
announcement section: announcement section:
- push the START NEXT pushbutton - the number shown on the MEMO 1
switch. display moves to the ON ANNOUNCE
display.
- the MEMO 1 display shows 0.
In the cabin and the lavatories:
- you can hear the announcement 2 from
the loudspeakers.
On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded
announcement section:
R
EFF :
001-006, 23-32-00
Page 510
Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the READY light goes off.
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
Subtask 23-32-00-710-050-B
A. Test of the Prerecorded Announcement Operation
NOTE : The subsequent procedure is a general test. The prerecorded
____
announcements are normally established by the operator in
accordance with the PRAM-Vendor. Therefore the prerecorded
announcement numbers may be different.
NOTE : You can check the announcement only if they are recorded.
____
(1) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the circuit breaker panel On the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP)
2000VU: 120RH, prerecorded announcement
- close the circuit breaker PRAM section:
(2RX). - all displays show 0.
- the cursor is in the MEMO 1 position.
2. On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded
announcement section: announcement section:
- set the announcement 1 to MEMO - the MEMO 1 display shows 1.
1 and push the ENTER pushbutton - the cursor moves to the MEMO 2
switch. position.
- after some seconds the READY light
comes on.
3. On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded
announcement section: announcement section:
- set the announcement 2 to MEMO - the MEMO 2 display shows 2.
2 and push the ENTER pushbutton - the cursor moves to the MEMO 3
switch. position.
4. On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded
announcement section: announcement section:
R
EFF :
301-302,
001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 511
Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- set the announcement 3 to MEMO - the MEMO 3 display shows 3.
3 and push the ENTER pushbutton - the cursor moves to the MEMO 1
switch. position.
5. On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded
announcement section: announcement section:
- push the START NEXT pushbutton - the number shown on the MEMO 1
switch. display moves to the ON ANNOUNCE
display.
- the number shown on the MEMO 2
display moves to the MEMO 1 display.
- the number shown on the MEMO 3
display moves to the MEMO 2 display.
- the MEMO 3 display shows 0.
In the cabin and the lavatories:
- you can hear the announcement 1 from
the loudspeakers.
NOTE : After an announcement has finished the ON ANNOUNCE display shows 0.
____
6. On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded In the cabin and the lavatories:
announcement section: - you can hear the announcements 2 and
- push the START ALL pushbutton 3 from the loudspeakers in sequence.
switch.
On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded
announcement section:
- the READY light goes off.
7. On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded
announcement section: announcement section:
- set the announcement 1 to MEMO - the MEMO 1 display shows 1.
1 and push the ENTER pushbutton - after some seconds the READY light
switch. comes on.
8. On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded
announcement section: announcement section:
- push the START NEXT pushbutton - the number shown on the MEMO 1
switch and before the display moves to the ON ANNOUNCE
announcement has finished push display.
the STOP pushbutton switch.
In the cabin and the lavatories:
R
EFF :
301-302,
007-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 512
Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- you can hear the announcement 1 from
the loudspeakers until you push the
STOP pushbutton switch.
On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded
announcement section:
- the ON ANNOUNCE display shows 0.
9. On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded
announcement section: announcement section:
- set the announcement 350 to - the MEMO 1 display shows 350.
MEMO 1.
10. On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded
announcement section: announcement section:
- push the ENTER pushbutton - the MEMO 1 display shows E and
switch. after some seconds the display
changes to 0.
11. On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded
announcement section: announcement section:
- set the announcement 1 to MEMO - the shown announcement on the MEMO 1
1 and push the CLEAR display changes from 1 to 0.
pushbutton.
12. On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded
announcement section: announcement section:
- set the announcement 2 to MEMO - the MEMO 1 display shows 2.
1 and push the ENTER - after some seconds the READY light
pushbutton switch. comes on.
13. On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded
announcement section: announcement section:
- push the START NEXT pushbutton - the number shown on the MEMO 1
switch. display moves to the ON ANNOUNCE
display.
- the MEMO 1 display shows 0.
In the cabin and the lavatories:
- you can hear the announcement 2 from
the loudspeakers.
On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded
announcement section:
R
EFF :
301-302,
007-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 513
Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the READY light goes off.
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-32-00-710-050
A. Test of the Pre-recorded Announcement
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Flight Attendant Panel On the FAP 120RH:
(FAP) 120RH:
- push the Audio key. - the Audio key is highlighted by
colour change.
- the display shows the AUDIO page.
2. On the FAP 120RH: On the FAP 120RH:
- set an announcement number on - the announcement number is shown in
the numeric keyboard and push the SELECT display
the ENTER key. - after a short time the message FOUND
and the announcement number included
is shown on the MEMO 1 display.
3. On the FAP 120RH: On the FAP 120RH:
- do the same procedure for - the status FOUND and the announcement
approximately five numbers of all entered announcements
announcements. are shown on the MEMO displays.
4. On the FAP 120RH: On the FAP 120RH:
- set an announcement from the - the set announcement is highlighted
MEMO display through the Up or by color change.
Down key.
5. On the FAP 120RH: On the FAP 120RH:
- push the Play Next key. - the set announcement number moves
into the ON ANNOUNCE display.
R
EFF :
301-399,
007-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 514
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the cabin:
- the announcement is heard from all
the cabin and lavatory loudspeakers.
6. On the FAP 120RH: On the FAP 120RH:
- push the Stop key, before the - the announcement stops
announcement is completed. - on the ON ANNOUNCE display the
announced number goes out of view.
7. On the FAP 120RH: On the FAP 120RH:
- push the Play All key. - the announcements from the MEMO
displays play one after another and
afterwards the announced number goes
out of view.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
Subtask 23-32-00-710-058-A
B. Test of the Emergency Announcement
NOTE : Make sure that the door stops on the emergency oxygen containers
____
are pulled out and turned to the TEST position.
NOTE : You can check the announcement only if they are recorded.
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. MASK MAN ON pushbutton
CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH IN THE MASK MAN ON PUSHBUTTON SWITCH 14WR FOR MORE
_______
THAN 5 SECONDS.
2. On the cockpit overhead panel On the cockpit overhead panel 21VU,
21VU, oxygen control section: oxygen control section:
- lift the guard and push the - the PASSENGER SYS ON light on the
oxygen MASK MAN ON pushbutton. right side of the MASK MAN ON switch
comes on.
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 515
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the cabin:
- the automatic emergency announcement
is heard from all the cabin and
lavatory loudspeakers.
3. On the cockpit overhead panel On the cockpit overhead panel 21VU,
50VU, oxygen control section: oxygen control section.
- push the OXYGEN TMR RES - the PASSENGER SYS ON light on the
pushbutton. right side of the MASK MAN ON switch
goes off.
In the cabin:
- the automatic emergency announcement
stops.
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-32-00-710-058
B. Test of the Emergency Announcement
NOTE : Make sure that the door stops on the emergency oxygen containers
____
are pulled out and turned to the TEST position.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. MASK MAN ON pushbutton
CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH IN THE MASK MAN ON PUSHBUTTON SWITCH 14WR FOR MORE
_______
THAN 5 SECONDS.
2. On the cockpit overhead panel On the cockpit overhead panel 21VU,
21VU, OXYGEN control section: oxygen control section:
- lift the guard and push the - the SYS ON light on the right side of
oxygen MASK MAN ON pushbutton. the MASK MAN ON switch comes on.
On the FAP 120RH :
- the message AUTO (name of the
decompression announcements) is shown
on the ON ANNOUNCE display.
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 516
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the cabin:
- the automatic emergency announcement
is heard from all the cabin and
lavatory loudspeakers.
On the FAP:
- when the automatic emergency
announcement is completed, the AUTO
messages go off.
3. On the cockpit overhead panel On the cockpit overhead panel 21VU,
50VU, oxygen control section: OXYGEN control section.
- push the OXYGEN/TMR RES - the SYS ON light on the right side of
pushbutton. the MAN ON switch goes off.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-32-00-410-052
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Push the doors of the emergency oxygen container to the closed
position until they engage.
(3) On the emergency oxygen containers turn the door stops to the normal
position and let them retract into their containers.
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 517
Aug 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-32-00-865-060
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/ACTUATION 6WR HA07
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/ACTUATION 5WR HA06
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/ACTUATION 4WR HA05
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/CTL AND WARN 3WR HA04
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/CTL AND WARN 2WR HA03
Subtask 23-32-00-862-050
C. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 518
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399, 901-901,
TASK 23-32-00-710-002
Test of the Boarding Music Operation of the Prerecorded Announcement and
Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-32-00-860-002 Initialization of the Prerecorded Anouncement and
Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-32-00-861-052
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-32-00
Page 519
Aug 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-32-00-865-055
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 054-199,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
49VU AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN1 11WQ C06
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 2 155RH G05
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 1 154RH G04
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
**ON A/C 007-007, 051-053,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH G02
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
49VU COM/CIDS/FWD ATTND PNL/ESS 171RH H01
**ON A/C 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
49VU COM DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 520
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-049,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R AFT 168RH M14
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L AFT 167RH M13
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID 166RH M12
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID 165RH M11
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 054-199,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD 164RH M10
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M09
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M08
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-049,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/PROG &/TST PNL 161RH M07
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 054-199,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M06
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M05
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-008,
121VU COM /CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL 170RH Q14
**ON A/C 007-007, 201-249, 301-302,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL 170RH M14
**ON A/C 007-007, 051-053,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R AFT 168RH M13
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L AFT 167RH M12
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID 166RH M11
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID 165RH M10
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD 164RH M09
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 301-302, 23-32-00
Page 521
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M08
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M07
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/PROG AND TST PNL 161RH M06
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH M05
**ON A/C 009-049,
121VU COM /CIDS/FLT ATTND/PNL 170RH Q14
**ON A/C 051-053, 252-299, 303-399,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL 170RH Q14
R
**ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
121VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1/BAT 147RH P13
121VU COM/CIDS/BAT/CTL 148RH P12
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R AFT 168RH M12
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L AFT 167RH M11
121VU COM/FAP1/NORM 170RH Q14
**ON A/C 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID 166RH M13
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID 165RH M12
**ON A/C 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD 164RH M11
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M10
R
EFF : 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 201-249,
252-299, 301-399,
23-32-00
Page 522
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M09
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/PROG &/TST PNL 161RH M08
**ON A/C 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M07
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M06
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
122VU AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN2 12WQ T18
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-32-00-865-061-A
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM/PRAM 1RX 07 F
**ON A/C 007-008,
Subtask 23-32-00-865-061-C
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PRAM 1RX 01 D
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 523
Aug 01/06
R
THY
**ON A/C 009-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
Subtask 23-32-00-865-061-B
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PRAM 1RX 01 E
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399, 901-901,
Subtask 23-32-00-865-061
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PRAM 2RX 01 E
R **ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
Subtask 23-32-00-860-052
D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK
23-73-00-861-001).
(2) Do the initialization procedure of the Prerecorded Announcement and
Boarding Music (PRAM) reproducer (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-002).
R **ON A/C 051-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-32-00-860-052-A
D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK
23-73-00-861-001).
EFF : 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-32-00
Page 524
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399, 901-901,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
Subtask 23-32-00-710-055-A
A. Test of the Boarding Music Operation
NOTE : You can check the announcements only if they are recorded.
____
(1) Do this test.
NOTE : After the selection of a new boarding music channel it may
____
take some seconds before you can hear the music of the new
boarding music channel from the loudspeakers.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Forward Attendant Panel On the FAP 120RH, music section:
(FAP) 120RH, music section: - the light in the MUSIC ON/OFF
- push the MUSIC ON/OFF pushbutton switch comes on.
pushbutton switch. - the channel 1 is shown on the MUSIC
channel display.
In the cabin and the lavatories:
- you can hear the channel 1 music from
the loudspeakers.
2. On the FAP 120RH, music section:
- push the MUSIC SEL pushbutton On the FAP 120RH, music section:
switch. - the channel 2 is shown on the MUSIC
channel display.
In the cabin and the lavatories:
- you can hear the channel 2 music from
the loudspeakers.
3. On the FAP 120RH, music section: On the FAP 120RH, music section:
- push the MUSIC SEL pushbutton - the channel 3 is shown on the MUSIC
switch. channel display.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-32-00
Page 525
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the cabin and the lavatories:
- you can hear the channel 3 music from
the loudspeakers.
4. On the FAP 120RH, music section: On the FAP 120RH, music section:
- push the MUSIC SEL pushbutton - the channel 4 is shown on the MUSIC
switch. channel display.
In the cabin and the lavatories:
- you can hear the channel 4 music from
the loudspeakers.
5. On the FAP 120RH, music section: On the FAP 120RH, music section:
- push the MUSIC SEL pushbutton - the channel 1 is shown on the MUSIC
switch. channel display.
In the cabin and the lavatories:
- you can hear the channel 1 music from
the loudspeakers.
6. On the FAP 120RH, music section: On the FAP 120RH, music section:
- push the (-) pushbutton switch. - the LEDs on the MUSIC volume display
show the new volume level.
In the cabin and the lavatories:
- the volume level of the music
decreases.
7. On the FAP 120RH, music section: On the FAP 120RH, music section:
- push the (+) pushbutton switch. - the LEDs on the MUSIC volume display
show the new volume level.
In the cabin and the lavatories:
- the volume level of the music
increases.
8. On the FAP 120RH, music section: On the FAP 120RH, music section:
- push the MUSIC ON/OFF - the light in the MUSIC ON/OFF
pushbutton switch. pushbutton switch goes off.
In the cabin and the lavatories:
- the channel 1 music stops.
R
EFF :
301-302,
001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 526
Feb 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-32-00-710-055
A. Test of the Boarding Music
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R 1. On the FAP 120 RH, BOARDING On the FAP 120 RH, BOARDING MUSIC/BMG1
R MUSIC/BMG1 area: area:
R - touch the ON/OFF icon. - the ON/OFF softkey is highlighted by
R colour change.
On the FAP 120RH, Boarding Music
aircraft symbol:
R - the BGM1/CHAN. display shows the last
R set BGM channel.
In the cabin:
R - you hear the BGM from all the
R passenger and the lavatory
R loudspeakers.
R 2. On the FAP, BOARDING On the FAP, BOARDING MUSIC aircraft
R MUSIC/BGM1/CHAN. area: symbol:
R - set a BGM channel via up and - the BGM 1/CHAN display shows the
R down arrow softkeys. related BGM channel.
In the cabin:
R - you hear the related BGM channel from
R all the passenger and the lavatory
R loudspeakers.
R 3. On the FAP, BOARDING MUSIC/BGM 1 On the FAP, BOARDING MUSIC aircraft
R area: symbol:
R - do the same procedure for the - the BGM1/CHAN. display shows the
R other BGM channels. related BGM channel.
In the cabin:
R - you hear the related BGM channel from
R all the passenger and the lavatory
R loudspeakers.
R 4. On the FAP, BOARDING On the FAP, BOARDING MUSIC aircraft
R MUSIC/BGM1/VOL. area: symbol:
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-32-00
Page 527
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - touch the up arrow softkey: - BGM1/VOL. display shows the volume
R level.
In the cabin:
R - the volume level of the BGM
R increases.
R 5. On the FAP, BOARDING On the FAP, BOARDING MUSIC aircraft
R MUSIC/BGM1/VOL. area: symbol:
R - touch the down arrow softkey: - BGM1/VOL. display shows the volume
R level.
In the cabin:
R - the volume level of the BGM
R decreases.
R 6. On the FAP 120 RH, BOARDING On the FAP 120 RH, BOARDING MUSIC/BMG1
R MUSIC/BMG1 area: area:
R - touch the ON/OFF button.
R
R - the ON/OFF softkey is In the cabin:
R highlighted by colour change. - the BGM stops.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399, 901-901,
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-32-00-942-054
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF : 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-32-00
Page 528
Nov 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-32-00-862-053
B. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-00
Page 529
Aug 01/06
THY
TAPE REPRODUCER - ANNOUNCEMENT/ MUSIC (10RX) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-32-34-000-001
Removal of the Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer (10RX)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-32-00-860-001 Replacement of the Sound Recording Medium of the
Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM)
Reproducer
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
23-32-34-991-001 Fig. 401
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-34
Page 401
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-34-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-006, 009-049,
R 2000VU PRAM 2RX D01
**ON A/C 007-008, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
R
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-32-34-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 824 in zone
128.
(2) Open the access door 824.
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-32-34-991-001)
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-34
Page 402
Nov 01/06
THY
Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer
Figure 401/TASK 23-32-34-991-001
EFF :
301-302,
001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-34
Page 403
May 01/06
R
THY
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-32-34-020-050
A. Removal of the Announcement/Music tape Reproducer
(1) Remove the audio cassettes (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-001).
(2) Loosen the nuts (3) on the front of the rack (2).
(3) Lower the nuts (3).
(4) Pull the reproducer (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the electrical
connectors (1).
(5) Remove the reproducer (5).
(6) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (1).
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-34
Page 404
Aug 01/06
THY
TASK 23-32-34-400-001
Installation of the Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer (10RX)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-32-00-700-001 Test of the Prerecorded Announcement Operation of the
Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM)
Reproducer
23-32-00-710-002 Test of the Boarding Music Operation of the
Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM)
Reproducer
23-32-00-860-001 Replacement of the Sound Recording Medium of the
Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM)
Reproducer
23-32-00-860-002 Initialization of the Prerecorded Anouncement and
Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
23-32-34-991-001 Fig. 401
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-34
Page 405
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-34-860-051
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
824 in zone 128.
(2) Make sure that the access door 824 is open.
Subtask 23-32-34-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-006, 009-049,
R 2000VU PRAM 2RX D01
**ON A/C 007-008, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
R
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-32-34-991-001)
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-34
Page 406
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-32-34-420-050
A. Installation of the Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are clean and in the
correct condition.
(5) Install the reproducer (5) on its rack (2).
(6) Push the reproducer (5) on its rack (2) to connect the electrical
connectors (1).
(7) Engage the nuts (3) on the lugs (4) and tighten.
(8) Install the audio cassettes (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-001).
Subtask 23-32-34-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2RX
Subtask 23-32-34-860-050
C. Install a new cassette (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-001) and do the
initialization procedure (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-002).
Subtask 23-32-34-710-050
D. Do the operational tests:
(1) The Test of the Boarding Music Operation (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-710-
002).
(2) The Test of the Prerecorder Announcement (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-700-
001).
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-34
Page 407
Aug 01/06
THY
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-32-34-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-32-34
Page 408
Aug 01/06
THY
FLASHCARD - INTEGRATED PRAM - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________
TASK 23-32-36-000-001
Removal of the Integrated PRAM Flashcard (117RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-36-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 054-199,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
49VU COM/CIDS/FWD ATTND PNL/ESS 171RH H01
**ON A/C 303-399,
49VU COM DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-32-36
Page 401
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
121VU COM/CIDS/DIR 2/BAT 146RH P14
121VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1/BAT 147RH P13
121VU COM/CIDS/FLT ATTND PANL/BAT 149RH Q13
**ON A/C 054-199,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M06
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M05
121VU COM/FAP1/NORM 170RH Q14
**ON A/C 303-399,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M07
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M06
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL 170RH Q14
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-32-36
Page 402
Nov 01/06
THY
TASK 23-32-36-400-001
Installation of the Integrated PRAM Flashcard (117RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
Not Applicable
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-36-865-051
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 054-199,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
49VU COM/CIDS/FWD ATTND PNL/ESS 171RH H01
**ON A/C 303-399,
49VU COM DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
**ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
121VU COM/CIDS/DIR 2/BAT 146RH P14
121VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1/BAT 147RH P13
121VU COM/CIDS/FLT ATTND PANL/BAT 149RH Q13
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-32-36
Page 403
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 054-199,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M06
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M05
121VU COM/FAP1/NORM 170RH Q14
**ON A/C 303-399,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M07
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M06
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL 170RH Q14
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-32-36-865-052
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
146RH, 147RH, 149RH, 150RH, 151RH, 156RH, 157RH, 170RH, 171RH.
5. Close-up
________
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-32-36
Page 404
Nov 01/06
THY
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT (MUSIC) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
**ON A/C 007-007, 252-299,
The Multiplex Passenger Entertainment System (MPES) plays prerecorded audio
entertainment programs for the passengers. Each passenger can select
entertainment programs which are heard over a headset.
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
The Passenger Entertainment System Music (PES Music) transmits pre-recorded
audio programs to the passengers. The passengers can hear the audio programs
through headsets, connected to the Passenger Control Units (PCU). Through
the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS), the audio program is heard
from the cabin Passenger Address (PA) loudspeakers as Boarding Music (BGM).
The PES Music also transmits the video sound and the PA announcement sound
to the passengers.
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
2. __________________
Component Location
**ON A/C 007-007, 252-299,
**ON A/C 007-007, 253-299,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
**ON A/C 252-252,
(Ref. Fig. 001B)
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 1
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Component Location
Figure 001 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
007-007, 253-299, 23-33-00
Page 2
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
Component Location
Figure 001 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
007-007, 253-299, 23-33-00
Page 3
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
Main Multiplexer and Audio Reproducer - Component Location
Figure 001A
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 4
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
23-33-00
Page 5
Config-1 May 01/06
THY
Component Location
R Figure 001B (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
252-252, 23-33-00
Page 6
Config-1 May 01/06
THY
Component Location
R Figure 001B (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
252-252, 23-33-00
Page 7
Config-1 May 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-007, 252-299,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANEL I ZONE I ACCESS
I I I I DOOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8MK MAIN MULTIPLEXER 88VU 128
10MK AUDIO REPRODUCER 88VU 128
50MK WALL DISCONNECT BOX 200
100MK SEAT ELECTRONIC BOX 200
200MK PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT 200
201MK PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT 200
800MK RELAY 2000VU 220
801MK RELAY 2000VU 220
120RH ATTENDANT PANEL - FORWARD 221
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 001A)
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R (Ref. Fig. 002)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 002B)
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-100, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 8
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANEL I ZONE I ACCESS
I I I I DOOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8MK MAIN MULTIPLEXER 88VU 128
10MK AUDIO REPRODUCER 88VU 128
50MK WALL DISCONNECT BOX 200
100MK SEAT ELECTRONIC BOX 200
202MK PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT 200
204MK REMOTE TRANSDUCER 200
800MK RELAY 2000VU 220
801MK RELAY 187VU 128
120RH FLIGHT ATTENDANT PANEL 221
**ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 001A, 002A)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANEL I ZONE I ACCESS
I I I I DOOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8MK MAIN MULTIPLEXER 88VU 128
10MK AUDIO REPRODUCER 88VU 128
50MK WALL DISCONNECT BOX 200
100MK SEAT ELECTRONIC BOX 200
201MK PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT 200
202MK PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT 200
800MK RELAY 2000VU 220
801MK RELAY 187VU 128
120RH ATTENDANT PANEL - FORWARD 221
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
3. __________________
System Description
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 9
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R Seat Equipment of the PES Music and Flight Attendant Panel (Audio page ) -
R Component Location
R Figure 002 (SHEET 1)
R EFF :
054-100,
23-33-00 Page 10
Config-1 May 01/06
THY
R Seat Equipment of the PES Music and Flight Attendant Panel (Audio page ) -
R Component Location
R Figure 002 (SHEET 2)
R EFF :
054-100,
23-33-00 Page 11
Config-1 May 01/06
THY
R Seat Equipment of the PES Music and Flight Attendant Panel (Audio page ) -
R Component Location
R Figure 002A (SHEET 1)
R EFF :
101-199,
23-33-00 Page 12
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R Seat Equipment of the PES Music and Flight Attendant Panel (Audio page ) -
R Component Location
R Figure 002A (SHEET 2)
R EFF :
101-199,
23-33-00 Page 13
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R Seat Equipment of the PES Music and Flight Attendant Panel (Audio page ) -
R Component Location
R Figure 002B (SHEET 1)
R EFF :
303-399,
23-33-00 Page 14
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R Seat Equipment of the PES Music and Flight Attendant Panel (Audio page ) -
R Component Location
R Figure 002B (SHEET 2)
R EFF :
303-399,
23-33-00 Page 15
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-007, 253-299,
(Ref. Fig. 003)
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 004)
R **ON A/C 253-299,
R (Ref. Fig. 004C)
**ON A/C 007-007, 253-299,
A. BITE System
The BITE system is assembled into the MPES. The Cabin Intercommunication
Data System (CIDS) (Refer to 23-73-00) commands the MPES to go into the
BITE mode. All input audio channels at the Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK are
electronically isolated from an active processing. A 400 Hz test tone is
put on each of the channels. At the Seat Electronic Box (SEB) 100MK/
Passenger Control Units (PCUs) 200MK and 201MK all channels are examined
for correct operation. Any failure data is transmitted back to the MM,
the CIDS and the Central Fault Display System (CFDS) (Refer to 31-30-00).
B. PES Power Test
When the PES power is on, the BITE automatically starts. Maintenance
persons operate this test on command from the Programming and Test Panel
(PTP) 110RH. An ARINC 429 high-speed bus transfers data between the CIDS
and the MPES.
C. Audio
Audio signals from the audio reproducer 10MK, and video audio, supply a
minimum of eighteen audio channels to the MM. Circuits in the MM process
this analog input and prepare it for conversion to digital data. These
are sent to the SEB through the Wall Disconnect Boxes (WDB) 50MK.
D. Audio Output
The SEB changes the MM digital audio, back to its original analog form.
This audio output is transmitted to the passenger headsets through the
Passenger Control Units (PCU).
R
EFF :
007-007, 253-299, 23-33-00
Page 16
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Passenger Entertainment System (PES) Interconnection
Figure 003
R
EFF :
007-007, 252-299, 23-33-00
Page 17
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Passenger Entertainment System (PES) Interconnection
Figure 003A
R
EFF :
054-100, 23-33-00
Page 18
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Passenger Entertainment System (PES) Interconnection
Figure 003B
R
EFF :
101-199, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 19
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Passenger Entertainment System (PES)
Figure 004
R
EFF :
007-007, 23-33-00
Page 20
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Passenger Entertainment System (PES)
Figure 004A
R
EFF :
054-100, 23-33-00
Page 21
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R Passenger Entertainment System (PES)
R Figure 004B
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-33-00
Page 22
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Passenger Entertainment System (PES)
R Figure 004C
R
EFF :
252-299, 23-33-00
Page 23
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
E. Channels
The audio signals in the MM can give a stereophonic channel. One
monophonic channel from the Compact Disk (CD) reproducer is programmed as
the left channel; the other monophonic channel is programmed as the right
channel. Two monophonic channels give the effect of one stereophonic
channel.
Four channels from the CD reproducer can be used to provide boarding
music over the loudspeakers in the cabin and in the lavatories.
F. Not Applicable
G. Not Applicable
H. Not Applicable
J. Not Applicable
K. Not Applicable
L. Not Applicable
**ON A/C 054-100,
(Ref. Fig. 003A, 004A)
A. BITE System
The BITE system is assembled into the IFE. The Cabin Intercommunication
Data System (CIDS) (Refer to 23-73-00) commands the IFE to go into the
BITE mode. All input audio channels at the Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK are
electronically isolated from an active processing. A 400 Hz test tone is
put on each of the channels. At the Seat Electronic Box (SEB) 100MK/
Passenger Control Units (PCU) 202MK all channels are examined for correct
operation. Any failure data is transmitted back to the MM, the CIDS and
the Central Fault Display System (CFDS) (Refer to 31-30-00).
B. PES Power Test
When the PES power is on, the BITE automatically starts. An ARINC 429
high-speed bus transfers data between the CIDS and the IFE.
C. Audio
The Audio signals from the Audio Reproducer (A/R) 10MK, and the video
audio, supply a maximum of thirty audio channels to the MM. Circuits in
the MM process this analog input and prepare it for the conversion to
digital data. These are then sent to the SEB through the Wall Disconnect
Boxes (WDB) 50MK.
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-100, 253-299, 23-33-00
Page 24
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
D. Audio Output
The SEB changes the MM digital audio back to its original analog form.
This audio output is transmitted to the passenger headsets through the
PCU.
E. Channels
The audio signals in the MM can give a stereophonic channel. One
monophonic channel from the Audio Reproducer (A/R) is programmed as the
left channel; the other monophonic channel is programmed as the right
channel. Two monophonic channels give the effect of one stereophonic
channel.
Four channels from the A/R can be used to provide boarding music over the
loudspeakers in the cabin and in the lavatories.
F. Boarding Music
Four channel nummbers can be used to provide the boarding music. The
flight attendants control the boarding music on the Flight Attendant
Panel (FAP) 120RH.
G. Passenger Address Audio
(Ref. Fig. 005A)
Three Passenger Address (PA) audio-inputs control all the IFE channels in
each applicable aircraft zone. The CIDS controls the IFE mode and permits
the use of the PA in each zone of the aircraft. The aircraft seat layout
will have an effect on this system.
H. Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) Interface (Ref. Fig. 002,005)
The ARINC 429 input data bus receives data from the CIDS directors. The
ARINC 429 output data bus also sends data to the CIDS directors. In the
Fig. 002 the CIDS has different functional interfaces. These are :
- Power ON/OFF,
- PA announcement control and seat layout data transfer to the IFE.
J. ARINC 429 Output Data Port
The IFE output data has a BITE fault data. The CIDS directors send this
data to the Center Fault Display System (CFDS) through the CIDS.
K. ARINC 429 Input Data Port
This port receives the CIDS data for the electrical location of seats (PA
override and movie/video audio). All the necessary data is stored in the
Cabin Assignment Module (CAM).
L. IFE Data Lines
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The MM controls two columns of seats on the aircraft. There are two data
busses in each column. When one is used for the multiplexed digital
audio, the other is used for service data.
R
EFF :
054-100, 23-33-00
Page 25
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R Passenger Entertainment System (PES)
R Figure 004D
EFF :
303-399, 23-33-00
Page 26
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Seat Layout
Figure 005
R
EFF :
007-007, 23-33-00
Page 27
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Seat Layout
Figure 005A
R
EFF :
054-100, 23-33-00
Page 28
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R Seat Layout
R Figure 005B
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-33-00
Page 29
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Seat Layout
R Figure 005C
R
EFF :
252-252, 23-33-00
Page 30
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Seat Layout
R Figure 005D
R
EFF :
253-299, 23-33-00
Page 31
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R Seat Layout
R Figure 005E
R
EFF :
303-399, 23-33-00
Page 32
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Main Multiplexer (MM) Block Diagram
Figure 006
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 33/34
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 003B, 004B)
R A. BITE System
R The BITE system is assembled into the IFE. The Cabin Intercommunication
R Data System (CIDS) (Refer to 23-73-00) commands the IFE to go into the
R BITE mode. All input audio channels at the Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK are
R electronically isolated from an active processing. A 400Hz test tone is
R put on each of the channels. At the Seat Electronic Box (SEB) 100MK/
R Passenger Control Units (PCU) 201MK and 202MK all channels are examined
R for correct operation. Any failure data is transmitted back to the MM,
R the CIDS and the Central Fault-Display System (CFDS) (Refer to 31-30-00).
R B. PES Power Test
R When the PES power is on, the BITE automatically starts. An ARINC 429
R high-speed bus transfers data between the CIDS and the IFE.
R C. Audio
R The Audio signals from the Audio Reproducer (A/R) 10MK, and the video
R audio, supply a maximum of 16 audio channels to the MM. Circuits in the
R MM process this analog input and prepare it for the conversion to digital
R data. These are then sent to the SEB through the Wall Disconnect Boxes
R (WDB) 50MK.
R D. Audio Output
R The SEB changes the MM digital audio back to its original analog form.
R This audio output is transmitted to the passenger headsets through the
R PCU.
R E. Channels
R The audio signals in the MM can give a stereophonic channel. One
R monophonic channel from the Audio Reproducer (A/R) is programmed as the
R left channel; the other monophonic channel is programmed as the right
R channel. Two monophonic channels give the effect of one stereophonic
R channel.
R Four channels from the A/R can be used to provide boarding music over the
R loudspeakers in the cabin and in the lavatories.
R F. Boarding Music
R Four channel numbers are used to give the boarding music. The flight
R attendants control the boarding music on the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
R 120RH.
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-33-00
Page 35
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R G. Passenger Address Audio
R (Ref. Fig. 005B)
R Three Passenger Address (PA) audio-inputs control all the IFE channels in
R each applicable aircraft zone. The CIDS controls the IFE mode and permits
R the use of the PA in each zone of the aircraft. The aircraft seat layout
R will have an effect on this system.
R H. Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) Interface (Ref. Fig. 002,005)
R The ARINC 429 input data bus receives data from the CIDS directors. The
R ARINC 429 output data bus also sends data to the CIDS directors. In the
R Fig. 002 the CIDS has different functional interfaces. These are :
R - Power ON/OFF,
R - PA announcement control and seat layout data transfer to the IFE.
R J. ARINC 429 Output Data Port
R The IFE output data has a BITE fault data. The CIDS directors send this
R data to the CFDS through the CIDS.
R K. ARINC 429 Input Data Port
R This port receives the CIDS data for the electrical location of seats (PA
R override and movie/video audio). All the necessary data is stored in the
R Cabin Assignment Module (CAM).
R L. IFE Data Lines
R (Ref. Fig. 006)
R The MM controls two columns of seats on the aircraft. There are two data
R busses in each column. When one is used for the multiplexed digital
R audio, the other is used for service data.
**ON A/C 252-252,
R (Ref. Fig. 003, 004C)
A. BITE System
The BITE system is assembled into the MPES. The Cabin Intercommunication
Data System (CIDS) (Refer to 23-73-00) commands the MPES to go into the
BITE mode. All input audio channels at the Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK are
electronically isolated from an active processing. A 400 Hz test tone is
put on each of the channels. At the Seat Electronic Box (SEB) 100MK/
Passenger Control Units (PCUs) 200MK and 201MK all channels are examined
for correct operation. Any failure data is transmitted back to the MM,
the CIDS and the Central Fault Display System (CFDS) (Refer to 31-30-00).
R
EFF :
101-199, 252-252, 23-33-00
Page 36
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
B. PES Power Test
When the PES power is on, the BITE automatically starts. Maintenance
persons operate this test on command from the Programming and Test Panel
(PTP) 110RH. An ARINC 429 high-speed bus transfers data between the CIDS
and the MPES.
C. Audio
Audio signals from the audio reproducer 10MK, and video audio, supply a
minimum of eighteen audio channels to the MM. Circuits in the MM process
this analog input and prepare it for conversion to digital data. These
are sent to the SEB through the Wall Disconnect Boxes (WDB) 50MK.
D. Audio Output
The SEB changes the MM digital audio, back to its original analog form.
This audio output is transmitted to the passenger headsets through the
Passenger Control Units (PCU).
E. Channels
The audio signals in the MM can give a stereophonic channel. One
monophonic channel from the Audio Reproducer (A/R) is programmed as the
left channel; the other monophonic channel is programmed as the right
channel. Two monophonic channels give the effect of one stereophonic
channel.
Four channels from the A/R can be used to provide boarding music over the
loudspeakers in the cabin and in the lavatories.
F. Not Applicable
G. Not Applicable
H. Not Applicable
J. Not Applicable
K. Not Applicable
L. Not Applicable
R
EFF :
252-252, 23-33-00
Page 37
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 003B, 004D)
R A. BITE
R The IFE system has a BITE function. The Cabin-Intercommunication Data
R System (CIDS) (Refer to 23-73-00) commands the IFE system to go into the
R BITE mode. All input audio channels at the Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK are
R electronically isolated from active processing. A 400Hz test tone is
R added to each of the channels. At the Seat Electronic Box (SEB) 100MK /
R Passenger Control Units (PCU) 202MK all channels are examined for correct
R operation. Any failure data is transmitted back to the MM, the CIDS and
R the Central-Fault Display System (CFDS) (Refer to 31-30-00).
R B. PES Power Test
R When the PES power is on, the BITE automatically starts. An ARINC 429
R high-speed bus transfers data between the CIDS and the IFE.
R C. Audio
R The video audio and the audio signals from the audio reproducer 10MK give
R a minimum of 22 audio channels to the MM. Circuits in the MM process the
R analog signals and convert them to digital data. The digital data is sent
R to the SEB through the Wall Disconnect Boxes (WDB) 50MK.
R D. Audio Output
R The SEB changes the digital data sent from the MM back to its original
R analog signal. This audio signal is transmitted to the passenger headsets
R through the Remote Jack Units (RJUs) 204MK connected to the PCUs.
R E. Channels
R The audio signals in the MM can give a stereophonic channel. One
R monophonic channel from the Audio Reproducer (A/R) is programmed as the
R left channel and the other monophonic channel is programmed as the right
R channel. Two monophonic channels give the effect of one stereophonic
R channel.
R Four channels from the A/R can be used to give boarding music.
R F. Boarding Music
R The flight attendants control the boarding music on the Flight Attendant
R Panel (FAP) 120RH. The boarding music is sent to loudspeakers in the
R passenger cabin.
R
EFF :
303-399, 23-33-00
Page 38
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R G. Passenger Address Audio
R (Ref. Fig. 005E)
R The Passenger Address (PA) audio-inputs control the IFE channels in an
R aircraft zone. The CIDS controls the IFE mode and the use of the PA in
R the passenger cabin. The aircraft seat layout will have an effect on this
R system.
R H. Cabin-Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) Interface
R The ARINC 429 input data bus receives data from the CIDS directors. The
R ARINC 429 output data bus also sends data to the CIDS directors. CIDS has
R different functional interfaces, these are:
R - Power ON/OFF
R - Built-In Test Equipment (BITE) information initialization and data
R transfer
R - PA announcement control and seat layout data transfer to the IFE.
R The seat layout and video and PA zone layout data is stored in the Cabin
R Assignment Module (CAM).
R J. ARINC 429 Output Data Port
R The IFE output data has a BITE fault data. The CIDS directors send this
R data to the CFDS.
R K. ARINC 429 Input Data Port
R This port receives the CIDS data for the electrical location of seats (PA
R override and movie/video audio). All the necessary data is stored in the
R Cabin Assignment Module (CAM).
R L. IFE Data Lines
R (Ref. Fig. 006)
R The MM controls two columns of seats on the aircraft. There are two data
R busses in each column. When one is used for the multiplexed digital
R audio, the other is used for service data.
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
4. ____________
Power Supply
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 39
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 007)
The busbar 210XP-A supplies 115VAC to the PES MUSIC through the circuit
breaker 21MK. The busbar 210XP-B supplies 115VAC to the PES MUSIC through
the circuit breaker 23MK and the relay 800MK. The busbar 210XP-C supplies
115VAC to the PES MUSIC through the circuit breaker 24MK and the relay
800MK. The audio reproducer and the Main Multiplexer (MM) are supplied
through the circuit breaker 21MK. This line also operates the relay 800MK.
The WDBs and SEBs and on the LH passenger compartment side are supplied
through the circuit breaker 23MK. The WDBs and SEBs on the RH passenger
compartment side are supplied through the circuit breaker 24MK.
**ON A/C 054-199,
**ON A/C 054-100,
(Ref. Fig. 007A)
**ON A/C 101-199,
(Ref. Fig. 007B)
**ON A/C 054-199,
The PES Music is supplied with 115VAC through these circuit breakers:
- 21MK - PES/MUSIC/CTL
- 23MK - PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH
R - 24MK - PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH.
**ON A/C 252-299,
(Ref. Fig. 007C)
The busbar 210XP-A supplies 115VAC to the PES MUSIC through the circuit
breaker 21MK. The busbar 210XP-B supplies 115VAC to the PES MUSIC through
the circuit breakers 22MK, 23MK and the relay 800MK. The busbar 210XP-C
supplies 115VAC to the PES MUSIC through the circuit breakers 24MK, 25MK and
the relay 800MK.
The audio reproducer and the main multiplexer are supplied through the
circuit breaker 21MK. This line also operates the relay 800MK.
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 23-33-00
Page 40
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Power Supply
Figure 007
R
EFF :
007-007, 23-33-00
Page 41
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Power Supply
Figure 007A
R
EFF :
054-100, 23-33-00
Page 42
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Power Supply
Figure 007B
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-33-00
Page 43
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Power Supply
Figure 007C
EFF :
252-299, 23-33-00
Page 44
Config-1 Nov 01/06
R
THY
The WDBs and SEBs on the LH FWD passenger compartment side are supplied
through the circuit breaker 23MK. The WDBs and SEBs on the LH AFT
passenger compartment side are supplied through the circuit breaker 22MK.
The WDBs and SEBs on the RH FWD passenger compartment side are supplied
through the circuit breaker 24MK. The WDBs and SEBs on the RH AFT
passenger compartment side are supplied through the circuit breaker 25MK.
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 007D)
R The busbar 220XP-A supplies 115VAC to the PES MUSIC through the circuit
R breaker 21MK. The busbar 220XP-B supplies 115VAC to the PES MUSIC through
R the circuit breakers 22MK, 23MK and the relay 800MK. The busbar 220XP-C
R supplies 115VAC to the PES MUSIC through the circuit breakers 24MK, 25MK and
R the relay 800MK.
R The audio reproducer and the main multiplexer are supplied through the
R circuit breaker 21MK. This line also operates the relay 800MK.
R The WDBs and SEBs on the LH FWD passenger compartment side are supplied
R through the circuit breaker 23MK. The WDBs and SEBs on the LH AFT
R passenger compartment side are supplied through the circuit breaker 22MK.
R The WDBs and SEBs on the RH FWD passenger compartment side are supplied
R through the circuit breaker 24MK. The WDBs and SEBs on the RH AFT
R passenger compartment side are supplied through the circuit breaker 25MK.
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
5. Interface
_________
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-100, 252-299, 303-399,
A. Electrical Interface
The data busses of the passenger entertainment digital audio data and
passenger service data are input to the SEB 100MK through the connectors
J1 and/or J2. These are from the SEB to the SEB cables, that connect one
SEB with the other. BITE data results are transmitted back to the MM with
the data 1 and 2 lines.
B. Cabin Intercommunication Data System Interface
The CIDS interface is described in the component description (Para.
6B(2)).
C. Electrical Components Interface
The electrical components interface is described in the component
description (Para. 6E(1)).
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 45
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R Power Supply
R Figure 007D
R
EFF :
303-399, 23-33-00
Page 46
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R A. System Interfaces
R (Ref. Fig. 003B)
R The PES Music has interfaces with:
R - 23-32-00 - Announcement - Music Tape Reproducer System
R - 23-36-00 - Passenger Entertainment System Video (PES Video)
R - 23-73-00 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
6. _____________________
Component Description
**ON A/C 007-007,
A. Audio Reproducer
The CD reproducer 10MK has four CD drives. Each CD drive drives one CD.
Each CD drive provides four monophonic or two stereophonic channels. The
CD reproducer has a total of sixteen output channels.
B. Main Multiplexer
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK is mechanically assembled in an ARINC 600
standard from factor 2MCU. The connector is ARINC 600 size 1. The MPES
has a minimum of eighteen audio input channels.
Up to six channels can be used for video tape reproducer inputs. The MPES
permits a bilingual movie in each of the aircraft zones (up to three
zones).
(1) Boarding Music
Four channel nummbers can be used to provide the boarding music. The
flight attendants control the boarding music on the Forward Attendant
Panel (FAP).
(2) Passenger Address Audio
(Ref. Fig. 005)
Three Passenger Address (PA) audio-inputs control all the MPES
channels in each applicable aircraft zone. The CIDS controls the MPES
mode and permits the use of the PA in each zone of the aircraft. The
aircraft seat layout will have an effect on this system.
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 47
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(3) Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) Interface (Ref. Fig.
002,005)
The ARINC 429 input databus receives data from the CIDS directors.
The ARINC 429 output databus sends data to the CIDS directors. In the
Fig. 002 the CIDS has different functional interfaces. These are :
- Power ON/OFF,
- Built-In Test Equipment (BITE) information initialization and data
transfer,
- PA announcement control and seat layout data transfer to the MPES.
(4) ARINC 429 Output Data Port
The MPES output data has a BITE fault data. The CIDS directors send
this data to the Center Fault Display System (CFDS) and to the
Programming and Test Panel (PTP) through the CIDS.
(5) ARINC 429 Input Data Port
(Ref. Fig. 008)
This port receives the CIDS data for the electrical location of seats
(PA override and movie/video audio). All the necessary data is stored
in the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM). The CAM is included in the PTP.
(6) MPES Data Lines
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The MM controls two columns of seats on the aircraft. There are two
data busses in each column. When one is used for the multiplexed
digital audio, the other is used for service data.
(7) Main Multiplexer Power Supply
The aircraft electrical system supplies 115VAC (400 Hz) power to the
Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK. The transformer in the MM changes this
voltage into DC voltage for the MM digital and analog circuits.
(8) Audio Processing
Each audio input has an input circuitry with a Low Pass Filter (LPF)
and an analog switch. This circuitry is used to modify the audio
signals and prepare it for the analog-to-digital conversion process.
A timing base Large Scale Intergrated (LSI) circuit controls this
process in the MM. This circuit establishes the system timing
(controlled with a crystal controlled clock) and the multiplex
channel timing for the insertion of digitalized audio signals into
the correct channel.
R
EFF :
007-007, 23-33-00
Page 48
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
Figure 008
R
EFF :
007-007, 23-33-00
Page 49
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
C. Wall Disconnect Box
(Ref. Fig. 009, 010)
The Wall Disconnect Box (WDB) 50MK gives a disconnect point for the data
busses of the MPES. It supplies line amplification for the data busses.
The busses from the MM are fed to the WDBs on each side of the aircraft.
A WDB termination last plug is connected to the J1/J4 connector. Two
other connectors on the WDB (J2 and J3) are used to supply the data
busses to the seat groups (forward and aft of the WDB location).
D. Seat Electronic Box
(Ref. Fig. 011, 012)
The Seat Electronic Box (SEB) 100MK is installed on the seat-leg mounting
bracket with nylatch fasteners. Electrical connections to the SEB from
the MM are made through the WDB. J1 and J2 are the databus input/output
connectors. Seat to seat cables (or the WDB to the SEB cables) are
connected to these inputs/outputs. Interface connections from the SEB to
the PCUs are made through J3. All the connectors on the SEB are D
subminiature types. The SEB 100MK supplies 5VDC power to the PCUs 200MK
and 201MK in the seat group it controls.
(1) Multiplex Passenger Entertainment System Audio Processing
The input line receiver processes the PES data then supplies it
through a decoder to the timing base Large Scale Integrated (LSI)
circuit. The microprocessor processes the digital data and
reassembles the analog audio signal with the digital-to-analog
converter. When a passenger selects a channel, the SEB 100MK receives
the digital number from the PCU and the digital audio signal from the
MM. The SEB 100MK converts this into an analog audio signal. The
analog signal is then put through a filter to the PCU acoustic
transducer or the electrical jacks. For each transducer, a seperate
digital-to-analog converter, a volume control circuit and a filter
are provided in the PCU.
E. Digital Passenger Control Unit
(Ref. Fig. 013)
The Passenger Control Units (PCU) 200MK and 201MK are the primary
interfaces between the passenger and the MPES. They are installed in the
arm of each passenger seat. The PCUs have:
- a LED display (2 digit LED indicates the channel select),
- +/- resp. Up/Down channel select membrane switches (channel select),
- +/- resp. Up/Down volume control membrane switches (volume
decrease/increase),
- an electrical headset jack socket and/or
- an acoustic transducer that supplies pneumatic headset connectors.
R
EFF :
007-007, 23-33-00
Page 50
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
Figure 008A
R
EFF :
252-299, 23-33-00
Page 51
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
Figure 009
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-100, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 52
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
Figure 009A
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-33-00
Page 53
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Wall Disconnect Box (WDB) Block Diagram
Figure 010
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 54
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
Figure 011
R
EFF :
007-007, 252-299, 23-33-00
Page 55
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
Figure 011A
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 56
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Seat Electronic Box (SEB) Electrical Interface
Figure 012
R
EFF :
007-007, 252-299, 23-33-00
Page 57/58
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Seat Electronic Box (SEB) Electrical Interface
Figure 012A
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 59
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
Figure 013
R
EFF :
007-007, 23-33-00
Page 60
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(1) Electrical Components Interface
(Ref. Fig. 014)
The electrical components are used to process commands for the
channel selection and the volume control. The PCU communicates with
the SEB through the SEB to the PCU cable assembly. The microprocessor
reads the volume control and channel selector settings (during the
BITE operations, it checks the transducer continuity). The
microprocessor transmits the volume, the channels and the BITE
information to the SEB, and displays the channel on the LED display.
The SEB supplies power and demultiplexed audio signals for the
transducer and/or the electrical headset jack. The transducer changes
the electric audio signals to sound energy. The passenger hears the
music by a pneumatic headset connected to the transducer socket, or
by an electric headset connected to the jack on the PCU (the
pneumatic headset connector is mechanically interlocked to prevent
audio leakage when no headset is connected). If the power is stopped
for more than 0.2 s, the PCU circuitry decreases the system volume.
(2) Not Applicable
**ON A/C 054-100,
A. Main Multiplexer
(Ref. Fig. 006, 015)
(1) General
The Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK is installed in the avionic
compartment. The MM
10MK accepts audio programs that come from audio sources such as a
music CD reproducer, video cassette player or passenger address (PA)
system. The MM converts each analog audio signal from analog to
digital first, and then multiplexes the digital data to convert them
into serial data.
(2) Functional Description
(a) Audio Input
A maximum of 33 input channels of analog audio is accepted at a
time. Each analog audio signal is converted from analog to
digital in the MM. The audio inputs are:
- Twenty-four channels for passenger entertainment audio (22 in
special mode)
- Six channels for video audio (8 in special mode)
- Three channels for PA audio.
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-100, 23-33-00
Page 61
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
Figure 013A
R
EFF :
054-100, 23-33-00
Page 62
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
Figure 013B
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-33-00
Page 63
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
Figure 013C
R
EFF :
252-299, 23-33-00
Page 64
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
R Figure 013D
R
EFF :
303-399, 23-33-00
Page 65
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
DPCU Electrical Interface Block Diagram
Figure 014
R
EFF :
007-007, 23-33-00
Page 66
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
DPCU Electrical Interface Block Diagram.
Figure 014A
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 67
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
DPCU Electrical Interface Block Diagram
Figure 014B
R
EFF :
252-299, 23-33-00
Page 68
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Main Multiplexer (MM)
Figure 015
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 69
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(b) Key Input
The key inputs activate the associated video audio or PA audio
(announcement), and the MM operates in up to three (3) basic
zones on aircraft. The key inputs are:
- Three video keys for video zones 1, 2 and 3
- Three PA keys for PA zones 1, 2 and 3.
(c) PES Data Line
The MM usually transmits a maximum of 24 channels of audio
program. One frame of PES data consists of 26 words, and each
word is 13 bits long. Each frame begins with a synchronization
word, and ends with a command word. The intermediate 24 words are
the multiplexed audio signals. Each end of the PES data line
should be terminated with a 68-ohm resistance.
(d) PSS Data Line
The PSS data contains information about:
- Seat configuration
- Video configuration
- Channel assignment
- Attendant call
- Reading light
- SEB reset
- BITE result.
(e) ARINC 429 Data Line
The data formats of the ARINC 429 data are based on the ARINC
Specification 429. The CIDS director gives the seat configuration
data and/or channel assignment data to the MM. The MM sends the
attendant call, reading light and/or BITE results to the CIDS
director.
(f) RS-232C Data Line
The MM has RS-232C data line. It is possible to download the seat
configuration data, video configuration data and/or channel
assignment data from a personal computer to the MM.
(g) Tag Switches
The MM has the tag switches (SW1 through SW5) for the programming
of channel assignment as follows:
- Twelve stereo tag switches for passenger entertainment audio
- Three bilingual tag switches for video audio
- Eighteen skip tag switches for no audio (skipped channels).
EFF :
054-100, 23-33-00
Page 70
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(3) Electrical connection(s)
The MM has two connections. The connections are:
(a) J1
- Power
- Audio input and output
- Data input and output
(b) J2
- Data input and output (to/from personal computer)
B. CD Audio Reproducer
(1) General
The CD Audio Reproducer (A/R) 10MK is installed in the avionic
compartment. The CD A/R contains four identical CD decks, and are
numbered No.A thru No.D. Each deck drives one CD. Up to two
stereophonic channels or four monophonic channels provides each CD
drive. The CD A/R gives up to 16 different music programs, from CDs,
to the Main Multiplexer.
(2) Control Elements
The CD A/R itself has the subsequent operation controls:
- A monitor jacks (monaural headset) for sound check
- A channel up and down pushbutton for channel selection
- A volume up and down pushbutton for volume selection
- A two-digit channel number display
(3) Electrical connection(s)
The CD A/R has a connection. The connection is:
(a) J1
- Power
- Audio output
- RS-485 Communication
C. Wall Disconnect Box
(Ref. Fig. 009, 010)
(1) General
The Wall Disconnect Box (WDB) 50MK gives a disconnect point for the
data busses of the IFE. It supplies line amplification for the data
busses. The busses from the MM are fed to the WDBs on each side of
the aircraft.
EFF :
054-100, 23-33-00
Page 71
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(2) Electrical connection(s)
The WDB has four connections. The connections are:
(a) J1 (from MM or previous WDB)
- Power
- Data input and output
(b) J2 (to SEB)
- Power
- Data input and output
(c) J3 (to SEB)
- Power
- Data input and output
(d) J4 (to next WDB)
- Power
- Data input and output
D. Seat Electronic Box
(Ref. Fig. 011A, 012A)
(1) General
The SEB only changes the digital signals of the passenger selected
channel back to the original analog form. These signals are
transmitted to the PCU. Each SEB supplies up to 3 PCU.
(2) Electrical connection(s)
The SEB has three connections. The connections are:
(a) J1 and J2 (connects to the next forward or aft SEB)
- Power
- Audio input
- Data input and output
(b) J3 (connects to up to three PCU)
- Power
- Audio input
- Data input and output
- Power
- Data input and output
EFF :
054-100, 23-33-00
Page 72
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
E. Passenger Control Unit
(Ref. Fig. 013A)
(1) General The Passenger Control Units (PCU) 202MK are the primary
interfaces between the passengers and the IFE. They are installed in
the armrest of each passenger seat.
(2) Control Elements
Each PCU has:
- A LED display (2 digit LED indicates the channel select),
- Up/Down pushbutton switch (channel select),
- Up/Down pushbutton switch (volume control),
- An acoustic transducer that supplies pneumatic headset connectors
and/or
- An electrical headset jack.
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R A. Main Multiplexer
R (Ref. Fig. 006, 015)
R (1) General
R The Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK is installed in the avionic
R compartment. The MM
R 10MK accepts audio programs that come from audio sources such as a
R music CD reproducer, video cassette player or passenger address (PA)
R system. The MM converts each analog audio signal from analog to
R digital first, and then multiplexes the digital data to convert them
R into serial data.
R (2) Functional Description
R (a) Audio Input
R A maximum of 25 input channels of analog audio is accepted at a
R time. Each analog audio signal is converted from analog to
R digital in the MM. The audio inputs are:
R - 16 channels for passenger entertainment audio (22 channels in
R special mode)
R - Six channels for video audio (8 channels in special mode)
R - Three channels for PA audio.
R
R (b) Key Input
R The key inputs activate the associated video audio or PA audio
R (announcement), and the MM operates in up to three basic zones on
R aircraft. The key inputs are:
EFF :
054-199, 23-33-00
Page 73
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R - Three video keys for video zones 1, 2 and 3
R - Three PA keys for PA zones 1, 2 and 3.
R
R (c) PES Data Line
R The MM usually transmits a maximum of 24 channels of audio
R program. One frame of PES data consists of 26 words, and each
R word is 13 bits long. Each frame begins with a synchronization
R word, and ends with a command word. The intermediate 24 words are
R the multiplexed audio signals. Each end of the PES data line
R should be terminated with a 68-ohm resistance.
R
R (d) PSS Data Line
R The PSS data contains information about:
R - Seat configuration
R - Video configuration
R - Channel assignment
R - Attendant call
R - Reading light
R - SEB reset
R - BITE result.
R
R (e) ARINC 429 Data Line
R The data formats of the ARINC 429 data are based on the ARINC
R Specification 429. The CIDS director gives the seat configuration
R data and/or channel assignment data to the MM. The MM sends the
R attendant call, reading light and/or BITE results to the CIDS
R director.
R
R (f) RS-232C Data Line
R The MM has RS-232C data line. It is possible to download the seat
R configuration data, video configuration data and/or channel
R assignment data from a personal computer to the MM.
R
R (g) Tag Switches
R The MM has the tag switches (SW1 through SW5) for the programming
R of channel assignment as follows:
R - Twelve stereo tag switches for passenger entertainment audio
R - Three bilingual tag switches for video audio
R - Eighteen skip tag switches for no audio (skipped channels).
EFF :
101-199, 23-33-00
Page 74
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R (3) Electrical connection(s)
R The MM has two connections. The connections are:
R (a) J1
R - Power
R - Audio input and output
R - Data input and output
R (b) J2
R - Data input and output (to/from personal computer)
R B. CD Audio Reproducer
R (Ref. Fig. 016)
R (1) General
R The CD Audio Reproducer (A/R) 10MK is installed in the avionic
R compartment. The CD A/R contains four identical CD decks, and are
R numbered No.A thru No.D. Each deck drives one CD. Up to two
R stereophonic channels or four monophonic channels provides each CD
R drive. The CD A/R gives up to 16 different music programs, from CDs,
R to the Main Multiplexer.
R (2) Control Elements
R The CD A/R itself has the subsequent operation controls:
R - A monitor jack (monaural headset) for sound check
R - A channel up and down pushbutton for channel selection
R - A volume up and down pushbutton for volume selection
R - A two-digit channel number display.
R (3) Electrical connection(s)
R The CD A/R has a connection. The connection is:
R (a) J1
R - Power
R - Audio output
R - RS-485 Communication.
R
R C. Wall Disconnect Box
R (Ref. Fig. 009A, 010)
R (1) General
R The Wall Disconnect Box (WDB) 50MK gives a disconnect point for the
R data busses of the IFE. It supplies line amplification for the data
R busses. The busses from the MM are fed to the WDBs on each side of
R the aircraft.
EFF :
101-199, 23-33-00
Page 75
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R AUDIO REPRODUCER
R Figure 016
EFF :
101-199, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 76
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R (2) Electrical connection(s)
R The WDB has four connections. The connections are:
R (a) J1 (from MM or previous WDB)
R - Power
R - Data input and output.
R (b) J2 (to SEB)
R - Power
R - Data input and output.
R (c) J3 (to SEB)
R - Power
R - Data input and output.
R (d) J4 (to next WDB)
R - Power
R - Data input and output.
R D. Seat Electronic Box
R (Ref. Fig. 011A, 012A)
R (1) General
R The SEB only changes the digital signals of the passenger selected
R channel back to the original analog form. These signals are
R transmitted to the PCU. Each SEB supplies up to three PCU.
R (2) Electrical connection(s)
R The SEB has three connections. The connections are:
R (a) J1 and J2 (connects to the next forward or aft SEB)
R - Power
R - Audio input
R - Data input and output.
R (b) J3 (connects to up to three PCU)
R - Power
R - Audio input
R - Data input and output
R - Power
R - Data input and output.
EFF :
101-199, 23-33-00
Page 77
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R E. Passenger Control Unit
R (Ref. Fig. 013B)
R (1) General
R The Passenger Control Units (PCUs) 201MK and 202MK are the primary
R interfaces between the passengers and the IFE. They are installed in
R the armrest of each passenger seat.
R (2) Control Elements
R Each PCU has:
R - A LED display (2 digit LED indicates the channel selection)
R - Up/Down pushbutton switch (channel selection)
R - Up/Down pushbutton switch (volume control)
R - An electrical headset jack.
**ON A/C 252-252,
A. Audio Reproducer
The tape reproducer 10MK has a total of six cassette decks with six
cassette tapes. These tapes have four channels. The tape reproducer has a
total of twelve audio output channels. Cassette tapes are used
alternately. While one plays, the other rewinds to give continuous play.
All functions are remotely controlled .
B. Main Multiplexer
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK is mechanically assembled in an ARINC 600
standard from factor 2MCU. The connector is ARINC 600 size 1. The MPES
has a minimum of eighteen audio input channels. Up to six channels are
used for video tape reproducer inputs. The MPES permits a bilingual movie
in each of the aircraft zones (up to three zones).
(1) Boarding Music
Four channel numbers can be used to provide the boarding music. The
flight attendants control the boarding music on the Forward Attendant
Panel (FAP).
(2) Passenger Address Audio
R (Ref. Fig. 005C)
Three Passenger Address (PA) audio-inputs control all the MPES
channels in each applicable aircraft zone. The CIDS controls the MPES
mode and permits the use of the PA in each zone of the aircraft. The
aircraft seat layout will have an effect on this system.
EFF :
101-199, 252-252, 23-33-00
Page 78
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(3) Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) Interface (Ref. Fig.
002,005)
The ARINC 429 input databus receives data from the CIDS directors.
The ARINC 429 output databus sends data to the CIDS directors. In the
Fig. 002 the CIDS has different functional interfaces. These are :
- Power ON/OFF,
- Built-In Test Equipment (BITE) information initialization and data
transfer,
- PA announcement control and seat layout data transfer to the MPES.
(4) ARINC 429 Output Data Port
The MPES output data has a BITE fault data. The CIDS directors send
this data to the Center Fault Display System (CFDS) and to the
Programming and Test Panel (PTP) through the CIDS.
(5) ARINC 429 Input Data Port
(Ref. Fig. 008A)
This port receives the CIDS data for the electrical location of seats
(PA override and movie/video audio). All the necessary data is stored
in the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM). The CAM is included in the PTP.
(6) MPES Data Lines
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The MM controls two columns of seats on the aircraft. There are two
data busses in each column. When one is used for the multiplexed
digital audio, the other is used for service data.
(7) Main Multiplexer Power Supply
The aircraft electrical system supplies 115 V AC (400 Hz) power to
the Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK. The MM supplies 35 V AC to the SEB.
This voltage comes from the secondary built-in step-down power
transformer. The same transformer develops DC voltage for the MM
digital and analog circuits.
(8) Audio Processing
Each audio input has an input circuitry with a Low Pass Filter (LPF)
and an analog switch. This circuitry is used to modify the audio
signals and prepare it for the analog-to-digital conversion process.
A timing base Large Scale Intergrated (LSI) circuit controls this
process in the MM. This circuit establishes the system timing
(controlled with a crystal controlled clock) and the multiplex
channel timing for the insertion of digitalized audio signals into
the correct channel.
EFF :
252-252, 23-33-00
Page 79
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
C. Wall Disconnect Box
(Ref. Fig. 009, 010)
The Wall Disconnect Box (WDB) 50MK gives a disconnect point for the data
busses of the MPES. It supplies line amplification for the data busses.
The busses from the MM are fed to the WDBs on each side of the aircraft.
A WDB terminator is installed at the end of each WDB column on the
connector J1/J4. Two other connectors on the WDB (J2 and J3) are used to
supply the data busses to the seat groups (forward and aft of the WDB
location).
D. Seat Electronic Box
(Ref. Fig. 011, 012)
The Seat Electronic Box (SEB) 100MK is installed on the seat-leg mounting
bracket with nylatch fasteners. Electrical connections to the SEB from
the MM are made through the WDB. J1 and J2 are the databus input/output
connectors. Seat to seat cables (or the WDB to the SEB cables) are
connected to these inputs/outputs. Interface connections from the SEB to
the PCUs are made through J3. All the connectors on the SEB are D
subminiature types. The SEB 100MK supplies +5 V DC power to the PCUs
200MK and 201MK in the seat group it controls.
(1) Multiplex Passenger Entertainment System Audio Processing
The input line receiver processes the PES data and supplies it
through a decoder to the timing base Large Scale Integrated (LSI)
circuit. The microprocessor processes the digital data and
reassembles the analog audio signal with the digital-to-analog
converter. When a passenger selects a channel, the SEB 100MK receives
the digital number from the PCU and the digital audio signal from the
MM. The SEB 100MK converts this into an analog audio signal. The
analog signal is then put through a filter to the PCU acoustic
transducer or the electrical jacks. For each transducer, a seperate
digital-to-analog converter, a volume control circuit and a filter
are provided in the PCU.
E. Passenger Control Unit
(Ref. Fig. 013C)
The Passenger Control Units (PCU) 200MK and 201MK are the primary
interfaces between the passenger and the MPES. They are installed in the
armrest of each passenger seat. Each PCU has:
- a LED display (2 digit LED indicates the channel select),
- Up/Down pushbutton switches (channel select),
- a (-) pushbutton switch (volume decrease),
- a (+) pushbutton switch (volume increase),
- an acoustic transducer increases/decreases the audio level,
- an electrical headset jack socket.
EFF :
252-252, 23-33-00
Page 80
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(1) Electrical Components Interface
(Ref. Fig. 014B)
The electrical components are used to process commands for the
channel selection and the volume control. The PCU communicates with
the SEB through the SEB to the PCU cable assembly. The microprocessor
reads the volume control and channel selector settings (during the
BITE operations, it checks the transducer continuity). The
microprocessor transmits the volume, the channels and the BITE
information to the SEB, and displays the channel on the LED display.
The SEB supplies power and demultiplexed audio signals for the
headset connector (the headset connector is mechanically interlocked
to prevent audio leakage when no headset is connected). If the power
is stopped for more than 0.2 s, the PCU circuitry decreases the
system volume.
(2) Not Applicable
**ON A/C 253-299,
A. Audio Reproducer
The CD reproducer 10MK has four CD drives. Each CD drive drives one CD.
Each CD drive provides four monophonic or two stereophonic channels. The
CD reproducer has a total of sixteen output channels.
B. Main Multiplexer
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK is mechanically assembled in an ARINC 600
standard from factor 2MCU. The connector is ARINC 600 size 1. The MPES
has a minimum of eighteen audio input channels.
Up to six channels can be used for video tape reproducer inputs. The MPES
permits a bilingual movie in each of the aircraft zones (up to three
zones).
(1) Boarding Music
Four channel nummbers can be used to provide the boarding music. The
flight attendants control the boarding music on the Forward Attendant
Panel (FAP).
(2) Passenger Address Audio
R (Ref. Fig. 005D)
Three Passenger Address (PA) audio-inputs control all the MPES
channels in each applicable aircraft zone. The CIDS controls the MPES
mode and permits the use of the PA in each zone of the aircraft. The
aircraft seat layout will have an effect on this system.
EFF :
252-299, 23-33-00
Page 81
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(3) Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) Interface (Ref. Fig.
002,005)
The ARINC 429 input databus receives data from the CIDS directors.
The ARINC 429 output databus sends data to the CIDS directors. In the
Fig. 002 the CIDS has different functional interfaces. These are :
- Power ON/OFF,
- Built-In Test Equipment (BITE) information initialization and data
transfer,
- PA announcement control and seat layout data transfer to the MPES.
(4) ARINC 429 Output Data Port
The MPES output data has a BITE fault data. The CIDS directors send
this data to the Center Fault Display System (CFDS) and to the
Programming and Test Panel (PTP) through the CIDS.
(5) ARINC 429 Input Data Port
(Ref. Fig. 008A)
This port receives the CIDS data for the electrical location of seats
(PA override and movie/video audio). All the necessary data is stored
in the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM). The CAM is included in the PTP.
(6) MPES Data Lines
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The MM controls two columns of seats on the aircraft. There are two
data busses in each column. When one is used for the multiplexed
digital audio, the other is used for service data.
(7) Main Multiplexer Power Supply
The aircraft electrical system supplies 115VAC (400 Hz) power to the
Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK. The transformer in the MM changes this
voltage into DC voltage for the MM digital and analog circuits.
(8) Audio Processing
Each audio input has an input circuitry with a Low Pass Filter (LPF)
and an analog switch. This circuitry is used to modify the audio
signals and prepare it for the analog-to-digital conversion process.
A timing base Large Scale Intergrated (LSI) circuit controls this
process in the MM. This circuit establishes the system timing
(controlled with a crystal controlled clock) and the multiplex
channel timing for the insertion of digitalized audio signals into
the correct channel.
EFF :
253-299, 23-33-00
Page 82
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
C. Wall Disconnect Box
(Ref. Fig. 009, 010)
The Wall Disconnect Box (WDB) 50MK gives a disconnect point for the data
busses of the MPES. It supplies line amplification for the data busses.
The busses from the MM are fed to the WDBs on each side of the aircraft.
A WDB termination last plug is connected to the J1/J4 connector. Two
other connectors on the WDB (J2 and J3) are used to supply the data
busses to the seat groups (forward and aft of the WDB location).
D. Seat Electronic Box
(Ref. Fig. 011, 012)
The Seat Electronic Box (SEB) 100MK is installed on the seat-leg mounting
bracket with nylatch fasteners. Electrical connections to the SEB from
the MM are made through the WDB. J1 and J2 are the databus input/output
connectors. Seat to seat cables (or the WDB to the SEB cables) are
connected to these inputs/outputs. Interface connections from the SEB to
the PCUs are made through J3. All the connectors on the SEB are D
subminiature types. The SEB 100MK supplies 5VDC power to the PCUs 200MK
and 201MK in the seat group it controls.
(1) Multiplex Passenger Entertainment System Audio Processing
The input line receiver processes the PES data then supplies it
through a decoder to the timing base Large Scale Integrated (LSI)
circuit. The microprocessor processes the digital data and
reassembles the analog audio signal with the digital-to-analog
converter. When a passenger selects a channel, the SEB 100MK receives
the digital number from the PCU and the digital audio signal from the
MM. The SEB 100MK converts this into an analog audio signal. The
analog signal is then put through a filter to the PCU acoustic
transducer or the electrical jacks. For each transducer, a seperate
digital-to-analog converter, a volume control circuit and a filter
are provided in the PCU.
E. Digital Passenger Control Unit
(Ref. Fig. 013C)
The Passenger Control Units (PCU) 200MK and 201MK are the primary
interfaces between the passenger and the MPES. They are installed in the
arm of each passenger seat. The PCUs have:
- a LED display (2 digit LED indicates the channel select),
- Up/Down pushbutton switches (channel select),
- +/- resp. Up/Down volume control membrane switches (volume
decrease/increase),
- an electrical headset jack socket and/or
- an acoustic transducer that supplies pneumatic headset connectors.
EFF :
253-299, 23-33-00
Page 83
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(1) Electrical Components Interface
(Ref. Fig. 014B)
The electrical components are used to process commands for the
channel selection and the volume control. The PCU communicates with
the SEB through the SEB to the PCU cable assembly. The microprocessor
reads the volume control and channel selector settings (during the
BITE operations, it checks the transducer continuity). The
microprocessor transmits the volume, the channels and the BITE
information to the SEB, and displays the channel on the LED display.
The SEB supplies power and demultiplexed audio signals for the
transducer and/or the electrical headset jack. The transducer changes
the electric audio signals to sound energy. The passenger hears the
music by a pneumatic headset connected to the transducer socket, or
by an electric headset connected to the jack on the PCU (the
pneumatic headset connector is mechanically interlocked to prevent
audio leakage when no headset is connected). If the power is stopped
for more than 0.2 s, the PCU circuitry decreases the system volume.
(2) Not Applicable
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R A. Main Multiplexer
R (Ref. Fig. 006, 015)
R (1) General
R The Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK is installed in the avionics
R compartment. The MM 8MK has inputs from the CD Audio Reproducer (A/R)
R 10MK, PES Video System and the PA sytem. The MM converts the analog
R audio signals to digital data and then multiplexes the digital data
R into serial data.
R (2) Functional Description
R (a) Audio Inputs
R The MM has a total of 25 audio inputs. These inputs are:
R - 16 audio channels from the CD A/R 10MK
R - Six audio channels from the PES Video System
R - Three audio channels from the Passenger Address.
R (b) Keyline Inputs
R The applicable keyline input will start the associated video
R audio or PA audio announcement. The MM can operate up to three
R zones in the passenger cabin. The keyline inputs are:
R - Three video keylines for video zones one, two and three
R - Three PA keys for PA zones one, two and three.
EFF :
253-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 84
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R (c) PES Data Line
R The MM normally transmits a maximum of 24 channels of audio
R program. One frame of PES data has 26 words, each word is 13 bits
R long. Each frame begins with a synchronization word and ends with
R a command word. The intermediate 24 words are the multiplexed
R audio signals. Each end of the PES data line is terminated with a
R 68-ohm resistance.
R (d) PSS Data Line
R The PSS data contains information about:
R - Seat configuration
R - Video configuration
R - Channel assignment
R - Attendant call
R - Reading light
R - SEB reset
R - BITE result.
R (e) ARINC 429 Data Line
R The data formats of the ARINC 429 data are based on the ARINC
R Specification 429. The CIDS director gives the seat configuration
R data and/or channel assignment data to the MM. The MM sends the
R attendant call, reading light and/or BITE results to the CIDS
R director.
R (f) RS-232C Data Line
R The MM has RS-232C data line. It is possible to download the seat
R configuration data, video configuration data and/or channel
R assignment data from a personal computer to the MM.
R (g) Tag Switches
R The MM has the tag switches (SW1 through SW5) for the programming
R of channel assignment as follows:
R - 12 stereo tag switches for passenger entertainment audio
R - Three bilingual tag switches for video audio
R - 18 skip tag switches for no audio (skipped channels).
R (3) Electrical connection(s)
R The MM has two connections. The connections are:
R (a) J1
R - Power
R - Audio input and output
R - Data input and output.
R (b) J2
R - Data input and output (to/from personal computer).
EFF :
303-399, 23-33-00
Page 85
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R B. CD Audio Reproducer
R (Ref. Fig. 016)
R (1) General
R The CD Audio Reproducer (A/R) 10MK is installed in the avionic
R compartment. The CD A/R contains four identical CD decks, and are
R numbered No.A thru No.D. Each deck drives one CD. Up to two
R stereophonic channels or four monophonic channels provides each CD
R drive. The CD A/R gives up to 16 different music programs, from CDs,
R to the Main Multiplexer.
R (2) Control Elements
R The CD A/R itself has the subsequent operation controls:
R - A monitor jacks (monaural headset) for sound check
R - A channel up and down pushbutton for channel selection
R - A volume up and down pushbutton for volume selection
R - A two-digit channel number display.
R (3) Electrical connection(s)
R The CD A/R has a connection. The connection is:
R (a) J1
R - Power
R - Audio output
R - RS-485 Communication.
R C. Wall Disconnect Box
R (Ref. Fig. 009, 010)
R (1) General
R The Wall Disconnect Box (WDB) 50MK gives a disconnect point for the
R data busses of the IFE. It supplies line amplification for the data
R busses. The busses from the MM are fed to the WDBs on each side of
R the aircraft.
R (2) Electrical connection(s)
R The WDB has four connections. The connections are:
R (a) J1 (from MM or previous WDB)
R - Power
R - Data input and output.
R (b) J2 (to SEB)
R - Power
R - Data input and output.
EFF :
303-399, 23-33-00
Page 86
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R (c) J3 (to SEB)
R - Power
R - Data input and output.
R (d) J4 (to next WDB)
R - Power
R - Data input and output.
R D. Seat Electronic Box
R (Ref. Fig. 011A, 012A)
R (1) General
R The SEB only changes the digital signals of the passenger selected
R channel back to the original analog form. These signals are
R transmitted to the PCU. Each SEB supplies up to three PCU.
R (2) Electrical connection(s)
R The SEB has three connections. The connections are:
R (a) J1 and J2 (connects to the next forward or aft SEB)
R - Power
R - Audio input
R - Data input and output.
R (b) J3 (connects to up to three PCU)
R - Power
R - Audio input
R - Data input and output.
R E. Passenger Control Unit
R (Ref. Fig. 013D)
R (1) General
R The Passenger Control Units (PCU) 200MK and 201MK (Y/C) and 202MK
R together with the remote jack unit 204MK (B/C) are the primary
R interfaces between the passengers and the IFE. They are installed in
R the armrest of each passenger seat. The passengers connect an
R electrical headset to the RJU 204MK at each seat to listen to the PES
R audio.
R (2) Control Elements
R Each PCU has:
R - A LCD display (2 digit LCD indicates the channel selection)
R - Up/Down pushbutton switch (channel selection)
R - Up/Down pushbutton switch (volume control).
EFF :
303-399, 23-33-00
Page 87
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
7. ________________
System Operation
**ON A/C 007-007,
The Passenger Entertainment System (PES) is energized during normal
operation from the audio module (the PES pushbutton switch) on the FAP
120RH. The operation procedures are as follows:
A. Control Keys
(1) The PES section of the audio module has a PES pushbutton switch.
When the PES pushbutton switch is pushed the system energizes.
(2) The PCUs have subsequent control keys. The control keys control PES
functions.
The PCU control keys are:
- the (+) pushbutton switch on one side of the loudspeaker symbol
(for volume).
When that pushbutton switch is pushed, the volume increases.
- the (-) pushbutton switch on one side of the loudspeaker symbol
(for volume).
When that pushbutton switch is pushed, the volume decreases.
- the (+) pushbutton switch on one side of the channel display (for
channel).
When that pushbutton switch is pushed, the channel number
increases.
- the (-) pushbutton switch on one side of the channel display (for
channel).
When that pushbutton switch is pushed, the channel number
decreases.
B. Not Applicable
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 88
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-199,
The Passenger Entertainment System (PES) is energized during normal
operation
A. Energization
(1) The electrical power for the PES music is available when:
- The busbars are energized
- The circuit breakers are closed
- The relays 800MH and 801MH operate
- The AUDIO softkey is pushed (the AUDIO softkey is highlighted by
colour change)
- The PES/ON/OFF softkey is pushed (the PES ON/OFF softkey is
highlighted by colour change)
B. Operation of the PCU control keys
(1) The PCU control keys are:
- The VOLUME membrane switch, with the up-pointing triangle
When that membrane switch is pushed, the volume increases.
- The VOLUME membrane switch, with the down-pointing triangle
When that membrane switch is pushed, the volume decreases.
- The CHANNEL membrane switch, with the up-pointing triangle
When that membrane switch is pushed, the channel number increases.
- The CHANNEL membrane switch, with the down-pointing triangle
When that membrane switch is pushed, the channel number decreases.
**ON A/C 252-299,
**ON A/C 253-299,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
**ON A/C 252-252,
(Ref. Fig. 001B)
EFF :
054-199, 252-299, 23-33-00
Page 89
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 252-299,
The Passenger Entertainment System (PES) is energized during normal
operation from the audio module (the PES membrane switch) in the fwd
attendant panel 120RH. The operation procedures are as follows:
A. Control Keys
The PES section of the audio module has:
- a PES membrane switch.
When the PES membrane switch is pushed, the system energizes.
- the subsequent PCU control keys.
The PCU control keys control PES functions.
(1) The PCU control keys are:
- a (-) membrane switch.
When the (-) membrane switch is pushed, the volume decreases.
- a (+) membrane switch.
When the (+) membrane switch is pushed, the volume increases.
- a left side channel membrane switch.
When the left side channel membrane switch is pushed, the channel
number decreases.
- a right side channel membrane switch.
When the right side channel membrane switch is pushed,the channel
number increases.
B. Not Applicable
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R The Passenger Entertainment System (PES) is energized during normal
R operation
R A. Energization
R (1) The electrical power for the PES music is available when:
R - The busbars are energized
R - The circuit breakers are closed
R - The relays 800MK and 801MK operate
R - The AUDIO softkey is pushed (the AUDIO softkey is highlighted by a
R change of color)
R - The PES/ON/OFF softkey is pushed (the PES ON/OFF softkey is
R highlighted by a change of color).
EFF :
252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 90
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R B. Operation of the PCU control keys
R (1) The PCU control keys are:
R - The VOLUME membrane switch, with the up-pointing triangle
R When that membrane switch is pushed, the volume increases
R - The VOLUME membrane switch, with the down-pointing triangle
R When that membrane switch is pushed, the volume decreases
R - The CHANNEL membrane switch, with the up-pointing triangle
R When that membrane switch is pushed, the channel number increases
R - The CHANNEL membrane switch, with the down-pointing triangle
R When that membrane switch is pushed, the channel number decreases.
**ON A/C 007-007, 252-299,
**ON A/C 007-007, 253-299,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
**ON A/C 252-252,
(Ref. Fig. 001B)
**ON A/C 007-007, 252-299,
C. The boarding music section (BGM Channel) has:
- an LED display (a row of LEDs indicate volume control),
- an ON/OFF membrane switch,
- a SEL membrane switch (channel select),
- a ( - ) membrane switch (volume decrease),
- a ( + ) membrane switch (volume increase).
Boarding music control keys are as follows:
EFF :
007-007, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 91
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(1) ON/OFF When the ON/OFF membrane switch is pushed,
the light in the membrane switch comes on. The
channel 1 is automatically displayed on the
BGM channel display. When the ON/OFF membrane
switch is pushed again, the light goes off.
(2) SEL When the SEL membrane switch is pushed, the
system selects one of the available channels.
These are displayed in a numerical ascending
code (four channels in the mono mode, two in
the stereo mode).
(3) VOLUME The LED on the volume display show the volume
level (2 dB steps).
(4) ( - ) When the (-) membrane switch is pushed the
volume level decreases.
(5) ( + ) When the (+) membrane switch is pushed the
volume level increases.
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
R C. Boarding Music
R The boarding music is controlled by the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
R 120RH (Ref. 23-32-00).
**ON A/C 007-007, 054-100, 252-299,
D. System Characteristics
The system characteristics are as follows:
(1) The frequency response, from 25 Hz to 15 kHz +/- 3 dB.
(2) The number of audio inputs, 33 maximum (max. 24 audio tape player, 6
movie/audio tape player, 3 PA override).
(3) The key lines, 3 video and 3 PA.
(4) The output level, 100 mW/ear minimum.
(5) The output impedance, 300 ohms.
(6) The number of selectable programs, a total of 18.
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 92
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(7) The number of stereo/mono programs, 12/18 or combination.
(8) The signal-to-noise ratio, 75 dB.
(9) A stereo channel separation, 60 dB minimum.
(10) The harmonic distortion, 0.2 % maximum at 100 mW.
(11) A dynamic range, 75 dB minimum.
(12) The audio compression, switchable 20 dB on movie/video.
R **ON A/C 101-199, 303-399,
D. System Characteristics
The system characteristics are as follows:
(1) The frequency response, from 50 Hz to 15 kHz +/- 3 dB.
(2) The number of audio inputs, 25 maximum (max. 16 audio tape player, 6
movie/audio tape player, 3 PA override).
(3) The key lines, 3 video, 3 PA and 1 PES
(4) The output level, 100 mW/ear minimum.
(5) The output impedance, 300 ohms.
(6) The number of selectable programs, a total of 18.
(7) The number of mono programs, 18 .
(8) The signal-to-noise ratio, 65 dB.
(9) A stereo channel separation, 80 dB minimum.
(10) The harmonic distortion, 0.1 % maximum at 50mW.
(11) A dynamic range, 75 dB minimum.
(12) The audio compression, switchable 20 dB on movie/video.
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 93
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT (MUSIC) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________________
1. _____________________
List of Abbreviations
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ABBREVIATION SIGNIFICATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC Alternating Current
A/D Analog to Digital
ADB Area Distribution Box
AFT Rear Part
AMP Amplifier
A/R Audio Reproducer
ARINC Aeronautical Radio Incorporated
ASSY Assembly
ATC Air Traffic Control
ATTND Attendant
AVC Audio/Video Controller
BAT Battery
BGM Boarding Music
BITE Built-in Test Equipment
BP Bottom Plug
CA Cabin
CAM Cabin Assignment Module
C/B Circuit Breaker
CD Compact Disk
CEPT Conference European de Posts et
Telecommunication
CFDS Center Fault-Display System
CIDS Cabin Intercommunication Data-System
CITT Committee of International Telephony and
Telegraph
CLR Clear
CMT Cabin Management Terminal
DAC Digital Analog Converter
dB Decibel
DC Direct Current
DEU Decoder Encoder Unit
DIR Director
DN Down
DPCU Digital Passenger Control-Unit
DSU Digital Server Unit
DSPL Display
DVD Digital Versatile Disk
EMER Emergency
FAP Forward Attendant Panel
F/O First Officer
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 1
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ABBREVIATION SIGNIFICATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FWD Forward
GND Ground
HMDU Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit
HI High
Hz Hertz
IP Internet Protocol
kHz Kilohertz
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
R LED Light Emitting Diode
LO Low
LPF Low Pass Filter
LSI Large Scale Integrated
MAC Media Access Control
MCU Modular Concept Unit
MPEG Motion Picture Experts-Group
NTSC National Television System-Committee
OK Correct
OSC Oscillation
PA Passenger Address
PCM Pulse Code Modulation
PCU Passenger Control Unit
PDL Portable Data Loader
PT Point
PTP Programming and Test Panel
R PRAM PreRecorded Announcement and Music
PSS Passenger Service System
PSU Power Supply Unit
PWR Power
RAM Random Access Memory
RCVR Receiver
RET Return
R/T Radio Transmit
RX Receiver
SEB Seat Electronic Box
SIG Signal
SYS System
TP Top Plug
TU Tapping Unit
TX Transmitter
UART Universal Asynchronous Receiver-Transmitter
V Voltage
VC Volume Control
VCC Video Control Center
VTR Video Tape Reproducer
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 2
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ABBREVIATION SIGNIFICATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WDB Wall Disconnect Box
WOW Weight On Wheels
2. _______
General
The integrated In-Flight Entertainment (IFE) system can play audio and video
entertainment stored in the Audio/Video Controller (AVC) and the Digital
Server Unit (DSU). The Video is shown in the passenger cabin on overhead
display units. The cabin crew can select the overhead display units to show
safety information or video entertainment. The passengers can select the
audio channels at each seat.
The IFE system can also play Background Music (BGM) audio and Pre-Recorded
R Announcement and Music (PRAM) audio (if installed). You can hear the audio
R of the BGM, PRAM and the selected entertainment in the passenger cabin from
R the overhead loudspeakers or at the passenger seats through a headset.
3. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002, 003, 004, 005, 006, 007, 008, 009)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANEL I ZONE I ACCESS
I I I I DOOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
50MK WALL DISCONNECT BOX 200
200MK PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT 200
310MK IN-FLIGHT ENTERTAINMENT CENTER 80VU 128
311MK AUDIO/VIDEO CONTROLLER 80VU 128
312MK DIGITAL SERVER UNIT 80VU 128
350MK AREA DISTRIBUTION BOX 200
500MK SEAT ELECTRONIC BOX 200
10MH VIDEO CONTROL CENTER 221
11MH CABIN MANAGEMENT TERMINAL 221
R 30MH RJ 45 PLUG (DATA PORT/ETHERNET) 221
42MH SEAT ELECTRONIC BOX - VIDEO 221
50MH TAPPING UNIT 200
100MH HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY-UNIT 200
120RH ATTENDANT PANEL - FORWARD 221
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 3
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
Forward Attendant Panel, IFE Center, Audio/Video Controller and Digital Server
Unit - Component Location
Figure 001 (SHEET 1)
R EFF :
251-251,
23-33-00 Page 4
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Forward Attendant Panel, IFE Center, Audio/Video Controller and Digital Server
Unit - Component Location
Figure 001 (SHEET 2)
R EFF :
251-251,
23-33-00 Page 5
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Wall Disconnect Box - Component Location
Figure 002
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 6
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Area Distribution Box - Component Location
Figure 003
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 7
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Passenger Control Unit - Component Location
Figure 004
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 8
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
23-33-00
Page 9
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Seat Electronic Box (Video) - Component Location
Figure 005 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 10
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Seat Electronic Box (Video) - Component Location
Figure 005 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 11
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Video Control Center and Cabin Management Terminal - Component Location
Figure 006
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 12
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Seat Electronic Box - Component Location
Figure 007
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 13
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Tapping Unit - Component Location
Figure 008
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 14
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit - Component Location
Figure 009
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 15
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
4. __________________
System Description
R A. Overhead Video
The overhead video is shown on the Hatrack Mounted Display-Units (HMDUs).
The HMDUs are installed in the overhead stowage compartments. The HMDUs
have LCD displays that extend and retract. There are 20 HMDUs in the
passenger cabin, 10 on each side. The HMDUs can show safety information
R or video entertainment, the cabin crew controls the operation of the
R HMDUs.
B. In-Seat Audio
There are 14 audio channels. Two of the channels are the overhead video
primary and secondary audio channels. The other 12 audio channels are
stereo and are the audio and video entertainment channels and BGM audio
channels.
R
R C. IFE System Control
R The cabin attendants can control the operation of the IFE system from the
R Cabin Management Terminal (CMT). The CMT is almost the same as a PC with
R a Linux browser. The CMT is logged into the DSU 312MK or the AVC 311MK.
R The DSU and AVC are used as intranet servers. The system functions are
R controlled by the touch of the buttons that are shown on the CMT screens.
R D. Maintenance Functions
R Maintenance personnel can get access to the maintenance functions of the
R IFE system from the Maintenance screen shown on the CMT. The maintenance
R functions are:
R
R - download, this lets maintenance personnel download software to or from
R the IFE system
R - config check, this lets maintenance personnel see the configuration
R data of the IFE system
R - IP sequencing, each SEB is given an ethernet address
R - BITE
R - static test.
R (1) Download
R Maintenance personnel can load the IFE system with software from a
R Portable Data Loader (PDL) when it is connected to the Data Port 30MH
R on the Video Control Center (VCC).
R (2) Configuration Check
R The configuration data of the IFE system is stored in the DSU 312MK.
R You can use the configuration data to help you when you do
R troubleshooting of the IFE system. The configuration data stored in
R the DSU 312MK includes the:
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 16
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
R
R - LRU part numbers
R - LRU serial numbers
R - LRU revision level
R - LRU modification status
R - non-aircraft loadable software part numbers
R - aircraft loadable software part numbers
R - database part number
R - LRU IP addresses
R - LRU MAC addresses.
R (3) IP Sequencing
R During the IP sequencing procedure the SEBs are given an IP address
R by the related ADB. The IP address is related to the SEBs connection
R to the WDB, the ADB and the location in the aircraft. The aircraft
R configuration database is used by the ADB to calculate the IP
R address. You must do the IP sequencing when an SEB is replaced.
R The IP sequencing procedure is a disruptive procedure, during the
R procedure the SEBs stop communication to each other for long periods.
R When the procedure is completed the control and response can be
R different.
R When the IP sequencing is completed you can set the CMT to show the
R results. The results show the condition, connection and location data
R of the SEBs. You can use this data to help you when you do
R troubleshooting of the IFE system.
R (4) BITE Test
R For an accurate check of the IFE system the system must have the
R correct configuration. Two checks are done to make sure that the
R system has the correct configuration. When the two checks are
R completed a communications check is done. The two checks are:
R
R - seat IP address
R - software configuration consistency.
R
R When you start a BITE test the BITE Progress screen is shown until
R the BITE test is correctly completed or the result of the BITE test
R is unsatisfactory.
R (a) Seat IP Address
R A check is done of the seat components to see if there are
R changes since the last IP sequence.
R 1
_ If there are changes the BITE test will stop and the
R Communications Check FAILED screen shows. The message The
R Seat-End LRUS have not been properly IP-Sequenced is shown
R and these buttons:
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 17
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
R
R - IP Sequence
R - Continue
R - Cancel
R - More Details.
R 2
_ If there are no changes the BITE test will continue.
R (b) Software Configuration Consistency
R A check is done to see if the software configuration agrees with
R the system configuration given in the phase 1 software-download
R procedure.
R 1
_ If the software configuration does not agree the BITE test
R will stop and the Config Consistency Check FAILED screen
R shows. The message Problems were found with the Software
R Configuration is shown and these buttons:
R
R - Download
R - Continue
R - Cancel
R - More Details.
R 2
_ If the software configuration is correct the BITE test will
R continue.
R (c) Communications Check
R When the IFE system has the correct configuration a
R communications check starts.
R 1
_ If the communications check is not correct the BITE test will
R stop and the Communications Check FAILED screen shows. The
R message Communications failures have been detected is shown
R and these buttons:
R
R - Continue
R - Cancel
R - More Details.
R - END
R 2
_ If the communications check is correct the BITE test is
R completed and the BITE COMPLETE screen shows.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 18
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
R (5) Static Test
R The static test is an audio/video broadcast that lets you examine the
R operation of the IFE system components. You can use this test to help
R you when you do troubleshooting of the IFE system. Some of the
R properties of the IFE system that you can do a check of are the:
R
R - audio quality
R - video quality
R - video color
R - P/BSW operation
R - component connection information.
5. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 010)
R The busbar 212PP supplies 28VDC through the circuit breaker 21MK to the IFE
R Center 310MK. The busbar 220XP-A supplies 115VAC through the circuit breaker
R 22MK to the IFE Center 310MK. The busbar 220XP-B supplies 115VAC through the
R circuit breaker 23MK to the ADB 350MK1 and the WDBs 50MK and the SEBs 500MK
R connected to the ADB 350MK1. The busbar 220XP-C supplies 115VAC through 24MK
R to the ADB 350MK2 and the WDBs 50MK and the SEBs 500MK connected to the ADB
R 350MK2.
R The busbar 212PP supplies 28VDC through the circuit breaker 20MH to the VCC
R 10MH. The busbar 220XP-C supplies 115VAC through the circuit breaker 21MH to
R the VCC 10MH. The busbar 220XP-B supplies 115VAC through the circuit
R breakers 22MH and 23MH to the TUs 50MH and the HMDUs 100MH installed in the
R LH side of the passenger compartment. The busbar 220XP-A supplies 115VAC to
R the TUs 50MH and the HMDUs 100MH installed in the RH side of the passenger
R compartment through the circuit breakers 24MH and 25MH.
6. Interface
_________
A. General
(Ref. Fig. 011)
(1) The IFE system has the system interfaces that include:
- 10/100BaseT Ethernet ports
- ARINC-485 communication ports
- ARINC-429 communication ports
- RS-232 communication ports
- ARINC-720 keylines.
(2) The aircraft systems that are interfaced with the IFE system are:
- Cabin Intercommunication Data-System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00)
- Air Data/Inertial Reference-Unit (ADIRU) (Ref. 34-12-00)
- Air Traffic Information-Management-System (ATIMS) (Ref. 46-21-00).
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 19
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
Power Supply
Figure 010 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 20
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
Power Supply
Figure 010 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 21
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
IFE Sytem Interconnection
Figure 011 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 22
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
IFE Sytem Interconnection
Figure 011 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 23
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
B. AVC 311MK and DSU 312MK Interfaces
(1) The AVC 311MK and DSU 312MK have these system interfaces:
- 10/100BaseT (100 Mbit) full-duplex Ethernet ports
- ARINC-485 communication ports
- RS-232 communication ports
- CEPT-E1 digital telephone trunk-line
- ARINC-720 compliant, discrete keyline inputs and outputs.
(a) Ethernet Interface
The AVC 311MK has six and the DSU 312MK has five external
Ethernet 100BaseT interfaces for communication with the other IFE
components and external aircraft systems. Each interface is
connected to the other LRUs in a star network configuration. The
connections are made with shielded dual-twisted-pair cable or a
single twisted-quad-coax cable with a controlled 100 ohm
impedance.
One external Ethernet interface is the primary domain interface
and is the gateway interface to the other Ethernet domains. These
interfaces connect the AVC 311MK and DSU 312MK to the other
non-IFE systems and have a unique Media Access Control (MAC)
address.
The other external Ethernet interfaces are secondary domain
interfaces. These interfaces are connected to the other LRUs in
the same Ethernet domain, usually these are in the IFE system.
These interfaces are in the same domain as the internal Ethernet
interfaces and are addressed with two unique MAC addresses.
(b) ARINC-485 Slave Communication
The AVC 311MK and DSU 312MK communicate on two slave ARINC-485
serial-half-duplex multi-drop-interface-networks. These ports are
a slave in the communication protocol but can be configured as
masters. These interfaces support the slave response channel
turn-around with an idle-line detection interrupt generated by
the hardware. This lets the slave interface easily detect the end
of the masters message and turn the interface around for the
slaves response. The Baud rates are programmable and include the
ARINC-485 100 Kbaud and 9.6 Kbaud rates.
(c) ARINC-485 Master Communication
The AVC 311MK and DSU 312MK communicate on 12 Master ARINC-485
serial-half-duplex multi-drop-interface-networks. These
interfaces are divided into two groups of six, each serviced by a
single Universal Asynchronous Receiver-Transmitter (UART). Only
one interface in each group can be active at any one time. These
interfaces must usually be a master in a communication protocol
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 24
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
because of the multiplexed nature of the UARTs connection to the
six interfaces. Alternatively, if the UART is dedicated to a
single ARINC-485 interface, the slave mode can be supported. The
Baud rates are programmable and include the ARINC-485 100 Kbaud
and 9.6 Kbaud rates.
Each UART uses the BITE interface of a power supply. If a power
supply shows a failure through its BITE interface, the UART (and
any in-progress message) will be pre-emptied to service the power
supply fault information.
(d) ARINC-429 Communication
The ARINC-429 is a 10VDC differential interface that operates on
plus or minus 5VDC. The AVC 311MK and DSU 312MK transmit and
receive messages with six Tx/Rx ARINC-429 serial-interfaces and
receive messages with six Rx only ARINC-429 serial interfaces.
The Tx/Rx ARINC-429 serial interfaces give bidirectional
communication between the DSU 312MK and other devices. The six
transmit and receive interfaces are two twisted-shielded-pair
type cables. One pair of the cables are for data in each
direction. The ARINC-429 Rx only interface is one
twisted-shielded-pair type cable that gives status from the other
devices.
(e) RS-232 Communication
The DSU 312MK transmits and receives messages with two RS-232
communication interfaces. The first port is normally configured
to give console access to the supervisory-processor operating
system.
(f) Conference European de Posts et Telecommunications E1 (CEPT E1)
Interface (if installed)
The AVC 311MK and DSU 312MK can be configured to have digital
telephony communication through a single CEPT E1 digital
telephony trunk-line. The physical layer (layer 1) of the CEPT E1
line conforms to Committee of International Telephony and
Telegraph (CITT) recommendation G703, Section 6. The AVC 311MK
and DSU 312MK are usually connected to a Cabin Telecommunications
Unit (CTU) with two twisted-shielded-pair type cables. One pair
of the cables are for data in each direction. The cables carry
both traffic (B channel) and signaling (D channel) at the same
time and uses time division multiplexing techniques.
R (g) Pre-Recorded Announcement and Music (PRAM) Audio Output Interface
R (if installed)
The AVC 311MK and DSU 312MK PRAM interfaces are differential 20
ohm 0 dBM audio outputs. The PRAM function is supplied by an MP3
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 25
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
decoder in the AVC. The PRAM output with one output discrete and
one input discrete give:
- an active signal at the audio outputs
- a pause request to the aircraft PA system.
(h) Background Music (BGM) Audio Output Interface (if installed)
The AVC 311MK and DSU 312MK BGM interfaces are differential 20
ohm, 0 dBM audio outputs. The BGM function is supplied by an MP3
decoder in the AVC 311MK. The BGM output with one output discrete
gives an active signal at the audio output.
(i) AVC Discrete (Keyline) Input Signals
The AVC 311MK has a maximum of 16 ARINC-720 keyline inputs. The
keyline inputs are:
1
_ Area Public Address (PA) Keyline
The AVC 311MK has one PA all call and eight area PA keylines.
All these keylines can be delayed when deactivated. The delay
extends the time of deactivation of the PA from between two
and seven seconds. The delay is programmed from the system
software.
2
_ Decompression Keyline
This occurs if the aircraft loses cabin pressure. The AVC
311MK sends a message the CIDS (Ref. 23-73-00) and the IFE
system components to:
- stop the broadcast audio and video to the B/C and E/C
passenger seats (if installed)
- stop the on demand services to the B/C passenger seats (if
installed)
- turn off and retract the HMDUs in the passenger cabin (if
installed)
- start the PRAM (if installed).
3
_ Weight On Wheels (WOW) Keyline
This signal changes at takeoff and landing. The AVC 311MK
records the start and end of a flight with this signal.
4
_ Fasten Seatbelts and No Smoking Keylines
The cabin crew manually operate these keylines when necessary.
The AVC 311MK then sends these signals to the ADBs.
(j) DSU Discrete (Keyline) Input Signals
The DSU 312MK has a maximum of 17, ARINC-720 keyline inputs. The
DSU 312MK has these keyline inputs:
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 26
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
1
_ Gear Down Keyline
This gives the position of the aircraft landing gear (up or
down).
2
_ Program Hold Keyline
This causes the audio and video programs to pause.
3
_ Video Hold Keyline
This causes the video programs to pause.
4
_ Decompression Keyline
This occurs if the aircraft loses cabin pressure and is a
backup of the system state heartbeat.
5
_ Enable Test Mode keyline
This is a debug menu available at the console port during the
boot sequence.
6
_ PA All Keyline
This is for the backup of the system state heartbeat.
7
_ Degraded Operation Keyline
This causes programming to start if the system state or health
is not correct.
(k) AVC Discrete (Keyline) Output Signals
The AVC 311MK has a maximum of 10, ARINC-720 (active ground)
keyline outputs. These keylines are diode isolated for connection
to shared keylines. The AVC 311MK has six VA keyline outputs.
(l) DSU Discrete (Keyline) Output Signals
The DSU 312MK has a maximum of 11, ARINC-720 (active ground)
keyline outputs. These keylines are diode isolated for connection
to shared keylines. The LRU BITE status keyline output can be
enabled through the configuration datebase and/or customized
application software. This output is the same as the DSU 312MK
front-panel indicator and is active ground if the LRU POST and
BIT/BITE tests are correct.
(m) DSU Baseband Video Outputs
The DSU has six differential 100 ohm, 1 Vpp video outputs.
(n) DSU Baseband Video/Audio Outputs
The DSU has six pairs of 20 ohm stereo-differential, 0 dBM
video/audio outputs. Each pair is associated with a video output
primary language or secondary language.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 27
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
(o) AVC Audio Inputs
The AVC has audio inputs from the aircraft PA system. The AVC can
have a maximum of six 600 Ohm differential monoaural PA audio
inputs and four 70V audio inputs from an ARINC-560 compatible PA
system. The audio inputs are modulated with the RF signal
produced by the AVC.
(p) AVC Audio Outputs
The AVC gives an audio output for the:
- VA
- overhead video programs.
1
_ VA audio output
The AVC gives a maximum of six, 50 ohm mono-differential, 0
dBM audio outputs with a volume control to the aircraft PA
system. The PA system then sends these outputs to the overhead
speakers in the passenger cabin.
2
_ Audio Output for Overhead Video Programs
The AVC modulates a maximum of six stereo audio outputs for
the overhead video entertainment. These audio outputs are sent
to the passenger seats to give audio when overhead video is
shown.
(q) DSU Baseband Audio-Outputs
The DSU 312MK has 12, 20 ohm stereo-differential, 0 dBM audio
outputs.
(r) AVC RF Input
The AVC 311MK has one, 50 ohm coaxial RF (550 MHz) input. The
input signal is added to the modulated RF signals supplied by the
AVC 311MK.
(s) DSU RF Input
The DSU 312MK has three, 50 ohm coaxial RF inputs. The input
signals are added to the modulated RF signals supplied by the DSU
312MK.
(t) AVC RF Output
The AVC 311MK has three, 50 ohm coaxial RF outputs. After the RF
input signal is added to the modulated RF signals supplied by the
AVC 311MK, it is divided into three RF (550 MHz) output signals.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 28
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
(u) DSU RF Output
The DSU 312MK has one, 50 ohm coaxial RF output. The RF output
signal is the RF input signals added to the modulated RF signals
supplied by the DSU 312MK. This signal is sent to the AVC 311MK.
(v) AVC NTSC Video-Outputs
The AVC 311MK can have a maximum of six, 100 ohm differential
NTSC Video inputs. The video inputs are modulated with the RF
signal that is sent to the IFE system video components. These
video inputs are from these systems/components (if installed):
- the VTR 12MH
- the landscape camera 3MH
- the Passenger Flight Information-System (PFIS).
(w) AVC Auxiliary Video-Output
The AVC 311MK has one differential 100 ohm, 1V peak-to-peak
auxiliary output. This supplies a video preview to the CMT 11MH.
7. _____________________
Component Description
A. Audio/Video Controller
(Ref. Fig. 012)
(1) General Description
The Audio/Video Controller (AVC) 311MK is installed in the IFE center
310MK and is the primary IFE system interface with the aircraft
systems. The AVC has these primary subassemblies:
- a case assembly
- a housing subassembly
- a rear ARINC subassembly
- a PCOM2 PCB assembly
- a FM modulator PCB assembly
- a video modulator PCB assembly
R - a PA/VA PCB assembly
- a wer supply/combiner.
The AVC RF modulates the analog audio and video inputs from the VTR
(if installed), the Passenger Address (PA), BGM, PRAM and camera (if
installed). This is sent to the passenger seats, overhead
loudspeakers and the overhead video components (if installed).
The AVC 311MK gives data communication through an ARINC 429 databus
interface to the CIDS, the 100 Base T ETHERNET connection and the
discrete interfaces.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 29
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
Audio/Video Controller (AVC)
Figure 012
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 30
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
(2) Detailed Description
(a) The primary functions of the AVC are as follows:
- PA all-call audio-distribution
- area PA audio-distribution
- monitoring and generation of system heartbeat
- system information repository
- system mode control
- Tapping Unit (TU) control and management
- overhead video control and management
- modulation of overhead video programs
- PA video
- video modulation and control of up to 3 Video Sources
- FM audio modulation and control of up to 12 stereo audio
sources
- external interface control
- Video Tape Reproducer (VTR) control (if installed)
- camera control (if installed)
- telephony (if installed).
(b) PCOM2 (MC8260 Microprocessor)
The PCOM2 has a MPC8260 Power QUICC II microprocessor that gives
internal and external communication to the AVC. The MPC8260
integrates two main components, the embedded PowerPC core and the
Communications Processor Module (CPM). The CPM gives simultaneous
support for:
- three Fast serial Communications Controllers (FCCs)
- two MultiChannel Controllers (MCCs)
- four Serial Communications Controllers (SCCs)
- two Serial Management Controllers (SMCs)
- one Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)
- one I2C interface.
(c) FM Modulation
The AVC has up to two FM modulators. The modulators modulate and
multiplex the stereo audio outputs from the VTR into a single RF
signal. The AVC receives the stereo audio from the VTR on two
balanced twisted- pair type cables. The audio is sent into the
modulators as 24 differential signals with a typical level of 0
dBm. The modulators have an input impedance of 600 W. After the
modulation of the audio, the RF signal is mixed with the RF input
and sent to the RF splitter module for distribution.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 31
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
(d) Video Modulation
The AVC has up to two Video modulators that multiplex the
differential NTSC video and associated dual stereo audio outputs
from the VTR into one RF signal. The baseband video is sent to
the video modulator as six differential signals that have a 1Vp-p
amplitude.
The associated video-audio is sent to the Video modulator as
twenty-four differential signals that have 0 dBm level.
(e) PA/VA Modulation
The AVC receives the audio PA inputs that have a maximum audio
signal level of 0 dBm through twisted-pair type cables. The audio
signals are sent to the area FM modulators. After modulation the
RF signals are then sent to the passenger seats.
(f) Overhead Video
A video output is only sent to the HMDUs when:
- a video source is selected
- a channel is selected
- the applicable tapping units are tuned to the selected channel.
The AVC receives the RF signal that has the broadcast video and
the associated video-audio. This is then sent to the three VA
tuners. The tuners that are dedicated to the required area(s) of
the aircraft, select the required channel and send the associated
audio to a stereo audio output-driver. The stereo audio is
received by the FM modulator on the designated FM channel for
distribution to the passenger seats. The video for the program is
multiplexed and sent to a baseband video output. The baseband
video is sent to the CMT to give a preview to cabin personnel.
(g) Video Announcements
The passenger VA is an overhead video program that is shown on
all the displays in a selected PA area. The associated
video-audio will also be heard from the overhead speakers in the
selected PA area. The PA/VA modulator receives the VA channels RF
signal. The RF signal is routed to a 3-way splitter and sent to
the VA tuners. The audio is then demodulated from the RF signal.
The selected channels are summed, multiplexed and attenuated
before they are sent to the six baseband audio outputs. The PA
audio level (PA volume increase and decrease buttons) is
controlled from the applicable screen on the CMT by cabin
personnel.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 32
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
(h) VA Keylines
There are six VA keylines sent from the PCOM (MC8260) processor
card. The VA audio signals contain the audio associated with the
selected video channel. The keyline has a signal that shows that
the audio present in the associated video signal must also be
sent to the overhead speakers located in the selected areas. A
total of six areas are supported but only three simultaneous
independent announcements are available at any one time.
(i) PA All-Call Keyline
When the PA all-call Keyline is operated, a dedicated FM
modulator pauses the normal entertainment. This puts audio from
the first PA audio input on a dedicated FM channel and this is
sent to the passenger seats. The PA all-call keyline instructs
all seat tuners, as well as the VA tuners, to program the FM
channel dedicated to provide PA in all areas. Deactivation of the
keyline disables the PA all call FM-modulator and returns the
system back to the normal entertainment.
(j) RF Combiner/Splitter
The AVC modulates the audio and video programs, combines the
modulated signals, and redistributes the combined signal to the
passenger cabin. The RF combiner/splitter receives the RF outputs
from the PA, FM and video modulators, and combines them into one
RF signal. This signal is combined with an external RF signal
from the previous RF head-end LRU, and is split into three RF
outputs. These RF outputs feed the ADBs and/or the overhead TUs.
(k) Identification and Configuration
When the AVC operates it must have a unique system
identification, this is to let the PA and PSS functions operate
correctly. The IFE system establishes, maintains and modifies the
system component identification. This is done through the system
database (which maps physical connectivity to identity) and the
physical connectivity between the components.
(l) AVC Software
Three primary elements of software are necessary for the AVC to
operate correctly:
- AVC boot layer
- boot partition
- application layer.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 33
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
(m) AVC Software Functionality
The AVC can do these major software tasks:
1
_ Power-On System Test
In response to a unit reset the AVC will do a check of the
local hardware, this includes the memory and interfaces. It
will keep the results from the response for subsequent fault
isolation and keep and report the power on reason.
2
_ Fault Monitoring
The AVC monitors the health of the IFE system for faults that
include:
- parity errors
- communications failures.
3
_ Fault Recording
The AVC records the detected LRU faults in the non-volatile
RAM with the time and flight mode.
4
_ Continuous Monitor Response
The AVC responds to periodic continuous-monitor-requests with
power-on system test results, local faults and current LRU
status.
5
_ Configuration Check
The AVC responds to configuration check requests and gives
the:
- hardware (H/W) part number
- serial number and revision/MOD level
- basic software CSCI part numbers (this includes boot code
and firmware)
- field-loadable software part numbers.
6
_ Software Download
When the AVC is in software download mode, it will respond to
download requests for software and configuration data.
7
_ Data Upload
When the AVC is in software upload mode, it will respond to
requests for log files and usage data.
8
_ Reset Response
The AVC will respond to a request for a unit reset.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 34
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
9
_ Console Driver
Lets connection to the AVC of a RS232 terminal for a test of
the AVC.
10
__ T/U Serial Driver
The T/U serial driver gives RS485 communication to the TUs.
11
__ System Mode Control
The system mode control acts as a primary source for the
system state. This is based on operator choices and external
events.
12
__ System Heartbeat Generation
The AVC sends a periodic heartbeat message that includes the
system state and PA status to all the IFE LRUs.
13
__ System Inventory Repository
The AVC keeps a central point of access for data that includes
information from non-IFE equipment. The data includes the:
- aircraft ID
- current time
- flight mode
- flight number
- latitude and longitude of aircraft.
14
__ External Messages
The AVC is an interface and control point for the aircraft
systems connected to the IFE system. The AVC receives messages
from the aircraft systems and processes them. These messages
include the transmission and reception of:
- ground maintenance messages
- power-up status messages
- airplane mode messages
- PA/VA area map messages.
15
__ Tapping Unit Control and Overhead Video Server
The AVC gives a TU server. The status, display and control of
the TUs is on the applicable page on the CMT. The server
translates HTTP commands to RS485 commands for transmission to
the TUs. These commands include:
- control of the HMDUs (on, off, channel selection and
decompression mode)
- maintainance of the TU link status
- a check of the HMDUs and the TUs for status
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 35
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
- send a heartbeat signal to the HMDUs
- give RF gain adjustment.
16
__ Overhead Video Content Server
The AVC FM modulates the audio of the overhead video program
on the correct FM channel.
17
__ Video PA.
18
__ Video Modulation Control.
19
__ Peripheral Control Server
The peripheral control server lets external clients have
control over and receive status of connected peripherals that
include:
- VTR (if installed)
- PRAM (if installed).
20
__ Telephony Server (if installed)
The telephony server is an interface between the Seat
Electronics Box (SEB) and the Cabin Telecom Unit (CTU). It
converts voice over the IP data from the SEB to the CEPT E1
for the CTU. It also gives call setup, progress and teardown.
21
__ External Interface Control.
(n) Power-Up Requirements
The power-up of the AVC 311MK and the interaction with other IFE
LRUs at power-up is done in this sequence:
1
_ Power on self test
2
_ Software Version Check
The AVC 311MK sends a Get Software Version command to each
downstream LRU to get the software version. If it does not
match the software version in the AVCs library for that LRU,
the LRU starts a software download.
3
_ Aircraft Configuration
The AVC 311MK does the Aircraft Configuration requirement.
When the configuration is complete, the AVC reports the
configuration and status of the IFE system and gives a
heartbeat message that has the IFE status.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 36
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
4
_ PA/VA Initialization
The software searches for a map file that defines which
downstream LRUs belong to which PA Area. If no map exists, the
software defines all downstream LRUs that belong to PA Area 1
that are controlled by a PA Keyline.
B. Digital Server Unit
(Ref. Fig. 013)
(1) General Description
The Digital Server Unit (DSU) 312MK is installed in the IFE center
310MK and is an integrated digital broadcast-server that combines the
functions of up to 11 individual LRUs into one unit. The DSU has
these primary subassemblies:
- a chassis
- an input/output assembly
- two power-supply PCB assemblies
- a PCOM-II PCB assembly
- three video-client PCB assemblies
- an audio client PCB assembly
- a 12-channel FM modulator
- a 6-channel video modulator
- an RF-combiner PCB assembly
- a RF-BITE-processor PCB assembly
- a 181GB hard-drive assembly.
The DSU stores the digital video and audio content that is supplied
to the IFE system for broadcast to the passengers. The digital video
content is compressed and stored on the 181GB hard drive in a format
that complies with the Motion Pictures Expert-Group (MPEG) MPEG-1 and
MPEG-2 format. The DSU can store between 90 and 200 hours of MPEG-2
or MPEG-1 video content. The video data is stored in multiplexed
format including video and up to 16 audio tracks in the MPEG-2
format.
The DSU stores digital audio content compressed and stored on the
hard drive in a format that complies with the MPEG MP3 audio format.
The DSU can store up to 2,090 hours of audio content.
The DSU can supply up to six video channels in National Television
Systems Committee (NTSC) signal format and their associated stereo
audio channels to the AVC. The DSU can also supply 12 stereo audio
channels, these are split between entertainment audio and Background
Music (BGM).
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 37
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
Digital Server Unit (DSU)
Figure 013
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 38
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
The channels of audio and video data are decoded in the DSU to their
baseband components. Five of the 6 baseband NTSC video signals, with
their associated stereo audio channels are RF modulated and are sent
to the AVC for broadcast. The audio output to the PA system is also
sent in baseband form. The sixth video channel and its associated
stereo audio channels, is available as an NTSC signal and can be sent
to the AVC to give a sixth video channel to the overhead video. The
broadcast content from the DSU includes:
- the video entertainment
- the audio entertainment
- the map software for the Passenger Flight Information-System (PFIS)
Function (if installed)
- the Pre-Recorded Announcements (PRAM) (if installed)
- the BGM
- the connecting gate software.
(2) Detailed Description
(a) The digital content is streamed through the Internet
communications protocol (TCP/IP) to client platforms on Printed
Circuit Board (PCB) assemblies installed in the DSU. There are
two types of client platform:
- video clients, two on each PCB
- audio clients, four on each PCB.
1
_ Video Clients
The DSU 312MK has three video client PCBs that give a total of
six video clients and six associated dual stereo video and
video/audio outputs. The video clients are distributed to a
six channel video modulator.
Each video client can generate one video output and
simultaneously two associated stereo language tracks. The
language tracks are selected from up to 16 language tracks
that are multiplexed with the video.
The video clients are digital MPEG video/audio decoders and
general purpose PC compatible platforms. The video clients can
be customized to display broadcast video channels. An example
of this is the Passenger Flight Information (e.g. moving map)
channel. Each of the video, video/audio, and audio
entertainment channels are buffered and distributed to the
ARINC connector as baseband signals.
2
_ Audio Clients
The DSU 312MK has one audio client PCB that has four audio
clients that give 14 audio outputs. Twelve of the audio
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 39
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
outputs are normal audio entertainment and are distributed to
a 12-channel FM modulator. The 13th and 14th outputs are for
the PRAM and BGM functions. The PRAM and BGM are monaural
audio outputs. The MP3 programming for the PRAM and BGM audio
outputs are encoded and stored as monaural MP3 and only.
The left channel of the stereo decoder is connected to the
applicable aircraft PA system input. The modulators combine
the modulated signals into a single output each are then sent
to the RF combiner. These modulated signals are then mixed
with the RF input signals from previous LRUs, then output as a
single RF output at the ARINC connector to feed the next RF
LRU in the distribution hierarchy.
(b) Broadcast Streaming Video from Digital Content
The DSU 312MK gives six video channels and two associated stereo
audio language channels that are controlled by the cabin
attendant. The cabin attendant at the CMT 11MH can configure
these to start and stop with pre-configured content as a group.
Also some channels can be configured to be individually
controlled by a cabin attendant. The channel configuration
functions include:
- the content selection
- the language selection
- the video start
- the video stop
- the video fast forward
- the video rewind.
NOTE : All broadcast streaming video and the associated audio is
____
paused during an All Call PA event.
(c) Broadcast Streaming Audio from Digital Content
The DSU gives 12 stereo audio channels that are controlled by the
cabin attendant. These can be started and stopped with
pre-configured content as a group by the cabin attendant at the
CMT 11MH.
NOTE : All broadcast streaming audio is paused during an All Call
____
PA event.
(d) Digital Content and Downloadable Software Repository and Manager
The hard drive in the DSU 312MK contains the digital video and
audio content for playback. The hard drive also contains images
of all downloadable software for the system. Maintenance
personnel can download software for the other LRUs in the IFE
system from the repository in the DSU 312MK.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 40
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
(e) Download and Configuration Reporting
The DSU 312MK download manager is operated from the CMT 11MH and
gives target LRUs, with a list of the required software by LRU
type. Each LRU evaluates the required part number against the
current software loaded and if different will determine if new
software is required by comparing the download request and the
current software load.
If a download is required, the LRU will fetch and install the
required software from any available download repository
containing the correct software. The LRU will automatically
perform a reboot after exiting the download state.
The DSU 312MK configuration manager is operated from the CMT
11MH. In response to a configuration request from the system
configuration manager the DSU 312MK will give a current list of
configuration items for software and hardware.
(f) System Level Ethernet-Interconnection
The DSU 312MK has five external ethernet interfaces that
interconnect the IFE system data-distribution-network. The DSU
312MK interconnects with these components and systems:
- the AVC 311MK
- the first Area Distribution Box (ADB) 350MK
- a second DSU 41MH (if installed)
- the external aircraft systems.
(g) Degraded Functionality
If any client platform fails, the remaining client platforms will
continue to operate. If the supervisory processor and/or the hard
drive fails, the clients will locate an external server LRU and
if available will continue to operate. If the power supply fails
the DSU 312MK will fail but the RF channels from a secondary DSU
41MH (if installed) connected through a failed primary DSU 312MK
will continue to operate. If the DSU 312MK loses the system
heartbeat for approximately 10 minutes the video and audio
services will be automatically re-started in an attempt to
operate.
If the DSU 312MK senses an active but degraded service keyline
(normally an auxiliary switch located adjacent to the CMT), video
and audio services will be re-started in an attempt to provide
service.
NOTE : Other LRUs may not operate if the state of PA ALL cannot
____
be determined.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 41
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
(h) BITE Functions (if installed)
The DSU 312MK has two types of Built In Test (BITE), a
non-intrusive BITE and an intrusive BITE.
1
_ The non-intrusive BITE has these functions:
- reporting of the power-on self-test condition
- operational status of all the external communication links
- operational status of the supervisory and client platforms
- operational status of the power supply.
2
_ The intrusive BITE will only operate when selected on the
maintenance page on the CMT 11MH. The intrusive BITE has these
functions:
- a commanded self-test of the microprocessor facilities
- an internal loop-back on all the communication interfaces
(except the Ethernet interfaces)
- an external loop-back on all the Ethernet interfaces
- signal performance parametric-tests for all the base-band
and RF modulated video and audio signals.
NOTE : Only use the intrusive BITE during maintenance of the
____
system because the test will be seen and heard by the
passengers.
(i) Boot/Download Selection Menu
The Boot/Download selection menu is available at the console
RS-232 port. This is a DSU intrusive-function type
maintenance-test and is only operated when necessary during
maintenance. This function is operated when the /ATTN keyline at
the ARINC connector or at the front panel diagnostic-connector is
grounded.
(j) Backup and Distribution of the AVC system Heartbeat (if
installed)
The DSU 312MK can be configured to give all LRUs the system
heartbeat that is necessary for consistent system operation. The
DSU 312MK gives the system heartbeat only when the AVC 311MK
fails to give the system heartbeat after a period of time.
(k) Passenger Flight Information System (PFIS) (if installed)
The DSU 312MK can be configured to give a PFIS function. The DSU
312MK is configured to have one video client that gives the
moving map function. The DSU 312MK receives the data for this
function through the Ethernet from the AVC 311MK.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 42
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
(l) Pre-Recorded Announcements
The DSU 312MK is configured to give a monaural audio PRAM output
to the aircraft PA system. The PRAM is operated by keylines or
when selected on the applicable page on the CMT 11MH.
(m) Background Music
The DSU 312MK is configured to give a monaural audio BGM output
to the aircraft PA system. The BGM is operated by keylines or
when selected on the applicable page on the CMT 11MH.
R C. Cabin Management Terminal
(Ref. Fig. 014)
(1) General
The Cabin Management Terminal (CMT) 11MH is installed in the VCC 12MH
and has a 10.4 in. touch-panel type LCD monitor. The front panel of
the CMT has these buttons:
- screen brightness increase-button
- screen brightness decrease-button
- on/off button.
(2) Detailed Description
(a) The CMT receives electrical power, National Television System
Committee (NTSC) video and Motion Picture Experts-Group (MPEG-1
and/or MPEG-2) streaming video/audio in Ethernet format from the
Seat Electronics Box (SEB) - Video 42MH installed in the VCC.
The CMT is the primary user interface of the IFE System. The
operation of the CMT is through the touch-panel LCD monitor, this
gives control and operation of the IFE system. The IFE system is
controlled by the selection of system functions in HTML based WEB
pages. The CMT controls the system functions that include (if
installed):
- video preview
- HMDU control
- safety video
- PA
- BGM
- maintenance functions.
(b) Maintenance Screen
R From the maintenance screen you can set these system functions
R (if installed):
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 43
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
Cabin Management Terminal (CMT)
Figure 014
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 44
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
- download (of software)
- configuration check
- IP sequencing
- BITE
- static test
R
- customer login.
(c) CMT Connections
The CMT is connected to the AVC 311MK and the IFE system
components through a 100 Base T ETHERNET type connection.
D. Area Distribution Box
(Ref. Fig. 015)
R (1) General Description
There are two Area Distribution Boxes (ADBs) 350MK installed in the
passenger cabin. They give an ethernet connection and Radio Frequency
(RF) distribution to the other IFE components connected to them.
(2) Detailed Description
(a) The ADBs are unmanaged 17-port switches that can do limited
management functions. They are also RF equalizer/splitters that
give acceptable levels of RF to the seat group components. The
first ADB in the chain is a passive tap for the other ADB in the
IFE system. The ADB has these primary subassemblies:
- an input PCB assembly
- a power supply module
- a splitter/amplifier PCB assembly
- a processor PCB assembly
- an output PCB assembly.
E. Wall Disconnect Box
(Ref. Fig. 016)
R (1) General Description
The Wall Disconnect Boxes (WDBs) 50MK are installed in the passenger
cabin. The WDB has these primary sub-assemblies:
- an RF splitter PCB assembly
- a housing assembly.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 45
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
Area Distribution Box (ADB)
Figure 015
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 46
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
Figure 016
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 47
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
(2) Detailed Description
(a) The WDBs receive RF and high speed data signals from the ABD
350MK. The WDBs split the RF and high speed data signals into two
identical signals. These are then sent to the SEBs in the two
seat columns.
F. Seat Electronic Box
(Ref. Fig. 017)
R (1) General Description
There is a minimum of one Seat Electronic Box (SEB) 500MK mounted in
each of the passenger seat groups. There is also one SEB 42MH mounted
in the VCC 10MH.
(2) Detailed Description
(a) The SEBs distribute the broadcast audio/video from the Radio
Frequency (RF) network, and (if installed) the digital
interactive audio/video from the 100Base-TX network. Each SEB can
support a maximum of three in-seat displays, PCUs and associated
components. Up to 10 SEBs may be daisy-chained together in a
column. The SEB gives these functions (if they are installed) to
each passenger seat:
- audio entertainment
- video entertainment
- Personal Electronic Device (PED) interface
- Universal-Serial-Bus (USB) laptop-computer-connection
- telephony connection.
(b) SEB Primary Subassemblies
The SEB has these primary subassemblies:
1
_ Input Panel Assembly
The input panel assembly has these components:
- three AC power connectors
- two data network connectors
- a AC power input PCB assembly
- a RF input PCB assembly
- three inter-PCB assembly connectors.
2
_ power supply module PCB assembly
The power supply module PCB assembly has these components:
- a rectifier and Power Factor Corrector (PFC)
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 48
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
Figure 017
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 49
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
- a hold-up capacitor
- three DC to DC converters
- Built-In Test Equipment (BITE) circuitry.
3
_ Audio/Video Demodulator Module (AVDM) PCB assembly
The AVDM PCB assembly has these components:
- a RF Automatic Gain Control (AGC)
- a RF splitter
- a Passenger Address (PA) keyline
- a detector
- a audio demodulator
- a video, tuner/demodulator
- a micro controller.
4
_ Processor Module (PM) PCB assembly
The PM PCB assembly has these components:
- a nine-port Ethernet switch
- three Ethernet to USB converters
- a Peripheral Component Interconnection (PCI) based
three-port USB hub
- a Voice-over Internet Protocol (VoIP) processor
- three-port compress/decompress (CODEC)
- a Personal Computer (PC) subsystem.
5
_ Output Panel Assembly
The output panel assembly has these components:
- a video Display Unit (VDU), Passenger Control Unit (PCU),
and laptop PC connector
- a Electrical audio-Jack Module (EJM) connector
- a output PCB assembly
- three inter-PCB assembly connectors
- a cable assembly.
G. Passenger Control Unit
(Ref. Fig. 018)
(1) General
The Economy Class (E/C) passenger seats have a Passenger Control Unit
(PCU) 200MK installed in the armrest of each seat. The PCUs 200MK let
the passengers control the audio functions of the IFE system from the
passenger seats.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 50
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
Figure 018
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 51
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
(2) Detailed Description
(a) The Passenger Control Units (PCUs) have a membrane keypad, a LCD
display and one electrical connector at the rear. The PCU is back
lit to let the passenger see the keypad and display in low light
conditions. The PCUs have the keys that follow:
- VOLUME up
- VOLUME down
- CHANNEL up
- CHANNEL down.
(b) VOLUME up key
When the VOLUME up key is pushed the audio heard at the headset
will increase.
(c) VOLUME down key
When the VOLUME down key is pushed the audio heard at the headset
will decrease.
(d) CHANNEL up key
If the CHANNEL up key is pushed the next higher audio channel
will be selected. The channel number shown on the LCD display
will increase and the audio heard at the headset will be the new
selection.
(e) CHANNEL down key
If the CHANNEL down key is pushed the next lower audio channel
will be selected. The channel number shown on the LCD display
will decrease and the audio heard at the headset will be the new
selection.
H. Tapping Unit
(Ref. Fig. 019)
R (1) General Description
The Tapping Units (TU) 50MH are installed in the passenger cabin. The
TU demodulates the RF video signal sent from the AVC to an NTSC video
signal. The NTSC video signal is then sent to the HMDUs. Each TU can
supply a maximum of three HMDUs. The TU supplies power to the
monitors, and if necessary supplies power to other TUs. The TU has
these primary subassemblies:
- an input Printed Circuit Board (PCB) assembly
- a central processing unit PCB assembly
- an RF PCB assembly
- a capacitor PCB assembly
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 52
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
Tapping Unit (TU)
Figure 019
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 53
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
- a power supply
- an internal cable assembly
- an output PCB assembly.
(2) Detailed Description
(a) TU Microcontroller
Each TU has a microcontroller that receives data from the head
end TU, processes it, and transmits video and power on/off
commands to each HMDU. This lets the TU individually power on and
off each HMDU. The data bus assigns the three outputs to one of
two video channels. This lets the TU operate two video areas or
gives two different programs to one area.
The TU can receive VHF and UHF television signals that are
broadcast in NTSC format. A signal line from each HMDU gives the
power on status to the microcontroller. The microcontroller gives
the power on status information to the IFE system through the
ARINC485 data bus.
(b) ARINC485 Data Bus
The TU receives commands from the AVC through an ARINC485 data
bus. The IFE system has two ARINC485 data buses connected to the
TUs. The TUs only use one ARINC485 data bus. The other bus goes
through the TU and is not monitored. Commands from the AVC go
through the ADB to each TU in the chain. A unique address in the
connection cable gives a specific address for each TU. The last
TU in the chain has termination resistors installed to the
ARINC485 communications port. The commands received from the AVC
include:
- HMDU on and off
- HMDU raise and lower
- video channel selection for demodulation.
J. Hatrack Mounted Display-Units
(Ref. Fig. 020)
(1) General
The Hatrack Mounted Display-Units (HMDUs) are installed in the
overhead stowage compartments in the passenger cabin. The HMDUs have
a 8.4 in. Liquid Crystal Display (LCD). The 8.4 in. LCDs can extend
from and retract into the HMDUs. An internal motor in the HMDU
extends and retracts them.
Some of the HMDUs functions can be remotely adjusted with a hand-held
InfraRed (IR) remote-control.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 54
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit (HMDU)
Figure 020
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 55
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
When necessary the cabin crew can make the 8.4 in. LCDs extend from
the HMDUs so that the passengers can see the selected video shown on
them. They retract into the HMDUs when:
- selected by the cabin crew
- decompression of the passenger cabin occurs
- loss of electrical power to the HMDU occurs.
The HMDUs receive these inputs from the TUs:
- 115VAC, 400Hz
- 28VDC
- on control signals
- off control signals
- composite video signals.
The HMDUs have these primary subassemblies:
- a power supply
- a 8.4 in. LCD
- a retract controller
- a motor
- a clutch
- a solenoid
- a override SW
- a video controller
- an optical switch sensor
- a backlight inverter.
(2) Detailed Description
(a) keyline Inputs
The operation of the HMDUs is controlled by two control signals
on the discrete keyline inputs:
- on control signal
- off control signal.
The on control and off control signals operate under the two
modes that follow:
- momentary ground
- hard ground.
1
_ Momentary Ground
The on control signal is normally open circuit or 28VDC. The
off control signal is normally grounded.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 56
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
A momentary ground to the on control signal will cause the 8.4
in. LCD to extend and come on. A momentary 28VDC to the off
control signal will cause the 8.4 in. LCD to go off and
retract.
2
_ Hard Ground
The on control signal is normally open circuit or 28VDC.
If the on control signal is grounded it will cause the 8.4 in.
LCD to extend and come on. If the ground from the on control
signal is removed and the on control signal is at 28VDC it
will cause the 8.4 in. LCD to go off and retract. Also the 8.4
in. LCD will go off and retract if the ground from the on
control signal is removed and the on control signal is open
circuit.
(b) On Control Signal
When the HMDU receives an on control signal from the TU it will:
- extend the 8.4 in. LCD to the correct position
- show the selected video on the 8.4 in. LCD
- send an on indicator output signal to the TU.
The on indicator output-signal sent to the TU is a switched 28VDC
type signal. The 8.4 in. LCD is kept in the extended position
until a command to retract is given from the TU.
(c) Off Control Signal
When the HMDU receives an off control signal from the TU the 8.4
in. LCD will retract into the HMDU. The 8.4 in. LCD will also
retract if the loss of electrical power to the HMDU occurs or if
decompression of the passenger cabin occurs.
During decompression of the passenger cabin the 8.4 in. LCD will
switch off and retract into the HMDU. The decompression signal is
sent to the HMDU by the off command from the TU.
(d) Extension and Retraction
The 8.4 in. LCDs require a minimum of three seconds and a maximum
of ten seconds to extend or retract. The 8.4 in. LCD has a
positive lock when it is in the retracted position. When the 8.4
in. LCD extends the locking device is unlocked to let it extend.
When a force of 5.5 + 1 lbs is applied to the bottom edge of the
8.4 in. LCD in the direction of retraction, it will immediately
retract. This is to prevent personal injury to a passenger. After
a period of between 2 and 10 seconds, the 8.4 in. LCD will try to
extend again. After three unsatisfactory trys to extend the 8.4
in. LCD will retract until the HMDU is reset. The HMDU is reset
by the manual override switch or by a system command.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 57
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
1
_ Manual Override Switch
The HMDU has a manual override switch that extends and
retracts the 8.4 in. LCD. The manual override switch will only
function when the HMDU has an on control signal. The manual
override switch will extend and retract the 8.4 in. LCD in a
maximum of 10 seconds.
(e) Composite Video Signals
The HMDU receives a composite video signal from the TU. The
signal is a 1 Vp-p negative sync, single-ended type signal into
an input impedance of 50 Ohms. The signal is sent from the TU in
these formats:
- NTSC (3.58 MHz)
- PAL (4.43 Mhz)
- NTSC (3.58 MHz) - non interlace.
The composite video signal is digitized and de-interlaced into
the digital red, green and blue (RGB) signals to operate the LCD.
(f) LCD Properties
The HMDU 8.4 in. LCDs have these properties:
- view size (diagonal) - 8.4 in.
- view size - 480x640 pixels (minimum)
- dot pitch - 0.267 x 0.270mm
- color - 262,144 (6 bit/color RGB)
- contrast ratio - 100:1 (minimum)
- view angle - horizontal and vertical 110 deg.
- brightness 450 cd/m2 (minimum).
(g) IR Remote Control
The hand-held IR remote-control can remotely adjust these HMDU
functions:
- brightness - adjusts the picture brightness level
- contrast - adjusts the picture contrast level
- hue - adjusts the picture hue level
- Elapsed Time Indicator (ETI) - shows the number of hours unit
has operated
- overscan - increases picture size from normal to overscan view
(for VTR mode)
- reset - resets the HMDU to the factory default setting.
NOTE : The reset of the ETI is only through the HMDU maintenance
____
port.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 58
Config-2 Aug 01/06
R
THY
(h) HMDU Maintenance Port
The HMDU maintenance port gives communication and control of the
HMDU through an RS-232 interface. The top cover must be removed
to get access to the maintenance port.
8. ________________
System Operation
R A. General
R The IFE system is operated by the cabin crew or maintenance personnel
R from the CMT. The CMT has a touch sensitive display and shows the IFE
entertainment and maintenance screens. The screens have buttons and icons
R on them. The cabin crew and maintenance personnel touch the buttons and
R icons shown on the screens to get access to the IFE system functions. You
R get access to the entertainment and maintenance functions of the IFE
system from the welcome screen.
The operation of the entertainment functions of the IFE system is given
in the entertainment operation below. The IFE system has these
entertainment screens:
- the entertainment selection screen
- the boarding music selection screen
- the moving-map preview screen
- the safety-demo language-selection screen
- the safety-demo preview screen
R
- the services screen
- the auto screen
- the main-screen preview screen
- the manual screen.
The operation of the maintenance functions of the IFE system is given in
the maintenance operation below. The IFE system has several maintenance
screens that include:
R - the maintenance access screen
R - the maintenance screen
R - the download screen
R - the IP Sequence menu screen
R - the static test screen
R - the configuration check screen
R - the BITE menu screen.
R
(1) Welcome Screen
(Ref. Fig. 021)
The welcome screen is the first screen that is shown on the CMT after
the IFE system boot-sequence is complete. The welcome screen has:
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 59
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
Welcome Screen
Figure 021
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 60
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
- an airline logo
- an entertainment button
- a maintenance button.
(a) Airline Logo
The airline logo is customized for each airline operator.
(b) Entertainment Button
The entertainment button gives access to the entertainment
screens and entertainment functions of the IFE system. When you
touch the entertainment button, the entertainment selection
screen shows.
(c) Maintenance Button
The maintenance button gives access to the maintenance screens
and maintenance functions of the IFE system. When you touch the
maintenance button the maintenance access screen shows.
R B. Entertainment Operation
R (1) Entertainment Selection Screen
R (Ref. Fig. 022)
R You can access the entertainment selection screen from the welcome
R screen when you touch the Entertainment button. The entertainment
R selection screen has these buttons:
R
R - Boarding Music
R - Moving Map
R - Safety Demo
R - Camera
R - Auto
R - Manual
R - Exit.
R (a) Boarding Music Button
R The Boarding Music button gives access to the boarding music
R functions of the IFE system. When you touch the Boarding Music
R button, the button changes color and the boarding music screen
R shows.
R (b) Moving Map Button
R The Moving Map button gives access to the moving map functions of
R the IFE system. When you touch the Moving Map button, the button
R changes color and the moving-map preview screen shows.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 61
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
R Entertainment Selection Screen
R Figure 022
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 62
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
R (c) Safety Demo Button
R The Safety Demo button gives access to the safety demo functions
R of the IFE system. When you touch the Safety Demo button, the
R button changes color and the safety-demo selection screen shows.
R (d) Camera Button
R The Camera button gives access to the camera functions of the IFE
R system. When you touch the Flight Info button, the button changes
R color and the camera screen shows.
R (e) Auto Button
R The Auto button gives access to the automatic play function for
R the video entertainment of the IFE system. When you touch the
R Auto button, the button changes color and the auto-video
R selection screen shows.
R (f) Manual Button
R The Manual button gives access to the manual play function for
R the video entertainment of the IFE system. When you touch the
R Manual Play button, the button changes color and the manual-play
R video-selection screen shows.
R (g) Exit Button
R When you touch the Exit button, the button changes color and the
R welcome screen shows.
R (2) Safety-Demo Selection Screen
R (Ref. Fig. 023)
R The Safety-Demo selection screen has the same buttons as the
R entertainment selection screen and has:
R
R - a list of available languages for broadcast
R - a Select button.
R (a) List of Available Safety Demo Languages
R To start a safety demo you must make a selection from the list of
R languages for broadcast. To select a safety demo touch the
R applicable language in the list.
R (b) Select Button
R After you have made a selection from the list of languages, you
R must touch the Select button. When you touch the Select button,
R the Safety-Demo preview screen shows.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 63
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
R Safety-Demo Selection Screen
R Figure 023
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 64
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
R (3) Safety-Demo Preview Screen
R (Ref. Fig. 024)
R The Safety-Demo preview screen has the same buttons as the
R entertainment selection screen and has:
R
R - a Safety-Demo window
R - a PA Volume window
R - a Monitors window.
R (a) Safety-Demo Window
R The Safety-Demo window has:
R
R - a Title window
R - a Back button
R - a preview window
R - a REW button
R - a STOP button
R - a PLAY button
R - a FF button.
R
R The REW (rewind) and FF (fast forward) buttons have no function.
R 1
_ Title Window
R The Title window shows the title of your selection of safety
R demo made at the Safety-Demo selection screen.
R 2
_ Back Button
R When you touch the Back button, the Safety-Demo selection
R screen shows again.
R 3
_ Preview Window
R When you touch the PLAY button, the preview window shows the
R safety demo.
R 4
_ STOP Button
R When the Safety-Demo preview screen is first opened, the STOP
R button is hightlighted. If the safety demo is in the PLAY mode
R and you touch the STOP button:
R
R - the PLAY button changes back to its initial color
R - the STOP button changes color
R - the safety-demo stops
R - the safety-demo is not shown on the preview screen.
R 5
_ PLAY Button
R When you touch the PLAY button:
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 65
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
R Safety-Demo Preview Screen
R Figure 024
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 66
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
R - the STOP button changes color
R - the PLAY button changes color
R - the safety demo starts
R - the safety-demo is shown on the preview screen.
R (b) PA Volume Window
R The PA Volume window has:
R
R - an OFF button
R - an ON button
R - a volume level indicator
R - a volume decrease button
R - a volume increase button.
R 1
_ OFF Button
R When you touch the OFF button, the audio of the safety demo is
R not heard from the overhead speakers in the passenger cabin.
R 2
_ ON Button
R When you touch the ON button, the audio of the safety demo is
R heard from the overhead speakers in the passenger cabin.
R 3
_ Volume Level Indicator
R The volume level indicator shows the volume level of the
R safety demo audio that is set.
R 4
_ Volume Decrease Button
R When you touch the volume decrease button:
R
R - the safety demo audio heard from the overhead speakers
R decreases
R - the size of the volume level indicator decreases.
R 5
_ Volume Increase Button
R When you touch the volume increase button:
R
R - the safety demo audio heard from the overhead speakers
R increases
R - the size of the volume level indicator increases.
R (c) Monitors Window
R The Monitors window has these buttons:
R
R - a Down button
R - an Up button.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 67
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
R 1
_ Down Button
R When you touch the Down button:
R
R - the Down button changes color
R - the outside edge of the Safety Demo button is highlighted
R - the HMDUs in the passenger compartment come on and extend
R - the HMDUs in the passenger compartment show the safety demo.
R 2
_ Up Button
R When you touch the Up button:
R
R - the Down button changes back to its initial color
R - the outside edge of the Safety Demo button is not
R highlighted
R - the HMDUs in the passenger compartment switch off and
R retract.
R (4) Moving-Map Preview Screen
R (Ref. Fig. 025)
R The Moving-Map preview screen has the same buttons as the
R entertainment selection screen and has:
R
R - a Moving Map window
R - a Monitors window.
R (a) Moving Map Window
R The Moving Map starts automatically and the Moving Map button is
R highlighted when the IFE system is started. The Moving Map window
R shows a preview of the moving map. The moving map shows data
R about the aircraft flight.
R (b) Monitors Window
R The Monitors window has these buttons:
R
R - a Down button
R - an Up button.
R 1
_ Down Button
R When you touch the Down button:
R
R - the Down button changes color
R - the outside edge of the Moving Map button is highlighted
R - the HMDUs in the passenger compartment come on and extend
R - the HMDUs in the passenger compartment show the Moving Map.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 68
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
R Moving-Map Preview Screen
R Figure 025
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 69
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
R 2
_ Up Button
R When you touch the Up Button:
R
R - the Down button changes back to its initial color
R - the outside edge of the Moving Map button is not higlighted
R - the HMDUs in the passenger compartment switch off and
R retract.
R (5) Camera Screen
R (Ref. Fig. 026)
R The Camera screen has the same buttons as the entertainment selection
R screen and has:
R
R - a Camera preview window
R - a Monitors window.
R (a) Camera Preview Window
R The Camera preview window has:
R
R - a Forward button
R - a Down button
R - a Zoom In button
R - a Zoom Out button
R - a preview window.
R 1
_ Forward Button
R The Forward button sets the camera to the forward view.
R 2
_ Down Button
R The Down button sets the camera to the down view.
R When you touch the Camera button on the Entertainment
R Selection Screen the Camera screen shows. The Down button is
R highlighted and the Camera preview screen shows the video from
R the down camera.
R 3
_ Zoom In Button
R The Zoom In button increases the down view magnification.
R 4
_ Zoom Out Button
R The Zoom Out button decreases the down view magnification.
R 5
_ Preview window
R The preview window shows the video from the camera that is
R set, the down camera or the forward camera.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 70
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
R Camera Screen
R Figure 026
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 71
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
R (b) Monitors Window
R The Monitors window has these buttons:
R
R - a Down button
R - an Up button.
R 1
_ Down Button
R When you touch the Down button:
R
R - the Down button changes color
R - the outside edge of the Camera button is highlighted
R - the HMDUs in the passenger compartment come on and extend
R - the HMDUs in the passenger compartment show the video of the
R camera that is set.
R 2
_ Up Button
R When you touch the Up Button:
R
R - the Down button changes back to its initial color
R - the outside edge of the Camera button is not higlighted
R - the HMDUs in the passenger compartment switch off and
R retract.
R (6) Boarding Music Screen
R (Ref. Fig. 027)
R The boarding music screen has the same buttons as the entertainment
R selection screen and has:
R
R - a list of available types of music for broadcast
R - an OFF button
R - an ON button
R - a Volume window.
R (a) List of Available Types of Music for Broadcast
R When the boarding music screen is opened the first time, the OFF
R button is highlighted and no music selection is made. To make a
R selection, touch the applicable type of music in the list. When
R you make a selection from the list and you touch the ON button,
R the boarding music is heard:
R
R - in the passenger cabin from the overhead speakers
R - at the passenger seats from the passenger headsets.
R (b) OFF Button
R When you touch the OFF button:
R
R - the ON button changes color (only if it was touched before)
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 72
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
R Boarding Music Screen
R Figure 027
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 73
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
R - the OFF button is highlighted
R - the boarding music stops
R - the boarding music is not be heard in the passenger cabin from
R the overhead speakers
R - the boarding music is not be heard at the passenger seats from
R the passenger headsets.
R (c) ON Button
R when you touch the ON button:
R
R - the OFF button changes color (only if it was touched before)
R - the ON button is highlighted
R - the boarding music starts
R - the boarding music is heard in the passenger cabin from the
R overhead speakers
R - the boarding music is heard at the passenger seats from the
R passenger headsets.
R (d) Volume Window
R The Volume window has:
R
R - a volume level indicator
R - a volume decrease button
R - a volume increase button.
R 1
_ Volume Level Indicator
R The volume level indicator shows the volume level of the
R boarding music that is set.
R 2
_ Volume Decrease Button
R When you touch the volume decrease button:
R
R - the boarding music heard from the overhead speakers
R decreases
R - the size of the volume level indicator decreases.
R 3
_ Volume Increase Button
R When you touch the volume increase button:
R
R - the boarding music heard from the overhead speakers
R increases
R - the size of the volume level indicator increases.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 74
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
R (7) Auto-Video Selection Screen
R (Ref. Fig. 028)
R The Auto-Video selection screen has the same buttons as the
R entertainment selection screen and has:
R
R - a Flight Profile window
R - a Start button.
R (a) Flight Profile Window
R The Flight Profile window shows list of available video
R categories for broadcast. Each category shows this data:
R
R - the type of content, adult or children
R - the flight number
R - the time of each category in hours and minutes.
R To start an automatic video broadcast you must make a selection
R from the list shown in the Flight Profile window. To make a
R selection, touch the applicable video category in the list.
R (b) Start Button
R When you have made a selection from the list shown in the Flight
R Profile window, you must touch the Start button. When you touch
R the Start button:
R
R - the outside edge of the Auto button is highlighted
R - the Auto Video screen shows
R - the automatic video broadcast starts
R - the HMDUs in the passenger compartment come on and extend
R - the HMDUs in the passenger compartment show the broadcast
R video.
R NOTE : You cannot start the auto video broadcast while the Safety
____
R Video is shown.
R (8) Auto Video Screen
R (Ref. Fig. 029)
R The Auto Video screen has the same buttons as the entertainment
R selection screen and has:
R
R - a Video Content window
R - a PA Volume window
R - a Monitors window.
R (a) Video Content Window
R The Video Content window has:
R
R - a Video Category window
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 75
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
R Auto-Video Selection Screen
R Figure 028
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 76
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
R Auto Video Screen
R Figure 029
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 77
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
R - a Video-Content Data window.
R 1
_ Video Category Window
R The Video Category window shows:
R
R - your selection of video category (made at the Auto-Video
R selection screen)
R - the total running time of the video category.
R 2
_ Video-Content Data Window
R The Video-Content Data window gives the content running order
R and time of the broadcast video
R (b) PA Volume Window
R The PA Volume window has:
R
R - an OFF button
R - an ON button
R - a volume level indicator
R - a Volume decrease button
R - a volume increase button.
R 1
_ OFF Button
R When you touch the OFF button, the audio of the video is not
R heard from the overhead speakers in the passenger cabin.
R 2
_ ON Button
R When you touch the ON button, the audio of the video is heard
R from the overhead speakers in the passenger cabin.
R 3
_ Volume Level Indicator
R The volume level indicator shows the volume level of the audio
R that is set.
R 4
_ Volume Decrease Button
R When you touch the volume decrease button:
R
R - the audio heard from the overhead speakers decreases
R - the size of the volume level indicator decreases.
R
R NOTE : You can only decrease the PA volume level to a set
____
R minimum level.
R 5
_ Volume Increase Button
R When you touch the volume increase button:
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 78
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
R - the audio heard from the overhead speakers increases
R - the size of the volume level indicator increases.
R (c) Monitors Window
R The Monitors window has these buttons:
R
R - a Down button
R - an Up button.
R 1
_ Down Button
R When you touch the Down button:
R
R - the Up button changes color
R - the Down button changes color
R - the outside edge of the Auto button is highlighted
R - the HMDUs in the passenger compartment come on and extend
R - the HMDUs in the passenger compartment show the broadcast
R video.
R NOTE : When you get access to the Auto Video Screen from the
____
R Auto-Video Selection screen the first time, the HMDUs
R in the passenger compartment come on and extend
R automatically.
R 2
_ Up Button
R When you touch the Up button:
R
R - the Down button changes color
R - the Up button changes color
R - the outside edge of the Auto button is not highlighted
R - the automatic video broadcast stops
R - the HMDUs in the passenger compartment switch off and
R retract.
R (9) Manual-Play Video-Selection Screen
R (Ref. Fig. 030)
R The manual-play video-selection screen has the same buttons as the
R entertainment selection screen and has:
R
R - a list of available video for broadcast
R - a Select button.
R (a) List of Available Video
R To start a video broadcast you must make a selection from the
R Video Selection list. To make a selection, touch the applicable
R video title in the list.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 79
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
R Manual-Play Video-Selection Screen
R Figure 030
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 80
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
R (b) Select Button
R When you have made a selection from the Video Selection list, you
R must touch the Select button. When you touch the Select button:
R
R - the outside edge of the Manual Play button is highlighted
R - the Manual Play screen shows
R - the HMDUs in the passenger compartment come on and extend.
R (10) Manual Play Screen
R (Ref. Fig. 031)
R The Manual Play screen has the same buttons as the entertainment
R selection screen and has:
R
R - a Video window
R - a PA Volume window
R - a Monitors window.
R (a) Video Window
R The Video window has:
R
R - a Title window
R - a Back button
R - a preview window
R - a REW button
R - a STOP button
R - a PLAY button
R - a FF button.
R 1
_ Title Window
R The Title window shows the title of your selection of video
R made at the Manual-Play Video-Selection screen.
R 2
_ Back Button
R When you touch the Back button the Manual-Play Video-Selection
R screen shows again.
R 3
_ Preview Window
R The preview window shows the manual play video (when you touch
R the PLAY button).
R 4
_ REW Button
R When the manual play video is in the STOP, PLAY or FF mode and
R you touch the REW (rewind) button:
R
R - the STOP, PLAY or FF button changes color
R - the REW button changes color
R - the manual play video reverses
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 81
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
R Manual Play Screen
R Figure 031
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 82
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
R - the manual play video-broadcast stops
R - the manual play video is not shown on the preview screen.
R 5
_ STOP Button
R When the manual play screen is opened the first time the STOP
R button is highlighted. When the manual play video is in the
R REW, PLAY or FF mode and you touch the STOP button:
R
R - the REW, PLAY or FF button changes color
R - the STOP button changes color
R - the manual play video-broadcast stops
R - the manual play video is not shown on the preview screen.
R 6
_ PLAY Button
R When the manual play video is in the REW, STOP or FF mode and
R you touch the PLAY button:
R
R - the REW, STOP or FF button changes color
R - the PLAY button changes color
R - the manual play video-broadcast starts
R - the manual play video is shown on the preview screen
R - the HMDUs show the manual play video-broadcast.
R NOTE : You cannot start the manual play video-broadcast while
____
R the Safety Video is shown.
R 7
_ FF Button
R When the manual play video is in the REW, STOP or PLAY mode
R and you touch the FF (fast forward) button:
R
R - the REW, STOP or PLAY button changes color
R - the FF button changes color
R - the manual play video advances
R - the manual play video-broadcast stops
R - the manual play video is not shown on the preview screen.
R (b) PA Volume Window
R The PA Volume window has:
R
R - an OFF button
R - an ON button
R - a volume level indicator
R - a Volume decrease button
R - a volume increase button.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 83
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
R 1
_ OFF Button
R When you touch the OFF button, the audio of the video is not
R heard from the overhead speakers in the passenger cabin.
R 2
_ ON Button
R When you touch the ON button, the audio of the video is heard
R from the overhead speakers in the passenger cabin.
R 3
_ Volume Level Indicator
R The volume level indicator shows the volume level of the audio
R that is set.
R 4
_ Volume Decrease Button
R When you touch the volume decrease button:
R
R - the audio heard from the overhead speakers decreases
R - the size of the volume level indicator decreases.
R
R NOTE : You can only decrease the PA volume level to a set
____
R minimum level.
R 5
_ Volume Increase Button
R When you touch the volume increase button:
R
R - the audio heard from the overhead speakers increases
R - the size of the volume level indicator increases.
R (c) Monitors Window
R The Monitors window has these buttons:
R
R - a Down button
R - an Up button.
R 1
_ Down Button
R When you touch the Down button:
R
R - the Up button changes color
R - the Down button changes color
R - the outside edge of the Manual Play button is highlighted
R - the HMDUs in the passenger compartment come on and extend
R - the HMDUs in the passenger compartment show the broadcast
R video.
R NOTE : When you get access to the manual play screen from the
____
R Manual-Play Video-Selection screen the first time, the
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 84
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
R HMDUs in the passenger compartment come on and extend
R automatically.
R 2
_ Up Button
R When you touch the Up button:
R
R - the Down button changes color
R - the Up button changes color
R - the outside edge of the Manual Play button is not
R highlighted
R - the automatic video broadcast stops
R - the HMDUs in the passenger compartment switch off and
R retract.
R C. Maintenance Operation
R (Ref. Fig. 021, 032, 033)
(1) General
The maintenance functions of the IFE system are accessed from the
Maintenance screen shown on the CMT. You get access to the
Maintenance screen through the Maintenance Access screen. To get
access to the Maintenance Access screen you must touch the
Maintenance button on the Welcome screen.
(2) Maintenance Access Screen
The Maintenance Access screen gives access to the Maintenance screen
and the maintenance functions of the IFE system.
The Maintenance Access screen has:
- a code window
- a keypad
- an Enter button.
(a) Code Window
The code window shows the masked key inputs from the keypad.
(b) Keypad
The Keypad is a numeric keypad and has:
- 0 thru 9 keys
- a back arrow key
- an Exit key.
1
_ 0 thru 9 Keys
You must touch the keys in the correct sequence to enter a
correct code. As you touch the keys the masked key number is
shown in the code window.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 85
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
Maintenance Access Screen
R Figure 032
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 86
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
Maintenance Screen
R Figure 033
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 87
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
2
_ Back Arrow Key
If you touch an incorrect key you can correct this if you
touch the back arrow key.
3
_ Exit key
If you touch the Exit key the Maintenance Access screen will
return to the welcome screen.
(c) Enter Button
After you have entered the correct code you must touch the Enter
button to get access to the Maintenance screen.
(3) Maintenance Screen
R (Ref. Fig. 021, 033)
From the Maintenance screen you get access to the maintenance
functions of the IFE system. The Maintenance screen has these
buttons:
- Download
- Config Check
- IP Sequencing
- BITE
- Static Test
- Customer Login.
(a) Download Button
When you touch the Download button on the Maintenance screen, the
Download screen shows. From the Download screen you can:
- update the IFE system software (by package or by file)
- update the IFE system content (music, video and game files)
- download the IFE system software to one or more LRUs
- return to the Maintenance screen.
(b) Config Check Button
When you touch the Config Check button on the Maintenance screen,
the Configuration Check screen shows. From the Configuration
Check screen, you can read the data of a configuration check that
you did before or you can do a new configuration check.
(c) IP Sequencing Button
When you touch the IP Sequencing button the IP Sequence Menu
screen shows. From the IP Sequence Menu you can:
- start an IP sequence
- return to the Maintenance screen.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 88
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
(d) BITE Button
When you touch the BITE button the BITE Menu screen shows. A
window on the BITE Menu screen shows a list of available BITE
files. From the BITE Menu screen you can:
- start a BITE test
- return to the Maintenance screen.
(e) Static Test Button
When you touch the Static Test button the Static Test screen
shows. A window on the Static Test screen shows a drop down list
of available test items. From the Static Test screen you can:
- start a static test
- stop a static test
- return to the Maintenance screen.
(f) Customer Login Button
When you touch the Customer Login button, the welcome screen
shows.
(4) Software Download to the IFE System by Package (Phase 1)
R (Ref. Fig. 021, 032, 034)
NOTE : This is not a maintenance procedure. These steps are to show
____
the navigation of the CMT maintenance screens during an update
of the IFE system software by package. The maintenance
procedures for the IFE system are given in the Passenger
Entertainment (Music) - Servicing (Ref. 23-33-00) and the
Passenger Entertainment (Video) - Servicing (Ref. 23-36-00).
(a) At the Welcome screen.
1
_ Touch the Maintenance button:
- the Maintenance Access screen is shown.
(b) At the Maintenance Access screen.
1
_ Touch the numeric keys as necessary in the correct sequence to
input the correct code:
- the code window will show the masked code.
2
_ When the correct code is input, touch the Enter button:
- the Maintenance screen is shown.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 89
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
Software Download to the IFE System by Package
R Figure 034 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 90
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
Software Download to the IFE System by Package
R Figure 034 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 91
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
Software Download to the IFE System by Package
R Figure 034 (SHEET 3)
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 92
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
Software Download to the IFE System by Package
R Figure 034 (SHEET 4)
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 93
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
(c) At the Maintenance screen.
1
_ Touch the Download button:
- the Download screen is shown.
(d) At the Download screen.
1
_ Touch the Update Software button:
- the Current Software Configuration screen is shown.
(e) At the Current Software Configuration screen.
1
_ Touch the DELETE button:
- the Software Removal screen is shown.
(f) At the Software Removal screen.
1
_ On the LH side of the screen, make a selection of the file (or
files) that you must remove:
- the check box of each file selection for removal is
highlighted.
2
_ Touch the DELETE button:
- the selected file (or files) are deleted
- the Current Software Configuration screen is shown.
(g) At the Current Software Configuration screen.
1
_ Touch the UPDATE button:
- the Source Selection screen is shown.
(h) At the Source Selection screen.
1
_ Make the selection CD.
2
_ Touch the By Package button:
- the Software Load By Package - CD screen is shown.
NOTE : You can make the selection of the source (CD, Zip or
____
Floppy Disk) for the software download. But only one of
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 94
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
the three sources available can be set at a time. In
these steps, the selection is CD.
(i) At the Software Load By Package - CD screen.
1
_ Touch the UPDATE button:
- the Download Package Phase 1 Progress screen is shown.
(j) At the Download Package Phase 1 Progress screen, when the
progress indicator shows 100 percent.
1
_ Touch the OK button:
- the Software Load By Package - CD screen is shown.
(k) At the Software Load By Package - CD screen.
1
_ Touch the DONE button:
- the Source Selection screen is shown.
(l) At the Source Selection screen.
1
_ Touch the Done button.
- the Download screen is shown.
(m) At the Download screen.
1
_ Touch the Done button:
- the Maintenance screen is shown.
(n) At the Maintenance screen.
1
_ Touch the Customer Login button:
- the Welcome screen is shown.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 95
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
(5) Software Download to the IFE System by File (Phase 1)
R (Ref. Fig. 021, 032, 035)
NOTE : This is not a maintenance procedure. These steps are to show
____
the navigation of the CMT maintenance screens during an update
of the IFE system software by file. The maintenance procedures
for the IFE system are given in the Passenger Entertainment
(Music) - Servicing (Ref. 23-33-00) and the Passenger
Entertainment (Video) - Servicing (Ref. 23-36-00).
(a) At the Welcome screen.
1
_ Touch the Maintenance button:
- the Maintenance Access screen is shown.
(b) At the Maintenance Access screen.
1
_ Touch the numeric keys as necessary in the correct sequence to
input the correct code:
- the code window will show the masked code.
2
_ When the correct code is input, touch the Enter button:
- the Maintenance screen is shown.
(c) At the Maintenance screen.
1
_ Touch the Download button:
- the Download screen is shown.
(d) At the Download screen.
1
_ Touch the Update Software button:
- the Current Software Configuration screen is shown.
(e) At the Current Software Configuration screen.
1
_ Touch the DELETE button:
- the Software Removal screen is shown.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 96
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
(f) At the Software Removal screen.
1
_ On the LH side of the screen, make a selection of the file (or
files) that you must remove:
- the check box of each file selection for removal is
highlighted.
2
_ Touch the DELETE button:
- the highlighted file (or files) is (are) deleted
- the Current Software Configuration screen is shown.
(g) At the Current Software Configuration screen.
1
_ Touch the UPDATE button:
- the Source Selection screen is shown.
(h) At the Source Selection screen.
1
_ Make the selection CD.
2
_ Touch the By File button:
- the Software Load By File - CD screen is shown.
NOTE : You can make the selection of the source (CD, Zip or
____
Floppy Disk) for the software download. But only one of
the three sources available can be set at a time. In
these steps, the selection is CD.
(i) At the Software Load By File - CD screen.
1
_ On the LH side of the screen, make a selection of the file (or
files) that you must update:
- the check box of each file selection for an update is
highlighted.
2
_ Touch the UPDATE button:
- the Download File Phase 1 Progress screen is shown.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 97
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
Software Download to the IFE System by File
R Figure 035 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 98
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
Software Download to the IFE System by File
R Figure 035 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 99
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
Software Download to the IFE System by File
R Figure 035 (SHEET 3)
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page A0
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
Software Download to the IFE System by File
R Figure 035 (SHEET 4)
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page A1
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
(j) At the Download File Phase 1 Progress screen, when the progress
indicator shows 100 percent.
1
_ Touch the OK button:
- the Software Load By File - CD screen is shown.
(k) At the Software Load By File - CD screen.
1
_ Touch the DONE button:
- the Source Selection screen is shown.
(l) At the Source Selection screen.
1
_ Touch the Done button:
- the Download screen is shown.
(m) At the Download screen.
1
_ Touch the Done button:
- the Maintenance screen is shown.
(n) At the Maintenance screen.
1
_ Touch the Customer Login button:
- the Welcome screen is shown.
(6) Software Download to the IFE system LRUs (Phase 2)
R (Ref. Fig. 021, 032, 036)
NOTE : This is not a maintenance procedure. These steps are to show
____
the navigation of the CMT maintenance screens during an update
of the IFE system software to the LRUs. The maintenance
procedures for the IFE system are given in the Passenger
Entertainment (Music) - Servicing (Ref. 23-33-00) and the
Passenger Entertainment (Video) - Servicing (Ref. 23-36-00).
(a) At the Welcome screen.
1
_ Touch the Maintenance button:
- the Maintenance Access screen is shown.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page A2
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
(b) At the Maintenance Access screen.
1
_ Touch the numeric keys as necessary in the correct sequence to
input the correct code:
- the code window will show the masked code.
2
_ When the correct code is input, touch the Enter button:
- the Maintenance screen is shown.
(c) At the Maintenance screen.
1
_ Touch the Download button:
- the Download screen is shown.
(d) At the Download screen.
1
_ Touch the Download LRU button:
- the LRU Load screen is shown.
(e) At the LRU Load screen.
1
_ On the LH side of the screen, make a selection of the LRU (or
LRUs) that you must update:
- Each LRU selection for an update is highlighted on the LH
side of the screen.
2
_ Touch the ALL SELECTED LRUs (if you must update more than one
LRU) or the Single LRU button (if you must only update one
LRU):
- the Download screen is shown.
(f) At the Download screen, when the progress indicator shows 100
percent.
1
_ Touch the OK button:
- the System Config - Detail screen is shown.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page A3
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
Software Download to the IFE System LRUs
R Figure 036 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page A4
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
Software Download to the IFE System LRUs
R Figure 036 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page A5
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
Software Download to the IFE System LRUs
R Figure 036 (SHEET 3)
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page A6
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
(g) At the System Config - Detail screen.
1
_ Touch the CC Menu button.
- the Configuration Check screen is shown.
(h) At the Configuration Check screen.
1
_ Touch the Cancel button:
- the Maintenance screen is shown.
(i) At the Maintenance screen
1
_ Touch the Customer Login button:
- the Welcome screen is shown.
(7) Configuration Check of the IFE system
R (Ref. Fig. 021, 032, 037)
NOTE : This is not a maintenance procedure. These steps are to show
____
the navigation of the CMT maintenance screens during a
configuration check of the IFE system. The maintenance
procedures for the IFE system are given in the Passenger
Entertainment (Music) - Servicing (Ref. 23-33-00) and the
Passenger Entertainment (Video) - Servicing (Ref. 23-36-00).
(a) At the Welcome screen.
1
_ Touch the Maintenance button:
- the Maintenance Access screen is shown.
(b) At the Maintenance Access screen.
1
_ Touch the numeric keys as necessary in the correct sequence to
input the correct code:
- the code window will show the masked code.
2
_ When the correct code is input, touch the Enter button:
- the Maintenance screen is shown.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page A7
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
Configuration Check of the IFE System
R Figure 037 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page A8
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
Configuration Check of the IFE System
R Figure 037 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page A9
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
(c) At the Maintenance screen.
1
_ Touch the Config Check button:
- the Configuration Check screen is shown.
(d) At the Configuration Check screen.
1
_ Make a selection from the Action list:
- the selection you made is highlighted.
2
_ Make a selection from the View Type list:
- the selection you made is highlighted.
3
_ Make a selection from the Target Group list:
- the selection you made is highlighted.
4
_ Touch the GO button:
- the Configuration Data screen is shown.
(e) At the Configuration Data screen, when the progress indicator
shows 100 percent.
1
_ Touch the OK button:
- the Top Level screen is shown.
(f) At the Top Level screen.
1
_ Touch the CC Menu button:
- the Configuration Check screen is shown.
(g) At the Configuration Check screen.
1
_ Touch the Cancel button:
- the Maintenance screen is shown.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page A10
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
(h) At the Maintenance screen.
1
_ Touch the Customer Login button:
- the Welcome screen is shown.
(8) IP Sequencing of the IFE System SEBs
R (Ref. Fig. 021, 032, 038)
When the IP sequencing is completed the IP Sequencing Report screen
shows the status of the SEBs. The SEBs are shown in green if the IP
sequencing is correct. If the SEBs are shown in orange or red, this
shows that there is a possible fault.
NOTE : This is not a maintenance procedure. These steps are to show
____
the navigation of the CMT maintenance screens during the IP
(Internet Protocol) Sequencing of the IFE system SEBs. The
maintenance procedures for the IFE system are given in the
Passenger Entertainment (Music) - Servicing (Ref. 23-33-00)
and the Passenger Entertainment (Video) - Servicing (Ref.
23-36-00).
(a) At the Welcome screen.
1
_ Touch the Maintenance button:
- the Maintenance Access screen is shown.
(b) At the Maintenance Access screen.
1
_ Touch the numeric keys as necessary in the correct sequence to
input the correct code:
- the code window will show the masked code.
2
_ When the correct code is input, touch the Enter button:
- the Maintenance screen is shown.
(c) At the Maintenance screen.
1
_ Touch the IP Sequencing button:
- the IP Sequence Menu screen is shown.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page A11
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
IP Sequencing of the IFE System SEBs
R Figure 038 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page A12
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
IP Sequencing of the IFE System SEBs
R Figure 038 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page A13
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
(d) At the IP Sequence Menu screen.
1
_ Touch the IP Sequence button:
- the IP Sequence Progress screen is shown.
(e) At the IP Sequence Progress screen, when the progress indicator
shows 100 percent.
1
_ Touch the OK button:
- the IP Sequence Report screen is shown.
(f) At the IP Sequence Report screen.
1
_ Touch the Done button:
- the IP Sequence Menu screen is shown.
(g) At the IP Sequence Menu screen.
1
_ Touch the Done button:
- the Maintenance screen is shown.
(h) At the Maintenance screen.
1
_ Touch the Customer Login button:
- the Welcome screen is shown.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page A14
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT (MUSIC) - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________________________
**ON A/C 252-252,
TASK 23-33-00-860-001
Replacement of the Audio Cassettes of the Passenger Entertainment System (PES)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-00-740-002 BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System
(Music) with the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
23-33-00-991-001 Fig. 201
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 201
Nov 01/06
THY
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-865-054
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES MUSIC CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES MUSIC AFT LH 22MK D04
2000VU PES MUSIC FWD LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES MUSIC FWD RH 24MK D03
2000VU PES MUSIC AFT RH 25MK D05
Subtask 23-33-00-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 824.
(2) Open the access door 824.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-33-00-020-050
A. Removal of the Audio Cassettes
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 23-33-00-991-001)
(1) Loosen the nuts (3).
(2) Disengage the nuts (3) from the lugs (7) and lower them.
(3) Pull the PES reproducer (8) forward in its rack (2) to disconnect the
electrical connector (1).
(4) Remove the PES reproducer (8) from the rack (2).
(5) Disengage the latches (5) and open the doors (4) on the two sides of
the PES reproducer (8).
(6) Remove the audio cassettes (9) from the cassette drives.
R
EFF :
252-252, 23-33-00
Page 202
Feb 01/06
THY
Replacement of the Audio Cassettes
Figure 201/TASK 23-33-00-991-001
R
EFF :
252-252, 23-33-00
Page 203
Feb 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-33-00-420-050
B. Installation of the Audio Cassettes
(1) Install the new audio cassettes (9) in the cassette drives.
NOTE : Make sure that the identification label on each audio cassette
____
agrees with the identification label on the doors next to each
cassette drive (6).
Make sure that you can see the identification label on the
cassettes after the installation.
(2) Close the doors (4) on the two sides of the PES reproducer (8) and
let the latches (5) engage.
(3) Install the PES reproducer (8) on its rack (2).
(4) Engage the nuts (3) on the lugs (7) and tighten them.
Subtask 23-33-00-865-055
C. Remove the safety clips and the tags and close these circuit breakers:
21MK, 22MK, 23MK, 24MK and 25MK.
Subtask 23-33-00-710-050
D. Do the test of the passenger entertainment (music) reproducer (Ref. TASK
23-33-00-740-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-00-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
R
EFF :
252-252, 23-33-00
Page 204
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 253-299, 303-399,
TASK 23-33-00-860-002
Replacement of the Compact Disks for the Passenger Entertainment System (PES)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-00-740-002 BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System
(Music) with the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
23-33-00-740-004 BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System
(Music) with the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
23-33-00-991-002 Fig. 202
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 253-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 205
Nov 01/06
THY
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-056-A
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK A06
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK A07
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK A08
**ON A/C 054-199,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-056-B
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK D03
**ON A/C 253-299,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-056
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT 22MK D04
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD 24MK D03
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT 25MK D05
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 253-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 206
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-33-00-865-056-C
R A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD/LH 23MK D02
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD/RH 24MK D03
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT/LH 22MK D04
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT/RH 25MK D05
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 253-299, 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-00-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 824.
(2) Open the access door 824.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 23-33-00-991-002)
Subtask 23-33-00-020-051
A. Removal of the Compact Disks
(1) Pull the lever located on the face of the reproducer (1) and pull out
the disk drive assembly (2).
(2) Push the drive shaft (marked PUSH) and remove the applicable CD
(3).
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 253-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 207
Nov 01/06
THY
Raplacement of the Compact Disks
Figure 202/TASK 23-33-00-991-002
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 253-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 208
Nov 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-33-00-420-051
B. Installation of the Compact Disks
(1) If not already open, pull the lever located on the face of the
reproducer (1) and pull out the disk-drive assembly (2).
(2) Put the applicable CD (3) with the label side facing outward into the
deck as far as it goes.
NOTE : The full installation of the CD (3) is essential for the
____
proper loading.
(3) Put the disk-drive assembly (2) into the reproducer (1) and push the
lever until you hear a click.
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-057-A
C. Remove the safety clips and the tags and close these circuit breakers:
21MK, 23MK and 24MK.
R **ON A/C 253-299, 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-057
C. Remove the safety clips and the tags and close these circuit breakers:
21MK, 22MK, 23MK, 24MK and 25MK.
**ON A/C 007-007, 253-299,
Subtask 23-33-00-710-051
D. Do the test of the passenger entertainment (music) reproducer (Ref. TASK
23-33-00-740-002).
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-00-710-051-A
D. Do the test of the passenger entertainment (music) reproducer (Ref. TASK
23-33-00-740-004).
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 253-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 209
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 253-299, 303-399,
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-00-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door 824.
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 253-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 210
Nov 01/06
THY
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT (MUSIC) - SERVICING
___________________________________________
**ON A/C 251-251,
TASK 23-33-00-600-007
Software Download (Phase 1) to the Digital Server Unit (DSU)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
You must do this procedure when you install a new Digital Server Unit (DSU).
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific Portable Data Loader 178278-101
No specific RJ-45 Ethernet Cable
No specific Software CD-ROM PN 620130-201-05-A
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-00-600-008 Software Download (Phase 2) to the Digital Server
Unit (DSU)
23-33-00-600-009 Software Download (Phase 2) to the Audio/Video
Controller (AVC)
23-33-00-600-010 Software Download (Phase 2) to the Area Distribution
Boxes (ADBs)
23-33-00-600-011 IP Sequencing and Software Download (Phase 2) to the
Seat Electronic Boxes (SEBs)
23-33-00-600-013 Software Download (Phase 2) to the Cabin Management
Terminal (CMT)
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 301
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-861-057
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 23-33-00-865-094
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/DC 21MK C03
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/AC 22MK C04
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB1 23MK C05
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB2 24MK C06
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/DC 20MH C01
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/AC 21MH C02
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU L/H 22MH D01
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU R/H 24MH D02
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF L/H 23MH D03
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF R/H 25MH D04
2000VU IFE/CAMERA 29MH D05
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU 1 58HP B05
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU 2 59HP B08
Subtask 23-33-00-860-059
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
(2) Open the Video Control Center (VCC) access door.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 302
Aug 01/06
R
THY
(3) Wait until the Integrated Flight Entertainment (IFE) system boot
sequence has finished.
NOTE : This can take a minimum of five minutes.
____
Subtask 23-33-00-480-055
D. Install the support equipment
(1) Connect the Portable Data Loader 178278-101 with the RJ-45 Ethernet
Cable to the Data Port of the Video Control Center (VCC).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-33-00-970-056
A. Software download of all the files as a package to the Digital Server
Unit (DSU)
R (1) Do the procedure B. if you must download the software by file from
R the CD-ROM to the DSU.
R (2) Do this procedure if you must download all the files as a package
R from the CD-ROM to the DSU:
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R 1. At the Portable Data Loader At the PDL:
R (PDL):
R - set the main power switch to - the PDL is set to on
R ON.
R - the desktop comes on
R - a password input window comes on.
R 2. At the PDL: At the PDL:
R - put the Software CD-ROM PN - the software CD-ROM is in the CD-ROM
R 620130-201-05-A in the CD-ROM Drive.
R Drive of the PDL.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 303
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. At the PDL: At the PDL, on the screen:
R - enter iseries in the password - the password input window shows the
R input window masked password
R - click on the Enter button - the password input window goes out of
R view
R - double click on the blue - the welcome screen comes on and shows
R iSeries internet explorer icon. the Entertainment and Maintenance
R buttons.
R 4. At the PDL, on the welcome At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Maintenance - the Maintenance Access screen comes
R button. on.
R 5. At the PDL, on the Maintenance At the PDL:
R Access screen:
R - use the keypad shown on the - the password input window shows the
R screen and enter 2483 in the masked password
R password input window
R - click on the Enter button. - the Maintenance screen comes on.
R 6. At the PDL, on the Maintenance At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Download button. - the Download screen comes on.
R 7. At the PDL, on the Download At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Update Software - the Current-Software Configuration
R button. screen comes on and shows a list of
R software part numbers.
R 8. At the PDL, on the At the PDL:
R Current-Software Configuration
R screen:
R - click on the DELETE button. - the Software Removal screen comes on.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 304
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 9. At the PDL, on the Software At the PDL:
R Removal screen:
R - click in all the boxes on the - all the files in the list are set to
R left side of the files in the delete
R list
R - click on the DELETE button - after a short time no files are shown
R in the list
R - click on the DONE button. - the Current-Software Configuration
R screen comes on and shows an empty
R list.
R 10. At the PDL, on the At the PDL:
R Current-Software Configuration
R screen:
R - click on the UPDATE button. - the Source Selection screen comes on.
R 11. At the PDL, on the Source At the PDL:
R Selection screen:
R - make the source selection CD - CD is highlighted
R - click the BY PACKAGE button. - the Software Load-By-Package screen
R comes on
R - the CD-ROM shows the content of the
R software package.
R 12. At the PDL, on the Software At the PDL:
R Load-By-Package screen:
R - from the list, make a - the software package is set to
R selection of the software download
R package that you must download
R - click the UPDATE button. - the Download-Package Phase 1
R Progress-screen comes on
R - a progress bar comes on.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 305
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 13. At the PDL, on the At the PDL:
R Download-Package Phase 1
R Progress-screen:
R - after approximately seven to - when the progress bar shows 100
R ten minutes, do a check of the percent, continue with this procedure
R progress bar
R - click the OK button. - the Software Load-By-Package screen
R comes on.
R 14. At the PDL, on the Software At the PDL:
R Load-By-Package screen:
R - do a check of the Status - the Status window of the software
R window of the software package package shows OK
R that you downloaded
R - click the DONE button. - the Source Selection screen comes on.
R 15. At the PDL, on the Source At the PDL:
R Selection screen:
R - click the Done button. - the Download screen comes on.
R 16. At the PDL, on the Download At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click the Update Software - the Current-Software Configuration
R button. screen comes on.
R 17. At the PDL, on the At the PDL:
R Current-Software Configuration
R screen:
R - use the table given in Para. - if the software loaded in the DSU is
R 4.A(3) below and the list not correct, do steps 8. thru 16.
R shown on the screen. Do a again
R check of the data of the
R software that you loaded in
R the DSU
R - if the software loaded in the DSU is
R correct, continue with this procedure
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 306
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - click the DONE button. - the Download screen comes on.
R 18. At the PDL, on the Download At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click the DONE button. - the Maintenance screen comes on.
R 19. At the PDL: At the PDL:
R - remove the Software CD-ROM PN - the software CD-ROM is removed from
R 620130-201-05-A from the the CD-ROM drive.
R CD-ROM drive.
R 20. At the PDL, on the Maintenance At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Start button in - a pop-up window comes on.
R the lower left corner of the
R screen.
R 21. At the PDL, in the pop-up At the PDL:
R window:
R - click on Turn Off Computer. - a new pop-up window comes on.
R 22. At the PDL, in the pop-up At the PDL:
R window:
R - make the selection Turn Off. - the PDL is set to Turn Off.
R 23. At the PDL: At the PDL:
R - do a check of the desktop - the desktop goes off
R - set the main power switch to - the PDL goes off.
R OFF.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 307
Aug 01/06
THY
R (3) Table of the software that is loaded in the DSU after a phase 1
R software download-procedure.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R SOFTWARE PART NUMBER
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R MYT AIH01 CONFIG 621120-10
R MYT AIH02 CONFIG 621121-10
R MYT AIH03 CONFIG 621122-10
R MYT AIH04 CONFIG 621123-10
R AVC CORE1 620472-32
R AVC CORE2 620752-39
R AVC BASIC APP 620482-03
R AVC MYT GUI 621204-06
R DSU CORE1 620302-33
R DSU CORE2 620422-37
R DSU BASIC APP 620312-06
R DSU D/L LINUX KERNAL 620298-02
R DSU MYT GUI 621234-07
R DSU MMAP CODE 620812-15
R DSU MYT MMAP CONFIG 621213-07
R DSU MMAP DATA 620814-06
R DSU MMAP IMAGES 620815-04
R DSU VICL CORE1 620362-31
R DSU VICL CORE2 620432-28
R DSU VICL MMAP LAUNCHER 620892-08
R ADB CORE1 620583-35
R ADB CORE2 620762-27
R ADB D/L LINUX KERNEL 620578-04
R ADB D/L RFS 620836-03
R ADB D/L DOC UPGRADE 620850-02
R ADB SPI APP 620632-09
R SEB CORE1 620663-41
R SEB CORE2 620772-41
R SEB D/L LINUX KERNEL 620776-03
R SEB D/L DRIVERS 620742-01
R SEB D/L DOC UPGRADE 620848-05
R SEB RF APP 620692-10
R SEB SPI APP 620712-09
R ICMT-405 CORE1 620442-09
R ICMT-405 CORE2 620444-07
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 308
Aug 01/06
THY
R (4) Do these procedures:
R (a) Do the phase-2 software download to the Digital Server Unit
R (DSU), (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-600-008).
R (b) Do the phase-2 software download to the Audio/Video Controller
R (AVC), (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-600-009).
R (c) Do the phase-2 software download to the Area Distribution Boxes
R (ADBs), (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-600-010).
R (d) Do the phase-2 software download to the Seat Electronic Boxes
R (SEBs), (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-600-011).
R (e) Do the phase-2 software download to the Cabin Management Terminal
R (CMT), (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-600-013).
R Subtask 23-33-00-970-061
R B. Software Download of Selected Files to the DSU
R (1) Do this procedure if you must download one or more of the files on
R the CD-ROM to the DSU:
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. At the Portable Data Loader At the PDL:
R (PDL):
R - set the main power switch to - the PDL is set to on
R ON.
R - the desktop comes on
R - a password input window comes on.
R 2. At the PDL: At the PDL:
R - put the Software CD-ROM PN - the software CD-ROM is in the CD-ROM
R 620130-201-05-A in the CD-ROM Drive.
R Drive of the PDL.
R 3. At the PDL: At the PDL, on the screen:
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 309
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - enter iseries in the password - the password input window shows the
R input window masked password
R - click on the Enter button - the password input window goes out of
R view
R - double click on the blue - the welcome screen comes on and shows
R iSeries internet explorer icon. the Entertainment and Maintenance
R buttons.
R 4. At the PDL, on the welcome At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Maintenance - the Maintenance Access screen comes
R button. on.
R 5. At the PDL, on the Maintenance At the PDL:
R Access screen:
R - use the keypad shown on the - the password input window shows the
R screen and enter 2483 in the masked password
R password input window
R - click on the Enter button. - the Maintenance screen comes on.
R 6. At the PDL, on the Maintenance At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Download button. - the Download screen comes on.
R 7. At the PDL, on the Download At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Update Software - the Current-Software Configuration
R button. screen comes on and shows a list of
R software part numbers.
R 8. At the PDL, on the At the PDL:
R Current-Software Configuration
R screen:
R - click on the DELETE button. - the Software Removal screen comes on.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 310
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 9. At the PDL, on the Software At the PDL:
R Removal screen:
R - click in the boxes on the left - the file(s) in the list that you must
R side of the file(s) in the list update (download) is(are) set to
R that you must update (download) delete
R - click on the DELETE button - after a short time the list shows
R that the file(s) is(are) deleted
R - click on the DONE button. - the Current-Software Configuration
R screen comes on and does not show the
R file(s) that you must update
R (download).
R 10. At the PDL, on the Current At the PDL:
R Software Configuration screen:
R - click on the UPDATE button. - the Source Selection screen comes on.
R 11. At the PDL, on the Source At the PDL:
R Selection screen:
R - make the source selection CD - CD is highlighted
R - click the By File button. - the Software Load-By-File screen
R comes on
R - the list shows the content of the
R CD-ROM.
R 12. At the PDL, on the Software At the PDL:
R Load-By-File screen:
R - from the list, make a - the software file(s) is(are) set to
R selection of the software download
R file(s) that you must download
R - click the Update button. - the Download-File Phase 1
R Progress-screen comes on
R - a progress bar comes on.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 311
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 13. At the PDL, on the Download-File At the PDL:
R Phase 1 Progress-screen:
R - after approximately seven to - when the progress bar shows 100
R ten minutes, do a check of the percent, continue with this procedure
R progress bar
R - click the OK button. - the Software Load-By-File screen
R comes on.
R 14. At the PDL, on the Software At the PDL:
R Load-By-File screen:
R - do a check of the Status - the Status window of the software
R window of the software file(s) file(s) show(s) OK
R that you downloaded
R - click the Done button. - the Source Selection screen comes on.
R 15. At the PDL, on the Source At the PDL:
R Selection screen:
R - click the Done button. - the Download screen comes on.
R 16. At the PDL, on the Download At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click the Update Software - the Current Software-Configuration
R button. screen comes on.
R 17. At the PDL, on the Current At the PDL:
R Software-Configuration screen:
R - use the table given in Para. - if the software loaded in the DSU is
R 4.A(2) below and the list not correct, do steps 8. thru 16.
R shown on the screen. Do a again
R check of the data of the
R software that you loaded in
R the DSU
R - if the software loaded in the DSU is
R correct, continue with this procedure
R - click the Done button. - the Download screen comes on.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 312
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 18. At the PDL, on the Download At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click the DONE button. - the Maintenance screen comes on.
R 19. At the PDL: At the PDL:
R - remove the Software CD-ROM PN - the software CD-ROM is removed from
R 620130-201-05-A from the the CD-ROM drive.
R CD-ROM drive.
R 20. At the PDL, on the Maintenance At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Start button in - a pop-up window comes on.
R the lower left corner of the
R screen.
R 21. At the PDL, in the pop-up At the PDL:
R window:
R - click on Turn Off Computer. - a new pop-up window comes on.
R 22. At the PDL, in the pop-up At the PDL:
R window:
R - make the selection Turn Off. - the PDL is set to Turn Off.
R 23. At the PDL: At the PDL:
R - do a check of the desktop - the desktop goes off
R - set the main power switch to - the PDL goes off.
R OFF.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 313
Aug 01/06
THY
R (2) Table of the software that is loaded in the DSU after a phase 1
R software download-procedure.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R SOFTWARE PART NUMBER
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R MYT AIH01 CONFIG 621120-10
R MYT AIH02 CONFIG 621121-10
R MYT AIH03 CONFIG 621122-10
R MYT AIH04 CONFIG 621123-10
R AVC CORE1 620472-32
R AVC CORE2 620752-39
R AVC BASIC APP 620482-03
R AVC MYT GUI 621204-06
R DSU CORE1 620302-33
R DSU CORE2 620422-37
R DSU BASIC APP 620312-06
R DSU D/L LINUX KERNAL 620298-02
R DSU MYT GUI 621234-07
R DSU MMAP CODE 620812-15
R DSU MYT MMAP CONFIG 621213-07
R DSU MMAP DATA 620814-06
R DSU MMAP IMAGES 620815-04
R DSU VICL CORE1 620362-31
R DSU VICL CORE2 620432-28
R DSU VICL MMAP LAUNCHER 620892-08
R ADB CORE1 620583-35
R ADB CORE2 620762-27
R ADB D/L LINUX KERNEL 620578-04
R ADB D/L RFS 620836-03
R ADB D/L DOC UPGRADE 620850-02
R ADB SPI APP 620632-09
R SEB CORE1 620663-41
R SEB CORE2 620772-41
R SEB D/L LINUX KERNEL 620776-03
R SEB D/L DRIVERS 620742-01
R SEB D/L DOC UPGRADE 620848-05
R SEB RF APP 620692-10
R SEB SPI APP 620712-09
R ICMT-405 CORE1 620442-09
R ICMT-405 CORE2 620444-07
R (3) Do these procedures:
R (a) Do the phase-2 software download to the Digital Server Unit
R (DSU), (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-600-008).
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 314
Aug 01/06
THY
R (b) Do the phase-2 software download to the Audio/Video Controller
R (AVC), (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-600-009).
R (c) Do the phase-2 software download to the Area Distribution Boxes
R (ADBs), (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-600-010).
R (d) Do the phase-2 software download to the Seat Electronic Boxes
R (SEBs), (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-600-011).
R (e) Do the phase-2 software download to the Cabin Management Terminal
R (CMT), (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-600-013).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-00-080-055
A. Remove the support equipment
(1) Disconnect the RJ-45 Ethernet Cable from the Data Port of the Video
Control Center (VCC).
(2) Close the access door of the VCC.
Subtask 23-33-00-860-065
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
de-energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
Subtask 23-33-00-862-057
C. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 315
Aug 01/06
THY
TASK 23-33-00-600-008
Software Download (Phase 2) to the Digital Server Unit (DSU)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
You must do this procedure when you install a new Digital Server Unit (DSU).
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-861-058
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 23-33-00-865-095
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/DC 21MK C03
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/AC 22MK C04
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB1 23MK C05
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB2 24MK C06
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/DC 20MH C01
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/AC 21MH C02
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU L/H 22MH D01
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU R/H 24MH D02
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 316
Aug 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF L/H 23MH D03
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF R/H 25MH D04
2000VU IFE/CAMERA 29MH D05
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU 1 58HP B05
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU 2 59HP B08
Subtask 23-33-00-860-060
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
(2) Open the Video Control Center (VCC) access door.
(3) Wait until the Integrated Flight Entertainment (IFE) system boot
sequence has finished.
NOTE : This can take a minimum of five minutes.
____
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-33-00-970-057
A. Software download (Phase 2) to the Digital Server Unit (DSU)
R (1) Do this procedure:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R 1. At the Portable Data Loader At the PDL:
R (PDL):
R - set the main power switch to - the PDL is set to on
R ON.
R - the desktop comes on
R - a password input window comes on.
R 2. At the PDL: At the PDL, on the screen:
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 317
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - enter iseries in the password - the password input window shows the
R input window masked password
R - click on the Enter button - the password input window goes out of
R view
R - double click on the blue - the welcome screen comes on and shows
R iSeries internet explorer icon. the Entertainment and Maintenance
R buttons.
R 3. At the PDL, on the welcome At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Maintenance - the Maintenance Access screen comes
R button. on.
R 4. At the PDL, on the Maintenance At the PDL:
R Access screen:
R - use the keypad shown on the - the password input window shows the
R screen and enter 2483 in the masked password
R password input window
R - click on the Enter button. - the Maintenance screen comes on.
R 5. At the PDL, on the Maintenance At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Download button. - the Download screen comes on.
R 6. At the PDL, on the Download At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Download LRU - the LRU Load screen comes on and
R button. shows a list of software part
R numbers.
R 7. At the PDL, on the LRU Load At the PDL:
R screen:
R - in the LRU list, click on the - the DSU icon is highlighted
R icon to the left of the DSU
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 318
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - click on the ALL SELECTED LRUs - the Download Phase 2 Progress-screen
R button. comes on
R - a progress bar comes on.
R 8. At the PDL, on the Download Phase At the PDL:
R 2 Progress-screen:
R - after approximately 10 to 20 - when the progress bar shows 100
R minutes, do a check of the percent, continue with this procedure
R progress bar
R - click on the OK button. - the System Config-Detail screen comes
R on.
R 9. At the PDL, on the System At the PDL:
R Config-Detail screen:
R - click on the Engineering - the System Config-Detail
R button. Engineering-screen comes on.
R 10. At the PDL, on the System At the PDL, on the System Config-Detail
R Config-Detail Engineering-screen:
R Engineering-screen:
R - record the data of the - the data of the software is recorded.
R software that you downloaded
R to the DSU.
R 11. At the PDL, on the System At the PDL:
R Config-Detail
R Engineering-screen:
R - click on the CC Menu button. - the Configuration Check screen comes
R on.
R 12. At the PDL, on the Configuration At the PDL:
R Check screen:
R - click on the Cancel button. - the Maintenance screen comes on.
R 13. At the PDL, on the Maintenance At the PDL:
R screen:
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 319
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - click on the Start button in - a pop-up window comes on.
R the lower left corner of the
R screen.
R 14. At the PDL, in the pop-up At the PDL:
R window:
R - click on Turn Off Computer. - a new pop-up window comes on.
R 15. At the PDL, in the pop-up At the PDL:
R window:
R - make the selection Turn Off. - the PDL is set to Turn Off.
R 16. At the PDL: At the PDL:
R - do a check of the desktop - the desktop goes off
R - set the main power switch to - the PDL goes off.
R OFF.
R (2) Compare the data of the software that you recorded with the data of
R the software given in this table.
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R SOFTWARE DISCRIPTION PART NUMBER
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R DSU CORE1 620302-33
R DSU CORE2 620422-37
R DSU BASIC APP 620312-06
R DSU D/L LINUX KERNAL 620298-02
R DSU MYT GUI 621234-07
R DSU MMAP CODE 620812-15
R DSU MYT MMAP CONFIG 621213-07
R DSU MMAP DATA 620814-06
R DSU MMAP IMAGES 620815-04
R DSU VICL CORE1 620362-31
R DSU VICL CORE2 620432-28
R DSU VICL MMAP LAUNCHER 620892-08
R (3) If the data does not agree, do this procedure again.
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 320
Aug 01/06
THY
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-00-860-066
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
de-energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
Subtask 23-33-00-862-058
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 321
Aug 01/06
R
THY
TASK 23-33-00-600-009
Software Download (Phase 2) to the Audio/Video Controller (AVC)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
You must do this procedure when you install a new Digital Server Unit (DSU)
or when you install a new Audio/Video Controller (AVC).
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-861-059
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 322
Aug 01/06
R
THY
Subtask 23-33-00-865-096
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/DC 21MK C03
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/AC 22MK C04
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB1 23MK C05
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB2 24MK C06
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/DC 20MH C01
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/AC 21MH C02
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU L/H 22MH D01
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU R/H 24MH D02
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF L/H 23MH D03
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF R/H 25MH D04
2000VU IFE/CAMERA 29MH D05
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU 1 58HP B05
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU 2 59HP B08
Subtask 23-33-00-860-061
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
(2) Open the access door of the Video Control Center (VCC).
(3) Wait until the Integrated Flight Entertainment (IFE) system boot
sequence has finished.
NOTE : This can take a minimum of five minutes.
____
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 323
Aug 01/06
R
THY
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-33-00-970-058
A. Software download (Phase 2) to the Audio/Video Controller (AVC)
R (1) Do this procedure:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R 1. At the Portable Data Loader At the PDL:
R (PDL):
R - set the main power switch to - the PDL is set to on
R ON.
R - the desktop comes on
R - a password input window comes on.
R 2. At the PDL: At the PDL, on the screen:
R - enter iseries in the password - the password input window shows the
R input window masked password
R - click on the Enter button - the password input window goes out of
R view
R - double click on the blue - the welcome screen comes on and shows
R iSeries internet explorer icon. the Entertainment and Maintenance
R buttons.
R 3. At the PDL, on the welcome At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Maintenance - the Maintenance Access screen comes
R button. on.
R 4. At the PDL, on the Maintenance At the PDL:
R Access screen:
R - use the keypad shown on the - the password input window shows the
R screen and enter 2483 in the masked password
R password input window
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 324
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - click on the Enter button. - the Maintenance screen comes on.
R 5. At the PDL, on the Maintenance At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Download button. - the Download screen comes on.
R 6. At the PDL, on the Download At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Download LRU - the LRU Load screen comes on and
R button. shows a list of software part
R numbers.
R 7. At the PDL, on the LRU Load At the PDL:
R screen:
R - in the LRU list, click on the - the AVC icon is highlighted
R icon to the left of the AVC
R - click on the ALL SELECTED LRUs - the Download Phase 2 Progress-screen
R button. comes on
R - a progress bar comes on
R - the status bar at the bottom of the
R screen is not shown.
R 8. At the PDL, on the Download Phase At the PDL:
R 2 Progress-screen:
R - after approximately 10 to 15 - when the status bar shows at the
R minutes, do a check of the bottom of the screen, continue with
R bottom of the screen this procedure
R - do a check of the progress bar - when the progress bar shows 100
R percent, continue with this procedure
R - click on the OK button. - the System Config-Detail screen comes
R on.
R 9. At the PDL, on the System At the PDL:
R Config-Detail screen:
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 325
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - click on the Engineering - the System Config-Detail
R button. Engineering-screen comes on.
R 10. At the PDL, on the System At the PDL:
R Config-Detail
R Engineering-screen:
R - record the data of the - the data of the software is recorded.
R software that you downloaded
R to the AVC.
R 11. At the PDL, on the System At the PDL:
R Config-Detail
R Engineering-screen:
R - click on the CC Menu button. - the Configuration Check screen comes
R on.
R 12. At the PDL, on the Configuration At the PDL:
R Check screen:
R - click on the Cancel button. - the Maintenance screen comes on.
R 13. At the PDL, on the Maintenance At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Start button in - a pop-up window comes on.
R the lower left corner of the
R screen.
R 14. At the PDL, in the pop-up At the PDL:
R window:
R - click on Turn Off Computer. - a new pop-up window comes on.
R 15. At the PDL, in the pop-up At the PDL:
R window:
R - make the selection Turn Off. - the PDL is set to Turn Off.
R 16. At the PDL: At the PDL:
R - do a check of the desktop - the desktop goes off
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 326
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - set the main power switch to - the PDL goes off.
R OFF.
R (2) Compare the data of the software that you recorded with the data of
R the software given in this table.
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R SOFTWARE DISCRIPTION PART NUMBER
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R AVC CORE1 620472-32
R AVC CORE2 620752-39
R AVC BASIC APP 620482-03
R AVC MYT GUI 621204-06
R (3) If the data does not agree, do this procedure again.
R
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-00-860-067
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Close the VCC access door.
(2) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
de-energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
Subtask 23-33-00-862-059
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 327
Aug 01/06
THY
TASK 23-33-00-600-010
Software Download (Phase 2) to the Area Distribution Boxes (ADBs)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
You must do this procedure when you install a new Digital Server Unit (DSU)
or when you install one or more new Area Distribution Boxes (ADB).
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-861-060
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 328
Aug 01/06
R
THY
Subtask 23-33-00-865-097
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/DC 21MK C03
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/AC 22MK C04
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB1 23MK C05
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB2 24MK C06
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/DC 20MH C01
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/AC 21MH C02
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU L/H 22MH D01
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU R/H 24MH D02
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF L/H 23MH D03
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF R/H 25MH D04
2000VU IFE/CAMERA 29MH D05
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU 1 58HP B05
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU 2 59HP B08
Subtask 23-33-00-860-062
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
(2) Open the access door to the Video Control Center (VCC).
(3) Wait until the Integrated Flight Entertainment (IFE) system boot
sequence has finished.
NOTE : This can take a minimum of five minutes.
____
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-33-00-970-059
A. Software download (Phase 2) to the Area Distribution Boxes (ADBs)
R (1) Do this procedure:
R NOTE : You must download the files to the ADB two times to load all
____
R the files correctly.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 329
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R 1. At the Portable Data Loader At the PDL:
R (PDL):
R - set the main power switch to - the PDL is set to on
R ON.
R - the desktop comes on
R - a password input window comes on.
R 2. At the PDL: At the PDL, on the screen:
R - enter iseries in the password - the password input window shows the
R input window masked password
R - click on the Enter button - the password input window goes out of
R view
R - double click on the blue - the welcome screen comes on and shows
R iSeries internet explorer icon. the Entertainment and Maintenance
R buttons.
R 3. At the PDL, on the welcome At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Maintenance - the Maintenance Access screen comes
R button. on.
R 4. At the PDL, on the Maintenance At the PDL:
R Access screen:
R - use the keypad shown on the - the password input window shows the
R screen and enter 2483 in the masked password
R password input window
R - click on the Enter button. - the Maintenance screen comes on.
R 5. At the PDL, on the Maintenance At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Download button. - the Download screen comes on.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 330
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 6. At the PDL, on the Download At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Download LRU - the LRU Load screen comes on and
R button. shows a list of software part
R numbers.
R 7. At the PDL, on the LRU Load At the PDL:
R screen:
R - in the LRU list, click on the - the ADB icon is highlighted
R icon to the left of the ADB
R - click on the ALL SELECTED LRUs - the Download Phase 2 Progress-screen
R button. comes on
R - a progress bar comes on.
R NOTE : The ADB will now reboot.
____
R 8. At the PDL, on the Download Phase At the PDL:
R 2 Progress-screen:
R - do a check of the progress bar - when the progress bar shows 100
R percent, continue with this procedure
R - click on the OK button. - the System Config-Detail screen comes
R on.
R 9. Only do this step if this is the At the PDL:
R first download of the files to
R the ADB. At the PDL:
R - click on the CC Menu button - the Configuration Check screen comes
R on
R - click on the Cancel button. - the Maintenance screen comes on.
R - do steps 5. thru 8. again.
R 10. At the PDL, on the System At the PDL:
R Config-Detail screen:
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 331
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - click on the Engineering - the System Config-Detail
R button. Engineering-screen comes on.
R 11. At the PDL, on the System At the PDL:
R Config-Detail
R Engineering-screen:
R - record the data of the - the data of the software is recorded.
R software that you downloaded
R to the ADB.
R 12. At the PDL, on the System At the PDL:
R Config-Detail
R Engineering-screen:
R - click on the CC Menu button. - the Configuration Check screen comes
R on.
R 13. At the PDL, on the Configuration At the PDL:
R Check screen:
R - click on the Cancel button. - the Maintenance screen comes on.
R 14. At the PDL, on the Maintenance At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Start button in - a pop-up window comes on.
R the lower left corner of the
R screen.
R 15. At the PDL, in the pop-up At the PDL:
R window:
R - click on Turn Off Computer. - a new pop-up window comes on.
R 16. At the PDL, in the pop-up At the PDL:
R window:
R - make the selection Turn Off. - the PDL is set to Turn Off.
R 17. At the PDL: At the PDL:
R - do a check of the desktop - the desktop goes off
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 332
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - set the main power switch to - the PDL goes off.
R OFF.
R (2) Compare the data of the software that you recorded with the data of
R the software given in this table.
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R SOFTWARE DISCRIPTION PART NUMBER
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ADB CORE1 620583-35
R ADB CORE2 620762-27
R ADB D/L LINUX KERNEL 620578-04
R ADB D/L RFS 620836-03
R ADB D/L DOC UPGRADE 620850-02
R ADB SPI APP 620632-09
R (3) If the data does not agree, do this procedure again.
R
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-00-860-068
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Close the VCC access door.
(2) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
de-energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
Subtask 23-33-00-862-060
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 333
Aug 01/06
THY
TASK 23-33-00-600-011
IP Sequencing and Software Download (Phase 2) to the Seat Electronic Boxes
(SEBs)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
You must do this procedure when you install a new Digital Server Unit (DSU)
or when you install one or more new Seat Electronic Boxes (SEB).
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-861-061
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 334
Aug 01/06
R
THY
Subtask 23-33-00-865-098
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/DC 21MK C03
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/AC 22MK C04
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB1 23MK C05
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB2 24MK C06
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/DC 20MH C01
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/AC 21MH C02
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU L/H 22MH D01
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU R/H 24MH D02
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF L/H 23MH D03
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF R/H 25MH D04
2000VU IFE/CAMERA 29MH D05
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU 1 58HP B05
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU 2 59HP B08
Subtask 23-33-00-860-063
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
(2) Open the access door of the Video Control Center (VCC).
(3) Wait until the Integrated Flight Entertainment (IFE) system boot
sequence has finished.
NOTE : This can take a minimum of five minutes.
____
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 335
Aug 01/06
R
THY
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-33-00-970-063
A. IP Sequencing of the Seat Electronic Boxes (SEBs)
R (1) Do this procedure:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R 1. At the Cabin Management Terminal At the CMT:
R (CMT), on the welcome screen:
R - touch the Maintenance button. - the Maintenance Access screen comes
R on.
R 2. At the CMT, on the Maintenance At the CMT:
R Access screen:
R - use the keypad shown on the - the password input window shows the
R screen and enter 2483 in the masked password
R password input window
R - touch the Enter button. - the Maintenance screen comes on.
R 3. At the CMT, on the Maintenance At the CMT:
R screen:
R - touch the IP Sequencing button. - the IP Sequence Menu screen comes on.
R 4. At the CMT, on the IP At the CMT:
R Sequence-Menu screen:
R - touch the IP Sequence button. - the IP Sequence-Progress screen comes
R on
R - a progress bar comes on.
R 5. At the CMT, on the IP Sequence At the CMT:
R screen:
R - do a check of the Progress Bar - when the IP Progress Bar shows 100
R percent, continue with this procedure
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 336
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R NOTE : This is completed in approximately 4 minutes.
____
R - touch the OK button. - the IP Sequence-Report screen comes
R on.
R 6. At the CMT, on the IP At the CMT:
R Sequence-Report screen:
R - make a record of the data of
R the SEBs that are not shown
R green.
R NOTE : Only the SEBs installed at the seats in the passenger compartment are
____
R shown. The SEB installed in the VCC is not shown.
R NOTE : The SEBs that are shown red or orange can be unserviceable.
____
R - the data of the SEBs that are not
R shown green is recorded.
R 7. At the CMT, on the IP At the CMT:
R Sequence-Report screen:
R - touch the Done button. - the IP Sequence-Menu screen comes on.
R 8. At the CMT, on the IP At the CMT:
R Sequence-Menu screen:
R - touch the Done button. - the Maintenance screen comes on.
R 9. At the CMT, on the Maintenance At the CMT:
R screen:
R - touch the Customer Login - the welcome screen shows.
R button.
R (2) Do the phase 2 software-download to the SEBs.
R
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 337
Aug 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-33-00-970-060
B. Software Download (Phase 2) to the Seat Electronic Boxes (SEBs)
R (1) Do this procedure:
R NOTE : You must download the files to the SEBs two times to load all
____
R the files correctly.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R 1. At the Portable Data Loader At the PDL:
R (PDL):
R - set the main power switch to - the PDL is set to on
R ON.
R - the desktop comes on
R - a password input window comes on.
R 2. At the PDL: At the PDL, on the screen:
R - enter iseries in the password - the password input window shows the
R input window masked password
R - click on the Enter button - the password input window goes out of
R view
R - double click on the blue - the welcome screen comes on and shows
R iSeries internet explorer icon. the Entertainment and Maintenance
R buttons.
R 3. At the PDL, on the welcome At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Maintenance - the Maintenance Access screen comes
R button. on.
R 4. At the PDL, on the Maintenance At the PDL:
R Access screen:
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 338
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - use the keypad shown on the - the password input window shows the
R screen and enter 2483 in the masked password
R password input window
R - click on the Enter button. - the Maintenance screen comes on.
R 5. At the PDL, on the Maintenance At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Download button. - the Download screen comes on.
R 6. At the PDL, on the Download At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Download LRU - the LRU Load screen comes on and
R button. shows a list of software part
R numbers.
R 7. At the PDL, on the LRU Load At the PDL:
R screen:
R - in the LRU list, click on the - the SEB icon is highlighted
R icon to the left of the SEB
R - click on the ALL SELECTED LRUs - the Download Phase 2 Progress-screen
R button. comes on
R - a progress bar comes on.
R 8. At the PDL, on the Download Phase At the PDL:
R 2 Progress-screen:
R - do a check of the progress bar - when the progress bar shows 100
R percent or it times out, continue
R with this procedure
R NOTE : This is completed in some minutes.
____
R - click on the OK button. - the System Config-Detail screen comes
R on.
R 9. Only do this step if this is the At the PDL:
R first download of the files to
R the SEB. At the PDL:
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 339
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - click on the CC Menu button - the Configuration Check screen comes
R on
R - click on the Cancel button. - the Maintenance screen comes on.
R - do steps 5. thru 8. again.
R 10. At the PDL, on the System At the PDL:
R Config-Detail screen:
R - click on the Engineering - the System Config-Detail
R button. Engineering-screen comes on.
R 11. At the PDL, on the System-Config At the PDL:
R Detail Engineering-screen:
R - record the data of the - the data of the software is recorded.
R software that you downloaded
R to the SEB.
R 12. At the PDL, on the System At the PDL:
R Config-Detail
R Engineering-screen:
R - click on the CC Menu button. - the Configuration Check screen comes
R on.
R 13. At the PDL, on the Configuration At the PDL:
R Check screen:
R - click on the Cancel button. - the Maintenance screen comes on.
R 14. At the PDL, on the Maintenance At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Start button in - a pop-up window comes on.
R the lower left corner of the
R screen.
R 15. At the PDL, in the pop-up At the PDL:
R window:
R - click on Turn Off Computer. - a new pop-up window comes on.
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 340
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 16. At the PDL, in the pop-up At the PDL:
R window:
R - make the selection Turn Off. - the PDL is set to Turn Off.
R 17. At the PDL: At the PDL:
R - do a check of the desktop - the desktop goes off
R - set the main power switch to - the PDL goes off.
R OFF.
R (2) Compare the data of the software that you recorded with the data of
R the software given in this table.
R NOTE : The check of the software that was loaded can show that the
____
R file SEB D/L LINUX Kernal (part number 620776-03) did not
R load, this is correct.
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R SOFTWARE DISCRIPTION PART NUMBER
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R SEB CORE1 620663-41
R SEB CORE2 620772-41
R SEB D/L LINUX KERNEL 620776-03
R SEB D/L DRIVERS 620742-01
R SEB D/L DOC UPGRADE 620848-05
R SEB RF APP 620692-10
R SEB SPI APP 620712-09
R (3) If the data does not agree, do this procedure again.
R
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 341
Aug 01/06
THY
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-00-860-069
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Close the VCC access door.
(2) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
de-energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
Subtask 23-33-00-862-061
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 342
Aug 01/06
THY
TASK 23-33-00-600-012
Loading of the Content of the integrated In-Flight Entertainment (IFE) System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure is necessary to load the content (digital music and video) of
the integrated In-Flight Entertainment system into the Digital Server Unit
(DSU).
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific Portable Data Loader 178278-101
No specific RJ-45 Ethernet Cable
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-861-062
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 343
Aug 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-33-00-865-099
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/DC 21MK C03
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/AC 22MK C04
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB1 23MK C05
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB2 24MK C06
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/DC 20MH C01
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/AC 21MH C02
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU L/H 22MH D01
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU R/H 24MH D02
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF L/H 23MH D03
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF R/H 25MH D04
2000VU IFE/CAMERA 29MH D05
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU 1 58HP B05
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU 2 59HP B08
Subtask 23-33-00-860-064
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
(2) Open the access door of the Video Control Center (VCC).
R (3) Make sure that the integrated In-Flight Entertainment (IFE) system
R boot sequence is completed before you continue this procedure.
R NOTE : The boot sequence is completed in a minimum of five minutes.
____
Subtask 23-33-00-480-060
D. Install the support equipment
(1) Connect the Portable Data Loader 178278-101 with the RJ-45 Ethernet
Cable to the Data Port of the Video Control Center (VCC).
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 344
Aug 01/06
THY
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-33-00-970-062
R A. Loading of the Content (music and digital video) for the IFE system
R (1) Do this procedure:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. At the Portable Data Loader At the PDL:
R (PDL):
R - set the main power switch to - the PDL is set to on
R ON.
R - the desktop comes on
R - a password input window comes on.
R 2. At the PDL: At the PDL, on the screen:
R - enter iseries in the password - the password input window shows the
R input window masked password
R - click on the Enter button - the password input window goes out of
R view
R - double click on the blue - the welcome screen comes on and shows
R iseries internet explorer icon. the Entertainment and Maintenance
R buttons.
R 3. At the PDL, on the welcome At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Maintenance - the Maintenance Access screen comes
R button. on.
R 4. At the PDL, on the Maintenance At the PDL:
R Access screen:
R - use the keypad shown on the - the password input window shows the
R screen and enter 2483 in the masked password
R password input window
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 345
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - click on the Enter button. - the Maintenance screen comes on.
R 5. At the PDL, on the Maintenance At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Download button. - the Download screen comes on.
R 6. At the PDL, on the Download At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Update Content - the Content-Loading Menu screen comes
R button. on.
R 7. At the PDL, on the At the PDL:
R Content-Loading Menu screen:
R - click on the Content
R Inventory-Selection button.
R NOTE : This will make a list of content files available for download.
____
R - the Collecting-available-Content
R Inventory-List screen comes on
R - a progress bar comes on.
R 8. At the PDL, on the At the PDL:
R Collecting-available-Content
R Inventory-List screen:
R - do a check of the progress bar. - when the progress bar is full, the
R Collecting-available-Content
R Inventory-List screen goes off
R - the Content Inventory-Selection
R screen or the Active-Content
R Selection screen comes on.
R 9. At the PDL, on the Content At the PDL:
R Inventory-Selection screen or the
R Active-Content Selection screen:
R - make a selection from the list - the circle of the content file that
R of available content. Click on you must download is highlighted.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 346
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R the circle at the left side of
R the applicable file.
R - click on the OK button. - the Content Inventory-Confirmation
R screen comes on.
R 10. At the PDL, on the Content At the PDL:
R Inventory-Confirmation screen:
R - do a check of the data shown - the data shown is your selection of
R on the right of the Current content file.
R Selection.
R - click the YES, I AM SURE - the Please wait while the servers
R button. process the new content list screen
R comes on
R - a progress bar comes on.
R 11. At the PDL, on the Please wait At the PDL:
R while the servers process the
R new content list screen:
R - do a check of the progress - when the progress bar is full, the
R bar. Please wait while the servers
R process the new content list screen
R goes off
R - the Content-Loading Summary screen
R comes on.
R 12. At the PDL, on the At the PDL:
R Content-Loading Summary screen:
R - on the Content Download-Status - when the progress bar is full (100
R window, do a check of the percent) the content load is
R Active-Content progress bar. completed.
R - close the browser window, - the browser window is closed.
R click on the close (X) icon.
R - click on the Start button in - a pop-up window comes on.
R the lower left corner of the
R screen.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 347
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 13. At the PDL, in the pop-up At the PDL
R window:
R - click on Turn Off computer. - a new pop-up window comes on.
R 14. At the PDL, in the pop-up At the PDL
R window:
R - make the selection Turn Off. - the PDL is set to turn off.
R 15. At the PDL: At the PDL:
R - do a check of the desktop - the desktop goes off
R - set the main power switch to - the PDL goes off.
R OFF.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-00-080-060
A. Remove the support equipment
(1) Disconnect the RJ-45 Ethernet Cable from the Data Port of the Video
Control Center (VCC).
Subtask 23-33-00-860-070
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
de-energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
Subtask 23-33-00-862-062
C. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 348
Aug 01/06
THY
R TASK 23-33-00-600-013
R Software Download (Phase 2) to the Cabin Management Terminal (CMT)
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R You must do this procedure when you install a new Digital Server Unit (DSU)
R or when you install a new Cabin Management Terminal (CMT)
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific Portable Data Loader 178278-101
R No specific RJ-45 Ethernet Cable
R B. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
R (CIDS)
R 23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
R (CIDS)
R 24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
R External Power
R 24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
R from the External Power
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 23-33-00-861-064
R A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 349
Aug 01/06
THY
R Subtask 23-33-00-865-100
R B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU 1 58HP B05
R 2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU 2 59HP B08
R 2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/DC 20MH C01
R 2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/AC 21MH C02
R 2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/DC 21MK C03
R 2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/AC 22MK C04
R 2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB1 23MK C05
R 2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB2 24MK C06
R 2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU L/H 22MH D01
R 2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU R/H 24MH D02
R 2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF L/H 23MH D03
R 2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF R/H 25MH D04
R 2000VU IFE/CAMERA 29MH D05
R Subtask 23-33-00-860-071
R C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data-System (CIDS) is
R energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001)
R (2) Open the access door of the Video Control Center (VCC).
R (3) Make sure that the integrated In-Flight Entertainment (IFE) system
R boot sequence is completed before you continue this procedure.
R NOTE : The boot sequence is completed in a minimum of five minutes.
____
R Subtask 23-33-00-480-065
R D. Install the support equipment
R (1) Connect the Portable Data Loader 178278-101 with the RJ-45 Ethernet
R Cable to the Ethernet 1 plug (RJ-45 PLUG (DATA PORT/ETHERNET), 30MH1)
R on the VCC.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 350
Aug 01/06
THY
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 23-33-00-970-064
R A. Software Download (Phase 2) to the Cabin Management Terminal (CMT)
R (1) Do this procedure:
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. At the Portable Data Loader At the PDL:
R (PDL):
R - set the main power switch to - the PDL is set to on
R ON.
R - the desktop comes on
R - a password input window comes on.
R 2. At the PDL: At the PDL, on the screen:
R - enter iseries in the password - the password input window shows the
R input window masked password
R - click on the Enter button - the password input window goes out of
R view
R - double click on the blue - the welcome screen comes on and shows
R iSeries internet explorer icon. the Entertainment and Maintenance
R buttons.
R 3. At the PDL, on the welcome At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Maintenance - the Maintenance Access screen comes
R button. on.
R 4. At the PDL, on the Maintenance At the PDL:
R Access screen:
R - use the keypad shown on the - the password input window shows the
R screen and enter 2483 in the masked password
R password input window
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 351
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - click on the Enter button. - the Maintenance screen comes on.
R 5. At the PDL, on the Maintenance At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Download button. - the Download screen comes on.
R 6. At the PDL, on the Download At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Download LRU - the LRU Load screen comes on and
R button. shows a list of software part
R numbers.
R 7. At the PDL, on the LRU Load At the PDL:
R screen:
R - in the LRU list, click on the - the CMT icon is highlighted
R icon to the left of the CMT
R - click on the ALL SELECTED LRUs - the Download Phase 2 Progress-screen
R button. comes on
R - a progress bar comes on.
R 8. At the PDL, on the Download Phase At the PDL:
R 2 Progress-screen:
R - do a check of the progress bar - when the progress bar shows 100
R percent or it times out, continue
R with this procedure
R NOTE : This is completed in some minutes.
____
R - click on the OK button. - the System Config-Detail screen comes
R on.
R 9. At the PDL, on the System At the PDL:
R Config-Detail screen:
R - click on the Engineering - the System Config-Detail
R button. Engineering-screen comes on.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 352
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 10. At the PDL, on the System At the PDL, on the System Config-Detail
R Config-Detail Engineering-screen:
R Engineering-screen:
R - record the data of the - the data of the software is recorded.
R software that you downloaded
R to the CMT.
R 11. At the PDL, on the System At the PDL:
R Config-Detail
R Engineering-screen:
R - click on the CC Menu button. - the Configuration Check screen comes
R on.
R 12. At the PDL, on the Configuration At the PDL:
R Check screen:
R - click on the Cancel button. - the Maintenance screen comes on.
R 13. At the PDL, on the Maintenance At the PDL:
R screen:
R - click on the Start button in - a pop-up window comes on.
R the lower left corner of the
R screen.
R 14. At the PDL, in the pop-up At the PDL:
R window:
R - click on Turn Off Computer. - a new pop-up window comes on.
R 15. At the PDL, in the pop-up At the PDL:
R window:
R - make the selection Turn Off. - the PDL is set to Turn Off.
R 16. At the PDL: At the PDL:
R - do a check of the desktop - the desktop goes off
R - set the main power switch to - the PDL goes off.
R OFF.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 353
Aug 01/06
THY
R (2) Compare the data of the software that you recorded with the data of
R the software given in this table.
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R SOFTWARE DISCRIPTION PART NUMBER
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ICMT-SVGA CORE1 620442-09
R ICMT-SVGA CORE2 620444-07
R (3) If the data does not agree, do this procedure again.
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 23-33-00-080-065
R A. Remove the support equipment
R (1) Disconnect the RJ-45 Ethernet Cable from the Ethernet 1 plug on the
R VCC and remove the Portable Data Loader 178278-101.
R (2) Close the VCC access door.
R Subtask 23-33-00-860-072
R B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
R (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
R Subtask 23-33-00-862-063
R C. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 354
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
TASK 23-33-00-600-014
Configuration of the Main Multiplexer with a Laptop
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific cable P/N RD-AM9410
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific instruction manual P/N IM-AM9027-01.
No specific laptop P/N CF 25
No specific DBMT tool P/N RD-AM9027-01
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-00-740-004 BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System
(Music) with the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
23-33-00-820-001 Adjustment of the DIP - Switch Positions of the Main
Multiplexer (8MK)
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
52-41-00-010-002 Open the Avionics Compartment Doors for Access
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 355
Nov 01/06
THY
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-010-058
A. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the
access door 824.
(2) Open the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-002).
Subtask 23-33-00-860-075
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Make sure that the DIP-switches of the Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK are
set as listed in the table below. Adjust them if necessary (Ref. TASK
23-33-00-820-001).
_________________________________________________________
SWITCH | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
_________________________________________________________
DSW 1 | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF |
_________________________________________________________
DSW 2 | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF |
_________________________________________________________
DSW 3 | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF |
_________________________________________________________
DSW 4 | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF |
_________________________________________________________
R DSW 5 | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | ON | ON | ON |
__________________________________________________________
R NOTE : The location of the DIP DSW1 is near to the top of the MM 8MK.
____
R The location of the DIP DSW5 is near to the bottom of the MM
R 8MK.
R The location of switch 8 of each DIP is near to the front of
R the MM 8MK.
R NOTE : The switches 7 and 8 of the DIP DSW5 control the electronic
____
R programming of the MM 8MK.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 356
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-107
C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK D03
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-33-00-865-107-A
R C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD/LH 23MK D02
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD/RH 24MK D03
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT/LH 22MK D04
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT/RH 25MK D05
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-00-480-066
D. Install the Support Equipment
(1) Connect the laptop P/N CF 25 with the cable P/N RD-AM9410 to the RS
232 port of the MM 8MK.
(2) Energize the laptop and make sure, that the software DBMT tool P/N
RD-AM9027-01 is installed.
NOTE : The software starts automatically.
____
You will find more information in the instruction manual P/N
IM-AM9027-01.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 357
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-108
E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
21MK, 23MK, 24MK.
NOTE : The power-on initialization of the Passenger Entertainment System
____
(PES) (music) will now start. The time can be up to 10 minutes.
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-33-00-865-108-A
R E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R 21MK, 22MK, 23MK, 24MK and 25MK
R NOTE : The power-on initialization of the Passenger Entertainment System
____
R (PES) (music) will now start. The time can be up to 10 minutes.
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-00-970-066
A. Configuration of the Main Multiplexer 8MK with the Laptop.
(1) Click the New MPES tab on the DBMT screen.
(2) Click the PORT arrow down button to show the PORT selection list.
(3) Click COM 1 to make a selection of the connected RS 232 port.
(4) Click the Connect button.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 358
Nov 01/06
THY
(5) Click the RECEIVE button.
NOTE : The laptop will now download the configuration from the MM 8MK
____
and will then show it on the New MPES screen.
(6) To change the configuration of the MM 8MK that is shown, do the steps
that follow.
(a) On the System CH Setting area, make these selections:
1 Skip
2 Skip
3 1/2(ST)
4 3/4(ST)
5 5/6(ST)
6 7/8(ST)
7 9/10(ST)
8 11/12(ST)
9 13/14(ST)
10 15/16(ST)
11 Skip
12 Skip
13 Skip
14 Skip
15 Skip
16 Skip
17 Skip
18 Skip
(b) On the PCU Video CH Setting/Bilingual Tag area, make these
selections:
1 Bilingual
2 Bilingual
(c) On the PCU Video CH Setting/Video Zone area, make these
selections:
1-1 1
1-2 2
2-1 1
2-2 2
(d) On the Mode Setting area, make this selection:
NORMAL
(e) On the Vol Default Position area, make this selection:
0
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 359
Nov 01/06
THY
(f) On the PCU Default CH area, make this selection:
3
(7) Click the SEND button.
NOTE : The laptop will now download the new configuration to the MM
____
8MK.
(8) Click the Disconnect button.
**ON A/C 101-199,
Subtask 23-33-00-970-066-A
A. Configuration of the Main Multiplexer 8MK with the Laptop.
(1) Click the New MPES tab on the DBMT screen.
(2) Click the PORT arrow down button to show the PORT selection list.
(3) Click COM 1 to make a selection of the connected RS 232 port.
(4) Click the Connect button.
(5) Click the RECEIVE button.
NOTE : The laptop will now download the configuration from the MM 8MK
____
and will then show it on the New MPES screen.
(6) To change the configuration of the MM 8MK that is shown, do the steps
that follow.
(a) On the System CH Setting area, make these selections:
1 Skip
2 Skip
3 1/2(ST)
4 3/4(ST)
5 5(MON)
6 6(MON)
7 7(MON)
8 8(MON)
9 13(MON)
10 14(MON)
11 15(MON)
12 16(MON)
13 9/10(ST)
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 360
Nov 01/06
THY
14 11/12(ST)
15 Skip
16 Skip
17 Skip
18 Skip
(b) On the PCU Video CH Setting/Bilingual Tag area, make these
selections:
1 Bilingual
2 Bilingual
(c) On the PCU Video CH Setting/Video Zone area, make these
selections:
1-1 1
1-2 2
2-1 1
2-2 2
(d) On the Mode Setting area, make this selection:
NORMAL
(e) On the Vol Default Position area, make this selection:
0
(f) On the PCU Default CH area, make this selection:
3
(7) Click the SEND button.
NOTE : The laptop will now download the new configuration to the MM
____
8MK.
(8) Click the Disconnect button.
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 054-199,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-109
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
21MK, 23MK, 24MK.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 361
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-33-00-865-109-A
R A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R 21MK, 22MK, 23MK, 24MK and 25MK
R NOTE : The power-on initialization of the Passenger Entertainment System
____
R (PES) (music) will now start. The time can be up to 10 minutes.
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-00-080-066
B. Remove the Support Equipment
(1) De-energize the laptop.
(2) Disconnect the laptop P/N CF 25 and the cable P/N RD-AM9410 from the
RS 232 port of the MM 8MK.
R **ON A/C 054-199,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-110
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
21MK, 23MK, 24MK.
NOTE : The power-on initialization of the PES (music) will now start. The
____
time can be up to 10 minutes.
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-33-00-865-110-A
R C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R 21MK, 22MK, 23MK, 24MK and 25MK
R NOTE : The power-on initialization of the Passenger Entertainment System
____
R (PES) (music) will now start. The time can be up to 10 minutes.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 362
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-00-740-055
D. Do the BITE-test of the PES (music) with the Flight Attendant Panel
(Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-004).
Subtask 23-33-00-860-076
E. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 23-33-00-410-059
F. Close Access
(1) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(2) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 363
Nov 01/06
THY
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT (MUSIC) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_________________________________________________
**ON A/C 007-007, 252-299,
TASK 23-33-00-740-002
BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) with the Programming
and Test Panel (PTP)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R To make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System (PES) operates
R correctly
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 501
Aug 01/06
THY
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
energized. (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001)
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-058-A
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK A06
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK A07
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK A08
2000VU PRAM 2RX D01
R **ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-058
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/LH 22MK D04
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/RH 24MK D03
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/RH 25MK D05
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
R
EFF :
007-007, 252-299, 23-33-00
Page 502
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-007, 252-299,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-050
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH 9RN G08
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O 5RN G07
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT 4RN G06
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 2 155RH G05
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 1 154RH G04
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
**ON A/C 007-007,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH G02
R **ON A/C 252-299,
49VU COM DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
**ON A/C 007-007,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL 170RH M14
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID 166RH M11
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID 165RH M10
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD 164RH M09
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M08
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M07
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/PROG AND TST PNL 161RH M06
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH M05
121VU COM NAV/ACP/AVNCS/COMPT 7RN M03
R **ON A/C 007-007, 252-299,
121VU COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT 6RN M02
R
EFF :
007-007, 252-299, 23-33-00
Page 503
Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 252-299,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID 166RH M13
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID 165RH M12
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD 164RH M11
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M10
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M09
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/PROG &/TST PNL 161RH M08
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M07
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M06
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL 170RH Q14
Subtask 23-33-00-865-065
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2001VU CIDS/DEU A NORM AFT LH 173RH C07
2001VU CIDS/DEU A NORM AFT RH 174RH C08
2001VU CIDS/DEU A NORM MID 2 LH 175RH C05
2001VU CIDS/DEU A NORM MID 2 RH 176RH C06
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-066-A
E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK A06
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK A07
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK A08
2000VU PRAM 2RX D01
NOTE : The PES (music) power-on initialization will start now. The time
____
can be up to 10 minutes.
R
EFF :
007-007, 252-299, 23-33-00
Page 504
Feb 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-066
E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/LH 22MK D04
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/RH 24MK D03
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/RH 25MK D05
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
NOTE : The PES (music) power-on initialization will start now. The time
____
can be up to 10 minutes.
**ON A/C 007-007, 252-299,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 007-007, 253-299,
Subtask 23-33-00-740-050-A
R A. BITE-Test with the PTP
(1) Do the subsequent PES test on the Fwd Attnd panel:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio
audio module: module:
- push the PES ON/OFF membrane - the PES ON/OFF integral light on the
switch. membrane switch comes on.
2. On the Programming and Test Panel On the PTP display 110RH:
(PTP) 110RH:
EFF :
007-007, 252-299, 23-33-00
Page 505
May 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the DSPL ON membrane - the CIDS page comes on.
switch.
- push the SYSTEM TEST related - the SYSTEM TEST page comes on.
membrane switch.
- push the CONT related membrane - the PES MUSIC page comes on.
switch and find the PES MUSIC.
- push the PES MUSIC related - the message WAIT FOR RESPONSE
membrane switch. flashes.
R After the end of the BITE test:
- the message WAIT FOR RESPONSE goes
off.
- the TEST OK message comes on.
- push the RET related membrane - the SYSTEM TEST page comes on.
switch.
3. On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio
audio module: module:
- push the PES ON/OFF membrane - the PES ON/OFF integral light on the
switch. membrane switch goes off.
EFF :
007-007, 253-299, 23-33-00
Page 506
May 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 252-252,
Subtask 23-33-00-740-050
R A. BITE-Test with the PTP
(1) Do the subsequent PES test on the Fwd Attnd panel:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio
audio module: module:
- push the PES ON/OFF membrane - the PES ON/OFF integral light on the
switch. membrane switch comes on.
2. On the Programming and Test Panel On the PTP display 110RH:
(PTP) 110RH:
- push the DSPL ON membrane - the CIDS page comes on.
switch.
- push the SYSTEM TEST related - the SYSTEM TEST page comes on.
membrane switch.
- push the CONT related membrane
switch and find the PES MUSIC.
- push the PES MUSIC related - the PES MUSIC page comes on.
membrane switch. - the message WAIT FOR RESPONSE
flashes.
R After the end of the BITE test:
- the message WAIT FOR RESPONSE goes
off.
- the TEST OK message comes on.
- push the RET related membrane - the SYSTEM TEST page comes on.
switch.
3. On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio
audio module: module:
EFF :
252-252, 23-33-00
Page 507
May 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the PES ON/OFF membrane - the PES ON/OFF integral light on the
switch. membrane switch goes off.
R **ON A/C 007-007, 252-299,
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-00-862-050
A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
(1) De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuit (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
R
EFF :
007-007, 252-299, 23-33-00
Page 508
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
TASK 23-33-00-740-003
BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) with the Multipurpose
Control and Display Unit (MCDU)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-003 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/COM
Page
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 509
Aug 01/06
THY
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-860-051
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits.
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(2) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
energized.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001)
(3) Do the procedure to get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM page on
the MCDU.
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003)
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-059-A
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK A06
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK A07
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK A08
2000VU PRAM 2RX D01
**ON A/C 054-199,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-059-B
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK D03
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 510
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-059
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/LH 22MK D04
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/RH 24MK D03
2000VU PES MUSIC/AFT/RH 25MK D05
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-33-00-865-059-C
R B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD/LH 23MK D02
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD/RH 24MK D03
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT/LH 22MK D04
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT/RH 25MK D05
R 2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
R
EFF :
252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 511
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-060
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH 9RN G08
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O 5RN G07
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT 4RN G06
**ON A/C 007-007, 252-299,
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 2 155RH G05
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 1 154RH G04
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
**ON A/C 007-007,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH G02
**ON A/C 054-199,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R **ON A/C 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
R **ON A/C 252-299, 303-399,
49VU COM DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 512
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 007-007,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL 170RH M14
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID 166RH M11
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID 165RH M10
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD 164RH M09
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M08
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M07
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/PROG AND TST PNL 161RH M06
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH M05
121VU COM NAV/ACP/AVNCS/COMPT 7RN M03
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
121VU COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT 6RN M02
**ON A/C 054-199,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD 164RH M10
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M09
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M08
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M06
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M05
121VU COM/FAP1/NORM 170RH Q14
**ON A/C 252-299,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID 166RH M13
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID 165RH M12
R
R **ON A/C 252-299, 303-399,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD 164RH M11
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M10
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 513
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 252-299,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M09
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/PROG &/TST PNL 161RH M08
R **ON A/C 252-299, 303-399,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M07
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M06
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL 170RH Q14
Subtask 23-33-00-865-067
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2001VU CIDS/DEU A NORM AFT LH 173RH C07
2001VU CIDS/DEU A NORM AFT RH 174RH C08
2001VU CIDS/DEU A NORM MID 2 LH 175RH C05
2001VU CIDS/DEU A NORM MID 2 RH 176RH C06
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-068-A
E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK A06
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK A07
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK A08
2000VU PRAM 2RX D01
NOTE : The PES (music) power-on initialization will start now. The time
____
can be up to 10 minutes.
R
EFF :
007-007, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 514
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-199,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-068-B
E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK D03
NOTE : The PES (music) power-on initialization will start now. The time
____
can be up to 10 minutes.
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-068
E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/LH 22MK D04
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/RH 24MK D03
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/RH 25MK D05
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
NOTE : The PES (music) power-on initialization will start now. The time
____
can be up to 10 minutes.
EFF :
054-199, 252-299, 23-33-00
Page 515
Nov 01/06
R
THY
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-33-00-865-068-C
R E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/LH 22MK D04
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/LH 23MK D02
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/RH 24MK D03
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/RH 25MK D05
R NOTE : The PES (music) power-on initialization will start now. The time
____
R can be up to 10 minutes.
**ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 007-007, 253-299,
Subtask 23-33-00-740-053-A
A. BITE-Test with the MCDU
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio
audio module: module:
- push the PES ON/OFF membrane - the PES ON/OFF integral light on the
switch. membrane switch comes on.
2. On the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM On the MCDU:
page on the MCDU:
- push the line key CIDS1. - the CIDS1 (ACT.) menu page comes on.
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 516
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key TEST. - the CIDS1 (ACT.) / TEST menu page
comes on.
- push the NEXT PAGE button
frequently until PES MUSIC
comes into view.
- push the line key PES MUSIC. - the CIDS1 (ACT.) / PES MUSIC TEST
menu page comes on with the message
ATA 23-33-00
IN PROGRESS.
- after approximately 5 seconds the
message changes to
ATA 23-33-00
TEST OK.
- push the line key RETURN more - the CFDS menu page comes on.
than one time.
3. On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio
audio module: module:
- push the PES ON/OFF membrane - the PES ON/OFF integral light on the
switch. membrane switch goes off.
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-00-740-053-B
A. BITE-Test with the MCDU
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Flight Attendant Panel On the FAP:
(FAP) 120RH:
- touch the PES ON/OFF icon. - the PES ON/OFF icon is highlighted
with a color change.
2. On the MCDU, on the SYSTEM On the MCDU:
REPORT/TEST COM page:
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 253-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 517
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key CIDS1. - the CIDS1 (ACT.) menu page shows.
- push the line key TEST. - the CIDS1 (ACT.) / TEST menu page
shows.
- push the NEXT PAGE button
frequently until PES MUSIC
shows.
- push the line key PES MUSIC. - the CIDS1 (ACT.) / PES MUSIC TEST
menu page shows the message
ATA 23-33-00
IN PROGRESS.
- after approximately 5 seconds the
message changes to
ATA 23-33-00
TEST OK.
- push the line key RETURN more - the CFDS menu page shows.
than one time.
3. On the FAP: On the FAP:
- touch the PES ON/OFF icon. - the PES ON/OFF icon is highlighted
with a color change.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 518
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 252-252,
Subtask 23-33-00-740-053
A. BITE-Test with the MCDU
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio
audio module: module:
- push the PES ON/OFF membrane - the PES ON/OFF integral light on the
switch. membrane switch comes on.
2. On the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM On the MCDU:
page on the MCDU:
- push the line key CIDS1. - the CIDS1 (ACT.) menu page comes on.
- push the line key TEST. - the CIDS1 (ACT.) / TEST menu page
comes on.
- push the NEXT PAGE button
frequently until PES MUSIC
comes into view.
- push the line key PES MUSIC. - the CIDS1 (ACT.) / PES MUSIC TEST
menu page comes on with the message
ATA 23-33-00
IN PROGRESS.
- after approximately 5 seconds the
message changes to
ATA 23-33-00
TEST OK.
- push the line key RETURN more - the CFDS menu page comes on.
than one time.
3. On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio
audio module: module:
- push the PES ON/OFF membrane - the PES ON/OFF integral light on the
switch. membrane switch goes off.
R
EFF :
252-252, 23-33-00
Page 519
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-00-860-052
A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
(1) De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS).
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001)
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuit.
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 520
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
TASK 23-33-00-740-004
BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) with the Flight
Attendant Panel (FAP)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 521
Nov 01/06
THY
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-860-073
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
energized. (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001)
R **ON A/C 054-199,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-101
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK D03
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-33-00-865-101-A
R B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/LH 22MK D04
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/LH 23MK D02
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/RH 24MK D03
R 2000VU PES MUSIC/AFT/RH 25MK D05
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 522
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-102
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH 9RN G08
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O 5RN G07
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT 4RN G06
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
R
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R 49VU COM DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD 164RH M10
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M09
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M08
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M06
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M05
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
R 121VU COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT 6RN M02
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 523
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R 121VU COM/FAP1/NORM 170RH Q14
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD 164RH M11
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M10
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M07
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M06
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL 170RH Q14
R **ON A/C 054-199,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-103
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK D03
NOTE : The PES (music) power-on initialization will start. The time can
____
be up to 10 minutes.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 524
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-33-00-865-103-A
R D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/LH 22MK D04
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/LH 23MK D02
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/RH 24MK D03
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/RH 25MK D05
R NOTE : The PES (music) power-on initialization will start. The time can
____
R be up to 10 minutes.
R Subtask 23-33-00-865-104
R E. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2001VU CIDS/DEU A NORM AFT LH 173RH C07
R 2001VU CIDS/DEU A NORM AFT RH 174RH C08
R 2001VU CIDS/DEU A NORM MID 2 LH 175RH C05
R 2001VU CIDS/DEU A NORM MID 2 RH 176RH C06
R
EFF :
303-399, 23-33-00
Page 525
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-33-00-740-054
A. Bite-Test with the FLIGHT ATTENDANT PANEL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Flight Attendant Panel On the FAP 120RH:
(FAP) 120RH :
NOTE : If the Audio softkey is
____
shown on the system and
function softkey-panel,
continue with step 2.
- touch the backward or the - a new system and function
forward softkey until the Audio softkey-panel is shown.
softkey is shown.
2. On the FAP 120RH, system and On the FAP 120RH:
function softkey-panel:
- touch the Audio softkey. - the screen shows the AUDIO page.
R 3. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the FAP 120RH:
R 120RH
R - touch the PES/ON/OFF softkey. - the PES/ON/OFF softkey highlights
R with a color change.
R 4. On the FAP 120RH, system and On the FAP 120RH, system and function
function softkey-panel: softkey-panel:
- touch the backward or the - a new system and function
forward softkey until the softkey-panel is shown.
CIDS/MCDU softkey is shown.
R 5. On the FAP 120RH, system and On the FAP 120RH:
function softkey-panel:
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 526
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- touch the CIDS/MCDU softkey. - the screen shows the CIDS MCDU
MENUE/ENTER ACCESS CODE page.
R 6. On the FAP 120RH, CIDS MCDU On the FAP 120RH:
MENUE/ENTER ACCESS CODE page:
- touch the softkey in the
sequence that follows:
3
1
8
ENTER
- the CIDS MCDU MENUE/ENTER ACCESS CODE
page goes out of view,
- the screen shows the CIDS MCDU
MENUE/CFDS ON FAP page.
R 7. On the FAP, CIDS MCDU MENUE/CFDS On the FAP, CIDS MCDU MENUE
ON FAP page:
- touch the softkey adjacent to - the screen shows the CIDS MCDU
the CIDS icon shown on screen. MENUE/CFDSx page.
NOTE : This page shows the CIDS MCDU
____
menus of the active CIDS
director (CIDS1 or CIDS2).
R 8. On the FAP, CIDS MCDU MENUE/CIDSx On the FAP, CIDS MCDU MENUE:
page:
- touch the softkey adjacent to - the screen shows the CIDS MCDU
the SYSTEM/TESTS> icon shown on MENUE/CFDSx/SYSTEM TESTS/DIRx ACTIVE
screen. page.
R 9. On the FAP, CIDS MCDU On the FAP, CIDS MCDU MENUE:
MENUE/CFDSx/ SYSTEM TESTS/DIRx
ACTIVE page:
- touch the softkey adjacent to - the screen shows the CIDS MCDU
the IFE/VIDEO/SYS/TEST> icon MENUE/CFDSx/IFE MUSIC SYS TEST/DIRx
shown on screen. ACTIVE page with this message:
IN PROGRESS 180 S ,
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 527
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
After approximately 3 minutes:
- the screen shows the CIDS MCDU
MENUE/CFDSx/IFE MUSIC SYS TEST/DIRx
ACTIVE page with this message:
TEST OK
- touch the RETURN softkey again - The CIDSx page comes on.
and again for the selection of
the CIDSx page.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-00-860-074
A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
(1) De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuit (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 528
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
TASK 23-33-00-710-002
Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-32-00-860-001 Replacement of the Sound Recording Medium of the
Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM)
Reproducer
23-33-00-860-001 Replacement of the Audio Cassettes of the Passenger
Entertainment System (PES)
23-33-00-860-002 Replacement of the Compact Disks for the Passenger
Entertainment System (PES)
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 529
Nov 01/06
THY
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-860-053
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
energized(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
(3) Make sure that the pre-recorded audio cassettes are installed in the
audio reproducer 10RX (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-001).
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-061-A
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK A06
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK A07
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK A08
2000VU PRAM 2RX D01
**ON A/C 054-199,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-061-B
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK D03
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 530
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-061
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/LH 22MK D04
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/RH 24MK D03
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/RH 25MK D05
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-33-00-865-061-C
R B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD/LH 23MK D02
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD/RH 24MK D03
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT/LH 22MK D04
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT/RH 25MK D05
R 2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
R
EFF :
252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 531
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-062
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH 9RN G08
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O 5RN G07
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT 4RN G06
**ON A/C 007-007, 252-299,
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 2 155RH G05
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 1 154RH G04
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
**ON A/C 007-007,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH G02
**ON A/C 054-199,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R **ON A/C 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
R **ON A/C 252-299, 303-399,
49VU COM DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 532
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 007-007,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL 170RH M14
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID 166RH M11
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID 165RH M10
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD 164RH M09
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M08
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M07
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/PROG AND TST PNL 161RH M06
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH M05
121VU COM NAV/ACP/AVNCS/COMPT 7RN M03
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
121VU COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT 6RN M02
**ON A/C 054-199,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD 164RH M10
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M09
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M08
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M06
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M05
121VU COM/FAP1/NORM 170RH Q14
**ON A/C 252-299,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID 166RH M13
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID 165RH M12
R
R **ON A/C 252-299, 303-399,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD 164RH M11
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M10
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 533
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 252-299,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M09
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/PROG &/TST PNL 161RH M08
R **ON A/C 252-299, 303-399,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M07
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M06
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL 170RH Q14
Subtask 23-33-00-865-063
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2001VU CIDS/DEU A NORM AFT LH 173RH C07
2001VU CIDS/DEU A NORM AFT RH 174RH C08
2001VU CIDS/DEU A NORM MID 2 LH 175RH C05
2001VU CIDS/DEU A NORM MID 2 RH 176RH C06
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-064-A
E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK A06
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK A07
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK A08
2000VU PRAM 2RX D01
NOTE : The PES (music) power-on initialization will start now. The time
____
can be up to 10 minutes.
R
EFF :
007-007, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 534
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-199,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-064-B
E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK D03
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
NOTE : The PES (music) power-on initialization will start now. The time
____
can be up to 10 minutes.
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-33-00-865-064
E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/LH 22MK D04
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/RH 24MK D03
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/RH 25MK D05
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
NOTE : The PES (music) power-on initialization will start now. The time
____
can be up to 10 minutes.
R
EFF :
054-199, 252-299, 23-33-00
Page 535
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-33-00-865-064-C
R E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD/LH 23MK D02
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD/RH 24MK D03
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT/LH 22MK D04
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT/RH 25MK D05
R 2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-33-00-710-052-A
A. Operational Test of the PES
NOTE : Make sure that in the avionic compartment the Compact Disks (CDs)
____
are installed in the audio reproducer 10MK (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-
860-002).
NOTE : Make sure that the headsets that are used with the Passenger
____
Control Unit (PCU) are available.
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 536
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio
audio module: module:
- push the PES ON/OFF membrane - the PES ON/OFF integral light on the
switch. membrane switch comes on.
2. On the Programming and Test Panel On the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
(PTP) 110RH: 110RH:
- push the membrane switches in
the sequence:
- DSPL ON
- SYSTEM TEST
- CONT frequently until PES MUSIC
comes into view
- PES MUSIC - WAIT FOR RESPONSE comes into view,
- wait until TEST OK comes into view.
3. At each PCU: At each PCU:
- connect the headset to the each - the music program is heard from
PCU and select channels 3 to 14 channels 3 to 14 with the headset.
in turn.
- the selected channel comes on, on the
PCU channel display.
- change the audio volume at each - the volume of the music changes.
selection.
4. At a PCU in the last seat row of At the selected PCU:
the zone 1:
- connect a headset to the PCU
- select one channel between 3 to - the music program is heard at the
14. selected channel with the headset.
EFF :
007-007, 23-33-00
Page 537
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the selected channel comes on, on the
PCU channel display.
5. At a PCU in the first seat row of At the selected PCU:
the zone 2:
- connect a headset to the PCU
- select one channel between 3 to - the music program is heard at the
14. selected channel with the headset.
- the selected channel comes on, on the
PCU channel display.
6. At the FWD attendant station: At the FWD Attendant Indication Panel
(AIP):
- lift the handset from the - the # symbol comes on.
cradle.
- push and hold the PTT - the # symbol goes off.
pushbutton switch and speak
into the headset
In the cabin:
- the announcement is heard from all
the passenger and the lavatory
loudspeakers.
At the headsets of the selected PCUs:
- the music program is cancelled and
the announcement is heard at channels
and 3 to 14 with the headset.
- the selected channel comes on, on the
PCU channel display.
7. At the FWD attendant station: At the forward AIP:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the # symbol comes on.
switch.
- push the PA and 1/FWD - the # symbol goes off.
pushbutton switches
R
EFF :
007-007, 23-33-00
Page 538
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the PA FWD message comes on.
In the cabin in the FWD zone:
- push and hold the PTT - the announcement is heard in zone 1
pushbutton switch and speak from all the passenger and the
into the handset. lavatory loudspeakers.
At the PCU in the AFT zone:
- the announcement is not heard,
- the music program of the selected
channel is heard,
At the PCU in the FWD zone:
- the music program is cancelled and
the announcement is heard on channels
and 3 to 14 with the headset.
- the selected channel comes on, on the
PCU channel display.
8. At the FWD forward attendant At the forward AIP:
station:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the PA FWD message goes off.
switch.
- push the RESET pushbutton - the RST message comes on.
switch.
- release the RESET pushbutton - the # symbol comes on.
switch.
- push the PA and 2/AFT - the # symbol goes off.
pushbutton switch.
- the PA AFT message comes on.
In the cabin in the AFT zone:
- push and hold the PTT - the announcement is heard in zone 2
pushbutton switch and speak from all the passenger and the
into the handset. lavatory loudspeakers.
R
EFF :
007-007, 23-33-00
Page 539
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At the PCU in the FWD zone:
- the announcement is not heard,
- the music program of the selected
channel is heard.
At the PCU in the AFT zone:
- the music program is cancelled and
the announcement is heard on channels
and 3 to 14 with the headset.
- the selected channel comes on, on the
PCU channel display.
9. At the FWD attendant station At the forward AIP:
door:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the PA AFT message goes off.
switch.
- push the RESET pushbutton - the RST message comes on.
switch
- release the RESET pushbutton - the # symbol comes on.
switch.
- put the handset back into the - the # symbol goes off.
cradle.
10. On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio
audio module: module:
- push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane
switch for the boarding music.
- select a channel with the - the MUSIC ON/OFF integral light on
membrane switch SEL. the membrane switch comes on.
- the selected channel comes on, on the
boarding-music channel display.
In the cabin:
R
EFF :
007-007, 23-33-00
Page 540
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the boarding music is heard from all
the passenger and the lavatory
loudspeakers.
At the selected PCUs:
- the selected music channel is heard.
11. On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH,
prerecorded announcement prerecorded announcement section:
section:
- press the membrane switch
ENTER frequently until the
cursor is at MEMO 1 position.
- push the membrane switch 1 - the MEMO 1 display shows 001.
and ENTER to set the MEMO 1/
announcement 1.
- the cursor moves to the MEMO 2
display.
- after not many seconds the READY
light comes on.
- push the START ALL membrane In the cabin:
switch. - the prerecorded announcement 1 is
heard from all the passenger and the
lavatory loudspeakers.
At the selected PCUs:
- the prerecorded announcement 1 is
heard at all channels with the
headset.
- the selected channel comes on, on the
PCU channel display.
12. At the FWD attendant station: At the FWD Attendant Indication Panel
(AIP):
- lift the handset from the - the # symbol comes on.
cradle.
R
EFF :
007-007, 23-33-00
Page 541
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push and hold the PTT - the # symbol goes off.
pushbutton switch and speak
into the headset
In the cabin:
- the prerecorded announcement 1 is
cancelled and the announcement from
the FWD attendant station is heard
from all the passenger and the
lavatory loudspeakers.
At the headsets of the selected PCUs:
- the prerecorded announcement 1 is
cancelled and the announcement from
the FWD attendant station is heard at
all channels with the headset.
- the selected channel comes on, on the
PCU channel display.
13. In the cockpit on the handset At the AIP 320RH:
130RH:
- lift the handset from the
cradle.
- push and hold the PTT - the PA ALL IN USE message comes on.
pushbutton switch and speak
into the handset.
In the cabin:
- the announcement from the FWD
attendant station is cancelled and
the handset announcement from the
cockpit is heard from all the
passenger and the lavatory
loudspeakers.
At the selected PCUs:
- the announcement from the FWD
attendant station is cancelled and
the handset announcement from the
cockpit is heard on channels 3 to 14
with the headset.
R
EFF :
007-007, 23-33-00
Page 542
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the selected channel comes on, on the
PCU channel display.
14. In the cockpit on the handset At the AIP 320RH:
130RH:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the PA ALL IN USE message goes off.
switch and put the handset
back into the cradle.
15. At the FWD attendant station: At the AIP 320RH:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the # symbol goes off.
switch and put the handset
back into the cradle.
16. On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio
audio module: module:
- push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane - the MUSIC ON/OFF integral light on
switch. the membrane switch goes off.
At the selected PCUs:
- the music program is heard from
channels 3 to 14 with the headset.
- the selected channel comes on, on the
PCU channel display.
17. At the selected PCUs:
- disconnect the headsets from
the PCU.
R
EFF :
007-007, 23-33-00
Page 543
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-00-710-052-C
A. Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (PES)
(1) Make sure that in the avionics compartment the Compact Discs (CD) are
installed in the audio reproducer 10MK (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-860-002).
(2) Make sure that the headsets that are used with the Passenger Control
Units (PCU) are available.
(3) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Flight Attendant Panel On the FAP 120RH :
(FAP) 120RH :
- push the Audio softkey. - the Audio softkey highlights with a
color change,
- the display shows the AUDIO page.
2. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH,
120RH, CABIN SETTINGS area: CABIN SETTINGS area:
- push the PES ON/OFF softkey. - the PES ON/OFF softkey highlights
with a color change.
3. At each PCU: At each PCU:
- connect the headset to each PCU - the music program is heard from
and set the channels 3 to 10 in channels 3 to 10 with the headset,
sequence, - the related channel comes on, on the
PCU channel display,
- change the audio volume at each - the volume of the music changes.
selection.
4. At a PCU in the last seat row of At the related PCU:
the zone 1:
- connect a headset to the PCU
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 544
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- set one channel between 3 and - the music program of the related
10. channel is heard at the headset.
- the related channel comes on, on the
PCU channel display.
5. At a PCU in the first seat row of At the related PCU:
the zone 2:
- connect a headset to the PCU,
- set one channel between 3 and - the music program of the related
10. channel is heard at the headset.
- the related channel comes on, on the
PCU channel display.
6. At the FWD attendant-station: At the FWD Attendant-Indication-Panel
(AIP):
- lift the handset from the - the # symbol comes on
cradle,
- push the PA pushbutton switch, - the # symbol goes off.
- push and hold the PTT
pushbutton switch and speak
into the handset.
In the cabin:
- the announcement is heard from all
the passenger and the lavatory
loudspeakers.
At the headsets of the related PCU:
- the music program is cancelled and
the announcement is heard on the
channels 3 to 10 with the headset,
7. At the FWD attendant-station: At the FWD AIP:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the # symbol comes on,
switch,
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 545
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the PA/FWD pushbutton - the # symbol goes off,
switch,
- the PA/FWD message comes on.
In the cabin in the FWD zone:
- push and hold the PTT - the announcement is heard in zone 1
pushbutton switch and speak from all the passenger and the
into the handset. lavatory loudspeakers.
At the PCU in the FWD zone:
- the music program is cancelled and
the announcement is heard on the
channels 3 to 10 with the headset,
At the PCU in the AFT zone:
- the announcement is not heard,
- the music program of the related
channel is heard,
8. At the FWD attendant-station: At the FWD AIP:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the PA/FWD message goes off,
switch,
- push the RESET pushbutton - the RST message comes on,
switch,
- release the RESET pushbutton - the # symbol comes on,
switch,
- push the PA/AFT pushbutton - the # symbol goes off.
switch,
- the PA/AFT message comes on.
In the cabin in the AFT zone:
- push and hold the PTT - the announcement is heard in zone 2
pushbutton switch and speak from all the passenger and the
into the handset. lavatory loudspeakers.
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 546
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At the PCU in the AFT zone:
- the music program is cancelled and
the announcement is heard on the
channels 3 to 10 with the headset.
At the PCU in the FWD zone:
- the announcement is not heard,
- the music program of the related
channel is heard.
9. At the FWD attendant-station At the forward AIP:
door:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the PA/AFT message goes off,
switch,
- push the RESET pushbutton - the RST message comes on,
switch,
- release the RESET pushbutton - the # symbol comes on,
switch,
- put the handset back into the - the # symbol goes off.
cradle.
10. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH,
120RH, BOARDING MUSIC (BGM)/BGM BGM/BGM 1 select area:
1 select area:
- push the ON/OFF softkey. - the ON/OFF softkey highlights with a
color change.
On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH, BGM
aircraft symbol:
- the last music channel selection is
shown on the BGM 1 channel display.
In the cabin:
- the boarding music is heard from all
the passenger and the lavatory
loudspeakers.
At the related PCU:
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 547
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the related music channel is heard.
11. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH,
120RH, PRERECORDED PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT/MEMO display:
ANNOUNCEMENT/SELECT keypad area:
- touch the 1 softkey, - the announcement number 1 with the
- touch ENTER softkey . related announcement title comes into
display,
- touch the 2 softkey, - the announcement number 1 with the
- touch ENTER softkey . related announcement title is shown
on the display,
- the announcement number 2 with the
related announcement title comes into
display,
- touch the 3 softkey, - the announcement number 1 with the
- touch ENTER softkey . related announcement title and the
announcement number 2 with the
related announcement title are shown
on the display,
the announcement number 3 with the
related announcement title
comes into display.
12. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH,
120RH, PRERECORDED PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT/ON ANNOUNCE
ANNOUNCEMENT/MEMO area: display:
- touch the Start/ALL softkey. - the related announcement number with
title is shown on the display.
In the cabin:
- the related prerecorded announcement
is heard from all the passenger and
the lavatory loudspeakers.
At the related PCU:
- the related prerecorded announcement
is heard at all the channels with the
headset.
13. At the FWD attendant-station: At the FWD AIP:
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 548
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- lift the handset from the - the # symbol comes on.
cradle.
- push the PA pushbutton switch, - the # symbol goes off.
- push and hold the PTT
pushbutton switch and speak
into the handset.
In the cabin:
- the related prerecorded announcement
is cancelled and the announcement
from the FWD attendant-station is
heard from all the passenger and the
lavatory loudspeakers.
At the related PCU:
- the related prerecorded announcement
is cancelled and the announcement
from the FWD attendant-station is
heard at all the channels with the
headset.
14. In the cockpit on the handset At the AIP 320RH:
130RH:
- lift the handset from the
cradle.
- push the PA pushbutton switch, - the PA ALL IN USE message comes on.
- push and hold the PTT
pushbutton switch and speak
into the handset.
In the cabin:
- the announcement from the FWD
attendant-station is cancelled and
the handset announcement from the
cockpit is heard from all the
passenger and the lavatory
loudspeakers.
At the related PCU:
- the announcement from the FWD
attendant-station is cancelled and
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 549
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the handset announcement from the
cockpit is heard at all the channels
with the headset.
15. In the cockpit on the handset At the AIP 320RH:
130RH:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the PA ALL IN USE message goes off.
switch and put the handset
back into the cradle.
16. At the FWD attendant-station: At the AIP 320RH:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the # symbol goes off.
switch and put the handset
back into the cradle.
17. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH,
120RH, PRERECORDED PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT/ON ANNOUNCE
ANNOUNCEMENT/MEMO area: display:
- touch the Stop softkey, before - the announcement stops.
the announcement is completed. - the related announcement number with
title goes out of display.
In the cabin:
- the boarding music is heard from all
the passenger and the lavatory
loudspeakers.
At the related PCU:
- the related music channel is heard.
18. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH,
120RH, BGM/BGM 1 select area: BGM/BGM 1 select area:
- push the ON/OFF softkey. - the ON/OFF softkey highlights with a
color change.
In the cabin:
- the boarding music is cancelled from
all the passenger and the lavatory
loudspeakers.
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 550
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH,
120RH, CABIN SETTINGS area: CABIN SETTINGS area:
- push the PES ON/OFF softkey. - the PES ON/OFF softkey highlights
with a color change.
20. At the related PCU:
- disconnect the headsets from
the PCU.
**ON A/C 101-199,
Subtask 23-33-00-710-052-D
A. Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (PES)
(1) Make sure that in the avionics compartment the Compact Discs (CD) are
installed in the audio reproducer 10MK (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-860-002).
(2) Make sure that the headsets that are used with the Passenger Control
Units (PCU) are available.
(3) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Flight Attendant Panel On the FAP 120RH :
(FAP) 120RH :
- push the Audio softkey. - the Audio softkey highlights with a
color change,
- the display shows the AUDIO page.
2. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH,
120RH, CABIN SETTINGS area: CABIN SETTINGS area:
- push the PES ON/OFF softkey. - the PES ON/OFF softkey highlights
with a color change.
3. At each PCU: At each PCU:
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 551
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- connect the headset to the PCU,
- set the channels 3 to 14 in - you hear the music program of the
sequence, channels 3 to 14 with the headset,
- the channel display shows the related
channel,
- change the audio volume at each - the volume of the music changes.
selection.
4. At the forward attendant station: At the forward Attendant Indication
Panel (AIP) 320RH:
- lift the handset from the - the # symbol comes into view,
cradle,
- push the PA pushbutton switch, - the # symbol goes out of view.
- push and hold the PTT
pushbutton switch and speak
into the handset.
In the cabin:
- you hear the announcement from all
the passenger and lavatory
loudspeakers.
At the headsets of the related PCU:
- the music program is cancelled and
you hear the announcement on the
channels 3 to 14 with the headset.
5. At the forward attendant station: At the forward AIP 320RH:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the PA message goes out of view,
switch,
- push the RESET pushbutton - the RST message comes into view,
switch,
- release the RESET pushbutton - the # symbol comes into view,
switch,
- put the handset back into the - the # symbol goes out of view,
cradle.
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-33-00
Page 552
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH,
120RH, BOARDING MUSIC (BGM)/BGM 1 BGM/BGM 1 select area:
select area:
- push the ON/OFF softkey. - the ON/OFF softkey highlights with a
color change.
On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH, BGM
aircraft symbol:
- the BGM 1 channel display shows the
last music channel selection.
In the cabin:
- you hear the boarding music from all
the passenger and lavatory
loudspeakers.
At the related PCU:
- you hear the related music channel.
7. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH,
120RH, PRERECORDED PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT/MEMO display:
ANNOUNCEMENT/SELECT keypad area:
- touch the 1 softkey to set
the first prerecorded
announcement,
- touch the ENTER softkey , - the announcement number 1 with the
related announcement title comes into
view,
- touch the 2 softkey to set a
second prerecorded
announcement,
- touch the ENTER softkey, - the display shows the announcement
number 1 with the related
announcement title,
- the announcement number 2 with the
related announcement title comes into
view,
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-33-00
Page 553
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- touch the 3 softkey to set a
third prerecorded announcement,
- touch the ENTER softkey . - the display shows the announcement
number 1 with the related
announcement title and the
announcement number 2 with the
related announcement title,
- the announcement number 3 with the
related announcement title comes into
view.
8. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH,
120RH, PRERECORDED PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT/ON ANNOUNCE
ANNOUNCEMENT/MEMO area: display:
- touch the Start/ALL softkey. - the display shows the related
announcement number with its title.
In the cabin:
- you hear the related prerecorded
announcement from all the passenger
and lavatory loudspeakers.
At the related PCU:
- you hear the related prerecorded
announcement on all the channels with
the headset.
9. At the forward attendant station: At the forward AIP 320RH:
- lift the handset from the - the # symbol comes into view,
cradle.
- push the PA pushbutton switch, - the # symbol goes out of view.
- push and hold the PTT
pushbutton switch and speak
into the handset.
In the cabin:
- the related prerecorded announcement
is cancelled,
- you hear the announcement from the
forward attendant station from all
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-33-00
Page 554
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the passenger and lavatory
loudspeakers.
At the related PCU:
- the related prerecorded announcement
is cancelled,
- you hear the announcement from the
forward attendant station on all the
channels with the headset.
10. In the cockpit on the handset At the AIP 320RH:
130RH:
- lift the handset from the
cradle.
- push the PA pushbutton switch, - the PA ALL IN USE message comes into
- push and hold the PTT view,
pushbutton switch and speak
into the handset.
In the cabin:
- the announcement from the forward
attendant station is cancelled,
- you hear the handset announcement
from the cockpit from all the
passenger and lavatory loudspeakers.
At the related PCU:
- the announcement from the forward
attendant station is cancelled,
- you hear the handset announcement
from the cockpit on all the channels
with the headset.
11. In the cockpit on the handset At the AIP 320RH:
130RH:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the PA ALL IN USE message goes out of
switch and put the handset view.
back into the cradle.
12. At the forward attendant At the AIP 320RH:
station:
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-33-00
Page 555
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- release the PTT pushbutton - the # symbol goes out of view.
switch and put the handset
back into the cradle.
13. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH,
120RH, PRERECORDED PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT/ON ANNOUNCE
ANNOUNCEMENT/MEMO area: display:
- touch the Stop softkey, before - the announcement stops.
the announcement is completed. - the related announcement number with
its title goes out of view.
In the cabin:
- you hear the boarding music from all
the passenger and lavatory
loudspeakers.
At the related PCU:
- you hear the related music channel.
14. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH,
120RH, BGM/BGM 1 select area: BGM/BGM 1 select area:
- push the ON/OFF softkey. - the ON/OFF softkey highlights with a
color change.
In the cabin:
- the boarding music is cancelled from
all the passenger and lavatory
loudspeakers.
15. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH,
120RH, CABIN SETTINGS area: CABIN SETTINGS area:
- push the PES ON/OFF softkey. - the PES ON/OFF softkey highlights
with a color change.
16. At the related PCU:
- disconnect the headset from
the PCU.
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-33-00
Page 556
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 252-252,
Subtask 23-33-00-710-052-B
A. Operational Test of the PES
NOTE : Make sure that in the avionic compartment the cassettes are
____
installed in the tape reproducer 10MK (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-860-
001).
NOTE : Make sure that the headsets that are used with the Passenger
____
Control Unit (PCU) are available.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio
audio module: module:
- push the PES ON/OFF membrane - the PES ON/OFF integral light on the
switch. membrane switch comes on.
2. On the Programming and Test Panel On the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
(PTP) 110RH: 110RH:
- push the membrane switches in
the sequence:
- DSPL ON
- SYSTEM TEST
- CONT frequently until PES MUSIC
comes into view
- PES MUSIC - WAIT FOR RESPONSE comes into view,
- wait until TEST OK comes into view.
3. At each PCU: At each PCU:
- connect the headset to the each - the music program is heard from
PCU and select channels 3 to 16 channels 3 to 16 with the headset.
in turn.
R
EFF :
252-252, 23-33-00
Page 557
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the selected channel comes on, on the
PCU channel display.
- change the audio volume at each - the volume of the music changes.
selection.
4. At the PCUs of two selected seat At the selected PCUs:
rows:
- connect a headset to the PCU
- select one channel between 3 - the music program is heard at the
and 16. selected channel with the headset.
- the selected channel comes on, on the
PCU channel display.
5. At the FWD attendant station: At the FWD Attendant Indication Panel
(AIP):
- lift the handset from the - the # symbol comes on.
cradle.
- push and hold the PTT - the # symbol goes off.
pushbutton switch and speak
into the headset
In the cabin:
- the announcement is heard from all
the passenger and the lavatory
loudspeakers.
At the headsets of the selected PCUs:
- the music program is cancelled and
the announcement is heard at channels
3 to 16 with the headset.
- the selected channel comes on, on the
PCU channel display.
6. At the FWD attendant station: At the forward AIP:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the # symbol comes on.
switch.
R
EFF :
252-252, 23-33-00
Page 558
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At the selected PCUs:
- the music program is heard at the
selected channel with the headset.
- the selected channel comes on, on the
PCU channel display.
7. On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio
audio module: module:
- push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane
switch for the boarding music.
- select a channel with the - the MUSIC ON/OFF integral light on
membrane switch SEL. the membrane switch comes on.
- the selected channel comes on, on the
boarding-music channel display.
In the cabin:
- the boarding music is heard from all
the passenger and the lavatory
loudspeakers.
At the selected PCUs:
- the selected music channel is heard.
8. On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH,
prerecorded announcement section: prerecorded announcement section:
- press the membrane switch ENTER
frequently until the cursor is
at MEMO 1 position.
- push the membrane switch 1 - the MEMO 1 display shows 001.
and ENTER to set the MEMO 1/
announcement 1.
- the cursor moves to the MEMO 2
display.
- after not many seconds the READY
light comes on.
R
EFF :
252-252, 23-33-00
Page 559
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the START ALL membrane In the cabin:
switch. - the prerecorded announcement 1 is
heard from all the passenger and the
lavatory loudspeakers.
At the selected PCUs:
- the prerecorded announcement 1 is
heard at all channels with the
headset.
- the selected channel comes on, on the
PCU channel display.
9. At the FWD attendant station: At the FWD Attendant Indication Panel
(AIP):
- lift the handset from the - the # symbol comes on.
cradle.
- push and hold the PTT - the # symbol goes off.
pushbutton switch and speak
into the headset
In the cabin:
- the prerecorded announcement 1 is
cancelled and the announcement from
the FWD attendant station is heard
from all the passenger and the
lavatory loudspeakers.
At the headsets of the selected PCUs:
- the prerecorded announcement 1 is
cancelled and the announcement from
the FWD attendant station is heard at
all channels with the headset.
- the selected channel comes on, on the
PCU channel display.
10. In the cockpit on the handset At the AIP 320RH:
130RH:
- lift the handset from the
cradle.
R
EFF :
252-252, 23-33-00
Page 560
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push and hold the PTT - the PA ALL IN USE message comes on.
pushbutton switch and speak
into the handset.
In the cabin:
- the announcement from the FWD
attendant station is cancelled and
the handset announcement from the
cockpit is heard from all the
passenger and the lavatory
loudspeakers.
At the selected PCUs:
- the announcement from the FWD
attendant station is cancelled and
the handset announcement from the
cockpit is heard on channels 3 to 16
with the headset.
- the selected channel comes on, on the
PCU channel display.
11. In the cockpit on the handset At the AIP 320RH:
130RH:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the PA ALL IN USE message goes off.
switch and put the handset
back into the cradle.
12. At the FWD attendant station: At the AIP 320RH:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the # symbol goes off.
switch and put the handset
back into the cradle.
13. On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio
audio module: module:
- push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane - the MUSIC ON/OFF integral light on
switch. the membrane switch goes off.
At the selected PCUs:
- the music program is heard from
channels 3 to 16 with the headset.
R
EFF :
252-252, 23-33-00
Page 561
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the selected channel comes on, on the
PCU channel display.
14. At the selected PCUs:
- disconnect the headsets from
the PCU.
**ON A/C 253-299,
Subtask 23-33-00-710-052
A. Operational Test of the PES
(1) Make sure that in the avionics compartment the Compact Disks (CDs)
are installed in the audio reproducer 10MK (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-860-
002).
(2) Make sure that the headsets that are used with the Passenger Control
Units (PCU) are available.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Forward Attendant Panel On the FAP 120RH, audio module:
(FAP) 120RH, audio module:
- push the PES ON/OFF membrane - the PES ON/OFF internal light on the
switch. membrane switch comes on.
2. On the Programming and Test Panel On the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
(PTP) 110RH: 110RH:
- push the membrane switches in
the sequence that follows:
- DSPL ON
- SYSTEM TEST
- CONT frequently until PES MUSIC
comes into view
- PES MUSIC - this messages come into view:
WAIT FOR RESPONSE
R
EFF :
252-299, 23-33-00
Page 562
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- after a short time this message come
into view:
ATA 23-33-00
TEST OK
3. At each PCU: At each PCU:
- connect the headset to each PCU - you hear the music program from
and set the channels 3 to 16 in channels 3 to 16 with the headset,
sequence, - the channel display shows the related
channel,
- change the audio volume at each - the volume of the music changes.
selection.
4. At a PCU in the last seat row of At the related PCU:
the zone 1:
- connect a headset to the PCU,
- set one channel between 3 to - you hear the music program of the
16. related channel from the headset,
- the channel display shows the related
channel.
5. At a PCU in the first seat row of At the related PCU:
the zone 2:
- connect a headset to the PCU,
- set one channel between 3 to - you hear the music program of the
16. related channel from the headset,
- the channel display shows the related
channel.
6. At the FWD attendant station: At the forward Attendant Indication
Panel (AIP) 320RH:
- lift the handset from the - the # symbol comes into view,
cradle,
- push and hold the PTT - the # symbol goes out of view.
pushbutton switch and speak
into the headset.
R
EFF :
253-299, 23-33-00
Page 563
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the cabin:
- you hear the announcement from all
the passenger and lavatory
loudspeakers.
At the headset of the related PCU:
- the music program is cancelled and
you hear the announcement on the
channels 3 to 16 with the headset,
- the channel display shows the related
channel.
7. At the forward attendant station: At the forward AIP 320RH:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the # symbol comes into view,
switch,
- push the PA and 1/FWD - the # symbol goes out of view,
pushbutton switches. - the PA FWD message comes into view.
In the cabin in the FWD zone:
- push and hold the PTT - you hear the announcement in zone 1
pushbutton switch and speak from all the passenger and lavatory
into the handset. loudspeakers.
At the PCU in the AFT zone:
- you do not hear the announcement,
- you hear the music program of the
related channel.
At the PCU in the FWD zone:
- the music program is cancelled and
you hear the announcement on the
channels 3 to 16 with the headset,
- the channel display shows the related
channel.
8. At the forward attendant station: At the forward AIP 320RH:
R
EFF :
253-299, 23-33-00
Page 564
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- release the PTT pushbutton - the PA FWD message goes out of view,
switch,
- push the RESET pushbutton - the RST message comes into view,
switch,
- release the RESET pushbutton - the # symbol comes into view,
switch,
- push the PA and 2/AFT - the # symbol goes out of view.
pushbutton switch, - the PA AFT message comes into view.
In the cabin in the AFT zone:
- push and hold the PTT - you hear the announcement in zone 2
pushbutton switch and speak from all the passenger and lavatory
into the handset. loudspeakers.
At the PCU in the FWD zone:
- you do not hear the announcement,
- you hear the music program of the
related channel.
At the PCU in the AFT zone:
- the music program is cancelled and
you hear the announcement on the
channels 3 to 16 with the headset,
- the channel display shows the related
channel.
9. At the forward attendant-station At the forward AIP 320RH:
door:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the PA AFT message goes out of view,
switch,
- push the RESET pushbutton - the RST message comes into view,
switch,
- release the RESET pushbutton - the # symbol comes into view,
switch,
R
EFF :
253-299, 23-33-00
Page 565
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- put the handset back into the - the # symbol goes out of view.
cradle.
10. On the FAP 120RH, audio module: On the FAP 120RH, audio module:
- push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane
switch for the Boarding Music
BGM).
- set a channel with the - the MUSIC ON/OFF internal light on
membrane switch SEL. the membrane switch comes on.
- the BGM channel display shows the
related channel.
In the cabin:
- you hear the BGM from all the
passenger and lavatory loudspeakers.
At the related PCU:
- you hear the related music channel.
11. On the FAP 120RH, audio module: On the FAP 120RH, audio module:
- push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane - the MUSIC ON/OFF internal light on
switch. the membrane switch goes off.
At the related PCU:
- you hear the related music channel,
- the channel display shows the related
channel.
12. At the related PCU:
- disconnect the headset from
the PCU.
R
EFF :
253-299, 23-33-00
Page 566
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-00-860-054
A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
(1) De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuit (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page 567
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 251-251,
TASK 23-33-00-710-005
Operational Test of the integrated In-Flight Entertainment (IFE) System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the IFE System operates correctly
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific passenger headset
No specific Part Number 177724-101
No specific Part Number 177724-102
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-861-063
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 568
Nov 01/06
R
THY
Subtask 23-33-00-865-085
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU 1 58HP B05
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU 2 59HP B08
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/DC 20MH C01
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/AC 21MH C02
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/DC 21MK C03
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/AC 22MK C04
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB1 23MK C05
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB2 24MK C06
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU L/H 22MH D01
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU R/H 24MH D02
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF L/H 23MH D03
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF R/H 25MH D04
Subtask 23-33-00-860-057
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the integrated In-Flight Entertainment (IFE) system
boot sequence is complete.
NOTE : This can take a minimum of five minutes.
____
(3) As necessary connect a passenger headset to the seat audio jacks.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 569
Nov 01/06
R
THY
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-33-00-710-065
A. Operational Test of the Scripting Control
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. At the interactive Cabin At the interactive Cabin Management
Management Terminal (iCMT) 11MH, Terminal (iCMT) 11MH:
on the Welcome screen:
- touch the Entertainment button. - make sure that the Entertainment
screen shows the subsequent
functions:
- Boarding Music,
- Moving Map,
- Safety Demo,
- Camera,
- Services
- Auto,
- Manual,
- Exit.
2. At the iCMT 11MH, on the MENU At the iCMT 11MH:
Screen:
- touch the Services button. - make sure that the Services button
highlight comes on,
- make sure that the Services screen
shows.
- touch the In-Seat Audio ON - make sure that the ON button
button. highlight comes on,
- make sure that you can hear
entertainment audio at the seats.
- touch the Auto button. - make sure that the Auto button
highlight comes on,
- make sure that Flight Profile screen
shows.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 570
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Flight At the iCMT 11MH:
Profile screen:
- make a selection from the list - make sure that the Script screen
and touch the Start button. shows,
- make sure that the Script screen
shows the selection you made on the
Flight Profile screen,
- make sure that the PA Volume screen
shows on the Script screen,
- make sure that the Monitors screen
shows on the Script screen.
In the passenger compartment:
- make sure that you can hear the
selected audio at the seats.
4. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Monitors At the iCMT 11MH:
screen:
- touch the Down button. - make sure that the Down button
highlight comes on.
In the passenger compartment:
- make sure that the overhead monitors
extend to the down position,
- make sure that the overhead monitors
show the selected video.
5. At the iCMT 11MH, on the PA At the iCMT 11MH:
Volume screen:
- touch the PA Volume ON button. - make sure that the PA Volume ON
button highlight comes on,
In the passenger compartment:
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 571
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- make sure that you can hear the audio
of the selected video from the
overhead speakers,
- make sure that you can hear the audio
of the selected video at the seats,
- make sure that the audio you hear
from the overhead speakers and at the
seats is the same.
6. At the iCMT 11MH, on the PA At the iCMT 11MH:
Volume screen:
- touch the PA Volume UP button - make sure that the PA Volume
until the PA volume is set to indicator shows maximum.
maximum.
In the passenger compartment:
- make sure that the audio from the
overhead speakers you can hear,
increases to maximum.
7. At the iCMT 11MH, on the PA At the iCMT 11MH:
Volume screen:
- touch the PA Volume Down button - make sure that the PA Volume
until the PA volume is set to indicator shows minimum.
minimum.
In the passenger compartment:
- make sure that the audio from the
overhead speakers you can hear,
decreases to minimum.
8. At the iCMT 11MH, on the PA At the iCMT 11MH:
Volume screen:
- touch the PA Volume OFF button. - make sure that the PA Volume OFF
button highlight comes on.
In the passenger compartment:
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 572
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- make sure that you can hear no audio
from the overhead speakers,
- make sure that you continue to hear
the entertainment audio at the seats.
9. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Script At the iCMT 11MH:
screen:
- touch the Manual button. - make sure that the message Are you
sure you want to stop the automatic
play shows.
10. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Script At the iCMT 11MH:
screen:
- touch the OK button. - make sure that the Video Selection
screen shows.
11. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Video At the iCMT 11MH:
Selection screen:
- make a selection from the list - make sure that the Video Control
and touch the Select button. screen shows,
- make sure that the Manual button
highlight comes on,
- make sure that the Stop button
highlight comes on (default),
- make sure that the PA Volume screen
shows on the Video Control screen,
- make sure that the Monitors screen
shows on the Video Control screen.
12. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Video At the iCMT 11MH:
Control screen:
- touch the PLAY button. - make sure that the PLAY button
highlight comes on,
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 573
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- make sure that the Preview screen
shows the selected video.
In the passenger compartment:
- make sure that the overhead monitors
show the selected video,
- make sure that you can hear the audio
of the selected video at the seats.
13. At the iCMT 11MH, on the PA At the iCMT 11MH:
Volume screen:
- touch the PA Volume ON button. - make sure that the PA Volume ON
button highlight comes on.
In the passenger compartment:
- make sure that you can hear the audio
of the selected video from the
overhead speakers,
- make sure that you can hear the audio
of the selected video at the seats,
- make sure that the audio you hear
from the overhead speakers and at the
seats is the same.
14. At the iCMT 11MH, on the PA At the iCMT 11MH:
Volume screen:
- touch the PA Volume UP button - make sure that the PA Volume
until the PA volume is set to indicator shows maximum.
maximum.
In the passenger compartment:
- make sure that the audio from the
overhead speakers you can hear,
increases to maximum.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 574
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15. At the iCMT 11MH, on the PA At the iCMT 11MH:
Volume screen:
- touch the PA Volume Down - make sure that the PA Volume
button until the PA volume is indicator shows minimum.
set to minimum.
In the passenger compartment:
- make sure that the audio from the
overhead speakers you can hear,
decreases to minimum.
16. At the iCMT 11MH, on the PA At the iCMT 11MH:
Volume screen:
- touch the PA Volume OFF - make sure that the PA Volume OFF
button. button highlight comes on.
In the passenger compartment:
- make sure that you can hear no audio
from the overhead speakers,
- make sure that you continue to hear
the entertainment audio at the seats.
17. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Video At the iCMT 11MH:
Control screen:
- touch the FF (Fast Forward) - make sure that the FF button
button. highlight comes on,
- make sure that the video on the
Preview screen goes to the fast
forward mode.
In the passenger compartment:
- make sure that the video on the
overhead monitors goes to the fast
forward mode.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 575
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Video At the iCMT 11MH:
Control screen:
- touch the REW (Rewind) button. - make sure that the REW button
highlight comes on,
- make sure that the video on the
Preview screen goes to the rewind
mode.
In the passenger compartment:
- make sure that the video on the
overhead monitors goes to the rewind
mode.
19. At the iCMT 11MH, on the At the iCMT 11MH:
Monitors screen:
- touch the MONITORS UP button. - make sure that the MONITORS DOWN
button highlight goes off,
- make sure that the MONITORS UP button
highlight comes on.
In the passenger compartment:
- make sure that the overhead monitors
retract to the stow position.
20. At the iCMT 11MH, on the At the iCMT 11MH:
Monitors screen:
- touch the MONITORS DOWN - make sure that the MONITORS UP button
button. highlight goes off,
- make sure that the MONITORS DOWN
button highlight comes on.
In the passenger compartment:
- make sure that the overhead monitors
extend to the down position.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 576
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Video At the iCMT 11MH:
Control screen:
- touch the STOP button. - make sure that the STOP button
highlight comes on,
- make sure that the Preview screen
goes off.
In the passenger compartment:
- make sure that the overhead monitor
screens go off,
- make sure that you hear no audio at
the seats.
Subtask 23-33-00-710-066
B. Operational Test of the Overhead Video Preview at the Interactive Cabin
Management Terminal
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. At the interactive Cabin At the interactive Cabin Management
Management Terminal (iCMT) 11MH, Terminal (iCMT) 11MH:
on the Welcome screen:
- touch the Entertainment button. - make sure that the Entertainment
screen shows the subsequent
functions:
- Boarding Music,
- Moving Map,
- Safety Demo,
- Camera,
- Services
- Auto,
- Manual,
- Exit.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 577
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. At the iCMT 11MH, on the At the iCMT 11MH:
Entertainment Screen:
- touch the Services button. - make sure that the Services button
highlight comes on,
- make sure that the Services screen
shows.
- touch the In-Seat Audio ON - make sure that the In-seat Audio ON
button. button highlight comes on,
- make sure that you can hear
entertainment audio at the Video
Control Center (VCC).
- touch the Manual button. - make sure that the Manual button
highlight comes on,
- make sure that Video Selection screen
shows.
3. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Video At the iCMT 11MH:
Selection screen:
- make a selection from the list - make sure that the Video Control
and touch the Select button. screen shows,
- make sure that the STOP button
highlight comes on (default),
- make sure that the Manual button
highlight comes on.
4. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Video At the iCMT 11MH:
Control screen:
- touch the PLAY button. - make sure that the PLAY button
highlight comes on,
- make sure that the iCMT shows the
selected video,
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 578
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- make sure that you can hear the
related audio at the VCC.
5. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Video At the iCMT 11MH:
Control screen:
- touch the PA Volume ON button. - make sure that the PA Volume ON
button highlight comes on.
In the passenger compartment:
- make sure that you can hear the audio
of the selected video from the
overhead speakers,
- make sure that you can hear the audio
of the selected video at the seats,
- make sure that the audio you hear
from the overhead speakers and at the
seats is the same.
6. At the iCMT 11MH, on the PA At the iCMT 11MH:
Volume screen:
- touch the UP button until the - make sure that the PA Volume
PA volume is set to maximum. indicator shows maximum.
In the passenger compartment:
- make sure that the audio from the
overhead speakers you can hear,
increases to maximum.
7. At the iCMT 11MH, on the PA At the iCMT 11MH:
Volume screen:
- touch the PA Volume Down button - make sure that the PA Volume
until the PA volume is set to indicator shows minimum.
minimum.
In the passenger compartment:
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 579
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- make sure that the audio from the
overhead speakers you can hear,
decreases to minimum.
8. At the iCMT 11MH, on the PA At the iCMT 11MH:
Volume screen:
- touch the PA Volume OFF button. - make sure that the PA Volume OFF
button highlight comes on.
In the passenger compartment:
- make sure that you can hear no audio
from the overhead speakers,
- make sure that you continue to hear
the entertainment audio at the seats.
9. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Video At the iCMT 11MH:
Control screen:
- touch the FF (Fast Forward) - make sure that the FF button
button. highlight comes on,
- make sure that the Video on the
monitors shows in the fast forward
mode.
10. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Video At the iCMT 11MH:
Control screen:
- touch the REW (Rewind) button. - make sure that the REW button
highlight comes on,
- make sure that the Video on the
monitors shows in the rewind mode.
11. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Video At the iCMT 11MH:
Control screen:
- touch the MONITORS UP button. - make sure that the MONITORS DOWN
button highlight goes off,
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 580
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- make sure that the overhead monitors
retract to the stow position.
12. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Video At the iCMT 11MH:
Control screen:
- touch the MONITORS DOWN - make sure that the MONITORS DOWN
button. button highlight comes on,
- make sure that the overhead monitors
extend to the down position.
13. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Video At the iCMT 11MH:
Control screen:
- touch the STOP button. - make sure that the STOP button
highlight comes on,
- Make sure that the display video goes
off.
Subtask 23-33-00-710-059
C. Operational Test of the Passenger Announcement
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. At the Interactive Cabin At the Interactive Cabin Management
Management Terminal (iCMT) 11MH, Terminal (iCMT) 11MH:
on the Welcome screen:
- touch the Entertainment button. - make sure that the Entertainment
screen shows the functions that
follow:
- Boarding Music
- Moving Map
- Safety Demo
- Camera
- Services
- Auto
- Manual
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 581
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Exit.
2. At the iCMT 11MH, on the At the iCMT 11MH:
Entertainment screen:
- touch the Services button. - make sure that the Services button
highlight comes on,
- make sure that the Service Menu
screen shows.
3. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Service At the iCMT 11MH:
Menu screen:
- touch the Broadcast button. - make sure that the Broadcast
Audio/Video Center screen shows.
4. At the iCMT 11MH, on the In the passenger compartment:
Broadcast Audio/Video Center
screen:
- touch the Video On button,
- touch the Audio On button,
- touch the Done button.
In the passenger compartment:
- make sure that the audio/video is
available at the seats in the
business class (B/C) compartment,
- make sure that the audio/video is
available at the seats in the economy
class (E/C) compartment.
5. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Cabin On the iCMT 11MH:
Management screen:
- touch the Exit button. - make sure the Welcome screen shows.
- touch the Entertainment button. - make sure that the Entertainment
screen shows.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 582
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. At the iCMT 11MH, on the At the iCMT 11MH:
Entertainment screen:
- touch the Services button. - make sure that the Services button
highlight comes on,
- make sure that the Services screen
shows.
7. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Services At the iCMT 11MH:
screen:
- touch the Overhead button. - make sure that the Overhead Control
Screen shows.
8. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Overhead At the iCMT 11MH:
Control screen:
- touch the Channel to be shown
in the B/C and E/C
compartments,
- touch the ON button on the
Monitor window.
In the passenger compartment:
- make sure that the overhead monitors
extend to the down position and the
selected video shows,
- make sure that the quality of the
audio is satisfactory.
9. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Overhead At the iCMT 11MH:
Control screen:
- touch the Back button. - make sure that the Broadcast
Audio/Video Center screen shows.
10. In the passenger compartment: In the passenger compartment:
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 583
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- make a PA call on the cabin - make sure that the video on the
handset 330RH. overhead monitors go to the pause
mode,
- make sure that an A shows on the
DPCU displays,
- make sure that the PA audio is heard
in the seat headsets,
- make sure that the change channel
function on the DPCU does not
operate.
11. In the passenger compartment: In the passenger compartment:
- end the PA call on the cabin - make sure that the video on the
handset 330RH. overhead monitors continues,
- make sure that the A does not show
on the DPCU displays,
- make sure that the entertainment
audio is heard in the seat headsets,
- make sure that the change channel
function on the DPCU operates
correctly.
12. At the iCMT 11MH, on the In the passenger compartment:
Overhead Control screen:
- touch the VA ON button. - make sure that the video on the
overhead monitors stays on,
- make sure that an A shows on the
DPCU displays,
- make sure that the VA audio is heard
in the seat headsets,
- make sure that the change channel
function on the DPCU does not
operate.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 584
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13. At the iCMT 11MH, on the In the passenger compartment:
Overhead Control screen:
- touch the VA OFF button - make sure that the video on the
(deselect). overhead monitors continues,
- make sure that the A does not show
on the DPCU displays,
- make sure that the entertainment
audio is heard in the seat headsets,
- make sure that the change channel
function on the DPCU operates
correctly.
14. At the iCMT 11MH, on the At the iCMT 11MH:
Overhead Control screen:
- touch the Exit button. - make sure that the Welcome screen
shows.
Subtask 23-33-00-710-060
D. Operational Test of the Overhead Video Control
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. At the Interactive Cabin At the Interactive Cabin Management
Management Terminal (iCMT) 11MH, Terminal (iCMT) 11MH:
on the Welcome screen:
- touch the Entertainment button. - make sure that the Entertainment
screen shows the functions that
follow:
- Boarding Music
- Moving Map
- Safety Demo
- Camera
- Services
- Auto
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 585
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Manual
- Exit.
2. At the iCMT 11MH, on the At the iCMT 11MH:
Entertainment screen:
- touch the Services button. - make sure that the Services button
highlight comes on,
- make sure that the Services Menu
screen shows.
3. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Services At the iCMT 11MH:
Menu screen:
- touch the Broadcast button. - make sure that the Broadcast
Audio/Video Center screen shows.
4. At the iCMT 11MH, on the In the passenger compartment:
Broadcast Audio/Video Center
screen:
- touch the Video On button,
- touch the Audio On button,
- touch the Done button.
- make sure that the audio/video is
available at the seats in the
business class (B/C) compartment,
- make sure that the audio/video is
available at the seats in the economy
class (E/C) compartment.
5. At the iCMT 11MH, on the On the iCMT 11MH:
Broadcast Audio/Video Center
screen:
- touch the Exit button. - make sure that the Welcome screen
shows.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 586
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- touch the Entertainment button. - make sure that the Entertainment
screen shows.
6. At the iCMT 11MH, on the At the iCMT 11MH:
Entertainment screen:
- touch the Services button. - make sure that the Services button
highlight comes on,
- make sure that the Services screen
shows.
7. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Services At the iCMT 11MH:
screen:
- touch the Overhead button. - make sure that the Overhead Control
Screen shows.
8. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Overhead At the iCMT 11MH:
Control screen:
- touch the Channel to be shown
in the B/C compartment,
- touch the ON button on the - make sure that the ON button
Monitor window. highlight comes on.
In the B/C passenger compartment:
- make sure that the overhead monitors
extend to the down position,
- make sure that the selected video
shows on the overhead monitors,
- make sure that the quality of the
video shown on the overhead monitors
is satisfactory,
- make sure that you can hear the audio
at the seats, on two channels as the
first and second languages,
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 587
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- make sure that the quality of the
audio is satisfactory.
- touch the OFF button on the - make sure that the overhead monitors
Monitor window. retract to the stow position.
9. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Overhead At the iCMT 11MH:
Control Screen:
- touch the Channel to be shown
in the E/C compartment,
- touch the ON button on the - make sure that the ON button
Monitor window. highlight comes on.
In the E/C passenger compartment:
- make sure that the overhead monitors
extend to the down position,
- make sure that the selected video
shows on the overhead monitors,
- make sure that the quality of the
video shown on the overhead monitors
is satisfactory,
- make sure that you can hear the audio
at the seats, on two channels as the
first and second languages,
- make sure that the quality of the
audio is satisfactory.
- touch the OFF button on the - make sure that the overhead monitors
Monitor window. retract to the stow position.
10. At the iCMT 11MH, on the At the iCMT 11MH:
Overhead Control screen:
- touch the Exit button. - make sure that the Welcome screen
shows.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 588
Nov 01/06
R
THY
Subtask 23-33-00-710-067
E. Operational Test of the Channel Surfing Function
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Start the 429 simulator at the All instructions show on the PC.
Laptop PC.
2. In the B/C and E/C passenger At the DCPUs:
compartments:
- Look at the default setting of - make sure that VIDEO does not show
the DCPUs. on the DCPU displays,
- make sure that Channel Number 01
shows on the DCPU displays.
3. At the Interactive Cabin At the Interactive Cabin Management
Management Terminal (iCMT) 11MH, Terminal (iCMT) 11MH:
on the Welcome screen:
- touch the Entertainment button. - make sure that the Entertainment
screen shows the functions that
follow:
- Boarding Music
- Moving Map
- Safety Demo
- Camera
- Services
- Auto
- Manual
- Exit.
4. At the iCMT 11MH, on the At the iCMT 11MH:
Entertainment screen:
- touch the Services button. - make sure that the Services button
highlight comes on,
- make sure that the Services Menu
screen shows.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 589
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Services At the iCMT 11MH:
Menu screen:
- touch the In-Seat Audio ON - make sure that the In-seat Audio ON
button. button highlight comes on.
6. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Services At the iCMT 11MH:
Menu screen:
- touch the Moving Map button. - make sure that the Moving Map screen
and the Monitor Control screen show.
- make sure that the Moving Map button
highlight comes on.
7. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Monitor At the iCMT 11MH:
Control screen:
- touch the Down button. - make sure that the Down button
highlight comes on.
In the B/C and E/C passenger
compartments:
- make sure that the overhead monitors
extend to the down position,
8. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Moving At the iCMT 11MH:
Map screen:
- touch the Moving Map ON button. - make sure that the ON button
highlight comes on,
- make sure that the Moving Map video
shows on the overhead monitors.
9. In the B/C and E/C passenger In the B/C and E/C passenger
compartments, at the DCPUs: compartments, at the different seat
positions:
- Push the CHANNEL Up button. - make sure that you do not hear audio
on channels 1 and 2 from the moving
map,
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 590
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- make sure that you can hear
entertainment audio for channels 3
thru 12,
- make sure that the LCD display, on
the DCPUs, shows the channel number
selection,
- make sure that the entertainment
audio changes at each channel
selection.
10. In the B/C and E/C passenger In the B/C and E/C passenger
compartments, at the DCPUs: compartments, at the different seat
positions:
- Push the CHANNEL Down button. - make sure that the LCD display, on
the DCPUs, shows the channel number
selection,
- make sure that the entertainment
audio changes at each channel
selection.
11. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Menu At the iCMT 11MH:
screen:
- touch the Exit button. - make sure that the Welcome screen
shows.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 591
Nov 01/06
R
THY
Subtask 23-33-00-710-061
F. Operational Test of the Background Boarding-Music Control
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the B/C and E/C passenger In the B/C and E/C passenger
compartments, at the seat PCUs compartments:
202MK:
- make a selection of an - make sure that you can hear the
entertainment music channel on entertainment channel audio at the
the PCUs 202MK. seats.
2. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Welcome At the iCMT 11MH:
screen:
- touch the Entertainment button. - make sure that the Entertainment
screen shows the functions that
follow:
- Boarding Music
- Moving Map
- Safety Demo
- Camera
- Services
- Auto
- Manual
- Exit.
3. At the iCMT 11MH, on the At the iCMT 11MH:
Entertainment screen:
- touch the Services button. - make sure that the Services button
highlight comes on,
- make sure that the Services Menu
screen shows.
4. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Services At the iCMT 11MH:
Menu screen:
- touch the In-Seat Audio ON - make sure that the In-seat Audio ON
button. button highlight comes on.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 592
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Menu At the iCMT 11MH:
screen:
- touch the Boarding Music - make sure the Boarding Music screen
button. and Volume Control screen show.
6. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Boarding At the iCMT 11MH:
Music screen:
- make the selection, Channel 1 - make sure that the On button
and touch the ON button. highlight comes on.
In the B/C and E/C passenger
compartments:
- make sure that you can hear the
(Channel 1) boarding music audio from
the overhead speakers,
- make sure that the entertainment
audio is available at the seats.
7. At the iCMT 11MH, on the VA At the iCMT 11MH:
Volume screen:
- touch the PA Volume UP button. - make sure that the volume level
indicator increases to a maximum.
In the B/C and E/C passenger
compartments:
- make sure that the audio level you
can hear from the overhead speakers
increases.
8. At the iCMT 11MH, on the VA At the iCMT 11MH:
Volume screen:
- touch the PA Volume Down - make sure that the the volume level
button. indicator decreases to a minimum.
In the B/C and E/C passenger
compartments:
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 593
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- make sure that the audio level you
can hear from the overhead speakers
decreases.
9. At the iCMT 11MH, on the VA At the iCMT 11MH:
Volume screen:
- touch the OFF button. - make sure that the ON button
highlight goes off.
In the B/C and E/C passenger
compartments:
- make sure that you cannot hear
boarding music audio from the
overhead speakers
- make sure that you can hear the
entertainment audio at the seats.
10. At the iCMT 11MH, on the At the iCMT 11MH:
Boarding Music screen:
- do the test again for - make sure that all the results for
boarding-music channel 2. the boarding-music channel-2 test are
correct.
11. At the iCMT 11MH, on the At the iCMT 11MH:
Boarding Music screen:
- do the test again for - make sure that all the results for
boarding-music channel 3. the boarding-music channel-3 test are
correct.
12. At the iCMT 11MH, on the At the iCMT 11MH:
Boarding Music screen:
- do the test again for - make sure that all the results for
boarding-music channel 4. the boarding-music channel-4 test are
correct.
13. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Menu At the iCMT 11MH:
screen:
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 594
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- touch the Exit button. - make sure that the Welcome screen
shows.
Subtask 23-33-00-710-069
G. Operational Test of the Moving Map
NOTE : To test the Moving Map functions, city pair coordinates must be
____
programmed into the flight compartment FMGC computer. These give
current location details. If this is not done, only the Moving Map
graphics show.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Start the 429 simulator at the All instructions show on the PC.
Laptop PC.
2. At the Interactive Cabin At the Interactive Cabin Management
Management Terminal (iCMT) 11MH, Terminal (iCMT) 11MH:
on the Welcome screen:
- touch the Entertainment button. - make sure that the Entertainment
screen shows the functions that
follow:
- Boarding Music
- Moving Map
- Safety Demo
- Camera
- Services
- Auto
- Manual
- Exit.
3. At the iCMT 11MH, on the At the iCMT 11MH:
Entertainment screen:
- touch the Services button. - make sure that the Services button
highlight comes on,
- make sure that the Services Menu
screen shows.
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 595
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Services At the iCMT 11MH:
Menu screen:
- touch the In-Seat Audio ON - make sure that the ON button
button. highlight comes on.
In the B/C and E/C passenger
compartments:
- make sure that you can hear the
entertainment audio at the seats.
5. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Menu At the iCMT 11MH:
screen:
- touch the Moving Map button. - make sure that the Moving Map Preview
screen and the Monitor Control screen
show,
- make sure that the Moving Map button
highlight comes on.
6. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Monitor At the iCMT 11MH:
Control screen:
- touch the Down button. - make sure that the Down button
highlight comes on.
In the B/C and E/C passenger
compartments:
- make sure that the overhead monitors
extend to the down position,
- make sure that the moving map video
shows on the overhead monitor,
- make sure that you can hear the
entertainment audio at the seats.
7. In the B/C and E/C passenger At the overhead monitors:
compartments:
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 596
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- look at the Moving Map - make sure that you can see four
displays. levels of zoom show at 7 to 10 second
intervals,
NOTE : The Moving Map shows
____
several different displays
with current data. These
displays repeat and change
as necessary.
- make sure that you can see two
screens that show navigational data
(speed, altitude, etc.),
- make sure that you can see an
information and advertisement display
that shows static graphics,
- make sure that the moving map display
completes ten display cycles.
8. At the iCMT 11MH, on the Menu At the iCMT 11MH:
screen:
- touch the Exit button. - make sure that the Welcome screen
shows.
Subtask 23-33-00-710-077
H. Cabin Management Terminal (CMT) Touch Screen Calibration
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Touch-Screen Calibration for CMT
11MH, Part Number 177724-101:
1. At the CMT 11MH, on the Cabin At the CMT 11MH:
Management screen:
- touch and hold the upper left
hand corner for 10 seconds,
then release,
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 597
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- touch and hold the lower right
hand corner for 10 seconds,
then release,
Touch-Screen Calibration for CMT
11MH, Part Number 177724-102:
2. At the CMT 11MH, on the Cabin At the CMT 11MH:
Management screen:
- touch and hold the right and
left arrow buttons (brightness
control),
- touch and hold the upper left
hand corner for 10 seconds,
then release,
- touch and hold the lower right
hand corner for 10 seconds,
then release,
- release the right and left
arrow buttons (brightness
control).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-00-410-058
A. Close Access
(1) Remove the headsets connected to the seat audio jacks.
(2) Push the doors of the emergency oxygen containers to the closed
position until they engage.
(3) On the emergency oxygen containers, turn the door stops to the normal
position and let them retract into their containers.
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 598
Nov 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-33-00-860-058
B. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
(1) De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-00
Page 599
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
TASK 23-33-00-820-001
Adjustment of the DIP - Switch Positions of the Main Multiplexer (8MK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 23-33-00-600-014 Configuration of the Main Multiplexer with a Laptop
23-33-31-000-001 Removal of the Passenger Entertainment System Main
Multiplexer (8MK)
23-33-31-400-001 Installation of the Passenger Entertainment System
Main Multiplexer (8MK)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-010-052
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the main multiplexer (Ref. TASK 23-33-31-000-001).
(2) Remove the screws with the washers and remove the cover from the main
multiplexer.
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-33-00-820-050
A. Adjustment of the DIP - Switch Positions of the Main Multiplexer
(1) Make sure that the DIP - switches are set as listed in the table
below, adjust them if necessary:
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page A500
Nov 01/06
THY
_________________________________________________________
SWITCH | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
_________________________________________________________
DSW 1 | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | ON | ON | ON | ON |
_________________________________________________________
DSW 2 | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF |
_________________________________________________________
DSW 3 | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | ON | ON | ON | OFF |
_________________________________________________________
DSW 4 | ON | ON | ON | ON | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF |
_________________________________________________________
DSW 5 | ON | ON | ON | OFF | OFF | OFF | N.E.| N.E.|
__________________________________________________________
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
R Subtask 23-33-00-820-050-D
R A. Adjustment of the DIP-switch Positions of the Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK
R (1) Make sure that the DIP-switches are set as listed in the table below,
R adjust them if necessary:
R _________________________________________________________
R SWITCH | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
R _________________________________________________________
R DSW 1 | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF |
R _________________________________________________________
R DSW 2 | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF |
R _________________________________________________________
R DSW 3 | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF |
R _________________________________________________________
R DSW 4 | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF |
R _________________________________________________________
R DSW 5 | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | ON | ON | ON |
R __________________________________________________________
R NOTE : The location of the DIP DSW1 is near to the top of the MM 8MK.
____
R The location of the DIP DSW5 is near to the bottom of the MM
R 8MK.
R The location of switch 8 of each DIP is near to the front of
R the MM 8MK.
R NOTE : The switches 7 and 8 of the DIP DSW5 control the electronic
____
R programming of the MM 8MK (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-600-014).
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page A501
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 252-252,
Subtask 23-33-00-820-050-B
A. Adjustment of the DIP - Switch Positions of the Main Multiplexer
(1) Make sure that the DIP - switches are set as listed in the table
below, adjust them if necessary:
_________________________________________________________
SWITCH | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
_________________________________________________________
DSW 1 | ON | ON | ON | ON | ON | ON | ON | ON |
_________________________________________________________
DSW 2 | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | ON | ON |
_________________________________________________________
DSW 3 | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | ON | ON | ON | OFF |
_________________________________________________________
DSW 4 | ON | ON | ON | ON | ON | ON | OFF | OFF |
_________________________________________________________
DSW 5 | OFF | OFF | ON | OFF | OFF | OFF | N.E.| N.E.|
__________________________________________________________
**ON A/C 253-299,
Subtask 23-33-00-820-050-A
A. Adjustment of the DIP - Switch Positions of the Main Multiplexer
(1) Make sure that the DIP - switches are set as listed in the table
below, adjust them if necessary:
_________________________________________________________
SWITCH | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
_________________________________________________________
DSW 1 | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | ON | ON |
_________________________________________________________
DSW 2 | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF |
_________________________________________________________
DSW 3 | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | ON | ON | ON | OFF |
_________________________________________________________
DSW 4 | OFF | OFF | ON | ON | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF |
_________________________________________________________
DSW 5 | ON | ON | ON | OFF | OFF | OFF | N.E.| N.E.|
__________________________________________________________
EFF :
252-299, 23-33-00
Page A502
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-00-410-052
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Install the cover with the screws and washers to the main
multiplexer.
(3) Install the main multiplexer (Ref. TASK 23-33-31-400-001).
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-00
Page A503
Nov 01/06
THY
PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT (PCU) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________
TASK 23-33-12-000-001
Removal of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
WARNING : ISOLATE THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS FROM THE RELATED EQUIPMENT AND THE
_______
ENVIRONMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific hexagon key 0.047 in. (1.1937 mm)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 007-007,
23-33-12-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
R 23-33-12-991-001-F Fig. 401A
**ON A/C 101-199,
23-33-12-991-001-E Fig. 401B
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-12
Page 401
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 251-251,
23-33-12-991-001-C Fig. 401C
**ON A/C 252-299,
23-33-12-991-001-A Fig. 401D
R
**ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-33-12-865-050-A
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK A06
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK A07
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK A08
**ON A/C 054-199,
Subtask 23-33-12-865-050-B
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK D03
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-12
Page 402
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-33-12-865-050-C
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU1 58HP B05
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU2 59HP B08
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/DC 21MK C03
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/AC 22MK C04
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB1 23MK C05
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB2 24MK C06
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-33-12-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/LH 22MK D04
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/RH 24MK D03
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/RH 25MK D05
R
EFF :
251-299, 23-33-12
Page 403
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-12-865-050-D
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT/LH 22MK D04
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD/RH 24MK D03
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT/RH 25MK D05
**ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-12-991-001)
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-33-12-991-001-F)
**ON A/C 101-199,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-33-12-991-001-E)
**ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-33-12-991-001-C)
**ON A/C 252-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-33-12-991-001-A)
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-12
Page 404
Nov 01/06
THY
Passenger Control Unit
Figure 401/TASK 23-33-12-991-001
R
EFF :
007-007, 23-33-12
Page 405
Aug 01/06
THY
R Passenger Control Unit
R Figure 401A/TASK 23-33-12-991-001-F
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-33-12
Page 406
Nov 01/06
THY
R Passenger Control Unit
R Figure 401B/TASK 23-33-12-991-001-E
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-33-12
Page 407
Aug 01/06
THY
Passenger Control Unit
R Figure 401C/TASK 23-33-12-991-001-C
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-12
Page 408
Aug 01/06
THY
Passenger Control Unit
R Figure 401D/TASK 23-33-12-991-001-A
R
EFF :
252-299, 23-33-12
Page 409
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-33-12-020-051
A. Removal of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU).
(1) Loosen the screw (2) from the Passenger Control Unit (PCU) (1).
(2) Carefully lift the PCU (1) to get access to the electrical
connector(s).
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector(s) (3).
(4) Remove the PCU (1) from the seat armrest.
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected elctrical connectors.
**ON A/C 054-100,
Subtask 23-33-12-020-051-B
A. Removal of the Passenger Control Unit
(1) Remove the Passenger Control Unit (PCU) (installed on the side of the
seat armrest).
(a) Loosen the screw (2) from the PCU (1).
(b) Carefully lift the PCU (1) to get access to the electrical
connector(s) (3).
(c) Disconnect the electrical connector(s) (3).
(d) Remove the PCU (1) from the seat armrest.
(e) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(2) Remove the PCU (installed on the top of the seat armrest).
(a) Release the captive screw (7).
(b) Turn the captive screw (7) a quarter anticlockwise to unlock the
hook (6).
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-100, 23-33-12
Page 410
Nov 01/06
THY
(c) Carefully lift the PCU (5) to get access to the electrical
connector(s) (8).
(d) Disconnect the electrical connector(s) (8).
(e) Remove the PCU (5) from the seat armrest.
(f) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
**ON A/C 101-199, 252-299, 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-12-020-051-A
A. Removal of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
(1) Release the captive screw (3).
(2) Turn the captive screw (3) a quarter anticlockwise to unlock the hook
(2).
(a) Carefully lift the PCU (1) to get access to the electrical
connector(s) (4).
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector(s) (4).
(4) Remove the PCU (1) from the seat armrest.
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-33-12-020-051-C
A. Removal of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
(1) Put a hexagon key (5) in the opening (6) between the seat (4) and the
PCU (1).
(2) Engage the hexagon key (5) with the hexagon head screw of the spring
latch (3).
(3) Turn the hexagon head screw with the hexagon key (5) and release the
spring latch (3) from the seat (4).
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-12
Page 411
Nov 01/06
THY
(4) Carefully lift the PCU (1) sufficiently to get access to the
electrical connector (2).
(5) Disconnect the electrical connector (2) from the PCU (1).
(6) Remove the PCU (1) from the seat (4).
(7) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-12
Page 412
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399,
TASK 23-33-12-400-001
Installation of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
WARNING : ISOLATE THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS FROM THE RELATED EQUIPMENT AND THE
_______
ENVIRONMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific hexagon key 0.047 in. (1.1937 mm)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-00-710-005 Operational Test of the integrated In-Flight
Entertainment (IFE) System
23-33-00-740-002 BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System
(Music) with the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
23-33-00-740-004 BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System
(Music) with the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
**ON A/C 007-007,
23-33-12-991-001 Fig. 401
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-12
Page 413
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
R 23-33-12-991-001-F Fig. 401A
**ON A/C 101-199,
23-33-12-991-001-E Fig. 401B
**ON A/C 251-251,
23-33-12-991-001-C Fig. 401C
**ON A/C 252-299,
23-33-12-991-001-A Fig. 401D
R
**ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-33-12-865-051-A
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK A06
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK A07
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK A08
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-12
Page 414
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-199,
Subtask 23-33-12-865-051-B
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK D03
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-33-12-865-051-C
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU1 58HP B05
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU2 59HP B08
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/DC 21MK C03
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/AC 22MK C04
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB1 23MK C05
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB2 24MK C06
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 23-33-12
Page 415
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-33-12-865-051
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/LH 22MK D04
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/RH 24MK D03
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/RH 25MK D05
**ON A/C 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-12-865-051-D
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT/LH 22MK D04
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD/RH 24MK D03
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT/RH 25MK D05
**ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-12-991-001)
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-12
Page 416
Nov 01/06
R
THY
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-33-12-991-001-F)
**ON A/C 101-199,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-33-12-991-001-E)
**ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-33-12-991-001-C)
**ON A/C 252-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-33-12-991-001-A)
R
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-33-12-420-052
A. Installation of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Connect the electrical connector(s) (3).
(6) Carefully put the PCU (1) in the correct position.
(7) Install the PCU (1) with the screw (2).
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-12
Page 417
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-100,
Subtask 23-33-12-420-052-B
A. Installation of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
(1) Install the PCU (installed on the side of the seat armrest).
(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(b) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent
area.
(c) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(d) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(e) Connect the electrical connector(s) (3).
(f) Carefully put the PCU (1) on the seat armrest and make sure that
the notch (4) is correctly engaged.
(g) Install the PCU (1) with the screw (2).
(2) Install the PCU (installed on the top of the seat armrest).
(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(b) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent
area.
(c) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(d) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(e) Connect the electrical connector(s) (8).
(f) Carefully install the PCU (5) on the seat armrest and make sure
that the notch (9) is correctly engaged.
(g) Turn the captive screw (7) a quarter clockwise to lock the hook
(6).
R
EFF :
054-100, 23-33-12
Page 418
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 101-199, 252-299, 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-12-420-052-A
A. Installation of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Connect the electrical connector(s) (4).
(6) Carefully install the PCU (1) on the seat armrest and make sure that
the notch (5) is correctly engaged.
(7) Turn the captive screw (3) a quarter clockwise to lock the hook (2).
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-33-12-420-052-C
A. Installation of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking cap from the electrical connector (2).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connector (2) is clean and in the
correct condition.
(5) Connect the electrical connector (2) to the PCU (1).
(6) Carefully put the PCU (1) in position in the seat (4).
(7) Push the PCU (1) into the seat (4) until the PCU is latched. Make
sure that the spring latch (3) correctly engages the seat.
R
EFF :
101-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-12
Page 419
Nov 01/06
THY
(8) Put a hexagon key (5) in the opening (6) between the seat (4) and the
PCU (1).
(9) Engage the hexagon key (5) with the hexagon head screw of the spring
latch (3).
(10) Turn the hexagon head screw with the hexagon key (5) and lock the
spring latch (3).
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-33-12-865-053-A
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK A06
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK A07
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK A08
**ON A/C 054-199,
Subtask 23-33-12-865-053-B
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK D03
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-251, 23-33-12
Page 420
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-33-12-865-053-C
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU1 58HP B05
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU2 59HP B08
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/DC 21MK C03
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/AC 22MK C04
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB1 23MK C05
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB2 24MK C06
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-33-12-865-053
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/LH 22MK D04
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/RH 24MK D03
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/RH 25MK D05
R
EFF :
251-299, 23-33-12
Page 421
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-12-865-053-D
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT/LH 22MK D04
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD/RH 24MK D03
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT/RH 25MK D05
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-33-12-860-050
C. Energize the Cabin Intercommunication System CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-
861-001)
**ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-12-861-050
D. Energize the Cabin Intercommunication System CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-
861-001).
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-33-12-861-050-A
D. Energize the Cabin Intercommunication System CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-
861-001).
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-12
Page 422
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-33-12-710-050
E. Do the operational test of the integrated In-Flight Entertainment (IFE)
system (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-710-005).
**ON A/C 007-007, 054-100, 252-299,
Subtask 23-33-12-710-051
F. Do the BITE test of the PES (music) (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002).
**ON A/C 101-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-12-710-051-A
F. Do the BITE test of the PES (music) (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-004).
**ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399,
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-33-12-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-12
Page 423
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-12-942-051
B. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-12
Page 424
Nov 01/06
THY
MULTIPLEXER - PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM, MAIN (8MK) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-33-31-000-001
Removal of the Passenger Entertainment System Main Multiplexer (8MK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52-41-00-010-002 Open the Avionics Compartment Doors for Access
23-33-31-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-31-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 824 in zone
128.
(2) Open the access door (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-002) 824.
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-33-31
Page 401
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
Subtask 23-33-31-865-050
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
123VU BUS 2/210XP/SPLY 7XN2 AF02
R **ON A/C 051-199, 251-251, 303-399,
R Subtask 23-33-31-865-056
R C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 123VU SHED BUS/218XP/220XP SPLY 28XN AC02
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-31-991-001)
Subtask 23-33-31-020-050
A. Removal of the Main Multiplexer PES
(1) Loosen the nut (3).
(2) Lower the nut (3).
(3) Pull the multiplexer (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the electrical
connectors (1).
(4) Remove the multiplexer (5) from its rack (2).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (1).
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-33-31
Page 402
Aug 01/06
THY
PES Main Multiplexer
Figure 401/TASK 23-33-31-991-001
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-33-31
Page 403
Aug 01/06
THY
TASK 23-33-31-400-001
Installation of the Passenger Entertainment System Main Multiplexer (8MK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-00-740-002 BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System
(Music) with the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
R 23-33-00-740-004 BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System
R (Music) with the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
23-33-00-820-001 Adjustment of the DIP - Switch Positions of the Main
Multiplexer (8MK)
52-41-00-010-002 Open the Avionics Compartment Doors for Access
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-31-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
824 in zone 128.
(2) Make sure that the access door 824 is open (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-
002).
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-33-31
Page 404
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
Subtask 23-33-31-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
123VU BUS 2/210XP/SPLY 7XN2 AF02
**ON A/C 051-199, 251-251, 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-31-865-057
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
123VU SHED BUS/218XP/220XP SPLY 28XN AC02
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-33-31-420-050
A. Installation of the PES Main Multiplexer
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are clean and in the
correct condition.
(5) Install the multiplexer (5) on its rack (2).
(6) Push the multiplexer (5) on its rack (2) to connect the electrical
connectors (1).
(7) Engage the nut (3) on the lug (4) and tighten.
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-33-31
Page 405
Nov 01/06
R
THY
**ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
Subtask 23-33-31-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
123VU BUS 2/210XP/SPLY 7XN2 AF02
**ON A/C 051-199, 251-251, 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-31-865-058
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
123VU SHED BUS/218XP/220XP SPLY 28XN AC02
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302,
Subtask 23-33-31-740-050
D. Do the BITE test of the PES Main Multiplexer (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-
002).
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
R Subtask 23-33-31-740-050-A
R D. Do the BITE test of the PES Main Multiplexer (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-
R 004).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-33-31-820-050
E. Do the configuration procedure of the main multiplexer:
- With the Dual In-line Package (DIP) (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-820-001), or
- With the configuration CD (23-33-00 P.Block 301).
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-33-31
Page 406
Nov 01/06
THY
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-31-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-33-31
Page 407
Aug 01/06
THY
IFE CENTER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________
TASK 23-33-36-000-001
Removal of the IFE CENTER (310MK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-36-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-007, 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-33-36-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
123VU BUS 2/210XP/SPLY 7XN2 AF02
EFF :
ALL 23-33-36
Page 401
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 008-049, 051-199, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
R Subtask 23-33-36-865-053
R B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 123VU SHED BUS/218XP/220XP SPLY 28XN AC02
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-36-010-050
R C. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 824 in zone
128.
(2) Open the access door 824.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-36-991-001)
Subtask 23-33-36-020-050
A. Removal of the IFE CENTER
(1) Loosen the nuts (3).
(2) Lower the nuts (3).
(3) Pull the IFE CENTER (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the electrical
connectors (1).
(4) Remove the IFE CENTER (5) from its rack (2).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (1).
EFF :
ALL 23-33-36
Page 402
Aug 01/06
THY
IFE CENTER
Figure 401/TASK 23-33-36-991-001
EFF :
ALL 23-33-36
Page 403
May 01/05
THY
TASK 23-33-36-400-001
Installation of the IFE CENTER (310MK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-00-740-002 BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System
(Music) with the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
23-33-36-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-36-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
824 in zone 128.
(2) Make sure that the access door 824 is open.
EFF :
ALL 23-33-36
Page 404
May 01/05
THY
R **ON A/C 001-007, 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-33-36-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
123VU BUS 2/210XP/SPLY 7XN2 AF02
R **ON A/C 008-049, 051-199, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
R Subtask 23-33-36-865-054
R C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 123VU SHED BUS/218XP/220XP SPLY 28XN AC02
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-36-991-001)
Subtask 23-33-36-420-050
A. Installation of the IFE CENTER
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are clean and in the
correct condition.
(5) Install the IFE CENTER (5) in its rack (2).
EFF :
ALL 23-33-36
Page 405
Aug 01/06
THY
(6) Push the IFE CENTER (5) on its rack (2) to connect the electrical
connectors (1).
(7) Engage the nuts (3) on the lugs (4) and tighten.
R **ON A/C 001-007, 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-33-36-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
123VU BUS 2/210XP/SPLY 7XN2 AF02
R **ON A/C 008-049, 051-199, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
R Subtask 23-33-36-865-055
R C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 123VU SHED BUS/218XP/220XP SPLY 28XN AC02
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-36-740-050
R D. Do the BITE test of the IFE CENTER (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002).
EFF :
ALL 23-33-36
Page 406
Aug 01/06
THY
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-36-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 23-33-36
Page 407
Aug 01/06
THY
CONTROLLER - IFE (311MK) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________
TASK 23-33-37-000-001
Removal of the CONTROLLER - IFE (311MK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-37-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-007, 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-33-37-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
123VU BUS 2/210XP/SPLY 7XN2 AF02
EFF :
ALL 23-33-37
Page 401
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 008-049, 051-199, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
R Subtask 23-33-37-865-054
R B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 123VU SHED BUS/218XP/220XP SPLY 28XN AC02
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-37-010-050
R C. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 824 in zone
128.
(2) Open the access door 824.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-37-991-001)
Subtask 23-33-37-020-050
A. Removal of the CONTROLLER - IFE
(1) Loosen the nuts (3).
(2) Lower the nuts (3).
(3) Pull the CONTROLLER - IFE (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the
electrical connectors (1).
(4) Remove the CONTROLLER - IFE (5) from its rack (2).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (1).
EFF :
ALL 23-33-37
Page 402
Aug 01/06
THY
CONTROLLER - IFE
Figure 401/TASK 23-33-37-991-001
EFF :
ALL 23-33-37
Page 403
May 01/05
THY
TASK 23-33-37-400-001
Installation of the CONTROLLER - IFE (311MK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-00-740-002 BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System
(Music) with the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
23-33-37-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-37-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
824 in zone 128.
(2) Make sure that the access door 824 is open.
EFF :
ALL 23-33-37
Page 404
May 01/05
THY
R **ON A/C 001-007, 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-33-37-865-052
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
123VU BUS 2/210XP/SPLY 7XN2 AF02
R **ON A/C 008-049, 051-199, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
R Subtask 23-33-37-865-055
R C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 123VU SHED BUS/218XP/220XP SPLY 28XN AC02
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-37-991-001)
Subtask 23-33-37-420-050
A. Installation of the CONTROLLER - IFE
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are clean and in the
correct condition.
(5) Install the CONTROLLER - IFE (5) in its rack (2).
EFF :
ALL 23-33-37
Page 405
Aug 01/06
THY
(6) Push the CONTROLLER - IFE (5) on its rack (2) to connect the
electrical connectors (1).
(7) Engage the nuts (3) on the lugs (4) and tighten.
R **ON A/C 001-007, 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-33-37-865-053
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
123VU BUS 2/210XP/SPLY 7XN2 AF02
R **ON A/C 008-049, 051-199, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
R Subtask 23-33-37-865-056
R C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 123VU SHED BUS/218XP/220XP SPLY 28XN AC02
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-37-740-050
R D. Do the BITE test of the IFE CENTER (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002).
EFF :
ALL 23-33-37
Page 406
Aug 01/06
THY
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-37-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 23-33-37
Page 407
Aug 01/06
THY
AREA DISTRIBUTION BOX - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________
TASK 23-33-38-000-001
Removal of the Area Distribution Box (ADB)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-38-991-001 Fig. 401
23-33-38-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-38-991-001)
Subtask 23-33-38-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU1 58HP B05
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU2 59HP B08
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/DC 21MK C03
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/AC 22MK C04
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB1 23MK C05
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB2 24MK C06
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-38
Page 401
Feb 01/06
THY
Area Distribution Box, Access Panel
Figure 401/TASK 23-33-38-991-001
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-38
Page 402
Feb 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-33-38-010-050
B. Get access to the applicable Area Distribution Box (ADB)
(1) Open the door (4) of the overhead stowage compartment (3) adjacent to
the applicable ADB (1).
(2) Open the ADB access panel (2).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-33-38-991-002)
Subtask 23-33-38-020-050
A. Removal of the Area Distribution Box (ADB)
(1) Identify the connectors (3).
(2) Release the spring latches (4) and disconnect the electrical
connectors (3).
(3) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(4) Do the subsequent steps for this FIN:
FOR 350MK1
(a) Hold the ADB (5) and remove the screws (1) and the washers (2)
and (6).
(b) Remove the ADB (5).
(5) Do the subsequent steps for this FIN:
FOR 350MK2
(a) Release the spring latches (4) and disconnect the termination
plug 351MK1 (7) from J2 on the ADB (5).
(b) Put a blanking cap on the termination plug 351MK1 (7).
(c) Hold the ADB (5) and remove the screws (1) and the washers (2)
and (6).
(d) Remove the ADB (5).
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-38
Page 403
Feb 01/06
THY
Area Distribution Box
Figure 402/TASK 23-33-38-991-002- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-38
Page 404
Feb 01/06
THY
Area Distribution Box
Figure 402/TASK 23-33-38-991-002- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-38
Page 405
Feb 01/06
THY
TASK 23-33-38-400-001
Installation of the Area Distribution Box (ADB)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-912-004 Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive
Bolts and Screws and Bonding Straps in the Fuselage
and in the Wings (this does not include the tanks)-
23-33-00-600-010 Software Download (Phase 2) to the Area Distribution
Boxes (ADBs)
23-33-00-710-005 Operational Test of the integrated In-Flight
Entertainment (IFE) System
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-38
Page 406
Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-33-38-991-001 Fig. 401
23-33-38-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-38-865-051
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU1 58HP B05
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU2 59HP B08
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/DC 21MK C03
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/AC 22MK C04
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB1 23MK C05
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB2 24MK C06
Subtask 23-33-38-860-051
B. Preparation for Installation
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-38-991-001, 402/TASK 23-33-38-991-002)
(1) Make sure that the applicable ADB access panel (2) is open.
(a) If necessary, open the door (4) of the overhead stowage
compartment (3) adjacent to the applicable ADB (1).
(b) Open the ADB access panel (2).
(2) Make sure that the components/areas that follow are clean, in the
correct condition, free of paint and corrosion:
- the area on the fuselage around the ground bonding point for the
ADB (5)
- the area around the ground bonding point of the ADB (5)
- the screws (1)
- the washers (2) and (6).
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-38
Page 407
Feb 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-33-38-110-050
C. Clean the Ground Bonding Point
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL
_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the surfaces that follow with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003) moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004):
- the area on the fuselage around the ground bonding point for the
ADB (5)
- the area around the ground bonding point on the ADB (5).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-33-38-991-002)
Subtask 23-33-38-420-050
A. Installation of the Area Distribution Box (ADB)
(1) Put the ADB (5) in position and install the screws (1) and washers
(2) and (6).
(2) Tighten the screws (1) diagonally opposite.
(3) TORQUE the screws (1) to between 0.22 and 0.26 m.daN (19.46 and 23.00
lbf.in).
(4) Do the electrical bonding of the ground bonding point on the ADB (5)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(5) Do the subsequent steps for this FIN:
FOR 350MK1
(a) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (3).
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-38
Page 408
Feb 01/06
THY
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors (3) are clean and in the
correct condition.
(c) Connect the electrical connectors (3) to the ADB (5) as
identified during the removal procedure.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE
_______
CONNECTOR IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING
LATCHES PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND
THUS THE RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
UNIT.
(d) Safety the electrical connectors (3) with the spring latches (4).
(6) Do the subsequent steps for this FIN:
FOR 350MK2
(a) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (3) and
the termination plug 351MK1 (7).
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors (3) and the termination
plug 351MK1 (7) are clean and in the correct condition.
(c) Connect the electrical connectors (3) to the ADB (5) as
identified during the removal procedure.
(d) Connect the termination plug 351MK1 (7) to J2 on the ADB (5).
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE
_______
CONNECTOR IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING
LATCHES PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND
THUS THE RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
UNIT.
(e) Safety the electrical connectors (3) and the termination plug
351MK1 (7) with the spring latches (4).
Subtask 23-33-38-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
58HP, 59HP, 21MK, 22MK, 23MK and 24MK.
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-38
Page 409
Feb 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-33-38-860-050
C. Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-
73-00-861-001).
Subtask 23-33-38-970-050
D. Do the software download (phase 2) to the Area Distribution Boxes (SEBs)
(Ref. TASK 23-33-00-600-010).
Subtask 23-33-38-710-050
E. Do the operational test of the integrated In-Flight Entertainment (IFE)
system (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-710-005).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-38-410-050
A. Close Access
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-38-991-001)
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) If necessary open the door (4) of the overhead stowage compartment
(3) adjacent to the applicable ADB (1).
(4) Close the ADB access panel (2).
(5) Close the door (4) of the overhead stowage compartment (3).
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-38
Page 410
Feb 01/06
THY
SERVER - IFE (312MK) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________
TASK 23-33-39-000-001
Removal of the SERVER - IFE (312MK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-39-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-007, 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-33-39-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
123VU BUS 2/210XP/SPLY 7XN2 AF02
EFF :
ALL 23-33-39
Page 401
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 008-049, 051-199, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
R Subtask 23-33-39-865-053
R B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 123VU SHED BUS/218XP/220XP SPLY 28XN AC02
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-39-010-050
R C. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 824 in zone
128.
(2) Open the access door 824.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-39-991-001)
Subtask 23-33-39-020-050
A. Removal of the SERVER - IFE
(1) Loosen the nuts (3).
(2) Lower the nuts (3).
(3) Pull the SERVER - IFE (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the
electrical connectors (1).
(4) Remove the SERVER - IFE (5) from its rack (2).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (1).
EFF :
ALL 23-33-39
Page 402
Aug 01/06
THY
SERVER - IFE
Figure 401/TASK 23-33-39-991-001
EFF :
ALL 23-33-39
Page 403
May 01/05
THY
TASK 23-33-39-400-001
Installation of the SERVER - IFE (312MK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-00-740-002 BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System
(Music) with the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
23-33-39-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-39-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
824 in zone 128.
(2) Make sure that the access door 824 is open.
EFF :
ALL 23-33-39
Page 404
May 01/05
THY
R **ON A/C 001-007, 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-33-39-865-051
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
123VU BUS 2/210XP/SPLY 7XN2 AF02
R **ON A/C 008-049, 051-199, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
R Subtask 23-33-39-865-054
R C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 123VU SHED BUS/218XP/220XP SPLY 28XN AC02
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-39-991-001)
Subtask 23-33-39-420-050
A. Installation of the SERVER - IFE
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are clean and in the
correct condition.
(5) Install the SERVER - IFE (5) in its rack (2).
EFF :
ALL 23-33-39
Page 405
Aug 01/06
THY
(6) Push the SERVER - IFE (5) on its rack (2) to connect the electrical
connectors (1).
(7) Engage the nuts (3) on the lugs (4) and tighten.
R **ON A/C 001-007, 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-33-39-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
123VU BUS 2/210XP/SPLY 7XN2 AF02
R **ON A/C 008-049, 051-199, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
R Subtask 23-33-39-865-055
R C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 123VU SHED BUS/218XP/220XP SPLY 28XN AC02
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-39-740-050
R D. Do the BITE test of the IFE CENTER (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002).
EFF :
ALL 23-33-39
Page 406
Aug 01/06
THY
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-39-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 23-33-39
Page 407
Aug 01/06
THY
SEAT ELECTRONIC BOX (SEB) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 23-33-46-000-001
Removal of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
WARNING : ISOLATE THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS FROM THE RELATED EQUIPMENT AND THE
_______
ENVIRONMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 007-007, 252-299,
23-33-46-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
23-33-46-991-001-B Fig. 401A
**ON A/C 251-251,
23-33-46-991-001-A Fig. 401B
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-46
Page 401
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 007-007, 252-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-46-991-001)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-33-46-991-001-B)
**ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-33-46-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-33-46-865-050-A
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK A06
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK A07
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK A08
R **ON A/C 054-199,
Subtask 23-33-46-865-050-B
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK D03
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-46
Page 402
Aug 01/06
THY
Seat Electronic Box
Figure 401/TASK 23-33-46-991-001
R
EFF :
007-007, 252-299, 23-33-46
Page 403
Feb 01/06
THY
Seat Electronic Box
Figure 401A/TASK 23-33-46-991-001-B
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-33-46
Page 404
Aug 01/06
THY
Seat Electronic Box
Figure 401B/TASK 23-33-46-991-001-A
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-46
Page 405
Feb 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-33-46-865-050-C
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU1 58HP B05
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU2 59HP B08
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/DC 21MK C03
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/AC 22MK C04
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB1 23MK C05
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB2 24MK C06
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-33-46-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/LH 22MK D04
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/RH 24MK D03
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/RH 25MK D05
R
EFF :
251-299, 23-33-46
Page 406
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-33-46-865-050-D
R A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT/LH 22MK D04
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD/LH 23MK D02
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD/RH 24MK D03
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT/RH 25MK D05
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-33-46-010-050
B. Get access to the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
(1) Remove the screws (5) and the cover (7) from the applicable SEB (6).
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 007-007, 252-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-46-991-001)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-33-46-991-001-B)
**ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-33-46-991-001-A)
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-46
Page 407
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-46-020-051
A. Removal of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
(1) Release the quick release fasteners (5) and remove the protective cap
(6).
CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
DISCONNECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(2) Remove the spring latches (2) and disconnect all the electrical
connectors (4).
(3) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(4) Carefully loosen the nylatches (3) and remove the SEB (1).
NOTE:
1. At the end of the WDB-SEB-lines the SEB ends with a termination plug
connected to the SEB connector J2. If a related SEB is removed, remove
the termination plug.
2. The SEB connector J4 is not used.
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-33-46-020-051-A
A. Removal of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
(1) Identify the electrical connectors (3), (4) and (8).
(2) Disconnect the electrical connectors (4) and (8).
FOR 500MK202, 500MK203, 500MK204, 500MK205, 500MK206, 500MK207,
500MK208, 500MK209, 500MK212, 500MK213, 500MK214, 500MK215, 500MK216,
500MK217, 500MK218, 500MK220, 500MK221, 500MK222, 500MK223, 500MK224,
500MK227, 500MK228, 500MK229, 500MK230, 500MK231, 500MK232, 500MK233,
500MK234, 500MK235, 500MK236, 500MK502, 500MK503, 500MK504, 500MK505,
500MK506, 500MK507, 500MK508, 500MK509, 500MK512, 500MK513, 500MK514,
500MK515, 500MK516, 500MK517, 500MK518, 500MK520, 500MK521, 500MK522,
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-46
Page 408
Aug 01/06
THY
500MK523, 500MK524, 500MK527, 500MK528, 500MK529, 500MK530, 500MK531,
500MK532, 500MK533, 500MK534, 500MK535, 500MK536, 500MK537
(3) Release the spring latches (2) and disconnect the electrical
connectors (3).
(4) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(5) Carefully loosen the nylatches (1) and remove the SEB (6).
FOR 500MK201, 500MK210, 500MK211, 500MK219, 500MK225, 500MK226,
500MK237, 500MK501, 500MK510, 500MK511, 500MK519, 500MK525, 500MK526,
500MK538
(6) Release the spring latches (2) and disconnect the electrical
connectors (3) and the terminator plug from J5.
NOTE : The SEBs that follow have these terminator plugs connected to
____
J5:
- SEB 500MK201 - terminator plug 101MK1
- SEB 500MK210 - terminator plug 101MK3
- SEB 500MK211 - terminator plug 101MK5
- SEB 500MK219 - terminator plug 101MK7
- SEB 500MK225 - terminator plug 101MK11
- SEB 500MK226 - terminator plug 101MK13
- SEB 500MK237 - terminator plug 101MK15
- SEB 500MK501 - terminator plug 101MK2
- SEB 500MK510 - terminator plug 101MK4
- SEB 500MK511 - terminator plug 101MK6
- SEB 500MK519 - terminator plug 101MK8
- SEB 500MK525 - terminator plug 101MK12
- SEB 500MK526 - terminator plug 101MK14
- SEB 500MK538 - terminator plug 101MK16.
(7) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors and the
terminator plug.
(8) Carefully loosen the nylatches (1) and remove the SEB (6).
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-46
Page 409
Aug 01/06
R
THY
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399,
TASK 23-33-46-400-001
Installation of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-00-600-011 IP Sequencing and Software Download (Phase 2) to the
Seat Electronic Boxes (SEBs)
23-33-00-710-005 Operational Test of the integrated In-Flight
Entertainment (IFE) System
23-33-00-740-002 BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System
(Music) with the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
R 23-33-00-740-004 BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System
R (Music) with the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
**ON A/C 007-007, 252-299,
23-33-46-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
23-33-46-991-001-B Fig. 401A
**ON A/C 251-251,
23-33-46-991-001-A Fig. 401B
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-46
Page 410
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 007-007, 252-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-46-991-001)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-33-46-991-001-B)
**ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-33-46-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-33-46-865-051-A
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK A06
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK A07
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK A08
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-46
Page 411
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199,
Subtask 23-33-46-865-051-B
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK D03
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-33-46-865-051-C
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU1 58HP B05
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU2 59HP B08
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/DC 21MK C03
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/AC 22MK C04
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB1 23MK C05
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB2 24MK C06
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 23-33-46
Page 412
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-33-46-865-051
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/LH 22MK D04
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/RH 24MK D03
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/RH 25MK D05
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-33-46-865-051-D
R A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT/LH 22MK D04
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD/LH 23MK D02
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD/RH 24MK D03
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT/RH 25MK D05
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-33-46-860-052
B. Preparation for Installation
(1) Make sure that the cover of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB) is removed.
(a) If necessary remove the screws (5) and the cover (7) of the
applicable SEB (6).
R
EFF :
251-299, 303-399, 23-33-46
Page 413
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 007-007, 252-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-46-991-001)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-33-46-991-001-B)
**ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-33-46-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-46-420-051
A. Installation of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Carefully install the SEB (1) and lock the nylatches (3).
NOTE:
1.At the end of the WDB-SEB-lines the SEB has to be ended with a
termination plug. If a related SEB is installed, connect the termination
plug to SEB connector J2.
2.The SEB connector J4 is not used.
(4) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN YOU
_______
CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
(5) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(6) Connect the electrical connectors (4) to the related SEB connectors
and fasten with the spring latches (2).
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-46
Page 414
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-33-46-420-051-A
A. Installation of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Put the SEB (6) in position and lock the nylatches (1).
FOR 500MK202, 500MK203, 500MK204, 500MK205, 500MK206, 500MK207,
500MK208, 500MK209, 500MK212, 500MK213, 500MK214, 500MK215, 500MK216,
500MK217, 500MK218, 500MK220, 500MK221, 500MK222, 500MK223, 500MK224,
500MK227, 500MK228, 500MK229, 500MK230, 500MK231, 500MK232, 500MK233,
500MK234, 500MK235, 500MK236, 500MK502, 500MK503, 500MK504, 500MK505,
500MK506, 500MK507, 500MK508, 500MK509, 500MK512, 500MK513, 500MK514,
500MK515, 500MK516, 500MK517, 500MK518, 500MK520, 500MK521, 500MK522,
500MK523, 500MK524, 500MK527, 500MK528, 500MK529, 500MK530, 500MK531,
500MK532, 500MK533, 500MK534, 500MK535, 500MK536, 500MK537
(4) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (3), (4) and
(8).
(5) Make sure that the electrical connectors (3), (4) and (8) are clean
and in the correct condition.
(6) Connect the electrical connectors (3), (4) and (8) to the SEB (6) as
identified during the removal procedure.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE
_______
CONNECTOR IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING LATCHES
PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND THUS THE
RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE UNIT.
(7) Safety the electrical connectors (3) with the spring latches (2).
FOR 500MK201, 500MK210, 500MK211, 500MK219, 500MK225, 500MK226,
500MK237, 500MK501, 500MK510, 500MK511, 500MK519, 500MK525, 500MK526,
500MK538
(8) Remove the blanking caps from the terminator plug and the electrical
connectors (3), (4) and (8).
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-46
Page 415
Feb 01/06
THY
(9) Make sure that the terminator plug and the electrical connectors (3),
(4) and (8) are clean and in the correct condition.
(10) Connect the terminator plug to J5 on the SEB (6).
NOTE : The SEBs that follow have these terminator plugs connected to
____
J5:
- SEB 500MK201 - terminator plug 101MK1
- SEB 500MK210 - terminator plug 101MK3
- SEB 500MK211 - terminator plug 101MK5
- SEB 500MK219 - terminator plug 101MK7
- SEB 500MK225 - terminator plug 101MK11
- SEB 500MK226 - terminator plug 101MK13
- SEB 500MK237 - terminator plug 101MK15
- SEB 500MK501 - terminator plug 101MK2
- SEB 500MK510 - terminator plug 101MK4
- SEB 500MK511 - terminator plug 101MK6
- SEB 500MK519 - terminator plug 101MK8
- SEB 500MK525 - terminator plug 101MK12
- SEB 500MK526 - terminator plug 101MK14
- SEB 500MK538 - terminator plug 101MK16.
(11) Connect the electrical connectors (3), (4) and (8) to the SEB (6) as
identified during the removal procedure.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE
_______
CONNECTOR IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING LATCHES
PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND THUS THE
RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE UNIT.
(12) Safety the terminator plug and the electrical connectors (3) with the
spring latches (2).
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-33-46-865-052-A
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK A06
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK A07
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK A08
R
EFF :
007-007, 251-251, 23-33-46
Page 416
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199,
Subtask 23-33-46-865-052-B
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK D03
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-33-46-865-052-C
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
58HP, 59HP, 21MK, 22MK, 23MK and 24MK.
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-33-46-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/LH 22MK D04
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/RH 24MK D03
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/RH 25MK D05
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-299, 23-33-46
Page 417
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-33-46-865-052-D
R B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT/LH 22MK D04
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD/LH 23MK D02
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD/RH 24MK D03
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT/RH 25MK D05
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-33-46-970-050
C. Do the IP sequencing and software download (phase 2) to the Seat
Electronic Boxes (SEBs) (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-600-011).
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 251-251, 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-46-860-050
D. Preparation for the Test
(1) Energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-33-46-860-050-A
D. Preparation for the Test
(1) Energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-46
Page 418
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-007, 054-100, 252-299,
Subtask 23-33-46-710-051
E. Do the BITE test of the PES (music) (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002).
R **ON A/C 101-199, 303-399,
R Subtask 23-33-46-710-051-B
R E. Do the BITE test of the PES (music) (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-004).
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-33-46-710-051-A
E. Do the operational test of the integrated In-Flight Entertainment (IFE)
system (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-710-005).
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399,
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-46-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001)
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Install the protective cap (6) with the quick release fasteners (5).
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-46
Page 419
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-33-46-410-050-A
A. Close Access
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Put the cover (7) in position and tighten the screws (5).
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-46
Page 420
Aug 01/06
THY
WALL DISCONNECT BOX (WDB) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 23-33-47-000-001
Removal of the Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
WARNING : ISOLATE THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS FROM THE RELATED EQUIPMENT AND THE
_______
ENVIRONMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-23-44-000-001 Removal of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado Panels)
**ON A/C 007-007,
23-33-47-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 054-100,
23-33-47-991-001-C Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R 23-33-47-991-001-E Fig. 401B
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-47
Page 401
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 251-251,
R 23-33-47-991-001-D Fig. 401C
R **ON A/C 252-252,
R 23-33-47-991-001-B Fig. 401D
R **ON A/C 253-299,
R 23-33-47-991-001-A Fig. 401E
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R 23-33-47-991-001-F Fig. 401F
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-47-991-001)
**ON A/C 054-100,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-C)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-E)
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-47
Page 402
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 251-251,
R (Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-D)
R **ON A/C 252-252,
R (Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 253-299,
R (Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 401F/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-F)
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-33-47-865-050-A
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK A06
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK A07
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK A08
R **ON A/C 054-199,
Subtask 23-33-47-865-050-B
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK D03
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-47
Page 403
Aug 01/06
THY
Wall Disconnect Box
Figure 401/TASK 23-33-47-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
007-007, 23-33-47
Page 404
Nov 01/05
THY
Wall Disconnect Box
Figure 401/TASK 23-33-47-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
007-007, 23-33-47
Page 405
Nov 01/05
THY
Wall Disconnect Box
Figure 401A/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-C12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
054-100, 23-33-47
Page 406
May 01/06
THY
Wall Disconnect Box
Figure 401A/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-C22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
054-100, 23-33-47
Page 407
May 01/06
THY
R Wall Disconnect Box
R Figure 401B/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-E12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-33-47
Page 408
Aug 01/06
THY
R Wall Disconnect Box
R Figure 401B/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-E22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-33-47
Page 409
Aug 01/06
THY
Wall Disconnect Box
R Figure 401C/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-D12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-47
Page 410
Aug 01/06
THY
Wall Disconnect Box
R Figure 401C/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-D22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-47
Page 411
Aug 01/06
THY
Wall Disconnect Box
R Figure 401D/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-B12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
252-252, 23-33-47
Page 412
Aug 01/06
THY
Wall Disconnect Box
R Figure 401D/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-B22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
252-252, 23-33-47
Page 413
Aug 01/06
THY
Wall Disconnect Box
R Figure 401E/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-A12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
253-299, 23-33-47
Page 414
Aug 01/06
THY
Wall Disconnect Box
R Figure 401E/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-A22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
253-299, 23-33-47
Page 415
Aug 01/06
THY
R Wall Disconnect Box
R Figure 401F/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-F12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
303-399, 23-33-47
Page 416
Aug 01/06
THY
R Wall Disconnect Box
R Figure 401F/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-F22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
303-399, 23-33-47
Page 417
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-33-47-865-050-C
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU1 58HP B05
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU2 59HP B08
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/DC 21MK C03
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/AC 22MK C04
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB1 23MK C05
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB2 24MK C06
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-33-47-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/LH 22MK D04
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/RH 24MK D03
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/RH 25MK D05
R
EFF :
251-299, 23-33-47
Page 418
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-33-47-865-050-D
R A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD/LH 23MK D02
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD/RH 24MK D03
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT/LH 22MK D04
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT/RH 25MK D05
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-47-010-050
B. Remove the lower sidewall panel in the area of the related WDB (Ref. TASK
25-23-44-000-001).
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-33-47-010-050-A
B. Get access to the applicable Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
(1) Remove the lower sidewall panel in the area of the related WDB
(Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001).
(2) Release the fasteners (8) and remove the protection cap (9) of the
related WDB (7).
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-47-991-001)
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-47
Page 419
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-100,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-C)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-E)
R **ON A/C 251-251,
R (Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-D)
R **ON A/C 252-252,
R (Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 253-299,
R (Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 401F/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-F)
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-33-47-020-052
A. Removal of the Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
(1) Release the pins (13) and remove the protective cap (12) in front of
the related WDB (1).
(2) Release the spring latches (11) and disconnect the electrical
connectors (2).
(3) Release the spring latches (11) and disconnect the termination
plug(s) (3) if installed.
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-47
Page 420
Aug 01/06
THY
(4) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (3) and
the termination plug(s) (3).
(5) Remove the screws (7) and the washers (8).
(6) Remove the screw (9) and the washer (8) if installed.
(7) Remove the cable support (10) if installed.
(8) Remove the protective cover (14).
(9) Carefully lift the wall disconnect box and remove the insulation
strip (15).
(10) Carefully remove the WDB (1).
R **ON A/C 054-199, 252-252, 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-47-020-052-B
A. Removal of the Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
(1) Release the pins (13) and remove the protective cap (12) in front of
the related WDB (1).
(2) Release the spring latches (11) and disconnect the electrical
connectors (2).
(3) Release the spring latches (11) and disconnect the termination
plug(s) (3) if installed.
R (4) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (2) the
R termination plug(s) (3) and the WDBs (1).
(5) Remove the screws (7) and the washers (8).
(6) Remove the screw (9) and the washer (8) if installed.
(7) Remove the cable support (10) if installed.
(8) Remove the spacers (16) and (17) if installed.
(9) Remove the protective cover (14).
(10) Carefully lift the WDB (1) and remove the insulation strip (15).
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 252-252, 303-399, 23-33-47
Page 421
Aug 01/06
THY
(11) Carefully remove the WDB (1).
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-33-47-020-052-C
A. Removal of the Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
(1) Identify the electrical connectors (14).
(2) Release the spring latches (13) and disconnect the electrical
connectors (14).
(3) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
FOR 50MK1, 50MK7, 50MK8, 50MK14
(4) Remove the screw (1) and the washer (2).
(5) Remove the cable support (3).
(6) Remove the spacers (4) and (5).
(7) Remove the screws (10) and the washers (11).
(8) Remove the protective cover (12).
(9) Carefully lift the WDB (7) and remove the insulation strip (6).
(10) Carefully remove the WDB (7).
FOR 50MK2, 50MK13
(11) Remove the screws (10) and the washers (11).
(12) Remove the protective cover (12).
(13) Carefully lift the WDB (7) and remove the insulation strip (6).
(14) Carefully remove the WDB (7).
FOR 50MK5
(15) Release the spring latches (13) and disconnect the termination plug
(101MK9) (15) from J3 on the WDB (7).
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-252, 303-399, 23-33-47
Page 422
Aug 01/06
THY
(16) Put a blanking cap on the termination plug (15).
(17) Remove the screws (10) and the washers (11).
(18) Remove the protective cover (12).
(19) Carefully lift the WDB (7) and remove the insulation strip (6).
(20) Carefully remove the WDB (7).
FOR 50MK6
(21) Release the spring latches (13) and disconnect the termination plug
(101MK10) (15) from J2 on the WDB (7).
(22) Put a blanking cap on the termination plug (15).
(23) Remove the screws (10) and the washers (11).
(24) Remove the protective cover (12).
(25) Carefully lift the WDB (7) and remove the insulation strip (6).
(26) Carefully remove the WDB (7).
**ON A/C 253-299,
Subtask 23-33-47-020-052-A
A. Removal of the Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
(1) Release the pins (13) and remove the protective cap (12) in front of
the related WDB (1).
(2) Release the spring latches (11) and disconnect the electrical
connectors (2).
(3) Release the spring latches (11) and disconnect the termination
plug(s) (3) if installed.
(4) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
termination plug(s) (3).
(5) Remove the screws (7) and the washers (8).
(6) Remove the screw (9) and the washer (8) if installed.
R
EFF :
251-251, 253-299, 23-33-47
Page 423
Aug 01/06
THY
(7) Remove the cable support (10) if installed.
(8) Remove the protective cover (14).
(9) Carefully lift the wall disconnect box and remove the insulation
strip (15).
(10) Carefully remove the WDB (1).
R
EFF :
253-299, 23-33-47
Page 424
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399,
TASK 23-33-47-400-001
Installation of the Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-00-710-005 Operational Test of the integrated In-Flight
Entertainment (IFE) System
23-33-00-740-002 BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System
(Music) with the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
R 23-33-00-740-004 BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System
R (Music) with the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
25-23-44-000-001 Removal of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado Panels)
25-23-44-400-001 Installation of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado
Panels)
**ON A/C 007-007,
23-33-47-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 054-100,
23-33-47-991-001-C Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R 23-33-47-991-001-E Fig. 401B
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-47
Page 425
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 251-251,
R 23-33-47-991-001-D Fig. 401C
R **ON A/C 252-252,
R 23-33-47-991-001-B Fig. 401D
R **ON A/C 253-299,
R 23-33-47-991-001-A Fig. 401E
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R 23-33-47-991-001-F Fig. 401F
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-47-991-001)
**ON A/C 054-100,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-C)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-E)
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-47
Page 426
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 251-251,
R (Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-D)
R **ON A/C 252-252,
R (Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 253-299,
R (Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 401F/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-F)
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-33-47-865-051-A
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK A06
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK A07
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK A08
R
EFF :
007-007, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-47
Page 427
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199,
Subtask 23-33-47-865-051-B
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK D03
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-33-47-865-051-C
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU1 58HP B05
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU2 59HP B08
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/DC 21MK C03
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/AC 22MK C04
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB1 23MK C05
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB2 24MK C06
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 23-33-47
Page 428
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-33-47-865-051
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/LH 22MK D04
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/RH 24MK D03
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/RH 25MK D05
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-33-47-865-051-D
R A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD/LH 23MK D02
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD/RH 24MK D03
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT/LH 22MK D04
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT/RH 25MK D05
R
EFF :
252-299, 303-399, 23-33-47
Page 429
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-33-47-860-051
B. Preparation for Installation
(1) Make sure that the applicable lower sidewall panel in the area of the
related WDB is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001).
R (2) Make sure that the protection cap (9) of the related WDB (7) is
R removed.
(a) If necessary release the fasteners (8) and remove the protection
cap (9).
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-47-991-001)
**ON A/C 054-100,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-C)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-E)
R **ON A/C 251-251,
R (Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-D)
R **ON A/C 252-252,
R (Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-B)
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-47
Page 430
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 253-299,
R (Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 401F/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-F)
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-47-210-050
A. Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean
and in the correct condition.
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-33-47-420-050
B. Installation of the Wall Disconnect Box (WBD).
(1) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
FOR 50MK5
(2) Remove the blanking caps from the termination plug (3) and the WDB
connector J1.
(3) Carefully install the termination plug (3) to the WDB connector J1
and fasten with the spring latches (11).
FOR 50MK6
(4) Remove the blanking caps from the termination plug (3) and the WDB
connector J4.
(5) Carefully install the termination plug (3) to the WDB connector J4
and fasten with the spring latches (11).
FOR 50MK1, 50MK2, 50MK3, 50MK4
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-33-47
Page 431
Aug 01/06
THY
(6) Put the insulation strip (15), the WDB (1) and the protective cover
(14) carefully into position.
(7) Install the WDB (1) with the washers (8) and the screws (7).
(8) Put the cable support (10) in position on top of the WDB (1) and
install the washer (8) and the screw (9).
FOR 50MK5, 50MK6
(9) Put the insulation strip (15), the WDB (1) and the protective cover
(14) carefully into position.
(10) Install the WDB (1) with the washers (8) and the screws (7).
FOR 50MK1, 50MK2, 50MK3, 50MK4, 50MK5, 50MK6
(11) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2) and the
respective WDB connectors.
(12) Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the WDB (1) and fasten with
the spring latches (11).
R **ON A/C 054-199,
Subtask 23-33-47-420-050-C
B. Installation of the Wall Disconnect Box (WBD).
(1) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
FOR 50MK5, 50MK6
(2) Remove the blanking caps from the termination plug (3) and the WDB
connector J4.
(3) Carefully install the termination plug (3) to the WDB connector J4
R and fasten the termination plug (3) with the spring latches (11).
FOR 50MK1, 50MK2, 50MK3, 50MK4, 50MK5, 50MK6
(4) Put the insulation strip (15), the WDB (1) and the protective cover
(14) carefully into position.
R (5) Install the WDB (1) with the washer (8) and the screw (7).
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 23-33-47
Page 432
Aug 01/06
THY
(6) Put the spacers (17 and 16) and the cable support (10) in position on
top of the WDB (1) and install the washer (8) and the screw (9).
(7) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2) and the
respective WDB connectors.
R (8) Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the WDB (1) and fasten the
R electrical connectors (2) with the spring latches (11).
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-33-47-420-050-D
B. Installation of the Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(4) Put the insulation strip (6), the WDB (7) and the protective cover
(12) carefully into position.
(5) Install the screws (10) and washers (11).
FOR 50MK1, 50MK7, 50MK8, 50MK14
(6) Put the spacers (4) and (5) and the cable support (3) in position on
top of the protective cover (12).
(7) Install the screw (1) and washer (2).
(8) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (14).
(9) Make sure that the electrical connectors (14) are clean and in the
correct condition.
(10) Connect the electrical connectors (14) to the WDB (7) as identified
during the removal procedure.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE
_______
CONNECTOR IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING LATCHES
PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND THUS THE
RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE UNIT.
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 23-33-47
Page 433
Aug 01/06
THY
(11) Safety the electrical connectors (14) with the spring latches (13).
FOR 50MK2, 50MK13
(12) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (14).
(13) Make sure that the electrical connectors (14) are clean and in the
correct condition.
(14) Connect the electrical connectors (14) to the WDB (7) as identified
during the removal procedure.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE
_______
CONNECTOR IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING LATCHES
PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND THUS THE
RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE UNIT.
(15) Safety the electrical connectors (14) with the spring latches (13).
FOR 50MK5
(16) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (14) and the
termination plug (101MK9) (15).
(17) Make sure that the electrical connectors (14) and the termination
plug (101MK9) (15) are clean and in the correct condition.
(18) Connect the electrical connectors (14) to the WDB (7) as identified
during the removal procedure.
(19) Connect the termination plug (101MK9) (15) to J3 on the WDB (7).
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE
_______
CONNECTOR IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING LATCHES
PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND THUS THE
RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE UNIT.
(20) Safety the electrical connectors (14) and the termination plug
(101MK9) (15) with the spring latches (13).
FOR 50MK6
(21) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (14) and the
termination plug (101MK10) (15).
(22) Make sure that the electrical connectors (14) and the termination
plug (101MK10) (15) are clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-47
Page 434
Aug 01/06
R
THY
(23) Connect the electrical connectors (14) to the WDB (7) as identified
during the removal procedure.
(24) Connect the termination plug (101MK10) (15) to J2 on the WDB (7).
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE
_______
CONNECTOR IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING LATCHES
PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND THUS THE
RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE UNIT.
(25) Safety the electrical connectors (14) and the termination plug
(101MK10) (15) with the spring latches (13).
**ON A/C 252-252,
Subtask 23-33-47-420-050-B
B. Installation of the Wall Disconnect Box (WBD).
(1) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
FOR 50MK7
(2) Remove the blanking caps from the termination plug (3) and the WDB
connector J1.
(3) Carefully install the termination plug (3) to the WDB connector J1
and fasten with the spring latches (11).
FOR 50MK8
(4) Remove the blanking caps from the termination plug (3) and the WDB
connector J4.
(5) Carefully install the termination plug (3) to the WDB connector J4
and fasten with the spring latches (11).
FOR 50MK1, 50MK2, 50MK3, 50MK4, 50MK5, 50MK6
(6) Put the insulation strip (15), the WDB (1) and the protective cover
(14) carefully into position.
(7) Install the WDB (1) with the washers (8) and the screws (7).
EFF :
251-252, 23-33-47
Page 435
Aug 01/06
THY
(8) Put the spacers (17 and 16) and the cable support (10) in position on
top of the WDB (1) and install the washer (8) and the screw (9).
FOR 50MK7, 50MK8
(9) Put the insulation strip (15), the WDB (1) and the protective cover
(14) carefully into position.
(10) Install the WDB (1) with the washers (8) and the screws (7).
FOR 50MK1, 50MK2, 50MK3, 50MK4, 50MK5, 50MK6, 50MK7, 50MK8
(11) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2) and the
respective WDB connectors.
(12) Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the WDB (1) and fasten with
the spring latches (11).
**ON A/C 253-299,
Subtask 23-33-47-420-050-A
B. Installation of the Wall Disconnect Box (WBD).
(1) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
FOR 50MK7
(2) Remove the blanking caps from the termination plug (3) and the WDB
connector J1.
(3) Carefully install the termination plug (3) to the WDB connector J1
and fasten with the spring latches (11).
FOR 50MK8
(4) Remove the blanking caps from the termination plug (3) and the WDB
connector J4.
(5) Carefully install the termination plug (3) to the WDB connector J4
and fasten with the spring latches (11).
FOR 50MK1, 50MK2, 50MK3, 50MK4, 50MK5, 50MK6
EFF :
252-299, 23-33-47
Page 436
Aug 01/06
THY
(6) Put the insulation strip (15), the WDB (1) and the protective cover
(14) carefully into position.
(7) Install the WDB (1) with the washers (8) and the screws (7).
(8) Put the cable support (10) in position on top of the WDB (1) and
install the washer (8) and the screw (9).
FOR 50MK7, 50MK8
(9) Put the insulation strip (15), the WDB (1) and the protective cover
(14) carefully into position.
(10) Install the WDB (1) with the washers (8) and the screws (7).
FOR 50MK1, 50MK2, 50MK3, 50MK4, 50MK5, 50MK6, 50MK7, 50MK8
(11) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2) and the
respective WDB connectors.
(12) Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the WDB (1) and fasten with
the spring latches (11).
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-33-47-420-050-E
R B. Installation of the Wall Disconnect Box (WBD).
R (1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
R (2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
R (3) Do the subsequent steps for these WDBs:
R
R FOR 50MK7, 50MK8
R (4) Remove the blanking caps from the termination plug (3) and the WDB
R connector J4.
R (5) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
R condition.
R (6) Carefully connect the termination plug (3) to the WDB connector J4.
EFF :
253-299, 303-399, 23-33-47
Page 437
Aug 01/06
THY
R (7) Safety the termination plug.
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE
_______
R CONNECTOR IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING LATCHES
R PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND THUS THE
R RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE UNIT.
R (8) Safety the termination plug (3) with the spring latches (11).
R (9) Do the subsequent steps for these WDBs:
R
R FOR 50MK1, 50MK2, 50MK3, 50MK4, 50MK5, 50MK6, 50MK7, 50MK8
R (10) Put the insulation strip (15), the WDB (1) and the protective cover
R (14) carefully into position.
R (11) Install the WDB (1) with the washers (8) and the screws (7).
R (12) Do the subsequent steps for these WDBs:
R
R FOR 50MK1, 50MK2, 50MK3, 50MK4, 50MK5, 50MK6, 50MK7
R (13) Put the spacers (17 and 16) and the cable support (10) in position on
R top of the WDB (1) and install the washer (8) and the screw (9).
R (14) Do the subsequent steps for these WDBs:
R
R FOR 50MK1, 50MK2, 50MK3, 50MK4, 50MK5, 50MK6, 50MK7, 50MK8
R (15) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2) and the
R related WDB connectors.
R (16) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
R condition.
R (17) Carefully connect the electrical connectors (2) to the WDB (1)
R (18) Safety the electrical connectors.
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE
_______
R CONNECTOR IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING LATCHES
R PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND THUS THE
R RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE UNIT.
R (19) Safety the electrical connectors (2) with the spring latches (11).
EFF :
303-399, 23-33-47
Page 438
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-33-47-865-052-A
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK A06
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK A07
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK A08
R **ON A/C 054-199,
Subtask 23-33-47-865-052-B
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK D03
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-33-47-865-052-C
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
58HP, 59HP, 21MK, 22MK, 23MK and 24MK.
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-251, 23-33-47
Page 439
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-33-47-865-052
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/LH 22MK D04
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/LH 23MK D02
2000VU PES/MUSIC/FWD/RH 24MK D03
2000VU PES/MUSIC/AFT/RH 25MK D05
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-33-47-865-052-D
R C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD/LH 23MK D02
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD/RH 24MK D03
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT/LH 22MK D04
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT/RH 25MK D05
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 251-251, 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-47-860-050
D. Preparation for the Test
(1) Energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-47
Page 440
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-33-47-860-050-A
D. Preparation for the Test
(1) Energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
**ON A/C 007-007, 054-100, 252-299,
Subtask 23-33-47-710-051
E. Do the BITE test of the PES (music) (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002).
R **ON A/C 101-199, 303-399,
R Subtask 23-33-47-710-051-B
R E. Do the BITE test of the PES (music) (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-004).
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-33-47-710-051-A
E. Do the operational test of the integrated In-Flight Entertainment (IFE)
system (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-710-005).
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399,
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-47-991-001)
**ON A/C 054-100,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-C)
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-47
Page 441
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-E)
R **ON A/C 251-251,
R (Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-D)
R **ON A/C 252-252,
R (Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 253-299,
R (Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 401F/TASK 23-33-47-991-001-F)
R **ON A/C 007-007, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
Subtask 23-33-47-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Install the protective cap (12) with the pins (13).
(4) Install the related lower sidewall panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-
001).
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 251-299, 303-399, 23-33-47
Page 442
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-33-47-410-050-A
A. Close Access
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Put the protection cap (9) in position and tighten the fasteners (8).
(4) Install the related lower sidewall panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-
001).
EFF :
251-251, 23-33-47
Page 443
Aug 01/06
THY
REPRODUCER - PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM (10MK) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-33-52-000-001
Removal of the PES Reproducer (10MK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-52-991-001 Fig. 401
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-33-52
Page 401
Aug 01/06
THY
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-52-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 007-007, 101-199, 252-252, 303-399,
2000VU PES MUSIC - CTL 21MK D01
R **ON A/C 054-100, 253-299,
R 2000VU PES-MUSIC-CTL 21MK D01
R
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-33-52-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 824 in zone
128
(2) Open the access door 824.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-52-991-001)
Subtask 23-33-52-020-050
A. Removal of the PES Reproducer
(1) Loosen the nuts (3).
(2) Lower the nuts (3).
(3) Pull the reproducer (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the electrical
connectors (1).
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-33-52
Page 402
Nov 01/06
THY
PES Reproducer
Figure 401/TASK 23-33-52-991-001
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-33-52
Page 403
Nov 01/06
R
THY
(4) Remove the reproducer (5) from the rack (2).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (1).
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-33-52
Page 404
Nov 01/06
R
THY
TASK 23-33-52-400-001
Installation of the PES Reproducer (10MK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-00-740-002 BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System
(Music) with the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
23-33-52-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-52-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
824 in zone 128.
(2) Make sure that the access door 824 is open.
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-33-52
Page 405
Aug 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-33-52-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 007-007, 101-199, 252-252, 303-399,
2000VU PES MUSIC - CTL 21MK D01
R **ON A/C 054-100, 253-299,
R 2000VU PES-MUSIC-CTL 21MK D01
R
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-52-991-001)
Subtask 23-33-52-420-050
A. Installation of the PES Reproducer
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are in the correct
condition.
(5) Install the reproducer (5) on its rack (2).
(6) Engage the nuts (3) on the lugs (4) and tighten.
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-33-52
Page 406
Nov 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-33-52-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
21MK
Subtask 23-33-52-740-050
C. Do the BITE test of the PES Reproducer (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-52-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-33-52
Page 407
Nov 01/06
R
THY
PASSENGER INFORMATION SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 201-249,
The Passenger Visual Information System (PVIS) supplies the passengers with
information on ambient aircraft flight data, times and aircraft position in
the flight plan. The PVIS uses the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) monitors and
other main components of the Passenger Entertainment System (PES) (Video) to
show the information on screen.
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
The Passenger Visual Information System (PVIS) supplies the passengers with
visual information on the video displays during flight. Flight data, airline
logo and an estimate of the flight arrival time is shown to the passengers
on the Passenger Entertainment System (PES) video display units.
These video pictures can include:
- real-time details of the flight course
- details of the in-flight services.
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 303-399,
2. __________________
Component Location
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-008, 201-249,
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
**ON A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 001A)
R
EFF :
303-399,
001-006, 008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 23-34-00
Page 1
Aug 01/06
THY
Component Location
Figure 001
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-34-00
Page 2
Feb 01/06
THY
Component Location
Figure 001A
EFF :
008-008, 23-34-00
Page 3
Nov 01/05
THY
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-008, 201-249,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
190MH DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT 88VU 120 824 23-34-34
191MH REMOTE CONTROL UNIT 230 23-34-35
**ON A/C 009-049,
(Ref. Fig. 001B)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
190MH DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT 88VU 120 824 23-34-34
191MH REMOTE CONTROL UNIT 221 23-34-35
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 001C)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 001D)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
190MH DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT 88VU 120 824 23-34-34
R
EFF :
303-399,
001-006, 008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 23-34-00
Page 4
Aug 01/06
THY
Component Location
Figure 001B
R
EFF :
009-049, 23-34-00
Page 5
May 01/06
THY
Component Location
Figure 001C
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 6
Aug 01/06
THY
R Component Location
R Figure 001D
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-34-00
Page 7
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 303-399,
3. __________________
System Description
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-008, 201-249,
The PVIS uses the PES (video) to transmit its output data to the passenger
as visual information.
A. System Integration
The system receives its operational input data from the Aircraft
Communication Addressing and Reporting System (ACARS), the Air
Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS), the Centralized Fault Display
System (CFDS) and the Flight Management and Guidance System (FMGS).
The PVIS is made up of the subsequent main components:
- a Remote Control Unit (RCU)
- a Digital Interface Unit (DIU).
The RCU is installed in the video control center in the most forward of
the LH overhead stowage compartments. It is the input unit on which the
shown information is selected by the use of menus.
The DIU is the system computer. It is installed on the electronics rack
88VU in the rear of the electronics compartment. The DIU stores the
program menus, and it receives the input data from the above named
systems. It processes them for use with the stored menus. It then
transforms the digital data into video signals and sends them to the PES
(video) for their indication on the LCD monitors.
B. Inputs from other Systems
The DIU receives data from the connected other aircraft system units:
- the Air Data Computer (ADC) of the ADIRS
- the Inertial Reference System (IRS) of the ADIRS
- the Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC)
- the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU).
The ADC sends the subsequent data:
- label 203, altitude
- label 204, baro corrected altitude
- label 205, mach number
- label 210, true air speed
- label 213, static air temperature
- label 215, impact pressure
- label 246, corrected static pressure.
The IRS sends the subsequent data:
R
EFF :
303-399,
001-006, 008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 23-34-00
Page 8
Aug 01/06
THY
- label 314, true heading
- label 321, drift angle
- label 322, flight path
- label 333, body normal acceleration
- label 361, intertial altitude.
The FMGC sends the subsequent data:
- label 001, distance to go
- label 002, time to go
- label 012, ground speed
- label 075, aircraft gross weight
- label 252, remaining time to destination
- label 253, remaining time to top of climb
- label 254, remaining time to top of descend
- label 255, next cruise flight
- label 260, date
- label 310, aircraft present position latitude
- label 311, aircraft present position longitude
The CFDIU sends the subsequent data:
- label 040, city pair
- label 125, GMT
- label 126, flight phase
- label 233, flight number
- label 260, date
- label 301, aircraft identification.
C. System Output
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
The subsequent information can be selected and shown to the passengers:
- the airline logo or other symbols
- the present aircraft ground speed
- the time required to reach the destination
- the present flight altitude
- the outside air temperature
- the local time at the destination airport
- the enroute wind conditions
- the aircraft planned flight route on a map
- the flight route already completed on differently scaled maps
- the present aircraft position on differently scaled maps
- special points of interest along the flight path on a map.
**ON A/C 009-049,
A. System Integration
The PVIS has these main components:
- a Digital Interface Unit (DIU) (190MH)
- a Remote Control Unit (RCU) (191MH).
R
EFF :
001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 23-34-00
Page 9
Aug 01/06
THY
Flight Information
Figure 002
R
EFF :
303-399,
001-006, 008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 23-34-00
Page 10
Aug 01/06
THY
Flight Maps
Figure 003
R
EFF :
303-399,
001-006, 008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 23-34-00
Page 11
Aug 01/06
THY
(1) The DIU is the system computer. It is installed on the electronics
rack 88VU at the rear of the electronics compartment. The DIU keeps
the data and the program menus in storage. It receives other input
data from the systems identified below. It processes them for use
with the data and menus in storage. It then sends the data signals to
the PES (video). The PES (video) makes the PVIS audio and visual data
available to the passengers.
(2) The RCU is installed in the video control center in the most forward
of the LH overhead stowage compartments. It is the input unit on
which the shown information is selected by the use of menus.
B. Inputs from other Systems
The DIU receives data from these aircraft systems:
- the Air Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS)
- the Flight Management and Guidance System (FMGS)
- the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
- the Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU).
The Air Data Computer (ADC) of the ADIRS sends this data:
- label 203, altitude
- label 204, baro corrected altitude
- label 205, mach number
- label 210, true air speed
- label 213, static air temperature
- label 215, impact pressure
- label 246, corrected average static pressure.
The Inertial Reference System (IRS) of the ADIRS sends this data:
- label 314, true heading
- label 321, drift angle
- label 322, flight path
- label 333, body normal acceleration
- label 361, inertial altitude.
The Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC) of the FMGS sends this
data:
- label 001, distance to go
- label 002, time to go
- label 012, ground speed
- label 075, aircraft gross weight
- label 252, remaining time to destination
- label 253, remaining time to top of climb
- label 254, remaining time to top of descent
- label 255, next cruise flight
- label 260, date
- label 310, aircraft present position latitude
- label 311, aircraft present position longitude.
The Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) of the CFDS sends
this data:
R
EFF :
009-049, 23-34-00
Page 12
Aug 01/06
THY
- label 040, city pair
- label 125, GMT
- label 126, flight phase
- label 233, flight number
- label 260, date
- label 301, aircraft identification.
The ATSU sends data to the PVIS that the A/C received from an airline
ground station. This data can contain audio and/or video messages.
C. System Output
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
This information can be made available to the passengers:
- the aircraft ground speed
- the aircraft altitude
- the outside air temperature
- the position latitude
- the position longitude
- the wind speed
- the wind direction.
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
The PVIS uses the PES (video) to transmit its output data to the
passengers as visual information.
A. System Integration
The system receives the operational input data from the Air Traffic
Service Unit (ATSU), the Air Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS), the
Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) and the Flight Management and
Guidance System (FMGS).
The Digital Interface Unit (DIU) (190MH) is the primary component of the
PVIS.
The System Control Unit (SCU) (11MH) of the PES (video) (Ref. 23-36-00)
controls the PVIS . You can make a selection of the available menus with
the SCU. The menu data is then shown on the passenger display units.
The DIU is the primary computer of the PVIS. It is installed on the
electronics rack 88VU in the avionics compartment. The DIU receives the
input data from the SCU and the related systems. It processes the video
signals of the stored menus and the digital input data. Then it transmits
the video signals to the PES (video) for the visual information on the
display units.
R
EFF :
009-049, 054-100, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 13
Aug 01/06
THY
B. Inputs from other Systems
The DIU receives data from these aircraft systems:
- the Air Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS)
- the Flight Management and Guidance System (FMGS)
- the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
- the Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU).
The Air Data Computer (ADC) of the ADIRS sends this data:
- label 203, altitude
- label 204, baro corrected altitude
- label 205, mach number
- label 210, true air speed
- label 213, static air temperature
- label 215, impact pressure
- label 246, corrected average static pressure.
The Inertial Reference System (IRS) of the ADIRS sends this data:
- label 314, true heading
- label 321, drift angle
- label 322, flight path
- label 333, body normal acceleration
- label 361, inertial altitude.
The Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC) of the FMGS sends this
data:
- label 001, distance to go
- label 002, time to go
- label 012, ground speed
- label 075, aircraft gross weight
- label 252, remaining time to destination
- label 253, remaining time to top of climb
- label 254, remaining time to top of descent
- label 255, next cruise flight
- label 260, date
- label 310, aircraft present position latitude
- label 311, aircraft present position longitude.
The Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) of the CFDS sends
this data:
- label 040, city pair
- label 125, GMT
- label 126, flight phase
- label 233, flight number
- label 260, date
- label 301, aircraft identification.
The ATSU sends data to the PVIS that the A/C received from a ground
station. This data can contain:
- audio and/or video messages
- real time news information
- real time sports information
- real time weather information
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 14
Aug 01/06
THY
- real time stock information
C. System Output
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
The passengers can see this information on the PES (video):
- the aircraft ground speed
- the aircraft altitude
- the outside air temperature
- the position latitude
- the position longitude
- the time to destination airport
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R The PVIS uses the PES (video) to transmit its output data to the
R passengers as visual information.
R A. System Integration
R The system receives its operational input data from the Air Traffic
R Service Unit (ATSU), the Air Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS), the
R Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) and the Flight Management and
R Guidance System (FMGS).
R The Digital Interface Unit (DIU) (190MH) is the primary component of the
R PVIS.
R
R The System Control Unit (SCU) (11MH) of the PES (video) (Ref. 23-36-00)
R controls the PVIS. You can make a selection of the available menus with
R the SCU. The menu data is then shown on the passenger display units.
R
R The DIU is the primary computer of the PVIS. It is installed on the
R electronics rack 88VU in the avionics compartment. The DIU receives the
R input data from the SCU and the related systems. It processes the video
R signals of the stored menus and the digital input data. Then it transmits
R the video signals to the PES (video) for the visual information on the
R display units.
R B. Inputs from other Systems
R The DIU receives data from these aircraft systems:
R - the Air Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS)
R - the Flight Management and Guidance System (FMGS)
R - the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
R - the Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU).
R The Air Data Computer (ADC) of the ADIRS sends this data:
R - label 203, altitude
R - label 204, baro corrected altitude
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 15
Aug 01/06
THY
R - label 205, mach number
R - label 210, true air speed
R - label 213, static air temperature
R - label 215, impact pressure
R - label 246, corrected average static pressure.
R The Inertial Reference System (IRS) of the ADIRS sends this data:
R - label 314, true heading
R - label 321, drift angle
R - label 322, flight path
R - label 333, body normal acceleration
R - label 361, inertial altitude.
R The Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC) of the FMGS sends this
R data:
R - label 001, distance to go
R - label 002, time to go
R - label 012, ground speed
R - label 075, aircraft gross weight
R - label 252, remaining time to destination
R - label 253, remaining time to top of climb
R - label 254, remaining time to top of descent
R - label 255, next cruise flight
R - label 260, date
R - label 310, aircraft present position latitude
R - label 311, aircraft present position longitude.
R The Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) of the CFDS sends
R this data:
R - label 040, city pair
R - label 125, GMT
R - label 126, flight phase
R - label 233, flight number
R - label 260, date
R - label 301, aircraft identification.
R The ATSU sends data to the PVIS that the A/C received from a ground
R station. This data can contain audio and/or video messages.
R C. System Output
R
R (Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
R This information can be available to the passengers:
R - the aircraft ground speed
R - the aircraft altitude
R - the outside air temperature
R - the position latitude
R - the position longitude
R - the wind speed
R - the wind direction
R - the time to destination airport.
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-34-00
Page 16
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 303-399,
4. ____________
Power Supply
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-008, 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 004)
The PVIS is supplied with 28VDC from the normal busbar 602PP. The system
circuit breaker 189MH has the label PES/PVIS and protects the system for a
current up to 5A. It is installed on the circuit breaker panel 2000VU near
the FWD purser station.
**ON A/C 009-049,
(Ref. Fig. 004A)
The busbar 602PP supplies 28VDC to the PVIS through the circuit breaker
189MH and the relay 801MH.
The busbar 208PP supplies 28VDC through the circuit breaker 20MH to the
relay 801MH.
The circuit breakers 189MH and 20MH are installed on the circuit breaker
panel 2000VU near the FWD purser station.
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 004B)
The PVIS is supplied with 28VDC through this circuit breaker:
- 20MH - PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN
The PVIS is supplied with 115VAC through this circuit breaker:
- 188MH - PES/PFIS
The circuit breakers 188MH and 20MH are installed on the circuit breaker
panel 2000VU near the FWD purser station.
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 004C)
R The PVIS is supplied with 28VDC through these circuit breakers:
R - 20MH - PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN
R - 189MH - PES/PFIS
R The circuit breakers 189MH and 20MH are installed on the circuit breaker
R panel 2000VU near the FWD purser station.
R
EFF :
303-399,
001-006, 008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 23-34-00
Page 17
Aug 01/06
THY
Power Supply
Figure 004
R
EFF :
001-006, 008-008, 201-249, 23-34-00
Page 18
Aug 01/06
THY
Power Supply
Figure 004A
R
EFF :
009-049, 23-34-00
Page 19
Aug 01/06
THY
Power Supply
Figure 004B
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 20
Aug 01/06
THY
R Power Supply
R Figure 004C
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-34-00
Page 21
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 303-399,
5. Interface
_________
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
The junction box 9MH is the interface unit to the PES (video) for the PVIS
output signals and control data. It also supplies the connections for the
power supply of the RCU. The junction box 9MH is a unit of the PES (video)
(Ref. 23-36-00) and is installed in the video control center.
The DIU is connected directly to the related systems through ARINC 429 buses
for its digital input data communication.
**ON A/C 008-008,
The System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH is the interface unit to the PES (video)
for the PVIS output signals and control data. The SCU 11MH is a unit of the
PES (video) (Ref. 23-36-00) and is installed in the video control center.
**ON A/C 009-049,
A. The system Digital Interface Unit (DIU) 190MH is connected directly to
the Remote Control Unit (RCU) 191MH and the System Control Unit (SCU)
11MH of the PES (video) (Ref. 23-36-00).
The DIU is installed on a prewired tray in the electronics compartment
88VU.
The RCU and the SCU are installed on the prewired mounting plate 10MH in
the Video Control Center (VCC) of the PES (video) (Ref. 23-36-00).
B. The DIU is connected by ARINC 429 buses to:
- the ATSU (1TX1)
- the ADIRU2 (1FP2)
- the CFDIU (1WT)
- the FMGC2 (1CA2).
C. All connections for data and power supply in the A/C are made through
standard interface connectors on the rear panels of the DIU, RCU and SCU.
R
EFF :
303-399,
001-006, 008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 23-34-00
Page 22
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
A. The System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH is the interface unit to the PES
(video) for the PVIS output signals and control data.
The SCU is a unit of the PES (video) (Ref. 23-36-00) and is installed in
the video control center.
The Digital Interface Unit (DIU) 190MH is connected directly to the PES
(video) SCU unit in the video control center (Ref. 23-36-00).
The system DIU (190MH) is connected by ARINC 429 buses to:
- the ATSU (1TX1)
- the ADIRU2 (1FP2)
- the CFDIU (1TW)
- the FMGC2 (1CA2).
The DIU is mounted on a prewired tray located in the electronics
compartment 88VU.
B. All connections for power and data supply in the A/C are made through
standard interface connectors on the rear of the DIU and SCU.
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 303-399,
6. _____________________
Component Description
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 201-249,
A. The Remote Control Unit
(Ref. Fig. 005)
The RCU is the input device for the PVIS. Its front plate has four P/BSW
in line under a LCD for control.
The LCD has a matrix of 20 characters on each of the 4 lines for
indication. The colour of the characters is dark blue against a
yellow-green background. The background is backlit.
The 4 P/BSW are membrane switches. The cabin crew uses them for the
selection of the menus in the system. The indicated menu on the LCD helps
to find the the correct sub-menu. The subsequent main menus are
available:
- SET DISPLAY MODE
- SET TIME TO DEST
- SET DESTINATION
- SET LANGUAGES
- SET GMT
- DAY/NIGHT VIEWING
R
EFF :
303-399,
001-006, 008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 23-34-00
Page 23
Aug 01/06
THY
Remote Control Unit
Figure 005
R
EFF :
001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 23-34-00
Page 24
Aug 01/06
THY
- SCREEN BLANKING.
In SET DISPLAY MODE the subsequent sub-menus are available:
- AUTO MODE
- MAP MODE
- INFO MODE
- LOGO MODE
- TOTAL ROUTE
- TERMINAL MODE.
In SET TIME TO DEST the time to the destination is set for a countdown.
The remaining time of flight is shown until the destination is reached.
In SET DESTINATION a number of possible destinations are displayed on
subsequent menus for selection of the correct one.
In SET LANGUAGES the language used on the LCD can be changed.
In SET GMT the correct Greenwich mean time must be set. The DIU needs it
to compute the correct local times for the INFO MODE indications.
In DAY/NIGHT VIEWING the brightness of the LCD can be set.
In SCREEN BLANKING the subsequent sub-menus are available:
- DISABLE BLANKING
- ENABLE BLANKING.
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
A. The System Control Unit
(Ref. 23-36-00)
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-008, 201-249,
B. The Digital Interface Unit
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The DIU is the computer for the PVIS. It is installed in an ARINC 404A
1/2 ATR short case. Its front plate holds 2 handle bars, an electrical
connector for a portable data loader and the identifacation plates. The
rear plate holds the electrical connectors for the intersystem
communication and the power supply.
The DIU brings the subsequent digital data into relation:
- the data received from other aircraft systems.
- the control data from the RCU
R
EFF :
303-399,
001-006, 008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 23-34-00
Page 25
Aug 01/06
THY
Digital Interface Unit
Figure 006
R
EFF :
001-006, 008-008, 201-249, 23-34-00
Page 26
Aug 01/06
THY
- the data stored in the DIU memories.
In reaction to the menu selection the DIU calculates the digital output
data and then changes the digital data into video signals. The video
signals are sent to the PES (video) for passenger information.
An ARINC 615 data loader can be connected to the connector on the front
plate of the DIU. A 3.5in. floppy disk can be used with the data loader.
The memory of the DIU can be renewed or updated with the data from the
files on that floppy disk. The floppy disk can hold configuration files,
place name overlays for maps or data bases on airport identifiers, time
zones or other data.
**ON A/C 009-049,
B. The Digital Interface Unit
(Ref. Fig. 006A)
The DIU is the computer for the PVIS. It is installed in an ARINC 404A
1/2 ATR short case. On the front plate of the DIU is a handle bar, a
cover for the CD-ROM drive and identification plates. On the rear plate
are the electrical connectors for the intersystem communication data
transfer and the power supply.
The DIU brings the subsequent digital data into relation:
- the data received from other aircraft systems
- the control data from the RCU
- the data stored in the DIU memory (CD-ROM).
The CD-ROM is contained in a Caddy. The Caddy is installed in the
CD-ROM drive of the DIU.
In reaction to the menu selection, the DIU calculates the digital
output data and then changes the digital data into video signals. The
video signals are sent to the PES (video) for passenger information.
The memory of the DIU can be renewed or updated with the data from the
files on the CD-ROM. The CD-ROM can hold configuration files, place
name overlays for maps or data bases on airport identifiers, time zones
and other data.
R
EFF :
001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 23-34-00
Page 27
Aug 01/06
THY
Digital Interface Unit
Figure 006A
R
EFF :
009-049, 101-199, 23-34-00
Page 28
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
B. The Digital Interface Unit
(Ref. Fig. 006B)
The DIU is the primary computer for the PVIS. It is installed in an ARINC
600A 1/2 ATR short case. On the front plate of the DIU, there are a
handle, a cover and a video connector (J7) with a receptacle cap. A
power-on LED indicator and a bite-failure LED indicator are installed on
the top right side of the front plate. The electrical connectors for the
intersystem-communication data transfer and the power supply are on the
rear plate. Behind the connector access cover, there are these service
interface connectors:
- a maintenance bilingual connector (J2)
- a USB connector (J3)
- a modem connector (J4)
- a stereo audio connector (J5)
- a ethernet connector (J6).
The DIU uses these digital data inputs:
- the control data from the SCU (PES (video)
- the data stored in the Hard Disk Drive
- the data received from other aircraft systems.
After the selection of the menu, the DIU processes the digital output
data into video signals. The DIU sends the video signals to the PES
(video) for passenger information.
You can download the data from the Hard Disk Drive (HDD) to the memory
of the DIU. The Hard Disk Drive supplies these flight information:
- the flight route presentation on graphic maps
- the custom graphic images, video clips and movies
- the real-time video and audio details of the countries along the flight
path
- the maps of the arrival/departure terminals
- the real-time flight connection information
- the airline logo.
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 29
Aug 01/06
THY
Digital Interface Unit
Figure 006B
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 30
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R B. The Digital Interface Unit
R (Ref. Fig. 006A)
R The DIU is the computer for the PVIS. It is installed in an ARINC 404A
R 1/2 ATR short case. On the front plate of the DIU is a handle bar, a
R cover for the CD-ROM drive and identification plates. On the rear plate
R are the electrical connectors for the intersystem communication data
R transfer and the power supply.
R
R The DIU brings the subsequent digital data into relation:
R - the data received from other aircraft systems
R - the control data from the SCU (PES (video))
R - the data stored in the DIU memory (CD-ROM).
R
R In reaction to the menu selection, the DIU calculates the digital
R output data and then changes the digital data into video signals. The
R video signals are sent to the PES (video) for passenger information.
R
R The memory of the DIU can be renewed or updated with the data from the
R files on the CD-ROM. The CD-ROM can hold configuration files, place
R name overlays for maps or data bases on airport identifiers, time zones
R and other data.
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 303-399,
7. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indication
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-008, 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 007)
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 008)
**ON A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 008A)
R
EFF :
303-399,
001-006, 008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 23-34-00
Page 31
Aug 01/06
THY
System Block Diagram
Figure 007
R
EFF :
001-006, 008-008, 201-249, 23-34-00
Page 32
Aug 01/06
THY
System Block Diagram
Figure 007A
R
EFF :
009-049, 23-34-00
Page 33
Aug 01/06
THY
System Block Diagram
Figure 007B
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 34
Aug 01/06
THY
R System Block Diagram
R Figure 007C
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-34-00
Page 35
Aug 01/06
THY
System Schematic
Figure 008
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-34-00
Page 36
Aug 01/06
THY
System Schematic
Figure 008A
R
EFF :
008-008, 23-34-00
Page 37
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-008, 201-249,
When the aircraft electrical systems are energized the PVIS is supplied by
the normal busbar 602PP with 28VDC through the circuit breaker 189MH.
A. System Start-up
The RCU is electrically connected to the junction box 9MH of the PES
(video) for energy and data transfer.
When the RCU is energized a microprocessor and its circuits on the
controller card perform an initialization procedure and a self test.
After the self test the start menu is indicated on the LCD. The RCU and
the system is ready for input data and menu selection.
On the DIU all cable connections for the power supply, to the other
systems and the RCU are made through the connector on its rear plate.
When the DIU is energized the computer and all other circuit boards
perform an initialization procedure and a self test. After the self test
a signal is generated for the RCU that the system is ready for operation.
B. System Operation
All input data from the use of the P/BSW on the RCU are transfered to the
DIU. The DIU relates this data with its memory contents and transfers
answer data back to the RCU for indication on the LCD.
The indications on the LCD cause the cabin crew to push the P/BSW again
until the necessary actions to complete a menu selection are made.
The DIU relates its memory contents with the input data from the other
connected systems and the menu reqiurements. It then produces the digital
output data for the passengers. This digital output data is transformed
into video signals in the form of pictures or alphanumeric information
and sent to the junction box 9MH of the PES (video). The PES (video)
shows these video signals as maps and/or as written information to the
passengers.
The subsequent main modes of operation can be selected by the use of
menus on the RCU:
- AUTO MODE
The AUTO MODE supplies an automatic cycling of all available pictures.
- MAP MODE
The MAP MODE supplies only maps.
- INFO MODE
The INFO MODE supplies only flight information pages.
- LOGO MODE
The LOGO MODE supplies logos or graphics.
- TERM MODE
The TERM MODE supplies airport terminal charts only.
R
EFF :
001-006, 008-008, 201-249, 23-34-00
Page 38
Aug 01/06
THY
A total of 32 modes of operation are available. The airline may select
their own logos or other graphics to be shown.
(1) Not Applicable
(2) Not Applicable
**ON A/C 009-049,
(Ref. Fig. 007A, 008B)
The electrical power for the PVIS is available when:
- the busbars 208PP and 602PP are energized,
- the circuit breakers 20MH and 189MH are closed,
- the relay 801MH operates,
- the PES video is energized.
A. System Start-up
When the RCU is energized a microprocessor and its circuits on the
controller card perform an initialization procedure and a self test.
After the self test the start menu is indicated on the LCD. The RCU and
the system is ready for input data and menu selection.
On the DIU all cable connections for the power supply, to the other
systems and the RCU are made through the connector on its rear plate.
When the DIU is energized the computer and all other circuit boards
perform an initialization procedure and a self test. After the self test
a signal is generated for the RCU that the system is ready for operation.
B. System Operation
All input data from the use of the P/BSW on the RCU are transfered to the
DIU. The DIU relates this data with its memory contents and transfers
answer data back to the RCU for indication on the LCD.
The indications on the LCD cause the cabin crew to push the P/BSW again
until the necessary actions to complete a menu selection are made.
The DIU relates its memory contents with the input data from the other
connected systems and the menu reqiurements. It then produces the digital
output data for the passengers. This digital output data is transformed
into video signals in the form of pictures or alphanumeric information.
The PES (video) shows these video signals as maps and/or as written
information to the passengers.
The subsequent main modes of operation can be selected by the use of
menus on the RCU:
- AUTO MODE
The AUTO MODE supplies an automatic cycling of all available pictures.
EFF :
001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 23-34-00
Page 39
Aug 01/06
THY
System Schematic
Figure 008B
EFF :
009-049, 23-34-00
Page 40
Aug 01/06
THY
- MAP MODE
The MAP MODE supplies only maps.
- INFO MODE
The INFO MODE supplies only flight information pages.
- LOGO MODE
The LOGO MODE supplies logos or graphics.
- TERM MODE
The TERM MODE supplies airport terminal charts only.
A total of 32 modes of operation are available. The airline may select
their own logos or other graphics to be shown.
(1) Not Applicable
(2) Not Applicable
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 007B, 008C)
The electrical power for the PVIS is available when:
- the busbars 212PP and 220XP-B are energized
- the circuit breakers 20MH and 188MH are closed
- the relay 801MH operates
- the PES Video is energized.
A. System Start-up
When the DIU is energized it does an initialization procedure and a
self-test. After the self-test, the SCU receives a signal that the PVIS
system is prepared for operation.
When the PES (video) (Ref. 23-36-00) initialization procedure is
completed and the PES is prepared for operation, you can make PVIS menu
selections from the SCU.
B. System Operation
You can control the PVIS with the selection of the AIRSHOW MENU on the
SCU of the PES (video) (Ref. 23-36-00).
When you make a selection in the menu and/or sub-menu, the DIU receives a
signal.
The DIU uses the data from the memory, the menu input and the digital
data from the connected systems to make the digital output data. The DIU
then changes the digital output data into video signals. The PES (video)
shows the video signals as maps, as written information and/or as video
clips.
EFF :
009-049, 054-100, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 41
Aug 01/06
THY
System Schematic
Figure 008C
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 42
Aug 01/06
THY
(1) The AIRSHOW MENU has these sub-menus:
- SET TIME TO DESTINATION
- SET VIEWING
- SET DESTINATION
- SET DISPLAY MODE
- SET GMT
- SET BLANKING
- SET LANGUAGE
(a) In the sub-menu SET TTD you can set the Time To Destination
(TTD).
(b) In the sub-menu Viewing you can set the brightness of the video
displays. You
(c) In the sub-menu SET DESTINATION you can make a selction to set
the start airport and the destination airport.
(d) The sub-menu DISPLAY MODE has these sub-menus:
- AUTO
- Map
- Info
- Logo
- Active Language.
(e) In the sub-menu SET GMT you can set the Greenwich Mean Time
(GMT).
(f) In the sub-menu BLANKING you can set the video displays to off.
(g) The sub-menu SET LANGUAGE has these sub-menus:
- English
- French
- German
- Spanish.
(2) Each menu and sub-menu page also shows how you can make the next
selection.
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 007C, 008D)
R The PVIS is supplied with power, when
R - the busbar(s) is/are energized,
R - the circuit breaker(s) is/are closed,
R - the PES video is energized.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 43
Aug 01/06
THY
R System Schematic
R Figure 008D
EFF :
101-199, 23-34-00
Page 44
Aug 01/06
THY
R A. System Start-up
R On the DIU all cable connections for the power supply, to the other
R systems and the SCU are made through the connector on its rear plate.
R When the DIU is energized the computer and its circuit boards perform an
R initialization procedure and a self test. After the self test a signal is
R generated for the SCU of the PES (video) that the system is ready for
R operation.
R When the PES (video) is ready for operation (Ref. 23-36-00) its SCU is
R also ready for menu selections in relation to the PVIS.
R B. Airshow Operation
R The MAIN MENU contains the icons which give access to all PES functions.
R To get access to the PVIS/Airshow functions you have to follow these
R steps:
R - When the MAIN MENU page shows on the SCU, push the AIRSHOW/MAINT MODE
R icon of the SCU screen to get access to the AIRSHOW/MAINT MODE page.
R - When the AIRSHOW/MAINT MODE page shows on the SCU, push the AIRSHOW
R CONTROL MODE icon of the SCU screen to get access to the AIRSHOW
R CONTROL page.
R
R (1) AIRSHOW CONTROL page
R The AIRSHOW CONTROL screen helps the user to display and accept
R control selections for the Airshow DIU. It also sends the users menu
R selections to the Airshow DIU. The AIRSHOW CONTROL screen contains
R these items:
R - TIME TO DESTINATION
R When you push the TIME TO/DESTINATION icon, you can set the hours
R and minutes of travel time to destination.
R - VIEWING
R When you push the VIEWING icon, a screen shows, on which you can
R change the video output of the Airshow brightness. The brightness
R increases for day view and decrease for night view.
R - DESTINATION
R When you push the DESTINATION icon, a screen shows, on which you
R can record the destination information.
R - DISPLAY/MODE
R When you push the DISPLAY MODE icon, the different available
R display modes show on the screen. You can set an applicable mode
R (e.g. PROFILE mode, MAP mode, AUTO mode, WELCOME mode).
R - GMT
R When you push the SET GMT icon, a screen shows, on which you can
R set or change the GMT time.
R - BLANKING
R When you push the BLANKING icon, a screen shows, on which you can
R set the screen in ENABLE mode or DISABLE mode.
R - LANGUAGES
EFF :
101-199, 23-34-00
Page 45
Aug 01/06
THY
R When you push the LANGUAGES icon, a screen shows, on which you can
R set a language for display.
R - WEATHER/MODE
R When you push the WEATHER/MODE icon, the different available
R display modes show on the screen. You can set an applicable mode
R (e.g. CLEAR WX mode,SUNNY mode, HUMID mode, HOT & HUMID mode, LIGHT
R WINDS mode WINDY mode, MISTY mode, FOG mode,CLOUDY mode)
R (2) Each menu and sub-menu page also shows how a next selection can be
R made.
EFF :
101-199, 23-34-00
Page 46
Aug 01/06
THY
PASSENGER INFORMATION SYSTEM - SERVICING
________________________________________
TASK 23-34-00-610-001
Procedure to Update the DIU Database Software
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific USB key
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-36-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment
(Video)
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
52-41-00-010-002 Open the Avionics Compartment Doors for Access
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
R
EFF :
009-049, 054-199, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 301
Aug 01/06
THY
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-34-00-010-054
A. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the
access door 824.
(2) Open the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-002).
R **ON A/C 009-049, 101-199,
Subtask 23-34-00-860-054
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(3) Do the ADIRS Start Procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(4) Do the IR Alignment Procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
NOTE : For the alignment procedure, make sure that the correct values
____
for the longitude and latitude of the A/C position are shown.
NOTE : During the alignment procedure, make sure that a point of
____
departure and a destination (airport identification) are put
in on the MCDU. The point of departure must be where the A/C
location is now.
(5) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
(6) Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System (PES) (Video) is
energized (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-001).
(7) Make sure that the CD-ROM DIU (190MH1) is in the Digital Interface
Unit (DIU) (190MH).
R
EFF :
009-049, 054-199, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 302
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
R Subtask 23-34-00-860-054-A
R B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R (2) Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
R (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
R (3) Do the ADIRS Start Procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
R (4) Do the IR Alignment Procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
R NOTE : For the alignment procedure, make sure that the correct values
____
R for the longitude and latitude of the A/C position are shown.
R NOTE : During the alignment procedure, make sure that a point of
____
R departure and a destination (airport identification) are put
R in on the MCDU. The point of departure must be where the A/C
R location is now.
R (5) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
R energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
R (6) Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System (PES) (Video) is
R energized (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-001).
R **ON A/C 009-049,
Subtask 23-34-00-865-051
C. Circuit Breakers
(1) Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
R
EFF :
009-049, 054-100, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 303
May 01/06
THY
(2) Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied
and tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/PVIS 189MH 07 C
(3) Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
NOTE : If one or more of the subsequent circuit breakers are open,
____
close it(them) in the given sequence.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU AUTO FLT/FMGC 2 10CA2 17 M
121VU AUTO FLT/FCU 2 9CA2 21 M
49VU AUTO FLT/FMGC 1 10CA1 02 B
49VU AUTO FLT/FCU 1 9CA1 05 B
**ON A/C 054-100,
Subtask 23-34-00-865-051-A
C. Circuit Breakers
(1) Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
(2) Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied
and tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/PFIS/AC 188MH 08 C
EFF :
009-049, 054-100, 23-34-00
Page 304
Aug 01/06
THY
(3) Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
NOTE : If one or more of the subsequent circuit breakers are open,
____
close it(them) in the given sequence.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU AUTO FLT/FMGC 2 10CA2 17 M
121VU AUTO FLT/FCU 2 9CA2 21 M
49VU AUTO FLT/FMGC 1 10CA1 02 B
49VU AUTO FLT/FCU 1 9CA1 05 B
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R Subtask 23-34-00-865-051-C
R C. Circuit Breakers
R (1) Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
R (2) Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied
R and tagged
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/PFIS 189MH 07 C
R (3) Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
R NOTE : If one or more of the subsequent circuit breakers are open,
____
R close it(them) in the given sequence.
R
EFF :
054-199, 23-34-00
Page 305
Aug 01/06
THY
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 121VU AUTO FLT/FMGC 2 10CA2 17 M
R 121VU AUTO FLT/FCU 2 9CA2 21 M
R 49VU AUTO FLT/FMGC 1 10CA1 02 B
R 49VU AUTO FLT/FCU 1 9CA1 05 B
**ON A/C 303-399,
Subtask 23-34-00-865-051-B
C. Circuit Breakers
(1) Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
(2) Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied
and tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/PFIS/AC 188MH 08 C
(3) Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
NOTE : If one or more of the subsequent circuit breakers are open,
____
close it(them) in the given sequence.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU AUTO FLT/FMGC 2 10CA2 17 M
121VU AUTO FLT/FCU 2 9CA2 21 M
49VU AUTO FLT/FMGC 1 10CA1 02 B
49VU AUTO FLT/FCU 1 9CA1 05 B
R
EFF :
101-199, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 306
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 009-049, 054-199, 303-399,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 009-049,
Subtask 23-34-00-970-050
A. Load the DIU Database Software.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the circuit breaker panel
2000VU:
- remove the safety clip(s) and The Passenger Visual Information System
the tag(s) and close (PVIS) energizes.
this(these) circuit breaker(s):
189MH (C 7), PES/PVIS.
On the Remote Control Unit (RCU) 191MH,
on the display:
- the display shows STANDBY during the
initialization and self-test period,
- the MAIN menu page comes into view
when the self test is completed.
2. On the RCU 191MH: On the RCU 191MH, on the display:
- push the pushbutton switch - the cursor points to DISPLAY/SELECT
down or up and select the MODE,
line DISPLAY/SELECT MODE,
- push the pushbutton switch - the MODE menu page comes into view.
set.
3. On the RCU 191MH: On the RCU 191MH, on the display:
- push the pushbutton switch - the cursor points to AUTO/TEST,
down or up and select the
line AUTO/TEST,
R
EFF :
009-049, 054-199, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 307
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the pushbutton switch - the AUTO/TEST function starts.
set.
4. On the System Control Unit (SCU) On the SCU 11MH:
11MH:
- push the pushbutton switch SYST - the integral light of the pushbutton
PWR. switch SYST PWR comes on,
On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- self test messages come into view
while the SCU 11MH does the self test
of the system,
On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- wait for approximately eight - the MAIN MENU page comes into view
minutes. when the self test is completed.
5. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- touch the MANUAL MODE icon, - the MANUAL MODE (main menu) page
comes into view.
6. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- touch the icons in the sequence - the MANUAL MODE (Source Status
that follows: Preview Exec/Stop) page comes into
aircraft symbol, view.
world symbol,
OK.
7. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- touch the Prvw icon. - the normal airshow information comes
into view.
8. On the DIU 190MH: On the DIU 190MH:
- loosen the captive screw on the - the disk tray access-door is open.
disk tray access-door and open
the door.
EFF :
009-049, 23-34-00
Page 308
Aug 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. On the DIU 190MH: On the DIU 190MH:
- push the eject pushbutton - the disk tray extends.
switch to extend the disk tray.
10. On the DIU 190MH: On the DIU 190MH:
- remove the disk from the disk - the disk tray is empty,
tray,
- put the new disk in position - the new disk is in position on the
over the center hub of the disk tray,
disk tray,
- push the eject pushbutton - the disk tray retracts.
switch to retract the disk
tray.
NOTE : When you remove or install a DVD-ROM or CD-ROM disk, make sure that
____
you do not scratch or put fingerprints on the surfaces of the disk.
NOTE : Do not push the front of the disk tray to retract it. This can
____
damage the mechanism.
11. On the DIU 190MH: On the DIU 190MH:
- close the disk tray - the disk tray access-door is closed.
access-door and tighten the
captive screw.
12. On the DIU 190MH, on the On the DIU 190MH, on the modification
modification plate: plate:
- read the modification data. - if the modifications P or U are not
marked, then do the check of the new
loaded DIU database software at
Paragraph B.,
- if the modifications P or U are
marked, then continue with the
subsequent steps.
NOTE : You can find the modification data on the modification plate on the
____
front panel of the DIU 190MH.
EFF :
009-049, 23-34-00
Page 309
Aug 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13. On the circuit breaker panel
2000VU:
- open, safety and tag The PVIS de-energizes.
this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
189MH (C 7), PES/PVIS.
14. On the circuit breaker panel
2000VU:
- remove the safety clip(s) and The PVIS energizes.
the tag(s) and close
this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
189MH (C 7), PES/PVIS.
15. Obey the rules that follow:
CAUTION : DO NOT REMOVE THE
_______
POWER WHILE THE
AIRSHOW DATA TRANSFER
PROGRAM (ADTP)
OPERATES. WHEN THE
ADTP IS COMPLETED, THE
COPYRIGHT PAGE SHOWS
ON THE DISPLAY. IF YOU
REMOVE THE POWER
BEFORE THE ADTP IS
COMPLETED, DAMAGE TO
THE DIU 190MH WILL
OCCUR.
NOTE : IF THE OPERATION OF THE
____
ADTP STOPS BEFORE THE
COPYRIGHT PAGE COMES INTO
VIEW, YOU MUST WAIT FOR A
MINIMUM OF 10 MINUTES
BEFORE YOU CAN REMOVE THE
POWER.
16. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
EFF :
009-049, 23-34-00
Page 310
Aug 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- wait for approximately one - the AIRSHOW DATA TRANSFER PROGRAM
minute. page comes into view.
17. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- look for the ADTP revision - if you see no revision status, then
status. continue with step 18,
- if the revision status is REV A, then
continue with step 19,
- if the revision status is REV B, then
continue with step 20.
18. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- look for the shown - in the OPERATION field, UPDATE COPY
information. or FULL COPY comes into view,
- after approximately fifteen to thirty
minutes the STATUS field with
COMPLETED OK comes into view,
- when the DIU 190MH reboots, the
OPERATION field with COMPARE COPY or
COMPARE IDS comes into view,
- the AIRSHOW COPYRIGHT page comes into
view,
- continue with the check of the new
loaded DIU database software at
Paragraph B.
NOTE : The subsequent step 19 is only for the ADTP with the revision status
____
REV A.
19. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- look for the shown - in the OPERATION field, Getting Size
information. comes into view,
- in the OPERATION field, Delete Files
comes into view,
EFF :
009-049, 23-34-00
Page 311
Aug 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- in the OPERATION field, Completed OK
comes into view, when all files in
the DIU 190MH are deleted,
- in the OPERATION field, Getting Size
comes into view,
- in the OPERATION field, Full Copy
comes into view,
- in the OPERATION field, Completed OK
comes into view, when all files are
copied to the DIU 190MH,
- when the DIU 190MH reboots, the
OPERATION field with COMPARE COPY or
COMPARE IDS comes into view,
- the AIRSHOW COPYRIGHT page comes into
view,
- continue with the check of the new
loaded DIU database software at
Paragraph B.
NOTE : The subsequent step 20 is only for the ADTP with the revision status
____
REV B.
20. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- look for the shown - in the OPERATION field, Get HD Size
information. comes into view,
- in the OPERATION field, Delete Files
comes into view,
- in the OPERATION field, Completed OK
comes into view, when all files in
the DIU 190MH are deleted,
- in the OPERATION field, Get CD Size
comes into view,
EFF :
009-049, 23-34-00
Page 312
Aug 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- in the OPERATION field, Full Copy
comes into view,
- in the OPERATION field, Completed OK
comes into view, when all files are
copied to the DIU 190MH,
- when the DIU 190MH reboots, the
OPERATION field with COMPARE COPY or
COMPARE IDS comes into view,
- the AIRSHOW COPYRIGHT page comes into
view.
Subtask 23-34-00-280-053
B. Do a Check of the new loaded DIU Database Software.
(1) Open and then close the circuit breaker 189MH to do a reset of the
PVIS.
(2) Do this check.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- wait a maximum of two minutes. - the AIRSHOW COPYRIGHT page comes into
view,
- the identifier comes into view on the
AIRSHOW COPYRIGHT page.
2. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- wait a maximum of fifteen - the normal airshow information comes
seconds. into view.
3. On the SCU 11MH: On the SCU 11MH:
- push the pushbutton switch SYST - the integral light of the pushbutton
PWR. switch SYST PWR goes off,
- the monitor display goes off.
R
EFF :
009-049, 23-34-00
Page 313
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. On the circuit breaker panel
2000VU:
- open, safety and tag The PVIS de-energizes.
this(these) circuit breaker(s):
189MH (C 7), PES/PVIS.
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
Subtask 23-34-00-970-050-B
A. Load the DIU Database Software.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the circuit breaker panel
2000VU:
- remove the safety clip(s) and The Passenger Visual Information System
the tag(s) and close (PVIS) is energized.
this(these) circuit breaker(s):
188MH (C 8), PES/PFIS/AC.
2. On the Video Control Center (VCC) On the VCC 10MH:
10MH:
- push the pushbutton switch VCC - the internal light of the pushbutton
MASTER POWER SWITCH 901MH. switch VCC MASTER POWER SWITCH 901MH
comes on.
3. On the System Control Unit (SCU) On the SCU 11MH:
11MH:
- push the pushbutton switch SYST - the internal light of the pushbutton
PWR. switch SYST PWR comes on,
On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
R
EFF :
009-049, 054-100, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 314
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- self test messages come into view
while the SCU 11MH does the self test
of the system,
- after approximately eight minutes,
when the self test is completed, the
MAIN MENU page comes into view.
4. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- touch the MANUAL MODE icon. - the MANUAL MODE (main menu) page
comes into view.
5. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- touch the icons in the sequence - the MANUAL MODE (Source Status
that follows: Preview Exec/Stop) page comes into
aircraft symbol or ZONE1, view.
world symbol,
OK.
6. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- touch the PREVIEW icon. - the normal airshow information comes
into view.
7. On the Digital Interface Unit On the DIU 190MH:
(DIU) 190MH:
- loosen the captive screw on the - the connectors access-door is open.
connectors access-door and open
the door.
8. On the DIU 190MH: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- connect the USB key to the - the status screen shows the part
connector J3 of the DIU 190MH. numbers of the software components to
install and a countdown timer,
NOTE : The DIU 190MH does a check to
____
make sure that the USB key
contains correct DIU database
software. If the DIU database
software is incorrect, then the
DIU 190MH ignores the USB key.
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 315
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The status screen will not come
into view.
- after the shown countdown period the
DIU 190MH starts with the download
procedure. A progress bar shows the
status of the download procedure,
NOTE : If you remove the USB key in
____
less than the shown countdown
period, the download procedure
will not start. The normal
airshow information comes into
view.
- when the download procedure is
completed, a new status screen comes
into view. On this screen you get the
message that the copy procedure of
the files is completed
satisfactorily. The subsequent
message tells you to remove the USB
key.
9. On the DIU 190MH: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- disconnect the USB key from the - the DIU 190MH starts with the upload
connector J3 of the DIU 190MH. procedure of the downloaded files. A
progress bar shows the status of the
upload procedure,
- when the upload procedure is
completed, a new status screen comes
into view. The message on this screen
tells you that the result is
satisfactory.
- the DIU 190MH starts with the cleanup
procedure of the installed files. A
progress bar shows the status of the
cleanup procedure,
- when the cleanup procedure is
completed, a new status screen comes
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 316
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
into view. It shows you the message
that the installation is completed,
- the DIU 190MH starts the airshow
programs again. A new status screen
comes into view and shows you the
airshow modes.
10. On the DIU 190MH: On the DIU 190MH:
- close the connectors - the connectors access-door is closed.
access-door and tighten the
captive screw.
Subtask 23-34-00-280-053-B
B. Do a Check of the new loaded DIU Database Software.
(1) Open and then close the circuit breaker 188MH to do a reset of the
PVIS.
(2) Do this check.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- monitor the display. - a download message comes into view
while the DIU 190MH does the download
of the airshow data,
- when the download of the airshow data
is completed, the normal airshow
information comes into view.
- push the pushbutton switch SYST - the internal light of the pushbutton
PWR. switch SYST PWR goes off,
- the monitor display goes off.
2. On the VCC 10MH: On the VCC 10MH:
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 317
Aug 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the pushbutton switch VCC - the internal light of the pushbutton
MASTER POWER SWITCH 901MH. switch VCC MASTER POWER SWITCH 901MH
goes off.
3. On the circuit breaker panel
2000VU:
- open, safety and tag The PVIS is de-energized.
this(these) circuit breaker(s):
188MH (C 8), PES/PFIS/AC.
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R Subtask 23-34-00-970-050-C
R A. Load the DIU Database Software.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the circuit breaker panel
R 2000VU:
R - remove the safety clip(s) and The Passenger Visual Information System
R the tag(s) and close (PVIS) energizes.
R this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R 189MH (C 7), PES/PFIS.
R 2. On the Video Control Center (VCC) On the VCC 10MH:
R 10MH:
R - push the pushbutton switch - the integral light of the pushbutton
R MASTER POWER SWITCH. switch MASTER POWER SWITCH comes on.
R 3. On the System Control Unit (SCU) On the SCU 11MH:
R 11MH:
R - push the pushbutton switch SYST - the integral light of the pushbutton
R PWR. switch SYST PWR comes on,
R On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 318
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - self test messages come into view
R while the SCU 11MH does the self test
R of the system.
R On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
R - wait for approximately eight - the MAIN MENU page comes into view
R minutes. when the self test is completed.
R 4. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
R - touch the MANUAL MODE icon. - the MANUAL MODE (main menu) page
R comes into view.
R 5. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
R - touch the icons in the sequence - the MANUAL MODE (Source Status
R that follows: Preview Exec/Stop) page comes into
R aircraft symbol, view.
R world symbol,
R OK.
R 6. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
R - touch the PREVIEW icon. - the normal airshow information comes
R into view.
R 7. On the DIU 190MH: On the DIU 190MH:
R - loosen the captive screw on the - the disk tray access-door is open.
R disk tray access-door and open
R the door.
R 8. On the DIU 190MH: On the DIU 190MH:
R - push the eject pushbutton - the disk tray extends.
R switch to extend the disk tray.
R 9. On the DIU 190MH: On the DIU 190MH:
R - remove the disk from the disk - the disk tray is empty,
R tray,
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-34-00
Page 319
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - put the new disk in position - the new disk is in position on the
R over the center hub of the disk disk tray,
R tray,
R - push the eject pushbutton - the disk tray retracts.
R switch to retract the disk
R tray.
R NOTE : When you remove or install a DVD-ROM or CD-ROM disk, make sure that
____
R you do not scratch or put fingerprints on the surfaces of the disk.
R NOTE : Do not push the front of the disk tray to retract it. This can damage
____
R the mechanism.
R 10. On the DIU 190MH: On the DIU 190MH:
R - close the disk tray - the disk tray access-door is closed.
R access-door and tighten the
R captive screw.
R 11. On the DIU 190MH, on the On the DIU 190MH, on the modification
R modification plate: plate:
R - read the modification data. - if the modifications P or U are not
R marked, then do the check of the new
R loaded DIU database software at
R Paragraph B.,
R - if the modifications P or U are
R marked, then continue with the
R subsequent steps.
R NOTE : You can find the modification data on the modification plate on the
____
R front panel of the DIU 190MH.
R 12. On the circuit breaker panel
R 2000VU:
R - open, safety and tag The PVIS de-energizes.
R this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R 189MH (C 7), PES/PFIS.
R 13. On the circuit breaker panel
R 2000VU:
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-34-00
Page 320
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - remove the safety clip(s) and The PVIS energizes.
R the tag(s) and close
R this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R 189MH (C 7), PES/PFIS.
R 14. Obey the rules that follow:
R CAUTION : DO NOT REMOVE THE
_______
R POWER WHILE THE
R AIRSHOW DATA TRANSFER
R PROGRAM (ADTP)
R OPERATES. WHEN THE
R ADTP IS COMPLETED, THE
R COPYRIGHT PAGE SHOWS
R ON THE DISPLAY. IF YOU
R REMOVE THE POWER
R BEFORE THE ADTP IS
R COMPLETED, DAMAGE TO
R THE DIU 190MH WILL
R OCCUR.
R NOTE : IF THE OPERATION OF THE
____
R ADTP STOPS BEFORE THE
R COPYRIGHT PAGE COMES INTO
R VIEW, YOU MUST WAIT FOR A
R MINIMUM OF 10 MINUTES
R BEFORE YOU CAN REMOVE THE
R POWER.
R 15. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
R - wait for approximately one - the AIRSHOW DATA TRANSFER PROGRAM
R minute. page comes into view.
R 16. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
R - look for the ADTP revision - if you see no revision status, then
R status. continue with step 17,
R - if the revision status is REV A, then
R continue with step 18,
R - if the revision status is REV B, then
R continue with step 19.
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-34-00
Page 321
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 17. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
R - look for the shown - in the OPERATION field, UPDATE COPY
R information. or FULL COPY comes into view,
R - after approximately fifteen to thirty
R minutes the STATUS field with
R COMPLETED OK comes into view,
R - when the DIU 190MH reboots, the
R OPERATION field with COMPARE COPY or
R COMPARE IDS comes into view,
R - the AIRSHOW COPYRIGHT page comes into
R view,
R - continue with the check of the new
R loaded DIU database software at
R Paragraph B.
R NOTE : The subsequent step 18 is only for the ADTP with the revision status
____
R REV A.
R 18. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
R - look for the shown - in the OPERATION field, Getting Size
R information. comes into view,
R - in the OPERATION field, Delete Files
R comes into view,
R - in the OPERATION field, Completed OK
R comes into view, when all files in
R the DIU 190MH are deleted,
R - in the OPERATION field, Getting Size
R comes into view,
R - in the OPERATION field, Full Copy
R comes into view,
R - in the OPERATION field, Completed OK
R comes into view, when all files are
R copied to the DIU 190MH,
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-34-00
Page 322
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - when the DIU 190MH reboots, the
R OPERATION field with COMPARE COPY or
R COMPARE IDS comes into view,
R - the AIRSHOW COPYRIGHT page comes into
R view,
R - continue with the check of the new
R loaded DIU database software at
R Paragraph B.
R NOTE : The subsequent step 19 is only for the ADTP with the revision status
____
R REV B.
R 19. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
R - look for the shown - in the OPERATION field, Get HD Size
R information. comes into view,
R - in the OPERATION field, Delete Files
R comes into view,
R - in the OPERATION field, Completed OK
R comes into view, when all files in
R the DIU 190MH are deleted,
R - in the OPERATION field, Get CD Size
R comes into view,
R - in the OPERATION field, Full Copy
R comes into view,
R - in the OPERATION field, Completed OK
R comes into view, when all files are
R copied to the DIU 190MH,
R - when the DIU 190MH reboots, the
R OPERATION field with COMPARE COPY or
R COMPARE IDS comes into view,
R - the AIRSHOW COPYRIGHT page comes into
R view.
EFF :
101-199, 23-34-00
Page 323
Aug 01/06
THY
R Subtask 23-34-00-280-053-C
R B. Do a Check of the new loaded DIU Database Software.
R (1) Open and then close the circuit breaker 189MH to do a reset of the
R PVIS.
R (2) Do this check.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
R - wait a maximum of two minutes. - the AIRSHOW COPYRIGHT page comes into
R view,
R - the identifier comes into view on the
R AIRSHOW COPYRIGHT page.
R 2. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
R - wait a maximum of fifteen - the normal airshow information comes
R seconds. into view.
R 3. On the SCU 11MH: On the SCU 11MH:
R - push the pushbutton switch SYST - the integral light of the pushbutton
R PWR. switch SYST PWR goes off,
R - the monitor display goes off.
R 4. On the VCC 10MH: On the VCC 10MH:
R - push the pushbutton switch - the integral light of the pushbutton
R MASTER POWER SWITCH. switch MASTER POWER SWITCH goes off.
R 5. On the circuit breaker panel
R 2000VU:
R - open, safety and tag The PVIS de-energizes.
R this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R 189MH (C 7), PES/PFIS.
EFF :
101-199, 23-34-00
Page 324
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 009-049, 054-199, 303-399,
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-34-00-860-055
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(3) Do the EIS stop procedure
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 23-34-00-410-054
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(2) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
009-049, 054-199, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 325
Aug 01/06
THY
PASSENGER INFORMATION SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
______________________________________________
TASK 23-34-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Passenger Visual Information-System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-36-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment
(Video)
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
R
EFF :
303-399,
001-006, 008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 23-34-00
Page 501
Aug 01/06
THY
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
Subtask 23-34-00-860-052
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(3) Do the ADIRS Start Procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(4) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
(5) Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System (PES) (Video) is
energized (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-001) and the LCD monitors are
extended.
R **ON A/C 008-008, 054-100, 303-399,
Subtask 23-34-00-860-052-B
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(3) Do the ADIRS Start Procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(4) Do the IR Alignment Procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
NOTE : For the alignment procedure, make sure that the correct values
____
for the longitude and latitude of the A/C position are shown.
NOTE : During the alignment procedure, make sure that a point of
____
departure and a destination (airport identification) are put
R
EFF :
303-399,
001-006, 008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 23-34-00
Page 502
Aug 01/06
THY
in on the MCDU. The point of departure must be where the A/C
location is now.
(5) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
(6) Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System (PES) (Video) is
energized (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-001).
**ON A/C 009-049,
Subtask 23-34-00-860-052-A
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
NOTE : Make sure that these busses are shown to be energized on the
____
ELEC menu of the lower ECAM DU:
- 1XP AC1
- 2XP AC2
- 1PP DC1
- 2PP DC2
- 4PP DC ESS.
(3) Do the ADIRS Start Procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(4) Do the IR Alignment Procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
NOTE : During the alignment procedure, make sure that a point of
____
departure and a destination (airport identification) are put
in on the MCDU. The point of departure must be where the A/C
location is now.
(5) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
(6) Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System (PES) (Video) is
energized (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-001) and the LCD monitors are
extended.
R
EFF :
008-049, 054-100, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 503
Aug 01/06
THY
(7) Make sure that the Caddy (190MH2) with the CD-ROM DIU (190MH1) is
installed in the Digital Interface Unit (DIU) (190MH).
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R Subtask 23-34-00-860-052-C
R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R (2) Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
R (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
R (3) Do the ADIRS Start Procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
R (4) Do the IR Alignment Procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
R NOTE : For the alignment procedure, make sure that the correct values
____
R for the longitude and latitude of the A/C position are shown.
R NOTE : During the alignment procedure, make sure that a point of
____
R departure and a destination (airport identification) are put
R in on the MCDU. The point of departure must be where the A/C
R location is now.
R (5) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
R energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
R (6) Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System (PES) (Video) is
R energized (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-001).
R (7) Make sure that the CD-ROM DIU (190MH1) is in the Digital Interface
R Unit (DIU) (190MH).
R
EFF :
009-049, 101-199, 23-34-00
Page 504
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-34-00-865-050
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU AUTO FLT/FMGC/2 10CA2 17 M
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 05 N
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 07 N
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC 5FP2 09 N
2000VU PES/PFIS 189MH 04 F
**ON A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-34-00-865-050-C
B. Circuit Breakers
(1) Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
(2) Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied
and tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/PVIS 189MH 06 C
(3) Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
NOTE : If one or more of the subesquent circuit breakers are open,
____
close it(them) in the given sequence.
R
EFF :
001-006, 008-008, 23-34-00
Page 505
Aug 01/06
THY
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU AUTO FLT/FMGC 2 10CA2 17 M
121VU AUTO FLT/FCU 2 9CA2 21 M
49VU AUTO FLT/FMGC 1 10CA1 02 B
49VU AUTO FLT/FCU 1 9CA1 05 B
**ON A/C 009-049,
Subtask 23-34-00-865-050-B
B. Circuit Breakers
(1) Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
(2) Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied
and tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/PVIS 189MH 07 C
(3) Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
NOTE : If one or more of the subesquent circuit breakers are open,
____
close it(them) in the given sequence.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU AUTO FLT/FMGC 2 10CA2 17 M
121VU AUTO FLT/FCU 2 9CA2 21 M
49VU AUTO FLT/FMGC 1 10CA1 02 B
49VU AUTO FLT/FCU 1 9CA1 05 B
R
EFF :
008-049, 23-34-00
Page 506
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-100,
Subtask 23-34-00-865-050-D
B. Circuit Breakers
(1) Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
(2) Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied
and tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/PFIS 188MH 08 C
(3) Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
NOTE : If one or more of the subesquent circuit breakers are open,
____
close it(them) in the given sequence.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU AUTO FLT/FMGC 2 10CA2 17 M
121VU AUTO FLT/FCU 2 9CA2 21 M
49VU AUTO FLT/FMGC 1 10CA1 02 B
49VU AUTO FLT/FCU 1 9CA1 05 B
R
EFF :
054-100, 23-34-00
Page 507
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R Subtask 23-34-00-865-050-E
R B. Circuit Breakers
R (1) Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
R (2) Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied
R and tagged
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/PFIS 189MH 07 C
R (3) Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
R NOTE : If one or more of the subesquent circuit breakers are open,
____
R close it(them) in the given sequence.
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 121VU AUTO FLT/FMGC 2 10CA2 17 M
R 121VU AUTO FLT/FCU 2 9CA2 21 M
R 49VU AUTO FLT/FMGC 1 10CA1 02 B
R 49VU AUTO FLT/FCU 1 9CA1 05 B
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-34-00
Page 508
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 201-249,
Subtask 23-34-00-865-050-A
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU AUTO FLT/FMGC/2 10CA2 17 M
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 05 N
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 07 N
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC 5FP2 09 N
2000VU PES/PFIS 189MH 06 C
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-34-00-865-050-F
R B. Circuit Breakers
R (1) Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
R (2) Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied
R and tagged
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/PFIS 189MH 07 C
R
EFF :
201-249, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 509
Aug 01/06
THY
R (3) Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
R NOTE : If one or more of the subesquent circuit breakers are open,
____
R close it(them) in the given sequence.
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 121VU AUTO FLT/FMGC 2 10CA2 17 M
R 121VU AUTO FLT/FCU 2 9CA2 21 M
R 49VU AUTO FLT/FMGC 1 10CA1 02 B
R 49VU AUTO FLT/FCU 1 9CA1 05 B
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 303-399,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
Subtask 23-34-00-710-050
A. Test of the Passenger Visual Information System (PVIS)
(1) Do this test (without the data from the Flight Management and
Guidance Computer (FMGC) and the Air Data/Inertial Reference System
(ADIRS)):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the circuit breaker panel On the LCD of the PVIS Remote Control
2000VU: Unit (RCU):
- remove the safety clip(s) and - STANDBY is indicated for the
the tag(s) and close initialization and self-test period.
this(these) circuit breaker(s): - the cursor is set to SET DISPLAY MODE
189MH. after the self-test is complete.
2. On the PES video System Control On the PES video System Control Unit
Unit (SCU): (SCU):
- push the pushbutton switch - the integral light in the pushbutton
MASTER POWER switch MASTER POWER comes on
R
EFF :
303-399,
001-006, 008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 23-34-00
Page 510
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the pushbutton switch ZONE - the integral light in the pushbutton
SELECTION/ALL ZONES switch ZONE SELECTION/ALL ZONES comes
on
- an A is shown in the ZONE SELECTION
indicator
- push the pushbutton switch ZONE - the integral light in the pushbutton
OPERATION/POWER/ON switch ZONE OPERATION/POWER/ON comes
on
- push the pushbutton switch ZONE In the cabin:
OPERATION/SOURCE SEL frequently - all PES (video) LCD monitors are
until AUX/7 is shown on the extended.
indicator
3. On the PVIS RCU: In the cabin on the PES (video) LCD
monitors:
- push the pushbutton switch SET - no flight information or maps are
again. shown.
- the LOGO available is shown.
- push the pushbutton switch UP - the maps are shown.
or DOWN to set the cursor to
the MAP MODE.
- push the pushbutton switch SET.
- push the pushbutton switch UP - no maps are shown.
or DOWN to set the cursor to - no flight information is shown.
the INFO MODE.
- push the pushbutton switch SET.
- push the pushbutton switch UP - the LOGO available is shown.
or DOWN to set the cursor to
the LOGO MODE.
- push the pushbutton switch SET.
4. On the circuit breaker panel On the PVIS RCU:
2000VU: - the PVIS with all indications
- open, safety and tag switches off.
this(these) circuit breaker(s):
189MH.
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-34-00
Page 511
Aug 01/06
R
THY
**ON A/C 009-049,
Subtask 23-34-00-710-050-A
A. Test of the Passenger Visual Information System (PVIS)
(1) Do this test (without the data from the Flight Management and
Guidance Computer (FMGC) and the Air Data/Inertial Reference System
(ADIRS)):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the circuit breaker panel On the LCD of the PVIS Remote Control
2000VU: Unit (RCU):
- remove the safety clip(s) and - STANDBY is indicated for the
the tag(s) and close initialization and self-test period.
this(these) circuit breaker(s): - the cursor is set to SET DISPLAY MODE
189MH. after the self-test is complete.
2. On the System Control Unit (SCU) On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
11MH:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the integral light of the SYST PWR
switch. pushbutton switch comes on,
- the message
PROCEEDING
SELF TEST ---
comes into view.
In the cabin:
- all Hatrack Mounted Display Units
(HMDU) 100MH move down out of the
hatrack and after 5s retract into the
hatrack.
On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
- the MENU page comes into view,
- the zone marks are blinking.
3. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
- touch the indications in the
following sequence:
CONT,
R
EFF :
009-049, 23-34-00
Page 512
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION,
PFIS,
- push the PREV pushbutton
switch,
- touch the PFIS indication,
- push the EXEC pushbutton
switch.
In the cabin:
- the HMDU move down out of the
hatrack.
4. On the PVIS RCU: In the cabin on the HMDU:
- push the pushbutton switch SET - no flight information or maps are
again. shown.
- the LOGO available is shown.
- push the pushbutton switch UP - the maps are shown.
or DOWN to set the cursor to
the MAP MODE.
- push the pushbutton switch SET.
- push the pushbutton switch UP - no maps are shown.
or DOWN to set the cursor to - no flight information is shown.
the INFO MODE.
- push the pushbutton switch SET.
- push the pushbutton switch UP - the LOGO available is shown.
or DOWN to set the cursor to
the LOGO MODE.
- push the pushbutton switch SET.
5. On the circuit breaker panel On the PVIS RCU:
2000VU:
- open, safety and tag - the PVIS with all indications
this(these) circuit breaker(s): switches off.
189MH.
R
EFF :
009-049, 23-34-00
Page 513
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
Subtask 23-34-00-710-051
B. Test of the Passenger Visual Information System (PVIS)
(1) Do this test (with the data from the FMGC and the ADIRS):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the circuit breaker panel
121VU:
- remove the safety clip(s) and
the tag(s) and close
this(these) circuit breaker(s):
10CA2
6FP2
4FP2
5FP2
2. On the circuit breaker panel On the LCD of the PVIS RCU:
2000VU: - STANDBY is indicated for the
- remove the safety clip(s) and initialization and self-test period.
the tag(s) and close - the cursor is set to SET DISPLAY MODE
this(these) circuit breaker(s): after the self-test is complete.
189MH.
3. Do the Check of the IR Alignment
Procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-
860-004).
4. On the PVIS RCU: On the LCD of the RCU:
- push the pushbutton switch SET. - the cursor moves to the AUTO MODE
menu.
- push the SET again. In the cabin on the LCD monitors of the
PES (video):
- the LOGO available is shown.
- the flight information is shown.
- the maps are shown.
- push the pushbutton switch UP - the maps are shown.
or DOWN to set the cursor to
the MAP MODE.
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-34-00
Page 514
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the pushbutton switch SET.
- push the pushbutton switch UP - the flight information is shown.
or DOWN to set the cursor to
the INFO MODE.
- push the pushbutton switch SET.
- push the pushbutton switch UP - the LOGO available is shown.
or DOWN to set the cursor to
the LOGO MODE.
- push the pushbutton switch SET.
5. On the PES (video) SCU: In the cabin on the PES (video) LCD
- push the pushbutton switch monitors:
MASTER POWER. - all indications go off.
- the LCD monitors retract.
On the PES (video) SCU:
- all indications go off.
**ON A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-34-00-710-051-B
B. Test of the Passenger Visual Information System (PVIS)
(1) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the circuit breaker panel On LCD of the Remote Control Unit (RCU)
2000VU: 191MH:
- remove the safety clip(s) and The PVIS is energized.
the tag(s) and close - STANDBY is indicated for the
this(these) circuit breaker(s): initialization and self-test period.
189MH (C 6), PES/PVIS - after the self-test the MAIN menu
comes into view,
- if the cursor points to another - the cursor points to SET DISPLAY
line, push the down or up MODE.
R
EFF :
001-006, 008-008, 201-249, 23-34-00
Page 515
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
pushbutton switch to make a
selection for the line SET
DISPLAY MODE,
- push the set pushbutton
switch.
2. On the System Control Unit (SCU) On the SCU touch-screen:
11MH:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the integral light of the SYST PWR
switch. pushbutton switch comes on,
- the message
PROCEEDING
SELF TEST ---
comes into view.
In the cabin:
- all Hatrack Mounted Display Units
(HMDU) 100MH move out of the hatrack
and after 5s retract into the
hatrack.
On the SCU touch-screen:
- PLEASE WAIT is shown,
- after the SELF TEST the MAIN MENU
page comes into view.
3. On the SCU touch-screen: On the SCU touch-screen :
- touch the MANUAL MODE icon, - the MANUAL MODE/AIRCRAFT
CONFIGURATION page comes into view,
- touch the icons in the - the MANUAL MODE/STATUS page comes
following sequence: into view.
AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION,
MAP,
OK.
4. On the SCU: On the SCU touch-screen:
- touch the Prvw icon, - the PVIS data comes into view.
At the same time in the cabin:
R
EFF :
008-008, 23-34-00
Page 516
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- touch the EXEC icon. - all HMDU move out of the hatrack,
- all HMDU show the PVIS data.
5. On the RCU: On the LCD of the RCU:
- push the menu pushbutton
switch.
- push the up or down - the cursor move to a new mode.
pushbutton switch for the
selection of a different mode,
On the SCU and the HMDU, on the screen
:
- push the set pushbutton - the data for this new PVIS mode comes
switch. into view,
6. On the RCU: On the SCU and the HMDU, on the screen
:
- make a selection for a new mode - after each selection the data for the
again and again until new mode comes into view.
selections of all possible
modes were made.
7. On the circuit breaker panel On LCD of the Remote Control Unit (RCU)
2000VU: 191MH:
- open this(these) circuit - the LCD of the RCU 191MH goes off,
breaker(s): - the PVIS is deenergized.
189MH (C 6), PES/PVIS,
8. On the SCU: On the SCU:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the integral light of the SYST PWR
switch. pushbutton switch goes off.
- all HMDU 100MH go off and move back
up into the hatracks,
R
EFF :
008-008, 23-34-00
Page 517
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 009-049,
Subtask 23-34-00-710-051-A
B. Test of the Passenger Visual Information System (PVIS)
(1) Do this test (with the data from the FMGC and the ADIRS):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the circuit breaker panel
121VU:
- remove the safety clip(s) and
the tag(s) and close
this(these) circuit breaker(s):
10CA2
6FP2
4FP2
5FP2
2. On the circuit breaker panel On the LCD of the PVIS RCU:
2000VU: - STANDBY is indicated for the
- remove the safety clip(s) and initialization and self-test period.
the tag(s) and close - the cursor is set to SET DISPLAY MODE
this(these) circuit breaker(s): after the self-test is complete.
189MH.
3. Do the Check of the IR Alignment
Procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-
860-004).
4. On the PVIS RCU: On the LCD of the RCU:
- push the pushbutton switch SET. - the cursor moves to the AUTO MODE
menu.
- push the SET again. In the cabin on the HMDU:
- the LOGO available is shown.
- the flight information is shown.
- the maps are shown.
- push the pushbutton switch UP - the maps are shown.
or DOWN to set the cursor to
the MAP MODE.
- push the pushbutton switch SET.
R
EFF :
009-049, 23-34-00
Page 518
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the pushbutton switch UP - the flight information is shown.
or DOWN to set the cursor to
the INFO MODE.
- push the pushbutton switch SET.
- push the pushbutton switch UP - the LOGO available is shown.
or DOWN to set the cursor to
the LOGO MODE.
- push the pushbutton switch SET.
5. On the SCU 11MH: In the cabin:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - all HMDU go off and retract into the
switch. hatracks.
On the SCU 11MH:
- the monitor goes off,
- the intregral light of the SYST PWR
pushbutton switch goes off.
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
Subtask 23-34-00-710-051-C
B. Test of the Passenger Visual Information-System (PVIS)
(1) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the circuit breaker panel
2000VU:
- remove the safety clip(s) and The PVIS is energized.
the tag(s) and close
this(these) circuit breaker(s):
188MH (C 8), PES/PFIS.
2. In the Video Control Center (VCC) In the VCC 10MH:
10MH:
R
EFF :
009-049, 054-100, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 519
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the VCC MASTER POWER - the internal light of the MASTER
SWITCH 901MH pushbutton switch. POWER SWITCH pushbutton switch comes
on.
3. On the System Control Unit (SCU) On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
11MH:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the internal light of the SYST PWR
switch. pushbutton switch comes on,
- the message:
PROCEEDING
SELF TEST ---
comes into view.
After approximately 6 minutes:
- the screen shows the MAIN MENU page.
In the cabin:
- all the Hatrack Mounted Display-Units
(HMDU) 100MH extend from the hatracks
and subsequently retract into the
hatracks.
4. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- touch the MANUAL MODE icon, - the MANUAL MODE page comes into view.
The aircraft symbol shows on the
screen,
- touch the icons in the sequence - the MANUAL MODE page comes into view,
that follows:
ZONE1
WORLDSYMBOL
ZONE2
WORLDSYMBOL
OK,
- touch the PREVIEW icon. - the PVIS/OFF SCREEN comes into view,
- touch the ALL EXEC icon, - the PVIS/ON SCREEN comes into view,
In the cabin:
- all the HMDU 100MH move out of the
hatracks and show flight information,
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 520
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- touch the ALL STOP icon. - all HMDU 100MH move up into the
hatracks.
5. On the circuit breaker panel
2000VU:
- open this(these) circuit - the PVIS is de-energized.
breaker(s):
188MH (C 8), PES/PFIS.
6. On the SCU 11MH: On the SCU 11MH:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the internal light of the SYST PWR
switch. pushbutton switch goes off.
7. In the VCC 10MH: In the VCC 10MH:
- push the VCC MAIN POWER SWITCH - the internal light of the VCC MAIN
901MH pushbutton switch. POWER SWITCH pushbutton switch goes
off.
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R Subtask 23-34-00-710-051-D
R B. Test of the Passenger Visual Information-System (PVIS)
R (1) Do this test.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the circuit breaker panel
R 2000VU:
R - remove the safety clip(s) and The PVIS is energized.
R the tag(s) and close
R this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R 189MH (C 7), PES/PFIS.
R 2. In the Video Control Center (VCC) In the VCC 10MH:
R 10MH:
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 521
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - push the MASTER POWER SWITCH - the internal light of the MASTER
R pushbutton switch. POWER SWITCH pushbutton switch comes
R on.
R 3. On the System Control Unit (SCU) On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
R 11MH:
R - push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the internal light of the SYST PWR
R switch. pushbutton switch comes on,
R - the message
R PROCEEDING
R SELF TEST ---
R comes into view.
R In the cabin:
R - all the Hatrack Mounted Display Units
R (HMDU) 100MH move down out of the
R hatracks and after 5 seconds retract
R into the hatracks.
R On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
R - after approx.6 minutes the MAIN MENU
R page comes into view.
R 4. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
R - touch the MANUAL MODE icon, - the MANUAL MODE/AIRCRAFT symbol page
R comes into view,
R - touch the icons in the sequence - the MANUAL MODE page comes into view,
R that follows:
R AIRCRAFT symbol,
R WORLDSYMBOL
R OK.
R - touch the PREVIEW icon, - the PVIS/OFF SCREEN comes into view,
R - touch the ALL EXEC icon. - the PVIS/ON SCREEN comes into view,
R In the cabin:
R - all the HMDU move out of the hatrack
R and show different AIRSHOW pictures.
R 5. On the SCU 11MH: On the SCU 11MH:
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-34-00
Page 522
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the internal light of the SYST PWR
R switch. pushbutton switch goes off,
R - all HMDU 100MH go off and move back
R up into the hatracks,
R 6. On the circuit breaker panel
R 2000VU:
R - open this(these) circuit - the PVIS is de-energized.
R breaker(s):
R 189MH (C 7), PES/PFIS.
R 7. On the SCU 11MH: On the SCU 11MH:
R - push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the internal light of the SYST PWR
R switch. pushbutton switch goes off.
R In the cabin:
R - all the HMDU 100MH go off and move
R back up into the hatracks.
R 8. In the VCC 10MH: In the VCC 10MH:
R - push the VCC MAIN POWER SWITCH - the internal light of the VCC MAIN
R pushbutton switch. POWER SWITCH pushbutton switch goes
R off.
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
Subtask 23-34-00-710-052
C. Do the ARINC connection test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the circuit breaker panel
2000VU:
- remove the safety clip(s) and The PVIS is energized.
the tag(s) and close
this(these) circuit breaker(s):
188MH (C 8), PES/PFIS.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 523
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. In the Video Control Center (VCC) In the VCC 10MH:
10MH:
- push the VCC MASTER POWER - the internal light of the MASTER
SWITCH 901MH pushbutton switch. POWER SWITCH pushbutton switch comes
on.
3. On the System Control Unit (SCU) On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
11MH:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the internal light of the SYST PWR
switch. pushbutton switch comes on,
- the message:
PROCEEDING
SELF TEST ---
comes into view.
After approximately 6 minutes:
- the screen shows the MAIN MENU page.
In the cabin:
- all the Hatrack Mounted Display-Units
(HMDU) 100MH extend from the hatracks
and subsequently retract into the
hatracks.
4. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- touch the AIRSHOW/MAINT MODE, - the AIRSHOW CONTROL page comes into
view,
- touch the DISPLAY/MODE icon. - the AIRSHOW CONTROL/DISPLAY MODE page
comes into view.
5. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
on the AIRSHOW CONTROL/DISPLAY
MODE page:
- touch the NEXT/PAGE icon, - the AIRSHOW CONTROL/DISPLAY MODE
page/page2 comes into view,
- touch the up or down arrow icon - the CURRENT STATUS area shows the
to move the cursor to the item BITE ARINC item in green,
BITE ARINC,
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 524
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- touch the SET icon, - the item BITE ARINC color changes to
white,
- touch the SET icon two times. - the indication will stay green (no
failure).
6. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- touch the Back icon again and - the MAIN MENU page comes into view,
again for the selection of the
MANUAL MENU,
- touch the MANUAL MENU icon, - the MANUAL MODE/AIRCRAFT symbol page
comes into view,
- touch the icons in the sequence - the ARINC PORT STAT page comes into
that follows : view.
OK
PREVIEW - make sure that these indications come
into view:
port-1-:429 LOW Status:ENABLED
port-2-:429 LOW Status:ENABLED
port-3-:429 HIGH Status:ENABLED
port-4-:429 LOW Status:ENABLED
port-5-:429 LOW Status:ENABLED
- then these indications come into
view:
port-2-:429 LOW Status:ENABLED
port-3-:429 HIGH Status:ENABLED
port-4-:429 HIGH Status:SPDCHK
port-5-:429 LOW Status:ENABLED
- if the ACARS or the ATSU is not
installed,there is no WORD COUNT at
port-4.
- make sure that after a refresh - The value of the indication is not
of the page you can see a WORD zero and the count increases.
COUNT (Word Cnt) at the above
ports.
7. On the circuit breaker panel
2000VU:
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 525
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- open this(these) circuit - the PVIS is de-energized.
breaker(s):
188MH (C 8), PES/PFIS.
8. On the SCU: On the SCU:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the internal light of the SYST PWR
switch. pushbutton switch goes off.
9. In the VCC 10MH: In the VCC 10MH:
- push the VCC MAIN POWER SWITCH - the internal light of the VCC MAIN
901MH pushbutton switch. POWER SWITCH pushbutton switch goes
off.
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R Subtask 23-34-00-710-052-A
R C. Do the ARINC connection test
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the circuit breaker panel
R 2000VU:
R - remove the safety clip(s) and The PVIS is energized.
R the tag(s) and close
R this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R 189MH (C 7), PES/PFIS.
R 2. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
R - touch the Back icon again and - the MANUAL MENU page comes into view,
R again for the selection of the
R MANUAL MENU page.
R - touch the AIRSHOW/MAINT MODE. - the MAIN MENU page comes into view.
R 3. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
R the MAIN MENU page:
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-34-00
Page 526
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - touch the AIRSHOW CONTROL MODE - the AIRSHOW CONTROL page comes into
R icon, view,
R - touch the DISPLAY/MODE icon. - the AIRSHOW CONTROL/DISPLAY MODE page
R comes into view.
R 4. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
R the AIRSHOW CONTROL/DISPLAY MODE
R page:
R - touch the NEXT/PAGE icon, - the CURRENT STATUS area shows the
R - touch the up or down arrow icon item ARINC PORT STAT item in green,
R to move the cursor to the item - the item ARINC PORT STAT color
R ARINC PORT STAT, changes to white.
R - touch the SET icon. if the SET icon is pressed twice the
R indication will stay green (no
R failure).
R 5. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
R - touch the Back icon again and - the MAIN MENU page comes into view,
R again for the selection of the
R MANUAL MENU,
R - touch the MANUAL MENU icon, - the MANUAL MODE/AIRCRAFT symbol page
R comes into view,
R - touch the icons in the - the ARINC PORT STAT page comes into
R following sequence: view.
R OK
R PREVIEW - make sure that this indication comes
R into view.
R port-1-:429 LOW Status:ENABLED
R port-2-:429 LOW Status:ENABLED
R port-3-:429 HIGH Status:ENABLED
R port-4-:429 LOW Status:ENABLED
R port-5-:429 LOW Status:ENABLED
R
R - make sure that this indication comes
R into view.
R port-2-:429 LOW Status:ENABLED
R port-3-:429 HIGH Status:ENABLED
R port-4-:429 HIGH Status:SPDCHK
R port-5-:429 LOW Status:ENABLED
EFF :
101-199, 23-34-00
Page 527
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R if the ACARS or the ATSU is not
R installed, there is no WORD COUNT at
R port-4.
R
R - Make sure that after a refresh of the
R page at the a.m. ports a WORD COUNT
R (Word Cnt) is seen. (The value of the
R indication is not zero and the count
R increases)
R 6. On the circuit breaker panel
R 2000VU:
R - open this(these) circuit - the PVIS is de-energized.
R breaker(s):
R 189MH (C 7), PES/PFIS.
R 7. On the SCU: On the SCU:
R - push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the internal light of the SYST PWR
R switch. pushbutton switch goes off.
R In the cabin:
R - all the HMDU 100MH go off and move
R back up into the hatracks.
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 303-399,
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
Subtask 23-34-00-860-053
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the panels 301VU and 500VU, set the PFD and ND potentiometers to
OFF.
(2) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
EFF :
303-399,
001-006, 008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 23-34-00
Page 528
Aug 01/06
THY
(3) Do the EIS stop procedure
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(5) De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(6) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
R **ON A/C 008-049, 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-34-00-860-053-A
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(3) Do the EIS stop procedure
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
303-399,
001-006, 008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 23-34-00
Page 529
Aug 01/06
THY
DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT (DIU) (190MH) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________
TASK 23-34-34-000-001
Removal of the Digital Interface Unit (DIU) (190MH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-34-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-34-34-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
2000VU PFIS 189MH F04
**ON A/C 008-008,
2000VU PES - PVIS 189MH G09
EFF :
ALL 23-34-34
Page 401
Aug 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 009-049,
2000VU PES-PFIS 189MH C07
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
2000VU PES-PFIS-AC 188MH C08
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R 2000VU PES PVIS 189MH C07
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-34-34-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 824 in zone
128.
(2) Open the access door 824.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-34-34-991-001)
Subtask 23-34-34-020-050
A. Removal of the Digital Interface Unit
(1) Loosen the nuts (3).
(2) Lower the nuts (3).
(3) Pull the Digital Interface Unit (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the
electrical connectors (1).
(4) Remove the Digital Interface Unit (5).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (1).
EFF :
ALL 23-34-34
Page 402
Aug 01/06
THY
Digital Interface Unit
Figure 401/TASK 23-34-34-991-001
EFF :
ALL 23-34-34
Page 403
May 01/05
THY
TASK 23-34-34-400-001
Installation of the Digital Interface Unit (DIU) (190MH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-34-00-610-001 Procedure to Update the DIU Database Software
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
23-34-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-34-34-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
824 in zone 128.
(2) Make sure that the access door 824 is open.
EFF :
ALL 23-34-34
Page 404
May 01/05
THY
Subtask 23-34-34-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
2000VU PFIS 189MH F04
**ON A/C 008-008,
2000VU PES - PVIS 189MH G09
**ON A/C 009-049,
2000VU PES-PFIS 189MH C07
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
2000VU PES-PFIS-AC 188MH C08
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R 2000VU PES PVIS 189MH C07
EFF :
ALL 23-34-34
Page 405
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-34-34-991-001)
Subtask 23-34-34-420-050
A. Installation of the Digital Interface Unit
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are in the correct
condition.
(5) Install the Digital Interface Unit (5) on its rack (2).
(6) Engage the nuts (3) on the studs (4) and tighten.
Subtask 23-34-34-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
189MH
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Subtask 23-34-34-610-050
C. Do the uploading procedure of the DIU (Ref. TASK 23-34-00-610-001).
Subtask 23-34-34-740-050
D. Update the DIU database software (Ref. TASK 23-34-00-610-001).
EFF :
ALL 23-34-34
Page 406
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-34-34-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 23-34-34
Page 407
Aug 01/06
THY
CONTROL UNIT - REMOTE (191MH) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________
TASK 23-34-35-000-001
Removal of the Remote Control Unit 191MH
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
23-34-35-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 008-049,
23-34-35-991-001-A Fig. 401A
R
EFF :
001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 23-34-35
Page 401
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 201-249,
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
Subtask 23-34-35-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/PFIS 189MH 04 F
**ON A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-34-35-865-050-A
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/PVIS 189MH 06 C
**ON A/C 009-049,
Subtask 23-34-35-865-050-B
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/PVIS 189MH 07 C
R
EFF :
001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 23-34-35
Page 402
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 201-249,
Subtask 23-34-35-010-050
B. Open the flap (1) on the front end of the left overhead stowage
compartment to get access to the video control center (VCC).
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-34-35-991-001)
**ON A/C 008-049,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-34-35-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 201-249,
Subtask 23-34-35-020-050
A. Removal of the Remote Control Unit (RCU)
(1) Loosen the captive knurled screws (4) in front of the Remote Control
Unit (RCU) (3).
(2) Pull the RCU (3) forward to get access to the electrical connector
(2).
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (2) from the RCU (3).
(4) Remove the RCU (3) from the video control center.
(5) Put the blanking cap on the disconnected electrical connector (2).
R
EFF :
001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 23-34-35
Page 403
Feb 01/06
THY
Remote Control Unit
Figure 401/TASK 23-34-35-991-001
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-34-35
Page 404
Feb 01/06
THY
Remote Control Unit
Figure 401A/TASK 23-34-35-991-001-A
EFF :
008-049, 23-34-35
Page 405
Nov 01/05
THY
TASK 23-34-35-400-001
Installation of the Remote Control Unit 191MH
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-34-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Passenger Visual
Information-System
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
23-34-35-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 008-049,
23-34-35-991-001-A Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 201-249,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-34-35-010-051
A. Make sure that the flap (1) on the front end of the left overhead stowage
compartment (video control center) is open.
R
EFF :
001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 23-34-35
Page 406
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
Subtask 23-34-35-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/PFIS 189MH 04 F
**ON A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-34-35-865-051-A
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/PVIS 189MH 06 C
**ON A/C 009-049,
Subtask 23-34-35-865-051-B
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/PVIS 189MH 07 C
R
EFF :
001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 23-34-35
Page 407
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 201-249,
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-34-35-991-001)
**ON A/C 008-049,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-34-35-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 201-249,
Subtask 23-34-35-420-050
A. Installation of the Remote Control Unit (RCU)
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking cap from the disconnected electrical connector
(2).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connector is clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Place the the Remote Control Unit (RCU) (3) in front of its slot in
the video control center.
(6) Connect the electrical connector (2) to the RCU (3).
(7) Install the RCU (3).
(8) Tighten the captive knurled screws (4).
Subtask 23-34-35-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
189MH.
R
EFF :
001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 23-34-35
Page 408
Feb 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-34-35-710-050
C. Do the operational test of the Passenger Visual Information System
(Ref. TASK 23-34-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-34-35-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the flap (1) on the front end of the left overhead stowage
compartment (video control center).
R
EFF :
001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 23-34-35
Page 409
Feb 01/06
THY
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT (VIDEO) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
R **ON A/C 001-007, 101-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
The Passenger Entertainment System (PES) video provides prerecorded video
programs through the LCD-monitors. These LCD-monitors are installed in the
cabin as Hatrack Mounted Display Units (HMDU) 100MH.
The video sound is supplied to the PES music (Ref. 23-33-00) and the Cabin
Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00). Passengers can hear
the video sound through the Passenger Control Units (PCU) over the related
headset, which are a part of the PES music. The video sound, heard from the
cabin loudspeakers is sent through the CIDS.
**ON A/C 008-049,
The Passenger Entertainment System (PES) video provides prerecorded video
programs through the LCD-monitors. These LCD-monitors are installed in the
cabin as Hatrack Mounted Display Units (HMDU) 100MH.
The video sound is supplied to the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00). The passengers can hear the video sound over the
cabin loudspeakers.
**ON A/C 251-251,
The description and operation of the integrated In-Flight Entertainment
(IFE) system is given in the Passenger Entertainment (Music) - Description
and Operation (Ref. 23-33-00).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
2. __________________
Component Location
R
EFF :
301-302,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-00
Page 1
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-006,
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9MH JUNCTION BOX 221 23-36-41
11MH SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT 221 23-36-34
12MH VIDEO TAPE REPRODUCER 221 23-36-52
50MH1 TAPPING UNIT 221 23-36-00
50MH2 TAPPING UNIT 222 23-36-00
50MH3 TAPPING UNIT 231 23-36-00
50MH4 TAPPING UNIT 232 23-36-00
50MH5 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-00
50MH6 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-00
50MH7 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-00
50MH8 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-00
50MH9 TAPPING UNIT 251 23-36-00
50MH10 TAPPING UNIT 252 23-36-00
50MH11 TAPPING UNIT 251 23-36-00
50MH12 TAPPING UNIT 252 23-36-00
50MH13 TAPPING UNIT 251 23-36-00
50MH14 TAPPING UNIT 252 23-36-00
100MH1 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 221 23-36-22
100MH2 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 222 23-36-22
100MH5 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 231 23-36-22
100MH6 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 232 23-36-22
100MH7 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 231 23-36-22
100MH8 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 232 23-36-22
100MH9 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 241 23-36-22
100MH10 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 242 23-36-22
100MH13 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 241 23-36-22
100MH14 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 242 23-36-22
100MH17 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 241 23-36-22
100MH18 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 242 23-36-22
100MH21 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 241 23-36-22
100MH22 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 242 23-36-22
100MH25 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 241 23-36-22
100MH26 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 242 23-36-22
100MH27 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
100MH28 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
EFF :
001-006, 23-36-00
Page 2
Nov 01/05
THY
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component Location
Figure 001
EFF :
001-006, 23-36-00
Page 3
Nov 01/05
THY
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component Location
Figure 001A
EFF :
007-007, 23-36-00
Page 4
Nov 01/05
THY
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component Location
Figure 001B
EFF :
008-049, 23-36-00
Page 5
Nov 01/05
THY
Video Control Center
Figure 001C
R
EFF :
054-199, 23-36-00
Page 6
Aug 01/06
THY
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component Location
R Figure 001D
R
EFF :
201-249, 23-36-00
Page 7
May 01/06
THY
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component Location
R Figure 001E
R
EFF :
252-299, 23-36-00
Page 8
May 01/06
THY
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component Location
R Figure 001F
R
EFF :
301-302, 23-36-00
Page 9
May 01/06
THY
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component Location (LCD)
Figure 002
R
EFF :
001-006, 23-36-00
Page 10
May 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 001A, 002A)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11MH SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT 221 23-36-34
12MH VIDEO TAPE REPRODUCER 221 23-36-52
13MH VIDEO TAPE REPRODUCER 221 23-36-52
50MH1 TAPPING UNIT 221 23-36-00
50MH2 TAPPING UNIT 222 23-36-00
50MH3 TAPPING UNIT 231 23-36-00
50MH4 TAPPING UNIT 232 23-36-00
50MH5 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-00
50MH6 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-00
50MH7 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-00
50MH8 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-00
50MH9 TAPPING UNIT 251 23-36-00
50MH10 TAPPING UNIT 252 23-36-00
50MH11 TAPPING UNIT 251 23-36-00
50MH12 TAPPING UNIT 252 23-36-00
50MH13 TAPPING UNIT 251 23-36-00
50MH14 TAPPING UNIT 252 23-36-00
100MH1 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 221 23-36-22
100MH2 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 222 23-36-22
100MH5 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 231 23-36-22
100MH6 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 232 23-36-22
100MH7 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 231 23-36-22
100MH8 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 232 23-36-22
100MH9 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 241 23-36-22
100MH10 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 242 23-36-22
100MH13 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 241 23-36-22
100MH14 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 242 23-36-22
100MH17 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 241 23-36-22
100MH18 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 242 23-36-22
100MH21 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
100MH22 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
100MH23 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
100MH24 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
100MH25 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
100MH26 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
EFF :
007-007, 23-36-00
Page 11
May 01/06
R
THY
Display Units of the PES Video - Component Location
Figure 002A
R
EFF :
007-007, 23-36-00
Page 12
May 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 008-049,
(Ref. Fig. 001B, 002B)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11MH SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT 221 23-36-34
12MH VIDEO TAPE REPRODUCER 221 23-36-52
13MH VIDEO TAPE REPRODUCER 221 23-36-52
50MH1 TAPPING UNIT 221 23-36-00
50MH2 TAPPING UNIT 222 23-36-00
50MH3 TAPPING UNIT 231 23-36-00
50MH4 TAPPING UNIT 232 23-36-00
50MH5 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-00
50MH6 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-00
50MH7 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-00
50MH8 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-00
50MH9 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-00
50MH10 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-00
50MH11 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-00
50MH12 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-00
50MH13 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-00
50MH14 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-00
100MH1 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 221 23-36-22
100MH2 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 222 23-36-22
100MH5 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 231 23-36-22
100MH6 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 232 23-36-22
100MH7 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 231 23-36-22
100MH8 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 232 23-36-22
100MH9 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 241 23-36-22
100MH10 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 242 23-36-22
100MH13 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 241 23-36-22
100MH14 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 242 23-36-22
100MH15 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 241 23-36-22
100MH16 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 242 23-36-22
100MH17 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
100MH18 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
100MH21 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
100MH22 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
100MH25 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
100MH26 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
100MH27 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
100MH28 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
EFF :
008-049, 23-36-00
Page 13
May 01/06
R
THY
Display Units of the PES Video - Component Location
Figure 002B
R
EFF :
008-049, 23-36-00
Page 14
May 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R (Ref. Fig. 001C, 002C, 003, 004)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
R | | | | DOOR | REF.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 11MH SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT 221 23-36-34
R 12MH VIDEO REPRODUCER UNIT 221 23-36-52
R 13MH VIDEO REPRODUCER UNIT 221 23-36-52
R 50MH1 TAPPING UNIT 221 23-36-44
R 50MH2 TAPPING UNIT 222 23-36-44
R 50MH3 TAPPING UNIT 231 23-36-44
R 50MH4 TAPPING UNIT 232 23-36-44
R 50MH5 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-44
R 50MH6 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-44
R 50MH7 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-44
R 50MH8 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-44
R 50MH9 TAPPING UNIT 251 23-36-44
R 50MH10 TAPPING UNIT 252 23-36-44
R 50MH11 TAPPING UNIT 251 23-36-44
R 50MH12 TAPPING UNIT 252 23-36-44
R 50MH13 TAPPING UNIT 251 23-36-44
R 50MH14 TAPPING UNIT 252 23-36-44
R 52MH1 POWER SUPPLY UNIT 221 23-36-23
R 52MH2 POWER SUPPLY UNIT 221 23-36-23
R 100MH3 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 221 23-36-22
R 100MH4 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 222 23-36-22
R 100MH5 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 231 23-36-22
R 100MH6 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 232 23-36-22
R 100MH7 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 232 23-36-22
R 100MH8 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 231 23-36-22
R 100MH11 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 241 23-36-22
R 100MH12 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 242 23-36-22
R 100MH13 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 241 23-36-22
R 100MH14 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 242 23-36-22
R 100MH17 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
R 100MH18 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
R 100MH21 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
R 100MH22 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
R 100MH23 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
R 100MH24 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
R 100MH25 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
R 100MH26 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
R 102MH1 WALL MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 221 23-36-22
R
EFF :
054-100, 23-36-00
Page 15
May 01/06
THY
R Display Units of the PES Video - Component Location
R Figure 002C
R
EFF :
054-100, 23-36-00
Page 16
May 01/06
THY
R Display Units of the PES Video - Component Location
R Figure 002D
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-36-00
Page 17
Aug 01/06
THY
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component Location (LCD)
R Figure 002E
R
EFF :
201-249, 23-36-00
Page 18
Aug 01/06
THY
Display Units of the PES Video - Component Location
R Figure 002F
R
EFF :
252-252, 23-36-00
Page 19
Aug 01/06
THY
Display Units of the PES Video - Component Location
R Figure 002G
R
EFF :
253-299, 23-36-00
Page 20
Aug 01/06
THY
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component Location (Sheet 2/2)
R Figure 002H
R
EFF :
301-302, 23-36-00
Page 21
Aug 01/06
THY
Tapping Units and Power Supply Units of the PES Video - Component Location
Figure 003
EFF :
054-100, 23-36-00
Page 22
Aug 01/06
R
THY
R Tapping Units of the PES Video - Component Location
R Figure 003A
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-36-00
Page 23
Aug 01/06
THY
Movable Display Units of the PES Video - Component Location
Figure 004
R
EFF :
054-100, 23-36-00
Page 24
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
102MH2 WALL MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 222 23-36-22
104MH1 MOVABLE DISPLAY UNIT 231 23-36-22
104MH2 MOVABLE DISPLAY UNIT 232 23-36-22
901MH VCC MASTER POWER SWITCH 221
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 001C, 002D, 003A)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
R | | | | DOOR | REF.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 11MH SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT 221 23-36-34
R 12MH VIDEO TAPE REPRODUCER 1 221 23-36-52
R 13MH VIDEO TAPE REPRODUCER 2 221 23-36-52
R 50MH1 TAPPING UNIT 221 23-36-44
R 50MH2 TAPPING UNIT 222 23-36-44
R 50MH3 TAPPING UNIT 231 23-36-44
R 50MH4 TAPPING UNIT 232 23-36-44
R 50MH5 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-44
R 50MH6 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-44
R 50MH7 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-44
R 50MH8 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-44
R 50MH11 TAPPING UNIT 251 23-36-44
R 50MH12 TAPPING UNIT 252 23-36-44
R 50MH13 TAPPING UNIT 251 23-36-44
R 50MH14 TAPPING UNIT 252 23-36-44
R 100MH1 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 221 23-36-22
R 100MH2 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 222 23-36-22
R 100MH3 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 221 23-36-22
R 100MH4 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 222 23-36-22
R 100MH5 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 231 23-36-22
R 100MH6 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 232 23-36-22
R 100MH9 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 241 23-36-22
R 100MH10 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 242 23-36-22
R 100MH13 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 241 23-36-22
R 100MH14 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 242 23-36-22
R 100MH21 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
R 100MH22 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
R 100MH25 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
R 100MH26 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
R
EFF :
054-199, 23-36-00
Page 25
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 901MH VCC MASTER POWER SWITCH 221
**ON A/C 201-249,
R (Ref. Fig. 001D, 002E)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11MH SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT 221 23-36-34
12MH VIDEO TAPE REPRODUCER 221 23-36-52
50MH1 TAPPING UNIT 221 23-36-00
50MH2 TAPPING UNIT 222 23-36-00
50MH3 TAPPING UNIT 231 23-36-00
50MH4 TAPPING UNIT 232 23-36-00
50MH5 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-00
50MH6 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-00
50MH7 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-00
50MH8 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-00
50MH9 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-00
50MH10 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-00
50MH11 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-00
50MH12 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-00
50MH13 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-00
50MH14 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-00
50MH15 TAPPING UNIT 251 23-36-00
50MH16 TAPPING UNIT 252 23-36-00
50MH17 TAPPING UNIT 251 23-36-00
50MH18 TAPPING UNIT 252 23-36-00
50MH19 TAPPING UNIT 251 23-36-00
50MH20 TAPPING UNIT 252 23-36-00
100MH1 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 221 23-36-22
100MH2 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 222 23-36-22
100MH3 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 221 23-36-22
100MH4 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 222 23-36-22
100MH5 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 231 23-36-22
100MH6 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 232 23-36-22
100MH7 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 231 23-36-22
100MH8 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 232 23-36-22
100MH9 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 231 23-36-22
100MH10 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 232 23-36-22
R
EFF :
101-199, 201-249, 23-36-00
Page 26
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
100MH17 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 241 23-36-22
100MH18 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 242 23-36-22
100MH21 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
100MH22 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
100MH25 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
100MH26 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
100MH29 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 253 23-36-22
100MH30 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 254 23-36-22
100MH33 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 253 23-36-22
100MH34 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 254 23-36-22
100MH37 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 253 23-36-22
100MH38 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 254 23-36-22
**ON A/C 252-252,
R (Ref. Fig. 001E, 002F)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9MH JUNCTION BOX 221 23-36-41
11MH SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT 221 23-36-34
12MH VIDEO TAPE REPRODUCER 221 23-36-52
50MH1 TAPPING UNIT 221 23-36-44
50MH2 TAPPING UNIT 222 23-36-44
50MH3 TAPPING UNIT 231 23-36-44
50MH4 TAPPING UNIT 232 23-36-44
50MH5 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-44
50MH6 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-44
50MH7 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-44
50MH8 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-44
50MH9 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-44
50MH10 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-44
50MH11 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-44
50MH12 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-44
50MH13 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-44
50MH14 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-44
50MH15 TAPPING UNIT 251 23-36-44
50MH16 TAPPING UNIT 252 23-36-44
50MH17 TAPPING UNIT 251 23-36-44
50MH18 TAPPING UNIT 252 23-36-44
R
EFF :
201-249, 252-252, 23-36-00
Page 27
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
50MH19 TAPPING UNIT 251 23-36-44
50MH20 TAPPING UNIT 252 23-36-44
100MH1 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 221 23-36-22
100MH2 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 222 23-36-22
100MH5 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 231 23-36-22
100MH6 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 232 23-36-22
100MH7 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 231 23-36-22
100MH8 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 232 23-36-22
100MH9 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 241 23-36-22
100MH10 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 242 23-36-22
100MH13 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 241 23-36-22
100MH14 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 242 23-36-22
100MH21 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 241 23-36-22
100MH22 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 242 23-36-22
100MH25 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
100MH26 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
100MH29 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
100MH30 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
100MH33 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
100MH34 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
100MH37 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
100MH38 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
**ON A/C 253-299,
R (Ref. Fig. 001E, 002G)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11MH SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT 221 23-36-34
12MH VIDEO TAPE REPRODUCER 221 23-36-52
50MH1 TAPPING UNIT 221 23-36-00
50MH2 TAPPING UNIT 222 23-36-00
50MH3 TAPPING UNIT 231 23-36-00
50MH4 TAPPING UNIT 232 23-36-00
50MH5 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-00
50MH6 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-00
50MH7 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-00
50MH8 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-00
50MH9 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-00
R
EFF :
252-299, 23-36-00
Page 28
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
50MH10 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-00
50MH11 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-00
50MH12 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-00
50MH13 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-00
50MH14 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-00
50MH15 TAPPING UNIT 251 23-36-00
50MH16 TAPPING UNIT 252 23-36-00
50MH17 TAPPING UNIT 251 23-36-00
50MH18 TAPPING UNIT 252 23-36-00
50MH19 TAPPING UNIT 251 23-36-00
50MH20 TAPPING UNIT 252 23-36-00
100MH1 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 221 23-36-22
100MH2 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 222 23-36-22
100MH3 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 221 23-36-22
100MH5 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 231 23-36-22
100MH6 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 232 23-36-22
100MH9 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 241 23-36-22
100MH10 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 242 23-36-22
100MH13 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 241 23-36-22
100MH14 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 242 23-36-22
100MH17 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
100MH18 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
100MH21 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
100MH22 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
100MH25 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
100MH26 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
100MH29 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
100MH30 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
100MH33 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
100MH34 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
100MH37 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
100MH38 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
R
EFF :
253-299, 23-36-00
Page 29
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 301-302,
R (Ref. Fig. 001F, 002H)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11MH SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT 221 23-36-34
12MH VIDEO TAPE REPRODUCER 221 23-36-52
50MH1 TAPPING UNIT 221 23-36-44
50MH2 TAPPING UNIT 222 23-36-44
50MH3 TAPPING UNIT 231 23-36-44
50MH4 TAPPING UNIT 232 23-36-44
50MH5 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-44
50MH6 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-44
50MH7 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-44
50MH8 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-44
50MH9 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-44
50MH10 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-44
50MH11 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-44
50MH12 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-44
50MH13 TAPPING UNIT 241 23-36-44
50MH14 TAPPING UNIT 242 23-36-44
50MH15 TAPPING UNIT 251 23-36-44
50MH16 TAPPING UNIT 252 23-36-44
50MH17 TAPPING UNIT 251 23-36-44
50MH18 TAPPING UNIT 252 23-36-44
50MH19 TAPPING UNIT 251 23-36-44
50MH20 TAPPING UNIT 252 23-36-44
100MH1 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 221 23-36-22
100MH2 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 222 23-36-22
100MH3 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 231 23-36-22
100MH4 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 232 23-36-22
100MH5 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 231 23-36-22
100MH6 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 232 23-36-22
100MH7 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 231 23-36-22
100MH8 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 232 23-36-22
100MH9 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 241 23-36-22
100MH10 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 242 23-36-22
100MH17 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 241 23-36-22
100MH18 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 242 23-36-22
100MH21 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
100MH22 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
100MH25 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
100MH26 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
R
EFF :
301-302, 23-36-00
Page 30
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
100MH29 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
100MH30 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
100MH33 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
100MH34 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
100MH35 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
100MH36 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
100MH37 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 251 23-36-22
100MH38 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 252 23-36-22
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
3. __________________
System Description
**ON A/C 001-006,
(Ref. Fig. 005)
A. General
The PES video has the subsequent primary units:
- one System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH installed in the video control
center in the first FWD overhead stowage compartment on the LH side of
the cabin,
- one Video Tape Reproducer (VTR) 12MH installed in the video control
center,
- two cassette storages installed in the video control center,
- 14 Tapping Units (TU) 50MH installed in the passenger-compartment
lateral walls,
- 18 Hatrack Mounted Display Units (HMDU) 100MH with retracting mechanism
installed in the passenger-compartment lateral hatracks.
For access to VTR 12MH and the SCU 11MH a flap on the front end of the LH
overhead stowage compartment can be opened from the purser station.
The VTR 12MH replays prerecorded video programs. The video program signal
is sent through the SCU 11MH to the HMDU 100MH.
The video program sound is connected through the SCU to the PES music
Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK and the CIDS directors 101RH and 102RH.
Passengers can hear the video program after selection of channel 1 thru 4
on the PCU 200MK with the related headset. The video program sound, heard
from the cabin loudspeakers is sent through the CIDS.
R
EFF :
301-302,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-00
Page 31
Aug 01/06
THY
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Block Diagram
Figure 005
R
EFF :
001-006, 23-36-00
Page 32
Aug 01/06
THY
A ground signal from the cabin decompression sensor is connected to the
SCU 11MH. In the event of a rapid cabin decompression the SCU 11MH
controls the retraction of all HMDU 100MH.
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 005A)
A. General
The PES video has the subsequent primary units:
- one System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH is installed in the Video Control
Center (VCC) compartment on the LH side of the cabin,
- two Video Tape Reproducers (VTR) 12MH and 13MH are installed in the
VCC,
- a prewired mounting plate together with cassette storage is installed
in the VCC,
- 14 Tapping Units (TU) 50MH are installed in the passenger-compartment
lateral walls,
- 18 Hatrack Mounted Display Units (HMDU) 100MH with retracting mechanism
are installed in the passenger-compartment lateral hatracks.
The VTR 12MH and 13MH replay prerecorded video programs. The video
program signal is sent through the SCU 11MH to the HMDU 100MH.
The video program sound is connected through the SCU to the PES music
Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK and the CIDS directors 101RH and 102RH.
Passengers can hear the video program after selection of channel 1 or 2
on the PCU with the related headset. The video program sound, heard from
the cabin loudspeakers is sent through the CIDS.
A ground signal from the cabin decompression sensor is connected to the
SCU 11MH. In the event of a rapid cabin decompression the SCU 11MH
controls the retraction of all HMDU 100MH.
**ON A/C 008-049,
(Ref. Fig. 005B)
A. General
The PES video has the subsequent primary units:
- the System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH is installed in the video control
center in the first FWDT overhead stowage compartment on the LH side of
the cabin,
- two Video Tape Reproducers (VTRs) 12MH and 13MH are installed in the
video control center,
R
EFF :
001-049, 23-36-00
Page 33
Aug 01/06
THY
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Block Diagram
Figure 005A
R
EFF :
007-007, 23-36-00
Page 34
Aug 01/06
THY
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Block Diagram
Figure 005B
R
EFF :
008-049, 23-36-00
Page 35
Aug 01/06
THY
- a prewired mounting plate 10MH together with cassette storage are
installed in the video control center,
- 14 Tapping Units (TUs) 50MH are installed in the passenger-compartment
lateral walls,
- 20 hatrack mounted display units 100MH with retracting mechanism are
installed in the passenger-compartment lateral hatracks.
The VTR1 12MH and VTR2 13MH replay prerecorded video programs. The video
program signal is sent through the SCU 11MH to the HMDU 100MH. The video
program sound is connected through the SCU to the CIDS directors 101RH
and 102RH.
Passengers can hear the video program sound over the cabin loudspeakers.
A ground signal from the cabin decompression sensor is connected to the
SCU 11MH. If a rapid cabin decompression occurs the SCU 11MH retracts all
HMDUs 100MH and the PES video is de-energized.
**ON A/C 054-100,
(Ref. Fig. 005C)
A. General
The PES video has the subsequent primary units:
- the System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH is installed in the Video Control
Center (VCC) 10MH
- two two Video Tape Reproducers(VTR) 12MH and 13MH are installed in the
VCC 10MH
- a prewired mounting plate with the VCC MASTER POWER SWITCH 901MH switch
and the cassette storage(s) is installed in the VCC 10MH
- 14 Tapping Units (TU) 50MH are installed in the passenger-compartment
lateral walls
- two Power Supply Units (PSU) 52MH are installed in the
passenger-compartment lateral walls
- 24 Hatrack Mounted Display Units (HMDU) 100MH with retracting mechanism
are installed in the passenger-compartment lateral hatracks
- two Wall Mounted Display Units (WMDU) 102MH are installed in the
partitions forward of the passenger-compartment,
- two Movable Display Units (MDU) 104MH are installed in the movable
class dividers of the passenger-compartment.
The VTR1 12MH and VTR2 13MH replay prerecorded video programs. The video
program signal is sent through the SCU 11MH to the HMDUs 100MH, the WMDUs
102MH and the MDUs 104MH. The video program sound is connected through
the SCU to the PES Music Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK and the CIDS directors
101RH and 102RH.
R
EFF :
008-049, 054-100, 23-36-00
Page 36
Aug 01/06
THY
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Block Diagram
Figure 005C
R
EFF :
054-100, 23-36-00
Page 37
Aug 01/06
THY
Passengers can hear the video program sound after selection of channel 1
or 2 on the PCU with the related headset. The video program sound that
the passengers hear from the cabin loudspeakers is sent through the CIDS.
A ground signal from the cabin decompression sensor is connected to the
SCU 11MH. If a rapid cabin decompression occurs the SCU 11MH retracts all
HMDU 100MH and the PES video is de-energized.
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 005D)
R A. General
R The PES video has the subsequent primary units:
R - the System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH is installed in the Video Control
R Center (VCC) 10MH
R - two Video Tape Reproducers (VTRs) 12MH and 13MH are installed in the
R VCC 10MH
R - a prewired mounting plate together with the VCC MASTER POWER SWITCH
R 901MH and the cassette storage(s) are installed in the VCC 10MH
R - 12 Tapping Units (TU) 50MH are installed in the passenger-compartment
R lateral walls
R - 14 Hatrack Mounted Display Units (HMDUs) 100MH with retracting
R mechanism are installed in the passenger-compartment lateral hatracks.
R The VTR1 12MH and VTR2 13MH replay prerecorded video programs. The video
R program signal is sent through the SCU 11MH to the HMDU 100MH. The video
R program sound is connected through the SCU to the PES Music Main
R Multiplexer (MM) 8MK and the CIDS directors 101RH and 102RH.
R Passengers can hear the video program sound after selection of channel 1
R or 2 on the PCU with the related headset. The video program sound which
R the passengers hear from the cabin loudspeakers is sent through the CIDS.
R A ground signal from the cabin decompression sensor is connected to the
R SCU 11MH. If a rapid cabin decompression occurs the SCU 11MH retracts all
R HMDU 100MH and the PES video is de-energized.
**ON A/C 201-249,
R (Ref. Fig. 005E)
A. General
The PES video has the subsequent primary units:
- one System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH is installed in the video control
center in the first FWD overhead stowage compartment on the LH side of
the cabin,
R
EFF :
054-199, 201-249, 23-36-00
Page 38
Aug 01/06
THY
R Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Block Diagram
R Figure 005D
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-36-00
Page 39
Aug 01/06
THY
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Block Diagram
R Figure 005E
R
EFF :
201-249, 23-36-00
Page 40
Aug 01/06
THY
- one Video Tape Reproducer (VTR) 12MH is installed in the video control
center,
- two cassette storages are installed in the video control center,
- 20 Tapping Units (TU) 50MH is installed in the passenger-compartment
lateral walls,
- 22 Hatrack Mounted Display Units (HMDU) 100MH with retracting mechanism
are installed in the passenger-compartment lateral hatracks.
For access to VTR 12MH and the SCU 11MH a flap on the front end of the LH
overhead stowage compartment can be opened from the purser station.
The VTR 12MH replays prerecorded video programs. The video program signal
is sent through the SCU 11MH to the HMDU 100MH.
The video program sound is connected through the SCU to the PES music
Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK and the CIDS directors 101RH and 102RH.
Passengers can hear the video program after selection of channel 1 thru 4
on the PCU 200MK with the related headset. The video program sound, heard
from the cabin loudspeakers is sent through the CIDS.
A ground signal from the cabin decompression sensor is connected to the
SCU 11MH. In the event of a rapid cabin decompression the SCU 11MH
controls the retraction of all HMDU 100MH.
**ON A/C 252-252,
R (Ref. Fig. 005F)
A. General
The PES video has the subsequent primary units:
- one System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH is installed in the Video Control
Center in the LH FWD overhead stowage compartment,
- one Video Tape Reproducer (VTR) 12MH is installed in the VCC,
- one Junction Box (JB) 9MH is installed in the VCC,
- a prewired mounting plate together with cassette stowage is installed
in the VCC,
- 20 Tapping Units (TU) 50MH are installed in the passenger-compartment
lateral walls,
- 20 Hatrack Mounted Display Units (HMDU) 100MH with retracting mechanism
are installed in the passenger-compartment lateral hatracks.
The VTR 12MH replays prerecorded video programs. The video program signal
is sent through the SCU 11MH to the HMDU 100MH.
The video program sound is connected through the SCU to the PES music
Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK and the CIDS directors 101RH and 102RH.
Passengers can hear the video program after selection of channel 1 or 2
on the PCU with the related headset. The video program sound, heard from
the cabin loudspeakers is sent through the CIDS.
R
EFF :
201-249, 252-252, 23-36-00
Page 41
Aug 01/06
THY
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Block Diagram
R Figure 005F
R
EFF :
252-252, 23-36-00
Page 42
Aug 01/06
THY
A ground signal from the cabin decompression sensor is connected to the
SCU 11MH. In the event of a rapid cabin decompression the SCU 11MH
controls the retraction of all HMDU 100MH.
**ON A/C 253-299,
R (Ref. Fig. 005G)
A. General
The PES video has the subsequent primary units:
- one System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH is installed in the Video Control
Center in the LH FWD overhead stowage compartment,
- one Video Tape Reproducer (VTR) 12MH is installed in the VCC,
- one Junction Box (JB) 9MH is installed in the VCC,
- a prewired mounting plate together with cassette stowage is installed
in the VCC,
- 20 Tapping Units (TU) 50MH are installed in the passenger-compartment
lateral walls,
- 23 Hatrack Mounted Display Units (HMDU) 100MH with retracting mechanism
are installed in the passenger-compartment lateral hatracks.
The VTR 12MHreplays prerecorded video programs. The video program signal
is sent through the SCU 11MH to the HMDU 100MH.
The video program sound is connected through the SCU to the PES music
Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK and the CIDS directors 101RH and 102RH.
Passengers can hear the video program after selection of channel 17 or 18
on the PCU with the related headset. The video program sound, heard from
the cabin loudspeakers is sent through the CIDS.
A ground signal from the cabin decompression sensor is connected to the
SCU 11MH. In the event of a rapid cabin decompression the SCU 11MH
controls the retraction of all HMDU 100MH.
**ON A/C 301-302,
R (Ref. Fig. 005H)
A. General
The PES video has the subsequent primary units:
- the System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH installed in the video control
center in the FWD overhead stowage compartment on the LH side of the
cabin,
- one Video Tape Reproducer (VTR) 12MH installed in the video control
center,
- cassette storage installed in the video control center,
R
EFF :
252-299, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page 43
Aug 01/06
THY
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Block Diagram
R Figure 005G
R
EFF :
253-299, 23-36-00
Page 44
Aug 01/06
THY
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Block Diagram
R Figure 005H
R
EFF :
301-302, 23-36-00
Page 45
Aug 01/06
THY
- 20 Tapping Units (TU) 50MH installed in the passenger-compartment
lateral walls,
- 24 hatrack mounted display units 100MH with retracting mechanism
installed in the passenger-compartment lateral hatracks.
The VTR 12MH replays prerecorded video programs. The video program signal
is sent through the SCU 11MH to the HMDU 100MH.
The video program sound is connected through the SCU to the CIDS
directors 101RH and 102RH. Passengers can hear the video program sound
over the cabin loudspeakers.
A ground signal from the cabin decompression sensor is connected to the
SCU 11MH. If a rapid cabin decompression occurs the SCU 11MH retracts all
HMDUs 100MH and the PES video is de-energized.
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
B. Manual-Override Mode Function
The SCU provides the manual override mode which permits manual control of
the system.
It is normally used if a SCU microprocessor or software failure occurs.
C. Individual Monitor-Control Function
The SCU has an individual monitor control-section for manual turn on/off
of the HMDUs.
It is normally used to turn off a defective HMDU.
D. System Test
The BITE does an automatic test of the system during power on. The CIDS
commands the PES video to go into the BITE mode by a special system test
procedure done on the Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH (Ref.
23-73-00).
An ARINC 429 high-speed data bus sends the BITE test result to the CIDS.
R **ON A/C 007-049, 101-199,
B. Functions
The PES video is mainly controlled and operated by the SCU through
menu-guided screen indications. The SCU 11MH has a special touch-screen.
This touch-screen is used to preview the selected video program .
The touch-screen also controls the operation of the VTR 12MH, the VTR
13MH and the HMDU 100MH.
(1) The tapping units supply the HMDU 100MH directly with electrical
power, control data and video signals.
R
EFF :
301-302,
001-049, 101-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-00
Page 46
Aug 01/06
THY
C. System Test
The BITE does an automatic test of the system during power on.
D. Not Applicable
**ON A/C 054-100,
B. Functions
The PES video is mainly controlled and operated by the SCU through
menu-guided screen indications. The SCU 11MH has a special touch-screen.
This is used to preview the selected video program and control the
operation of the VTRs 12MH, 13MH, the HMDUs 100MH, WMDUs 102MH and the
MDUs 104MH.
(1) The Tapping Units (TU) supply the HMDUs 100MH and WMDUs 102MH
directly with electrical power, control data and video signals. The
TU also supply the Power Supply Units (PSU) with power and data.
The PSU then supply the 2 MDU 104MH with power and data. The MDUs are
installed in the movable cabin divider. The movable cabin divider can
be set to 6 different locations in the cabin. Each location has a
connector from a PSU at which the MDU in the movable class divider
can be connected to the PES video.
C. System Test
The BITE does an automatic test of the system during power on.
D. Not Applicable
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
4. ____________
Power Supply
**ON A/C 001-006,
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The normal busbar 210XPB supplies 115VAC to the PES video through the
circuit breakers 21MH, 22MH and 23MH.
The SCU is supplied through the circuit breaker 21MH. The VTR is supplied
through the SCU.
The HMDU installed on the LH passenger compartment side are supplied through
the circuit breaker 22MH and the related tapping units. The HMDU installed
on the RH passenger-compartment side are supplied through the circuit
breaker 23MH and the related tapping units.
R
EFF :
301-302,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-00
Page 47
Aug 01/06
THY
Power Supply - Schematic
Figure 006
R
EFF :
001-006, 23-36-00
Page 48
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-008,
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 006A)
**ON A/C 008-008,
(Ref. Fig. 006B)
**ON A/C 007-008,
The busbar 210XP-C supplies 115VAC to the PES video through the circuit
breaker 21MH. The busbar 210XP-B supplies 115VAC to the PES video through
the circuit breaker 22MH and the relay 800MH. The busbar 210XP-A supplies
115VAC to the PES video through the circuit breaker 24MH and the relay
800MH.
The SCU and the VTR(s) are supplied through the circuit breaker 21MH. This
line also operates the relay 800MH.
The HMDU installed on the LH passenger compartment side are supplied through
the circuit breaker 22MH and the related tapping units. The HMDU installed
on the RH passenger-compartment side are supplied through the circuit
breaker 24MH and the related tapping units.
**ON A/C 009-049,
(Ref. Fig. 006C)
The busbar 210XP-C supplies 115VAC to the PES video through the circuit
breaker 21MH and the relay 800MH. The busbar 210XP-B supplies 115VAC to the
PES video through the circuit breaker 22MH and the relay 800MH. The busbar
210XP-A supplies 115VAC to the PES video through the circuit breaker 24MH
and the relay 800MH.
The busbar 208PP supplies 28VDC through the circuit breaker 20MH to the PES
video. This line operates the relay 800MH.
The circuit breaker 21MH supplies the SCU 11MH and the VTR 12MH and 13MH.
The circuit breaker 22MH supplies the HMDU on the LH passenger compartment
side through the related tapping units .
The circuit breaker 24MH supplies the HMDU on the RH passenger compartment
side through the related tapping units .
R
EFF :
007-049, 23-36-00
Page 49
Aug 01/06
THY
Power Supply - Schematic
Figure 006A
R
EFF :
007-007, 23-36-00
Page 50
Aug 01/06
THY
Power Supply - Schematic
Figure 006B
R
EFF :
008-008, 23-36-00
Page 51
Aug 01/06
THY
Power Supply - Schematic
Figure 006C
R
EFF :
009-049, 23-36-00
Page 52
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R **ON A/C 054-100,
(Ref. Fig. 006D)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 006E)
R **ON A/C 054-199,
The PES video is supplied with 28VDC through this circuit breaker:
- 20MH - PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN
The PES video is supplied with 115VAC through these circuit breakers:
- 21MH - PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC
- 22MH - PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH
- 24MH - PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH
**ON A/C 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
R **ON A/C 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 006F)
R **ON A/C 252-252,
(Ref. Fig. 006G)
R **ON A/C 253-299,
(Ref. Fig. 006H)
R **ON A/C 301-302,
R (Ref. Fig. 006J)
R
EFF :
054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page 53
Aug 01/06
THY
Power Supply - Schematic
Figure 006D (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
054-100, 23-36-00
Page 54
Aug 01/06
THY
Power Supply - Schematic
Figure 006D (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
054-100, 23-36-00
Page 55
Aug 01/06
THY
R Power Supply - Schematic
R Figure 006E (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-36-00
Page 56
Aug 01/06
THY
R Power Supply - Schematic
R Figure 006E (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-36-00
Page 57
Aug 01/06
THY
Power Supply - Schematic
R Figure 006F
R
EFF :
201-249, 23-36-00
Page 58
Aug 01/06
THY
Power Supply - Schematic
R Figure 006G
R
EFF :
252-252, 23-36-00
Page 59
Aug 01/06
THY
Power Supply - Schematic
R Figure 006H
R
EFF :
253-299, 23-36-00
Page 60
Aug 01/06
THY
Power Supply - Schematic
R Figure 006J
R
EFF :
301-302, 23-36-00
Page 61
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
The busbar 210XP-C supplies 115VAC to the PES video through the circuit
breaker 21MH. The busbar 210XP-A and busbar 210XP-B supply 115VAC to the PES
video through the circuit breakers 24MH, 25MH, 23MH, 22MH and the relay
800MH.
The SCU and the VTR(s) are supplied through the circuit breaker 21MH. This
line also operates the relay 800MH.
The HMDU installed on the LH passenger compartment side are supplied through
the circuit breakers 22MH and 23MH and the related tapping units. The HMDU
installed on the RH passenger-compartment side are supplied through the
circuit breakers 24MH and 25MH and the related tapping units.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
5. _____________________
Component Description
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
A. System Control Unit (SCU)
(Ref. Fig. 007)
(1) General
(a) The SCU is installed in the video control center in the first LH
FWD overhead stowage compartment AFT of door 1. It permits the
control of the PES video through special membrane switches found
on the front of the unit.
(b) Electrical connections are made through connectors on the back of
the unit. Video input data from the VTR is connected to connector
J1. Video output data and control data are sent through connector
J2 to the LH and RH tapping unit lines. Audio input/output data
are connected to connector J3. System power and control data are
connected to connector J4. SIRCS control data are connected to
connector J5.
(2) Function
The function of the SCU is to control the PES video during normal
operation. Additionally it provides a manual override mode and
individual monitor control to operate special system functions.
R
EFF :
301-302,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-00
Page 62
Aug 01/06
THY
System Control Unit (SCU)
Figure 007
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page 63
Aug 01/06
THY
(3) Control Elements
The subsequent description of the controls is a breakdown of each
section of the SCU and the control(s) and/or display(s) within that
section.
(a) MASTER POWER Pushbutton Switch
The MASTER POWER pushbutton switch controls the electrical power
for the video system.
(b) ZONE SELECTION section
1
_ ZONES/SEL Membrane Switch
The ZONES/SEL membrane switch controls the selection of the
zones 1, 2 or 3.
2
_ ALL ZONES Membrane Switch
The ALL ZONES membrane switch selects the video program to be
shown in all zones.
3
_ ZONES Indicator Light
The ZONES indicator light is on when all zones are selected
for the video program to be shown.
(c) ZONE OPERATION section
The ZONE OPERATION section provides power-control for the video
display units and the HMDU in a maximum of three A/C zones.
1
_ POWER/ON Membrane Switch
When you push the POWER/ON membrane switch the membrane switch
integral light comes on, the HMDU move out of the hatrack in
the selected zones.
2
_ POWER/OFF Membrane Switch
When you push the POWER/OFF membrane switch the membrane
switch integral light comes on, the HMDU move back into the
hatrack.
3
_ SOURCE SEL/SEL Membrane Switch
The SOURCE SEL/SEL membrane switch selects the video source
for the selected zones if more than one video source is
installed.
4
_ SOURCE SEL/VTR AUX Indicator
The SOURCE SEL/VTR AUX indicator shows which of the video
sources is selected to transmit a video program to the
selected zones.
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page 64
Aug 01/06
THY
5
_ PA/SEL/PRI SEC Membrane Switch
The PA/SEL/PRI SEC membrane switch selects between the primary
and secondary tracks for the selected zones.
6
_ PA/VOL Arrow UP Membrane Switch
The PA/VOL arrow up membrane switch switches the sound on or
brings the level of its volume up.
7
_ PA/VOL Arrow Down Membrane Switch
The PA/VOL arrow down membrane switch lowers the volume of the
sound or switches it off.
8
_ PA Indicator
The PA indicator shows one of the single digit numbers 0
through 9. When the indicator shows 0 the sound for the
system is switched off in the selected zones. The numbers 1
through 9 show the preselected level of sound volume for the
selected zones.
9
_ PA KEY Light
The PA KEY light is on green when the system is on and the
level of sound volume is between 1 and 9 on the PA
indicator.
(d) INDIVIDUAL section
The INDIVIDUAL section gives control over which of the individual
HMDU are to be used to show the video program.
1
_ PROJ/MON CONTROL Arrow Up Membrane Switch
The PROJ/MON CONTROL arrow up membrane switch increases the
number of the HMDU to be used for indication.
2
_ PROJ/MON CONTROL Arrow Down Membrane Switch
The PROJ/MON CONTROL arrow down membrane switch lowers the
number of the HMDU to be used for indication.
3
_ PROJ/MON CONTROL Indicator
The PROJ/MON CONTROL indicator shows a two digit number to
identify the individual HMDU that is used to display the video
program.
4
_ PROJ/MON CONTROL/ON Membrane Switch
The PROJ/MON CONTROL/ON membrane switch controls the power for
all HMDU in the aircraft. When the electrical power is
switched on the integrated green light is on.
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page 65
Aug 01/06
THY
5
_ SYSTEM TEST LED
There are two SYSTEM TEST LEDs, one is green and the other
amber.
The system status is indicated by the two SYSTEM TEST LED.
When the green LED is on, the systems operates correctly. When
the amber LED is on, the system has a total or a partial
malfunction.
(e) VTR CONTROLS section
The VTR CONTROLS section is a remote control to select and
operate VTR 12MH or one of the four source VTR if installed.
1
_ VTR/SEL Membrane Switch
The VTR/SEL membrane switch selects one of the installed VTR
for operation.
2
_ VTR Indicator
The VTR indicator shows a one digit number to identify the VTR
selected for operation.
3
_ REW Double Arrow to Left Membrane Switch
When the REW membrane switch is pushed the selected VTR
rewinds the video tape. During the rewind operation the switch
integrated light is on.
4
_ PLAY Arrow to Right Membrane Switch
When the PLAY membrane switch is pushed the selected VTR plays
the taped video program. During the play operation the switch
integrated light is on.
5
_ FF Double Arrow to Right Membrane Switch
When the FF membrane switch is pushed the selected VTR causes
the video tape to wind fast forward. During the fast forward
operation the switch integrated light is on.
6
_ STOP Square Marked Membrane Switch
When the STOP membrane switch is pushed the selected VTR stops
its operation. When the selected VTR is not in operation the
switch integrated light is on.
(f) PREVIEW MONITOR section
On the PREVIEW MONITOR section a video program can be previewed
for selection.
1
_ Video Monitor
The video monitor has a four inches color LCD type screen.
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page 66
Aug 01/06
THY
2
_ SEL/VTR AUX Membrane Switch
The SEL/VTR AUX membrane switch selects the video source and
its related audio channel for the preview monitor and the
monitor audio output.
3
_ PRI SEC Indicator
The PRI SEC indicator shows a one digit number to identify the
VTR that is selected for the preview monitor.
4
_ MONITOR AUDIO Connector
A headset can be connected to the MONITOR AUDIO connector to
supply the sound for the previewed video program.
(g) ETI meter
The ETI meter is a multi digit Elapse Time Indicator that is not
resetable. It shows the total time of operation for the video
system.
**ON A/C 007-007,
A. System Control Unit (SCU)
(Ref. Fig. 007A)
(1) General
(a) The SCU is installed in the video control center. The SCU
contains a computer (DOS 6.22). It gets the aircraft zone
configuration from the CIDS director. The SCU receives its
commands from the front panel with the aid of:
- A program on a PCMCIA memory card in a slot (changes of the
program are possible)
- A touch-screen
- A pushbutton switch.
The computer gives the SCU an automatic or manual control over
the video sources and the display units. In the automatic mode
the SCU causes video presentations to start and stop at
pre-programmed times on a selection of display units.
The SCU supplies the display units in the specified cabin zones
with the video signals from the different connected sources. It
also supplies the video related audio signals with the aid of
the CIDS.
(b) Electrical connections
1
_ A maintenance test connector RS-232C is on the front panel of
the SCU.
R
EFF :
001-007, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page 67
Aug 01/06
THY
System Control Unit (SCU)
Figure 007A
R
EFF :
007-049, 054-199, 23-36-00
Page 68
Aug 01/06
THY
Three audio monitor jacks for two different types of headsets
are also on the SCU front panel.
2
_ Other connections are made through the pre-wired mounting
plate 10MH to the connectors J1 on the rear of the unit.
The SCU is connected to the subsequent sources:
- The VTR 12MH with its video, audio and control data by
connector J1B
- The VTR 13MH with its video, audio and control data by
connector J1B.
The SCU has the subsequent other connections:
- System control data for the CIDS, such as ARINC 429 data,
unit detect signals and system power by connectors J1A and
J1C.
- PES video/audio signals for the display units/headsets by
connector J1B (zone control) and J1C
- The cabin decompression data by connector J1A.
(2) Control Elements
(a) SYST PWR pushbutton switch
The SYST PWR pushbutton switch resets the video system when you
push the switch momentarily. The switch also sets the LCD touch
screen to on or off.
The switch has an inner light. This light is on as long the
system has electrical power. It is necessary to reset the system,
when it does not operate correctly after a power fluctuation.
(b) 6.5-inch LCD (Touch-Screen)
The 6.5-inch LCD touch-screen of the SCU shows the transmitted
video program.
It also shows specified areas on menu pages when the SCU is in
its command mode. When you touch an area that shows a system
command or a symbol, the system starts the related procedure
(mode, function). With this aid you control all procedures and
functions of the video system.
The subsequent primary modes are on the MAIN MENUE:
- The AUTOMATIC MODE
- The MANUAL MODE
- The MAINTENANCE MODE.
1
_ The selection of a mode of operation opens a new display of
specified command areas. When you touch such an area, you
start an effect and/or a new page on the touch-screen. If
necessary you touch a command or symbol area on this new
screen display.
EFF :
007-007, 23-36-00
Page 69
Aug 01/06
R
THY
If you continue to follow these commands (symbols) step by
step, you will complete the necessary procedure (function)
correctly.
2
_ The SCU changes its display back to its main menue, when you
do not make a selection in less than 5 to 6 seconds.
(3) Not Applicable
R **ON A/C 008-049, 054-199,
A. System Control Unit (SCU)
(Ref. Fig. 007A)
(1) General
(a) The SCU is installed in the video control center. The SCU
contains a computer (DOS 6.22). It gets the aircraft zone
configuration from the CIDS director(s). The SCU receives its
commands from the front panel with the aid of:
- A program on a PCMCIA memory card in a slot (changes of the
program are possible)
- A touch-screen
- A pushbutton switch.
The computer gives the SCU an automatic or manual control over
the video sources and the display units. In the automatic mode
the SCU causes video presentations to start and stop at
pre-programmed times on a selection of display units.
The SCU supplies the display units in the specified cabin zones
with the video signals from the different connected sources. It
also supplies the video related audio signals with the aid of the
CIDS.
(b) Electrical connections
1
_ A maintenance test connector RS-232C is on the front panel of
the SCU.
Three audio monitor jacks for two different types of headsets
are also on the SCU front panel.
2
_ Other connections are made through the pre-wired mounting
plate to the connectors J1 on the rear of the unit.
The SCU is connected to the subsequent sources:
- The VTR 12MH with its video, audio and control data by
connector J1B
R
EFF :
007-049, 054-199, 23-36-00
Page 70
Aug 01/06
THY
- The VTR 13MH with its video, audio and control data by
connector J1B
- The PVIS data by connector J1A
The SCU has the subsequent other connections:
- System control data for the CIDS, such as ARINC 429 data,
unit detect signals and system power by connectors J1A and
J1C
- PES video/audio signals for the display units/headsets by
connector J1B (zone control) and J1C
- The cabin decompression data by connector J1A.
(2) Control Elements
(a) SYST PWR pushbutton switch
The SYST PWR pushbutton switch resets the video system when you
push the switch momentarily. The switch also sets the LCD touch
screen to on or off.
The switch has an inner light. This light is on as long the
system has electrical power. It is necessary to reset the system,
when it does not operate correctly after a power fluctuation.
(b) 6.5-inch LCD (Touch-Screen)
The 6.5-inch LCD touch-screen of the SCU shows the transmitted
video program.
It also shows specified areas on menu pages when the SCU is in
its command mode. When you touch an area that shows a system
command or an icon, the system starts the related procedure
(mode, function). With this aid you control all procedures and
functions of the video system.
The subsequent primary modes are on the MAIN MENUE:
- The AUTOMATIC MODE
- The MANUAL MODE
- The MAINTENANCE MODE.
1
_ The selection of a mode of operation opens a new page of
specified command areas. When you touch such an area, you
start an effect and/or a new page on the touch-screen. If
necessary you touch a command or symbol area on this new
screen display.
If you continue to follow these commands (symbols) step by
step, you will complete the necessary procedure (function)
correctly.
2
_ The SCU changes its display back to its main menue, when you
do not make a selection in less than 5 to 6 seconds.
(3) Not Applicable
R
EFF :
008-049, 054-199, 23-36-00
Page 71
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
B. Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
(Ref. Fig. 008)
(1) General
(a) The VTR is a hi-band video 8 unit with front loading, random
access, segment auto-stop or repeat functions.
(b) Electrical connections are made through two connectors on the
rear of the units. 115VAC, 28VDC and control and audio data are
connected to connector J1. The video output is connected to
connector J4.
(2) Control Elements
(a) On the front face of the VTR are:
- the control pushbutton switches REW (rewind), PLAY, FF (fast
forward) and STOP,
- OPERATING MODE SELECT controls,
- a cassette access door and an EJECT P/PSW beside it,
- a random access function pad with 10 numeric keys, PROG
(program), CLR (clear), ENTR (enter), VERI (verify), PROG STOP
(program stop), READY and START pushbutton switches,
- a selector switch for the RANDOM ACCESS or the MOVIE positions,
- a selector switch for the REPEAT, the SEGMENT or the NORMAL
positions,
- a REPEAT SELECT, a SEGMENT and a PROG ORDER indicator window,
- green POWER ON, PLAY and CASSETTE IN indicator lights,
- amber FF, REW, EJECT, STOP and PAUSE indicator lights.
A protection flap prevents the accidental use of the switches on
the access function pad. This flap is opened downward.
(3) Description
(a) The VTR uses a rotary twin-head helical playback system. The
cassette can be wound fast forward. An automatic rewind is also
provided.
(b) A normal 8mm SP mode tape or a Hi-8 SP mode tape can be used to
provide approximately 120 minutes of prerecorded video program.
For video-program sound an AFM monoaural or a PCM 2 channel
option can be used.
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page 72
Aug 01/06
THY
Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
Figure 008
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page 73
Aug 01/06
THY
(c) The video signal is the NTSC color standard.
(4) Loading/Unloading
(a) To load the VTR insert the cassette cartridge into the access
door with the arrow pointing towards the VTR.
To unload the VTR push the STOP pushbutton switch to stop the
movement of the cassette. To remove the cassette push the EJECT
pushbutton switch.
(5) Not Applicable
(6) Not Applicable
**ON A/C 007-007,
B. Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
(Ref. Fig. 008A)
Two identical VTR, 12MH and 13MH, serve the system. Either one can be
used to reproduce the contents of a video. Therefore the subsequent
paragraph describes the functions of only one VTR.
(1) General
(a) A compact, lightweight, front-loading cassette reproducer with
six audio outputs is installed in the video control center.
(b) Electrical connections are made through connector J1 on the rear
of the unit. All input/output data from/to the SCU are connected
through the prewired mounting plate 10MH to connector J1.
(2) Control Elements
(a) On the front panel of the VTR are:
- the mementary - action push switches STOP, REW (rewind), PLAY,
FF (fast forward), and EJECT,
- the indicator lights POWER, TAPE IN and STANDBY
(b) The SCU touch-screen permits control of the VTR functions REW,
PLAY, FF and STOP.
(3) Description
(a) The VTR uses a rotary playback system with three pairs of heads
and has a forward speed of 23,39 mm/sec in PAL mode or 33,35
mm/ses in NTSC mode. An automatic rewind is provided.
R
EFF :
001-007, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page 74
Aug 01/06
THY
Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
Figure 008A
R
EFF :
007-007, 23-36-00
Page 75
Aug 01/06
THY
(b) A high density, 1/2 in. width VHS/S-VHS cassette tape is used to
provide approximately 120 minutes of prerecorded video program.
For video-program sound distribution two magnetic audio
sound-tracks for dual language or stereo programming are used.
(c) The subsequent video signal color formats are automatically set.
- PAL
- NTSC
(4) Random-Access Tape Operation
When a programmed tape is used the VTR reads the data recorded at the
start of the tape. These data contain information about the
programmed tape segments. When these data are read by the VTR, the
operator can set the program segments through a special procedure on
the SCU touch-screen (Ref. Para. 6. Operation).
(5) Loading/Unloading
To load the VTR, insert the video cassette into the access door with
the labeled side up and the lid on the lefthand side. To unload the
VTR, push the STOP switch to stop the movement of the cassettes. To
remove the cassette, push the EJECT switch.
(6) Not Applicable
R **ON A/C 008-049, 054-199,
B. Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
(Ref. Fig. 008B)
Two identical VTR, 12MH and 13MH, serve the system. Either one can be
used to reproduce the contents of a video. Therefore the subsequent
paragraph describes the functions of only one VTR.
(1) General
(a) A compact, lightweight, front-loading cassette reproducer with
dual-channel audio output is installed in the video control
center.
(b) Electrical connections are made through connector J1 on the rear
of the unit. All input/output data from/to the SCU are connected
through the prewired mounting plate 10MH to connector J1.
R
EFF :
007-049, 054-199, 23-36-00
Page 76
Aug 01/06
THY
Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
Figure 008B
R
EFF :
008-049, 054-199, 23-36-00
Page 77
Aug 01/06
THY
(2) Control Elements
(a) On the front face of the VTR are:
- the control pushbutton switches POWER, REW (rewind), PLAY, FF
(fast forward), STOP and EJECT
- the indicator lights POWER, REW, PLAY, FF, STOP and TAPE IN .
(b) The SCU touch-screen permits control of the VTR functions REW,
PLAY, FF and STOP.
(3) Description
(a) The VTR uses a rotary playback system with 3 video heads (two for
normal video and audio playback and one additional head for use
with one of the first for still picture reproduction) and has a
forward speed of 14.345mm/sec. The cassette rewind or fast
forward time is less than 4 minutes when NTSC 120 min. video
cassette is used.
(b) A 8mm video cassette recorded in NTSC HI-8 or normal format is
used to provide approximately 120 minutes of prerecorded video
program. Two channels of audio, after digitizing and encoding,
are recorded ahead of the video signals as PCM audio for dual
language or stereo programming.
(4) Random-Access Tape Operation
When a programmed tape is used the VTR reads the data recorded at the
start of the tape. These data contain information about the
programmed tape segments. When these data are read by the VTR, the
operator can set the program segments through a special procedure on
the SCU touch-screen (Ref. Para. 6. Operation).
(5) Loading/Unloading
To load a VTR, insert the cassette cartridge into the access door
with the arrow on the cassette pointing towards the VTR. To unload a
VTR, push the STOP pushbutton switch to stop the movement of the
cassettes. To remove the cassette, push the EJECT pushbutton switch.
(6) Dew Sensor and Indication
If the built-in dew sensor indicates a high humidity condition, the
VTR enters a disable period (appr. 30 minutes). During this period
most of the VTR functions are disabled to permit natural drying.
R
EFF :
008-049, 054-199, 23-36-00
Page 78
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-006,
C. Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
(Ref. Fig. 009)
(1) General
(a) 18 HMDU with retraction mechanisms are installed in the
passenger-compartment lateral hatracks.
(b) Electrical connections are made through two connectors on the top
of the unit. 115VAC, 28VDC and control data are connected to
connector J1. The video signal is connected to connector J2.
(2) Description
The HMDU have color LCD-sections and retraction mechanisms. A
retraction mechanism extends and retracts the LCD-section of a HMDU.
The HMDU are turned ON or OFF individually. This is controlled
through the SCU.
(3) Monitor Identification List
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | NUMBER ON SCU |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
100MH1 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 1
100MH2 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 3
100MH5 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 5
100MH6 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 7
100MH7 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 6
100MH8 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 8
100MH9 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 9
100MH10 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 11
100MH13 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 13
100MH14 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 15
100MH17 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 17
100MH18 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 19
100MH21 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 21
100MH22 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 23
100MH25 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 25
100MH26 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 27
100MH27 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 26
100MH28 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 28
R
EFF :
001-006, 23-36-00
Page 79
Aug 01/06
THY
Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
Figure 009
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page 80
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-007,
C. Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
(Ref. Fig. 009A)
(1) General
(a) 18 HMDU with retraction mechanisms are installed in the
passenger-compartment lateral hatracks.
(b) Electrical connections are made through two connectors on the top
of the unit. 115VAC, 28VDC and control data are connected to
connector J1. The video signal is connected to connector J2.
(2) Description
The HMDU have color LCD-sections and retraction mechanisms. A
retraction mechanism extends and retracts the LCD-section of a HMDU.
The HMDU are turned ON or OFF individually. This is controlled
through the SCU.
(3) Not Applicable
**ON A/C 008-049,
C. Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
(Ref. Fig. 009A)
(1) General
(a) 20 HMDU with retraction mechanisms are installed in the
passenger-compartment lateral hatracks.
(b) The electrical connections are made through two connectors on the
top of the unit. 115VAC, 28VDC and control data are connected to
the connector J1. The video signal is connected to the connector
J2.
(2) Description
The HMDUs have color LCD-sections and retraction mechanisms. A
retraction mechanism extends and retracts the LCD-section of a HMDU.
The HMDUs are switched ON or OFF individually through the SCU.
(3) Not Applicable
R
EFF :
007-049, 23-36-00
Page 81
Aug 01/06
THY
Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
Figure 009A
R
EFF :
007-049, 101-199, 23-36-00
Page 82
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R C. Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
R (Ref. Fig. 009A)
R (1) General
R (a) 14 HMDU with retraction mechanisms are installed in the
R passenger-compartment lateral hatracks.
R (b) Electrical connections are made through two connectors on the top
R of the unit. 115VAC, 28VDC and control data are connected to
R connector J1. The video signal is connected to connector J2.
R (2) Description
R The HMDU have color LCD-sections and retraction mechanisms. A
R retraction mechanism extends and retracts the LCD-section of a HMDU.
R The HMDU are turned ON or OFF individually. This is controlled
R through the SCU.
R (3) Not Applicable
**ON A/C 201-249,
C. Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
(Ref. Fig. 009)
(1) General
(a) 22 HMDU with retraction mechanisms are installed in the
passenger-compartment lateral hatracks.
(b) Electrical connections are made through two connectors on the top
of the unit. 115VAC, 28VDC and control data are connected to
connector J1. The video signal is connected to connector J2.
(2) Description
The HMDU have color LCD-sections and retraction mechanisms. A
retraction mechanism extends and retracts the LCD-section of a HMDU.
The HMDU are turned ON or OFF individually. This is controlled
through the SCU.
R
EFF :
101-199, 201-249, 23-36-00
Page 83
Aug 01/06
THY
(3) Monitor Identification List
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | NUMBER ON SCU |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
100MH1 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 1
100MH2 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 3
100MH3 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 2
100MH4 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 4
100MH5 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 5
100MH6 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 7
100MH7 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 6
100MH8 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 8
100MH9 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 9
100MH10 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 11
100MH17 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 17
100MH18 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 19
100MH21 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 21
100MH22 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 23
100MH25 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 25
100MH26 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 27
100MH29 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 29
100MH30 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 31
100MH33 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 33
100MH34 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 35
100MH37 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 37
100MH38 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 39
**ON A/C 252-252,
C. Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
(Ref. Fig. 009)
(1) General
(a) 20 HMDU with retraction mechanisms are installed in the
passenger-compartment lateral hatracks.
(b) Electrical connections are made through two connectors on the top
of the unit. 115VAC, 28VDC and control data are connected to
connector J1. The video signal is connected to connector J2.
R
EFF :
201-249, 252-252, 23-36-00
Page 84
Aug 01/06
THY
(2) Description
The HMDU have color LCD-sections and retraction mechanisms. A
retraction mechanism extends and retracts the LCD-section of a HMDU.
The HMDU are turned ON or OFF individually. This is controlled
through the SCU.
(3) Monitor Identification List
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | NUMBER ON SCU |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
100MH1 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 1
100MH2 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 3
100MH5 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 5
100MH6 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 7
100MH7 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 6
100MH8 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 8
100MH9 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 9
100MH10 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 11
100MH13 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 13
100MH14 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 15
100MH21 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 21
100MH22 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 23
100MH25 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 25
100MH26 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 27
100MH29 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 29
100MH30 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 31
100MH33 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 33
100MH34 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 35
100MH37 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 37
100MH38 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 39
**ON A/C 253-299,
C. Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
(Ref. Fig. 009)
(1) General
(a) 23 HMDU with retraction mechanisms are installed in the
passenger-compartment lateral hatracks.
(b) Electrical connections are made through two connectors on the top
of the unit. 115VAC, 28VDC and control data are connected to
connector J1. The video signal is connected to connector J2.
R
EFF :
252-299, 23-36-00
Page 85
Aug 01/06
THY
(2) Description
The HMDU have color LCD-sections and retraction mechanisms. A
retraction mechanism extends and retracts the LCD-section of a HMDU.
The HMDU are turned ON or OFF individually. This is controlled
through the SCU.
(3) Monitor Identification List
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | NUMBER ON SCU |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
100MH1 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 1
100MH2 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 3
100MH3 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 2
100MH5 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 5
100MH6 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 7
100MH7 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 6
100MH8 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 8
100MH9 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 9
100MH10 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 11
100MH13 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 13
100MH14 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 15
100MH17 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 17
100MH18 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 19
100MH21 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 21
100MH22 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 23
100MH25 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 25
100MH26 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 27
100MH29 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 29
100MH30 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 31
100MH33 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 33
100MH34 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 35
100MH37 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 37
100MH38 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 39
**ON A/C 301-302,
C. Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
(Ref. Fig. 009)
(1) General
(a) 24 HMDU with retraction mechanisms are installed in the
passenger-compartment lateral hatracks.
R
EFF :
253-299, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page 86
Aug 01/06
THY
(b) Electrical connections are made through two connectors on the top
of the unit. 115VAC, 28VDC and control data are connected to
connector J1. The video signal is connected to connector J2.
(2) Description
The HMDU have color LCD-sections and retraction mechanisms. A
retraction mechanism extends and retracts the LCD-section of a HMDU.
The HMDU are turned ON or OFF individually. This is controlled
through the SCU.
(3) Monitor Identification List
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | NUMBER ON SCU |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
100MH1 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 1
100MH2 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 3
100MH3 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 2
100MH4 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 4
100MH5 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 5
100MH6 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 7
100MH7 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 6
100MH8 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 8
100MH9 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 9
100MH10 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 11
100MH17 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 17
100MH18 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 19
100MH21 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 21
100MH22 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 23
100MH25 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 25
100MH26 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 27
100MH29 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 29
100MH30 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 31
100MH33 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 33
100MH34 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 35
100MH35 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 34
100MH36 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 36
100MH37 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 37
100MH38 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 39
R
EFF :
301-302, 23-36-00
Page 87
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-006,
D. Tapping Unit
(Ref. Fig. 010)
(1) General
(a) 7 tapping units are installed along each passenger-compartment
lateral wall. Each tapping unit has an interface for a maximum of
2 HMDU.
(b) Electrical connections are made through 4 connectors. The first
tapping unit of each data-line receives the video and control
data sent from the SCU and 115VAC through connector J2. The same
data is connected through connector J3 to the next tapping unit
input-connector J2. The last tapping unit ends with a termination
plug connected to connector J3.
(2) Function
Video and control data sent from the SCU are connected to a related
display unit through the tapping units. Each tapping unit has an
8-bit internal DIP-switch to give a unique address to the unit. This
enables the SCU to control each HMDU individually.
**ON A/C 007-049, 054-100,
D. Tapping Unit
(Ref. Fig. 010A)
(1) General
(a) 7 tapping units are installed along each passenger-compartment
lateral wall. Each tapping unit has an interface with a maximum
of 2 HMDUs.
(b) Electrical connections are made through 4 connectors. The first
tapping unit of each data-line receives the video and control
data sent from the SCU and 115 V AC through connector J2. The
same data is connected through connector J3 to the adjacent
tapping unit input-connector J2. The last tapping unit ends with
a termination plug connected to connector J3.
(2) Function
Video and control data sent from the SCU are connected to a related
display unit through the tapping units.
R
EFF :
001-049, 054-100, 23-36-00
Page 88
Aug 01/06
THY
Tapping Unit
Figure 010
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-252, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page 89
Aug 01/06
THY
Tapping Unit
Figure 010A
R
EFF :
007-049, 054-199, 253-299, 23-36-00
Page 90
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R D. Tapping Unit
R (Ref. Fig. 010A)
R (1) General
R
R (a) 6 tapping units are installed along each passenger-compartment
R lateral wall. Each tapping unit has an interface with a maximum
R of 2 HMDUs.
R (b) Electrical connections are made through 4 connectors. The first
R tapping unit of each data-line receives the video and control
R data sent from the SCU and 115 V AC through connector J2. The
R same data is connected through connector J3 to the adjacent
R tapping unit input-connector J2. The last tapping unit ends with
R a termination plug connected to connector J3.
R (2) Function
R Video and control data sent from the SCU are connected to a related
R display unit through the tapping units.
**ON A/C 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
D. Tapping Unit
**ON A/C 201-249, 252-252, 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 010)
**ON A/C 253-299,
(Ref. Fig. 010A)
**ON A/C 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
(1) General
(a) 10 tapping units are installed along each passenger-compartment
lateral wall. Each tapping unit has an interface for a maximum of
two HMDUs.
R
EFF :
101-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page 91
Aug 01/06
THY
(b) Electrical connections are made through 4 connectors. Connector
J1 and/or J4 transmit the video, control data, 28VDC and 115VAC
to the HMDUs. The first tapping unit of each data-line receives
the video and control data sent from the SCU through connector
J2. The same data is connected through connector J3 to the next
tapping unit input-connector J2. The first and the fifth tapping
unit are supplied with 115VAC. These inputs are then connected to
the next four tapping units. The last tapping unit ends with a
termination plug connected to connector J3.
(2) Function
Video and control data sent from the SCU are connected to a related
display unit through the tapping units. Each tapping unit has an
8-bit internal DIP-switch to give a unique address to the unit. This
enables the SCU to control each HMDU individually.
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
E. Junction Box
(Ref. Fig. 011)
(1) General
(a) The junction box is installed in the video control center. It
makes connections between the power supply of the A/C, the PFIS,
the SCU, the VTR(s) and the cabine intercommunication data
system.
(b) The electrical signals are:
- 115VAC and 28VDC power supply,
- the ARINC 429 data,
- the control data from,
- the audio input and output data,
- the video input and output data,
**ON A/C 252-299,
E. Junction Box
(Ref. Fig. 011)
(1) General
(a) The junction box is installed in the video control center. It
makes connections between the power supply of the A/C, the SCU,
the VTR(s) and the cabine intercommunication data system.
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page 92
Aug 01/06
THY
Junction Box
Figure 011
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-00
Page 93
Aug 01/06
THY
(b) The electrical signals are:
- 115VAC and 28VDC power supply,
- the ARINC 429 data,
- the control data from,
- the audio input and output data,
- the video input and output data,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
6. Operation
_________
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
A. Energization
(Ref. Fig. 012)
(1) Power for the PES video is available when the busbars 210XPA, 210XPB
and 210XPC are energized, the circuit breakers 21MH, 22MH, 23MH, 24MH
and 25MH are closed and relay 800MH operates.
(2) The SCU and the VTR are energized when you push the MASTER POWER
pushbutton switch on the SCU.
(3) The HMDU are energized when you push the POWER/ON membrane switch in
the ZONE OPERATION section on the SCU.
B. Video-Program Preview Function
(1) To supply power to the system push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch
on the SCU. To monitor the video program on the SCU only, the the
integral light in the POWER/OFF membrane switch of the ZONE OPERATION
section on the SCU must be on.
(2) To start the video-program preview function, select a video source
and connect a headset to the MONITOR AUDIO connector on the PREVIEW
MONITOR section of the SCU. Insert a cassette into the VTR and push
the related PLAY pushbutton switch. The VTR operates and the set
video program is shown on the SCU color monitor.
C. Normal System Operation
(1) Push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch on the SCU to supply power to
the system. To set the VTR as source, push the SOURCE SEL/SEL
membrane switch until the SOURCE SEL/VTR AUX indicator identifiesthe
VTR.
R
EFF :
301-302,
001-049, 101-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-00
Page 94
Aug 01/06
THY
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Interconnection
Figure 012
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-36-00
Page 95
Aug 01/06
THY
(2) To supply power to the HMDU push the ALL ZONES membrane switch in the
ZONE SELECTION section. The switch integrated light comes on. Push
the POWER/ON membrane switch in the ZONE OPERATION section. Its
switch integrated light comes on. All HMDU in the cabin extend.
(3) To supply video sound use the PA/VOL arrow up or arrow down membrane
switches and select the number 5 on the PA indicator in the ZONE
OPERATION section.
(4) Insert the cassette into the VTR and push the related PLAY pushbutton
switch. The HMDU show the set video program in the colored mode.
(5) The video program is heard through the PCUs with a connected headset.
The table below shows the PCU-channel/video-program sound channel
relationship for the VTR.
PCU- | VTR | VIDEO-PROGRAM
CHANNEL | | SOUND CHANNEL
--------+-----+--------------
1 | 1 | 1
2 | 1 | 2
(6) The PCU-channel selection operates independently from the set video
source on the SCU. But the PCU-channel selection has no effect to the
shown video program in the cabin.
D. Rapid Decompression
(1) In the event of a rapid cabin decompression a ground signal from the
cabin decompression sensor is sent to the SCU. The SCU then controls
the retraction of all retractable HMDU. The video program heard over
the PCU headsets is cancelled until the emergency announcement is
finished.
E. Not Applicable
**ON A/C 007-007,
A. Energization
(Ref. Fig. 012A)
(1) The electrical power for the PES video is available when:
- The busbars 210XP-A, 210XP-B and 210XP-C are energized
- The circuit breakers 21MH, 22MH, and 24MH are closed
- The relay 800MH operates.
R
EFF :
001-007, 201-249, 23-36-00
Page 96
Aug 01/06
THY
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Interconnection
Figure 012A
R
EFF :
007-007, 23-36-00
Page 97
Aug 01/06
THY
(2) The SCU and the VTRs are energized when:
- The electrical power for the PES video is available (The light in
the SYST PWR pushbutton switch is on)
- The SYST PWR pushbutton switch on the SCU is pushed and released
again for a system reset
- The SCU does not receive a cabin decrompression signal.
Then the MAIN MENU is shown on the SCU touch-screen initially. All
system functions are available.
(3) The cabin can be divided in up to two zones. The CIDS tells the SCU
about the available zone configuration, when the system is energized
initially. If changes to this set-up are necessary, you do them on
the touch-screen of the SCU.
The program of the SCU energizes and controls the video display units
in the cabin. You can change this program. You can make changes to
the set-up, when you follow the instructions on the SCU touch-screen.
B. Video Program Preview Function
(1) General
The video program preview function lets the operator preview a set
video program on the SCU screen without cabin presentation.
(2) Activation
(a) When the system is energized and a cassette is inserted into one
of the VTRs the MAIN MENU is shown on the SCU screen. You control
all functions of the system, when you follow the instructions on
the SCU touch-screen step by step.
(b) To preview the VTR 1 video program, touch the VIDEO 1 icon, to
preview the VTR 2 video program, touch the VIDEO 2 icon. The
screen changes and the operational symbols of the VTRs (REW,
PLAY, FF and STOP) are shown. You can control the VTR2 through
these touch-screen symbols. To start the VTR, touch the PLAY
icon. The VTR then starts to operate and the SCU touch-screen
shows the video and the operational symbols. You can hear the
video program sound over a headset connected to one of the
MONITOR jacks.
(c) To stop the preview function, touch the STOP icon on the SCU
screen.
R
EFF :
007-007, 23-36-00
Page 98
Aug 01/06
THY
C. Normal System Operation
(1) General
During normal system operation the VTR video program can be set for
cabin presentation with or without audio sound through the cabin
loudspeakers. You can control the VTRs with the SCU touch-screen.
(2) Activation
(a) When the system is energized and a cassette is inserted into one
of the VTR the initial menu is shown on the SCU screen. The
initial menu shows the aircraft icon, the VIDEO 1, VIDEO 2 and
the PA icons.
(b) To show the VTR video program in the cabin with video sound
through the cabin loudspeakers, touch the aircraft icon and the
VIDEO 1 (VIDEO 2) and the PA icon on the SCU touch-screen in
sequence.
(c) To start the operation of these settings touch the EXEC icon on
the SCU touch-screen. The selected VTR starts to operate and the
HMDUs move down out of the hatracks and show the set video
program. The video sound comes over the headset connected to the
PCU when channel 1 or 2 is selected and from the cabin
loudspeakers.
(d) The audio sound level heard from the cabin loudspeakers is set
with the PA VOLUME MIN/MAX symbols on the SCU touch-screen.
(e) To stop the video presentation, touch the OFF icon on the SCU
touch-screen. The VTR stops and rewinds to the start position.
The video presentation on the display units stops and the HMDUs
move back into the hatracks. The SCU screen shows the initial
menu.
D. Special System Operation
(1) General
(a) The SCU provides a random-access tape operation-function when a
video cassette is used which contains programmed video-segment
data at the start of the tape. The VTR automatically reads this
data when a programmed cassette is inserted in one of the VTR.
R
EFF :
007-007, 23-36-00
Page 99
Aug 01/06
THY
(b) The data contains information about tape segments recorded on the
tape (location and duration). Each tape segment has a unique
number for segment identification. The SCU provides a special
menu-guided operational procedure to preset tape segments.
(2) Activation
(a) When the system is energized and a programmed cassette is
inserted into one of the VTR the initial menu is shown on the SCU
screen. The initial menu shows the aircraft icon, the VIDEO 1,
VIDEO 2 and the PA icons.
(b) To use the function random-access tape-operation, touch the
aircraft icon and the VIDEO 1 (VIDEO 2) icon on the touch-screen.
Touch the EXEC icon. The remaining procedures are menu-guided and
self-explained.
E. Decompressurization
If a rapid cabin decompression occurs, the SCU receives a ground signal
from the cabin decompression sensor. The SCU then controls the retraction
of all HMDUs and the PES video is de-energized.
**ON A/C 008-008,
A. Energization
(Ref. Fig. 012B)
(1) The electrical power for the PES video is available when:
- The busbars 210XP-A, 210XP-B and 210XP-C are energized
- The circuit breakers 21MH, 22MH, and 24MH are closed
- The relay 800MH operates.
(2) The SCU and the VTRs are energized when:
- The electrical power for the PES video is available (The light in
the SYST PWR pushbutton switch is on)
- The SYST PWR pushbutton switch on the SCU is pushed and released
again for a system reset
- The SCU does not receive a cabin decrompression signal.
Then the MAIN MENU is shown on the SCU touch-screen initially. All
system functions are available.
The program of the SCU energizes and controls the video display units
in the cabin. You can change this program. You can make changes to
the set-up, when you follow the instructions on the SCU touch-screen.
R
EFF :
007-008, 23-36-00
Page A0
Aug 01/06
THY
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Interconnection
Figure 012B
R
EFF :
008-049, 23-36-00
Page A1
Aug 01/06
THY
B. Video Program Preview Function
(1) General
The video program preview function lets the operator preview a set
video program on the SCU screen without cabin presentation.
(2) Activation
(a) When the system is energized and a cassette is inserted into one
of the VTRs the MAIN MENU is shown on the SCU screen. You control
all functions of the system, when you follow the instructions on
the on the SCU touch-screen step by step.
(b) To preview the VTR 1 video program, touch the VIDEO 1 icon, to
preview the VTR 2 video program, touch the VIDEO 2 icon. The
screen changes and the operational symbols of the VTRs (REW,
PLAY, FF and STOP) are shown. You can control the VTR2 through
these touch-screen symbols. To start the VTR, touch the PLAY
icon. The VTR then starts to operate and the SCU touch-screen
shows the video and the operational symbols. You can hear the
video program sound over a headset connected to one of the
MONITOR jacks.
(c) To stop the preview function, touch the STOP icon on the SCU
screen.
C. Normal System Operation
(1) General
During normal system operation the VTR video program can be set for
cabin presentation with or without audio sound through the cabin
loudspeakers. You can control the VTRs with the SCU touch-screen.
(2) Activation
(a) When the system is energized and a cassette is inserted into one
of the VTR the initial menu is shown on the SCU screen. The
initial menu shows the aircraft icon, the VIDEO 1, VIDEO 2 and
the PA icons.
(b) To show the VTR video program in the cabin with video sound
through the cabin loudspeakers, touch the aircraft icon and the
VIDEO 1 (VIDEO 2) and the PA icon on the SCU touch-screen in
sequence.
R
EFF :
008-008, 23-36-00
Page A2
Aug 01/06
THY
(c) To start the operation of these settings touch the EXEC icon on
the SCU touch-screen. The selected VTR starts to operate and the
HMDUs move down out of the hatracks and show the set video
program. The video sound comes over the the cabin loudspeakers.
(d) The audio sound level heard from the cabin loudspeakers is set
with the PA VOLUME MIN/MAX symbols on the SCU touch-screen.
(e) To stop the video presentation, touch the OFF icon on the SCU
touch-screen. The VTR stops and rewinds to the start position.
The video presentation on the display units stops and the HMDUs
move back into the hatracks. The SCU screen shows the initial
menu.
D. Special System Operation
(1) General
(a) The SCU provides a random-access tape operation-function when a
video cassette is used which contains programmed video-segment
data at the start of the tape. The VTR automatically reads this
data when a programmed cassette is inserted in one of the VTR.
(b) The data contains information about tape segments recorded on the
tape (location and duration). Each tape segment has a unique
number for segment identification. The SCU provides a special
menu-guided operational procedure to preset tape segments.
(2) Activation
(a) When the system is energized and a programmed cassette is
inserted into one of the VTR the initial menu is shown on the SCU
screen. The initial menu shows the aircraft icon, the VIDEO 1,
VIDEO 2 and the PA icons.
(b) To use the function random-access tape-operation, touch the
aircraft icon and the VIDEO 1 (VIDEO 2) icon on the touch-screen.
Touch the EXEC icon. The remaining procedures are menu-guided and
self-explained.
E. Decompressurization
If a rapid cabin decompression occurs, the SCU receives a ground signal
from the cabin decompression sensor. The SCU then controls the retraction
of all HMDUs and the PES video is de-energized.
R
EFF :
008-008, 23-36-00
Page A3
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 009-049,
A. Energization
(Ref. Fig. 012B)
(1) The electrical power for the PES video is available when:
- The busbars 208PP, 210XP-A, 210XP-B and 210XP-C are energized
- The circuit breakers 20MH, 21MH, 22MH and 24MH are closed
- The relay 800MH operates.
(2) The SCU and the VTRs are energized when:
- The electrical power for the PES video is available (The light in
the SYST PWR pushbutton switch is on)
- The SYST PWR pushbutton switch on the SCU is pushed and released
again for a system reset
- The SCU does not receive a cabin decrompression signal.
Then the MAIN MENU is shown on the SCU touch-screen initially. All
system functions are available.
The program of the SCU energizes and controls the video display units
in the cabin. You can change this program. You can make changes to
the set-up, when you follow the instructions on the SCU touch-screen.
B. Video Program Preview Function
(1) General
The video program preview function lets the operator preview a set
video program on the SCU screen without cabin presentation.
(2) Activation
(a) When the system is energized and a cassette is inserted into one
of the VTRs the MAIN MENU is shown on the SCU screen. You control
all functions of the system, when you follow the instructions on
the on the SCU touch-screen step by step.
(b) To preview the VTR 1 video program, touch the VIDEO 1 icon, to
preview the VTR 2 video program, touch the VIDEO 2 icon. The
screen changes and the operational symbols of the VTRs (REW,
PLAY, FF and STOP) are shown. You can control the VTR2 through
these touch-screen symbols. To start the VTR, touch the PLAY
icon. The VTR then starts to operate and the SCU touch-screen
shows the video and the operational symbols. You can hear the
video program sound over a headset connected to one of the
MONITOR jacks.
R
EFF :
009-049, 23-36-00
Page A4
Aug 01/06
THY
(c) To stop the preview function, touch the STOP icon on the SCU
screen.
C. Normal System Operation
(1) General
During normal system operation the VTR video program can be set for
cabin presentation with or without audio sound through the cabin
loudspeakers. You can control the VTRs with the SCU touch-screen.
(2) Activation
(a) When the system is energized and a cassette is inserted into one
of the VTR the initial menu is shown on the SCU screen. The
initial menu shows the aircraft icon, the VIDEO 1, VIDEO 2 and
the PA icons.
(b) To show the VTR video program in the cabin with video sound
through the cabin loudspeakers, touch the aircraft icon and the
VIDEO 1 (VIDEO 2) and the PA icon on the SCU touch-screen in
sequence.
(c) To start the operation of these settings touch the EXEC icon on
the SCU touch-screen. The selected VTR starts to operate and the
HMDUs move down out of the hatracks and show the set video
program. The video sound comes over the the cabin loudspeakers.
(d) The audio sound level heard from the cabin loudspeakers is set
with the PA VOLUME MIN/MAX symbols on the SCU touch-screen.
(e) To stop the video presentation, touch the OFF icon on the SCU
touch-screen. The VTR stops and rewinds to the start position.
The video presentation on the display units stops and the HMDUs
move back into the hatracks. The SCU screen shows the initial
menu.
D. Special System Operation
(1) General
(a) The SCU provides a random-access tape operation-function when a
video cassette is used which contains programmed video-segment
data at the start of the tape. The VTR automatically reads this
data when a programmed cassette is inserted in one of the VTR.
R
EFF :
009-049, 23-36-00
Page A5
Aug 01/06
THY
(b) The data contains information about tape segments recorded on the
tape (location and duration). Each tape segment has a unique
number for segment identification. The SCU provides a special
menu-guided operational procedure to preset tape segments.
(2) Activation
(a) When the system is energized and a programmed cassette is
inserted into one of the VTR the initial menu is shown on the SCU
screen. The initial menu shows the aircraft icon, the VIDEO 1,
VIDEO 2 and the PA icons.
(b) To use the function random-access tape-operation, touch the
aircraft icon and the VIDEO 1 (VIDEO 2) icon on the touch-screen.
Touch the EXEC icon. The remaining procedures are menu-guided and
self-explained.
E. Decompressurization
If a rapid cabin decompression occurs, the SCU receives a ground signal
from the cabin decompression sensor. The SCU then controls the retraction
of all HMDUs and the PES video is de-energized.
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R A. Energization
R (Ref. Fig. 012C)
R (1) The PES video is supplied with power, when:
R - The busbars are energized.
R - The circuit breakers are closed.
R - The VCC MASTER POWER SWITCH is in the ON position.
R (2) The SCU and the VTR 1 and VTR 2 are energized, when:
R - The SYST PWR pushbutton switch on the SCU is pushed and released
R again for a system reset (the light in the SYST PWR pushbutton
R switch is on). Then the initial menu is shown on the SCU
R touch-screen.
R - The SCU does not receive a cabin decompression signal.
R B. Video Program Preview Function
R (1) General
R The video program preview function lets the operator preview a set
R video program on the SCU screen without cabin presentation.
R To get access to video program preview function you have to follow
R these steps.
EFF :
009-049, 101-199, 23-36-00
Page A6
Aug 01/06
THY
R Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Interconnection
R Figure 012C
EFF :
101-199, 23-36-00
Page A7
Aug 01/06
THY
R (2) Activation
R (a) When the cassettes are inserted into the VTRs and the MAIN MENU
R page shows on the SCU touch-screen, touch the MANUAL MODE icon of
R the SCU touch-screen to get access to the MANUAL MODE page.
R (b) When the MANUAL MODE page shows on the SCU touch-screen, touch
R the icons in the following sequence:
R - AIRCRAFT symbol
R - 1/VIDEO or 2/VIDEO
R - OK
R to get access to a new MANUAL MODE page.
R (c) When the new MANUAL MODE page shows on the SCU touch-screen,
R touch the PREVIEW icon of the SCU touch-screen to get access to
R the VCP X/OFF SCREEN page.
R (d) When the VCP X/OFF SCREEN page shows on the SCU touch-screen,
R touch the PLAY icon of the SCU touch-screen to start the video
R program.
R The SCU screen shows the video program and you can hear the video
R program sound over a headset connected to one of the MONITOR
R jacks.
R C. Normal System Operation
R (1) General
R During normal system operation the VTR video program can be set for
R cabin presentation with or without audio sound through the cabin
R loudspeakers. You can control the VTR1 and VTR2 with the SCU
R touch-screen.
R (2) Activation
R (a) When the cassettes are inserted into the VTRs and the MAIN MENU
R page shows on the SCU touch-screen, touch the MANUAL MODE icon of
R the SCU touch-screen to get access to the MANUAL MODE page.
R (b) When the MANUAL MODE page shows on the SCU touch-screen, touch
R the icons in the following sequence:
R - AIRCRAFT symbol
R - 1/VIDEO or 2/VIDEO
R - OK
R to get access to a new MANUAL MODE page.
EFF :
101-199, 23-36-00
Page A8
Aug 01/06
THY
R (c) When the new MANUAL MODE page shows on the SCU touch-screen,
R touch the PREVIEW icon of the SCU touch-screen to get access to
R the VCP X/OFF SCREEN page.
R (d) When the VCP X/OFF SCREEN page shows on the SCU touch-screen,
R touch the PLAY icon of the SCU touch-screen to start the video
R program.
R (e) When the new MANUAL MODE page shows on the SCU touch-screen,
R touch the EXEC icon of the SCU touch-screen.
R The HMDU move down out of the hatracks and show the set video
R program. The video sound comes over the headset connected to the
R PCU when channel 1 or 2 is selected.
R (3) PA Activation
R (a) When the MANUAL MODE page shows on the SCU touch-screen, touch
R the PA/OFF icon of the SCU touch-screen to get access to a new
R MANUAL MODE page.
R (b) When the new MANUAL MODE page shows on the SCU touch-screen,
R touch the PA/X icon of the SCU touch-screen to get access to the
R PA CHANNEL SELECT page.
R (c) When the PA CHANNEL SELECT page shows on the SCU touch-screen,
R touch the icons in the following sequence:
R - CH1 or CH2
R - OK
R to select a video channel.
R The selected video channel comes from the cabin loudspeakers.
R D. Special System Operation
R (1) General
R (a) The SCU provides a random-access tape operation-function when a
R video cassette is used which contains programmed video-segment
R data at the start of the tape. The VTR automatically reads this
R data when a programmed cassette is inserted in one of the VTR.
R (b) The data contains information about tape segments recorded on the
R tape (location and duration). Each tape segment has a unique
R number for segment identification. The SCU provides a special
R menu-guided operational procedure to preset tape segments.
EFF :
101-199, 23-36-00
Page A9
Aug 01/06
THY
R (2) Activation
R (a) When the system is energized and a programmed cassette is
R inserted into one of the VTR the initial menu is shown on the SCU
R screen. The initial menu shows the aircraft icon, the VIDEO 1,
R VIDEO 2 and the PA icons.
R (b) To use the function random-access tape-operation, touch the
R aircraft icon and the VIDEO 1 (VIDEO 2) icon on the touch-screen.
R Touch the EXEC icon. The remaining procedures are menu-guided and
R self-explained.
R E. Decompressurization
R If a rapid cabin decompression occurs, the SCU receives a ground signal
R from the cabin decompression sensor. The SCU then controls the retraction
R of all HMDUs and the PES video is de-energized.
**ON A/C 252-252,
A. Energization
R (Ref. Fig. 012D)
(1) Power for the PES video is available when the busbars 210XPA, 210XPB
and 210XPC are energized, the circuit breakers 21MH, 22MH, 23MH, 24MH
and 25MH are closed and relay 800MH operates.
(2) The SCU and the VTR are energized when you push the MASTER POWER
pushbutton switch on the SCU.
(3) The HMDU is energized when you push the POWER/ON membrane switch in
the ZONE OPERATION section on the SCU.
B. Video-Program Preview Function
(1) To supply power to the system push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch
on the SCU. To monitor the video program on the SCU only, the
integral light in the POWER/OFF membrane switch of the ZONE OPERATION
section on the SCU must be on.
(2) To start the video-program preview function, select a video source
and connect a headset to the MONITOR AUDIO connector on the PREVIEW
MONITOR section of the SCU. Insert cassette into the VTR and push the
related PLAY pushbutton switches. The VTR operate and the selected
video program is shown on the SCU color monitor.
EFF :
101-199, 252-252, 23-36-00
Page A10
Aug 01/06
THY
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Interconnection
R Figure 012D
EFF :
252-299, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page A11
Aug 01/06
THY
C. Normal System Operation
(1) Push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch on the SCU to supply power to
the system. To set one of the VTR as source, push the SOURCE SEL/SEL
membrane switch until the SOURCE SEL/VTR AUX indicator identifies the
VTR.
(2) To supply power to the HMDUs push the ALL ZONES membrane switch in
the ZONE SELECTION section. The switch integrated light comes on.
Push the POWER/ON membrane switch in the ZONE OPERATION section. Its
switch integrated light comes on. All HMDUs in the cabin extend.
(3) To supply video sound use the PA/VOL arrow up or arrow down membrane
switches and select the number 5 on the PA indicator in the ZONE
OPERATION section.
(4) Insert cassettes into the VTR and push the related PLAY pushbutton
switches. The HMDU show the selected video program in the colored
mode.
(5) The video program is heard through the PCUs with a connected
headset. The table below shows the PCU-channel/video-program sound
channel relationship for the VTR.
PCU- | VTR | VIDEO-PROGRAM
CHANNEL | | SOUND CHANNEL
--------+-----+--------------
1 | 1 | 1
2 | 1 | 2
(6) The PCU-channel selection operates independently from the set video
source on the SCU. But the PCU-channel selection has no effect to the
shown video program in the cabin.
D. Rapid Decompression
(1) In the event of a rapid cabin decompression a ground signal from the
cabin decompression sensor is sent to the SCU. The SCU then controls
the retraction of all retractable HMDU. The video program heard over
the PCU headsets is cancelled until the emergency announcement is
finished.
E. Not Applicable
EFF :
252-252, 23-36-00
Page A12
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 253-299,
A. Energization
R (Ref. Fig. 012D)
(1) Power for the PES video is available when the busbars 210XPA, 210XPB
and 210XPC are energized, the circuit breakers 21MH, 22MH, 23MH, 24MH
and 25MH are closed and relay 800MH operates.
(2) The SCU and the VTR are energized when you push the MASTER POWER
pushbutton switch on the SCU.
(3) The HMDU is energized when you push the POWER/ON membrane switch in
the ZONE OPERATION section on the SCU.
B. Video-Program Preview Function
(1) To supply power to the system push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch
on the SCU. To monitor the video program on the SCU only, the
integral light in the POWER/OFF membrane switch of the ZONE OPERATION
section on the SCU must be on.
(2) To start the video-program preview function, select a video source
and connect a headset to the MONITOR AUDIO connector on the PREVIEW
MONITOR section of the SCU. Insert cassette into the VTR and push the
related PLAY pushbutton switches. The VTR operate and the selected
video program is shown on the SCU color monitor.
C. Normal System Operation
(1) Push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch on the SCU to supply power to
the system. To set one of the VTR as source, push the SOURCE SEL/SEL
membrane switch until the SOURCE SEL/VTR AUX indicator identifies the
VTR.
(2) To supply power to the HMDUs push the ALL ZONES membrane switch in
the ZONE SELECTION section. The switch integrated light comes on.
Push the POWER/ON membrane switch in the ZONE OPERATION section. Its
switch integrated light comes on. All HMDUs in the cabin extend.
(3) To supply video sound use the PA/VOL arrow up or arrow down membrane
switches and select the number 5 on the PA indicator in the ZONE
OPERATION section.
EFF :
253-299, 23-36-00
Page A13
Aug 01/06
THY
(4) Insert cassette into the VTR and push the related PLAY pushbutton
switches. The HMDUs show the selected video program in the colored
mode.
(5) The video program is heard through the PCUs with a connected
headset. The table below shows the PCU-channel/video-program sound
channel relationship for the VTR.
PCU- | VTR | VIDEO-PROGRAM
CHANNEL | | SOUND CHANNEL
--------+-----+--------------
1 | 1 | 1
2 | 1 | 2
(6) The PCU-channel selection operates independently from the set video
source on the SCU. But the PCU-channel selection has no effect to the
shown video program in the cabin.
D. Rapid Decompression
(1) In the event of a rapid cabin decompression a ground signal from the
cabin decompression sensor is sent to the SCU. The SCU then controls
the retraction of all retractable HMDU. The video program heard over
the PCU headsets is cancelled until the emergency announcement is
finished.
E. Not Applicable
**ON A/C 301-302,
A. Energization
R (Ref. Fig. 012D)
(1) Power for the PES video is available when the busbars 210XPA, 210XPB
and 210XPC are energized, the circuit breakers 21MH, 22MH, 23MH, 24MH
and 25MH are closed and relay 800MH operates.
(2) The SCU and the VTRs are energized when you push the MASTER POWER
pushbutton switch on the SCU.
(3) The HMDU are energized when you push the POWER/ON membrane switch in
the ZONE OPERATION section on the SCU.
EFF :
253-299, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page A14
Aug 01/06
THY
B. Video-Program Preview Function
(1) To supply power to the system push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch
on the SCU. To monitor the video program on the SCU only, the
integral light in the POWER/OFF membrane switch of the ZONE OPERATION
section on the SCU must be on.
(2) To start the video-program preview function, select a video source
and connect a headset to the MONITOR AUDIO connector on the PREVIEW
MONITOR section of the SCU. Insert cassettes into the VTRs and push
the related PLAY pushbutton switches. The VTRs operate and the
selected video program is shown on the SCU color monitor.
C. Normal System Operation
(1) Push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch on the SCU to supply power to
the system. To set one of the VTRs as source, push the SOURCE
SEL/SEL membrane switch until the SOURCE SEL/VTR AUX indicator
identifies the VTR.
(2) To supply power to the HMDU push the ALL ZONES membrane switch in the
ZONE SELECTION section. The switch integrated light comes on. Push
the POWER/ON membrane switch in the ZONE OPERATION section. Its
switch integrated light comes on. All HMDU in the cabin extend.
(3) To supply video sound use the PA/VOL arrow up or arrow down membrane
switches and select the number 5 on the PA indicator in the ZONE
OPERATION section.
(4) Insert cassettes into the VTRs and push the related PLAY pushbutton
switches. The HMDU show the selected video program in the colored
mode.
(5) The video program is heard over cabin loudspeakers.
D. Rapid Decompression
(1) In the event of a rapid cabin decompression a ground signal from the
cabin decompression sensor is sent to the SCU. The SCU then controls
the retraction of all retractable HMDU. The video program heard over
cabin loudspeakers is cancelled until the emergency announcement is
finished.
E. Not Applicable
EFF :
301-302, 23-36-00
Page A15
Aug 01/06
THY
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT (VIDEO) - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________________________
TASK 23-36-00-100-002
Cleaning of the Video Tape Reproducer
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific cleaning tape
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-00-861-053
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R
EFF :
007-049, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 201
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-008, 252-299,
Subtask 23-36-00-865-064-A
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
R **ON A/C 009-049, 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-00-865-064
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-36-00-010-054-A
C. Open the access door of the VCC stowage compartment.
R **ON A/C 008-049, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-00-010-054
C. Open the applicable overhead stowage compartment(s).
R
EFF :
007-049, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 202
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-049,
Subtask 23-36-00-860-069-A
D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Push the SYST PWR pushbutton switch from the SCU.
NOTE : Wait for a minimum of 3 minutes after the SCU power-on, then
____
continue with the procedure.
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-00-860-069-B
D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Push the VCC MASTER POWER SWITCH 901MH switch.
(2) Push the SYST PWR pushbutton switch from the SCU.
NOTE : Wait for a minimum of 3 minutes after the SCU power-on, then
____
continue with the procedure.
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-36-00-860-069
D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch from the SCU.
NOTE : Wait for a minimum of 3 minutes after the SCU power-on, then
____
continue with the procedure.
R
EFF :
007-049, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 203
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-049, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-36-00-160-051
A. Clean the Video Head
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE PASSENGER INTERFACE
_______
AND SUPPLY ADAPTER. IT IS EASY TO CAUSE DAMAGE TO THIS
COMPONENT.
(1) Remove any installed video tape from the Video Tape Reproducer (VTR).
(2) Put the cleaning tape into the VTR and push the STOP membrane switch
immediately.
(3) Push the PLAY membrane switch.
(4) After 15 seconds push the STOP membrane switch and the EJECT membrane
switch.
(5) Remove the cleaning tape from the VTR.
(6) If you have removed a video tape, put it back into the related VTR.
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-36-00-410-056-A
A. Close the access door of the VCC stowage compartment.
R **ON A/C 008-049, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-00-410-056
A. Close the applicable overhead stowage compartment(s).
R
EFF :
007-049, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 204
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-049,
Subtask 23-36-00-860-070-A
B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Push the SYST PWR pushbutton switch from the SCU.
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-00-860-070-B
B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Push the SYST PWR pushbutton switch from the SCU.
(2) Push the VCC MASTER POWER SWITCH 901 switch.
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-36-00-860-070
B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch from the SCU.
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
R
EFF :
007-049, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 205
Nov 01/06
THY
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT (VIDEO) - SERVICING
___________________________________________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
TASK 23-36-00-100-001
Cleaning of the Monitor and Display Screens in the Cabin
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific absorbent surgical cotton wadding
No specific sterile gauze pad
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 11-020
VISUAL DISPLAY UNIT ANTI-STATIC CLEANER
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-00
Page 301
Nov 01/06
THY
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-00-861-051
A. Energize the ground service network
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-36-00-160-050
A. Cleaning of the Monitors and Display Screens
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
(1) Get an absorbent surgical cotton wadding or a sterile gauze pad and
moisten with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-020).
(2) Lightly rub the surface of the screen one time only.
(3) Get a new piece of wadding or gauze soaked with the anti-static
cleaner. Rub the surface of the screen again to remove all the marks.
NOTE : Use a new piece of wadding (or gauze) each time, because dust
____
on the wadding (or gauze) can cause scratches on the screen.
Dry the screen with a clean wadding (or gauze). Rub the screen
one time only with each new piece of wadding (or gauze).
NOTE : Always make the pad moist, not the screen.
____
Rub the screen lightly. We recommend you mist the surface of
the screen before you rub it with the wadding (or gauze). This
prevents scratches.
The more frequently you replace the wadding (or gauze) the
faster and better is the cleaning.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-36-00-862-051
A. De-energize the ground service network
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-00
Page 302
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 251-251,
TASK 23-36-00-600-003
Software Download (Phase 2) to the Seat Electronic Box (SEB) installed in the
Video Control Center (VCC)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
You must do this procedure when you installed a new Digital Server Unit
(DSU) or when you installed a Seat Electronic Box (SEB) in the Video Control
Center (VCC)
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-00-861-054
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-36-00
Page 303
Feb 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-36-00-865-070
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/DC 21MK C03
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/IFEC/AC 22MK C04
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB1 23MK C05
2000VU IFE/CABIN/ADB2 24MK C06
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/DC 20MH C01
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/AC 21MH C02
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU L/H 22MH D01
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU R/H 24MH D02
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF L/H 23MH D03
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF R/H 25MH D04
2000VU IFE/CAMERA 29MH D05
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU 1 58HP B05
2000VU SEAT POWER/MCU 2 59HP B08
Subtask 23-36-00-860-076
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
(2) Open the access door of the Video Control Center (VCC).
(3) Wait until the Integrated Flight Entertainment (IFE) system boot
sequence has finished.
NOTE : This can take a minimum of five minutes.
____
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-36-00
Page 304
Feb 01/06
THY
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-36-00-970-053
A. Software Download (Phase 2) to the Seat Electronic Boxes (SEBs)
(1) Do this procedure:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. At the Cabin Management Terminal At the CMT:
(CMT), on the Cabin Management
screen:
- touch the MAINTENANCE button. - the Maintenance Access screen comes
on.
2. At the CMT, on the Maintenance At the CMT:
Access screen:
- in the password window, type:
2483,
- on the Maintenance Access - the Maintenance screen comes on.
screen, touch the ENTER button.
3. At the CMT: At the CMT:
- on the Maintenance screen touch - the Download LRU screen comes on.
the DOWNLOAD button.
4. At the CMT, on the Download LRU At the CMT:
screen:
- touch the DOWNLOAD LRU button. - the LRU Load screen comes on.
5. At the CMT, on the LRU Load At the CMT:
screen:
- touch the SEB and the ALL LRUs - the Download screen comes on,
buttons.
- a progress bar comes on.
6. At the CMT: At the CMT:
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-36-00
Page 305
Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- wait approximately 5 minutes - make sure that the progess bar shows
until the reboot of the Seat 100 per cent.
Electronic Box (SEB) finishes.
7. At the CMT, on the Download At the CMT:
screen:
- touch the OK button. - the Top Level screen comes on.
8. At the CMT, on the Top Level At the CMT:
screen:
- touch the ENGINEERING button. - the System Config Detail-Engineering
screen comes on.
- the PN and the Version of the SEB
software comes on.
9. At the CMT:
- record the PN and the Version
of the SEB software.
10. At the CMT, on the System Config At the CMT:
Detail-Engineering screen,
- touch the CC MENU button. - the Configuration Check screen comes
on.
11. At the CMT, on the Configuration At the CMT:
Check screen:
- touch the CANCEL button. - make sure that the Maintenance screen
comes on.
12. At the CMT, on the Maintenance At the CMT:
screen:
- touch the CUSTOMER LOGIN - the Cabin Management screen comes on.
button.
(2) Compare the PN and Version of the SEB software you recorded in the
previous step with the PN and Version of the SEB software given by
the manufacturer.
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-36-00
Page 306
Feb 01/06
THY
(3) If the PN or the Version of the SEB software do not agree with the PN
or the version of the SEB software given by the manufacturer do this
procedure again.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-36-00-860-077
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Close the VCC access door.
(2) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
de-energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
Subtask 23-36-00-862-053
B. De-energize the ground service network
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-36-00
Page 307
Feb 01/06
THY
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT (VIDEO) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_________________________________________________
TASK 23-36-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific electrical headset
No specific video cassette
No specific video cassettes
No specific Hi-band 8mm video cassettes
No specific Hi-band 8mm video cassettes
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-00-740-002 BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System
(Music) with the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
23-33-00-740-004 BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System
(Music) with the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-00
Page 501
Nov 01/06
THY
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-00-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK
23-73-00-861-001).
(3) Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) is
energized (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002).
NOTE : The maximum initialization time is up to 10 minutes which
____
includes the CAM seat layout transfer.
(4) Pull out the door stops of the emergency oxygen containers and turn
them to the TEST position.
(5) Open the flap on the front end of the left overhead stowage
compartment for access to the video control center.
**ON A/C 007-007, 252-299,
Subtask 23-36-00-860-050-A
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK
23-73-00-861-001).
(3) Do the BITE test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music)
(Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002).
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-00
Page 502
Nov 01/06
THY
(4) On all the emergency oxygen containers push the left hand side of the
test lever on the door assembly, until the over-center spring keeps
the lever at 90 degrees to the door surface.
NOTE : The test lever should stay in this position until manually
____
set.
(5) Get access to the Video Control Center (VCC).
**ON A/C 008-049,
Subtask 23-36-00-860-050-B
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK
23-73-00-861-001).
(3) Pull out the door stops of the emergency oxygen containers and turn
them to the TEST position.
(4) Open the applicable overhead stowage compartment(s).
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-00-860-050-C
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK
23-73-00-861-001).
(3) Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) is
energized (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-004).
NOTE : The maximum initialization time is 10 minutes which includes
____
the CAM seat layout transfer.
R
EFF :
007-049, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 503
Nov 01/06
THY
(4) Pull out the door stops of the emergency oxygen containers and turn
them to the TEST position.
(5) Get access to the Video Control Center (VCC).
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-36-00-865-050
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM-VIDEO CONT 21MH 01 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM-VIDEO CABIN LH 22MH 02 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM-VIDEO CABIN RH 23MH 03 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM-PRAM 2RX 07 F
**ON A/C 007-008,
Subtask 23-36-00-865-050-B
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
2000VU PRAM 2RX 01 E
R
EFF :
001-008, 054-199, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 504
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 009-049,
Subtask 23-36-00-865-050-D
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
2000VU PRAM 2RX 01 D
R **ON A/C 054-199,
Subtask 23-36-00-865-050-E
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
2000VU PRAM 2RX 01 E
R
EFF :
009-049, 054-199, 23-36-00
Page 505
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-00-865-050-A
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CTL 21MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/LH 22MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/RH 24MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/LH 23MH 04 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/RH 25MH 05 C
2000VU PRAM 2RX 01 E
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-36-00-865-050-C
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
2000VU PRAM 2RX 01 E
R
EFF :
201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page 506
May 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-36-00-865-050-F
R B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
R 2000VU PRAM 2RX 01 E
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 301-399,
Subtask 23-36-00-865-051
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/ACTUATION 7WR HA08
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/CTL AND WARN 3WR HA04
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/CTL AND WARN 2WR HA03
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/CTL AND WARN 1WR HA02
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-36-00-865-058
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/ACTUATION 7WR HA08
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/CTL AND WARN 3WR HA04
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/CTL AND WARN 2WR HA03
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/CTL AND WARN 1WR HA02
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-00
Page 507
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-00-710-050
A. Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video)
NOTE : Make sure that the video cassette used with VTR 12MH is available.
____
NOTE : Make sure that a headset used with the System Control Unit (SCU)
____
11MH is available.
(1) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the System Control Unit (SCU) On the SCU 11MH:
11MH:
- push the MASTER POWER - all HMDU 100MH move to the viewing
pushbutton switch. position and after five seconds back
to the stowed position.
- the SYSTEM TEST green LED in the
INDIVIDUAL section of the SCU comes
on after power up and after a
satisfactory self test.
- all numeric indicators on the SCU
show a number.
NOTE : Wait for a minimum of 3 minutes after the SCU power-on, then continue
____
the test.
NOTE : Make sure that the arrow on the upper side of the cassette shows in
____
the direction of the VTR.
2. On the Video Tape Reproducer On the VTR 12MH:
(VTR) 12MH:
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-00
Page 508
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CAUTION : DO NOT USE FORCE WHEN
_______
YOU PUT THE CASSETTE
INTO THE VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER.
- insert the video cassette. - the STOP pushbutton switch related
light comes on.
- the CASSETTE IN LED comes on.
- push the REW pushbutton switch. - the STOP pushbutton switch related
light goes off and the REW pushbutton
switch related light comes on until
the cassette is rewound to the start
point.
- the STOP pushbutton switch related
light comes on.
3. On the SCU 11MH, ZONE SELECTION On the SCU 11MH:
section:
- push the ALL ZONES membrane - the ALL ZONES membrane switch
switch. integral light comes on.
- the ZONES/SEL indicator shows A.
4. On the SCU 11MH, ZONE OPERATION On the SCU 11MH:
section:
- push the SOURCE SEL/SEL - the SOURCE SEL indicator shows the
membrane switch to select the number of the installed VTR.
installed VTR.
On the SCU 11MH ZONE OPERATION SOURCE
SEL section:
- the VTR indicator illuminates red.
On the SCU 11MH ZONE OPERATION PA
section:
- the PRI indicator illuminates red.
- push the POWER/ON membrane - the POWER/ON switch integral light
switch. comes on.
In the cabin:
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page 509
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- all HMDU 100MH move to the viewing
position.
5. On the SCU 11MH, PREVIEW MONITOR On the SCU 11MH, PREVIEW MONITOR
section: section:
- push the SEL membrane switch to - the VTR indicator illuminates red.
set the VTR and PRI. - the PRI indicator illuminates red.
- the monitor is switched on.
NOTE : The subsequent test steps are only possible 2 minutes after cassette
____
begin and 5 minutes before cassette end.
6. On the VTR 12MH: On the VTR 12MH:
- push the PLAY pushbutton - the STOP pushbutton switch related
switch. light goes off.
- the PLAY pushbutton switch related
light comes on.
On the SCU 11MH VTR CONTROLS section:
- the PLAY pushbutton switch related
light comes on.
On the SCU 11MH PREVIEW MONITOR
section:
- the VTR indicator illuminates red.
- the PRI indicator illuminates red.
- the selection indicator shows 1.
- the color LCD video monitor shows the
VTR video program.
In the cabin:
- the HMDUs 100MH show the VTR video
program.
7. On the SCU 11MH, PREVIEW MONITOR On the headset:
section:
- connect the electrical headset - you hear the video program sound of
to the MONITOR AUDIO jack. the PRI channel.
On the SCU 11MH, PREVIEW MONITOR
section:
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page 510
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the SEL membrane switch to - the SEC indicator illuminates green.
select the SEC channel.
On the headset:
- you hear the video program sound of
the SEC channel on the headset.
8. On the SCU 11MH, ZONE OPERATION On the SCU 11MH:
section:
- push the POWER/OFF membrane - the integral light of the POWER/ON
switch. membrane switch goes off.
- the integral light of the POWER/OFF
membrane switch comes on.
In the cabin:
- the extended HMDU 100MH retract into
the hatrack.
9. On the SCU 11MH, INDIVIDUAL On the SCU 11MH, INDIVIDUAL section:
section:
- push the PROJ/MON CONTROL arrow - the indicator shows 1.
up or arrow down membrane
switch to set 1.
- push the PROJ/MON CONTROL/ON - the switch integral light comes on.
membrane switch:
In the cabin:
- the HMDU 100MH1 extends from the
hatrack and shows the video program.
On the SCU 11MH, INDIVIDUAL section:
- push the PROJ/MON CONTROL/ON - the switch integral light goes off.
membrane switch:
In the cabin:
- the HMDU 100MH1 retracts.
10. On the SCU 11MH for each of the For each HMDU 100MH:
other HMDU 100MH:
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page 511
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- do the test step 9. again for - The results agree with test step 9..
the next HMDU 100MH up to the
last HMDU 100MH in the cabin.
NOTE : The sequence of extending HMDUs may be interrupted, depending on
____
the amount of HMDUs installed in the cabin.
11. On the SCU 11MH, ZONE OPERATION On the SCU 11MH:
section:
- push the PA/VOL up arrow - the PA/VOL indicator shows 1.
membrane switch to set 1.
In the cabin:
- you hear the set VTR channel video
program sound at a low volume level
over the cabin loudspeakers.
On the SCU 11MH:
- push the PA/VOL up arrow - the PA/VOL indicator shows 8.
membrane switch to set 8.
In the cabin:
- you hear the set VTR channel video
program sound at a high volume level
over the cabin loudspeakers.
On the SCU 11MH:
- push the PA/VOL down arrow - the PA/VOL indicator shows 0.
membrane switch to set 0.
In the cabin:
- you hear no video sound over the
cabin loudspeakers.
On the SCU 11MH, ZONE SELECTION On the SCU 11MH, ZONE SELECTION
section: section:
- push the ALL ZONES membrane - the switch integral light goes off.
switch: - the ZONE/SEL indicator shows 0.
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page 512
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-36-00-710-050-C
A. Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video)
NOTE : Make sure that a Hi-band 8mm video cassettes used with the Video
____
Tape Reproducer 1 (VTR 1) 12MH and VTR 2 13MH are available.
NOTE : Make sure that a electrical headset used with the Passenger
____
Control Unit (PCU) and the System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH is
available.
(1) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the System Control Unit (SCU) On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
11MH:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the integral light of the SYST PWR
switch. pushbutton switch comes on,
- the message
PROCEEDING
SELF TEST
comes into view.
In the cabin:
- all Hatrack Mounted Display Units
(HMDU) 100MH move down out of the
hatracks and after 5s retract into
the hatracks.
On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
- PLEASE WAIT is shown,
- after the SELF TEST the MAIN MENU
page comes into view.
On the VTR 1 12MH and VTR 2 13MH:
- the POWER lights comes on.
2. On the VTR 1 12MH: On the VTR 1 12MH:
EFF :
007-007, 23-36-00
Page 513
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CAUTION : DO NOT USE FORCE WHEN
_______
YOU PUT THE CASSETTE
INTO THE VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER.
- insert the HI-band 8mm video - the TAPE IN light comes on,
cassette. - the REW light comes on until the
cassette is rewound to its start,
NOTE : Make sure that the arrow
____ then the STOP light comes on.
on the upper side of the
cassette points in the
direction of the VTR 1
12MH.
3. On the VTR 2 13MH: On the VTR 2 13MH:
CAUTION : DO NOT USE FORCE WHEN
_______
YOU PUT THE CASSETTE
INTO THE VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER.
- insert the HI-band 8mm video - the TAPE IN light comes on,
cassette. - the REW light comes on until the
cassette is rewound to its start,
NOTE : Make sure that the arrow
____ then the STOP light comes on.
on the upper side of the
cassette points in the
direction of the VTR 2
13MH.
4. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH: On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
- touch the MANUAL MODE icon, - the MANUAL MODE/Aircraft
Configuration page comes into view,
- touch the icons in the - the MANUAL MODE/Source page comes
following sequence, into view,
ZONE1,
2/VIDEO,
ZONE2,
1/VIDEO,
OK,
EFF :
007-007, 23-36-00
Page 514
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
the Zone1 area:
- touch the Prev icon, - the VTR 2 Zone 1/OFF SCREEN page
comes into view,
- touch the PLAY icon, - the VTR 2 video program comes into
view.
6. On the SCU 11MH: On the headset:
- connect the electrical headset - you hear the sound of the VTR 2 video
to the HEADSET jack. program.
7. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
the VTR2 ZONE1/OFF SCREEN page:
- touch the EXEC icon, - the VTR 2 Zone 1/ON SCREEN page comes
into view,
In the cabin, Zone 1:
- all HMDU 100MH move down out of the
hatracks and show the VTR 2 video
program.
8. In the cabin, Zone 1, at a At the related PCU:
Passenger Control Unit (PCU):
- connect the electrical headset,
- set the channel 1, - the sound 1 of the VTR 2 video
program is heard over the headset,
- set the channel 2. - the sound 2 of the VTR 2 video
program is heard over the headset.
9. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
the VTR2 ZONE1/ON SCREEN page:
- touch the BACK icon, - the MANUAL MODE/Source page comes
into view,
10. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
the Zone2 area:
EFF :
007-007, 23-36-00
Page 515
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- touch the Prev icon, - the VTR 1 Zone 2/OFF SCREEN page
comes into view,
- touch the PLAY icon, - the VTR 1 video program comes into
view.
11. On the SCU 11MH: On the headset:
- you hear the sound of the VTR 1 video
program.
12. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
the VTR1 ZONE1/OFF SCREEN page:
- touch the EXEC icon, - the VTR 1 Zone 2/ON SCREEN page comes
into view,
In the cabin, Zone 2:
- all HMDU 100MH move down out of the
hatracks and show the VTR 1 video
program.
13. In the cabin, Zone 2, at a At the related PCU:
Passenger Control Unit (PCU):
- connect the electrical
headset,
- set the channel 1, - the sound 1 of the VTR 1 video
program is heard over the headset,
- set the channel 2. - the sound 2 of the VTR 2 video
program is heard over the headset.
14. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
the VTR1 ZONE2/ON SCREEN page:
- touch the BACK icon, - the MANUAL MODE/Source page comes
into view,
15. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, In the cabin, Zone 1 and Zone 2:
the MANUAL MODE/Source page:
EFF :
007-007, 23-36-00
Page 516
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- touch the ALL/STOP icon. - all HMDU 100MH go off and retract
into the hatracks.
16. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
the MANUAL MODE/Source page:
- touch the BACK icon. - the MANUAL MODE/Aircraft
Configuration page comes into view.
**ON A/C 008-049,
Subtask 23-36-00-710-050-B
A. Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video)
NOTE : Make sure that the video cassettes used with the Video Tape
____
Reproducer 1 (VTR 1) 12MH and the VTR 2 13MH are available.
NOTE : Make sure that an electrical headset used with the System Control
____
Unit (SCU) 11MH is available.
(1) Do this test first for the VTR 1 and then for the VTR 2:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the System Control Unit (SCU) On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
11MH:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the integral light of the SYST PWR
switch. pushbutton switch comes on,
- the message
PROCEEDING
SELF TEST ---
comes into view.
In the cabin:
- all Hatrack Mounted Display Units
(HMDU) 100MH move down out of the
hatrack and after 5s retract into the
hatrack.
R
EFF :
007-049, 23-36-00
Page 517
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
- PLEASE WAIT is shown,
- after the SELF TEST the MAIN MENU
page comes into view.
On the Video Tape Reproducer (VTR) 1
12MH and VTR 2 13MH:
- the POWER light comes on.
2. On the VTR 1 12MH (VTR 2 13MH): On the VTR 1 12MH (VTR 2 13MH):
CAUTION : DO NOT USE FORCE WHEN
_______
YOU PUT THE CASSETTE
INTO THE VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER.
- insert the video cassettes.
NOTE : Make sure that the
____
cassettes are upright and
the correct side of the
cassettes point in the
direction of the VTR 1
12MH (VTR 2 13MH).
- the TAPE IN light comes on.
- the POWER light comes on.
- the VTR turns on.
- the VTR rewinds.
- the VTR stops after play data
recorded at top of the tape.
- the STANDBY light can come on.
3. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH: On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
- touch the MANUAL MODE icon, - the MANUAL MODE/AIRCRAFT
CONFIGURATION PAGE comes into view,
- touch the icons in the - the MANUAL MODE/SOURCE/VIDEO PAGE
following sequence: comes into view,
AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION,
VIDEO 1 (VIDEO 2),
OK,
EFF :
008-049, 23-36-00
Page 518
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- touch the PREV icon, - the VCP1 ZONE1/OFF SCREEN PAGE comes
into view,
- touch the PLAY icon. On the VTR 1 (VTR 2):
- the STANDBY light is off.
NOTE : Make sure that the STANDBY light
____
is off. When this light is on
the VTR dries its video head.
Then no video data ist available
for indication.
On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
- the VTR 1 (VTR 2) video program comes
into view, if the STANDBY light is
off.
4. On the SCU 11MH: On the headset:
- connect the electrical headset - you hear the sound of the VTR 1 (VTR
to the HEADSET jack. 2) video program.
5. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH: In the cabin:
- touch the EXEC icon. - the HMDU move down out of the hatrack
and show the VTR 1 (VTR 2) video
program.
6. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH: On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
- touch the BACK icon, - the MANUAL MODE/SOURCE/VIDEO PAGE
comes into view,
- touch the BACK icon. - the MANUAL MODE/AIRCRAFT
CONFIGURATION PAGE comes into view.
R
EFF :
008-049, 23-36-00
Page 519
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
R Subtask 23-36-00-710-050-F
R A. Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video)
R (1) Make sure that the Hi-band 8mm video cassettes used with the Video
R Tape Reproducers (VTR ) 1 12MH and the VTR 2 13MH are available.
R (2) Make sure that an electrical headset used with the Passenger Control
R Unit (PCU) and the System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH is available.
R (3) Do this test.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. In the Video Control Center (VCC) In the VCC 10MH:
R 10MH:
R - push the VCC MASTER POWER - the internal light of the VCC MASTER
R SWITCH 901MH pushbutton switch. POWER SWITCH 901MH pushbutton switch
R comes on.
R 2. On the System Control Unit (SCU) On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
R 11MH:
R - push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the internal light of the SYST PWR
R switch. pushbutton switch comes on,
R - the message:
R PROCEEDING
R SELF TEST ---
R comes into view.
R In the cabin:
R - all the Hatrack Mounted Display Units
R (HMDU) 100MH extend from the hatracks
R and subsequently retract into the
R hatracks.
R 3. On the VTR 1 12MH: On the VTR 1 12MH:
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 520
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R CAUTION : DO NOT USE FORCE WHEN
_______
R YOU PUT THE CASSETTE
R INTO THE VIDEO TAPE
R REPRODUCER.
R - put in the video cassette, - the TAPE IN light comes on,
R - make sure that the arrow on the - the LED on the REW pushbutton switch
R top of the cassette points in comes on,
R the direction of the VTR 1 - the cassette rewinds,
R 12MH. - the cassette stops automatically at
R the end,
R - the LED on the REW pushbutton switch
R goes off,
R - the LED on the STOP pushbutton switch
R comes on.
R 4. On the VTR 2 13MH: On the VTR 2 13MH:
R CAUTION : DO NOT USE FORCE WHEN
_______
R YOU PUT THE CASSETTE
R INTO THE VIDEO TAPE
R REPRODUCER.
R - put in the video cassette, - the TAPE IN light comes on,
R - make sure that the arrow on the - the LED on the REW pushbutton switch
R top of the cassette points in comes on,
R the direction of the VTR 2 - the cassette rewinds,
R 13MH. - the cassette stops automatically at
R the end,
R - the LED on the REW pushbutton switch
R goes off,
R - the LED on the STOP pushbutton switch
R comes on.
R 5. On the SCU 11MH, the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, the monitor:
R - touch the MANUAL MODE icon, - the screen shows the MANUAL
R MODE/AIRCRAFT symbol page,
R - touch the icons in the sequence - the screen shows the MANUAL
R that follows: MODE/Source page.
R ZONE1
R 2/VIDEO
R ZONE2
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 521
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1/VIDEO
R OK
R 6. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
R in the Zone1 area:
R - touch the PREVIEV icon. - the screen shows the VCP 2/OFF SCREEN
R page.
R 7. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
R the VCP 2/OFF SCREEN page:
R - touch the PLAY icon. - the screen shows the VTR 2 13MH
R video-program.
R 8. On the SCU 11MH: On the headset:
R - connect the electrical headset - you hear the sound of the VTR 2 video
R to the MONITOR jack. program.
R 9. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
R the VCP 2/OFF SCREEN page:
R - touch the EXEC icon. - the screen shows the VCP 2/ON SCREEN
R page.
R In the cabin zone 1:
R - all the HMDUs 100MH extend from the
R hatracks
R - all the HMDUs 100MH and all the WMDUs
R 102MH show the VTR 2 13MH video
R program.
R In the cockpit, on panel 27VU:
R - the VIDEO IN USE indication light
R comes on.
R 10. In the cabin zone 1, at a At the related PCU:
R Passenger Control Unit (PCU):
R - connect the electrical
R headset,
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 522
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - set the channel 1, - you hear the channel 1 of the VTR 2
R 13MH video-program from the headset,
R - set the channel 2. - you hear the channel 2 of the VTR 2
R 13MH video-program from the headset.
R 11. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
R the VCP 2/ON SCREEN page:
R - touch the BACK icon. - the screen shows the MANUAL
R MODE/Source page.
R 12. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
R the Zone2 area:
R - touch the PREVIEV icon. - the screen shows the VCP 1/OFF SCREEN
R page.
R 13. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
R the VCP 1/OFF SCREEN page:
R - touch the PLAY icon. - the screen shows the VTR 1 12MH
R video-program.
R On the headset of the SCU 11MH:
R - you hear the sound of the VTR 1 video
R program.
R 14. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
R the VCP 1/OFF SCREEN page:
R - touch the EXEC icon. - the screen shows the VCP 1/ON SCREEN
R page.
R In the cabin zone 2:
R - all the HMDU 100MH extend from the
R hatracks and show the VTR 1 12MH
R video-program.
R 15. In the cabin zone 2, at a PCU: At the related PCU:
R - connect the electrical
R headset,
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 523
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - set the channel 1, - you hear the channel 1 of the VTR 1
R 12MH video-program from the headset,
R - set the channel 2. - you hear the channel 2 of the VTR 1
R 12MH video-program from the headset,
R 16. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
R the VCP 1/ON SCREEN page:
R - touch the BACK icon. - the screen shows the MANUAL
R MODE/Source page.
R 17. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
R the MANUAL MODE/Source page:
R - touch the ALL/STOP icon. In the cabin, in zone 1:
R - all the HMDUs 100MH and all the WMDUs
R 102MH go off,
R - all the HMDUs 100MH retract into the
R hatracks.
R In the cabin, in zone 2:
R - all the HMDUs 100MH go off and
R retract into the hatracks.
R In the cockpit, on panel 27VU:
R - the VIDEO IN USE indication light
R goes off.
R 18. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
R the MANUAL MODE/Source page:
R - touch the BACK icon. - the MANUAL MODE/AIRCRAFT symbol page
R comes into view.
R 19. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
R the MANUAL MODE/AIRCRAFT symbol
R page:
R - touch the RESET SCREEN icon.
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 524
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 101-199,
Subtask 23-36-00-710-050-E
A. Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video)
(1) Make sure that the Hi-band 8mm video cassettes used with the Video
Tape Reproducers (VTR) 1 12MH and VTR 2 13MH are available.
(2) Make sure that an electrical headset used with the Passenger Control
Unit (PCU) and the System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH is available.
(3) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the Video Control Center (VCC) In the VCC 10MH:
10MH:
- push the VCC MASTER POWER - the internal light of the VCC MASTER
SWITCH 901MH pushbutton switch. POWER SWITCH 901MH pushbutton switch
comes on.
2. On the System Control Unit (SCU) On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
11MH:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the internal light of the SYST PWR
switch. pushbutton switch comes on,
- the message:
PROCEEDING
SELF TEST ---
comes into view.
After approximately 6 minutes:
- the screen shows the MAIN MENU page.
In the cabin:
- all the Hatrack Mounted Display Units
(HMDU) 100MH extend from the hatracks
and subsequently retract into the
hatracks.
3. On the VTR 1 12MH:
EFF :
101-199, 23-36-00
Page 525
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CAUTION : DO NOT USE FORCE WHEN
_______
YOU PUT THE CASSETTE
INTO THE VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER.
On the VTR 1 12MH:
- put in the video cassette
- make sure that the arrow on the
top of the cassette points in
the direction of the VTR 1
12MH.
- push the REW pushbutton switch, - the LED on the REW pushbutton switch
comes on,
- the cassette rewinds,
- the cassette stops automatically at
the end,
- the LED on the REW pushbutton switch
goes off,
- the LED on the STOP pushbutton switch
comes on.
- push the PLAY pushbutton - the LED on the STOP pushbutton switch
switch. goes off,
- the LED on the PLAY pushbutton switch
comes on.
4. On the VTR 2 13MH:
CAUTION : DO NOT USE FORCE WHEN
_______
YOU PUT THE CASSETTE
INTO THE VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER.
On the VTR 2 13MH:
- put in the video cassette
- make sure that the arrow on the
top of the cassette points in
the direction of the VTR 2
13MH.
EFF :
101-199, 23-36-00
Page 526
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the REW pushbutton switch. - the LED on the REW pushbutton switch
comes on,
- the cassette rewinds,
- the cassette stops automatically at
the end,
- the LED on the REW pushbutton switch
goes off,
- the LED on the STOP pushbutton switch
comes on.
5. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- touch the MANUAL MODE icon, - the screen shows the MANUAL
MODE/AIRCRAFT symbol page,
- touch the icons in the sequence - the screen shows the MANUAL
that follows: MODE/Source page.
AIRCRAFT symbol
1/VIDEO
OK
6. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH: On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
- touch the PREVIEW icon. - the screen shows the VCP 1/OFF SCREEN
page.
7. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
the VCP 1/OFF SCREEN page:
- touch the PLAY icon. - the screen shows the VTR 1 12MH
video-program.
8. On the SCU 11MH: On the headset:
- connect the electrical headset - you hear the sound of the VTR 1 12MH
to the MONITOR jack. video-program from the headset.
9. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
the VCP 1/OFF SCREEN page:
- touch the EXEC icon. - the screen shows the VCP 1/ON SCREEN
page.
In the cabin:,
EFF :
101-199, 23-36-00
Page 527
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- all the HMDU extend from the hatracks
and show the VTR 1 12MH
video-program.
10. In the cabin, at a Passenger At the related PCU:
Control Unit (PCU):
- connect the electrical
headset,
- set the channel 1, - you hear the channel 1 of the VTR 1
12MH video-program from the headset,
- set the channel 2. - you hear the channel 2 of the VTR 1
12MH video-program from the headset,
11. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
on the VCP 1/ON SCREEN page:
- touch the BACK icon. - the screen shows the MANUAL
MODE/Source page.
12. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, In the cabin:
- touch the STOP icon. - the VTR 1 12MH video program is
cancelled,
- the HMDU 100MH go off.
13. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
on the MANUAL MODE page:
- touch the BACK icon, - the screen shows the MANUAL
MODE/AIRCRAFT symbol page.
- touch the RESET/SCREEN icon.
14. On the monitor of the SCU On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
11MH,on the MANUAL MODE/AIRCRAFT
symbol page:
- touch the icons in the - the screen shows the MANUAL
sequence that follows: MODE/Source page.
AIRCRAFT symbol
2/VIDEO
EFF :
101-199, 23-36-00
Page 528
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OK
15. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH: On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
- touch the PREVIEW icon. - the screen shows the VCP 2/OFF SCREEN
page.
16. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
on the VCP 2/OFF SCREEN page:
- touch the PLAY icon. - the screen shows the VTR 2 13MH
video-program.
17. On the SCU 11MH: On the headset:
- you hear the sound of the VTR 2 13MH
video-program from the headset.
18. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
on the VCP 2/OFF SCREEN page:
- touch the EXEC icon. - the screen shows the VCP 2/ON SCREEN
page.
In the cabin:
- all the HMDU extend from the hatracks
and show the VTR 2 13MH
video-program.
19. In the cabin, at the related PCU At the related PCU:
- set the channel 1, - you hear the channel 1 of the VTR 2
13MH video-program from the headset,
- set the channel 2. - you hear the channel 2 of the VTR 2
13MH video-program from the headset,
20. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
on the VCP 2/ON SCREEN page:
- touch the BACK icon. - the screen shows the MANUAL
MODE/Source page.
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-36-00
Page 529
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
on the MANUAL MODE/Source page:
- touch the STOP icon. In the cabin:
- the VTR 2 13MH video-program is
cancelled,
- the HMDU 100MH go off.
22. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
on the MANUAL MODE/Source page:
- touch the BACK icon. - the screen shows the MANUAL
MODE/AIRCRAFT symbol page.
23. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH,
the MANUAL MODE/AIRCRAFT symbol
page:
- touch the RESET SCREEN icon.
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-36-00-710-050-A
A. Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video)
NOTE : Make sure that the video cassette used with VTR 12MH is available.
____
NOTE : Make sure that an electrical headset used with the Passenger
____
Control Unit (PCU) 200MK and 201MK or the System Control Unit
(SCU) 11MH is available.
R
EFF :
101-199, 252-299, 23-36-00
Page 530
Nov 01/06
THY
(1) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the System Control Unit (SCU) On the SCU 11MH:
11MH:
- push the MASTER POWER - all HMDU 100MH move to the viewing
pushbutton switch. position and after five seconds back
to the stowed position.
- the SYSTEM TEST green LED in the
INDIVIDUAL section of the SCU comes
on after power up and after a
satisfactory self test.
- all numeric indicators on the SCU
show a number.
NOTE : Wait for a minimum of 3 minutes after the SCU power-on, then continue
____
the test.
NOTE : Make sure that the arrow on the upper side of the cassette shows in
____
the direction of the VTR.
2. On the Video Tape Reproducer On the VTR 12MH:
(VTR) 12MH:
CAUTION : DO NOT USE FORCE WHEN
_______
YOU PUT THE CASSETTE
INTO THE VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER.
- insert the video cassette. - the STOP pushbutton switch related
light comes on.
- the CASSETTE IN LED comes on.
- push the REW pushbutton switch. - the STOP pushbutton switch related
light goes off and the REW pushbutton
switch related light comes on until
the cassette is rewound to the start
point.
- the STOP pushbutton switch related
light comes on.
3. On the SCU 11MH, ZONE SELECTION On the SCU 11MH:
section:
EFF :
252-299, 23-36-00
Page 531
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the ALL ZONES membrane - the ALL ZONES membrane switch
switch. integral light comes on.
- the ZONES/SEL indicator shows A.
4. On the SCU 11MH, ZONE OPERATION On the SCU 11MH:
section:
- push the SOURCE SEL/SEL - the SOURCE SEL indicator shows the
membrane switch to select the number of the installed VTR.
installed VTR.
On the SCU 11MH ZONE OPERATION SOURCE
SEL section:
- the VTR indicator illuminates red.
On the SCU 11MH ZONE OPERATION PA
section:
- the PRI indicator illuminates red.
- push the POWER/ON membrane - the POWER/ON switch integral light
switch. comes on.
In the cabin:
- all HMDU 100MH move to the viewing
position.
5. On the SCU 11MH, PREVIEW MONITOR On the SCU 11MH, PREVIEW MONITOR
section: section:
- push the SEL membrane switch to - the VTR indicator illuminates red.
set the VTR and PRI. - the PRI indicator illuminates red.
- the monitor is switched on.
NOTE : The subsequent test steps are only possible 2 minutes after cassette
____
begin and 5 minutes before cassette end.
6. On the VTR 12MH: On the VTR 12MH:
- push the PLAY pushbutton - the STOP pushbutton switch related
switch. light goes off.
- the PLAY pushbutton switch related
light comes on.
On the SCU 11MH VTR CONTROLS section:
EFF :
252-299, 23-36-00
Page 532
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the PLAY pushbutton switch related
light comes on.
On the SCU 11MH PREVIEW MONITOR
section:
- the VTR indicator illuminates red.
- the PRI indicator illuminates red.
- the selection indicator shows 1.
- the color LCD video monitor shows the
VTR video program.
In the cabin:
- the HMDUs 100MH show the VTR video
program.
7. On the SCU 11MH, PREVIEW MONITOR On the headset:
section:
- connect the electrical headset - you hear the video program sound of
to the MONITOR AUDIO jack. the PRI channel.
On the SCU 11MH, PREVIEW MONITOR
section:
- push the SEL membrane switch to - the SEC indicator illuminates green.
select the SEC channel.
On the headset:
- you hear the video program sound of
the SEC channel on the headset.
8. On the SCU 11MH, ZONE OPERATION On the SCU 11MH:
section:
- push the POWER/OFF membrane - the integral light of the POWER/ON
switch. membrane switch goes off.
- the integral light of the POWER/OFF
membrane switch comes on.
In the cabin:
- the extended HMDU 100MH retract into
the hatrack.
EFF :
252-299, 23-36-00
Page 533
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. On the SCU 11MH, INDIVIDUAL On the SCU 11MH, INDIVIDUAL section:
section:
- push the PROJ/MON CONTROL arrow - the indicator shows 1.
up or arrow down membrane
switch to set 1.
- push the PROJ/MON CONTROL/ON - the switch integral light comes on.
membrane switch:
In the cabin:
- the HMDU 100MH1 extends from the
hatrack and shows the video program.
On the SCU 11MH, INDIVIDUAL section:
- push the PROJ/MON CONTROL/ON - the switch integral light goes off.
membrane switch:
In the cabin:
- the HMDU 100MH1 retracts.
10. On the SCU 11MH for each of the For each HMDU 100MH:
other HMDU 100MH:
- do the test step 9. again for - The results agree with test step 9..
the next HMDU 100MH up to the
last HMDU 100MH in the cabin.
NOTE : The sequence of extending HMDUs may be interrupted, depending on
____
the amount of HMDUs installed in the cabin.
11. On the SCU 11MH, ZONE OPERATION On the SCU 11MH:
section:
- push the PA/VOL up arrow - the PA/VOL indicator shows 1.
membrane switch to set 1.
In the cabin:
- you hear the set VTR channel video
program sound at a low volume level
over the cabin loudspeakers.
On the SCU 11MH:
R
EFF :
252-299, 23-36-00
Page 534
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the PA/VOL up arrow - the PA/VOL indicator shows 8.
membrane switch to set 8.
In the cabin:
- you hear the set VTR channel video
program sound at a high volume level
over the cabin loudspeakers.
On the SCU 11MH:
- push the PA/VOL down arrow - the PA/VOL indicator shows 0.
membrane switch to set 0.
In the cabin:
- you hear no video sound over the
cabin loudspeakers.
On the SCU 11MH, ZONE SELECTION On the SCU 11MH, ZONE SELECTION
section: section:
- push the ALL ZONES membrane - the switch integral light goes off.
switch: - the ZONE/SEL indicator shows 0.
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-00-710-051
B. Do the priority test of the Video/Audio and the Announcement.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the SCU 11MH, ZONE SELECTION On the SCU 11MH:
section:
- push the ALL ZONES membrane - the switch integral light comes on.
switch. - the display shows A for ALL ZONES.
2. On the SCU 11MH, ZONE OPERATION On the SCU 11MH:
section:
- push the POWER/ON membrane - the membrane switch integral light
switch. comes on.
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page 535
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the cabin:
- the HMDU 100MH in all zones extend.
3. On the SCU 11MH, ZONE OPERATION On the SCU 11MH, ZONE OPERATION
section: section:
- push the SOURCE SEL/SEL - the SOURCE SEL indicator shows 1
membrane switch to set the VTR for VTR 1.
1 12MH (if not yet set...). - the VTR indicator illuminates red.
- the PRI indicator illuminates red.
In the cabin:
- all HMDU 100MH show the VTR 1 video
program.
NOTE : In the next step it has to be shown that the BGM has a lower priority
____
than video. Therefore the video sound has to be switched off.
4. On the SCU 11MH, ZONE OPERATION On the SCU 11MH, ZONE OPERATION
section: section:
- push the PA/VOL arrow up or - the PA/VOL indicator shows 0.
arrow down keys to set 0.
5. On the Forward Attendant Panel On the FAP 120RH, music section:
(FAP) 120RH, music section:
- push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane - the integral light of the MUSIC
switch. ON/OFF membrane switch comes on.
- the channel 1 is shown on the BGM
channel display.
In the cabin:
- you hear the BGM from the
loudspeakers.
6. On the SCU 11MH, ZONE OPERATION On the SCU 11MH, ZONE OPERATION
section: section:
- push the PA/SEL membrane switch - the VTR indicator illuminates red.
to set PRI. - the PRI indicator illuminates red.
- push the PA/VOL arrow up - the PA/VOL indicator shows 2.
membrane switch to set 2.
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page 536
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the cabin:
- the BGM is cancelled.
- you hear the VTR 1 channel 1 video
program sound from the loudspeakers
and, if PES MUSIC is installed, from
the PCUs on the resp. channel(s).
In the cabin:
- push the PA/SEL membrane switch - you hear the VTR 1 channel 2 video
to set SEC. program sound from the loudspeakers
and, if PES MUSIC is installed, from
the PCUs on the resp. channel(s).
On the SCU 11MH, ZONE OPERATION
section:
- the SEC indicator illuminates green.
7. On the FAP 120RH, PRERECORDED In the cabin:
ANNOUNCEMENT section:
- push the 1 membrane switch. - the VTR 1 channel 2 sound is
- push the ENTER membrane cancelled.
switch. - you hear the prerecorded
- push the 2 membrane switch. announcements from the loudspeakers
- push the ENTER membrane and, if PES MUSIC is installed, from
switch. the PCUs on all channels.
- push the 3 membrane switch.
- push the ENTER membrane
switch.
- push the START ALL membrane
switch.
8. On the forward attendant station On the forward Attendant Indication
LH: Panel (AIP) 320RH:
- lift the handset from the - the # symbol comes on.
cradle.
- push the PTT pushbutton switch - the # symbol goes off.
and make an announcement. - the PA ALL IN USE message comes on.
In the cabin:
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page 537
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the prerecorded announcement is
cancelled and you hear your
announcement from the loudspeakers
and, if PES MUSIC is installed, from
the PCUs on all channels.
In the lavatories and at the aft
attendant station:
- you hear the PA announcement from the
loudspeakers.
On the forward AIP 320RH:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the PA ALL IN USE message goes off.
switch and put the handset back
into the cradle.
In the cabin:
- you hear the prerecorded announcement
from the loudspeakers. and, if PES
MUSIC is installed, from the PCUs on
all channels.
9. On the FAP 120RH, PRERECORDED
ANNOUNCEMENT section:
- push the STOP membrane switch.
On the FAP 120RH, MUSIC section: On the FAP 120RH, music section:
- push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane - the integral light of the MUSIC
switch. ON/OFF membrane switch goes off.
In the cabin:
- the prerecorded announcement is
cancelled.
- you hear the VTR 1 channel 2 video
program sound from the loudspeakers
and, if PES MUSIC is installed, from
the PCUs on the resp. channel(s).
10. In the cockpit, on panel 21VU: In the cockpit, on panel 21VU:
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page 538
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH IN THE
_______
MASK MAN ON
PUSHBUTTON SWITCH 14WR
FOR MORE THAN 5
SECONDS.
NOTE : Before you start the next
____
test step make sure that
all emergency-oxygen
container door-stops are
in the test position.
- lift the switch guard and push - the PASSENGER SYS ON indication light
the MASK MAN ON 14WR comes on.
pushbutton switch.
In the cabin:
- all emergency oxygen container-doors
open to the maximum travel range
permitted by the door stops.
- all HMDU 100MH go off and move back
up into the hatracks.
- an emergency announcement is audible
from the loudspeakers and, if PES
MUSIC is installed, from the PCUs on
all channels.
- the VTR 1 channel 2 video program
sound is cancelled until the
emergency announcement is finished.
On the SCU 11MH:
- the monitor goes off.
In the cockpit, on panel 50VU: In the cockpit, on panel 21VU:
- push the OXYGEN TMR RESET - the PASSENGER SYS ON indication light
pushbutton switch. goes off.
11. On the SCU 11MH: On the SCU 11MH:
- push the MASTER POWER - all integral lights go off.
pushbutton switch.
On the VTR 12MH:
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page 539
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the cassette stops.
- the VTR goes off.
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-36-00-710-051-B
B. Priority Test of the Video, Audio and the Announcement
NOTE : The BGM has a lower priority than video. Therefore the video sound
____
has to be switched off in the following test.
(1) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Forward Attendant Panel On the FAP 120RH, music section:
(FAP) 120RH, music section:
- push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane - the integral light of the MUSIC
switch. ON/OFF membrane switch comes on,
- the channel 1 is shown on the BGM
channel display.
In the cabin:
- you hear the BGM from the
loudspeakers.
2. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
the MANUAL MODE/Aircraft
Configuration page
- touch the icons in the - the MANUAL MODE/Source page comes
following sequence. into view.
ZONE1
ZONE2
PA
1/VIDEO
OK
- touch the ALL EXEC icon: In the cabin, Zone 1 and Zone 2:
R
EFF :
001-007, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page 540
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- all HMDU move down out of the
hatracks and show the VTR 1 video
program,
- the BGM is cannelled,
- the video sound is heard from the
loudspeakers and from all PCU on the
channel 1 and 2.
3. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH: In the cabin, Zone 1 and Zone 2:
- touch the up arrow/PA Vol and - the volume of the video program sound
down arrow/PA Vol icons. changes.
4. On the FAP 120RH, PRERECORDED In the cabin, Zone 1 and Zone 2:
ANNOUNCEMENT section:
- push the membrane switches in - at the same time the VTR program
the following sequence: sound is cancelled,
1, - you hear the prerecorded
ENTER, announcements from the loudspeakers
2, and from all PCU on all channels.
ENTER,
3,
ENTER,
START ALL.
At the same time the VTR 1 12MH goes in
PAUSE MODE:
- the PLAY light comes on,
- the STOP light comes on.
5. On the FWD attendant station: On the FWD Attendant Indication Panel
(AIP) 320RH:
- lift the handset from the - the # symbol comes on,
cradle,
- push and hold the PTT - the # symbol goes off.
pushbutton switch and speak
into the headset.
In the cabin, Zone 1 and Zone 2:
- the prerecorded announcement is
cancelled and your PA-announcement is
EFF :
007-007, 23-36-00
Page 541
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
heard from the loudspeakers and from
all PCU on all channels.
At the same time in the lavatories and
at the AFT attendant station:
- your PA-announcement is heard from
the loudspeakers.
6. At the FWD attendant station: At the forward AIP 320RH:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the PA ALL message goes off,
switch and put the handset back
into the cradle.
At the same time in the cabin, Zone 1
and Zone 2:
- the prerecorded announcements are
heard again from the loudspeakers.
7. On the FAP 120RH, PRERECORDED At the same time the VTR 12MH and VTR
ANNOUNCEMENT section: 13MH go in PLAY MODE:
- push the STOP membrane switch. - the STOP light goes off.
In the cabin,Zone 1 and Zone2:
- the prerecorded announcement is
cancelled,
- the video sound is heard from the
loudspeakers and from all PCU on the
channel 1 and 2.
8. On the FAP 120RH, MUSIC section: On the FAP 120RH, MUSIC section:
- push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane - the integral light of the MUSIC
switch. ON/OFF membrane switch goes off.
9. In the cockpit, on panel 21VU:
CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH IN THE
_______
MASK MAN ON
PUSHBUTTON SWITCH 14WR
FOR MORE THAN 5
SECONDS.
In the cockpit, on panel 21VU:
EFF :
007-007, 23-36-00
Page 542
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- lift the switch guard and push - the PASSENGER SYS ON indication light
the MASK MAN ON 14WR pushbutton comes on.
switch.
NOTE : Make sure that all
____
emergency-oxygen container
door-stops are in the test
position.
On the SCU 11MH:
- SCU goes in STANDBY.
In the cabin:
- all emergency oxygen container-doors
open to the maximum travel range
permitted by the door stops,
- the video program sound is cancelled
in all zones,
- all HMDU 100MH go off and retract
into the hatracks,
- an emergency announcement is audible
from the loudspeakers, and from sll
PCU on all channels.
10. In the cockpit, on panel 50VU: In the cockpit, on panel 21VU:
- push the OXYGEN TMR RESET - the PASSENGER SYS ON light goes off.
pushbutton switch.
11. On the SCU 11MH: On the SCU 11MH:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the integral light of the SYST PWR
switch. pushbutton switch goes off.
12. On the System Control Unit (SCU) On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
11MH:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the integral light of the SYST PWR
switch. pushbutton switch comes on,
- the message
PROCEEDING
SELF TEST
comes into view.
EFF :
007-007, 23-36-00
Page 543
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the cabin:
- all Hatrack Mounted Display Units
(HMDU) 100MH move down out of the
hatracks and after 5s retract into
the hatracks.
On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
- PLEASE WAIT is shown,
- after SELF TEST the MAIN MENU PAGE
comes into view.
On the Video Tape Reproducers (VTR)
12MH and 13MH:
- the POWER lights comes on.
13. On VTR 1 12MH: On VTR 1 12MH:
- push the EJECT pushbutton
switch and remove the
cassette.
14. On VTR 1 13MH: On VTR 1 13MH:
- push the EJECT pushbutton
switch and remove the
cassette.
15. On the SCU 11MH: On the SCU 11MH:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the integral light of the SYST PWR
switch. pushbutton switch goes off.
R
EFF :
007-007, 23-36-00
Page 544
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 008-049,
Subtask 23-36-00-710-051-A
B. Priority Test of the Video, Audio and the Announcement
NOTE : The BGM has a lower priority than the video. Therefore the video
____
sound has to be switched off in the following test.
(1) Do this test first for the VTR1 12MH and then for the VTR 2 13MH:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Forward Attendant Panel On the FAP 120RH, music section:
(FAP) 120RH, music section:
- push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane - the integral light of the MUSIC
switch. ON/OFF membrane switch comes on,
- the channel 1 is shown on the BGM
channel display.
In the cabin:
- you hear the BGM from the
loudspeakers.
2. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH: On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
- touch the icons in the - the MANUAL MODE/SOURCE//PA PAGE comes
following sequence: into view.
PA,
VIDEO 1 (VIDEO 2),
OK.
In the cabin:
- the BGM is cancelled,
- you hear the video program sound from
the loudspeakers.
3. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH: In the cabin:
- touch the PA /VOL up arrow and - the volume of the video program sound
PA/VOL down arrow icons. changes.
EFF :
008-049, 23-36-00
Page 545
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. On the FAP 120RH, PRERECORDED In the cabin:
ANNOUNCEMENT section:
- push the membrane switches in - at the same time the VTR program
the following sequence: sound is cancelled,
1, you hear the prerecorded
ENTER, announcements from the loudspeakers.
2,
ENTER,
3,
ENTER,
START ALL.
At the same time the VTR 1 12MH (VTR 2
13MH) stops:
- the STOP light comes on,
- the POWER light is on.
Also in the cockpit, on the panel 27VU:
- the blue PA IN USE indicator light
comes on.
5. On the FAP 120RH, PRERECORDED
ANNOUNCEMENT section:
- push the START ALL membrane
switch.
In the forward attendant station On the FWD Attendant Indication Panel
LH, during the prerecorded (AIP) 320RH:
announcements:
- lift the handset from the - the # symbol comes on,
cradle,
- push the PA ALL pushbutton - the # symbol goes off,
switch. - the PA ALL message comes on.
6. On the FAP 120RH, PRERECORDED In the cabin:
ANNOUNCEMENT section:
- push the PTT pushbutton switch - the prerecorded announcement is
and hold and speak in the cancelled and you hear your
handset. announcement from the loudspeakers.
EFF :
008-049, 23-36-00
Page 546
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the lavatories and at the aft
attendant station:
- you hear the PA announcement from the
loudspeakers.
7. On the FAP 120RH, PRERECORDED On the FWD AIP 320RH:
ANNOUNCEMENT section:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the PA ALL IN USE message goes off.
switch and put the handset back
into the cradle.
In the cabin:
- you hear the prerecorded announcement
from the loudspeakers.
8. After the end of the prerecorded On the VTR 1 12MH (VTR 2 13MH):
announcements. - the POWER light is on.
- the STOP light goes off.
In the cabin:
- you hear the video sound from the
loudspeakers.
In the cockpit, on the panel 27VU:
- the blue PA IN USE indicator light
goes off.
9. On the FAP 120RH, MUSIC section: On the FAP 120RH, MUSIC section:
- push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane - the integral light of the MUSIC
switch. ON/OFF membrane switch goes off.
10. In the cockpit, on panel 21VU:
CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH IN THE
_______
MASK MAN ON
PUSHBUTTON SWITCH 14WR
FOR MORE THAN 5
SECONDS.
In the cockpit, on panel 21VU:
EFF :
008-049, 23-36-00
Page 547
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- lift the switch guard and push
the MASK MAN ON 14WR
pushbutton switch.
NOTE : Make sure that all emergency-oxygen container door-stops are in the
____
test position.
- the PASSENGER SYS ON indication light
comes on.
On the SCU 11MH:
- SCU goes in STANDBY.
On the VTR 1 12MH (VTR 2 13MH):
- the operation stops.
In the cabin:
- all emergency oxygen container-doors
open to the maximum travel range
permitted by the door stops,
- the video program sound is cancelled,
- all HMDU 100MH go off and retract
into the hatracks,
- an emergency announcement is audible
from the loudspeakers and, if PES
MUSIC is installed, from the PCU on
all channels.
In the cockpit, on panel 27VU:
- the blue PA IN USE indicator light
comes on.
11. In the cockpit, on panel 50VU: In the cockpit, on panel 21VU:
- push the OXYGEN TMR RESET - the PASSENGER SYS ON light goes off.
pushbutton switch.
12. On VTR 1 12MH (VTR 2 13MH): On VTR 1 12MH (VTR 2 13MH):
- push the STOP pushbutton - the STOP light comes on,
switch,
R
EFF :
008-049, 23-36-00
Page 548
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the EJECT pushbutton - the TAPE IN light goes off.
switch and remove the
cassette.
13. On the SCU 11MH: On the SCU 11MH:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the integral light of the SYST PWR
switch. pushbutton switch goes off.
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-00-710-051-C
B. Priority Test of the Video, Audio and the Announcement
NOTE : The Boarding Music (BGM) has a lower priority than the video.
____
Thus, the video sound must be disconnected during the test that
follows.
(1) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the Flight Attendant Panel On the FAP 120RH:
R (FAP) 120RH :
R NOTE : If the Audio softkey is
____
R shown on the system and
R function softkey-panel,
R continue with step 2.
R - touch the backward or the - a new system and function
R forward softkey until the Audio softkey-panel is shown.
R softkey is shown.
R 2. On the FAP 120RH, system and On the FAP 120RH:
R function softkey-panel:
R - touch the Audio softkey, - the Audio softkey highlights with a
R color change,
R - the display shows the AUDIO page.
R
EFF :
008-049, 054-100, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 549
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. On the FAP 120RH, CABIN SETTINGS
R area:
R - make sure that the PES/ON/OFF
R softkey is on position.
R
R 4. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH,
120RH, BOARDING MUSIC (BGM)/BGM 1 BGM/BGM 1 select area:
select area:
- push the ON/OFF softkey. - the ON/OFF softkey highlights with a
color change.
On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH, BGM
aircraft symbol:
- the last music channel selection
shows on the BGM 1 channel display.
In the cabin:
- you hear the BGM from all the
passenger and lavatory loudspeakers.
R 5. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
on the MANUAL MODE/AIRCRAFT
symbol page:
- touch the icons in the sequence - the MANUAL MODE/Source page comes
that follows: into view.
ZONE1,
1/VIDEO,
ZONE2,
2/VIDEO,
OK.
R 6. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
the Zone 1 area:
- touch the PA/OFF icon. - the PA CHANNEL SELECT menuscreen
comes into view.
R 7. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the SCU 11MH, the monitor:
the PA CHANNEL SELECT menuscreen:
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 550
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- touch the icons in the sequence - the MANUAL MODE/Source page comes
that follows: into view,
CH1 - the PA/1 icon replaces the PA/X icon.
OK
R 8. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
the Zone 2 area:
- touch the PA/OFF icon. - the PA CHANNEL SELECT menuscreen
comes into view.
R 9. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the SCU 11MH, the monitor:
the PA CHANNEL SELECT menuscreen:
- touch the icons in the sequence - the MANUAL MODE/Source page comes
that follows: into view,
CH2 - the PA/2 icon replaces the PA/X icon.
OK
R 10. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the SCU 11MH, the monitor:
the MANUAL MODE/Source page:
- touch the ALL EXEC icon. - a new MANUAL MODE/Source page comes
into view.
R At the same time in the cabin, in zone
R 1 and zone 2:
- the BGM is cancelled.
R In the cabin zone 1:
R - all the HMDUs 100M extend from the
R hatracks,
R - all the HMDUs 100MH and all the WMDUs
R 102MH show the VTR 1 12MH video
R program.
R - you hear the VTR 1 12MH video sound
R from the loudspeakers and from the
R PCUs.
R
R In the cabin zone 2:
R - all the HMDUs 100MH extend from the
R hatracks and show the VTR 2 13MH
R video program,
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 551
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - you hear the VTR 2 13MH video sound
R from the loudspeakers and from the
R PCUs.
R In the cockpit, on panel 27VU:
R - the VIDEO IN USE indication light
R comes on.
R 11. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the SCU 11MH, the monitor:
the MANUAL MODE/Source page:
- touch the PA/VOLUME icon. - the PA VOLUME menuscreen comes into
view.
R 12. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, In the cabin, zone 1 and zone 2
the PA VOLUMEL menuscreen:
- touch the VOLUME up arrow and - the volume of the VTR sounds change.
down arrow icons.
R 13. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the SCU 11MH, the monitor:
the PA VOLUMEL menuscreen:
- touch the BACK icon. - the MANUAL MODE/Source page comes
into view.
R 14. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH,
R 120RH, PRERECORDED PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT/MEMO display:
R ANNOUNCEMENT/SELECT keypad area:
R - touch the 1 softkey to set - the announcement number 1 with a
R the first prerecorded related announcement title is shown
R announcement, on the display,
R - touch the ENTER softkey,
R - touch the 2 softkey to set a - the announcement number 1 with the
R second prerecorded related announcement title shows on
R announcement, the display,
R - touch the ENTER softkey, - the announcement number 2 with the
R related announcement title is shown
R on the display,
R - touch the 3 softkey to set a - the announcement number 1 with the
R third prerecorded related announcement title is shown
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 552
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R announcement, on the display, the announcement
R - touch the ENTER softkey. number 2 with the related
R announcement title is shown on the
R display,
R - the announcement number 3 with the
R related announcement title is shown
R on the display.
R 15. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH,
R 120RH, PRERECORDED PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT/ON ANNOUNCE
R ANNOUNCEMENT/MEMO area: display:
R - touch the PLAY/ALL softkey. - the display shows the related
R announcement number with its title.
R
R In te cabin zone 1:
- the sound of the VTR 1 12MH
video-program and the VTR 1 12MH
video-program is cancelled,
- you hear the related prerecorded
announcement from all the passenger
and lavatory loudspeakers.
At the related PCU:
- you hear the related prerecorded
announcement on all the channels with
the headset.
R In the cabin zone 2:
- the sound of the VTR 2 13MH
video-program and the VTR 2 13MH
video-program is cancelled,
- you hear the related prerecorded
announcement from all the passenger
and lavatory loudspeakers.
At the related PCU:
- you hear the related prerecorded
announcement on all the channels with
the headset.
R 16. On the forward attendant On the forward Attendant
station: Indication-Panel (AIP) 320RH:
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 553
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- lift the handset from the - the # symbol comes into view,
cradle,
- push the PA or PA All - the # symbol goes out of view.
pushbutton switch,
- push the PTT pushbutton
switch,
- make an announcement.
R At the same time in the cabin, zone 1
R and zone 2:
R - the prerecorded announcement is
R cancelled
R - you hear the PA-announcement from all
R loudspeakers and from all PCUs on all
channels.
R 17. On the forward attendant-station On the forward AIP 320MH:
R LH:
R - release the PTT pushbutton - the PA or PA ALL message goes out of
R switch and put the handset view.
back into the cradle.
R At the same time in the cabin, zone 1
R and zone 2:
- you hear the the prerecorded
announcements again from the
R loudspeakers and from all the PCUs on
R all channels.
R 18. In the cockpit: In the cockpit:
R - do the test step 16 again. - the results agree with the test step
R 16.
R 19. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH,
120RH, PRERECORDED PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT/MEMO area:
ANNOUNCEMENT/MEMO area:
R - touch the Stop softkey again - the Stop softkey highlights with a
R and again until the ON color change,
R ANNOUNCE display shows no - the ON ANNOUNCE display shows no
R number. number.
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 554
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R In the cabin zone 1:
R - the prerecorded announcement is
R cancelled
R - you hear the video sound from VTR 1
R 12MH from the loudspeakers,
R - all the HMDUs 100MH and all the WMDUs
R 102MH show the VTR 1 12MH
R video-program.
R In the cabin zone 2:
R - the prerecorded announcement is
R cancelled
R - you hear the video sound from VTR 2
R 13MH from the loudspeakers,
R - all the HMDUs 100MH show the VTR 2
R 13MH video-program.
R 20. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH,
120RH, BGM/BGM 1 select area: BGM/BGM 1 select area:
R - push the ON/OFF softkey. - the ON/OFF softkey highlights with a
R color change.
R 21. In the cockpit, on panel 21VU:
CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH IN THE
_______
MASK MAN ON
PUSHBUTTON SWITCH 14WR
FOR MORE THAN 5
SECONDS.
In the cockpit, on panel 21VU:
- make sure that all
emergency-oxygen container
door-stops are in the test
position before you push the
MASK MAN ON 14WR pushbutton
switch.
- lift the switch guard and push - the PASSENGER SYS ON indication light
the MASK MAN ON 14WR comes on.
pushbutton switch.
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 555
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the SCU 11MH:
- SCU goes in STANDBY.
R In the cabin, zone 1 and zone 2:
- all emergency oxygen container-doors
open to the maximum travel range
permitted by the door stops,
- the video program sound is cancelled,
R - all the HMDUs 100MH and all the WMDUs
R 102MH go off,
R - all the HMDUs 100MH retract into the
R hatracks,
- you can hear an emergency
announcement from the loudspeakers
and from the PCU on all channels,
R In the cockpit, on panel 27VU:
R - he VIDEO IN USE indication light goes
R off.
R 22. In the cockpit, on panel 50VU: In the cockpit, on panel 21VU:
- push the OXYGEN TMR RESET - the PASSENGER SYS ON light goes off.
pushbutton switch.
R 23. On the SCU 11MH: On the SCU 11MH:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the internal light of the SYST PWR
switch. pushbutton switch goes off.
R 24. On the SCU 11MH: On the SCU 11MH:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the internal light of the SYST PWR
switch. pushbutton switch comes on,
- the message.
PROCEEDING
SELF TEST ---
comes into view
R In the cabin, zone 1 and zone 2:
R - all the HMDUs 100MH extend from the
R hatracks and subsequently retract
R into the hatracks.
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 556
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- PLEASE WAIT is shown,
- after SELF TEST the MAIN MENU PAGE
comes into view.
R 25. On the VTR 1 12MH: On the VTR 1 12MH:
R - push the EJECT membrane - the TAPE IN LED flashes until the
R switch, cassette ejects.
- remove the cassette.
R 26. On the VTR 2 13MH: On the VTR 2 13MH:
R - push the EJECT membrane - the TAPE IN LED flashes until the
R switch, cassette ejects.
- remove the cassette.
R 27. On the SCU 11MH: On the SCU 11MH:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the internal light of the SYST PWR
switch. pushbutton switch goes off.
R 28. In the VCC 10MH: In the VCC 10MH:
- push the VCC MASTER POWER - the internal light of the VCC MASTER
SWITCH 901MH pushbutton POWER SWITCH 901MH pushbutton switch
switch. goes off.
**ON A/C 101-199,
Subtask 23-36-00-710-051-D
B. Priority Test of the Video, Audio and the Announcement
NOTE : The Boarding Music (BGM) has a lower priority than the video.
____
Thus, the video sound must be disconnected during the test that
follows.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 557
Nov 01/06
THY
(1) Do the test first for the VTR 1 12MH and then for the VTR 2 13MH.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Flight Attendant Panel On the FAP 120RH :
(FAP) 120RH :
- touch the Audio softkey. - the Audio softkey highlights with a
color change,
- the display shows the AUDIO page.
2. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH,
120RH, BOARDING MUSIC (BGM)/BGM 1 BGM/BGM 1 select area:
select area:
- touch the ON/OFF softkey. - the ON/OFF softkey highlights with a
color change.
On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH, BGM
aircraft symbol:
- the last music channel selection
shows on the BGM 1 channel display.
At the same time, in the cabin:
- you hear the BGM from all the
passenger and lavatory loudspeakers.
3. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
on the MANUAL MODE/AIRCRAFT
symbol page:
- touch the icons in the sequence - the screen shows the MANUAL
that follows: MODE/Source page.
AIRCRAFT symbol
1/VIDEO,
OK.
4. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH: On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
- touch the PA/OFF icon. - the screen shows the PA CHANNEL
SELECT menuscreen.
5. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
on the PA CHANNEL SELECT
menuscreen:
EFF :
101-199, 23-36-00
Page 558
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- touch the icons in the sequence - the screen shows the MANUAL
that follows: MODE/Source page.
CH1 - the PA/X icon changes to the PA/1
OK icon.
6. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH: On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
- touch the PA/OFF icon. - the screen shows the PA CHANNEL
SELECT menuscreen.
7. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
on the PA CHANNEL SELECT
menuscreen:
- touch the icons in the sequence - the screen shows the MANUAL
that follows: MODE/Source page.
CH2 - the PA/X icon changes to the PA/2
OK icon.
8. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
on the MANUAL MODE/Source page:
- touch the EXEC icon. - the screen shows a new MANUAL
MODE/Source page.
At the same time, in the cabin:
- the BGM is cancelled.
In the cabin:
- all the HMDU extend from the hatracks
and show the VTR 1 12MH
video-program,
- you hear the sound of the VTR 1 12MH
video-program from the loudspeakers
and from all the PCU on channel 1 and
2.
9. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
on the MANUAL MODE/Source page:
- touch the PA/VOLUME icon. - the screen shows the PA VOLUME
menuscreen.
EFF :
101-199, 23-36-00
Page 559
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, In the cabin:
the PA VOLUME menuscreen:
- touch the VOLUME up arrow and - the volume of the VTR 1 12MH
down arrow icons. video-program changes.
11. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
on the PA VOLUME menuscreen:
- touch the BACK icon. - the screen shows the MANUAL
MODE/Source page.
12. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH,
120RH, PRERECORDED PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT/SELECT area:
ANNOUNCEMENT/SELECT area:
- set an announcement with the - the set announcement highlights with
up and down triangle softkey. a color change.
13. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH,
120RH, PRERECORDED PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT/MEMO area:
ANNOUNCEMENT/SELECT area:
- push the left left-pointing - the announcement title with the note
arrow softkey. FOUND is shown in the MEMO area.
14. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH,
120RH, PRERECORDED PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT:
ANNOUNCEMENT/SELECT area:
- do the same procedure for - all entered announcements are shown
approximately seven in the MEMO area.
announcements.
15. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH,
120RH, PRERECORDED PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT/MEMO area:
ANNOUNCEMENT/MEMO area:
- set an announcement with the - the active memo field highlights with
up and down triangle softkeys. a color change.
16. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH,
120RH, PRERECORDED PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT/ON ANNOUNCE
ANNOUNCEMENT/MEMO area: display:
EFF :
101-199, 23-36-00
Page 560
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the Play Next softkey. - the set announcement title moves into
the display.
In the cabin:
- the sound of the VTR 1 12MH
video-program and the VTR 1 12MH
video-program is cancelled,
- you hear the related prerecorded
announcement from all the passenger
and the lavatory loudspeakers.
At the related PCU:
- you hear the related prerecorded
announcement on all the channels with
the headset.
17. On the forward On the forward Attendant
attendant-station: Indication-Panel (AIP) 320RH:
- lift the handset from the - the # symbol comes on,
cradle,
- push the PA or PA All - the # symbol goes off,
pushbutton switch,
- push and hold the PTT
pushbutton switch and make an
announcement.
At the same time, in the cabin:
- the prerecorded announcement is
cancelled
- you hear your PA-announcement from
the loudspeakers and from the PCU on
all channels.
18. On the forward On the forward AIP:
attendant-station:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the PA or PA ALL message goes off.
switch and put the handset
back into the cradle.
At the same time, in the cabin:
EFF :
101-199, 23-36-00
Page 561
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- you hear the prerecorded
announcements again from the
loudspeakers and from the PCU on all
channels.
19. In the cockpit: In the cockpit:
- do the test step 17 again. - the results agree with the test step
17.
20. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH,
120RH, PRERECORDED PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT/MEMO area:
ANNOUNCEMENT/MEMO area:
- push the Stop softkey. - the Stop softkey highlights with a
color change.
At the same time, in the cabin:
- the prerecorded announcement is
cancelled,
- you hear the sound of the VTR 1 12MH
video-program from the loudspeakers,
- all the HMDU show the VTR 1 12MH
video-program.
21. On the AUDIO page of the FAP On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH,
120RH, BGM/BGM 1 select area: BGM/BGM 1 select area:
- push the ON/OFF softkey. - the ON/OFF softkey highlights with a
color change.
22. In the cockpit, on panel 21VU:
CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH IN THE
_______
MASK MAN ON
PUSHBUTTON SWITCH 14WR
FOR MORE THAN 5
SECONDS.
In the cockpit, on panel 21VU:
- make sure that all
emergency-oxygen container
door-stops are in the test
EFF :
101-199, 23-36-00
Page 562
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
position before you push the
MASK MAN ON 14WR pushbutton
switch.
- lift the switch guard and push - the PASSENGER SYS ON indication light
the MASK MAN ON 14WR comes on.
pushbutton switch.
On the SCU 11MH:
- SCU goes in STANDBY.
In the cabin:
- all the emergency oxygen
container-doors open to the maximum
travel range permitted by the door
stops,
- the sound of the VTR 1 12MH
video-program is cancelled,
R - all the HMDU 100MH go off and retract
R into the hatracks,
- you can hear an emergency
announcement from the loudspeakers
and from the PCU on all channels.
23. In the cockpit, on panel 50VU: In the cockpit, on panel 21VU:
- push the OXYGEN TMR RESET - the PASSENGER SYS ON light goes off.
pushbutton switch.
24. On the SCU 11MH: On the SCU 11MH:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the internal light of the SYST PWR
switch. pushbutton switch goes off.
25. On the SCU 11MH: On the SCU 11MH:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the internal light of the SYST PWR
switch. pushbutton switch comes on,
- the message.
PROCEEDING
SELF TEST ---
comes into view
In the cabin:
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-36-00
Page 563
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- all the HMDU 100MH extend from the
hatracks and after 5 seconds retract
into the hatracks.
- PLEASE WAIT is shown,
- after SELF TEST the MAIN MENU PAGE
comes into view.
26. On the VTR 1 12MH: On the VTR 1 12MH:
- push the EJECT membrane - the TAPE IN LED flashes until the
switch. cassette ejects.
- remove the cassette.
27. On the VTR 2 13MH: On the VTR 2 13MH:
- push the EJECT membrane - the TAPE IN LED flashes until the
switch. cassette ejects.
- remove the cassette.
28. On the SCU 11MH: On the SCU 11MH:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the internal light of the SYST PWR
switch. pushbutton switch goes off.
29. In the VCC 10MH: In the VCC 10MH:
- push the VCC MASTER POWER - the internal light of the VCC MASTER
SWITCH 901MH pushbutton POWER SWITCH 901MH pushbutton switch
switch. goes off.
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-36-00
Page 564
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-00-710-052
C. Do the manual override-mode test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the System Control Unit (SCU) On the SCU 11MH:
11MH:
- push the MASTER POWER - the integral light of the MASTER
pushbutton switch. POWER pushbutton switch comes on.
- all digital indicators show a number.
In the cabin:
- all HMDUs move down out of the
hatracks and move back into the
hatracks again.
On the Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
12MH:
- the STOP pushbutton switch related
light comes on.
2. On the VTR 12MH: On the VTR 12MH:
- push the REW pushbutton switch. - the STOP pushbutton switch related
light goes off and the REW pushbutton
switch related light comes on until
the cassette is rewound to the start
point.
3. On the VTR 12MH: On the VTR 12MH:
- push the PLAY pushbutton - the STOP pushbutton switch related
switch. light goes off.
- the PLAY pushbutton switch related
light comes on.
- the cassette starts to operate.
NOTE : Wait for a minimum of 3 minutes
____
after the SCU power-on, then
continue the test.
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page 565
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. On the SCU 11MH, ZONE SELECTION On the SCU 11MH, ZONE SELECTION
section: section:
- push the ALL ZONES membrane - the ALL ZONES membrane switch
switch. integral light comes on.
- the ZONES/SEL indicator shows A.
On the SCU 11MH, ZONE OPERATION On the SCU 11MH:
section:
- push the POWER/ON membrane - the POWER/ON membrane switch integral
switch. light comes on.
In the cabin:
- the HMDU 100MH move down out of the
hatracks.
On the SCU 11MH:
- push the SOURCE SEL/SEL - the SOURCE SEL indicator shows the
membrane switch to select the number of the installed VTR.
installed VTR. - the VTR indicator illuminates red.
In the cabin:
- the HMDU 100MH show the VTR video
program.
5. On the SCU 11MH, PREVIEW MONITOR On the SCU 11MH, PREVIEW MONITOR
section: section:
- push the SEL membrane switch to - the VTR indicator illuminates red.
set the VTR AND PRI. - the PRI indicator illuminates red.
- the monitor is switched on.
6. On the SCU 11MH, VTR CONTROLS On the SCU 11MH:
section:
- push the STOP membrane switch. - the STOP membrane switch integral
light comes on.
In the cabin:
- all HMDU 100MH show no video program.
On the SCU 11MH:
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page 566
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the PLAY membrane switch. - the STOP membrane switch integral
light goes off.
- the PLAY membrane switch integral
light comes on.
In the cabin:
- all HMDU 100MH show the VTR video
program.
7. On the VTR 12MH: On the VTR 12MH:
- push the STOP pushbutton - the PLAY pushbutton switch related
switch. light goes off.
- the STOP pushbutton switch related
light comes on.
- the cassette stops.
8. On the VTR 12MH: On the VTR 12MH:
- push the EJECT pushbutton - the cassette moves out of the VTR.
switch.
- remove the cassette.
9. On the SCU 11MH: On the SCU 11MH:
- push the MASTER POWER membrane - all integral lights of the membrane
switch. switches go off.
In the cabin:
- the HDMU 100MH retract.
On the VTR 12MH:
- all integral lights of the pushbutton
switches go off.
- disconnect the electrical
headset.
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-00
Page 567
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-00-710-057
D. Do the function test of the Movable Display Units
NOTE : With this test, you only examine if the function of the Movable
____
Display Units (MDU) in each classdivider provision place is
correct. This test does not include a check of the video zoning.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the 2000VU:
- open the C/Bs that follow:
20MH PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN
21MH PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC
22MH PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH
24MH PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH
2. In the cabine:
- remove the classdividers which
contain the MDUs 104MH,
- connect them to the nearest
free provision space.
3. On the 2000VU:
- close the C/Bs that follow:
20MH PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN
21MH PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC
22MH PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH
24MH PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH
4. In the Video Control Center (VCC) In the VCC 10MH:
10MH:
- push the VCC MASTER POWER - the internal light of the VCC MASTER
SWITCH 901MH pushbutton switch. POWER SWITCH 901MH pushbutton switch
comes on.
5. On the System Control Unit (SCU) On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
11MH:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the internal light of the SYST PWR
switch. pushbutton switch comes on,
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 568
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the message
PROCEEDING
SELF TEST ---
comes into view.
After approximately 6 minutes:
- the screen shows the MAIN MENU page.
In the cabin:
- all Hatrack Mounted Display Units
(HMDU) 100MH extend from the hatracks
and subsequently retract into the
hatracks.
6. On the VTR 1 12MH:
CAUTION : DO NOT USE FORCE WHEN
_______
YOU PUT THE CASSETTE
INTO THE VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER.
On the VTR 1 12MH:
- put in the video cassette,
- make sure that the arrow on the
top of the cassette points in
the direction of the VTR 1
12MH.
7. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- touch the MANUAL MODE icon, - the screen shows the MANUAL
MODE/AIRCRAFT symbol page,
- touch the icons in the sequence - the screen shows the MANUAL
that follows: MODE/Source page.
AIRCRAFT symbol
1/VIDEO
OK
8. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH: In the cabin:
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 569
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- touch the EXEC icon. - all HMDUs 100MH extend from the
hatracks and show the VRT1 12MH
video-program,
- all Wall Mounted Display Units (WMDU)
102MH show the VRT1 12MH
video-program,
- all MDUs 104MH show the VRT1 12MH
video-program.
9. On the SCU 11MH: On the SCU 11MH:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the internal light of the SYST PWR
switch. pushbutton switch goes off.
In the cabin:
- all HMDUs 100MH go off and retract
into the hatracks,
- all WMDUs 102MH go off,
- all MDUs 104MH go off.
10. On the 2000VU:
- open the C/Bs that follow:
20MH PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN
21MH PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC
22MH PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH
24MH PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH
11. In the cabine:
- remove the classdividers which
contain the MDUs 104MH,
- connect them to the nearest
free provision space.
12. On the 2000VU:
- close the C/Bs that follow:
20MH PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN
21MH PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC
22MH PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH
24MH PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH
13. Do steps (5) thru (12) again The results agree with the steps (5)
with all classdivider space thru (12).
provision connectors.
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 570
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14. On the 2000VU, after the last
test of the classdivider space
provision connectors:
- open the C/Bs that follow:
20MH PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN
21MH PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC
22MH PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH
24MH PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH
15. In the cabine:
- remove the classdividers which
contain the MDUs 104,
- connect them to the correct
position of the initial cabin
layout.
16. On the 2000VU:
- close the C/Bs that follow:
20MH PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN
21MH PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC
22MH PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH
24MH PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH
17. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- touch the MANUAL MODE icon, - the screen shows the MANUAL
MODE/AIRCRAFT symbol page,
- touch the icons in the - the screen shows the MANUAL
sequence that follows: MODE/Source page.
AIRCRAFT symbol
1/VIDEO
OK
18. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH: In the cabin:
- touch the EXEC icon. - all HMDUs 100MH extend from the
hatracks and show the VRT1 12MH
video-program,
- all WMDUs 102MH show the VRT1 12MH
video-program,
- all MDUs 104MH show the VRT1 12MH
video-program.
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 571
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH, In the cabin:
the MANUAL MODE/Source page:
- touch the STOP icon. - all HMDUs 100MH go off and retract
into the hatracks,
- all WMDUs 102MH go off,
- all MDUs 104MH go off.
20. On the VTR 1 12MH: On the VTR 1 12MH:
- push the EJECT membrane
switch,
- remove the cassette.
21. On the SCU 11MH: On the SCU 11MH:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the internal light of the SYST PWR
switch. pushbutton switch goes off.
22. In the VCC 10MH: In the VCC 10MH:
- push the VCC MASTER POWER - the internal light of the VCC MASTER
SWITCH 901MH pushbutton POWER SWITCH 901MH pushbutton switch
switch. goes off.
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-36-00-710-061
E. The operational test of the integrated In-Flight Entertainment (IFE)
System is given in the Passenger Entertainment (Music) - Adjustment Test
(Ref. 23-33-00).
R
EFF :
054-100, 251-251, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 572
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-00-410-051-A
A. Close Access
(1) Close the flap on the front end of the forward stowage compartment.
(2) Push the doors of the emergency oxygen container to the closed
position until they engage.
(3) On the emergency oxygen containers turn the door stops to the normal
position and let them retract into their containers.
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-36-00-410-051-B
A. Close Access
(1) Close the access door(s) of the LH FWD overhead stowage
compartment(s) between FR20 and FR23.
(2) Close the front door of the LH FWD overhead stowage compartment.
(3) Push the doors of the emergency oxygen container to the closed
position until they engage.
(4) On the emergency oxygen containers turn the door stops to the normal
position and let them retract into their containers.
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-00
Page 573
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 008-049,
Subtask 23-36-00-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Close the applicable overhead stowage compartment(s).
(2) Push the doors of the emergency oxygen container to the closed
position until they engage.
(3) On the emergency oxygen containers turn the door stops to the normal
position and let them retract into their containers.
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-00-410-051-D
A. Close Access
R (1) Remove the headsets from the SCU and the PCUs.
(2) Close the applicable overhead stowage compartment(s).
(3) Push the doors of the emergency oxygen container to the closed
position until they engage.
(4) On the emergency oxygen containers turn the door stops to the normal
position and let them retract into their containers.
**ON A/C 101-199, 252-299,
Subtask 23-36-00-410-051-C
A. Close Access
R (1) Remove the headsets from the SCU and the PCUs.
(2) Close the VCC compartment.
(3) Push the doors of the emergency oxygen container to the closed
position until they engage.
R
EFF :
008-049, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 574
Nov 01/06
THY
(4) On the emergency oxygen containers push the test lever back to the
normal position and let them retract into their containers.
NOTE : Spring tension retracts the door stops automatically when they
____
are in the normal position.
(5) Make sure that the switch guard is in position on the MASK MAN ON
pushbutton switch.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-36-00-860-051
B. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
(1) De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-00
Page 575
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
TASK 23-36-00-710-006
Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Video) after the
Replacement of Video Equipment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Video Test after the Replacement of Video Equipment
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific electrical headset
No specific video cassette
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-36-00
Page 576
Nov 01/06
R
THY
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-00-860-074
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK
23-73-00-861-001).
Subtask 23-36-00-010-056
B. Get access to the Video Control Center (VCC).
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-36-00-865-068-A
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM-VIDEO CONT 21MH 01 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM-VIDEO CABIN LH 22MH 02 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM-VIDEO CABIN RH 23MH 03 F
**ON A/C 201-249,
Subtask 23-36-00-865-068
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CTL 21MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/LH 22MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/RH 24MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/LH 23MH 04 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/RH 25MH 05 C
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-36-00
Page 577
Nov 01/06
R
THY
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-36-00-710-059
A. Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video)
NOTE : Make sure that the video cassette used with VTR 12MH is available.
____
NOTE : Make sure that a headset used with the System Control Unit (SCU)
____
11MH is available.
(1) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the System Control Unit (SCU) On the SCU 11MH:
11MH:
- push the MASTER POWER - all HMDU 100MH move to the viewing
pushbutton switch. position and after five seconds back
to the stowed position.
- the SYSTEM TEST green LED in the
INDIVIDUAL section of the SCU comes
on after power up and after a
satisfactory self test.
- all numeric indicators on the SCU
show a number.
NOTE : Wait for a minimum of 3 minutes after the SCU power-on, then continue
____
the test.
NOTE : Make sure that the arrow on the upper side of the cassette shows in
____
the direction of the VTR.
2. On the Video Tape Reproducer On the VTR 12MH:
(VTR) 12MH:
CAUTION : DO NOT USE FORCE WHEN
_______
YOU PUT THE CASSETTE
INTO THE VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER.
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-36-00
Page 578
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- insert the video cassette. - the STOP pushbutton switch related
light comes on.
- the CASSETTE IN LED comes on.
- push the REW pushbutton switch. - the STOP pushbutton switch related
light goes off and the REW pushbutton
switch related light comes on until
the cassette is rewound to the start
point.
- the STOP pushbutton switch related
light comes on.
3. On the SCU 11MH, ZONE SELECTION On the SCU 11MH:
section:
- push the ALL ZONES membrane - the ALL ZONES membrane switch
switch. integral light comes on.
- the ZONES/SEL indicator shows A.
4. On the SCU 11MH, ZONE OPERATION On the SCU 11MH:
section:
- push the SOURCE SEL/SEL - the SOURCE SEL indicator shows the
membrane switch to select the number of the installed VTR.
installed VTR.
On the SCU 11MH ZONE OPERATION SOURCE
SEL section:
- the VTR indicator illuminates red.
On the SCU 11MH ZONE OPERATION PA
section:
- the PRI indicator illuminates red.
- push the POWER/ON membrane - the POWER/ON switch integral light
switch. comes on.
In the cabin:
- all HMDU 100MH move to the viewing
position.
5. On the SCU 11MH, PREVIEW MONITOR On the SCU 11MH, PREVIEW MONITOR
section: section:
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-36-00
Page 579
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the SEL membrane switch to - the VTR indicator illuminates red.
set the VTR and PRI. - the PRI indicator illuminates red.
- the monitor is switched on.
NOTE : The subsequent test steps are only possible 2 minutes after cassette
____
begin and 5 minutes before cassette end.
6. On the VTR 12MH: On the VTR 12MH:
- push the PLAY pushbutton - the STOP pushbutton switch related
switch. light goes off.
- the PLAY pushbutton switch related
light comes on.
On the SCU 11MH VTR CONTROLS section:
- the PLAY pushbutton switch related
light comes on.
On the SCU 11MH PREVIEW MONITOR
section:
- the VTR indicator illuminates red.
- the PRI indicator illuminates red.
- the selection indicator shows 1.
- the color LCD video monitor shows the
VTR video program.
In the cabin:
- the HMDUs 100MH show the VTR video
program.
7. On the SCU 11MH, PREVIEW MONITOR On the headset:
section:
- connect the electrical headset - you hear the video program sound of
to the MONITOR AUDIO jack. the PRI channel.
On the SCU 11MH, PREVIEW MONITOR
section:
- push the SEL membrane switch to - the SEC indicator illuminates green.
select the SEC channel.
On the headset:
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-36-00
Page 580
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- you hear the video program sound of
the SEC channel on the headset.
8. On the SCU 11MH, ZONE OPERATION On the SCU 11MH:
section:
- push the POWER/OFF membrane - the integral light of the POWER/ON
switch. membrane switch goes off.
- the integral light of the POWER/OFF
membrane switch comes on.
In the cabin:
- the extended HMDU 100MH retract into
the hatrack.
9. On the SCU 11MH, INDIVIDUAL On the SCU 11MH, INDIVIDUAL section:
section:
- push the PROJ/MON CONTROL arrow - the indicator shows 1.
up or arrow down membrane
switch to set 1.
- push the PROJ/MON CONTROL/ON - the switch integral light comes on.
membrane switch:
In the cabin:
- the HMDU 100MH1 extends from the
hatrack and shows the video program.
On the SCU 11MH, INDIVIDUAL section:
- push the PROJ/MON CONTROL/ON - the switch integral light goes off.
membrane switch:
In the cabin:
- the HMDU 100MH1 retracts.
10. On the SCU 11MH for each of the For each HMDU 100MH:
other HMDU 100MH:
- do the test step 9. again for - The results agree with test step 9..
the next HMDU 100MH up to the
last HMDU 100MH in the cabin.
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-36-00
Page 581
Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : The sequence of extending HMDUs may be interrupted, depending on
____
the amount of HMDUs installed in the cabin.
11. On the SCU 11MH, ZONE OPERATION On the SCU 11MH:
section:
- push the PA/VOL up arrow - the PA/VOL indicator shows 1.
membrane switch to set 1.
In the cabin:
- you hear the set VTR channel video
program sound at a low volume level
over the cabin loudspeakers.
On the SCU 11MH:
- push the PA/VOL up arrow - the PA/VOL indicator shows 8.
membrane switch to set 8.
In the cabin:
- you hear the set VTR channel video
program sound at a high volume level
over the cabin loudspeakers.
On the SCU 11MH:
- push the PA/VOL down arrow - the PA/VOL indicator shows 0.
membrane switch to set 0.
In the cabin:
- you hear no video sound over the
cabin loudspeakers.
12. On the SCU 11MH, VTR CONTROLS On the SCU 11MH:
section:
- the STOP pushbutton switch. - the STOP membrane switch integral
light comes on.
In the cabin:
- all HMDU 100MH show no video program.
13. On the VTR 12MH: On the VTR 12MH:
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-36-00
Page 582
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the EJECT pushbutton - the cassette moves out of the VTR.
switch.
- remove the cassette.
14. On the SCU 11MH: - all integral lights of the membrane
- push the MASTER POWER membrane switches go off.
switch.
In the cabin:
- the HMDU 100MH retract into the
hatracks.
On the VTR 12MH:
- all integral lights of the membrane
switches go off.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-36-00-410-058
A. Close Access
(1) Remove the headset from the SCU.
(2) Close the applicable overhead stowage compartment(s).
Subtask 23-36-00-860-075
B. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
(1) De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-36-00
Page 583
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-049, 054-199, 303-399,
TASK 23-36-00-740-002
BITE Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-00-740-002 BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System
(Music) with the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
23-33-00-740-004 BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System
(Music) with the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
R
EFF :
007-049, 054-199, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 584
Nov 01/06
THY
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-36-00-860-052
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK
23-73-00-861-001).
(3) Do a BITE test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music)
(Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002).
NOTE : The maximum initialization time is up to 10 minutes which
____
includes the CAM seat layout transfer.
(4) Get access to the Video Control Center (VCC).
**ON A/C 008-049, 101-199,
Subtask 23-36-00-860-052-A
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK
23-73-00-861-001).
(3) Get access to the Video Control Center (VCC).
R
EFF :
007-049, 054-199, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 585
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-00-860-052-B
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK
23-73-00-861-001).
(3) Do a BITE test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music)
(Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-004).
NOTE : The maximum initialization time is 10 minutes which includes
____
the CAM seat layout transfer.
(4) Get access to the Video Control Center (VCC).
**ON A/C 007-008,
Subtask 23-36-00-865-052
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
R
EFF :
007-008, 054-100, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 586
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 009-049, 054-199,
Subtask 23-36-00-865-052-A
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-36-00-865-052-B
R B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
R
EFF :
009-049, 054-199, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 587
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-049, 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-00-865-053
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 007-007,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH G02
**ON A/C 007-049,
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 2 155RH G05
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 1 154RH G04
R **ON A/C 007-049, 054-199, 303-399,
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/ACTUATION 7WR HA08
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/CTL AND WARN 3WR HA04
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/CTL AND WARN 2WR HA03
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/CTL AND WARN 1WR HA02
**ON A/C 008-049, 054-199,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R
R **ON A/C 008-049, 054-199, 303-399,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R 49VU COM DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R
EFF :
007-049, 054-199, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 588
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 007-007,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL 170RH M14
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R AFT 168RH M13
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L AFT 167RH M12
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID 166RH M11
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID 165RH M10
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD 164RH M09
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M08
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M07
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/PROG AND TST PNL 161RH M06
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH M05
**ON A/C 008-008,
121VU COM /CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL 170RH Q14
**ON A/C 008-049,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R AFT 168RH M14
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L AFT 167RH M13
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID 166RH M12
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID 165RH M11
**ON A/C 008-049, 054-199,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD 164RH M10
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M09
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M08
**ON A/C 008-049,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/PROG &/TST PNL 161RH M07
**ON A/C 008-049, 054-199,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M06
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M05
R
EFF :
007-049, 054-199, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 589
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 009-049,
121VU COM /CIDS/FLT ATTND/PNL 170RH Q14
**ON A/C 054-199,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R AFT 168RH M12
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L AFT 167RH M11
121VU COM/FAP1/NORM 170RH Q14
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD 164RH M11
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M10
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M07
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M06
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL 170RH Q14
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-36-00-865-054
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK 06 A
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK 07 A
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK 08 A
R
EFF :
007-049, 054-199, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 590
Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-199,
Subtask 23-36-00-865-054-A
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK 01 D
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/LH 23MK 02 D
2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN/RH 24MK 03 D
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-36-00-865-054-B
R D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CTL 21MK D01
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD 23MK D02
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN FWD 24MK D03
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT 22MK D04
R 2000VU PES/MUSIC/CABIN AFT 25MK D05
R **ON A/C 007-007,
R Subtask 23-36-00-860-054
R E. Initialization of the PES Music System
R NOTE : Make sure that initialization of the PES music system is finished.
____
R (1) On the FWD Attendant Panel (FAP), push the PES ON/OFF membrane switch
R and make sure that the integral light comes on.
R
EFF :
007-007, 054-199, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 591
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-00-860-054-A
E. Initialization of the PES Music System
NOTE : Make sure that initialization of the PES music system is finished.
____
(1) On the AUDIO page of the FAP 120RH , push the PES ON/OFF softkey and
make sure that the PES ON/OFF softkey highlights with a color change.
**ON A/C 007-008,
Subtask 23-36-00-865-055
F. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
**ON A/C 009-049, 054-199,
Subtask 23-36-00-865-055-A
F. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
R
EFF :
007-049, 054-199, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 592
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-36-00-865-055-B
R F. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
R **ON A/C 007-049, 054-199, 303-399,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 007-049,
Subtask 23-36-00-740-051
A. BITE Test of the Video System
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the System Control Unit (SCU) On the SCU 11MH:
11MH:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the integral light of the SYST PWR
switch. pushbutton switch comes on.
- the message
PROCEEDING
SELF TEST
comes into the view.
In the cabin:
- all Hatrack Mounted Display Units
(HMDU) 100MH move down out of the
R
EFF :
007-049, 054-199, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 593
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
hatracks and 5s subsequently move
back up into the hatrack.
On the SCU 11MH, monitor
- PLEASE WAIT is shown,
- after the SELF TEST the MAIN MENU
PAGE comes into the view.
2. On the Programming and Test Panel On the Programming and Test Panel
(PTP): (PTP):
- push the membrane switches in
the sequence:
- DSPL ON
- SYSTEM TEST
- CONT frequently until VIDEO
comes into view
- VIDEO - WAIT FOR RESPONSE comes into view
- TEST OK comes into view (after some
time).
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-00-740-051-A
A. Bite-Test with the FLIGHT ATTENDANT PANEL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the Video Control Center (VCC) In the VCC 10MH:
10MH:
- push the VCC MASTER POWER - the internal light of the VCC MASTER
SWITCH 901MH pushbutton switch. POWER SWITCH 901MH pushbutton switch
comes on.
R
EFF :
007-049, 054-199, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 594
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. On the System Control Unit (SCU) On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
11MH:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the internal light of the SYST PWR
switch. pushbutton switch comes on,
- the message:
PROCEEDING
SELF TEST ---
comes into view.
After approximately 6 minutes:
- the screen shows the MAIN MENU page.
In the cabin:
- all the Hatrack Mounted Display Units
(HMDU) 100MH extend from the hatracks
and subsequently retract into the
hatracks.
3. On the FLIGHT ATTENDANT PANEL On the FAP 120RH, system and function
(FAP) 120RH, system and function softkey-panel:
softkey-panel:
NOTE : If the CIDS/MCDU softkey
____
is shown on the system and
function softkey-panel,
continue at step 2.
- touch the rearward or the - a new system and function
forward softkey until the softkey-panel is shown.
CIDS/MCDU softkey is shown.
4. On the FAP 120RH, system and On the FAP 120RH:
function softkey-panel:
- touch the CIDS/MCDU softkey. - the screen shows the CIDS MCDU
MENU/ENTER ACCESS CODE page.
5. On the FAP 120RH, CIDS MCDU On the FAP 120RH:
MENU/ENTER ACCESS CODE page:
- touch the softkey in the
sequence that follows:
3
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 595
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1
8
ENTER
- the CIDS MCDU MENU/ENTER ACCESS CODE
page goes out of view,
- the screen shows the CIDS MCDU
MENU/CFDS ON FAP page.
6. On the FAP, CIDS MCDU MENU/CFDS On the FAP, CIDS MCDU MENU:
ON FAP page:
- touch the softkey of the CIDS - the screen shows the CIDS MCDU
line. MENU/CFDSx page.
NOTE : This page shows the CIDS MCDU menus of the active CIDS director
____
(CIDS1 or CIDS2).
7. On the FAP, CIDS MCDU MENU/CIDSx On the FAP, CIDS MCDU MENU:
page:
- touch the softkey of the - the screen shows the CIDS MCDU
SYSTEM/TESTS> line. MENU/CFDSx/SYSTEM TESTS/DIRx ACTIVE
page.
8. On the FAP, CIDS MCDU On the FAP, CIDS MCDU MENU:
MENU/CFDSx/SYSTEM TESTS/DIRx
ACTIVE page:
- touch the softkey of the - the screen shows the CIDS MCDU
IFE/VIDEO/SYS/TEST> line. MENU/CFDSx/IFE VIDEO SYS TEST/DIRx
ACTIVE page with this message:
IN PROGRESS 180 S
After approximately 3 minutes:
- the screen shows the CIDS MCDU
MENU/CFDSx/IFE VIDEO SYS TEST/DIRx
ACTIVE page with this message:
TEST OK
- touch the RETURN softkey again - The CIDSx page comes on.
and again for the selection of
the CIDSx page.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 596
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-049, 054-199, 303-399,
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-36-00-860-053
A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
(1) De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
R
EFF :
007-049, 054-199, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 597
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
TASK 23-36-00-710-007
Operational Check of IFES Power Shutdown Function by using VCC Master Switch
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 233300-01
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-00-861-056
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Get access to the Video Control Center (VCC).
Subtask 23-36-00-865-071
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 598
Nov 01/06
THY
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-36-00-710-060
A. Operational check of the IFE Power Shutdown Function with the VCC MASTER
SWITCH 901MH
(1) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. At the VCC 10MH: At the VCC 10MH:
- push the VCC MASTER SWITCH - the integral light of the MASTER
901MH pushbutton switch. SWITCH 901MH comes on.
2. On the System Control Unit (SCU) On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
11MH:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the integral light of the SYST PWR
switch. pushbutton switch comes on,
- the messages that follow are shown:
PROCEEDING
INITIALIZE
PROCEEDING
SELF TEST
In the passenger cabin:
- the Hatrack Mounted Display Units
(HMDU) 100MH move down out of the
hatrack and after 5s retract into the
hatrack.
On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
- the message that follows is shown:
PLEASE WAIT
- then the MAIN MENU page is shown.
3. At the VCC 10MH: At the VCC 10MH:
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page 599
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push the VCC MASTER SWITCH - the integral light of the MASTER
901MH pushbutton switch. SWITCH 901MH goes off.
On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
- the display goes off,
- the integral light of the SYST PWR
pushbutton switch goes off.
NOTE : After approximately two minutes
____
do the subsequent step.
4. At the VCC 10MH: At the VCC 10MH:
- Push the VCC MASTER SWITCH - the integral light of the MASTER
901MH pushbutton switch. SWITCH 901MH comes on.
On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
- the integral light of the SYST PWR
pushbutton switch comes on,
- the messages that follow are shown:
PROCEEDING
INITIALIZE
PROCEEDING
SELF TEST
In the passenger cabin:
- the Hatrack Mounted Display Units
(HMDU) 100MH move down out of the
hatrack and after 5s retract into the
hatrack.
On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
- the message that follows is shown:
PLEASE WAIT
- then the MAIN MENU page is shown.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page A500
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. On the SCU 11MH: On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the display goes off,
switch. - the integral light of the SYST PWR
pushbutton switch goes off.
6. At the VCC 10MH: At the VCC 10MH:
- push the VCC MASTER SWITCH - the integral light of the MASTER
901MH pushbutton switch. SWITCH 901MH goes off.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-36-00-860-079
A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
(1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-36-00
Page A501
Nov 01/06
THY
MONITOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________
TASK 23-36-22-000-001
Removal of the LH Hatrack Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)
WARNING : ISOLATE THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS FROM THE RELATED EQUIPMENT AND THE
_______
ENVIRONMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-25-11-000-001 Removal of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger
Service/Information Unit(s) (PSIU)
**ON A/C 001-006,
23-36-22-991-001-A Fig. 401
**ON A/C 007-007,
23-36-22-991-001-C Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 008-049,
23-36-22-991-001-D Fig. 401B
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-22
Page 401
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R 23-36-22-991-001-J Fig. 401C
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R 23-36-22-991-001-L Fig. 401D
**ON A/C 201-249,
23-36-22-991-001 Fig. 401E
**ON A/C 251-251,
23-36-22-991-001-H Fig. 401F
**ON A/C 252-252,
23-36-22-991-001-G Fig. 401G
**ON A/C 253-299,
23-36-22-991-001-F Fig. 401H
**ON A/C 301-302,
23-36-22-991-001-B Fig. 401J
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R 23-36-22-991-001-K Fig. 401K
R
EFF :
301-399,
008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-22
Page 402
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-006,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-C)
R **ON A/C 008-049,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-D)
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R (Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-J)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-L)
**ON A/C 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)
**ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 401F/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-H)
**ON A/C 252-252,
(Ref. Fig. 401G/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-G)
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-22
Page 403
Aug 01/06
THY
Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit
Figure 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-A
R
EFF :
001-006, 23-36-22
Page 404
Feb 01/06
THY
Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit
Figure 401A/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-C
EFF :
007-007, 23-36-22
Page 405
Nov 01/05
THY
Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit
Figure 401B/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-D12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
008-049, 23-36-22
Page 406
Aug 01/06
THY
Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit
Figure 401B/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-D22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
008-049, 23-36-22
Page 407
Aug 01/06
THY
Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit
R Figure 401C/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-J
R
EFF :
054-100, 23-36-22
Page 408
Aug 01/06
THY
R Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit
R Figure 401D/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-L
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-36-22
Page 409
Aug 01/06
THY
Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit
R Figure 401E/TASK 23-36-22-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
201-249, 23-36-22
Page 410
Feb 01/06
THY
Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit
R Figure 401E/TASK 23-36-22-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
201-249, 23-36-22
Page 411
Feb 01/06
THY
Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit
R Figure 401F/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-H
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-36-22
Page 412
Feb 01/06
THY
Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit
R Figure 401G/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-G
R
EFF :
252-252, 23-36-22
Page 413
Feb 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 253-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401H/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-F)
**ON A/C 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 401J/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 401K/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-K)
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-051
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CONT 21MH 01 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 02 F
**ON A/C 007-008,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-051-B
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
R
EFF :
001-008, 253-299, 301-399, 23-36-22
Page 414
Aug 01/06
THY
Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit
R Figure 401H/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-F
R
EFF :
253-299, 23-36-22
Page 415
Feb 01/06
THY
Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit
R Figure 401J/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-B
R
EFF :
301-302, 23-36-22
Page 416
Feb 01/06
THY
R Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit
R Figure 401K/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-K
R
EFF :
303-399, 23-36-22
Page 417
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 009-049, 054-199,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-051-D
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
**ON A/C 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-051-A
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CTL 21MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/LH 22MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/LH 23MH 04 C
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-051-E
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/DC 20MH 01 C
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/AC 21MH 02 C
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU L/H 22MH 01 D
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF L/H 23MH 03 D
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU R/H 24MH 02 D
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF R/H 25MH 04 D
R
EFF :
301-302,
009-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-251, 23-36-22
Page 418
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-051-C
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC/CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC/CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-36-22-865-051-F
R A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-22-010-052-A
B. Get access to the applicable LH Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit (HMDU)
(1) Disengage and lower the inboard side of the blank filler panel(s)
and/or Passenger Service/Information Unit (PSIU) aft of the
applicable HMDU (3), (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-000-001).
R
EFF :
054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-36-22
Page 419
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-36-22-010-052
B. Get access to the applicable LH Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
(1) Disengage and lower the inboard side of the Passenger
Service/Information Unit (PSIU) aft of the applicable HMDU (3),
(Ref. TASK 25-25-11-000-001).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-006,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-C)
R **ON A/C 008-049,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-D)
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R (Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-J)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-L)
**ON A/C 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-22
Page 420
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 401F/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-H)
**ON A/C 252-252,
(Ref. Fig. 401G/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-G)
**ON A/C 253-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401H/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-F)
**ON A/C 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 401J/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 401K/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-K)
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-36-22-020-052-A
A. Removal of the LH Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
(1) Disengage and lower the RH side of the Passenger Service Information
Unit (PSIU) . (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-000-001)
(2) Remove the section-hose (4) from the inboard mounting rail (3).
(3) Disengage and lower the LH side of the HMDU (2).
(4) Disconnect the electrical connectors (1).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(6) Disengage and remove the HMDU (2).
R
EFF :
001-006, 251-299, 301-399, 23-36-22
Page 421
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-007, 252-299, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-22-020-052-B
A. Removal of the LH Hatrack-Mounted Display Units (HMDU)
(1) Remove the section hoses (4) from the mounting rails (3).
(2) Disengage the rail unit (5) from the inboard mounting rail (3).
(3) Lower the inboard side of the HMDU (2).
(4) Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) from the receptacles.
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(6) Disengage the rail unit (5) from the outboard mounting rail (3) and
remove the HMDU (2).
**ON A/C 008-049,
Subtask 23-36-22-020-052-C
A. Removal of the LH Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
(1) Disengage and lower the RH side of the Passenger Service Information
Unit (PSIU) . (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-000-001)
(2) Removal of the LH Class Divider Mounting Frame
FOR 100MH5, 100MH7, 100MH9, 100MH13, 100MH15, 100MH17
(a) Remove the screws (7) and the class divider mounting frame (6)
from from the mounting plate (8).
(3) Removal of the LH HMDU
FOR 100MH1, 100MH5, 100MH7, 100MH9, 100MH13, 100MH15, 100MH17,
100MH21, 100MH25, 100MH27
(a) Remove the section hoses (4) from the mounting rails (3).
(b) Disengage the rail unit (5) from the inboard mounting rail (3).
(c) Lower the inboard side of the HMDU (2).
(d) Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) from the receptacles.
R
EFF :
007-049, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-22
Page 422
Aug 01/06
THY
(e) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(f) Disengage the rail unit (5) from the outboard mounting rail (3)
and remove the HMDU (2).
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-22-020-052-E
A. Removal of the LH Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit (HMDU)
NOTE : The procedure to remove all the HMDU is the same. The procedure to
____
remove one HMDU is given here.
(1) Open the covers (5) of the applicable HMDU (3).
(2) Loosen the screws (9) of the locking devices (8).
(3) Remove the section-hose (2) from the inboard mounting rail (6).
(4) Disengage the RH rail unit (4) of the HMDU (3) from the inboard
mounting rail (6) and lower it.
(5) Disconnect the electrical connectors (7).
(6) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(7) Remove the section-hose (2) from the outboard mounting rail (1).
(8) Disengage the LH rail unit (4) of the HMDU (3) from the outboard
mounting rail (1) and remove the HMDU (3).
R
EFF :
008-049, 054-199, 303-399, 23-36-22
Page 423
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 201-249,
Subtask 23-36-22-020-052
A. Removal of the LH Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
(1) Disengage and lower the RH side of the Passenger Service Information
Unit (PSIU) . (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-000-001)
(2) Removal of the LH Class Divider Mounting Frame
FOR 100MH3, 100MH5, 100MH7, 100MH9
(a) Remove the screws (7) and the class divider mounting frame (6)
from from the mounting plate (8).
(3) Removal of the LH HMDU
FOR 100MH1, 100MH3, 100MH5, 100MH7, 100MH9, 100MH17, 100MH21,
100MH25, 100MH29, 100MH33, 100MH37
(a) Remove the section hoses (4) from the mounting rails (3).
(b) Disengage the rail unit (5) from the inboard mounting rail (3).
(c) Lower the inboard side of the HMDU (2).
(d) Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) from the receptacles.
(e) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(f) Disengage the rail unit (5) from the outboard mounting rail (3)
and remove the HMDU (2).
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-36-22-020-052-D
A. Removal of the LH Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit (HMDU)
(1) Open the covers (4) on the applicable HMDU (3).
(2) Loosen the screws (8) of the locking devices (7).
(3) Remove the section-hose (2) from the inboard mounting rail (1).
R
EFF :
201-249, 251-251, 23-36-22
Page 424
Aug 01/06
THY
(4) Disengage the RH side of the HMDU (3) from the inboard mounting rail
(1) and lower it.
(5) Disconnect the electrical connectors (6).
(6) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(7) Remove the section-hose (2) from the outboard mounting rail (5).
(8) Disengage the LH side of the HMDU (3) from the outboard mounting rail
(5) and remove it.
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-36-22
Page 425
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
TASK 23-36-22-400-001
Installation of the LH Hatrack Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
98A25207503000 1 PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-00-710-005 Operational Test of the integrated In-Flight
Entertainment (IFE) System
23-36-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment
(Video)
23-36-00-710-006 Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment
System (Video) after the Replacement of Video
Equipment
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
25-25-11-000-001 Removal of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger
Service/Information Unit(s) (PSIU)
25-25-11-400-001 Installation of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger
Service/Information Unit(s) (PSIU)
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-22
Page 426
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-006,
23-36-22-991-001-A Fig. 401
**ON A/C 007-007,
23-36-22-991-001-C Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 008-049,
23-36-22-991-001-D Fig. 401B
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R 23-36-22-991-001-J Fig. 401C
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R 23-36-22-991-001-L Fig. 401D
**ON A/C 201-249,
23-36-22-991-001 Fig. 401E
**ON A/C 251-251,
23-36-22-991-001-H Fig. 401F
**ON A/C 252-252,
23-36-22-991-001-G Fig. 401G
R
EFF :
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-252, 23-36-22
Page 427
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 253-299,
23-36-22-991-001-F Fig. 401H
**ON A/C 301-302,
23-36-22-991-001-B Fig. 401J
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R 23-36-22-991-001-K Fig. 401K
FOR FIN 100MH13, 100MH15, 100MH17, 100MH5, 100MH7, 100MH9
25-25-11-400-001 Installation of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger
Service/Information Unit(s) (PSIU)
FOR FIN 100MH3, 100MH5, 100MH7, 100MH9
25-25-11-400-001 Installation of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger
Service/Information Unit(s) (PSIU)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-006,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-C)
R **ON A/C 008-049,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-D)
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-22
Page 428
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R (Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-J)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-L)
**ON A/C 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)
**ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 401F/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-H)
**ON A/C 252-252,
(Ref. Fig. 401G/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-G)
**ON A/C 253-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401H/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-F)
**ON A/C 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 401J/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 401K/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-K)
R
EFF :
054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 23-36-22
Page 429
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-052
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CONT 21MH 01 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 02 F
**ON A/C 007-008,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-052-B
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
R **ON A/C 009-049, 054-199,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-052-D
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
R
EFF :
001-049, 054-199, 23-36-22
Page 430
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-052-A
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CTL 21MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/LH 22MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/LH 23MH 04 C
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-052-E
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/DC 20MH 01 C
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/AC 21MH 02 C
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU L/H 22MH 01 D
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF L/H 23MH 03 D
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU R/H 24MH 02 D
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF R/H 25MH 04 D
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-052-C
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
R
EFF :
201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 23-36-22
Page 431
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-36-22-865-052-F
R A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
R **ON A/C 054-199, 251-251, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-22-860-061
B. Preparation for Installation
(1) Make sure that the applicable blank filler panels and/or the
Passenger Service Information Panels (PSIUs) are removed/lowered,
(Ref. TASK 25-25-11-000-001).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-006,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-C)
R **ON A/C 008-049,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-D)
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-22
Page 432
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R (Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-J)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-L)
**ON A/C 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)
**ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 401F/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-H)
**ON A/C 252-252,
(Ref. Fig. 401G/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-G)
**ON A/C 253-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401H/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-F)
**ON A/C 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 401J/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 401K/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-K)
R
EFF :
054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 23-36-22
Page 433
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-36-22-420-053-A
A. Installation of the Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (100MH)
(1) Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the LH side in the inboard mounting rail
(3).
(2) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1).
(3) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(4) Connect the electrical connectors (1).
(5) Lift the HMDU (2) and engage it to the inboard mounting rail (3).
(6) Install the section-hose (4) with the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD
to the inboard mounting rail (3).
NOTE : Make sure that the section-hose is not expanded. Move the
____
pulley-assembly forward and rearward to prevent this.
(7) Engage the RH side of the Passenger Service Information Unit (PSIU).
(Ref. TASK 25-25-11-400-001)
**ON A/C 007-007, 252-299, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-22-420-053-B
A. Installation of the LH Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
(1) Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the rail unit (5) to the inboard
mounting rail (3).
(2) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(3) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(4) Connect the electrical connectors (1) to the receptacles.
(5) Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the rail unit (5) to the outboard
mounting rail (3).
R
EFF :
001-007, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-22
Page 434
Aug 01/06
THY
(6) Install the section hoses (4) with the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD
(98A25207503000) to outboard the mounting rails (3).
NOTE : Make sure that the section hoses are not expanded. Move the
____
pulley assembly forward and rearward to prevent this.
**ON A/C 008-049,
Subtask 23-36-22-420-053-C
A. Installation of the Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
(1) Installation of the LH HMDU
(a) Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the rail unit (5) to the inboard
mounting rail (3).
(b) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(c) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(d) Connect the electrical connectors (1) to the receptacles.
(e) Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the rail unit (5) to the outboard
mounting rail (3).
(f) Install the section hoses (4) with the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING
CORD (98A25207503000) to the mounting rails (3).
NOTE : Make sure that the section hoses are not expanded. Move
____
the pulley assembly forward and rearward to prevent this.
(2) Installation of the LH Class Divider Mounting Frame
FOR 100MH5, 100MH7, 100MH9, 100MH13, 100MH15, 100MH17
(a) Carefully lift the class divider mounting frame (6) in its
correct installation position
(b) Install the class divider mounting frame (6) with the screws (7)
to the mounting plate (8)
(c) Engage the RH side of the Passenger Service Information Unit
(PSIU). (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-400-001)
R
EFF :
007-049, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-22
Page 435
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-22-420-053-E
A. Installation of the LH Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit (HMDU)
NOTE : The procedure to install all the HMDU is the same. The procedure
____
to install one HMDU is given here.
(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(4) Lift the HMDU (3) in position and engage the LH rail unit (4) of the
HMDU (3) with the outboard mounting rail (1).
(5) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(6) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(7) Connect the electrical connectors (7) to the HMDU (3).
(8) Lift the HMDU (3) and engage the RH rail unit (4) of the HMDU (3)
with the inboard mounting rail (6).
(9) With the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000) install the
section-hoses (2) in the mounting rails (1) and (6).
(10) Make sure that the section hoses are not expanded. Move the pulley
assembly forward and rearward to prevent this.
(11) Tighten the screws (9) of the locking devices (8).
(12) Close the covers (5) of the HMDU (3).
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-36-22
Page 436
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 201-249,
Subtask 23-36-22-420-053
A. Installation of the Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
(1) Installation of the LH HMDU
(a) Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the rail unit (5) to the inboard
mounting rail (3).
(b) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(c) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(d) Connect the electrical connectors (1) to the receptacles.
(e) Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the rail unit (5) to the outboard
mounting rail (3).
(f) Install the section hoses (4) with the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING
CORD (98A25207503000) to the mounting rails (3).
NOTE : Make sure that the section hoses are not expanded. Move
____
the pulley assembly forward and rearward to prevent this.
(2) Installation of the LH Class Divider Mounting Frame
FOR 100MH3, 100MH5, 100MH7, 100MH9
(a) Carefully lift the class divider mounting frame (6) in its
correct installation position
(b) Install the class divider mounting frame (6) with the screws (7)
to the mounting plate (8)
(c) Engage the RH side of the Passenger Service Information Unit
(PSIU). (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-400-001)
R
EFF :
201-249, 23-36-22
Page 437
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-36-22-420-053-D
A. Installation of the LH Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit (HMDU)
(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(4) Put the HMDU (3) in position and engage the LH side of the HMDU with
the outboard mounting rail (5).
(5) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(6) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(7) Connect the electrical connectors (6) to the HMDU (3).
(8) Lift the HMDU (3) and engage the RH side of the HMDU with the inboard
mounting rail (1).
(9) With the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000) install the
section-hoses (2) to the mounting rails (1) and (5).
(10) Make sure that the section hoses are not expanded. Move the pulley
assembly forward and rearward to prevent this.
(11) Tighten the screws (8) of the locking devices (7).
(12) Close the covers (4) of the HMDU (3).
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-056
B. Remove the safety clips and the tags and close these circuit breakers:
21MH and 22MH.
R
EFF :
001-006, 251-251, 23-36-22
Page 438
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-049, 054-199,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-056-B
B. Remove the safety clips and the tags and close these circuit breakers:
20MH, 21MH and 22MH.
**ON A/C 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-056-A
B. Remove the safety clips and the tags and close these circuit breakers:
21MH, 22MH and 23MH.
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-056-D
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/DC 20MH 01 C
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/AC 21MH 02 C
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU L/H 22MH 01 D
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF L/H 23MH 03 D
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU R/H 24MH 02 D
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF R/H 25MH 04 D
R **ON A/C 252-299, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-056-C
B. Remove the safety clips and the tags and close these circuit breakers:
20MH, 21MH, 22MH and 23MH.
R
EFF :
301-399,
007-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-22
Page 439
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-36-22-860-062
C. Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-
73-00-861-001).
R **ON A/C 001-007, 009-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-252, 301-399,
Subtask 23-36-22-861-052
D. Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-
73-00-861-001).
**ON A/C 008-008, 253-299,
Subtask 23-36-22-861-052-A
D. Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-
73-00-861-001).
**ON A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-36-22-710-050
E. Operational Test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Do the operational test of the
video system (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-
710-001).
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
Subtask 23-36-22-710-053-B
F. Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Video)
after the Replacement of Video Equipment (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-006)
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-22
Page 440
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-007, 009-049, 054-199, 252-252, 301-399,
Subtask 23-36-22-710-053
F. Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video) (Ref. TASK
23-36-00-710-001) System.
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-36-22-710-053-C
F. Do the operational test of the integrated In-Flight Entertainment (IFE)
system (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-710-005).
**ON A/C 253-299,
Subtask 23-36-22-710-053-A
F. Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video) (Ref. TASK
23-36-00-710-001) System.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-006,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-C)
R **ON A/C 008-049,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-D)
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-22
Page 441
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R (Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-J)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-L)
**ON A/C 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)
**ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 401F/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-H)
**ON A/C 252-252,
(Ref. Fig. 401G/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-G)
**ON A/C 253-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401H/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-F)
**ON A/C 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 401J/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 401K/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-K)
R
EFF :
054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 23-36-22
Page 442
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-22-410-054
A. Close Access
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-22-410-054-B
A. Close Access
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Lift and engage the inboard side of the blank filler panel(s) and/or
PSIU aft of the applicable HMDU (3), (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-400-001).
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-36-22-410-054-A
A. Close Access
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Lift and engage the inboard side of the PSIU aft of the HMDU (3),
(Ref. TASK 25-25-11-400-001).
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-22
Page 443
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
TASK 23-36-22-000-002
Removal of the RH Hatrack Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)
WARNING : ISOLATE THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS FROM THE RELATED EQUIPMENT AND THE
_______
ENVIRONMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-25-11-000-001 Removal of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger
Service/Information Unit(s) (PSIU)
**ON A/C 001-006,
23-36-22-991-001-A Fig. 401
**ON A/C 007-007,
23-36-22-991-001-C Fig. 401A
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-22
Page 444
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 008-049,
23-36-22-991-001-D Fig. 401B
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R 23-36-22-991-001-J Fig. 401C
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R 23-36-22-991-001-L Fig. 401D
**ON A/C 201-249,
23-36-22-991-001 Fig. 401E
**ON A/C 251-251,
23-36-22-991-001-H Fig. 401F
**ON A/C 252-252,
23-36-22-991-001-G Fig. 401G
**ON A/C 253-299,
23-36-22-991-001-F Fig. 401H
**ON A/C 301-302,
23-36-22-991-001-B Fig. 401J
R
EFF :
301-302,
008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-22
Page 445
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R 23-36-22-991-001-K Fig. 401K
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-006,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-C)
R **ON A/C 008-049,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-D)
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R (Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-J)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-L)
**ON A/C 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-22
Page 446
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 401F/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-H)
**ON A/C 252-252,
(Ref. Fig. 401G/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-G)
**ON A/C 253-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401H/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-F)
**ON A/C 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 401J/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 401K/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-K)
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-053
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CONT 21MH 01 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 23MH 03 F
R
EFF :
001-006, 251-299, 301-399, 23-36-22
Page 447
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-008,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-053-B
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
R **ON A/C 009-049, 054-199,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-053-D
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
**ON A/C 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-053-A
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CTL 21MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/RH 24MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/RH 25MH 05 C
R
EFF :
007-049, 054-199, 201-249, 301-302, 23-36-22
Page 448
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-053-E
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/DC 20MH 01 C
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/AC 21MH 02 C
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU L/H 22MH 01 D
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF L/H 23MH 03 D
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU R/H 24MH 02 D
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF R/H 25MH 04 D
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-053-C
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-36-22-865-053-F
R A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
R
EFF :
251-299, 303-399, 23-36-22
Page 449
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-22-010-053-A
B. Get access to the applicable RH Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit (HMDU)
(1) Disengage and lower the inboard side of the blank filler panel(s)
and/or Passenger Service/Information Unit (PSIU) aft of the
applicable HMDU (3), (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-000-001).
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-36-22-010-053
B. Get access to the applicable RH Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit (HMDU)
(1) Disengage and lower the inboard side of the Passenger
Service/Information Unit(PSIU) aft of the applicable HMDU (3),
(Ref. TASK 25-25-11-000-001).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-006,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-C)
R **ON A/C 008-049,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-D)
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R (Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-J)
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-22
Page 450
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-L)
**ON A/C 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)
**ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 401F/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-H)
**ON A/C 252-252,
(Ref. Fig. 401G/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-G)
**ON A/C 253-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401H/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-F)
**ON A/C 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 401J/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 401K/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-K)
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-36-22-020-054-A
A. Removal of the RH Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
(1) Disengage and lower the LH side of the Passenger Service Information
Unit (PSIU). (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-000-001)
(2) Remove the section-hose (4) from the inboard mounting rail (3).
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-006, 101-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-22
Page 451
Aug 01/06
THY
(3) Disengage and lower the RH side of the HMDU (2).
(4) Disconnect the electrical connectors (1).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(6) Disengage and remove the HMDU (2).
**ON A/C 007-007, 252-299, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-22-020-054-B
A. Removal of the RH Hatrack-Mounted Display Units (HMDU)
(1) Remove the section hoses (4) from the mounting rails (3).
(2) Disengage the rail unit (5) from the outboard mounting rail (3).
(3) Lower the outboard side of the HMDU (2).
(4) Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) from the receptacles.
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(6) Disengage the rail unit (5) from the inboard mounting rail (3) and
remove the HMDU (2).
**ON A/C 008-049,
Subtask 23-36-22-020-054-C
A. Removal of the RH Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
(1) Disengage and lower the LH side of the Passenger Service Information
Unit (PSIU) . (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-000-001)
(2) Removal of the LH Class Divider Mounting Frame
FOR 100MH6, 100MH8, 100MH10, 100MH14, 100MH16, 100MH18
(a) Remove the screws (7) and the class divider mounting frame (6)
from from the mounting plate (8).
R
EFF :
001-049, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-22
Page 452
Aug 01/06
THY
(3) Removal of the LH HMDU
FOR 100MH2, 100MH6, 100MH8, 100MH10, 100MH14, 100MH16, 100MH18,
100MH22, 100MH26, 100MH28
(a) Remove the section hoses (4) from the mounting rails (3).
(b) Disengage the rail unit (5) from the inboard mounting rail (3).
(c) Lower the inboard side of the HMDU (2).
(d) Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) from the receptacles.
(e) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(f) Disengage the rail unit (5) from the outboard mounting rail (3)
and remove the HMDU (2).
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-22-020-054-E
A. Removal of the RH Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit (HMDU)
NOTE : The procedure to remove all the HMDU is the same. The procedure to
____
remove one HMDU is given here.
(1) Open the covers (5) of the applicable HMDU (3).
(2) Loosen the screws (9) of the locking devices (8).
(3) Remove the section-hose (2) from the inboard mounting rail (6).
(4) Disengage the LH rail unit (4) of the HMDU (3) from the inboard
mounting rail (6) and lower it.
(5) Disconnect the electrical connectors (7).
(6) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(7) Remove the section-hose (2) from the outboard mounting rail (1).
(8) Disengage the RH rail unit (4) of the HMDU (3) from the outboard
mounting rail (1) and remove the HMDU (3).
R
EFF :
008-049, 054-199, 303-399, 23-36-22
Page 453
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 201-249,
Subtask 23-36-22-020-054
A. Removal of the RH Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
(1) Disengage and lower the LH side of the Passenger Service Information
Unit (PSIU) . (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-000-001)
(2) Removal of the RH Class Divider Mounting Frame
FOR 100MH4, 100MH6, 100MH8, 100MH10
(a) Remove the screws (7) and the class divider mounting frame (6)
from from the mounting plate (8).
(3) Removal of the RH HMDU
FOR 100MH2, 100MH4, 100MH6, 100MH8, 100MH10, 100MH18, 100MH22,
100MH26, 100MH30, 100MH34, 100MH38
(a) Remove the section hoses (4) from the mounting rails (3).
(b) Disengage the rail unit (5) from the inboard mounting rail (3).
(c) Lower the inboard side of the HMDU (2).
(d) Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) from the receptacles.
(e) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(f) Disengage the rail unit (5) from the outboard mounting rail (3)
and remove the HMDU (2).
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-36-22-020-054-D
A. Removal of the RH Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit (HMDU)
(1) Open the covers (4) on the applicable HMDU (3).
(2) Loosen the screws (8) of the locking devices (7).
(3) Remove the section-hose (2) from the inboard mounting rail (5).
R
EFF :
201-249, 251-251, 23-36-22
Page 454
Aug 01/06
THY
(4) Disengage the LH side of the HMDU (3) from the inboard mounting rail
(5) and lower it.
(5) Disconnect the electrical connectors (6).
(6) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(7) Remove the section-hose (2) from the outboard mounting rail (1).
(8) Disengage the RH side of the HMDU (3) from the outboard mounting rail
(1) and remove it.
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-36-22
Page 455
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
TASK 23-36-22-400-002
Installation of the RH Hatrack Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
98A25207503000 1 PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-00-710-005 Operational Test of the integrated In-Flight
Entertainment (IFE) System
23-36-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment
(Video)
23-36-00-710-006 Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment
System (Video) after the Replacement of Video
Equipment
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
25-25-11-000-001 Removal of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger
Service/Information Unit(s) (PSIU)
25-25-11-400-001 Installation of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger
Service/Information Unit(s) (PSIU)
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-22
Page 456
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-006,
23-36-22-991-001-A Fig. 401
**ON A/C 007-007,
23-36-22-991-001-C Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 008-049,
23-36-22-991-001-D Fig. 401B
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R 23-36-22-991-001-J Fig. 401C
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R 23-36-22-991-001-L Fig. 401D
**ON A/C 201-249,
23-36-22-991-001 Fig. 401E
**ON A/C 251-251,
23-36-22-991-001-H Fig. 401F
**ON A/C 252-252,
23-36-22-991-001-G Fig. 401G
R
EFF :
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-252, 23-36-22
Page 457
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 253-299,
23-36-22-991-001-F Fig. 401H
**ON A/C 301-302,
23-36-22-991-001-B Fig. 401J
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R 23-36-22-991-001-K Fig. 401K
FOR FIN 100MH10, 100MH14, 100MH16, 100MH18, 100MH6, 100MH8
25-25-11-400-001 Installation of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger
Service/Information Unit(s) (PSIU)
FOR FIN 100MH10, 100MH4, 100MH6, 100MH8
25-25-11-400-001 Installation of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger
Service/Information Unit(s) (PSIU)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-006,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-C)
R **ON A/C 008-049,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-D)
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-22
Page 458
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R (Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-J)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-L)
**ON A/C 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)
**ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 401F/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-H)
**ON A/C 252-252,
(Ref. Fig. 401G/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-G)
**ON A/C 253-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401H/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-F)
**ON A/C 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 401J/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 401K/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-K)
R
EFF :
054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 23-36-22
Page 459
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-054
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CONT 21MH 01 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 23MH 03 F
**ON A/C 007-008,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-054-B
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
R **ON A/C 009-049, 054-199,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-054-D
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
R
EFF :
001-049, 054-199, 23-36-22
Page 460
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-054-A
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CTL 21MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/RH 24MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/RH 25MH 05 C
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-054-E
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/DC 20MH 01 C
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/AC 21MH 02 C
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU L/H 22MH 01 D
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF L/H 23MH 03 D
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU R/H 24MH 02 D
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF R/H 25MH 04 D
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-054-C
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
R
EFF :
201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 23-36-22
Page 461
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-36-22-865-054-F
R A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
R **ON A/C 054-199, 251-251, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-22-860-063
B. Preparation for Installation
(1) Make sure that the applicable blank filler panels and/or the
Passenger Service Information Panels (PSIUs) are removed/lowered,
(Ref. TASK 25-25-11-000-001).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-006,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-C)
R **ON A/C 008-049,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-D)
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-22
Page 462
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R (Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-J)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-L)
**ON A/C 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)
**ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 401F/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-H)
**ON A/C 252-252,
(Ref. Fig. 401G/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-G)
**ON A/C 253-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401H/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-F)
**ON A/C 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 401J/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 401K/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-K)
R
EFF :
054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 23-36-22
Page 463
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-36-22-420-054-A
A. Installation of the RH Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(2) Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the RH side in the inboard mounting rail
(3).
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Connect the electrical connectors (1).
(6) Lift the HMDU (2) and engage it to the inboard mounting rail (3).
(7) Install the section-hose (4) with the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD
to the inboard mounting rail (3).
NOTE : Make sure that the section-hose is not expanded. Move the
____
pulley-assembly forward and rearward to prevent this.
(8) Engage the LH side of the Passenger Service Information Unit (PSIU).
(Ref. TASK 25-25-11-400-001)
**ON A/C 007-007, 252-299, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-22-420-054-B
A. Installation of the RH Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
(1) Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the rail unit (5) to the outboard
mounting rail (3).
(2) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(3) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(4) Connect the electrical connectors (1) to the receptacles.
R
EFF :
001-007, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-22
Page 464
Aug 01/06
THY
(5) Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the rail unit (5) to the inboard
mounting rail (3).
(6) Install the section hoses (4) with the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD
(98A25207503000) to inboard the mounting rails (3).
NOTE : Make sure that the section hoses are not expanded. Move the
____
pulley assembly forward and rearward to prevent this.
**ON A/C 008-049,
Subtask 23-36-22-420-054-C
A. Installation of the Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
(1) Installation of the HMDU
(a) Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the rail unit (5) to the inboard
mounting rail (3).
(b) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(c) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(d) Connect the electrical connectors (1) to the receptacles.
(e) Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the rail unit (5) to the outboard
mounting rail (3).
(f) Install the section hoses (4) with the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING
CORD (98A25207503000) to the mounting rails (3).
NOTE : Make sure that the section hoses are not expanded. Move
____
the pulley assembly forward and rearward to prevent this.
(2) Installation of the Class Divider Mounting Frame
FOR 100MH6, 100MH8, 100MH10, 100MH14, 100MH16, 100MH18
(a) Carefully lift the class divider mounting frame (6) in its
correct installation position
(b) Install the class divider mounting frame (6) with the screws (7)
to the mounting plate (8)
R
EFF :
007-049, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-22
Page 465
Aug 01/06
THY
(c) Engage the LH side of the Passenger Service Information Unit
(PSIU). (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-400-001)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-22-420-054-E
A. Installation of the RH Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit (HMDU)
NOTE : The procedure to install all the HMDU is the same. The procedure
____
to install one HMDU is given here.
(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(4) Lift the HMDU (3) in position and engage the RH rail unit (4) of the
HMDU (3) with the outboard mounting rail (1).
(5) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(6) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(7) Connect the electrical connectors (7) to the HMDU (3).
(8) Lift the HMDU (3) and engage the LH rail unit (4) of the HMDU (3)
with the inboard mounting rail (6).
(9) With the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000) install the
section-hoses (2) in the mounting rails (1) and (6).
(10) Make sure that the section hoses are not expanded. Move the pulley
assembly forward and rearward to prevent this.
(11) Tighten the screws (9) of the locking devices (8).
(12) Close the covers (5) of the HMDU (3).
R
EFF :
008-049, 054-199, 303-399, 23-36-22
Page 466
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 201-249,
Subtask 23-36-22-420-054
A. Installation of the RH Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
(1) Installation of the RH HMDU
(a) Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the rail unit (5) to the inboard
mounting rail (3).
(b) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(c) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(d) Connect the electrical connectors (1) to the receptacles.
(e) Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the rail unit (5) to the outboard
mounting rail (3).
(f) Install the section hoses (4) with the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING
CORD (98A25207503000) to the mounting rails (3).
NOTE : Make sure that the section hoses are not expanded. Move
____
the pulley assembly forward and rearward to prevent this.
(2) Installation of the RH Class Divider Mounting Frame
FOR 100MH4, 100MH6, 100MH8, 100MH10
(a) Carefully lift the class divider mounting frame (6) in its
correct installation position
(b) Install the class divider mounting frame (6) with the screws (7)
to the mounting plate (8)
(c) Engage the LH side of the Passenger Service Information Unit
(PSIU). (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-400-001)
R
EFF :
201-249, 23-36-22
Page 467
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-36-22-420-054-D
A. Installation of the RH Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit (HMDU)
(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(4) Put the HMDU (3) in position and engage the RH side of the HMDU with
the outboard mounting rail (1).
(5) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(6) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(7) Connect the electrical connectors (6) to the HMDU (3).
(8) Lift the HMDU (3) and engage the LH side of the HMDU with the inboard
mounting rail (5).
(9) With the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000) install the
section-hoses (2) to the mounting rails (1) and (5).
(10) Make sure that the section hoses are not expanded. Move the pulley
assembly forward and rearward to prevent this.
(11) Tighten the screws (8) of the locking devices (7).
(12) Close the covers (4) of the HMDU (3).
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-057
B. Remove the safety clips and the tags and close these circuit breakers:
21MH and 23MH.
R
EFF :
001-006, 251-251, 23-36-22
Page 468
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-049, 054-199,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-057-B
B. Remove the safety clips and the tags and close these circuit breakers:
20MH, 21MH and 24MH.
**ON A/C 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-057-A
B. Remove the safety clips and the tags and close these circuit breakers:
21MHH, 24MH and 25MH.
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-057-D
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/DC 20MH 01 C
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/AC 21MH 02 C
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU L/H 22MH 01 D
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF L/H 23MH 03 D
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU R/H 24MH 02 D
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF R/H 25MH 04 D
R **ON A/C 252-299, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-057-C
B. Remove the safety clips and the tags and close these circuit breakers:
20MH, 21MH, 24MH and 25MH.
R
EFF :
301-399,
007-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-22
Page 469
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-36-22-860-064
C. Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-
73-00-861-001).
R **ON A/C 001-007, 009-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-252, 301-399,
Subtask 23-36-22-861-053
D. Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-
73-00-861-001).
**ON A/C 008-008, 253-299,
Subtask 23-36-22-861-053-A
D. Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-
73-00-861-001).
**ON A/C 007-008, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-22-710-051
E. Operational Test
(1) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Do the Operational Test of the
Passenger Entertainment System
(Video) (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-
001).
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-22
Page 470
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
Subtask 23-36-22-710-055-A
F. Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Video)
after the Replacement of Video Equipment (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-006)
R **ON A/C 009-049, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-22-710-055
F. Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video) (Ref. TASK
23-36-00-710-001) System.
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-36-22-710-055-B
F. Do the operational test of the integrated In-Flight Entertainment (IFE)
system (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-710-005).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-006,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-C)
R **ON A/C 008-049,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-D)
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-22
Page 471
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R (Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-J)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-L)
**ON A/C 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)
**ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 401F/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-H)
**ON A/C 252-252,
(Ref. Fig. 401G/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-G)
**ON A/C 253-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401H/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-F)
**ON A/C 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 401J/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 401K/TASK 23-36-22-991-001-K)
R
EFF :
054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 23-36-22
Page 472
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-22-410-055
A. Close Access
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-22-410-055-B
A. Close Access
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Lift and engage the inboard side of the blank filler panel(s) and/or
PSIU aft of the applicable HMDU (3), (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-400-001).
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-36-22-410-055-A
A. Close Access
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Lift and engage the inboard side of the PSIU aft of the HMDU (3),
(Ref. TASK 25-25-11-400-001).
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-22
Page 473
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
R TASK 23-36-22-000-005
R Removal of the Movable Display Units (MDU) 104MH
R WARNING : ISOLATE THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS FROM THE RELATED EQUIPMENT AND THE
_______
R ENVIRONMENT.
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific blanking caps
R No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
R B. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 23-36-22-991-004 Fig. 402
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-22
Page 474
Aug 01/06
THY
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R Subtask 23-36-22-865-061
R A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-36-22-865-061-A
R A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-22
Page 475
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
R 4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-36-22-991-004)
R Subtask 23-36-22-020-059
R A. Removal of the Movable Display-Unit (MDU)
R NOTE : The procedure to remove all the MDUs is the same. The procedure to
____
R remove one MDU is given here.
R (1) Push the right and left side of the cover (1) at the same time to
R release the notches (2) from the grooves (4).
R (2) Carefully move the cover (1) down and pull it at the same time.
R Remove the cover (1) from the grooves (3) of the Movable Class
R Divider (MCD).
R (3) Hold the monitor (11) in position and remove the screws (10) and the
R washers (9).
R (4) Pull the monitor (11) forward and disconnect the electrical connector
R (5).
R (5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
R (6) Remove the screws (8), the washers (7) and the attachment brackets
R (6).
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-22
Page 476
Aug 01/06
THY
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
23-36-22
Page 477
Aug 01/06
THY
R Movable Display Unit (MDU)
R Figure 402/TASK 23-36-22-991-004- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-22
Page 478
Aug 01/06
THY
R Movable Display Unit (MDU)
R Figure 402/TASK 23-36-22-991-004- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-22
Page 479
Aug 01/06
THY
R TASK 23-36-22-400-005
R Installation of the Movable Display Units (MDU) 104MH
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R A. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 23-36-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment
R (Video)
R 23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
R (CIDS)
R 23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
R (CIDS)
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R Subtask 23-36-22-865-062
R A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-22
Page 480
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-36-22-865-062-A
R A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 23-36-22-420-059
R A. Installation of the Movable Display-Unit (MDU)
R NOTE : The procedure to install all the MDUs is the same. The procedure
____
R to install one MDU is given here.
R (1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
R clean and in the correct condition.
R (2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
R (3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
R (4) Put the attachment brackets (6) in position on the monitor (11).
R (5) Install the washers (7) and the screws (8).
R (6) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
R (7) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
R condition.
R (8) Put the monitor (11) in position at the Movable Class Divider (MCD).
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-22
Page 481
Aug 01/06
THY
R (9) Connect the electrical connector (5).
R (10) Push the monitor (11) in position in the frame of the MCD.
R (11) Install the washers (9) and the screws (10).
R (12) Engage the cover (1) into the grooves (3) below the monitor (11).
R (13) Move the cover (1) up. Carefully push its right and left side at the
R same time to engage the notches (2) into the grooves (4) of the MCD.
R (14) If necessary adjust the monitor (11) to correctly align the monitor
R (11) with the cover (1).
R Subtask 23-36-22-820-052
R B. Adjustment of the Movable Display Units (MDU) 104MH
R NOTE : The procedure to adjust all the MDUs is the same. The procedure to
____
R adjust one MDU is given here.
R (1) Push the right and left side of the cover (1) at the same time to
R release the notches (2) from the grooves (4).
R (2) Carefully move the cover (1) down and pull it at the same time.
R Remove the cover (1) from the grooves (3) of the MCD.
R (3) Loosen the screws (8) and adjust the monitor (11) as necessary.
R (4) Hold the monitor (11) in position and tighten the screws (8).
R (5) Engage the cover (1) into the grooves (3) below the monitor (11).
R (6) Move the cover (1) up. Carefully push its right and left side at the
R same time to engage the notches (2) into the grooves (4) of the MCD.
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R Subtask 23-36-22-865-063-A
R C. Remove the safety clips and the tags and close these circuit breakers:
R 20MH, 21MH, 22MH and 24MH.
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-22
Page 482
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-36-22-865-063
R C. Remove the safety clips and the tags and close these circuit breakers:
R 20MH, 21MH, 22MH, 23MH, 24MH and 25MH.
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
R Subtask 23-36-22-861-055
R D. Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-
R 73-00-861-001).
R Subtask 23-36-22-710-054
R E. Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video) (Ref. TASK
R 23-36-00-710-001) System.
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 23-36-22-410-056
R A. Close Access
R (1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
R (2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-22
Page 483
Aug 01/06
THY
R
TASK 23-36-22-000-006
Removal of the Wall Mounted Display-Unit
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 23-36-22-991-006 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 054-100,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-066
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-22
Page 484
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-36-22-865-066-A
R A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-36-22-991-006)
Subtask 23-36-22-020-060
A. Removal of the Wall Mounted Display-Unit (WMDU)
NOTE : The procedure to remove all the WMDU is the same. The procedure to
____
remove one WMDU is given here.
(1) Loosen and remove the screws (1).
(2) Remove the cover (2) from the mounting plate (3).
(3) Disconnect the electrical connectors (7).
(4) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(5) Hold the monitor (6) in position and remove the screws (4) and the
washers (5) from the mounting plate (3).
(6) Remove the monitor (6) from the mounting plate (3).
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-22
Page 485
Aug 01/06
THY
Wall Mounted Display-Unit
R Figure 403/TASK 23-36-22-991-006
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-22
Page 486
Aug 01/06
THY
TASK 23-36-22-400-006
Installation of the Wall Mounted Display-Unit
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-36-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment
(Video)
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
R 23-36-22-991-006 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 054-100,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-067
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-22
Page 487
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-36-22-865-067-A
R A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-36-22-991-006)
Subtask 23-36-22-420-060
A. Installation of the Wall Mounted Display-Unit (WMDU)
NOTE : The procedure to install all the WMDU is the same. The procedure
____
to install one WMDU is given here.
(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(4) Put the monitor (6) in position at the mounting plate (3).
(5) Install the washers (5) and the screws (4).
(6) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(7) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-22
Page 488
Aug 01/06
THY
(8) Connect the electrical connectors (7).
(9) Carefully put the cover (2) in position on the mounting plate (3).
(10) Tighten the screws (1).
R **ON A/C 054-100,
Subtask 23-36-22-865-068
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
20MH, 21MH, 22MH and 24MH.
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-36-22-865-068-A
R B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R 20MH, 21MH, 22MH, 23MH, 24MH and 25MH.
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-22-861-056
C. Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data-System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-
73-00-861-001).
Subtask 23-36-22-710-056
D. Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video) (Ref. TASK
23-36-00-710-001)System.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-36-22-410-057
A. Close Access
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-22
Page 489
Aug 01/06
THY
POWER SUPPLY UNIT - VIDEO - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 23-36-23-000-001
Removal of the Power Supply Unit (PSU)-Video
WARNING : ISOLATE THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS FROM THE RELATED EQUIPMENT AND THE
_______
ENVIRONMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-23-48-000-001 Removal of the Cove Light Panels
**ON A/C 054-100,
23-36-23-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 303-399,
23-36-23-991-001-A Fig. 401A
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-23
Page 401
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-23-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the applicable cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
**ON A/C 054-100,
Subtask 23-36-23-865-050
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
**ON A/C 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-23-865-050-A
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-23
Page 402
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 054-100,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-23-991-001)
**ON A/C 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-23-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-23-020-050
A. Removal of the Power Supply Unit (PSU)-Video
NOTE : The removal of each PSU is the same.
____
(1) Remove the spring latches (3) and disconnect the electrical
connectors (4) and (5).
(2) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(3) Carefully loosen the screws (1) and washers (2) and remove the PSU
(6).
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-23
Page 403
Aug 01/06
THY
Power Supply Unit (PSU)-Video
Figure 401/TASK 23-36-23-991-001
EFF :
054-100, 23-36-23
Page 404
Aug 01/06
THY
Power Supply Unit (PSU)-Video
Figure 401A/TASK 23-36-23-991-001-A
EFF :
303-399, 23-36-23
Page 405
Aug 01/06
THY
TASK 23-36-23-400-001
Installation of the Power Supply Unit (PSU)-Video
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-36-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment
(Video)
25-23-48-000-001 Removal of the Cove Light Panels
25-23-48-400-001 Installation of the Cove Light Panels
**ON A/C 054-100,
23-36-23-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 303-399,
23-36-23-991-001-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-23-860-051
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the applicable cove light panel has been removed
(Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-23
Page 406
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-100,
Subtask 23-36-23-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
**ON A/C 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-23-865-051-A
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
**ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 054-100,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-23-991-001)
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-23
Page 407
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-23-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-23-420-050
A. Installation of the Power Supply Unit (PSU)-Video
NOTE : The installation of each PSU is the same.
____
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Carefully install the PSU (6) with the screws (1) and washers (2).
(4) Tighten the screws.
(5) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(6) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(7) Connect the electrical connectors (4) and (5) to the PSU and safety
with the spring latches (3).
**ON A/C 054-100,
Subtask 23-36-23-865-052-A
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
20MH, 21MH, 22MH and 24MH.
**ON A/C 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-23-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
20MH, 21MH, 22MH, 23MH, 24MH and 25MH.
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-23
Page 408
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-23-710-050
C. Do the operational test of the passenger entertainment system (Ref. TASK
23-36-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-36-23-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Install the applicable cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001).
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-36-23
Page 409
Aug 01/06
THY
CONTROL UNIT - VIDEO (11MH) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
TASK 23-36-34-000-001
Removal of the System Control Unit (SCU)
WARNING : ISOLATE THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS FROM THE RELATED EQUIPMENT AND THE
_______
ENVIRONMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302,
23-36-34-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 007-007,
23-36-34-991-001-C Fig. 401A
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-34
Page 401
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 008-049,
23-36-34-991-001-B Fig. 401B
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
23-36-34-991-001-E Fig. 401C
**ON A/C 252-252,
23-36-34-991-001-D Fig. 401D
**ON A/C 253-299,
23-36-34-991-001-A Fig. 401E
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-36-34-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CONT 21MH 01 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 02 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 23MH 03 F
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-34
Page 402
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-36-34-865-050-B
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
**ON A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-36-34-865-050-E
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
R **ON A/C 009-049, 054-199,
Subtask 23-36-34-865-050-D
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
R
EFF :
007-049, 054-199, 23-36-34
Page 403
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-34-865-050-A
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CTL 21MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/LH 22MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/RH 24MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/LH 23MH 04 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/RH 25MH 05 C
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-36-34-865-050-C
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
R
EFF :
201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-34
Page 404
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-36-34-865-050-F
R A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-34-991-001)
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-34-991-001-C)
**ON A/C 008-049,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-34-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-34-991-001-E)
**ON A/C 252-252,
(Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-34-991-001-D)
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-34
Page 405
Aug 01/06
THY
System Control Unit.
Figure 401/TASK 23-36-34-991-001
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 301-302, 23-36-34
Page 406
Aug 01/06
THY
System Control Unit.
Figure 401A/TASK 23-36-34-991-001-C
R
EFF :
007-007, 23-36-34
Page 407
Aug 01/06
THY
System Control Unit.
Figure 401B/TASK 23-36-34-991-001-B
EFF :
008-049, 23-36-34
Page 408
Nov 01/05
THY
System Control Unit
Figure 401C/TASK 23-36-34-991-001-E
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-36-34
Page 409
Aug 01/06
THY
System Control Unit
R Figure 401D/TASK 23-36-34-991-001-D
R
EFF :
252-252, 23-36-34
Page 410
Feb 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 253-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-36-34-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-34-020-050
A. Removal of the System Control Unit (SCU)
(1) Open the applicable overhead stowage compartment.
(2) Remove the cover (4) to get access to the electrical connectors (5).
(3) Disconnect the electrical connectors (5),
(4) Loosen the knurled screws (2).
(5) Pull the SCU (1) together with the adaptor plate (3) forward out of
the overhead stowage compartment and carefully remove the SCU (1)
from the video control center.
(6) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(7) Loosen the screws (6) and remove the SCU (2) from the adaptor plate
(3).
**ON A/C 007-049,
Subtask 23-36-34-020-050-A
A. Removal of the System Control Unit (SCU)
(1) Open the flap on the front end of the left overhead stowage
compartment for access to the video control center.
(2) Loosen the knurled nuts (2) of the SCU 11MH and lower the fasteners.
(3) Carefully remove the SCU (1) from the rack.
(4) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
R
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 253-299, 301-302, 23-36-34
Page 411
Aug 01/06
THY
System Control Unit.
Figure 401E/TASK 23-36-34-991-001-A
R
EFF :
253-299, 23-36-34
Page 412
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-34-020-050-C
A. Removal of the System Control Unit (SCU)
(1) Open the applicable overhead stowage compartment.
(2) Loosen the screws (2) and remove the hold down bracket (3).
(3) Carefully remove the SCU (1) from the rack (4).
(4) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-36-34-020-050-B
A. Removal of the System Control Unit (SCU)
(1) Open the applicable overhead stowage compartment.
(2) Loosen the knurled screws (2).
(3) Pull the SCU (1) forward out of the rack (3) until you get access to
the electrical connections.
(4) Disconnect the electrical connectors (4), (5), (6), (7) and (8).
(5) Carefully remove the SCU (1) from the video control center.
(6) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
R
EFF :
054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-36-34
Page 413
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
TASK 23-36-34-400-001
Installation of the System Control Unit (SCU)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-36-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment
(Video)
23-36-00-710-006 Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment
System (Video) after the Replacement of Video
Equipment
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302,
23-36-34-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 007-007,
23-36-34-991-001-C Fig. 401A
**ON A/C 008-049,
23-36-34-991-001-B Fig. 401B
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-34
Page 414
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
23-36-34-991-001-E Fig. 401C
**ON A/C 252-252,
23-36-34-991-001-D Fig. 401D
**ON A/C 253-299,
23-36-34-991-001-A Fig. 401E
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-36-34-865-051
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CONT 21MH 01 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 02 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 23MH 03 F
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-34
Page 415
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-36-34-865-051-B
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
**ON A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-36-34-865-051-E
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
R **ON A/C 009-049, 054-199,
Subtask 23-36-34-865-051-D
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
R
EFF :
007-049, 054-199, 23-36-34
Page 416
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-34-865-051-A
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CTL 21MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/LH 22MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/RH 24MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/LH 23MH 04 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/RH 25MH 05 C
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-36-34-865-051-C
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
R
EFF :
201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-34
Page 417
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-36-34-865-051-F
R A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-34-991-001)
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-34-991-001-C)
**ON A/C 008-049,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-34-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-34-991-001-E)
**ON A/C 252-252,
(Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-34-991-001-D)
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-34
Page 418
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 253-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-36-34-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-34-860-051-A
A. Preparation for Installation
(1) Open the access panel on the left side of the SCU.
(2) Put each micro switch in its necessary position.
(3) Close the access panel on the left side of the SCU.
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-34-420-050-A
B. Installation of the System Control Unit (SCU)
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Install the SCU (1) on the adaptor plate (3) with the screws (6).
(4) Carefully lift the adaptor plate (3) together with the SCU (1) into
the overhead stowage compartment and push the adaptor plate (3)
together with the SCU (1) in position.
(5) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(6) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(7) Connect the electrical connectors (5) to the SCU (1).
(8) Tighten the knurled screws (2).
(9) Install the cover (4).
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-34
Page 419
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-049,
Subtask 23-36-34-420-050-C
B. Installation of the System Control Unit (SCU)
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Carefully install the SCU (1) into the rack. Make sure that the SCU
is correctly aligned to prevent damage to the electrical connectors.
(6) Lift the fasteners and tighten the knurled nuts (2) until the SCU (1)
is correctly attached.
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-34-420-050-D
B. Installation of the System Control Unit (SCU)
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Carefully install the SCU (1) into the rack (4) . Make sure that the
SCU is correctly aligned to prevent damage to the electrical
connector.
(6) Install the hold down bracket (3) at the rack (4) and tighten the
screws (2) until the SCU (1) is correctly attached.
R
EFF :
007-049, 054-199, 303-399, 23-36-34
Page 420
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 252-252,
Subtask 23-36-34-420-050
B. Installation of the System Control Unit (SCU)
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Carefully install the SCU (1) into the rack (2). Make sure that the
SCU is correctly aligned to prevent damage to the electrical
connectors.
(6) Lift the fasteners and tighten the knurled nuts (3) until the SCU (1)
is correctly attached.
**ON A/C 253-299,
Subtask 23-36-34-420-050-B
B. Installation of the System Control Unit (SCU)
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(4) Put the SCU (1) into the overhead stowage compartment in front of the
rack (3) and keep an access to the electrical connectors possible.
(5) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(6) Connect the electrical connectors (4), (5), (6), (7) and (8).
(7) Carefully install the SCU (1) into the rack (3).
(8) Tighten the knurled screws (2).
R
EFF :
252-299, 23-36-34
Page 421
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-36-34-865-052
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CONT 21MH 01 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 02 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 23MH 03 F
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-36-34-865-052-B
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
**ON A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-36-34-865-052-E
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
R
EFF :
001-008, 23-36-34
Page 422
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 009-049, 054-199,
Subtask 23-36-34-865-052-D
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
**ON A/C 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-34-865-052-A
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CTL 21MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/LH 22MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/RH 24MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/LH 23MH 04 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/RH 25MH 05 C
R
EFF :
009-049, 054-199, 201-249, 301-302, 23-36-34
Page 423
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-36-34-865-052-C
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-36-34-865-052-F
R C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-36-34-860-050
D. Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-
73-00-861-001).
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-34
Page 424
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
Subtask 23-36-34-710-050-B
E. Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Video)
after the Replacement of Video Equipment (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-006)
R **ON A/C 007-007, 009-049, 054-199, 252-252, 301-399,
Subtask 23-36-34-710-050
E. Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video) (Ref. TASK
23-36-00-710-001)System.
**ON A/C 008-008, 253-299,
Subtask 23-36-34-710-050-A
E. Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video) (Ref. TASK
23-36-00-710-001)System.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-34-410-050-A
A. Close Access
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Close the door of the left forward stowage compartment between FR20
and FR23.
(4) Close the flap on the front end of the forward stowage compartment.
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-34
Page 425
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-36-34-410-050-B
A. Close Access
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Close the VCC stowage compartment.
**ON A/C 008-049,
Subtask 23-36-34-410-050-C
A. Close Access
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Close the flap on the front end of the forward stowage compartment.
R **ON A/C 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-34-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Close the applicable overhead stowage compartment.
R
EFF :
007-049, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-36-34
Page 426
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 251-251,
TASK 23-36-34-000-002
Removal of the Cabin Management Terminal (CMT)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-36-34-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-36-34-991-002)
Subtask 23-36-34-865-053
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/DC 20MH 01 C
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/AC 21MH 02 C
EFF :
251-251, 23-36-34
Page 427
Aug 01/06
R
THY
Cabin Management Terminal
Figure 402/TASK 23-36-34-991-002
EFF :
251-251, 23-36-34
Page 428
Aug 01/06
R
THY
Subtask 23-36-34-010-052
B. Get access to the Cabin Management Terminal (CMT)
(1) Open the CMT access door (1).
(2) Open the Video Control Center (VCC) access door (2).
(3) Release the fasteners (6) and remove the VCC cover (4) from the VCC
(9).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-36-34-991-002)
Subtask 23-36-34-020-052
A. Removal of the CMT
(1) Remove the screws (7).
(2) Remove the plate (8) from the CMT (3).
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (10) from the CMT (3).
(4) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(5) Hold the CMT (3) and remove the screws (5).
(6) Remove the CMT (3) from the VCC (9).
EFF :
251-251, 23-36-34
Page 429
Aug 01/06
R
THY
TASK 23-36-34-400-002
Installation of the Cabin Management Terminal (CMT)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-00-710-005 Operational Test of the integrated In-Flight
Entertainment (IFE) System
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-36-34-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-36-34-991-002)
Subtask 23-36-34-865-054
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/DC 20MH 01 C
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/AC 21MH 02 C
Subtask 23-36-34-860-053
B. Preparation for Installation
(1) Make sure that the CMT access door, the VCC access door and the VCC
cover are opened/removed.
(a) If necessary open the CMT access door (1).
EFF :
251-251, 23-36-34
Page 430
Aug 01/06
R
THY
(b) If necessary open the VCC access door (2).
(c) If necessary release the fasteners (6) and remove the VCC cover
(4) from the VCC (9).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-36-34-991-002)
Subtask 23-36-34-420-052
A. Installation of the CMT
(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(4) Put the CMT (3) in position on the VCC (9).
(5) Install the screws (5).
(6) Remove the blanking cap from the electrical connector (10).
(7) Make sure that the electrical connector (10) is clean and in the
correct condition.
(8) Connect the electrical connector (10) to the CMT (3).
(9) Put the plate (8) on the CMT (3).
(10) Install the screws (7).
Subtask 23-36-34-865-055
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
20MH and 21MH.
Subtask 23-36-34-860-054
C. Preparation for the Test
(1) Energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
EFF :
251-251, 23-36-34
Page 431
Aug 01/06
R
THY
Subtask 23-36-34-710-052
D. Do the operational test of the integrated In-Flight Entertainment (IFE)
system (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-710-005).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-36-34-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Put the VCC cover (4) in position on the VCC (9) and tighten the
fasteners (6).
(4) Close the VCC access door (2).
(5) Close the CMT access door (1).
EFF :
251-251, 23-36-34
Page 432
Aug 01/06
THY
JUNCTION BOX - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________
TASK 23-36-41-000-001
Removal of the Junction Box
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
23-36-41-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 252-252,
R 23-36-41-991-001-B Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 253-299,
R 23-36-41-991-001-A Fig. 401B
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-41
Page 401
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 252-299,
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
Subtask 23-36-41-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Open the access door(s) of the left forward overhead stowage
compartment between FR20 and FR23.
(2) Open the front door of the left overhead stowage compartment.
R **ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-36-41-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(1) Open the applicable overhead stowage compartment.
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-36-41-865-050-A
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CONT 21MH 01 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 02 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 23MH 03 F
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-41
Page 402
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 201-249,
Subtask 23-36-41-865-050
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CTL 21MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/LH 22MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/RH 24MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/LH 23MH 04 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/RH 25MH 05 C
R **ON A/C 252-252,
R Subtask 23-36-41-865-050-B
R B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
R **ON A/C 253-299,
R Subtask 23-36-41-865-050-C
R B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC/CTL 20MH 01 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC/CTL 21MH 02 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
R
EFF :
201-249, 252-299, 23-36-41
Page 403
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 252-299,
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-41-991-001)
R **ON A/C 252-252,
R (Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-41-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 253-299,
R (Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-41-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
Subtask 23-36-41-020-050
A. Removal of the Junction Box 9MH
(1) Remove the cover (3) to get access to the electrical connectors.
(2) Disconnect the electrical connectors (13), (14) and (15) from the
Junction Box (JB) (10).
(3) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(4) Loosen the knurled screws (2).
(5) Carefully pull the JB pallet-assy (4) until it comes free from the
front of the overhead stowage compartment.
(6) Remove the JB pallet-assy (4) from the overhead stowage compartment.
(7) Disconnect the electrical connectors (5), (6), (7), (8) and (9) from
the SCU (1).
(8) Disconnect the electrical connectors (11) and (16) from the JB (10).
(9) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-41
Page 404
Feb 01/06
THY
(10) Remove the screws (12) from the JB (10).
R **ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-36-41-020-050-A
A. Removal of the Junction Box 9MH
(1) Remove the screws (4) from the closeout panel (5).
(2) Remove the closeout panel (5) to get access to the electrical
connectors.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connectors (13) and (14) from the Junction
Box (JB) (11).
(4) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(5) Remove the screws (3).
(6) Carefully pull the JB pallet-assy (1) until it comes free from the
front of the overhead stowage compartment.
(7) Remove the JB pallet-assy (1) from the overhead stowage compartment.
(8) Disconnect the electrical connectors (6), (7), (8), (9) and (10) from
the SCU (2).
(9) Disconnect the electrical connectors (16) from the JB (11).
(10) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(11) Loosen the screws (12) and remove the JB (11) from the JB pallet-assy
(1).
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-41
Page 405
Feb 01/06
THY
Junction Box
Figure 401/TASK 23-36-41-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-36-41
Page 406
Feb 01/06
THY
Junction Box
Figure 401/TASK 23-36-41-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-36-41
Page 407
Feb 01/06
THY
Junction Box
R Figure 401A/TASK 23-36-41-991-001-B12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
252-252, 23-36-41
Page 408
Feb 01/06
THY
Junction Box
R Figure 401A/TASK 23-36-41-991-001-B22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
252-252, 23-36-41
Page 409
Feb 01/06
THY
Junction Box
R Figure 401B/TASK 23-36-41-991-001-A13 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
253-299, 23-36-41
Page 410
Feb 01/06
THY
Junction Box
R Figure 401B/TASK 23-36-41-991-001-A23 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
253-299, 23-36-41
Page 411
Feb 01/06
THY
Junction Box
R Figure 401B/TASK 23-36-41-991-001-A33 (SHEET 3)
R
EFF :
253-299, 23-36-41
Page 412
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 252-299,
TASK 23-36-41-400-001
Installation of the Junction Box
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-36-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment
(Video)
23-36-00-710-006 Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment
System (Video) after the Replacement of Video
Equipment
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
23-36-41-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 252-252,
R 23-36-41-991-001-B Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 253-299,
R 23-36-41-991-001-A Fig. 401B
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-41
Page 413
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 252-299,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-36-41-865-051-A
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CONT 21MH 01 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 02 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 23MH 03 F
R **ON A/C 201-249,
Subtask 23-36-41-865-051
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CTL 21MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/LH 22MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/RH 24MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/LH 23MH 04 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/RH 25MH 05 C
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-41
Page 414
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 252-252,
R Subtask 23-36-41-865-051-B
R A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
R **ON A/C 253-299,
R Subtask 23-36-41-865-051-C
R A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC/CTL 20MH 01 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC/CTL 21MH 02 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 252-299,
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-41-991-001)
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-41
Page 415
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 252-252,
R (Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-41-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 253-299,
R (Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-41-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
Subtask 23-36-41-420-050
A. Installation of the Junction Box
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Install the junction box (10) on the junction box pallet assy (4)
with the screws (12).
(4) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(5) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(6) Connect the electrical connectors (16), (11), (5), (6), (7), (8) and
(9) to the junction box (10) and SCU (1) .
(7) Carefully lift the junction box pallet assy (4) together with the
junction box (10) in the overhead stowage compartment.
(8) Push the junction box pallet assy (4) in its correct installation
position in the overhead stowage compartment.
(9) Tighten the knurled screws (2) of the pallet assy (4) .
(10) Connect the electrical connectors (13), (14) and (15) to the junction
box (10).
(11) Install the cover (3) in the VCC with the velcro tape.
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-41
Page 416
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-36-41-420-050-A
A. Installation of the Junction Box
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Install the junction box (11) on the junction box pallet assy (1)
with the screws (12).
(4) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(5) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(6) Connect the electrical connectors (16), (6), (7), (8), (9) and (10)
to the junction box (11) and SCU (2) .
(7) Carefully lift the junction box pallet assy (1) together with the
junction box (11) in the overhead stowage compartment.
(8) Push the junction box pallet assy (1) in its correct installation
position in the overhead stowage compartment.
(9) Tighten the screws (3) of the pallet assy (1) .
(10) Connect the electrical connectors (13) and (14) to the junction box
(11).
(11) Install the closeout panel (5) with the screws (4).
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-36-41-865-052-A
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
21MH, 22MH and 24MH.
R
R
EFF :
001-006, 252-299, 23-36-41
Page 417
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 201-249,
Subtask 23-36-41-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
21MH, 22MH, 23MH, 24MH and 25MH.
R **ON A/C 252-252,
R Subtask 23-36-41-865-052-B
R B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R 20MH, 21MH, 22MH and 24MH.
R **ON A/C 253-299,
R Subtask 23-36-41-865-052-C
R B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R 20MH, 21MH, 22MH, 23MH, 24MH and 25MH.
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
Subtask 23-36-41-710-050-A
C. Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Video)
after the Replacement of Video Equipment (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-006)
R **ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-36-41-710-050
C. Do the operational test of the passenger entertaiment (Video) (Ref. TASK
23-36-00-710-001)
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-41
Page 418
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 252-299,
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
Subtask 23-36-41-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door(s) of the left forward overhead stowage
compartment between FR20 and FR23.
(3) Close the front door of the left forward overhead stowage
compartment.
R **ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-36-41-410-050-A
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the applicable overhead stowage compartment.
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-41
Page 419
Feb 01/06
THY
TAPPING UNIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________
TASK 23-36-44-000-001
Removal of the Tapping Unit (TU)
WARNING : ISOLATE THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS FROM THE RELATED EQUIPMENT AND THE
_______
ENVIRONMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-23-48-000-001 Removal of the Cove Light Panels
25-24-41-000-001 Removal of the Overhead Stowage Compartments
**ON A/C 001-006,
23-36-44-991-001-A Fig. 401
**ON A/C 007-049, 054-100,
23-36-44-991-001-B Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R 23-36-44-991-001-E Fig. 401B
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-44
Page 401
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
R 23-36-44-991-001 Fig. 401C
R **ON A/C 251-251,
R 23-36-44-991-001-C Fig. 401D
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R 23-36-44-991-001-D Fig. 401E
FOR FIN 50MH1, 50MH3, 50MH4, 50MH5, 50MH6, 50MH7, 50MH8, 50MH9, 50MH10, 50MH11,
50MH12, 50MH13, 50MH14
25-23-48-000-001 Removal of the Cove Light Panels
FOR FIN 50MH2
25-23-48-000-001 Removal of the Cove Light Panels
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-36-44-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CONT 21MH 01 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 02 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 23MH 03 F
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-44
Page 402
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-008,
Subtask 23-36-44-865-050-B
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
R **ON A/C 009-049, 054-199,
Subtask 23-36-44-865-050-D
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
**ON A/C 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-44-865-050-A
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CTL 21MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/LH 22MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/RH 24MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/LH 23MH 04 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/RH 25MH 05 C
R
EFF :
007-049, 054-199, 201-249, 301-302, 23-36-44
Page 403
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-36-44-865-050-E
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/DC 20MH 01 C
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/AC 21MH 02 C
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU L/H 22MH 01 D
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF L/H 23MH 03 D
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU R/H 24MH 02 D
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF R/H 25MH 04 D
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-36-44-865-050-C
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
R
EFF :
251-299, 23-36-44
Page 404
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-36-44-865-050-F
R A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-36-44-010-050-A
B. Cove Light Panel
FOR 50MH1, 50MH3, 50MH4, 50MH5, 50MH6, 50MH7, 50MH8, 50MH9, 50MH10,
50MH11, 50MH12, 50MH13, 50MH14
(1) Remove the applicable cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
FOR 50MH2
(2) Remove the cove light panel 232JW (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
(3) Remove the clip (5) and the washer (6).
(4) Remove the pin (8).
(5) Turn the turnbuckle (7) away from the bracket (9).
(6) Temporarily fasten the pin (8), the washer (6) and the clip (5) at
the turnbuckle (7).
R **ON A/C 007-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-36-44-010-050
B. Remove the applicable cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-44
Page 405
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-36-44-010-050-B
B. Remove the applicable overhead stowage compartment (Ref. TASK 25-24-41-
000-001).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-006,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-44-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 007-049, 054-100,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-44-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-44-991-001-E)
R **ON A/C 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
R (Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-44-991-001)
R **ON A/C 251-251,
R (Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-44-991-001-C)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-36-44-991-001-D)
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-44
Page 406
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-36-44-020-051-A
A. Removal of the Tapping Unit
FOR 50MH1, 50MH3, 50MH4, 50MH5, 50MH6, 50MH7, 50MH8, 50MH9, 50MH10,
50MH11, 50MH12, 50MH13, 50MH14
(1) Remove the spring latches (3) and disconnect the electrical
connectors (2).
(2) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(3) Carefully loosen the nylatches (1) and remove the tapping unit (4).
NOTE : At the end of the tapping unit lines the tapping unit ends
____
with a termination plug connected to the tapping unit
connector J3. If a related tapping unit is removed, remove the
termination plug.
FOR 50MH2
(4) Above the coat stowage between frame 23 and frame 24 find the tapping
unit (4).
(5) Remove the spring latches (3) and disconnect the electrical
connectors (2).
(6) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(7) Carefully loosen the nylatches (1) and remove the tapping unit (4).
NOTE : At the end of the tapping unit lines the tapping unit ends
____
with a termination plug connected to the tapping unit
connector J3. If a related tapping unit is removed, remove the
termination plug.
EFF :
001-006, 23-36-44
Page 407
Aug 01/06
R
THY
Tapping Unit (TU)
Figure 401/TASK 23-36-44-991-001-A12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-006, 23-36-44
Page 408
Aug 01/06
THY
Tapping Unit (TU)
Figure 401/TASK 23-36-44-991-001-A22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-006, 23-36-44
Page 409
Aug 01/06
THY
Tapping Unit (TU)
Figure 401A/TASK 23-36-44-991-001-B
R
EFF :
007-049, 054-100, 23-36-44
Page 410
Aug 01/06
THY
R Tapping Unit
R Figure 401B/TASK 23-36-44-991-001-E
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-36-44
Page 411
Aug 01/06
THY
Tapping Unit (TU)
R Figure 401C/TASK 23-36-44-991-001
R
EFF :
201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-44
Page 412
Aug 01/06
THY
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
23-36-44
Page 413
Aug 01/06
THY
Tapping Unit
R Figure 401D/TASK 23-36-44-991-001-C12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
251-251, 23-36-44
Page 414
Aug 01/06
THY
Tapping Unit
R Figure 401D/TASK 23-36-44-991-001-C22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-36-44
Page 415
Aug 01/06
THY
R Tapping Unit (TU)
Figure 401E/TASK 23-36-44-991-001-D
EFF :
303-399, 23-36-44
Page 416
Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-36-44-020-051
A. Removal of the Tapping Unit
NOTE : The removal of each TU is the same.
____
(1) Remove the spring latches (3) and disconnect the electrical
connectors (2).
(2) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(3) Carefully loosen the nylatches (1) and remove the tapping unit (4).
NOTE : At the end of the tapping unit lines the tapping unit ends
____
with a termination plug connected to the tapping unit
connector J3. If a related tapping unit is removed, remove the
termination plug.
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-36-44-020-051-B
A. Removal of the Tapping Unit (TU)
(1) Identify the connectors (2).
(2) Release the spring latches (3) and disconnect the electrical
connectors (2).
(3) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
FOR 50MH1, 50MH2, 50MH3, 50MH4, 50MH5, 50MH6, 50MH9, 50MH10, 50MH13,
50MH14, 50MH15, 50MH16
(4) Carefully loosen the nylatches (1) and remove the TU (4).
FOR 50MH19
(5) Release the spring latches (3) and disconnect the terminator plug
51MH1 (5) from J3 on the TU (4).
(6) Put a blanking cap on the terminator plug 51MH1 (5).
(7) Carefully loosen the nylatches (1) and remove the TU (4).
FOR 50MH20
R
EFF :
301-399,
007-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-44
Page 417
Aug 01/06
THY
(8) Release the spring latches (3) and disconnect the terminator plug
51MH2 (5) from J3 on the TU (4).
(9) Put a blanking cap on the terminator plug 51MH2 (5).
(10) Carefully loosen the nylatches (1) and remove the TU (4).
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-36-44
Page 418
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
TASK 23-36-44-400-001
Installation of the Tapping Unit (TU)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-00-710-005 Operational Test of the integrated In-Flight
Entertainment (IFE) System
23-36-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment
(Video)
23-36-00-710-006 Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment
System (Video) after the Replacement of Video
Equipment
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
25-23-48-000-001 Removal of the Cove Light Panels
25-23-48-400-001 Installation of the Cove Light Panels
25-24-41-000-001 Removal of the Overhead Stowage Compartments
25-24-41-400-001 Installation of the Overhead Stowage Compartments
**ON A/C 001-006,
23-36-44-991-001-A Fig. 401
**ON A/C 007-049, 054-100,
23-36-44-991-001-B Fig. 401A
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-44
Page 419
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R 23-36-44-991-001-E Fig. 401B
R **ON A/C 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
R 23-36-44-991-001 Fig. 401C
R **ON A/C 251-251,
R 23-36-44-991-001-C Fig. 401D
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R 23-36-44-991-001-D Fig. 401E
**ON A/C 001-006,
23-36-44-991-002-A Fig. 402
**ON A/C 201-249,
23-36-44-991-002 Fig. 402A
**ON A/C 252-252,
23-36-44-991-002-B Fig. 402B
**ON A/C 253-299,
23-36-44-991-002-D Fig. 402C
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-44
Page 420
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 301-302,
23-36-44-991-002-C Fig. 402D
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-36-44-865-051
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CONT 21MH 01 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 02 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 23MH 03 F
**ON A/C 007-008,
Subtask 23-36-44-865-051-B
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-44
Page 421
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 009-049, 054-199,
Subtask 23-36-44-865-051-D
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
**ON A/C 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-44-865-051-A
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CTL 21MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/LH 22MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/RH 24MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/LH 23MH 04 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/RH 25MH 05 C
R
EFF :
009-049, 054-199, 201-249, 301-302, 23-36-44
Page 422
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-36-44-865-051-E
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/DC 20MH 01 C
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/AC 21MH 02 C
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU L/H 22MH 01 D
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF L/H 23MH 03 D
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU R/H 24MH 02 D
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF R/H 25MH 04 D
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-36-44-865-051-C
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
R
EFF :
251-299, 23-36-44
Page 423
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-36-44-865-051-F
R A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-36-44-860-050
B. Preparation for Installation
(1) Make sure that the applicable cove light panels are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(3) Do an Inspection of the Insulation Mats
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE INSULATION MATS ARE NOT DAMAGED. DAMAGED
_______
INSULATION MATS CAN CAUSE WATER TO GO INTO THE TAPPING
UNIT. WATER CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE TAPPING UNIT.
(a) Make sure that the insulation mats adjacent to the tapping unit
are clean and in the correct condition.
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-44
Page 424
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-36-44-860-050-A
B. Preparation for Installation
(1) Make sure that the applicable overhead stowage compartment is removed
(Ref. TASK 25-24-41-000-001).
(2) Do an Inspection of the Insulation Mats
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE INSULATION MATS ARE NOT DAMAGED. DAMAGED
_______
INSULATION MATS CAN CAUSE WATER TO GO INTO THE TAPPING
UNIT. WATER CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE TAPPING UNIT.
(a) Make sure that the insulation mats adjacent to the tapping unit
are clean and in the correct condition.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-006,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-44-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 007-049, 054-100,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-44-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-44-991-001-E)
R **ON A/C 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
R (Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-44-991-001)
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-44
Page 425
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 251-251,
R (Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-44-991-001-C)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-36-44-991-001-D)
R **ON A/C 001-006,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-36-44-991-002-A)
**ON A/C 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 23-36-44-991-002)
**ON A/C 252-252,
(Ref. Fig. 402B/TASK 23-36-44-991-002-B)
**ON A/C 253-299,
(Ref. Fig. 402C/TASK 23-36-44-991-002-D)
**ON A/C 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 402D/TASK 23-36-44-991-002-C)
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 23-36-44
Page 426
Aug 01/06
THY
POSITIONS OF THE DIP SWITCHES
Figure 402/TASK 23-36-44-991-002-A
R
EFF :
001-006, 23-36-44
Page 427
Aug 01/06
THY
POSITIONS OF THE DIP SWITCHES
Figure 402A/TASK 23-36-44-991-002
R
EFF :
201-249, 23-36-44
Page 428
Aug 01/06
THY
POSITIONS OF THE DIP SWITCHES
Figure 402B/TASK 23-36-44-991-002-B
R
EFF :
252-252, 23-36-44
Page 429
Aug 01/06
THY
POSITIONS OF THE DIP SWITCHES
Figure 402C/TASK 23-36-44-991-002-D
R
EFF :
253-299, 23-36-44
Page 430
Aug 01/06
THY
POSITIONS OF THE DIP SWITCHES
Figure 402D/TASK 23-36-44-991-002-C
R
EFF :
301-302, 23-36-44
Page 431
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-36-44-420-050-A
A. Installation of the Tapping Unit (TU)
(1) On the top of the tapping unit (4), put each micro switch to its
required position.
NOTE : At the end of the tapping unit lines the tapping unit must end
____
with a termination plug. If a related tapping unit is
installed, connect the termination plug to the tapping unit
connector J3.
(2) Carefully install the tapping unit (4) and lock the nylatches (1).
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Connect the Electrical Connectors
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CABLE CONNECTIONS OF THE TAPPING UNIT
_______
ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY AND HAVE A LOW-POINT LOOP. IF YOU
DO NOT HAVE A LOW-POINT LOOP IN THE CABLES, WATER CAN GO
INTO THE TAPPING UNIT. WATER CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
TAPPING UNIT.
NOTE : You can find the instruction to install cables with a
____
low-point loop in the ESPM 20-33-11 fig. 018.
(a) Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the tapping unit (4) and
safety with the spring latches (3).
FOR 50MH2
(6) Remove the temporarily fastened clip (5), washer (6) and pin (8) from
the turnbuckle (7).
(7) Align the turnbuckle (7) with the bracket (9) and install the pin
(8).
(8) Install the washer (6) and the clip (5).
R
EFF :
001-006, 23-36-44
Page 432
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-007, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-44-420-050
A. Installation of the Tapping Unit (TU)
(1) On the top of the tapping unit (4), put each micro switch to its
required position.
NOTE : At the end of the tapping unit lines the tapping unit must end
____
with a termination plug. If a related tapping unit is
installed, connect the termination plug to the tapping unit
connector J3.
(2) Carefully install the tapping unit (4) and lock the nylatches (1).
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Connect the Electrical Connectors
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CABLE CONNECTIONS OF THE TAPPING UNIT
_______
ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY AND HAVE A LOW-POINT LOOP. IF YOU
DO NOT HAVE A LOW-POINT LOOP IN THE CABLES, WATER CAN GO
INTO THE TAPPING UNIT. WATER CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
TAPPING UNIT.
NOTE : You can find the instruction to install cables with a
____
low-point loop in the ESPM 20-33-11 fig. 018.
(a) Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the tapping unit (4) and
safety with the spring latches (3).
R
EFF :
007-007, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-36-44
Page 433
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 008-049, 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-44-420-050-B
A. Installation of the Tapping Unit (TU)
(1) Carefully install the tapping unit (4) and lock the nylatches (1).
NOTE : At the end of the tapping unit lines the tapping unit must end
____
with a termination plug. If a related tapping unit is
installed, connect the termination plug to the tapping unit
connector J3.
(2) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2).
(3) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(4) Connect the Electrical Connectors
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CABLE CONNECTIONS OF THE TAPPING UNIT
_______
ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY AND HAVE A LOW-POINT LOOP. IF YOU
DO NOT HAVE A LOW-POINT LOOP IN THE CABLES, WATER CAN GO
INTO THE TAPPING UNIT. WATER CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
TAPPING UNIT.
NOTE : You can find the instruction to install cables with a
____
low-point loop in the ESPM 20-33-11 fig. 018.
(a) Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the tapping unit (4) and
safety with the spring latches (3).
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-36-44-420-050-C
A. Installation of the Tapping Unit (TU)
(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
R
EFF :
008-049, 054-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-36-44
Page 434
Aug 01/06
THY
(4) Put the TU (4) in position and lock the nylatches (1).
FOR 50MH1, 50MH2, 50MH3, 50MH4, 50MH5, 50MH6, 50MH9, 50MH10, 50MH13,
50MH14, 50MH15, 50MH16
(5) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2).
(6) Make sure that the electrical connectors (2) are clean and in the
correct condition.
(7) Connect the Electrical Connectors
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CABLE CONNECTIONS OF THE TAPPING UNIT
_______
ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY AND HAVE A LOW-POINT LOOP. IF YOU
DO NOT HAVE A LOW-POINT LOOP IN THE CABLES, WATER CAN GO
INTO THE TAPPING UNIT. WATER CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
TAPPING UNIT.
NOTE : You can find the instruction to install cables with a
____
low-point loop in the ESPM 20-33-11 fig. 018.
(a) Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the TU (4) as identified
during the removal procedure.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE
_______
CONNECTOR IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING
LATCHES PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND
THUS THE RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
UNIT.
(8) Safety the electrical connectors (2) with the spring latches (3).
FOR 50MH19
(9) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2) and the
terminator plug 51MH1 (5).
(10) Make sure that the electrical connectors (2) and the terminator plug
51MH1 (5) are clean and in the correct condition.
(11) Connect the Electrical Connectors
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CABLE CONNECTIONS OF THE TAPPING UNIT
_______
ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY AND HAVE A LOW-POINT LOOP. IF YOU
DO NOT HAVE A LOW-POINT LOOP IN THE CABLES, WATER CAN GO
INTO THE TAPPING UNIT. WATER CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
TAPPING UNIT.
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-36-44
Page 435
Aug 01/06
THY
NOTE : You can find the instruction to install cables with a
____
low-point loop in the ESPM 20-33-11 fig. 018.
(a) Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the TU (4) as identified
during the removal procedure.
(12) Connect the terminator plug 51MH1 (5) to J3 on the TU (4).
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE
_______
CONNECTOR IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING LATCHES
PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND THUS THE
RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE UNIT.
(13) Safety the electrical connectors (2) and the terminator plug 51MH1
(5) with the spring latches (3).
FOR 50MH20
(14) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2) and the
terminator plug 51MH2 (5).
(15) Make sure that the electrical connectors (2) and the terminator plug
51MH2 (5) are clean and in the correct condition.
(16) Connect the Electrical Connectors
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CABLE CONNECTIONS OF THE TAPPING UNIT
_______
ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY AND HAVE A LOW-POINT LOOP. IF YOU
DO NOT HAVE A LOW-POINT LOOP IN THE CABLES, WATER CAN GO
INTO THE TAPPING UNIT. WATER CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
TAPPING UNIT.
NOTE : You can find the instruction to install cables with a
____
low-point loop in the ESPM 20-33-11 fig. 018.
(a) Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the TU (4) as identified
during the removal procedure.
(17) Connect the terminator plug 51MH2 (5) to J3 on the TU (4).
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE
_______
CONNECTOR IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING LATCHES
PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND THUS THE
RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE UNIT.
(18) Safety the electrical connectors (2) and the terminator plug 51MH1
(5) with the spring latches (3).
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-36-44
Page 436
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-36-44-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CONT 21MH 01 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 02 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 23MH 03 F
**ON A/C 007-008,
Subtask 23-36-44-865-052-B
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
R **ON A/C 009-049, 054-199,
Subtask 23-36-44-865-052-D
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
EFF :
001-049, 054-199, 23-36-44
Page 437
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-44-865-052-A
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CTL 21MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/LH 22MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/RH 24MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/LH 23MH 04 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/RH 25MH 05 C
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-36-44-865-052-E
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/DC 20MH 01 C
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/AC 21MH 02 C
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU L/H 22MH 01 D
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF L/H 23MH 03 D
2000VU IFE/CABIN/TU R/H 24MH 02 D
2000VU IFE/CABIN/AF R/H 25MH 04 D
EFF :
201-249, 251-251, 301-302, 23-36-44
Page 438
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-36-44-865-052-C
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC/CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC/CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-36-44-865-052-F
R B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
R **ON A/C 001-007, 009-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-252, 301-399,
Subtask 23-36-44-860-051
C. Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-
73-00-861-001).
EFF : 001-007, 009-049, 054-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399,
23-36-44
Page 439
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 008-008, 253-299,
Subtask 23-36-44-860-051-A
C. Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-
73-00-861-001).
**ON A/C 007-008, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-44-710-050
D. Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Do the Operational Test of the
Passenger Entertainment System
(Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-001)
(Video).
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
Subtask 23-36-44-710-051-A
E. Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Video)
after the Replacement of Video Equipment (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-006)
R **ON A/C 009-049, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-44-710-051
E. Do the operational test of the passenger entertainment (Video) (Ref. TASK
23-36-00-710-001) system.
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-36-44-710-051-B
E. Do the operational test of the integrated In-Flight Entertainment (IFE)
system (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-710-005).
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-44
Page 440
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-007, 009-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-252, 301-399,
Subtask 23-36-44-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001)
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Install the applicable cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001).
**ON A/C 008-008, 253-299,
Subtask 23-36-44-410-050-A
A. Close Access
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001)
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Install the applicable cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001).
**ON A/C 251-251,
Subtask 23-36-44-410-050-B
A. Close Access
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Install the overhead stowage compartment (Ref. TASK 25-24-41-400-
001).
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 23-36-44
Page 441
Aug 01/06
THY
SEAT ELECTRONIC BOX (SEB) (42MH) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________
TASK 23-36-45-000-001
Removal of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB) installed in the Video Control Center
(VCC)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-36-45-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-45-991-001)
Subtask 23-36-45-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/DC 20MH 01 C
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/AC 21MH 02 C
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-36-45
Page 401
Feb 01/06
THY
Seat Electronic Box installed in the Video Control Center
Figure 401/TASK 23-36-45-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-36-45
Page 402
Feb 01/06
THY
Seat Electronic Box installed in the Video Control Center
Figure 401/TASK 23-36-45-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-36-45
Page 403
Feb 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-36-45-010-050
B. Get access to the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
(1) Open the Cabin Management Terminal (CMT) access door (1).
(2) Open the Video Control Center (VCC) access door (2).
(3) Release the fasteners (4) and remove the VCC cover (3) from the VCC
(5).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-45-991-001)
Subtask 23-36-45-020-050
A. Removal of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
(1) Identify the electrical connectors (6, 8, 9 and 10).
(2) Disconnect the electrical connectors (6, 9 and 10).
(3) Release the spring latches (7).
(4) Disconnect the electrical connectors (8).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(6) Carefully loosen the nylatches (12) and remove the SEB (11) from the
VCC (5).
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-36-45
Page 404
Feb 01/06
THY
TASK 23-36-45-400-001
Installation of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB) installed in the Video Control
Center (VCC)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-00-710-005 Operational Test of the integrated In-Flight
Entertainment (IFE) System
23-36-00-600-003 Software Download (Phase 2) to the Seat Electronic
Box (SEB) installed in the Video Control Center (VCC)
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-36-45-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-45-991-001)
Subtask 23-36-45-865-051
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/DC 20MH 01 C
2000VU IFE/IFE CENTER/VCC/AC 21MH 02 C
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-36-45
Page 405
Feb 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-36-45-860-052
B. Preparation for Installation
(1) Make sure that the CMT access door, the VCC access door and the VCC
cover are opened/removed.
(a) If necessary open the CMT access door (1).
(b) If necessary open the VCC access door (2).
(c) If necessary release the fasteners (4) and remove the VCC cover
(3) from the VCC (5).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-45-991-001)
Subtask 23-36-45-420-050
A. Installation of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Put the SEB (11) in position in the VCC (5) and lock the nylatches
(12).
(4) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (6, 8, 9 and
10).
(5) Make sure that the electrical connectors (6, 8, 9 and 10) are clean
and in the correct condition.
(6) Connect the electrical connectors (6, 8, 9 and 10) to the SEB (11) as
identified during the removal procedure.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE
_______
CONNECTOR IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING LATCHES
PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND THUS THE
RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE UNIT.
(7) Safety the electrical connectors (8) with the spring latches (7).
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-36-45
Page 406
Feb 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-36-45-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
20MH and 21MH.
Subtask 23-36-45-970-050
C. Do the software download (phase 2) to the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
installed in the Video Control Center (VCC) (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-600-003).
Subtask 23-36-45-860-050
D. Preparation for the Test
(1) Energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
Subtask 23-36-45-710-050
E. Do the operational test of the integrated In-Flight Entertainment (IFE)
system (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-710-005).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-36-45-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Put the VCC cover (3) in position on the VCC (5) and tighten the
fasteners (4).
(4) Close the VCC access door (2).
(5) Close the CMT access door (1).
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-36-45
Page 407
Feb 01/06
THY
VIDEO REPRODUCER UNIT (12MH,13MH) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________
TASK 23-36-52-000-001
Removal of the Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
WARNING : ISOLATE THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS FROM THE RELATED EQUIPMENT AND THE
_______
ENVIRONMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302,
23-36-52-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 007-007,
23-36-52-991-001-C Fig. 401A
**ON A/C 008-049,
23-36-52-991-001-B Fig. 401B
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-52
Page 401
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
23-36-52-991-001-E Fig. 401C
**ON A/C 252-252,
23-36-52-991-001-D Fig. 401D
**ON A/C 253-299,
23-36-52-991-001-A Fig. 401E
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-52-991-001)
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-C)
**ON A/C 008-049,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-E)
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-52
Page 402
Aug 01/06
THY
Video Tape Reproducer
Figure 401/TASK 23-36-52-991-001
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 301-302, 23-36-52
Page 403
Feb 01/06
THY
Video Tape Reproducer
Figure 401A/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-C
EFF :
007-007, 23-36-52
Page 404
Nov 01/05
THY
Video Tape Reproducer
Figure 401B/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-B
EFF :
008-049, 23-36-52
Page 405
Nov 01/05
THY
Video Tape Reproducer
Figure 401C/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-E
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-36-52
Page 406
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 252-252,
R (Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-D)
R **ON A/C 253-299,
R (Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-36-52-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CONT 21MH 01 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 02 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 23MH 03 F
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-36-52-865-050-B
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
R
EFF :
001-007, 252-299, 23-36-52
Page 407
Feb 01/06
THY
Video Tape Reproducer
R Figure 401D/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-D
R
EFF :
252-252, 23-36-52
Page 408
Feb 01/06
THY
Video Tape Reproducer
R Figure 401E/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-A
R
EFF :
253-299, 23-36-52
Page 409
Feb 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-36-52-865-050-E
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
R **ON A/C 009-049, 054-199,
Subtask 23-36-52-865-050-D
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
**ON A/C 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-52-865-050-A
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CTL 21MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/LH 22MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/RH 24MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/LH 23MH 04 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/RH 25MH 05 C
R
EFF :
008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 301-302, 23-36-52
Page 410
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-36-52-865-050-C
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-36-52-865-050-F
R A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-52-010-050-A
B. Get Access
(1) Open the access doors of the left forward overhead stowage
compartment between FR20 and FR23.
(2) Open the front door of the left overhead stowage compartment.
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399, 23-36-52
Page 411
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-36-52-010-050-B
B. Open the access door of the VCC stowage compartment.
R **ON A/C 008-049, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-52-010-050
B. Open the access door of the applicable overhead stowage compartment.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-52-991-001)
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-C)
**ON A/C 008-049,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-E)
**ON A/C 252-252,
(Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-D)
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-52
Page 412
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 253-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-52-020-050
A. Removal of the Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
(1) Remove the cover (3) to get access to the electrical connectors.
(2) Disconnect the electrical connectors (4), (5) and (6).
(3) Loosen the knurled screws (2).
(4) Carefully pull the VTR (1) until it comes free from the front of the
overhead stowage compartment.
R **ON A/C 007-049, 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-52-020-050-B
A. Removal of the Video Tape Reproducers VTR 12MH and VTR 13MH
NOTE : The removal of both VTRs (1) is the same.
____
(1) Loosen the screws (2).
(2) Carefully remove the VTR (1) from the rack.
(3) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-36-52-020-050-A
A. Removal of the Video Tape Reproducer VTR 12MH
(1) Loosen the knurled screws (2).
(2) Pull the VTR 12MH forward out of the rack (3) to get access to the
electrical connections.
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-52
Page 413
Aug 01/06
THY
(3) Disconnect the electrical connectors (4), (5) and (6).
(4) Carefully remove the VTR 12MH (1) from the overhead stowage
compartment.
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
R
EFF :
252-299, 23-36-52
Page 414
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
TASK 23-36-52-400-001
Installation of the Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-36-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment
(Video)
23-36-00-710-006 Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment
System (Video) after the Replacement of Video
Equipment
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302,
23-36-52-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 007-007,
23-36-52-991-001-C Fig. 401A
**ON A/C 008-049,
23-36-52-991-001-B Fig. 401B
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-52
Page 415
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
23-36-52-991-001-E Fig. 401C
**ON A/C 252-252,
23-36-52-991-001-D Fig. 401D
**ON A/C 253-299,
23-36-52-991-001-A Fig. 401E
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-52-991-001)
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-C)
**ON A/C 008-049,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-E)
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-52
Page 416
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 252-252,
(Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-D)
**ON A/C 253-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-36-52-865-051
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CONT 21MH 01 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 02 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 23MH 03 F
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-36-52-865-051-B
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
R
EFF :
001-007, 252-299, 23-36-52
Page 417
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-36-52-865-051-E
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
R **ON A/C 009-049, 054-199,
Subtask 23-36-52-865-051-D
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
**ON A/C 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-52-865-051-A
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CTL 21MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/LH 22MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/RH 24MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/LH 23MH 04 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/RH 25MH 05 C
R
EFF :
008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 301-302, 23-36-52
Page 418
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-36-52-865-051-C
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-36-52-865-051-F
R A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-52-991-001)
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-52
Page 419
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-C)
**ON A/C 008-049,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-E)
**ON A/C 252-252,
(Ref. Fig. 401D/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-D)
**ON A/C 253-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401E/TASK 23-36-52-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-52-420-050
A. Installation of the Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(4) Put the VTR (1) in position in the video control center.
(5) Tighten the knurled screws (2).
(6) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(7) Connect the electrical connectors (4), (5) and (6).
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-52
Page 420
Aug 01/06
THY
(8) Install the cover (3).
R **ON A/C 007-049, 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-52-420-050-B
A. Installation of the Video Tape Reproducers VTR 12MH and VTR 13MH
NOTE : The installation of both VTRs (1) is the same.
____
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Carefully install the VTR (1) into the rack. Make sure that the VTR
is correctly aligned to prevent damage to the electrical connectors.
(6) Tighten the screws (2).
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-36-52-420-050-A
A. Installation of the Video Tape Reproducer VTR 12MH
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(4) Put the VTR (1) near its associated position in the video control
center and keep access to the electrical connections possible.
(5) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(6) Connect the electrical connectors (4), (5) and (6) to the VTR (1).
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-52
Page 421
Aug 01/06
THY
(7) Carefully put the VTR (1) into position and tighten the knurled
screws (2).
**ON A/C 001-006,
Subtask 23-36-52-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CONT 21MH 01 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 02 F
2000VU CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 23MH 03 F
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-36-52-865-052-B
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
R
EFF :
001-007, 252-299, 23-36-52
Page 422
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-36-52-865-052-E
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
R **ON A/C 009-049, 054-199,
Subtask 23-36-52-865-052-D
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH 24MH 04 C
**ON A/C 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-52-865-052-A
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/CTL 21MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/LH 22MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/RH 24MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/LH 23MH 04 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/RH 25MH 05 C
R
EFF :
008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 301-302, 23-36-52
Page 423
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 252-299,
Subtask 23-36-52-865-052-C
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 20MH 01 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/VCC CTL 21MH 02 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
2000VU PES/VIDEO/AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R Subtask 23-36-52-865-052-F
R B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN 20MH 01 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC 21MH 02 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/LH 22MH 03 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN FWD/RH 24MH 04 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/LH 23MH 05 C
R 2000VU PES/VIDEO/CABIN AFT/RH 25MH 06 C
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-36-52-860-050
C. Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-
73-00-861-001).
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-52
Page 424
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-008, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-52-710-050
D. Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Do the Operational Test of the
Passenger Entertainment (Video)
(Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-
001)System.
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
Subtask 23-36-52-710-051-A
E. Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Video)
after the Replacement of Video Equipment (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-006)
R **ON A/C 009-049, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-52-710-051
E. Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video) (Ref. TASK
23-36-00-710-001) System.
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-52
Page 425
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 301-399,
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302,
Subtask 23-36-52-410-050-A
A. Close Access
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Close the access doors of the left forward overhead stowage
compartment between FR20 and FR23.
(4) Close the front door of the left forward overhead stowage
compartment.
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-36-52-410-050-B
A. Close Access
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Close the VCC stowage compartment.
R
EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 054-199, 201-249, 252-299, 23-36-52
Page 426
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 008-049, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399,
Subtask 23-36-52-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Close the applicable overhead stowage compartment.
EFF :
008-049, 054-199, 252-299, 303-399, 23-36-52
Page 427
Aug 01/06
THY
COCKPIT TO GROUND CREW CALL SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The ground crew call system enables crew member-to-ground mechanic or ground
mechanic-to-crew member calls.
It has also an aural warning function when the aircraft is powered by
batteries for the systems given below :
- APU fire
- ADIRS powered by batteries
- Equipment ventilation faulty.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1WC P/BSW-CALLS/MECH 21VU 211
10WC P/BSW-COCKPIT CALL 108VU 120
12WC P/BSW-RESET 108VU 120
14WC IND LT-COCKPIT CALL 108VU 120
15WC HORN-MECH CALL 124 23-42-21
3. System
__________________
Description
The ground crew call system consists of :
- a CALLS/MECH pushbutton switch 1WC located on the overhead panel 21VU in
the cockpit. It is associated with the RESET pushbutton switch 12WC
located on the panel 108VU of the ground power receptacle.
- a mechanic call horn 15WC located in the nose gear well. The horn sounds
to warn the mechanic of a call.
- a COCKPIT CALL indicator light 14WC located on the panel 108VU. This
indicator light comes on to warn the mechanic of a call.
- a COCKPIT CALL pushbutton switch 10WC located on the panel 108VU. This
pushbutton switch enables the ground mechanic to call the crew members via
the circuit WW for the audio function and circuit RN for the visual
indication.
4. Power
____________
Supply
The ground crew call system is supplied with 28VDC power from the 28VDC HOT
BUS 702PP. The system is protected by the circuit breaker 2WC located on the
panel 121VU.
EFF :
ALL 23-42-00
Page 1
May 01/05
THY
R Ground Crew Call System - Component Location
R Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 23-42-00
Page 2
Feb 01/06
THY
5. _________
Operation
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The system operates on the ground only, with the left and right main landing
gear shock absorbers compressed. However, in flight or A/C on jacks , if the
LGCIU is not energized, the ground crew call is activated following pilots
action.
A. Ground Mechanic-to-Crew Member Call
When pressing the COCKPIT CALL pushbutton switch 10WC, a ground signal is
applied to the FWCs (31-52) triggering the buzzer circuit which feeds the
aural warning signal to the loud speakers. This ground signal is applied
to the circuit RN for the illumination of the MECH legend on the ACPs.
B. Crew Member-to-Ground Mechanic Call
During all the time the pilot presses the CALLS/MECH pushbutton switch
1WC located on the overhead panel, the mechanic call horn sounds. The
blue COCKPIT CALL indicator light comes on.
When the pilot releases the CALLS/MECH pushbutton switch, the mechanic
call horn stops but the indicator light remains on. This indicator light
goes off when the mecanic presses the RESET pushbutton switch 12WC
located on the panel 108VU.
In addition, warnings are generated for the following systems :
- 26-13 APU FIRE on ground
- 21-26 BLOWERS LO FLOW on ground with engines shut down
- 34-14 ADIRS ON BAT on ground with engines shut down.
EFF :
ALL 23-42-00
Page 3
Feb 01/06
R
THY
Ground Crew Call System - Schematic
Figure 002
EFF :
ALL 23-42-00
Page 4
Feb 01/06
R
THY
COCKPIT TO GROUND CREW CALL SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________________________________
TASK 23-42-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Mechanic Call
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To do the call test between the cockpit and the ground.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-42-00-861-050
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
EFF :
ALL 23-42-00
Page 501
May 01/05
THY
Subtask 23-42-00-865-050
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU CAPT/LOUD/SPKR 5WW F10
49VU FWS/FWC1/SPLY 3WW F01
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O 5RN G07
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT 4RN G06
121VU COM NAV/SELCAL 8RN M04
121VU COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT 6RN M02
121VU EIS/HORN/SPLY 2WC P09
121VU EIS/F/O/LOUD/SPKR 4WW P08
121VU EIS/FWC2/SPLY 2WW Q07
R **ON A/C 007-007,
R 121VU COM NAV/ACP/AVNCS/COMPT 7RN M03
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-42-00-710-050
A. Cockpit to Ground Crew Call
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the panel 21VU : - On the external power panel 108VU,
- Push and release the CALLS/MECH the COCKPIT CALL indicator light
pushbutton switch. comes on and stays on.
- The horn in the nose landing-gear
well must operate when you push the
CALLS/MECH pushbutton swith.
2. On the external power panel On the panel 108VU:
108VU:
- Push and release the RESET - The blue COCKPIT CALL indicator light
pushbutton switch. goes off.
EFF :
ALL 23-42-00
Page 502
Nov 01/05
THY
Subtask 23-42-00-710-051
B. Ground Crew-to-Cockpit Call
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the external power panel
108VU:
- Push the COCKPIT CALL - On the ACPs, the amber MECH
pushbutton switch. annunciator light flashes.
- You can hear the buzzer in the
audio-warning loudspeakers
(the buzzer operates as long as you
push the COCKPIT CALL pushbutton
switch).
2. On the ACP :
- Push the RESET pushbutton - On the ACPs, the amber MECH
switch. annunciator light goes off.
NOTE : You must push the RESET
____
pushbutton switch less than one
minute after the call. If not,
the MECH annunciator lights go
off automatically.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-42-00-862-050
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
ALL 23-42-00
Page 503
May 01/05
THY
HORN - MECHANIC CALL (15WC) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________
TASK 23-42-21-000-001
Removal of the Mechanic Call Horn (15WC)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32-22-00-010-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Opening
ESPM 20
ASM 23-42/01
23-42-21-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-42-21-860-050
A. Make sure that you put a warning notice in the cockpit to tell persons
not to operate the landing gear.
EFF :
ALL 23-42-21
Page 401
May 01/05
THY
Subtask 23-42-21-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Open the main doors 713 and 714 of the nose landing gear well
(Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position under the nose landing gear well.
Subtask 23-42-21-865-050
C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU EIS/HORN/SPLY 2WC P09
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-42-21-991-001)
Subtask 23-42-21-020-050
A. Removal of the Mechanic Call Horn
(1) Hold the cover (7) of the box (6) and loosen the quick release
fasteners (12) by a quarter turn.
(2) Slowly open the cover (7) of the box (6).
(3) Disconnect the power supply wires (11) at the splice with the
applicable tool (Ref. ASM 23-42/01) (Ref. ESPM 20).
(4) Remove the screws (4) and remove the flat washers (5).
(5) Remove the support (1) from the cover (7).
(6) Loosen the nut (2).
(7) Remove the horn (13) from its support (1).
(8) Remove the flat washer (3) from the horn (13).
EFF :
ALL 23-42-21
Page 402
May 01/05
THY
Mechanic Call Horn
Figure 401/TASK 23-42-21-991-001
EFF :
ALL 23-42-21
Page 403
May 01/05
THY
TASK 23-42-21-400-001
Installation of the Mechanic Call Horn (15WC)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-42-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Mechanic Call
32-22-00-010-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Opening
32-22-00-410-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Closing
ESPM 20
ASM 23-42/01
23-42-21-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-42-21-860-051
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that you put a warning notice in the cockpit to tell
persons not to operate the landing gear.
(2) Make sure that the main doors 713 and 714 of the nose landing gear
well (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001) are open.
(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position under the nose
landing gear well.
EFF :
ALL 23-42-21
Page 404
May 01/05
THY
Subtask 23-42-21-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU EIS/HORN/SPLY 2WC P09
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-42-21-991-001)
R CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY TOO MUCH PRESSURE ON THE MOBILE PART OF THE HORN. TOO
_______
R MUCH PRESSURE WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE HORN (WILL DECREASE THE
R CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE MOBILE AND FIXED PARTS).
Subtask 23-42-21-420-050
A. Installation of the Mechanic Call Horn
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
R (3) Install the flat washer (3) on the horn (13).
(4) Install the horn (13) on its support (1).
(5) Tighten the nut (2).
(6) Put the support (1) on the cover (7).
(7) Put the washers (5) in position and install the screws (4).
(8) Install the applicable contact at the end of each wire of the new
horn (Ref. ASM 23-42/01) (Ref. ESPM 20).
(9) Connect the power supply wires (11) using the applicable tool.
(10) Close the cover (7) of the box (6).
(11) Hold the cover (7) of the box (6) and tighten the quick release
fasteners (12) by a quarter turn.
EFF :
ALL 23-42-21
Page 405
Aug 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-42-21-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2WC
Subtask 23-42-21-710-051
C. Do the operational test of the mechanic call (Cockpit-to-Ground Crew Call
only) (Ref. TASK 23-42-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-42-21-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the access platform(s).
(3) Remove the warning notice(s).
(4) Close the main doors 713 and 714 of the nose landing gear well
(Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).
EFF :
ALL 23-42-21
Page 406
Aug 01/06
R
THY
FLIGHT CREW INTERPHONE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The cabin and flight crew interphone-system, circuit RH is described in the
Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS). (Ref. 23-73-00).
EFF :
ALL 23-43-00
Page 1
May 01/05
THY
FLIGHT CREW INTERPHONE - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
________________________________________
TASK 23-43-00-700-001
Operational Test of the Cabin and Flight Crew Interphone System.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure the cabin and flight crew interphone system operates correctly.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 23-73-00-710-003 Operational test of the Cabin and Flight Crew
R Interphone System
R 23-73-00-710-021 Operational test of the Cabin and Flight Crew
R Interphone System
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-43-00-861-050
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
EFF :
ALL 23-43-00
Page 501
Aug 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-43-00-865-050
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 054-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 2 155RH G05
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 1 154RH G04
**ON A/C ALL
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
**ON A/C 007-007, 051-053,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH G02
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R AFT 168RH M14
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L AFT 167RH M13
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID 166RH M12
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID 165RH M11
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 054-199, 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD 164RH M10
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M09
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M08
EFF :
ALL 23-43-00
Page 502
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/PROG &/TST PNL 161RH M07
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 054-199, 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M05
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-008, 901-901,
121VU COM /CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL 170RH Q14
**ON A/C 007-007, 201-249, 301-302,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL 170RH M14
**ON A/C 007-007, 051-053,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R AFT 168RH M13
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L AFT 167RH M12
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID 166RH M11
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID 165RH M10
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD 164RH M09
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M08
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M07
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/PROG AND TST PNL 161RH M06
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH M05
**ON A/C 009-049,
121VU COM /CIDS/FLT ATTND/PNL 170RH Q14
**ON A/C 051-053, 251-299, 303-399,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL 170RH Q14
EFF :
ALL 23-43-00
Page 503
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 054-199,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R AFT 168RH M12
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L AFT 167RH M11
121VU COM/FAP1/NORM 170RH Q14
**ON A/C 201-249, 251-299, 301-302,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID 166RH M13
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID 165RH M12
**ON A/C 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD 164RH M11
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M10
**ON A/C 201-249, 251-299, 301-302,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M09
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/PROG &/TST PNL 161RH M08
**ON A/C 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M06
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-100,
Subtask 23-43-00-710-050
A. Operational test of the cabin and flight crew interphone system is
included in the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) test
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-710-003).
EFF :
ALL 23-43-00
Page 504
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 101-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Subtask 23-43-00-710-050-A
A. Operational test of the cabin and flight crew interphone system is
included in the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) test
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-710-021).
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-43-00-862-050
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuit (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
ALL 23-43-00
Page 505
Aug 01/06
THY
CABIN AND SERVICE INTERPHONE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The service interphone system provides the telephone communication on the
ground between the flight crew, the cabin crew and the ground service
personnel.
Eight service interphone jacks are installed at different locations on the
aircraft. The service personnel use them to speak to each other, the cockpit
and the attendant stations through handsets.
2. __________________
Component Location
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1RJ JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE, FWD 121 811 23-44-00
AVIONICS COMPT
2RJ JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE, R 126 822 23-44-00
AVIONICS COMPT
3RJ JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE, AFT 63VU 128 824 23-44-00
AVIONICS COMPT
11RJ JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE 2025VU 141 23-44-00
13RJ JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE 312 23-44-00
14RJ JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE 312 23-44-00
15RJ P/BSW-SERVICE INTERPHONE OVRD 50VU 212 831 23-44-00
4000RJ1 JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE ENGINE 1 410 23-44-41
4000RJ2 JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE ENGINE 2 420 23-44-41
EFF :
ALL 23-44-00
Page 1
Feb 01/06
THY
Service Interphone System - Component Location
Figure 001 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-44-00
Page 2
Feb 01/06
THY
Service Interphone System - Component Location
Figure 001 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-44-00
Page 3
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 001A)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1RJ JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE, FWD 121 811 23-44-00
AVIONICS COMPT
2RJ JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE, R 126 822 23-44-00
AVIONICS COMPT
3RJ JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE, AFT 63VU 128 824 23-44-00
AVIONICS COMPT
4RJ1 ISOLATION UNIT 126 23-44-42
4RJ2 ISOLATION UNIT 87VU 127 23-44-42
4RJ3 ISOLATION UNIT 132 132PW 23-44-42
4RJ4 ISOLATION UNIT 138 132PW 23-44-42
4RJ5 ISOLATION UNIT 312 312AR 23-44-42
11RJ JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE 2025VU 141 23-44-00
13RJ JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE 312 23-44-00
14RJ JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE 312 23-44-00
15RJ P/BSW-SERVICE INTERPHONE OVRD 50VU 212 831 23-44-00
4000RJ1 JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE ENGINE 1 410 23-44-41
4000RJ2 JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE ENGINE 2 420 23-44-41
**ON A/C ALL
3. Description
___________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The service interphone system has:
- Eight maintenance interphone jacks
- A service-interphone OVERRIDE pushbutton-switch, with an integral
indicator light.
The audio lines from the maintenance interphone jacks are routed to the
amplifiers in both Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) directors.
The system gets signals for the operation and the control light from:
- The Landing Gear Control and Interface Units (LGCIUs) 5GA1 and 5GA2
- The SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton switch 15RJ
- The annunciator-light test and interface board 1LP
- The CIDS directors 101RH and 102RH.
EFF :
ALL 23-44-00
Page 4
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 002A)
The service interphone system has:
- Eight maintenance interphone jacks
- Five isolation units
- A service-interphone OVERRIDE pushbutton-switch, with an integral
indicator light.
The audio lines from the maintenance interphone jacks are routed to the
amplifiers in both Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) directors.
The system gets signals for the operation and the control light from:
- The Landing Gear Control and Interface Units (LGCIUs) 5GA1 and 5GA2
- The SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton switch 15RJ
- The annunciator-light test and interface board 1LP
- The CIDS directors 101RH and 102RH.
If there is a short-circuit condition in a maintenance-interphone
jack-socket, the isolation unit will keep the effects of the failure on the
service interphone system to a minimum.
**ON A/C ALL
4. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indication
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 002)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 002A)
**ON A/C ALL
The service interphone system operates automatically when the aircraft is on
the ground (nose landing gear compressed) with/without the external power is
available. In this case both LGCIUs give ground signals to the CIDS
directors.
EFF :
ALL 23-44-00
Page 5
Aug 01/06
THY
Service Interphone System - Component Location
Figure 001A (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-44-00
Page 6
Aug 01/06
THY
Service Interphone System - Component Location
Figure 001A (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-44-00
Page 7
Aug 01/06
THY
Service Interphone System - Schematic Diagram
Figure 002
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-44-00
Page 8
Feb 01/06
THY
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
23-44-00
Page 9
Nov 01/05
THY
Service Interphone System - Schematic Diagram
Figure 002A (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-44-00
Page 10
Aug 01/06
THY
Service Interphone System - Schematic Diagram
Figure 002A (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-44-00
Page 11
Aug 01/06
THY
When on the MCDU the nose landing gear is in flight simulation or the
landing gear is not compressed (flight condition) both LGCIUs give no ground
signals to the CIDS directors. The service interphone system operates, when
you push the SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton switch 15RJ to the ON position. The
integral indicator light in the SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton switch 15RJ comes
on.
The system is off when:
- On the MCDU the nose landing gear is in flight simulation or the landing
gear is not compressed, and the SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton switch 15RJ is
off.
A. Operation from the Cockpit
The acoustic equipment in the cockpit sends the audio signals to the
Audio Management Unit (AMU). The AMU sends the audio signals through the
audio lines to the CIDS directors.
The active CIDS director sends the audio signals to:
- The attendant stations through the mid bus lines
- The maintenance interphone jacks through the audio lines.
B. Operation from the Cabin Attendant Stations
The operation starts when you push the service interphone key on the
attendant handset.
The cabin attendant stations send the audio signals through the mid bus
lines to the CIDS directors.
The active CIDS director sends the audio signals to:
- The cockpit acoustic equipment through the audio lines and the AMU
- The maintenance interphone jacks through the audio lines.
C. Operation from a Service Interphone Jack with a connected Boomset
The boomset sends the audio signals through the audio lines to the CIDS
directors.
The active CIDS director sends the audio signals to:
- The cockpit acoustic equipment through the audio lines and the AMU
- The attendant stations through the mid bus lines
- The maintenance interphone jacks through the audio lines.
EFF :
ALL 23-44-00
Page 12
Nov 01/05
THY
CABIN AND SERVICE INTERPHONE - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
____________________________________________________
TASK 23-44-00-860-001
Operation of the Service Interphone System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 600 ohms boomsets
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-00-860-052
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(2) Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK
23-73-00-861-001).
EFF :
ALL 23-44-00
Page 201
May 01/05
THY
Subtask 23-44-00-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH 9RN G08
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O 5RN G07
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT 4RN G06
121VU COM NAV/SELCAL 8RN M04
121VU COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT 6RN M02
R **ON A/C 007-007,
R 121VU COM NAV/ACP/AVNCS/COMPT 7RN M03
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-44-00-860-053
A. Operation of the Service Interphone System
(1) Connect the 600 ohms boomsets to the related connectors.
(2) In the cockpit on the overhead panel 50VU push the SVCE INT OVRD
pushbutton switch 15RJ.
NOTE : It is only necessary to push the SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton
____
switch when the nose landing gear is not compressed (e.g.:
nose landing gear is in flight simulation or the A/C is
jacked).
(3) Put the INT/RAD switches of all Audio Control Panels (ACPs) in the
center position.
(4) Push the CAB pushbutton switch of the related ACP (integral light
on).
(5) Push to release and turn the CAB knob of the related ACP fully
clockwise.
(6) The service interphone system operates.
NOTE : On the related ACP put and hold the INT/RAD switch in the RAD
____
position while you speak.
EFF :
ALL 23-44-00
Page 202
Nov 01/05
THY
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-44-00-860-054
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the ACP push the CAB knob.
(2) In the cockpit push the SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton switch to off.
(3) Disconnect the boomsets.
(4) De-energize the CIDS-System (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
ALL 23-44-00
Page 203
May 01/05
THY
CABIN AND SERVICE INTERPHONE - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
______________________________________________
TASK 23-44-00-700-001
Operational Test of the Service Interphone
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : YOU MUST BE IN THE ENTRY CORRIDOR (SAFETY AREA) TO DO THIS PROCEDURE.
_______
THIS IS TO PREVENT ACCIDENTS CAUSED BY THE BLAST OR SUCTION FROM THE
ENGINES.
FOR SAFETY, YOU MUST NOT USE THE MOBILE EQUIPMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific two 600 ohms boomsets
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
EFF :
ALL 23-44-00
Page 501
May 01/05
THY
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-00-865-050
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH 9RN G08
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O 5RN G07
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT 4RN G06
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
**ON A/C ALL
121VU COM NAV/SELCAL 8RN M04
121VU COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT 6RN M02
**ON A/C 007-007,
121VU COM NAV/ACP/AVNCS/COMPT 7RN M03
**ON A/C 901-901,
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q24
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q23
EFF :
ALL 23-44-00
Page 502
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-44-00-860-050
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK
23-73-00-861-001).
(3) Make sure that the aircraft is in ground condition (landing gear
compressed).
(4) Make sure that the INT/RAD selector switches of the Audio Control
Panels (ACPs) are in the center position.
(5) On the captain jack panel, connect the first of the two 600 ohms
boomsets to the related connector.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-44-00-710-050
A. Operational Test of the Service Interphone
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. In the cockpit, on the captains In the cockpit, on the captains ACP
R Audio-Control-Panel (ACP) 2RN1: 2RN1:
R - push the CAB pushbutton switch. - the green internal light of the CAB
R pushbutton switch comes on.
R - push the CAB rotary switch and - the internal light of the CAB rotary
R turn it fully clockwise. switch comes on.
R 2. In the forward electronics In the cabin, at all Attendant
R compartment: Indication Panels (AIP) 320RH:
R - connect the second service - all AIP 320RH show the message
R interphone boomset to the SERVICE INTERPHONE IN USE on the
R service interphone jack 1RJ. lower row.
EFF :
ALL 23-44-00
Page 503
May 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : With some service interphone boomsets, it is necessary to key the
____
microphone manually.
R 3. In the cockpit, on the captains In the forward electronics compartment
R ACP 2RN1: and in the cockpit:
- set and hold the INT/RAD
selector switch in the RAD
position.
R - speak into the cockpit boomset - the announcement through the related
R and the service interphone boomsets is correct and clear.
R boomset in the forward - make sure that you do not hear a
R electronics compartment. 400Hz interference.
R NOTE : You must
____ hold the INT/RAD NOTE : A small 400Hz interference is
____
R selector switch in the RAD permitted.
position when you speak
into the cockpit boomset.
- release the INT/RAD selector
switch.
R 4. At the forward attendant station, In the cabin, at the forward attendant
R zone 221: AIP 320RH, the AIP shows the subsequent
R messages:
- lift the handset from the - upper row: #
cradle. - lower row: SERVICE INTERPHONE IN USE.
R 5. At the forward attendant station, In the cabin, at the forward attendant
R zone 221: AIP 320RH, the AIP shows the subsequent
R messages:
- push the SVCE INTPH pushbutton - upper row: SERV INT
switch. - lower row: SERV INT IN USE
R 6. At the forward attendant station, In the forward electronics compartment
R zone 221: and at the forward attendant station,
R zone 221:
R - push the PTT switch and speak - the announcement through the boomset
R into the handset. and the handset is correct and clear.
R
EFF :
ALL 23-44-00
Page 504
May 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - make sure that you do not hear a
R 400Hz interference.
R NOTE : A small 400Hz interference is
____
R permitted.
R NOTE : You must complete the test steps 7. thru 12. in less than 30 seconds.
____
7. On the circuit breaker panel
121VU:
R - open the circuit breakers 2GA
R and 52GA.
R
R 8. On the circuit breaker panel In the forward electronics compartment
R 49VU: and at the forward attendant station,
R zone 221:
R - open the circuit breaker 1GA. - you cannot speak from the forward
R electronics compartment to a person
R at the forward attendant station,
R zone 221,
R - the person at the forward attendant
R station, zone 221 cannot speak to you
R at the forward electronics
R compartment.
9. In the cockpit, on the panel In the cockpit, on the panel 50VU:
50VU:
R - push the SVCE INT OVRD - the internal light of the SVCE INT
R pushbutton switch 15RJ. OVRD pushbutton switch 15RJ comes on.
R 10. In the cockpit, on the captains In the forward electronics compartment
R ACP 2RN1: and in the cockpit:
- set and hold the INT/RAD
selector switch in the RAD
position.
R - speak into the cockpit boomset - the announcement through the related
R and the service interphone boomsets is correct and clear.
EFF :
ALL 23-44-00
Page 505
May 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R boomset in the forward - make sure that you do not hear a
R electronics compartment. 400Hz interference.
R NOTE : A small 400Hz interference is
____
R permitted.
- release the INT/RAD selector
switch.
11. On the circuit breaker panel In the cockpit, on the panel 50VU:
121VU:
R - close the circuit breakers 2GA - the internal light of the SVCE INT
R and 52GA. OVRD pushbutton switch 15RJ goes off.
R
12. On the circuit breaker panel
49VU:
R - close the circuit breaker 1GA.
R 13. Do the test steps 3. and 4. The same results as in the test steps
R again for all other service 3. and 4. for the related service
R interphone jacks. interphone jacks.
R 14. In the cockpit, on the captains In the cockpit, on the captains ACP
R ACP 2RN1: 2RN1:
R - push the CAB pushbutton - the internal light of the CAB
R switch. pushbutton switch goes off.
R - push the CAB rotary switch and - the internal light of the CAB rotary
R turn it fully switch goes off.
R counterclockwise.
R 15. At the related service In the cabin at all AIP 320RH:
R interphone jack:
R - disconnect the service - the SERVICE INTERPHONE IN USE message
R interphone boomset. goes out of view.
EFF :
ALL 23-44-00
Page 506
May 01/06
THY
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-44-00-860-051
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
EFF :
ALL 23-44-00
Page 507
Nov 01/05
THY
JACK - MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE (POWER PLANT) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-44-41-000-002
Removal of the Jack - Maintenance Interphone (4000RJ1, 4000RJ2)
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific covers/caps/plugs
No specific warning notice
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-44-41-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-41-860-053
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) On the panel 115VU:
- Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine 1(2).
(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) has been shutdown for at least 5
minutes.
EFF :
051-199, 301-399, 23-44-41
Page 401
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(3) On the panel 50VU:
- Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR pushbutton
switch is off.
- Install a warning notice.
R Subtask 23-44-41-865-063
R B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 101RH
R **ON A/C 051-053,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH G02
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
R 49VU AIR COND/CIDS/SDF/DIR1 ESS 15WH C05
R **ON A/C 054-199, 301-399,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
R **ON A/C 051-053,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH M05
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
R 121VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1/BAT 147RH P13
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M05
EFF :
051-199, 301-399, 23-44-41
Page 402
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 301-399,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M06
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
R 122VU AIR COND/CIDS/SDF/DIR NORM/1 17WH T17
R **ON A/C 051-199, 301-399,
R FOR 102RH
R **ON A/C 051-053,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH G02
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
R 49VU AIR COND/CIDS/SDF/DIR2 ESS 18WH C06
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R **ON A/C 054-199, 301-399,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
R **ON A/C 301-399,
R 49VU COM DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R **ON A/C 051-053,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH M05
EFF :
051-199, 301-399, 23-44-41
Page 403
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
R 121VU COM/CIDS/DIR 2/BAT 146RH P14
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M06
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M05
R **ON A/C 301-399,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M07
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M06
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
R 122VU AIR COND/CIDS/SDF/DIR NORM/2 14WH T18
R **ON A/C 051-199, 301-399,
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-44-41-991-150)
Subtask 23-44-41-010-050
A. Remove the anti-ice access panel (7).
(1) Remove the bolts (8).
(2) Remove the access panel (7).
EFF :
051-199, 301-399, 23-44-41
Page 404
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Air Intake Cowl - Interphone Harness
Figure 401/TASK 23-44-41-991-150
EFF :
051-199, 301-399, 23-44-41
Page 405
Config-1 Nov 01/06
R
THY
Subtask 23-44-41-020-052
B. Removal of the Maintenance Interphone Jack
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (5).
(2) Put covers/caps/plugs on the electrical connector and the electrical
receptacle.
(3) Remove the interphone harness (6).
(a) Remove the bolts (4).
(b) Remove the screws (1).
(c) Remove the harness (6) from the air intake cowl.
(4) Remove all the clips (3) from the harness and keep them for the
installation of the replacement harness.
EFF :
051-199, 301-399, 23-44-41
Page 406
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
TASK 23-44-41-400-002
Installation of the Jack - Maintenance Interphone (4000RJ1, 4000RJ2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific warning notice
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-44-00-700-001 Operational Test of the Service Interphone
70-23-15-912-010 Connection of Electrical Connectors
23-44-41-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-41-860-054
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) On the panel 115VU:
- Make sure that the warning notice to tell persons not to start the
engine 1(2) is in position.
(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) has been shutdown for at least 5
minutes.
(3) On the panel 50VU:
- Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR 1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.
- Make sure that the warning notice is installed.
EFF :
051-199, 301-399, 23-44-41
Page 407
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R Subtask 23-44-41-865-064
R B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 101RH
R **ON A/C 051-053,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH G02
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
R 49VU AIR COND/CIDS/SDF/DIR1 ESS 15WH C05
R **ON A/C 054-199, 301-399,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
R **ON A/C 051-053,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH M05
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
R 121VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1/BAT 147RH P13
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M05
R **ON A/C 301-399,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M06
EFF :
051-199, 301-399, 23-44-41
Page 408
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
R 122VU AIR COND/CIDS/SDF/DIR NORM/1 17WH T17
R **ON A/C 051-199, 301-399,
R FOR 102RH
R **ON A/C 051-053,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH G02
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
R 49VU AIR COND/CIDS/SDF/DIR2 ESS 18WH C06
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R **ON A/C 054-199, 301-399,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
R **ON A/C 301-399,
R 49VU COM DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R **ON A/C 051-053,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH M05
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
R 121VU COM/CIDS/DIR 2/BAT 146RH P14
EFF :
051-199, 301-399, 23-44-41
Page 409
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M06
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M05
R **ON A/C 301-399,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M07
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M06
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
R 122VU AIR COND/CIDS/SDF/DIR NORM/2 14WH T18
R **ON A/C 051-199, 301-399,
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-44-41-991-150)
Subtask 23-44-41-420-052
A. Installation of the Maintenance Interphone Jack
(1) Install the clips, from the removed harness, to the replacement
harness.
(2) Remove the covers/caps/plugs from the electrical connector and the
electrical receptacle.
(3) Make sure that the anti-ice access panel has no damage.
(4) Install the interphone harness.
(a) Put the harness (6) in the air intake cowl and attach the
maintenance interphone jack (2) with the screws (1).
(b) Attach the harness clips (3) to the cowl with the bolts (4).
(c) Torque the bolts (4) to the approved torque value.
EFF :
051-199, 301-399, 23-44-41
Page 410
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(5) Connect the electrical connector (5) (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010).
Subtask 23-44-41-410-050
B. Install the anti-ice access panel.
(1) Put the access panel (7) on the air intake cowl.
(2) Attach the access panel with the bolts (8).
R Subtask 23-44-41-865-065
R C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 101RH
R **ON A/C 051-053,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH G02
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
R 49VU AIR COND/CIDS/SDF/DIR1 ESS 15WH C05
R **ON A/C 054-199, 301-399,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
R **ON A/C 051-053,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH M05
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
R 121VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1/BAT 147RH P13
EFF :
051-199, 301-399, 23-44-41
Page 411
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M05
R **ON A/C 301-399,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M06
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
R 122VU AIR COND/CIDS/SDF/DIR NORM/1 17WH T17
R **ON A/C 051-199, 301-399,
R FOR 102RH
R **ON A/C 051-053,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH G02
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
R 49VU AIR COND/CIDS/SDF/DIR2 ESS 18WH C06
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R **ON A/C 054-199, 301-399,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
R **ON A/C 301-399,
R 49VU COM DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
EFF :
051-199, 301-399, 23-44-41
Page 412
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 051-053,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH M05
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
R 121VU COM/CIDS/DIR 2/BAT 146RH P14
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M06
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M05
R **ON A/C 301-399,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M07
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M06
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
R 122VU AIR COND/CIDS/SDF/DIR NORM/2 14WH T18
R **ON A/C 051-199, 301-399,
Subtask 23-44-41-710-052
R D. Do the test of the service interphone system (Ref. TASK 23-44-00-700-
001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-44-41-942-050
A. Remove the warning notices.
EFF :
051-199, 301-399, 23-44-41
Page 413
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
JACK - MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE (POWER PLANT) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-44-41-000-003
Removal of the Maintenance Interphone Jack (4000RJ1, 4000RJ2)
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-44-41-991-400 Fig. 401
23-44-41-991-410 Fig. 402
R
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901, 23-44-41
Page 401
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-41-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 101RH
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
R **ON A/C 007-007,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH G02
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 901-901,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M05
R **ON A/C 007-007,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH M05
R **ON A/C 201-249, 251-299,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M06
R **ON A/C 901-901,
R 121VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1/BAT 147RH P13
R **ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901,
R FOR 102RH
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901, 23-44-41
Page 402
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 901-901,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
R **ON A/C 007-007,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH G02
R **ON A/C 201-249, 251-299,
R 49VU COM DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 901-901,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M06
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M05
R **ON A/C 007-007,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH M05
R **ON A/C 201-249, 251-299,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M07
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M06
R **ON A/C 901-901,
R 121VU COM/CIDS/DIR 2/BAT 146RH P14
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901, 23-44-41
Page 403
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901,
Subtask 23-44-41-860-050
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) On the panel 115VU:
- Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine 1(2).
(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) has been shutdown for at least 5
minutes.
(3) On the panel 50VU:
- Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR 1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.
- Install a warning notice.
Subtask 23-44-41-941-050
C. Put the access platform in position to give access to the air intake
cowl.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-44-41-991-400, 402/TASK 23-44-41-991-410)
Subtask 23-44-41-020-051
A. Removal of the Maintenance Interphone Jack
BEFORE SPIB CFM02189MW1
(1) Remove the screws (55) that attach the cover (60) to the air intake
cowl.
(2) Pull the cover (60) and attached interphone jack-assembly from the
air intake cowl.
(3) Remove the screws (50) that hold the mounting plate (35), the shell
(25), and the retainer (20) to the cover (60).
AFTER SPIB CFM02189MW1
(4) Remove the screws (105) and (110) that attach the anti-ice vent panel
to the air intake cowl outer barrel.
(5) Remove the anti-ice vent panel.
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901, 23-44-41
Page 404
Config-2 Nov 01/06
R
THY
Air Intake Cowl Interphone Jack
Figure 401/TASK 23-44-41-991-400
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901, 23-44-41
Page 405
Config-2 Nov 01/06
R
THY
Air Intake Cowl Interphone Jack
Figure 402/TASK 23-44-41-991-410
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901, 23-44-41
Page 406
Config-2 Nov 01/06
R
THY
(6) Remove the screws (50) that hold the mounting plate (35), the shell
(25), and the retainer (20) to the air intake cowl outer barrel.
(7) Get acces to the interphone jack-assembly through the anti-ice vent
opening.
END SPIB CFM02189MW1
(8) Loosen the coupling nut (5) and remove it from the shell (25).
(9) Move the coupling nut (5), the two pressure plates (10) and the gland
(15) to the rear away from the phone jack.
(10) Remove the nut (45) and the lockwasher (40) that hold the phone jack
to the mounting plate (35).
(11) Remove the screws (80), the washers (75), the lockwashers (70), and
the nuts (65) that connect the electrrical wires to the interphone
jack (30).
(12) Disconnect the electrical wires from the interphone jack (30).
(13) Remove the interphone jack (30) from the wire harness.
(14) Install protective covers on the interphone jack (30), and isolate
the wires.
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901, 23-44-41
Page 407
Config-2 Nov 01/06
R
THY
TASK 23-44-41-000-004
Removal of the Ground Jack from the Air Intake Cowl (4000VC)
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-44-41-991-400 Fig. 401
23-44-41-991-410 Fig. 402
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901, 23-44-41
Page 408
Config-2 Nov 01/06
R
THY
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-41-865-053
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
**ON A/C 007-007,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH G02
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M05
**ON A/C 007-007,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH M05
**ON A/C 201-249, 251-299,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M06
**ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901,
Subtask 23-44-41-860-058
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) On the panel 115VU:
- Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine 1(2).
(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) has been shutdown for at least 5
minutes.
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901, 23-44-41
Page 409
Config-2 Nov 01/06
R
THY
(3) On the panel 50VU:
- Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR 1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.
- Install a warning notice.
Subtask 23-44-41-941-051
C. Put the access platform in position to give access to the air intake
cowl.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-44-41-020-053
A. Removal of the ground jack
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-44-41-991-400, 402/TASK 23-44-41-991-410)
BEFORE SPIB CFM02189MW1
(1) Remove the screws (55) which attach the cover (60) to the air intake
cowl. Pull the cover and attached interphone jack assembly from the
air intake cowl.
(2) Remove the nut (85) and the washers (90) that attach the ground jack
(100) to the air intake cowl structure.
AFTER SPIB CFM02189MW1
(3) Remove the srerws (105) and (110) that attach the anti-ice vent panel
to the air intake cowl outer barrel.
(4) Remove the anti-ice vent panel.
(5) Remove the screws (115) that attach the support plate (120) to the
air intake cowl outer barrel.
(6) Get access to the ground jack through the anti-ice vent opening.
(7) Remove the nut (85) and the washers (90) that attach the ground jack
(100) to the support plate (120).
END SPIB CFM02189MW1
(8) Remove the ground wire (95) from the ground jack (100).
(9) Remove the ground jack (100) from air intake cowl.
(10) Put a protective cover on the ground jack (100) and an insulation on
the ground wire (95).
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901, 23-44-41
Page 410
Config-2 Nov 01/06
R
THY
TASK 23-44-41-400-003
Installation of the Maintenance Interphone Jack (4000RJ1, 4000RJ2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific warning notice
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. CP 2656 *
Mag-Chem Skysol (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP1039 *
Acetone (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP1041 *
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP2011 *
Stoddard solvent (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP2269 *
LOCKTITE 242 (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP2559 *
Ardox 552 (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP2560 *
Turco IND 79 (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP2566 *
Mag-Chem Tecksol (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP2584 *
Degreasol 99 R (Ref. 70-30-00)
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901, 23-44-41
Page 411
Config-2 Nov 01/06
R
THY
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-44-00-700-001 Operational Test of the Service Interphone
23-44-41-991-400 Fig. 401
23-44-41-991-410 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-41-860-051
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) On the panel 115VU:
- Make sure that the warning notice to tell persons not to start the
engine 1(2) is in position.
(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) has been shutdown for at least 5
minutes.
(3) On the panel 50VU:
- Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR 1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.
- Make sure that the warning notice is installed.
Subtask 23-44-41-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 101RH
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
R **ON A/C 007-007,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH G02
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901, 23-44-41
Page 412
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 901-901,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M05
R **ON A/C 007-007,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH M05
R **ON A/C 201-249, 251-299,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M06
R **ON A/C 901-901,
R 121VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1/BAT 147RH P13
R **ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901,
R FOR 102RH
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 901-901,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
R **ON A/C 007-007,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH G02
R **ON A/C 201-249, 251-299,
R 49VU COM DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901, 23-44-41
Page 413
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 901-901,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M06
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M05
R **ON A/C 007-007,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH M05
R **ON A/C 201-249, 251-299,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M07
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M06
R **ON A/C 901-901,
R 121VU COM/CIDS/DIR 2/BAT 146RH P14
**ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901,
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-44-41-991-400, 402/TASK 23-44-41-991-410)
Subtask 23-44-41-420-051
A. Installation of the Maintenance Interphone Jack
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the protective covers from the interphone jack (30) and the
insulations from the wires.
(4) Connect the electrical wires to the interphone jack (30). Attach the
wires with the screws (80), the washers (75), the lockwashers (70),
and the nuts (65).
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901, 23-44-41
Page 414
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
(5) Torque the nuts (65) to between 0.17 and 0.23 m.daN (15.04 and 20.35
lbf.in).
NOTE : The RED wire goes to the RING. The YELLOW wire goes to the
____
TIP. The BLUE wire goes to the SLEEVE.
(6) Prepare the interphone jack, its mounting nut, the coupling nut and
the shell for installation.
(a) Clean the threads of the coupling nut (5), the shell (25), the
interphone jack (30), and the nut (45) with ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
(Material No. CP1041) or Acetone (Material No. CP1039) or
Stoddard solvent (Material No. CP2011) or Ardox 552 (Material No.
CP2559) or Turco IND 79 (Material No. CP2560) or Mag-Chem Tecksol
(Material No. CP2566) or Degreasol 99 R (Material No. CP2584) or
Mag-Chem Skysol (Material No. CP 2656) .
(b) Wipe the threads with clean lint free cloth before the alcohol
becomes a gaz.
(c) Put one drop of thread locker LOCKTITE 242 (Material No. CP2269)
on the threads of the coupling nut (5) and the nut (45).
NOTE : Make sure the slot in the shell (25) and the slot in the
____
mounting plate (35) are aligned with the drain hole in the
access plate (60) so the water can drain.
(7) Attach the interphone jack (30) to the mounting plate (35) with the
washer (40) and the nut (45).
(8) Torque the nut (45) to between 0.34 and 0.40 m.daN (30.08 and 35.39
lbf.in)
(9) Move the shell (25) along the jack (30) until the shell touches the
mounting plate (35).
(10) Put the retainer assembly (20) on the shell (25).
(11) Move the two pressure plates (10) and the gland (15) until they touch
the shell (25).
(12) Move the coupling nut (5) along the harness until it touches the
shell (25). Tighten the coupling nut (5) by hand plus one-eighth
turn.
NOTE : Make sure that the electrical wires are tight and do not
____
become twisted when the coupling nut is tightened.
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901, 23-44-41
Page 415
Config-2 Nov 01/06
R
THY
BEFORE SPIB CFM02189MW1
NOTE : Make sure the slot in the shell (25) and the slot in the
____
mounting plate (35) are aligned with the drain hole in the
access plate (60) so the water can drain.
(13) Put the shell (25) and the mounting plate (20) into position on the
cover (60) and install the screws (50).
(14) Torque the screws (50) to between 0.14 and 0.17 m.daN (12.38 and
15.04 lbf.in).
(15) Put the cover (60) in position on the air intake cowl and attach it
with the screws (55).
(16) Torque the screws (55) to between 0.23 and 0.28 m.daN (20.35 and
24.77 lbf.in).
AFTER SPIB CFM02189MW1
(17) Install the screws (50) that hold the shell (25), the mounting plate
(35), and the retainer (20) to the air intake cowl outer barrel.
(18) Torque the screws (50) to between 0.14 and 0.17 m.daN (12.38 and
15.04 lbf.in)
(19) Install the screws (105) and (110) that attach the anti-ice vent
panel to the air intake cowl outer barrel.
END SPIB CFM02189MW1
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901, 23-44-41
Page 416
Config-2 Nov 01/06
R
THY
Subtask 23-44-41-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 101RH
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
**ON A/C 007-007,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH G02
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M05
**ON A/C 007-007,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH M05
**ON A/C 201-249, 251-299,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M06
R **ON A/C 901-901,
R 121VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1/BAT 147RH P13
R **ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901,
R FOR 102RH
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901, 23-44-41
Page 417
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 901-901,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
R **ON A/C 007-007,
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH G02
R **ON A/C 201-249, 251-299,
R 49VU COM DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 901-901,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M06
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M05
R **ON A/C 007-007,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH M05
R **ON A/C 201-249, 251-299,
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M07
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M06
R **ON A/C 901-901,
R 121VU COM/CIDS/DIR 2/BAT 146RH P14
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901, 23-44-41
Page 418
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901,
Subtask 23-44-41-710-051
C. Do the operational test of the service interphone system (Ref. TASK 23-
44-00-700-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-44-41-860-052
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the access platform(s).
(3) Remove the warning notices.
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901, 23-44-41
Page 419
Config-2 Nov 01/06
R
THY
TASK 23-44-41-400-004
Installation of the Ground Jack on the Air Intake Cowl (4000VC)
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific warning notice
No specific Torque Wrench : range 5.00 to 35.00 lbf.in
(0.05 to 0.40 m.daN)
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. CP1039 *
Acetone (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP1041 *
Isopropyl alcohol (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP2011 *
Stoddard solvent (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP2269 *
Locktite 242 (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP2559 *
Ardox 552 (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP2560 *
Turco IND 79 (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP2566 *
Mag-Chem Tecksol (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP2584 *
Degreasol 99 R (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP2656 *
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901, 23-44-41
Page 420
Config-2 Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mag-Chem Skysol (Ref. 70-30-00)
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-44-00-700-001 Operational Test of the Service Interphone
23-44-41-991-400 Fig. 401
23-44-41-991-410 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-41-865-056
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
**ON A/C 007-007,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH G02
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M05
**ON A/C 007-007,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH M05
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901, 23-44-41
Page 421
Config-2 Nov 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 201-249, 251-299,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M06
**ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901,
Subtask 23-44-41-860-061
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) On the panel 115VU:
- Make sure that the warning notice to tell persons not to start the
engine 1(2) is in position.
(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) has been shutdown for at least 5
minutes.
(3) On the panel 50VU:
- Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR 1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.
- Make sure that the warning notice is installed.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-44-41-991-400, 402/TASK 23-44-41-991-410)
Subtask 23-44-41-420-053
A. Installation of the ground jack
(1) Remove the protective covers from the ground jack (100) and the
insulation from the wire (95).
(2) Clean the threads of the ground jack (100) and the nut (85) with
Isopropyl alcohol (Material No. CP1041) or Acetone (Material No.
CP1039) or Stoddard solvent (Material No. CP2011) or Ardox 552
(Material No. CP2559) or Turco IND 79 (Material No. CP2560) or Mag-
Chem Tecksol (Material No. CP2566) or Degreasol 99 R (Material No.
CP2584) or Mag-Chem Skysol (Material No. CP2656) .
(3) Wipe the threads with a clean lint free cloth before the alcohol
becomes a gas.
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901, 23-44-41
Page 422
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
(4) Put one drop of thread locker Locktite 242 (Material No. CP2269) on
the threads of the nut (85).
(5) Put the ground wire (95) on the ground jack (100).
BEFORE SPIB CFM02189MW1
(6) Put the ground jack (100) in position on the air intake cowl
structure. Attach the ground jack with the washers (90) and the nut
(85).
(7) TORQUE the nut (85) to between 30 and 35 lbf.in (0.33 and 0.39
m.daN).
(8) Install the cover (60) on the air intake cowl with the screws (55).
(9) TORQUE the screws (55) to between 20 and 25 lbf.in (0.22 and 0.28
m.daN).
AFTER SPIB CFM02189MW1
(10) Put the ground jack (100) in position on the support plate (120).
Attach the ground jack with the washers (90) and the nut (85).
(11) Torque the nut (85) to between 20 and 25 lbf.in (0.22 and 0.28 m.daN)
(12) Install the support plate (120) on the air intake cowl with the
screws (115).
(13) Torque the screws (115) to between 20 and 25 lbf.in (0.22 and 0.28
m.daN).
END SPIB CFM02189MW1
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901, 23-44-41
Page 423
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-44-41-865-055
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
**ON A/C 007-007,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH G02
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M05
**ON A/C 007-007,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH M05
**ON A/C 201-249, 251-299,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M06
**ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901,
Subtask 23-44-41-710-053
C. Do the operational test of the service interphone system (Ref. TASK 23-
44-00-700-001).
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901, 23-44-41
Page 424
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-44-41-860-060
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the access platform(s).
(3) Remove the warning notices.
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901, 23-44-41
Page 425
Config-2 Nov 01/06
THY
____________________________________________________________________
ISOLATION UNIT - SERVICE INTERPHONE JACKS (4RJ1,4RJ2,4RJ3,4RJ4,4RJ5)
____________________
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 23-44-42-000-001
Removal of the Isolation Units
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
FOR FIN 4RJ1
No specific access platform 2.0 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
FOR FIN 4RJ2
No specific access platform 2.0 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
FOR FIN 4RJ3, 4RJ4
No specific access platform 2.0 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
FOR FIN 4RJ5
No specific access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-44-42-991-001 Fig. 401
23-44-42-991-002 Fig. 402
23-44-42-991-003 Fig. 403
23-44-42-991-004 Fig. 404
23-44-42-991-005 Fig. 405
FOR FIN 4RJ3, 4RJ4
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-44-42
Page 401
Aug 01/06
THY
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-42-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) FOR 4RJ1
(a) Put the access platform in position below the access door 822.
(b) Open the access door 822 to get access to the battery
compartment.
(2) FOR 4RJ2
(a) Put the access platform in position below the access door 824.
(b) Open the access door 824 to get access to the avionics
compartment.
(3) FOR 4RJ3, 4RJ4
(a) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door and safety it with the
actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(b) Put the access platform in position below the opened FWD cargo
compartment door.
(c) Remove the partition 132PW at FR34 of the FWD cargo compartment.
(4) FOR 4RJ5
(a) Put the access platform in position below the access door 321AR.
(b) Open the access door 312AR.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-44-42
Page 402
Aug 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-44-42-865-050
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 054-199,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
**ON A/C 303-399,
49VU COM DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R **ON A/C 054-199,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M06
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M05
**ON A/C 303-399,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M07
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M06
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-44-42-991-001, 402/TASK 23-44-42-991-002, 403/TASK
23-44-42-991-003, 404/TASK 23-44-42-991-004, 405/TASK 23-44-42-991-005)
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-44-42
Page 403
Aug 01/06
THY
Isolation Unit
Figure 401/TASK 23-44-42-991-001
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-44-42
Page 404
Aug 01/06
THY
Isolation Unit
Figure 402/TASK 23-44-42-991-002
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-44-42
Page 405
Aug 01/06
THY
Isolation Unit
Figure 403/TASK 23-44-42-991-003
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-44-42
Page 406
Aug 01/06
THY
Isolation Unit
Figure 404/TASK 23-44-42-991-004
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-44-42
Page 407
Aug 01/06
THY
Isolation Unit
Figure 405/TASK 23-44-42-991-005
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-44-42
Page 408
Aug 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-44-42-020-050
A. Removal of the Isolation Units
(1) Disconnect the wires of the cable harness (1) from the connector of
the PC-board (2).
(2) Cut and remove the lockwire from the clamp screw (7).
(3) Loosen the clamp screw (7) and remove the end clamp (8) from the
mounting rail (3).
(4) Remove the PC-board bracket (6) together with the PC-board (2) from
the mounting rail (3).
(5) If required, remove the nuts (4) and the washers (5) to disassemble
the PC-board (2) from the PC-board bracket (6).
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-44-42
Page 409
Aug 01/06
THY
TASK 23-44-42-400-001
Installation of the Isolation Units
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific red blanking plugs
FOR FIN 4RJ3, 4RJ4
No specific access platform 2.0 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
FOR FIN 4RJ5
No specific access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia 0.63mm
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-44-00-700-001 Operational Test of the Service Interphone
FOR FIN 4RJ2
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
FOR FIN 4RJ3, 4RJ4
25-54-12-400-001 Installation of the FWD Cargo Compartment Partition
FR34
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-44-42
Page 410
Aug 01/06
THY
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-42-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) FOR 4RJ1
(a) Make sure that the access door 822 is opened.
(2) FOR 4RJ2
(a) Make sure that the access door 824 is opened.
(3) FOR 4RJ3, 4RJ4
(a) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door is opened and
safetied it with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-001).
(b) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the
opened FWD cargo-compartment door.
(c) Make sure that the partition 132PW at FR34 is removed
(4) FOR 4RJ5
(a) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the
access door 321AR.
(b) Open the access door 312AR.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-44-42
Page 411
Aug 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-44-42-865-052
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 054-199,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
**ON A/C 303-399,
49VU COM DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R **ON A/C 054-199,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M06
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M05
**ON A/C 303-399,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M07
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M06
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-44-42
Page 412
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-44-42-420-050
A. Installation of the Isolation Unit
(1) If required, assemble the PC-board (2) to the PC-board bracket (6)
and attach it with the nuts (4) and the washers (5).
(2) Put the PC-board bracket (6) together with the PC-board (2) in
position to the mounting rail (3).
(3) Put the end-clamp (8) in position to the mounting rail (3) and
tighten the clamp screw (7).
(4) Safety the clamp screw (7) with lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel,
dia 0.63mm on the PC-board (2).
(5) Connect the wires of the cable harness (1) to the terminals of the
PC-board (2).
NOTE : For the correct connection refer to the table Wire Connection
____
to Connector 4RJ of the applicable illustration.
(6) Make sure that the contacts, which are not used, are covered with red
blanking plugs.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-44-42
Page 413
Aug 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-44-42-865-051
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 054-199,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
**ON A/C 303-399,
49VU COM DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
R **ON A/C 054-199,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M06
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M05
**ON A/C 303-399,
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M07
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M06
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-44-42-710-050
C. Do the operational test of the service interphone (Ref. TASK 23-44-00-
700-001).
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-44-42
Page 414
Aug 01/06
THY
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-44-42-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) FOR 4RJ1
(a) Close the access door 822.
(2) FOR 4RJ2
(a) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(3) FOR 4RJ3, 4RJ4
(a) Install the partition 132PW at FR34 (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-001).
(b) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the FWD
cargo-compartment door. (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002)
FOR 4RJ5
(c) Close the access door 312AR.
(4) Remove the access platform(s).
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-44-42
Page 415
Aug 01/06
THY
_____________________________________________________________
AUDIO MANAGEMENT (INTEGRATING/ FLIGHT INTERPHONE/SELCAL/CALL)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________
1. General
_______
A. The audio management system provides the means for using:
(1) All the radio communication and radio navigation facilities installed
on the aircraft:
- In transmission mode: it collects the microphone inputs of the
various crew stations and directs them to the communication
systems.
- In reception mode : it collects the audio outputs of the
communication systems and the navigation receivers and directs them
to the various crew stations.
(2) The flight interphone system:
- Telephone links between the various crew stations in the cockpit.
- Telephone links between the cockpit and the ground crew from the
external power receptacle.
(3) The SELCAL (Selective Calling) system:
- Visual and aural indication of calls from ground stations equipped
with a coding device used by the aircraft installation.
(4) Certain calls:
- Visual and aural indication of the ground crew and the Cabin
Attendants calls.
2. __________________
System Description
**ON A/C 001-006, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 001A)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 251-251, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 001B)
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 1
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 001C)
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
The system comprises:
- 1 AMU
- 2 hand microphone receptacles (CAPT and F/O)
- 2 loud speaker potentiometers with incorporated switches
- 2 radio PTT switches
- 1 jack for the ground crew
- 1 AUDIO SWITCHING selector switch
- 1 SELCAL code panel.
R **ON A/C 001-006, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
- 3 ACPs
- 1 headset jack (Fourth Occupant)
- 3 oxygen mask stowage boxes
- 3 jack panels
**ON A/C 007-007,
- 4 ACPs
- 1 headset jack (Fourth Occupant)
- 3 oxygen mask stowage boxes
- 4 jack panels
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
NOTE : In addition, the system uses :
____
- 2 loud speakers which are part of the central warning system
(Flight Warning Computer, ATA 31-53-00, Circuit WW)
- 3 oxygen mask microphones which are part of the oxygen system (OXYGEN-ATA
35-00-00, Circuit HM)
- 2 relay boxes which are part of the DMC system (Display Management
Computer-ATA 31-63-00, Circuit WT)
- FLIGHT/GROUND information from the LGCIU (Landing Gear Control and
Interface Unit - ATA 32-31-00, Circuit GA).
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 2
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Audio Management - Block Diagram
Figure 001
R
EFF :
901-901,
001-006, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 23-51-00
Page 3/4
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
R Audio Management - Block Diagram
R Figure 001A
EFF :
007-007, 23-51-00
Page 5/6
Config-1 Nov 01/05
THY
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
23-51-00
Page 7
Config-1 Nov 01/05
THY
Audio Management - Block Diagram
Figure 001B (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-51-00
Page 8
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Audio Management - Block Diagram
Figure 001B (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-51-00
Page 9
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Audio Management - Block Diagram
Figure 001B (SHEET 3)
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-51-00
Page 10
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Audio Management - Block Diagram
Figure 001C
R
EFF :
301-302, 23-51-00
Page 11/12
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
3. __________________
Component Location
**ON A/C 001-007, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 002)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 251-251, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 002A)
**ON A/C 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 002B)
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 003)
**ON A/C 001-007, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 004)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 251-251, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 004A)
**ON A/C 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 004B)
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 005)
R **ON A/C 001-006, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 006)
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 13
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Audio Management - Component Location (CAPT & F/O Stations)
Figure 002
R
EFF :
901-901,
001-007, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 23-51-00
Page 14
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
Audio Management - Component Location (CAPT & F/O Stations)
Figure 002A
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-51-00
Page 15
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Audio Management - Component Location (CAPT & F/O Stations).
Figure 002B
R
EFF :
301-302, 23-51-00
Page 16
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
Audio Management - Component Location (CAPT & F/O Stations)
Figure 003
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 17
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Audio Management - Component Location (3rd Occupant Station)
Figure 004
R
EFF :
901-901,
001-007, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 23-51-00
Page 18
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
Audio Management - Component Location (3rd Occupant Station)
Figure 004A
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-51-00
Page 19
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Audio Management - Component Location (3rd Occupant Station)
Figure 004B
R
EFF :
301-302, 23-51-00
Page 20
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
Audio Management - Component Location (4th Occupant Station)
Figure 005
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 21
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Audio Management - Component Location (Avionics Compartment)
Figure 006
R
EFF : 001-006, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 22
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 006A)
R **ON A/C 001-006, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1RN AMU 81VU 127 824 23-51-34
2RN1 ACP-CAPT 11VU 211 831 23-51-12
2RN2 ACP-F/O 11VU 211 831 23-51-12
2RN3 ACP-3RD OCCPNT 20VU 211 831 23-51-12
3RN SELCAL CODE PNL 80VU 128 824 23-51-13
**ON A/C 007-007,
1RN AMU 81VU 127 824 23-51-34
2RN1 ACP-CAPT 11VU 211 831 23-51-12
2RN2 ACP-F/O 11VU 211 831 23-51-12
2RN3 ACP-3RD OCCPNT 20VU 211 831 23-51-12
2RN4 ACP-AVNCS COMPT 80VU 128 824 23-51-12
3RN SELCAL CODE PNL 80VU 128 824 23-51-13
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
10RN1 STOWAGE BOX-OXY MASK, CAPT 211 831 35-12-41
10RN2 STOWAGE BOX-OXY MASK, F/O 212 831 35-12-41
10RN3 STOWAGE BOX-OXY MASK, 3RD OCCPNT 212 831 35-12-41
16RN SEL SW-AUDIO SWITCHING 48VU 211 831 23-51-00
11RN SW-RAD PTT, CAPT 191VU 211 831 23-51-17
12RN SW-RAD PTT, F/O 180VU 212 831 23-51-17
14RN JACK-FLT INTPH 108VU 120 824 23-51-00
15RN1 POT-LOUD SPEAKER, CAPT 301VU 211 831 23-51-00
15RN2 POT-LOUD SPEAKER, F/O 500VU 212 831 23-51-00
17RN1 RCPT-BOOMSET, CAPT 61VU 211 831 23-51-00
17RN2 RCPT-BOOMSET, F/O 60VU 212 831 23-51-00
17RN3 RCPT-BOOMSET, 3RD OCCPNT 62VU 212 831 23-51-00
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 23
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
R Audio Management - Component Location (Avionics Compartment)
R Figure 006A
EFF :
007-007, 23-51-00
Page 24
Config-1 Nov 01/05
THY
**ON A/C 007-007,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17RN4 RCPT-BOOMSET, AVNCS COMPT 63VU 128 824 23-51-00
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
18RN1 JACK-HEADSET, CAPT 61VU 211 831 23-51-00
18RN2 JACK-HEADSET, F/O 60VU 212 831 23-51-00
18RN3 JACK-HEADSET, 3RD OCCPNT 62VU 212 831 23-51-00
**ON A/C 007-007,
18RN4 JACK-HEADSET, AVNCS COMPT 63VU 128 824 23-51-00
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
18RN5 JACK-HEADSET, SUPPLEMENTARY 15VU 211 831 23-51-00
19RN1 RCPT-HAND MIC, CAPT 17VU 211 831 23-51-00
19RN2 RCPT-HAND MIC, F/O 16VU 212 831 23-51-00
19RN3 RCPT-HAND MIC, 3RD OCCPNT 62VU 212 831 23-51-00
**ON A/C 007-007,
19RN4 RCPT-HAND MIC, AVNCS COMPT 63VU 128 824 23-51-00
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
7WW LOUD SPEAKER-CAPT 2VU 211 31-53-21
8WW LOUD SPEAKER-F/O 6VU 212 831 31-53-21
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 25
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-006, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
A. Audio Management System
(1) The Audio Management Unit (AMU) 1RN is located in the avionics
compartment in the aft electronics rack 80VU on shelf 81VU.
(2) The three Audio Control Panels (ACP) are identified and located as
follows:
- 2RN1 - center pedestal 11VU, Captain side,
- 2RN2 - center pedestal 11VU, First Officer side,
- 2RN3 - overhead panel 20VU.
**ON A/C 007-007,
A. Audio Management System
(1) The Audio Management Unit (AMU) 1RN is located in the avionics
compartment in the aft electronics rack 80VU on shelf 81VU.
(2) The four Audio Control Panels (ACP) are identified and located as
follows:
- 2RN1 - center pedestal 11VU, Captain side,
- 2RN2 - center pedestal 11VU, First Officer side,
- 2RN3 - overhead panel 20VU,
- 2RN4 - above aft electronics rack 80VU.
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
(3) These receptacles and jacks panels are identified and located as
follows:
- 17RN1 (boomset receptacle) and 18RN1 (headset jack) on overhead
panel 61VU, Captain side,
- 17RN2 (boomset receptacle) and 18RN2 (headset jack) on overhead
panel 60VU, First Officer side,
- 17RN3 (boomset receptacle), 18RN3 (headset jack) and 19RN3 (hand
mic receptacle) on panel 62VU on the right rear wall in the
cockpit.
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 26
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 301-302,
(3) These receptacles and jack are identified and located as follows:
- 17RN1 (boomset receptacle) and 18RN1 (headset jack) on overhead
panel 61VU, Captain side,
- 17RN2 (boomset receptacle) and 18RN2 (headset jack) on overhead
panel 60VU, First Officer side,
- 17RN3 (boomset jack), 18RN3 (RCVR jack) and 19RN3 (hand mic
receptacle) on panel 62VU on the right rear wall in the cockpit.
**ON A/C 007-007,
- 17RN4 (boomset receptacle), 18RN4 (headset jack) and 19RN4 (hand
mic receptacle) on panel 63VU in the avionics compartment above the
rack 80VU.
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
(4) The supplementary headset jack 18RN5 is located on the left rear
console, panel 15VU.
These receptacles and jack panels are identified and located as
follows:
(5) The two hand mic receptacles are identified and located as follows:
- 19RN1 on left console, panel 17VU, Captain side,
- 19RN2 on right console, panel 16VU, First Officer side.
(6) The two loud speaker potentiometers with incorporated switches are
identified and located as follows:
- 15RN1 on instrument panel, Captain side, panel 301VU,
- 15RN2 on instrument panel, First Officer side, panel 500VU.
(7) The two radio PTT switches are identified and located as follows:
- 11RN on side stick hand-grip, Captain side, 191VU
- 12RN on side stick hand-grip, First Officer side, 180VU.
(8) The three oxygen-mask stowage-boxes are identified and located as
follows:
- 10RN1 on left side console 101VU, Captain side,
- 10RN2 on right side console 700VU, First Officer side,
- 10RN3 on right side console 700VU beside the First Officer oxygen
mask.
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 27
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
(9) The flight interphone jack for the ground crew 14RN is located on the
external power panel 108VU.
(10) The AUDIO SWITCHING selector switch 16RN is located on the overhead
panel 48VU.
(11) The SELCAL code panel 3RN is located in the avionics compartment,
above the aft electronics rack 80VU.
4. ____________
Power Supply
**ON A/C 001-006, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 007)
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 007A)
R **ON A/C 053-199, 251-251, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 007B)
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
The system components are supplied with 28VDC from busbar 1PP and essential
busbar 4PP via 2 sub-busbars 101PP and 401PP respectively.
**ON A/C 001-006, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
A. Busbar 101PP
- Supply of the 3rd Occupant ACP 2RN3 and its associated electronic
circuit located in the AMU via 3A circuit breaker 6RN.
- Supply of the calls card in the AMU via 3A circuit breaker 8RN.
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 28
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Audio Management - Electrical Power Supply of System
Figure 007
R
EFF : 001-006, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 29
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
R Audio Management - Electrical Power Supply of System
R Figure 007A
EFF :
007-007, 23-51-00
Page 30
Config-1 Nov 01/05
THY
Audio Management - Electrical Power Supply of System
Figure 007B
R
EFF :
053-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-51-00
Page 31
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-007,
A. Busbar 101PP
- Supply of the 3rd Occupant ACP 2RN3 and its associated electronic
circuit located in the AMU via 3A circuit breaker 6RN.
- Supply of the Avionics Compartment ACP 2RN4 and its associated
electronic circuit located in the AMU via 3A circuit breaker 7RN.
- Supply of the calls card in the AMU via 3A circuit breaker 8RN.
R **ON A/C 053-199, 251-251, 303-399,
A. Busbar 101PP
- Supply of the 3rd Occupant ACP 2RN3 via 3A circuit breaker 6RN.
- Supply of the Avionics Compartment ACP 2RN4 and its associated
electronic circuit (if installed) via 3A circuit breaker 7RN.
- Supply of the 4th Occupant ACP 2RN5 and its associated electronic
circuit (if installed) via 3A circuit breaker 20RN.
- Circuit breaker 8RN is unused.
**ON A/C 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
B. Busbar 401PP
- Supply of the Captain ACP 2RN1 and its associated electronic circuit
located in the AMU via 3A circuit breaker 4RN.
- Supply of the first Officer ACP 2RN2 and its associated electronic
circuit located in the AMU via 3A circuit breaker 5RN.
- Supply of the Flight-Interphone Electronic Card located in the AMU via
3A circuit breaker 9RN.
R **ON A/C 053-199, 251-251, 303-399,
B. Busbar 401PP
- Supply of the Captain ACP 2RN1, of the audio board A (capt + bay) and
of the SELCAL board via 3A circuit breaker 4RN.
- Supply of the first Officer ACP 2RN2, of the audio boardB (F/O - 3⁰
occpnt) and of the BITE board via 3A circuit breaker 5RN.
- Circuit breaker 9RN is unused.
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 32
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-006, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Circuit breakers 4RN, 5RN and 9RN are located on the overhead panel 49VU.
Circuit breakers 6RN and 8RN are located on the rear wall, on panel
121VU.
**ON A/C 007-007,
Circuit breakers 4RN, 5RN and 9RN are located on the overhead panel 49VU.
Circuit breakers 6RN, 7RN and 8RN are located on the rear wall, on panel
121VU.
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
5. _____________________
Component Description
A. Audio Control Panel
(1) Function
The ACP supplies the means:
- To use the various radio communication and radio navigation
facilities installed on the aircraft for transmission and reception
of the audio signals.
- To display the various calls (SELCAL, ground crew call and calls
from the Cabin Attendants).
The ACP serves only for control and indication.
(2) Mechanical description
**ON A/C 001-007, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 008)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 251-251, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 008A)
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 33
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Audio Control Panel - Front Face
Figure 008
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 34
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
Audio Control Panel - Front Face
Figure 008A
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-51-00
Page 35
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
The front face comprises:
- 7 rectangular electronic pushbutton switches for selection of the
transmission channels. They also display the SELCAL, ground crew
and Cabin Attendant calls,
- 1 rectangular electronic pushbutton switch separated from the other
7 pushbutton switches. This pushbutton switch selects the
transmission channel for passenger address (PA) announcements
- 15 round pushbutton switches with associated potentiometers for
selection and adjustment of the audio level on the reception
channels
- 1 INT/RAD selector switch which selects the radio and flight
interphone functions. It is a three-position switch : stable in INT
and middle position, unstable in RAD position.
- 1 rectangular VOICE pushbutton switch which connects a filter into
the audio circuits of the VOR and ADF navigation systems.
- 1 RESET rectangular electronic pushbutton switch which is used to
cancel the lighted calls.
The ACP is connected to the AMU and to the various aircraft circuits
by means of a round 19-pin connector.
(3) Functional description
**ON A/C 001-007, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 009)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 251-251, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 009A)
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
(a) Transmission channel selection
**ON A/C 001-007, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 009)
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 36
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Audio Control Panel - Functional Description
Figure 009
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 37
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
Audio Control Panel - Functional Description
Figure 009A
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-51-00
Page 38
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199, 251-251, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 009A)
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
(B)
To connect the microphones and the PTT command to the selected
transmitter, push one of the 8 rectangular transmission
pushbutton switches (VHF1- VHF2- VHF3- HF1- HF2- INT- CAB- PA).
The three green bars on the transmission pushbutton switch, which
indicate that selection has been accepted, come on.
An electronic device inhibits simultaneous selection of several
transmitters and therefore several transmission pushbutton
switches cannot be selected at the same time.
When a new transmission function is selected, the green bars of
the selected pushbutton switch come on and the function is
selected. At the same time, the previously selected pushbutton
switch is disabled and its green bars go off.
If you push a pushbutton switch which is already selected, the
function is disabled.
The green bars which indicate transmission go off and no
transmission function is selected on the ACP.
The rectangular PA pushbutton switch is unstable, i.e. it must be
held pressed during the complete transmission time. This avoids
unwanted transmission on the PA circuit. This unstable operation
can be inhibited by the AMU pin-program (Ref. Para. Operation -
Pin Program).
(b) Selection of reception
**ON A/C 001-007, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 009)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 251-251, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 009A)
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
(B)
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 39
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-001, 003-006, 201-201,
The round reception pushbutton switches serve to select and
adjust the audio levels. The two round reception pushbutton
switches associated with HF1 and HF2 are not used.
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 303-399,
The round reception pushbutton switches serve to select and
adjust the audio levels. The round reception pushbutton switch
associated with HF2 is not used.
**ON A/C 301-302,
The round reception pushbutton switches serve to select and
adjust the audio levels. The two round reception pushbutton
switches associated with VHF3 and HF2 are not used.
**ON A/C 901-901,
The round reception pushbutton switches serve to select and
adjust the audio levels.
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
They are of the push-push type: when you push a pushbutton switch
(initial position), it moves in then fully out to a level above
that of the unselected pushbutton switches. A white skirt on the
reception pushbutton switch appears and the selected receiver is
connected.
Rotate this pushbutton switch to adjust the reception level.
You can select several reception pushbutton switches
simultaneously.
When you push the reception pushbutton switch again, it engages
in its initial position: the receiver is disconnected.
(c) Call indication
**ON A/C 001-007, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 009)
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 40
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199, 251-251, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 009A)
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
(C, D and E)
During a ground crew or Cabin Attendant or SELCAL call, a legend
flashes amber under the green bars of the transmission pushbutton
switch concerned.
**ON A/C 001-001, 003-006, 201-201,
This occurs whether the transmission pushbutton switch is
selected or not:
- CALL: VHF1-VHF2-VHF3 pushbutton switches (SELCAL call)
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 303-399,
This occurs whether the transmission pushbutton switch is
selected or not:
- CALL: VHF1-VHF2-VHF3-HF1 pushbutton switches (SELCAL call)
**ON A/C 301-302,
This occurs whether the transmission pushbutton switch is
selected or not:
- CALL: VHF1-VHF2-HF1 pushbutton switches (SELCAL call)
**ON A/C 901-901,
This occurs whether the transmission pushbutton switch is
selected or not:
- CALL: VHF1-VHF2-VHF3-HF1-HF2 pushbutton switches (SELCAL call)
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 41
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
- MECH : INT pushbutton switch (ground crew call)
- ATT : CAB pushbutton switch (Cabin Attendant call)
To switch off the amber legends, push the RESET pushbutton
switch.
NOTE : The MECH and ATT legends which flash amber go off
____
automatically. This occurs after 60 seconds of operation
if the call is not cancelled by the RESET pushbutton
switch (This automatic function can be inhibited by the
AMU pin-program (Ref. para. Operation - Pin Program).
(d) VOICE selection
**ON A/C 001-007, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 009)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 251-251, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 009A)
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
(F)
When you push the VOICE pushbutton switch, the ON legend comes on
green. This indicates that a filter has been connected into the
audio circuits of the ADF and the VOR navigation systems.
When you push this pushbutton switch again, the green ON legend
goes off: the filter is no longer in service.
(e) INT/RAD switch
This switch is used for the transmission function when the
boomset or the oxygen mask is in service: it acts as the PTT
switch for this equipment which unlike the hand microphone is not
equipped with this type of control.
1
_ Middle position
The radio transceiver receives no switchover information. It
remains in reception function.
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 42
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
2
_ RAD position
The radio transceiver receives (via the AMU) a switchover
information.
It switches from reception to transmission function.
3
_ INT position
This position enables direct use of the flight interphone.
There are two utilization procedures for the flight
interphone.
- Normal mode The user pushes the INT transmission pushbutton
switch and uses it like an ordinary radio channel (he places
and holds the INT/RAD switch in RAD position).
- Direct mode If user has selected a radio channel (VHF1, VHF2
etc.), he can, if he so wishes, use the flight interphone.
To do this he does not have to release the transmission
pushbutton switch. He shall simply place the INT/RAD switch
in INT position.
NOTE : When this switch is set to RAD, it performs the same
____
function as the radio switches located on the
side-stick hand-grips. If conflicting orders are given
by the side-stick switch (RAD position), and the
corresponding ACP switch (INT position), the radio
function takes priority over the interphone function.
(f) Lighting
The ACP comprises 2 lighting circuits:
- The selection accepted (green) and the call (amber) indications
can be adjusted by the DIM/BRIGHT circuit (6 V/4.5 VDC) (Ref.
ATA 33-14-00-LP).
- The integral lighting is adjusted by the pedestal integral
lighting potentiometer (5 V-0 VAC) (Ref. ATA 33-13-00-LF).
The reception selection pushbutton switches are side-lit by the
integral lighting lamps. They are therefore also controlled by
the pedestal integral lighting potentiometer.
(4) Operation
(a) General
(Ref. Fig. 010)
The ACP is essentially a telecontrol panel.
The internal electronic circuit is structured around a
microprocessor. It constantly scans the status of the face
controls and transforms them into logic data. It generates serial
words from this logic data. These words telecontrol the
associated audio card in the AMU after transmission of messages
on an ARINC 429 bus line.
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 43
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Audio Control Panel - Block Diagram
Figure 010
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 44
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
An ARINC 429 reception bus line enables the ACP to process the
information from the AMU. These information are relevant to the
different parameters to be displayed : detected calls, selected
transmission channels, selection of the voice filter on. These
parameters will be displayed once they have been taken into
account by the AMU and acknowledged in return. The system is
therefore looped.
(b) Operation
The data is managed and processed by a microcomputer.
There are five separate functions:
- Reception volume control.
- Reception selection.
- Processing of the discrete commands:
* Selection of transmission channel
* VOICE filter on/off command
* RAD/INT command
- Parameter display management
- ARINC 429 interfaces
1
_ Reception volume control
This is achieved by the potent iometers accessible on the
front face. The position of each potentiometer is defined by
an analog voltage on the slider. The potentiometers are
supplied with a reference voltage.
An analog-digital converter makes the 8-bit words correspond
to the slider voltages.
The slider voltages are read consecutively. Thus, the digital
codes which correspond to the angular positions of the
potentiometers are obtained.
2
_ Reception selection
The potentiometer must be pushes to select a channel. The
information is transmitted in the form of a word. This
information is taken into account consecutively when the
reception volume controls are scanned.
3
_ Processing of discrete commands
The selection information of the RAD/INT command is constantly
available on the switch. It can, therefore, be directly used
by the microcomputer.
The transmission selection information (fugitive contacts) is
memorized and is therefore available for use by the
microcomputer.
The same applies to the VOICE filter control.
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 45
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
4
_ Parameter display management
The AMU return information is processed in order to make sure
that the transmission is correct.
After this check, the display can be performed :
- The green bars associated with the selected transmission
channel comes on
- The light associated with the VOICE filter comes on
- The CALL legends go off
A word transmitted by the relevant AMU causes the call lights
to come on.
5
_ ARINC 429 interfaces
The messages are transmitted in conformity with the ARINC 429
standard and at a low frequency (12 kHz).
6
_ Information exchange protocole between the ACP and the AMU
The ACP transmits 2 types of words :
1st type of word designated word 0 or status request word
2nd type of word designated volume control word.
The AMU transmits a single type of word designated status
word
- Word 0
b b b b b
32 31 29 28 11
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| P | ID.FIG. | ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER |
| | | 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
b b b b
10 9 8 1
---------------------------------------------------------------
| SDI | LABEL 300 |
| | |
---------------------------------------------------------------
b1 to b8 : Label 300 : Byte which defines the type of data
sent
b9 to b10 : SDI : Bits at logic 0
b11 to b28 : Error : Gives the result of a self-test and
a failure diagnosis
b29 to b31 : ACP identification bits
b32 : Parity bit (odd).
- Volume control word
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 46
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 17 16 15 14 11 10 9 8 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|| | | | | | | |
| | | | | |R | ||ON | | | | | | |
| |ER|ER|ER|ER|E |V || | D D D D D D D D |I |R | E E E E |S DI | See label |
|P | | | | |S | || / | 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0|N |A | 3 2 1 0| | table |
| |21|20|19|18|E |O || | |T |D | | | |
| | | | | |T | ||OFF| | | | | | |
|--------------------|| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b1 to b8 : Label : Byte which defines the type of
transmitted data
b9 to b10 : SDI : Station identification bits
b11 to b14 : Status of the transmission keyboard as per the truth
table below:
------------------------------------
| BIT | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 |
|----------|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| NONE | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
|----------|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| VHF1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
|----------|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| VHF2 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 |
|----------|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| VHF3 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 |
|----------|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| HF1 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 |
|----------|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| HF2 | 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 |
|----------|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| INT | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 |
|----------|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| CAB | 1 | 1 | 1 | 0 |
|----------|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| PA | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 |
------------------------------------
b15 : Radio PTT switch (active at 1)
b16 : Interphone PTT switch (active at 1)
b17 to b24 : Byte which defines the volume contro
channel defined by the label and the
b25 : Bit which defines ON or OFF status o
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 47
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
------------------------------------
| BIT | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 |
|----------|-----|-----|-----|-----|
channel (active at 1)
b26 : Bit which sets VOICE filter into ser
b27 : Call reset (active at 1)
b28 to b31 : Error : Bits which give a
b32 : Parity bit.
- Status word
The AMU transmits a single type of word designated : status
word.
Its structure is as follows :
b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b
32 31 30 29 25 24 17 16 15 14 11 10 9 8 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|P |0 |0 | | | | | | |
| | | | A A A A A | | A A | E E E E | 0 0 | Label 301 |
| | | | 4 3 2 1 0| | 6 5| 3 2 1 0| | |
| | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b1 to b8 : Label 301 : Byte which defines the type of data
sent
b9 to b10 : SDI : Set to 0
b11 to b14 : Return of transmission keyboard status for check in ACP
(the truth table is the same as the one used in the
volume control word).
b15 : Status of ground crew call (active at 1).
b16 : Status of Cabin Attendant call (active at 1).
b17 to b24 : Byte which sends the pin-program information to the
ACPs.
b17 VHF3
b18 HF1
b19 HF2
b20 ADF2
b21 MLS
b22 Lock PA
b23 Spare
b24 Spare
b25 to b29 : Status of the calls VHF1, VHF2, VHF3, HF1 and HF2
(active at 1)
b25 : VHF1
b26 : VHF2
b27 : VHF3
b28 : HF1
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 48
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b
32 31 30 29 25 24 17 16 15 14 11 10 9 8 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b29 : HF2
b30 : Status of the filter (active at 1)
b31 : Set to O
b32 : Parity bit
- Protocol for data exchange between the ACP and the AMU
(Ref. Fig. 011)
After transmission of a word, and in accordance with its
label, the ACP receives the status word or collects data. The
status word is delivered by the AMU. The collected data is the
data present on the ACP face.
After reception of a word, and in accordance with its label,
the AMU transmits the status word or uses the data transmitted
by the ACP.
- Determination of the transmitted word
The system transmits a word every 10 ms on the ARINC line.
The following considerations give the type of word
transmitted (VHF1, HF2, status request word, etc):
In the basic transmission function a word is sent every 10
ms in the following order:
Word 00: Status request word
Word 01: VHF1 volume control word
Word 02: VHF2 volume control word
Word 03: VHF3 volume control word
Word 04: HF1 volume control word
Word 05: HF2 volume control word
Word 06: INT volume control word
Word 07: CAB volume control word
Word 08: PA volume control word
Word 09: VOR1 volume control word
Word 10: VOR2 volume control word
Word 11: MKR volume control word
Word 12: ILS volume control word
Word 13: spare volume control word
Word 14: ADF1 volume control word
Word 15: ADF2 volume control word
This cyclic transmission continues provided that no volume
control modification or any other data modification appears.
As soon as a modification is detected at any data level, the
system emits the concerned word every 10 ms until this data is
fixed (end of modifications).
However, a complete basic cycle is emitted after 160 ms to
up-date, if applicable, other data.
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 49
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Protocol for Data Exchange - Flow Diagram
Figure 011
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 50
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Moreover, the status request word will be emitted
systematically every 160 ms irrespective of the data
modifications in progress
- AMU data reception
During reception, the system reads the word delivered by the
associated AMU on the ARINC reception line. This word
arrives every 160 ms and gives the SELCAL call status,
transmission channel return and pin-programming status.
A set of checks is made each time a word is received:
Counting of the number of received words:
Check of the label
Check of the SDI, Sign Status, Matrix
Recalculation of the parity and verification.
- Displays
The system updates the parameter displays every 10 ms. The
VOICE status is directly displayed. The status of the
transmissions is displayed only after acknowledgement by the
AMU.
- Internal test
This test checks the check-sum of the ROM.
The RAM is checked at each energization.
During operation, the microprocessor must cyclically check
its peripherals.
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 51
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
- Label table
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | BINARY | | |
| | OCTAL | b b b b b b b b | HEX | SDI |
| | | 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Status request word | 300 | 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 | 03 | 00 |
| Status word from AMU | 301 | 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 | 83 | 00 |
| Volume control word VHF1 | 210 | 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 | 11 | 01 |
| Volume control word VHF2 | 210 | 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 | 11 | 10 |
| Volume control word VHF3 | 210 | 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 | 11 | 11 |
| Volume control word HF1 | 211 | 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 | 91 | 01 |
| Volume control word HF2 | 211 | 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 | 91 | 10 |
| Volume control word INT | 215 | 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 | B1 | 01 |
| Volume control word CAB | 215 | 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 | B1 | 10 |
| Volume control word PA | 212 | 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 | 51 | 11 |
| Volume control word VOR1 | 213 | 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 | D1 | 01 |
| Volume control word VOR2 | 213 | 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 | D1 | 10 |
| Volume control word MKR | 213 | 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 | D1 | 11 |
| Volume control word ILS | 217 | 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 | F1 | 00 |
| Volume control word spare| 220 | 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 | 09 | 00 |
| Volume control word ADF1 | 212 | 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 | 51 | 01 |
| Volume control word ADF2 | 212 | 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 | 51 | 10 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 52
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
B. SELCAL Code Panel
(1) Purpose
The SELCAL code panel is used to program the SELCAL code assigned to
the aircraft.
(2) Description
(Ref. Fig. 012)
This panel is a rectangular box in compliance with ARINC 714.
The front face features:
- 4 knurled knobs for selection of a code made up of 4 letters from
amongst the following:
A - B - C - D - E - F - G - H - J - K - L - M- N - P - Q - R - S.
- A plexiglass cover over the knurled knobs which protects the
displayed code. The operator can read the code through the cover.
The rear face is equipped with a round connector for connection to
the aircraft electrical network.
(3) Operation
(Ref. Fig. 013, 014)
In accordance with the BCD code, each of the knurled knobs opens the
various circuits or connects the various circuits to the ground. This
selects the different frequency filters assigned to the considered
codes.
- The Operating Diagram shows the control logic.
- When this circuit is connected to the ground or supplied with a
voltage of +3.5 V a logic 0 is obtained. This corresponds to
circuit operation.
- When the circuit is open or has a resistance greater than 50000
ohms a logic 1 is obtained. This corresponds to non operation of
the circuit.
- The letter-frequency assignment table gives the letter-frequency
assignments.
Letter Frequency Assignment Table
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DESIGNATION | FREQUENCY | BCD CODE |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | 8 4 2 1 |
| A | 312.6 | 0 0 0 1 |
| B | 346.7 | 0 0 1 0 |
| C | 384.6 | 0 0 1 1 |
| D | 426.6 | 0 1 0 0 |
| E | 473.2 | 0 1 0 1 |
| F | 524.8 | 0 1 1 0 |
| G | 582.1 | 0 1 1 1 |
| H | 645.7 | 1 0 0 0 |
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 53
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
SELCAL Code Panel - FRONT Face
Figure 012
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 54
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
SELCAL Code Panel - Operation of Knurled Knobs
Figure 013
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 55
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
SELCAL Code Panel - Operating Diagram
Figure 014
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 56
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DESIGNATION | FREQUENCY | BCD CODE |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| J | 716.1 | 1 0 0 1 |
| K | 794.3 | 1 0 1 0 |
| L | 881 | 1 0 1 1 |
| M | 977.2 | 1 1 0 0 |
| P | 1083.9 | 1 1 0 1 |
| Q | 1202.3 | 1 1 1 0 |
| R | 1333.5 | 1 1 1 1 |
| S | 1479.1 | 0 0 0 0 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The SELCAL code panel does not require an electrical power supply.
C. Audio Management Unit
(1) Purpose
The Audio Management Unit (AMU) ensures the interface between the
user (jack panel and ACP) and the various radio communication and
radio navigation systems. The AMU ensures the following functions:
- Transmission
- Reception
- SELCAL and display of ground crew and Cabin Attendant calls
- Flight interphone
- Emergency function for the Captain and First Officer stations
It also serves to record communications and is equipped with a TEST
circuit (BITE). This TEST circuit enables the AMU to be connected to
the CFDIU.
(2) Mechanical description
R **ON A/C 053-199, 251-251, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 015)
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
The AMU is in the form of a 4MCU size box in compliance with ARINC
600 Specifications.
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 57
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Audio Management Unit - External Unit
Figure 015
R
EFF :
053-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-51-00
Page 58
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
6. Operation
_________
**ON A/C 001-006, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 016)
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 016A)
R **ON A/C 053-199, 251-251, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 016B)
**ON A/C 001-006, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
The AMU comprises 3 independent channels associated with the 3 ACPs.
**ON A/C 007-007,
The AMU comprises 4 independent channels associated with the 4 ACPs.
**ON A/C 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
Each channel comprises :
- Its reception function
- Its transmission function
- Its logic processing function
- Its power supply.
The SELCAL, BITE and Flight Interphone sections are connected to the
different channels.
R **ON A/C 053-199, 251-251, 303-399,
The basic AMU comprises 4 channels: CAPT, F/O, 3rd OCCPNT and avionics bay
station (requires activation of a dedicated pin-programming).
It can receive one additional channel for a 4th cockpit occupant.
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 59
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Audio Management Unit - Block Diagram
Figure 016
R
EFF : 001-006, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 60
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
R Audio Management Unit - Block Diagram
R Figure 016A
EFF :
007-007, 23-51-00
Page 61
Config-1 Nov 01/05
THY
Audio Management Unit - Block Diagram
Figure 016B
R
EFF :
053-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-51-00
Page 62
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
A. Transmission Function
(1) General
The transmission function:
- Sets into service and supplies the various microphones used
(boomset, hand microphone, oxygen mask microphone)
- Selects the transmitter selected by the operator by means of the
ACP
- Ensures the emergency function (for transmission section)
**ON A/C 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
- Ensures the CAA recording function.
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
There is an independent transmission channel for each user of the
audio integrating system.
**ON A/C 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(2) Composition of circuit
A transmission channel comprises :
- The various microphone inputs with their power supplies
- A unit gain amplifier
- An output transformer
- A transmitter selection system
- A module for CAA recording
- A switching system for emergency function
- A switching system for use of hand microphone.
(3) Transmission with boomset
(Ref. Fig. 017)
The analog signals of the boomset microphone are connected to the OdB
gain amplifier, then sent to the output transformer.
At the transformer output, the switching module switches these
signals to the transmitter selected by the ACP in accordance with
information received from the logic processing function.
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 63
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Audio Management Unit - Block Diagram of Transmitter Circuit
Figure 017
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 64
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
(4) Transmission with oxygen mask microphone
(Ref. Fig. 018)
In normal flight configuration, the oxygen mask microphone is not
connected to the microphone circuit.
Operation is as follows in flight configuration with use of oxygen
mask. This system sets a control switch contained in the stowage box
of the oxygen mask to the ground. This activates the relay which sets
the oxygen mask into service. The pressurization of the oxygen
circuit when masks fall out automatically activates this control
switch.
R **ON A/C 053-199, 251-251, 303-399,
(3) Transmission with various microphones
(Ref. Fig. 017A)
For transmission, each crew member can use either a hand microphone,
a boomset or an oxygen mask. The analog signals of these three
microphones are adapted and filtered on the adaptation board of the
AMU, which also receives the hand microphone PTT and oxygen mask
control discretes.
The microphone selection is done by a dedicated circuit according to
the following logic:
-----------------------------------------------------
| OXYGEN MASK CONTROL DISCRETE |
|---------------------------------------------------|
| 0 | 1 |
---------------------|------------------------|--------------------------|
| | 0 | Boomset signal valid | Boomset and oxygen mask |
| HANDMIKE | | | signals valid |
| PTT |-------|---------------------------------------------------|
| | 1 | Handmike signal valid |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : Input 6 microphone is valid when PTT6 is activated.
____
Ground Mech microphone is valid when air/ground discrete is
set to GND.
The selected microphone signal is then sent to an output transformer.
At the transformer output, this signal is switched to the transmitter
selected by the operator on the ACP, in accordance with information
received from the DSP.
This discrete information is consolidated with both hardware and
software processings, to avoid permanent transmission.
(4) Not Applicable
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 65
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Audio Management Unit - Simplified Schematic of Transmission Circuit
Figure 017A
R
EFF :
053-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-51-00
Page 66
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Oxygen Mask Microphone - Circuit Block Diagram
Figure 018
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 67
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(5) Transmission with hand microphone
(Ref. Fig. 019)
The hand microphone can be used in two ways:
- 1st case: Radio transmission
The logic processing card associated with relay K1 delivers a
command. This command supplies relay K1 (AND function between the
PTT switch of the hand microphone and the selected radio
transmission, except for INT). Relay K1 directly connects the hand
microphone to the tranmission selection circuit. The station
selected in transmission mode then supplies the hand microphone.
- 2nd case: Flight Interphone transmission
When INT transmission is selected, relay K1 is not supplied; the
logic processing card associated with relay K2 delivers a command.
This command supplies relay K2 (AND function between the PTT switch
of the hand microphone and the INT transmission selection).
Relay K2 connects the power supply of the boomset microphone to the
hand microphone. This system applies the analog signals of the hand
microphone to the OdB amplifier, then to the INT channel via the
transmission line. This removes the microphone power supply from
the interphone amplifier.
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
(6) Transmission on passenger address channel
Transmissions can be made on the passenger address channels
in 2 ways:
(a) In normal configuration, use the handset installed aft of the
center pedestal to make the PA announcements. This handset is
part of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (Ref. ATA
23-73-00, Circuit RH).
(b) In RADIO configuration, use the rectangular PA pushbutton switch
located on each ACP to make the passenger address announcements.
This pushbutton switch is unstable, i.e. hold it pushed to make
the announcements: this avoids unwanted transmissions. The
electronic processing of this channel is identical to that of the
other transmission channels.
The operation of this pushbutton switch can be made identical to
that of the other transmission channels (stable operation) : to
achieve this, modify the AMU pin-program (Ref. Para. Operation -
Pin Program).
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 68
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Hand Microphone - Circuit Block Diagram
Figure 019
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 69
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
(7) Muting circuit
(a) Purpose
(Ref. Fig. 020)
The feedback produced by the loud speaker-microphone acoustic
coupling when the microphones are used (acoustic feedback) is
eliminated by a muting circuit. To achieve this, the muting
circuit reduces the gain and/or the frequency range of the loud
speakers.
This attenuating circuit is controlled by the PTT switch of any
of the radio communication microphones.
The attenuating circuit is an integral part of the loud speakers.
(b) Operation
(Ref. Fig. 021)
The logic processing channel receives PTT switch type
information.
From this information it activates the muting module. A ground is
sent to the loud speaker units which set the direct muting
function into service.
**ON A/C 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
B. Reception Function
(1) General
The reception circuit selects and adjusts the volume on the reception
channels. The operator selects and adjusts these channels on the ACP.
Each user of the audio integrating system has a separate associated
reception-channel.
It ensures the various supplementary functions of the circuit:
- VOR/DME/ILS/MLS switching
- VOICE/ON function
- Emergency function (for reception section).
R **ON A/C 053-199, 251-251, 303-399,
B. Reception Function
(1) General
The reception circuit selects and adjusts the volume on the reception
channels. The operator selects and adjusts these channels on the ACP.
Each user of the audio integrating system has a separate associated
reception-channel.
It ensures the various supplementary functions of the circuit:
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 70
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Muting Circuit - Block Diagram
Figure 020
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 71
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Direct Muting - Block Diagram
Figure 021
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 72
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
- VOR/DME/LS switching
- VOICE/ON function
**ON A/C 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(2) Composition of the circuit
(Ref. Fig. 022)
The audio circuit comprises:
- An interface card common to all the audio cards
- A volume control module assembly
- A stop-band filter
- An adder amplifier
- An emergency switching circuit
- An output transformer.
(3) Reception mode operation
The audio signals delivered by the various communication and
navigation units are connected to the interface card.
This card ensures the adaptation and the connection of the receivers.
This card is a common point to the system and no active components
are used (it is mainly comprised of resistors).
The input impedance of a channel is 600 ohms.
The maximum input level is 50 mW/600 ohms (The nominal value is 10
mW/600 ohms).
At the output of the interface card, the signals are applied to the
volume control modules.
An analog switch is installed at the input of each volume control.
This switch disconnects the audio inputs when :
- their reception is not selected (information from ACP)
- their reception level selected on the ACP is at minimum (this
condition does not apply to VHF and HF communication channels. A
minimum reception level is ensured on the channels even when the
potentiometers on the ACP are set to minimum).
When the levels are adjusted in accordance with the information from
the logic processing function, the analog signals are sent to an
amplifier, then to an output transformer.
The audio signals are available on the secondary of the output
transformer. Separate windings send these signals either to the
boomset, the loud speaker or the CVR circuit.
Output signal characteristics: 50 mW/600 ohms (the nomimal value is
10 mW/600 ohms).
NOTE : A potentiometer outside the AMU is connected in series between
____
the AMU and the loud speakers. It adjusts the loud speaker
audio output level.
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 73
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Audio Circuit - Block Diagram
Figure 022
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 74
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 053-199, 251-251, 303-399,
(3) Reception function
(Ref. Fig. 022A)
The audio signals from the various communication and navigation units
are first connected to analog/digital converters, and then to the DSP
located on the audio boards.
Dedicated inputs exist on the DSP for filtered signal (ADF and VOR).
The DSP is also connected to a control module which provides
information computed from the ACP (potentiometers position, Voice
filter selection) and from the FCU (DME coupling to VOR or LS). After
digital processing inside the DSP, the resultant signal is converted
into analog and sent to the output transformer.
NOTE : A minimum VHF and HF reception level is ensured when the
____
potentiometers on the ACP are set to minimum. The minimum
reception level is deleted when the potentiometers are set to
OFF.
Minimum reception level is -32 dB with reference to maximum
level.
**ON A/C 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(4) VOR/DME/ILS/MLS switching
(Ref. Fig. 023)
(a) Purpose
In normal configuration, the DME reception is coupled with the
VOR reception.
However, in certain ILS or MLS approach conditions, the DME used
must be aurally identified. The DME reception must therefore be
coupled with the ILS or MLS reception.
(b) Operation
The ND (Navigation Display) mode selector switch or the ILS
pushbutton switch is used for switching control (REF ATA 31 - DMC
circuit (WT)).
Action on one of these commands sends a ground to the switching
relays which connect the DME receptions to the ILS or MLS
receptions.
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 75
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Audio Management Unit - Simplified Schematic of Reception Circuit
Figure 022A
R
EFF :
053-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-51-00
Page 76
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
VOR/DME/ILS/MLS Switching - Block Diagram
Figure 023
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 77
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 053-199, 251-251, 303-399,
(4) DME/VOR/LS switching
(a) Function
In normal configuration, the DME reception is coupled with the
VOR reception.
However, in certain landing system approach conditions, the DME
used must be aurally identified. The DME reception must therefore
be coupled with the MMR reception.
(b) Operation
The LS pushbutton switch is used for switching control (Ref. ATA
31 - DMC circuit (WT)).
Action on this command sends a ground to the AMU which couples
the DME receptions to the MMR receptions.
**ON A/C 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(5) VOICE/ON function
(Ref. Fig. 024)
(a) Reason
The VOR, ADF navigation ground stations transmit a morse code
which is used to identify them. However, certain stations, in
addition to their code, transmit recorded voice information. This
information informs the crew of subjects such as : latest weather
information, state or special information concerning terrains
etc. (e.g.: ATIS station).
In order not to hinder the reception of this information, the
VOICE/ON function greatly reduces the morse code reception. It is
attenuated until it becomes practically inaudible while this
information is being transmitted.
(b) Operation
The transmission modulation frequency for ground station codes is
1020 Hz.
However, certain onboard equipment receive a 1020 Hz
frequency-modulated signal and at the same time transmit this
signal at 1000 Hz to the audio system. The 1000 Hz signal is
generated by their synthetizer (the aeronautical standards
specify that the ADF ground stations must be modulated at a
frequency of 1020 Hz plus or minor 50Hz).
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 78
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Navigation Reception Mode - Block Diagram
Figure 024
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 79
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
Furthermore, the DME reception is coupled to the VOR reception
(in normal operation). Thus the DME marker identification-code is
transmitted with a frequency modulation of 1350 Hz. The filtering
circuit of the navigation channels therefore comprises an
attenuater filter for the reception bands of the ADF and VOR
systems.
This filter attenuates the 1000, 1020 and 1350 Hz frequencies by
more than 32 dB.
A compensation amplifier is provided to compensate for the
insertion losses of this filter.
Action on the VOICE pushbutton switch located on each ACP
switches the attenuation filter into or out of service.
(c) Released position: VOICE/ON legend off
The filter is not used, the operator simultaneously receives the
marker identification and the voice transmission.
(d) Pressed in position: VOICE/ON legend on
A command from the CPU sets the filter into service. The 1000 -
1020 - 1350 Hz frequencies are greatly attenuated. Only the voice
transmissions are audible.
NOTE : The audio outputs of the communication channel and the
____
ILS, MLS, MKR navigation do not transit via the filtering
module.
C. Emergency Function
(Ref. Fig. 025, 026)
(1) Purpose
The emergency function is used in case of loss of communications on
the Captain or the First Officer channels. This function switches the
Captain or First Officer communications to the 3rd Occupant station.
In this case, the Captain (or the First Officer) uses the ACP located
on the overhead panel to make his microphone or audio selections.
(2) Operation
The AUDIO SWITCHING selector-switch 16RN located on the overhead
panel is used to switch to emergency configuration.
Turning this switch, sends a ground to the Captain (or First Officer)
and 3rd Occupant switching relays. The various microphone inputs,
commands and audio outputs are connected to the microphone inputs,
commands and audio outputs of the 3rd Occupant. This switchover is
indicated on the upper ECAM display unit (REF ATA 31-54-SDAC).
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 80
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
Microphone Switching - Block Diagram
Figure 025
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 81
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
Audio Switching - Block Diagram
Figure 026
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 82
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
NOTE : When the emergency function is activated, the various audio
____
inputs and outputs at the 3rd Occupant station are no longer
connected to their circuit. Therefore, the 3rd Occupant cannot
use his audio integrating circuits.
(3) Not Applicable
R **ON A/C 053-199, 251-251, 303-399,
(5) VOICE/ON function
(a) Function
The VOR, ADF navigation ground stations transmit a morse code
which is used to identify them. However, certain stations, in
addition to their code, transmit recorded voice information. This
information informs the crew of subjects such as: latest weather
information, state or special information concerning terrains
etc. (e.g.: ATIS station).
In order not to hinder the reception of this information, the
VOICE/IDENT function greatly reduces the morse code reception. It
is attenuated until it becomes practically inaudible while this
information is being transmitted.
(b) Operation
The transmission modulation frequency for ground station codes is
1020 Hz.
However, certain onboard equipment (COLLINS ADF) receive a 1020
Hz frequency-modulated signal and at same time transmit this
signal at 1000 Hz to the audio system. The 1000 Hz signal is
generated by their synthesizer (the aeronautical standards
specify that the ADF ground stations must be modulated at a
frequency of 1020 Hz plus or minus 50 Hz).
Furthermore, the DME reception is coupled to the VOR reception
(in normal operation). Thus the DME marker identification-code is
transmitted with a frequency modulation of 1350 Hz. The filtering
circuit of the navigation channels therefore comprises an
attenuation filter for the reception bands of the ADF and VOR
systems.
This digital filter attenuates the 1000 and 1020 Hz frequencies
by more than 32 dB.
Action on the VOICE pushbutton switch located on each ACP has the
following effects:
- Released position, VOICE/ON off
The filters are not used, the operator simultaneously receives
the marker identification and the voice transmission.
- Pressed in position, VOICE/ON on
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 83
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
The DSP directly processes the filtered signals. The 1000 -
1020 Hz frequencies are greatly attenuated, the DME identified
is cut off (1350 Hz). Only the voice transmissions are audible.
NOTE : The audio outputs of the communication channel and the
____
MMR, MKR navigation do not transit via digital filters.
C. Emergency Function
(Ref. Fig. 026A)
(1) Purpose
The emergency function is used in case of loss of communications on
the Captain or the First Officer channels. This function switches the
Captain or First Officer communications to the 3rd Occupant station.
In this case, the Captain (or the First Officer) uses the ACP located
on the overhead panel to make his microphone or audio selections.
The AUDIO SWITCHING selector-switch 16RN located on the overhead
panel is used to switch to emergency configuration.
This switchover is indicated on the upper ECAM display unit (REF ATA
31-54-SDAC).
(2) Pilot emergency function
In case of a failure on the Audio Board A, the pilots microphones
and audio signals are switched through relays in parallel to the 3rd
occupants microphone inputs and audio outputs.
The PTT commands from the pilots microphones are active.
The pilots ACP is no longer active.
(3) Copilot In case of a failure on the Audio Board B, the copilots
microphones and audio signals are switched through relays to the
Avionics Bay microphone inputs and audio outputs, which are no longer
active.
The PTT commands from the copilots microphones are active.
The copilots ACP is no longer active.
In addition, the 3rd occupants micro and audio signals are switched
in parallelto the Avionics Bay micro and audio signals, and the 3rd
ACP ARINC bus is switched to the AVIONICS bAY acp arinc input/output.
The Avionics Bay ACP ARINC line is cut.
R
EFF :
053-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-51-00
Page 84
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Emergency Function - Microphone/Reception
Figure 026A
R
EFF :
053-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-51-00
Page 85
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
D. FAA/CAA Recording Function
(1) Reason
The Aeronautics Authorities for Federal Navigation request that the
communications made onboard the aircraft are recorded on the CVR
system (Cockpit Voice Recorder - REF ATA 23-71-RK).
To meet this requirement, the CVR is equipped with 4 recording
tracks:
- 3 tracks for recording the Captain, First Officer, 3rd Occupant
communications
- The 4th track is assigned to an area microphone installed in the
cockpit. This microphone picks up the various noises made in the
cockpit.
The Captain, First Officer and 3rd Occupant communications are
recorded in accordance with the requirements laid down by the FAA
(Federal Aviation Authority) and the CAA (Civil Aviation
Authorities).
(2) CAA recording
(Ref. Fig. 027)
All the communications heard by the Captain (or the First Officer or
the 3rd Occupant) are recorded. This enables, at the same time, to
record all the communications sent out by these crew members.
This is achieved by means of the side-tone controls on the various
equipment.
Three windings equip the secondary of the output transformer of the
reception channel: 2 are allocated to the loud speaker and boomset
outputs. The third is reserved for recording the communications heard
in the cockpit (CVR). The CAA recording principle requires that the
noises picked up by the boomset microphones be recorded even when
these microphones are not active i.e. when the push-to-talk switches
on the side-sticks or on the ACPs are not activated. This in order to
reinforce the sounds picked-up by the area microphone.
A shunt is installed on the pin-programming terminal of the AMU to
activate the CAA recording (Ref. Para. Operation - Pin Program).
(3) FAA recording
(Ref. Fig. 028)
All the communications heard by the Captain (or the First Officer or
the 3rd Occupant) are recorded. This enables, at the same time, to
record all the communications sent out by these crew members.
This is achieved by means of the side-tone controls on the various
equipment.
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 86
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
CAA Certification - Block Diagram
Figure 027
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 87
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
Communications - CVR Circuit
Figure 027A
R
EFF :
053-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-51-00
Page 88
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
FAA Certification - Block Diagram
Figure 028
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 89
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
Three windings equip the secondary of the output transformer of the
reception channel: 2 are allocated to the loud speaker and boomset
outputs. The third is reserved for recording the communications heard
in the cockpit (CVR).
(4) Not Applicable
R **ON A/C 053-199, 251-251, 303-399,
D. FAA/CAA Recording Function
(Ref. Fig. 027A)
(1) Reason
The Aeronautics Authorities for Federal Navigation request that the
communications made onboard the aircraft are recorded on the CVR
system (Cockpit Voice Recorder - REF ATA 23-71-RK).
To meet this requirement, the CVR is equipped with 4 recording
tracks:
- 3 tracks for recording the Captain, First Officer, 3rd Occupant
communications
- The 4th track is assigned to an area microphone installed in the
cockpit. This microphone picks up the various noises made in the
cockpit.
The Captain, First Officer and 3rd Occupant communications are
recorded in accordance with the requirements laid down by the FAA
(Federal Aviation Authority) and the CAA (Civil Aviation
Authorities).
(2) FAA recording
All the communications heard by the Captain (or the First Officer or
the 3rd Occupant) are recorded. This enables, at the same time, to
record all the communications sent out by these crew members.
This is achieved by means of the side-tone controls on the various
equipment.
The A/C is basically designed in accordance with this specification.
(3) CAA recording
The principle of CAA recording requires (in addition to the FAA
recording principle) that the noises picked up by the boomset
microphones be recorded even when these microphones are not active
i.e. when the push-to-talk switches on the side-sticks or on the ACPs
are not activated. This in order to reinforce the sounds picked-up by
the area microphone. This configuration is named hot-mike.
A shunt is installed on the pin-programming terminal of the AMU to
activate the CAA recording (Ref. Para. Operation - Pin Program).
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 90
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
(4) DFDR/CVR Synchronization
The two recorders (CVR and DFDR) are synchronized:
- The DFDR receives the GMT signal from the FDIU,
- Also, the CVR receives the GMT signal from the FDIU. This signal is
sent to the CVR via the AMU where it is mixed with the 3rd occupant
audio signals.
**ON A/C 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(5) Operation
(Ref. Fig. 029)
Following the AMU pin-program modification, the SELCAL-CALL card
generates an information message. This message is sent to the
different audio cards and therefore to the various channels of the
logic processing function.
This information is taken into account, then the logic processing
channel sets the CAA certification module into service. The LF
signals are picked-up by the boomset or oxygen mask microphone (when
in use) at the output of the 0db gain amplifier. They are sent to the
CAA Certification Module and, from there, to the CVR output.
E. Flight Interphone Function
(Ref. Fig. 030)
(1) General
The flight interphone enables:
- Telephone conversations between the various stations in the cockpit
- Telephone conversations between the cockpit and the ground crew via
the external power panel.
(2) Composition of the circuit
The flight interphone circuit comprises a summing amplifier equipped
with:
- 7 microphone inputs
input impedance : 150 ohms
input level : 0.250 V.
- 3 audio outputs
impedance : 600 ohms - Power 35 mW plus or minus 5 mW for ground
crew reception
output impedance : 600 ohms - Power 10 mW for AMU external
reception, output 6
internal output impedance : 2.2 kohms for AMU internal reception
relevant to the various cards.
This circuit also comprises :
- 1 power supply for microphones of channels 6 and 7.
- 1 interface and current detection circuit for channel 6.
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 91
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
CAA Certification - Block Diagram
Figure 029
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 92
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
Flight Interphone - Block Diagram
Figure 030
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 93
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
- 1 cut-off circuit for channel 7.
(3) Operation
The input signal from the various microphones used in the aircraft
(hand microphone, boomset, mask microphone) is applied to inputs 1 to
7. A specific power supply circuit is provided for the microphones of
inputs 6 and 7 (they have no transmission card to supply them). A
current detection circuit on channel 6 and a cut-off relay on channel
7 insulates the channels when they are not used. The L/G relay
controls this cut-off relay.
The amplified LF output signal is then available on the 3 windings of
the secondary of the output transformer:
- 600 ohm output for ground crew.
- 600 ohm output for audio output No. 6.
- 2.2 Kohm output for the various AMU audio cards.
R **ON A/C 053-199, 251-251, 303-399,
E. Flight Interphone Function
(Ref. Fig. 030A)
(1) General
The flight interphone enables:
- Telephone conversations between the various stations in the cockpit
- Telephone conversations between the cockpit and the ground crew via
the external power panel.
(2) Operation
The flight interphone comprises the following functions:
- microphone inputs
- amplification and summation
- audio output.
(a) Microphone inputs
There are two types of microphone inputs:
- normal inputs: inputs from the CAPT, F/O, 3rd OCCPNT , Avionics
Bay (and optionally 5th OCCPNT)
- protected inputs: they comprise the mechanic input and the
Reserve input (input 6).
(b) Protected inputs
The mechanic input is disconnected from the interphone amplifier
when the flight/ground information from the LGCIU is present
(flight configuration).
The input 6 is disconnected from the interphone amplifier when
the PTT input 6 is not activated.
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 94
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Flight Interphone - Block Diagram
Figure 030A
R
EFF :
053-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-51-00
Page 95
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
(c) Architecture
The adaptation board perfoms the summing of all the modulation
signals. As a security precaution, there are two independent
summation circuits.
The output of the first summation circuit is transmitted to the
master audio board (board A).
The output of the second summation circuit is transmitted to the
slave audio board (board B).
NOTE : The ouputs of the first summation circuit is also
____
transmitted to the MECH and Audio 6 outputs.
(3) Not Applicable
**ON A/C 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(4) Logic Processing Function
(Ref. Fig. 031)
(a) Purpose
Each user of the audio integrating system has an associated
logic-processing channel.
The logic processing function manages the processing channel at
AMU level and enables the use of the system.
In particular:
- It dialogs with the associated ACP, with the BITE circuit or
the SELCAL-CALL circuit.
- It manages the various inputs/outputs of the processing
channel.
(b) Composition
The logic processing channel comprises:
- A computer
- An interface circuit to ARINC 429 standard
- A serial interface circuit
- A control interface circuit.
1
_ Computer
It comprises the peripherals required for the operation of the
microprocessor, clock, monitoring circuit (watchdog),
memories, address decoder, etc.
2
_ ARINC 429 interface
This circuit ensures the interface with the ACP and comprises:
a transmission interface, a reception interface, a
microprocessor interface.
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 96
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Logic Processing - Block Diagram
Figure 031
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 97
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
- Transmission interface
The transmission interface conditions the electrical levels
in compliance with ARINC 429 standard.
- Reception interface
The reception interface enables the galvanic insulation of
the link between the ACP and the AMU. It also reconstitutes
the transmission clock and the information.
- Microprocessor interface
Transmission: this interface receives data in byte form from
the microprocessor. This data is required to transmit the
messages and to condition them in compliance with ARINC 429
standard.
Reception: this interface receives the transmission clock
and the data in ARINC message form. It transmits this data
to the microprocessor in byte form.
3
_ Serial interfaces
These interfaces enable data exchange between the logic
processing function and the BITE and SELCAL-CALL functions.
These interfaces are mainly comprised of 2 ACIAs (Asynchronous
Communication Interface Adaptors).
4
_ Command interface
This interface comprises PIAs (Peripherals Interface Adaptors)
or buffer registers. The microprocessor uses them to acquire
discrete information (e.g. PTT switches) or to generate
commands. These commands are sent to the various functions
(e.g. transmission selection command, setting into service of
VOICE/ON filter).
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
F. SELCAL Function - Mechanic Call - Cabin Attendant Call
(1) Purpose
The SELCAL-CALL system of the audio management system gives :
- A visual and aural indication of the calls from the ground stations
equipped with a coding device which can be used by the aircraft
installation (SELCAL system - Selective Calling). The calls are
sent on the radio frequencies which link the aircraft to the
ground. The communication channels used are : VHF1 - VH2 and VHF3,
HF1, HF2 if installed.
- A visual indication of the calls from the ground crew or from the
Cabin Attendants.
NOTE : The ground crew call system is described in chapter 23-42-00:
____
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 98
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Cockpit-to-ground crew call system (circuit WC).
The Cabin Attendant call system is part of chapter 23-73-00:
Cabin Intercommunication Data System (circuit RH).
**ON A/C 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(2) SELCAL
(a) Ground system
(Ref. Fig. 032)
The ground system transmits, via VHF or HF transmitters, a
selective call code. This code comprises 2 consecutive pulses
each containing a mixture of the 2 frequencies. This enables the
calls to be differentiated.
The call comprises a single-code transmission without repeat.
R **ON A/C 053-199, 251-251, 303-399,
(2) SELCAL
(a) Ground system
(Ref. Fig. 032)
The ground system transmits, via VHF or HF transmitters, a
selective call code. This code comprises 2 consecutive pulses
each containing a mixture of the 2 frequencies. According to the
ARINC 714 specification, this enables the calls to be
differentiated.
The call comprises a single-code transmission without repeat.
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
(b) Aircraft system
**ON A/C 001-006, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 033)
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 033A)
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 99
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
SELCAL System - Ground System
Figure 032
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page A0
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
SELCAL System - Aircraft System
Figure 033
R
EFF : 001-006, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page A1
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
R SELCAL System - Aircraft System
R Figure 033A
EFF :
007-007, 23-51-00
Page A2
Config-1 Nov 01/05
THY
R **ON A/C 053-199, 251-251, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 033B)
**ON A/C 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
The aircraft receivers detect and capture the call signals
transmitted by the ground stations (VHF or HF). Once detected,
the signals are sent to the AMU SELCAL card.
This SELCAL card is equipped with 5 inputs. These inputs
correspond to the various communication facilities on the
aircraft (VHF1 - VHF2 - VHF3 - HF1 - HF2 in accordance with
aircraft definition).
The SELCAL decoder permanently scans the 5 inputs on which the
calls may be present. It analyzes the received signals to check
if they comprise the frequencies relevant to aircraft code. The
operator programs this code on the SELCAL code panel.
If the frequencies and aircraft code correspond, the warning
system transmits an aural signal. The CALL legend on each ACP
associated to the system which received the call (VHF1 - VHF2 -
VHF3 - HF1 - HF2) comes on.
Push the RESET pushbutton switch located on each ACP to reset the
aural and lighted call.
R **ON A/C 053-199, 251-251, 303-399,
The aircraft receivers detect and capture the call signals
transmitted by the ground stations (VHF or HF). Once detected,
the signals are sent to the AMU SELCAL board.
This SELCAL card is equipped with 5 inputs. These inputs
correspond to the various communication facilities on the
aircraft (VHF1 - VHF2 - VHF3 - HF1 - HF2 in accordance with
aircraft definition).
The SELCAL function continuously monitors the digital data of the
five radio communication channels. It analyzes the received
signals to check if they comprise the frequencies relevant to
aircraft code. The operator programs this code on the SELCAL code
panel.
If the frequencies and aircraft code correspond, the warning
system transmits an aural signal. The CALL legend on each ACP
associated to the system which received the call (VHF1 - VHF2 -
VHF3 - HF1 - HF2) comes on.
Push the RESET pushbutton switch located on each ACP to reset the
aural and lighted call.
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page A3
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
SELCAL System - Aircraft System
Figure 033B
R
EFF :
053-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-51-00
Page A4
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
(c) Associated peripheral assemblies
The SELCAL system is associated with:
- The radio communication systems VHF1 - VHF2 - VHF3 - HF1 - HF2
(in accordance with aircraft definition).
- The Flight Warning Computer (FWC) system.
(d) Operation of the system
**ON A/C 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 034)
1
_ Operation
The SELCAL signal issued by the various communication
assemblies is applied, depending on its source, to one of the
5 input channels (VHF1, VHF2, VHF3, HF1, HF2).
An input compressor-filter first processes this signal:
- The input compressor (comprises a high gain amplifier and a
deviation detector amplifier) delivers an LF signal with
constant amplitude irrespective of input signal level
- The filter eliminates all frequencies above 3 Khz to enable
further processing of the signals by digital filtering.
At output of the 5 filters, the signals are sent to an
analog-digital converter. This converter has 2 functions:
- It constantly scans the 5 analog inputs under the control of
the calculating unit.
- It selects the channel on which a call is transmitted
(multiplexing function).
- It converts the analog signals into 8-bit digital signals so
that they can be used by the calculating unit.
At the output of the converter, an 8-bit data bus transmits
the digital signals to the calculation unit.
The calculating unit:
- Recognizes if the code of the signals received corresponds
to the code given by the SELCAL code panel
- Interprets and manages the various information received from
the input circuits: ground crew call, Cabin Attendant call,
pin-program information, test request, etc.
- Generates the various messages transmitted to the output
circuits.
When the system operates correctly, this enables the
indication of calls, the link with the BITE circuit, etc.
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page A5
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
SELCAL System - Block Diagram
Figure 034
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page A6
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
The calculating unit checks the concordance between the code
selected on the SELCAL code panel and the received code. It
then generates a digital message. This message is sent via the
output stages to the various audio cards. The audio cards
transmit the information to the various ACPs via their
connecting bus in order to switch on the associated lights.
Likewise, data is sent to the FWC system.
This enables audio indication of the call.
When an operator pushes the RESET pushbutton switch on one of
the ACPs, data is sent to the associated audio card. This data
is transmitted via the input stages to the calculating unit.
This calculating unit re-initializes the system.
2
_ Ground crew and Cabin Attendant call system
**ON A/C 001-006, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 035)
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 035A)
R **ON A/C 053-199, 251-251, 303-399,
1
_ Operation
The SELCAL signal issued by the various communication
assemblies is applied, depending on its source, to one of the
5 input channels (VHF1, VHF2, VHF3, HF1, HF2).
The calculating unit:
- Recognizes if the code of the signals received corresponds
to the code given by the SELCAL code panel
- Interprets and manages the various information received from
the input circuits: ground crew call, Cabin Attendant call.
- Generates the various messages transmitted to the output
circuits.
The calculating unit checks the concordance between the code
selected on the SELCAL code panel and the received code. It
then generates a digital message. This message is sent to the
audio boards which transmit the information to the various
ACPs via their connecting bus in order to switch on the
associated lights.
Likewise, data is sent to the FWC system.
This enables audio indication of the call.
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page A7
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Ground Crew and Cabin Attendant Call System - Block Diagram
Figure 035
R
EFF : 001-006, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page A8
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
R Ground Crew and Cabin Attendant Call System - Block Diagram
R Figure 035A
EFF :
007-007, 23-51-00
Page A9
Config-1 Nov 01/05
THY
When an operator pushes the RESET pushbutton switch on one of
the ACPs, data is sent to the associated audio card. This data
is transmitted via the input stages to the calculating unit.
This calculating unit re-initializes the system.
2
_ Ground crew and Cabin Attendant call system
(Ref. Fig. 033B)
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
- Operation of ground crew call
This circuit displays the call from the ground crew in the
cockpit.
NOTE : Chapter ATA 23-42 (Cockpit-to-Ground Crew Call System -
____
Circuit WC) gives the operation of the ground crew call
circuit.
- Operation
When pushbutton switch 10WC (located on external
power panel 108VU) is pushed, it sends ground
information to the calculating unit via the input
stages.
The information is processed then a message is sent
via the output stages to the various audio cards and
then to the ACPs.
This causes the MECH legend to flash (coupled with
INT transmission pushbutton switch) for 60 seconds.
After 60 seconds, or when the RESET pushbutton switch
is pressed, like the SELCAL system, the circuit is
re-initialized.
- Operation of Cabin Attendant Call
This circuit displays calls made from the cabin by
the Cabin Attendants in the cockpit.
NOTE : Chapter ATA 23-73 (Cabin Intercommunication Data System
____
- Circuit RH) gives the operation of the call circuit.
- Operation
When a call is made from the Cabin Attendant station,
the CIDS generates ground information. This
information is sent to the calculating unit via the
input stages.
The information is processed then sent via the output
stages to the various audio cards and then to the
ACPs. On the ACPs, this causes ATT legend to flash
(coupled with CAB pushbutton switch) for 60 seconds.
After 60 seconds or when the RESET pushbutton switch
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page A10
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
is pushed, like the SELCAL system, the calculating
unit re-initializes the circuit.
It also sends information to the CIDS for
re-initialization via the output stages.
NOTE : It is possible to inhibit the automatic function which
____
causes the MECH and ATT flashing call legends to stop.
(Ref. Para. Operation - Pin Program)
**ON A/C 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
3
_ Other functions
- Pin-program
The calculating unit collects the information given by the
pin-program. It processes this information then sends it:
.to the various audio cards and then to the ACPs.
.to the BITE circuit to enable this circuit to generate a
data message which is sent to the CFDIU system.
- BITE circuit
The BITE system sends a test request message to the
SELCAL-CALL card via the input stages.
A test unit comprised of an LF-signal generator circuit,
output status-check circuits and input forcing circuits is
integrated into this card.
The calculating unit processes the messages then triggers
the test program.
The result is sent in message form to the BITE circuit.
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
G. Pin-Program
**ON A/C 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 036)
R **ON A/C 053-199, 251-251, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 036A)
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page A11
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Pin-Program - Block Diagram
Figure 036
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page A12
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
Pin-Program - Block Diagram
Figure 036A
R
EFF :
053-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-51-00
Page A13
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
In a simple way, the pin-program adapts the AMU to suit the various
configurations of the audio system.
The pin-programm:
- Inhibits the function selection annunciators located on the face of the
ACP which correspond to the uninstalled optional equipment (VHF3, HF1,
HF2)
- Sends, after processing in the AMU, installation information relevant
to the previous equipment and information relevant to the optional
navigation equipment (ADF2 - MLS). It sends this information to the
CFDIU via an output bus.
- Inhibits the automatic reset function after the Cabin Attendant and
ground crew calls have operated for 60 seconds.
- Enables change from FAA certification to CAA certification.
- Enables the PA transmission pushbutton switch located on each ACP to be
given stable operation (i.e. same as the other transmission pushbutton
switches).
Operation
It is possible to modify the programming of these functions by installing
specific shunts. This generates a message which (after it has been
processed) is sent to the various ACPs, to the CFDIU or to the management
microprocessor.
**ON A/C 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
H. Electrical Power Supply
(Ref. Fig. 037)
Seven separate power-supply networks supply the AMU:
- One +28 V input for each processing channel (5 in maximum
configuration)
- One +28 V input which supplies the flight interphone function.
- One +28 V input which supplies the SELCAL-CALL and BITE function.
Each network is equipped with its own protection, filter and regulation
systems.
R **ON A/C 053-199, 251-251, 303-399,
J. Additional cockpit occupant function (optional)
On AMU 4031SB, all the audio circuits and interfaces for the optional 5th
Occupant (located in cockpit) are implemented on the BITE board :
- power supply interface
- microphone supply interface
- selection and input of audio signals from the 5th Occupant microphones
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page A14
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Electrical Power Supplies of the AMU - Block Diagram
Figure 037
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page A15
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
- digital to analog conversion of reception signals
- amplification and impedance matching of audio output interface
- radio PTT selection interface
- discrete interface
- ARINC 429 interface with the 5th Occupant ACP
NOTE : For the other crew members, these circuits and interfaces are
____
located on the audio boards and adaptation board.
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
7. _________
BITE Test
**ON A/C 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
A. Purpose
The audio system BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) serves as an aid for line
maintenance in workshop and Service Department.
It is used when faulty units are to be detected, replaced or repaired.
It limits the number of unwanted removals of the system components.
The BITE:
- Constantly transmits the actual status of the system
(availability-unavailability).
- Memorizes any failures which occurred during the 63 previous flight
segments or up to memory capacity.
- Monitors the data exchanges between the system components.
- Centralizes the triggered tests or self-test results.
- Dialogs with the CFDIU by means of menus.
- An additional function is the transmission of the pin-program and a
message which serve to identify the system.
B. General Operation
(1) Normal mode
This mode cyclically interrogates the AMU cards in order to know
their status and the status of the associated ACP. It transmits this
information to the CFDIU and if a failure is detected, records this
information in the failure memory.
It interrogates the cards one after each other every 13 ms. The
processing card generates information with respect to the self-test
of this card and the data from the associated ACP. This information
is sent to the BITE. This information is sent to CFDIU cyclically
every 200 ms under label 356.
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page A16
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
(2) Menu mode
This mode is used only on the ground. It enables dialog between the
AMU and an operator via the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit
(MCDU).
An air-ground discrete gives the ground-flight information.
The LGCIU (Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit - ATA 32-31-00 -
Circuit GA) delivers the air-ground discrete.
R **ON A/C 053-199, 251-251, 303-399,
A. Purpose
The Audio Management Unit (AMU) is equipped with a Type 1 BITE circuit.
B. Not Applicable
**ON A/C 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
C. Functional description
(Ref. Fig. 038)
The operator uses the 2 MCDUs 3CA1 and 3CA2 installed on the center
pedestal to manage the BITE sytem (REF ATA 22-82-00).
For the various operations to be performed and the displays obtained,
Ref.following figures
(Ref. Fig. 039, 040, 041, 042, 043)
D. Not Applicable
E. Not Applicable
R **ON A/C 053-199, 251-251, 303-399,
C. BITE Description
(Ref. Fig. 038A)
The two AUDIO boards, the SELCAL board, the BITE board and the ACPs are
the elements monitored by the AMU BITE.
D. Function
The main purpose of the AUDIO system BITE is to supply maintenance
assistance. The integrated maintenance function has two levels :
- a real time maintenance, which is active during the operation of the
unit
- a ground maintenance, which brings into operation tests that cannot be
performed during the flight.
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page A17
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
MCDU - Location
Figure 038
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page A18
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
Audio Integrating System - BITE Description
Figure 038A
R
EFF :
053-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-51-00
Page A19
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
MCDU - Functional Description
Figure 039
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page A20
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Audio Integrating System (AIS) - LAST LEG REPORT - (Sheet 2/2)
Figure 040
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page A21
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
Audio Integrating System (AIS) - LAST LEG REPORT
Figure 040A
R
EFF :
053-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-51-00
Page A22
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Audio Integrating System (AIS) - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT - (Sheet 2/2)
Figure 041
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page A23
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
Audio Integrating System (AIS) - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
Figure 041A
R
EFF :
053-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-51-00
Page A24
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Audio Integrating System (AIS) - LRU IDENTIFICATION - (Sheet 2/2)
Figure 042
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page A25
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
Audio Integrating System (AIS) - LRU IDENTIFICATION
Figure 042A
R
EFF :
053-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-51-00
Page A26
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Audio Integrating System (AIS) - TEST - (Sheet 2/2)
Figure 043
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page A27
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
The BITE board manages the dialogue with the CFDIU. It dates and stores
in an EPROM memory all the faults detected in the system during the
previous 63 flight legs.
The BITE board transmits to the CFDIU the data and information that
follow :
- functional status of the system (AMU and ACPs)
- results of the Built-in tests and of the CFDIU-requested tests
- unit ATA identifier code - part number and serial number of the unit
- part number of the ACPs
- pin programming, which is a constant data stored in the EPROM memory.
E. Operation
(1) Normal mode
The normal mode of operation consists in monitoring cyclically the
status of the AMU cards and the status of the associated ACP,
transmitting data to the CFDIU and, if any failure is detected,
storing it in the fault memory.
(2) Menu mode
The menu mode of operation is only activated on the ground and it
consists in a dialogue between the AMU and the operator through one
of the three MCDUs. Flight/ground data is given by the CFDIU and when
there is no data from a ground circuit (flight/ground discrete), it
is given by the LGCIU.
For the Audio Integrating System (AIS), the menu mode consists of the
following:
(Ref. Fig. 039)
- a LAST LEG REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 040A)
- a PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 041A)
- a LRU IDENTIFICATION
(Ref. Fig. 042A)
- a TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
(Ref. Fig. 044)
- a GROUND REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 045)
- a TEST
(Ref. Fig. 043A)
R
EFF :
053-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-51-00
Page A28
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Audio Integrating System (AIS) - TEST
Figure 043A
R
EFF :
053-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-51-00
Page A29
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Audio Integrating System (AIS) - TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
Figure 044
R
EFF :
053-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-51-00
Page A30
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Audio Integrating System (AIS) - GROUND REPORT
Figure 045
R
EFF :
053-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-51-00
Page A31
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(3) Other functions
The AMU BITE circuit ensures two additional functions
- It transmits the status of the pin-program
- It transmits an identification message.
(a) Transmission of PIN-PROGRAM*
- The BITE circuit generates a message giving the installation
status of certain equipment (VHF3 - HF1 - HF2 - ADF2 - MLS).
This message is generated from the information sent by the
SELCAL card which receives the pin-program. It is sent to the
CFDIU.
- The CFDIU system requires this information in order to transmit
this information to the relevant circuits such as the RMPs
(Radio Management Panels) and the SDAC (System Data Acquisition
Concentrator).
- This information is transmitted in 32-bit word form in
compliance with ARINC 429 with label 350.
Word structure is as follows:
b32 b31 b30 b23 b16 b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | |M |A |H |H |V | | | |
P | 0 0 |0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0| L | D | F | F | H | 0 | 0|LABEL|
| | | S| F | 2| 1| F | | | 350 |
| | | | 2| | | 3| | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Bit at logic 0: the equipment is not installed
- Bit at logic 1: the equipment is installed
(b) Transmission of identification message
Every component connected to the maintenance centralized system
transmits an identification message to facilitate and shorten the
test procedures.
The identification code assigned to the AMU is 6A.
This information is transmitted in 32-bit word form in compliance
with ARINC 429 with label 377.
Word structure is as follows:
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page A32
Config-1 Feb 01/06
THY
b31 b30 b29 b19 b18 b15 b14 b11 b10 b9 b8 b1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | |
| P | 0 0 | 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 | 6 | A | 0 | 1 | LABEL 377 |
| | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 053-199, 251-251, 303-399,
(3) Other functions
The AMU BITE circuit ensures two additional functions
- It transmits the status of the pin-program
- It transmits an identification message.
(a) Transmission of PIN-PROGRAM*
- The BITE circuit generates a message giving the installation
status of certain equipment (VHF3 - HF1 - HF2 - ADF2 - MLS). It
is sent to the CFDIU.
- The CFDIU system requires this information in order to transmit
this information to the relevant circuits such as the RMPs
(Radio Management Panels) and the SDAC (System Data Acquisition
Concentrator).
- This information is transmitted in 32-bit word form in
compliance with ARINC 429 with label 350.
Word structure is as follows:
b32 b31 b30 b23 b16 b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | |M |A |H |H |V | | | |
P | 0 0 |0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0| L | D | F | F | H | 0 | 0|LABEL|
| | | S| F | 2| 1| F | | | 350 |
| | | | 2| | | 3| | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Bit at logic 0: the equipment is not installed
- Bit at logic 1: the equipment is installed
(b) Transmission of identification message
Every component connected to the maintenance centralized system
transmits an identification message to facilitate and shorten the
test procedures.
The identification code assigned to the AMU is 6A.
This information is transmitted in 32-bit word form in compliance
with ARINC 429 with label 377.
Word structure is as follows:
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page A33
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
b31 b30 b29 b19 b18 b15 b14 b11 b10 b9 b8 b1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | |
| P | 0 0 | 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 | 6 | A | 0 | 1 | LABEL 377 |
| | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
F. Power-up Tests Initialization and Cockpit Repercussions
(1) Conditions of power-up tests initialization
- How long the computer must be de-energized: 1 s.
- A/C configuration:
. Whatever the A/C configuration on ground
(2) Progress of power-up tests
- Duration: 1 s.
- Cockpit repercussions directly linked to power-up test
accomplishment (some other repercussions may occur depending on the
A/C configuration but these can be disregarded):
- None
(3) Results of power-up tests (cockpit repercussions, if any, in case of
tests pass/tests failed).
- Tests pass:
. None
- Tests failed:
. None
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page A34
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
_____________________________________________________________
AUDIO MANAGEMENT (INTEGRATING/ FLIGHT INTERPHONE/SELCAL/CALL)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________
1. General
_______
A. Functions
The audio management system provides the means for using:
(1) All the radio communication, SATCOM and radio navigation facilities
installed on the aircraft:
- In transmission mode: it collects the microphone inputs of the
various crew stations and directs them to the communication
systems.
- In reception mode : it collects the audio outputs of the
communication systems and the navigation receivers and directs them
to the various crew stations.
(2) The flight interphone system:
- Telephone links between the various crew stations in the cockpit.
- Telephone links between the cockpit and the ground crew from the
external power receptacle.
(3) The SELCAL (Selective Calling) system:
- Visual and aural indication of calls from ground stations equipped
with a coding device used by the aircraft installation.
(4) Certain calls:
- Visual indication of the ground crew and the Cabin Attendants
calls.
2. System
__________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The system comprises:
- 1 AMU
- 2 hand microphone receptacles (CAPT and F/O)
- 2 loud speaker potentiometers with incorporated switches
- 2 radio PTT switches
- 1 jack for the ground crew
- 1 AUDIO SWITCHING selector switch
- 1 SELCAL code panel.
NOTE : In addition, the system uses :
____
- 2 loud speakers which are part of the central warning system
(Flight Warning Computer, ATA 31-53-00, Circuit WW)
- 3 oxygen mask microphones which are part of the oxygen system
(OXYGEN-ATA 35-00-00, Circuit HM)
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 1
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
- 2 relay boxes which are part of the DMC system (Display Management
Computer-ATA 31-63-00, Circuit WT)
- FLIGHT/GROUND information from the LGCIU (Landing Gear Control and
Interface Unit - ATA 32-31-00, Circuit GA).
NOTE : System provision are provided for the installation of an audio
____
control panel in the avionics compartment.
System provision includes:
- a jack panel
- a blanking place
- a circuit breaker.
3. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 002)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1RN AMU 81VU 127 824 23-51-34
2RN1 ACP-CAPT 11VU 211 831 23-51-12
2RN2 ACP-F/O 11VU 211 831 23-51-12
2RN3 ACP-3RD OCCPNT 20VU 211 831 23-51-12
3RN SELCAL CODE PNL 80VU 128 824 23-51-13
10RN1 STOWAGE BOX-OXY MASK, CAPT 211 831 35-12-41
10RN2 STOWAGE BOX-OXY MASK, F/O 212 831 35-12-41
10RN3 STOWAGE BOX-OXY MASK, 3RD OCCPNT 212 831 35-12-41
16RN SEL SW-AUDIO SWITCHING 48VU 211 831 23-51-00
11RN SW-RAD PTT, CAPT 191VU 211 831 23-51-17
12RN SW-RAD PTT, F/O 180VU 212 831 23-51-17
14RN JACK-FLT INTPH 108VU 120 824 23-51-00
15RN1 POT-LOUD SPEAKER, CAPT 301VU 211 831 23-51-00
15RN2 POT-LOUD SPEAKER, F/O 500VU 212 831 23-51-00
17RN1 RCPT-BOOMSET, CAPT 61VU 211 831 23-51-00
17RN2 RCPT-BOOMSET, F/O 60VU 212 831 23-51-00
17RN3 RCPT-BOOMSET, 3RD OCCPNT 62VU 212 831 23-51-00
18RN1 JACK-HEADSET, CAPT 61VU 211 831 23-51-00
18RN2 JACK-HEADSET, F/O 60VU 212 831 23-51-00
18RN3 JACK-HEADSET, 3RD OCCPNT 62VU 212 831 23-51-00
18RN5 JACK-HEADSET, SUPPLEMENTARY 15VU 211 831 23-51-00
19RN1 RCPT-HAND MIC, CAPT 17VU 211 831 23-51-00
19RN2 RCPT-HAND MIC, F/O 16VU 212 831 23-51-00
19RN3 RCPT-HAND MIC, 3RD OCCPNT 62VU 212 831 23-51-00
7WW LOUD SPEAKER-CAPT 6VU 211 831 31-53-21
8WW LOUD SPEAKER-F/O 6VU 212 831 31-53-21
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 2
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Audio Management - Block Diagram
Figure 001
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 3/4
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
23-51-00
Page 5
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
R Audio Management - Component Location Audio Management
Figure 002 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 6
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
R Audio Management - Component Location Audio Management
Figure 002 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 7
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
R Audio Management - Component Location Audio Management
Figure 002 (SHEET 3)
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 8
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
R Audio Management - Component Location Audio Management
Figure 002 (SHEET 4)
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 9
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
A. Audio Management System
(1) The Audio Management Unit (AMU) 1RN is located in the avionics
compartment in the aft electronics rack 80VU on shelf 81VU.
(2) The three Audio Control Panels (ACP) are identified and located as
follows:
- 2RN1 - center pedestal 11VU, Captain side,
- 2RN2 - center pedestal 11VU, First Officer side,
- 2RN3 - overhead panel 20VU.
(3) These receptacles and jacks panels are identified and located as
follows:
- 17RN1 (boomset receptacle) and 18RN1 (headset jack) on overhead
panel 61VU, Captain side,
- 17RN2 (boomset receptacle) and 18RN2 (headset jack) on overhead
panel 60VU, First Officer side,
- 17RN3 (boomset receptacle), 18RN3 (headset jack) and 19RN3 (hand
mic receptacle) on panel 62VU on the right rear wall in the
cockpit.
(4) The supplementary headset jack 18RN5 is located on the left rear
console, panel 15VU.
(5) The two hand mic receptacles are identified and located as follows:
- 19RN1 on left console, panel 17VU, Captain side,
- 19RN2 on right console, panel 16VU, First Officer side.
(6) The two loud speaker potentiometers with incorporated switches are
identified and located as follows:
- 15RN1 on instrument panel, Captain side, panel 301VU,
- 15RN2 on instrument panel, First Officer side, panel 500VU.
(7) The two radio PTT switches are identified and located as follows:
- 11RN on side stick hand-grip, Captain side, 191VU
- 12RN on side stick hand-grip, First Officer side, 180VU.
(8) The three oxygen-mask stowage-boxes are identified and located as
follows:
- 10RN1 on left side console 101VU, Captain side,
- 10RN2 on right side console 700VU, First Officer side,
- 10RN3 on right side console 700VU beside the First Officer oxygen
mask.
(9) The flight interphone jack for the ground crew 14RN is located on the
external power panel 108VU.
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 10
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
(10) The AUDIO SWITCHING selector switch 16RN is located on the overhead
panel 48VU.
(11) The SELCAL code panel 3RN is located in the avionics compartment,
above the aft electronics rack 80VU.
NOTE : Full provision is made for the installation of an audio
____
control panel in the avionics compartment comprising the
following equipment:
- 17RN4 (boomset receptacle), 18RN4 (headset jack) and 19RN4
(hand mic receptacle) located on the panel 63VU in the
avionics compartment above the rack 80VU.
Remark: This panel also comprises a connector 3RJ for
connecting a boomset to the service interphone circuit,
circuit RJ, ATA 23-44.
- the blanking plate is located on the panel 63VU in the
avionics compartment above the electronics rack 80VU.
4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 003, 004)
A. Busbar 101PP
- Supply of the 3rd Occupant ACP 2RN3 and its associated electronic
circuit located in the AMU via 3A circuit breaker 6RN.
- Supply of the calls card in the AMU via 3A circuit breaker 8RN.
B. Busbar 401PP
- Supply of the Captain ACP 2RN1 and its associated electronic circuit
located in the AMU via 3A circuit breaker 4RN.
- Supply of the first Officer ACP 2RN2 and its associated electronic
circuit located in the AMU via 3A circuit breaker 5RN.
- Supply of the Flight-Interphone Electronic Card located in the AMU via
3A circuit breaker 9RN.
NOTE : Circuit breakers 4RN, 5RN and 9RN are located on the overhead
____
panel 49VU.
Circuit breakers 6RN and 8RN are located on the rear wall, on
panel 121VU.
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 11
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Audio Management - Electrical Power Supply of System
Figure 003
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 12
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Audio Management -Circuit Breakers location
Figure 004
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 13
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
5. Interface
_________
A. ACP/AMU Interface
(1) Structure of message
The messages exchanged between the AMU and the ACP are transmitted in
compliance with ARINC Specification No. 429 at a low frequency (12
KHz).
(Ref. Fig. 005)
Item A.
For a transmission rate of 12 KHz, the elementary bit time is:
1/12 KHz = 83.3 microseconds.
As a word comprises 32 bits:
t1 = 32 X 83.3 microseconds = 2.67 ms
and as a word is transmitted every 10 ms:
t2 = 10 ms.
The time between 2 words is:
t2 - t1 = 7.33 ms.
(2) Protocol for data exchange between AMU and ACP
A dialog exists between the ACP and the AMU in order to establish a
looped circuit.
The ACP transmits three types of words:
- 1st type of word designated word O or status request word.
- 2nd type of word designated volume control word.
- 3rd type of word designated coded data of ACP P/N.
The AMU transmits two words designated status words.
Structure of dialog
(Ref. Fig. 005)
Item B
(a) ACP-to-AMU connection
The ACP transmits a word every 10 ms in the following order:
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 14
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Audio Management - Word Messages
Figure 005
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 15
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
. Status request word Word 0
. VHF1 volume control word Word 1
. VHF2 volume control word Word 2
. VHF3 volume control word Word 3
. HF1 volume control word Word 4
. HF2 volume control word Word 5
. INT volume control word Word 6
. CAB volume control word Word 7
. PA volume control word Word 8
. VOR1 volume control word Word 9
. VOR2 volume control word Word 10
. MKR volume control word Word 11
. LS volume control word Word 12
. SATCOM 1 volume control word Word 13
. SATCOM 2 volume control word Word 14
. ADF1 volume control word Word 15
. ADF2 volume control word Word 16
. PART NUMBER part 1 word Word 17
. PART NUMBER part 2 word Word 18
- This cyclic transmission continues provided that no volume
control modification or any other data modification appears.
- As soon as a modification is detected at any data level, the
system emits the concerned word every 10 ms until this data is
fixed (end of modifications).
- However, a complete basic cycle is emitted after 210 ms to
up-date, if applicable, other data.
- Moreover, the status request word will be emitted
systematically every 210 ms irrespective of the data
modifications in progress.
(b) AMU-to-ACP connection
These words arrive every 210 ms (word 2 arrives 10 ms after word
1) and give the SELCAL call status, transmission channel return
and pin-programming status.
(3) Types of word
(a) Words from ACP
1
_ First type of words
(designated word 0 or status request word)
b b b b b b b b b b
32 31 28 27 12 11 10 9 8 1
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| P | Reseved | ER ER | R | SDI | LABEL |
| | | 15-----------------------------------0 | T | | 300 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 16
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Program identification
- b1 to b8 : Label : Byte which defines the type of data sent.
Label 300 is assigned to word 0.
- b9 : SDI : Bit sets to 1.
- b10 : SDI : Bit sets to 0.
- b11 : Status of ACP test ( in progress : 1, not in progress : 0)
- b12 to b27 : Error : Gives the result of a self-test and a fault
diagnosis.
-------------------------------------------------------------------
| b| b| b| b| b| b| b| b| b| b| b| b| b| b| b| b| ERROR |
|27|26|25|24|23|22|21|20|19|18|17|16|15|14|13|12| |
|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|-----------------|
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1| RAM |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1| | MICROPROCESSOR |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1| | | CHECKSUM |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | 1| | | | CONVERSION |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | 1| | | | | ARINC RECEPTION |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | 1| | | | | | RECEPTION ERROR |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | 1| | | | | | | COLUMN 1 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | 1| | | | | | | | COLUMN 2 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | 1| | | | | | | | | COLUMN 3 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | 1| | | | | | | | | | COLUMN 4 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | 1| | | | | | | | | | | LINE |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | 1| | | | | | | | | | | | PIN-PROGRAMMING |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | 1| | | | | | | | | | | | | VOICE |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | 1| | | | | | | | | | | | | | EMISSION |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 1| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | CONVERSION |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 1| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | KEYBOARD |
-------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 17
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
- b28 to b31 : Reserved (set to 0)
- b32 : Parity bit (odd).
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 18
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
2
_ Second type of word
(designated volume control word or word n)
b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b
32 31 28 27 26 25 24 17 16 15 14 11 10 9 8 1
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | |R | | | | | | | | |
| | ER ER ER ER |E |V |ON/|D D D D D D D D|I |R | E E E E | | |
|P | |S | | | |N |A | | SDI | LABEL |
| | 20 19 18 17 |E |O |OFF|7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0|T |D | 3 2 1 0 | | |
| | |T | | | | | | | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Program Identification
- b1 to b8 : Label : Byte which defines the type of data sent
(Ref. label table)
- b9 to b10 : SDI : Bits which identify the relevant system
--------------------------------------------------------------
| | LABEL CODE | SDI BITS |
| |----------------------|-----------|
| | ARINC | BYTE IN | b10 | b9 |
| | STANDARD |HEXADECIMAL| | |
--------------------------------------------------------------
|Status request word | 300 | 0 3 | 0 | 1 |
| | | | | |
|VHF1 volume control word | 210 | 1 1 | 0 | 1 |
| | | | | |
|VHF2 volume control word | 210 | 1 1 | 1 | 0 |
| | | | | |
|VHF3 volume control word | 210 | 1 1 | 1 | 1 |
| | | | | |
|HF1 volume control word | 211 | 9 1 | 0 | 1 |
| | | | | |
|HF2 volume control word | 211 | 9 1 | 1 | 0 |
| | | | | |
|INT volume control word | 215 | B 1 | 0 | 1 |
| | | | | |
|CAB volume control word | 215 | B 1 | 1 | 0 |
| | | | | |
|PA volume control word | 212 | 5 1 | 1 | 1 |
| | | | | |
|VOR1 volume control word | 213 | D 1 | 0 | 1 |
| | | | | |
|VOR2 volume control word | 213 | D 1 | 1 | 0 |
| | | | | |
|MKR volume control word | 213 | D 1 | 1 | 1 |
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 19
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
--------------------------------------------------------------
| | LABEL CODE | SDI BITS |
| |----------------------|-----------|
| | ARINC | BYTE IN | b10 | b9 |
| | STANDARD |HEXADECIMAL| | |
--------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | |
|ILS volume control word | 217 | F 1 | 0 | 0 |
| | | | | |
|SATCOM 1 volume ctl word | 220 | 0 9 | 0 | 1 |
| | | | | |
|SATCOM 2 volume ctl word | 220 | 0 9 | 1 | 0 |
| | | | | |
|ADF1 volume control word | 212 | 5 1 | 0 | 1 |
| | | | | |
|ADF2 volume control word | 212 | 5 1 | 1 | 0 |
| | | | | |
|PART NUMBER part 1 word | 302 | 4 3 | 0 | 0 |
| | | | | |
|PART NUMBER part 2 word | 302 | 4 3 | 0 | 1 |
--------------------------------------------------------------
- b11 to b14 : Status of transmission keyboard (Ref.
transmission selection table) ACP transmission selection-table
---------------------------------------------------------
| b14 | b13 | b12 | b11 | |
--------------------------------------------------------|
| 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | No channel selected |
| | | | | |
| 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | VHF1 |
| | | | | |
| 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | VHF2 |
| | | | | |
| 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | VHF3 |
| | | | | |
| 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 | HF1 |
| | | | | |
| 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | HF2 |
| | | | | |
| 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | INT |
| | | | | |
| 0 | 1 | 1 | 1 | CAB |
| | | | | |
| 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 | PA |
| | | | | |
| 1 | 0 | 0 | 1 | SATCOM 1 |
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 20
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
---------------------------------------------------------
| b14 | b13 | b12 | b11 | |
--------------------------------------------------------|
| | | | | |
| 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 | SATCOM 2 |
| | | | | |
| 1 | 0 | 1 | 1 | SATCOM 1 DEACTIVATED |
| | | | | |
| 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | SATCOM 2 DEACTIVATED |
| | | | | |
| 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | INVALID |
---------------------------------------------------------
- b15 : Radio PTT switch (active at 1)
- b16 : Interphone PTT switch (active at 1)
- b17 to b24 : Byte which defines the volume control value of the
channel defined by the label and the SDI
- b25 : Bit which defines the ON or OFF status of the
reception channel (1 for ON)
- b26 : Bit which sets the VOICE filter into service
(active at 1)
- b27 : Call reset (active at 1)
- b28 to b31 : Error : Bits which give a fault diagnosis
(Ref. Error bits Table)
Signification of error bits
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| b31 | b30 | b29 | b28 | |
|-------|-------|-------|-------|------------------------------------------|
| | | | 1 | Volume control deviation > 70 in HEX |
| | | | | |
| | | 1 | | Transmission pushbutton switch inhibited |
| | | | | |
| | 1 | | | VOICE pushbutton switch inhibited |
| | | | | |
| 1 | | | | RESET pushbutton switch inhibited |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- b32 : Parity bit.
3
_ Third type of word: Words 17 and 18
(designated coded data of ACP P/N)
The words 17 and 18 comprise coded data that identify ACP P/N.
This P/N is made up of two numerical parts (Part 1 and Part 2)
separated from each other by two letters.
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 21
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
- Example: ACP P/N 2788 AF 01
2788 ............. : Part 1
01 ............. : Part 2
A ............. : First letter
F ............. : Second letter .
a
_ Word composition
- Word 17
b31 b25 b24 b21 b20 b17 b16 b13 b12 b11
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ISO 5 BCD BCD BCD
1st Letter THOUSANDS HUNDREDS TENS RESERVED
PART 1 PART 1 PART 2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Word 18
b31 b25 b24 b21 b20 b17 b16 b13 b12 b11
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ISO 5 BCD BCD BCD
2nd Letter TENS UNITS UNITS RESERVED
PART 1 PART 1 PART 2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Example: ACP P/N 2788 AF 01
- Word 17
b31 b25 b24 b21 b20 b17 b16 b13 b12 b11
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
A 2 7 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Word 18
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 22
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
b31 b25 b24 b21 b20 b17 b16 b13 b12 b11
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
F 8 8 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) Word from AMU (status word)
The AMU transmits two words designated status words.
These two words are called word 1 and word 2.
1
_ Word 1
Its structure is as follows:
b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b
32 31 30 29 25 24 17 16 15 14 11 10 9 8 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------
|P |0 |0 | | | | | | |
| | | |A A A A A| | A A| E E E E | 0 0 | LABEL |
| | | |4 3 2 1 0| | 6 5| 3 2 1 0 | | 301 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Label 301 is assigned to the status word.
- b1 to b8 : Label 301 : Byte which defines the type of data sent
- b9 : Status of SATCOM 1 call (ON = 1)
- b10 : Status of SATCOM 2 call (ON = 1)
- b11 to b14 : Return of transmission keyboard status for check in
ACP (the truth table is the same as the one used in
the volume control word)
- b15 : Status of MECH call (ON = 1)
- b16 : Status of ATT call (ON = 1)
- b17 to b22 : Status of PIN PROGRAMMING
------------------------------------------------------------------
| b22 | b21 | b20 | b19 | b18 | b17 | |
-----------------------------------------------------------------|
| | | | | | 1 | VHF3 installed |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | 1 | | HF1 installed |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | 1 | | | HF2 installed |
| | | | | | | |
| | | 1 | | | | ADF2 installed |
| | | | | | | |
| | 1 | | | | | MLS (unused) |
| | | | | | | |
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 23
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
------------------------------------------------------------------
| b22 | b21 | b20 | b19 | b18 | b17 | |
-----------------------------------------------------------------|
| 1 | | | | | | Lock PA |
------------------------------------------------------------------
- b23 : ACP test requested by the BITE
- b24 : Status of PIN PROGRAMMING SATCOM 1 (ON = 1)
- b25 to b29 : Status of calls
---------------------------------------------------------
| b29 | b28 | b27 | b26 | b25 | |
--------------------------------------------------------|
| | | | | 1 |VHF1 |
| | | | | | |
| | | | 1 | |VHF2 |
| | | | | | |
| | | 1 | | |VHF3 |
| | | | | | |
| | 1 | | | | HF1 |
| | | | | | |
| 1 | | | | | HF2 |
---------------------------------------------------------
- b30 : Status of VOICE (ON = 1)
- b31 : Status of PIN PROGRAMMING SATCOM 2 (ON = 1)
- b32 : Parity bit.
2
_Word 2
Its structure is as follows:
b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b
32 31 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 9 8 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------
|P | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | LABEL |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | 303 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Label 303 is assigned to word 2.
- b1 to b8 : Label 303 : Byte which defines the type of data sent
- b9 to b15 : Reserved
- b16 : Status of PIN PROGRAMMING SATCOM FUNCTION (ON = 1)
- b17 to b18 : Status of the green bars on the SATCOM 1 transmission pushbutton
switch
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 24
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
---------------------------------------------------------------
| b18 | b17 | Status of the green bars on the SATCOM 1 |
| | | transmission pushbutton switch |
|-------|-------|---------------------------------------------|
| 0 | 0 | OFF |
| | | |
| 0 | 1 | flashes 1 cycle/s (HOLD function) |
| | | |
| 1 | 0 | flashes 2 cycles/s (AIR/GROUND call) |
| | | |
| 1 | 1 | ON |
---------------------------------------------------------------
- b19 to b20 : Status of the green bars on the SATCOM 2 transmission pu
switch
---------------------------------------------------------------
| b20 | b19 | Status of the green bars on the SATCOM 2 |
| | | transmission pushbutton switch |
|-------|-------|---------------------------------------------|
| 0 | 0 | OFF |
| | | |
| 0 | 1 | flashes 1 cycle/s (HOLD function) |
| | | |
| 1 | 0 | flashes 2 cycles/s (AIR/GROUND call) |
| | | |
| 1 | 1 | ON |
---------------------------------------------------------------
- b21 : Status of SATCOM 1 discrete No. 1 (0 = ground, 1 = open)
- b22 : Status of SATCOM 1 discrete No. 2 (0 = ground, 1 = open)
- b23 : Status of SATCOM 2 discrete No. 1 (0 = ground, 1 = open)
- b24 : Status of SATCOM 2 discrete No. 2 (0 = ground, 1 = open)
- b25 to 31 : Reserved
- b32 : Parity bit.
B. AMU/ CFDIU Interface
The input and output connection with the CFDIU is a Type 1 System.
The system is capable of a two-way communication with the CFDIU.
The AMU transmits labels 350, 356 and 377 on the output bus (labels 350
and 377 have additional functions).
Besides the maintenance function the AMU BITE circuit ensures two
additional functions:
- it transmits the status of the pin-program
- it transmits an identification message.
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 25
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
(1) Transmission of pin program
- Every 120 ms the BITE circuit generates a message which gives the
installation status of certain equipment (VHF3 - HF1 - HF2 - ADF2 -
MLS (unused) - SATCOM).
This message is generated from the information sent by the SELCAL
card which receives the pin-program. It is sent to the CFDIU.
- The CFDS requires this information in order to transmit this
information to the relevant circuits such as the Radio Management
Panels (RMP) and the SDAC.
- This information is transmitted in 32-bit word form in compliance
with ARINC 429 with label 350.
Word structure is as follows:
b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b
32 31 30 23 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 1
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | |M |S |S | A |H |H |V | | | |
|P | 0 0 |0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 |L |A |A | D |F |F |H | 0 |0 | LABEL |
| | | |S |T |T | F 2 |2 |1 |F | | | 350 |
| | | | |C |C | | | |3 | | | |
| | | | |O |O | | | | | | | |
| | | | |M |M | | | | | | | |
| | | | |2 |1 | | | | | | | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------
- Bit at logic 0 : the equipment is not installed
- Bit at logic 1 : the equipment is installed.
(2) Transmission of identification message
Every component connected to the maintenance centralized system
transmits an identification message to facilitate and shorten the
test procedures.
The identification code assigned to the AMU is: 6A.
This information is transmitted in 32-bit word form in compliance
with ARINC 429 with label 377.
Word structure is as follows:
b b b b b b b b b b b b
31 30 29 19 18 15 14 11 10 9 8 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------
|P | 0 0 |0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0| 6 | A | 0 | 1 | LABEL 377 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 26
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
C. Output Discretes
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME ELECTRICAL LEVEL TO SIGNAL STATUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALTERNATE PTT CABIN GND/O.C CIDS 1/2 XMSN
ACTIVATED = GND
ALTERNATE PTT HF 1 GND/O.C HF 1 XCVR XMSN
ACTIVATED = GND
ALTERNATE PTT HF 2 GND/O.C HF 2 XCVR XMSN
ACTIVATED = GND
ALTERNATE PTT PA GND/O.C CIDS 1/2 XMSN
ACTIVATED = GND
ALTERNATE PTT VHF 1 GND/O.C VHF 1 XCVR XMSN
ACTIVATED = GND
ALTERNATE PTT VHF 2 GND/O.C VHF 2 XCVR XMSN
ACTIVATED = GND
ALTERNATE PTT VHF 3 GND/O.C VHF 3 XCVR XMSN
ACTIVATED = GND
SELCAL INTMT BUZZER CTL GND/O.C FWC BUZZER ACTIVATED
= GND
ATTND RESET OUTPUT GND/O.C CIDS 1/2 SC RESET
ACTIVATED = GND
D. Output Analog Signals
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME ELECTRICAL LEVEL TO SIGNAL STATUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CABIN MIKE 0/0.250 V CIDS Modulation
CVR AUDIO 3rd OCCPNT 0/5.5 V CVR Modulation
CVR AUDIO CAPTAIN 0/5.5 V CVR Modulation
CVR AUDIO F/0 0/5.5 V CVR Modulation
HF 1 MIKE 0/0.250 V HF 1 XCVR Modulation
HF 2 MIKE 0/0.250 V HF 2 XCVR Modulation
PASSENGER ADDRESS MIKE 0/0.250 V CIDS Modulation
VHF 1 MIKE 0/0.250 V VHF 1 XCVR Modulation
VHF 2 MIKE 0/0.250 V VHF 2 XCVR Modulation
VHF 3 MIKE 0/0.250 V VHF 3 XCVR Modulation
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 27
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
6. _____________________
Component Description
A. Audio Control Panel
(1) Function
The ACP supplies the means:
- to use the various radio communication and radio navigation
facilities installed on the aircraft for transmission and reception
of the audio signals
- to display the various calls (SELCAL, ground crew call and calls
from the Cabin Attendants).
The ACP only serves for control and indicating.
(2) Mechanical description
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The face comprises:
- 7 rectangular electronic pushbutton switches for selection of the
transmission channels. They also indicate the SELCAL, ground crew
and Cabin Attendant calls.
- 3 rectangular electronic pushbutton switches separated from the 7
other pushbutton switches. One of this pushbutton switch selects
the transmission channel for Passenger Address (PA) announcements,
the 2 others are used for the selection of the SATCOM channels
(they also indicate the call on these channels).
- 15 round pushbutton switches with associated potentiometers for
selection and adjustment of the audio level on the reception
channels.
- 1 INT/RAD selector switch which selects the radio and flight
interphone functions. It is a three-position switch: stable in INT
and center position, unstable in RAD position.
- 1 rectangular VOICE pushbutton switch which connects a filter into
the audio circuits of the VOR and ADF navigation systems.
- 1 RESET rectangular electronic pushbutton switch which is used to
cancel the lighted calls.
The ACP is connected to the AMU and to the various aircraft circuits
by means of a round 19-pin connector.
(3) Functional description
(Ref. Fig. 007)
NOTE : With the SATCOM system, communications are managed by the
____
audio system, and subscribers telephone number is initialized
by the MCDU (Ref. ATA 23-82) and managed by the SDU (Ref. ATA
23-28).
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 28
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Audio Control Panel - Face
Figure 006
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 29
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Audio Control Panel - Functional Description
Figure 007 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 30
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Audio Control Panel - Functional Description
Figure 007 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 31
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
(a) Transmission channel selection
To connect the microphones and the PTT command to the selected
transmitter, push one of the 10 rectangular pushbutton switches:
VHF1- VHF2- VHF3- HF1- HF2- INT- CAB- PA- SATCOM 1- SATCOM 2.
The three green bars on the pushbutton switch, which indicate
that selection has been accepted, come on.
An electronic device inhibits simultaneous selection of several
transmitters and therefore several transmission pushbutton
switches cannot be selected at the same time.
When a new transmission function is selected, the light of the
selected pushbutton switch comes on and the function is selected.
At the same time, the previously selected pushbutton switch is
disabled and its three green bars go off.
To interrupt a communication, push the transmission pushbutton
switch which is already selected: the function is disabled. The
indicator light which indicates transmission goes off and no
transmission function is selected on the ACP.
For SATCOM communications only, the HOLD function can be used.
The aim of this function is to hold the current SATCOM
communication temporarily while using another communication means
(e.g VHF). Thus, a SATCOM call being established (green bars on),
action on another transmission pushbutton switch causes the three
green bars of the concerned transmission channel to come on and
stay on (normal ACP operation). Then, the green bars of the
SATCOM transmission pushbutton switch start to flash (flashing
rate: 1 on/off cycle per second). If the SATCOM channel is
selected again or if the concerned transmission pushbutton switch
is pushed a second time, the corresponding channel is no longer
selected and the green bars of the SATCOM transmission pushbutton
switch come on and stay on.
To interrupt a SATCOM communication, the selected transmission
pushbutton switch must be also pushed (in this case, the SATCOM
transmission pushbutton switch). In the same way, the indicator
light goes off, but the communication remains possible for three
seconds. When the SATCOM transmitter operates in HOLD function,
it is necessary to return to the SATCOM transmission and to push
the SATCOM transmission pushbutton switch again.
When the call termination request comes from the ground, the
green bars go off.
The rectangular PA pushbutton switch is unstable, i.e. it must be
held pushed during the complete transmission time. This avoids
unwanted transmission on the PA circuit. This unstable operation
can be inhibited by the AMU pin-program.
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 32
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
(b) Selection of reception
The round reception pushbutton switches serve to select and
adjust the audio levels.
When an audio channel is selected, the related reception
pushbutton switch comes on.
They are of the push-push type: when you push a pushbutton switch
(initial position), it moves in then out to a level above that of
the unselected pushbutton switches. A white skirt on the
pushbutton switch appears, the pushbutton switch comes on and the
selected receiver is connected.
Rotate this pushbutton switch to adjust the reception level.
You can select several reception pushbutton switches
simultaneously.
When you push the pushbutton switch again, it engages in its
initial position: the receiver is disconnected.
(c) Call indication
During a ground crew, Cabin Attendant or SELCAL call, a legend
flashes amber under the green lines of the transmission
pushbutton switch concerned.
This occurs whether the transmission pushbutton switch is
selected or not:
- CALL: VHF1-VHF2-VHF3-HF1-HF2-SATCOM 1-SATCOM 2 pushbutton
switches (SELCAL call)
- MECH: INT pushbutton switch (ground crew call)
- ATT: CAB pushbutton switch (Cabin Attendant call).
To switch off the amber legends, push the RESET pushbutton
switch, or push transmission pushbutton switch of related
channel.
NOTE : The MECH and ATT legends which flash amber go off
____
automatically. This occurs after 60 seconds of operation
if the call is not cancelled by the RESET pushbutton
switch. This automatic function can be inhibited by the
AMU pin-program.
In the case of a SATCOM air-to-ground call, when the
SATCOM transmission pushbutton switch located on the ACP
is pushed , the AMU initiates a call. This causes the
three green bars of the SATCOM transmission pushbutton
switch to flash (flashing rate: 2 on/off cycles/second).
Once the call is established, the three green bars stay
on.
(d) VOICE selection
When you push the VOICE pushbutton switch, the ON legend comes on
green. This indicates that a filter has been connected into the
audio circuits of the ADF and the VOR navigation systems.
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 33
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
When you push this pushbutton switch again, the green ON legend
goes off: the filter is no longer in service.
(e) INT/RAD switch
This switch is used for the transmission function when the
boomset or the oxygen mask is in service: it acts as the PTT
switch for this equipment which unlike the hand microphone is not
equipped with this type of control. This switch also sends a
pulse to the transmitter selection logic of the AMU.
1
_ Center position
The radio transceiver receives no switchover information. It
remains in reception function.
2
_ RAD position
The radio transceiver receives (via the AMU) a switchover
information.
It switches from reception to transmission function.
3
_ INT position
This position enables direct use of the flight interphone.
There are two utilization procedures for the flight
interphone.
- Normal mode
The user pushes the INT transmission pushbutton switch and
uses it like an ordinary radio channel (he places and holds
the INT/RAD switch in RAD position).
- Direct mode
If user has selected a radio channel (VHF1, VHF2 etc.), he
can, if he so wishes, use the flight interphone. To do this
he does not have to release the transmission pushbutton
switch. He shall simply place the INT/RAD switch in INT
position.
NOTE : When this switch is set to RAD, it performs the same
____
function as the radio switches located on the
side-stick hand-grips. If conflicting orders are given
by the side-stick switch (RAD position), and the
corresponding ACP switch (INT position), the radio
function takes priority over the interphone function.
(f) Lighting
The ACP comprises 2 lighting circuits :
- The selection accepted (green) and the call (amber) indications
can be adjusted by the DIM/BRIGHT circuit (6 V/4.5 V) (Ref. ATA
33-14-00-circuit LP).
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 34
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
- The integral lighting is adjusted by the pedestal integral
lighting potentiometer (5 V-0 V) (Ref. ATA 33-13-00-circuit
LF).
The reception selection pushbutton switches are side-lit by the
integral lighting lamps. They are therefore also controlled by
the pedestal integral lighting potentiometer.
B. SELCAL Code Panel
(1) Function
The SELCAL code panel is used to program the SELCAL code assigned to
the aircraft.
(2) Description
(Ref. Fig. 008)
This panel is a rectangular box in compliance with ARINC 714.
The face features:
- 4 thumbwheels for selection of a code made up of 4 letters from
amongst the following:
A - B - C - D - E - F - G - H - J - K - L - M- N - P - Q - R - S.
- A plexiglass cover over the thumbwheels which protects the
displayed code. The operator can read the code through the cover.
- The rear is equipped with a round connector for connection to the
aircraft electrical network.
C. Audio Management Unit
(1) Functions
The AMU is a computer which ensures the interface between the user
and the various radio communication and radio navigation systems.
The AMU manages receptions (volume control and selection) and
transmissions (selections) independently for each user:
- Captain
- First Officer
- 3rd Occupant.
Options: 4th and 5th Occupants.
The AMU also decodes coded calls on radio communication (SELCAL)
channels, and ensures the BITE and flight interphone functions.
(2) Mechanical description
(Ref. Fig. 009, 010)
The AMU is in the form of a 4MCU size box in compliance with ARINC
600 Specification.
The AMU comprises:
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 35
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
SELCAL Code Panel - Face
Figure 008
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 36
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Audio Management Unit - Face
Figure 009
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 37
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Audio Management Unit - Back
Figure 010
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 38
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
(a) Three basic audio cards:
- CAPT
- F/O
- 3RD OCCPNT.
Cards 4 and 5 are optional.
(b) A SELCAL BITE card
(Ref. Fig. 011)
This card is located on one side of the AMU.
(c) A flight interphone card
(Ref. Fig. 011)
This card is located behind and is connected to the audio cards.
7. Operation
_________
A. Audio Control Panel (ACP)
(Ref. Fig. 012)
(1) General
The ACP is essentially a telecontrol panel.
The internal electronic circuit is structured around a
microprocessor.
It constantly scans the status of the face controls and transforms
them into logic data. It generates serial words from this logic data.
These words telecontrol the associated audio card in the AMU after
transmission of messages on an ARINC 429 bus line.
An ARINC 429 reception bus line enables the ACP to process the
information from the AMU. These information are relevant to the
different parameters to be displayed: detected calls, selected
transmission channels, selection of the voice filter on. These
parameters will be displayed once they have been taken into account
by the AMU and acknowledged in return.
The system is therefore looped.
(2) Operation
The data are managed and processed by a microcomputer.
There are five separate functions:
- reception volume control
- reception selection
- processing of the discrete commands:
. selection of transmission channel
. VOICE filter on/off command
. RAD/INT command
- Parameter display management
- ARINC 429 interfaces.
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 39
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Audio Management Unit - Card Layout
Figure 011
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 40
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Audio Control Panel - Synoptic Diagram
Figure 012
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 41
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
(a) Reception volume control
This is achieved by the potentiometers accessible on the face.
The position of each potentiometer is defined by an analog
voltage on the slider. The potentiometers are supplied with a
reference voltage.
An analog-digital converter makes the 8-bit words correspond to
the slider voltages.
The slider voltages are read consecutively. Thus, the numerical
codes which correspond to the angular positions of the
potentiometers are obtained.
(b) Reception selection
The potentiometer must be pushed to select a channel. The
information is transmitted in the form of a word. This
information is taken into account consecutively when the
reception volume controls are scanned.
(c) Processing of discrete commands
The selection information of the RAD/INT command is constantly
available on the switch. It can, therefore, be directly used by
the microcomputer.
The transmission selection information (fugitive contacts) is
memorized and is therefore available for use by the
microcomputer.
The same applies to the VOICE filter control.
(d) Parameter display management
The AMU return information is processed in order to make sure
that the transmission is correct.
After this check, the display can be performed:
- the light associated with the selected transmission channel
comes on
- the light associated with the VOICE filter comes on
- the call lights come on.
B. SELCAL Code Panel
(Ref. Fig. 013, 014)
(1) Operation
In accordance with the BCD code, each of the thumbwheels opens the
various circuits or connects the various circuits to the ground. This
selects the different frequency filters assigned to the considered
codes.
- The Operating Diagram shows the control logic.
- When this circuit is connected to the ground or supplied with a
voltage of +3.5 V a logic 0 is obtained. This corresponds to
circuit operation.
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 42
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
SELCAL Code Panel - Operation Diagram
Figure 013
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 43
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
SELCAL Code Panel - Operation of thumbwheels
Figure 014
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 44
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
- When the circuit is open or has a resistance greater than 50000
ohms a logic 1 is obtained. This corresponds to non operation of
the circuit.
- The letter-frequency assignment table gives the letter-frequency
assignments.
Letter Frequency Assignment Table
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DESIGNATION | FREQUENCY | BCD CODE |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | 8 4 2 1 |
| A | 312.6 | 0 0 0 1 |
| B | 346.7 | 0 0 1 0 |
| C | 384.6 | 0 0 1 1 |
| D | 426.6 | 0 1 0 0 |
| E | 473.2 | 0 1 0 1 |
| F | 524.8 | 0 1 1 0 |
| G | 582.1 | 0 1 1 1 |
| H | 645.7 | 1 0 0 0 |
| J | 716.1 | 1 0 0 1 |
| K | 794.3 | 1 0 1 0 |
| L | 881 | 1 0 1 1 |
| M | 977.2 | 1 1 0 0 |
| P | 1083.9 | 1 1 0 1 |
| Q | 1202.3 | 1 1 1 0 |
| R | 1333.5 | 1 1 1 1 |
| S | 1479.1 | 0 0 0 0 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The SELCAL code panel does not require an electrical power supply.
C. Audio Management Unit (AMU)
(Ref. Fig. 015)
The AMU comprises three independent channels associated with the three
ACPs.
It can receive one or two additional channels.
(1) Transmission function
(Ref. Fig. 016)
(a) General
The transmission function:
- sets into service and supplies the various microphones used
(boomset, hand microphone, oxygen mask microphone)
- selects the transmitter selected by the operator by means of
the ACP.
There is an independent transmission channel for each user of the
audio management system.
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 45
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Audio Management Unit - Block Diagram
Figure 015
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 46
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Audio Management Unit - Simplified Schematic of Transmission Circuit
Figure 016
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 47
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
(b) Transmission with boomset
The analog signals of the boomset microphone are connected to the
0 dB gain amplifier then sent to the output transformer.
At the transformer output, the switching module switches these
signals to the transmitter selected by the ACP in accordance with
information received from the logic processing function.
(c) Transmission with oxygen mask microphone
(Ref. Fig. 017)
In normal flight configuration, the oxygen mask microphone is not
connected to the microphone circuit.
Operation is as follows in flight configuration with use of
oxygen mask.
This system sets a control switch contained in the stowage box of
the oxygen mask to the ground. This activates the relay which
sets the oxygen mask into service. The pressurization of the
oxygen circuit when masks fall out automatically activates this
control switch.
In normal flight configuration, the oxygen mask microphone is not
connected to tto the microphone circuit.
(d) Transmission with hand microphone
(Ref. Fig. 017)
The modulation from the hand microphone is sent to the 0 dB gain
amplifier when the hand-microphone PTT switch is activated.
In this case the modulation from the boomset and oxygen mask
microphones is disconnected from the amplifier.
(e) Transmission on passenger address channel (PA)
Transmissions can be made on the passenger address channels in 2
ways:
- in normal configuration, use the handset installed aft of the
center pedestal to make the PA announcements. This handset is
part of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref.
23-73-00 Circuit RH).
- in RADIO configuration, use the PA pushbutton switch located on
each ACP to make the passenger address announcements. This
pushbutton switch is unstable, i.e. hold it pushed to make the
announcements: this avoids unwanted transmissions. The
electronic processing of this channel is identical to that of
the other transmission channels.
The operation of this pushbutton switch can be made identical
to that of the other transmission channels (stable operation):
to achieve this, modify the AMU pin-program.
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 48
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Oxygen Mask Microphone - Block Diagram
Figure 017
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 49
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
(2) Reception function
(Ref. Fig. 018)
(a) General
The reception circuit selects and adjusts the volume on the
reception channels. The operator selects and adjusts these
channels on the ACP.
Each user of the audio management system has a separate
associated reception-channel.
It ensures the various supplementary functions of the circuit:
- VOR/DME/ILS switching
- VOICE/IDENT function.
(b) Reception function
The audio signals from the various communication and navigation
units are connected to the volume control modules.
They adjust the reception level of the audio inputs in accordance
with the messages received from the ACP.
They enable selection and adjustment of the volume control.
(Ref. Fig. 019)
An analog switch is installed at the input of each volume
control. This switch disconnects the audio inputs when:
- their reception is not selected (ON/OFF information from the
ACP)
- their reception level selected on the ACP is equal to 0.
The attenuation of the reception volume is greater than 50 dB.
REMINDER : A minimum VHF and HF reception level is ensured when the
potentiometers on the ACP are set to minimum. The minimum
reception level is deleted when the potentiometers are set
to OFF.
. minimum reception level : - 32 dB.
When the levels are adjusted in accordance with the information
from the logic processing function, the analog signals are sent
to an adder amplifier, then to the output transformer.
(c) DME/VOR/ILS switching
(Ref. Fig. 020)
1
_ Function
In normal configuration, the DME reception is coupled with the
VOR reception.
However, in certain ILS approach conditions, the DME used must
be aurally identified. The DME reception must therefore be
coupled with the ILS reception.
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 50
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Audio Management Unit - Simplified Schematic of Reception Circuit*
Figure 018
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 51
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Audio Management Unit - Volume Control Module Principle
Figure 019
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 52
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
VOR/DME/ILS Switching - Block Diagram
Figure 020
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 53
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
2
_ Operation
The ILS pushbutton switch is used for switching control (Ref.
ATA 31 - DMC circuit (WT)).
Action on this command sends a ground to one of the switching
relays which connects the DME receptions to the ILS
receptions.
(d) VOICE/ON function
(Ref. Fig. 021)
1
_ Function
The VOR, ADF navigation ground stations transmit a morse code
which is used to identify them. However, certain stations, in
addition to their code, transmit recorded voice information.
This information informs the crew of subjects such as: latest
weather information, state or special information concerning
terrains etc. (e.g.: ATIS station).
In order not to hinder the reception of this information, the
VOICE/IDENT function greatly reduces the morse code reception.
It is attenuated until it becomes practically inaudible while
this information is being transmitted.
2
_ Operation
The transmission modulation frequency for ground station codes
is 1020 Hz.
However, certain onboard equipment (COLLINS ADF) receive a
1020 Hz frequency-modulated signal and at same time transmit
this signal at 1000 Hz to the audio system. The 1000 Hz signal
is generated by their synthesizer (the aeronautical standards
specify that the ADF ground stations must be modulated at a
frequency of 1020 Hz plus or minus 50 Hz).
Furthermore, the DME reception is coupled to the VOR reception
(in normal operation). Thus the DME marker identification-code
is transmitted with a frequency modulation of 1350 Hz. The
filtering circuit of the navigation channels therefore
comprises an attenuation filter for the reception bands of the
ADF and VOR systems.
This filter attenuates the 1000 and 1020 Hz frequencies by
more than 32 dB.
A compensation amplifier is provided to compensate for the
insertion losses of this filter.
Action on the VOICE pushbutton switch located on each ACP
switches the attenuation filter into or out of service.
- Released position, VOICE/ON off
The filter is not used, the operator simultaneously receives
the marker identification and the voice transmission.
- Pressed in position, VOICE/ON on
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 54
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Navigation - VOICE/ON Function
Figure 021
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 55
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
A command from the CPU sets the filter into service. The
1000 - 1020 Hz frequencies are greatly attenuated, the DME
identified is cut off (1350 Hz).Only the voice transmissions
are audible.
NOTE : The audio outputs of the communication channel and the
____
ILS, MKR navigation do not transit via the filtering
module.
(3) Emergency function
(Ref. Fig. 022)
(a) Function
The emergency function is used in case of a simple failure of the
audio function on the Captain or First Officer channel.
The SWITCHING/AUDIO selector switch located on the center
pedestal is used by one of the two operators to select the
processing channel of the Third Occupant station. In case of ACP
failure, an automatic emergency configuration is defined.
(b) Description
The emergency function comprises two modes:
- the manual emergency mode
- the automatic emergency mode.
(c) Manual emergency mode
1
_ Normal/emergency control
The emergency function is selected by means of the
SWITCHING/AUDIO selector switch 14RN located on the forward
section of the center pedestal.
This function switches the channel which makes the emergency
request to the Third Occupant processing channel (AMU).
2
_ Reception
The emergency reception function:
- switches the boomsets of the station which makes the request
to the output of the Third Occupant processing channel,
- places the Third Occupant boomset in parallel on the channel
which has activated the emergency function.
3
_ Microphones and PTT switches
This function switches the microphones and the PTT switches of
the channel which makes the request to the Third Occupant
processing channel (same type of switching as the receptions).
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 56
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Emergency Function - Microphone/Reception
Figure 022
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 57
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
(d) Automatic emergency mode
It consists in defining a preprogrammed configuration on each
audio processing channel for the reception level controls and the
radio transmission selection.
This mode does not affect the aural indicating function.
Reception selection :
Reception Pre-programmed level
VHF1 5 mW
VHF2 0
VHF3 0
HF1 5 mW
HF2 0
PA 0
CAB 0
INT 5 mW
ADF1 0
ADF2 0
ILS 0
DME1 0
DME2
Transmission selection
Selected transmission : INT
1
_ Conditions of automatic emergency switchover
These conditions are:
- failure detection of the associated control unit
- failure of the ACP ARINC connection, audio processing
channel
- failure of ARINC reception on the audio processing channel
- detection by the processing channel of errors in the
messages exchanged between the ACP and the AMU.
2
_ Consequences on the operation of the processing channels
The processing channels are placed automatically in a
preprogrammed operating mode.
They no longer take into account information transmitted by
the ACP.
The Captain or the First Officer can use the normal/emergency
control.
NOTE : In case of ACP or ARINC connection failure, the
____
emergency channel switches to the automatic emergency
mode.
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 58
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
(4) CAA/FAA recording
(Ref. Fig. 023)
(a) Function
The Aeronautics Authorities for Civil Navigation request that the
communications made onboard the aircraft are recorded on the CVR
system (Cockpit Voice Recorder - Ref. ATA 23-71-RK).
To meet this requirement, the CVR is equipped with 4 recording
tracks.
- 3 tracks for recording the Captain, First Officer, 3rd Occupant
communications
- the 4th track is assigned to an area microphone installed in
the cockpit. This microphone picks up the various noises made
in the cockpit.
The Captain, First Officer and 3rd Occupant communications can be
recorded in accordance with the requirements laid down by the FAA
(Federal Aviation Administration) and the CAA (Civil Aviation
Authorities).
(b) FAA recording
All the communications heard by the Captain (or the First Officer
or the 3rd Occupant) are recorded. This enables, at same time, to
record all the communications sent out by these crew members.
This is achieved by means of the side-tone controls on the
various equipment.
Three windings equip the secondary of the output transformer of
the reception channel: 2 are allocated to the loud speaker and
boomset outputs. The third is reserved for recording the
communications heard in the cockpit (CVR).
A shunt is installed on the pin-programming terminal of the AMU
to activate the FAA recording (TP - 9C).
(c) CAA recording
This configuration is named Hot-mike.
The principle of CAA recording requires (in addition to the FAA
recording principle) that the noises picked up by the boomset
microphones be recorded even when these microphones are not
active i.e. when the push-to-talk switches on the side-sticks or
on the ACPs are not activated. This in order to reinforce the
sounds picked-up by the area microphone.
(d) DFDR/CVR Synchronization
The two recorders (CVR and DFDR) are synchronized:
- The DFDR receives the GMT signal from the FDIU,
- Also, the CVR receives the GMT signal from the FDIU. This
signal is sent to the CVR via the AMU where it is mixed with
the 3rd Occupant audio signals.
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 59
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Communications - CVR Circuit
Figure 023
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 60
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
(5) Flight interphone function
(Ref. Fig. 024)
(a) Function
The flight interphone enables:
- telephone conversations between the various stations in the
cockpit
- telephone conversations between the cockpit and the ground crew
via the external power panel
- telephone conversations with a supplementary station (input 6).
(b) Operation
The flight interphone comprises the following functions:
- microphone inputs
- amplification
- power supply
- audio output.
1
_ Microphone inputs
There are two types of microphone inputs:
- normal inputs: they are delivered by the various audio
processing channels
- protected inputs: they comprise the mechanic input and the
Reserve input (input 6).
2
_ Normal inputs
The signals presented on the normal inputs are delivered by
the processing channels.
They are connected to ground in the absence of an interphone
PTT switch.
3
_ Protected inputs
The mechanic input is disconnected from the interphone
amplifier when the flight/ground information from the LGCIU is
present (flight configuration).
The input 6 is disconnected from the interphone amplifier when
the PTT input 6 is not activated.
NOTE : As the microphones of input 6 and mechanic inputs have
____
no transmission circuit, they are provided with a
specific power supply circuit.
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 61
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Communication - Interphone Function
Figure 024
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 62
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
(6) Muting circuit
(Ref. Fig. 025)
The conditions associated with appearance of the acoustic feedback
are linked to the coupling of a microphone and a loud speaker. These
conditions have two different aspects. One is linked to the
microphone and loud speaker proximity (distance), the other to the
electrical characteristics of the signals.
The coupling linked to microphone and loud speaker proximity cannot
be avoided by the processing functions performed in the AMU.
In order to limit the accoustic feedback phenomene a circuit of
muting is installed in the circuit amplifier.
The muting circuit does not affect the warning signals.
Two actions are defined in order to limit appearance of the acoustic
feedback:
NOTE : Amplitude reduction of the loud speaker output signal
____
This attenuating circuit is controlled by the PTT switch of
any of the radio communication microphones.
The attenuating circuit is an integral part of the loud
speakers and is therefore described in 31-52-00 (WW).
NOTE : Level reduction of the channel selected in transmit mode,
____
i.e. during activation of the transmit mode, in:
- a reduction of the bandwidth from 300 Hz - 6000 Hz to 300 Hz
- 1800 Hz
- a - 6 dB reduction of general level with respect to the
input level
- an additional - 3 dB reduction of level specific to the
channel activated in transmit mode.
(7) SELCAL function - Mechanic call - Cabin attendant call
(a) Function
The SELCAL-CALL system of the audio management system gives:
- A visual and aural indication of the calls from the ground
stations (equipped with a coding device) or from the satellite
(for satellite communications) which can be used by the
aircraft installation. The calls are sent on the radio
frequencies or on the satellite channels which link the
aircraft to the ground. The communication channels used are :
VHF1 - VHF2 - VHF3 - HF1 - HF2- SATCOM 1 and SATCOM 2.
NOTE : For SATCOM 1 and SATCOM 2 communications, the AMU detects
____
a SELCAL call according to the status of discretes No. 1
and 2.
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 63
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Direct Muting - Block Diagram
Figure 025
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 64
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
- A visual indication of the calls from the ground crew or
from the Cabin Attendants.
NOTE : The ground crew call system is described in chapter
____
23-42-00:
Cockpit-to-ground crew call system (circuit WC).
The Cabin Attendant call system is part of chapter
23-73-00: Cabin Intercommunication Data System (circuit
RH).
(b) SELCAL
1
_ Ground system
(Ref. Fig. 026)
As far as communications other than SATCOM communications are
concerned the ground system transmits, via VHF or HF
transmitters, a selective call code. This code comprises 2
consecutive pulses each containing a mixture of the 2
frequencies. This enables the calls to be differentiated.
The call comprises a single-code transmission without repeat.
For the satellite communications, the GES (Ground Earth
Station),which is connected to the telecommunications
international network, sends a digital message via the
INMARSAT satellites to the aircraft.
2
_ Aircraft system
(Ref. Fig. 027)
a
_ VHF and HF communications
The aircraft receivers detect and capture the call signals
transmitted by the ground stations (VHF or HF). Once
detected, the signals are sent to the AMU SELCAL card.
This SELCAL card is equipped with 5 inputs. These inputs
correspond to the various communication facilities on the
aircraft (VHF1 - VHF2 - VHF3 - HF1 - HF2).
The SELCAL decoder permanently scans the 5 inputs on which
the calls may be present. It analyzes the received signals
to check if they comprise the frequencies relevant to
aircraft code. The operator programs this code on the
SELCAL code panel.
If the frequencies and aircraft code correspond, the
warning system transmits an aural signal. The CALL legend
on each ACP associated to the system which received the
call (VHF1 - VHF2 - VHF3 - HF1 - HF2) comes on.
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 65
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
SELCAL System - Ground System
Figure 026
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 66
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
SELCAL System - Aircraft System
Figure 027
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 67
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Push the RESET pushbutton switch located on each ACP, or
push the related transmission pushbutton switch, to reset
the aural and lighted call.
b
_ SATCOM communications
For the satellite communication, when the SELCAL decoder
detects a call, as for VHF - HF the warning system
transmits an aural signal and the CALL legend on each ACP
associated to the channel which received the CALL (SATCOM 1
- SATCOM 2).
Push the RESET pushbutton switch located on each ACP, or
push the related transmission pushbutton switch, to reset
the aural and lighted call.
3
_ Associated peripheral assemblies
The SELCAL system is associated with:
- the radio communication systems VHF1 - VHF2 - VHF3 - HF1 -
HF2
- the FWC system.
4
_ Operation of the system
- Electrical characteristics
Number of inputs: 5
Input impedance: 10,000 ohms
Input signal level: 0.07 V to 3.2 V
(c) Operation
The SELCAL signal issued by the various communication assemblies
is applied, depending on its source, to one of the 5 input
channels (VHF1, VHF2, VHF3, HF1, HF2).
An input compressor-filter first processes this signal:
- the input compressor (comprised of a high gain amplifier and a
deviation detector amplifier) delivers an LF signal with
constant amplitude irrespective of input signal level
- the filter eliminates all frequencies above 3 Khz to enable
further processing of the signals by digital filtering.
At output of the 5 filters, the signals are sent to an
analog-digital converter. This converter has 2 functions:
- it constantly scans the 5 analog inputs under the control of
the calculating unit.
- it selects the channel on which a call is transmitted
(multiplexing function).
- it converts the analog signals into 8-bit digital signals so
that they can be used by the calculating unit.
At the output of the converter, an 8-bit data bus transmits the
digital signals to the calculation unit.
The calculating unit:
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 68
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
- recognizes if the code of the signals received corresponds to
the code given by the SELCAL code panel
- interprets and manages the various information received from
the input circuits: ground crew call, Cabin Attendant call,
pin-program information, test request, etc.
- generates the various messages transmitted to the output
circuits.
The calculating unit checks the concordance between the code
selected on the SELCAL code panel and the received code. It then
generates a digital message. This message is sent via the output
stages to the various audio cards. The audio cards transmit the
information to the various ACPs via their connecting bus in order
to switch on the associated lights.
Likewise, data is sent to the FWC system.
This enables audio indication of the call.
When an operator pushes the RESET pushbutton switch on one of the
ACPs, data is sent to the associated audio card. This data is
transmitted via the input stages to the calculating unit. This
calculating unit re-initializes the system.
(d) Ground crew and Cabin Attendant call system
(Ref. Fig. 028)
- Operation of ground crew call
This circuit displays the call from the ground crew in the
cockpit.
NOTE : Chapter ATA 23-42 (Cockpit-to-Ground Crew Call System -
____
Circuit WC) gives the operation of the ground crew call
circuit.
When an operator pushes the pushbutton switch 5WC (located
on the external power panel 925VU) this sends ground
information to the calculating unit via the input stages.
The information is processed then a message is sent via
the output stages to the various audio cards and then to
the ACPs.
This causes the MECH pushbutton switch to flash (coupled
with the INT transmission pushbutton switch) for 60
seconds. After 60 seconds, or when an operator pushes the
RESET pushbutton switch, like the SELCAL system, the
circuit is re-initialized.
- Operation of Cabin Attendant call
This circuit displays calls made from the cabin by the
Cabin Attendants in the cockpit.
NOTE : Chapter ATA 23-73 (Cabin Intercommunication Data System -
____
Circuit RH) gives the operation of the call circuit.
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 69
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Ground Crew and Cabin Attendant Call System - Block Diagram
Figure 028
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 70
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
When a call is made from the Cabin Attendant station, the
CIDS generates ground information. This information is
sent to the calculating unit via the input stages.
The information is processed then sent via the output
stages to the various audio cards and then to the ACPs. On
the ACPs, this causes the ATT pushbutton switch to flash
(coupled with the CAB pushbutton switch) for 60 seconds.
After 60 seconds or when you push the RESET pushbutton
switch, like the SELCAL system, the calculating unit
re-initializes the circuit. It also sends information to
the CIDS for re-initialization via the output stages.
NOTE : It is possible to inhibit the automatic function which
____
causes the MECH and ATT flashing call pushbutton switches
to stop. To do this, modify the AMU pin-program.
(e) Other functions
(Ref. Fig. 029)
- Pin-program
The calculating unit collects the information given by the
pin-program. It processes this information, then sends it to:
. the various audio cards and then to the ACPs.
. the BITE circuit to enable this circuit to generate
a data message which is sent to the CMS.
In a simple way, the pin-program adapts the AMU to suit the
various configurations of the audio system.
The pin-program:
. activates the function selection annunciators located on the face of the ACP
which correspond to the installed equipment (VHF3, HF1, HF2, ADF2, MLS,
SATCOM1, SATCOM2)
NOTE: SATCOM function has two types of pin-program:
- SATCOM1 and SATCOM2 pin-programs which give the number of SATCOM
systems installed on the aircraft (this information is sent to the
CMC).
- SATCOM function pin-program which permits to activate the various
AMU SATCOM functions (call, selection of transmissions and
receptions).
. inhibits the automatic reset function after the Cabin Attendant and
ground crew calls have operated for 60 seconds.
. enables change from CAA certification to FAA certification
. enables the PA transmission pushbutton switch located on each ACP to
be given stable operation (i.e. same as the other transmission
pushbutton switches).
. gives the information necessary for the message sent to the CMC (label 350),
(Ref. chap. 5.B).
Operation
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 71
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
AMU - Pin Program
Figure 029
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 72
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
It is possible to modify the programming of the calculating
unit on the SELCAL-CALL card. To do this, install specific
shunts. This generates a message which (after it has been
processed) is sent to the various ACPs, to the CMS or to the
management microprocessor.
- BITE circuit
The BITE system sends a test request message to the SELCAL-CALL
card via the input stages.
A test unit comprised of an LF-signal generator circuit, output
status-check circuits and input forcing circuits is integrated
into this card.
The calculating unit processes the messages then triggers the
test program.
The result is sent in message form to the BITE circuit.
(8) Logic processing function
(Ref. Fig. 030)
(a) Function
Each user of the audio management system has an associated
logic-processing channel.
The logic processing function manages the processing channel at
AMU level and enables the use of the system.
In particular:
- it dialogs with the associated ACP, with the BITE circuit or
the SELCAL-CALL circuit.
- it manages the various inputs/outputs of the processing
channel.
(b) Composition
The logic processing channel comprises:
- a computer
- an interface circuit to ARINC 429 standard
- a serial interface circuit
- a control interface circuit.
1
_ Computer
The computer is structured around a 63B 09 microprocessor.
It comprises the peripherals required for the operation of the
microprocessor, clock, monitoring circuit (watchdog),
memories, address decoder, etc.
2
_ ARINC 429 interface circuit
This circuit ensures the interface with the ACP and comprises:
- a transmission interface
- a reception interface
- a microprocessor interface
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 73
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Logic Processing - Block Diagram
Figure 030
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 74
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
- Transmission interface.
The transmission interface conditions the electrical levels
in compliance with ARINC 429 standard.
- Reception interface
The reception interface enables the galvanic insulation of
the link between the ACP and the AMU. It also reconstitutes
the transmission clock and the information.
- Microprocessor interface
Transmission: this interface receives data in byte form from
the microprocessor. This data is required to transmit the
messages and to condition them in compliance with ARINC 429
standard.
Reception: this interface receives the transmission clock
and the data in ARINC message form. It transmits this data
to the microprocessor in byte form.
3
_ Serial interfaces
These interfaces enable data exchange between the logic
processing function and the BITE and SELCAL-CALL functions.
These interfaces are mainly comprised of 2 ACIAs (Asynchronous
Communication Interface Adaptors).
4
_ Command interface
This interface comprises PIAs (Peripherals Interface Adaptors)
or buffer registers. The microprocessor uses them to acquire
discrete information (e.g. PTT switches) or to generate
commands. These commands are sent to the various functions
(e.g. transmission selection command, setting into service of
VOICE/ON filter).
(9) SATCOM operation (AMU/SDU interface)
(Ref. Fig. 031)
(a) Air-to-ground calls
Once SATCOM is selected on the ACP, discrete No. 1 (ground) is
sent to the Satellite Data Unit (SDU) which sends a call request
to the satellite. On the ACP, the green bars of corresponding
transmission pushbutton switch flash.
When a communication between the satellite and the SDU is
established, the SDU sends discrete No. 2 (ground) back to the
AMU. On the ACP, the green bars of corresponding transmission
pushbutton switch stay on.
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 75
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
AMU/SDU Interface
Figure 031
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 76
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
(b) Ground-to-air calls
When a ground station wants to call the aircraft through
satellite and initiates a call, the SDU sends discrete No. 2. On
the ACP, CALL legend of transmission pushbutton switch flashes.
Warning data is sent to the FWC, as for a SELCAL call.
On the ACP, when the RESET pushbutton switch is pushed or when
applicable transmission channel is selected, SELCAL warning
generated by the FWC is interrupted and the CALL legend on the
ACP goes off.
When the pilot selects concerned SATCOM channel, the AMU connects
discrete No. 1 to ground, green bars on SATCOM transmission
pushbutton switch stay on and the call can go through.
(c) Established communication
The AMU sends a ground on discrete No. 1 and the SDU sends a
ground on discrete No. 2.
(d) Call termination
- Ground-originated call termination
Discrete No. 2 sent by the SDU changes status (open circuit).
The green bars of SATCOM transmission pushbutton switch go off.
- Air-originated call termination
When SATCOM channel is deselected, the green bars of SATCOM
transmission pushbutton switch go off immediately but discrete
No. 1 changes status (open circuit) only after a time delay of
three seconds. During this time delay, if the flight crew wants
to take up the call again, they must push the SATCOM
transmission pushbutton switch (the green bars on this
pushbutton switch will come on and stay on).
8. BITE
_________
Test
The Audio Management Unit (AMU) is equipped with a Type 1 BITE circuit.
A. BITE Description
(Ref. Fig. 032)
The AUDIO cards, the SELCAL card and the ACPs are the elements monitored
by the AMU BITE.
B. Function
The purpose of the AUDIO system BITE is to supply maintenance assistance.
The BITE has several functions; it:
- transmits permanently the system current status
(availability/unavailability),
- memorizes the failures which occurred during the previous 63 flight
legs,
- monitors the data interchanges between the system components,
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 77
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Audio Integrating System - BITE Description
Figure 032
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 78
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
- centralizes the results of the tests activated or the results of the
self-test,
- dialogues with the CFDIU through menus,
- transmits the result of the tests required by the CFDIU.
The BITE circuit has two additional functions; it:
- transmits the aircraft configuration of certain radio navigation
equipment (installed/not installed) (VHF3, HF1, HF2, ADF2, SATCOM, MLS)
to the CFDIU
- transmits the AMU identification code.
C. Operation
(1) Normal mode
The normal mode of operation consists in monitoring cyclically the
status of the AMU cards and the status of the associated ACP,
transmitting data to the CFDIU and, if any failure is detected,
storing it in the fault memory.
(2) Menu mode
The menu mode of operation is only activated on the ground and it
consists in a dialogue between the AMU and the operator through one
of the three MCDUs. Flight/ground data is given by the CFDIU and when
there is no data from a ground circuit (flight/ground discrete), it
is given by the LGCIU.
For the Audio Integrating System (AIS), the menu mode consists of the
following:
(Ref. Fig. 032)
- a LAST LEG REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 033)
- a PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 034)
- a LRU IDENTIFICATION
(Ref. Fig. 035)
- a TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
(Ref. Fig. 036)
- a GROUND REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 037)
- a TEST
(Ref. Fig. 038)
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 79
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Audio Integrating System - LAST LEG REPORT
Figure 033
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 80
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Audio Integrating System - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
Figure 034
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 81
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Audio Integrating System - LRU IDENTIFICATION
Figure 035
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 82
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Audio Integrating System - TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
Figure 036
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 83
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Audio Integrating System - GROUND REPORT
Figure 037
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 84
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Audio Integrating System - TEST
Figure 038
EFF :
008-049, 23-51-00
Page 85
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
_____________________________________________________________
AUDIO MANAGEMENT (INTEGRATING/ FLIGHT INTERPHONE/SELCAL/CALL)
_________________________
DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
TASK 23-51-00-040-001
Deactivation of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN, 12RN)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
_______
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR
DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 23-51-08
Communications
Side Stick Radio selector
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific end caps
No specific warning notice
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
27-96-00-710-003 Operational Test of the Side Stick Priority
29-10-00-863-003 Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground
Power Supply
29-10-00-864-003 Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 401
May 01/05
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
29-23-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow
Hydraulic System through the PTU with the Electric
Pump
29-23-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems
after Operation of the PTU
29-24-00-863-001 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the
Electric Pump
29-24-00-864-001 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
R ESPM 204213
R
23-51-00-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-865-055
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 11RN
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT 4RN G06
FOR 12RN
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O 5RN G07
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-51-00-010-050
A. Disengagement of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN, 12RN)
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-51-00-991-001)
(1) Remove the screws (1).
(2) Remove the cover plate (2).
(3) Remove the blanking plug (11), the nut (10), the washer (9) and the
trigger (8).
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 402
Aug 01/05
THY
Side Stick Assembly
Figure 401/TASK 23-51-00-991-001
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 403
May 01/05
THY
(4) Remove the nut (7), the washer (6), the switch (4) with the washer
(3).
Subtask 23-51-00-040-050
B. Deactivation of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN, 12RN)
(1) Cut the power supply wires (5)
(2) Install end caps at the end of each wire (Ref. ESPM 204213).
Subtask 23-51-00-410-051
C. Engagement of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN,12RN)
(1) Install the lock plate (3) in the switch (4).
(2) Install the switch (4) in the handle.
(3) Make sure that the stop of the lock plate (3) is in its housing.
(4) Install the washer (6), the nut (7) and tighten it.
(5) Install the trigger (8), the washer (9) and the nut (10).
(6) TORQUE the nut (10) to 0.035 m.daN (3.09 lbf.in).
(7) Install the blanking plug (11).
(8) Install the cover plate (2).
(9) Install the screws (1) and tighten.
Subtask 23-51-00-865-056
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 11RN
R 49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT 4RN G06
R FOR 12RN
R 49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O 5RN G07
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 404
May 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-51-00-860-058
E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(3) Do the IR alignment procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
(4) On the overhead panel 23VU:
- make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton
switches are pushed (On these pushbutton switches, the OFF and
FAULT legends are off).
(5) On the overhead panel 24VU:
- make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 2, FLT CTL/SEC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 3
pushbutton switches are pushed (On these pushbutton switches, the
OFF and FAULT legends are off).
(6) On the upper ECAM display unit, make sure that the warnings that
follow do not show:
- HF1 (2) EMITTING
- VHF1 (2) (3) EMITTING
- ELAC 1 FAULT
- ELAC 2 FAULT
R NOTE : If one of these warnings shows, do the trouble shooting
____
R procedure related to the maintenance message.
(7) Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003).
(8) On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL key
(On the lower ECAM display unit, the F/CTL page comes into view).
Subtask 23-51-00-710-058
F. Do the Operational test of the Side Stick Priority (Ref. TASK 27-96-00-
710-003).
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 405
Aug 01/05
THY
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-51-00-860-059
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-003).
(2) Do the EIS stop procedure
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(3) Put a warning notice on the cover panel of the side stick assembly to
tell the crew that the radio PTT switch is deactivated.
(4) Make an entry in the logbook.
(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 406
May 01/05
THY
TASK 23-51-00-440-001
Reactivation of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN, 12RN)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
_______
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR
DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 23-51-08
Communications
Side Stick Radio selector
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
27-92-41-000-010 Removal of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN,12RN)
27-92-41-400-010 Installation of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN,12RN)
R
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-060
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-51-00-440-050
A. Reactivation of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN, 12RN)
(1) Do the Installation of a new Radio PTT Switch (Ref. TASK 27-92-41-
000-010) and (Ref. TASK 27-92-41-400-010).
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 407
Aug 01/05
THY
Subtask 23-51-00-810-053
R B. Do the trouble shooting procedure related to the maintenance message.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-51-00-860-061
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Remove the warning notice(s).
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 408
Aug 01/05
THY
AUDIO MANAGEMENT (INTEGRATING/ FLIGHT INTERPHONE/SELCAL/CALL) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-51-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Audio Management
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : OBEY THE RADIO REGULATIONS AND MAKE SURE THAT THE FREQUENCY IS
_______
AVAILABLE BEFORE YOU TRANSMIT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To do a check of the operation of the audio management system.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific boomset
No specific 150 ohms microphone
No specific 600 ohms headset
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 501
May 01/05
THY
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) On all the ACPs, make sure that:
- The RAD/INT selector switch is in the center position
- All transmission pushbutton switches are fully out.
- All reception pushbutton switches are pushed (no reception).
(3) On the maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the SVCE INT OVRD
pushbutton switch is not pushed.
(4) On the overhead control and indicating panel 48VU, make sure that the
AUDIO SWITCHING selector switch is in the NORM position.
(5) Set the LOUD SPEAKER potentiometers on the panels 301VU and 501VU to
the middle position.
(6) Boomset connection.
- At each crew station, connect a boomset to the jack panel.
- On the panel 108VU, connect a boomset.
(7) Microphone and headset connection:
- At each crew station, connect a 150 ohms microphone to the HAND MIC
connection.
Connect a 600 ohms headset to the HEADSET connector.
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 502
May 01/05
THY
Subtask 23-51-00-865-050
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU CAPT/LOUD/SPKR 5WW F10
49VU COM/RMP/1 2RG1 G10
49VU COM/VHF/1 2RC1 G09
49VU COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH 9RN G08
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O 5RN G07
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT 4RN G06
121VU COM NAV/SELCAL 8RN M04
121VU COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT 6RN M02
121VU EIS/F/O/LOUD/SPKR 4WW P08
R **ON A/C 007-007,
R 121VU COM NAV/ACP/AVNCS/COMPT 7RN M03
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-51-00-710-051
A. Do the operational test:
NOTE : This procedure is applicable for all the crew stations.
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. At each crew station, on the ACP:
- Push the INT transmission - The green bars on the INT
pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch come
on.
- Push and release the INT - The reception pushbutton switch moves
reception pushbutton switch and fully out and comes on.
then turn it to the middle
position.
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 503
Nov 01/05
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. On the ACP of the station where
you do the maintenance:
- Set the INT/RAD selector switch
to RAD and hold it in this
position (You can do this
operation on the PTT switch of
the side stick controller at
the CAPT or F/O station).
- Speak in the boomset At the Captains and First Officers
microphone. stations:
- Make sure that the loudspeakers
operate.
At each crew station and at the ground
mechanic station:
- Make sure that the reception in the
boomset is correct.
- Smoothly turn the INT reception At the station where you do the
pushbutton switch clockwise. maintenance:
- The reception you can hear must
change smoothly without interference
in the boomset.
NOTE: During the test at the CAPT and
F/O stations, the volume in the
related loudspeakers also changes
smoothly without interference.
- Turn the INT pushbutton switch
to the middle position.
3. At the Captains and First
Officiers stations:
- Smoothly turn the loudspeaker - The reception you can hear must
potentiometer clockwise. change smoothly without interference
in the loudspeaker.
4. On the ACP of the station where
you do the maintenance:
- Release the INT/RAD selector - The INT/RAD selector switch goes back
switch (or the PTT switch on to the middle position.
the side stick controller at
the CAPT or F/O station)
5. At each crew station, on the ACP:
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 504
Nov 01/05
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Set the INT/RAD selector switch
to INT.
6. At the ground mechanic station: At each crew station :
- Speak in the boomset - Make sure that the reception in the
microphone. boomset is correct.
7. At each crew station, on the ACP:
- Set the INT/RAD selector switch
to the middle position.
- Push the INT transmission - The green bars on the INT
pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch go
off.
8. On the RMP1:
- Set the ON/OFF selector switch - The RMP shows the last frequencies
to ON. and the last function used.
- Push the VHF1 pushbutton - The green LED on this pushbutton
switch. switch comes on.
- In the STBY/CRS display window,
with the dual selector knob,
set the frequency of a station
that transmits.
- Start this frequency. To do - The frequency set comes into view in
this, push the transfer the left ACTIVE display window.
pushbutton switch (double
arrow) between the two display
windows.
9. On the ACP of the station on
which you do the maintenance:
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 505
May 01/05
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push the VHF1 transmission - The green bars on the VHF1
pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch come
on.
- Push and release the VHF1 - The reception pushbutton switch moves
reception pushbutton switch. fully out and comes on.
- Set the INT/RAD selector switch At the station where you do the
to INT and speak in the boomset maintenance:
microphone. - Make sure that you receive the VHF1
station and the interphone at the
same time.
At the other crew station:
- Make sure that you can hear the
communications only from the station
where you do the maintenance.
- Set the INT/RAD selector switch
to the center position.
- Push the VHF1 transmission - The green bars on the VHF1
pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch go
off.
- Push the VHF1 reception - This pushbutton switch moves in (to
pushbutton switch. the initial position) and the
annunciator light goes off.
10. At each crew station, on the
ACP:
- Push the INT reception - This pushbutton switch moves in (to
pushbutton switch. the initial position) and the
annunciator light goes off.
11. On the RMP1:
- Set the ON/OFF selector switch
to OFF.
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 506
May 01/05
THY
Subtask 23-51-00-710-053
B. Do the operational test:
NOTE : This procedure is applicable for all the crew stations.
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. At each crew station, on the ACP:
- Push the INT transmission - The green bars on the INT
pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch come
on.
- Push and release the INT - The reception pushbutton switch moves
reception pushbutton switch. fully out and comes on.
2. At the station where you do the At the Captains and First Officers
maintenance: stations:
- Push the PTT switch of the hand - Make sure that the loudspeakers
microphone and speak in the operate.
microphone.
At each crew station:
- Make sure that the reception in the
headset is correct.
At the ground mechanics station:
- Make sure that the reception in the
boomset is correct.
3. On the ACP of the station where
you do the maintenance:
- Smoothly turn the INT reception - The reception you can hear must
pushbutton switch clockwise. change smoothly without interference
in the headset.
NOTE: During the test at the CAPT and
F/O stations, the volume in the
related loudspeakers also changes
smoothly without interference.
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 507
May 01/05
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. At the crew station under
maintenance:
- Release the PTT switch of the
hand microphone.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-51-00-860-051
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) At each crew station, on the ACP, push the INT transmission and
reception pushbutton switches.
(2) Disconnect the microphone and the headset for all the crew stations.
(3) Disconnect the boomset on the panel 108VU.
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 508
May 01/05
THY
TASK 23-51-00-710-002
Operational Test of the SELCAL System
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
NOTE : During this test, the aircraft must be in an open area.
____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To do a check of the operation of the SELCAL code panel.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific boomset
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-052
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) On all the ACPs, make sure that:
- The INT/RAD selector switch is in the middle position.
- All transmission pushbutton switches are fully out.
- All reception pushbutton switches are pushed (no reception).
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 509
May 01/05
THY
(3) On the Captains station, connect a boomset to the jack panel.
Subtask 23-51-00-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU CAPT/LOUD/SPKR 5WW F10
49VU FWS/FWC1/SPLY 3WW F01
49VU COM/RMP/1 2RG1 G10
49VU COM/VHF/1 2RC1 G09
49VU COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH 9RN G08
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O 5RN G07
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT 4RN G06
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-049, 051-199, 202-249, 301-399, 901-901,
49VU COM HF1 1RE1 HA14
**ON A/C 251-299,
49VU COM/HF1 1RE1 HA14
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 303-399, 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/VHF/3 2RC3 L05
**ON A/C ALL
121VU COM NAV/VHF/2 2RC2 L04
121VU COM NAV/RMP/2 2RG2 L02
121VU COM NAV/SELCAL 8RN M04
121VU COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT 6RN M02
121VU EIS/F/O/LOUD/SPKR 4WW P08
121VU EIS/FWC2/SPLY 2WW Q07
**ON A/C 007-007,
121VU COM NAV/ACP/AVNCS/COMPT 7RN M03
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 510
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 007-049, 054-100, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/RMP/3 2RG3 L03
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
121VU COM NAV/HF2 1RE2 L13
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-001, 003-006, 008-049, 051-053, 101-199, 201-201,
Subtask 23-51-00-710-054
A. Operational Test of the SELCAL System
WARNING : OBEY THE RADIO REGULATIONS AND MAKE SURE THAT THE FREQUENCY IS
_______
AVAILABLE BEFORE YOU TRANSMIT.
NOTE : Do this test with the VHF1 system.
____
You must do this procedure again with the VHF2 and VHF3 systems.
The procedure is the same and when you use the VHF2 and VHF3
systems, refer to information between parentheses.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP1:
- Set the ON/OFF selector switch - The RMP shows the last frequencies
to ON. and the last function used.
- Push the VHF1 (VHF3) pushbutton - The green LED on this pushbutton
switch. switch comes on.
- In the STBY/CRS display window,
with the dual selector knob,
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 511
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
set the frequency that the
ground station can use in VHF.
- Start this frequency. To do - The frequency set comes into view in
this, push the transfer the ACTIVE display window.
pushbutton switch (double
arrow) between the two display
windows.
2. On the RMP2, set the frequencies
related to the VHF2 system. Do
the procedure of paragraph 1.
3. On the CAPT ACP:
- Push the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) - The green bars on the VHF1 (VHF2,
transmission pushbutton switch. VHF3) transmission pushbutton switch
come on.
- Push and release the VHF1 - The reception pushbutton switch is
(VHF2, VHF3) reception moves fully out and comes on.
pushbutton switch.
- Push the PTT switch of the CAPT
sidestick controller.
- Transmit the SELCAL code of the
aircraft to the ground station.
Tell the ground station to make
a SELCAL call on the VHF1
(VHF2, VHF3) system.
- Release the PTT switch of the - On each ACP, the amber CALL legend of
CAPT sidestick controller. the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) transmission
pushbutton switch flashes.
- You can hear the buzzer.
4. On one of the ACPs, push the - On all ACPs, the amber CALL legend of
RESET pushbutton switch and the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) transmission
release it. pushbutton switch goes off.
- The buzzer stops.
R
EFF : 001-001, 003-006, 008-049, 051-053,
101-199, 201-201,
23-51-00
Page 512
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 002-002, 202-249,
Subtask 23-51-00-710-054-C
A. Operational Test of the SELCAL System
WARNING : OBEY THE RADIO REGULATIONS AND MAKE SURE THAT THE FREQUENCY IS
_______
AVAILABLE BEFORE YOU TRANSMIT.
NOTE : Do this test with the VHF1 and the HF1 systems.
____
You must do this procedure again with the VHF2 and VHF3 systems.
The procedure is the same and when you use the VHF2 and VHF3
systems, refer to information between parentheses.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP1:
- Set the ON/OFF selector switch - The RMP shows the last frequencies
to ON. and the last function used.
- Push the VHF1 (VHF3) pushbutton - The green LED on this pushbutton
switch. switch comes on.
- In the STBY/CRS display window,
with the dual selector knob,
set the frequency that the
ground station can use in VHF.
- Start this frequency. To do - The frequency set comes into view in
this, push the transfer the ACTIVE display window.
pushbutton switch (double
arrow) between the two display
windows.
2. On the RMP2, set the frequencies
related to the VHF2 system. Do
the procedure of paragraph 1.
3. On the CAPT ACP:
- Push the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) - The green bars on the VHF1 (VHF2,
transmission pushbutton switch. VHF3) transmission pushbutton switch
come on.
R
EFF :
002-002, 202-249, 23-51-00
Page 513
Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push and release the VHF1 - The reception pushbutton switch moves
(VHF2, VHF3) reception fully out and comes on.
pushbutton switch.
- Push the PTT switch of the CAPT
sidestick controller.
- Transmit the SELCAL code of the
aircraft to the ground station.
Tell the ground station to make
a SELCAL call on the VHF1
(VHF2, VHF3) system.
- Release the PTT switch of the - On each ACP, the amber CALL legend of
CAPT sidestick controller. the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) transmission
pushbutton switch flashes.
- You can hear the buzzer.
4. On one of the ACPs, push the - On all ACPs, the amber CALL legend of
RESET pushbutton switch and the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) transmission
release it. pushbutton switch goes off.
- The buzzer stops.
5. On the RMP1:
- Push the HF1 pushbutton switch - The green LED on the VHF1 (VHF3)
pushbutton switch goes off.
- The green LED on the HF1 pushbutton
switch comes on.
- In the STBY/CRS display window,
with the dual selector knob,
set the frequency that the
ground station can use in HF.
- Start this frequency. To do - The frequency set comes into view, in
this, push the transfer the ACTIVE display window.
pushbutton switch (double
arrow) between the two display
windows.
6. On the CAPT ACP:
R
EFF :
002-002, 202-249, 23-51-00
Page 514
Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push the HF1 transmission - The green bars on the VHF1 (VHF2,
pushbutton switch. VHF3) transmission pushbutton switch
go off.
- The green bars on the HF1
transmission pushbutton switch come
on.
- Push and release the VHF1 - This pushbutton switch moves in (to
(VHF2, VHF3) reception the initial position) and the
pushbutton switch. annunciator light goes off.
- Push and release the HF1 - The reception pusbutton switch moves
reception pushbutton switch. fully out and comes on.
- Push the PTT switch of the CAPT - During the tuning (which continues
sidestick controller. for approximately 5 seconds), the
reception stops and you can hear a
signal of 1000 Hz in the boomset.
- Tell the ground station to make
a SELCAL call on the HF1
system.
- Release the PTT switch of the - On each ACP, the amber CALL legend of
CAPT sidestick controller. the HF1 transmission pushbutton
switch flashes.
- You can hear the buzzer.
7. On one of the ACPs, push the - On all ACPs, the amber CALL legend of
RESET pushbutton switch and the HF1 transmission pushbutton
release it. switch goes off.
- The buzzer stops.
R **ON A/C 007-007, 009-049, 054-100, 251-299, 303-399,
Subtask 23-51-00-710-054-A
A. Operational Test of the SELCAL System
WARNING : OBEY THE RADIO REGULATIONS AND MAKE SURE THAT THE FREQUENCY IS
_______
AVAILABLE BEFORE YOU TRANSMIT.
NOTE : Do this test with the VHF1 and the HF1 systems.
____
R
EFF : 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 054-100,
202-249, 251-299, 303-399,
23-51-00
Page 515
Feb 01/06
THY
You must do this procedure again with the VHF2 and VHF3 systems.
The procedure is the same and when you use the VHF2 and VHF3
systems, refer to information between parentheses.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP1:
- Set the ON/OFF selector switch - The RMP shows the last frequencies
to ON. and the last function used.
- Push the VHF1 pushbutton - The green LED on this pushbutton
switch. switch comes on.
- In the STBY/CRS display window,
with the dual selector knob,
set the frequency that the
ground station can use in VHF.
- Start this frequency. To do - The frequency set comes into view in
this, push the tranfer the ACTIVE display window.
pushbutton switch (double
arrow) between the two display
windows.
2. On the RMP2 and RMP3, set the
frequencies related to the VHF2
and VHF3 systems. Do the
procedure of paragraph 1.
3. On the CAPT ACP:
- Push the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) - The green bars on the VHF1 (VHF2,
transmission pushbutton switch. VHF3) transmission pushbutton switch
come on.
- Push and release the VHF1 - The reception pushbutton switch moves
(VHF2, VHF3) reception fully out and comes on.
pushbutton switch.
- Push the PTT switch of the CAPT
sidestick controller.
- Transmit the SELCAL code of the
aircraft to the ground station.
R
EFF :
303-399,
007-007, 009-049, 054-100, 251-299, 23-51-00
Page 516
Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tell the ground station to make
a SELCAL call on the VHF1
(VHF2, VHF3) system.
- Release the PTT switch of the - On each ACP, the amber CALL legend of
CAPT sidestick controller. the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) transmission
pushbutton switch flashes.
- You can hear the buzzer.
4. On one of the ACPs, push the - On all ACPs, the amber CALL legend of
RESET pushbutton switch and the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) transmission
release it. pushbutton switch goes off.
- The buzzer stops.
5. On the RMP1:
- Push the HF1 pushbutton switch The SEL indicator light (white LED)
comes on.
On the RMP1:
- The green LED on the VHF1 pushbutton
switch goes off.
- The green LED on the HF1 pushbutton
switch comes on.
- In the STBY/CRS display window,
with the dual selector knob,
set the frequency that the
ground station can use in HF.
- Start this frequency. To do - The frequency set comes into view, in
this, push the transfer the ACTIVE display window.
pushbutton switch (double
arrow) between the two display
windows.
6. On the CAPT ACP:
- Push the HF1 transmission - The green bars on the VHF1 (VHF2,
pushbutton switch. VHF3) transmission pushbutton switch
go off.
- The green bars on the HF1
transmission pushbutton switch come
on.
R
EFF :
303-399,
007-007, 009-049, 054-100, 251-299, 23-51-00
Page 517
Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push and release the VHF1 - This pushbutton switch moves in (to
(VHF2, VHF3) reception the initial position) and the
pushbutton switch. annunciator light goes off.
- Push and release the HF1 - The reception pusbutton switch moves
reception pushbutton switch. fully out and comes on.
- Push the PTT switch of the CAPT - During the tuning (which continues
sidestick controller. for approximately 5 seconds), the
reception stops and you can hear a
signal of 1000 Hz in the boomset.
- Tell the ground station to make
a SELCAL call on the HF1
system.
- Release the PTT switch of the - On each ACP, the amber CALL legend of
CAPT sidestick controller. the HF1 transmission pushbutton
switch flashes.
- You can hear the buzzer.
7. On one of the ACPs, push the - On all ACPs, the amber CALL legend of
RESET pushbutton switch and the HF1 transmission pushbutton
release it. switch goes off.
- The buzzer stops.
R **ON A/C 301-302,
Subtask 23-51-00-710-054-B
A. Operational Test of the SELCAL System
WARNING : OBEY THE RADIO REGULATIONS AND MAKE SURE THAT THE FREQUENCY IS
_______
AVAILABLE BEFORE YOU TRANSMIT.
NOTE : Do this test with the VHF1 and the HF1 systems.
____
You must do it again with the VHF2 system. The procedure is the
same and when you use the VHF2 system, refer to information
between parentheses.
R
EFF :
301-399,
007-007, 009-049, 054-100, 251-299, 23-51-00
Page 518
Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP1:
- Set the ON/OFF selector switch - The RMP shows the last frequencies
to ON. and the last function used.
- Push the VHF1 pushbutton - The green LED on this pushbutton
switch. switch comes on.
- In the STBY/CRS display window,
with the dual selector knob,
set the frequency that the
ground station can use in VHF.
- Start this frequency. To do - The frequency set comes into view in
this, push the transfer the ACTIVE display window.
pushbutton switch (double
arrow) between the two display
windows.
2. On the RMP2, set the frequencies
related to the VHF2 system. Do
the procedure of paragraph 1.
3. On the CAPT ACP:
- Push the VHF1 (VHF2) - The green bars on the VHF1 (VHF2)
transmission pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch come
on.
- Push and release the VHF1 - The reception pushbutton switch moves
(VHF2) reception pushbutton fully out and comes on.
switch.
- Push the PTT switch of the CAPT
sidestick controller.
- Transmit the SELCAL code of the
aircraft to the ground station.
Tell the ground station to make
a SELCAL call on the VHF1
(VHF2) system.
R
EFF :
301-302, 23-51-00
Page 519
Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Release the PTT switch of the - On each ACP, the amber CALL legend of
CAPT sidestick controller. the VHF1 (VHF2) transmission
pushbutton switch flashes.
- You can hear the buzzer.
4. On one of the ACPs, push the - On all ACPs, the amber CALL legend of
RESET pushbutton switch and the VHF1 (VHF2) transmission
release it. pushbutton switch goes off.
- The buzzer stops.
5. On the RMP1:
- Push the HF1 pushbutton switch - The green LED on the VHF1 pushbutton
switch goes off.
- The green LED on the HF1 pushbutton
switch comes on.
- The SEL indicator light (white LED)
comes on.
- In the STBY/CRS display window,
with the dual selector knob,
set the frequency that the
ground station can use in HF.
- Start this frequency. To do - The frequency set comes into view, in
this, push the transfer the ACTIVE display.
pushbutton switch (double
arrow) between the two display
windows.
6. On the CAPT ACP:
- Push the HF1 transmission - The green bars on the VHF1 (VHF2)
pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch go
off.
- The green bars on the HF1
transmission pushbutton switch come
on.
- Push and release the VHF1 - This pushbutton switch moves in (to
(VHF2) reception pushbutton the initial position) and the
switch. annunciator light goes off.
R
EFF :
301-302, 23-51-00
Page 520
Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push and release the HF1 - The reception pusbutton switch moves
reception pushbutton switch. fully out and comes on.
- Push the PTT switch of the CAPT - During the tuning (which continues
sidestick controller. for approximately 5 seconds), the
reception stops and you can hear a
signal of 1000 Hz in the boomset.
- Tell the ground station to make
a SELCAL call on the HF1
system.
- Release the PTT switch of the - On each ACP, the amber CALL legend of
CAPT sidestick controller. the HF1 transmission pushbutton
switch flashes.
- You can hear the buzzer.
7. On one of the ACPs, push the - On all ACPs, the amber CALL legend of
RESET pushbutton switch and the HF1 transmission pushbutton
release it. switch goes off.
- The buzzer stops.
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-51-00-710-054-D
A. Operational Test of the SELCAL System
WARNING : OBEY THE RADIO REGULATIONS AND MAKE SURE THAT THE FREQUENCY IS
_______
AVAILABLE BEFORE YOU TRANSMIT.
NOTE : Do this test with the VHF1 and the HF1 systems.
____
You must do this procedure again with the VHF2, VHF3 and HF2
systems. The procedure is the same and when you use the VHF2, VHF3
and HF2 systems, refer to information between parentheses.
R
EFF :
008-008, 301-302, 901-901, 23-51-00
Page 521
Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP1:
- Set the ON/OFF selector switch - The RMP shows the last frequencies
to ON. and the last function used.
- Push the VHF1 (VHF3) pushbutton - The green LED on this pushbutton
switch. switch comes on.
- The SEL indicator light (white LED)
comes on (only for the VHF3 system).
- In the STBY/CRS display window,
with the dual selector knob,
set the frequency that the
ground station can use in VHF.
- Start this frequency. To do - The frequency set comes into view in
this, push the transfer the ACTIVE display window.
pushbutton switch (double
arrow) between the two display
windows.
2. On the RMP2, set the frequencies
related to the VHF2 system. Do
the procedure of paragraph 1.
3. On the CAPT ACP:
- Push the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) - The green bars on the VHF1 (VHF2,
transmission pushbutton switch. VHF3) transmission pushbutton switch
come on.
- Push and release the VHF1 - The reception pushbutton switch moves
(VHF2, VHF3) reception fully out and comes on.
pushbutton switch.
- Push the PTT switch of the CAPT
sidestick controller.
- Transmit the SELCAL code of the
aircraft to the ground station.
Tell the ground station to make
a SELCAL call on the VHF1
(VHF2, VHF3) system.
EFF :
008-008, 901-901, 23-51-00
Page 522
Feb 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Release the PTT switch of the - On each ACP, the amber CALL legend of
CAPT sidestick controller. the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) pushbutton
switch flashes.
- You can hear the buzzer.
4. On one of the ACPs, push the - On all ACPs, the amber CALL legend of
RESET pushbutton switch and the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) transmission
release it. pushbutton switch goes off.
- The buzzer stops.
5. On the RMP1:
- Push the HF1 pushbutton switch - The green LED on the VHF1 (VHF3)
pushbutton switch goes off.
- The green LED on the HF1 pushbutton
switch comes on.
- The SEL indicator light comes on.
- In the STBY/CRS display window,
with the dual selector knob,
set the frequency that the
ground station can use in HF.
- Start this frequency. To do - The frequency set comes into view, in
this, push the transfer the ACTIVE display window.
pushbutton switch (double
arrow) between the two display
windows.
6. On the RMP2:
- Push the HF2 pushbutton switch - The green LED on the VHF2 pushbutton
switch goes off.
- The green LED on the HF2 pushbutton
switch comes on.
- The SEL indicator light comes on.
- In the STBY/CRS display window,
with the dual selector knob,
set the frequency that the
ground station can use in HF.
EFF :
008-008, 901-901, 23-51-00
Page 523
Feb 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Start this frequency. To do - The frequency set comes into view, in
this, push the transfer the ACTIVE display window.
pushbutton switch (double
arrow) between the two display
windows.
7. On the CAPT ACP:
- Push the HF1 (HF2) transmission - The green bars on the VHF1 (VHF2,
pushbutton switch. VHF3) transmission pushbutton switch
go off.
- The green bars on the HF1 (HF2)
transmission pushbutton switch come
on.
- Push and release the VHF1 - This pushbutton switch moves in (to
(VHF2, VHF3) reception the initial position) and the
pushbutton switch. annunciator light goes off.
- Push and release the HF1 (HF2) - The reception pusbutton switch moves
reception pushbutton switch. fully out and comes on.
- Push the PTT switch of the CAPT - During the tuning (which continues
sidestick controller. for approximately 5 seconds), the
reception stops and you can hear a
signal of 1000 Hz in the boomset.
- Tell the ground station to make
a SELCAL call on the HF1 (HF2)
system.
- Release the PTT switch of the - On each ACP, the amber CALL legend of
CAPT sidestick controller. the HF1 (HF2) transmission pushbutton
switch flashes.
- You can hear the buzzer.
8. On one of the ACPs, push the - On all ACPs, the amber CALL legend of
RESET pushbutton switch and the HF1 (HF2) transmission pushbutton
release it. switch goes off.
- The buzzer stops.
EFF :
008-008, 901-901, 23-51-00
Page 524
Feb 01/06
R
THY
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-001, 003-006, 201-201,
Subtask 23-51-00-860-053-C
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the RMPs, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.
(2) On the ACP, push the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) transmission pushbutton switch
and the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) reception pushbutton switch.
(3) At the Captain station, disconnect the boomset.
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
R **ON A/C 002-002, 007-007, 009-049, 051-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
Subtask 23-51-00-860-053-A
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the RMPs, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.
(2) On the ACP, push the HF1 transmission pushbutton switch and the HF1
reception pushbutton switch.
(3) At the Captain station, disconnect the boomset.
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 525
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 008-049,
Subtask 23-51-00-860-053
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the RMPs, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.
(2) On the ACP, push the VHF1 (VHF2) transmission pushbutton switch and
the VHF1 (VHF2) reception pushbutton switch.
(3) At the Captain station, disconnect the boomset.
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
Post SB 23-1123 For A/C 008-008,
Subtask 23-51-00-860-053-B
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the RMPs, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.
(2) On the ACP, push the HF1 (HF2) transmission pushbutton switch and the
HF1 (HF2) reception pushbutton switch.
(3) At the Captain station, disconnect the boomset.
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
R
EFF :
008-049, 901-901, 23-51-00
Page 526
Feb 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 23-51-00-710-003
Operational Test of the CAPT and F/O ACPs Switching to the 3rd OCCUPANT ACP
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
NOTE : You can do this test in the hangar.
____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 235100-01
To make sure that the 3rd Occupant station operates correctly in the standby
mode for the Captain and First Officer stations. For this, use the AUDIO
SWITCHING selector switch (panel 48VU).
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific boomset
No specific 150 ohms microphone
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
R
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 527
Feb 01/06
THY
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-054
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) On the ACPs of the Captain, the First Officer and the 3rd Occupant
stations, make sure that:
- The RAD/INT selector switch is in the middle position,
- All transmission pushbutton switches are fully out.
- All reception pushbutton switches are pushed (no reception).
(3) On the maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the SVCE INT OVRD
pushbutton switch is not pushed.
(4) On the overhead control and indicating panel 48VU, make sure that the
AUDIO SWITCHING selector switch is in the NORM position.
(5) On the panels 301VU and 501VU, set the LOUD SPEAKER potentiometers to
MAX.
(6) At the Captain and First Officer Occupant stations:
- Connect a boomset to the jack panel.
(7) At the Captain and First Officer stations, connect a 150 ohms
microphone to the HAND MIC receptacle.
(8) Do the EIS start procedure (upper ECAM only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-
001).
Subtask 23-51-00-865-052
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU CAPT/LOUD/SPKR 5WW F10
49VU COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH 9RN G08
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O 5RN G07
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT 4RN G06
121VU COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT 6RN M02
121VU EIS/F/O/LOUD/SPKR 4WW P08
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 528
Feb 01/06
R
THY
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
Subtask 23-51-00-710-055
A. Operational test
NOTE : This procedure is applicable for the Captain Station. It is the
____
same for the First Officer station. Refer to the data between
parentheses.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the ACP of the Captain (First
Officer) and the 3rd Occupant:
- Push the INT transmission - The green bars on the INT
pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch come
on.
- Push and release the INT - The reception pushbutton switch moves
reception pushbutton switch and fully out and comes on.
then turn it to the middle
position.
2. On the overhead control and On the upper ECAM DU.
indicating panel 48VU:
- Set the AUDIO SWITCHING - The AUDIO 3XFRD indication comes into
selector switch to CAPT 3 (F/O view in green.
3).
NOTE: To get the MEMO, push the CLR
pushbutton switch on the ECAM control
panel until the indication comes into
view.
3. On the CAPT (F/O) station:
- On the ACP, push the INT - The green bars on the INT
transmission pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch go
off.
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 529
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Speak into the microphone. - Make sure that what is said in the
microphone is clearly audible:
.In the boomset of the Captain (First
Officer).
.In the loudspeaker of the Captain
(First Officer).
4. On the 3rd Occupants ACP:
- Push the INT transmission - The green bars on the INT
pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch go
off.
5. On the CAPT (F/O) station:
- Speak into the microphone. - Make sure that the reception stops:
.In the boomset of the Captain (First
Officer).
.In the loudspeaker of the Captain
(First Officer).
6. On the 3rd Occupants ACP:
- Push the INT transmission - The green bars on the INT
pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch come
on.
- Smoothly turn clockwise the INT - Make sure that the reception volume
pushbutton switch for reception changes smoothly and that there is no
and speak into the CAPT (F/O) interference:
microphone. .In the boomset of the Captain (First
Officer).
.In the loudspeaker of the Captain
(First Officer).
7. On the CAPT (F/O) ACP:
- Push the INT transmission - The green bars on the INT
pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch come
on.
- Smoothly turn clockwise the INT - Make sure that the reception volume
pushbutton switch for reception does not change:
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 530
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
and speak into the microphone. .In the boomset of the Captain (First
Officer).
.In the loudspeaker of the Captain
(First Officer).
8. On the CAPT (F/O) station:
- On the ACP, set the INT/RAD
switch to RAD and hold it in
this position.
- Speak into the boomset - Make sure that the reception stops:
microphone. .In the boomset of the Captain (First
Officer).
.In the loudspeaker of the Captain
(First Officer).
- Release the RAD/INT switch. - The RAD/INT switch moves to the
middle position.
- On the CAPT (F/O) side stick
controller push the PTT switch.
- Speak into the boomset - Make sure that what is said in the
microphone. microphone is clearly audible:
.In the boomset of the Captain (First
Officer).
.In the loudspeaker of the Captain
(First Officer).
- Release the PTT switch on the
CAPT (F/O) side stick
controller.
9. On the 3rd Occupants ACP:
- Set the RAD/INT switch to RAD
and hold it in this position.
- Speak into the microphone of - Make sure that what is said in the
the CAPT (F/O) boomset. microphone is clearly audible:
.In the boomset of the Captain (First
Officer).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-51-00
Page 531
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.In the loudspeaker of the Captain
(First Officer).
- Release the RAD/INT switch. - the RAD/INT switch moves to the
middle position.
10. On the overhead control and
indicating panel 48VU:
- Set the AUDIO SWITCHING
selector switch to NORM.
R **ON A/C 053-199, 251-251, 303-399,
Subtask 23-51-00-710-055-A
A. Operational test
NOTE : This procedure is applicable for the Captain Station. It is the
____
same for the First Officer station. Refer to the data in
parentheses.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the ACP of the Captain (First
Officer) and the 3rd Occupant:
- Push the INT transmission - The green bars on the INT
pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch come
on.
- Push and release the INT - The reception pushbutton switch moves
reception pushbutton switch and fully out and comes on.
then turn it to the middle
position.
2. On the overhead control and On the upper ECAM DU:
indicating panel 48VU:
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 532
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Set the AUDIO SWITCHING - The AUDIO 3XFRD indication comes into
selector switch to CAPT 3 (F/O view in green.
3).
NOTE: To get the MEMO, push the CLR
pushbutton switch on the ECAM control
panel until the indication comes into
view.
On the ACP of the Captain (F/O):
- The green bars on the INT
transmission pushbutton switch go
off.
3. At the CAPT (F/O) station:
- push the PTT switch on the - Make sure that what is said in the
microphone and at the same microphone ic clearly audible:
time, speak into it. .In the boomset of the Captain (First
Officer).
.In the loudspeaker of the Captain
(First Officer).
4. On the 3rd Occupants ACP:
- Push the INT transmission - The green bars on the INT
pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch go
off.
5. At the CAPT (F/O) station:
- Speak into the microphone. - Make sure that the reception stops:
.In the boomset of the Captain (First
Officer).
.In the loudspeaker of the Captain
(First Officer).
6. On the 3rd Occupants ACP:
- Push the INT transmission - The green bars on the INT
pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch come
on.
- Smoothly turn clockwise the INT - Make sure that the reception volume
pushbutton switch for reception changes smoothly and that there is no
R
EFF :
053-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-51-00
Page 533
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
and speak into the CAPT (F/O) interference:
microphone. .In the boomset of the Captain (First
Officer).
.In the loudspeaker of the Captain
(First Officer).
7. At the CAPT (F/O) station:
- On the ACP, set the INT/RAD
switch to RAD and hold it in
this position.
- Speak into the boomset - Make sure that the reception stops:
microphone. .In the boomset of the Captain (First
Officer).
.In the loudspeaker of the Captain
(First Officer).
- Release the RAD/INT switch. - The RAD/INT switch moves to the
middle position.
- On the CAPT (F/O) side stick
controller, push the PTT
switch.
- Speak into the boomset - Make sure that what is said in the
microphone. microphone is clearly audible:
.In the boomset of the Captain (First
Officer).
.In the loudspeaker of the Captain
(First Officer).
- Release the PTT switch on the
CAPT (F/O) side stick
controller.
8. On the 3rd Occupants ACP:
- Set the RAD/INT switch to RAD
and hold it in this position.
- Speak into the microphone of - Make sure that what is said in the
the CAPT (F/O) boomset. microphone is clearly audible:
R
EFF :
053-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-51-00
Page 534
Nov 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.In the boomset of the Captain (First
Officer).
.In the loudspeaker of the Captain
(First Officer).
- Release the RAD/INT switch. - The RAD/INT switch moves to the
middle position.
9. On the overhead control and
indicating panel 48VU:
- Set the AUDIO SWITCHING
selector switch to NORM.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-51-00-860-055
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the ACPs, push the INT transmission and reception pushbutton
switches.
(2) On the ECAM control panel, set the UPPER DISPLAY potentiometer to
OFF.
(3) At the Captain and First Officer stations, disconnect the microphone
and the boomset.
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 535
Aug 01/06
R
THY
TASK 23-51-00-710-004
Operational Test of the Oxygen Mask Microphone
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the Oxygen Mask Microphone
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
35-12-41-400-002 Installation of the Full-Face/Quick-donning
Oxygen-Mask
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-067
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits.(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002)
(2) On all the ACPs, make sure that:
- the INT/RAD selector switch is in the middle position
- all the transmission pushbutton switches are pushed (no reception).
(3) On the maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the SVCE INT OVRD
pushbutton switch is not pushed.
(4) On the overhead control panel 48VU, make sure that the AUDIO
SWITCHING selector switch is in the NORM position.
(5) At the CAPT, F/O and 3rd OCCPNT stations, connect a headset to the
jack panel.
(6) On the CAPT, F/O and 3rd OCCPNT ACPs, push the INT transmission and
INT reception pushbutton switches.
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 536
Feb 01/06
R
THY
Subtask 23-51-00-865-067
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH 9RN G08
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O 5RN G07
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT 4RN G06
49VU OXYGEN/CREW/OXY/SPLY 1HT HA01
121VU COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT 6RN M02
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-51-00-710-064
A. Operational Test of the Oxygen Mask Microphone
NOTE : You must do the test at each crew station (refer to the data in
____
parentheses).
NOTE : Do not put oxygen mask fully against your face so that you do not
____
use oxygen.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the L overhead control panel On the OXYGEN/CREW SUPPLY pushbutton
21VU: switch:
- push the OXYGEN/CREW SUPPLY - the OFF legend goes off.
pushbutton switch.
2. At the CAPT (F/O and 3rd OCCPNT) You can hear the oxygen flow rate.
station:
- remove the mask from the
stowage box
3. On the CAPT (F/O, 3rd OCCPNT)
ACP:
- set the INT/RAD selector switch
to RAD and hold it in this
position.
4. Speak into the oxygen mask Make sure that the reception is
microphone of the CAPT (F/O, 3rd correct:
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 537
Feb 01/06
R
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OCCPNT) station. - in the headset at the CAPT, F/O and
3rd OCCPNT stations
- in the CAPT and F/O loud speakers (on
the CAPT and F/O LOUD SPEAKER control
panels 500VU and 301VU, the LOUD
SPEAKER potentiometers are set to
MAX).
5. On the CAPT (F/O, 3rd OCCPNT) On the CAPT (F/O, 3rd OCCPNT) ACP:
ACP: - the INT/RAD selector switch moves to
- release the INT/RAD selector the center position.
switch.
6. At the CAPT (F/O and 3rd OCCPNT)
station:
- put the oxygen mask into the
stowage box and close the
doors. (Ref. TASK 35-12-41-400-
002)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-51-00-860-068
A. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration
(1) On the CAPT, F/O, 3rd OCCUPNT ACPs, push the INT transmission and INT
reception pushbutton switches.
(2) At the CAPT, F/O, 3rd OCCPNT stations, disconnect the headset.
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-
862-002)
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 538
Feb 01/06
R
THY
TASK 23-51-00-740-002
BITE Test of the Audio System
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
NOTE : You can do the test in the hangar.
____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the AMU and the ACPs operate correctly.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-003 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/COM
Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-056
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) On all the ACPs, make sure that:
- The RAD/INT switch is in the middle position,
- All transmission pushbutton switches are fully out,
- All reception pushbutton switches are pushed (no reception).
(3) On the maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the SVCE INT OVRD
pushbutton switch is not pushed.
(4) On the overhead control and indicating panel 48VU, make sure that the
AUDIO SWITCHING selector switch is in the NORM position.
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 539
Feb 01/06
R
THY
Subtask 23-51-00-865-053
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH 9RN G08
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O 5RN G07
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT 4RN G06
121VU COM NAV/SELCAL 8RN M04
121VU COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT 6RN M02
**ON A/C 007-007,
121VU COM NAV/ACP/AVNCS/COMPT 7RN M03
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-51-00-710-056
A. On one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM menu page (Ref. TASK 31-32-
00-860-003).
Subtask 23-51-00-740-050
B. Do the BITE test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU, on the COM menu
page:
- Push the line key adjacent to
the AMU indication.
Two configuration are possible:
First configuration: On the MCDU:
- the AIS page comes into view (go to
step 2).
Second configuration: On the MCDU:
R
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 540
Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the AUDIO page comes into view (go to
step 3).
2. On the AIS page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - The TEST IN PROGRESS XX s comes into
the TEST indication. view.
- The TEST OK page comes into view.
3. On the AUDIO page:
- Push the line key adjacent to This message comes into view :
the TEST AMU ACP AUDIO
indication. NO FAULT ACP1
NO FAULT ACP2
NO FAULT ACP3
NO FAULT AMU
4. On the MCDU:
- Push the line key adjacent to
the RETURN indication until the
CFDS menu page comes into view.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-51-00-862-053
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
R
EFF :
ALL 23-51-00
Page 541
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
TASK 23-51-00-740-003
BITE Test of the SELCAL-CALL Part of the AMU
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
NOTE : You can do the test in the hangar.
____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the SELCAL-CALL part of the AMU operates correctly.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-003 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/COM
Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-057
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) On all the ACPs, make sure that:
- The RAD/INT switch is in the middle position,
- All transmission pushbutton switches are fully out.
- All reception pushbutton switches are pushed (no reception).
(3) On the maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the SVCE INT OVRD
pushbutton switch is not pushed.
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-51-00
Page 542
Feb 01/06
THY
(4) On the overhead control and indicating panel 48VU, make sure that the
AUDIO SWITCHING selector switch is in the NORM position.
Subtask 23-51-00-865-054
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH 9RN G08
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O 5RN G07
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT 4RN G06
121VU COM NAV/SELCAL 8RN M04
121VU COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT 6RN M02
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-51-00-710-057
A. On one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM menu page (Ref. TASK 31-32-
00-860-003).
Subtask 23-51-00-740-051
B. Do the BITE test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU, on the COM menu On the MCDU:
page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - The AUDIO page comes into view.
the AMU indication.
2. On the AUDIO page: - The TEST IN PROGRESS page comes into
- Push the line key adjacent to view (in some cases, during the test,
the TEST AMU SELCAL CALL the CALL lights flash two times on
indication. the ACPs).
- After some seconds, this message
comes into view on the MCDU:
TEST
SELCAL-CALL
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-51-00
Page 543
Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART OF AMU
NO FAULT SELCAL
NO FAULT CALL
3. On the MCDU:
- Push the line key adjacent to
the RETURN indication until the
CFDS menu page comes into view.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-51-00-862-054
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-51-00
Page 544
Feb 01/06
THY
CONTROL PANEL - AUDIO (ACP) (2RN1,2RN2,2RN3,2RN4,2RN5) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-51-12-000-001
Removal of the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2, 2RN3, 2RN4, 2RN5)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-51-12-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 007-007,
23-51-12-991-001-A Fig. 401A
EFF :
ALL 23-51-12
Page 401
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-12-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O 5RN G07
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT 4RN G06
49VU LIGHTING/XFMR/115V.5V/ESS BUS 29LP H03
121VU COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT 6RN M02
**ON A/C 007-007,
121VU COM NAV/ACP/AVNCS/COMPT 7RN M03
**ON A/C ALL
122VU LIGHTING/ANN LT SPLY/XFMR/BUS 2 27LP X05
122VU LIGHTING/ANN LT SPLY/XFMR/BUS 1 26LP X04
122VU LIGHTING/ANN LT SPLY/XFMR/STAT INV 28LP X03
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL AND/PED 4LF Y04
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/OVHD/PNL 3LF Y03
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-51-12-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 824 in zone
128.
(2) Open the access door 824.
EFF :
ALL 23-51-12
Page 402
Feb 01/06
R
THY
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-51-12-991-001)
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-51-12-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-51-12-020-050
A. Removal of the Audio Control Panel
NOTE : This removal procedure is applicable to each audio control panel.
____
(1) Loosen the Dzus fasteners (1) by a quarter turn.
(2) Pull the audio control panel (2) from its housing.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (4) from the receptacle (3).
(4) Remove the audio control panel (2).
(5) Put blanking caps on the electrical connector (4) and the receptacle
(3).
EFF :
ALL 23-51-12
Page 403
Aug 01/06
THY
Audio Control Panel (ACP)
Figure 401/TASK 23-51-12-991-001
R
EFF : 001-006, 008-049, 051-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-51-12
Page 404
Aug 01/06
THY
R Audio Control Panel (ACP)
R Figure 401A/TASK 23-51-12-991-001-A
R
EFF :
007-007, 23-51-12
Page 405
Nov 01/05
THY
TASK 23-51-12-400-001
Installation of the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2, 2RN3, 2RN4, 2RN5)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-51-00-740-002 BITE Test of the Audio System
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-51-12-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 007-007,
23-51-12-991-001-A Fig. 401A
EFF :
ALL 23-51-12
Page 406
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-51-12-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
824 in zone 128.
(2) Make sure that the access door 824 is open.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-51-12-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O 5RN G07
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT 4RN G06
49VU LIGHTING/XFMR/115V.5V/ESS BUS 29LP H03
121VU COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT 6RN M02
**ON A/C 007-007,
121VU COM NAV/ACP/AVNCS/COMPT 7RN M03
**ON A/C ALL
122VU LIGHTING/ANN LT SPLY/XFMR/BUS 2 27LP X05
122VU LIGHTING/ANN LT SPLY/XFMR/BUS 1 26LP X04
122VU LIGHTING/ANN LT SPLY/XFMR/STAT INV 28LP X03
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL AND/PED 4LF Y04
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/OVHD/PNL 3LF Y03
EFF :
ALL 23-51-12
Page 407
Feb 01/06
R
THY
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-51-12-991-001)
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-51-12-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-51-12-420-050
A. Installation of the Audio Control Panel
NOTE : This installation procedure is applicable to each audio control
____
panel.
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove blanking caps from the electrical connector (4) and the
receptacle (3).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connector (4) and the receptacle (3)
are in the correct condition.
(5) Connect the electrical connector (4) to the receptacle (3).
(6) Install the audio control panel (2) in its housing.
(7) Tighten the Dzus fasteners (1) by a quarter turn.
EFF :
ALL 23-51-12
Page 408
Aug 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-51-12-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O 5RN G07
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT 4RN G06
49VU LIGHTING/XFMR/115V.5V/ESS BUS 29LP H03
121VU COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT 6RN M02
**ON A/C 007-007,
121VU COM NAV/ACP/AVNCS/COMPT 7RN M03
**ON A/C ALL
122VU LIGHTING/ANN LT SPLY/XFMR/BUS 2 27LP X05
122VU LIGHTING/ANN LT SPLY/XFMR/BUS 1 26LP X04
122VU LIGHTING/ANN LT SPLY/XFMR/STAT INV 28LP X03
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL AND/PED 4LF Y04
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/OVHD/PNL 3LF Y03
Subtask 23-51-12-740-050
C. Do the BITE test of the AMU-ACP (Ref. TASK 23-51-00-740-002).
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Subtask 23-51-12-410-050
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 23-51-12
Page 409
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-007,
Subtask 23-51-12-410-050-A
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
007-007, 23-51-12
Page 410
May 01/06
THY
CODE PANEL - SELCAL (3RN) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 23-51-13-000-001
Removal of the SELCAL Code Panel (3RN)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-51-13-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-13-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 824 in the
zone 128.
(2) Open the access door 824.
EFF :
ALL 23-51-13
Page 401
May 01/05
THY
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-51-13-991-001)
Subtask 23-51-13-020-050
A. Removal of the SELCAL Code Panel
(1) Write the code which is in view on the SELCAL code panel (3).
(2) Loosen the fasteners (2) by one quarter turn.
(3) Pull the SELCAL code panel (3) from its housing.
(4) Disconnect the connector (4) from the receptacle (1).
(5) Remove the SELCAL code panel (3).
(6) Put blanking caps on the connector (4) and on the receptacle (1).
EFF :
ALL 23-51-13
Page 402
May 01/05
THY
SELCAL Code Panel
Figure 401/TASK 23-51-13-991-001
EFF :
ALL 23-51-13
Page 403
May 01/05
THY
TASK 23-51-13-400-001
Installation of the SELCAL Code Panel (3RN)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-51-00-710-002 Operational Test of the SELCAL System
23-51-00-740-003 BITE Test of the SELCAL-CALL Part of the AMU
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-13-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
824 in zone 128.
(2) Make sure that the access door 824 is open.
EFF :
ALL 23-51-13
Page 404
May 01/05
THY
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-51-13-420-050
A. Installation of the SELCAL Code Panel
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the connector (4) and the receptacle
(1).
(4) Make sure that the connector (4) and the receptacle (1) are in the
correct condition.
(5) Connect the connector (4) to the receptacle (1).
(6) Put the SELCAL code panel (3) in its housing.
(7) Tighten the QAD fasteners (2) by one quarter turn.
(8) Make sure that the code on the SELCAL code panel is the same as that
written at the panel removal.
Subtask 23-51-13-740-050
B. Do the BITE test of the AMU-SELCAL CALL (Ref. TASK 23-51-00-740-003).
NOTE : As an alternative procedure, you can do this operational test
____
without the CFDS (Ref. TASK 23-51-00-710-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-51-13-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 23-51-13
Page 405
May 01/05
THY
SWITCH - RADIO PTT (11RN,12RN) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________
TASK 23-51-17-000-001
Removal of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN,12RN)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-92-41-000-010 Removal of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN,12RN)
3. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-51-17-020-050
A. Removal of the Radio PTT Switch (Ref. TASK 27-92-41-000-010).
EFF :
ALL 23-51-17
Page 401
May 01/05
THY
TASK 23-51-17-400-001
Installation of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN,12RN)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-92-41-400-010 Installation of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN,12RN)
3. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-51-17-420-050
A. Installation of the Radio PTT Switch (Ref. TASK 27-92-41-400-010).
EFF :
ALL 23-51-17
Page 402
May 01/05
THY
MANAGEMENT UNIT - AUDIO (AMU) (1RN) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________
TASK 23-51-34-000-001
Removal of the Audio Management Unit (AMU) (1RN)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-51-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-34-865-051
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH 9RN G08
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O 5RN G07
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT 4RN G06
121VU COM NAV/SELCAL 8RN M04
121VU COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT 6RN M02
R **ON A/C 007-007,
R 121VU COM NAV/ACP/AVNCS/COMPT 7RN M03
EFF :
ALL 23-51-34
Page 401
Nov 01/05
THY
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-51-34-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 824 in zone
128.
(2) Open the access door 824.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-51-34-991-001)
Subtask 23-51-34-020-050
A. Removal of the Audio Management Unit
(1) Loosen the nuts (3).
(2) Lower the nuts (3).
(3) Pull the AMU (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the electrical
connectors (1).
(4) Remove the AMU (5) from its rack (2).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (1).
EFF :
ALL 23-51-34
Page 402
Nov 01/05
THY
Audio Management Unit (AMU)
Figure 401/TASK 23-51-34-991-001
EFF :
ALL 23-51-34
Page 403
May 01/05
THY
TASK 23-51-34-400-001
Installation of the Audio Management Unit (AMU) (1RN)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-51-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Audio Management
23-51-00-740-002 BITE Test of the Audio System
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
23-51-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-34-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
824 in zone 128.
(2) Make sure that the access door 824 is open.
EFF :
ALL 23-51-34
Page 404
May 01/05
THY
Subtask 23-51-34-865-052
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH 9RN G08
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O 5RN G07
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT 4RN G06
121VU COM NAV/SELCAL 8RN M04
121VU COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT 6RN M02
R **ON A/C 007-007,
R 121VU COM NAV/ACP/AVNCS/COMPT 7RN M03
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-51-34-991-001)
Subtask 23-51-34-420-050
A. Installation of the Audio Management Unit (AMU)
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are clean and in the
correct condition.
(5) Install the AMU (5) in its rack (2).
(6) Push the AMU (5) on its rack (2) to connect the electrical connectors
(1).
(7) Engage the nuts (3) on the lugs (4) and tighten.
EFF :
ALL 23-51-34
Page 405
Nov 01/05
THY
R
Subtask 23-51-34-865-053
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH 9RN G08
R 49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O 5RN G07
R 49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT 4RN G06
R 121VU COM NAV/SELCAL 8RN M04
R 121VU COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT 6RN M02
R **ON A/C 007-007,
R 121VU COM NAV/ACP/AVNCS/COMPT 7RN M03
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-51-34-740-050
C. Do the BITE test of the AMU-ACP (Ref. TASK 23-51-00-740-002).
NOTE : As an alternative procedure, you can do this operational test
____
without the CFDS (Ref. TASK 23-51-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-51-34-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 23-51-34
Page 406
May 01/06
THY
STATIC DISCHARGING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________
1. General
_______
During flight, the aircraft becomes charged with static electricity. If the
discharge of the static electricity is not controlled, it causes
interference in the communications and navigation systems.
To decrease the effect of this interference, static dischargers are
installed.
2. __________________
Component Location
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-055, 101-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-304, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-055,101-199,201-249,251-299,301-304,
R 901-901,
R (Ref. Fig. 001A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-055, 101-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-304, 901-901,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STATIC DISCHARGERS LOCATION QUANTITY ZONE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wing Tip Fence 4 534(634)
Elevator Tip 1 335(345)
Horizontal Stabilizer Tip 1 332(342)
Vertical Stabilizer Tip 1 324
Rudder Tip 1 326
Wing Fixed Trailing Edge 1 534(634)
Aileron Trailing Edge 4 590(690)
Elevator Trailing Edge 3 335(345)
Rudder Trailing Edge 3 326
No.2 Flap Track Movable Fairing 1 531(631)
No.3 Flap Track Movable Fairing 1 532(632)
No.4 Flap Track Movable Fairing 1 533(633)
Engine Pylon Rear Fairing 1 470(480)
EFF :
ALL 23-60-00
Page 1
Aug 01/06
THY
Static Dischargers - Location
Figure 001
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-055, 101-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-304, 901-901,
23-60-00
Page 2
Aug 01/06
THY
R Static Dischargers - Location
R Figure 001A
EFF :
ALL 23-60-00
Page 3
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-055,101-199,201-249,251-299,301-304,
R 901-901,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STATIC DISCHARGERS LOCATION QUANTITY ZONE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Wing Tip Fence 4 534(634)
R Elevator Tip 1 335(345)
R Horizontal Stabilizer Tip 1 332(342)
R Vertical Stabilizer Tip 1 324
R Rudder Tip 1 326
R Wing Fixed Trailing Edge 1 534(634)
R Aileron Trailing Edge 4 590(690)
R Elevator Trailing Edge 3 335(345)
R Rudder Trailing Edge 3 326
R No.2 Flap Track Movable Fairing 1 531(631)
R No.3 Flap Track Movable Fairing 1 532(632)
R No.4 Flap Track Movable Fairing 1 533(633)
R **ON A/C ALL
3. __________________
System Description
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-055, 101-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-304, 901-901,
Each static discharger assembly has a retainer and a static discharger. The
retainer is attached to the structure by rivets. The static discharger is
attached to its retainer by one screw, to make it easy to replace.
Static discharger assemblies are installed at the tips of:
- the wing-tip fence
- the horizontal stabilizer
- the vertical stabilizer
- the elevators
- the rudder
and on the trailing edges of:
- the wing fixed structure
- the ailerons
- the elevators
- the rudder
- the flap-track movable-fairings
- the engine-pylon rear-fairings.
EFF :
ALL 23-60-00
Page 4
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-055,101-199,201-249,251-299,301-304,
R 901-901,
R Each static discharger assembly has a retainer and a static discharger. The
R retainer is attached to the structure by rivets. The static discharger is
R attached to its retainer by one screw, to make it easy to replace.
R
R Static discharger assemblies are installed at the tips of:
R - the wing-tip fence
R - the horizontal stabilizer
R - the vertical stabilizer
R - the elevators
R - the rudder
R and on the trailing edges of:
R - the wing fixed structure
R - the ailerons
R - the elevators
R - the rudder
R - the flap-track movable-fairings
R **ON A/C ALL
Two types of retainer are installed:
- a flat retainer at the trailing edges
- an angular retainer at the tips.
Two types of static discharger are installed:
- one with a straight mounting, installed at the trailing edges
- one with a 30-degree angle mounting, installed at the tips.
The two types are not interchangeable.
4. Power
____________
Supply
Not Applicable.
5. _________
Interface
Not Applicable.
6. Operation/Control
________________________________
and Indicating
The static dischargers:
- decrease the voltage level necessary to start corona discharge
- make regions of very low radio-frequency field-strength and thus cause the
discharge to occur in these regions
- discharge the static electricity charge.
EFF :
ALL 23-60-00
Page 5
Aug 01/06
THY
The effect is to decrease the interference in the communications and
navigation systems.
EFF :
ALL 23-60-00
Page 6
Aug 01/06
THY
STATIC DISCHARGER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________
1. General
_______
The full description and operation of the static dischargers is given in
(Ref. 23-60-00).
EFF :
ALL 23-61-00
Page 1
May 01/05
THY
STATIC DISCHARGER - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________
TASK 23-61-00-200-001
- Check Resistance of Tip to Retainer - Check Bonding of Retainer to Structure
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 236142-01
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific safety barriers
No specific warning notice
No specific Megohmmeter 500 Mohms - 500 VDC,1 mA max
No specific adjustable access platform 11.75 m (38 ft. 7 in.)
EFF :
ALL 23-61-00
Page 601
Aug 01/06
R
THY
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-869-002 Table of the Maximum Permitted Resistance Values
R 20-28-00-912-004 Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive
R Bolts and Screws and Bonding Straps in the Fuselage
R and in the Wings (this does not include the tanks)-
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-055, 101-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-304, 901-901,
23-61-00-991-001 Fig. 601
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-055,101-199,201-249,251-299,301-304,
R 901-901,
R 23-61-00-991-001-A Fig. 601A
R **ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-055, 101-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-304, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 23-61-00-991-001)
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-055,101-199,201-249,251-299,301-304,
R 901-901,
R (Ref. Fig. 601A/TASK 23-61-00-991-001-A)
EFF :
ALL 23-61-00
Page 602
Aug 01/06
THY
Static Dischargers.
Figure 601/TASK 23-61-00-991-001
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-055, 101-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-304, 901-901,
23-61-00
Page 603
Aug 01/06
THY
R Static Dischargers
R Figure 601A/TASK 23-61-00-991-001-A
EFF :
ALL 23-61-00
Page 604
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-00-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(1) Put the safety barriers in position.
(2) Put the adjustable access platform in position below the applicable
zone.
(3) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
flight controls.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-055, 101-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-304, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 23-61-00-991-001)
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-055,101-199,201-249,251-299,301-304,
R 901-901,
R (Ref. Fig. 601A/TASK 23-61-00-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-00-210-050
A. Inspection of the Static Dischargers
(1) Examine the static dischargers to make sure that:
- there is no distortion
- there is no damage to the covers
- there is no corrosion of the bases
- there is no damage to the tips
- the screws are tight and serviceable
- they are correctly attached.
EFF :
ALL 23-61-00
Page 605
Aug 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-61-00-750-051
R B. Bonding Resistance
(1) Static Discharger Retainer to Aircraft Structure.
R (a) Make sure that the electrical bonding is correct (Ref. TASK 20-
R 28-00-912-004).
R (b) Make sure that the bonding resistance is correct (Ref. TASK 20-
28-00-869-002).
(2) Static Discharger Tip to Static Discharger Retainer.
(a) Use a Megohmmeter 500 Mohms - 500 VDC,1 mA max to measure the
resistance between the tip of the static discharger and the
static discharger retainer as follows:
- connect one probe to the tip of the applicable static
discharger
- put the other probe against the side of the applicable static
discharger retainer.
NOTE : With one lead attached to the retainer, clip the other
____
lead to a piece of WET sponge or fine wire wool (used to
touch the tip of the discharger).
(b) Measure the resistance values that follow:
- for type A, between 6 and 120 Megohms
- for type B, between 6 and 200 Megohms.
NOTE : The resistance value for all type B retainers is the
____
same.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-61-00-942-050
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the safety barriers.
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
(4) Remove the warning notice(s).
EFF :
ALL 23-61-00
Page 606
Aug 01/06
THY
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 23-61-00
Page 607
Aug 01/06
THY
DISCHARGER - STATIC - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________
TASK 23-61-41-000-001
Removal of the Static Discharger
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific safety barriers
No specific adjustable access platform 5 m (16 ft. 5 in.)
EFF :
ALL 23-61-41
Page 401
Aug 01/06
R
THY
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-055, 101-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-304, 901-901,
23-61-41-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-055,101-199,201-249,251-299,301-304,
R 901-901,
R 23-61-41-991-001-A Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 301-304,
23-61-41-991-002 Fig. 402
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-055, 101-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-304, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-41-991-001)
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-055,101-199,201-249,251-299,301-304,
R 901-901,
R (Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-61-41-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-61-41-991-002)
EFF :
ALL 23-61-41
Page 402
Aug 01/06
THY
Static Discharger - Location and Detail
Figure 401/TASK 23-61-41-991-001
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-055, 101-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-304, 901-901,
23-61-41
Page 403
Aug 01/06
THY
R Static Discharger - Location and Detail
R Figure 401A/TASK 23-61-41-991-001-A
R
EFF :
ALL 23-61-41
Page 404
Aug 01/06
THY
Static Discharger - Detail
Figure 402/TASK 23-61-41-991-002
R
EFF :
301-304, 23-61-41
Page 405
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-41-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(1) Put the safety barriers in position.
(2) Put the adjustable access platform adjacent to the applicable static
discharger.
Subtask 23-61-41-865-050
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY 15CE1 B11
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 6CV B07
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC 14CC1 B03
105VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY 16CE2 A02
105VU FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY 16CE1 A01
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND/MONG/SYS2 8CV Q21
**ON A/C ALL
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC 14CC2 M18
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1 19CE1 Q16
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY 15CE2 R20
**ON A/C 901-901,
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND/MONG/SYS2 8CV Q15
EFF :
ALL 23-61-41
Page 406
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-055, 101-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-304, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-41-991-001)
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-055,101-199,201-249,251-299,301-304,
R 901-901,
R (Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-61-41-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-61-41-991-002)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-41-020-050
A. Removal of the Static Discharger
(1) Loosen the grub screw (2) and remove the static discharger (1) from
the static discharger retainer (3).
EFF :
ALL 23-61-41
Page 407
Aug 01/06
THY
TASK 23-61-41-400-001
Installation of the Static Discharger
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific safety barriers
No specific adjustable access platform 5 m (16 ft. 5 in.)
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-052 USA MIL-T-23397 AND/OR L-T-80B
SELF ADHESIVEALUMINIUM TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
EFF :
ALL 23-61-41
Page 408
Aug 01/06
R
THY
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-61-00-200-001 - Check Resistance of Tip to Retainer - Check Bonding
of Retainer to Structure
TFU 23.61.00.002
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-055, 101-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-304, 901-901,
23-61-41-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-055,101-199,201-249,251-299,301-304,
R 901-901,
R 23-61-41-991-001-A Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 301-304,
23-61-41-991-002 Fig. 402
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-61-41-941-051
A. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the safety barriers are in position.
Subtask 23-61-41-860-050
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the adjustable access platform is in position.
EFF :
ALL 23-61-41
Page 409
Aug 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-61-41-865-052
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY 15CE1 B11
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 6CV B07
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC 14CC1 B03
105VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY 16CE2 A02
105VU FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY 16CE1 A01
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND/MONG/SYS2 8CV Q21
**ON A/C ALL
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC 14CC2 M18
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1 19CE1 Q16
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY 15CE2 R20
**ON A/C 901-901,
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND/MONG/SYS2 8CV Q15
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-055, 101-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-304, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-41-991-001)
EFF :
ALL 23-61-41
Page 410
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-055,101-199,201-249,251-299,301-304,
R 901-901,
R (Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-61-41-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-61-41-991-002)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-055, 101-199, 201-249, 251-299, 901-901,
Subtask 23-61-41-420-051
A. Preparation for Installation
(1) Clean the component interface and the adjacent area with a clean
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-026).
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
R **ON A/C 301-304,
Subtask 23-61-41-420-051-A
A. Preparation for Installation
(1) Clean the component interface and the adjacent area with a clean
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-026).
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 23-61-41
Page 411
Aug 01/06
THY
(4) For the static dischargers attached to the pylon rear fairings in
zone 470 (480) only:
(a) Clean the interface between the static discharge retainer (3) and
the static discharger (1) with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
(b) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-052) to the
two surfaces of the static discharger retainer (3) that engage
with the static discharger (1) (Ref. TFU 23.61.00.002).
NOTE : The BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-052)
____
must be installed/replaced before each static discharger
installation.
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-055,101-199,201-249,251-299,301-304,
R 901-901,
R Subtask 23-61-41-420-051-B
R A. Preparation for Installation
R (1) Clean the component interface and the adjacent area with a clean
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
R 11-026).
R (2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
R (3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
R clean and in the correct condition.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-41-420-050
B. Installation of the Static Discharger
(1) Install the static discharger (1) in the static discharger retainer
(3) and tighten the grub screw (2).
EFF :
ALL 23-61-41
Page 412
Aug 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-61-41-750-050
C. Test
(1) Do a resistance test between the static discharger (1) and the static
discharger retainer (3) (Ref. TASK 23-61-00-200-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-61-41-865-051
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV, 5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3, 15CE1, 15CE2,
16CE1, 16CE2.
Subtask 23-61-41-942-050
B. Remove the Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the safety barriers.
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
(4) Remove the warning notice(s).
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 23-61-41
Page 413
Aug 01/06
THY
RETAINER - STATIC DISCHARGER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________
TASK 23-61-42-000-001
Removal of the Static Discharger Retainer
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
R No specific non-metallic wedge
No specific safety barriers
No specific warning notice
No specific adjustable access platform 5 m (16 ft. 5 in.)
R B. Consumable Materials
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
R METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
EFF :
ALL 23-61-42
Page 401
Nov 01/05
THY
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-61-41-000-001 Removal of the Static Discharger
23-61-42-991-002 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-055, 101-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-304, 901-901,
23-61-42-991-003 Fig. 402
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-055,101-199,201-249,251-299,301-304,
R 901-901,
R 23-61-42-991-003-A Fig. 402A
R **ON A/C ALL
23-61-42-991-004 Fig. 403
R **ON A/C 001-005, 007-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-61-42-991-005 Fig. 404
**ON A/C 006-006,
23-61-42-991-005-A Fig. 404A
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
23-61-42-991-006-A Fig. 405
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-61-42-991-006 Fig. 405A
EFF :
ALL 23-61-42
Page 402
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-055, 101-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-304, 901-901,
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-61-42-991-003)
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-055,101-199,201-249,251-299,301-304,
R 901-901,
R (Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 23-61-42-991-003-A)
R **ON A/C ALL
R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-61-42-991-004)
R **ON A/C 001-005, 007-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 23-61-42-991-005)
**ON A/C 006-006,
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 23-61-42-991-005-A)
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 23-61-42-991-006-A)
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 405A/TASK 23-61-42-991-006)
EFF :
ALL 23-61-42
Page 403
Aug 01/06
THY
Static Discharger Retainers - Tailplane, Rudder and THS
Figure 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 23-61-42
Page 404
May 01/05
THY
Static Discharger Retainers - Tailplane, Rudder and THS
Figure 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 23-61-42
Page 405
May 01/05
THY
Static Discharger Retainers - Engine Pylon and Flap Track Fairings
Figure 402/TASK 23-61-42-991-003- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-055, 101-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-304, 901-901,
23-61-42
Page 406
Aug 01/06
THY
Static Discharger Retainers - Engine Pylon and Flap Track Fairings
Figure 402/TASK 23-61-42-991-003- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-055, 101-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-304, 901-901,
23-61-42
Page 407
Aug 01/06
THY
R Static Discharger Retainers - Flap Track Fairings
R Figure 402A/TASK 23-61-42-991-003-A
EFF :
ALL 23-61-42
Page 408
Aug 01/06
THY
Static Discharger Retainers - Ailerons
Figure 403/TASK 23-61-42-991-004
R
EFF :
ALL 23-61-42
Page 409
Aug 01/06
THY
Static Discharger Retainers - Wing Tips
Figure 404/TASK 23-61-42-991-005
R
EFF : 001-005, 007-049, 051-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-61-42
Page 410
Aug 01/06
THY
Static Discharger Retainers - Wing Tips
Figure 404A/TASK 23-61-42-991-005-A
R
EFF :
006-006, 23-61-42
Page 411
Aug 01/06
THY
Static Discharger Retainers - Wing Tip Fences
Figure 405/TASK 23-61-42-991-006-A
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-61-42
Page 412
Aug 01/06
THY
Static Discharger Retainers - Wing Tip Fences
Figure 405A/TASK 23-61-42-991-006
R
EFF :
901-901,
007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399, 23-61-42
Page 413
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-42-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(1) Put the safety barriers in position.
(2) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
flight controls.
Subtask 23-61-42-865-050
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY 15CE1 B11
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 6CV B07
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC 14CC1 B03
105VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY 16CE2 A02
105VU FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY 16CE1 A01
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND/MONG/SYS2 8CV Q21
**ON A/C ALL
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC 14CC2 M18
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1 19CE1 Q16
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY 15CE2 R20
**ON A/C 901-901,
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND/MONG/SYS2 8CV Q15
EFF :
ALL 23-61-42
Page 414
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-42-010-050
C. Get Access
(1) Put the adjustable access platform adjacent to the applicable static
discharger.
(2) Remove the static discharger (Ref. TASK 23-61-41-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-61-42-020-051
A. Removal of the Static Discharger Retainers zone 324 (Tailplane), 326
(Rudder), 330 (340) (Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer)
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)
(1) Carefully remove the rivets (1) with a drill, so that you do not make
the holes larger. Remove the static discharger retainer (2).
(2) Carefully remove the rivets (3) with a drill, so that you do not make
the holes larger. Remove the static discharger (4).
(3) Carefully remove the rivets (5) with a drill, so that you do not make
the holes larger. Remove the static discharger retainer (6).
(4) Carefully remove the rivets (23) with a drill, so that you do not
make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger retainer (24).
(5) Carefully remove the rivets (25) and (26) with a drill, so that you
do not make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger retainer
(27).
(6) Carefully remove the rivets (28) with a drill, so that you do not
make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger retainer (29).
(7) Carefully remove the rivets (30) with a drill, so that you do not
make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger retainer (31).
EFF :
ALL 23-61-42
Page 415
Aug 01/06
R
THY
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-055, 101-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-304, 901-901,
Subtask 23-61-42-020-052
B. Removal of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 470 (480) (Engine Pylon),
531 (631), 532 (632) and 533 (633) (Flap Track Fairings)
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-61-42-991-003)
(1) Carefully remove the rivets (22) with a drill, so that you do not
make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger retainer (21).
(2) Carefully remove the rivets (15) and (16) with a drill, so that you
do not make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger retainer
(17).
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-055,101-199,201-249,251-299,301-304,
R 901-901,
R Subtask 23-61-42-020-052-A
R B. Removal of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 531 (631), 532 (632) and
R 533 (633) (Flap Track Fairings)
R (Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 23-61-42-991-003-A)
R (1) Carefully remove the rivets (15) and (16) with a drill, so that you
R do not make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger retainer
R (17).
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-42-020-053
C. Removal of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 590 (690) (Ailerons)
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-61-42-991-004)
(1) Carefully remove the rivets (7) and (8) with a drill, so that you do
not make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger retainer
(10), then remove and discard the washer (9).
(2) Carefully remove the rivets (11) and (12) with a drill, so that you
do not make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger retainer
(14), then remove and discard the washers (13).
R
EFF :
ALL 23-61-42
Page 416
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-005, 007-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Subtask 23-61-42-020-054
D. Removal of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 534 (634) (Wing-Tip)
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 23-61-42-991-005)
(1) Carefully remove the rivets (1) and (3) with a drill, so that you do
not make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger retainer (2),
then remove and discard the filling piece (4).
**ON A/C 006-006,
Subtask 23-61-42-020-054-A
D. Removal of the Static Discharger Retainer Zone 534 (634) (Wing-Tip)
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 23-61-42-991-005-A)
(1) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) to the interface of the
static discharger retainer (1) and the aircraft structure (2).
(2) After 3 minutes, when the adhesive is soft, carefully remove the
static discharger retainer (1) with a non-metallic wedge.
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
Subtask 23-61-42-020-055-A
E. Removal of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 534 (634) (Wing-Tip
Fence)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 23-61-42-991-006-A)
(1) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) to the interface of:
- the static discharger retainer (1) and the packer (2)
- the static discharger retainer (3) and the aircraft structure (4).
(2) After 3 minutes, when the adhesive is soft, carefully remove the
static discharger retainer (1) or (3) with a non-metallic wedge.
EFF :
ALL 23-61-42
Page 417
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Subtask 23-61-42-020-055
E. Removal of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 534 (634) (Wing-Tip
Fence)
(Ref. Fig. 405A/TASK 23-61-42-991-006)
(1) Carefully remove the rivets (5) and (6) with a drill, so that you do
not make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger retainer (4).
(2) Carefully remove the rivets (8) and (9) with a drill, so that you do
not make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger (7).
(3) Carefully remove the rivets (11) and (12) with a drill, so that you
do not make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger retainer
(10).
(4) Carefully remove the rivets (14),(15) and (16) with a drill, so that
you do not make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger
retainer (13).
R
EFF :
901-901,
007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399, 23-61-42
Page 418
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 23-61-42-400-001
Installation of the Static Discharger Retainer
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific safety barriers
No specific spring-loaded clamps
No specific warning notice
No specific SCOTCHBRITE
No specific access platform 5 m (16 ft. 5 in.)
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-087 GB AFS 2318
ADHESIVE 2-PART ACRYLIC (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-002 USA MIL-S-8802 TYPE I CLASS B
FUEL TANK SEALANTPOLYSULFID(NO LONGER AVAILABLE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
EFF :
ALL 23-61-42
Page 419
Aug 01/06
R
THY
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 rivets 23-61-04 01 -060
1 rivets 23-61-05 02A-017
3 rivets 23-61-04 01 -080
3 rivets 23-61-05 02A-015
3 rivets 23-61-05 02B-015A
4 rivets 23-61-05 03B-020
5 rivets 23-61-04 01 -040
5 rivets 23-61-05 03B-030
5 rivets 23-61-05 03B-030A
6 rivets 23-61-05 03B-010
7 rivets 23-61-05 01 -010
8 rivet 23-61-05 01 -020
8 rivets 23-61-05 03B-020
9 washer 23-61-05 01 -065
9 washer 23-61-05 01 -065A
9 rivets 23-61-05 03B-010
11 rivets 23-61-05 01 -050
11 rivets 23-61-05 03B-020
12 rivets 23-61-05 01 -060
12 rivets 23-61-05 03B-040
12 rivets 23-61-05 03B-040A
13 washers 23-61-05 01 -065
13 washers 23-61-05 01 -065A
14 rivets 23-61-05 03B-010
15 rivet 23-61-05 03B-020
15 rivets 23-61-05 04 -060
15 rivets 23-61-05 04 -060A
16 rivets 23-61-05 04 -050
16 rivets 23-61-05 04 -050A
22 rivets 54-55-11 02B-445
22 rivets 54-55-11 02D-445
22 rivets 54-55-11 02E-445
22 rivets 54-55-11 02F-445
22 rivets 54-55-11 02G-445
23 rivets 23-61-07 01 -051A
25 rivets 23-61-07 01 -070A
26 rivets 23-61-07 01 -060A
28 rivets 23-61-07 01 -050A
30 rivets 23-61-07 01 -040
EFF :
ALL 23-61-42
Page 420
Aug 01/06
R
THY
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-61-00-200-001 - Check Resistance of Tip to Retainer - Check Bonding
of Retainer to Structure
23-61-41-000-001 Removal of the Static Discharger
23-61-41-400-001 Installation of the Static Discharger
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-055,101-199,201-249,251-299,301-304,
R 901-901,
23-61-42-991-002 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-055, 101-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-304, 901-901,
23-61-42-991-003 Fig. 402
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-055,101-199,201-249,251-299,301-304,
R 901-901,
R 23-61-42-991-003-A Fig. 402A
23-61-42-991-004 Fig. 403
R **ON A/C 001-005, 007-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-005,007-049,051-055,101-199,201-249,251-299,
R 301-304,901-901,
23-61-42-991-005 Fig. 404
**ON A/C 006-006,
23-61-42-991-005-A Fig. 404A
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
23-61-42-991-006-A Fig. 405
EFF :
ALL 23-61-42
Page 421
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 007-049,051-055,101-199,251-299,301-304,901-901,
23-61-42-991-006 Fig. 405A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-61-42-941-052
A. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the safety barriers are in position.
(2) Make sure that the warning notice is in position to tell persons not
to operate the flight controls.
Subtask 23-61-42-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY 15CE1 B11
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 6CV B07
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC 14CC1 B03
105VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY 16CE2 A02
105VU FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY 16CE1 A01
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND/MONG/SYS2 8CV Q21
R
EFF :
ALL 23-61-42
Page 422
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC 14CC2 M18
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1 19CE1 Q16
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY 15CE2 R20
**ON A/C 901-901,
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND/MONG/SYS2 8CV Q15
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-42-860-051
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the
applicable static discharge retainer.
(2) Make sure that the applicable static discharger is removed (Ref. TASK
23-61-41-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-005, 201-249,
Subtask 23-61-42-560-050-A
A. Preparation for a Replacement Component
(1) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zones
324 (Tailplane), 326 (Rudder).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)
(a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (2), (4) or (6) in
the correct position on the aircraft structure.
R
EFF :
ALL 23-61-42
Page 423
Aug 01/06
THY
(b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
retainer (2), (4) or (6). Make sure that the holes align with the
related holes in the aircraft structure.
(2) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zone
330 (340) (Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)
(a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (24), (27), (29) or
(31) in the correct position on the aircraft structure.
(b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
retainer (24), (27), (29) or (31). Make sure that the holes align
with the related holes in the aircraft structure.
(3) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zone
470 (480) (Engine Pylon).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-61-42-991-003)
(a) Put the static discharger retainer (21) in the correct position
on the aircraft structure.
(b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
retainer (21). Make sure that the holes align with the related
holes in the aircraft structure.
(4) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zone
531 (631), 532 (632), 533 (633) (Flap Track Fairings).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-61-42-991-003)
(a) Put the static discharger retainer (17) in the correct position
on the aircraft structure.
(b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
retainer (17). Make sure that the holes align with the related
holes in the aircraft structure.
(5) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zone
590 (690) (Ailerons).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-61-42-991-004)
(a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (10) or (14) in the
correct position on the aircraft structure.
(b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
retainer (10) or (14). Make sure that the holes align with the
related holes in the aircraft structure.
R
EFF :
001-005, 201-249, 23-61-42
Page 424
Aug 01/06
THY
(6) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainer zone
534 (634) (Wing-Tip).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 23-61-42-991-005)
(a) Put the filling piece (4) in the correct position on the aircraft
structure (5).
(b) Use a drill to make holes in the filling piece (4). Make sure
that the holes align with the related holes in the aircraft
structure.
(c) Put the static discharger retainer (2) in the correct position on
the aircraft structure (5).
(d) Use a drill to make holes in the static discharger retainer (2).
Make sure that the holes align with the related holes in the
aircraft structure.
**ON A/C 006-006,
Subtask 23-61-42-560-050-B
A. Preparation for a Replacement Component
(1) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zones
324 (Tailplane), 326 (Rudder).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)
(a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (2), (4) or (6) in
the correct position on the aircraft structure.
(b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
retainer (2), (4) or (6). Make sure that the holes align with the
related holes in the aircraft structure.
(2) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zone
330 (340) (Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)
(a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (24), (27), (29) or
(31) in the correct position on the aircraft structure.
(b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
retainer (24), (27), (29) or (31). Make sure that the holes align
with the related holes in the aircraft structure.
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-61-42
Page 425
Aug 01/06
THY
(3) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zone
470 (480) (Engine Pylon).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-61-42-991-003)
(a) Put the static discharger retainer (21) in the correct position
on the aircraft structure.
(b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
retainer (21). Make sure that the holes align with the related
holes in the aircraft structure.
(4) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zone
531 (631), 532 (632), 533 (633) (Flap Track Fairings).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-61-42-991-003)
(a) Put the static discharger retainer (17) in the correct position
on the aircraft structure.
(b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
retainer (17). Make sure that the holes align with the related
holes in the aircraft structure.
(5) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zone
590 (690) (Ailerons).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-61-42-991-004)
(a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (10) or (14) in the
correct position on the aircraft structure.
(b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
retainer (10) or (14). Make sure that the holes align with the
related holes in the aircraft structure.
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-055, 101-199, 251-299, 301-304, 901-901,
Subtask 23-61-42-560-050
A. Preparation for a Replacement Component
(1) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zones
324 (Tailplane), 326 (Rudder).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)
(a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (2), (4) or (6) in
the correct position on the aircraft structure.
R
EFF : 006-049, 051-055, 101-199, 251-299,
301-304, 901-901,
23-61-42
Page 426
Aug 01/06
THY
(b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
retainer (2), (4) or (6). Make sure that the holes align with the
related holes in the aircraft structure.
(2) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zone
330 (340) (Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)
(a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (24), (27), (29) or
(31) in the correct position on the aircraft structure.
(b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
retainer (24), (27), (29) or (31). Make sure that the holes align
with the related holes in the aircraft structure.
(3) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zone
470 (480) (Engine Pylon).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-61-42-991-003)
(a) Put the static discharger retainer (21) in the correct position
on the aircraft structure.
(b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
retainer (21). Make sure that the holes align with the related
holes in the aircraft structure.
(4) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zone
531 (631), 532 (632), 533 (633) (Flap Track Fairings).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-61-42-991-003)
(a) Put the static discharger retainer (17) in the correct position
on the aircraft structure.
(b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
retainer (17). Make sure that the holes align with the related
holes in the aircraft structure.
(5) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zone
590 (690) (Ailerons).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-61-42-991-004)
(a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (10) or (14) in the
correct position on the aircraft structure.
(b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
retainer (10) or (14). Make sure that the holes align with the
related holes in the aircraft structure.
R
EFF : 007-049, 051-055, 101-199, 251-299,
301-304, 901-901,
23-61-42
Page 427
Aug 01/06
THY
(6) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainer zone
534 (634) (Wing-Tip).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 23-61-42-991-005)
(a) Put the filling piece (4) in the correct position on the aircraft
structure (5).
(b) Use a drill to make holes in the filling piece (4). Make sure
that the holes align with the related holes in the aircraft
structure.
(c) Put the static discharger retainer (2) in the correct position on
the aircraft structure (5).
(d) Use a drill to make holes in the static discharger retainer (2).
Make sure that the holes align with the related holes in the
aircraft structure.
(7) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainer zone
534 (634) (Wing-Tip Fence).
(Ref. Fig. 405A/TASK 23-61-42-991-006)
(a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (4), (7), (10), or
(13) in the correct position on the aircraft structure.
(b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
retainer (4), (7), (10) or (13). Make sure that the holes align
with the related holes in the aircraft structure.
R **ON A/C 001-005, 201-249,
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-005,201-249,
R Subtask 23-61-42-560-050-D
R A. Preparation for a Replacement Component
R (1) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zones
R 324 (Tailplane), 326 (Rudder).
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)
R (a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (2), (4) or (6) in
R the correct position on the aircraft structure.
R (b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
R retainer (2), (4) or (6). Make sure that the holes align with the
R related holes in the aircraft structure.
R
EFF : 001-005, 007-049, 051-055, 101-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-304, 901-901,
23-61-42
Page 428
Aug 01/06
THY
R (2) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zone
R 330 (340) (Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer).
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)
R (a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (24), (27), (29) or
R (31) in the correct position on the aircraft structure.
R (b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
R retainer (24), (27), (29) or (31). Make sure that the holes align
R with the related holes in the aircraft structure.
R (3) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zone
R 531 (631), 532 (632), 533 (633) (Flap Track Fairings).
R (Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 23-61-42-991-003-A)
R (a) Put the static discharger retainer (17) in the correct position
R on the aircraft structure.
R (b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
R retainer (17). Make sure that the holes align with the related
R holes in the aircraft structure.
R (4) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zone
R 590 (690) (Ailerons).
R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-61-42-991-004)
R (a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (10) or (14) in the
R correct position on the aircraft structure.
R (b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
R retainer (10) or (14). Make sure that the holes align with the
R related holes in the aircraft structure.
R (5) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainer zone
R 534 (634) (Wing-Tip).
R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 23-61-42-991-005)
R (a) Put the filling piece (4) in the correct position on the aircraft
R structure (5).
R (b) Use a drill to make holes in the filling piece (4). Make sure
R that the holes align with the related holes in the aircraft
R structure.
R (c) Put the static discharger retainer (2) in the correct position on
R the aircraft structure (5).
R
EFF :
001-005, 201-249, 23-61-42
Page 429
Aug 01/06
THY
R (d) Use a drill to make holes in the static discharger retainer (2).
R Make sure that the holes align with the related holes in the
R aircraft structure.
R **ON A/C 006-006,
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 006-006,
R Subtask 23-61-42-560-050-E
R A. Preparation for a Replacement Component
R (1) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zones
R 324 (Tailplane), 326 (Rudder).
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)
R (a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (2), (4) or (6) in
R the correct position on the aircraft structure.
R (b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
R retainer (2), (4) or (6). Make sure that the holes align with the
R related holes in the aircraft structure.
R (2) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zone
R 330 (340) (Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer).
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)
R (a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (24), (27), (29) or
R (31) in the correct position on the aircraft structure.
R (b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
R retainer (24), (27), (29) or (31). Make sure that the holes align
R with the related holes in the aircraft structure.
R (3) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zone
R 531 (631), 532 (632), 533 (633) (Flap Track Fairings).
R (Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 23-61-42-991-003-A)
R (a) Put the static discharger retainer (17) in the correct position
R on the aircraft structure.
R (b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
R retainer (17). Make sure that the holes align with the related
R holes in the aircraft structure.
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-61-42
Page 430
Aug 01/06
THY
R (4) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zone
R 590 (690) (Ailerons).
R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-61-42-991-004)
R (a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (10) or (14) in the
R correct position on the aircraft structure.
R (b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
R retainer (10) or (14). Make sure that the holes align with the
R related holes in the aircraft structure.
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 007-049,051-055,101-199,251-299,301-304,901-901,
R Subtask 23-61-42-560-050-C
R A. Preparation for a Replacement Component
R (1) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zones
R 324 (Tailplane), 326 (Rudder).
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)
R (a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (2), (4) or (6) in
R the correct position on the aircraft structure.
R (b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
R retainer (2), (4) or (6). Make sure that the holes align with the
R related holes in the aircraft structure.
R (2) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zone
R 330 (340) (Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer).
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)
R (a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (24), (27), (29) or
R (31) in the correct position on the aircraft structure.
R (b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
R retainer (24), (27), (29) or (31). Make sure that the holes align
R with the related holes in the aircraft structure.
R (3) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zone
R 531 (631), 532 (632), 533 (633) (Flap Track Fairings).
R (Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 23-61-42-991-003-A)
R (a) Put the static discharger retainer (17) in the correct position
R on the aircraft structure.
R
EFF :
901-901,
006-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399, 23-61-42
Page 431
Aug 01/06
THY
R (b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
R retainer (17). Make sure that the holes align with the related
R holes in the aircraft structure.
R (4) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zone
R 590 (690) (Ailerons).
R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-61-42-991-004)
R (a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (10) or (14) in the
R correct position on the aircraft structure.
R (b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
R retainer (10) or (14). Make sure that the holes align with the
R related holes in the aircraft structure.
R (5) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainer zone
R 534 (634) (Wing-Tip).
R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 23-61-42-991-005)
R (a) Put the filling piece (4) in the correct position on the aircraft
R structure (5).
R (b) Use a drill to make holes in the filling piece (4). Make sure
R that the holes align with the related holes in the aircraft
R structure.
R (c) Put the static discharger retainer (2) in the correct position on
R the aircraft structure (5).
R (d) Use a drill to make holes in the static discharger retainer (2).
R Make sure that the holes align with the related holes in the
R aircraft structure.
R (6) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainer zone
R 534 (634) (Wing-Tip Fence).
R (Ref. Fig. 405A/TASK 23-61-42-991-006)
R (a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (4), (7), (10), or
R (13) in the correct position on the aircraft structure.
R (b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
R retainer (4), (7), (10) or (13). Make sure that the holes align
R with the related holes in the aircraft structure.
R
EFF :
901-901,
007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399, 23-61-42
Page 432
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-42-420-053
B. Preparation for Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 324
(Tailplane), 326 (Rudder) and 330 (340) (Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer)
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL
_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the applicable component interfaces and the adjacent area with
a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(4) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-002) to the interface of
the applicable static discharger retainer.
EFF :
ALL 23-61-42
Page 433
Aug 01/06
R
THY
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-055, 101-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-304, 901-901,
Subtask 23-61-42-420-054
C. Preparation for Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 470
(480) (Engine Pylon) and 531 (631), 532 (632), 533 (633) (Flap Track
Fairings)
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-61-42-991-003)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL
_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the applicable component interfaces and the adjacent area with
a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(4) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-002) to the interface of
the applicable static discharger retainer. Do not apply sealant to
the static discharger retainers (21) on the composite engine-pylon
fairing zone 470 (480). The correct bonding resistance is only
possible when the retainer (21) touches the engine-pylon fairing.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-055, 101-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-304, 901-901,
23-61-42
Page 434
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-055,101-199,201-249,251-299,301-304,
R 901-901,
R Subtask 23-61-42-420-054-A
R C. Preparation for Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 531
R (631), 532 (632), 533 (633) (Flap Track Fairings)
R (Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 23-61-42-991-003-A)
R WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL
_______
R MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
R OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
R PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
R DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
R GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
R (1) Clean the applicable component interfaces and the adjacent area with
R a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
R (Material No. 11-026).
R (2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
R clean and in the correct condition.
R (3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
R (4) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-002) to the interface of
R the applicable static discharger retainer.
R
EFF :
ALL 23-61-42
Page 435
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-42-420-055
D. Preparation for Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 590
(690) (Aileron)
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-61-42-991-004)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL
_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the applicable component interfaces and the adjacent area with
a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(4) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-002) to the interface of
the applicable static discharger retainer.
EFF :
ALL 23-61-42
Page 436
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-005, 007-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Subtask 23-61-42-420-056
E. Preparation for Installation of the Static Discharger Retainer Zone 534
(634) (Wing-Tip)
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 23-61-42-991-005)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL
_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the applicable component interfaces and the adjacent area with
a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(4) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-002) to the interface of
the applicable static discharger retainer.
**ON A/C 006-006,
Subtask 23-61-42-420-056-A
E. Preparation for Installation of the Staic Discharger Retainer Zone 534
(634) (Wing-Tip)
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 23-61-42-991-005-A)
(1) Clean the applicable component interfaces and the adjacent area with
a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(2) Use SCOTCHBRITE to remove the surface finish from the interfaces of:
- the static discharger retainer (1)
- the aircraft structure (2).
EFF :
ALL 23-61-42
Page 437
Aug 01/06
THY
(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
Subtask 23-61-42-420-057-A
F. Preparation for Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 534
(634) (Wing-Tip Fence)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 23-61-42-991-006-A)
(1) Clean the applicable component interfaces and the adjacent area with
a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(2) Use SCOTCHBRITE to remove the surface finish from the interfaces of:
- the static discharger retainer (1) or (3)
- the packers (2) or the aircraft structure (4).
(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Subtask 23-61-42-420-057
F. Preparation for Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 534
(634) (Wing-Tip Fence)
(Ref. Fig. 405A/TASK 23-61-42-991-006)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL
_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the applicable component interfaces and the adjacent area with
a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 23-61-42
Page 438
Aug 01/06
THY
(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(4) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-002) to the interface of
the applicable static discharger retainer.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-42-420-058
G. Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 324 (Tailplane), 326
(Rudder) and 330 (340) Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)
(1) Put the static discharger retainer (2) in position and install it
with the (4 off) rivets (1).
(2) Put the static discharger retainer (4) in position and install it
with the (4 off) rivets (3).
(3) Put the static discharger retainer (6) in position and install it
with the (4 off) rivets (5).
(4) Put the static discharger retainer (24) in position and install it
with the (4 off) rivets (23).
(5) Put the static discharger retainer (27) in position and install it
with the (2 off) rivets (25) and the (2 off) rivets (26).
(6) Put the static discharger retainer (29) in position and install it
with the (4 off) rivets (28).
(7) Put the static discharger retainer (31) in position and install it
with the (2 off) rivets (30).
(8) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to remove the unwanted sealant
from around the applicable static discharger retainer.
EFF :
ALL 23-61-42
Page 439
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-055, 101-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-304, 901-901,
Subtask 23-61-42-420-059
H. Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 470 (480) (Engine
Pylon), 531 (631), 532 (632), 533 (633) (Flap Track Fairings)
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-61-42-991-003)
(1) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (21) in position and
install it with the (6 off) rivets (22).
(2) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (17) in position and
install it with the (4 off) rivets (15) and the (2 off) rivets (16).
(3) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to remove the unwanted sealant
from around the applicable static discharger retainer.
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1299 For A/C 001-049,051-055,101-199,201-249,251-299,301-304,
R 901-901,
R Subtask 23-61-42-420-059-A
R H. Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 531 (631), 532
R (632), 533 (633) (Flap Track Fairings)
R (Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 23-61-42-991-003-A)
R (1) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (17) in position and
R install it with the (4 off) rivets (15) and the (2 off) rivets (16).
R (2) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to remove the unwanted sealant
R from around the applicable static discharger retainer.
EFF :
ALL 23-61-42
Page 440
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-42-420-060
J. Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 590 (690) (Ailerons)
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-61-42-991-004)
(1) Put the static discharger retainer (10) and the new washer (9) in
position and install them with the (4 off) rivets (7) and the (1 off)
rivet (8).
(2) Put the static discharger retainer (14) and the new washers (13) in
position and install them with the (4 off) rivets (11) and the (2
off) rivets (12).
(3) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to remove the unwanted sealant
from around the applicable static discharger retainer.
R **ON A/C 001-005, 007-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Subtask 23-61-42-420-061
K. Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 534 (634) (Wing-Tip)
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 23-61-42-991-005)
(1) Put the static discharger retainer (2) in position with the filling
piece (4), and install it with the (2 off) rivets (1) and the (4 off)
rivets (3).
(a) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to remove the unwanted
sealant from around the applicable static discharger retainer.
**ON A/C 006-006,
Subtask 23-61-42-420-061-A
K. Installation of the Static Discharger Retainer Zone 534 (634) (Wing-Tip)
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 23-61-42-991-005-A)
(1) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-087) to the
base of the static discharger retainer (1).
EFF :
ALL 23-61-42
Page 441
Aug 01/06
THY
(2) Install the static discharger retainer (1) in the correct position on
the aircraft structure (2).
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
Subtask 23-61-42-420-062-A
L. Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 534 (634) (Wing-Tip
Fence)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 23-61-42-991-006-A)
(1) Install the static discharge retainer (3) as follows:
(a) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-087) to the
base of the static discharger retainer (3).
(b) Put the static discharger retainer (3) in the correct position on
the packers (4).
(c) Hold the static discharger retainer (3) in position with two
spring-loaded clamps. Use the clamps to apply light pressure to
the static discharger retainer for a minimum of twenty minutes.
(d) Remove the spring-loaded clamps from the static discharger
retainer (3).
(2) Install the static discharger retainer (1) as follows:
(a) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-087) to the
base of the static discharger retainer (1).
(b) Put the static discharger retainer (1) in the correct position on
the aircraft structure (2).
(c) Hold the static discharger retainer (3) in position with two
spring-loaded clamps. Use the clamps to apply light pressure to
the static discharger assembly for a minimum of twenty minutes.
(d) Remove the spring-loaded clamps from the static discharger
assembly (1).
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-61-42
Page 442
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Subtask 23-61-42-420-062
L. Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 534 (634) (Wing-Tip
Fence)
(Ref. Fig. 405A/TASK 23-61-42-991-006)
(1) Put the static discharger retainer (16) in position and install it
with the (5 off) rivets (14) and the (1 off) rivet (15).
(2) Put the static discharger retainer (13) in position and install it
with the (4 off) rivets (12) and the (2 off) rivets (11) .
(3) Put the static discharger retainer (10) in position and install it
with the (4 off) rivets (9) and the (2 off) rivets (8).
(4) Put the static discharger retainer (7) in position and install it
with the (2 off) rivets (6), the (2 off) rivets (5), and the (2 off)
rivets (4).
(5) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to remove the unwanted sealant
from around the applicable static discharger retainer.
**ON A/C 001-005, 201-249,
Subtask 23-61-42-760-050-A
M. Test
(1) Make sure that the bonding resistance is correct (Ref. TASK 23-61-00-
200-001).
NOTE : If the static discharger retainer of the wing-tip has been
____
replaced. Do the bonding resistance test 30 minutes after
installation.
EFF : 001-005, 007-049, 051-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-61-42
Page 443
Aug 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-61-42-420-052-A
N. Continue the Installation of the Static Discharger Retainer
(1) If necessary, paint the applicable static discharger retainer the
same as the adjacent structure.
(2) Do not paint the interfaces of the applicable static discharger
retainer.
(3) If the static discharger retainer of the wing-tip fence has been
replaced, do the steps that follow:
(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-002) around the edge of the
static discharger retainer and the aircraft structure .
(b) If necessary, paint the applicable static discharger retainer the
same as the adjacent structure.
(c) Do not paint the interfaces of the applicable static discharger
retainer.
**ON A/C 006-006,
Subtask 23-61-42-760-050-B
M. Test
(1) Make sure that the bonding resistance is correct (Ref. TASK 23-61-00-
200-001).
NOTE : If the static discharger retainers of the wing-tip and or the
____
wing-tip fence have been replaced. Do the bonding resistance
test 30 minutes after installation.
Subtask 23-61-42-420-052-B
N. Continue the Installation of the Static Discharger Retainer
(1) If necessary, paint the applicable static discharger retainer the
same as the adjacent structure.
(2) Do not paint the interfaces of the applicable static discharger
retainer.
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-61-42
Page 444
Aug 01/06
THY
(3) If the static discharger retainers of the wing-tip and or the
wing-tip fence have been replaced do the step that follow:
(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-002) around the edge of the
applicable static discharger retainer.
(b) If necessary, paint the applicable static discharger retainer the
same as the adjacent structure.
(c) Do not paint the interfaces of the applicable static discharger
retainer.
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Subtask 23-61-42-760-050
M. Test
(1) Make sure that the bonding resistance is correct (Ref. TASK 23-61-00-
200-001).
Subtask 23-61-42-420-052
N. Continue the Installation of the Static Discharger Retainer
(1) If necessary, paint the applicable static discharger retainer the
same as the adjacent structure.
(2) Do not paint the interfaces of the applicable static discharger
retainer.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-61-42-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Install the static discharger (Ref. TASK 23-61-41-400-001).
EFF :
ALL 23-61-42
Page 445
Aug 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-61-42-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV, 5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3, 15CE1, 15CE2,
16CE1, 16CE2.
Subtask 23-61-42-942-050
C. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the safety barriers.
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
(4) Remove the warning notice(s).
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 23-61-42
Page 446
Aug 01/06
THY
COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________
1. General
_______
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 901-901,
The Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR) is designed to record crew
conversations and communications into a Flash Crash Survivable Store Unit
(FCSSU) in flight and on ground, when at least one engine is running or up
to five minutes after the last engine is shut down irrespective of which
engine is shut down first. The system can also operate in manual mode on the
ground. The recorder is a four-track system and all tracks are recorded
simultaneously.
The SSCVR provides storage for 30 minutes of consecutive recording for each
of the four audio input channels and storage for 120 minutes of consecutive
recording for each of the two internal audio streams.
When the FCSSU is fully recorded, the system progressively erases recordings
made in the previous 30 minutes and simultaneously records new information;
thus only information recorded in the last 30 minutes of operation is
retained. The recorded information can be intentionally erased when the
aircraft is on the ground with the parking brake on, locked and electrically
powered. Bulk erasure is also possible during manual operation of the
system.
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399,
The Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR) is designed to record crew
conversations and communications into memory block unit in flight and on
ground, when at least one engine is running or up to five minutes after the
last engine is shut down irrespective of which engine is shut down first.
The system can also operate in manual mode on the ground. The recorder is a
four-track system and all tracks are recorded simultaneously.
The SSCVR provides storage for 2 hours of consecutive recording for each of
the four audio input channels.
When the memory block unit is fully recorded, the system progressively
erases recordings made in the previous 2 hours and simultaneously records
new information; thus only information recorded in the last 2 hours of
operation is retained. The recorded information can be intentionally erased
when the aircraft is on the ground with the parking brake on, locked and
electrically powered. Bulk erasure is also possible during manual operation
of the system.
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 1
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
Recording of conversations and communications must comply with standards
specified by the CAA (Ref. ATA 23-51, Audio Management, para. CAA Recording
Function).
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS| ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1RK CVR 312 312AR 23-71-35
3RK P/BSW-RCDR/CVR ERASE 21VU 211
5RK P/BSW-RCDR/CVR TEST 21VU 211
16RK MIC-CVR 20VU 210 23-71-13
18RK AMPLIFIER-CVR MIC 212 23-71-14
11TU P/BSW-RCDR/GND CTL 21VU 211
22RK JACK-CVR/HEAD SET 50VU 210
3. System
__________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002)
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 901-901,
A. The cockpit voice recorder system consists of:
(1) Remote CVR microphone 16RK for monitoring direct conversations
between crew members and aural warnings in the cockpit.
(2) Amplifier 18RK which amplifies the microphone signal.
(3) Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder 1RK which records:
(a) Communications received and transmitted by radio.
(b) Intercom conversations between crew members.
(c) Announcements transmitted over the passenger address system.
(d) Direct conversations between crew members in the cockpit and all
aural warnings.
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 2
Feb 01/06
THY
Cockpit Voice Recorder - Component Location
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 3
Nov 01/05
R
THY
Cockpit Voice Recorder - Block Diagram
Figure 002
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 4
Nov 01/05
R
THY
(4) Circuit breaker 2RK supplying the CVR with 115VAC power via the
contacts of the relays 6RK and 8RK.
(5) RCDR/CVR ERASE pushbutton switch 3RK which provides complete erasure
of the recorder data from the FCSSU.
(6) RCDR/CVR TEST pushbutton switch 5RK which provides recorder test.
(7) Two relays 6RK and 8RK which automatically energize and de-energize
the CVR under specific conditions.
(8) Time-delay relay 10RK enabling the CVR to operate for 5 minutes after
last engine shut-down, or up to 5 minutes after initially energizing
the aircraft electrical network when the recorder is automatically
switched on.
(9) Relay 14RK controlling intentional erasure of the recorder data from
FCSSU and the test signal when the aircraft is on the ground with
parking brake applied.
(10) Relays 12TU and 13TU and RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch 11TU
providing manual control of the CVR when the aircraft is on the
ground. On this pushbutton switch, the blues ON legend comes on to
indicate that the recorder is operating.
(11) Relay 20RK controlling the test signal and ensuring transmission of
the TCAS signal (TCAS see 3443).
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399,
A. The cockpit voice recorder system consists of:
(1) Remote CVR microphone 16RK for monitoring direct conversations
between crew members and aural warnings in the cockpit.
(2) Amplifier 18RK which amplifies the microphone signal.
(3) Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder 1RK which records:
(a) Communications received and transmitted by radio.
(b) Intercom conversations between crew members.
(c) Announcements transmitted over the passenger address system.
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 5
Aug 01/06
THY
(d) Direct conversations between crew members in the cockpit and all
aural warnings.
(4) Circuit breaker 2RK supplying the CVR with 115VAC power via the
contacts of the relays 6RK and 8RK.
(5) RCDR/CVR ERASE pushbutton switch 3RK which provides complete erasure
of the recorder data from the CSMU.
(6) RCDR/CVR TEST pushbutton switch 5RK which provides recorder test.
(7) Two relays 6RK and 8RK which automatically energize and de-energize
the CVR under specific conditions.
(8) Time-delay relay 10RK enabling the CVR to operate for 5 minutes after
last engine shut-down, or up to 5 minutes after initially energizing
the aircraft electrical network when the recorder is automatically
switched on.
(9) Relay 14RK controlling intentional erasure of the recorder data from
CSMU and the test signal when the aircraft is on the ground with
parking brake applied.
(10) Relays 12TU and 13TU and RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch 11TU
providing manual control of the CVR when the aircraft is on the
ground. On this pushbutton switch, the blues ON legend comes on to
indicate that the recorder is operating.
(11) Relay 20RK controlling the test signal and ensuring transmission of
the TCAS signal (TCAS see 3443).
R **ON A/C ALL
(12) CVR/HEAD SET jack 22RK connected in parallel with the socket on the
CVR to facilitate maintenance operations (Ref. para. Component
Description - Cockpit Voice Recorder).
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 6
Nov 01/05
THY
4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 003)
A. Automatic Power Supply
The CVR is automatically supplied with 115VAC when the aircraft is in one
of the configurations given below:
- In flight with engines running or stopped
- On the ground with at least one engine running
- On the ground during the first five minutes following energization of
the aircraft electrical network
- On the ground up to five minutes after second engine shutdown.
(1) Aircraft in flight
The LGCIU1 5GA1 provides a ground signal to the relay 6RK.
The relay 6RK is supplied directly with 28VDC from the bus bar 801PP
via the circuit breaker 4RK. The CVR is supplied with 115VAC via the
normally-open contacts of the relay 6RK from the bus bar 801XP
through the circuit breaker 2RK.
The normally-closed contacts of the relay 8RK provide a parallel path
with the normally-open contacts of the relay 6RK for the supply of
115VAC to the CVR.
(2) Aircraft on ground
(a) With one or both engines running, no ground signal is fed to the
relay 10RK. Since the relay 10RK controls the energized or
de-energized state of relay 8RK, the relay 8RK remains
de-energized.
The 115VAC is connected from the bus bar 801XP via the circuit
breaker 2RK through the normally-closed contacts of the relay 8RK
to the CVR.
(b) During the first five minutes of energization of the aircraft
electrical network, with both engines shut down, a ground signal
is fed to the time-delay relay 10RK.
The relay 10RK is supplied with 28VDC from the bus bar 801PP via
the circuit breaker 4RK. When energized this relay starts its
timing function. During this timing function, the relay 8RK
remains de-energized and the CVR is supplied with 115VAC.
After 5 minutes, a ground signal is sent via the normally-open
contacts of the time-delay relay 10RK to energize the relay 8RK
which cuts off the supply of 115VAC to the CVR.
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 7
Nov 01/05
R
THY
Cockpit Voice Recorder - Schematic
Figure 003
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 8
Nov 01/05
R
THY
(c) Up to five minutes after second engine shutdown, a ground signal
is sent to the time-delay relay 10RK.
The relay 10RK is supplied with 28VDC from the busbar 801PP via
the circuit breaker 4RK. When energized, this relay starts its
timing function.
During this timing function, the relay 8RK remains de-energized
and the CVR is supplied with 115VAC.
After 5 minutes, a ground signal is sent via the relay 10RK to
energize the relay 8RK which cuts off the supply of 115VAC to the
CVR.
NOTE : In the cases described in Para. 2 (b) and (c) above, the
____
relay 6RK is de-energized (A/C on the ground) and the
recording function stops.
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 901-901,
B. Manual Power Supply
Manual selection of power supply to the SSCVR allows the functions given
below with the aircraft on the ground and both engines shut down:
- To test the SSCVR for correct operation
- To record the beginning of the check list before the first engine
starts running
- To erase FCSSU information if required.
With both engines shut down, a ground signal is sent to the relay 12TU.
Pushing the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch 11TU supplies the 28VDC to the
relay 12TU via the normally-open contacts of the pushbutton switch 11TU
and the normally-closed contacts of the relay 13 TU.
The relay 12TU is energized. A ground signal is sent to the blue ON
legend which comes on.
A ground signal is also sent to the relay 6RK which energizes and
supplies the SSCVR with 115VAC power.
When the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch is released, the 28VDC is applied
via relay 12TU and pushbutton switch 11TU to the relay 13TU which is
energized.
If one engine is started, the ground signal to relay 12TU is removed and
the relay 12TU is de-energized.
Thus the blue ON legend goes off and the relay 6RK is de-energized.
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 9
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399,
B. Manual Power Supply
Manual selection of power supply to the SSCVR allows the functions given
below with the aircraft on the ground and both engines shut down:
- To test the SSCVR for correct operation
- To record the beginning of the check list before the first engine
starts running
- To erase CSMU information if required.
With both engines shut down, a ground signal is sent to the relay 12TU.
Pushing the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch 11TU supplies the 28VDC to the
relay 12TU via the normally-open contacts of the pushbutton switch 11TU
and the normally-closed contacts of the relay 13 TU.
The relay 12TU is energized. A ground signal is sent to the blue ON
legend which comes on.
A ground signal is also sent to the relay 6RK which energizes and
supplies the SSCVR with 115VAC power.
When the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch is released, the 28VDC is applied
via relay 12TU and pushbutton switch 11TU to the relay 13TU which is
energized.
If one engine is started, the ground signal to relay 12TU is removed and
the relay 12TU is de-energized.
Thus the blue ON legend goes off and the relay 6RK is de-energized.
**ON A/C ALL
5. _________
Interface
Ref. Para. System Description
6. __________________
Component Location
A. CVR Microphone Amplifier 18RK
The CVR Microphone amplifier is attached behind the overhead panel.
Two electrical connectors are provided at the back for connection with
the CVR and the remote microphone.
Inside is the microphone pre-amplifier which is supplied with 18VDC from
the Cockpit Voice Recorder.
B. CVR Microphone 16RK
R **ON A/C 053-199, 251-251, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 004)
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 10
Aug 01/06
THY
Cockpit Voice Recorder - Area Microphone
Figure 004
R
EFF :
053-199, 251-251, 303-399, 23-71-00
Page 11
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
The remote microphone is installed at the bottom of the overhead panel.
It is a condenser type microphone.
C. Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) 1RK
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 005)
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 005A)
**ON A/C ALL
The SSCVR is located in the aft section of the aircraft.
It is attached to a shockmount by means of two locking tabs.
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 901-901,
(1) On the face:
(Ref. Fig. 006)
(a) An Underwater Locator Beacon (ULB) is mounted on a bracket
attached to the recorder. The ULB is a battery-operated device
which radiates a pulsed acoustic signal into the surrounding
water upon activation of its water-sensitive switch. It consists
of a self-contained battery, an electronic module and a
transducer. The battery is shock-mounted and separated from the
electronic module by a bulkhead built into the case; it is
accessible by removal of the end cover which is sealed with an
O-ring. Located on the opposite end of the ULB is a
teflon-insulated water-sensitive switch.
(b) An ATE connector provides an 8-bit vide interface for Digital
Audio Playback (DAP) unit.
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 12
Aug 01/06
THY
SSCVR - Component Description
Figure 005
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 901-901, 23-71-00
Page 13
Feb 01/06
THY
SSCVR - Component Description
Figure 005A
R
EFF :
007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399, 23-71-00
Page 14
Aug 01/06
THY
Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder - Face
Figure 006
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 901-901, 23-71-00
Page 15
Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399,
(1) On the face:
(Ref. Fig. 006A)
(a) An Underwater Locator Beacon (ULB) is mounted on a bracket
attached to the recorder. The ULB is a battery-operated device
which radiates a pulsed acoustic signal into the surrounding
water upon activation of its water-sensitive switch. It consists
of a self-contained battery, an electronic module and a
transducer. The battery is shock-mounted and separated from the
electronic module by a bulkhead built into the case; it is
accessible by removal of the end cover which is sealed with an
O-ring. Located on the opposite end of the ULB is a
teflon-insulated water-sensitive switch.
(b) A BITE indicator provides an indication of the health of the
SSCVR. If the SSCVR detects a fault which requires removal of the
unit from the aircraft installation, the BITE indicator will
activate and will remain activated until repair is accomplished.
The BITE indicator remains inactive in all other cases.
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 901-901,
(2) Inside the recorder:
(Ref. Fig. 005, 007)
The SSCVR consists of two Printed Wiring Assemblies (PWAs) and the
Flash Crash Survivable Store Unit (FCSSU) (not including the basic
system chassis):
- Aircraft Interface PWA.
This PWA performs the following functions: power supply, transformer,
test circuit, Bulk Erase.
- Main Processor PWA.
This PWA performs the following functions: Audio Monitor, Mixer, CPU.
- Flash Crash Survivable Store Unit (FCSSU).
The FCSSU contains a flash memory.
(a) Power supply converts either 115VAC 400Hz or 28VDC aircraft power
into secondary power for two PWAs and the FCSSU.
(b) The mixer is fed from the Audio Management Unit 1RN via input
transformers. The input transformers provide impedance matching
and isolation for balanced or unbalanced grounded or ungrounded
signals.
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 16
Aug 01/06
THY
Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder - Face
Figure 006A
R
EFF :
007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399, 23-71-00
Page 17
Aug 01/06
THY
Cockpit Voice Recorder - Operation
Figure 007
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 901-901, 23-71-00
Page 18
Feb 01/06
THY
The output of the mixer is coupled to the output of the CPU. The
mixed audio data are stored into the FCSSU memory. Recording of
data in the solid state flash memory array is partitioned so that
the narrow band voice channels are stored in physically separate
devices from the wide band area channel.
(c) The Audio Monitor has an interface and control function which
controls all states and modes of the system which perform the
record, erase and test functions. The Audio Monitor provides all
functional interfaces between the Aircraft Interface PWA and Main
Processor PWA.
(d) The test circuit is activated when the CVR TEST pushbutton switch
5RK on the overhead panel is pushed for a duration of longer than
five seconds.
(e) The complete erase timing assembly is activated when the CVR
ERASE pushbutton switch 3RK on the overhead panel is pushed for a
minimum of 2 seconds, the SSCVR initiates a bulk erase function.
The erase function is completed within five seconds of
activation.
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399,
(2) Inside the recorder:
(Ref. Fig. 005A, 007A)
(a) The SSCVR consists of three Shop Replaceable Units (SRUs) (not
including the basic system chassis):
- Controller Board A1 (interface and Control)
The interface and Control board is a single circuit card which
controls all states and modes of the system performing the
record, erase and test functions of the system. The interface
and control board provides all functional interfaces to
external systems.
- Crash Survivable Memory Unit (CSMU)
The CSMU is a solid state, nonvolatile mass storage device
enclosed in a protective case. The crash survivable memory unit
provides storage for all input data.
- Power supply converts either 115VAC 400Hz or 28VDC aircraft
power into secondary power for Shop Replaceable Units (SRUs)
and provides power on reset and power failure monitoring.
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 19
Aug 01/06
THY
Cockpit Voice Recorder - Operation
Figure 007A
R
EFF :
007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399, 23-71-00
Page 20
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
7. Operation
_________
A. Recording
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 007)
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 007A)
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 901-901,
The recording system consists of four identical recording channels. All
channels are independent of each other and are separated at input by
isolation transformers.
Channels 1, 2 and 3 allow the recording of signals from the Captain,
First Officer and 3rd Occupant via the Audio Management Unit 1RN.
Channel 4 allows the recording of the ambient noises picked up by the
area microphone and fed via a pre-amplifier to the input transformer for
channel 4.
The recordings are made on the flash memory which provides enough storage
capacity to allow continuous recording of the four high quality audio
channels for a minimum of 30 minutes, and the two standard quality
internal channels for a minimum of 120 minutes. The first internal
channel is the summation of the inputs on Channels 1, 2 and 3; the second
internal channel is a recording of cockpit area microphone input (channel
4).
The main function of the SSCVR is to record audio digital communications
data and Timing data into the FCSSU (Flash Memory).
The SSCVR also performs erase and test functions which are operator
initiated using discrete control signals activated by pushbutton switches
in the cockpit. In order to provide controlled operation, power up
initialization and power down monitoring is also performed. In order to
download the stored data and to test the unit for return-to-service and
acceptance testing, the SSCVR also functions in the download and test
modes.
B. Not Applicable
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 21
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399,
B. Recording Channels
The recording system consists of four recording channels which
simultaneously record audio as follows:
Channels 1, 2 and 3 have a narrow band and allow the recording of signals
from the Captain, First Officer and 3rd Occupant via the Audio Management
Unit 1RN.
Channel 4 has a wide band and allows the recording of the ambient noises
picked up by the area microphone and fed via a pre-amplifier to the input
transformer for channel 4.
The three narrow band channels are recorded separately during the first
30 min. and are mixed together from 30 min. to 120 min.
The recordings are made on the crash protected memory which provides a
120 min. maximum record interval of continuous operation.
The main function of the SSCVR is to record audio digital communications
data and Timing data into the CSMU.
NOTE : The SSCVR is synchronized with the 2nd aircraft recorder (SSFDR)
____
by means of an audio signal corresponding to the GMT sent by the
FDIU to the audio system and received by the SSCVR on the third
occupant channel.
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Monitoring
Simultaneous monitoring of all 4 channels is possible by connecting a
headset to the headset jack on the face of the CVR 1RK or to the
CVR/HEAD SET jack on the maintenance panel 50VU. The jacks are fed
directly from the output of the AF amplifier. The monitor head is a
single full-width head and therefore only simultaneous monitoring of
all 4 channels is possible. Its output is connected to the input of
the AF amplifier.
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 901-901,
(a) Relay 6RK
In FLIGHT configuration, a ground signal energizes the relay 6RK
which supplies the CVR with 115VAC power through its
normally-open contacts.
In GROUND configuration, the relay 6RK is normally de-energized.
However it can be energized through the relays 12TU, 13TU and the
RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch 11TU for test facility and manual
operation.
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 22
Aug 01/06
THY
(b) Relay 8RK
It is normally de-energized when at least one engine is running.
Energizing of this relay is controlled by the time-delay relay
10RK.
(c) Relay 10RK
It is a time-delay relay which energizes after 5 minutes
continuous application of a ground signal. Since the function of
this relay is to control the relay 8RK, the power supply to the
CVR will remain ON for 5 minutes after the second engine is shut
down.
(d) Relay 14RK
This relay is energized when the parking brake is applied. Its
normally-open contacts are used to control the erasure of the
recorder data from the FCSSU and the transition of the test
signal towards the loud speakers.
(e) Relays 12TU and 13TU, and RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch 11TU
They control the manual function of the CVR.
The system can only be operated manually when the aircraft is on
the ground and both engines are shut down.
When the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch 11TU is pushed, the ON
legend comes on blue indicating that the CVR is operating.
This manual selection is automatically de-activated when one
engine is started, and the CVR continues to operate in the
automatic mode. It is also de-activated when the power supply is
cut off and when the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch is pushed
again.
In all cases the ON legend goes off.
NOTE : There is no indication of CVR function when operating in
____
the automatic mode.
(f) Relay 20RK
This relay is energized as long as the RCDR/CVR TEST pushbutton
switch is pushed. Its contacts are used to control the transition
of the test signal towards the loud speakers. When this relay is
de-energized, it ensures transmission of the TCAS signal (Ref.
34-43, TCAS) to the loud speakers.
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 901-901, 23-71-00
Page 23
Feb 01/06
THY
C. Erasure
(1) Manual erasure
The push to erase function is activated using a discrete input of the
SSCVR (activated using the RCDR/CVR ERASE pushbutton switch 3RK and
when the parking brake and landing gear relays are closed). This
discrete must be activated for a minimum of two seconds to activate
this function. Once activated, this function disables the ability to
download the previously recorded data from the FCSSU using the normal
download function. This function does not erase ancillary system
data. A 400 Hz tone is sent through the audio monitor to indicate a
successful erase.
NOTE : The SSCVR is energized for 5 minutes after the last engine is
____
shutdown.
Erasure is possible only if the SSCVR is supplied with power
(Ref.para.4).
The erase signal generated by the bulk erase timing assembly,
is applied to the Bulk Erase through:
- The normally-open (NO) contacts of SYS 2 L/G position relay
12GB
- The normally-open (NO) contacts of relay 14RK, this relay
being energized when parking brake is ON
- The normally-open (NO) contacts of the RCDR/CVR ERASE
pushbutton switch.
The Bulk Erase function generates a digital signal for the
CPU which erases the FCSSU information.
NOTE : The timing circuit in the Solid States cockpit voice recorder
____
activates the Bulk Erase for 5 seconds (minimum). This ensures
that the complete FCSSU information is erased.
(2) Automatic erasure
The erase function erases the previously recorded information on all
4 channels simultaneously before a new recording is made. all 4
channels simultaneously before a new recording is made.
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399,
(a) Relay 6RK
In FLIGHT configuration, a ground signal energizes the relay 6RK
which supplies the CVR with 115VAC power through its
normally-open contacts.
In GROUND configuration, the relay 6RK is normally de-energized.
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 24
Aug 01/06
THY
However it can be energized through the relays 12TU, 13TU and the
RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch 11TU for test facility and manual
operation.
(b) Relay 8RK
It is normally de-energized when at least one engine is running.
Energizing of this relay is controlled by the time-delay relay
10RK.
(c) Relay 10RK
It is a time-delay relay which energizes after 5 minutes
continuous application of a ground signal. Since the function of
this relay is to control the relay 8RK, the power supply to the
CVR will remain ON for 5 minutes after the second engine is shut
down.
(d) Relay 14RK
This relay is energized when the parking brake is applied. Its
normally-open contacts are used to control the erasure of the
recorder data from the CSMU and the transition of the test signal
towards the loud speakers.
(e) Relays 12TU and 13TU, and RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch 11TU
They control the manual function of the CVR.
The system can only be operated manually when the aircraft is on
the ground and both engines are shut down.
When the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch 11TU is pushed, the ON
legend comes on blue indicating that the CVR is operating.
This manual selection is automatically de-activated when one
engine is started, and the CVR continues to operate in the
automatic mode. It is also de-activated when the power supply is
cut off and when the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch is pushed
again.
In all cases the ON legend goes off.
NOTE : There is no indication of CVR function when operating in
____
the automatic mode.
(f) Relay 20RK
This relay is energized as long as the RCDR/CVR TEST pushbutton
switch is pushed. Its contacts are used to control the transition
of the test signal towards the loud speakers.
R
EFF :
007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399, 23-71-00
Page 25
Aug 01/06
THY
C. Erasure
(1) Manual erasure
The push to erase function is activated using a discrete input of the
SSCVR (activated using the RCDR/CVR ERASE pushbutton switch 3RK and
when the parking brake and landing gear relays are closed). This
discrete must be activated for a minimum of one-half second to
activate this function. Once activated, this function disables the
ability to download the previously recorded data from the CSMU using
the normal download function. A 400 Hz tone is sent through the audio
monitor to indicate a successful erase.
NOTE : The SSCVR is energized for 5 minutes after the last engine is
____
shutdown.
Erasure is possible only if the SSCVR is powered (Ref.para.4).
The erase signal generated by the bulk erase timing assembly,
is applied to the Bulk Erase through:
- The normally-open (NO) contacts of SYS 2 L/G position relay
12GB
- The normally-open (NO) contacts of relay 14RK, this relay
being energized when parking brake is ON
- The normally-open (NO) contacts of the RCDR/CVR ERASE
pushbutton switch.
The Bulk Erase function generates a digital signal for the
CPU which erases the CSMU information.
NOTE : The timing circuit in the Solid States cockpit voice recorder
____
activates the Bulk Erase for 5 seconds (minimum). This ensures
that the complete CSMU information is erased.
(2) Automatic erasure
The erase function erases the previously recorded information on all
4 channels simultaneously before a new recording is made.
R **ON A/C ALL
8. Test
____
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 26
Nov 01/05
THY
R **ON A/C 001-006, 053-199, 201-249, 251-251, 303-399, 901-901,
The Push-To-Test function is activated using a discrete input of the SSCVR
(activated using a pushbutton RCDR/CVR TEST switch 5RK located on the
overhead panel). The discrete must be activated for a minimum of five
seconds to activate this function. Once activated, this function performs an
extensive set of functional tests to determine the integrity of the system.
A successful self-test results in the status discrete output being activated
once.This results in one activation of the status LED (whichever is present)
on the SSCVR. In addition to the visual indication, an aural indication is
provided through the audio monitor output received at the CVR/HEAD SET JACK
(on the maintenance panel 50VU) or at the two loud speakers an 600 Hz tone
is sent to indicate successful self-test.
**ON A/C 007-049, 051-052, 252-299, 301-302,
The Push-To-Test function is activated using a discrete input of the SSCVR
(activated using a pushbutton RCDR/CVR TEST switch 5RK located on the
overhead panel). The discrete must be activated for a minimum of one-half
second to activate this function. Once activated, this function performs an
extensive set of functional tests to determine the integrity of the system.
A successful self-test results in the status discrete output being activated
once.This results in one activation of the status LED (whichever is present)
on the SSCVR. In addition to the visual indication, an aural indication is
provided through the audio monitor output received at the CVR/HEAD SET JACK
(on the maintenance panel 50VU) or at the two loud speakers an 800 Hz tone
is sent to indicate successful self-test. There is one pulse.
**ON A/C ALL
A 800Hz tone is sent to the headset jack and to the loud speakers for aural
indication.
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 27
Aug 01/06
THY
COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
________________________________________
TASK 23-71-00-710-001
Operational Test of the CVR and the CVR Channel Recording
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
NOTE : This procedure is applicable on the CVR and the SSCVR.
____
NOTE : For this procedure, the parking brake must be locked (ACCU PRESS POINTER
____
ON THE TRIPLE INDICATOR IN THE GREEN RANGE).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 237100-01
To do a check of the operation of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR).
To do a check of the recording of the communications from the CAPT, F/O and
3rd Occupant stations and the CVR microphone.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 150 ohms microphone
No specific 600 ohms headset
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 501
May 01/05
THY
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-052, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 901-901,
Subtask 23-71-00-860-051-A
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Make sure that the parking brake is locked.
(3) Make sure that the aircraft is in the ground configuration.
(4) Make sure that the engines are stopped.
(5) On the maintenance panel 50VU, connect a 600 ohms headset to the
CVR/HEAD SET connector.
(6) Connect a 150 ohms microphone to the HAND MIC connectors of the CAPT,
F/O and 3rd Occupant stations.
R **ON A/C 053-199, 251-251, 303-399,
Subtask 23-71-00-860-051
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Make sure that the parking brake is locked.
(3) Make sure that the aircraft is in the ground configuration.
(4) Make sure that the engines are stopped.
(5) Connect a 150 ohms microphone to the HAND MIC connectors of the CAPT,
F/O and 3rd Occupant stations.
(6) On the overhead control panel 50VU : connect a 600 ohms headset to
the HEADSET jack.
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 502
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-71-00-865-050
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CVR/SPLY 2RK E14
49VU COM/CVR/CTL 4RK E13
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-71-00-710-050-A
A. Test of the CVR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the overhead control panel On the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch:
R 21VU:
R - Push the RCDR/GND CTL - The blue ON legend comes on.
R pushbutton switch.
R 2. Speak in the cockpit. Make sure that you can hear your voice
R from the CVR microphone in the headset.
R 3. On the overhead control panel At the CAPT and F/O stations:
R 21VU:
R - Push and hold the RCDR/CVR TEST - Check that a continuous tone is
R pushbutton switch. audible into the loudspeakers for
R approximately two seconds.
R - Check that the Frequency Shift Keying
R (FSK) signal (a beep every 4 seconds)
R is heard on the loudspeakers.
NOTE : The signal will be 600 Hz for
____
some CVR PNs, and 800 Hz for
others.
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 503
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : There can be an acoustic
____
feedback during the test, but
this does not make it necessary
to remove the CVR.
R 4. On the overhead control panel - You cannot hear the signal.
R 21VU:
- Release the RCDR/CVR TEST
pushbutton switch.
R 5. On the overhead control panel On the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton swtich:
R 21VU: - The blue ON legend goes off.
- Release the RCDR/GND CTL
pushbutton switch.
Subtask 23-71-00-710-055
B. Test of the CVR channel recording
NOTE : This procedure is correct for the CAPT station. It is the same for
____
the F/O and 3rd Occupant stations. Refer to the data between
parentheses.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the overhead control panel On the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch:
R 21VU: - The blue ON legend comes on.
R - Push the RCDR/GND CTL
R pushbutton switch.
R 2. Speak in the cockpit. Make sure that you can hear your voice
R from the CVR microphone in the 600 ohms
headset.
R
R 3. On the CAPT (F/O, 3rd Occupant) On the CAPT (F/O, 3rd Occupant) ACP:
R ACP :
R
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 504
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Set INT/RAD selector switch to
R INT stable position.
R - Activate INT pushbutton in - The reception pushbutton switch moves
R reception mode with the volume fully out.
R at its maximum position.
R 4. Put covers on the CVR microphone:
R - Speak in the CAPT (F/O, 3rd Make sure that you can hear your voice
R Occupant) microphone. from the CVR microphone in the headset.
R
R 5. On the overhead control panel On the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch:
R 21VU: - The blue ON legend goes off.
- Release the RCDR/GND CTL
pushbutton switch.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-71-00-860-050
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Disconnect the headset and microphones from the CAPT, F/O and 3rd
Occupant stations.
(2) On the ACPs, push the INT transmission and reception pushbutton
switches.
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
R
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 505
Aug 01/06
THY
TASK 23-71-00-710-002
Operational Test of the CVR Recording Logic Including Time Delay Relay
NOTE : This procedure is applicable on the CVR and the SSCVR.
____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 237100-02
To do a check of the FLT/GND power supply of the CVR.
To do a check of the CVR power supply through the engines.
To make sure that the CVR PWR CUT OFF RELAY 10RK operates correctly.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific chronometer
No specific 600 ohms headset
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-00-860-053
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Make sure that the parking brake is locked.
(3) Make sure that the aircraft is in the ground configuration.
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 506
Aug 01/06
R
THY
(4) Make sure that the engines are stopped.
(5) On the maintenance panel 50VU, connect a 600 ohms headset to the
CVR/HEAD SET connector.
Subtask 23-71-00-865-053
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ENGINE/2/FADEC A/AND EIU 2 2KS2 A05
49VU ENGINE/1/FADEC A/AND EIU 1 2KS1 A04
49VU ENGINE/1 AND 2/IGN/SYS A 1JH A03
49VU COM/CVR/SPLY 2RK E14
49VU COM/CVR/CTL 4RK E13
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG2/SYS B 3JH2 P42
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG1/SYS B 3JH1 P41
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG2/SYS A BAT 2JH2 P40
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG1/SYS A BAT 2JH1 P39
**ON A/C ALL
121VU ENGINE/ENG2/FADEC B 4KS2 Q40
121VU ENGINE/ENG1/FADEC B/AND EIU 1 4KS1 R41
**ON A/C 901-901,
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG2/SYS B 3JH2 P43
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG1/SYS B 3JH1 P42
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG2/SYS A BAT 2JH2 P41
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG1/SYS A BAT 2JH1 P40
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 507
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-71-00-710-052
A. Test of the FLT/GND power supply of the CVR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Make sure that you cannot hear On the panel 21VU:
the audio input in the headset.
2. On the overhead control and
indicating panel 21VU:
- Push the RCDR/GND CTL - On the pushbutton switch, the ON
pushbutton switch. legend comes on.
Make sure that you can hear the
conversations from the CVR microphone
in the headset.
- Push the RCDR/GND CTL On the panel 21VU:
pushbutton switch. - On the pushbutton switch, the ON
legend goes off.
In the headset, make sure that you
cannot hear the audio input.
Subtask 23-71-00-710-053
B. Test of the Power Supply of the CVR through the engines
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU OPEN THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS AS FOLLOWS:
_______
- 1JH, 2JH1 AND 3JH1 BEFORE 2KS1
- 1JH, 2JH2 AND 3JH2 BEFORE 2KS2.
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE, THERE IS A RISK OF
ELECTROCUTION. THIS IS BECAUSE YOU WILL START CONTINUOUS
IGNITION IF YOU OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 2KS1 OR 2KS2 FIRST.
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 508
Aug 01/06
R
THY
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
23-71-00
Page 509
Aug 01/06
THY
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
23-71-00
Page 510
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Make sure that you cannot hear
the audio input in the headset.
2. On the panel 121VU:
- Open the circuit breakers 2JH1,
3JH1, 2JH2 and 3JH2.
3. On the panel 49VU:
- Open the circuit breaker 1JH
then circuit breakers 2KS1 and
2KS2.
4. On the panel 121VU:
- Open the circuit breakers 4KS1 In the headset, make sure that you can
and 4KS2. hear the conversations from the CVR
microphone.
5. On the panels 49VU and 121VU:
- Close the circuit breakers
2KS1, 2KS2, 4KS1 and 4KS2, and
then close the circuit breakers
1JH, 2JH1, 3JH1, 2JH2 and 3JH2.
- Start the chronometer. Make sure that you can hear the
conversations from the CVR microphone
in the headset for 5 minutes. Then the
audio input stops.
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 511
Nov 01/05
R
THY
Subtask 23-71-00-710-054
C. Test of the CVR PWR CUT OFF RELAY (10RK).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the panel 49VU:
- Open the circuit breaker 4RK.
- Close the circuit breaker 4RK.
- Start the chronometer. Make sure that you can hear the
conversations from the CVR microphone
in the headset for 5 minutes. Then the
audio input stops.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-71-00-860-052
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Disconnect the headset from the CVR/HEAD SET connector.
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 512
Nov 01/05
R
THY
TASK 23-71-00-720-001
Operational Test of the Underwater Locating Beacon (ULB)
CAUTION : DO NOT PUT MARKINGS OR LABELS ON THE ULB (ONLY THE BATTERY
_______
REPLACEMENT LABEL IS PERMITTED). THEY CAN DECREASE THE PROPAGATION.
R NOTE : This procedure is applicable for the CVR and the SSCVR.
____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 237135-02
Operational check of the ULB.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific stopwatch
No specific access platform 2.8 m (9 ft. 2 in.)
42A12C 1 ULTRASONIC TEST SET
42A12D 1 ULTRASONIC TEST SET
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 11-005
TRICHLOROTRIFLUORO ETHANE (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-71-35-920-001 Scheduled Replacement of the Underwater Locating
Beacon (ULB) and Battery
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 513
May 01/06
THY
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-00-860-054
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Put the access platform in position at the zone 312.
(2) Open the access door 312AR.
R NOTE : For this procedure you can use all ULTRASONIC TEST SETs with
____
R the P/N 42A12(). If you use the PINGLITE TEST SET, it is not
R necessary to do the steps (4) thru (7).
(3) On the ULB, look at the date on the battery replacement label. If the
date is expired, replace the battery (Ref. TASK 23-71-35-920-001).
(4) If you use an ULTRASONIC TEST SET (42A12C):
- Set the INPUT switch to INT
- Set the TUNING potentiometer to between 35KHz and 40KHz
- Set the GAIN potentiometer to the maximum position.
(5) If you use an ULTRASONIC TEST SET (42A12D):
- Set the TUNING potentiometer to between 35KHz and 40KHz
- Set the GAIN potentiometer to the maximum position.
(6) With an electrical lead, make a short circuit between the ULB water
switch and the battery body.
(7) Put the microphone of the ultrasonic test set as near as possible to
the ULB. Tune the ultrasonic test set to get the best signal.
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 514
Aug 01/06
THY
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-71-00-720-051
R A. Operational test of the ULB with the ULTRASONIC TEST SET
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. With a stopwatch, count the
number of pulses from the ULB
during a cycle of 10 seconds.
2. Calculate the pulse rate: The pulse rate must be approximately
- Divide the number of pulses one pulse per second.
during the cycle by the number
of seconds (10 seconds).
NOTE : For this test:
____
- If the pulse rate increases, you must replace the battery.
After you replace the battery, if the ULB does not operate
correctly, you must replace the ULB.
R Subtask 23-71-00-720-056
R B. Operational test of the ULB with the PINGLITE TEST SET (PL3)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. Put the Pinglite tester PL3 in
R position and push and hold it
R against the ULB water switch.
R 2. Remove the tester from the ULB.
R NOTE : The ULB is not in the water. Following functions are different:
____
R - the pulse duration will be longer
R - the pulse rate will be slower than the pulse rate from the
R manufacturers test (in water).
R If the pulse rate increases or is much faster, you must replace the
R battery (Ref. TASK 23-71-35-920-001).
R If the ULB does not operate correctly after the replacement of the
R battery, you must replace the ULB (Ref. TASK 23-71-35-920-001).
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 515
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R On the Pinglite tester PL3: the LED
R flashes with each outout pulse. You can
R hear a pulse sound.
R Subtask 23-71-00-720-057
R C. Operational test of the ULB with the PINGLITE TEST SET (PL1)
R (1) On the Pinglite tester PL1:
R - make a temporary short circuit between the center pin of the device
R water switch and the case.
R NOTE : Use a piece of metal braid or flexible conductor.
____
R (2) Test with the Pinglite test set PL1
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the Pinglite test set PL1:
R - put the end of the test set
R against the ULB approximately 1
R inch (25.4mm) from the water
R switch end.
R 2. Push and hold the OPERATION - a light flash shows that the test set
R pushbutton on the test set. operates.
R - the BEACON indicator lamp on the test
R set flashes with each output pulse
R from the ULB.
R Release the OPERATION pushbutton. All the indicators go off.
R NOTE : No light flash on the test set shows a dead battery or damaged
____
R ULB. But ifthe pulse repetition rate is much faster or
R increases, replace the battery (Ref. TASK 23-71-35-920-001).
R If the ULB does not operate correctly after the replacement of
R the battery, replace the beacon (Ref. TASK 23-71-35-920-001).
R
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 516
Aug 01/06
THY
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-71-00-860-055
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the ultrasonic test set:
- Set the TUNING potentiometer to zero
- Set the GAIN potentiometer to OFF.
(2) Disconnect the electrical lead that connects the water switch to the
body of the battery (short circuit).
(3) Make sure that there is no grease on the support of the ULB and the
water switch.
If you find grease, clean it off with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-005).
(4) Close the access door 312AR.
(5) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 517
Aug 01/06
R
THY
TASK 23-71-00-720-002
Functional Test of the bulk-erase function and bulk-erase inhibition-logic of
the CVR
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
NOTE : This procedure is applicable to the CVR and the SSCVR.
____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the CVR will erase only when the aircraft is on the ground
with the parking brake set.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 600 ohms headset
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
32-69-00-860-001 Simulation of Flight, with the Aircraft on the Ground
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 518
Aug 01/06
R
THY
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-00-860-057
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Make sure that the engine shutdown occured not less than 5 minutes
before you do the procedure.
(3) On the maintenance panel 50VU, connect a 600 ohms headset to the
CVR/HEAD SET connector.
Subtask 23-71-00-865-052
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CVR/SPLY 2RK E14
49VU COM/CVR/CTL 4RK E13
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
121VU HYDRAULIC/PARK BRK/CTL/STBY 71GG N37
121VU HYDRAULIC/PARK BRK/CTL/NORM 70GG N36
**ON A/C 901-901,
121VU HYDRAULIC/PARK BRK/CTL/STBY 71GG N26
121VU HYDRAULIC/PARK BRK/CTL/NORM 70GG N25
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 519
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-71-00-720-050
A. Do the functional test with the parking brake locked and the aircraft in
the ground configuration:
(1) Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(a) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the Parking Brake Control
Switch (73GG) is in the ON position.
(b) Make sure that the aircraft is on the ground (landing gear
compressed).
(2) Test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the overhead control and On the panel 21VU:
indicating panel 21VU:
- Push the RCDR/GND CTL - On the pushbutton switch, the ON
pushbutton switch. legend comes on.
In the headset:
- Make sure that you can hear the
conversations from the CVR
microphone.
- Push the RCDR/CVR ERASE In the headset:
pushbutton switch for not less - Make sure that you can hear the 400Hz
than 2 seconds and release it. tone signal.
After approximately 3 seconds Make sure that you can hear the
conversations from the CVR microphone.
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 520
Aug 01/06
R
THY
Subtask 23-71-00-720-054
B. Do the functional test with the parking brake unlocked:
(1) Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(a) On the panel 110VU, put the Parking Brake Control Switch (73GG)
in the OFF position.
(b) Make sure that the aircraft is on the ground (landing gear
compressed).
(2) Test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the overhead control and In the headset:
indicating panel 21VU: - Make sure that you cannot hear the
- Push the RCDR/CVR ERASE 400Hz tone signal.
pushbutton switch for not less
than 2 seconds and release it.
Subtask 23-71-00-720-055
C. Do the functional test with the aircraft in the flight configuration:
(1) Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(a) On the panel 110VU, put the Parking Brake Control Switch (73GG)
in the ON position.
(b) Put the aircraft in the flight configuration (Ref. TASK 32-69-00-
860-001).
(2) Test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the overhead control and In the headset:
indicating panel 21VU: - Make sure that you cannot hear the
- Push the RCDR/CVR ERASE 400Hz tone signal.
pushbutton switch for not less
than 2 seconds and release it.
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 521
Aug 01/06
R
THY
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-71-00-860-056
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the panel 21VU, release the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch (the ON
legend goes off).
(2) Disconnect the headset from the CVR/HEAD SET connector.
(3) Put the aircraft in the ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-69-00-860-
001).
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
ALL 23-71-00
Page 522
Aug 01/06
THY
MICROPHONE - CVR (16RK) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________
TASK 23-71-13-000-001
Removal of the CVR Microphone (16RK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-71-13-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-13-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CVR/SPLY 2RK E14
49VU COM/CVR/CTL 4RK E13
EFF :
ALL 23-71-13
Page 401
May 01/05
THY
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-71-13-991-001)
Subtask 23-71-13-020-050
A. Removal of the CVR Microphone
(1) Loosen the QAD fasteners (10) by one quarter turn.
(2) Pull the unit 25VU (11) from its housing. Do not disconnect the
connectors.
(3) Loosen the screw (5) and remove the washers (6) and (7), and the wire
clamp (14).
(4) Disconnect the connector (8) from the receptacle (9).
(5) Put blanking caps on the connector (8) and the receptacle (9).
(6) Loosen the screws (12) and remove the washers (13).
(7) Remove the CVR microphone (2) with its support (3).
(8) Loosen the screws (1) and remove the washers (4).
(9) Remove the CVR microphone from its support (3).
EFF :
ALL 23-71-13
Page 402
May 01/05
THY
CVR Microphone
Figure 401/TASK 23-71-13-991-001
EFF :
ALL 23-71-13
Page 403
May 01/05
THY
TASK 23-71-13-400-001
Installation of the CVR Microphone (16RK)
CAUTION : DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THE CVR MICROPHONE, MAKE SURE THAT THE
_______
PASSAGE HOLE IN THE LEFT FRONT LINING PANEL IS CONCENTRIC WITH THE
MICROPHONE HEAD. THIS WILL MAKE SURE THAT THE MICROPHONE HEAD NEVER
TOUCHES THE PANEL EDGES.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-71-00-710-001 Operational Test of the CVR and the CVR Channel
Recording
23-71-13-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-13-865-051
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CVR/SPLY 2RK E14
49VU COM/CVR/CTL 4RK E13
EFF :
ALL 23-71-13
Page 404
May 01/05
THY
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-71-13-991-001)
Subtask 23-71-13-420-050
A. Installation of the CVR Microphone
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Put the CVR microphone (2) on its support (3).
(4) Install the washers (4) and the screws (1), and tighten the screws.
(5) Put the support (3) with the CVR microphone (2) in position.
(6) Install the washers (13) and the screws (12). Tighten the screws.
(7) Make sure that the wire clamp (14) is in the correct condition.
Replace the wire clamp (14) if necessary.
Put the wire clamp (14) on the wire of the CVR microphone (2).
(8) Put the wire clamp (14) in position and install the washers (6) and
(7), and the screws (5). Tighten the screws.
(9) Remove the blanking caps from the connector (8) and the receptacle
(9).
(10) Make sure that the connector (8) and the receptacle (9) are in the
correct condition.
(11) Connect the connector (8) to the receptacle (9).
(12) Put the unit 25VU (11) in its housing.
(13) Tighten the QAD fasteners (10) by one quarter turn.
EFF :
ALL 23-71-13
Page 405
May 01/06
R
THY
Subtask 23-71-13-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU COM/CVR/SPLY 2RK E14
R 49VU COM/CVR/CTL 4RK E13
Subtask 23-71-13-710-051
C. Do the operational test of the cockpit voice recorder system (Ref. TASK
23-71-00-710-001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-71-13-860-050
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 23-71-13
Page 406
May 01/06
THY
AMPLIFIER - CVR MICROPHONE (18RK) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________
TASK 23-71-14-000-001
Removal of the CVR Microphone Amplifier (18RK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-71-14-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-14-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CVR/SPLY 2RK E14
49VU COM/CVR/CTL 4RK E13
EFF :
ALL 23-71-14
Page 401
May 01/05
THY
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-71-14-991-001)
Subtask 23-71-14-020-050
A. Removal of the CVR Microphone Amplifier
(1) Remove the screws (4) and loosen the fasteners (6) of the lining
panel (5) and remove the lining panel.
(2) Remove the screws (1) and loosen the fasteners (3) of the dome light
cover (2) and remove the cover.
(3) Disconnect the connectors (7) from the receptacles (9).
(4) Put blanking caps on the connectors (7) and on the receptacles (9).
(5) Remove the screws (10) and the washers (11).
(6) Remove the CVR microphone amplifier (12) from the support (8).
EFF :
ALL 23-71-14
Page 402
May 01/05
THY
CVR Microphone Amplifier
Figure 401/TASK 23-71-14-991-001
EFF :
ALL 23-71-14
Page 403
May 01/05
THY
TASK 23-71-14-400-001
Installation of the CVR Microphone Amplifier (18RK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-71-00-710-001 Operational Test of the CVR and the CVR Channel
Recording
23-71-14-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-14-865-051
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CVR/SPLY 2RK E14
49VU COM/CVR/CTL 4RK E13
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-71-14-991-001)
Subtask 23-71-14-420-050
A. Installation of the CVR Microphone Amplifier
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Put the CVR microphone amplifier (12) in position on its support (8).
EFF :
ALL 23-71-14
Page 404
May 01/05
THY
(4) Install the washers (11) and the screws (10). Tighten the screws.
(5) Remove the blanking caps from the connectors (7) and the receptacles
(9).
(6) Make sure that the connectors (7) and the receptacles (9) are in the
correct condition.
(7) Connect the connectors (7) to the receptacles (9).
(8) Put the dome light cover (2) in position. Install the screws (1) and
tighten the screws (1) and the fasteners (3).
(9) Put the lining panel (5) in position. Install the screws (4) and
tighten the screws (4) and the fasteners (6).
Subtask 23-71-14-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU COM/CVR/SPLY 2RK E14
R 49VU COM/CVR/CTL 4RK E13
Subtask 23-71-14-710-051
C. Do the operational test of the cockpit voice recorder system (Ref. TASK
23-71-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-71-14-860-050
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 23-71-14
Page 405
May 01/06
THY
RECORDER - COCKPIT VOICE (CVR) (1RK) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________
TASK 23-71-35-000-001
Removal of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) 1RK
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 3.4 m (11 ft. 2 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
23-71-35-991-001-B Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-71-35-991-001-A Fig. 401A
R
EFF :
ALL 23-71-35
Page 401
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
NOTE : The procedure is valid for the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) and Solid
____
State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR).
Subtask 23-71-35-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CVR/SPLY 2RK E14
49VU COM/CVR/CTL 4RK E13
Subtask 23-71-35-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at Zone 312.
(2) Open the access door 312AR.
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-71-35-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-71-35-991-001-A)
R
EFF :
ALL 23-71-35
Page 402
Aug 01/06
THY
Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR)
Figure 401/TASK 23-71-35-991-001-B
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-71-35
Page 403
Feb 01/06
THY
Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR)
Figure 401A/TASK 23-71-35-991-001-A
R
EFF :
901-901,
007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399, 23-71-35
Page 404
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-71-35-020-050
A. Removal of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR)
(1) Loosen the knurled nuts (4) and lower the fasteners.
(2) Carefully remove the CVR (1) from the rack (2).
NOTE : Make sure that you do not damage the electrical connector
____
pins.
(3) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
R
EFF :
ALL 23-71-35
Page 405
Aug 01/06
THY
TASK 23-71-35-400-001
Installation of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) 1RK
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-71-00-710-001 Operational Test of the CVR and the CVR Channel
Recording
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
23-71-35-991-001-B Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-71-35-991-001-A Fig. 401A
R
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
NOTE : The procedure is valid for the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) and Solid
____
State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR).
EFF :
ALL 23-71-35
Page 406
Aug 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-71-35-865-051
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CVR/SPLY 2RK E14
49VU COM/CVR/CTL 4RK E13
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-71-35-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-71-35-991-001-A)
R
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-71-35-420-050
A. Installation of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR)
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking cap from the electrical connector (3).
(4) Carefully install the CVR (1) into the rack (2). Make sure that the
CVR is correctly aligned to prevent damage to the electrical
connection.
(5) Lift the fasteners and tighten the knurled nuts (4) until the CVR (1)
is correctly attached.
EFF :
ALL 23-71-35
Page 407
Aug 01/06
THY
Subtask 23-71-35-865-054
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CVR/SPLY 2RK E14
49VU COM/CVR/CTL 4RK E13
Subtask 23-71-35-710-050
C. Do the operational test of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) (Ref. TASK
23-71-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-71-35-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door 312AR.
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 23-71-35
Page 408
Aug 01/06
R
THY
TASK 23-71-35-920-001
Scheduled Replacement of the Underwater Locating Beacon (ULB) and Battery
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 237135-01
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 3.4 m (11 ft. 2 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-71-00-720-001 Operational Test of the Underwater Locating Beacon
(ULB)
CMM 23-70-03
R
CMM 23-70-44
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
23-71-35-991-005-B Fig. 402
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
23-71-35-991-005-A Fig. 402A
R
EFF :
ALL 23-71-35
Page 409
Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
NOTE : Make sure that a new ULB is available for ULB replacement.
____
Subtask 23-71-35-010-051
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at zone 312.
(2) Open the access door 312AR.
Subtask 23-71-35-865-052
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CVR/SPLY 2RK E14
49VU COM/CVR/CTL 4RK E13
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
Subtask 23-71-35-020-051-A
A. Removal of the ULB from the CVR
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-71-35-991-005-B)
(1) Remove the screws (1) together with the lockwashers (2) and the cover
plate(3).
(2) Remove the ULB (4) from the mounting cradle (5).
NOTE : If the ULB Type DK 100 is installed, send the ULB to the
____
related vendor to replace the battery.
EFF :
ALL 23-71-35
Page 410
Aug 01/06
R
THY
Underwater Locator Beacon (ULB)
Figure 402/TASK 23-71-35-991-005-B
R
EFF :
001-006, 201-249, 23-71-35
Page 411
Aug 01/06
THY
R
R Subtask 23-71-35-960-050-A
R B. In the Workshop
R (1) Discard and replace the ULB Battery (Ref. CMM 23-70-03).
R
R Subtask 23-71-35-420-051-A
R C. Installation of the ULB on the CVR
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-71-35-991-005-B)
R (1) Put the ULB (4) in position on the mounting cradle (5).
R (2) Install the ULB (4) together with the cover plate (3), the
R lockwashers (2) and the screws (1).
R NOTE : Install the ULB with the water-sensitive switch outboard and
____
R make sure that the switch is clean.
R NOTE : Rotate the ULB until the battery replacement date is readable.
____
R **ON A/C 007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399, 901-901,
Subtask 23-71-35-020-051
A. Removal of the ULB from the CVR
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 23-71-35-991-005-A)
R
(1) Remove the screws (1) from the clamps (2).
(2) Remove the ULB (3) from the mounting cradle (4).
NOTE : If the ULB Type DK 100 is installed, send the ULB to the
____
related vendor to replace the battery.
Subtask 23-71-35-960-050
B. In the Workshop
(1) Discard and replace the ULB Battery (Ref. CMM 23-70-44).
R
EFF :
ALL 23-71-35
Page 412
Aug 01/06
THY
Underwater Locator Beacon (ULB)
Figure 402A/TASK 23-71-35-991-005-A
R
EFF :
901-901,
007-049, 051-199, 251-299, 301-399, 23-71-35
Page 413
Aug 01/06
THY
R
Subtask 23-71-35-420-051
C. Installation of the ULB on the CVR
R
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 23-71-35-991-005-A)
R
(1) Install the ULB (3) to the clamps (2).
(2) Install the screws (1) to the mounting cradle (4).
NOTE : Install the ULB with the water-sensitive switch outboard and
____
make sure that the switch is clean.
NOTE : Rotate the ULB until the battery replacement date is readable.
____
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-71-35-720-050
D. Do the operational test of the Underwater Locator Beacon (ULB) (Ref. TASK
23-71-00-720-001).
NOTE : This operational test is not necessary, if you have done a test of
____
the ULB in the workshop immediately before installation. The test
in the workshop must obey the vendor instructions.
Subtask 23-71-35-865-053
E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this (these) circuit
breaker(s):
2RK, 4RK
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-71-35-410-052
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door 312AR.
R
EFF :
ALL 23-71-35
Page 414
Aug 01/06
THY
(3) Remove the access platform.
R
EFF :
ALL 23-71-35
Page 415
Aug 01/06
THY
ANTI HIJACK CAMERA MONITORING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The Cockpit Door Surveillance System (CDSS) uses cameras in the cockpit
entrance, and left and right door 1 areas. They let the flight crew monitor
the door 1 area and identify persons who request access to the cockpit.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12RA CAMERA-COCKPIT DOOR 210 23-72-51
13RA CAMERA-DR 1, LH 224 23-72-51
14RA CAMERA-DR 1, RH 223 23-72-51
3. __________________
System Description
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 002)
A. The Cockpit Door Surveillance System has the following components:
- 3 Cameras
- 1 LCD (with a system controller)
- 1 CKPT DOOR VIDEO switch
- 1 VIDEO pushbutton
- CDSS IN-USE indication light.
(1) Cameras
Three cameras are installed in the ceiling panels in the cockpit
entrance and the door 1 area.
- Camera 1 is installed above the cockpit door. It gives pictures of
the area directly in front of the cockpit door.
- Camera 2 is installed in the ceiling of the right door 1 area. It
gives pictures of the area directly below camera 2 in the right
door 1 area
- Camera 3 is installed in the ceiling of the left door 1 area. It
gives pictures of the area directly below camera 3 in the left door
1 area.
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 301-399, 23-72-00
Page 1
Aug 01/06
THY
Cockpit-Door Surveillance-System
Figure 001
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 301-399, 23-72-00
Page 2
Aug 01/06
THY
Cockpit-Door Surveillance-System
Figure 002
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 301-399, 23-72-00
Page 3
Aug 01/06
THY
(2) LCD (10RA)
The LCD is installed on the aft wall of the cockpit. It lets the
flight crew see the picture from the cameras.
The pictures from camera 1 are shown as a full screen on the LCD and
the pictures from camera 2 and 3 are shown as a split screen. The
pictures from camera 2 are shown left of the LCD screen and the
pictures from camera 3 are shown on right. If the LCD is programmed
for the not-installed fourth camera a third screen is shown, which
is black.
If the system is programmed for the automatic sleep mode, the LCD
automatically shows a blank screen if there is no signal from the
VIDEO push button (16RA) or the ENTRY REQUEST KEYPAD (Ref. 52-51-00)
for one minute.
If the system is programmed for the pilot-activated-sleep-mode, when
the pilot pushes and holds the VIDEO push button (16RA) for two
seconds the LCD screen goes blank.
If the system gets no signal from the VIDEO push button (16RA) or the
ENTRY REQUEST KEYPAD (Ref. 52-51-00) for 5 minutes the LCD
automatically goes into the standby/power save mode.
If entry is requested with the keypad (screen is in the standby
mode), the screen automatically comes on and shows the picture from
camera 1. If entry is requested again before 30 seconds after the
last-entry-request the signals are inhibited. This is to let the
pilot use the VIDEO pushbutton to select and see the pictures from
camera 1 or cameras 2 and 3.
If the VIDEO pushbutton is pushed during the first two minutes of the
standby/power save mode, the last shown pictures come on.
If the VIDEO pushbutton is pushed after the first two minutes of the
standby/power save mode, the picture for camera 1 comes on.
(3) CKPT DOOR VIDEO Switch (17RA)
The CKPT DOOR VIDEO switch is installed on the overhead panel 27VU.
It sets the CDSS on or off. The switch has an OFF legend which is on
when the system is off and off when the system is on.
(4) VIDEO Pushbutton (16RA)
The VIDEO pushbuton is installed on the pedestal, on panel 119VU. It
lets the flight crew select between the pictures from camera 1 and
from cameras 2 and 3 and from the not-installed fourth camera
(black screen). If the system is programmed for
pilot-activated-sleep-mode, it lets the flight crew set the LCD
screen into sleep mode (blank screen).
(5) CDSS IN-USE Indication Light
The indication light is installed above the FAP on the left of the
door 1 area. It comes on when a camera from the CDSS is selected.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-72-00
Page 4
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 251-251, 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 002)
A. The Cockpit Door Surveillance System has the following components:
- 3 Cameras
- 1 LCD (with a system controller)
- 1 CKPT DOOR VIDEO switch
- 1 VIDEO pushbutton.
(1) Cameras
Three cameras are installed in the ceiling panels in the cockpit
entrance and the door 1 area.
- Camera 1 is installed above the cockpit door. It gives pictures of
the area directly in front of the cockpit door.
- Camera 2 is installed in the ceiling of the right door 1 area. It
gives pictures of the area directly below camera 2 in the right
door 1 area
- Camera 3 is installed in the ceiling of the left door 1 area. It
gives pictures of the area directly below camera 3 in the left door
1 area.
(2) LCD (10RA)
The LCD is installed on the aft wall of the cockpit. It lets the
flight crew see the picture from the cameras.
The pictures from camera 1 are shown as a full screen on the LCD and
the pictures from camera 2 and 3 are shown as a split screen. The
pictures from camera 2 are shown left of the LCD screen and the
pictures from camera 3 are shown on right.
If the system gets no signal from the VIDEO push button (16RA) or the
ENTRY REQUEST KEYPAD (Ref. 52-51-00) for 5 minutes the LCD
automatically goes into the standby/power save mode (blank screen).
NOTE : You can change the pin priority to make the screen stay on
____
continiously.
If entry is requested with the keypad (screen is in the standby
mode), the screen automatically comes on and shows the picture from
camera 1. If entry is requested again before 30 seconds after the
last-entry-request the signals are inhibited. This is to let the
pilot use the VIDEO pushbutton to select and see the pictures from
camera 1 or cameras 2 and 3.
If the VIDEO pushbutton is pushed during the first 120 seconds of the
standby/power save mode, the last shown pictures come on.
If the VIDEO pushbutton is pushed after the first 120 seconds of the
standby/power save mode, the picture for camera 1 comes on.
R
EFF :
251-251, 301-302, 23-72-00
Page 5
Feb 01/06
THY
(3) CKPT DOOR VIDEO Switch (17RA)
The CKPT DOOR VIDEO switch is installed on the overhead panel 27VU.
It sets the CDSS on or off. The switch has an OFF legend which is on
when the system is off and off when the system is on.
(4) VIDEO Push Button (16RA)
The VIDEO push button is installed on the pedestal, on panel 119VU.
It lets the flight crew select between the pictures from camera 1 and
from cameras 2 and 3.
(5) Not Applicable
R **ON A/C 054-199, 251-251, 301-399,
4. Power
____________
Supply
The CDSS is supplied with 28VDC from the normal busbar 101PP. The related
circuit breaker 15RA (3amp) is installed on the circuit breaker panel 122VU
in the cockpit.
5. _________
Interface
The CDSS has interfaces with this system:
- Entry Request Control Unit (52-51-00)
6. _____________________
Component Description
A. Cameras
Camera 1 has a 105 degree lens and cameras 2 and 3 can have a 70, 90 or
120 degree lenses (as required).
B. LCD
On the front of the LCD there is one green and one white LED, and two
rotary knobs.
The two rotary knobs are used to manually set/adjust the screen
brightness and contrast.
The green LED shows the status of the LCD:
- Green LED is on, shows that the system is on
- Green LED is off, shows that the system is off
- Green LED is flashing, shows that a failure has occured in the system.
The white LED is a light sensor which automatically controls the
brightness of the pictures on the LCD screen.
7. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 301-399, 23-72-00
Page 6
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO switch (17RA) on the overhead panel 27VU to start
the CDSS. The images from camera 1 show on the LCD screen (full screen) and
the CDSS in-use indication light comes on.
On the pedestal-panel 119VU, push the VIDEO pushbutton (16RA) to change the
image on the LCD from camera 1 to cameras 2 and 3 (split screen). If the
VIDEO pushbutton is pushed again the screen changes from cameras 2 and 3 to
the not-installed fourth camera (black screen). When the system is in the
power-down-mode or the CDSS is switched off the CDSS IN-USE indication
light is off.
**ON A/C 251-251, 301-302,
Push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO switch (17RA) on the overhead panel 27VU to start
the CDSS. The images from camera 1 show on the LCD screen (full screen).
On the pedestal-panel 119VU, push the VIDEO pushbutton (16RA) to change the
image on the LCD from camera 1 to camera 2 and 3 (split screen) and to the
images of camera 2 and 3 again.
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 301-399, 23-72-00
Page 7
Aug 01/06
THY
ANTI HIJACK CAMERA MONITORING - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_______________________________________________
TASK 23-72-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Anti-Hijack Camera-Monitoring-System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-72-00-861-051
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 23-72-00-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU DOORS/CKPT/VIDEO/SPLY 15RA T16
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 301-399, 23-72-00
Page 501
Aug 01/06
THY
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Subtask 23-72-00-710-051
A. Operational Test of the Anti-Hijack Camera-Monitoring-System
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cockpit, on panel 27VU: In the cockpit:
- Push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO - The OFF legend in the CKPT DOOR VIDEO
pushbutton. pushbutton goes off.
In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:
- The green LED comes on.
- The image from camera 1 is shown on
the LCD monitor.
- The image from camera 1 is good.
In the door 1 area, above the Flight
Attendant Panel (FAP):
- The CDSS IN-USE indication light
comes on.
2. In the cockpit, on the panel In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:
119VU:
- Push the VIDEO pushbutton one - The image from camera 2 is shown on
time. the left half of the
LCD-monitor-screen.
- The image from camera 3 is shown on
the right half of the
LCD-monitor-screen.
- The images from cameras 2 and 3 are
good.
In the door 1 area, above the FAP:
- the CDSS IN-USE indication light
stays on.
3. In the cockpit, on the panel In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:
119VU:
- Push the VIDEO pushbutton one - The screen is black.
time.
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 301-399, 23-72-00
Page 502
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the door 1 area, above the FAP:
- The CDSS IN-USE indication light
stays on.
NOTE : The black screen is only shown
____
if the LCD monitor has been
programmed for the
not-installed fourth camera.
4. In the cockpit, on the panel In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:
119VU:
- Push the VIDEO pushbutton one - The image from camera 1 is shown.
time.
In the door 1 area, above the FAP:
- The CDSS IN-USE indication light
stays on.
5. In the cockpit, on the LCD In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:
monitor:
- Turn the LCD-monitor - The image becomes brighter or dimmer
brightness-knob clockwise and in relation to the position of the
counterclockwise. brightness-knob.
- The immage is good.
6. In the cockpit, on the LCD In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:
monitor:
- Turn the LCD-monitor - The contrast of the image changes in
contrast-knob clockwise and relation to the position of the
counterclockwise. contrast-knob.
- The immage is good.
7. In the cockpit, on the panel In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:
119VU:
- Push the VIDEO pushbutton one - The image from camera 2 is shown on
time. the left half of the screen.
- The image from camera 3 is shown on
the right half of the screen.
- After 1 minute the images go off
(automatic-sleep-mode).
In the door 1 area, above the FAP:
- The CDSS IN-USE indication light
goes off.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-72-00
Page 503
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : If the LCD monitor is not
____
programmed for the
automatic-sleep-mode then the
images and the CDSS IN-USE
indication light stays on.
8. In the cockpit, on the panel In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:
119VU:
- Less than four minutes after - The images from cameras 2 and 3 are
the images on the LCD monitor shown (split screen).
go off, push the VIDEO
pushbutton one time.
In the door 1 area, above the FAP:
- The CDSS IN-USE indication light
comes on.
9. In the cockpit entrance area, on In the cockpit:
the CDLS keypad:
- Enter the code to request entry - The horn is heard.
to the cockpit. - On the LCD monitor, the image from
camera 1 is shown.
NOTE : The next two steps must be
____
done in less than 30
seconds after this step.
In the door 1 area, above the FAP:
- The CDSS IN-USE indication light
stays on.
10. In the cockpit, on the panel In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:
119VU:
- Push the VIDEO pushbutton one - The images from cameras 2 and 3 are
time. shown (split screen).
In the door 1 area, above the FAP:
- The CDSS IN-USE indication light
stays on.
11. In the cockpit entrance area, on In the cockpit:
the CDLS keypad:
- Enter the code to request - On the LCD monitor, the images from
entry to the cockpit. cameras 2 and 3 stay on.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-72-00
Page 504
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the door 1 area, above the FAP:
- The CDSS IN-USE indication light
stays on.
12. In the cockpit, on the panel In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:
119VU:
- After 30 seconds, push the - The image from camera 1 is shown.
VIDEO pushbutton one time.
In the door 1 area, above the FAP:
- The CDSS IN-USE indication light
stays on.
13. In the cockpit, on the panel In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:
119VU:
- Push the VIDEO pushbutton one - The image from camera 2 is shown on
time. the left half of the screen.
- The image from camera 3 is shown on
the right half of the screen.
In the door 1 area, above the FAP:
- The CDSS IN-USE indication light
stays on.
14. In the cockpit, on the panel In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:
119VU:
- Push the VIDEO pushbutton and - The images from camera 2 and 3 go
hold for two seconds. off.
In the door 1 area, above the FAP:
- The CDSS IN-USE indication light
goes off.
NOTE : If the LCD monitor is not
____
programmed for the
pilot-sleep-mode then the images
and the CDSS IN-USE indication
light stays on.
15. In the cockpit, on the panel In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:
119VU:
- Push the VIDEO pushbutton one - The images from cameras 2 and 3 are
time. shown (split screen).
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-72-00
Page 505
Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- After 5 minutes the images go off
(power-down-mode).
In the door 1 area, above the FAP:
- The CDSS IN-USE indication light
goes off.
16. In the cockpit, on the panel In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:
119VU:
- Less than 30 seconds after the - The images from cameras 2 and 3 are
images on the LCD monitor go shown (split screen).
off, push the VIDEO pushbutton
one time.
In the door 1 area, above the FAP:
- The CDSS IN-USE indication light
comes on.
17. In the cockpit, on panel 27VU: In the cockpit:
- Push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO
pushsbutton one time. - The OFF legend in the CKPT DOOR VIDEO
pushbutton comes on.
In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:
- The green LED goes off.
- The screen goes off.
In the door 1 area, above the FAP:
- The CDSS IN-USE indication light
goes off.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-72-00
Page 506
Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 251-251, 301-302,
Subtask 23-72-00-710-051-A
A. Operational Test of the Anti-Hijack Camera-Monitoring-System
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cockpit, on panel 27VU: In the cockpit:
- push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO - the OFF legend in the CKPT DOOR VIDEO
pushbutton. pushbutton goes off.
In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:
- the green LED illuminates
- the image from camera 1 is shown on
the LCD monitor
- the image from camera 1 is good.
2. In the cockpit, on the panel In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:
119VU:
- push the VIDEO pushbutton one - the image from camera 2 is shown on
time. the left half of the
LCD-monitor-screen
- the image from camera 3 is shown on
the right half of the
LCD-monitor-screen
- the images from cameras 2 and 3 are
good.
3. In the cockpit, on the panel In the cockpit, on the LCD:
119VU:
- push the VIDEO pushbutton one - the image from camera 1 is shown.
time.
4. In the cockpit, on the LCD In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:
monitor:
- turn the LCD-monitor - the image becomes brighter or dimmer
brightness-knob clockwise and in relation to the position of the
counterclockwise. brightness-knob.
- turn the LCD-monitor - the contrast of the image changes in
contrast-knob clockwise and relation to the position of the
counterclockwise. contrast-knob.
R
EFF :
251-251, 301-302, 23-72-00
Page 507
Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the images are good.
5. In the cockpit, on the panel In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:
119VU:
- push the VIDEO pushbutton one - the image from camera 2 is shown on
time. the left half of the screen
- the image from camera 3 is shown on
the right half of the screen
- after 5 minutes the images go off
(power-down-mode).
NOTE : If the LCD monitor is not
____
programmed for the
power-down-mode then the images
stay on continuously.
6. In the cockpit, on the panel In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:
119VU:
- less than 30 seconds after the - the images from cameras 2 and 3 are
images on the LCD monitor go shown (split screen).
off, push the VIDEO pushbutton
one time.
NOTE : This step is not necessary
____
if the LCD monitor is not
programmed for the
power-down-mode.
7. In the cockpit entrance area, on In the cockpit:
the CDLS keypad:
- enter the code to request entry - the horn is heard
to the cockpit. - on the LCD monitor, the image from
camera 1 is shown.
NOTE : The next two steps must be
____
done in less than 30
seconds after this step.
8. In the cockpit, on the panel In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:
119VU:
- push the VIDEO pushbutton one - the images from cameras 2 and 3 are
time. shown (split screen).
9. In the cockpit entrance area, on In the cockpit:
the CDLS keypad:
R
EFF :
251-251, 301-302, 23-72-00
Page 508
Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- enter the code to request entry - on the LCD monitor, the images from
to the cockpit. cameras 2 and 3 stay on.
10. In the cockpit, on the panel In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:
119VU:
- after 30 seconds, push the - the image from camera 1 is shown.
VIDEO pushbutton one time.
11. In the cockpit, on panel 27VU: In the cockpit:
- push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO - the OFF legend in the CKPT DOOR VIDEO
pushbutton one time. pushbutton comes on.
In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:
- the green LED goes off
- the screen goes off.
R **ON A/C 054-199, 251-251, 301-399,
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-72-00-862-051
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 301-399, 23-72-00
Page 509
Aug 01/06
THY
TASK 23-72-00-740-001
BITE Test of the Anti-Hijack Camera-Monitoring-System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-72-00-861-053
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 23-72-00-865-052
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU DOORS/CKPT/VIDEO/SPLY 15RA T16
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 301-399, 23-72-00
Page 510
Aug 01/06
THY
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-72-00-740-050
A. BITE Test of the Anti-Hijack Camera-Monitoring-System
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cockpit, on the panel In the cockpit:
27VU: - the OFF legend in the CKPT DOOR VIDEO
- push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO pushswitch goes off.
pushswitch.
In the cockpit, on the LCD:
- the green LED comes on (continuously)
- the picture from camera 1 shows.
2. In the cockpit, on the panel In the cockpit, on the LCD:
119VU: - the failure history page shows for 60
- push and hold the VIDEO seconds.
pushbutton for 10 seconds.
3. In the cockpit, on the panel On the panel 27VU:
27VU: - the OFF legend in the CKPT DOOR VIDEO
- push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO pushswitch comes on.
pushswitch one time.
In the cockpit, on the LCD:
- the green LED goes off
- the screen goes off.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-72-00-862-053
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 301-399, 23-72-00
Page 511
Aug 01/06
THY
MONITOR - COCKPIT DOOR SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM (10RA) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-72-22-000-001
Removal of the Cockpit-Door Surveillance-System Monitor (10RA)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
23-72-22-991-002 Fig. 401
23-72-22-991-001 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-72-22-861-050
A. Energize the ground service network
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 23-72-22-865-050
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU DOORS/CKPT/VIDEO/SPLY 15RA T16
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 301-399, 23-72-22
Page 401
Aug 01/06
THY
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-72-22-710-051
A. Removal of the Monitor or the Hinge Assembly:
(1) If you want remove the Monitor only:
- Do the paragraph B.
(2) If you want remove the Hinge Assembly:
- Do the paragraph C.
Subtask 23-72-22-020-051
B. Removal of the Monitor
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-72-22-991-002)
(1) Remove the screws (3) from the hinge assembly (2).
(2) Disconnect the monitor (1).
(3) Put blanking caps on the connector of the monitor (1).
Subtask 23-72-22-020-052
C. Removal of the Hinge Assembly:
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-72-22-991-001)
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (2).
(2) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(3) Remove the screws (5) and washers (4) from the mounting plate (3).
(4) Remove the hinge assembly (1).
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 301-399, 23-72-22
Page 402
Aug 01/06
THY
Monitor
Figure 401/TASK 23-72-22-991-002
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 301-399, 23-72-22
Page 403
Aug 01/06
THY
Monitor
Figure 402/TASK 23-72-22-991-001
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 301-399, 23-72-22
Page 404
Aug 01/06
THY
TASK 23-72-22-400-001
Installation of the Cockpit-Door Surveillance-System Monitor (10RA)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-72-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Anti-Hijack
Camera-Monitoring-System
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
23-72-22-991-002 Fig. 401
23-72-22-991-001 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-72-22-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 23-72-22-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU DOORS/CKPT/VIDEO/SPLY 15RA T16
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 301-399, 23-72-22
Page 405
Aug 01/06
THY
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-72-22-710-052
A. Installation of the Monitor or Hinge Assembly:
(1) If you want install the Monitor only:
- Do the paragraph B.
(2) If you want install the Hinge Assembly:
- Do the paragraph C.
Subtask 23-72-22-420-053
B. Installation of the Monitor
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-72-22-991-002)
(1) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent
area.
(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Install the Monitor (1) with the screws (3) to the hinge assembly (2)
and TORQUE the screws (3) to 0.300 m.daN (26.54 lbf.in).
Subtask 23-72-22-420-054
C. Installation of the Hinge Assembly:
(1) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent
area.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-72-22-991-001)
(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Install the Hinge Assembly (1) with the washers (4) and the screws
(5) to the mounting plate (3).
(4) Remove the blanking caps from the elevtrical connectors.
(5) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 301-399, 23-72-22
Page 406
Aug 01/06
THY
(6) Connect the electrical connector (2).
Subtask 23-72-22-865-052
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
15RA
Subtask 23-72-22-710-050
E. Do the Operational Test of the Anti-Hijack Camera-System (Ref. TASK 23-
72-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-72-22-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 23-72-22-862-050
B. De-energize the ground service network
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 301-399, 23-72-22
Page 407
Aug 01/06
THY
CAMERA - ANTI HIJACK SYSTEM (12RA,13RA,14RA) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-72-51-000-001
Removal of the Anti-Hijack-System Cameras
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
25-23-42-000-001 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Forward Utility Area
23-72-51-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-72-51-861-050
A. Energize the ground service network
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 23-72-51-865-050
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU DOORS/CKPT/VIDEO/SPLY 15RA T16
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 301-399, 23-72-51
Page 401
Aug 01/06
THY
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-72-51-020-050
A. Removal of the Cameras
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-72-51-991-001)
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the cameras is the same. Only one
____
procedure is given.
(1) Remove the caps (4).
(2) Hold the camera (3) in position.
(3) Remove the screws (5) and the washers (6).
(4) Carefully remove the camera (3) until you can disconnect the
electrical connector (1).
(5) Disconnect the electrical connector (1) and remove the camera (3).
(6) If you cannot get access to disconnect the electrical connector (1),
do the subsequent steps:
(a) Loosely attach the camera (3) to the ceiling panel with the
screws (5).
(b) Remove the ceiling panel and move it until you can get access to
the electrical connector (1) (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-001).
(c) Disconnect the electrical connector (1) from the camera (3).
(d) Remove the three screws (5) and remove the camera (3) from the
ceiling panel.
(7) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 301-399, 23-72-51
Page 402
Aug 01/06
THY
Cameras
Figure 401/TASK 23-72-51-991-001
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 301-399, 23-72-51
Page 403
Aug 01/06
THY
TASK 23-72-51-400-001
Installation of the Anti-Hijack-System Cameras
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11-00-00-400-007 Installation of the ESSO (Scotchcal Labels)
23-72-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Anti-Hijack
Camera-Monitoring-System
23-72-51-820-001 Adjustment of the Cameras
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-23-42-400-001 Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Forward Utility
Area
AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001 INTERIOR PLACARDS (SEE ALSO 11-42-25)
23-72-51-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-72-51-860-051
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 23-72-51-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU DOORS/CKPT/VIDEO/SPLY 15RA T16
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 301-399, 23-72-51
Page 404
Aug 01/06
THY
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-72-51-210-050
A. Preparation for Installation
(1) Make sure that all the placards of the retained/new components are in
the correct position and in good condition.
(2) If necessary, install new placards (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007) and
(Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).
Subtask 23-72-51-560-050
B. Preparation of Component Replacement
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-72-51-991-001)
NOTE : Do the subsequent steps if you install a new camera.
____
(1) On the old camera (3):
(a) Make a note of the position of the adapter plate (2).
(b) Carefully remove the clip which keeps the adapter plate (2) in
position.
(c) Remove the adapter plate (2).
(2) On the new camera (3):
(a) Put the adapter plate (2) in position as noted in step (1).
(b) Install the clip which keeps the adapter plate (2) in position on
the camera (3).
Subtask 23-72-51-420-051
C. Installation of the Cameras
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-72-51-991-001)
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the cameras is the same. Only
____
one procedure is given.
(1) If you install a new camera (3), do the subsequent steps:
(a) On the old camera (3), carefully remove the clip which keeps the
adapter plate (2) in position.
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 301-399, 23-72-51
Page 405
Aug 01/06
THY
(b) Remove the adapter plate (2) from the camera (3).
(c) Put the adapter plate (2) in position on the new camera (3),
(d) Install the clip which keeps the adapter plate (2) in position on
the camera (3).
(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(4) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(5) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(6) If the ceiling panel was removed during the removal procedure, do the
subsequent steps:
(a) Put the camera (3) in the correct position on the ceiling panel.
(b) Install the washers (6) and the screws (5).
(c) Install the caps (4).
(d) Put the ceiling panel, with the camera (3), in position until you
can connect the electrical connector (1).
(e) Connect the electrical connector (1) to the camera (3).
(f) Install the ceiling panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-001).
(7) If the ceiling panel was not removed during the removal procedure, do
the subsequent steps:
(a) Put the camera (3) in position until you can connect the
electrical connector (1).
(b) Connect the electrical connector (1).
(c) Hold the camera (3) in the installed position.
(d) Install the washers (6) and the screws (5).
(e) Install the caps (4).
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 301-399, 23-72-51
Page 406
Aug 01/06
THY
(8) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 23-72-51-865-052
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
15RA
Subtask 23-72-51-820-051
E. Make sure that the camera(s) are adjusted correctly (Ref. TASK 23-72-51-
820-001).
Subtask 23-72-51-710-050
F. Do the operational test of the cameras (Ref. TASK 23-72-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-72-51-862-050
A. De-energize the ground service network
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 301-399, 23-72-51
Page 407
Aug 01/06
THY
TASK 23-72-51-820-001
Adjustment of the Cameras
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-72-51-000-001 Removal of the Anti-Hijack-System Cameras
23-72-51-400-001 Installation of the Anti-Hijack-System Cameras
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-72-51-861-051
A. Energize the ground service network
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 23-72-51-865-053
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU DOORS/CKPT/VIDEO/SPLY 15RA T16
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 301-399, 23-72-51
Page 408
Aug 01/06
THY
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-72-51-820-050
A. Adjustment of the Cameras
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 27VU, push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO
pushswitch. Make sure that:
- The OFF legend in the pushswitch goes off.
- The green LED on the related LCD comes on.
- The picture for camera 1 shows.
(2) Get a person to stand directly in front of the cockpit door.
(3) Make sure that the bottom of the picture shows the feet of the person
standing in front of the cockpit door.
(4) Make sure that the top of the picture shows the head of the person
standing in front of the cockpit door,
(5) Make sure that the middle of the picture shows the area which is 1 m
(3.28 ft.) in front of the cockpit door.
(6) If the picture for camera 1 is not correct do these steps:
(a) Remove the cover from the camera.
(b) Connect the camera adjustment tool to the camera 1, as follows:
1
_ Move the ring on the camera adjustment-tool to the unlock
position.
2
_ Put the camera adjustment-tool in position on the camera 1.
3
_ Move the ring on the camera adjustment-tool to the lock
position.
(c) Slowly turn the camera 1 clockwise or counterclockwise until the
picture for camera 1 is correct.
NOTE : You can only turn the camera a maximum of 30 degrees,
____
hard-stops on the camera prevent more movement.
(d) If you cannot adjust the picture correctly replace the camera 1,
(Ref. TASK 23-72-51-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 23-72-51-400-001).
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 301-399, 23-72-51
Page 409
Aug 01/06
THY
(e) Disconnect the camera adjustment-tool from the camera 1, as
follows:
1
_ Move the ring on the camera adjustment-tool to the unlock
position.
2
_ Remove the camera adjustment-tool from the camera 1 housing.
(f) Install the cover on the camera 1.
(7) In the cockpit, on the panel 119VU, push the pushswitch 16RA one
time, make sure that:
- In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor, the pictures for cameras 2 and
3 show as a split screen.
(8) Make sure that the picture for camera 2 is on the left half of the
LCD screen.
(9) Make sure that the middle of the picture shows the area 1.2 m (3.93
ft.) in front of the right door and in the middle of the FWD and AFT
walls.
(10) Make sure that the picture for camera 3 is on the right half of the
LCD screen.
(11) Make sure that the middle of the picture shows the area 1.2 m (3.93
ft.) in front of the left door and in the middle of the FWD and AFT
walls.
(12) If the picture for camera 2 or 3 is not correct do these steps:
(a) Remove the cover from the applicable camera.
(b) Connect the camera adjustment tool to the applicable camera, as
follows:
1
_ Move the ring on the camera adjustment-tool into the unlock
position.
2
_ Put the camera adjustment-tool in position on the applicable
camera.
3
_ Move the ring on the camera adjustment-tool to the lock
position.
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 301-399, 23-72-51
Page 410
Aug 01/06
THY
(c) Slowly turn the applicable camera clockwise or counterclockwise
until the picture for the camera is correct.
NOTE : You can only turn the camera a maximum of 30 degrees,
____
hard-stops on the camera prevent more movement.
(d) If you cannot adjust the picture correctly replace the applicable
camera, (Ref. TASK 23-72-51-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 23-72-51-400-
001).
(e) Disconnect the camera adjustment-tool from the applicable camera,
as follows:
1
_ Move the ring on the camera adjustment-tool to the unlock
position.
2
_ Remove the camera adjustment-tool from the applicable camera
housing.
(f) Install the cover on the applicable camera.
(13) In the cockpit, on the panel 27VU, push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO
pushswitch, make sure that:
- The green LED on the related LCD goes off.
- The OFF legend in the pushswitch comes on.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-72-51-860-052
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).
R
EFF :
054-199, 251-251, 301-399, 23-72-51
Page 411
Aug 01/06
THY
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is a microprocessor-based
system. It operates, controls and monitors the main cabin systems and can do
different system and unit tests. The connected systems are:
- Air conditioning,
- Communications,
- Fire protection,
- Escape facilities,
- Ice protection,
- Lights,
- Water/Waste.
If the cabin layout is changed, it is not necessary to make a complex and
time-consuming hardware change of CIDS components. Only the software
database has to be changed to adapt e.g. the new cabin zoning.
2. __________________
Component Location
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R (Ref. Fig. 001, 002, 003, 004, 005, 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
R | | | | DOOR | REF.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 101RH DIR-CIDS, 1 87VU 127 23-73-34
R 102RH DIR-CIDS, 2 88VU 128 23-73-34
R 115RH MODULE-CABIN ASSIGNMENT 221 23-73-19
R 116RH CIDS OBRM 221 23-31-00
R 120RH ATTENDANT PANEL-FORWARD 221 23-73-00
R 126RH AAP 261 23-73-13
R 130RH HANDSET 210 23-73-00
R 132RH SUPPORT BRACKET 210 23-73-00
R 320RH1 AIP 221 23-73-22
R 320RH9 AIP 261 23-73-22
R 320RH10 AIP 262 23-73-00
R 320RH11 AIP 2042VU 263 23-73-22
R 330RH1 HANDSET 221 23-73-00
R 330RH9 HANDSET 261 23-73-00
R 330RH11 HANDSET 262 23-73-00
R 332RH1 SUPPORT BRACKET 221 23-73-44
R 332RH9 SUPPORT BRACKET 261 23-73-44
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 1
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
CIDS Components in the Avionic Compartment - Component Location
Figure 001
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 2
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
R CIDS Components in the Cockpit - Component Location
R Figure 002
EFF :
054-100, 23-73-00
Page 3
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
R CIDS Components in the Cockpit - Component Location
R Figure 002A
EFF :
101-199, 23-73-00
Page 4
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
CIDS Components in the Cockpit - Component Location
R Figure 002B
R
EFF :
303-399, 23-73-00
Page 5
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
R CIDS associated Components in the Cockpit - Component Location
R Figure 003
R
EFF :
054-100, 23-73-00
Page 6
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
CIDS associated Components in the Cockpit - Component Location
R Figure 003A
R
EFF :
101-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 7
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) - Component Location
Figure 004
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 8
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
R CIDS Components in the Cabin - Component Location
R Figure 005
R
EFF :
054-100, 23-73-00
Page 9
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
R Area Call Panel (ACP) - Component Location
R Figure 005A
EFF :
101-199, 23-73-00
Page 10
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
23-73-00
Page 11
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
CIDS Components in the Cabin - Component Location
R Figure 005B (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
303-399, 23-73-00
Page 12
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
CIDS Components in the Cabin - Component Location
R Figure 005B (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
303-399, 23-73-00
Page 13
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
R Area Call Panel (ACP) - Component Location
Figure 006
EFF :
054-199, 23-73-00
Page 14
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R Area Call Panel (ACP) - Component Location
Figure 006A
EFF :
303-399, 23-73-00
Page 15
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R Passenger Service Unit (PSU) - Component Location
Figure 007
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 16
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R Loudspeaker and cabin signs - Component Location
Figure 008
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 17
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
DEU type A with Connection and Termination Boxes - Component Location (Sheet 1)
Figure 009
EFF :
054-100, 23-73-00
Page 18
Config-1 Aug 01/06
R
THY
R DEU type A with Connection and Termination Boxes - Component Location (Sheet 1)
R Figure 009A
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-73-00
Page 19
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
DEU type A with Connection and Termination Boxes - Component Location (Sheet 1)
R Figure 009B
EFF :
303-399, 23-73-00
Page 20
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
DEU type A with Connection and Termination Boxes - Component Location (Sheet 2)
Figure 010
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 21
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
DEU type B with Connection and Termination Boxes - Component Location
Figure 011
R
EFF :
054-100, 23-73-00
Page 22
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 332RH11 SUPPORT BRACKET 262 23-73-44
R 340RH1 AREA CALL PNL 223 23-73-11
R 340RH2 AREA CALL PNL 3700VU 224 23-73-11
R 340RH9 AREA CALL PNL 3701VU 263 23-73-11
R 340RH10 AREA CALL PNL 3701VU 264 23-73-11
R 395RH1 PUSHBUTTON-SWITCH, ALERT 2080VU 221 23-73-00
R 395RH9 PUSHBUTTON-SWITCH, ALERT 2080VU 261 23-73-00
R 395RH10 PUSHBUTTON-SWITCH, ALERT 2080VU 262 23-73-00
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 001, 002A, 003A, 004, 005A, 006, 007, 008, 009A, 010, 011A)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
101RH DIR-CIDS, 1 87VU 127 23-73-34
102RH DIR-CIDS, 2 88VU 128 23-73-34
115RH MODULE-CABIN ASSIGNMENT 221 23-73-19
116RH CIDS OBRM 221 23-31-00
120RH ATTENDANT PANEL-FORWARD 221 23-73-00
126RH AAP 261 23-73-13
130RH HANDSET 210 23-73-00
132RH SUPPORT BRACKET 210 23-73-00
320RH1 AIP 221 23-73-22
320RH9 AIP 261 23-73-22
320RH11 AIP 2042VU 263 23-73-22
330RH1 HANDSET 221 23-73-00
330RH9 HANDSET 261 23-73-00
330RH11 HANDSET 262 23-73-00
332RH1 SUPPORT BRACKET 221 23-73-44
332RH9 SUPPORT BRACKET 261 23-73-44
332RH11 SUPPORT BRACKET 262 23-73-44
340RH1 AREA CALL PNL 223 23-73-11
340RH2 AREA CALL PNL 3700VU 224 23-73-11
340RH9 AREA CALL PNL 3701VU 263 23-73-11
340RH10 AREA CALL PNL 3701VU 264 23-73-11
R
EFF :
054-199, 23-73-00
Page 23
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
R DEU type B with Connection and Termination Boxes - Component Location
R Figure 011A
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-73-00
Page 24
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 001, 002B, 003A, 004, 005B, 006A, 007, 008, 009B, 010, 011B)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
101RH DIR-CIDS, 1 87VU 127 23-73-34
102RH DIR-CIDS, 2 88VU 128 23-73-34
115RH MODULE-CABIN ASSIGNMENT 221 23-73-19
116RH CIDS OBRM 221 23-31-00
120RH ATTENDANT PANEL-FORWARD 221 23-73-00
126RH AAP 261 23-73-13
130RH HANDSET 210 23-73-00
132RH SUPPORT BRACKET 210 23-73-00
320RH1 AIP 221 23-73-22
320RH9 AIP 261 23-73-22
320RH11 AIP 2042VU 263 23-73-22
322RH INDICATING PANEL - ATTENDANT 2044VU 252 23-73-00
330RH1 HANDSET 221 23-73-00
330RH8 HANDSET 252 23-73-00
330RH9 HANDSET 261 23-73-00
330RH11 HANDSET 262 23-73-00
330RH14 HANDSET 242 23-73-00
332RH1 SUPPORT BRACKET 221 23-73-44
332RH8 SUPPORT BRACKET 252 23-73-44
332RH9 SUPPORT BRACKET 261 23-73-44
332RH11 SUPPORT BRACKET 262 23-73-44
332RH14 SUPPORT BRACKET 242 23-73-44
340RH1 AREA CALL PNL 3700VU 223 23-73-00
340RH2 AREA CALL PNL 3700VU 224 23-73-11
340RH7 AREA CALL PNL 3703VU 251 23-73-00
340RH8 AREA CALL PNL 3703VU 252 23-73-00
340RH9 AREA CALL PNL 3701VU 263 23-73-11
340RH10 AREA CALL PNL 3701VU 264 23-73-11
340RH13 AREA CALL PNL 3702VU 243 23-73-00
340RH14 AREA CALL PNL 3702VU 244 23-73-00
R
EFF :
303-399, 23-73-00
Page 25
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
DEU type B with Connection and Termination Boxes - Component Location
R Figure 011B
EFF :
303-399, 23-73-00
Page 26
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 200RH1 DEU-A 231 221BC 23-73-46
R 200RH2 DEU-A 232 221BC 23-73-46
R 200RH3 DEU-A 231 231JW 23-73-46
R 200RH4 DEU-A 232 232JW 23-73-46
R 200RH7 DEU-A 241 231WW 23-73-46
R 200RH8 DEU-A 242 232WW 23-73-46
R 200RH11 DEU-A 241 241QW 23-73-46
R 200RH12 DEU-A 242 242QW 23-73-46
R 200RH13 DEU-A 251 241WW 23-73-46
R 200RH14 DEU-A 252 242WW 23-73-46
R 200RH15 DEU-A 251 251FW 23-73-46
R 200RH16 DEU-A 252 252FW 23-73-46
R 208RH1 DEU CONNECTION BOX 231 23-73-00
R 208RH2 DEU CONNECTION BOX 232 23-73-00
R 208RH3 DEU CONNECTION BOX 231 23-73-00
R 208RH4 DEU CONNECTION BOX 232 23-73-00
R 208RH7 DEU CONNECTION BOX 241 23-73-00
R 208RH8 DEU CONNECTION BOX 242 23-73-00
R 208RH11 DEU CONNECTION BOX 251 23-73-00
R 208RH12 DEU CONNECTION BOX 252 23-73-00
R 208RH13 DEU CONNECTION BOX 251 23-73-00
R 208RH14 DEU CONNECTION BOX 252 23-73-00
R 209RH1 DEU TERMINATION BOX 251 23-73-00
R 209RH2 DEU TERMINATION BOX 252 23-73-00
R 300RH1 DEU-B 223 222BC 23-73-47
R 300RH6 DEU-B 252 23-73-47
R 300RH7 DECODER/ENCODER UNIT B 263 23-73-47
R 300RH8 DEU-B 263 23-73-47
R 308RH1 DEU CONNECTION BOX 223 23-73-00
R 308RH6 DEU CONNECTION BOX 242 23-73-00
R 309RH1 DEU TERMINATION BOX 263 23-73-00
R 309RH2 DEU TERMINATION BOX 263 23-73-00
R
EFF :
054-199, 23-73-00
Page 27
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 303-399,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
200RH1 DEU-A 231 221BC 23-73-46
200RH2 DEU-A 232 221BC 23-73-46
200RH3 DEU-A 231 231JW 23-73-46
200RH4 DEU-A 232 232JW 23-73-46
200RH5 DEU-A 231 231QW 23-73-46
200RH6 DEU-A 232 232QW 23-73-46
200RH7 DEU-A 241 231WW 23-73-46
200RH8 DEU-A 242 232WW 23-73-46
200RH9 DEU-A 241 231ZW 23-73-46
200RH10 DEU-A 242 232ZW 23-73-46
200RH11 DEU-A 241 241QW 23-73-46
200RH12 DEU-A 242 242QW 23-73-46
200RH13 DEU-A 251 241WW 23-73-46
200RH14 DEU-A 252 242WW 23-73-46
200RH15 DEU-A 251 251FW 23-73-46
200RH16 DEU-A 252 252FW 23-73-46
208RH1 DEU CONNECTION BOX 231 23-73-00
208RH2 DEU CONNECTION BOX 232 23-73-00
208RH3 DEU CONNECTION BOX 231 23-73-00
208RH4 DEU CONNECTION BOX 232 23-73-00
208RH5 DEU CONNECTION BOX 241 23-73-00
208RH6 DEU CONNECTION BOX 242 23-73-00
208RH7 DEU CONNECTION BOX 241 23-73-00
208RH8 DEU CONNECTION BOX 242 23-73-00
208RH9 DEU CONNECTION BOX 241 23-73-42
208RH10 DEU CONNECTION BOX 242 23-73-42
208RH11 DEU CONNECTION BOX 251 23-73-00
208RH12 DEU CONNECTION BOX 252 23-73-00
208RH13 DEU CONNECTION BOX 251 23-73-00
208RH14 DEU CONNECTION BOX 252 23-73-00
209RH1 DEU TERMINATION BOX 251 23-73-00
209RH2 DEU TERMINATION BOX 252 23-73-00
300RH1 DEU-B 223 222BC 23-73-47
300RH4 DEU-B 242 242QW 23-73-47
300RH6 DEU-B 252 23-73-47
300RH7 DECODER/ENCODER UNIT B 263 23-73-47
300RH8 DEU-B 263 23-73-47
308RH1 DEU CONNECTION BOX 223 23-73-00
308RH2 DEU CONNECTION BOX 223 23-73-00
R
EFF :
303-399, 23-73-00
Page 28
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
308RH3 DEU CONNECTION BOX 243 23-73-00
308RH4 DEU CONNECTION BOX 244 23-73-00
308RH5 DEU CONNECTION BOX 241 23-73-00
308RH6 DEU CONNECTION BOX 242 23-73-00
309RH1 DEU TERMINATION BOX 263 23-73-00
309RH2 DEU TERMINATION BOX 263 23-73-00
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
601RH PSU PCB SWITCH PANEL 200 23-73-00
602RH PSU PISA 200 23-73-41
603RH LIGHT-READING, PSU LED 200 23-73-00
604RH LIGHT-READING, PSU LED 200 23-73-00
605RH LIGHT-READING, PSU LED 200 23-73-00
606RH PSU INFO SIGN 200 23-73-00
607RH PSU LOUDSPEAKER 200 23-73-00
621RH PSU 200 23-73-00
622RH PSU 200 23-73-00
623RH PNL, 3LIGHTS, NS/FSB L 200 23-73-00
623RH PNL, 3LIGHTS, NS/FSB R 200 23-73-00
3. __________________
System Description
A. System Philosophy
To make it easy to change the cabin layout, the CIDS hardware has spare
inputs, outputs and circuits. These allow the connection of new and
additional equipment without a hardware change of CIDS components.
Furthermore the software of the CIDS defines all operations. If any
equipment is changed, only the CIDS software database must be modified.
To change the configuration refere to options, cabin reconfiguration or
CIDS expansion it is only necessary to do a software database change.
This decreases the time that the aircraft is out-of-service.
CIDS is also designed to sense faults in CIDS components and in the
connected equipment by itself. Thus scheduled maintenance is unnecessary.
The system philosophy is based on:
- A microprocessor-controlled data bus system,
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 29
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
- The connection of cabin systems via data bus cables,
- Four data bus lines (two top lines for PAX related systems and the
cabin illumination and two middle lines for crew related systems),
- Two functional units for the data bus control, the CIDS directors 1 and
2,
- One director in active mode and the second one in hot-standby,
- Immediate switchover to the second director if a failure of the first
one occurs,
- A Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) to program, to control and to indicate
the status of the CIDS and related cabin systems and to emulate CFDS
reports,
- Provisions for additional Flight Attendant Panels (FAP),
- Addressable Decoder/Encoder Units type A (DEU type A) for the interface
between top line data buses and cabin related systems,
- Passenger Interface and Supply Adapters (PISA) for the interface
between Decoder/Encoder Units type A (DEU type A) and some cabin
related systems/units,
- Stand-Alone Passenger Interface and Supply Adapters (StA PISA) for the
interface between Decoder/Encoder Units type A (DEU type A) and
equipment/ indications installed near the forward and aft cabin
attendant stations (Ref. 33-27-00),
- Addressable Decoder/Encoder Units type B (DEU type B) for the interface
between middle line data buses and crew related systems,
- Configuration of cabin zones and other system properties in address
tables which are stored in a software database, the Cabin Assignment
Module (CAM),
- Easy exchange of the CAM which is plugged into the FAP,
- One On-Board Replaceable Module (OBRM) which is plugged into the FAP
and where the whole system software is stored,
- A Vacuum System Control Function (VSCF) to control and indicate the
status of the vacuum toilet system,
- Built-in Test Equipment (BITE) to make scheduled maintenance
unnecessary,
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
- A Smoke Detection Function (SDF) to give a warning of smoke in the
lavatories and in the cargo compartment.
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R - A Smoke Detection Function (SDF) to give a warning of smoke in the
R lavatories.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 30
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-199,
B. System Architecture
The CIDS consists of these components:
- Director,
- Decoder/Encoder Unit (DEU) type A,
- Decoder/Encoder Unit (DEU) type B,
- Passenger Interface and Supply Adapter (PISA),
- Stand-Alone Passenger Interface and Supply Adapter (StA PISA),
- Flight Attendant Panel (FAP),
- Cabin Assignment Module (CAM),
- On-Board Replaceable Module (OBRM),
- Additional Attendant Panel (AAP),
- Attendant Indication Panel (AIP),
- Area Call Panel (ACP),
- Handsets,
- Loudspeaker,
- Passenger call/reset pushbutton,
- Passenger call light,
**ON A/C 303-399,
B. System Architecture
The CIDS consists of these components:
- Director,
- Decoder/Encoder Unit (DEU) type A,
- Decoder/Encoder Unit (DEU) type B,
- Passenger Interface and Supply Adapter (PISA),
- Stand-Alone Passenger Interface and Supply Adapter (StA PISA),
- Flight Attendant Panel (FAP),
- Cabin Assignment Module (CAM),
- On-Board Replaceable Module (OBRM),
- Additional Attendant Panel (AAP),
- Attendant Indication Panel (AIP),
- Area Call Panel (ACP),
- Handsets,
- Loudspeaker,
- Passenger call/reset pushbutton,
- Passenger call light,
- Switch panel (2064VU),
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 31
Config-1 Nov 01/06
R
THY
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
- NS, FSB and RTS signs.
All components of the CIDS are connected to two identical directors. The
connections are realized by data bus interfaces, audio interfaces and
discrete interfaces.
Furthermore, CIDS has interfaces to other systems. The interfaces to
these systems are realized as described above. The systems are connected
to the CIDS components.
(1) CIDS directors
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 012)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 012A)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 013)
R
The two directors are the central control components of the CIDS. One
director is in active mode, the other one is in hot standby mode.
(a) The CIDS directors have a data bus interface to the:
- DEU type A,
- DEU type B,
- Flight Attendant Panel (FAP),
- System Data Acquisition Concentrator 1+2 (SDAC),
- Flight Warning Computer 1+2 (FWC),
- Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS),
- Air Conditioning System Controller (ACSC).
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 32
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R CIDS Director Interfaces - Block Diagram (Sheet 1)
Figure 012
R
EFF :
054-199, 23-73-00
Page 33
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R CIDS Director Interfaces - Block Diagram (Sheet 1)
R Figure 012A
R
EFF :
303-399, 23-73-00
Page 34
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
CIDS Director Interfaces - Block Diagram (Sheet 2)
R Figure 013
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 35
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-100,
(b) The CIDS directors have a discrete interface to the:
- Slat Flap Control Computer 1+2 (SFCC),
- Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit 1+2 (LGCIU),
- Cabin Pressure Controller 1+2 (CPC),
- Cabin pressure relay,
- Indicator Light Control Box (ILCB),
R - Cockpit call panel,
- Service interphone override switch,
- Exit signs relay,
- Cockpit door switch,
- System Data Acquisition Concentrator 1+2 (SDAC),
- Flight Warning Computer 1+2 (FWC),
- Top lines cut off relay,
- Engine Interface Unit (EIU),
- Motor start relay vacuum generator,
- In-Flight Entertainment System (IFE),
**ON A/C 101-199, 303-399,
(b) The CIDS directors have a discrete interface to the:
- Slat Flap Control Computer 1+2 (SFCC),
- Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit 1+2 (LGCIU),
- Cabin Pressure Controller 1+2 (CPC),
- Cabin pressure relay,
- Indicator Light Control Box (ILCB),
R - Cockpit call panel,
- Service interphone override switch,
- Exit signs relay,
- Cockpit door switch,
- System Data Acquisition Concentrator 1+2 (SDAC),
- Flight Warning Computer 1+2 (FWC),
- Top lines cut off relay,
- Engine Interface Unit (EIU),
- Motor start relay vacuum generator,
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 36
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
- EVAC panel,
- EVAC horn,
- NS/FSB panel.
(c) The CIDS directors have audio and discrete interfaces to the:
- Audio Management Unit (AMU),
- Cockpit handset,
- Service interphone boomsets.
**ON A/C 054-100,
- Prerecorded Announcement & Boarding Music (PRAM),
- In-Flight Entertainment System (IFE).
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R - In-Flight Entertainment System (IFE).
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(2) Decoder/Encoder Unit (DEU) type A
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 014)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 014A)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 015)
R
Each DEU type A is controlled by the active director. The DEUs type A
are connected to one of the two data bus top lines via connection
boxes. One top line is installed along each A/C side.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 37
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
CIDS DATA BUS - Top Line Left and Right
R Figure 014
R
EFF :
054-199, 23-73-00
Page 38
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
CIDS DATA BUS - Top Line Left and Right
R Figure 014A
R
EFF :
303-399, 23-73-00
Page 39
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
DEU type A Interfaces - Block Diagram
R Figure 015
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 40
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Every DEU type A on one A/C side is connected to the same top line.
Every connection box includes coding switches which give each DEU
type A its own address. The last connection box, connected to a top
line, includes also a termination resistor for impedance matching and
is therefore called a termination box.
(a) The DEU type A has direct interfaces to the:
- Director,
- Passenger Interface and Supply Adapters (PISA),
- Stand-Alone Passenger Interface and Supply Adapters (StA PISA),
- Ballast units,
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
- Loudspeakers,
- NS, FSB and RTS signs.
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R - Loudspeakers,
R - PED, FSB and RTS signs.
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(b) The DEU type A has interfaces via PISA or StA PISA to the:
- Loudspeakers,
- Reading lights,
- Attendant work lights,
- Seat row identifiers,
- Passenger call/reset pushbuttons,
- Passenger call lights,
- NS, FSB and RTS signs.
(3) Decoder/Encoder Unit (DEU) type B
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 016)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 016A)
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 41
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
CIDS DATA BUS - Middle Line
R Figure 016
R
EFF :
054-199, 23-73-00
Page 42
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
CIDS DATA BUS - Middle Line
R Figure 016A
R
EFF :
303-399, 23-73-00
Page 43
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-100,
(Ref. Fig. 017)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
(Ref. Fig. 017A)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 017B)
R
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Each DEU type B is controlled by the active director. The DEUs type B
are connected to one of the two data bus middle lines through
connection boxes. The middle lines are installed along each A/C side.
The middle line at one A/C side (left and right) connects every DEU
type B on the same side of the A/C.
Every connection box includes coding switches which give each DEU
type B its own address. The last connection box connected to a middle
line includes also a termination resistor for impedance matching and
is therefore called termination box.
(a) The DEU type B has data bus interfaces to the:
- Director,
- Additional Attendant Panel (AAP),
- Attendant Indication Panel (AIP),
- Emergency Power Supply Unit (EPSU),
- Lavatory smoke detector.
R **ON A/C 054-199,
(b) The DEU type B has discrete interfaces to the:
- Area Call Panel (ACP),
- Slide pressure sensor,
- Drain Mast Control Unit (DMCU),
- Waste service panel,
- Vacuum generator,
- Fan phase off relay,
- Water service panel,
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 44
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
DEU type B Interfaces - Block Diagram
R Figure 017
R
EFF :
054-100, 23-73-00
Page 45
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R DEU type B Interfaces - Block Diagram
R Figure 017A
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-73-00
Page 46
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
DEU type B Interfaces - Block Diagram
R Figure 017B
R
EFF :
303-399, 23-73-00
Page 47
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
- Vacuum power control relay,
- Liquid Level Transmitter (LLT),
- Liquid Level Sensor (LLS),
- Flush Control Unit (FCU).
R
**ON A/C 303-399,
(b) The DEU type B has discrete interfaces to the:
- Area Call Panel (ACP),
- Door pressure sensor,
- Slide pressure sensor,
- Switch panel (2064VU),
- Drain Mast Control Unit (DMCU),
- Waste service panel,
- Vacuum generator,
- Fan phase off relay,
- Water service panel,
- Prime level indicator (Precharge),
- Vacuum power control relay,
- Liquid Level Transmitter (LLT),
- Liquid Level Sensor (LLS),
- Flush Control Unit (FCU).
**ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
- Switch panel (2080VU).
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(c) The DEU type B has audio and discrete interfaces to the:
- Handsets.
(4) Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 018)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 018A)
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 48
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
FAP Interfaces - Block Diagram
R Figure 018
R
EFF :
054-199, 23-73-00
Page 49
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
FAP Interfaces - Block Diagram
R Figure 018A
R
EFF :
303-399, 23-73-00
Page 50
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
The FAP is used to control different cabin systems and the CIDS, to
indicate the status of different systems and for on-board changes of
the CAM data (e.g. cabin layout and no smoking zones). It can also be
used for emulation of CFDS reports when the aircraft is in the ground
status.
(a) The FAP has data bus interfaces to the:
- Director 1,
- Director 2,
(b) The FAP has discrete interfaces to the:
- Director 1,
- Director 2,
- Emergency lighting system.
R **ON A/C 054-199,
- In-Flight Entertainment System (IFE).
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(c) Integrated memory cards
In the front face of the FAP two memory cards are integrated.
These cards are the:
1
_ On-Board Replaceable Module (OBRM)
The OBRM is a removable memory card which contains the system
software. Major changes of the CIDS software are done by a
replacement of the OBRM.
2
_ Cabin Assignment Module (CAM)
The CAM is the second plug-in memory card which defines many
of the system properties and all cabin layout and zoning
information (e.g. if chimes accompany a PA announcement and if
a loudspeaker is for an attendant or for a PAX announcement).
Minor CAM data are changed by on-board programming, major CAM
data are changed by replacement of the CAM with a reprogrammed
CAM.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 51
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(5) Built-In Test Equipment (BITE)
The CIDS is designed to continuously monitor its own performance and
that of the connected equipment.
The CIDS Directors (DIR), Decoder/Encoder Units (DEU), Passenger
Interface and Supply Adapters (PISA), Flight Attendant Panel (FAP),
Additional Attendant Panels (AAP) and Attendant Indication Panels
(AIP) contain comprehensive BITE circuitry. This allows the CIDS to
detect faults in the connected systems and in the CIDS units.
The DIRs store the detected faults and send them to the Warning and
Maintenance System (WMS) and/or FAP. In the event of a major fault,
related information is additionally sent to the
- ECAM status page or
- ECAM warning page.
(6) Interfaces
The CIDS components are connected to each other and to the other
systems by these types of interfaces:
(a) Discretes
The discrete interface is an unidirectional interface which
transmits a 28VDC or ground signal.
(b) Audio
The audio interface is an unidirectional interface. It transmits
signals between 50Hz - 11kHz if connected to a DEU type A and
200Hz - 5.5kHz if connected to a DEU type B.
(c) Data bus
The data bus interface is an unidirectional or bidirectional
interface:
1
_ Unidirectional interfaces
CIDS uses three different unidirectional interfaces for
data-transmission:
a
_ ARINC 429
This data bus transmits 32-bit data words. The bus operates
as a lowspeed (12KB/sec) or highspeed interface
(100KB/sec).
b
_ RS 232
This data bus transmits 8-bit data words with 9600B/sec.
c
_ CAN
This data bus operates as a highspeed interface with a
speed of 83.33KB/sec. It has a CAN bus terminator
installed.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 52
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
2
_ Bidirectional interfaces
CIDS uses the CIDS buses (Top Line and Middle Line) and the
Ethernet for bidirectional transmissions.
a
_ Top Line and Middle Line
These buses transmit data between director and all
Decoder/Encoder Units (DEUs). The busses transmit 14 bit
data words with 4MB/sec.
b
_ Ethernet
This bus transmits data words with 10MB/sec.
C. System Functions
The CIDS provides these system functions:
(1) Passenger Address System (PA)
The passenger address system does the distribution of announcements
from the cockpit and each attendant station through all assigned PAX
loudspeakers.
(2) Cabin and Flight Crew Interphone System
The cabin interphone system permits the telephone communication
between all attendant stations and between the attendant stations and
the cockpit.
(3) Service Interphone System
The service interphone system permits the telephone communication
between groundcrew, cockpit crew and cabin crew when the A/C is on
the ground.
R **ON A/C 054-199,
(4) Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) System
The CIDS transmits the prerecorded announcements and the boarding
music to all passenger related loudspeakers.
(5) In-Flight Entertainment System (IFE)
The IFE transmits audio programs and video sound to the passengers
and shows video programs through video display units in the passenger
compartment. The passengers can hear the audio programs and the video
sound through the headsets and the loudspeakers. In addition, the
director transmits PA announcements to the IFE. The IFE transmits the
PA announcements to the headsets.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 53
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(6) Passenger Lighted Signs
The system for the passenger lighted signs controls the No Smoking
R (NS), Fasten Seat Belt (FSB), Return To Seat (RTS) and Exit signs.
(7) Passenger Call
The passenger call system controls the illumination of the passenger
call light and the activation of the call chime.
(8) Cabin Illumination
The cabin illumination system controls the illumination in the
different cabin areas independently.
(9) Reading Lights
The reading light system controls the passenger reading lights and
attendant work lights in the cabin.
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (10) Passenger Service System (PSS)
R The PSS is used for remote controlled operation of the passenger
R reading lights and the passenger call activation/deactivation.
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
R (11) Lavatory Smoke Detection
The smoke detection system controls the visual and acoustic
indications in the cabin, if smoke is sensed by the Lavatory Smoke
Detectors.
R (12) Cargo Smoke Detection
As part of the CIDS Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF), the cargo
smoke detectors sense smoke in the cargo compartment.
R (13) Cargo Fire Extinguisher Monitoring
As part of the CIDS Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF), the Cargo
Fire Extinguisher Monitoring function controls and monitors these
fire-extinguisher parts:
- Bottle-reservoir pressure,
- Squip condition.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 54
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-100,
R (14) Cabin Ready Signaling
The cabin ready signaling is used to inform the cockpit crew about
the cabin status.
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
R (15) Air Conditioning
The CIDS can select different temperatures for all defined zones. It
is possible to do a fine adjustment of the preselected temperature
for different cabin zones at the FAP. The temperatures which are in
the different cabin zones are shown on the FAP.
R (16) Emergency Evacuation Signaling (EVAC)
The EVAC system controls the evacuation signaling in all cabin areas
and the cockpit. It can be operated from the cockpit, FAP or AAP
during an emergency.
R (17) Potable Water Indication
The potable water indication system shows the quantity of water,
which is in the tank, on the FAP.
R (18) Waste Indication
The waste indication system shows the quantity of waste water, which
is in the tank, on the FAP. Also, unserviceable lavatories that do
not operate are shown on the FAP and related messages come on.
R (19) Vacuum System Control Function (VSCF)
The VSCF controls and monitors the Vacuum Toilet System. The system
identifies each toilet assembly and starts the necessary actions of
the related system components.
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R (20) Doors and Escape Slides Pressure Monitoring
The doors and escape slide control system monitors the
bottle-pressure reservoir of the escape slides at the passenger doors
and the emergency exits. It also monitors the status of the doors
(open/closed) and escape slides (armed/disarmed). The status shows on
the FAP.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 55
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (20) Doors and Escape Slides Pressure Monitoring
The doors and escape slide control system monitors the
bottle-pressure reservoir of the doors and the escape slides at the
passenger doors and emergency exits. It also monitors the status of
the doors (open/closed) and escape slides (armed/disarmed). The
status shows on the FAP.
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
R (21) Emergency Power Supply Unit (EPSU)
The CIDS director initiates the BITE test of the EPSU, if a related
command is given by the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS). The
director also transmits the results to the CFDS.
R (22) Drain Mast Control Unit (DMCU)
The CIDS directors monitor a test of the DMCU, if a related command
is given by the CFDS. A detected fault causes a related message and
the caution light on the FAP to come on. Also, the results are
transmitted to the CFDS.
**ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
R (23) Cabin/cockpit incident alert system
The Cabin/cockpit incident alert system is used to indicate a
possible violent incident to cabin and/or cockpit crew members. It
activates visual and acoustic indications in the cockpit, if the
respective pushbutton in the cabin is pushed (cabin alert). It also
activates visual and acoustic indications in the cabin, if the
respective pushbutton in the cockpit is pushed (cockpit alert).
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
R (24) CFDS Emulation on FAP
This function provides the possibility to emulate reports from the
Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) on the FAP, like it is
possible on the Multi Purpose Control Display Unit (MCDU) in the
cockpit.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 56
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
4. Power
____________
Supply
The service bus and the essential bus supply electrical power to the CIDS
(inclusive the SDF board of the CIDS director).
Depending on the available bus the CIDS operates in the:
- Normal mode or
- Emergency mode.
A. Normal Mode
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 019)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 019A)
R **ON A/C 054-100,
(Ref. Fig. 020)
**ON A/C 101-199,
(Ref. Fig. 020A)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 020B)
R **ON A/C 054-100,
(Ref. Fig. 021)
**ON A/C 101-199,
(Ref. Fig. 021A)
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 57
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Power Supply - CIDS Director and FAP
R Figure 019
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 58
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Power Supply - CIDS Director and FAP
R Figure 019A
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-73-00
Page 59
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Power Supply SERVICE + ESS BUS - Middle Line
R Figure 020
R
EFF :
054-100, 23-73-00
Page 60
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Power Supply SERVICE + ESS BUS - Middle Line
R Figure 020A
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-73-00
Page 61
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Power Supply SERVICE + ESS BUS - Middle Line
R Figure 020B
R
EFF :
303-399, 23-73-00
Page 62
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Power Supply SERVICE + ESS BUS - Top Line
R Figure 021
R
EFF :
054-100, 23-73-00
Page 63
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Power Supply SERVICE + ESS BUS - Top Line
R Figure 021A
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-73-00
Page 64
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 021B)
R
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
In the normal mode the service bus supplies 28VDC to the CIDS. All
functions of the system operate fully.
The BITE test function is only active if the essential busbar is also
available.
B. Emergency Mode
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 019)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 019A)
R **ON A/C 054-100,
(Ref. Fig. 020)
**ON A/C 101-199,
(Ref. Fig. 020A)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 020B)
R **ON A/C 054-100,
(Ref. Fig. 021)
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 65
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Power Supply SERVICE + ESS BUS - Top Line
R Figure 021B
R
EFF :
303-399, 23-73-00
Page 66
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 101-199,
(Ref. Fig. 021A)
**ON A/C 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 021B)
R
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
In the emergency mode, only the essential bus supplies 28VDC to the CIDS.
(1) The essential bus supplies power to the CIDS, if the service bus is
not available.
(2) The system operates with minimum functions. The ACPs and the AIPs do
not operate. The remaining functions are:
- Passenger address,
- Cabin interphone,
- EVAC,
- Smoke detection.
(3) The DEUs type A, which are connected to the top lines, are only
supplied with power when there is an audio signal. If there is no
audio signal, the director operates the Top Line cut-off relay to
stop the power supply to the DEUs.
**ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
(4) It is possible to supply 28VDC from the hot battery bus to the CIDS,
if the service bus and the essential bus are not available. For this
purpose, the emergency lighting switch 4WL must be in the ARM or ON
position.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 67
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
C. Power Consumption
The power consumption of the CIDS components and the supplied cabin
systems depends on the installed equipment. During normal operation all
installed components are supplied with electrical power.
If the service bus is not available and the CIDS is in emergency mode,
the power consumption is reduced to a minimum. Only the components which
are needed for the minimum functions are supplied with electrical power.
D. Power Interruption
If a power interruption is longer than 5 sec., the CIDS software is reset
and all components of the system are set to the predefined status.
5. Interface
_________
A. CIDS system interfaces (external)
(1) Director
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 012)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 012A)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 013)
R
(a) The director has a data bus interface to the:
- Flight Warning Computer 1+2 (FWC),
- Air Conditioning System Controller (ACSC),
- System Data Acquisition Concentrator 1+2 (SDAC),
- Centralized Fault Display System 1+2 (CFDS),
R **ON A/C 054-199,
- Prerecorded Announcement & Boarding Music (PRAM),
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 68
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
- In-Flight Entertainment System (IFE),
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(b) The director has a discrete interface to the:
- Slat Flap Control Computer 1+2 (SFCC),
- Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit 1+2 (LGCIU),
- Cabin Pressure Controller 1+2 (CPC),
- Cabin pressure relay,
- Indicator Light Control Box (ILCB),
- Service interphone override switch,
- Exit signs relay,
- Cockpit door switch,
- System Data Acquisition Concentrator 1+2 (SDAC),
- Flight Warning Computer 1+2 (FWC),
- Engine Interface Unit (EIU),
- Motor start relay vacuum generator,
**ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
- Cockpit alerting horn,
- Cockpit alert pushbutton - Captain,
- Cockpit alert pushbutton - F/O,
- Cockpit CAB ALERT pushbutton/indicator light.
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(c) The director has audio and discrete interfaces to the:
- Audio Management Unit (AMU).
- Service interphone boomsets.
R
- Prerecorded Announcement & Boarding Music (PRAM),
- In-Flight Entertainment System (IFE).
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 69
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R
(2) DEU type A
R (Ref. Fig. 015)
(a) The DEU type A has direct interfaces to the:
- Ballast units,
- Loudspeakers,
- NS, FSB and RTS signs,
(b) The DEU type A has interfaces via PISA or StA PISA to the:
- Reading lights,
- Seat row identifier,
- Passenger call lights,
- Loudspeakers,
- NS, FSB and RTS signs,
- Attendant work lights,
(3) DEU type B
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R (Ref. Fig. 017)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 017A)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 017B)
R
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(a) The DEU type B has data bus interfaces to the:
- Emergency Power Supply Unit (EPSU),
- Lavatory smoke detector,
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 70
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R (b) The DEU type B has discrete interfaces to the:
R - Drain Mast Control Unit (DMCU),
R - Slide pressure sensor,
R - Flush Control Unit (FCU),
R - Liquid Level Transmitter (LLT),
R - Liquid Level Sensor (LLS),
R - Water and waste service panel,
R - Vacuum Generator,
R - Fan phase off relay,
R - Vacuum power control relay,
R **ON A/C 303-399,
(b) The DEU type B has discrete interfaces to the:
- Drain Mast Control Unit (DMCU),
- Slide and door pressure sensor,
- Flush Control Unit (FCU),
- Liquid Level Transmitter (LLT),
- Liquid Level Sensor (LLS),
- Water and waste service panel,
- Prime level indicator (Precharge),
- Vacuum generator,
- Fan phase off relay,
- Vacuum power control relay.
R
**ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
- Switch panel (2080VU).
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(4) Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 018)
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 71
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 018A)
R
R **ON A/C 054-199,
(a) The FAP has data bus interfaces to the:
- In-Flight Entertainment System (IFE).
(b) The FAP has discrete interfaces to the:
- Emergency lighting system,
- In-Flight Entertainment System (IFE).
R **ON A/C 303-399,
(b) The FAP has discrete interfaces to the:
- Emergency lighting system,
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
6. _____________________
Component Description
A. General
The CIDS has these main components:
- Director,
- Decoder/Encoder Unit (DEU) type A,
- Decoder/Encoder Unit (DEU) type B,
- Passenger Interface and Supply Adapter (PISA),
- Stand-Alone Passenger Interface and Supply Adapter (StA PISA),
- Flight Attendant Panel (FAP),
- Cabin Assignment Module (CAM),
- On-Board Replaceable Module (OBRM),
- Additional Attendant Panel (AAP),
- Attendant Indication Panel (AIP),
- Area Call Panel (ACP),
- Handset,
- Loudspeaker,
- Passenger call/reset pushbutton,
- Passenger call light,
- NS, FSB and RTS signs.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 72
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
B. Director
(1) General
For redundancy, the system has two identical directors. One director
is in hot-standby mode and has the same inputs and outputs as the
active director. Both directors are connected in parallel except for:
- The power supply connection,
- Certain outputs to other equipment and systems.
The CIDS directors are installed in the pressurised area of the
electronic compartment.
The CIDS directors give an interface to:
- Components in the cockpit,
- Components in the electronic compartment,
- The Decoder/Encoder Units via the CIDS data busses,
- The Flight Attendant Panel (FAP).
The connections to the equipment and other systems are realized with
discrete, audio and data bus interfaces.
(2) Architecture
The director has the following modules and circuits:
- Processing module
- Bus interface circuits
- Digital/analogue (audio) circuits
- Discrete input/output circuits
- Serial input/output (ARINC/Ethernet) circuits
- Mandatory layout memory (non-volatile)
- Cabin assignment data memory (non-volatile) and working memory
(volatile)
- Data transfer interface to second director
- Smoke detection function module
- BITE/WATCHDOG circuits
- Power supply circuits
(3) Functions
(a) Processing module
This module has supervisory functions, controls the CIDS data bus
interface and all other interfaces. It can download software from
the FAP. The directors BITE function is partly incorporated in
the module.
(b) Bus interface circuits
The bus interface circuits do the synchronisation of the CIDS
data bus, transmit data packets from the director and buffer all
incoming data from the DEUs.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 73
Config-1 Nov 01/06
R
THY
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
23-73-00
Page 74
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(c) Digital/analogue (audio) circuits
These circuits convert incoming audio signals to a digital format
and convert these digital signals back to analogue audio signals
for output.
(d) Discrete input/output circuits
These circuits convert discrete input levels to digital levels
and these digital levels back to discrete output levels.
(e) Serial input/output (ARINC/Ethernet) circuits
Serial interfaces support connection of conventionally connected
terminals (e.g. FAP, SDAC, CFDS).
(f) Mandatory layout memory (non-volatile)
This memory stores mandatory cabin layout information. The
On-Board Replaceable Module (OBRM), which is located in the FAP,
can modify this memory.
(g) Cabin assignment data memory (non-volatile)
This memory stores cabin assignment data and system properties
information. This memory is modified through the Cabin Assignment
Module (CAM), which is located in the FAP, or through programming
on the FAP.
(h) Data transfer interface to second director
This interface provides facilities to transfer data and failure
information between the two CIDS directors.
(i) Smoke detection function module
This module processes the control and indication functions of the
smoke detectors in the cargo compartment.
(j) BITE/WATCHDOG circuits
The BITE circuits enable tests of the internal modules and
inputs/outputs. The WATCHDOG circuits control the uninterrupted
function of the processing module.
(k) Power supply circuits
These circuits provide the necessary electrical power.
C. Decoder/Encoder Unit (DEU) type A
(1) General
The DEU type A provides an interface between the CIDS DATA BUS (top
line) and different cabin systems. The information from the bus is
transformed by the DEU type A into control signals which are sent to
the respective cabin systems. The information from the cabin systems
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 75
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
is transformed into data bus information and transmitted to the
director.
The DEUs type A are installed in the cabin.
An interface is provided to this equipment:
- Ballast units,
- PISAs,
- StA PISAs,
R - Reading lights,
R - Seat row identifier,
- Loudspeakers,
- NS, FSB and RTS signs,
(2) Architecture
The DEU type A has the following modules and circuits:
- Bus interface circuits,
- Processing module,
- System interface circuits,
- Power supply circuits.
(3) Functions
(a) Bus interface circuits
The bus interface buffers all incoming data bus information and
sends selected data to the processing module. Data packets from
the processing module and system interface are transmitted to the
data bus.
(b) Processing module
This module decodes the data packets and activates the related
outputs of the system interface. Inputs from the system interface
are coded into data packets. Control commands and audio signals
from the director are decoded and transmitted to the related
connected equipment.
The DEU BITE function is incorporated in the processing module.
(c) System interface circuits
The system interface adapts to the physical properties of the
connected cabin systems.
(d) Power supply circuits
This unit provides all necessary power to the DEU circuits and to
the outputs.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 76
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
D. Passenger Interface and Supply Adapter (PISA)
(1) General
The PISA is the interface between the DEU type A and components of
the Passenger Service Unit (PSU).
The PISAs are installed in each PSU in the pressurised area of the
cabin.
The PISA has interfaces to the following equipment:
- Reading-light switches and reading lights,
R - Passenger-call button and passenger-call lights,
R - Seat row identifier,
- Loudspeakers,
- NS, FSB and RTS signs,
(2) Architecture
The PISA has two boards:
- Main board,
- Audio board.
(3) Functions
(a) Main board
The main board can operate independently. It contains the
functions for:
- Reading light control,
- Reading light switch monitoring,
R - Passenger call button monitoring and seat row indication.
The main board also receives the necessary power for both
boards and all outputs.
(b) Audio board
The audio board can only operate with the main board. It contains
the functions for audio output and control of the NS, FSB and RTS
signs.
E. Stand-Alone Passenger Interface and Supply Adapter (StA PISA)
(1) General
The StA PISA is the interface between the DEU type A and the
equipment/ indications installed near the forward and aft cabin
attendant stations.
The StA PISA has interfaces to:
- Attendant work light switches,
- Attendant work lights,
- NS, FSB and RTS signs.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 77
Config-1 Aug 01/06
THY
For further information refer to 33-27-00.
F. Decoder/Encoder Unit (DEU) type B
(1) General
The DEU type B provides an interface between the CIDS DATA BUS
(middle line) and certain attendant related systems. The information
from the bus is transformed by the DEU type B into control signals
which are sent to the respective attendant systems. The information
from the attendant systems is transformed into data bus information
and transmitted to the director.
The DEUs type B are installed in the pressurised area of the cabin.
R **ON A/C 054-199,
An interface is provided to the following equipment:
- Additional Attendant Panel (AAP),
- Attendant Indication Panel (AIP),
- Area Call Panels (ACP),
- Handsets,
- Slide pressure sensors,
- Emergency Power Supply Unit (EPSU),
- Drain Mast Control Unit (DMCU),
- Smoke sensors,
- Waste and water service panel,
- Fan phase off relay,
- Liquid Level Sensor (LLS),
- Liquid Level Transmitter (LLT),
- Vacuum generator,
- Flush Control Unit (FCU),
- Vacuum power control relay,
R
**ON A/C 303-399,
An interface is provided to the following equipment:
- Additional Attendant Panel (AAP),
- Attendant Indication Panel (AIP),
- Area Call Panels (ACP),
- Handsets,
- Slide and door pressure sensors,
- Emergency Power Supply Unit (EPSU),
- Drain Mast Control Unit (DMCU),
- Smoke sensors,
- Switch panel (2064VU),
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 78
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
- Waste and water service panel,
- Fan phase off relay,
- Liquid Level Sensor (LLS),
- Liquid Level Transmitter (LLT),
- Vacuum generator,
- Flush Control Unit (FCU),
- Vacuum power control relay,
**ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
- Switch panel (2080VU).
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(2) Architecture
The DEU type B consists of the following modules and circuits:
- Bus interface circuits,
- Processing module,
- System interface circuits,
- Power supply circuits.
(3) Functions
The functions of the different components are the same as described
for the DEU type A.
G. Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
(1) General
The FAP enables the cabin crew to control certain cabin systems and
CIDS, to indicate the status of several cabin systems and to provide
cabin programming. It can also be used to emulate CFDS reports when
the aircraft is in the ground status.
The FAP is installed in the pressurised area of the cabin.
(2) Architecture
The FAP has the following modules:
- Display unit,
- Sub-panel.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 79
Config-1 Nov 01/06
R
THY
(3) Functions
(a) Display unit
The display unit has these parts:
- Ethernet bus interface
This interface buffers all incoming information and transfers
selected data to the processing module. It also receives data
from the processing module and transmits this information on
the ethernet bus.
- Processing module
This module decodes the incoming data packets and activates the
graphic module, which is part of the processing module. It also
activates the respective hardkeys of the sub-panel. Inputs from
the touch screen or the sub-panel are coded into data packets
and sent to the ethernet bus interface.
In case of emergency mode the processing module switches the
FAP to minimum power consumption.
The FAP BITE function is incorporated into the processing
module.
- Touch screen panel
This panel indicates all information. It is used to select
functions (e.g. cabin illumination) and for the cabin
programming.
- System interface
This unit gives an interface to certain connected cabin
systems.
- Power supply circuits
These supply all necessary power to the FAP circuits.
(b) Sub panel
The sub-panel contains hardkeys and some interfaces (e.g. USB).
H. On-Board Replaceable Module (OBRM)
This module is the storage device for system software (e.g. director,
forward attendant panel). It is installed in the sub-panel of the FAP.
J. Cabin Assignment Module (CAM)
In this module the CIDS configuration data base is stored. It is
installed in the sub-panel of the FAP and includes the cabin definition,
e.g. for:
- Cabin zoning,
- Seat relation to loudspeakers and passenger lighted signs,
- Chime sequences,
- Audio levels.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 80
Config-1 Nov 01/06
R
THY
K. Additional Attendant Panel (AAP)
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R (Ref. Fig. 022)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 022A)
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(1) General
The AAP enables the attendants to control certain cabin systems.
(2) Architecture
The AAP has these modules and circuits:
- RS232 data bus receiver and transmitter,
- Processing module,
- Power supply circuits,
- Output circuitry.
(3) Functions
(a) RS232 data bus receiver and transmitter
The RS232 data bus receiver and transmitter receives data from
the DEU type B and sends it to the processing module. It also
receives data from the processing module and transmits this
information to the DEU type B.
(b) Processing module
This module carries out all internal operations of the AAP. It
connects the membrane switches and indicators to the RS232 data
bus receiver and transmitter. The AAP BITE function is
incorporated into the processing module.
(c) Power supply circuits
This unit provides all necessary power to the AAP circuits.
(d) Output circuitry
All outputs of the AAP are short-circuit protected.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 81
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Additional Attendant Panel
R Figure 022
EFF :
054-100, 23-73-00
Page 82
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R Additional Attendant Panel
R Figure 022A
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-73-00
Page 83
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 303-399,
L. Switch panel (2064VU)
(1) Description
R (Ref. Fig. 023)
(a) General
The switch panel is installed adjacent to the mid RH and exit RH
attendant station.
(b) Function
The switch panel performs these functions:
- Indication of the EVAC alert,
- Reset of the acoustic and visual EVAC alert indications,
related to the respective attendant station,
- Reset of all acoustic and visual lavatory smoke warnings.
(c) Architecture
The switch panel comprises:
- The EVAC alert indication light,
- The RESET membrane switch.
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
M. Attendant Indication Panel (AIP)
(1) General
The AIP (320RH) provides an attendant far call function. Its display
shows dial and call information from the PA/Interphone system and
other system-related information (e.g. Lav Smoke Location/PAX Calls).
The AIPs are installed adjacent to the cabin attendant stations.
(2) Architecture
The AIP has these modules and circuits:
- Display,
- Display controller,
- Display driver,
- Single chip microcomputer,
- RAM and Read Only Memory (ROM),
- Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EPROM),
- Line receiver/transmitter,
- Power supply circuits,
- Two indicator lights.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 84
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Switch panel (2064VU)
R Figure 023
R
EFF :
303-399, 23-73-00
Page 85
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(3) Functions
(a) Display
The display has two rows where all messages are displayed.
(b) Display controller
This unit generates all characters which are shown on the
display.
(c) Display driver
This unit drives the display according to the commands received
from the line receiver.
(d) Single chip microcomputer
This unit coordinates the operation of the different modules and
the operation of the software.
(e) RAM and Read Only Memory (ROM)
This unit contains the AIP software program.
(f) Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EPROM)
All messages for the display are stored in the EPROM as
alphanumeric text data.
(g) Line receiver/transmitter
This unit receives and sends information from and to the DEU type
B via a RS-232 data bus.
(h) Power supply circuits
This unit supplies all necessary power to the AIP circuits and to
the outputs. The unit switches the AIP into a standby mode with
lowest power consumption while indications are displayed.
(i) Two indicator lights
One red and one green indicator light are installed. They are
used to show the attendant the importance of the related message
over a distance.
N. Area Call Panel (ACP)
(1) General
The ACP (340RH) gives a long-range visual indication related to
system information (e.g. Lav Smoke Location/PAX Calls).
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 86
Config-1 Nov 01/06
R
THY
(2) Architecture
The ACP has four separately controlled fields. Each field contains
coloured LEDs. They are visible from the front and the rear of the
ACP.
(3) Functions
The four fields are separately activated to show the different system
information. The LEDs flash or come on steady. They are used as a
far-call facility to inform cabin attendants of passenger call,
interphone call, lavatory smoke and EVAC signals.
P. Cabin handsets
R (Ref. Fig. 024)
(1) General
The attendants use the cabin handsets for the Cabin and Flight Crew
Interphone functions and for PA announcements. An integrated keyboard
is used to make different types of calls/announcements.
(2) Architecture
The handset has these components:
- Integrated keyboard,
- Push To Talk button,
- Microphone,
- Earphone,
- Tone dialling interface circuit,
- Reed contact,
(3) Functions
(a) Integrated keyboard
With the integrated keyboard the related functions are selected
and establish a communication link.
(b) Push To Talk button
This button activates the microphone in the handset. In special
cases this button establishes also a communication link.
(c) Microphone
The microphone changes the voice into the related signals.
(d) Earphone
The earphone changes the related signals into the voice.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 87
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Cabin handset
R Figure 024
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 88
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(e) Tone dialling interface circuit
The interface decodes the keyboard signals and generates Dual
Tone Multiple Frequency (DTMF) coded dial signals. Voice signals
are routed through to the outputs of the interface.
(f) Reed contact
When the handset is not in its cradle, the reed contact connects
electrical power to the handset.
Q. Cockpit handset
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R (Ref. Fig. 025)
R **ON A/C 101-199, 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 025A)
R
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(1) General
The cockpit crew uses the handset for PA announcements and interphone
communication.
(2) Architecture
The handset has these components:
- Push To Talk button,
- Microphone,
- Earphone,
- Reed contact,
**ON A/C 054-100,
- Integrated keyboard,
- Tone dialling interface circuit.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 89
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Cockpit handset
R Figure 025
R
EFF :
054-100, 23-73-00
Page 90
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Cockpit handset
R Figure 025A
R
EFF :
101-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 91
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(3) Functions
The functions of the different components are the same as those of
the components of the cabin handsets.
7. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating
A. CIDS energization
The CIDS is energized when the essential busbars or the service busbars
are energized and the CIDS-related circuit breakers are closed.
(1) Service busbars
When the service busbars supply 28VDC to the CIDS, the system
operates with full capability.
The BITE test function is only active if the essential busbar is also
available.
To energize all CIDS components, the 601PP service busbar has to be
energized.
For the CIDS-SDF, the 204PP (Ref. 26-16-00) service busbar has to be
energized.
(2) Essential busbars
The essential busbars supply power to the CIDS if the service busbars
are not available.
When only essential power is available, the system is in emergency
mode and operates with the minimum functions. These functions are:
- Passenger Address,
- Cabin Interphone,
- Smoke detection and indication (except cabin indications).
- EVAC,
To supply all CIDS components with essential electrical power the
401PP essential busbar has to be energized.
For the CIDS-SDF, the 801PP (Ref. 26-16-00) busbar has to be
energized.
**ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
(3) Hot battery busbars
It is possible to supply 28VDC from the hot battery-bus to the CIDS,
if the essential power is not available, and the EMER EXIT light
switch is in the AUTO or ON position.
The CIDS has the same restrictions as with only essential power.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 92
Config-1 Nov 01/06
R
THY
(4) Power Supply
To supply power to the CIDS components the these circuit breakers
have to be closed:
(a) Director power
- 150RH DIR 1 ESS,
- 157RH DIR 2 ESS,
- 151RH DIR 1 NORM,
- 156RH DIR 2 NORM,
- 147RH DIR 1 BAT,
- 146RH DIR 2 BAT.
(b) FAP power
- 171RH FAP 1 ESS,
- 170RH FAP 1 NORM.
- 149RH FAP 1 BAT.
**ON A/C 101-199,
(4) Power Supply
To supply power to the CIDS components these circuit breakers have to
be closed:
(a) Director power
- 150RH DIR 1 ESS,
- 157RH DIR 2 ESS,
- 151RH DIR 1 NORM,
- 156RH DIR 2 NORM.
(b) FAP power
- 171RH FAP 1 ESS,
- 170RH FAP 1 NORM.
**ON A/C 054-100,
(c) DEUs type A power
- 158RH DEU A ESS FWD R,
- 159RH DEU A ESS FWD L,
- 172RH DEU A ESS AFT R,
- 179RH DEU A ESS AFT L,
- 163RH DEU A NORM L FWD,
- 164RH DEU A NORM R FWD,
- 167RH DEU A NORM L AFT,
- 168RH DEU A NORM R AFT.
- 258RH DEU A BAT FWD R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 93
Config-1 Nov 01/06
R
THY
- 259RH DEU A BAT FWD L
- 272RH DEU A BAT AFT R
- 279RH DEU A BAT AFT L
(d) DEUs type B power
- 153RH DEU B ESS,
- 162RH DEU B NORM,
- 143RH DEU B BAT.
**ON A/C 101-199,
(c) DEUs type A power
- 158RH DEU A ESS FWD R,
- 159RH DEU A ESS FWD L,
- 172RH DEU A ESS AFT R,
- 179RH DEU A ESS AFT L,
- 163RH DEU A NORM L FWD,
- 164RH DEU A NORM R FWD,
- 167RH DEU A NORM L AFT,
- 168RH DEU A NORM R AFT.
(d) DEUs type B power
- 153RH DEU B ESS,
- 162RH DEU B NORM.
**ON A/C 303-399,
(c) DEUs type A power
- 158RH DEU A ESS FWD R,
- 159RH DEU A ESS FWD L,
- 172RH DEU A ESS AFT R,
- 179RH DEU A ESS AFT L,
- 195RH DEU A ESS MID L,
- 196RH DEU A ESS MID R,
- 163RH DEU A NORM L FWD,
- 164RH DEU A NORM R FWD,
- 173RH DEU A NORM L AFT,
- 174RH DEU A NORM R AFT,
- 197RH DEU A NORM L MID,
- 198RH DEU A NORM R MID.
(d) DEUs type B power
- 153RH DEU B ESS,
- 193RH DEU B NORM FWD,
- 194RH DEU B NORM AFT.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 94
Config-1 Nov 01/06
R
THY
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
B. Handling of Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
(1) General
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 026)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 026A)
R
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
The FAP is divided into two main areas, the touchscreen and the sub
panel.
(a) Touchscreen
The touchscreen has these components:
- a Heading row,
- a Display area,
- System and function keys,
1
_ Heading row
The heading row shows the title of every selected page.
2
_ Display area
The display area shows every selected page.
3
_ System and function keys
The system and function keys are used to select system pages.
(b) Sub panel
The sub-panel is used for major functions operate independently
from the FAP touchscreen.
These hardkeys are installed on the sub panel:
- LIGHTS MAIN ON/OFF,
- LAV MAINT,
- SCREEN 30 sec LOCK,
- EVAC CMD,
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 95
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R FAP - Overview
R Figure 026
R
EFF :
054-199, 23-73-00
Page 96
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
FAP - Overview
R Figure 026A
R
EFF :
303-399, 23-73-00
Page 97
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
- EVAC RESET,
- SMOKE RESET.
These switches are installed on the sub panel:
- EMER (light).
These interfaces are installed on the sub panel:
- USB plug,
- Headphone plug.
(2) Operation
(a) Selection of system pages
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R (Ref. Fig. 027)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 027A)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 027B)
R
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
You can use the the funktion keys to select a system page (e.g.
cabin illumination). There are different sets of system and
function keys. A set has of a max. of nine keys. You can go to
the next or the previous set with the forward or the backward
button.
To select a system page push the related key. Then the selected
page is shown in the display area.
To select the CABIN STATUS page push the button in the lower
right corner of the touchscreen. The CABIN STATUS page gives an
overview of these pages:
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page 98
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
FAP - Cabin Status Page - Example
R Figure 027
R
EFF :
054-100, 23-73-00
Page 99
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R FAP - Cabin Status Page - Example
R Figure 027A
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-73-00
Page A0
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
FAP - Cabin Status Page - Example
R Figure 027B
R
EFF :
303-399, 23-73-00
Page A1
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
- AUDIO,
- CABIN LIGHTING,
- DOORS/SLIDES,
- CABIN TEMPERATURE,
- WATER/WASTE,
- SEAT SETTINGS.
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R - CABIN LIGHTING,
R - DOORS/SLIDES,
R - CABIN TEMPERATURE,
R - WATER/WASTE,
R - SEAT SETTINGS.
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
On the CABIN STATUS page you can select one of the shown system
pages also by pushing on the related A/C symbol.
(b) Automatic activation of system pages
If CIDS receives an important message the related system page
shows automatically. The automatically activated pages are shown
until the page is closed manually or automatically.
A smoke alert automatically calls up the SMOKE DETECTION page and
overrides any other page.
(c) Caution handling
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R (Ref. Fig. 027)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 027A)
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A2
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 027B)
R
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
The CAUT button is always shown in the upper left corner of the
touchscreen.
If CIDS receives a message which cannot be shown immediately, the
CAUT button turns amber and flashes. After displaying the pages
related to the messages or after pushing the CAUT button, the
CAUT button comes on steady. The CAUT illumination goes off, if
CIDS does not receive any further messages. A information text
shows in the heading row of the touchscreen as long as the
respective page is not shown on the touchscreen.
(d) Status indication
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 028)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 028A)
R
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
The SYSTEM INFO page on the FAP shows the status of several cabin
systems.
1
_ Operation
After selection of the SYSTEM INFO page, an indicator light
next to the respective system button comes up in amber, if
there is a fault message on another page. To display the
faults of the different systems, push the related button on
the SYSTEM INFO page.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A3
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R FAP - System Info Page - Example
R Figure 028
R
EFF :
054-199, 23-73-00
Page A4
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
FAP - System Info Page - Example
R Figure 028A
R
EFF :
303-399, 23-73-00
Page A5
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
2
_ Indication
The faults of these systems are indicated on the SYSTEM INFO
page:
- CIDS INTERNALS
- ICE PROTECTION
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R (e) Screen off function
R (Ref. Fig. 027)
R The SCREEN OFF button is in the lower left corner of the
R touchscreen. If you push this button, it switches off the screen.
R If no input is made for more than 10 minutes, a screensaver is
R shown. The screen is switched on again, if you touch the screen
R or if there is an auto event.
**ON A/C 101-199, 303-399,
(e) Screen off function
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 027A)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 027B)
R
**ON A/C 101-199, 303-399,
The SCREEN OFF button is in the lower left corner of the
touchscreen. If you push this button, it switches off the screen.
The screen is also switched off, if no input is made for more
than 10 minutes. The screen is switched on again, if you touch
the screen or if there is an auto event.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A6
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-100,
(f) Screensaver
The screensaver is shown, if the screen is switched off with the
SCREEN OFF button on the related FAP page. The screensaver also
automatically is shown if no input is made for more than 10
minutes.
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
These system pages are protected by a password:
- SOFTWARE LOADING,
- LAYOUT SELECTION,
- CABIN PROGRAMMING,
- LEVEL ADJUSTMENT,
- CIDS MCDU MENU.
C. System Functions
The CIDS provides these system functions:
- Passenger Address,
- Cabin and Flight Crew Interphone,
- Service Interphone,
- Passenger Lighted Signs,
- Passenger Call,
- Cabin Illumination (control),
- Reading Lights (control/test),
- Lavatory Smoke Detection (cabin signalling),
- Vacuum System Control,
**ON A/C 054-100,
- Prerecorded Announcement & Boarding Music (control),
- Cabin Ready Signalling,
- In-Flight Entertainment System (interface),
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R - In-Flight Entertainment System (interface),
R - Prerecorded Announcement & Boarding Music (control),
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A7
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
- Air Conditioning (temperature indication and control),
- Emergency Evacuation Signaling (EVAC),
- Potable Water Indication,
- Waste Indication,
- Doors and Escape Slides Bottle Pressure Monitoring,
- Emergency Power Supply Unit (test),
- Drain Mast Control Unit (test/signalling).
**ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
- Cabin/cockpit incident alert system,
**ON A/C 054-100,
(1) Passenger Address system (PA)
R (Ref. Fig. 029)
(a) General
The passenger address system distributes the PA related
announcements from the cockpit, the attendant stations, the PRAM
and the In-Flight Entertainment system (IFE) to all assigned
passenger loudspeakers.
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (1) Passenger Address system (PA)
R (Ref. Fig. 029)
R (a) General
R The passenger address system distributes the PA related
R announcements from the cockpit, the attendant stations and the
R PRAM to all assigned passenger loudspeakers.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A8
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Passenger Address - Block Diagram
R Figure 029
R
EFF :
054-199, 23-73-00
Page A9
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 303-399,
(1) Passenger Address system (PA)
(a) General
The passenger address system distributes the PA related
R announcements from the cockpit and the attendant stations to all
R assigned passenger loudspeakers.
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(b) PA announcement from cockpit
From the cockpit a PA announcement is initiated with the handset
or with the equipment connected to the Audio Management Unit
(boomset, microphone and oxygen mask). The audio signal is
transmitted from the handset directly or from the equipment
connected to the AMU via AMU to the director.
From the director the signals are transmitted to the DEU type A,
which sends the signals either directly or via PISA to the
loudspeakers.
For a detailed description, how to use the AMU, see Audio
Management (Ref. 23-51-00).
R **ON A/C 054-199,
The signal is also transmitted from the director to the In-Flight
Entertainment system (IFE).
R **ON A/C 054-100,
These functions are available with the handset:
- DIRECT PA:
If you push the PTT button, it starts a link between the
handset and all loudspeakers.
- PA ALL:
If you push the PA ALL button, it starts a link between the
handset and all loudspeakers in the cabin area.
- PA FWD:
If you push the PA FWD button, it starts a link between the
handset an all loudspeakers in the forward cabin area.
- PA AFT:
If you push the PA AFT button, it starts a link between the
handset an all loudspeakers in the aft cabin area.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A10
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
On the Audio Control Panel (ACP) in the cockpit these functions
can be selected:
- PA from AMU:
If you push the PA button, it starts a link between the
equipment connected to the AMU and all loudspeakers.
(c) PA announcement from attendant handset
During a PA announcement from the attendant handset, the audio
signal is transmitted through the DEU type B to the director.
From the director the signal is transmitted on the same way as
described for the cockpit equipment.
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
These functions are available with the handset:
- DIRECT PA:
If you push the PTT button, it starts a link between the
handset and all loudspeakers.
- PA ALL:
If you push the PA button followed by the ALL button, it starts
a link between the handset and all loudspeakers in the cabin
area.
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R These functions are available with the handset:
R - DIRECT PA:
R If you push the PTT button, it starts a link between the
R handset and all loudspeakers.
R - PA ALL:
R If you push the PA button, it starts a link between the handset
R and all loudspeakers in the cabin area.
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(d) Functional priorities
The PA functions have different priorities. The PA function with
the higher priority overrides the function with lower priority.
The function priority levels are given in this table:
- 1. DIRECT PA and PA from AMU,
- 2. all remaining PA functions,
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A11
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(e) Source priorities
The PA sources have different priorities. A source with higher PA
priority interrupts a PA announcement from a source with lower
priority. Only the announcement from the source with the higher
priority is heard. Only if an announcement with higher functional
priority is done, from the source with the lower priority, it
interrupts the source with higher PA priority.
**ON A/C 054-100,
The sources have the following priorities:
- 1. AMU,
- 2. Cockpit handset,
- 3. Forward Attendant handset,
- 4. Cabin Attendant handsets,
- 5. PRAM,
- 6. EVAC,
- 7. Video,
- 8. Boarding Music.
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R The sources have the following priorities:
R - 1. AMU,
R - 2. Cockpit handset,
R - 3. Cabin Attendant handsets,
R - 4. PRAM,
R - 5. EVAC,
R - 6. Video,
R - 7. Boarding Music.
R **ON A/C 303-399,
The sources have the following priorities:
- 1. AMU,
- 2. Cockpit handset,
- 3. Cabin Attendant handsets.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A12
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199,
(f) PA monitoring
If the cockpit handset is removed from the craddle, the PA
monitoring function is activated. The PA announcement with the
highest priority, which is done by another source, is heard in
the handset.
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
The cockpit crew can monitor the PA announcements through the AMU
as long as no other function is selected on the AMU and the PA
rotary switch is activated and turned clockwise on the ACP.
(g) Reset of selected PA functions
If the PA function is initiated by the handset functional keys,
the function is cancelled after you put the handset back on the
cradle or you pushed the reset button on the handset.
If the function is initiated with the PTT button, release of the
PTT button cancels the function.
(h) PA indications
Dial and status information related to PA system functions is
displayed on the related Attendant Indication Panel (AIP).
**ON A/C 054-100,
If you make a PA announcement, a discrete signal activates the PA
IN USE indicator light in the cockpit.
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(i) Gain adjustment
If low cabin-pressure occurs or engine operate (high
oil-pressure) the volume of a PA announcement is increased. The
volume is also increased if a data bus failure (top line) occurs.
If during a PA the cockpit door is open, the volume of the PA in
the cockpit door area decreases. This will prevent acoustic
feedback.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A13
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R (2) Cabin and flight crew interphone system
R (Ref. Fig. 030)
R (a) General
R The cabin and flight crew interphone system allows the telephone
R communication between all attendant stations and the cockpit. One
R or more links can be started at the same time. In conference mode
R the communication is possible between more than two interphone
R stations.
R (b) Interphone functions from cockpit
R From the cockpit an interphone communication is started with the
R Cockpit Call Panel or with the equipment connected to the Audio
R Management Unit (boomset, microphone and oxygen mask). The audio
R signal is transmitted from the Cockpit Call Panel directly to the
R director. The audio signal from the equipment connected to the
R AMU is transmitted through the AMU to the director.
R The audio signal is transmitted from the director to the handset
R of the selected attendant station through the related DEU type B.
R For a detailed description of the AMU handling see Audio
R Management (Ref. 23-51-00).
R **ON A/C 303-399,
(2) Cabin and flight crew interphone system
(a) General
The cabin and flight crew interphone system allows the telephone
communication between all attendant stations and the cockpit. One
or more links can be started at the same time. In conference mode
the communication is possible between more than two interphone
stations.
(b) Interphone functions from cockpit
From the cockpit an interphone communication is started with the
handset, with the cockpit call panel or with the equipment
connected to the Audio Management Unit (AMU). The audio signal is
transmitted from the handset or from the cockpit call panel
directly to the director. The audio signal from the equipment
connected to the AMU (boomset, microphone and oxygen mask) is
transmitted through the AMU to the director.
The audio signal is transmitted from the director to the handset
of the selected attendant station through the related DEU type B.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A14
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Cabin and Flight Crew Interphone - Block Diagram
R Figure 030
R
EFF :
054-199, 23-73-00
Page A15
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
For a detailed description of the AMU handling see Audio
Management (Ref. 23-51-00).
R
R **ON A/C 054-100,
These functions are available on the call panel by function keys:
- Emergency call:
If you push the EMER button, it starts an interphone connection
between the cockpit and all attendant stations in the cabin.
- All attendant call:
If you push the ALL button, it starts an interphone connection
between the cockpit and all attendant stations in the cabin.
- Forward attendant call:
If you push the FWD button, it starts an interphone connection
between the cockpit and the fwd attendant station in the cabin.
- Aft attendant call:
If you push the AFT button, it starts an interphone connection
between the cockpit and the aft attendant station in the cabin.
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R These functions are available on the call panel by function keys:
R - Emergency call:
R If you push the EMER button, it starts an interphone connection
R between the cockpit and all attendant stations in the cabin.
R - Forward attendant call:
R If you push the FWD button, it starts an interphone connection
R between the cockpit and the fwd attendant station in the cabin.
R - Aft attendant call:
R If you push the AFT button, it starts an interphone connection
R between the cockpit and the aft attendant station in the cabin.
**ON A/C 303-399,
These functions are available on the call panel by function keys:
- Emergency call:
If you push the EMER button, it starts an interphone connection
between the cockpit and all attendant stations in the cabin.
- All attendant call:
If you push the ALL button, it starts an interphone connection
between the cockpit and all attendant stations in the cabin.
- Forward attendant call:
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A16
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
If you push the FWD button, it starts an interphone connection
between the cockpit and the fwd attendant station in the cabin.
- Mid attendant call:
If you push the MID button, it starts an interphone connection
between the cockpit and the mid attendant station in the cabin.
- Exit attendant call:
If you push the EXIT button, it starts an interphone connection
between the cockpit and the exit attendant station in the
cabin.
- Aft attendant call:
If you push the AFT button, it starts an interphone connection
between the cockpit and the aft attendant station in the cabin.
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(c) Interphone functions from cabin
During an interphone connection the audio signals are transmitted
from the cabin handset through the DEU type B to the director.
The connection is started by the keypad on the handset.
**ON A/C 054-199,
These functions are available on the cabin handset by function
keys:
- Emergency call:
If you push the EMER CALL button, it starts an interphone
connection between the calling station and the cockpit.
- Cockpit call:
If you push the CAPT button, it starts an interphone connection
between the calling station and the cockpit.
- All attendant call:
If you push the INTPH button followed by the ALL button, this
starts an interphone connection between all attendant stations
in the cabin.
- Forward attendant call:
If you push the INTPH button followed by the 1/FWD button,
this starts an interphone connection between the calling
station and the FWD attendant station in the cabin.
- Aft attendant call:
If you push the INTPH button followed by the 4/AFT button,
this starts an interphone connection between the calling
station and the AFT attendant stations in the cabin.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A17
Config-1 Nov 01/06
R
THY
**ON A/C 303-399,
These functions are available on the cabin handset by function
keys:
- Emergency call:
If you push the EMER CALL button, it starts an interphone
connection between the calling station and the cockpit.
- Cockpit call:
If you push the CAPT button, it starts an interphone connection
between the calling station and the cockpit.
- All attendant call:
If you push the ALL ATTND button, it starts an interphone
connection between all attendant stations in the cabin.
- Forward attendant call:
If you push the FWD ATTND button, it starts an interphone
connection between the calling station and the FWD attendant
station in the cabin.
- Mid attendant call:
If you push the MID ATTND button, it starts an interphone
connection between the calling station and the MID attendant
station in the cabin.
- Exit attendant call:
If you push the EXIT ATTND button, it starts an interphone
connection between the calling station and the EXIT attendant
station in the cabin.
- Aft attendant call:
If you push the AFT ATTND button, it starts an interphone
connection between the calling station and the AFT attendant
station in the cabin.
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(d) Functional priorities
The functions have different priorities. Every function will
override a function with a lower priority:
- 1. EMERGENCY CALL
- 2. CALLS FROM COCKPIT
- 3. ALL ATTENDANT CALL
- 4. NORMAL CALL
(e) Source priorities
The interphone sources have different priorities. A source with
higher priority interrupts a link to an interphone station with a
lower priority. A source with lower priority that selects a
function with higher priority also interrupts an existing link.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A18
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
The sources have these priorities:
- 1. AMU (cockpit)
- 2. cockpit handset
- 3. attendant handsets
(f) Reset of selected interphone functions
A call started from the Call Panel in the cockpit is cancelled,
when all requested handsets reset the function. The function is
automatically cancelled, after 2 minutes, when the interphone
function was not activated. It is also automatically cancelled
after approx. 5 minutes, when the interphone function was
activated but no requested handset has accept the call.
An interphone function is reset when you put the handset back on
the cradle or after you push the reset button on the handset.
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
(g) Call chime
You hear a chime from all cabin loudspeakers.
When an attendant call comes to the cockpit, the Flight Warning
R Computer (FWC) generates a buzzer sound which comes from the
R cockpit loudspeakers. The FWC receives the related signal from
R the active CIDS director.
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (g) Call chime
R When an attendant call comes to the cockpit, the Flight Warning
R Computer (FWC) generates a buzzer sound which comes from the
R cockpit loudspeakers. The FWC receives the related signal from
R the active CIDS director.
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(h) Indications
R For visual call indication, a message shows on the AIP and the
R related ACP light segment comes on.
R In the cockpit, the related call indicator on the Cockpit Call
R Panel and the AMU come on.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A19
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R (3) Service Interphone System
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 031)
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(a) General
The service interphone system allows the telephone communication
between ground crew, cockpit crew and cabin crew.
(Ref. 23-44-00)
(b) Activation of the Service Interphone link
The CIDS enables the communication between the service interphone
jacks and the communication equipment in the cockpit and in the
cabin.
When the landing gear is extended and compressed for more than 10
seconds a link is automatically made from the director to the
service interphone jacks.
If the link is not automatically made (e.g. A/C on jacks), you
can set the link manually, when you press the service interphone
override switch. In case of manual set of the link, the status is
indicated by a service interphone indicator light in the cockpit.
(c) Service interphone from interphone jacks
When the link is made, the audio signals are transmitted from the
interphone jacks to the director. The director sends the signals
to the cockpit handset, to the AMU and through DEU type B to the
cabin handsets. The AMU sends the signals to the cockpit boomset.
(d) Service interphone from cockpit equipment
The service interphone function from cockpit boomset is activated
at the Audio Control Panel (ACP).
The audio signals are transmitted from the cockpit boomset
through AMU to the director. The director sends the signals to
the interphone jacks, to the cockpit handset and through DEU type
B to the cabin handsets.
For a detailed description of the AMU and ACP handling see Audio
Management (Ref. 23-51-00).
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A20
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Service Interphone - Block Diagram
R Figure 031
R
EFF :
054-199, 23-73-00
Page A21
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(e) Service interphone from handsets
After dialling the related code on the cabin handset, the audio
signals are transmitted via DEU type B to the director. The
director sends the signals to the service interphone jacks, via
AMU to the cockpit boomset and via DEU type B to the cabin
handsets.
(f) Reset of service interphone link
The link between ground-crew boomsets and handsets is cancelled
when the handset is put back on the cradle.
The link between ground-crew boomsets and director is cancelled
when the service interphone system becomes inactive.
(g) Service interphone indications
As long as a ground-crew boomset is connected to the system, you
see the messageSERVICE INTPH AVAIL on all assigned AIPs.
**ON A/C 054-100,
R (4) Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) System
R (Ref. Fig. 032)
(a) General
The CIDS transmits the prerecorded announcements and the boarding
music to all passenger related loudspeakers.
(Ref. 23-32-00)
(b) Selection of prerecorded announcement and boarding music
R (Ref. Fig. 033)
From the AUDIO page of the FAP the prerecorded announcement
function and the boarding music function can be remotely
controlled.
R **ON A/C 054-199,
(c) Sources and signal transmission
The source for the prerecorded announcements and the boarding
music is the PRAM.
The audio signals are transmitted from the sources via the
director to the DEU type A. The DEU type A sends the audio signal
either directly or via PISA to the loudspeakers.
(d) Gain adjustment
In case of low cabin-pressure or engine on (high oil-pressure)
the volume of prerecorded announcement is increased.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A22
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music with external PRAM - Block Diagram
R Figure 032
R
EFF :
054-199, 23-73-00
Page A23
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
FAP - Audio Page (only PRAM related buttons labeled) - Example
R Figure 033
R
EFF :
054-100, 23-73-00
Page A24
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R (5) In-Flight Entertainment system (IFE)
R (Ref. Fig. 034)
(a) General
The CIDS director transmits system information and PA related
announcements from and to the IFE system.
(Ref. 23-33-00),
(Ref. 23-36-00).
(b) Signal transmission
The IFE interface receives system information and PA related
audio signals from the CIDS director. The IFE additionally sends
system information to the director.
CIDS transmits the following system information to the IFE:
- Activation/deactivation of PAX calls,
- Activation/deactivation of NS/PED, FSB and RTS signs,
- Layout data,
- Illumination data,
- Landing gear down and compressed,
- Landing gear down and locked,
- Oil pressure low,
- Cabin pressure low,
- Excessive altitude,
- Slats out,
- Flaps out,
- All doors closed.
R **ON A/C 054-199,
CIDS receives the following system information from the IFE
system:
- Activation/Deactivation of passenger calls,
- Activation/Deactivation of reading lights,
- Activation/Deactivation of video in use.
R
EFF :
054-199, 23-73-00
Page A25
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R FAP - Audio Page (only PRAM related buttons labeled) - Example
R Figure 033A
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-73-00
Page A26
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Passenger Entertainment System - Block Diagram
R Figure 034
R
EFF :
054-199, 23-73-00
Page A27
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-100,
The IFE transmits the audio signals to the CIDS director. From
the director the signals are transmitted via the DEU type A
directly or via PISA to the loudspeakers.
(c) Gain adjustment
R In case of low cabin-pressure or engine on (high oil-pressure),
R the volume of the audio programs or video sound is automatically
R increased.
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
R (6) Passenger Lighted Signs
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R (Ref. Fig. 035)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 035A)
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(a) General
The passenger lighted signs system controls the No Smoking (NS),
Fasten Seat Belt (FSB), Return To Seat (RTS) and Exit Signs. The
control switches for the signs are located in the cockpit.
**ON A/C 054-100,
(b) Operation of passenger lighted signs
The NS and FSB/RTS signs are operated in the following control
modes:
- ON,
- AUTO,
- OFF.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A28
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Passenger Lighted Signs - Block Diagram - Example
R Figure 035
EFF :
054-100, 23-73-00
Page A29
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R Passenger Lighted Signs - Block Diagram - Example
R Figure 035A
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-73-00
Page A30
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 101-199, 303-399,
(b) Operation of passenger lighted signs
The NS and FSB/RTS signs are operated in the following control
modes:
- ON,
- AUTO, (NS signs only)
- OFF.
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
1
_ FSB switch in ON position
The FSB control switch on the cockpit overhead panel in the
ON position sets a director discrete to ground and the
director sends a signal to the DEU type A. The DEU switches on
all FSB signs and the RTS signs directly or via PISA.
Additionally the FSB sign status is transferred to the PRAM
and via the SDAC a FASTEN SEAT BELT message is indicated on
the ECAM display.
2
_ NS switch in ON position
The NS control switch on the cockpit overhead panel in the
ON position sets a director discrete to ground and the
director sends a signal to the DEU type A. The DEU switches on
all NS signs directly or via PISA.
Additionally the NS sign status is transferred to the PRAM and
via the SDAC a NO SMOKING message is indicated on the ECAM
display.
The EXIT signs are switched on via the exit sign relay.
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
3
_ FSB switch in AUTO position
The FSB control switch on the cockpit overhead panel in the
AUTO position sets a director discrete to ground to activate
the FSB and RTS signs in case of:
- Landing gear down and locked (LGCIU).
Additionally the FSB sign status is transferred to the PRAM
and via the SDAC a FASTEN SEAT BELT message is initiated on
the ECAM display.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A31
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
4
_ NS switch in AUTO position
The NS control switch on the cockpit overhead panel in the
AUTO position sets a director discrete to ground to activate
the NS and EXIT signs in case off:
- Landing gear down and locked (LGCIU).
Additionally the NS sign status is transferred to the PRAM
and via the SDAC a NO SMOKING message is indicated on the
ECAM display.
5
_ FSB switch in OFF position
If the FSB switch on the cockpit overhead panel is in the
OFF position, all FSB and RTS signs are switched off.
6
_ NS switch in OFF position
If the NS switch on the cockpit overhead panel is in the OFF
position, all NS and Exit signs are switched off.
R **ON A/C 054-199,
(c) NON SMOKER A/C
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R (Ref. Fig. 036)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 036A)
R **ON A/C 054-199,
On the FAP, on the CABIN PROGRAMMING page you can activate the
NON SMOKER A/C function. All No Smoking signs in the cabin are
switched on, regardless of the position of the cockpit switch.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A32
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
FAP - Cabin Programming Page (only Cabin Programming related buttons labeled) -
Example
R Figure 036
EFF :
054-100,
23-73-00 Page A33
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R FAP - Cabin Programming Page (only Cabin Programming related buttons labeled) -
R Example
R Figure 036A
R EFF :
101-199,
23-73-00 Page A34
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(d) Cabin decompression
In case of cabin decompression all NS and FSB signs are switched
on and a signal is sent to the PRAM, regardless of the position
of the cockpit switches. The RTS signs are switched off.
**ON A/C 054-100,
(e) Sign flash
After activation of the NS, FSB or RTS signs, the signs flash for
a predefined time with a predefined frequency and then stay on
continuously.
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(f) Attention chime
R Activating the NS and/or FSB/RTS signs causes a passenger
R attention chime in the respective cabin area and lavatory.
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R Deactivating the NS and/or FSB/RTS signs causes a passenger
R attention chime in the respective cabin area and lavatory.
R **ON A/C 054-100,
(g) Signs dimming
The signs are dimmed with the general illumination.
Furthermore it is possible to dim or brighten the signs, when the
general illumination dimming passes a predefined level. When the
intensity of the cabin illumination is below this level the signs
are dimmed to a set level. The time for dimming the signs is
programmable.
When the cabin illumination is above this level the signs are
brightened in the same way.
**ON A/C 101-199, 303-399,
(g) Signs dimming
The signs are dimmed with the general illumination.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A35
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
R (7) Passenger Call
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R (Ref. Fig. 037)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 037A)
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(a) General
The passenger call system controls the passenger call activation
and the illumination of passenger call lights.
(b) Initialization
A passenger call is started by pushing the passenger call button
which is installed at each seat row and in each lavatory.
(c) Signal transmission
A passenger call initiated from the Passenger Service Unit (PSU)
sends a signal from the PISA via DEU type A to the director. The
director transmits a signal via the DEU type A to the respective
PISA and the related call light comes on.
If the call is started from a lavatory, a signal is sent via DEU
type A to the director. The director transmits a signal to the
DEU type A and the related call light comes on.
(d) Indication
After call activation the director switches on the respective ACP
light segment and a message on the AIP shows the location of the
call. The ACPs and AIPs are connected to a DEU type B.
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R It is possible to suppress the chime activation if a predefined
R number of calls is active in one zone.
R (e) Not Applicable
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A36
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
FAP - Cabin Programming Page (only Cabin Programming related buttons labeled) -
Example
R Figure 036B
R EFF :
303-399,
23-73-00 Page A37
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Passenger Call - Block Diagram
R Figure 037
EFF :
054-100, 23-73-00
Page A38
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R Passenger Call - Block Diagram
R Figure 037A
EFF :
101-199, 23-73-00
Page A39
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 303-399,
(e) Chime
You hear a call chime from all loudspeakers in the respective
cabin area after every call activation.
R
R **ON A/C 054-199,
(f) Call inhibition
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R (Ref. Fig. 038)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 038A)
R **ON A/C 054-199,
After pushing the CHIME INHIBIT key on the SEAT SETTINGS page
of the FAP the passenger call chime is inhibit. All visual
indications remain. This function is only available for calls
from the seat rows.
R **ON A/C 054-100,
(g) Call reset
R (Ref. Fig. 038)
Pushing the call button a second time resets the call
indications. The respective call light goes off and the AIP
indications for this call go off. The assigned ACP goes off, if
no other call assigned to this ACP is active.
Pushing the CALL RESET key on the SEAT SETTINGS page of the FAP
or on the AAP resets all calls in the assigned zone. The reset
command includes the reset of all indications.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A40
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
FAP - Seat Settings Page
R Figure 038
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A41
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R FAP - Seat Settings Page
R Figure 038A
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-73-00
Page A42
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (g) Call reset
R (Ref. Fig. 038A)
R Pushing the call button a second time resets the call
R indications. The respective call light goes off and the AIP
R indications for this call go off. The assigned ACP goes off, if
R no other call assigned to this ACP is active.
R Pushing the CALL RESET key on the SEAT SETTINGS page of the FAP
R resets all calls in the assigned zone. The reset command includes
R the reset of all indications.
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
R (8) Cabin Illumination
R (Ref. Fig. 039)
(a) General
The cabin illumination system controls the illumination in the
different areas.
(Ref. 33-21-00)
(Ref. 33-24-00)
(b) General settings
When the CIDS is not active all CIDS controlled lights are on
with full brightness. After CIDS activation the lavatory lights
are dimmed, all other lights stay on with full brightness.
(c) Operation
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R (Ref. Fig. 040)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 040A)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 040B)
R
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A43
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Cabin Illumination - Block Diagram
R Figure 039
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A44
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
FAP - Cabin Lighting Page (only Cabin Lighting related buttons labeled) -
Example
R Figure 040
R EFF :
054-100,
23-73-00 Page A45
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R FAP - Cabin Lighting Page (only Cabin Lighting related buttons labeled) -
R Example
R Figure 040A
R EFF :
101-199,
23-73-00 Page A46
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
FAP - Cabin Lighting Page (only Cabin Lighting related buttons labeled) -
Example
R Figure 040B
R EFF :
303-399,
23-73-00 Page A47
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
On the CABIN LIGHTING page of the FAP it is possible to set the
lights to a predefined intensity (BTR, DIM1, DIM2) or turn them
off in certain areas.
Via the MAINT button on the FAP the light in the lavatories can
be controlled. As long as the MAINT button is not activated, the
light in the lavatories is dimmed. The light switches to bright,
when the MAINT button is pushed.
**ON A/C 054-100,
In the cabin the light can be dimmed in certain preprogrammed
sequences. These sequences are defined by a start value, a stop
value and a time base in which the light intensity gradually
moves from the start to the stop value. A time delay for the
beginning of the sequence can be defined.
In the following areas a fine adjustment of the light intensity
is possible:
- Cabin area.
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
Additionally the light control is available on the AAP.
(d) Signal transmission
The settings initiated on the FAP are sent directly to the CIDS
director, whereas the AAP settings are sent via the respective
DEU type B to the CIDS director. The director sends commands via
the top lines to the DEUs type A. The DEUs type A control with
help of these commands the light intensitiy of the general
illumination ballast units.
(e) Automatic activation
With one or more engines running (oil pressure high), the light
intensity is dimmed automatically in the FWD entrance area if the
cockpit door is open.
In case of low cabin-pressure all lights are switched on with
full brightness independently from all other light volume
settings.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A48
Config-1 Nov 01/06
R
THY
R (9) Reading Lights
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 041)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(a) General
The reading light system controls the passenger reading lights
and attendant work lights in the cabin.
(Ref. 33-25-00)
(b) Operation
The reading lights are controlled by the pushbuttons on the
overhead Passenger Service Unit (PSU). The attendant work lights
are controlled by pushbuttons in the attendant area.
(c) Signal transmission
If the reading lights are switched on/off from the PSUs, a signal
is sent directly to the PISA or reading light.
If the attendant work lights are switched on/off from the
attendant work stations, a signal is sent directly to the StA
PISA.
When the signal is sent to the reading light, the reading light
is switched on/off directly. When the PISAs or StA PISAs receive
the signal, they switch on/off the reading lights and attendant
work lights.
(d) Reset function
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R (Ref. Fig. 042)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 042A)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 042B)
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A49
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R Reading Lights - Block Diagram
R Figure 041
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-73-00
Page A50
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
FAP - Cabin Lighting Page (only Reading Lights related buttons labeled) -
Example
R Figure 042
EFF :
054-100,
23-73-00 Page A51
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R FAP - Cabin Lighting Page (only Reading Lights related buttons labeled) -
R Example
R Figure 042A
EFF :
101-199,
23-73-00 Page A52
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
FAP - Cabin Lighting Page (only Reading Lights related buttons labeled) -
Example
R Figure 042B
EFF :
303-399,
23-73-00 Page A53
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
It is possible to reset all reading lights from a pushbutton on
the FAP. This function is only available with the landing gear
down and compressed (LGCIU).
(e) All reading lights on
It is possible to switch on all reading lights via FAP. This
function is only available with the landing gear down and
compressed (LGCIU).
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (10) Passenger Service System (PSS)
R (a) General
R The PSS is used for remotely controlled operation of the
R passenger reading lights and the passenger call
R activation/deactivation. The functions are available via the
R Passenger Control Unit (PCU) in the armrest of each passenger
R seat.
R (Ref. 23-33-00)
R (b) Signal transmission
R When a passenger call is activated/deactivated or the reading
R lights are switched on/off, a signal is sent to the In-Flight
R Entertainment system (IFE). From the IFE system a signal is
R transmitted to the director which activates/deactivates the
R respective lights as described for the passenger call system and
R the reading lights.
R (c) Indications
R The indications are the same as described for the passenger call
R system.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A54
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(11) Lavatory smoke detection
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R (Ref. Fig. 043)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 043A)
R **ON A/C 054-100,
(Ref. Fig. 044)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
(Ref. Fig. 044A)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 044B)
R
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(a) General
The lavatory smoke detection function is part of the CIDS Smoke
Detection Function (CIDS-SDF). The CIDS does the visual and
acoustic indications in the cabin, if a lavatory smoke alert is
detected by the CIDS-SDF.
(Ref. 26-17-00)
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A55
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Lavatory Smoke Detection - Block Diagram
R Figure 043
R
EFF :
054-100, 23-73-00
Page A56
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Lavatory Smoke Detection - Block Diagram
R Figure 043A
EFF :
303-399, 23-73-00
Page A57
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
FAP - Smoke Detection Page (only Smoke Detection related buttons labeled) -
Example
R Figure 044
R EFF :
054-100,
23-73-00 Page A58
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R FAP - Smoke Detection Page (only Smoke Detection related buttons labeled) -
R Example
R Figure 044A
R EFF :
101-199,
23-73-00 Page A59
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
FAP - Smoke Detection Page (only Smoke Detection related buttons labeled) -
Example
R Figure 044B
R EFF :
303-399,
23-73-00 Page A60
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(b) Signal transmission
The lavatory smoke detectors are connected via a CAN bus to a DEU
type B and linked via the CIDS middle line bus to the CIDS
directors. They communicate internally with the respective
CIDS-SDF channels. The director sends a signal to the FAP where
the SMOKE DETECTION page comes up automatically. On the SMOKE
DETECTION page the location of the smoke alert is displayed.
R
R **ON A/C 054-199,
R (c) Indication
R A smoke alert from the lavatory makes the respective ACP light
R segment come on in the flashing mode. The related message is
R shown on the assigned AIP. Also, the respective lavatory
R call-light comes on in the flashing mode.
R (d) Chimes
R In case of a smoke alert the director transmits a signal to the
R DEU type A. The DEU type A activates directly or via PISA a chime
R sequence emitted through the loudspeaker.
R
R (e) Reset
If there is no more smoke detected, the CIDS-SDF resets all
visual and acoustic indications automatically.
To reset the visual and acoustic indication in the cabin manually
you have to push the SMOKE RESET button either on the SMOKE
DETECTION page on the FAP touchscreen, the FAP subpanel or on the
AAP. This affects only the cabin indications. The indications on
the FAP stay as long as the smoke is detected.
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (c) Indication
R A smoke alert from the lavatory makes the respective ACP light
R segment come on in the steady mode. The related message is shown
R on the assigned AIP. Also, the respective lavatory call-light
R comes on in the flashing mode.
R (d) Chimes
R In case of a smoke alert the director transmits a signal to the
R DEU type A. The DEU type A activates directly or via PISA a chime
R sequence emitted through the loudspeaker.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A61
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R
R (e) Reset
If there is no more smoke detected, the CIDS-SDF resets all
visual and acoustic indications automatically.
To reset the visual and acoustic indications in the cabin
manually you have to push the SMOKE RESET button either on the
SMOKE DETECTION page on the FAP touchscreen, the FAP subpanel or
on the AAP. This affects only the cabin indications. The
indications on the FAP stay as long as the smoke is detected.
The EVAC/SMOKE RESET button (2064VU) in the mid and exit
attendant area also resets the visual and acoustic indications in
the cabin.
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(12) Cargo smoke detection
R (Ref. Fig. 045)
(a) General
The cargo smoke detection is part of the CIDS Smoke Detection
Function (CIDS-SDF). The CIDS-SDF detects smoke alerts in certain
cargo compartments.
(Ref. 26-16-00)
(b) Signal transmission
The cargo smoke detectors are connected via a CAN bus to the
CIDS-SDF channels of both CIDS directors. The CIDS-SDF channel
transmits the smoke alert via a discrete signal directly to the
cockpit indicator and via an ARINC 429 bus to the FWCs.
(c) Indication
A fault or an off-condition of the detector are indicated on the
CFDS.
(13) Cargo fire-extinguisher monitoring
(a) General
The cargo fire-extinguisher monitoring is part of the CIDS Smoke
Detection Function (CIDS-SDF). The CIDS-SDF controls and monitors
the fire-extinguisher bottle-pressure reservoir and squib
condition in certain cargo compartments.
(Ref. 26-23-00)
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A62
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Cargo Smoke Detection - Block Diagram
R Figure 045
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A63
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(b) Signal transmission
The fire-extinguisher bottle pressure sensor and the discharge
cartridge conditions are transmitted via the Cargo Smoke panel
with discrete outputs to CIDS-SDF. The CIDS-SDF has an ARINC 429
bus interface to the FWC and to the CFDS.
(c) Indication
A low pressure of the fire extinguishing bottles and a fault
condition of the discharge cartridges (SQUIB) are indicated on
the CFDS.
R **ON A/C 054-100,
(14) Cabin Ready function
The cabin ready signaling depends on the different Flight Phases
(FP). The cabin crew can indicate the status cabin ready for take-off
and landing.
The status is indicated on:
- the ECAM upper display unit, on the take-off check-list (on 2min.
after both engines running) or on the landing check-list (on below
2000ft and landing gear extended),
- on the CABIN STATUS page on the FAP the cabin ready button is
illuminated.
The take-off check-list and landing check-list shows the message
CABIN READY, when the function is activated. It shows the message
CABIN CHECK, when the function is not activated or reset.
The function is activated, when you push the cabin ready button on
the cabin status page on the FAP:
- in FP1, when oil press is high,
- in FP2, FP3,
- in FP5, when a GO AROUND is performed with slats extended,
- in FP6, FP7, FP8 and slats extended,
- in FP9, until 80kts +30sec.
The function is reset or blocked:
- when you push the cabin ready membrane switch a second time (FP
conditions as for activation),
- after a predefined time.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A64
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(15) Air Conditioning
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 046)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(a) General
The CIDS has the capability to do a fine adjustment of the
temperature in the separate cabin zones.
(Ref. 21-63-00)
(b) Operation
**ON A/C 054-100,
(Ref. Fig. 047)
**ON A/C 101-199,
(Ref. Fig. 047A)
**ON A/C 303-399,
(Ref. Fig. 047B)
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
On the CABIN TEMPERATURE page of the FAP the actual temperature
in the separate cabin zones is indicated in relation to the
seatrows. For a fine adjustment push the button next to the
related cabin zone. Then the cockpit selected temperature for
this cabin area is indicated in a new window, where the new
target temperature can be selected.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A65
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R Air Conditioning - Block Diagram
R Figure 046
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-73-00
Page A66
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
FAP - Cabin Temperature Page (only Cabin Temerature related buttons labeled) -
Example
Figure 047
R EFF :
054-100,
23-73-00 Page A67
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
FAP - Cabin Temperature Page (only Cabin Temerature related buttons labeled) -
Example
Figure 047A
R EFF :
101-199,
23-73-00 Page A68
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
FAP - Cabin Temperature Page (only Cabin Temerature related buttons labeled) -
Example
Figure 047B
R EFF :
303-399,
23-73-00 Page A69
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(c) Signal transmission
The actual temperature data are transmitted from the Air
Conditioning System Controller (ACSC) to the director. The
director sends these signals to the FAP where the temperature is
indicated. If a new target temperature is selected the signals
are sent from the FAP via the director to the ACSC.
(16) Emergency Evacuation Signaling (EVAC)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
(Ref. Fig. 048)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 048A)
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(a) General
The Emergency-Evacuation Signaling (EVAC) system controls the
evacuation signaling in all cabin areas and the cockpit. It is
activated from the cockpit or the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
during an emergency evacuation.
**ON A/C 054-199,
(b) Cockpit operation
Push the EVAC COMMAND button in the cockpit to activate the EVAC
function.
The indicator light of the EVAC COMMAND button in the cockpit
flashes.
The indicator light of the EVAC RESET button on the FAP hardkey
panel flashes.
The EVAC indicator light of the AAP flashes.
The EVAC signaling tone sounds through all attendant station
loudspeakers.
On all AIPs the message EVACUATION ALERT shows and the pink
indicator light flashes.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A70
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R Emergency EVAC Signaling - Block Diagram
R Figure 048
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-73-00
Page A71
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Emergency EVAC Signaling - Block Diagram
R Figure 048A
R
EFF :
303-399, 23-73-00
Page A72
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(c) Cabin operation
1
_ EVAC switch in the cockpit in CAPT+PURS position
Push the EVAC CMD button on the FAP hardkey panel to activate
the EVAC function.
The indicator light of the EVAC CMD button on the FAP hardkey
panel comes on.
The indicator light of the EVAC RESET button on the FAP
hardkey panel flashes.
The indicator light of the EVAC button on the AAP flashes.
The indicator light of the EVAC CMD button in the cockpit
flashes.
The EVAC warning tone sounds through the EVAC horn in the
cockpit.
The EVAC warning tone sounds through all attendant station
loudspeakers.
On all AIPs the message EVACUATION ALERT shows and the pink
indicator light flashes.
A discrete output goes to the FWC.
2
_ EVAC switch in the cockpit in CAPT position
Push the EVAC CMD button on the FAP hardkey panel to activate
the EVAC request function.
The indicator light of the EVAC CMD button on the FAP hardkey
panel comes on.
The indicator light of the EVAC CMD button in the cockpit
flashes.
The EVAC warning tone sounds through the EVAC horn in the
cockpit for three seconds.
A discrete output goes to the FWC.
(d) Signal transmission
After EVAC activation from the cockpit or FAP a signal goes to
the director.
The director transmits signals to the EVAC horn in the cockpit
and via DEU type B to the assigned AIPs.
A signal also goes to the DEU type A. The DEU sends a signal
directly or via PISA to the attendant stations where the
attendants hear an EVAC tone through the loudspeakers.
(e) EVAC reset
1
_ Reset from cockpit
If the EVAC signaling is activated from the cockpit, the
function is reset after pushing the EVAC COMMAND button in the
cockpit a second time. If the EVAC signaling is activated from
R
EFF :
054-199, 23-73-00
Page A73
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
the cabin the function is reset, after pushing the EVAC
COMMAND button in the cockpit two times.
2
_ Reset from cabin
If the EVAC signaling is activated from the cabin, the
function is reset after pushing the EVAC CMD button on the
related attendant panel a second time. Pushing the EVAC/Reset
button on the FAP hardkey panel or AAP of another attendant
station causes that all visual and acoustic indications in the
related cabin zone are cancelled. The EVAC/Reset button is
illuminated until the initial station cancels the EVAC CMD.
**ON A/C 303-399,
(b) Cockpit operation
Push the EVAC COMMAND button in the cockpit to activate the EVAC
function.
The indicator light of the EVAC COMMAND button in the cockpit
flashes.
The indicator light of the EVAC RESET button on the FAP hardkey
panel flashes.
The EVAC indicator light of the AAP flashes.
The EVAC indicator light of the switch panel (2064VU) at the mid
and exit attendant station flashes.
The EVAC signaling tone sounds through all attendant station
loudspeakers.
On all AIPs the message EVACUATION ALERT shows and the pink
indicator light flashes.
(c) Cabin operation
1
_ EVAC switch in the cockpit in CAPT+PURS position
Push the EVAC CMD button on the FAP hardkey panel to activate
the EVAC function.
The indicator light of the EVAC CMD button on the FAP hardkey
panel comes on.
The indicator light of the EVAC RESET button on the FAP
hardkey panel flashes.
The indicator light of the EVAC button on the AAP flashes.
The indicator light of the switch panel (2064VU) at the mid
and exit attendant station flashes.
The indicator light of the EVAC CMD button in the cockpit
flashes.
The EVAC warning tone sounds through the EVAC horn in the
cockpit.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A74
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
The EVAC warning tone sounds through all attendant station
loudspeakers.
On all AIPs the message EVACUTATION ALERT shows and the pink
indicator light flashes.
A discrete output goes to the FWC.
2
_ EVAC switch in the cockpit in CAPT position
Push the EVAC CMD button on the FAP hardkey panel to activate
the EVAC request function.
The indicator light of the EVAC CMD button on the FAP hardkey
panel comes on.
The indicator light of the EVAC CMD button in the cockpit
flashes.
The EVAC warning tone sounds through the EVAC horn in the
cockpit for three seconds.
A discrete output goes to the FWC.
(d) Signal transmission
After EVAC activation from the cockpit or FAP a signal is sent to
the director.
The director transmits signals to the EVAC horn in the cockpit
and via DEU type B to the assigned AIPs and to the switch panel
(2064VU) at the related attendant stations.
Furthermore a signal is sent to the DEU type A. The DEU sends a
signal directly or via PISA to the loudspeakers where an EVAC
tone is emitted.
(e) EVAC reset
1
_ Reset from cockpit
If the EVAC signaling is activated from the cockpit, the
function is reset after pushing the EVAC COMMAND button in the
cockpit a second time. If the EVAC signaling is activated from
the cabin the function is reset, after pushing the EVAC
COMMAND button in the cockpit two times.
2
_ Reset from cabin
If the EVAC signaling is activated from the cabin, the
function is reset after pushing the EVAC CMD button on the
related attendant panel a second time. Pushing the EVAC/Reset
button on the FAP hardkey panel or AAP of another attendant
station causes that all visual and acoustic indications in the
related attendant area are cancelled. The EVAC/Reset button is
illuminated until the initial station cancels the EVAC CMD.
Pushing the RESET button on the EVAC Indication and
EVAC/SMOKE RESET Panel (2064VU) at the MID or EXIT attendant
station causes that the AIP indications and the EVAC
R
EFF :
303-399, 23-73-00
Page A75
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
signalling- tone in the related attendant area are cancelled.
The EVAC indicator light on the EVAC/SMOKE RESET Panel
(2064VU) flashes until the initial station cancels the EVAC
CMD.
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(f) Horn shut off
Pushing the HORN SHUT OFF button in the cockpit cancels the chime
in the cockpit.
(17) Potable Water Indication
(Ref. Fig. 049)
(a) General
The potable water indication system shows the filling level of
the water tank on the FAP.
(b) Operation
**ON A/C 054-100,
(Ref. Fig. 050)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
(Ref. Fig. 050A)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 050B)
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
The indication is done on the WATER/WASTE page of the FAP.
(Ref. 38-13-00)
(c) Signal transmission
The water quantity is transmitted from the Liquid Level
Transmitter (LLT) via DEU type B to the director. The director
sends the signal to the FAP where the actual quantity is
indicated.
R
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A76
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Potable Water Indication - Block Diagram
Figure 049
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A77
Config-1 Nov 01/06
R
THY
FAP - Water/Waste Page (only Water/Waste related buttons labeled) - Example
Figure 050
R
EFF :
054-100, 23-73-00
Page A78
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R FAP - Water/Waste Page (only Water/Waste related buttons labeled) - Example
R Figure 050A
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-73-00
Page A79
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
FAP - Water/Waste Page (only Water/Waste related buttons labeled) - Example
R Figure 050B
R
EFF :
303-399, 23-73-00
Page A80
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(18) Waste quantity indication
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 051)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(a) General
The waste quantity indication system shows the filling level of
the waste tanks on the FAP. Additionally fault, system and
inoperative messages for the vacuum lavatories are indicated on
the FAP.
(b) Operation
**ON A/C 054-100,
(Ref. Fig. 050)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
(Ref. Fig. 050A)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 050B)
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
The operation and indication is performed via the WATER/WASTE
page of the FAP.
(Ref. 38-30-00)
(c) Signal transmission
The water quantity is transmitted from the Liquid Level Sensor
(LLS) and the Liquid Level Transmitter (LLT) via DEU type B to
the director. The director sends the signal to the FAP where the
actual quantity is indicated.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A81
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R Waste Indication - Block Diagram
R Figure 051
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-73-00
Page A82
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
If the Liquid Level Sensor (LLS) indicates a failure, the
respective signal is sent via DEU type B to the director. The
director transmits the signal to the FAP where a related message
indicates the faulty lavatory. The WATER/WASTE page comes up
automatically, if a new failure occurs and no other system page
is displayed.
(d) Visual and acoustic indication
In case of a rinse valve failure the director sends signals to
the DEU type B and to the DEU type A. The DEU type B switches on
the respective ACP light segment and the related message is shown
on the AIP. The DEU type A activates a chime directly or via PISA
in the cabin and the respective lavatory call light comes on.
(19) Vacuum System Control Function (VSCF)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 052)
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(a) General
The Vacuum System Control Function is an extension of the CIDS
operation software. It monitors and controls the Vacuum Toilet
System (Ref. 38-31-00).
This includes the following functions:
- Control of toilet assemblies
- Monitoring of waste tank level
- Control of vacuum generator
- Servicing procedure
- Communication with other systems
- BITE-monitoring of vacuum system components
- C/B monitoring
(b) Operation
The VSCF receives signals from several components of the Vacuum
Toilet System that report the current status of the Vacuum Toilet
System. The VSCF examines these signals and then starts the
necessary actions. Detected faults are either sent to the FAP and
displayed there or they are sent to the CFDS for display on the
MCDU. It depends on the quality of the fault on which system the
fault is displayed.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A83
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R Vacuum System Control Function - Block Diagram
R Figure 052
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-73-00
Page A84
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(c) Signal transmission
Most of the signals monitored by the VSCF are transmitted from
the related components via DEU type B to the director. When the
signals have been processed, the director sends a signal to the
FAP, where the related messages are displayed. The director also
sends a signal to the CFDS to show failure messages on the MCDU.
Also, the director sends signals to the related components of the
Vacuum Toilet System to start the necessary actions.
(d) BITE test initialization
The CFDS transmits respective signals via the director and DEU
type B to the components of the Vacuum Toilet System, if a BITE
test is initiated via the MCDU. The results of the test are
transmitted via DEU type B to the director, which sends the
results to the CFDS. The results are indicated on the MCDU.
R **ON A/C 054-199,
(20) Doors and Escape Slides Pressure Monitoring
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 053)
R **ON A/C 054-199,
(a) General
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R (Ref. Fig. 054)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 054A)
R **ON A/C 054-199,
The DOORS/SLIDES page of the FAP shows the status of each door
(open/closed) and slide (armed/disarmed) and the status of each
door bottle and slide bottle (pressure).
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A85
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R Doors and Escape-Slides Pressure Monitoring - Block Diagram
R Figure 053
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-73-00
Page A86
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
FAP - Doors/Slides Page (only Doors/Slides related buttons labeled) - Example
R Figure 054
R
EFF :
054-100, 23-73-00
Page A87
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R FAP - Doors/Slides Page (only Doors/Slides related buttons labeled) - Example
R Figure 054A
R
EFF :
101-199, 23-73-00
Page A88
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(Ref. 25-62-00)
(Ref. 52-71-00).
(b) Signal transmission
The pressure sensors send the signals via the related DEU type B
to the director. The status of the slides is transmitted from the
System Data Acquisition Concentrator (SDAC) to the director. The
director transmits the signals to the FAP where all information
is indicated on the DOORS/SLIDES page.
R **ON A/C 303-399,
(20) Doors and Escape Slides Pressure Monitoring
(a) General
R (Ref. Fig. 054B)
R
The DOORS/SLIDES page of the FAP shows the status of each door
(open/closed) and slide (armed/disarmed) and the status of each
door bottle and slide bottle (pressure).
(Ref. 25-62-00)
(Ref. 52-71-00).
(b) Signal transmission
The pressure sensors send the signals via the related DEU type B
to the director. The status of the doors and slides is
transmitted from the System Data Acquisition Concentrator (SDAC)
to the director. The director transmits the signals to the FAP
where all information is indicated on the DOORS/SLIDES page.
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
(21) Emergency Power Supply Unit (EPSU)
R (Ref. Fig. 055)
(a) General
The EPSU supplies electrical power to the emergency lighting
system.
(Ref. 33-51-00)
(b) BITE test initialisation
The Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) transmits respective
signals via director and DEU type B to the EPSU, if one of the
following BITE test is initiated via the MCDU:
- System test,
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A89
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
FAP - Doors/Slides Page (only Doors/Slides related buttons labeled) - Example
R Figure 054B
R
EFF :
303-399, 23-73-00
Page A90
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R Emergency Power Supply - Block Diagram
R Figure 055
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A91
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
- Battery capacity test.
The EPSU does the test. When the test is finished, the results
are transmitted via DEU type B to the director which sends the
results to the CFDS. The test results are indicated on the MCDU.
(22) Drain Mast Control Unit (DMCU)
R (Ref. Fig. 056)
(a) General
The DMCUs monitor and control the drainmast heaters. There is a
separate DMCU for every heater.
(b) Signal transmission
The drainmast system status is transmitted from the DMCU via DEU
type B to the director. In case of a failure, the director sends
the signal to the FAP and to the CFDS. On the FAP the CIDS Info
light comes on to indicate that there is a new failure message.
Via the CFDS the failure message shows on the MCDU.
(c) Internal test
Via a test button located at the front of the DMCU an internal
drainmast-system test can be started. This test does not have any
effect on the monitoring function done by CIDS.
(d) BITE test initialization
The Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) transmits respective
signals via director and DEU type B to the DMCU, if the following
BITE test is initiated via the MCDU:
- System test.
The DMCU does the test. When the test is finished the results are
transmitted via DEU type B to the director, which sends the
results to the CFDS. The results are indicated on the MCDU.
**ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
(23) Cabin/cockpit incident alert system (cabin to cockpit)
R (Ref. Fig. 057)
(a) General
The Cabin/cockpit incident alert system is used to indicate a
possible violent incident to cabin crewmembers. It activates
visual and acoustic indications in the cockpit, if the respective
button in the cabin is pushed (cabin alert).
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A92
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
R Drain Mast Control - Block Diagram
R Figure 056
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A93
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Cabin/cockpit incident alert system (cabin to cockpit) - Block Diagram
R Figure 057
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A94
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(b) Signal transmission (cabin alert)
If the alert pushbutton in the door frame lining at the
respective attendant station is pushed, the DEU type B transmits
the signal to the director. The director uses the signal to
indicate the alert via the CAB ALERT pushbutton (indicator light)
located on the pedestal panel 119VU and to initiate an acoustic
signal via the alerting horn in the cockpit. For visual
confirmation in the cabin, the DEU type B also initiates an
indication on the respective AIP where the alert was started. The
acoustic and visual indications in the cockpit are reset when the
CAB ALERT pushbutton located on the pedestal panel 119VU is
pushed.
(24) Cabin/cockpit incident alert system (cockpit to cabin)
R (Ref. Fig. 058)
(a) General
The Cabin/cockpit incident alert system is used to indicate a
possible violent incident to cockpit crewmembers. It activates
visual and acoustic indications in the cabin if the respective
pushbutton in the cockpit is pushed (cockpit alert).
(b) Signal transmission (cockpit alert)
If one of the alert pushbutton (Captain or F/O) is pushed, the
signal is transmitted directly to the director. The director
sends the signal via the middle line data bus to the DEUs type B,
which initiate visual indications on the ACPs and AIPs in the
cabin. Furthermore, the director sends the signal via the top
line data bus to the DEUs type A. The DEU type A transmits the
signal to the loudspeakers, where the related acoustic
annunciation is emitted. The visual indications in the cabin are
reset after a specified time period written in the CAM.
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
D. Programming
The CIDS can do an on-board programming of cabin zones and change the
complete layout information by a CAM layout change or by a CAM
replacement. The changed contents of the CAM can be downloaded into the
memories of both directors via commands from the FAP. Modifications of
the cabin zones of a CAM layout can be done via the FAP.
It is also possible to do an adjustment of the announcement and chime
volume via the FAP.
Furthermore it is possible to change FAP set-up information.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A95
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Cabin/cockpit incident alert system (cockpit to cabin) - Block Diagram
R Figure 058
R
EFF :
054-100, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A96
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(1) Programming of cabin zones
(a) General
The CIDS gives the possibility to relocate the cabin zone
boundaries and the no smoking zone boundaries. This programming
function is possible on ground and in flight.
(b) Operation
R **ON A/C 054-100,
R (Ref. Fig. 036)
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R (Ref. Fig. 036A)
R **ON A/C 303-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 036B)
R
**ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
To relocate the boundaries of cabin zones or no smoking zones,
select the CABIN PROGRAMMING page.
1
_ Relocation of cabin zone boundaries
To relocate the boundary between two cabin zones, push the
CABIN ZONES button. The CABIN ZONES programming panel comes
on. Push the UP/DOWN buttons to relocate the boundary. Each
cabin zone has to contain a minimum of one seat row.
R **ON A/C 054-100, 303-399,
2
_ Relocation of no smoking zone boundaries
To relocate the boundary of a no smoking zone in a certain
cabin zone, push the related SMOKE PROG. button. The NON
SMOKER AREAS programming panel comes on. Push the UP/DOWN
buttons to relocate the boundary.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A97
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
3
_ Activation of non smoker a/c mode
To activate/deactivate this mode push the NON SMOKING A/C
ON/OFF button.
R **ON A/C 054-199, 303-399,
4
_ Save changes
To save the changes push the SAVE button. Without saving the
new entries the previous settings stay valid after leaving the
CABIN PROGRAMMING page.
(2) CAM layout change
(a) General
The CIDS gives the possibility to select different layouts which
are stored in the CAM. The CAM can contain up to three
pre-programmed cabin layouts. For additional modifications done
in the CABIN PROGRAMMING mode, the CAM can store up to three
modified layouts.
(b) Operation
R (Ref. Fig. 059)
To activate a new layout select the LAYOUT SELECTION page on the
FAP. This page is protected by an access code and is only
available on ground. It shows on the FAP when the correct access
code has been entered and lists all available layouts. The active
layout is indicated by a textbox.
To select a new layout push the UP/DOWN buttons on the FAP. The
selected layout is highlighted by a coloured bar. The selected
layout is activated after pushing the LOAD button.
(3) Volume adjustment
(a) General
The CIDS gives the possibility to change the volume of chimes and
announcements in all defined cabin areas independently.
(b) Operation
R (Ref. Fig. 060)
To change the settings in one area, select the LEVEL ADJUSTMENT
page on the FAP. Push the related ADJUST button on the LEVEL
ADJUSTMENT page to open the related VOLUME ADJUSTMENT subpanel.
To select the respective location push the UP/DOWN buttons on the
VOLUME ADJUSTMENT subpanel. The selected location is highlighted
by a coloured bar.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page A98
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
FAP - Layout Selection Page (only Layout Selection related buttons labeled) -
Example
R Figure 059
EFF :
054-199, 303-399,
23-73-00 Page A99
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
FAP - Level Adjustment Page (only Level Adjustment related buttons labeled) -
Example
R Figure 060
EFF :
054-199, 303-399,
23-73-00 Page B0
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
1
_ Volume change
The volume of announcements and chimes is increased/decreased
by pushing the related PLUS/MINUS button on the subpanel.
2
_ Default values
Push the DEFAULT button on the subpanel to reset all
modifications to the CAM default values.
3
_ Save changes
To save the changes push the SAVE button. Without saving the
new entries, the previous settings stay valid after leaving
the page.
(4) Change of FAP Set-Up information
(a) General
The CIDS makes it possible to change the brightness of the screen
and to change the volume settings for the FAP related loudspeaker
and headphone.
It is also possible to replace the three memory cards (I-PRAM,
CAM and OBRM) directly on the FAP, when the system is energized.
(b) Operation
R (Ref. Fig. 061)
To change the settings, select the FAP SET-UP page on the FAP.
1
_ Brightness change
To increase/decrease the brightness of the FAP, touch the
related PLUS/MINUS button.
2
_ Headphone volume
To increase/decrease the volume of the headphone connected to
the FAP, touch the related PLUS/MINUS button.
3
_ Acoustic activation
To activate/deactivate the key click which is emitted when you
touch a button on the FAP, touch the TOUCHSCREEN CLICK ON/OFF
button.
4
_ Loudspeaker volume for key click
To increase/decrease the volume of the loudspeaker that is
integrated in the FAP, touch the related PLUS/MINUS button.
5
_ Default values
Touch the DEFAULT button to reset the changes to the CAM
default values.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B1
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
FAP - FAP Set-Up Page (only FAP Set-Up related buttons labeled) - Example
R Figure 061
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B2
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
6
_ Save changes
To save the changes touch the SAVE button. If you do not save
the new entries, the previous settings will stay valid after
you leave the page.
7
_ Replace memory card
To replace one of the memory cards, touch the related REMOVE
button. If the replacement of the memory card was successful,
the respective part number of the installed memory card shows.
The replacement works independently for each memory card but
the procedure is the same.
For the CAM and the OBRM, the part number reflects only the
installed memory card and not the active one. To set the
memory card active, change to the SOFTWARE LOADING page.
NOTE : The status indication of I-PRAM is optional and depends
____
on the respective CAM configuration.
8. _________
Test Bite
A. General
The CIDS has an extensive self-monitoring capability. When all electrical
power (normal and essential power at director inputs) is connected to the
CIDS, a power-up test of the system is started. The progress of the test
is shown with a bar graph on the FAP.
The BITE finds at least 95% of the failures and isolates at least 85%.
These failures are written into the BITE memory of the directors and are
sent to the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) in normal and
interactive mode. The display units of the CFDS are called MCDUs. There
are two MCDUs in the cockpit.
The indication of the failures depends on their importance.
Example:
- The CIDS caution light comes on (flashing),
- The messages are shown on the FAP and/or on the ECAM in the cockpit
(the ECAM is activated via SDAC).
The CIDS also memorizes failures which are reported from the connected
systems and sends the failure messages to the CFDS.
Parts of the failure messages (ATA references, FINs and locations) are
stored in the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM).
The failure handling/memorization is done in relation to the flight
phases. The commands are sent from the CFDS to the CIDS. The failures are
classified as class 1, 2 or 3 and as internal or external failures.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B3
Config-1 Nov 01/06
R
THY
B. Normal Mode
In the normal mode only failures (class 1 and 2) which are detected
during the current/last flight are sent continuously to the CFDS. It is
started when the system is supplied with power. If a failure is detected
during a flight, the related failure message is stored in the BITE memory
and transmitted continuously to the CFDS until the start of the next
flight. A disappearance of the failure has no effect, the failure is
still in the BITE memory.
C. Interactive Mode
In the interactive mode a dialogue between the CIDS and the CFDS happens.
On request from the MCDU, the CIDS sends menu pages related to the MCDU
keys.
The interactive mode is not related to the flight phases or to the
landing gear status. Instead, the interactive mode is operated by
commands. This means for example that when a DC1 or DC2 command is
received, the interactive mode is stopped.
The interactive mode also stops and the normal mode comes on, when the
RETURN command is pushed on the MAIN MCDU page.
Each A/C has a printer. The print function is available on every MCDU
page except for the MAIN page.
For additional information about:
MCDU (Ref. 22-82-00)
Printer (Ref. 31-35-00)
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B4
Config-1 Nov 01/06
R
THY
D. Fault annunciations in the cockpit and in the cabin
(1) Status of fault messages on the upper and lower ECAM, CFDS/MCDU and
FAP
.---------------------------------------------------------------------------.
| 1) COCKPIT: amber caution, level 2 |
| --> on upper ECAM: CIDS 1+2 FAULT |
| on lower ECAM: CIDS 1+2 (INOP SYS) |
| single chime |
| - for related class 1 fault |
|---------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 2) COCKPIT: maintenance status |
| --> on lower ECAM: CIDS1 or CIDS2 |
| - for class 2 faults |
|---------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 3) COCKPIT: maintenance messages |
| --> on CFDS/MCDU |
| - for related class 1, 2 and 3 faults |
|---------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 4) CABIN: CIDS Caution Light and FAP Auto page or Info Row message |
| --> on FAP |
| - for related class 1 faults |
|---------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 5) CABIN: specific messages |
| --> on FAP |
| for related class 1 faults |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B5
Config-1 Nov 01/06
R
THY
(2) Test Types to confirm or locate faults
.-------------------.-------------------------------------------------------.
| Test Types: | 1. Power-Up Test |
| |-------------------------------------------------------|
| | 2. continuous test, monitoring, |
| | GROUND SCANNING (via CFDS/MCDU) |
| |-------------------------------------------------------|
| | 3. test that can be started manually |
| | INTERFACE + POWER-UP TEST (via CFDS(MCDU) |
| |-------------------------------------------------------|
| | 4. test that can be started manually (via CFDS/MCDU) |
| |-------------------------------------------------------|
| | 5. audible/visual test, |
| | OP Test (via CFDS/MCDU) no BITE messages |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
R (Ref. Fig. 062, 063, 064, 065, 066, 067, 068, 069, 070, 071, 072,
R 073, 074, 075, 076, 077, 078, 079, 080)
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B6
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Failure Transmission List
R Figure 062
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B7
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Failure Transmission List
R Figure 063
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B8
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Failure Transmission List
R Figure 064
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B9
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Failure Transmission List
R Figure 065
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B10
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Failure Transmission List
R Figure 066
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B11
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Failure Transmission List
R Figure 067
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B12
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Failure Transmission List
R Figure 068
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B13
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Failure Transmission List
R Figure 069
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B14
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Failure Transmission List
R Figure 070
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B15
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Failure Transmission List
R Figure 071
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B16
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Failure Transmission List
R Figure 072
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B17
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Failure Transmission List
R Figure 073
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B18
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Failure Transmission List
R Figure 074
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B19
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Failure Transmission List
R Figure 075
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B20
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Failure Transmission List
R Figure 076
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B21
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Failure Transmission List
R Figure 077
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B22
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Failure Transmission List
R Figure 078
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B23
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Failure Transmission List
R Figure 079
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B24
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
Failure Transmission List
R Figure 080
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B25
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
E. SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
R (Ref. Fig. 081)
The system report/test is a part of the main maintenance menu and gives a
dialogue between the MCDU and each system connected to the CFDS. This is
only possible when the A/C is in the ground configuration. When you are
on the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST menu, push the up or down arrow keys on the
MCDU keyboard until you get to the item <COM.
To get to the CIDS main page, push <COM then <CIDS 1 or CIDS 2>.
(1) CIDS Main Page
The CIDS Main page shows the subsequent selectable pages:
- <LAST LEG REPORT
- <PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
- <LRU IDENT
- <GND SCANNING
- <TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
- CLASS 3 FAULTS>
- SYSTEM TESTS>
- EPSU BAT CAP TEST> (Ref. 33-51-00)
- OP TESTS>
- GROUND REPORT>
- SYSTEM CONFIG>
- <RETURN (when you push this line select key you go back to the CIDS
Main page).
NOTE : The <RETURN legend shows on all pages of the CIDS menu but not
____
on the TEST IN PROGRESS pages.
Only if the FAP LAYOUT SELECTION or MAINTENANCE mode is active, the
following message shows in the centre of the CIDS Main page:
INTERACTIVE MODE CURRENTLY DISABLED -LAYOUT SELECTION MODE OR
MAINTENANCE MODE ACTIVE ON FAP
(2) LAST LEG REPORT
R (Ref. Fig. 082)
When you push the <LAST LEG REPORT line select key, the LAST LEG
REPORT page comes on. This page shows the failure messages that came
on during the last flight and it shows the subsequent data:
- The date of the last flight,
- The time when the failure occurred,
- The ATA reference,
- The identity of the unserviceable LRU,
- The class of the failure (1 or 2).
This page can show a maximum of two failures. If there are more
failures, you must push the next page key on the MCDU keyboard. If
there are no failures found during the last flight, the message NO
FAULT DETECTED is shown in the centre of the screen.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B26
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
MCDU - CIDS System Report/Test
R Figure 081
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B27
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
MCDU - CIDS Last Leg Report
R Figure 082
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B28
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(3) PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
R (Ref. Fig. 083)
When you push the <PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT line select key, the PREVIOUS
LEGS REPORT page comes on.
This page is a sum of the LAST LEG REPORTS and shows the failure
messages that came on during the 63 flights before.
This page shows the subsequent data:
- The aircraft identification,
NOTE : CIDS monitors the aircraft ident parameter and updates it for
____
all new records. This is necessary if a director is changed
from one aircraft to another. In this case there may be two
idents on a page. The related aircraft ident is shown above
the related failure message.
- The leg number (1-63),
- The date of the flight when the failure occurred,
- The time when the failure occurred,
- The ATA reference,
- The class of the failure (1 or 2),
- The identity of the unserviceable LRU.
This page can show a maximum of two failures. If there are more
failures, you must push the next page key on the MCDU keyboard. If
there are no failures found during the last 63 flights, the message
NO FAULT DETECTED is shown in the centre of the screen.
(4) LRU IDENT
R (Ref. Fig. 084)
When you push the <LRU IDENT line select key, the LRU IDENTIFICATION
page comes on. This page shows the identity of all electronic LRUs
which can report their part number and serial number.
(5) CLASS 3 FAULTS
R (Ref. Fig. 085)
When you push the CLASS 3 FAULTS> line select key, the LAST LEG CLASS
3 FAULTS page comes on. This page shows each class 3 failure message
that came on during the last flight and shows:
- The time when the failure occurred,
- The ATA reference,
- The identity of the unserviceable LRU.
This page can show a maximum of two failures. If there are more
failures, you must push the next page key on the MCDU keyboard. If
there are no class 3 failures found during the last flight, the
message NO FAULT DETECTED is shown in the centre of the screen.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B29
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
MCDU - CIDS Previous Legs Report
R Figure 083
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B30
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
MCDU - CIDS LRU Identification
R Figure 084
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B31
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
MCDU - CIDS Class 3 Faults
R Figure 085
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B32
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(6) SYSTEM TESTS
R (Ref. Fig. 086)
When you push the SYSTEM TESTS> line select key, the SYSTEM TEST menu
page comes on.
This page shows the subsequent legends:
- DIR STATUS,
- INTERFACE + POWER-UP TEST,
- ILLUMINATION TEST (Ref. 33-21-00),
- EPSU SYS TEST (Ref. 33-51-00),
- DRAINMAST SYS TEST (REF. 30-73-00),
(a) INTERFACE + POWER-UP TEST if active director is selected
R (Ref. Fig. 087)
When you push the <INTERFACE + POWER-UP TEST line select key, the
INTERFACE + POWER-UP TEST page with the messages DIRx ACTIVE and
TEST IN PROGRESS 6 MIN comes on.
The CIDS does a power-up test of certain CIDS components and
starts the internal BITE of the associated systems. It can last
up to 6 minutes. If there is a failure, the subsequent data about
this failure come on:
- The ACTIVE DIR,
- The ATA reference,
- The identity of the unserviceable LRU,
- The class of the failure (1, 2 or 3) with a prompt > (if
applicable) to get access to the trouble shooting data or to
the submenus for the class 3 failures.
This page can show a maximum of two failures. If there are more
failures you must push the next page key on the MCDU keyboard. If
there are no failures found during the test, the message TEST OK
is shown in the centre of the screen.
(b) INTERFACE + POWER-UP TEST if passive director is selected
R (Ref. Fig. 088)
When you push the <INTERFACE + POWER-UP TEST line select key, the
INTERFACE + POWER-UP TEST page with the messages DIRx PASS., DIR
TEST ONLY and TEST IN PROGRESS 30 S comes on.
The passive director tests only itself, checks all power related
conditions, all FAP/CAM/Dir. interlink and ARINC/ETHERNET items.
(7) OP TEST
R (Ref. Fig. 089)
When you push the OP TEST> line select key, the OP TEST menu page
comes on.
This page shows the subsequent legends:
- <LOUDSPEAKERS ACTIVATION
- <READING LT + ACP + PAX CALL + SIGN LAMPS ACTIVATION
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B33
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
MCDU - CIDS System Tests
R Figure 086
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B34
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
MCDU - CIDS Interface + Power-Up Test (act. Director)
R Figure 087
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B35
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
MCDU - CIDS Interface + Power-Up Test (pas. Director)
R Figure 088
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B36
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
MCDU - CIDS Operational Tests
R Figure 089
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B37
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(a) When you push the <LOUDSPEAKERS ACTIVATION line select key, all
CIDS loudspeakers are supplied with a test tone until you push
the <RETURN line select key.
(b) When you push the LAMPS ACTIVATION line select key, all lamps in
the READING LTs, ACPs, PAX CALLs and SIGNS are illuminated until
you push the <RETURN line select key.
NOTE : There is no CAM relation, all DEU outputs are activated.
____
NOTE : After the test (when you push the <RETURN line select key)
____
the system performs a reset.
(8) TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
R (Ref. Fig. 090)
When you push the <TROUBLE SHOOT DATA line select key, the TROUBLE
SHOOTING DATA page comes on.
This page shows:
- The date and the time of the message in clear language,
- Snapshot data at the moment of the fault (e.g. aircraft
configuration etc.) shown in hexadecimal code.
NOTE : The TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA Report contains data of system
____
faults which occurred in flight.
(9) GROUND SCANNING
R (Ref. Fig. 091)
When you push the <GROUND SCANNING line select key, the GROUND
SCANNING page comes on. The GND SCANNING does an analysis of the CIDS
status at this time and in case of a failure all existing internal
and external failures are shown.
This page shows:
- The date and the time at which the failure occurred,
- The ATA reference,
- The identity of the unserviceable LRU,
- The class of the failure (1, 2 or 3) with a prompt > to get access
to the trouble shooting data.
This page can show a maximum of two failures. If there are more
failures, you have to push the next page key on the MCDU keyboard.
Each failure which is detected during the monitoring mode is written
at the end of the report. The page counter is updated automatically.
If there is no fault detected, the message NO FAULT DETECTED is
shown. When you push the <RETURN line select key, the memory of the
GND SCANNING is reset.
After activating the GND SCANNING mode it is necessary to wait
approx. 3 min. to make sure that all failures are detected.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B38
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
MCDU - CIDS Trouble Shooting Data
R Figure 090
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B39
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
MCDU - CIDS Ground Scanning
R Figure 091
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B40
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
(10) GROUND REPORT
R (Ref. Fig. 092)
The characteristics of this page are identical to those of the LAST
LEG REPORT. This page shows the internal failure messages that come
on when the aircraft is in ground configuration. Failures detected
during the last flight which are still valid are not shown in the
GROUND REPORT.
(11) SYSTEM CONFIG
R (Ref. Fig. 093)
The SYSTEM CONFIGURATION page shows:
- The current date,
- The UTC,
- The aircraft ident,
- The ACTIVE DIR,
- The CAM P/N,
- The ACTIVE LAYOUT,
- The LAST CAM MODIFICATION,
- Informative text,
- <LSP VOLUME REPORT.
(a) When you push the <LSP VOLUME REPORT line key, the system shows
pages where the CAM defined loudspeaker volume is shown.
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B41
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
MCDU - CIDS Ground Report
R Figure 092
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B42
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
MCDU - CIDS System Configuration
R Figure 093
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B43
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
FAP - Access Code - Example
R Figure 094
EFF :
054-199, 303-399, 23-73-00
Page B44
Config-1 Nov 01/06
THY
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The Cabin Intercommunications Data System (CIDS) is used to operate,
control, monitor and test various cabin functions. The functions are managed
by CIDS dependent on the configuration of the aircraft and the CIDS
software.
The basic CIDS manages these cabin functions:
- the Passenger Address (PA),
R - the Cabin and flight crew interphone,
R - the Passenger Call system,
R - the Passenger lighted signs,
R - the General illumination,
R - the Lavatory smoke system,
R - the Service interphone,
R - the Extended emergency lighting equipment.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 901-901,
R - the Escape slide bottle pressure monitoring,
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302,
R - the Evacuation signaling equipment,
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
In addition to the above, the basic CIDS installation also has the
capability to operate, functionally control, monitor and test any optional
systems (passenger entertainment (video), advanced passenger services etc.).
The system permits different cabin configurations without the need for
complex and costly hardware changes. The existing cabin equipment
(loudspeakers, lighting units etc.) is retained and the cabin configuration
is accomplished with software changes in the CIDS.
The main components of the CIDS are:
- two CIDS directors,
- a series of Decoder-Encoder Units (DEU),
- a Programming and Test Panel (PTP),
- the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP),
R - the Aft Attendant Panel (AAP),
- the Attendant Indicating Panels (AIP).
R With the exception of the ACPs, the above units have a Built-in Test
R Equipment (BITE) facility. The BITE detects faults in the systems connected
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page 1
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
to the CIDS and in the CIDS units. (The CIDS also uses the flight
compartment handset and the passenger compartment handsets).
The CIDS directors are the central control components of the CIDS. Each
director receives inputs from various aircraft systems and from the other
components in the CIDS. Inputs and outputs to and from the CIDS directors
are either connected directly to the directors or through the
Decoder-Encoder Units (DEU). Two types of DEUs are installed, a type A and a
type B.
The type A DEUs interface between the CIDS directors and:
R - the Cabin loudspeakers,
R - the Lighting units,
R - the Passenger lighted signs,
R - the Passenger call buttons and signs.
Depending on the aircraft configuration, the type B DEUs interface between
the CIDS directors and:
R - the Attendant handsets,
R - the Attendant indication panels,
R - the Area call panels,
R - the Information signs,
R - the Emergency lighting power supply units (EPSU),
R - the Attendant panels,
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 901-901,
R - the Pressure sensors of the emergency slide bottles,
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
R - the Emergency evacuation controls and indicators,
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-049,
R - the Pressure sensors of the door bottle.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
Communication between the type A DEUs and the CIDS directors is on two
separate data bus lines installed along each side of the aircraft. The type
B DEUs are connected to the CIDS directors on a second set of data bus
lines. All other aircraft systems used by the CIDS are connected directly to
the CIDS directors.
These different types of input signals are converted by the CIDS directors
into low level digital data. The CIDS software program controls this digital
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page 2
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
data. For changes in aircraft configuration or CIDS upgrades only the
software program is required to be changed. Two replaceable modules are used
R to accomplish these changes. To upgrade the CIDS software program, On-board
Replaceable Modules (OBRM) are used. These removable memory modules are
installed in the front face of the CIDS directors. To facilitate changes in
aircraft configuration and system properties a second memory module, the
Cabin Assignment Module (CAM), is installed in the Programming and Test
Panel (PTP).
Controls for the cabin systems are centrally located at the attendant
panels. The attendant handsets are used for interphone communications and
for PA announcements. An associated Attendant Indication Panel (AIP) is used
for PA/Interphone dialing and cabin call information. The AIP is also used
for displaying CIDS warnings. Different colored lights in the Area Call
Panels (ACP) give long range visual indications of CIDS information.
2. __________________
Component Location
**ON A/C 001-006, 051-053,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 001A)
**ON A/C 008-049,
(Ref. Fig. 001B)
**ON A/C 201-249, 251-299, 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 001C)
**ON A/C 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 001D)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page 3
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
CIDS associated Components in the Cockpit - Component Location
Figure 001
EFF :
001-006, 051-053, 23-73-00
Page 4
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
CIDS associated Components in the Cockpit - Component Location
Figure 001A
EFF :
007-007, 23-73-00
Page 5
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
CIDS associated Components in the Cockpit - Component Location
Figure 001B
EFF :
008-049, 23-73-00
Page 6
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
CIDS associated Components in the Cockpit - Component Location
Figure 001C
R
EFF :
201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 23-73-00
Page 7
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
CIDS associated Components in the Cockpit - Component Location
Figure 001D
EFF :
901-901, 23-73-00
Page 8
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
FWD Attendant Station and Cockpit Handset - Component Location
Figure 002
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page 9
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
MCDU - Component Location
Figure 003
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page 10
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-006,
(Ref. Fig. 004)
**ON A/C 007-049, 051-053,
(Ref. Fig. 004A)
R **ON A/C 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 004B)
R **ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 004C)
R **ON A/C 252-299,
(Ref. Fig. 004D)
R **ON A/C 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 004E)
**ON A/C 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 004F)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053,
(Ref. Fig. 005)
R **ON A/C 201-249, 251-299, 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 005A)
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page 11
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
CIDS Components in the Cabin - Component Location
Figure 004 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
001-006, 23-73-00
Page 12
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
CIDS Components in the Cabin - Component Location
Figure 004 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
001-006, 23-73-00
Page 13
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
CIDS Components in the Cabin - Component Location
Figure 004A (SHEET 1)
EFF :
007-049, 051-053, 23-73-00
Page 14
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
CIDS Components in the Cabin - Component Location
Figure 004A (SHEET 2)
EFF :
007-049, 051-053, 23-73-00
Page 15
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
CIDS Components in the Cabin - Component Location
R Figure 004B (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
201-249, 23-73-00
Page 16
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
CIDS Components in the Cabin - Component Location
R Figure 004B (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
201-249, 23-73-00
Page 17
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
CIDS Components in the Cabin - Component Location
R Figure 004C (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-73-00
Page 18
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
CIDS Components in the Cabin - Component Location
R Figure 004C (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-73-00
Page 19
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
CIDS Components in the Cabin - Component Location
R Figure 004D (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
252-299, 23-73-00
Page 20
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
CIDS Components in the Cabin - Component Location
R Figure 004D (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
252-299, 23-73-00
Page 21
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
CIDS Components in the Cabin - Component Location
Figure 004E (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
301-302, 23-73-00
Page 22
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
CIDS Components in the Cabin - Component Location
Figure 004E (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
301-302, 23-73-00
Page 23
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
CIDS Components in the Cabin - Component Location
Figure 004F (SHEET 1)
EFF :
901-901, 23-73-00
Page 24
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
CIDS Components in the Cabin - Component Location
Figure 004F (SHEET 2)
EFF :
901-901, 23-73-00
Page 25
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
DEU A, DEU Mount and CIDS Director - Component Location
Figure 005 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
001-049, 051-053, 23-73-00
Page 26
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
DEU A, DEU Mount and CIDS Director - Component Location
Figure 005 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
001-049, 051-053, 23-73-00
Page 27
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
DEU A, DEU Mount and CIDS Director - Component Location
Figure 005A (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 23-73-00
Page 28
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
DEU A, DEU Mount and CIDS Director - Component Location
Figure 005A (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 23-73-00
Page 29
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 005B)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053,
(Ref. Fig. 006)
R **ON A/C 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 006A)
R **ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 006B)
**ON A/C 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 006C)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 007)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
101RH DIR-CIDS, 1 87VU 127 824 23-73-34
102RH DIR-CIDS, 2 88VU 128 824 23-73-34
110RH PROGRAMMING AND TEST PANEL 221 831 23-73-18
115RH MODULE-CABIN ASSIGNMENT 221 831 23-73-19
120RH ATTENDANT PANEL-FORWARD 221 831 23-73-00
126RH ATTENDANT PANEL-AFT 261 831 23-73-13
130RH HANDSET 210 831 23-73-00
132RH SUPPORT BRACKET 210 831 23-73-00
320RH1 INDICATING PANEL-ATTENDANT 221 831 23-73-00
320RH9 INDICATING PANEL-ATTENDANT 261 831 23-73-00
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page 30
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
320RH11 INDICATING PANEL-ATTENDANT 2042VU 263 831 23-73-00
330RH1 HANDSET 221 831 23-73-00
330RH9 HANDSET 261 831 23-73-00
330RH11 HANDSET 262 831 23-73-00
340RH1 CALL PANEL-L FWD AREA 223 831 23-73-00
340RH2 CALL PANEL-R FWD AREA 224 831 23-73-00
340RH9 CALL PANEL-L AFT AREA 3701VU 263 831 23-73-00
340RH10 CALL PANEL-R AFT AREA 3701VU 264 831 23-73-00
R **ON A/C 201-249, 251-299,
101RH DIR-CIDS, 1 87VU 127 824 23-73-34
102RH DIR-CIDS, 2 88VU 128 824 23-73-34
110RH PROGRAMMING AND TEST PANEL 221 831 23-73-18
115RH MODULE-CABIN ASSIGNMENT 221 831 23-73-19
120RH ATTENDANT PANEL-FORWARD 221 831 23-73-00
126RH ATTENDANT PANEL-AFT 261 831 23-73-13
130RH HANDSET 210 831 23-73-00
132RH SUPPORT BRACKET 210 831 23-73-00
320RH1 INDICATING PANEL-ATTENDANT 221 831 23-73-00
320RH9 INDICATING PANEL-ATTENDANT 261 831 23-73-00
320RH11 INDICATING PANEL-ATTENDANT 2042VU 263 831 23-73-00
322RH INDICATING PANEL - ATTENDANT 2044VU 252 23-73-00
330RH1 HANDSET 221 831 23-73-00
330RH8 HANDSET 252 23-73-00
330RH9 HANDSET 261 831 23-73-00
330RH11 HANDSET 262 831 23-73-00
330RH14 HANDSET 242 23-73-00
340RH1 CALL PANEL-L FWD AREA 223 831 23-73-00
340RH2 CALL PANEL-R FWD AREA 224 831 23-73-00
340RH7 CALL PANEL - AREA 3703VU 251 831 23-73-00
340RH8 CALL PANEL - AREA 3703VU 252 831 23-73-00
340RH9 CALL PANEL-L AFT AREA 3701VU 263 831 23-73-00
340RH10 CALL PANEL-R AFT AREA 3701VU 264 831 23-73-00
340RH13 CALL PANEL - AREA 3702VU 243 23-73-00
340RH14 CALL PANEL - AREA 3702VU 244 23-73-00
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 23-73-00
Page 31
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
DEU A, DEU Mount and CIDS Director - Component Location
Figure 005B (SHEET 1)
EFF :
901-901, 23-73-00
Page 32
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
DEU A, DEU Mount and CIDS Director - Component Location
Figure 005B (SHEET 2)
EFF :
901-901, 23-73-00
Page 33
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
DEU B and DEU Mount - Component Location
Figure 006
EFF :
001-049, 051-053, 23-73-00
Page 34
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
DEU B and DEU Mount - Component Location
Figure 006A
R
EFF :
201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-73-00
Page 35
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
DEU B and DEU Mount - Component Location
Figure 006B
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-73-00
Page 36
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
DEU B and DEU Mount - Component Location
Figure 006C
EFF :
901-901, 23-73-00
Page 37
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
CIDS Components in the Cabin - Component Location
Figure 007
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page 38
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 301-302,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
101RH DIR-CIDS, 1 87VU 127 824 23-73-34
102RH DIR-CIDS, 2 88VU 128 824 23-73-34
110RH PROGRAMMING AND TEST PANEL 221 831 23-73-18
115RH MODULE-CABIN ASSIGNMENT 221 831 23-73-19
120RH ATTENDANT PANEL-FORWARD 221 831 23-73-00
126RH ATTENDANT PANEL-AFT 261 831 23-73-13
130RH HANDSET 210 831 23-73-00
132RH SUPPORT BRACKET 210 831 23-73-00
320RH1 INDICATING PANEL-ATTENDANT 221 831 23-73-00
320RH9 INDICATING PANEL-ATTENDANT 261 831 23-73-00
320RH11 INDICATING PANEL-ATTENDANT 2042VU 263 831 23-73-00
320RH13 INDICATING PANEL - ATTENDANT 241 23-73-00
320RH14 AIP 242 23-73-22
322RH INDICATING PANEL - ATTENDANT 2044VU 252 23-73-00
330RH1 HANDSET 221 831 23-73-00
330RH9 HANDSET 261 831 23-73-00
330RH11 HANDSET 262 831 23-73-00
330RH13 HANDSET 241 23-73-00
340RH1 CALL PANEL-L FWD AREA 223 831 23-73-00
340RH2 CALL PANEL-R FWD AREA 224 831 23-73-00
340RH7 CALL PANEL - AREA 3703VU 251 831 23-73-00
340RH8 CALL PANEL - AREA 3703VU 252 831 23-73-00
340RH9 CALL PANEL-L AFT AREA 3701VU 263 831 23-73-00
340RH10 CALL PANEL-R AFT AREA 3701VU 264 831 23-73-00
340RH13 CALL PANEL - AREA 3702VU 243 23-73-00
340RH14 CALL PANEL - AREA 3702VU 244 23-73-00
**ON A/C 901-901,
101RH DIR-CIDS, 1 87VU 127 824 23-73-34
102RH DIR-CIDS, 2 88VU 128 824 23-73-34
110RH PROGRAMMING AND TEST PANEL 221 831 23-73-18
115RH MODULE-CABIN ASSIGNMENT 221 831 23-73-19
120RH ATTENDANT PANEL-FORWARD 221 831 23-73-00
126RH ATTENDANT PANEL-AFT 261 831 23-73-13
130RH HANDSET 210 831 23-73-00
132RH SUPPORT BRACKET 210 831 23-73-00
320RH1 INDICATING PANEL-ATTENDANT 221 831 23-73-00
R
EFF :
301-302, 901-901, 23-73-00
Page 39
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
320RH9 INDICATING PANEL-ATTENDANT 261 831 23-73-00
320RH11 INDICATING PANEL-ATTENDANT 2042VU 263 831 23-73-00
330RH1 HANDSET 221 831 23-73-00
330RH9 HANDSET 261 831 23-73-00
330RH11 HANDSET 262 831 23-73-00
340RH1 CALL PANEL-L FWD AREA 223 831 23-73-00
340RH2 CALL PANEL-R FWD AREA 224 831 23-73-00
340RH9 CALL PANEL-L AFT AREA 3701VU 263 831 23-73-00
340RH10 CALL PANEL-R AFT AREA 3701VU 264 831 23-73-00
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
200RH1 DEU-A 223 221BC 23-73-46
200RH2 DEU-A 224 221BC 23-73-46
200RH3 DEU-A 231 231WJ 23-73-46
200RH4 DEU-A 232 232JW 23-73-46
200RH5 DEU-A 231 231QW 23-73-46
200RH6 DEU-A 232 232QW 23-73-46
200RH7 DEU-A 231 231WW 23-73-46
200RH8 DEU-A 232 232WW 23-73-46
200RH9 DEU-A 241 231ZW 23-73-46
200RH10 DEU-A 242 232ZW 23-73-46
200RH11 DEU-A 241 241QW 23-73-46
200RH12 DEU-A 242 242QW 23-73-46
200RH13 DEU-A 241 241WW 23-73-46
200RH14 DEU-A 242 242WW 23-73-46
200RH15 DEU-A 251 251FW 23-73-46
200RH16 DEU-A 252 252FW 23-73-46
200RH17 DEU-A 251 251MW 23-73-46
200RH18 DEU-A 252 252MW 23-73-46
200RH19 DEU-A 251 251TW 23-73-46
200RH20 DEU-A 252 252TW 23-73-46
200RH21 DEU-A 251 251ZW 23-73-46
200RH22 DEU-A 252 252ZW 23-73-46
200RH23 DEU-A 261 251CX 23-73-46
200RH24 DEU-A 262 252CX 23-73-46
200RH25 DEU-A 263 261AC 23-73-46
200RH26 DEU-A 264 261AC 23-73-46
EFF :
001-049, 051-053, 901-901, 23-73-00
Page 40
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
300RH1 DEU-B 223 22BC 23-73-47
300RH4 DEU-B 242 242QW 23-73-47
300RH5 DEU-B 261 261AC 23-73-47
300RH6 DEU-B 262 261AC 23-73-47
R **ON A/C 201-249, 252-299,
200RH1 DEU-A 223 221BC 23-73-46
200RH2 DEU-A 224 221BC 23-73-46
200RH3 DEU-A 231 231WJ 23-73-46
200RH4 DEU-A 232 232JW 23-73-46
200RH5 DEU-A 231 231QW 23-73-46
200RH6 DEU-A 232 232QW 23-73-46
200RH7 DEU-A 231 231WW 23-73-46
200RH8 DEU-A 232 232WW 23-73-46
200RH9 DEU-A 241 231ZW 23-73-46
200RH10 DEU-A 242 232ZW 23-73-46
200RH11 DEU-A 241 241QW 23-73-46
200RH12 DEU-A 242 242QW 23-73-46
200RH13 DEU-A 241 241WW 23-73-46
200RH14 DEU-A 242 242WW 23-73-46
200RH15 DEU-A 251 251FW 23-73-46
200RH16 DEU-A 252 252FW 23-73-46
200RH17 DEU-A 251 251MW 23-73-46
200RH18 DEU-A 252 252MW 23-73-46
200RH19 DEU-A 251 251TW 23-73-46
200RH20 DEU-A 252 252TW 23-73-46
200RH21 DEU-A 251 251ZW 23-73-46
200RH22 DEU-A 252 252ZW 23-73-46
200RH23 DEU-A 261 251CX 23-73-46
200RH24 DEU-A 262 252CX 23-73-46
200RH25 DEU-A 263 261AC 23-73-46
200RH26 DEU-A 264 261AC 23-73-46
200RH27 DEU-A 243 231JC 23-73-46
200RH28 DEU-A 244 231JC 23-73-46
200RH29 DEU-A 241 232UX 23-73-46
200RH30 DEU-A 242 231UX 23-73-46
200RH31 DEU-A 242 251KC 23-73-46
200RH32 DEU-A 254 251KC 23-73-46
300RH1 DEU-B 223 22BC 23-73-47
300RH4 DEU-B 242 242QW 23-73-47
300RH5 DEU-B 261 261AC 23-73-47
R
EFF :
001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 23-73-00
Page 41
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
300RH6 DEU-B 262 261AC 23-73-47
300RH7 DEU-B 243 231JC 23-73-47
R **ON A/C 251-251,
200RH1 DEU-A 223 221BC 23-73-46
200RH2 DEU-A 224 221BC 23-73-46
200RH3 DEU-A 231 231WJ 23-73-46
200RH4 DEU-A 232 232JW 23-73-46
200RH5 DEU-A 231 231QW 23-73-46
200RH6 DEU-A 232 232QW 23-73-46
200RH7 DEU-A 231 231WW 23-73-46
200RH8 DEU-A 232 232WW 23-73-46
200RH9 DEU-A 241 231ZW 23-73-46
200RH10 DEU-A 242 232ZW 23-73-46
200RH11 DEU-A 241 241QW 23-73-46
200RH12 DEU-A 242 242QW 23-73-46
200RH13 DEU-A 241 241WW 23-73-46
200RH14 DEU-A 242 242WW 23-73-46
200RH15 DEU-A 251 251FW 23-73-46
200RH16 DEU-A 252 252FW 23-73-46
200RH17 DEU-A 251 251MW 23-73-46
200RH18 DEU-A 252 252MW 23-73-46
200RH19 DEU-A 251 251TW 23-73-46
200RH20 DEU-A 252 252TW 23-73-46
200RH21 DEU-A 251 251ZW 23-73-46
200RH22 DEU-A 252 252ZW 23-73-46
200RH23 DEU-A 261 251CX 23-73-46
200RH24 DEU-A 262 252CX 23-73-46
200RH25 DEU-A 263 261AC 23-73-46
200RH26 DEU-A 264 261AC 23-73-46
200RH27 DEU-A 243 231JC 23-73-46
200RH28 DEU-A 244 231JC 23-73-46
200RH29 DEU-A 241 232UX 23-73-46
200RH30 DEU-A 242 231UX 23-73-46
200RH31 DEU-A 242 251KC 23-73-46
200RH32 DEU-A 254 251KC 23-73-46
300RH1 DEU-B 223 22BC 23-73-47
300RH4 DEU-B 242 242QW 23-73-47
300RH5 DEU-B 261 261AC 23-73-47
300RH6 DEU-B 262 261AC 23-73-47
300RH7 DEU-B 243 231JC 23-73-47
R
EFF :
201-249, 251-299, 23-73-00
Page 42
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 301-302,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
200RH1 DEU-A 223 221BC 23-73-46
200RH2 DEU-A 224 221BC 23-73-46
200RH3 DEU-A 231 231WJ 23-73-46
200RH4 DEU-A 232 232JW 23-73-46
200RH5 DEU-A 231 231QW 23-73-46
200RH6 DEU-A 232 232QW 23-73-46
200RH7 DEU-A 231 231WW 23-73-46
200RH8 DEU-A 232 232WW 23-73-46
200RH9 DEU-A 241 231ZW 23-73-46
200RH10 DEU-A 242 232ZW 23-73-46
200RH11 DEU-A 241 241QW 23-73-46
200RH12 DEU-A 242 242QW 23-73-46
200RH13 DEU-A 241 241WW 23-73-46
200RH14 DEU-A 242 242WW 23-73-46
200RH15 DEU-A 251 251FW 23-73-46
200RH16 DEU-A 252 252FW 23-73-46
200RH17 DEU-A 251 251MW 23-73-46
200RH18 DEU-A 252 252MW 23-73-46
200RH19 DEU-A 251 251TW 23-73-46
200RH20 DEU-A 252 252TW 23-73-46
200RH21 DEU-A 251 251ZW 23-73-46
200RH22 DEU-A 252 252ZW 23-73-46
200RH23 DEU-A 261 251CX 23-73-46
200RH24 DEU-A 262 252CX 23-73-46
200RH25 DEU-A 263 261AC 23-73-46
200RH26 DEU-A 264 261AC 23-73-46
200RH27 DEU-A 243 231JC 23-73-46
200RH28 DEU-A 244 231JC 23-73-46
200RH29 DEU-A 241 232UX 23-73-46
200RH30 DEU-A 242 231UX 23-73-46
200RH31 DEU-A 242 251KC 23-73-46
200RH32 DEU-A 254 251KC 23-73-46
300RH1 DEU-B 223 22BC 23-73-47
300RH4 DEU-B 242 242QW 23-73-47
300RH5 DEU-B 261 261AC 23-73-47
300RH6 DEU-B 262 261AC 23-73-47
300RH7 DEU-B 243 231JC 23-73-47
R
EFF :
301-302, 23-73-00
Page 43
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 901-901,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
200RH1 DEU-A 223 221BC 23-73-46
200RH2 DEU-A 224 221BC 23-73-46
200RH3 DEU-A 231 231WJ 23-73-46
200RH4 DEU-A 232 232JW 23-73-46
200RH5 DEU-A 231 231QW 23-73-46
200RH6 DEU-A 232 232QW 23-73-46
200RH7 DEU-A 231 231WW 23-73-46
200RH8 DEU-A 232 232WW 23-73-46
200RH9 DEU-A 241 231ZW 23-73-46
200RH10 DEU-A 242 232ZW 23-73-46
200RH11 DEU-A 241 241QW 23-73-46
200RH12 DEU-A 242 242QW 23-73-46
200RH13 DEU-A 241 241WW 23-73-46
200RH14 DEU-A 242 242WW 23-73-46
200RH17 DEU-A 251 251MW 23-73-46
200RH18 DEU-A 252 252MW 23-73-46
200RH19 DEU-A 251 251TW 23-73-46
200RH20 DEU-A 252 252TW 23-73-46
200RH21 DEU-A 251 251ZW 23-73-46
200RH22 DEU-A 252 252ZW 23-73-46
200RH23 DEU-A 261 251CX 23-73-46
200RH24 DEU-A 262 252CX 23-73-46
200RH25 DEU-A 263 261AC 23-73-46
200RH26 DEU-A 264 261AC 23-73-46
300RH1 DEU-B 223 22BC 23-73-47
300RH4 DEU-B 242 242QW 23-73-47
300RH5 DEU-B 261 261AC 23-73-47
300RH6 DEU-B 262 261AC 23-73-47
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 901-901,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
511RH POWER UNIT, RL 2041VU 200 23-73-38
512RH POWER UNIT, RL 2040VU 200 23-73-38
EFF :
001-049, 051-053, 901-901, 23-73-00
Page 44
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
**ON A/C 201-249, 251-299, 301-302,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
511RH POWER UNIT, RL 2041VU 200 23-73-38
512RH POWER UNIT, RL 2040VU 200 23-73-38
513RH POWER UNIT, RL 2041VU 200 23-73-38
514RH POWER UNIT, RL 2040VU 200 23-73-38
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
3. __________________
System Description
A. Principle
(1) The Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is a microprocessor
based system. It operates, controls, monitors and tests these cabin
functions:
- the passenger address,
- the passenger call,
- the passenger lighted signs,
- the general cabin illumination control,
- the cabin and flight crew interphone,
- the lavatory smoke detection,
- the service interphone (partially intergrated into the CIDS),
- the extended emergency lighting test,
- the work light test,
- the passenger reading lights (control and test),
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302,
R - the boarding music and pre-recorded announcements,
**ON A/C 007-007, 252-299,
- the passenger entertainment system,
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page 45
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 251-251,
- the in-flight entertainment system,
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
R - the emergency evacuation signaling,
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 901-901,
- the escape slide bottle pressure monitoring,
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-049,
- the door bottle pressure indication,
**ON A/C 001-008, 201-249, 301-302,
- the monitor video system sound control.
**ON A/C 009-049, 252-299,
- the monitor video system sound control.
**ON A/C 251-251,
R - the monitor video-system sound-control through the in-flight
R entertainment system.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(2) Because of the need for flexibility, the CIDS uses software to define
any parts of its operation. The software program is dependant on
individual aircraft layouts and optional system functions. The
software is stored on two replaceable modules.
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page 46
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
(3) The CIDS hardware is provisioned with enough spare inputs, outputs
and circuits to allow connection of new and additional equipment
without having to make changes to the CIDS hardware. The appropriate
memory module can be reprogrammed aboard the aircraft. The CIDS
programming and test panel 110RH is provided for this. It is also
possible to replace the memory module with a new pre-programmed unit
for cabin layout changes.
(4) A scheduled maintenance of the CIDS is unnecessary as the CIDS
automatically does a self-check. It also monitors the performance of
certain connected equipment. Several levels of system and component
failure are defined for which CIDS gives immediate warning to the
cabin and flight crew. Information on all faults is permanently
stored in the CIDS. This information is also sent to the CFDS. (Ref.
31-30-00). A failure in the controlling CIDS director causes the
system to switch control to the other CIDS director. In the case of
failures on both CIDS directors, control of the system is given to
the CIDS director with the less serious fault.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053,
B. General
The CIDS uses these components:
- 26 Decoder Encoder Units (DEU) type A 200RH,
- 4 Decoder Encoder Units (DEU) type B 300RH,
- the forward attendant panel 120RH,
- the programming and test panel 110RH and CAM 115RH,
- the aft attendant panel 126RH,
- the cabin equipment, see DEU type A,
- the attendant equipment, see DEU type B.
The components of the CIDS are connected to two identical CIDS directors.
The CIDS director 101RH is used as the active director. The CIDS director
102RH is used as the standby director.
R **ON A/C 201-249, 251-299, 301-302,
B. General
The CIDS uses these components:
- 32 Decoder Encoder Units (DEU) type A 200RH,
- 5 Decoder Encoder Units (DEU) type B 300RH,
- the forward attendant panel 120RH,
- the programming and test panel 110RH and CAM 115RH,
- the aft attendant panel 126RH,
- the cabin equipment, see DEU type A,
- the attendant equipment, see DEU type B.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page 47
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
The components of the CIDS are connected to two identical CIDS directors.
The CIDS director 101RH is used as the active director. The CIDS director
102RH is used as the standby director.
**ON A/C 901-901,
B. General
The CIDS uses these components:
- 24 Decoder Encoder Units (DEU) type A 200RH,
- 4 Decoder Encoder Units (DEU) type B 300RH,
- the forward attendant panel 120RH,
- the programming and test panel 110RH and CAM 115RH,
- the aft attendant panel 126RH,
- the cabin equipment, see DEU type A,
- the attendant equipment, see DEU type B.
The components of the CIDS are connected to two identical CIDS directors.
The CIDS director 101RH is used as the active director. The CIDS director
102RH is used as the standby director.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(1) CIDS Directors 101RH (102RH)
The function of the standby CIDS director 102RH is identical to the
function of the active CIDS director 101RH. In normal system
operation the outputs from the standby CIDS director are disabled.
Inputs and outputs to and from the two CIDS directors are connected
in parallel except for:
- the power supply,
- the special relay,
- the director BITE-monitoring connections,
- certain outputs to other equipment or systems.
For more information refer to the block diagram, component
descriptions and power supply description. Each director contains an
OBRM module 101RH1 (102RH1).Inputs and outputs to and from the cabin
equipment to the CIDS directors are made via the Decoder Encoder
Units (DEU). ARINC links and discrete lines connect the director to
individual controls, cockpit equipment and other systems.
(2) Decoder Encoder Unit (DEU) Type A 200RH
The DEUs A 200RH are installed along each side of the passenger
cabin. Up to 3 passenger service units (PSU) and 3 passenger
information units can be connected to each DEU A. The DEUs A are
connected to the directors via a top-line twisted pair data bus. The
physical form of this top-line bus are two twisted pairs along each
side of the cabin. They are connected to every second DEU. This means
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page 48
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
that a break in one top-line twisted pair would disable only every
second DEU A along one side of the cabin. A resistor terminates each
top-line data bus for impedance matching. The DEUs type A are
identical. The DEU mount 2010VU or 2014VU include coding switches.
This gives each DEU location a different address.
(3) Decoder Encoder Unit (DEU) Type B 300RH
The DEUs B 300RH are installed in their DEU-mounts 2011VU or 2015VU
in the door areas. In the door area where no DEU B is installed,
empty wired-in mounts 2011VU with full provisions are installed. The
DEUs B are connected to the flight attendant stations and safety
equipment.
The DEUs B are connected with discrete lines to:
- the area call panels,
R - the attendant handsets,
- the slide-bottle and door-bottle pressure-sensors,
- the EVAC switches and lamps,
- the emergency power supply units,
The aft attendant panel receives and transmits serial data via a
RS232 link, it is also connected to the DEU type B with discrete
lines. A serial RS232 link also transmits data to each AIP. Discrete
connections provide AIP power and reception of AIP BITE status. The
DEUs type B connect to the directors via a middle-line twisted pair
data bus. One twisted pair cable on each aircraft side connects to
all DEUs type B on that side. A resistor 310RH terminates each
middle-line data bus cable for cable impedance matching.
The DEUs type B are identical. Coding switches in each DEU mount are
used to define a different address for each DEU B location.
(4) Forward Attendant Panel 120RH
The forward attendant panel 120RH transmits data to the directors via
a serial ARINC 429 link which are connected to both directors in
parallel. For transmission of data from the directors to the forward
attendant panel, two separate ARINC links are provided, one from each
director. Separate discrete lines from the panel connect to the power
supply units of reading lights, the attendant work lights and
lavatory lights. Discrete lines also connect to an adjacent DEU B for
EVAC control.
(5) Programming and Test Panel 110RH
The programming and test panel 110RH transmits data to the director
via a serial ARINC 429 link which is connected to both directors in
parallel. For transmission of data from the director to the panel,
two separate ARINC links are provided, one from each director. The
Cabin Assignment Module (CAM) 115RH plugs directly into the front
face of the panel. Interaction between director and CAM is via the
programming and test panel ARINC links.
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page 49
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
4. ____________
Power Supply
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 008)
**ON A/C 007-007, 051-053,
(Ref. Fig. 008A)
**ON A/C 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 008B)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053,
(Ref. Fig. 009)
R **ON A/C 201-249, 251-299, 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 009A)
**ON A/C 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 009B)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053,
(Ref. Fig. 010)
R **ON A/C 201-249, 251-299, 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 010A)
**ON A/C 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 010B)
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page 50
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Power Supply - CIDS Director, FAP and PTP
Figure 008
R
EFF :
301-302,
001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 251-299, 23-73-00
Page 51
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Power Supply - CIDS Director, FAP and PTP
Figure 008A
EFF :
007-007, 051-053, 23-73-00
Page 52
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Power Supply - CIDS Director, FAP and PTP
Figure 008B
EFF :
901-901, 23-73-00
Page 53
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Power Supply NORM BUS - Top Line
Figure 009
EFF :
001-049, 051-053, 23-73-00
Page 54
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Power Supply NORM BUS - Top Line
Figure 009A
R
EFF :
201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 23-73-00
Page 55
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Power Supply NORM BUS - Top Line
Figure 009B
EFF :
901-901, 23-73-00
Page 56
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Power Supply ESS BUS - Top Line
Figure 010
EFF :
001-049, 051-053, 23-73-00
Page 57
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Power Supply ESS BUS - Top Line
Figure 010A
R
EFF :
201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 23-73-00
Page 58
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Power Supply ESS BUS + HOT BAT BUS - Top Line
Figure 010B
EFF :
901-901, 23-73-00
Page 59
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053,
(Ref. Fig. 011)
R **ON A/C 201-249, 251-299, 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 011A)
**ON A/C 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 011B)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053,
The service bus 601PP and the essential bus 401PP supply electrical power to
the CIDS.
The CIDS can operate in the normal mode or in the emergency mode.
A. Normal Mode
In the normal mode the CIDS uses 28 V DC supplied from the service bus
601PP.
The DIR 2 is in standby.
B. Emergency Mode
(1) In the emergency mode the essential bus 401PP supplies 28VDC to the
CIDS. The emergency system is used if there is a failure of the
service bus 601PP and the essential bus 401PP is available.
The power consumption is reduced to a minimum.
The standby DIR 2, the PTP and the FAP are not supplied.
The system operates with these minimum functions:
- the PA system,
- the Cabin Interphone,
- the EVAC (if installed).
(2) Power transfer switching
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-049,
(Ref. Fig. 008)
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page 60
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Power Supply - Middle Line
Figure 011
EFF :
001-049, 051-053, 23-73-00
Page 61
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Power Supply - Middle Line
Figure 011A
R
EFF :
201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 23-73-00
Page 62
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Power Supply - Middle Line
Figure 011B
EFF :
901-901, 23-73-00
Page 63
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
**ON A/C 007-007, 051-053,
(Ref. Fig. 008A)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053,
If there is no electrical power from the service bus 601PP, the
essential bus 401PP supplies the DIR 1. If the DIR 1 fails, the power
transfer relay 105RH switches the essential power supply to DIR 2.
(3) Top-Line cut-off switching
(Ref. Fig. 010)
If there is no electrical power from the service bus 601PP, the
essential bus 401PP supplies the Top-Lines only when an audio signal
is present. If there is no audio signal the respective director
operates the Top-Line cut-off relay 106RH to stop the essential power
supply to the Top-Lines.
**ON A/C 201-249, 251-299, 301-302,
The service bus 601PP and the essential bus 401PP supply electrical
power to the CIDS.
The CIDS can operate in the normal mode or in the emergency mode.
A. Normal Mode
R In the normal mode the CIDS uses 28VDC supplied from the service bus
R 601PP.
B. Emergency Mode
(1) In the emergency mode the essential bus 401PP supplies 28VDC to the
CIDS. The emergency system is used if there is a failure of the
service bus 601PP and the essential bus 401PP is available.
The power consumption is reduced to a minimum.
The PTP and the FAP are not supplied.
The system operates with these minimum functions:
- the PA system,
- the Cabin Interphone,
- the EVAC (if installed).
EFF :
301-302,
001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 23-73-00
Page 64
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
(2) Power transfer switching
(Ref. Fig. 010A)
If there is no electrical power from the service bus 601PP, the
essential bus 401PP supplies the top-lines only when an audio signal
is present. If there is no audio signal the respective director
operates the top-line cut-off relay 106RH to stop the essential power
supply to the top-lines.
**ON A/C 901-901,
The service bus 601PP, the essential bus 401PP and the hot battery
bus 702PP supply electrical power to the CIDS.
The CIDS can operate in the normal mode or in the emergency mode.
A. Normal Mode
In the normal mode the service bus 601PP supplies 28VDC to the CIDS.
The DIR 2 is in standby.
B. Emergency Mode
(1) In the emergency mode the essential bus 401PP or the hot battery bus
702PP supplies 28VDC to the CIDS.
- The essential bus 401PP supplies 28 V DC to the CIDS if there is a
failure of the service bus 601PP.
- The hot battery bus 702PP supplies 28 V DC to the CIDS if both the
service bus 601PP and the essential bus 401PP are not available.
For this reason, the emergency lighting switch 4WL must be in the
ARM or ON position.
Wenn the essential bus 401PP or the hot battery bus 702PP supplies
the CIDS, the power consumption is reduced to a minimum.
The DIR 2 is in standby, the PTP and the FAP are not supplied.
The system operates with the subsequent minimum functions:
- the PA system,
R - the Cabin interphone,
- the EVAC (if installed).
(2) Top Line cut-off switching
(Ref. Fig. 010B)
If there is no electrical power from the service bus 601PP, the
essential bus 401PP or the hot battery bus 702PP supplies the
Top-Lines only when an audio signal is present. If there is no audio
signal the respective director operates the Top-Line cut-off relay
106RH to stop the essential or the hot battery bus power supply to
the Top-Lines.
EFF :
201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901, 23-73-00
Page 65
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
5. Interface
_________
A. CIDS Equipment Connections
(1) The CIDS Director 101RH (102RH) is connected to:
R - the Audio management unit 1RN (81VU) (235134),
R - the Cabin pressure controller 1 11HL (91VU) (213134),
R - the Cabin pressure controller 2 12HL (96VU) (213134),
- the PASS INFO relay 19WR (103VU) (352300),
R - the Centralized fault display interface unit 1TW (87VU) (313234),
R - the Cockpit door switch 310LG (332100),
R - the EVAC horn 5WP (48VU) (256300),
R - the EVAC SIGNAL switch 2WP (21VU) (256300),
R - the EVAC COMMAND pushbutton switch 3WP (21VU) (256300),
R - the EVAC HORN SHUT OFF pushbutton 7WP (21VU) (256300),
R - the CTL PWR SPLY relay 8WL (335100),
R - the Flight warning computer 1 1WW1 (85VU) (315334),
R - the Flight warning computer 2 1WW2 (86VU) (315334),
R - the Board-ann LT test & interface 1LP (70VU) (331433),
R - the Board-ann LT test & interface 9LP (70VU) (331433),
R - the Landing gear control and interface unit switch 5GA1 (93VU)
R (323171),
R - the Landing gear control and interface unit switch 5GA2 (94VU)
R (323171),
R - the Oil pressure warning system (103VU) (732500),
R - the Service interphone ovrd switch 15RJ (50VU) and jack sockets
R (234400),
R - the Slats and flaps control computer 1 21CV (85VU) (275134),
R - the Slats and flaps control computer 2 22CV (86VU) (275134),
R - the Smoke detection control unit 10WQ (94VU) (261734),
R - the System data acquisition concentrator 1 1WV1 (85VU) (315534),
R - the System data acquisition concentrator 2 1WV2 (86VU) (315534).
R (2) The DEU type A (200RH) is connected to:
R - the General illumination ballast units (LG).
R - the Reading light power unit for test function (LW).
R (3) The DEU Type B (300RH) is connected to:
R - the Escape slide bottle pressure sensors (360RH).
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page 66
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
R (4) The Forward Attendant Panel (120RH) is connected to:
R - the Attendant work light relay (2LZ),
R - the Lavatory lighting power supply (LQ),
R - the Emergency lighting system (WL),
R - the Reading light power supply relay.
R (5) The Programming and Test Panel (110RH) is connected to:
R - Emergency lighting system (WL).
6. _____________________
Component Description
A. CIDS Director
(1) Description
(Ref. Fig. 012)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053,
(Ref. Fig. 013)
**ON A/C 201-249, 251-299, 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 013A)
**ON A/C 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 013B)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 014)
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-049,
(Ref. Fig. 015)
**ON A/C 007-007, 051-053, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 015A)
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page 67
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
CIDS Director .
Figure 012
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page 68
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
CIDS DATA BUS - Top Line
Figure 013
EFF :
001-049, 051-053, 23-73-00
Page 69
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
CIDS DATA BUS - Top Line
Figure 013A
R
EFF :
201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 23-73-00
Page 70
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
CIDS DATA BUS - Top Line
Figure 013B
EFF :
901-901, 23-73-00
Page 71
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
CIDS Director - Block Diagram
Figure 014
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page 72
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
CIDS DATA BUS - Middle Line
DEU B Interface - Block Diagram
Figure 015
EFF :
001-006, 008-049,
23-73-00 Page 73
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
CIDS DATA BUS - Middle Line
DEU B Interface - Block Diagram
Figure 015A
EFF :
007-007, 051-053, 901-901,
23-73-00 Page 74
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
R **ON A/C 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 015B)
R **ON A/C 251-299,
(Ref. Fig. 015C)
R **ON A/C 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 015D)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(a) General
The director is a 3-Modular-Concept-Unit (3MCU) sized unit. It is
installed in the pressurized avionics compartment. The internal
construction is modular, which allows straightforward upgrades
and improved maintenance feasibility. A memory module called the
Onboard Replaceable Module (OBRM) plugs into the front face of
the director. Software, basic to the directors internal function,
is stored in a nonvolatile memory inside the director. System
related software which is likely to be changed or upgraded when
options are installed is stored in the OBRM.
(b) Function
The CIDS director is the central control and interface component
of the CIDS.
The CIDS director does these functions:
- Control of data bus lines,
- control of CIDS units,
- interface between flight compartment and avionics compartment.
1
_ Handling of three data bus lines:
- the transmission of digitized audio signals via data bus,
- the transmission of control data and commands via data bus,
- the adaption of received DEU data.
2
_ Control of other CIDS functional units:
- the forward attendant panel,
- the aft attendant panel (via DEU B),
- the programming and test panel,
- the data transfer to second director,
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page 75
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
CIDS DATA BUS - Middle Line
DEU B Interface - Block Diagram
R Figure 015B
R EFF :
201-249,
23-73-00 Page 76
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
CIDS DATA BUS - Middle Line
R Figure 015C
R
EFF :
251-299, 23-73-00
Page 77
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
CIDS DATA BUS - Middle Line
Figure 015D
R
EFF :
301-302, 23-73-00
Page 78
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
- the area call panel (via DEU B),
- the attendant indication panel (via DEU B).
- Interface of flight compartment and avionics compartment
for:
- the handling of cabin systems-related inputs/outputs,
- the control of interfaces to other systems in the flight
compartment and avionics compartment.
3
_ Realization of the system function of connected cabin systems.
4
_ Realization of the programming function:
- the current cabin layout and properties of layout-related
equipment are stored in the director, dependent on the
contents of the memory module.
5
_ Realization of the test function:
- all connected cabin systems and the CIDS itself are
separately tested.
6
_ Activation of emergency mode with minimum power consumption.
(c) Architecture
All inputs to the director are converted into a low-level digital
format. The director transmits signals which are buffered and
converted internally into different formats. The director
circuits are divided into functional modules as follows:
- the audio input module,
- the audio output module,
- the digital input/output module,
- the CIDS bus-interface,
- the power supply,
- the microcomputer.
The modules provide sufficient inputs/outputs for expansion of
the basic CIDS functions.
1
_ Audio Input and Output modules.
The audio input and output modules handels these signals:
- the flight compartment PA,
- the service interphone,
- the boomset microphones,
- the entertainment equipment,
- any other audio sources are separately buffered and the
audio input module shapes them where necessary.
The signals are then multiplexed into PA-zones and DEU audio
channels together with the outputs of programmable chime,
telephone tone and evacuation tone-generators. Under control
of the processing module, the input module transfers the audio
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page 79
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
signal to the bus interface module for transmission to the
DEUs.
It also routes audio signals to the audio output module. The
audio outputs from the input module are designed to drive a
Passenger Entertainment System (PES)- Multiplexer with three
zones of audio. Digitally-encoded audio signals are sent from
the audio input module and from the CIDS bus interface to the
audio output module. The audio signals to the CIDS bus
interface are sent from the DEU type B on the middle line bus.
The four PA amplifiers connect to the service interphone
system, Audio Management Unit (AMU) (interphone output and PA
output) and cockpit PA handset.
2
_ Digital Input/Output Module
The digital I/O module contains the circuitry necessary for
the director to handle ARINC 429 and RS232C links, and
discrete inputs/outputs. The ARINC 429 serial interface is
programmable in speed of operation. It is the interface
between:
- the directors internal, parallel, low-level digital
environment,
- the serial, higher-level, digital environment of ARINC 429
communication.
Shielded twisted pair cables make the connections. The RS232
interface is provided for test-purposes and is not used for
regular CIDS operation. As with the ARINC 429 interface (but
with a different protocol and signal-level) the RS232 module
interfaces serial data communications equipment to the
directors internal parallel data bus. The director gets inputs
from:
- the sensors,
- the switches,
- the other equipment in two basic states.
The two basic states are open-circuit and active ground, or
open-circuit and 28 V DC. Similarily, connected equipment
requires either presence of an active ground or 28 V DC, or an
open-circuit for their function. The discrete interface
provides the necessary isolation and buffers the
inputs/outputs, and interfaces them to the directors
microcomputer.
3
_ CIDS Bus Interface
The CIDS bus interface handles all communication between the
director and DEUs. Top-line data busses used for DEUs A, and
middle-line data busses for DEUs B. Four top lines and two
middle lines are provided. One bus protocol is defined for
each line type, for example one protocol for the top lines and
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page 80
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
another for the middle lines. Each protocol allows the
director to transmit data to the connected DEUs and to receive
data from the DEUs. The respective bus protocol handles all
digitized audio signals, control data and commands to the
DEUs. Coded addresses are also included which permit the
director to address the DEUs individually. The contents of
data depends on the respective inputs and outputs and on a
zoning table stored in the director. The bus interfaces tests
each connected bus line for breaks.
4
_ Power Supply
The power unit derives all necessary internal supply voltages
from the 28 V DC essential and service bus inputs.
5
_ Microcomputer and OBRM
Under control of its high-performance microprocessor, the
microcomputer performs these functions:
- the collection of discrete CIDS data bus information,
- the generation of discrete information to be transferred via
the CIDS data bus,
- the monitoring of CIDS data bus connection,
- the c ontrol of chime, telephone tone and evacuation
tone-generators,
- the collection and processing of discrete input information,
- the control of discrete output information,
- the communication with equipment connected via the serial
interfaces,
- the built-in test function check,
- the BITE operation.
Fundamental director control software and data tables,
including back-up layout and system properties information,
are permanently stored in the processing module. It allows a
basic, limited operation of CIDS in the absence of the CAM.
The Onboard Replaceable Module (OBRM) compliments this
permanently stored data. The OBRM is a solid-state memory
module and plugs into the front of the director.
The software routines which makes the CIDS (and some parts of
the director-control software) function, are stored in the
OBRM. Installation of a different OBRM updates these software
routines. The details of the aircraft cabin layout and of the
system properties (chimes used, etc.) are permanently stored
in the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM). This plugs into the
front of the programming and test panel. The director copies
the CAM data into a semi-permanent (electrically-erasable)
memory during system initialization. It is termed the zoning
table. Once copied, the zoning table remains in the
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page 81
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
processing module memory until the next copy from the CAM is
loaded . A similar type of director memory is assigned as the
CIDS BITE memory. CIDS components and connected system
faults are stored in the BITE memory for reporting to the
aircraft CFDS when requested.
In addition to providing the regular CIDS system functions,
the processing module implements monitoring of:
- the director operation,
- the operation of connected systems and components,
- the data bus performance,
- the BITE status of the other director.
(2) Operation
**ON A/C 001-006, 051-053, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 016)
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 016A)
**ON A/C 008-049,
(Ref. Fig. 016B)
R **ON A/C 201-249, 252-299,
(Ref. Fig. 016C)
R **ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 016D)
R **ON A/C 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 016E)
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page 82
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 017)
R **ON A/C 007-007, 051-053, 252-299,
(Ref. Fig. 017A)
R **ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 017B)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(a) Initialization
Two identical directors 101RH and 102RH are installed in the
avionics compartment. An identical OBRM, 101RH1 and 102RH1
respectively, plugs into each director. Each director has a
dedicated ARINC transmission link to the other, for cross
checking of each others BITE status. With the exception of the
dedicated ARINC links, they are connected in parallel as shown
below:
- most of the ARINC 429 links,
- the power supply lines,
- all inputs and outputs of the two directors.
The power connections are arranged such that director 1 is
normally fully active and in control of the CIDS. Director 2 is
normally partially active, in a hot-standby mode. The two units
basically run in parallel with exactly the same system-status
information at any given moment. Director 2 has its outputs
deactivated. On CIDS energization or reset:
- all director interfaces are disabled,
- all Random Access Memory (RAM) is cleared,
- the system software flags are present,
- the directors are initialized.
A failure in the initialized process in CIDS director 101RH
causes:
- the CIDS CAUTION lamp on the FWD ATTND panel to come on,
- display of CIDS CAUTION message at the ECAM,
- a deactivation of the CIDS director 101RH hardware,
- a switchover of control to CIDS director 102RH,
- the CIDS director 101RH software execution halt.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page 83
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
CIDS Director - Connections
Figure 016 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
001-006, 051-053, 901-901, 23-73-00
Page 84
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
CIDS Director - Connections
Figure 016 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
001-006, 051-053, 901-901, 23-73-00
Page 85
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
CIDS Director - Connections
Figure 016A (SHEET 1)
EFF :
007-007, 23-73-00
Page 86
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
CIDS Director - Connections
Figure 016A (SHEET 2)
EFF :
007-007, 23-73-00
Page 87
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
CIDS Director - Connections
Figure 016B (SHEET 1)
EFF :
008-049, 23-73-00
Page 88
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
CIDS Director - Connections
Figure 016B (SHEET 2)
EFF :
008-049, 23-73-00
Page 89
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
CIDS Director - Connections
Figure 016C (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
201-249, 252-299, 23-73-00
Page 90
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
CIDS Director - Connections
Figure 016C (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
201-249, 252-299, 23-73-00
Page 91
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
CIDS Director - Connections
Figure 016D (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-73-00
Page 92
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
CIDS Director - Connections
Figure 016D (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-73-00
Page 93
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
CIDS Director - Connections
Figure 016E (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
301-302, 23-73-00
Page 94
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
CIDS Director - Connections
Figure 016E (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
301-302, 23-73-00
Page 95
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
CIDS Director - Connections
Figure 017
R
EFF :
001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 301-302, 23-73-00
Page 96
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
CIDS Director - Connections
Figure 017A
R
EFF :
007-007, 051-053, 252-299, 23-73-00
Page 97
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
CIDS Director - Connections
Figure 017B
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-73-00
Page 98
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Once the directors have been initialized, the data contained in
the CAM is copied into their zoning tables. In the absence of the
CAM, the directors own back up data is used. The directors now
hold the data necessary for the active unit to configure and
initialize the:
- cabin system functions,
- director interface modules,
- DEUs and connected equipment and components.
For each PA amplifier in each DEU A, the gain, the frequency
characteristic, and the channel-assignment is programmed.
- FWD ATTND panel,
- programming and test panel.
When this has been completed, the CIDS is fully operational.
(b) BITE Operation
The built-in test equipment of the director detects at least 95 %
of the failures that could occur in the director. These detected
failures are isolated with a confidence level of better than 85
%. The director performs a self-test each time it is initially
switched on or reset. The self-test checks for correct operation
of the whole director and of its individual parts.
The self-test is repeated periodically. The director periodically
loads each CIDS data bus line with a DC current. When a current
flow occurs the line is known to be serviceable.
The equipment shown below have their own BITE functions, and
signal their BITE status to the director:
- each DEU,
- the programming and test panel,
- the FWD ATTND panel,
- the connected equipment such as PES and PSS.
The DEUs are able to test the cabin equipment to which they are
connected.
All BITE results are stored in the director BITE-dedicated
memory. Failures are shown on:
- the CIDS CAUTION light,
- the ECAM status page,
- the ECAM warning,
- the respective Multifunction Control & Display Unit (MCDU)
pages,
- the programming and test panel.
Certain failures or combinations of failures cause immediate
indications at the Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring
(ECAM) and the programming and test panel, as follows:
1
_ CIDS INOP on ECAM
The director output CIDS OPERATION STATUS to the SDAC is at
active ground when the CIDS is operative. A change in this
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page 99
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
state causes to display CIDS 1+2 FAULT on upper ECAM and
CIDS INOP on lower ECAM when:
- both directors fail,
- more than 50 % of all DEU A or 20 % of adjacent DEU A
(zonewise) fail or
- more than 50 % of all NS-FSB Signs and PA inoperative (resp.
DEU A) fail (the CIDS CAUTION light also comes on),
- all DEU B with connected handset fail (the CIDS CAUTION
light also comes on).
2
_ CIDS CAUTION on ECAM
The directors output CIDS CAUTION to the SDAC is at active
ground when there are no failures in the CIDS. A change in
this state results in CIDS CAUTION CIDS 1 or CIDS 2 at
the ECAM when:
- one director there is fail,
- there is no data from the other director via crosslink.
The director continues to signal CIDS CAUTION to the SDAC
until the fault is corrected.
The director continues to signal CIDS CAUTION to the SDAC
until the fault is corrected.
R 3
_ CIDS CAUTION light activated at the Forward Attendant Panel
R (FAP)
R The director sends a signal to the FAP via the ARINC link to
R activate the CIDS CAUTION light when:
- one director fails,
- two directors fail,
- all DEU B with connected handsets fail,
- more than 50% of all DEU A or 20% of adjacent DEU A zonewise
fail,
- no data from SDCU channel 1 and 2,
- the drainmast system fails,
- the emergency slide bottle pressure is low,
- the slide bottle pressure is low,
- the door bottle pressure is low,
- the lavatory smoke detection fails,
- one DEU A fails,
- one DEU B fails,
- the CIDS top bus fails,
- the CIDS mid bus fails,
- the FAP fails,
- the PTP fails,
- the CAM fails,
- no data from FAP,
- no data from CAM,
- no data from PTP.
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A0
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
The CIDS CAUTION light is resettable in flight, but comes on
again on the ground (landing gear down and locked). The light
cannot be reset on the ground. When a CIDS CAUTION occurs, the
respective failure message is displayed on the programming and
test panel. The director will perform, or cause a CIDS
component test to be done, when commanded from the programming
and test panel. This is described under System Testing and
Programming.
The function of the director with respect to these systems is
described in the System Operation section:
R - the passenger adress system,
- the interphone system,
- the lighted signs,
R - the passenger call.
For other systems, refer to the appropriate system chapters.
There remains, however, other aspects to the directors
operation, and these are described in the text shown below.
(Ref. Fig. 010).
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302,
(c) Emergency Mode Activation
For reduction of power consumption, the director has the
capability to activate an emergency mode. The emergency mode
causes all sections of the director which are not permanently in
use to switch off. The sections of the director and the cabin
systems control circuits which are not switched off are:
- the power supply,
- the microcomputer,
- the CIDS data bus driver,
- the PA system,
- the interphone,
- the EVAC.
The power supply for top lines is also disconnected. This is done
when no power is detected at the normal power sensing input and
no PA announcement is made. The director then applies a 28 V DC
output to the Top Line Cut-off Relay 106RH output.
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A1
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 901-901,
(c) Emergency Mode Activation
For reduction of power consumption, the director has the
capability to activate an emergency mode. The emergency mode
causes all sections of the director which are not permanently in
use to switch off. The sections of the director and the cabin
systems control circuits which are not switched off are:
- the power supply,
- the microcomputer,
- the CIDS data bus driver,
- the PA system,
- the interphone.
The power supply for top lines is also disconnected. This is done
when no power is detected at the normal power sensing input and
no PA announcement is made. The director then applies a 28 V DC
output to the Top Line Cut-off Relay 106RH output.
**ON A/C 001-008, 051-053,
(d) Power Sensing
As long as power is available at power input one, it supplies the
director. In the event of a power failure at this input, the
director automatically switches over to supply input two. If
power is detected at the Normal Power Sensing input (and the
director is operative), then the output Power Transfer Relay is
switched to active ground. The connected relay 105RH is held in
the energized state. Failure in the output deenergizes the relay.
This connects essential power and transfers control of the
top-line cut-off relay 106RH to the other director.
R **ON A/C 009-049, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(d) Power Sensing
As long as power is available at power input one (NORM), it
supplies the director. In the event of a power failure at this
input, the director automatically switches over to supply input
two (ESS).
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A2
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(e) External Test Equipment Connection
An RS232C 7-wire bus is provided on the main director connector.
External test equipment is connected to this connector.
(f) Bus Protocol Line A
(Ref. Fig. 018)
Data is transmitted via the data bus in frames of constant
length. The director signals the start of a frame with a unique
SYNC-sequence. The director then continues with the transmission
of Pulse Code Modulation (PCM) data of six audio channels.
After this the director addresses one DEU and transmits discrete
data or a command. It then pauses and the previously addressed
DEU can then transmit one data word, which terminates the frame.
The timeslot for transmission of the DEU is called a window and
is long enough to cope with transients and propagation times.
In case of collision, the protocol ensures correct
synchronisation of the next frame. For discrete data
transmission, the director addresses all DEUs in a sequence, one
per frame. For audio transmission, all audio data is provided in
each frame (six channels). A command in an initial sequence
programs each DEU to receive up to two channels. This is
dependent on the seat layout of the cabin. This may be altered
with a new program of the directors zoning table contained in
the CAM.
All data words on the data bus have a length of twelve bits.
The data transfer on the top data line contains data for these
cabin system components:
- the passenger lighted signs,
- the reading lights,
- the general cabin illumination,
- the passenger address loudspeaker,
- the call switch and call light.
(g) Bus Protocol Line B
(Ref. Fig. 018)
Data is transmitted via the data bus in frames of constant
length. The director signals the start of a frame with a unique
SYNC-sequence. Next, the director addresses one DEU and transmits
discrete data or a command in this sequence:
- the broadcast interphone channel,
- the captain audio channel.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A3
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
CIDS Data Bus Protocols
Figure 018
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A4
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Then come ten windows for audio transmission from the DEUs. The
director allocates a DEU to a certain window with a respective
command. Normally not all windows are used. In case of collision,
the protocol ensures correct synchronisation of the next frame.
At the end of a frame the DEU addressed at the beginning of the
frame has the opportunity to transmit discrete information to the
director. All data words on the data bus have a length of twelve
bits. The data transfer on the middle data line contains data for
these cabin system and components:
- the passenger address,
- the cabin and flight crew interphone,
- the attendant indication panel,
- the area call panel,
R - the evacuation signaling,
- the lavatory smoke detection,
- the aft attendant panel.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302,
(h) Audio Signal Handling
These inputs are provided in the director for connection of audio
signals from:
- the AMU (PA and interphone),
- the flight compartment handset (PA) service interphone,
- the pre-recorded announcement sources.
**ON A/C 901-901,
(h) Audio Signal Handling
These inputs are provided in the director for connection of audio
signals from:
- the AMU (PA and interphone),
- the flight compartment handset (PA) service interphone.
**ON A/C 007-007, 252-299,
- the PES tape reproducer.
**ON A/C 251-251,
- the audio/video control unit (AVC) and the digital server unit
(DSU) from the in-flight entertainment (IFE) system.
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A5
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
Additionally, interphone audio arrives via the middle line data
bus. There are also internally generated chimes, EVAC horn sound
and telephone tones.
1
_ Balanced PA Inputs
Each balanced PA input has a software programmable filter. It
is adjusted according to the zoning table in nine bass-range
steps and nine treble-range steps.
2
_ Unbalanced PA Inputs
The Automatic Gain Control (AGC) circuits control the level of
each unbalanced microphone input and middle line inputs.
Furthermore, each microphone input is high pass filtered
according to the zoning table.
3
_ Chime Generation
The director contains three independant programmable chime
generators. The zoning table data controls the sequences and
combinations of each chime. The table also specifies when
chimes are generated.
4
_ Channeling
When the director has processed the audio inputs, (and
generated any sounds), it digitizes them and multiplies them
according to its zoning table. The director assigns audio to
software-defined combinations (of six middle-line data bus
audio channels) for up to three passenger and three attendant
zones in the cabin.
B. Decoder Encoder Units (DEU)
(1) Description
(Ref. Fig. 019)
(a) General
Two types of DEUs are used, type A 200RH and type B 300RH. The
director transmits address coded data to all DEUs of one type,
but only one DEU A responds. The addressed DEU serves as an
interface between the encoded bus data and the connected cabin
systems and components.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A6
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
DEU - Physical Appearance
Figure 019
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A7
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
(b) Common Functions
Each DEU has specialized functions appropriate to the connected
systems. Certain functions, however, are common to both types of
DEU, as follows:
- the adaption of received data bus signals,
- the comparison of received addresses with wired DEU addresses,
- the processing of addressed commands and controls,
- the commands control the cabin system interface,
- the conversion of processed control data for initiation of the
interface circuitry,
- the adaption of cabin system interface signals,
- the processing of inputs from cabin systems,
- the transmission of data at assigned intervals via the data
bus,
- the fail passive for data bus transmission and reception in
case of DEU failure,
- the fail passive for system interface in case of DEU failure,
- the transmission of status results to director,
- the short-circuit protection of discrete outputs,
- the activation of emergency mode with minimum power
consumption,
- the conversion of preselected audio channel.
(c) DEU Type A Functions
The DEU A interfaces with these systems and components:
R - the Passenger address loudspeakers,
R - the Passenger call switches and lamps,
R - the Cabin illumination ballast units,
R - the Passenger lighted signs,
R - the Passenger reading lights.
The DEU A has these specialized functions:
- a test of lamp current,
- a test of connected loudspeaker impedance and level,
- a frequency filtering according to bus commands.
(d) DEU B Functions
The DEU B interface with these components:
R - the Attendant handset,
R - the Attendant indication panels (AIP),
R - the Area call panels (ACP),
R - the Emergency slide bottle pressure sensors,
R - the Information signs,
R - the Emergency evacuation controls and indicators,
R - the Emergency lighting power supply units (EPSU),
R - the Aft attendant panel (AAP).
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A8
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-049,
R - the Door bottle pressure sensors.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(e) DEU Architecture
(Ref. Fig. 020, 021)
The circuitry of the two types of DEU consists of:
R - the Bus interface circuits,
R - the Power supply circuits,
R - the System interface circuits,
R - the Gate array and oscillator.
(f) CIDS Data Bus Interface
Discrete input data from the cabin systems, (DEU BITE status, and
DEU B audio input data) is passed to the interface via the
internal bus. The interface serializes the parallel data and
transmits it along the CIDS data-bus according to the CIDS
data-bus protocol. Each DEU data-bus interface-module contains
time-out circuitry. This time-out circuitry prevents extended bus
transmission when there is a faulty DEU. The data-bus interface
buffering ensures that a faulty DEU cannot degrade the CIDS
data-bus performance. A through-connection (in the DEU
mounting-bracket) provides for the connection of the next length
of data bus shielded twisted pair cable.
(g) Power Supply Module
The DEU power-supply module derives the internal supply voltages
from the 28V DC service and essential busses. The essential bus
supplies circuitry necessary for passenger address operation,
R interphone operation, and emergency evacuation signaling and
R control. Service bus-power supplies all remaining circuitry. In
an aircraft emergency, the service bus disconnects and removes
the load due to passenger lighted signs and seat row numbering
lights. When the director detects an aircraft emergency, it
deactivates the topline cut-off relay 106RH as long as no PA
announcements are made. This disconnects all DEUs A from the
essential bus.
In the absence of essential power, the DEUs automatically switch
over to total service-bus operation. The power supply module
safeguards the connected power lines against DEU failure.
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A9
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
DEU A - Block Diagram
Figure 020 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A10
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
DEU A - Block Diagram
Figure 020 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A11
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
DEU B - Block Diagram
Figure 021 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A12
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
DEU B - Block Diagram
Figure 021 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A13
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
(h) System Interface Circuitry
The system interface circuits are under the control of the gate
array. They provide the interfacing between the low-level
parallel data and the connected equipments. The DEU internally
use low-level parallel data. BITE circuitry is incorporated where
necessary for monitoring the current in order to detect open and
short-circuit fault conditions.
1
_ Discrete Inputs and Outputs
Each DEU discrete input includes opto-coupled input-protection
to avoid damage to the DEU if there is a faulty connected
unit. Each input has its own defined characteristics according
to the equipment it is interfaced. With each input is
converted into Transistor Transistor Logic (TTL) levels and
then connected to the gate array, where it is monitored.
Opto couplers buffer TTL-Level outputs from the gate array to
provide AC ground outputs.
Further TTL-Level outputs from the gate array connect to 28 V
DC drivers to give twenty open/28 V DC type
short-circuit-protected outputs. Each driver is monitored for
driver failure or output short circuit. If either occurs it is
signalled to the gate array. The current-measurement-circuit
for lamp-testing purposes measures the total current of these
open/28 V DC outputs. This is also signalled to the gate
array. The DEU can individually activate outputs and verify
that the current drain is within given limits. It determines
the high/normal/low resistance status of the connected load.
Service bus 28 V DC is supplied from the power supply module
to the discrete input/output circuits.
2
_ DEU A Audio Outputs
Six audio channels are defined for the top line bus. One DEU A
can accept two from these audio channels. The gate array
directs these audio input signals to the respective channel 1
or channel 2 Digital to Analog (D/A) converter in the audio
circuitry. It also connects the respective volume signal from
the gate array to each D/A converter. Each D/A converter
volume is controlled separately with commands from the bus.
Each level controlled analog audio signal connects to a
programmable filter. This is under control of gate array,
which in turn receives filter control commands from the
director.
Separate power amplifiers amplify these signals for driving
the loudspeakers. Each power amplifier is linked to the
current measurement circuit. This measures the impedance of
each loudspeaker separately. The result is sent via the gate
array and bus driver to the director.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A14
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
3
_ DEU B Inputs and Outputs
A DEU B receives digitized audio signals. The gate array
transfers these signals to the D/A converter circuit. The
analog signals are then filtered and pre-amplified and send to
the handset. Audio signals (including dial tone) from the
handset connect to a Dual Tone Multiple Frequency (DTMF)
decoder and to a filter/amplifier A/D converter. The gate
array transfers the data from the decoder to the director for
dialling purposes. The digitized audio also connects to the
gate array.
An audio Input/Output (I/O) circuit test can be made. The
audio output is switched through to a summer which adds the
signal to the audio input. This is done via a command line
from the gate array. An off-hook serving circuit also connects
to the handset and has a connection to the gate array.
4
_ Miscellaneous Inputs and Outputs (DEU B)
A serial RS232 interface is used to communicate between the
gate array, the attendant indication panel and the aft
attendant panel.
A serial interface is also provided for separate testing of
the emergency lighting power supply units.
(2) Operation
(Ref. Fig. 022)
R **ON A/C 001-007, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 023)
**ON A/C 008-049,
(Ref. Fig. 023A)
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 024)
R **ON A/C 007-007, 051-053, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 024A)
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A15
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
DEU Connection to Data Bus Power Supply and Address Coding
Figure 022
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A16
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
23-73-00
Page A17
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
DEU A - Connections to Cabin Systems
Figure 023 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A18
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
DEU A - Connections to Cabin Systems
Figure 023 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF : 001-007, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A19
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
DEU A - Connections to Cabin Systems
Figure 023A (SHEET 1)
EFF :
008-049, 23-73-00
Page A20
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
DEU A - Connections to Cabin Systems
Figure 023A (SHEET 2)
EFF :
008-049, 23-73-00
Page A21
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
DEU B - Connections to Cabin Systems
Figure 024 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 23-73-00
Page A22
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
DEU B - Connections to Cabin Systems
Figure 024 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 23-73-00
Page A23
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
DEU B - Connections to Cabin Systems
Figure 024A (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
007-007, 051-053, 301-302, 901-901, 23-73-00
Page A24
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
DEU B - Connections to Cabin Systems
Figure 024A (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
007-007, 051-053, 301-302, 901-901, 23-73-00
Page A25
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 251-299,
(Ref. Fig. 024B)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(a) CIDS Power-Up
When the CIDS is powered-up or reset, the director follows a
power-up routine. This includes the initialization and testing of
each DEU and connected equipment. Each of the two DEU A PA
amplifiers are assigned to one of the six topline audio channels.
The gain and frequency response of each amplifier is set. The
test results are transmitted to the director which compares them
with its programmed data to decide on their OK/NOT OK status.
(b) DEU A Power-Up Tests
These are tested at this stage
1
_ Discrete outputs
- All discrete outputs are switched to the passive state. Then
each output is activated separately and looped back to the
DEU gate array and measured. All the discrete outputs are
then switched to the active state. The director checks that
all the DEU current-sensing bits are activated. There is no
test available for the opto-coupled outputs.
2
_ Discrete inputs
- The director checks that no discrete inputs are active. Some
input circuit failures cannot be detected by the director.
These failures are only apparent when the appropriate input
is activated. It is also possible that a fault in equipments
connected to the director to mistaken for a faulty input
circuit.
3
_ PA amplifier volume control, frequency control and audio
output
- The director generates a test signal, and the DEU audio
outputs are monitored for correct action of the respective
circuits. These tests are only done if a loudspeaker is
connected.
4
_ No smoking, fasten seat belt, return to seat and passenger
call lamps (not applicable for LED NS/FSB signs)
- All lamp-outputs are set to OFF. The director controls the
DEUs current-limit threshold for the lamp drivers. It also
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A26
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
commands the DEU to turn on one lamp at a time. In this way,
any open-circuit lamps are detected. This test also detects
a failed current-detector.
5
_ The DEU A power supply, gate array, bus interface and BITE
status are also checked.
- The major DEU tests are continuously done for the whole time
that the CIDS is switched on. In normal operation the
director transmits information continuously to the DEUs.
When a DEU is addressed, it must respond with a parity
bit-coded message. If this response message is absent (or
the parity bit is wrong for a minimum of 4 transmissions),
then the DEU is declared to be unserviceable.
(c) DEU B Power-Up Tests
These are tested at this stage
1
_ Discrete outputs, as for DEU A described in paragraph
6.B.(2)(b)-1.
2
_ Discrete inputs, as for DEU A described in paragraph
6.B.(2)(b)-2.
3
_ Audio Input/Output. The DEU B is commanded to perform a
loop-back operation, where the handset output is
electronically connected to the handset input. The director
transmits a test signal to the DEU B. After all the audio
circuitry of the DEU B have processed this signal, it is
transmitted back to the director. The director can analyse the
signal for frequency response and audio level. The test is
also automatically performed, when a handset is unhooked.
Signal-to-noise ratio, total distortion, and handset supply
are not tested.
4
_ Serial Input/Output. Under control of the director, several
types of tests are performed to check for faulty operation:
- the register read/write test,
- the timing test,
- the status bit test,
- the parity bit test,
- the data loopback test (in conjuction with the connected
hardware).
The results of the loopback test assume the connected device
is operational.
5
_ EVAC indicator lamp. As for discrete outputs described in
paragraph 6.8.(2)(b)-1.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A27
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
DEU B - Connections to Cabin Systems
Figure 024B (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
251-299, 23-73-00
Page A28
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
DEU B - Connections to Cabin Systems
Figure 024B (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
251-299, 23-73-00
Page A29
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
6
_ Attendant Indication Panel (AIP) testing. The DEU checks the
status of the AIP BITE.
7
_ The DEU B power supply, gate array, bus interface and BITE
status are also checked. The procedure is as for DEU A,
described in paragraph 6.B(2)(b)-6. This is continuously done
while the CIDS is switched on.
(d) Interfacing and control of cabin equipment sub-sections:
1
_ General Cabin Illumination Control
This director addresses each of the four connected
illumination units on command from:
- the FWD ATTND panel,
- the Programming and Test Panel (PTP),
- the response to certain discrete inputs.
The DEU responds and switches each of the three outputs to the
addressed ballast unit to open-circuit (logic O) or to 28 V
DC (logic 1). The table below shows the illumination level
versus logic levels:
CONNECTOR PIN 1, 4, 2,5, 3,6,
9,12, 10,13 11,14
OPERATION MODE S I G N A L
-------------- ---------------------------
bright 0 0 0
dim 1 (50 %) 1 0 0
dim 2 (10 %) 0 1 0
off 0 0 1
DEU or CIDS failure results in no 28 V DC outputs. This gives
a 100 % illumination fail-state situation.
2
_ Flashing of Audio Control Panel and Lighted Sign Lamps
The DEU responds to lamp ON or OFF control commands. It
latches the respective outputs at 28 V DC or at open circuit.
The director causes the flashing of any of these lamps by
repeatedly transmitting ON commands followed by OFF commands.
3
_ Emergency Lighting Test (DEU B)
When activated at the programming and test panel, Emergency
Power Supply Units (EPSUs), connected to the DEU, are
interrogated for their status. Fault situations in the EPSU
are held in coded form. The code number corresponds to the
fault type. A DEU B reads this failure number:
The serial clock output pulses to the ON-state. The EPSU then
replies and transmits an ON pulse to the DEUs Serial In
input, interpreted as a logic one. The process is repeated
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A30
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
until there is a logic zero response from the EPSU. The number
of received logic ones corresponds to the EPSU failure number.
4
_ Reading Lights (DEU A)
All connections to the reading lights system are opto-coupled
to maintain isolation of the DEUs DC ground from the reading
lights AC ground. The director receives activation commands
for lights via the PSS. It then signals to the respective DEU
A to turn on the requested light. The DEU A then provides a
connection between the respective reading light connection and
the AC ground connection (from the reading light unit).
The lights and lights Printed Circuit Boards (PCBs) are tested
on command from the director. The R/L TEST output is
activated. The DEU reads the logic level present on the R/L
LAMP FAIL and R/L PCB FAIL inputs. It transmits the
information to the director. This test is done via the
programming and test panel.
5
_ Attendant Handsets (DEU B)
Up to two handsets may be connected in parallel to each DEU B.
The DEU performs hook-off sensing, and decodes the dial
information which arrives on the handset microphone line.
6
_ Area Call Panels (ACP) (DEU B)
Two sets of ACP outputs are provided. Each set can drive up to
two ACPs in parallel.
7
_ Attendant Indication Panels (AIP) (DEU B)
The director operates the AIPs via DEU B. A serial link from
the DEU B can be connected to two AIPs in parallel. Separate
service bus 28 V DC outputs and AIP BITE inputs are provided
for each AIP.
8
_ EVAC Equipment (DEU B)
The DEU B has two essential 28 V DC outputs to drive EVAC
indicator lights. It also has three inputs for EVAC pushbutton
connection. The input detection circuitry is on the essential
bus and remains functional in an aircraft emergency.
9
_ Additional Attendant Panel (DEU B)
The DEU B has a serial input, output and normal 28 V DC for
connection of an additional attendant panel.
(e) Emergency Mode Activation
In an aircraft emergency, the DEU operates in emergency mode. All
impermanently used parts of the DEU switch off. The DEU A PA
circuits and DEU B interphone and EVAC circuits remain energized.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A31
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
(f) Fail Safe States
When a failure of the data bus interface, the director, or the
data bus occurs the DEU maintains the current status of the
discrete cabin systems outputs for approximately 3 minutes. After
this delay the outputs switch into their pre-defined fail safe
states. All audio input/outputs are immediately switched off.
(g) DEU Addressing
The coding switch in the DEU mount gives each DEU a different
address. This method lets you remove, interchange and replace
DEUs without the need to consider the address.
C. Forward Attendant Panel
(1) Description
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 025)
**ON A/C 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 025A)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(a) General
The forward attendant panel 120RH is installed in the forward
entrance area of the aircraft. The attendant controls the
different cabin systems from the attendant panel.
R (b) The forward attendant panel performs these functions:
- adaption of signals received on the ARINC data bus links from
each CIDS director,
- processing of addressed commands and controls,
- processing of inputs from cabin systems,
- processing of inputs from the membrane switches on the front
face of the FWD ATTND panel,
- transmission of data at assigned intervals via the ARINC data
bus between the panel and both directors,
- fail-passive for data bus transmission and reception in the
event of FWD ATTND panel failure,
- short-circuit protection of all discrete outputs,
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A32
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
Connections to the Forward Attendant Panel.
Figure 025
R
EFF :
301-302,
001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 23-73-00
Page A33
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Connections to the Forward Attendant Panel.
Figure 025A
EFF :
901-901, 23-73-00
Page A34
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
- BITE functions for detection and location of faults which occur
in the panel.
(c) Architecture
R The forward attendant panel is in modular form with a master
R circuit board and sub-panels which connect to the master board.
The visible part of the panel consists of colored membrane
switches and indicator lights in a common grid pattern. Blank
face-plates replace unused sub-panels.
(d) Master Board
The master board contains all parts which are common to all
configurations of the FWD ATTND panel. This includes the power
supply, ARINC 429 transmitter and ARINC 429 receiver.
(e) Light Module
**ON A/C 001-006,
(Ref. Fig. 026)
**ON A/C 007-007, 253-299,
(Ref. Fig. 026A)
**ON A/C 008-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-252, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 026B)
**ON A/C 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 026C)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
1
_ MAIN OFF
The MAIN OFF membrane switch, switches off the following
systems:
- general illumination in the cabin and the entrance areas,
- reading lights,
- attendant work light,
- lavatory light,
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A35
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
Light Module
Figure 026
EFF :
001-006, 23-73-00
Page A36
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Light Module
Figure 026A
R
EFF :
007-007, 253-299, 23-73-00
Page A37
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Light Module
Figure 026B
R
EFF :
901-901,
008-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-252, 23-73-00
Page A38
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Light Module
Figure 026C
R
EFF :
301-302, 23-73-00
Page A39
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
The function MAIN OFF is disabled in flight.
2
_ MAIN ON
The MAIN ON membrane switch, switches on the general
illumination in the cabin and entrance areas with a brightness
of 100%. The integral light in the membrane switches BRT, WDO,
and CLG comes on. If a membrane switch for the cabin or entry
area is already pressed the MAIN ON membrane switch has no
effect for the respective area.
3
_ ENTRY FWD BRT/ENTRY AFT BRT
The ENTRY FWD BRT or ENTRY AFT BRT membrane switches, switch
on the general illumination in the respective entrance area
with a brightness of 100%. The integral light in the membrane
switch comes on. Pushing the membrane switch a second time,
switches off the general illumination of the respective
entrance areas and the integral lights.
4
_ ENTRY FWD DIM 1/ENTRY AFT DIM 1
The ENTRY FWD DIM 1 or ENTRY AFT DIM 1 membrane switches,
switch on the general illumination in the respective entrance
areas with a brightness of approx 50%. The integral lights in
the membrane switches come on. Pushing the membrane switches a
second time, switches off the general illumination in the
respective areas and the integral lights.
5
_ ENTRY FWD DIM 2/ENTRY AFT DIM 2
The ENTRY FWD DIM 2 or ENTRY AFT DIM 2 membrane switches,
switch on the general illumination in the respective entrance
areas with a brightness of approx. 10%. The integral lights in
the membrane switches come on. Pushing the membrane switches a
second time, switches off the general illumination in the
respective entrance areas and the integral lights.
R **ON A/C 001-006, 009-049, 051-053, 251-252,
6
_ CABIN LIGHTING/BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2
The CABIN LIGHTING/BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2 membrane switches, for the
cabin, have the same function as the ENTRY/BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2
membrane switches, for the entrance area.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A40
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-007, 253-299,
6
_ CABIN LIGHTING FWD/AFT-BRT-DIM 1-DIM 2
The CABIN LIGHTING FWD/AFT-BRT-DIM 1-DIM 2 membrane switches,
R for the cabin area, have the same function as the
R ENTRY-BRT-DIM 1-DIM 2 membrane switches, for the entrance
R area.
R **ON A/C 008-008, 201-249, 301-302, 901-901,
6
_ CABIN LIGHTING/BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2
The CABIN LIGHTING/BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2 membrane switches, for the
cabin, have the same function as the ENTRY/BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2
membrane switches, for the entrance area.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
7
_ CABIN LIGHTING WDO
When the general illumination for a cabin area is switched on,
the CABIN LIGHTING WDO membrane switch integral light comes
on. Pushing the membrane switch, switches off the general
illumination at the windows left and right and the integral
light. Pushing the membrane switch a second time, switches on
the general illumination at the windows and the membrane
switch integral light comes on.
8
_ CABIN LIGHTING CLG
When the general illumination for a cabin area is switched on,
the CABIN LIGHTING CLG membrane switch integral light goes on.
Pushing the membrane switch, switches off the general
illumination in the ceiling and the integral light. Pushing
the membrane switch a second time switches on the general
illumination in the ceiling and the membrane switch integral
light comes on.
9
_ POWER READ
The POWER READ membrane switch, switches on the power supply
for the reading lights. The integral light in the membrane
switch comes on. Pushing the membrane switch a second time
switches off the power supply and the membrane switch integral
light goes off.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A41
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
10
__ POWER ATTN
The POWER ATTN membrane switch, switches on the power supply
for the attendant work lights. The integral light in the
membrane switch comes on. Pushing the membrane switch a second
time switches off the power supply and the membrane switch
integral light goes off.
11
__ POWER LAV
The POWER LAV membrane switch, switches on the power supply
for the lavatory lights to a brightness of approx. 50%. The
integral light of the membrane switch comes on. Pushing the
membrane switch a second time switches off the power supply
and the membrane switch integral light goes off.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
(f) Audio Module
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-008, 201-249, 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 027)
R **ON A/C 007-007, 009-049, 051-053, 252-299,
(Ref. Fig. 027A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302,
The Audio Module gives centralized control over boarding music
and prerecorded announcements.
1
_ MUSIC ON/OFF
The MUSIC ON/OFF membrane switch, switches on the boarding
music. The integral light in the membrane switch comes on.
Pushing the membrane switch a second time switches off the
boarding music and the integral light goes off.
2
_ MUSIC SEL
The MUSIC SEL membrane switch, switches the boarding music to
the next channel. The selected channel is shown on the
numerical display.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A42
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Audio Module
Figure 027
R
EFF :
001-006, 008-008, 201-249, 301-302, 23-73-00
Page A43
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Audio Module
Figure 027A
R
EFF :
007-007, 009-049, 051-053, 252-299, 23-73-00
Page A44
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
3
_ MUSIC+/MUSIC-
Pushing the MUSIC+/MUSIC- membrane switch increases/decreases
the loudness of the boarding music. The loudness is indicated
on a 10 step rectangular LED row.
4
_ PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT
This area on the front face of the audio module includes a
display for the selected announcements and a keyboard and
function keys.
To start prerecorded announcement push the related key and
then the ENTER membrane switch. When the recorder has found
the correct announcement the READY indicator comes on. Pushing
the START NEXT membrane switch starts the announcement and the
READY indicator goes off. If more than one announcement is
selected, the START ALL membrane switch activates all
announcements. If the ENTER membrane switch is not pushed the
selected announcement will be accepted after a delay of
approx. 5 s.
An LED in front of each MEMO display indicates which memory is
selected for modification.
R **ON A/C 251-251,
(f) Audio Module
(Ref. Fig. 027B)
The Audio Module gives centralized control over boarding music
and prerecorded announcements.
1
_ MUSIC ON/OFF
The MUSIC ON/OFF membrane switch, switches on the boarding
music. The integral light in the membrane switch comes on.
Pushing the membrane switch a second time switches off the
boarding music and the integral light goes off.
2
_ MUSIC SEL
The MUSIC SEL membrane switch, switches the boarding music to
the next channel. The selected channel is shown on the
numerical display.
3
_ MUSIC+/MUSIC-
Pushing the MUSIC+/MUSIC- membrane switch increases/decreases
the loudness of the boarding music. The loudness is indicated
on a 10 step rectangular LED row.
R
EFF :
301-302,
001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 23-73-00
Page A45
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Audio Module
Figure 027B
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-73-00
Page A46
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
4
_ PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT
This area on the front face of the audio module includes a
display for the selected announcements and a keyboard and
function keys.
To start the prerecorded announcement push the related key and
then the ENTER membrane switch. When the recorder has found
the correct announcement the READY indicator comes on. Pushing
the START NEXT membrane switch starts the announcement and the
READY indicator goes off. When more than one announcement is
selected, the START ALL membrane switch activates all
announcements. If the ENTER membrane switch is not pushed the
selected announcement will be accepted after a delay of
approx. 5 s.
**ON A/C 007-007,
5
_ PES ON/OFF
Pushing the PES ON/OFF membrane switch, switches on the
passenger entertainment system. The membrane switch integral
light comes on. Pushing the membrane switch a second time
switches off the passenger entertainment system and the
membrane switch integral light goes off.
R **ON A/C 251-299,
5
_ PES ON/OFF
Pushing the PES ON/OFF membrane switch, switches on the
passenger entertainment system. The membrane switch integral
light comes on. Pushing the membrane switch a second time
switches off the passenger entertainment system and the
membrane switch integral light goes off.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(g) MISCELLANEOUS MODULE
**ON A/C 001-006, 008-049,
(Ref. Fig. 028)
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A47
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Miscellaneous Module
Figure 028
EFF :
001-006, 008-049, 23-73-00
Page A48
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
**ON A/C 007-007,
(Ref. Fig. 028A)
**ON A/C 051-053, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 028B)
R **ON A/C 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 028C)
R **ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 028D)
R **ON A/C 252-299,
(Ref. Fig. 028E)
R **ON A/C 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 028F)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
1
_ LIGHT EMER
The LIGHT EMER pushbutton switch, switches on the emergency
lighting system. The integral light in the pushbutton switch
comes on. Pushing the pushbutton switch a second time switches
off the emergency lighting system and the integral light. The
function of the pushbutton is independent from the CIDS power
supply.
2
_ CIDS PNL LIGHT TEST
The CIDS PNL LIGHT TEST membrane switch, switches on all the
lights in the panel and the membrane switch integral light as
long as the membrane switch is pressed.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A49
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Miscellaneous Module
Figure 028A
R
EFF :
007-007, 23-73-00
Page A50
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Miscellaneous Module
Figure 028B
EFF :
051-053, 901-901, 23-73-00
Page A51
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Miscellaneous Module
R Figure 028C
R
EFF :
201-249, 23-73-00
Page A52
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Miscellaneous Module
R Figure 028D
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-73-00
Page A53
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Miscellaneous Module
R Figure 028E
R
EFF :
252-299, 23-73-00
Page A54
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Miscellaneous Module
Figure 028F
R
EFF :
301-302, 23-73-00
Page A55
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
R 3
_ EVAC
The indicator light EVAC is controlled by a discrete input.
4
_ EVAC CMD
The EVAC CMD membrane switch, switches on the evacuation
system. The integral light in the membrane switch comes on.
Pushing the membrane switch a second time switches off the
evacuation system and the integral light. The membrane switch
switches a discrete input to ground.
5
_ RESET
The RESET membrane switch, switches off the warning horn, if
the evacuation system is activated. It also switches off the
lavatory smoke warning if the warning is activated. The
membrane switch switches a discrete input to ground.
6
_ CIDS CAUTION
The CIDS CAUTION light is resettable in flight, but comes on
again on the ground (landing gear down and locked). The light
cannot be reset on the ground. When a CIDS CAUTION occurs, the
respective failure message is displayed on the programming and
test panel.
7
_ SMOKE LAV
The SMOKE LAV indicator light comes on when a signal from the
smoke detector is received.
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 251-251, 301-302,
8
_ CALL RESET
The CALL RESET membrane switch resets a passenger call.
R **ON A/C 251-251,
9
_ PAX CHIME INHIB
The PAX CHIME INHIB membrane switch prevents a passenger call
chime. The integral light in the membrane switch comes on.
Pushing the membrane switch a second time switches off the
chime inhibition function and the membrane switch integral
light goes off.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A56
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
10
__ WATER QTY
The WATER QTY LED display shows the actual contents in the
water tank graduated in 20 steps, each step is equal to 5%.
**ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 301-302,
11
__ WASTE QTY
The WASTE QTY LED display shows the actual contents in the
waste tank graduated in 20 steps, each step is equal to 5%.
**ON A/C 007-049, 051-053, 251-299, 901-901,
11
__ WASTE QTY
The WASTE QTY LED display shows the actual contents in the
waste tank graduated in 20 steps, each step is equal to 5%.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
12
__ IND ON
The IND ON membrane switch, switches on the water and waste
indicating system.
**ON A/C 007-007, 251-251,
13
__ Cabin Ready function
(Ref. Fig. 029)
R The cabin ready signaling depends on the different Flight
R Phases (FP). The cabin crew can indicate the status cabin
ready for take-off and landing.
The status is indicated on:
- the ECAM upper display unit, on the take-off check-list (on,
2min. after both engines running), or on the landing
check-list, (on, lower 2000ft and landing gear extended),
- on the FAP 120RH in the cabin ready membrane switch (LED).
The take-off check-list and landing check-list shows the
message CABIN READY, when the function is activated. It shows
the message CABIN CHECK, when the function is not activated,
or reset.
The function is activated, when you push the cabin ready
membrane switch on the FAP:
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A57
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
Flight Phases
Figure 029 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
007-007, 251-251, 23-73-00
Page A58
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Flight Phases
Figure 029 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
007-007, 251-251, 23-73-00
Page A59
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
- in FP1, when oil press is high,
- in FP2, FP3,
- FP6 and slats extended,
- FP7, FP8,
- FP9, until 80kts +30sec.
The function is reset:
- when you push the cabin ready membrane switch a second time
(FP conditions as for activation),
- at take-off when the A/C is faster than 80kts FP4,
- if an approach in FP6, FP7 is rejected,
- after landing in FP9 when the A/C is slower than 80kts
+30sec,
- after touch and go FP8, with retracted slats.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
14
__ SYSTEM INOP, LAV INOP
The SYSTEM INOP indicator light comes on, if the vacuum waste
system fails.
R **ON A/C 251-251, 301-302,
15
__ SLIDES ARMED
The SIDES ARMED indication light is off when all slides are
disarmed.
When at least one slide is armed the indication light flashes
(green).
When all slides are armed the indication light (green) is
steady on.
16
__ DOORS CLOSED
The DOORS CLOSED indication light comes on, when all doors are
closed.
When at least one door is opened, the indication light goes
off.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
R D. Aft Attendant Panel
**ON A/C 001-006,
(Ref. Fig. 030)
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A60
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
R Aft Attendant Panel
Figure 030
EFF :
001-006, 23-73-00
Page A61
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-007, 253-299,
(Ref. Fig. 030A)
R **ON A/C 008-049, 051-053, 252-252, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 030B)
R **ON A/C 201-249, 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 030C)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 031)
(1) Description
(a) General
R The Aft Attendant Panel (AAP) 126RH is installed in the aft
R entrance area of the aircraft. It enables the aft attendant to
control different cabin systems.
(b) Function
R The Aft attendant panel performs these functions:
- the adaptation of received data bus signals,
- the processing of addressed commands and controls,
- the processing of inputs from cabin systems,
- the processing of inputs from membrane switches on AFT
attendant panel,
- the transmission of data at assigned intervals via the data
bus,
- the fail passive for data bus transmission and reception in
case of AFT attendant panel failure,
- the short-circuit protection of discrete outputs.
(c) Architecture
R The aft attendant panel contains these principle components:
- the power supply,
- the RS 232 data bus receiver and transmitter,
- the processing module,
- the I/O circuitry.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A62
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
R Aft Attendant Panel
Figure 030A
EFF :
007-007, 253-299, 23-73-00
Page A63
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
R Aft Attendant Panel
Figure 030B
R
EFF :
901-901,
008-049, 051-053, 252-252, 301-302, 23-73-00
Page A64
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
R Aft Attendant Panel
Figure 030C
R
EFF :
201-249, 251-251, 23-73-00
Page A65
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
R Connections to the Aft Attendant Panel
Figure 031
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A66
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
1
_ Power Supply
The power supply derives from the service busbar 601PP for all
the necessary internal voltages from a 28 V DC input.
2
_ RS 232 Interface
The RS 232 interface receives serial data from the DEU B and
converts it into the parallel data format. The RS 232
interface also takes parallel data from the processing module,
serializes it and transmits it to the DEU B. Separate lines
are used for transmission and reception of data.
3
_ Processing Module
R The processing module carries out all internal operations of
R the aft attendant panel. It interfaces the membrane switches
and indicators to the RS 232 interface. The processing module
also does BITE functions and control of any discrete inputs or
outputs (e.g. for EVAC controls and the water system). Where
no discrete output is provided, a membrane switch reports its
operation to the DEU. The DEU reports it to the director. The
director performs the actions associated with pressing a
membrane switch.
4
_ Output Circuitry
R All outputs of the Aft Attendant Panel are short-circuit
R protected.
(d) Description
R The Aft Attendant Panel comprises of:
**ON A/C 001-006,
- the ENTRY BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2 membrane switches,
- the RESET membrane switch,
- the EVAC indicator,
- the CALL RESET membrane switch.
R **ON A/C 007-007, 253-299,
- the ENTRY BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2 membrane switches,
- the AFT BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2 membrane switches,
- the RESET membrane switch,
- the EVAC indicator,
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A67
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 008-049, 051-053, 301-302, 901-901,
- the ENTRY BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2 membrane switches,
- the CABIN BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2 membrane switches,
- the RESET membrane switch,
- the EVAC indicator,
**ON A/C 201-249, 251-251,
- the ENTRY BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2 membrane switches,
- the CABIN BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2 membrane switches,
- the RESET membrane switch,
- the EVAC indicator,
- the CALL RESET membrane switch.
**ON A/C 252-252,
- the ENTRY BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2 membrane switches,
- the CABIN BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2 membrane switches,
- the RESET membrane switch,
- the EVAC indicator,
**ON A/C 201-249, 251-299, 301-302,
R E. Switch panel (2064VU)
(1) Description
(Ref. Fig. 032)
(a) General
R The switch panel is installed adjacent to the mid RH and exit RH
R attendant station.
(b) Function
R The switch panel performs these functions:
R - indication of the EVAC alert,
R - reset of the EVAC signaling,
R - reset of the acoustic and visual smoke warnings, related to the
R respective lavatory.
R
EFF : 008-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A68
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
R Switch panel (2064VU)
Figure 032
EFF :
201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 23-73-00
Page A69
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
(c) Architecture
R The switch panel comprises:
- the EVAC alert indication light,
R - the RESET membrane switch.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
F. Programming and Test Panel
(1) Description
(Ref. Fig. 033)
(a) General
The Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH is installed in the
rear wall of lavatory A. It is located at the FWD attendant
station, behind a hinged access door next to the installed FWD
attendant panel. For correct CIDS operation, the Cabin Assignment
Module (CAM) must be installed in the socked. This is provided on
the panel front face. The PTP enables the forward attendant and
other personnel to extensively test and re-program the CIDS.
(b) Function and Layout
The functions of the PTP are as follows:
- To program the CIDS properties and cabin layout information
into the CIDS directors, which are copied from the CAM.
- To manually down-load the alternative CAM layout into the
directors and cause this layout to be down-loaded automatically
in subsequent CIDS start-ups.
To onboard re-program:
- CAM data,
- activation of the provisioned CIDS extra functions,
- change cabin layout,
- implement cabin zoning.
- To monitor the failure status of the CIDS and some of the
connected systems.
- To examine the fault data held in the director BITE memory.
- To activate CIDS component tests and the readout of the
results.
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A70
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
Programming and Test Panel
Figure 033
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A71
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
The PTP has an alphanumeric display with four rows of twenty
characters. The display is used to present messages, test
results and selection menus. At either end of each display row
are blank keys. They are labelled on the display with < or
> characters. A conventional keypad is provided for entry of
numerical data. One membrane switch switches the display on and
two membrane switches test the emergency lights. Three
indicator lamps are provided for emergency lighting
system/testing indications. The Cabin Assignment Module (CAM)
115RH plugs into a socket on the front face of the panel.
(c) Architecture
An ARINC 429 interface handles all communications between the PTP
and the directors. A single output is connected to both
directors. Two separate buffered inputs are provided, one for
each director. The PTP power supply derives all the internal
voltages from one 28 V DC input.
The display is automatically switched off after ten minutes of
panel nonoperation (i.e. no key pressed).
The CAM is interfaced within the PTP to allow the panel to read,
and also to modify the CAM data. The PTP is able to transfer any
of the CAMs internal layouts to the director.
BITE is incorporated into all the circuits of the PTP.
(d) Cabin Assignment Module
The Cabin Assignment Module (CAM) 115RH defines all of the
modifiable system properties and layout information for the CIDS.
It contains the possibility for four cabin layouts, (LAYOUT 1 - 3
and LAYOUT M.
--------------
| LAYOUT 1 | ------ Marker
--------------
| LAYOUT 2 | ------
--------------
| LAYOUT 3 | ------
--------------
| LAYOUT M | ------
--------------
All cabin layouts are programmed according to the airlines
requests. You can modified these layouts via the PTP.
At the end of the modification procedure the new layout is
automatically stored as layout M.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A72
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
(2) Mandatory Layout
For security reasons, there is a mandatory layout laid down in the
directors to ensure the operation of the system in all conditions.
The mandatory layout is used in following conditions:
- if normal power is not available,
- if the CAM is inoperativ,
- if the PTP is inoperativ.
(3) Operation
(Ref. Fig. 034)
(a) General
The Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH transmits data to both
CIDS directors via a single ARINC 429 bus. It receives data via
two ARINC 429 busses, one from each director.
Four discrete connections are provided to the emergency lighting
system. A DC ground and 28 V DC line connect to the PTP for BAT
indication and for switch-over functions. +28 V DC is fed to the
PTP from service busbar 601PP circuit breaker 161RH.
After CIDS power-up the panel display stays on for approx. 10
minutes, then the DSPL ON membrane switch must be pressed to
activate the panel display. The first selection menu then appears
and shows the modes available. The various modes are explained
under the separate section. System Testing and Programming in
this chapter (Ref. paragraph 8).
The selection of displayed RET function returns to the previous
menu when the display labelled key is pushed. When the DSPL ON
key is pushed, it always returns the user to the first menu. When
numerical data is to be entered, one of the blank keys displays
ENTER. The word ENTER is displayed on the blank keys when a data
input is required. A sign flashes to show the correct position
for the data input. When the data is entered, the sign does not
flash. The digits of the data input replace the sign. The sign
will flash in the next row which now requires an input. Pushing
the CLR membrane switch deletes all the digits so far entered.
Pushing the menu-labelled ENTER key enters the complete number
and the PTP can then use it.
For correct CIDS operation, the CAM must be plugged in. There is
no possibility of programming the CIDS while the CAM is missing.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A73
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Programming and Test Panel-System Connections
Figure 034
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A74
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
(b) CAM LAYOUT Marking
The four CAM layout memories are nonvolatile, and one of them is
always electronically marked as the current layout. When the CIDS
is powered-up, the marked layout is automatically down loaded via
the PTP ARINC 429 link to the memories of both directors. The
sub-menu listing the layouts displays the marked layout in
flashing mode.
When any change of parameters via the PTP is done, the resulting
modified layout is stored in the CAM layout M. The marker is
automatically set to layout M. Each time a modified layout is
transfered to the Layout M, a CAM internal software count is
incremented for documentation purposes.
(c) Emergency Lighting Test Activation
There are two emergency lighting tests activated from the PTP:
- the battery test,
- the system test.
These tests are described in the System Testing and Programming
section (Ref. para. 8)
G. Attendant Indication Panel
(1) Description
(Ref. Fig. 035)
(a) General
An Attendant Indication Panel (AIP) 320RH is installed at each
attendant station. The panel lights are visible from at least ten
meters away. They provide an attendant far call function, and its
alphanumeric display is readable from about two meters distance.
The display provides system-related information. It is divided
into two rows of sixteen characters each.
(b) Architecture
(Ref. Fig. 036)
The AIP comprises of these modules:
- a display panel with two lines, each with sixteen characters,
- a display controller which includes a character generator,
- a display driver,
- an single chip microcomputer which includes a serial interface,
- a RAM and READ Only Memory (ROM) as program memory,
- an erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EPROM), as a memory
for the indicated texts, alternatively the EPROM can be part of
the single chip microcomputer and can also be used as a program
memory,
- a line receiver,
- a power supply circuit,
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A75
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Attendant Indication Panel
Figure 035
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A76
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Attendant Indication Panel - Block Diagram .
Figure 036
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A77
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
- an additional circuits to provide an optimized visual range and
a far reaching call function,
- a one pink indicator light,
- a one green indicator light.
The microcomputer coordinates the operation of all the AIP
modules and running of the software contained in the ROM. 14 to
32 V DC powers the AIP with a voltage regulator which derives the
necessary internally used voltages. The line receiver/serial
interface is for RS232 reception. One output is provided and is
used to signal the BITE status of the AIP (see the BITE
description in the Operation section (Ref. paragraph
6.F.(2)(f). All messages for alphanumeric display are stored in
the EPROM. They are selected and transferred to the display
according to commands received from the RS232 interface. The
parallel interface connects to the two lamps. These can be
switched on in either continuous or flashing mode (1Hz) according
to the commands received.
**ON A/C 001-006,
H. Area Call Panel
(Ref. Fig. 037)
(1) Description
(a) General
The Area Call Panel (ACP) 340RH is installed at each end of the
passenger compartment to the left and right of center in the
ceiling. The ACP has four separately controlled fields, each
contains two parallel connected lamps. The lights are visible
from the front or rear of the ACP. They are colored in one of two
available cover lenses. The colors are as follows:
- color 1 = amber,
- color 2 = green,
- color 3 = pink,
- color 4 = blue.
The fields are activated either continuously or are flashed. They
are used as a far-call facility to warn cabin attendants of
passenger call, interphone call, and lavatory smoke.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A78
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Area Call Panel
Figure 037
R
EFF :
901-901,
001-049, 201-249, 252-299, 301-302, 23-73-00
Page A79
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 007-049, 901-901,
H. Area Call Panel
(Ref. Fig. 037)
(1) Description
(a) General
The Area Call Panel (ACP) 340RH is installed at each end of the
passenger compartment to the left and right of center in the
ceiling. The ACP has four separately controlled fields, each
contains two parallel connected lamps. The lights are visible
from the front or rear of the ACP. They are colored in one of two
available cover lenses. The colors are as follows:
- color 1 = amber,
- color 2 = pink,
- color 3 = pink,
- color 4 = blue.
The fields are activated either continuously or are flashed. They
are used as a far-call facility to warn cabin attendants of
PAX-call, interphone call, and lavatory smoke.
**ON A/C 051-053,
H. Area Call Panel
(Ref. Fig. 037A)
(1) Description
(a) General
The Area Call Panel (ACP) 340RH is installed at each end of the
passenger compartment to the left and right of center in the
ceiling. The ACP has four separately controlled fields. Each
contains parallel connected colored LEDs. The ACP is covered by a
milk-colored cover. The illuminated lights are visible from the
front or rear of the ACP.
The colors are as follows:
- color 1 = amber,
- color 2 = pink,
- color 3 = pink,
- color 4 = blue.
The fields are activated either continuously or flashing. They
are used as a far-call facility to inform cabin attendants of
PAX-call, interphone call and lavatory smoke.
EFF :
007-049, 051-053, 901-901, 23-73-00
Page A80
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Area Call Panel
Figure 037A
R
EFF :
051-053, 251-251, 23-73-00
Page A81
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
**ON A/C 201-249,
H. Area Call Panel
(Ref. Fig. 037)
(1) Description
(a) General
Eight Area Call Panels (ACPs) 340RH are installed in the ceiling
of the passenger compartment, two at each door area. The ACP has
four separately controlled fields, each contains two parallel
connected lamps. The lights are visible from the front or rear of
the ACP. They are colored in one of two available cover lenses.
The colors are as follows:
- color 1 = amber,
- color 2 = green,
- color 3 = pink,
- color 4 = blue.
The fields are activated either continuously or are flashed. They
are used as a far-call facility to warn cabin attendants of
PAX-call, interphone call, and lavatory smoke.
**ON A/C 251-251,
H. Area Call Panel
(Ref. Fig. 037A)
(1) Description
(a) General
Eight Area Call Panels (ACPs) 340RH are installed in the ceiling
of the passenger compartment, two at each door area. The ACP has
four separately controlled fields. Each contains parallel
connected colored LEDs. The ACP is covered by a milk-colored
cover. The illuminated lights are visible from the front or rear
of the ACP.
The colors are as follows:
- color 1 = amber,
- color 2 = pink,
- color 3 = pink,
- color 4 = blue.
R
EFF :
201-249, 251-251, 23-73-00
Page A82
Config-2 Aug 01/06
THY
The fields are activated either continuously or flashing. They
are used as a far-call facility to inform cabin attendants of
passenger call, interphone call and lavatory smoke.
R **ON A/C 252-299, 301-302,
R H. Area Call Panel
R (Ref. Fig. 037)
R (1) Description
R (a) General
R Eight Area Call Panels (ACPs) 340RH are installed in the ceiling
R of the passenger compartment, two at each door area. The ACP has
R four separately controlled fields, each contains two parallel
R connected lamps. The lights are visible from the front or rear of
R the ACP. They are colored in one of two available cover lenses.
R The colors are as follows:
R - color 1 = amber,
R - color 2 = pink,
R - color 3 = pink,
R - color 4 = blue.
R The fields are activated either continuously or are flashed. They
R are used as a far-call facility to warn cabin attendants of
R passenger call, interphone call, and lavatory smoke.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(2) Operation
(a) General
Five discrete connections connect each ACP to a DEU B. One for
each field and one for a common connection. The DEU B switches
the fields separatly. Any field or combinations of fields can be
OFF, steady ON or flashing ON. For flashing the DEU B repeatedly
switches the field(s) on and off.
(b) Call Functions
The ACP performs call functions which are described fully under
the appropriate System Operation section of this chapter (Ref.
paragraph 7.). For lavatory smoke, the respective chapter must be
refered to.
(c) Built-In Test Equipment
No BITE is provided.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A83
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
J. Interphone Handsets
R **ON A/C 001-049, 201-249, 251-251, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 038)
**ON A/C 051-053,
(Ref. Fig. 038A)
R **ON A/C 252-299,
(Ref. Fig. 038B)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(1) Description
(a) General
Each attendant station is equipped with a handset 330RH for PA
and interphone dialling and communication. The flight compartment
is equipped with a handset 130RH for PA use only. Handset 330RH
rests in a cradle 332RH, and handset 130RH in a cradle 132RH.
R **ON A/C 001-006, 009-049, 201-249, 251-251, 301-302, 901-901,
(b) Function
The handsets and cradles provide these functions:
- the hook-off sensing,
- the Press-To-Talk (PTT) switching,
- the PA announcements,
- the single-and double key call-activation via integral keypad,
- telephone conversation (cabin handset 330RH only).
R **ON A/C 007-008, 051-053, 252-299,
(b) Function
The handsets and cradles provide these functions:
- the hook-off sensing,
- the Press-To-Talk (PTT) switching,
- the PA announcements,
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A84
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Cabin Handset
Figure 038
R
EFF :
901-901,
001-049, 201-249, 251-251, 301-302, 23-73-00
Page A85
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Cabin Handset
Figure 038A
EFF :
051-053, 23-73-00
Page A86
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
Cabin Handset
Figure 038B
R
EFF :
252-299, 23-73-00
Page A87
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
- the single-key call-activation via integral keypad,
- telephone conversation (cabin handset 330RH only).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(c) Architecture
Both handset types contain:
- the microphone unit which includes a pre-amplifier,
- the earphone,
- the push-to-talk switch,
- the handset support bracket including a permanent magnet.
The cabin handset 330RH also contains:
- a keyboard with 12 touch keys,
- a tone dialling interface circuit.
**ON A/C 001-006, 009-049,
(d) Cabin Handset Keyboard
The handset has 12 keys arranged on a 3 x 4 matrix, the keys are
used for:
- Cockpit call: push the CAPT pushbutton switch
- Conference call: push the INTPH and the ALL pushbutton switch
- FWD attnd call: push the INTPH and the FWD pushbutton switch
- AFT attnd call: push the INTPH and the AFT pushbutton switch
- PA ALL: push PA and PTT pushbutton switch
- Direct PA: push PTT
- Service Int: push 2x INTPH
- Emergency call: push EMER CALL
- Clear handset operation: push RESET.
**ON A/C 007-007,
(d) Cabin Handset Keyboard
The handset has 12 keys arranged in a 3x4 matrix, the keys are
used for:
- Cockpit call: push CAPT
- Conference call: push INTPH + ALL
- Forward attendant call: push INTPH + FWD
- Aft attendant call: push INTPH + AFT
- PA ALL: push PA + ALL
- PA FWD: push PA + 1
- PA AFT: push PA + 2
- Direct PA: push PTT
- Service Interphone: push INTPH + INTPH
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A88
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
- Emergency call: push EMER CALL
- Clear handset operation: push RESET
**ON A/C 008-008, 901-901,
(d) Cabin Handset Keyboard
The handset has 12 keys arranged on a 3 x 4 matrix, the keys are
used for:
- Cockpit call: push the CAPT pushbutton switch
- Conference call: push the INTPH and the ALL pushbutton switch
- FWD attnd call: push the INTPH and the FWD pushbutton switch
- AFT attnd call: push the INTPH and the AFT pushbutton switch
- PA ALL: push PA and ALL pushbutton switch
- Direct PA: push PTT
- Service Int: push 2x INTPH
- Emergency call: push EMER CALL
- Clear handset operation: push RESET.
**ON A/C 051-053,
(d) Cabin Handset Keyboard
The handset has 9 keys arranged on a 3 x 3 matrix, the keys are
used for:
- Emergency call: push the EMER CALL pushbutton switch
- Flight compartment call: push the CAPT pushbutton switch
- All attnd call: push the ALL ATTND pushbutton switch
- FWD attnd call: push the FWD ATTND pushbutton switch
- AFT LH attnd call: push the AFT L ATTND pushbutton switch
- AFT RH attnd call: push the AFT R ATTND pushbutton switch
- PA ALL: push PA ALL pushbutton switch
- Direct PA: push PTT
- Service Int: push the SVCE pushbutton switch
- Clear handset operation: push RESET.
R
R **ON A/C 201-249,
(d) Cabin Handset Keyboard
The handset has 12 keys arranged on a 3 x 4 matrix, the keys are
used for:
- Cockpit call: push the CAPT pushbutton switch
- FWD attnd call: push the INTPH and the FWD pushbutton switch
- MID attnd call: push the INTPH and the MID pushbutton switch
- EXIT attnd call: push the INTPH and the EXIT pushbutton switch
R
EFF :
007-008, 051-053, 201-249, 901-901, 23-73-00
Page A89
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
- AFT attnd call: push the INTPH and the AFT pushbutton switch
- PA ALL: push PA and ALL pushbutton switch
- Direct PA: push PTT
- Service Int: push 2x INTPH
- Emergency call: push EMER CALL
- Clear handset operation: push RESET.
R **ON A/C 251-251,
(d) Cabin Handset Keyboard
The handset has 12 keys arranged on a 3 x 4 matrix, the keys are
used for:
- Cockpit call: push CAPT
- Conference call: push INTPH and ALL
- FWD attnd call: push INTPH and FWD
- MID attnd call: push INTPH and MID
- EXIT attnd call: push INTPH and EXIT
- AFT L/R attnd call: push INTPH and AFT
- PA ALL: push PA and PTT
- Direct PA: push PTT
- Service Int: push 2x INTPH
- Emergency call: push EMER CALL
- Clear handset operation: push RESET.
R **ON A/C 252-299,
R (d) Cabin Handset Keyboard
R The handset has 12 keys arranged on a 3 x 4 matrix, the keys are
R used for:
R - Emergency call: push the EMER CALL pushbutton switch
R - Flight compartment call: push the CAPT pushbutton switch
R - All attnd call: push the ALL ATTND pushbutton switch
R - FWD attnd call: push the FWD ATTND pushbutton switch
R - MID attnd call: push the MID ATTND pushbutton switch
R - EXIT attnd call: push the EXIT ATTND pushbutton switch
R - AFT attnd call: push the AFT ATTND pushbutton switch
R - PA ALL: push PA ALL pushbutton switch
R - Direct PA: push PTT
R - Service Int: push the SVCE pushbutton switch
R - Clear handset operation: push RESET.
R
EFF :
201-249, 251-299, 23-73-00
Page A90
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 301-302,
(d) Cabin Handset Keyboard
The handset has 12 keys arranged on a 3 x 4 matrix, the keys are
used for:
- Cockpit call: push the CAPT pushbutton switch
- Conference call: push the INTPH and the All pushbutton switch
- FWD attnd call: push the INTPH and the FWD pushbutton switch
- MID attnd call: push the INTPH and the MID pushbutton switch
- EXIT attnd call: push the INTPH and the EXIT pushbutton switch
- AFT attnd call: push the INTPH and the AFT pushbutton switch
- PA ALL: push PA and ALL pushbutton switch
- Direct PA: push PTT
- Service Int: push 2x INTPH
- Emergency call: push EMER CALL
- Clear handset operation: push RESET.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(e) Cabin Handset Interface Circuit
The interface circuit decodes the keyboard matrix and generates
Dual Tone Multiple Frequency (DTMF) coded dial signals. The
interface normally routes the speech signal through to its
output. When a key is pressed, it disconnects the speech and
supplies the DTMF signals to the output.
R **ON A/C 001-008, 201-249, 301-302,
K. PA Loudspeaker
(1) Description
The PA loudspeakers are used for:
- the PA announcements,
- the broadcast of boarding music,
- the broadcast of video sound,
- the attendant call chimes,
- the evacuation tone signalling.
Each loudspeaker is connected to an DEU A. Fine adjustment of volume
and frequency characteristics for each loudspeaker is possible. This
is done according to CAM data.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A91
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 009-049, 251-299,
K. PA Loudspeaker
(1) Description
The PA loudspeakers are used for:
- the PA announcements,
- the broadcast of boarding music,
- the broadcast of video sound,
- the attendant call chimes,
- the evacuation tone signalling.
Each loudspeaker is connected to an DEU A. Fine adjustment of volume
and frequency characteristics for each loudspeaker is possible. This
is done according to CAM data.
**ON A/C 051-053, 901-901,
K. PA Loudspeaker
(1) Description
The PA loudspeakers are used for:
- the PA announcements,
- the broadcast of boarding music,
- the attendant call chimes,
- the evacuation tone signalling.
Each loudspeaker is connected to an DEU A. Fine adjustment of volume
and frequency characteristics for each loudspeaker is possible. This
is done according to CAM data. All necessary BITE is contained in the
DEUs A. The CIDS test facilities locate any failed loudspeaker.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
7. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating
A. CIDS Energization
The CIDS is designed to operate whenever the essential busbar 401PP and
service busbar 601PP are energized. It has no ON/OFF switches. Circuit
breakers protect the CIDS components and will remain normally closed,
except for tests or current overload.
All the CIDS units are supplied with 28 VDC.
When electrical power is supplied to the CIDS, a power-up test is done.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A92
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
B. Passenger Address System
(1) PA System Architecture
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 039)
R **ON A/C 007-007, 051-053, 252-299,
(Ref. Fig. 039A)
R **ON A/C 251-251,
(Ref. Fig. 039B)
**ON A/C 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 039C)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
The components, interfaces and signal sources of the CIDS which are
related to the PA system are as follows:
(a) Flight Compartment
- the audio selector panels,
- the flight compartment boomset,
- the hand microphones,
- the oxygen mask microphones,
- the flight compartment handset located at the center pedestal.
(b) Avionics Compartment
- the audio management unit,
- the link to CFDS,
- the two CIDS directors,
- the oil pressure switch,
- the flight compartment pressure controller,
- the link to the prerecorded announcement reproducer,
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A93
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
PA System Architecture
Figure 039
R
EFF :
001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 301-302, 23-73-00
Page A94
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
PA System Architecture
Figure 039A
R
EFF :
007-007, 051-053, 252-299, 23-73-00
Page A95
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
PA System Architecture
Figure 039B
R
EFF :
251-251, 23-73-00
Page A96
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
PA System Architecture
Figure 039C
EFF :
901-901, 23-73-00
Page A97
Config-2 Nov 01/05
THY
R **ON A/C 007-007, 252-299,
- the link to PES multiplexer,
- the link to PES tape reproducer.
R **ON A/C 251-251,
- the link to audio/video control unit (AVC) and to digital
server unit (DSU) from the in-flight entertainment (IFE)
system.
R **ON A/C 001-008, 201-249, 301-302,
- the link to video control unit.
R **ON A/C 009-049, 252-299,
- the link to video control unit.
R **ON A/C 251-251,
- the link to video control unit through the audio/video control
unit (AVC) and the digital server unit (DSU) from the in-flight
entertainment (IFE) system.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(c) Cabin
- the cabin Loudspeakers,
- the CIDS DEU A, with two independant amplifiers,
- the attendant handset with integrated keyboard,
- the attendant indication panels,
- the CIDS DEU B, with two handset interfaces,
- the programming and test panel,
- the forward attendant panel.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A98
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
(2) System Description
(a) General
The CIDS director accepts audio signals from the various PA
sources in the aircraft. It assigns priorities to each source. It
transmits the signal in digital form via the four top line data
busses to the DEUs A. These send it to the cabin loudspeakers for
broadcasting. The passenger adress system has different
annoncement modes. Each mode uses a different PA function. These
functions are assigned with the CAM software.
You can perform PA announcements from different sound sources.
The director can route the broadcasts to any combination of six
audio channels. A separate amplifier drives each cabin
loudspeaker. It is programmed on the CIDS initialization for the
gain, the frequency characteristic and the assignment to one of
the six audio channels. Three channels are reserved for attendant
broadcasts, and three for passenger announcements. This lets you
assign each cabin loudspeaker to one of up to three zones. A PA
chime capability is also given. The PA system remains available
during aircraft emergency conditions. It is powered down as long
as no PA announcements are in progress.
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 051-053, 201-249, 301-302,
(b) Annunciation and Source Priority
An indication is shown on all attendant indication panels
whenever a PA broadcast is performed (e.g. PA IN USE). The sound
sources are divided into these priorities:
- the 1st priority: flight compartment station AMU
- the 2nd priority: flight compartment station handset
- the 3rd priority: attendant stations
- the 4th priority: PRAM
- the 5th priority: Video
- the 6th priority: boarding music.
R **ON A/C 007-007, 251-299,
(b) Annunciation and Source Priority
An indication is shown on all attendant indication panels
whenever a PA broadcast is performed (e.g. PA IN USE). The sound
sources are divided into these priorities:
- the 1st priority: flight compartment station AMU
- the 2nd priority: flight compartment station handset
- the 3rd priority: FWD attendant station
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page A99
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
- the 4th priority: attendant stations
- the 5th priority: PRAM
- the 6th priority: Video
- the 7th priority: boarding music.
**ON A/C 901-901,
(b) Annunciation and Source Priority
An indication is shown on all attendant indication panels
whenever a PA broadcast is performed (e.g. PA IN USE). The sound
sources are divided into these priorities:
- the 1st priority: flight compartment station AMU
- the 2nd priority: flight compartment station handset
- the 3th priority: attendant stations
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(c) Volume Control
When an engine is running, the PA volume is increased
automatically by +6 dB. The PA volume is also increased by +4 dB
in the event of cabin depressurization.
PA loudspeakers are installed on the RH and the LH side of the
cabin in the Passenger Information Units (PIUs). Separate audio
amplifiers in the CIDS DEUs A drive each loudspeaker
independently. The output level range of this amplifier is -20 dB
up to +10 dB in 2 dB steps. The CIDS director software controls
the output level. 0 dB represents an output level of 500 mW
continuous power. The peak power is limited to 5 W.
The level control is divided into two sections. Section one is
the master audio level adjustment with a level range of 0 to -12
dB. This means that all audio amplifiers in DEU A will alter
their respective output level over this range.
Section two is the local audio level adjustment with a level
range of +/-6 dB. This means that only the respective DEU A audio
amplifier will alter its output level. Each loudspeaker is
adapted to the respective ambient noise conditions.
The passenger address level is also selectable via PTP (only on
ground and landing gear compressed) for:
- three cabin segments,
- four attendant areas,
- increased by oil pressure high,
- increased by cabin pressure low.
The passenger address audio settings are stored in the CAM for
all installed layouts.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page B0
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
(d) Frequency Control
The PA system is equipped with several frequency control
facilities:
The input frequency controls are different:
- for balanced audio inputs in the CIDS director (for example
boarding music),
- for unbalanced audio inputs in the director and DEU B (e.g. PA
announcements via cabin handset).
Each input bus has its own filter which is independently
programmable. The unbalanced PA inputs circuits are equipped with
Automatic Gain Control (AGC) . Additionally the DEU A audio is
equipped with a bass filter for special ambient noise
equalization. The director frequency controls are the main
frequency controls. The DEU A output filters are independently
programmable for each output. The different frequency control
ranges are shown in the DEU and the director component
descriptions in this chapter (Ref. paragraph 6.).
(3) Operation of the PA System
(a) Energization
Energization of the PA System is as for CIDS Energization.
(b) PA Announcements from Flight Compartment Handset
The handset is mounted at the flight compartment center pedestal
and contains an integral PTT switch. Pressing the PTT switch to
key the PA system. It overrides lower priority PA sources, and
broadcasts the speech over all PA loudspeakers. Sidetone is heard
over the handset earpiece. A PA IN USE indication at all
attendant indication panels accompanies these announcements.
(c) PA Announcements from other flight compartment audio equipment
Any of these flight compartment audio equipment may be selected
to make a PA announcement:
- the boomset microphone,
- the hand microphone (with internal PTT switch),
- the oxygen mask integral microphone.
Three audio selector panels are available on the left and right
sides of the center pedestal, and on the flight compartment
overhead panel respectively. They provide identical facilities.
To select the PA system, the rectangular PA button is pressed. It
lights up green and connects the microphone audio to the PA
system. The integral PTT switch in the hand microphone is pressed
to key the PA system. When the boomset or oxygen mask is used,
pushing the combined PA volume control/PA sidetone switch,
switches the sidetone audio to the boomset or headset earpieces.
The switch illuminates yellow. The knob adjusts the sidetone
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page B1
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
volume. Pushing the respective PA green and yellow switches a
second time, disconnects the flight compartment audio source and
flight compartment earpieces respectively from the PA system. You
can monitor the PA sidetone at any time when you only select the
volume/sidetone switch.
When the PA (green) selector switch is activated, PA ALL IN USE
is displayed at all attendant indication panels. PA announcements
from the selected flight compartment audio equipment are
broadcast over all PA loudspeakers. They immediately override PA
audio from any other source.
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(d) PA Announcements from Attendant Handsets
(Ref. Fig. 040)
An attendant handset is mounted at each attendant station. An AIP
is installed near to each handset for display of PA-use
information. When the handset is lifted a 400 Hz tone is heard.
The top line of the AIP displays a number symbol.
When the PTT key is pressed (direct PA function) or the PA and
ALL pushbutton and PTT keys are pressed a confirmation message
is displayed on the AIP. If the PA call is impossible due to the
priority of a call already in progress, then the word BUSY
appears on the AIP display.
To press the keypad RESET key always clears any handset operation
and new key selection.
**ON A/C 007-049, 051-053,
(d) PA Announcements from Attendant Handsets
(Ref. Fig. 040)
An attendant handset is mounted at each attendant station. An AIP
is installed near to each handset for display of PA-use
information. When the handset is lifted a 440 Hz tone is heard.
The top line of the AIP displays a number symbol.
When the PA ALL key is pressed a confirmation message is
displayed on the AIP. If the PA call is impossible due to the
priority of a call already in progress, then the word BUSY
appears on the AIP display.
To press the keypad RESET key always clears any handset operation
and lets you make a new key selection.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page B2
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Attendant Indication Panel - PA Selection Messages
Figure 040
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page B3
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302,
The numbers of all selectable PA zones, for example 3, and the
respective keypad keys, are stored in the CAM. The CAM also
contains a priority list which is divided into priority levels.
It starts with:
- the flight compartment as the highest priority,
- the attendant stations,
- the prerecorded announcement system,
- the entertainment PA sources.
Once a PA call is established, the bottom line of all AIPs
displays the respective PA IN USE message. Flight compartment PA
IN USE indicator is provided as an option. Pressing the PTT
switch keys the PA system. Sidetone audio is fed to the handset
earpiece. When the PA announcement is over, you can disconnect
the handset from the PA system as follows:
- put the handset into the cradle or
- press the RESET button.
**ON A/C 901-901,
The numbers of all selectable PA zones, for example 3, and the
respective keypad keys, are stored in the CAM. The CAM also
contains a priority list which is divided into priority levels.
It starts with:
- the flight compartment as the highest priority,
- the attendant stations,
- the entertainment PA sources.
Once a PA call is established, the bottom line of all AIPs
displays the respective PA IN USE message. Flight compartment PA
IN USE indicator is provided as an option. Pressing the PTT
switch keys the PA system. Sidetone audio is fed to the handset
earpiece. When the PA announcement is over, you can disconnect
the handset from the PA system as follows:
- put the handset into the cradle or
- press the RESET button.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page B4
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
C. Cabin and Flight Crew Interphone System
(1) Interphone System Architecture
(Ref. Fig. 041)
The components, interfaces and signal sources of the CIDS which are
related to the interphone are as follows:
(a) Flight Compartment
The main interphone components are:
- the audio control panels,
- the flight compartment boomset,
- the oxygen mask microphones,
- the call panel with the call-buttons and integrated emergency
call indicator,
- the crew call buzzer for audible call indications (through
FWC),
- the flight compartment handset.
The audio control panels, the flight compartment boomset and the
oxygen mask microphones interface with the director through the
Audio Management Unit (AMU). The call panel is connected directly
to the directors. The crew call buzzer has an interface with the
directors through the Flight Warning Computer (FWC).
(b) Avionics Compartment
The main interphone components are:
- the audio management unit,
- the link to CFDS,
- the two CIDS directors.
Additional signal sources are:
- the oil pressure switch,
- the cabin pressure switch.
(c) Cabin
Each attendant station is connected to one DEU B. It interfaces
with the CIDS director through one of two middle line data buses.
The loudspeakers are connected to the DEUs A.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page B5
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Interphone System Architecture .
Figure 041
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page B6
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
(2) System Description
The CIDS director accepts audio signals from the various interphone
sources in the aircraft and assigns priorities to each source. The
director performs telephone exchange switching and call functions
from flight compartment call switch settings or the attendant handset
keypad entries. All this is done with reference to the parameters
defined in the CAM. Chimes are transmitted via the top line data bus
and the PA loudspeakers. In the flight compartment, integral lamps in
the call switches annunciate interphone calls. In the cabin, the ACPs
and AIPs are used for annunciation.
(3) Interphone Modes
(a) General
The cabin and flight crew interphone system offers different
communication modes. Each mode can lead to different call
activations which are assigned in the CAM.
The assigned visual and aural indications are listed below:
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 051-053, 251-299,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | INDICATION |
| -------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | AURAL | VISUAL |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL EMERGENCY | CHIME | ALL CABIN + | ALL AIP: | ALL ACP: |
| CAPT- ATTND | 3x HIGH-LOW | ATTND LS | TEXT FLASH, | PINK FLASH |
| | | | PINK IND | |
| | | | FLASH | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 007-007,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL EMERGENCY | CHIME | ALL CABIN + | ALL AIP: | ALL ACP: |
| CAPT- ATTND | 3x HIGH-LOW | ATTND LS | TEXT ON, | PINK FLASH |
| | | | PINK IND | |
| | | | FLASH | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page B7
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 301-302,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | INDICATION |
| -------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | AURAL | VISUAL |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL EMERGENCY | CHIME | ALL CABIN + | ALL AIP: | ALL ACP: |
| CAPT- ATTND | 3x HIGH-LOW | ATTND LS | TEXT FLASH, | PINK ON |
| | | | PINK IND | |
| | | | FLASH | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL | CHIME | RESP ATTND LS | RESP AIP: | RESP ACP: |
| CAPT- ATTND | 1x HIGH-LOW | | TEXT ON, | PINK ON |
| | | | PINK IND | |
| | | | ON | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 007-049, 251-299, 301-302,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL | CHIME | RESP ATTND LS | RESP AIP: | RESP ACP: |
| CAPT- ATTND | 1x HIGH-LOW | | TEXT ON, | PINK ON |
| | | | GREEN IND | |
| | | | ON | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-053,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL | CHIME | ALL ATTND LS | RESP AIP: | RESP ACP: |
| CAPT- ATTND | 1x HIGH-LOW | | TEXT ON, | PINK ON |
| | | | GREEN IND | |
| | | | ON | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
301-302,
001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 23-73-00
Page B8
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-049, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | INDICATION |
| -------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | AURAL | VISUAL |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL | CHIME | ALL ATTND LS | ALL AIP: | ALL ACP: |
| CAPT- ALL ATTND | 1x HIGH-LOW | | TEXT ON, | PINK ON |
| | | | GREEN IND | |
| | | | ON | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-008, 251-299, 301-302,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL EMERGENCY | BUZZER | | RESP AIP: | EMER CALL IND:|
| ATTND - CAPT | 3x | | TEXT FLASH | FLASH |
| | | | | ATT IND: |
| | | | | FLASH |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 009-049, 051-053, 901-901,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL EMERGENCY | BUZZER | | RESP AIP: | EMER CALL IND:|
| ATTND - CAPT | 3x | | TEXT FLASH | FLASH |
| | | | | ATT IND: |
| | | | | FLASH |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-006, 009-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL | BUZZER | | RESP AIP: | ATT IND: |
| ATTND - CAPT | 1x | | TEXT ON | FLASH |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page B9
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 007-008, 301-302,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | INDICATION |
| -------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | AURAL | VISUAL |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL | BUZZER | | RESP AIP: | ATT IND: |
| ATTND - CAPT | 1x | | TEXT ON | FLASH |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 007-008, 901-901,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL | CHIME: | ALL ATTND LS | ALL AIP: | ALL ACP: |
| ATTND - | 1x HI LO | | TEXT ON, | PINK ON |
| ALL ATTND | | | GREEN IND | |
| | | | ON | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 009-049, 051-053, 251-299,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | CALL | CHIME: | ALL ATTND LS | ALL AIP: | ALL ACP: |
| ATTND - | 1x HI LO | | TEXT ON, | PINK ON |
| ALL ATTND | | | GREEN IND | |
| | | | ON | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 301-302,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL | CHIME: | ALL ATTND LS | ALL AIP: | ALL ACP: |
| ATTND - | 1x HI LO | | TEXT ON, | PINK ON |
| ALL ATTND + | BUZZER: | | GREEN IND | ATT IND: |
| CAPT | 1x | | ON | FLASH |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
901-901,
007-049, 051-053, 251-299, 301-302, 23-73-00
Page B10
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-006, 201-249,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | INDICATION |
| -------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | AURAL | VISUAL |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL | CHIME: | RESP ATTND LS | RESP AIP: | RESP ACP: |
| ATTND - ATTND | 1x HI LO | | TEXT ON, | GREEN ON |
| | | | GREEN IND | |
| | | | ON | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 007-049, 251-299, 301-302,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL | CHIME: | RESP ATTND LS | RESP AIP: | RESP ACP: |
| ATTND - ATTND | 1x HI LO | | TEXT ON, | PINK ON |
| | | | GREEN IND | |
| | | | ON | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-053,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL | CHIME: | ALL ATTND LS | RESP AIP: | RESP ACP: |
| ATTND - ATTND | 1x HI LO | | TEXT ON, | PINK ON |
| | | | GREEN IND | |
| | | | ON | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(b) Definition of Priorities
All communication modes are handled with respect to the
predefined priorities listed below:
1
_ Emergency Call
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page B11
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
2
_ An call from flight compartment which includes:
- an all call from flight compartment,
- a normal call from flight compartment.
3
_ An all call from cabin station
4
_ A normal call from cabin station
Additionally, all interphone sources have interrelated
priorities, as assigned in the CAM. There are eight priorities
(1A, 1B to 4A, 4B) which can be individually assigned to the
different interphone sources.
If more than one interphone source requests the same
communication mode, the source with the higher priority will
have precedence.
If they have the same priority, the interphone source which
was dialled first will be given preference.
When an interphone source requests a station which is engaged
in another communication link:
- a busy indication at the AIP appears,
- a busy tone via the sidetone output will be transmitted.
if this interphone source has equal priority to, or lower
priority than the existing link. If this interphone source
has a higher priority, a then following action will be
executed.
The existing communication link will be interrupted and the
new link will be established. The audible and visual calls
will be activated as assigned for this communication mode. An
OVER indication will be displayed at the AIP of the station.
(4) Operation of the Interphone System
(Ref. Fig. 041)
(a) Energization
Energization of the Interphone System is as for CIDS
Energization.
(b) Interphone Operation
Each application of the cabin and flight crew interphone system
starts with a dial procedure. In the flight compartment, special
keys are available for dialling the desired interphone function.
The interphone equipment (for example flight compartment boomset)
must be connected to the interphone system. The interphone
function at the audio control panel must be selected.
Indicator lights give visual feedback, which are also activated
when an attendant station calls the flight compartment. A call
indicator is activated at the audio control panel when an
attendant calls the flight compartment. This indicator is
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page B12
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
integrated into the transmit button on the audio control panel.
It must be switched if communication is to be established after a
call has arrived (or has been activated) from the flight
compartment.
You can reset the indicator lights with the reset pushbutton on
the audio control panel.
(c) Interphone Operation from Attendant Station
The interphone system is a telephone call-system that has a
handset at each attendant station. With the keyboard on the
handset you can start a call function.
If an attendant station is called:
1. the AIP of the called station gives a visual indication,
2. a chime is heard at the attendant station and/or in the cabin.
With the reset-key on the handset you can quickly start a new
call function.
D. Passenger Lighted Signs
(1) Architecture
R **ON A/C 001-049, 201-249,
(Ref. Fig. 042)
R **ON A/C 051-053, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(Ref. Fig. 042A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
The components, interfaces and signal sources of the CIDS which are
related to the passenger lighted signs system are as follows:
(a) Flight Compartment
- the NO SMOKING switch,
- the FASTEN SEAT BELT switch.
R
EFF : 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299,
301-302, 901-901,
23-73-00
Page B13
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Passenger Lighted Signs - System Architecture
Figure 042
R
EFF :
001-049, 201-249, 23-73-00
Page B14
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
Passenger Lighted Signs - System Architecture.
Figure 042A
R
EFF :
051-053, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901, 23-73-00
Page B15
Config-2 Feb 01/06
THY
R **ON A/C 001-049, 201-249,
(b) Avionics Compartment
- the link to CFDS,
- the link to SDAC 1 and SDAC 2,
- the two CIDS directors,
- the link to Emergency Lighting System (EMLS),
- the cabin pressure controller,
- the link to Landing Gear control Interface Unit (LGCIU),
- the link to SFCC 1 and SFCC2.
R **ON A/C 051-053, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(b) Avionics Compartment
- the link to CFDS,
- the link to SDAC 1 and SDAC 2,
- the two CIDS directors,
- the link to Emergency Lighting System (EMLS),
- the cabin pressure controller,
- the link to Landing Gear control Interface Unit (LGCIU).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(c) Cabin
- the cabin loudspeakers,
- the CIDS DEU A (PA amplifiers and signs lamp drivers),
- the PTP including CAM.
R **ON A/C 001-006, 008-008, 051-053, 201-249, 251-299, 301-302, 901-901,
(2) System Description
Input signals to the director control these signs:
- the NO SMOKING and FASTEN SEAT BELT lighted signs in the cabin,
- the RETURN TO SEAT signs in the lavatories,
- the EXIT signs.
Manual commands are received from the cockpit NS and FSB switches.
These are grounded inputs NO SMOKING COMMAND or NO SMOKING AUTO, and
grounded input FASTEN SEAT BELT
You might also like
- American Ultraminiature Component Parts Data 1965-66: Pergamon Electronics Data SeriesFrom EverandAmerican Ultraminiature Component Parts Data 1965-66: Pergamon Electronics Data SeriesNo ratings yet
- Nammcesa 000041 PDFDocument1,153 pagesNammcesa 000041 PDFBasel Osama RaafatNo ratings yet
- A320 Chapter 26 Highlights Revision 36Document762 pagesA320 Chapter 26 Highlights Revision 36Daniel Santiago Montaño SuarezNo ratings yet
- Nammiaca 000025Document3,033 pagesNammiaca 000025gangadhark196100% (1)
- 31 PDFDocument4,999 pages31 PDFSmruti Ranjan Behera100% (1)
- 8.-ATA 11 Placard and Marking PDFDocument727 pages8.-ATA 11 Placard and Marking PDFJuan Esteban Arcila SerenoNo ratings yet
- Nammiaca 000023Document5,724 pagesNammiaca 000023gangadhark196No ratings yet
- Nammcesa 000028 PDFDocument1,409 pagesNammcesa 000028 PDFBasel Osama RaafatNo ratings yet
- Nammsyra 000023Document3,920 pagesNammsyra 000023Dalia MuraddNo ratings yet
- Nammcesa 000046 PDFDocument1,073 pagesNammcesa 000046 PDFBasel Osama RaafatNo ratings yet
- A320 AmmDocument3,525 pagesA320 AmmBasel Osama Raafat100% (7)
- Nammtiaa 000025Document2,933 pagesNammtiaa 000025manuelNo ratings yet
- Nammcesa 000050 PDFDocument1,186 pagesNammcesa 000050 PDFBasel Osama RaafatNo ratings yet
- Amm Ata 32Document4,270 pagesAmm Ata 32Borise VinceNo ratings yet
- Revision HighlightsDocument1,543 pagesRevision HighlightsBasel Osama RaafatNo ratings yet
- Nammsbia 000020Document3,433 pagesNammsbia 000020Владимир ЧеботаревNo ratings yet
- A330 AMM ch05Document886 pagesA330 AMM ch05Larry BoguesNo ratings yet
- CFM Engine Controls RevisionDocument93 pagesCFM Engine Controls Revisionjoker hotNo ratings yet
- Nammcesa 000052 PDFDocument733 pagesNammcesa 000052 PDFBasel Osama RaafatNo ratings yet
- 2 1 6 PDFDocument3 pages2 1 6 PDFMohamed HaleemNo ratings yet
- Nammcesa 000023 PDFDocument5,396 pagesNammcesa 000023 PDFBasel Osama RaafatNo ratings yet
- Aeroflot A318 - 319 - 320 - 321 FCOM Vol2 - Flight Preparation (Rev 36)Document661 pagesAeroflot A318 - 319 - 320 - 321 FCOM Vol2 - Flight Preparation (Rev 36)Thomas de GraafNo ratings yet
- Aircraft Indicating/Recording Systems Manual RevisionsDocument3,527 pagesAircraft Indicating/Recording Systems Manual RevisionsSantiago Cordero AyalaNo ratings yet
- Airbus A320x Flight Crew Operating Manual 3Document836 pagesAirbus A320x Flight Crew Operating Manual 3Jorge Bello100% (5)
- Nammmxaa 000018Document5,828 pagesNammmxaa 000018Master DarkNo ratings yet
- Nammcesa 000016 PDFDocument4,147 pagesNammcesa 000016 PDFBasel Osama RaafatNo ratings yet
- 21.nammthya 000012Document3,537 pages21.nammthya 000012Huseyin Burak AvciNo ratings yet
- DECS 200 ManualDocument184 pagesDECS 200 ManualCristina ParedesNo ratings yet
- Nammcesa 000058 PDFDocument398 pagesNammcesa 000058 PDFBasel Osama RaafatNo ratings yet
- Fcom A300 V1Document917 pagesFcom A300 V1Dave Bryant78% (9)
- Amm 320 Capitulo 24 Sistemas Elec.Document1,215 pagesAmm 320 Capitulo 24 Sistemas Elec.Master DarkNo ratings yet
- Nammcesa 000042Document183 pagesNammcesa 000042joker hotNo ratings yet
- Table of ContentsDocument21 pagesTable of ContentsWaleed EL-sheshtawyNo ratings yet
- MPD A320 PDFDocument1,634 pagesMPD A320 PDFGabriel Santos100% (2)
- CAESAR II Analysis Report for Butadiene Unit 101-SYS-1Document25 pagesCAESAR II Analysis Report for Butadiene Unit 101-SYS-1Waleed EL-sheshtawyNo ratings yet
- Nammcesa 000057 PDFDocument1,075 pagesNammcesa 000057 PDFBasel Osama RaafatNo ratings yet
- Volume1 PDFDocument1,780 pagesVolume1 PDFАлексей ДубровNo ratings yet
- CCM AllDocument12 pagesCCM Allty3919883665No ratings yet
- Lampiran Object 5 Grup 1Document12 pagesLampiran Object 5 Grup 1Chalidea RamadhinaNo ratings yet
- Nammcesa 000051 PDFDocument1,474 pagesNammcesa 000051 PDFBasel Osama Raafat100% (1)
- Nammsyra 000019Document2,610 pagesNammsyra 000019Dalia MuraddNo ratings yet
- Basler DECS-300 Instruction ManualDocument191 pagesBasler DECS-300 Instruction ManualRitish Amal100% (1)
- Nammcesa 000035 PDFDocument547 pagesNammcesa 000035 PDFBasel Osama Raafat100% (1)
- 1000636-B Amm Uae A380 PDFDocument1,226 pages1000636-B Amm Uae A380 PDFAbhilekh SinghNo ratings yet
- AIRBUS A319 Flight Crew Operating ManualDocument921 pagesAIRBUS A319 Flight Crew Operating Manualapi-3801282100% (6)
- Airbus FCOMDocument2,451 pagesAirbus FCOMdomyatesNo ratings yet
- Revision Highlights for Chapter 29Document3,224 pagesRevision Highlights for Chapter 29Challa AmarsrinuNo ratings yet
- Airbus 319, A320, A321 FcomDocument2,451 pagesAirbus 319, A320, A321 Fcomberten69100% (3)
- Nammcesa 000034 PDFDocument1,117 pagesNammcesa 000034 PDFBasel Osama RaafatNo ratings yet
- Revised Document HighlightsDocument873 pagesRevised Document Highlightsjoker hotNo ratings yet
- Nammcesa 000019 PDFDocument3,912 pagesNammcesa 000019 PDFBasel Osama RaafatNo ratings yet
- Nammcesa 000017 PDFDocument1,102 pagesNammcesa 000017 PDFBasel Osama RaafatNo ratings yet
- Fluidic Components and Equipment 1968–9: Pergamon Electronics Data SeriesFrom EverandFluidic Components and Equipment 1968–9: Pergamon Electronics Data SeriesNo ratings yet
- Electronic Connection Techniques and Equipment 1968-69: Pergamon Electronics Data SeriesFrom EverandElectronic Connection Techniques and Equipment 1968-69: Pergamon Electronics Data SeriesNo ratings yet
- StarLAN Technology ReportFrom EverandStarLAN Technology ReportRating: 3 out of 5 stars3/5 (1)
- AirBaltic OM PartD (Rev 010)Document519 pagesAirBaltic OM PartD (Rev 010)kklr100% (2)
- The GE90 - An IntroductionDocument18 pagesThe GE90 - An IntroductionIshan KakadNo ratings yet
- PMDG 737 FMC InstructionsDocument12 pagesPMDG 737 FMC Instructionsmvd spotterNo ratings yet
- Purchasing Economically Best AirplaneDocument24 pagesPurchasing Economically Best AirplaneBinod ThapaNo ratings yet
- Aircraft Economic Life WhitepaperDocument9 pagesAircraft Economic Life WhitepaperFlankerSparrowNo ratings yet
- AS350 B2 - CH 0 - OverviewDocument33 pagesAS350 B2 - CH 0 - OverviewEX919No ratings yet
- Incheon Airport GuideDocument8 pagesIncheon Airport GuideexpairtiseNo ratings yet
- Jepp Cartas Hammad IntDocument70 pagesJepp Cartas Hammad IntElton CacefoNo ratings yet
- Aerodrome Chart-WADB - AD-2-24-1 - AMDT - 61Document1 pageAerodrome Chart-WADB - AD-2-24-1 - AMDT - 61ciputra alviantoNo ratings yet
- Maintenance Records for Aircraft 500-0158Document41 pagesMaintenance Records for Aircraft 500-0158gerezairNo ratings yet
- The British Gliding Association - Instructors ManualDocument10 pagesThe British Gliding Association - Instructors ManualJose RosasNo ratings yet
- Case - SWA at Baltimore Section B, Group - 6: Submitted byDocument6 pagesCase - SWA at Baltimore Section B, Group - 6: Submitted byAyush BhatnagarNo ratings yet
- ATPL Modular Theory Distance Learning CourseDocument1 pageATPL Modular Theory Distance Learning CourseJuan Guillermo MartinezNo ratings yet
- E-Ticket flight booking from Chennai to HyderabadDocument2 pagesE-Ticket flight booking from Chennai to HyderabadAravindhan Gunasekaran PaediatricianNo ratings yet
- RUBBER PLANS From SAM 35 Speaks. Compiled by Trevor Simpson. Updated To December 2006 - PDMDocument27 pagesRUBBER PLANS From SAM 35 Speaks. Compiled by Trevor Simpson. Updated To December 2006 - PDMsamwebmasterNo ratings yet
- Avionic Gulfstream IV-1Document681 pagesAvionic Gulfstream IV-1Henry Blandon100% (3)
- United States Air Force Aircraft Accident Investigation Board ReportDocument33 pagesUnited States Air Force Aircraft Accident Investigation Board ReportMorgen GumpNo ratings yet
- 2.1 Airport Terminal PlanningDocument37 pages2.1 Airport Terminal PlanningLuis Diaz MoncionNo ratings yet
- DR Uck101e-Week 1 AutosavedDocument38 pagesDR Uck101e-Week 1 AutosavedAZOOZ JAMALNo ratings yet
- Type-Certificate Data Sheet: No. EASA - IM.A.120Document4 pagesType-Certificate Data Sheet: No. EASA - IM.A.120alilounahdisteNo ratings yet
- Perfiles Aerodinamicos - INTCADocument81 pagesPerfiles Aerodinamicos - INTCAVictoria OrtegaNo ratings yet
- 058 - PMC-SCL - 04-03-2021Document14 pages058 - PMC-SCL - 04-03-2021Raúl Andres Carle FernándezNo ratings yet
- List of Q-Codes: ICAO PANS Doc8400: The ICAO Q CodeDocument12 pagesList of Q-Codes: ICAO PANS Doc8400: The ICAO Q CodeAmit KhannaNo ratings yet
- Study On Fluidic Thrust Vectoring Techniques For Application in V/STOL AircraftsDocument10 pagesStudy On Fluidic Thrust Vectoring Techniques For Application in V/STOL AircraftsAko3871No ratings yet
- Set Files For Ac Research 2ndDocument26 pagesSet Files For Ac Research 2ndstarsalingsoul8000No ratings yet
- King Air SOPDocument16 pagesKing Air SOPnewflyer100% (4)
- SHT OM 014 AS350B2 EmergenciesDocument4 pagesSHT OM 014 AS350B2 Emergenciesemdcad3790No ratings yet
- PA28 2 ChecklistDocument2 pagesPA28 2 ChecklistarilNo ratings yet
- Im Feld 1976Document6 pagesIm Feld 1976Bill WongNo ratings yet
- Amo & Quality System Manual Bt-Gen-01 Amqsm Issue 0 Rev. 12, Dated 19 December 2018Document112 pagesAmo & Quality System Manual Bt-Gen-01 Amqsm Issue 0 Rev. 12, Dated 19 December 2018ilyas jamainNo ratings yet
